Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

§
Marginalia
Code · STATUTES-AT-LARGE · Vol. 53 STAT. · June 18, 1934 · Private Law 264

Private Law 264. for the relief of Carleton-Mace Engineering Corporation”, be, and the same is hereby, amended by inserting the word “primarily” after the word “occasioned” and before the word “by”; by repealing the word “the” appearing after the word “preventing” and before the word “completion” and inserting in li

427,162 words·~1942 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-53/private-law-264·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

(/us/pvtl/76/263)] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,Carleton-Mace Engineering Corp.[48 Stat. 1407](/us/stat/48/1407).Settlement of claim for extra cost on contract. That Private Act Numbered 286, approved June 18, 1934, entitled “An Act for the relief of Carleton-Mace Engineering Corporation”, be, and the same is hereby, amended by inserting the word “primarily” after the word “occasioned” and before the word “by”; by repealing the word “the” appearing after the word “preventing” and before the word “completion” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “orderly prosecution and”; by repealing the phrase “such amount, not exceeding”; by repealing the provision “as the Comptroller General may find from the facts and the evidence submitted to him to be the actual amount of the extra cost occasioned by the said embargo” and inserting in lieu thereof the following, “as found and determined by a Navy Board on June 9, 1920”; and by repealing the phrase “or so much thereof as may be necessary,”.
Approved, August 11, 1939. For the relief of John L. Hicks, rural rehabilitation supervisor, Farm Security Administration, Department of Agriculture, Santa Rosa, New Mexico. 1939-08-11 715 Chapter 53 Stat. 1546 76 1 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2024-11-24 private [CHAPTER 715] AN ACT For the relief of John L.
Hicks, rural rehabilitation supervisor, Farm Security Administration, Department of Agriculture, Santa Rosa, New Mexico.August 11, 1939[[H. R. 6492](/us/bill/76/hr/6492)][[Private, No. 264](/us/pvtl/76/264)] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,John L. Hicks.Payment to. That the Secretary of the Treasury be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to pay, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, the sum of $77.50 to John L.
Hicks, rural rehabilitation supervisor, Farm Security Administration, Department of Agriculture, Santa Rosa, New Mexico, to compensate him for the amount expended by him in satisfying the judgment rendered in the Fourth Judicial District Court, New Mexico, in the case of Luis Gutierrez, plaintiff, against John L. Hicks, defendant (numbered 2615), arising from said John L. Hicks’ repossession, in good faith and upon reasonable cause, of certain horses mistakenly supposed to have been mortgaged to the *Proviso*.Limitation on attorney’s, etc., fees.former Resettlement Administration: *Provided*, That no part of the amount appropriated in this Act in excess of 10 per centum thereof shall be paid or delivered to or received by any agent or attorney on account of services rendered in connection with this claim, and the same shall be unlawful, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding.Penalty for violation.
Any person violating the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in any sum not exceeding $1,000. Approved, August 11, 1939. CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS FIRST SESSION, SEVENTY-SIXTH CONGRESS H. Con. Res. 3: JOINT MEETING House Concurrent Resolution 3 January 4, 1939 joint meetingJanuary 4, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 3](/us/bill/76/hconres/3)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the two Houses of Congress assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives on Wednesday, the 4th day of January 1939,Joint meeting of the two Houses to receive communications from the President. at 1 o’clock in the afternoon, for the purpose of receiving such communications as the President of the United States shall be pleased to make to them.
Passed, January 4, 1939. H. Con. Res. 4: SESQUICENTENNIAL OF FIRST CONGRESS UNDER THE CONSTITUTION House Concurrent Resolution 4 February 1, 1939 sesquicentennial of first congress under the constitutionFebruary 1, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 4](/us/bill/76/hconres/4)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That in commemoration of the one hundred fiftieth anniversary ofSesquicentennial of First Congress under the Constitution.Joint session in commemoration of, ordered.*Post*, p. 1550. the First Congress of the United States under the Constitution, begun and held at the city of New York on Wednesday, the 4th of March 1789, the two Houses of Congress shall assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives at 11 o’clock antemeridian, on Saturday, March 4, 1939.
That a joint committee consisting of five Members of the HouseJoint committee on arrangements. of Representatives and five Members of the Senate shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate, respectively, which is empowered to make suitable arrangements for fitting and proper exercises for the joint session of Congress herein authorized. That invitations to attend the exercises be extended to the PresidentDesignated invitations to be issued. of the United States and the Members of his Cabinet, the Chief Justice and Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, the Diplomatic Corps (through the Secretary of State), the General of the Armies, the Chief of Staff of the Army, the Chief of Naval Operations, the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, and the Commandant of the Coast Guard, and such other persons as the joint committee on arrangements shall deem proper.
That the President of the United States is hereby invited to addressPresident invited to make an address. the American people at the joint session of the Congress in commemoration of the one hundred fiftieth anniversary of the First Congress of the United States under the Constitution. Passed, February 1, 1939. 1549 H. Con. Res. 5:“INVESTIGATION OF UN-AMERICAN ACTIVITIES AND PROPAGANDA” House Concurrent Resolution 5 February 1, 1939 53 Stat. 1550 “investigation of un-american activities and propaganda”February 1, 1939[[H.
Con. Res. 5](/us/bill/76/hconres/5)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),“Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda.”Additional copies of House Report on, ordered printed.*Post*, p. 1552. That there be printed twenty-five thousand additional copies of House Report Numbered 2, current Congress, entitled “Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda”, of which three thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate document room, and twenty-two thousand copies shall be for the use of the House document room.
Passed, February 1, 1939. H. Con. Res. 8:SESQUICENTENNIAL OF FIRST CONGRESS UNDER THE CONSTITUTION House Concurrent Resolution 8 February 16, 1939 sesquicentennial of first congress under the constitutionFebruary 16, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 8](/us/bill/76/hconres/8)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Sesquicentennial of First Congress under the Constitution.Hour of holding joint session in commemoration of.*Ante*, p. 1549. That the first paragraph of House Concurrent Resolution 4 of the Seventy-sixth Congress is hereby amended to read as follows:
“That in commemoration of the one hundred fiftieth anniversary of the First Congress of the United States under the Constitution, begun and held at the city of New York on Wednesday, the 4th of March 1789, the two Houses of Congress shall assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives at 12 o’clock meridian, on Saturday, March 4, 1939.” Passed, February 16, 1939. H. Con. Res. 12: SESQUICENTENNIAL OF FIRST CONGRESS UNDER THE CONSTITUTION House Concurrent Resolution 12 March 16, 1939 sesquicentennial of first congress under the constitutionMarch 16, 1939[[H.
Con. Res. 12](/us/bill/76/hconres/12)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Sesquicentennial of First Congress under the Constitution.Proceedings in commemoration of, ordered printed.*Ante*, p. 1540. That the proceedings at the joint session of the two Houses of Congress held in the House of Representatives on Saturday, March 4, 1939, in commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the commencement of the First Congress of the United States under the Constitution, together with such additional matter as the Joint Committee on Arrangements in charge of these ceremonies may deem fitting and appropriate, in connection with this historical event, be printed, with illustrations, as a document; and that one million additional copies be printed, of which two hundred thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate and eight hundred thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives.
Passed, March 16, 1939. H. Con. Res. 11: JOINT COMMITTEE ON FORESTRY House Concurrent Resolution 11 March 31, 1939 joint committee on forestryMarch 31, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 11](/us/bill/76/hconres/11)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Joint Committee on Forestry.Continuance of, authorized. That the special joint committee, which was authorized and directed to study and make investigation of the present and prospective situation with respect to the forest land of the United States, its condition, ownership, and management, as it affects a balanced timber budget, watershed protection, flood control, and the other commodities and social economic benefits which may be derived from such land, be authorized to continue the investigation begun under S.
Con. Res. 31 of the Seventy-fifth Congress and for such purposes said[52 Stat. 1452](/us/stat/52/1452).*Post*, p. 1553. 53 Stat. 1551committee shall have the same power and authority as were conferred upon it by S. Con. Res. 31 of the Seventy-fifth Congress, and shallReport; time limitation. report to the Congress as soon as practicable, and not later than April 1, 1940, the results of its investigation together with its recommendation for necessary legislation. Passed, March 31, 1939.
S. Con. Res. 1: STATUE OF WILL ROGERS Senate Concurrent Resolution 1 April 3, 1939 statue of will rogersApril 3, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 1](/us/bill/76/sconres/1)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the Will Rogers Memorial Commission be, and it is hereby,Statue of Will Rogers.Temporary placement awl incidental ceremonies in Capitol rotunda, authorized.*Post*, pp. 1554, 1555. authorized to place temporarily in the rotunda of the Capitol a statue of the late Will Rogers, of Oklahoma, and to hold ceremonies in the rotunda on said occasion; and that the Architect of the Capitol be, and he is hereby, authorized to make the necessary arrangements therefor.
Passed, April 3, 1939. S. Con. Res. 3: TEMPORARY NATIONAL ECONOMIC COMMITTEE Senate Concurrent Resolution 3 April 5, 1939 temporary national economic committeeApril 5, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 3](/us/bill/76/sconres/3)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing ActTemporary National Economic Committee.Additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154).[52 Stat. 705](/us/stat/52/705). approved March 1, 1907, the Temporary National Economic Committee of the Congress be, and is hereby, empowered to procure the printing of five thousand additional copies of part 1 and each subsequent part of the hearings held before the said committee, who are directed by Public Resolution Numbered 113, approved June 16, 1938, to make a full and complete study and investigation with respect to the concentration of economic power in, and financial control over, production and distribution of goods and services.
Passed, April 5, 1939. S. Con. Res. 14: AUXILIARY VESSELS FOR THE NAVY Senate Concurrent Resolution 14 April 20, 1939 auxiliary vessels for the navyApril 20, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 14](/us/bill/76/sconres/14)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested toAuxiliary vessels for the Navy.Return of bill (S. 828) requested. return to the Senate the enrolled bill (S. 828) to permit the President to acquire and convert, as well as to construct certain auxiliary vessels for the Navy; that if and when the said bill is returned by the President,Cancelation of signatures and correction in reenrollment, directed. the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives and of the Vice President in signing the said bill be deemed to be rescinded ; and that the Secretary of the Senate be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed, in the reenrollment of the said bill, to make the following correction, viz:
On page 2, line 25, of the engrossed bill, strike out the*Ante*, p. 619. figures “769” and insert in lieu thereof “768”. Passed, April 20, 1939. S. Con. Res. 6: SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON TAXATION OF GOVERNMENTAL SECURITIES AND SALARIES, SENATE Senate Concurrent Resolution 6 May 3, 1939 53 Stat. 1552 special committee on taxation of governmental securities and salaries, senateMay 3, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 6](/us/bill/76/sconres/6)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Special Senate Committee on Taxation of Governmental Securities and Salaries.Additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154).
That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act approved March 1, 1907, the Special Committee on Taxation of Governmental Securities and Salaries of the Senate be, and is hereby, authorized and empowered to have printed for its use one thousand additional copies of the hearings held before said committee during the current session on the resolution (S. Res. 303, Seventy-fifth Congress) establishing a special Committee on the Taxation of Governmental Securities and Salaries.
Passed, May 3, 1939. S. Con. Res. 7: TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY Senate Concurrent Resolution 7 May 9, 1939 tennessee valley authorityMay 9, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 7](/us/bill/76/sconres/7)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Tennessee Valley Authority.Additional copies of hearings before special congressional investigating committee, ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154).[52 Stat. 154](/us/stat/52/154).
That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act approved March 1, 1907, the special joint congressional committee of the Congress appointed pursuant to Public Resolution Numbered 83, approved April 4, 1938, to make a full and complete investigation of the administration of the Tennessee Valley Authority Act of 1933, as amended, be, and is hereby, empowered to procure the printing of one thousand additional copies of the hearings held before the said committee during its investigation.
Passed, May 9, 1939. S. Con. Res. 9: “REPORT OF THE JOINT COMMITTEE OF CONGRESS APPOINTED TO INVESTIGATE THE TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY” Senate Concurrent Resolution 9 May 9, 1939 “report of the joint committee of congress appointed to investigate the tennessee valley authority”May 9, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 9](/us/bill/76/sconres/9)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),“Report of the Joint Committee of Congress Appointed to Investigate the Tennessee Valley Authority.”Additional copies of, ordered printed.
That there be printed three thousand additional copies of Senate Document Numbered 56, current session, entitled “Report of the Joint Committee of Congress Appointed to Investigate the Tennessee Valley Authority”, which was submitted to the Congress on March 31, 1939, of which one thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate document room, and two thousand copies for the use of the House document room. Passed, May 9, 1939. H. Con. Res. 16: “INVESTIGATION OF UN-AMERICAN ACTIVITIES AND PROPAGANDA” House Concurrent Resolution 16 May 10, 1939 “investigation of un-american activities and propaganda”May 10, 1939[[H.
Con. Res. 16](/us/bill/76/hconres/16)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),“Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda.”Additional copies of House Report on, ordered printed.*Ante*, p. 1550. That there be printed twenty-five thousand additional copies of House Report Numbered 2, current Congress, entitled “Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda”, of which three thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate document room, and twenty-two thousand copies shall be for the use of the House document room.
Passed, May 10, 1939. S. Con. Res. 17: VISIT OF THE KING AND QUEEN OF GREAT BRITAIN AND PARTY TO THE CAPITOL Senate Concurrent Resolution 17 May 23, 1939 53 Stat. 1553 visit of the king and queen of great britain and party to the capitolMay 23, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 17](/us/bill/76/sconres/17)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the two. Houses of Congress shall assemble in their respective Houses on Friday, June 9, 1939, at 10:30 o’clock antemeridian,Visit of the King and Queen of Great Britain and party to the Capitol.Ceremonies for welcoming Their Majesties, Friday, June 9, 1030, ordered. and thereafter, in recess, the Members of each House shall proceed informally to the rotunda of the Capitol at 11 o’clock antemeridian, for the purpose of welcoming Their Majesties the King and Queen of Great Britain, and the members of their party, on the occasion of their visit to the Capitol, and at the conclusion of such ceremonies the two Houses shall reassemble in their respective Chambers.
That a joint committee consisting of three Members of the Senate, to be appointed by the President of the Senate, and three Members of the House of Representatives,Joint committee on arrangements. to be appointed by the Speaker of the House, is hereby authorized to make the necessary arrangements for carrying out the purpose of this concurrent resolution. Passed, May 23, 1939. H. Con. Res. 25: SOCIAL SECURITY ACT AMENDMENTS OF 1939 House Concurrent Resolution 25 May 24, 1939 social security act amendments of 1939May 24, 1939[[H.
Con. Res. 25](/us/bill/76/hconres/25)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Social Security Act Amendments of 1939.Additional copies of hearings on bill ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154).*Ante*, p. 1360. That, in accordance with paragraph 3, section 2, of the Printing Act, approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives be, and is hereby, authorized and empowered to have printed for its use five thousand additional copies of the hearings held before said committee during the current session on the bill entitled “Social Security Act Amendments of 1939.
” Passed, May 24, 1939. H. Con. Res. 23: JOINT COMMITTEE ON FORESTRY House Concurrent Resolution 23 May 29, 1939 joint committee on forestryMay 29, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 23](/us/bill/76/hconres/23)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the limit of expenditures under S. Con. Res. 31, Seventy-fifthJoint Committee on Forestry.Limit of expenditure by, increased.[52 Stat. 1452](/us/stat/52/1452).*Ante*, p. 1550.Division of. Congress (providing for the establishment of a Joint Committee on Forestry), is hereby increased by $7,000, of which one-half shall be payable from the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half from the contingent fund of the House of Representatives upon vouchers approved by the chairman of the committee.
Passed, May 29, 1939. S. Con. Res. 20: RECEPTION OF THE KING AND QUEEN OF GREAT BRITAIN IN THE ROTUNDA OF THE CAPITOL Senate Concurrent Resolution 20 June 13, 1939 reception of the king and queen of great britain in the rotunda of the capitolJune 13, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 20](/us/bill/76/sconres/20)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Reception of the King and Queen of Great Britain.Expenses of joint committee on arrangements ordered paid.Division of.
That the expenses incurred by the joint committee appointed pursuant to S. Con. Res. 17, Seventy-sixth Congress, to arrange for the reception of Their Majesties the King and Queen of Great Britain in the rotunda of the Capitol on June 9, 1939, shall be paid one-half from the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half from the contingent fund of the House of Representatives upon vouchers approved by the chairman of the joint committee. Passed, June 13, 1939. H. Con. Res. 28: WORKS PROGRESS ADMINISTRATION House Concurrent Resolution 28 June 13, 1939 53 Stat. 1554 works progress administrationJune 13, 1939[[H.
Con. Res. 28](/us/bill/76/hconres/28)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Works Progress Administration.Additional copies of hearings before House investigating subcommittee ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154). That, in accordance with paragraph 3, of section 2, of the Printing Act approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives is hereby authorized and empowered to have printed, with illustrations, for its use two thousand additional copies of each part of the hearings held before a subcommittee of said committee, during the current session, pursuant to the resolution (H.
Res. 130) directing the Committee on Appropriations to make an investigation and study of the Works Progress Administration as a basis for legislation. Passed, June 13, 1939. S. Con. Res. 21: STATUE OF WILL ROGERS Senate Concurrent Resolution 21 June 19, 1939 statue of will rogersJune 19, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 21](/us/bill/76/sconres/21)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Statue of Will Rogers.Acceptance and thanks of Congress to Oklahoma for.*Ante*, p. 1551; *post*, p. 1555.
That the statue of Will Rogers, presented by the State of Oklahoma, now in the Capitol Building, is accepted in the name of the United States, and that the thanks of Congress be tendered to the State for the contribution of the statue of one of its most eminent citizens, illustrious for his distinguished civic services. Resolved,Copy of resolutions to Governor. That a copy of these resolutions, suitably engrossed and duly authenticated, be transmitted to the Governor of Oklahoma.
Passed, June 19, 1939. S. Con. Res. 19: TRANSCONTINENTAL TOLL ROADS Senate Concurrent Resolution 19 June 20, 1939 transcontinental toll roadsJune 20, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 19](/us/bill/76/sconres/19)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Transcontinental toll roads.Additional copies of report on, ordered printed. That there be printed sixteen thousand additional copies of House Document Numbered 272, entitled “Message From the President of the United States Transmitting a Report of the Bureau of Public Roads on the Feasibility of a System of Transcontinental Toll Roads Distribution.and a Master Plan for Free Highway Development” of which five thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate Committee on Post Offices and Post Roads; one thousand copies for the Senate document room; nine thousand copies for the use of the House Committee on Roads and one thousand copies for the House document room.
Passed, June 20, 1939. S. Con. Res. 22: ARMY OF THE UNITED STATES Senate Concurrent Resolution 22 June 30, 1939 army of the united statesJune 30, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 22](/us/bill/76/sconres/22)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Army of the United States.Descriptive manuscript ordered printed. That the manuscript submitted to the Senate by Senator Morris Sheppard on June 7, 1939, and referred to the Committee on Printing, containing a general description of the Army of the United Status, its components, its arms, services, and bureaus, its military and non-military activities, be printed, with illustrations, as a public document; and that ten thousand seven hundred additional copies shall be printed, with illustrations, and bound, as may be directed by the Distribution.Joint Committee on Printing, of which two thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use of the Senate and eight thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and one hundred copies to each of the Committees on Military Affairs of the two Houses of Congress.
Passed, June 30, 1939. S. Con. Res. 24: “SURVEY OF EXPERIENCES IN PROFIT SHARING AND POSSIBILITIES OF INCENTIVE TAXATION“ Senate Concurrent Resolution 24 July 13, 1939 53 Stat. 1555 “survey of experiences in profit sharing and possibilities of incentive taxation“July 13, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 24](/us/bill/76/sconres/24)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there be printed twelve thousand additional copies of Senate“Survey of Experiences In Profit Sharing and Possibilities of Incentive Taxation.”Additional copies ordered printed.Distribution.
Report Numbered 610, a report of a subcommittee of the Committee on Finance submitted pursuant to S. Res. 215 (Seventy-fifth Congress), entitled “Survey of Experiences in Profit Sharing and Possibilities of Incentive Taxation”, of which one thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate document room, ten thousand copies for the use of the Senate Committee on Finance, and one thousand copies for the House document room. Passed, July 13, 1939. S. Con. Res. 25: PROFIT-SHARING SYSTEMS Senate Concurrent Resolution 25 July 13, 1939 profit-sharing systemsJuly 13, 1939[[S.
Con. Res. 25](/us/bill/76/sconres/25)Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That, in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the PrintingProfit-sharing systems.Additional copies of hearings relative to, ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154). Act, approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Finance of the Senate be, and is hereby, authorized and empowered to have printed for its use ten thousand additional copies of the hearings held before a subcommittee of said committee during the Seventy-fifth Congress pursuant to the resolution (S.
Res. 215) providing for an investigation of existing profit-sharing systems between employers and employees in the United States. Passed, July 13, 1939. S. Con. Res. 26: BILL ENTITLED “TRANSPORTATION ACT OF 1933” Senate Concurrent Resolution 26 July 13, 1939 bill entitled “transportation act of 1933”July 13, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 26](/us/bill/76/sconres/26)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That, in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing“TransportationAct of 1939.”Additional copies of hearings ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 154](/us/usc/t44/s154).Act approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Interstate Commerce of the Senate be, and is hereby, authorized and empowered to have printed for its use one thousand additional copies of the hearings held before said committee during the current session on the bill (S. 2009) entitled “Transportation Act of 1939”.
Passed, July 13, 1939. H. Con. Res. 29: STATUE OF WILL ROGERS House Concurrent Resolution 29 July 17, 1939 statue of will rogersJuly 17, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 29](/us/bill/76/hconres/29)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there be printed with illustrations and bound, in such form andStatue of Will RogersProceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed.*Ante*, pp. 1551, 1554. style as may be directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, the proceedings in Congress at the unveiling in the rotunda, together with such other matter as the joint committee may deem pertinent thereto, upon the occasion of the acceptance of the statue of Will Rogers, presented by the State of Oklahoma, five thousand two hundredDistribution. copies; of which one thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate, and two thousand seven hundred copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining one thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use of and distribution by the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Oklahoma.
Sec. 2. The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized toIllustrations. have the copy prepared for the Public Printer, who shall provide suitable illustrations to be bound with these proceedings. Passed, July 17, 1939. S. Con. Res. 28: DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA REVENUE ACT OF 1939 Senate Concurrent Resolution 28 July 19, 1939 53 Stat. 1556 district of columbia revenue act of 1939July 19, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 28](/us/bill/76/sconres/28)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),District of Columbia Revenue Act of 1939.Corrections In enrollment.
That the Clerk of the House, in the enrollment of the bill (H. R. 6577) to provide revenue for the District of Columbia, and for other purposes, is authorized and directed to make the following changes:
(1)*Ante*, p. 1086. On page 2 of the conference report agreed to by the House on July 18, 1939, under the heading “TABLE OF CONTENTS”, in section 4 (a), strike out “resident”, and in sections 4
(b)and 5 (c), strike out “and nonresident individuals”;
(2)*Ante*, p. 1091 On page 7 of such conference report, in the heading of subsection
(c)of section 5, strike out “AND NONRESIDENT INDIVIDUALS”; and
(3)*Ante*, p. 1101 On page 18 of such conference report, in section 31, strike out “title VI” and insert in lieu thereof “title IX”. Passed, July 19, 1939. H. Con. Res. 10: AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY OFFICIALS House Concurrent Resolution 10 July 25, 1939 american association of state highway officialsJuly 25, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 10](/us/bill/76/hconres/10)] Whereas this year marks the twenty-fifth anniversary of the organization of the American Association of State Highway Officials,American Association of State Highway Officials.Preamble. which is composed of officials of the highway departments of all the States, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, and the United States Bureau of Public Roads; and Whereas said association through its members represents the State and Federal governmental agencies which have constructed and maintained a vast system of highways throughout the Nation, which highways are becoming increasingly important in local and interstate transportation; and Whereas said association has announced that it is planning to celebrate in a fitting manner this quarter century of road building at a national meeting to be held during the month of October 1939 in the cities of Washington, District of Columbia; and Richmond, Virginia: Therefore be it Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Sense of Congress that highway development merits appreciation.That it is the sense of the Congress that the splendid results which have been accomplished in the vital development of out national highway transportation system merit an expression of public appreciation by the Congress. Sec. 2. Conveyance of appreciation by special Congressional committee.A special committee of the Congress is hereby established, to consist of three Members of the Senate, to be appointed by the President of the Senate, and three Members of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, to convey to the members of the American Association of State Highway Officials at the national meeting of said association to be held in the cities of Washington, District of Columbia, and Richmond, Virginia, during the month of October 1939 an expression of appreciation by the Congress of the praiseworthy accomplishments realized under their leadership and direction in the field of highway development. Passed, July 25, 1939. H. Con. Res. 32: VIRGINIA (MERRIMAC)-MONITOR COMMISSION House Concurrent Resolution 32 August 2, 1939 53 Stat. 1557 virginia (merrimac)-monitor commissionAugust 2, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 32](/us/bill/76/hconres/32)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there is hereby established a commission to be known as theVirginia (Merrimac)-Monitor Commission, establishment, composition, etc. Virginia (Merriniac)-Monitor Commission (hereinafter referred to as the commission) and to be composed of six commissioners, as follows: Three Senators to be appointed by the President of the Senate and three Members of the House of Representatives to be appointed by the Speaker of the House. The commissioners shall serve without compensation and shall select a chairman from among their number. Sec. 2. That it shall be the duty of the commissioners to considerMemorial in commemoration of battles in Hampton Roads, Va., consideration, etc. and report as to the feasibility, practicability, and desirability of creating in Hampton Roads, Virginia, or on or near the shores thereof, at a site to be selected by the commission, a suitable memorial in commemoration of the battles in Hampton Roads, Virginia,
(1)on March 8, 1862, participated in by the former United States frigate Merrimac, raised after burning, and rechristened the Confederate States Ironclad Virginia, and Cumberland, Congress, Minnesota, Roanoke, and Saint Lawrence; and
(2)on March 9, 1862, the first battle in the history of the world between ironclads; that is, the Confederate ironclad Virginia (Merrimac) and the United States ironclad Monitor. The said commission shall report an estimateCost, plans, etc. of the probable cost of said memorial and give due and proper consideration to such plan or plans as may be submitted to them for said memorial; shall confer with such civic associations and organizationsConferences with civic, etc., organizations. and with such other commissions, Federal, State, or municipal, as may be appointed or created for purposes similar to the purposes of this concurrent resolution; shall take such steps as may be necessary to secure the coordination and correlation of plans prepared by such commissions, organizations, or agencies; shall ascertain and report as to the extent to which such commissions, organizations, or agencies will cooperate in creating said memorial and shall do all such other things as may be necessary to carry into full effect the intents and purposes of this concurrent resolution. Sec. 3. That the commission, after selecting a chairman and viceEmployment of secretary and other personnel. chairman from among their members, may appoint or employ a secretary and such other assistants as may be needed for clerical work connected with the duties of the commission: *Provided*, That said*Proviso*.Federal expense restriction. commission can so arrange that no part of the pay or expense of said secretary and other assistants shall be paid by the United States. Sec. 4. That the said commission be, and the same is hereby,Assistance of Commission of Fine Arts. authorized to call upon the Commission of Fine Arts, in Washington, for their assistance and advice in connection with any plan or plans that may be submitted or considered, and the said Commission of Fine Arts is directed to render such assistance and advice as its other duties may permit and as may be within its power. Sec. 5. That the commission shall on or before the 15th day ofReport to Congress by April 15, 1940. April 1940 make a report to Congress for such enabling legislation, if any, as the Congress may desire. Sec. 6. That the commission hereby created shall expire withinDuration of commission. two years after the adoption of this concurrent resolution. Sec. 7. That this concurrent resolution shall take effect immediately.Effective date. Passed, August 2, 1939. H. Con. Res. 33: SUPREME COURT, SESQUICENTENNIAL House Concurrent Resolution 33 August 5, 1939 53 Stat. 1558 supreme court, sesquicentennialAugust 5, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 33](/us/bill/76/hconres/33)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Supreme Court, sesquicentennial of first session.Joint committee to arrange exercises in commemoration of, authorized. That a joint committee consisting of five Members of the House of Representatives and five Members of the Senate shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate, respectively, which is empowered to make plans and suitable arrangements for fitting and proper exercises, to be held on the 1st day of February 1940, in commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the commencement of the first session of the Supreme Court of the United States, held at the city of New York on Monday, the 1st day of February 1790. Passed, August 5, 1939. H. Con. Res. 35: SIGNING OF ENROLLED BILLS, ETC. House Concurrent Resolution 35 August 5, 1939 signing of enrolled bills, etc.August 5, 1939[[H. Con. Res. 35](/us/bill/76/hconres/35)]Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring),Enrolled bills or Joint resolutions.Signing alter adjournment authorized. That notwithstanding the adjournment of the first session of the Seventy-sixth Congress, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives be, and they are hereby, authorized to sign any enrolled bills or joint resolutions duly passed by the two Houses and which have been examined by the Committee on Enrolled Bills of each House and found truly enrolled. Passed, August 5, 1939. S. Con. Res. 29: ADJOURNMENT Senate Concurrent Resolution 29 August 5, 1939 adjournmentAugust 5, 1939[[S. Con. Res. 29](/us/bill/76/sconres/29)]Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring),Adjournment of Congress, August 5, 1939. That the two Houses of Congress shall adjourn on Saturday, the 5th day of August 1939, and that when they adjourn on said day they stand adjourned sine die. Passed, August 5, 1939. TREATIES NOTICE In this section are included all instruments, whether called treaties, conventions, protocols, or otherwise, entered into on the part of the United States by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. TREATIES Treaty February 1, 1938 53 Stat. 1561 TREATIES NORWAY—EXTRADITION—FEB. 1, 1938 *Supplementary extradition treaty between the United States of AmericaFebruary 1, 1938[T. S. No. 934] and Norway. Signed at Washington February 1, 1938; ratification advised.by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 6, 1938; ratified by Norway March 10, 1938; ratifications exchanged at Oslo, August 6, 1938; proclaimed August 15, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a supplementary extradition treaty between the UnitedSupplementary extradition treaty with Norway.Preamble. States of America and the Kingdom of Norway was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Washington on the first day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, the original of which supplementary English and Norwegian languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting powers. and the Kingdom of Norway being desirous of enlarging the list of crimes on account of which extradition may be granted under the treaty concluded between the United States of America and Norway on June 7, 1893, with a[28 Stat. 1187](/us/stat/28/1187). view to the better administration of justice and prevention of crime within their respective territories and jurisdictions, have resolved to conclude a supplemental treaty for this purpose and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Norway: Mr. Wilhelm Munthe de Morgenstieme, his Envoy Extraordi1561 53 Stat. 1562nary and Minister Plenipotentiary in Washington; who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, which were found to be in due and proper form, have agreed to and concluded the following articles: Article I Additions to extraditable crimes.The following crimes are added to the list of crimes numbered 1 to 12 in Article II of the said treaty [28 Stat. 1188](/us/stat/28/1188).of June 7, 1893, on account of which extradition may be granted, that is to say: 13. Crimes or offenses against bankruptcy laws. Crimes or offenses against the bankruptcy laws, provided that the act may be punished in the United States as a felony and in Norway is a crime which, under the General Civil Penal Code, may be punished with a more severe penalty than imprisonment for one year. 14. Narcotics. Violations of legislation concerning narcotics, if the act, committed in Norway, would be subject to punishment by imprisonment. Article II Considered part of Treaty of June 7, 1893.The present treaty shall be considered as an integral part of [28 Stat. 1187](/us/stat/28/1187).said Extradition Treaty of June 7, 1893, and Article II of the last-mentioned treaty shall be read as if the list of crimes and offenses therein contained had originally comprised the additional crimes and offenses specified and numbered 13 and 14 in the first Article of the present treaty. Ratification.The present treaty shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with then respective constitutional methods,53 Stat. 1563and shall take effect on the date ofEffective date. the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Oslo as soon as possible. In witness whereof, theSignatures. above-mentioned Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty in both the English and Norwegian languages and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done, in duplicate, at Washington, this first day of February, nineteen hundred and thirty-eight. Amerikas For ente Stater ogContracting powers. Kongeriket Norge som ønsker å utvide fortegnelsen over forbrydelser for hvilke utlevering kan innrømmes i henhold til den traktat som blev sluttet mellem Amerikas Forente Stater og Norge den 7. juni 1893, med det formål å[28 Stat. 1187](/us/stat/28/1187). bedre strafferettspleien og å forebygge forbrydelser innenfor deres respektive territorier og jurisdiksjoner, bar besluttet å avslutte en tilleggstraktat i dette øiemed og bar opnevnt som sine befullmektigede:5 Presidenten for Amerikas ForentePlenipotentiaries. Stater, Herr Cordell Hull, Amerikas Forente Staters Utenriksminister; og Hans Majestet N orges Konge, Herr Wilhelm von Munthe av Morgenstieme, sin overordentlige1561 53 Stat. 1562Sendemann og befullmektigede Minister i Washington; som, efter å ha meddelt hverandre sine fullmakter, som blev funnet i god og riktig form, er kolnmet overens om og har sluttet avtale om følgende bestemmelser: Artikkel I Additions to extraditable crimes.ølgende forbiydelser føies til i fortegnelseh over forbiydelser, nummerert 1 til 12, i artikkel II [28 Stat. 1188](/us/stat/28/1188).i nevnte traktat av 7. juni 1893, for hvilke utlevering kan innrømmes, nemlig: 13. Crimes or offenses against bankruptcy laws. Konkursforbrydelser, forutsatt at handlingen i De Forente Stater kan straffes som “felony” og i Norge er en forbrydelse som efter den almindelige borgerlige straffelov kan medføre strengere straff enn fengsel i ett år. 14. Narcotics. Overtredelser av lovgivningen om narkotiske midler, forsåvidt handlingen, begått i Norge, vilde kunne medføre fengselsstraff. Artikkel II Considered part of Treaty of June 7, 1893.Nærværende traktat skal ansees som en integrerende del av [28 Stat. 1187](/us/stat/28/1187).nevnte utleveringstraktat av 7. juni 1893, og artikkel II i sistnevnte traktat skal leses som om den fortegnelse over forbiydelser og forseelser den inneholder, oprinnelig hadde omfattet de tilføiede forbrydelser og forseelser som er omhandlet og gitt nommer 13 og 14 i første artikkel i nærværende traktat. Ratification.Nærværende traktat skal ratifiseres av de hdie kontraherende parter i overensstemmelse med deres respektive forfatningsmes53 Stat. 1563sige regler og skal tre i kraft fraEffective date. dagen for utvekslingen av ratifikasjonene som skal firme sted i Oslo så snart som mulig. Til bekreftelse herav bar ovennevnteSignatures. befullmektigede undertegnet nærværende traktat både i det engelske og det norske sprog og har forsynt den med sine segl. Utferdiget i to eksemplarer i Washington den Iste februar 1938. Cordell Hull [seal] W. Morgenstierne [seal] And whereas the said supplementary extradition treaty has beenExchange of ratifications. duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Oslo, on the sixth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said supplementary extradition treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* March 18, 1938 Convention 53 Stat. 1564 53 Stat. 1564 TREATIES NETHERLANDS—PAYMENT FOR MILITARY SUPPLIES—MAR. 18, 1938 March 18, 1938[T. S. No. 935]*Convention between the United Slates of America and the Netherlands providing for the arbitration of a difference relating to payment for certain military supplies. Signed at Washington March 18, 1938; ratification advised by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 6, 1938; ratified by the Netherlands June 16, 1938; ratifications exchanged at Washington August 2, 1938; proclaimed August 15, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Convention with the Netherlands providing tor the arbitration of a difference relating to payment for certain military supplies.Preamble.Whereas a convention between the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands providing for the arbitration of a difference between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Netherlands in regard to the sufficiency of the payment made by the Government of the United States of America to the Government of the Netherlands for certain military supplies of the Netherlands Government which were requisitioned by the Government of the United States of America in 1917, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Washington on the eighteenth day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, the original of which convention is word for word as follows: Whereas, in November 1917, the Government of the United States of America requisitioned certain military supplies of the Government of the Netherlands, for which it paid a sum not considered by the Government of the Netherlands to be the full amount to which it was entitled therefor, while the Government of the United States of America considers, on the contrary, that it has paid more than was due, Whereas it has been found impossible to adjust the resulting differences of opinion by diplomacy, Contracting powers.Whereas the President of the United States of America and Her Majesty, the Queen of the Netherlands, are desirous of reaching an amicable settlement of their differences, by arbitration if necessary, and that a convention be concluded for that purpose, have named as their plenipotentiaries, that is to say: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America : Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Her Majesty, the Queen of the Netherlands: Jonkheer H. M. van Haersma de With, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands to the United States of America, 53 Stat. 1565 Who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I *First*. Within six months from the date of the exchange of ratificationsPresentation of Memorial by Agent for Netherlands. hereof the Agent for the Government of the Netherlands shall present to the Agent for the Government of the United States of America a Memorial in which shall be fully set forth:
(a)the facts on which the Netherlands Government rests its claim against the Government of the United States of America,
(b)the amount of additional compensation demanded, the principal of which compensation shall in no event exceed the difference between the florins alleged to have been expended by the Netherlands Government and the amount in dollars received by it, leaving to the Arbitrator the question as to whether, in the event of an award, interest should be granted,
(c)an explanation of the grounds and theory on which the claim is predicated. Such Memorial shall be accompanied by all the evidence upon which the claim is considered to be based, it being clearly understood that no further evidence may be injected into the case either during the discussions mentioned in Article II below or during the possible adjudication of the claim, except as hereinafter provided. *Second*. Within eight months from the date of receipt by the AgentAnswer to Memorial by Agent lor the United States of America. for the Government of the United States of America of such Memorial, he shall present to the Agent for the Government of the Netherlands an Answer to the Memorial, in which shall be fully set forth:
(a)the facts relied upon by the Government of the United States of America in defense of the claim of the Government of the Netherlands and the facts on which the Government of the United States of America rests any counterclaim,
(b)the amount of such counterclaim,
(c)an explanation of the grounds and theory on which the defense and any such counterclaim are predicated. To such Answer there shall be attached all the evidence upon which the defense of the claim and upon which the counterclaim are considered to be based, and no further evidence shall be injected into the case, either in support or defense, either during the stage of discussions mentioned in Article II below or during possible arbitration, except as hereinafter provided. *Third*. With all issues of fact and law thus defined, the Agent forBrief by Agent for the Netherlands. the Government of the Netherlands shall, within six months from the date of the receipt of the Answer, file with the Agent for the Government of the United States of America a written Brief containing all such factual and legal contentions as he may desire to make in support of the claim and in defense of the counterclaim. In such Brief the Agent for the Netherlands Government, without being allowed to 53 Stat. 1566change the general grounds of the claim as stated in the Memorial, may further explain such grounds in the light of the Answer and the evidence filed therewith and he may file with such Brief only such evidence as is strictly in refutation of the Answer or of the evidence filed with the Answer, but which does not lay the basis of any new grounds for the claim. With the Brief there may be filed also an Answer to the counterclaim, which Answer shall be governed by paragraph “Second” above. *Fourth*. Reply Brief by Agent for the United Within six months from the date of the receipt of such Brief the Agent for the Government of the United States of America shall file with the Agent for the Government of the Netherlands a Reply Brief containing all such factual and legal contentions as he may desire to make in defense of the claim and in support of the counterclaim. In such Reply Brief the Agent for the Government of the United States of America, without being allowed to change the general grounds of the defense of the claim or the general grounds of the counterclaim, may further explain such grounds in the light of the Brief of the Government of the Netherlands, the Answer to the counterclaim, and the evidence filed therewith, and he may file with such Reply Brief only such evidence as is strictly in refutation of the Brief or the evidence filed therewith, but which does not lay the basis of any new grounds for defense of the claim or any new grounds for the counterclaim. Article II Reference to arbitration if agreement not reached within designated time.In the event that the two Governments shall be unable to agree upon a disposition of the claim and the counterclaim or upon any portions thereof within the six months next succeeding the delivery of the Reply Brief of the Government of the United States of America, the pleadings thus exchanged shall be referred to arbitration for the decision of any such unsettled questions, it being clearly understood, however, that in no event shall the issues of the claim or of the counterclaim, either factual or legal, or the contentions of either party, as herein submitted to diplomatic discussion, be changed in character, or the written record above described augmented in the event the matter is so referred to arbitration. Article III Issues to be decided.The issues to be decided shall be those formulated by the pleadings exchanged in pursuance of Article I hereof, or such of those issues as shall not have been previously settled by agreement of the two Governments. The Arbitrator shall decide such issues in conformity with applicable law. Article IV Arbitral tribunal.The arbitral tribunal shall consist of a sole Arbitrator, to be selected by mutual agreement of the two Governments, who shall be a jurist of repute, familiar with the English language, and who shall not be a national of the Netherlands or of the United States of America.53 Stat. 1567 Article V Within thirty days from the termination of the period specified inDelivery of pleadings to Arbitrator If negotiations fail to result in full settlement. Article II above, if the diplomatic negotiations referred to therein shall not have resulted in a full settlement of the claim and counter-claim, the pleadings provided for in Article I above shall be delivered to the Arbitrator by means of a joint communication of the two Agents. Article VI As soon as possible after the date of the receipt of the above-mentionedOral proceedings. pleadings by the Arbitrator, and not later than four months from that date, he shall convene the parties at a place to be determined by the two Governments for the purpose of hearing such oral arguments by Agents or Counsel, or both, for each Government, as they may desire to make. The conduct of the oral proceedings shall be under the control of the Arbitrator. Authentic minutes of the meetings shall be kept by a Secretary, to be designated by the Arbitrator, and shall be signed by the Arbitrator and the Secretary. The periods of time mentioned in Articles V and VI hereof mayTime extensions. be extended by mutual agreement of the two Governments. Article VII The Arbitrator shall be obligated to render Iris decision withinArbitrator’s decision; time limitation. three months from the date on which the oral arguments close, unless, upon the request of the Arbitrator, the two Governments agree to extend that period. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be rendered in two signedTo be signed in duplicate. copies, one of which shall be sent to each Government. It shall state the grounds of the decision and shall be in the English language. The language of the pleadings and oral proceedings shall be English.Language to be used; translations. All evidence submitted in any language other than English shall be accompanied by a full and correct translation in the English language. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be accepted as final and bindingFinality of decision. upon the two Governments. Article VIII Each Government shall pay the expenses of the presentation andPayment of expenses. conduct of its own case before the Arbitrator, all joint expenses, including the honorarium for the Arbitrator, to be borne by the two Governments in equal proportions. Article IX This convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting PartiesRatification. and shall take effect immediately upon the exchange of ratifications, . which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. 53 Stat. 1568Signatures.In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed this convention and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Washington, this eighteenth day of March, 1938. [seal] Cordell Hull [seal] H. M. van Haersma de With Exchange of ratifications.And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the second day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Treaty October 18, 1937 53 Stat. 1569 53 Stat. 1569 *Treaty between the United States of America and Lithuania defining inOctober 18, 1937[T. S. No. 936] certain cases the liability for military service and other acts of allegiance of naturalized persons and persons bom with double nationality. Signed at Kaunas October 18, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 5, 1938; ratified by Lithuania December 30, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Washing-ton July 30, 1938; proclaimed August 15, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a treaty between the United States of America andLiability for military service, etc., of naturalized persons and persons born with double nationality, United States and Lithuania.Preamble. Lithuania defining in certain cases the liability for military service or any other act of allegiance of nationals of either country who have been or shall become naturalized in the territory of the other country, as well as of certain classes of persons bom with double nationality, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Kaunas on the eighteenth day of October, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, the original of which treaty being in the English and Lithuanian languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting powers. and Lithuania being desirous of defining in certain cases the liability for military service or any other act of allegiance of nationals of either country who have been or shall become naturalized in the territory of the other country as well as of certain classes of persons born with double nationality, have resolved to conclude a treaty on the subject and for that purpose have appointed their Plenipotentiaries, that is to say: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America: C. Porter Kuykendall, charge d’affaires ad interim of the united states of america to lithuania; and The President of the Republic of Lithuania: 53 Stat. 1570 Stasys Lozoraitis, minister of foreign affairs; Who, having communicated to each other their full powers found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Naturalized persons returning to country of former nationality for temporary stay.Nationals of either country, who have been or shall become naturalized in the territory of the other country shall not, upon returning to the country of former nationality for a temporary stay, be required to perform military service or any other act of allegiance, or punished for the original act of emigration, or for failure to respond to a call for military service, liability for which did not accrue until after bona fide residence was acquired in the territory of the country whose nationality was obtained by naturalization. *Proviso*.Renewal of residence in country of origin.Provided, that, if a national of either country who comes within the purview of this article shall renew his residence in his country of origin without the intent to return to the country in which he was naturalized, he shall be held to have renounced his naturalization. Presumption of intent.The intent not to return may be held to exist when a person naturalized in one country shall have resided more than two years in the other country; but this presumption may be overcome by evidence to the contrary. Article II Persons with double nationality, temporary stay in country of parents but not of birth.A person born in the territory of one country of parents who are nationals of the other country, and having the nationality of each country under its laws, shall not, if he has his habitual residence, that is, the place of his general abode, in the territory of the 53 Stat. 1571country of bis birth, be held liable for military service or any other act of allegiance during a temporary stay in the territory of the other country. Provided, that, if such stay is*Proviso*.Presumption of permanent domicile. protracted beyond the period of two years, it shall be presumed to be permanent, in the absence of sufficient evidence showing that return to the territory of the other country will take place within a short time. Article III The present treaty shall beRatification. ratified and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Washington. It shall take effect in all its provisions on the day of the exchange of ratifications and shall continue in force for the term of ten years from that day. If within one year before theDuration. expiration of ten years from the day on which the present treaty shall come into force, neither High Contracting Party notifies the other of an intention of terminating the treaty upon the expiration of the aforesaid period of ten years, the treaty shall remain in full force and effect after the aforesaid period and until one year from such a time as either of the High Contracting Parties shall have notified to the other an intention of terminating the treaty. In witness whereof, the respectiveSignature. Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Lithuanian languages, both authentic, at Kaunas, this eighteenth day of October, nine-teen hundred and thirty-seven. C. Porter Kuykendall [seal] Jungtinės Amerikos Valstybės irContracting powers. Lietuva, norėdamos sutvarkyti tam tikrais atsitikimais karinės prievolės bei kitų ištikimybės veiksmų atlikimą, kiek tai liečia vienos šalies piliečius, kurie buvo arba bus natūralizuoti kitos šalies teritorijoje, arba kai kurių kategorijų asmenis, kurie gimimu yra įgiję abiejių Susitariančių Šalių pilietybę, nutarė sudaryti šiuo reikalu sutartį ir tam tikslui paskyrė savo įgaliotiniais: Jungtinių Amerikos ValstybiųPlenipotentiaries. Prezidentas: C. Porter Kuykendall, jungtinių amerikos valstybių charge d’affaires ad interim lietuvai; ir Lietuvos Respublikos Prezidentas:53 Stat. 1570 Stasį Lozoraitį, užsienių reikalų ministerį; kurie, pateikę vienas antram savo įgaliojimus, rastus gera ir tinkama forma sudarytus, susitarė dėl šių nuostatų: I Straipsnis Naturalized persons returning to country of former nationality for temporary stay.Iš vienos Susitariančios Šalies piliečių, kurie buvo arba bus natūralizuoti kitos šalies teritorijoje, laikinai sugrįžesių į savo pirmykštės pilietybės šalį, nebus reikalaujama atlikti karinę prievolę ar bet kokį kitą ištikimybės veiksmą, ir jie nebus baudžiami už pirmykštį emigravirną arba už neatsiliepimą. į šaukimus karinę prievolę atlikti, jei tie asmenys neturėjo stoti į karo tarnybą, prieš tai, kai bona fide apsigyveno tos šalies teritorijoje, kurios pilietybę įgijo natūralizuodamiesi. *Proviso*.Renewal of residence in country of origin.Bet jei bet kurios Susitariančių Šalių pilietis, kurį liečia šis straipsnis, vėl apsigyvena savo kilimo šalyje, nebūdamas pasiryžęs grįžti į šalį, kurioje natūralizavosi, tai jis bus laikomas atsisakiusiu nuo natūralizacijos. Presumption of intent.Asmenį galima bus laikyti neturinčiu intencijos grįžti tuo atveju, jei jis, natūralizavęsis vienoje šalyje, išgyveno antroje šalyje daugiau kaip dvejus metus; prezumpcija nebus taikoma tuo atveju, kai bus pateikta priešingy įrodymų. II Straipsnis Persons with double nationality, temporary stay in country of parents but not of birth.Asmuo, gimęs vienos šalies teritorijoje iš tėvų, kurie yra antrosios šalies piliečiai, ir turįs pagal tų šaliy įstatymus abiejų šalių pilietybę, jei nuolat gyvena tos šalies teritorijoje, kurioje gimė, nebus verčiamas atlikti karinę prievolę ar bet kokį kitą ištikimybės 53 Stat. 1571veiksmą, jei laikinai apsigyvens antrosios šlies teritorijoje. Bet, jei tas laikinas apsigyvenimas*Proviso*.Presumption of permanent domicile. truks ilgiau kaip dvejus metus, jis bus laikomas nuolatiniu, nebent bus užtektinų įrodymų, kad sakytasis asmuo greitu laiku grįš į antrosios šalies teritoriją. III Straipsnis Šita sutartis bus ratifikuota irRatification. ratifikacijomis bus pasikeista Vašingtone. Ji jsigalios visais savo nuostatais dieną, kurią bus pasikeista ratifikacijomis, ir galios dešimtį metų, skaitant nuo tos dienos. Jei nė viena Aukštųjų SusitariančiųDuration. Šalių, bent vienus metus prieš sueinant dešimties metų terminui, skaitant nuo šios sutarties įsigaliojimo dienos, nepareikš antrajai noro atšaukti sutartį, minėtam dešimties metų terminui išėjus, tai sutartis bus laikoma prailginta nenustatytam terminui. Po to ji galės būti atš;aukta kiekvienu xnetu, pranešus apie tai kitai Aukštajai Susitariančiai Šaliai vienus metus iš anksto. Šiam paliudyti atitinkami įgaliotiniai pasirašė šią sutartį ir pridėjoSignature. savo antspaudus. Sudaryta dviem egzemplioriais, anglų ir lietuvių kalbomis, laikant abi kalbas autentiškomis, Kaune, tūkstantis devyni šimtai trisdešimts septintais metais spalių mėnesio aštuonioliktą dieną. Lozoraitis [seal] 53 Stat. 1572 Exchange of ratifications.And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the twentieth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. April 14, 1938 53 Stat. 1573 Agreement 53 Stat. 1573 NICARAGUA—ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS—APR. 14, 1938 TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Nicaragua providingApril 14, 1938[T. S. No. 937] for the adjustment of certain accounts and refund of income taxes. Signed at Washington April 14, 1988; ratification advised by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 6, 1938; ratified by Nicaragua May 30, 1938; ratifications exchanged at Washington August 24, 1938; proclaimed August 31, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Whereas on Agreement providing for the adjustment of certainAgreement with Nicaragua providing for the adjustment of certain accounts and refund of income taxes.Preamble. accounts of indebtedness and claim for refund of income taxes between the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua was concluded and signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the two countries at Washington on the fourteenth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, the original of which Agreement, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting powers. and the Republic of Nicaragua: Considering that the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua is indebted to the Government of the United States of America in the amount of $289,898.78, representing unpaid balance of the principal amount of indebtedness incurred for the purchase from the Government of the United States of America of certain arms and ammunition; Considering that the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua makes a claim to refund of income taxes from the Government of the United States of America in the principal amount of $372,879.06, representing payment of income taxes to the Government of the United States of America by the Ferrocarril del Pacifico de Nicaragua; and, Being desirous of adjusting in a mutually satisfactory manner the aforesaid accounts and of strengthening still further the friendly re 53 Stat. 1574lations which happily exist between the two Governments: Have decided to enter into an agreement for that purpose and to that end have appointed their plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and The President of the Republic of Nicaragua: Senor Doctor Don Le6n De Bayle, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Nicaragua in Washington, Who, having communicated their respective full powers to each other, which have been found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following; Article I Payment by the United States of America.The Government of the United States of America shall pay to the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua the sum of $72,000 in full settlement of the claim of the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua for refund of $372,879.06, being the principal amount of certain income taxes paid by the Ferro carril del Pacifico de Nicaragua, and for refund of interest thereon. Article II Acceptance in full settlement by Nicaragua.*Ante*, p. 896.The Government of the Republic of Nicaragua agrees to accept the payment of $72,000 in full settlement of its aforesaid Cancelation of present Indebtedness due the United States of America.claim, and in consideration of such agreement the Government of the United States of America hereby cancels the present indebtedness of the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua to it for arms and ammunition sold to the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua, in the principal amount of $289,898,78, together with interest thereon. 53 Stat. 1575 Article II The present agreement shall beRatification. ratified in accordance with the constitutional methods of the High Contracting Parties and shall take effect immediately on the exchange of ratifications, which shall take place as soon as possible at Washington. In witness whereof, the PlenipotentiariesSignatures. have signed this agreement in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both texts being authentic, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at the City of Washington the fourteenth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaContracting powers. y la República de Nicaragua: Considerando que el Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua adeuda al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, la suma de $289,898.78, que represents el saldo insoluto de la suma principal de la deuda proveniente de la compra, al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, de ciertas armas y municiones; Considerando que el Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua ha hecho un reclamo al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América para el reembolso de impuestos sobre la renta, por la suma principal de $372,879.06, que represents el pago de impuestos sobre la renta efectuado al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América . por el Ferrocarrîl del Pacifico de Nicaragua; y Estando deseosos de arreglar de manera mutuamente satisfactoria las mencionadas cuentas; y de fortalecer mâs aûn, las amistosas 53 Stat. 1574relaciones que felizmente existen entre los dos Gobiernos: Han decidido concertai un convenio para ese propósito ; y con ese fin, han nombrado sus respectives plenipotenciarios: Plenipotentiaries.El Présidente de los Estados Unidos de América: Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América, y El Présidente de la Republics de Nicaragua: Señor Doctor Don León De Bayle, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministre Plenipotenciario de Nicaragua en Washington, Quienes, habiéndose comunicado sus respectives plenos poderes, los eu al es se han hallado en bu en a y debida forma, han convenido en lo siguiente: Articulo I Payment by the United States of America.El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América pagarâ al Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua, la suma de $72,000 en cancelación total, del reclamo hecho por el Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua para el reembolso de la suma de $372,879.06, que représenta el principal de ciertos impuestos sobre la renta, pagados por el Ferrocarril del Pacifico de Nicaragua, y para el reembolso de los intereses correspondientes. Articulo II Acceptance in full settlement by Nicaragua.*Ante*, p. 896.El Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua conviene en aceptar el pago de la suma de $72,000, en cancelación total del reclamo arribaCancelation of present Indebtedness due the United States of America. mencionado; y en vista de tai acuerdo, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, cancela, por el presente instrumenta, la actual deuda, y sus correspondientes intereses, a cargo del Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua, por armas y municiones, vendidas a éste, cuya suma principal asciende a $289,898.78.53 Stat. 1575 Articulo III El presente convenio se ratificarâRatification. de acuerdo con los requisites constitucionales de las Altas Partes Contratantes y entrarâ en vigor inmediatamente después del cambio de ratificaciones, que se verificarâ en Washington, a la mayor brevedad posible. En fe de lo cual, los PlenipotenciariosSignatures. han suscrito este convenio en duplicado, en idioma inglés y español, siendo ambos textos auténticos, y han fijado sus respectivos sellos. Dado en la Ciudad de Wâshington, el día catorce del mes de Abril del año mil novecientos treinta y ocho. For the President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull [seal] For the President of the Republic of Nicaragua: León De Bayle [seal] And whereas the said Agreement has been duly ratified on both Exchange of ratifications.parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the twenty-fourth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Agreement to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. December 13, 1937 Convention 53 Stat. 1576 53 Stat. 1576 TREATIES INTER-AMERICAN—RADIO COMMUNICATIONS—DEC. 13, 1937 December 13, 1937[T. S. No. 938]*Inter-American Radio Communications Convention. Signed at Habana December 13, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate June 15, 1938; ratified by the President June 30, 1938; ratification of the United States of America deposited with the Government of Cuba July 21, 1938; proclaimed September 19, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Inter-American Radio Communications Convention.Preamble.Whereas an Inter-American Radio Communications Convention between the United States of America, Brazil, Canada, Colombia, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Guatemala, Haiti, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Habana on the thirteenth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, which Convention in the Spanish, English, Portuguese and Texts.French languages is word for word as follows: CONVENCION INTERAMERICANA SOBRE RADIOCOMUNICACIONES Suscrita en la Habana, el 13 de diciembre de 1937, entre los Gobiernos de los Estados que se mencionan a continuación. Brasil, República Dominicana, Nicaragua, Canadá, Estados Unidos de América, Panamá, Colombia, Guatemala, Perú, Cuba, Haití, Uruguay, y Chile, México, Venezuela. Los Gobiernos arriba mencionados, reconociendo las ventajas de la cooperacién y del mutuo entendimiento que resultan del in tercambio de pareceres con respecte a las radiocomunicaciones, han designado a los infrascrites Plenipotenciarios a la Primera Conferencia Interamericana de Radio, reunida en la Ciudad de la Habana, República de Cuba, quienes, decomún acuerdo, y bajo reservaderatificación, han celebrado la siguiente Convención, que se ajusta a las estipulaciones de la Convención Intemacional de Telecomunicaciones de Madrid de 1932. **Primera Parte** CONFERENCIAS Artículo 1. Objeto. Los Gobiernos contratantes convienen en reunirse periódicamente en Conferencias de Plenipotenciarios con el fin de resolver por mútuo acuerdo los problemas que surjan en el campo de las radiocomunicaciones en el Continente Americano. 53 Stat. 1577 Artículo 2. Composicion de las Conferencias. Las Conferencing estarán compuestas, en los términos fijados en el Reglamento Interno de las Conferencias Interamericanas de Radio, (Anexo I de esta Convención), por los Delegados de tod os los Gobiernos del Continente Americano que acepten participar en éllas. Podrán asistir, además, con el carácter de observadores, représentantes de instituciones y organismos vinculados a la radiocojnunicación; de empresas o agrupaciones de empresas y de entidades o personas que exploten servicios radioeléctricos, siempre que sean autorizados por sus respectivos Gobiernos. Artículo 3. Voto en las Conferencias. A) Sólo tendrá un voto en las Conferencias cada Estado que reuna los siguientes requisites: I. Población permanente; II. Territorio determinado; III. Gobierno; IV. Capacidad de entrar en relaciones con los demás Estados. B) Los países o territorios que no posean esas condiciones podrán tener voz, más no voto en las Conferencias; pero los acuerdos resultantes de las Conferencias estarán abiertos a su adhesión por medio de sus respectivos Gobiernos metropolitanos. Artículo 4. Lugar y Fecha de las Conferencias. A) Las Conferencias se efectuarán con intervalos no mayores de très años. El páís y la fecha en que deba reunirse cada Conferencia serán fijados en la precedente. Sin embargo, la fecha señalda para una reunión podrá ser adelantada o pospuesta por el Gobierno organizador a petición de cinco o más Gobiernos participantes. B) El Gobierno del país donde deba reunirse una Conferencia, el cual se denominará Gobierno Organizador, fijará el lugar y la fecha definitiva de la reunión y expedirá por la vía diplomática, con una anticipación no menor de seis meses, las invitaciones de estilo. Artículo 5. Reglamento Interno de las Conferencias. Esta Convención tiene anexo un Reglamento Interno de las Conferencias Interamericanas de Radio (Anexo 1), que fija las modalidades de sus reuniones, y que sólo podrá ser modificado por el voto favorable de las dos terceras partes de los Estados participantes en la respectiva Conferencia. **Segunda Parte.** OFICINA INTER AMERICAN A DE RADIO (O. I. R.) Artículo 6. Objeto. Los Gobiernos Contra tan tes convienen: A) En establecer la Oficina Interamericana de Radio (O. I. R.), como organismo interamericano de carácter consultivo que centrali53 Stat. 1578 zará y facilitará entre las Administraciones de les países americanos, el intercambio y circulación de información relative a radiocomunicaciones en todos sus aspectos y coiaborará en la organización de las Conferencias mencionadas en la Parte Primera de esta Convención. B) 1. En comunicar oportunamente a la Oficina Interamericana de Radio todas las disposiciones de legislación de radio internas e internacionales, los reglamentos que rijan en sus territorios, las reformas que se les introduzcan, así como tambien informes estadísticos, técnicos y administrativos sobre la materia. 2. Especificadamente deberán enviar a la Oficina Interamericana de Radio, cada seis meses, una lista oficial de las frecuencias asignadas por éllos a todas las estaciones radiodifusoras, y notificar mensualmente todas las modificaciones y adiciones efectuadas. Las referidas comunicaciones deberán ser bêchas de aeuerdo con el procedimiento adoptado en el Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones anexo a la Convención Intemacional de Telecomunicaciones vigente, debiendo incluir además: a) Potencia actual usada. b) Potencia máxima que se intenta usar. c) Horario de transmisiones. Estas comunicaciones deberán hacerse, en todos los casos, independientemente de las que se envian a la Oficina de la Unión Internacional de Telecomunicaciones. Artículo 7. Atrtbuciones. La Oficina Interamericana de Radio estará encargada: A) de los trabajos preparatories de las Conferencias y de los que deriven de sus decisiones; B) de constituir, de aeuerdo con el Gobierno Organizador, la Secretaria de las Conferencias; C) de publicar y distribute aquellos documentes ordenados por las Conferencias; D) de publicar y distribuir informaciones téenicas, distintas de las originadas en las Conferencias, incluyendo el intercambio de datos relatives a la exactitud y estabilidad de las frecuencias, a las interferencias u otras molestias observadas en los territories de los países contratantes y a otros estudios que se realicen, taies como propagación de las ondas, características generales de las diferentes antenas, etc.; así como el intercambio de documentes de earácter juridico, de Tratados y de infonnación general para una mejor inteligencia y perfeccionamiento de las normas de radiocomunicaciones en el Continente Americano; E) de presenter un informe anual de sus labores, que será comunicado a todos los Gobiernos contratantes; y F) del desempefio de cualesquiera otras funciones que le correspondan o le sean asignadas perlas Conferencias. 53 Stat. 1579 Artículo 8. Sostenimiento de la Oficina. A) Los gastos generales de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio (O. I. R.), no excederán la suma de veinticinco mil dolares ($25,000.00) moneda de los Estados Unidos de América, por año; B) Para sufragar esos gastos, cada uno de los Gobiernos americanos convienen en contribuir en proporción a cierto número de unidades de acuerdo con la categoría a qua pertenezca según lo dispuesto en el Reglamento Interno de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio. Con tal objeto establécense seis categorías a las cuales corresponderán las unidades siguientes: Categories: I II III IV V VI Unidades: 25 20 15 10 5 3 C) Los gastos generales no incluirán los ocasionados por las Conferencias, los cuales serán sufragados por el Gobierno Organizador. D) Las cantidades necesarias para el sostenimiento de la Oficina deberán pagarse semestralmente por adelantado, por los Gobiernos que formen parte de élla. Si un Estado estuviere en mora en sus pagos, el Gobierno del país sede de la Oficina adelantará las cantidades que se requieran. Las sumas asi anticipadas deberán ser reembolsadas por los Gobiernos deudores lo más pronto posible, y a más tardar, dentro de los cuatro meses siguientes a la fecha en que el pago deba hacerse. Artículo 9. Sede y Vigilancia de la Oficina. A) La sede de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio y el nombramiento del Director serán tema del programs de cada Conferencia. B) El Gobierno del país en donde la Oficina tenga su sede, tendrá la inspección y vigilancia de su organización, de su presupuesto y de sus finanzas, y efectuará los anticipes necesarios. C) Las cuentas de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio serán sometidas por el Gobierno del país en donde tenga su sede, a la aprobación de la siguiente Conferencia. D) La Oficina se establece inicialmente bajo los auspicios del Gobierno de Cuba. Su sede estará en la ciudad de la Habana. Artículo 10. Reglamento Interno de la O. I. R. Esta Convención tiene anexo un Reglamento Interno de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio (Anexo 2), que determina los detalles de la administración interna de ese organismo y que podrá ser modificado sólo por el voto favorable de las dos terceras partes de los Estados representados en una Conferencia. **Tercera Parte.** DISPOSICIONES ESPECIALES. Artículo 11. Principios Generales. A) Los Gobiernos contratantes reconocen el derecho soberano de las naciones al uso de todos los canales de radiodifusión. 53 Stat. 1580 B) Los Gobiernos americanos, con la única condición de que no se causen interferencias a los servicios de otro país, pueden asignar cualquier clase de onda y frecuencia a las estaciones de radio que se hallen bajo su jurisdicción. C) Sin embargo, los Gobiernos reconocen que, hasta tanto el progreso técnico alcance un estado que permita eliminar las interferencias de radio de carácter internacional, los arreglos regionales son esenciales para fomentar la normalizaeión y disminuir las interferencias. D) Para la solución de aquellos asuntos que por las características especiales de propagación y condiciones de interferencia de las emisiones radioeléctricas en las distintas Zonas geográficas requieran disposiciones especiales, los Gobiernos contratantes convienen en dividir el Continente americano en tres regiones denominadas: Zona septentrional, Zona central y Zona meridional (Anexo 3 de esta Convención). Artículo 12. Acuerdos Bilaterales. Los Gobiernos contratantes, cuando lo juzguen conveniente, dentro de los límites de esta Convención, concertarán acuerdos bilaterales relativos a la operación de estaciones radiotelegráficas entre sus respectivas naciones, a fin de facilitar las comunicaciones directes entre las mismas. Artículo 13. Estaciones de Verificacion de Frecuencias. Los Gobiernos contratantes se obligan a establecer, en el menor término posible, estaciones de verificación de frecuencias. Artículo 14. Intercambio de Informes. Los Gobiernos contratantes que no se hayan obligado a remitir a una Oficina Centralizadora Interamericana los datos relativos a radiocomunicaciones en su territorio, intercambiarán con todos los demás Gobiernos americanos los datos a que se refiere el Artículo 6, inciso B) 2 de esta Convención. Artículo 15. Seguridad Para la Vida en el Mar y en el Aire. Para seguridad de la navegación maritima y aérea, los Gobiernos contratantes tomarán las medidas necesarias con el objeto de establecer un servicio adecuado de radio, dependiente del Gobierno o por él autorizado. Artículo 16. Obligacion de las Aeronaves Comerciales de Llevar Equipo Radioelectrico. Los Gobiernos contratantes convienen en: A) Que toda aeronave destinada al transporte de pasajeros, cuando opere en servicio internacional con itinerario fijo, deberá estar provista de aparatos radioeléctricos de trasmisión y recepción en condiciones de poder funcionar eficientemente, y a cargo de aperador debidamente titulados. 53 Stat. 1581 B) Las aeronaves con itinerario fijo destinadas al transporte internacional de pasajeros y que vuelen sobre el mar, más allá, de 75 kilómetros de cualquier costa, deberán estar capacitadas para emitir y recibir en la frecuencia de 500 kc/s para poder establecer comunicación de emergencia con las estaciones del servicio radioeléctrico marítimo. Artículo 17. Establecimiento de Estaciones Aeronauticas Radioelectricas. Los Gobiernos contestantes, convienen en tomar, aisladamente o de acuerdo con los países vecinos, las medidas necesarias para establecer un número suficiente de estaciones regionales, operadas o bien autorizadas por él, para proveer la información y seguridad necesarias para el tránsito aéreo y la orientación de las aeronaves. Artículo 18. Comunicaciones de Emergencia. Cualquiera estación radioemisora podrá, con sujeción a las leyes de su país, efectuar comunicaciones de emergencia con otros puntos distintos de los autorizados normalmente, durante un período exceptional en que se baya interrumpido el funcionamiento normal de las comunicaciones como consecuencia de huracanes, inundationes, terremotos o desastres similares. Artículo 19. Radiodifusion Cultural. Los Gobiernos contratantes tomarán las medidas necesarias para faciliter y fomentar la retransmisión e intercambio de programas internationales de carácter cultural, educativo e histórico de los países del Continente Americano, por medio de sus respectivas estaciones radiodifusoras. Artículo 20. Radiocomunicaciones a Multiples Destinos. Los Gobiernos Americanos convienen en que: A) Los respectivos Gobiernos estimularán la transmisión, diseminación e intercambio rápidos y económicos de noticias e informaciones entre las naciones de América; B) A las publicationes informativas y agencias de noticias, se les facilitará el empleo y disfrute de las ventajas de las radiocomunicaciones de prensa a múltiples destinos, ofreciéndoselas a precios mínimos, para lo cual las tarifas podrán basarse en unidades de tiempo invertido en la transmisión u otros medios que resulten similarmente económicos. C) Deberán gozar de las bajas tarifas y ventajas que derivan de los principios establecidos en los párrafos anteriores, todas las agencias noticiosas y de información debidamente establecidas, los diarios u otras publicationes periódicas, las estaciones de radiodifusión, revistas cinematográficas, servicios de reproducción tipográficos, pizarras informativas y cualesquiera otros medios de difusión que puedan desarrollarse. 53 Stat. 1582 D) Deberá estimularse el uso y desarrollo de dispositivos y métodos que tengan por fin evitar la intercepción no autorizada de noticias de prensa transmitidas por radio a multiples destinos. Artículo 21. Retransmisiones. Los Gobiernos contratantes tomarán las medidas adecuadas para evitar que los programas transmitidos por una estación difusora sean retransmitidos o irradiados, total o parcialmente, por otra estación, sin la previa autorizaeión de la estación de origen. La estación que retransmits, cualqtrier programs deberá anunciar la retransmisión, y a intervales convenientes, la naturaleza de la irradiación, la ubicación de la estación de origen, y el indicative de Hamada u otra identificación de élla. Artículo 22. Estaciones Clandestinas. Los Gobiernos contratantes convienen en prestarse mutuo apoyo para descubrir y suprimir las estaciones emisoras clandestinas. **Cuarta Parte.** DISPOSICIONES GENERALES. Artículo 23. Vigencia t Ratificaciones. A) La presente Convención será ratificada por los Estados contratantes de conformidad con sus respectives procedimientos constitucionales. B) Las Partes Primera, Tercera y Cuarta de la presente Convención entrarán en vigor el primero de Julio de 1938, siempre que en esa fecha hayan sido depositaries ante el Gobierno del país donde esta Conferencia se ba celebrado, dos ratificaciones o adbesiones definitives. Si en esa feeba no se bubieren depositado dos ratificaciones o adbesiones definitivas, estas Partes de la Convención entrarán en vigor treinta dias despues de que la segunda ratificación o adhesién definitiva haya sido depositada. C) Para que éntre en vigor la Parte Segunda de esta Convención, será necesario el depósito de la ratificación o adhesién definitiva de Gobiernos Americanos cuyas contribuciones para el sostenimiento de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio, de aeuerdo con lo dispuesto por el Artículo 8, inciso B), representen, sumadas, más de la mitad de las unidades establecidas en el Reglamento Interno de la Oficina Interamericana de Radio (Anexo 2, Artículo 7). D) El Gobierno depositario notificará, a la mayor brevedad posible, a los Estados Americanos las ratificaciones o adbesiones definitivas que reciba. Artículo 24. Adhesiones. Esta Convención queda abierta a la adhesión de todos los países americanos no signatarios. 53 Stat. 1583 Artículo 25. Ratificaciones y Adhesiones Parciales. Las ratificaciones o adhesiones a la presente Convención podrán referirse a la totalidad de élla o a dos o más de sus Partes, siempre que en todo caso se ratifique o adhiera a la Primera y a la Cuarta Partes. (Conferencias y Disposiciones Generales). Artículo 26. Recordatorios. El 1ro. de junio de 1938, y después con intervalos de seis meses, el Gobierno depositario pedirá a los Gobiernos de los Estados Americanos que no hubieren aún ratificado o adherido a la Convención, tengan a bien informai sobre dicha ratificación o adhesión. Estes informes serán transmitidos a todos los demás Gobiernos Americanos. Artículo 27. Denuncias. A) La presente Convención podrá ser denunciada en su totalidad o separadamente las partes Dos y Tres por una notificación dirigida al Gobierno depositario. Esta notificación surtirá efecto un afio despues de la fecha en que haya sido recibida, y solo para el Gobierno que la hubiere hecho. B) El Gobierno depositario notificará a todos los Estados Americanos las denuncias recibidas. Artículo 28. Idiomas. La presente Convención ha sido redactada en espaúol, inglés, portugués y francés, cuyos textes harán fé por igual. Artículo 29. Acuerdos Especiales. Los Gobiernos contratantes se reservan el derecho de efectuar acuerdos especiales o regionales que no atañan a los Gobiernos en general. Estos acuerdos, sin embargo, deberán estai dentro de los limites de esta Convención y de los Reglamentos anexos a la misma, en cuanto se relacionen con la interferencia que pudiera resultai de taies acueidos con los seivicios de otros países. Artículo 30. Codificacion. En las próximas Conferencias todas las disposiciones de la presents Convención y de sus Reglamentos que no hayan sido modificadas, se incorporarán con las nuevas normes que se adopten. Artículo 31. Arbitraje. A) Si surgiero controversia entre dos o más Gobiernos contratantes con respecto a la ejecución de la presente Convención, que no pudiere arreglarse por la via diplomática, sera sometida a arbitraje a petición de uno de los Gobiernos en desacuerdo. B) A menos que las partes en controversia acuerden usai un procedimiento ya establecido por tratados bilaterales o multilaterales 53 Stat. 1584concertados entre éllos para la solución de controversies internacionales, o el procedimíento contemplado en el inciso G del presente artículo, los árbitros serán designados en la forma siguiente: C) 1. Las partes decidirán de mutuo acuerdo si lia de designarse como árbitros a individuos o a Gobiernos; a falta de acuerdo, se recurrirá a Gobiernos. 2. Si ha de confiarse el arbitrage a individuos, los árbitros no podrán ser de la nacionalidad de ninguna de las partes interesadas en la controversia. 3. Si ha de encargarse a Gobiernos, éstos deberán ser escogidos entre las partes adherentes al acuerdo cuya aplicación haya provocado la controversia. D) La parte que apele al arbitraje será denominada la demandante. Esta designará un árbitro y comunicará su elección a la parte contraria. La demandada deberá entonces designar un segundo árbitro dentro de un plazo de dos meses, a contar de la fecha en que reciba la notificación de la demandante. E) Si se tratare de más de dos partes, cada grupo de demandantes o demandados procederá a designar un árbitro de acuerdo con el procedimiento previsto en el inciso D. F) Los dos árbitros así designados se pondrán de acuerdo para nombrar un tercero en discordia, quién, si los árbitros son individuos en vez de Gobiernos, no podrá ser de la nacionalidad de ninguno de los árbitros ni de ninguna de las partes. Si los árbitros no pueden llegar a un acuerdo en cuanto a la designación del tercero en discordia, cada árbitro propondrá a uno que no esté interesado en la controversia. Se sortearán en seguida los terceros en discordia que hayan sido propuestos. El représentante de un Gobierno americano, no interesado en la controversia, escogido por los dos árbitros, efectuará el sorteo. G) Finahnente, las partes en desacuerdo tendrán la opcién de someter su controversia a un solo árbitro. En este caso, o se pondrán de acuerdo respecte a la elección del árbitro o le nombrarán de acuerdo con el método indicado en el inciso F. H) Los árbitros determinarán libremente el procedimiento. I) Cada una de las partes sufragará los gastos que le ocasione la instrucción del juicio arbitral. Las expenses del arbitraje serán repartidas por igual entre las partes interesadas. En fé de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotentiaries han firmado sendos ej emplanes de este instrumente en espafiol, inglés, portugués y francés, los cuales quedarán depositados en los archives del Gobierno de Cuba, que enviará copia autenticada de éllos, en cada uno de los idiomas, a los demás Gobiernos contratantes. Hecha en la ciudad de la Habana, República de Cuba, el 13 de diciembre de 1937. reservas del brasil El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos del Brasil, ha autorizado al Jefe de su Delegacién en la I Conferencia Interamericana de Radio, a 53 Stat. 1585firmar “ad-referendum” los Acuerdos Internacionales que acaba de adoptar la Conferencia, bajo la réserva de que el Gobierno del Brasil solo confirm ar á los mismos en el caso de que sus disposiciones no estén en contradicción con el Aeuerdo sudamericano de Rio de Janeiro y su Reglamento Interno, ni con cualesquiera otros compromisos Internacionales ya contraidos por el Gobierno Brasilefio. Habana, *13 de Diciembre de 1937*. Brasil: El Delegado del Brasil firma “ad-referendum” con las réservas que más arriba se consignan. José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. Canada: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. Colombia: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee y Rivero. Cuba: Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hemández Catá y Galt. Chile: Emilio Edwards Bello. Republica Dominicana: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatón P. Estados Unidos de America: T. A. M. Craven. Guatemala: Arturo Cébar L. Haiti: Justin Barau. Mexico: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. Nicaragua: Guillermo Arguedas. Panama: Ernesto B. Fabrega. Peru: Carlos A. Tudela. Uruguay: César Gorri. Venezuela: Alberto Smith. 53 Stat. 1586 ANEXO 1 **A la Convention Interamericana Sobre Radiocomunicaciones Suscrita en la Habana, el 13 de Diciembre de 1937.** **reglamento interno de las conferencias interamericanas de radio.** INDICE. Capitulo I. Deficiones. Art. 1. Gobiernos Americanos, Delegacies y Representantes. Capitulo II. Organizacion de las Conferencias. Art. 2. Funcionarios de la Conferencia. Art. 3. Atribuciones de los funcionarios. Art. 4. De las Comisiones. Art. 5. Miembros de las Comisiones. Art. 6. De la Organización de las Comisiones. Art. 7. De las Funciones de las Comisiones. Capitulo III. Idiomas Oficiales. Art. 8. Español, inglés, portugués y francés. Capitulo IV. Quorum y Votacion. Art. 9. Quorum. Art. 10. Votación. Capitulo V. Procedimiento. Art. 11. Sesiones Plenarias. Art. 12. Sesiones de las Comisiones. Capitulo VI. Nuevos Abuntos. Art. 13. Reglas de procedimiento. Capitulo 1. DEFINICIONES. Art. 1. Gobiernos Americanos, Delegadob y Représentantes. Cuando en la Convención Interamericana sobre Radiocomunicaciones de la cual este Reglamento es parte, y en este mismo Reglamento se mencionen las expresiones Gobiernos Americanos, Delegados y Représentantes, se entenderá por: A) *Gobiernos Americanos*; Los Gobiernos de los Estados del Continente Americano; B) *Delegados*; Las personas oficiahnente nombradas por los Gobiernos participantes, con poderes suficientes para actuar en su nombre; C) *Représentantes*; Los miembros de las instituciones ú organismos públicos o privados, o individuos interesados notoriamente en las radiocomunicaciones, que sean autorizados por un Gobierno para observát los trabajos de las Conferencias, los cuales no tendrán voz ni voto, pudiendo exponer sus puntos de vista solamente por intermedio de la Delegación de su respective país. Sin embargo, en asuntos técnicos, los représentantes tendrán voz en las Comisiones, previa autorización expresa de su Delegación. Capitulo II. ORGANIZACION DE LAS CONFERENCIAS. Art. 2. Funcionarios de la Conferencia. A) *Presidente Provisional*: El Gobierno Organizador nombrará al Presidente provisional, el cual presidirá la sesión inaugural y con53 Stat. 1587tinuará ejerciendo sus funciones basta que la Conferencia elija su Presidente Permanente. B) *Presidente Permanente*: El Presidente permanente será elegido por el voto de la mayoria absolute de las Delegaciones presentes en la Conferencia; C) *Vicepr evident e*: En la primera sesión se sorteará el orden de precedencia de las Delegaciones y, en este orden, los Presidentes de las Delegaciones serán Vicepresidentes y reemplazatan al Presidente en su ausencia; D) *Secretario General*: El Secretario General de la Conferencia será nombrado por el Gobierno Organizador. Art. 3. Atribociones de los Funcionabios. A) *Presidente*: El Presidente dirigirá las labores de la Conferencia; abrirá, suspenderá y le van tara las sesiones; concederá la palabra en el orden que le haya sido solicitada; declarará la clausura de las discusiones; someterá a votación los asuntos; anunciará el resultado de los escrutinios; y cuidará el cumplimiento de los Reglamentos: B) *Vicepresidente*: En caso de ausencia del Presidente, los Vicepresidentes, en el orden de precedencia establecido en el articule 2, inciso C, asumirán y ejercerán sus funciones; C) *Secretario General*: El Secretario General tendrá las siguientes atribuciones: 1. Organizar, dirigir y coordinar el trabajo del personal designado para la Secretaria; 2. Recibir la correspondencia oficial de la Conferencia y darle curso; 3. Ser el intermediario entre las Delegaciones y el Gobierno Organizador en todos los asuntos relativos a la Conferencia; 4. Preparar y distribuir las actas de las sesiones, y la información y documentes de la Conferencia y, de acuerdo con instrucciones del Presidente, redactar las ordenes del dia. D) *Secretario*: El Gobierno Organizador designará el personal de la Secretaria de la Conferencia, el cual estará bajo la dirección del Secretario General. Art. 4. De las Comisiones. Se organizarán Comisiones para el más eficaz funcionamiento de la Conferencia, el estudio adecuado de los temas de su Programs y la simplificación de sus labores. Las comisiones someterán el resultado de sus trabajos a la aprobación de las Sesiones Plenarias de la Conferencia. Las comisiones podrán variar para adaptarse al Programs, pero las siguientes representan, en principio, los tipos que babrán de establecerse:
(A)De Iniciativas;
(B)De Credenciales;
(C)Técnica;
(D)Juridico-Administrativa; y
(E)De Redacción. Art. 5. De los Miembros de las Comisiones. A) La Comisión de Iniciativas estará compuesta por los Presidentes de las Delegaciones o sus sustitutos y deberá ser presidida por el Presidente de la Conferencia; 53 Stat. 1588 B) En la primera sesión plenaria, la Conferencia, a propuesta del Presidente, elegirá una Comisión de Credenciales, compuesta de cinco miembros; C) Las demás comisiones se compondrán de Delegacies, de aeuerdo con las designaciones efectuadas por los Presidentes de las respectives delegaciones, comunicadas al Presidente permanente. Los représentantes podrán asistir y participer en las sesiones de las comisiones de aeuerdo con las asignaciones hechas por los Presidentes de sus respectives delegaciones y de conformidad con el Articule 1 C); D) Las comisiones pueden invitar a participar en sus trabajos a aquellas personas naturales o juridicas cuyos consejos o exposiciones puedan considerarse de valor. Art. 6. De la Obganizacion de las Comisiones. A) Cada comisión será presidida, en su sesión de organización, por el Presidente permanente de la Conferencia y en esa sesión serán elegidos de entre sus miembros, un Presidente y un Vicepresidente; B) El Presidente de cada comisión podrá nombrar uno o mas relatores; C) Cada comisión podrá nombrar las subeomisiones que estime conveniente. Art. 7. De las Funciones de las Comisiones. A) *La Comisión de Iniciativas*, coordinará los trabajos de la Conferencia; resolverá las cuestiones de orden interior que se relaciones con la Conferencia, y los asuntos que se le transmitan por otras comisiones o por la Secretarfa; decidirá por dos tercios de los votos, sobre los nuevos temas presentados por las delegaciones, de que deba ocuparse la Conferencia, y especialmente, asesorará al Presidente permanente en los asuntos no comprendidos en este Reglamento interno. B) *La Comision de Credenciales* examinará las credenciales presentadas por los miembros de las Delegaciones, cerciorándose de que estén en buena y debida forma e informará, sin demora, á la Conferencia; C) *La Comisión Técnica* tendrá a su cargo el estudio de todos los aspectos técnicos relativos a radiocomunicaciones y todas las demás materias que envuelvan prácticas de ingenierfa, incluídas en el Programa de la Conferencia; D) *La Comisión Jurídico-Administrativa* tendrá a su cargo el estudio de todos los aspectos juridico de los temas del programs, asi como también de todos los asuntos que tengan carácter esencialmente administrative. Como comisión juridica, fijará la terminologie definitive que baya de usarse en todos los acuerdos o resoluciones, relacionados no sólo con los temas que estén bajo su inmediata jurisdicción, sino con todos los asuntos que emanen de otras comisiones de la Conferencia; E) *La Comisión de Redacción* estará encargada de la redacción definitiva de los Acuerdos y Resoluciones de la Conferencia, sin alterar el sentido de los mismos, con el propósito de prévenir las duplicaciones o repeticiones, en cuyo caso esos documentes serán devueltos a la comisión de origen para su corrección. 53 Stat. 1589 F) Los relatores de las Comisiones: a) Abrirán la discusión de los temas en estudio y presentarán informes que contengan los antecedentes y un análisis de los distantes aspectos de los asuntos; estes informes servirán de base para la discusión. b) Al terminarse las discusiones, resumirán los debates en un informe, y redactarán, de conformidad con la opinión de la mayoría de cada Comisión, el proyecto que, una vez aprobado por la Comisión, será sometido a la Conferencia. c) La minoria de cualquier comisión tendrá derecho á nombrar un relater, quien presentará a la Conferencia las opiniones de la minoria y los proyectos redactados por esta ultima. Capitulo III. IDIOMAS OFICIALES. Art. 8. Español, Ingles, Portugues y Frances. Los idiomas oficiales de la Conferencia serán el espafiol, el inglés, el portugués y el francés. El Gobierno Organizador tomará todas las medidas necesarias para asegurar el cumplimiento de esta disposición. Capitulo IV. QUORUM Y VOTACION. Art. 9. Quorum. Para que haya quorum en las sesiones plenarias de la Conferencia, deberá asistir la mayorla de las delegaciones, representadas por uno o más de sus delegados. Para que haya quorum en las sesiones de las comisiones, la mayoría de las delegaciones deberá asistir, representada por alguno de sus delegados. Art. 10. Votacion. A) La votación se efectuará sobre la base de un solo vote por cada Estado que reuna los siguientes requisites: I población permanente. II territorio determinado. III gobierno. IV capacidad para entrai en relaciones con los demás Estados. Los países o territories que no posean esos requisites podrán tener voz mas no vote en las Conferencias; pero los acuerdos résultantes de las Conferencias estarán abiertos a su adhesión por medio de los respectives Gobiernos metropolitanos. B) El voto de cada Delegación en las sesiones plenarias y en las de las comisiones deberá ser emitido por el Presidente de la Delegación u otro miembro que actue en su nombre. C) Las Delegaciones deberán ser Hamadas a votar por el orden alfabético del nombre de sus respectives Estados, expresado en el idioma español. 53 Stat. 1590 D) Las proposiciones y modificaciones serán. adoptadas solamente cuando obtengan la mayoria de los votes emitidos. En caso de empáte se considerarán rechazadas. Capitulo V. PROCEDIMIENTO. Art. 11. Sesiones Plenarias. A) La sesión inaugural de la Conferencia se celebrará en la fecha y lugar designados por el Gobierno Organizador, y las demás sesiones se efectuarán en las fechas que determine la Conferencia. B) Al reunirse una sesión plenaria se leerán, sometiéndolas a su aprobación, las actas de las sesiones anteriores, excepte la de la sesión plenaria inaugural, salvo que las delegaciones acuerden unanimemente prescindir de su lectura. C) Las actas de las sesiones plenarias serán redactadas por el personal de la Secretaxía General. Solamente aparecerán en las actas, en forma breve, las opiniones y proposiciones con sus fundamentos, conjuntamente con un relate sumario de los debates. No obstante, cualquier delegado, puede soliciter la inserción en las actas, en forma extensa, de sus declaraciones; pero en este caso, suministrará a la Secretaria, inmediatamente después de terminada la sesión plenaria, el texte correspondiente. D) Los delegados podrán presentar a la Conferencia, por escrito, sus opiniones sobre asuntos sujetos a discusión, y solicitai que sean afiadidas a las actas de la sesión en que hayan sido suministradas. E) Las sesiones plenarias de la Conferencia serán de carácter público. A moción de cualquier delegado las sesiones podrán declararse privadas, por mayoria de votes. Esta moción tendrá precedencia y no estará sujeta a debate. F) La Conferencia podrá prescindir del procedimiente usual y pasar a considérai un asunto por vote de las dos tercera partes de las delegaciones présentes, excepte en el caso de una cuestión nueva en que serán observadas en todo caso, las réglas de procedimiente prescrites en el artículo 13. G) Las enmiendas serán sometidas a discusión y votadas antes que la moción que se prétends enmendar. H) Las actas de las sesiones plenarias deberán ser firmadas por el Presidente y el Secretario General. I) En la sesión plenaria de clausura se firmarán los acuerdos y resoluciones adoptados por las diverses comisiones de la Conferencia, y se senalará el país donde deba reunirse la próxima Conferencia y la fecha en que baya de celebrarse. Art. 12. De las Sesiones de las Comisiones. A) El procedimiente para las sesiones plenarias será también observado en las sesiones de las comisiones, en cuanto sea posible. B) Las actas de las sesiones de las comisiones deberán ser firmadas por el Presidente y el Secretario. 53 Stat. 1591 Capitulo VI. NUEVOS ASUNTOS. Art. 13. Reglas de Procedimiento. Si alguna Delegación propusiere a la consideración de la Conferencia un tern a no incluido en el Programa, el nuevo tema pasará al estudio de la Comisión de Iniciativas y despues de que se presente y acepte un informe por el voto de las dos terceras partes de las Delegaciones de la Conferencia se transmitirá a la Comisión correspondiente. ANEXO 2 **A la Convention Interamericana Sobre Radiocomunicaciones Suscrita en la Habana, el 13 de Diciembre de 1937.** **reglamento interno de la oficina interamericana de radion. (o. i. r.)** INDICE. Art. 1. Administración. Art. 2. Nombramiento del primer Director. Art. 3. Personal de la Oficina. Art. 4. Presupuesto. Art. 5. Distribución del Presupuesto. Art. 6. Cuentas. Art. 7. Contribuciones a la O. I. R. Artículo 1. Administracion. La Oficina Interamericana de Radio estará a cargo de un Director que será, nombrada por la Conferencia Interamericana de Radio, á propuesta de una comisión especial de la misma Conferencia. Artículo 2. Nombramiento del Primer Director. El primer Director será nombrado por el Gobierno de Cuba. Artículo 3. Personal de la Oficina. El Director nombrará los Auxiliares y funcionarios competentes, incluyendo los intérpretes y traductores que se requieran para el trabajo de la oficina. Artículo 4. Presupuesto. El Director présentera anualmente al Gobierno del país en donde tenga su sede la Oficina, un proyecto de presupuesto de rentas y gastos para el ano siguiente. Aprobado el presupuesto por el mencionado Gobierno, será comunicado a los demás Gobiernos participantes, indicándoles la cuota que a cada uno de ellos corresponda, de aeuerdo con la distribución bêcha en el Artículo 7. Artículo 5. Distribucion del Presupuesto. Los sueldos del personal de la Oficina no excederán las dos terceras partes del presupuesto anual. Artículo 6. Cuentas. El Director tendrá a su cargo la recaudación y empleo de los fondos de la Oficina. 53 Stat. 1592 Deberá presentar mensualmente al Gobierno del país sede de la misma una relación de ingresos y egresos; y semestralmente las cuentas generales de la administración. Dicho Gobierno, despues de examinarlas, las someterá a la consideración de la Conferencia subsiguiente. Artículo 7. Contribucion a la O. I. R. De acuerdo con el Artículo 8
(B)de la Convención, las contribuciones de los Estados del continente Americano se distribuyen en las siguientes categorías: Categories I II III IV V VI Unidades 25 20 15 10 5 3 Países Argentina. Brasil. Cuba. Colombia. Bolivia. Canadá. México. Chile. Costa Rica. Estados Unidos de America. Peru. República Dominicana. Venezuela. Ecuador. Guatemala. Haiti. Honduras. Nicaragua. Panama. Paraguay. Salvador. Uruguay. ANEXO 3 A la Convencion Interamericana Sobre Radiocomunicaciones Suscrita en la Habana, el 13 de Diciembre de 1937. Para los efectos del Artículo 11, Inciso D) de la Convención Interamericana sobre Radiocomunicaciones, se entiende por: Zona Septentrional: la que comprende los países situados al Norte de Guatemala y al Norte de la costa Sur de la República Dominicana y de Haiti; Zona Central: la que comprende los países y porciones de países situados al Sur de México y al Sur de la costa meridional de la República Dominicana y de Haiti, hasta el paralelo 5° de latitud Sur; y Zona Meridional: la que comprende los países y porciones de países situados al Sur del paralelo 5° de latitud Sur. 53 Stat. 1593 INTER-AMERICAN RADIOCOMMUNICATIONS CONVENTION concluded at Havana, on December 13th, 1937 among the Governments Contracting governments.of the States named below: Brazil, Dominican Republic, Nicaragua, Canada, United States of America, Panama, Colombia, Guatemala, Peru, Cuba, Haiti, Uruguay and Chile, Mexico, Venezuela. The governments named above, recognizing the benefits of cooperation Purpose.and mutual understanding resulting from the exchange of views with respect to radiocommunications, have designated the undersigned plenipotentiaries to the first Inter-American Radio Conference, held in the City of Havana, Republic of Cuba, who by common consent and subject to ratification, have concluded the following Convention, in conformity with the provisions of the International Telecommunications [49 Stat. 2391](/us/stat/49/2391).Convention of Madrid, 1932. **Part One** CONFERENCES Article 1. Objective The contracting governments agree to meet periodically in conferences Conferences; objective.of plenipotentiaries for the purpose of resolving by common understanding such problems as may arise in the field of radiocommunications in the American continent. Article 2. Composition of the Conferences The conferences shall be composed, as provided in the Internal Composition of the conferences.*Post,* p. 1602.Regulations of the Inter-American Radio Conferences, (Annex 1 of this Convention), of the delegates of all the Governments of the American Continent which agree to attend. Representatives of institutions and organizations associated with Observers.radiocommunications, of enterprises or groups of enterprises and bodies or persons engaged in the operation of radio services may also attend, as observers, provided they are authorized by their respective Governments. Article 3. Voting A) Only one vote shall be had in the Conferences by each State Qualifications for voting, etc.that meets the following qualifications: I a permanent population; II a defined territory; III government; IV capacity to enter into relations with the other States. 53 Stat. 1594 B) Countries or territories not possessing these qualifications may have voice but no vote in the conferences; but agreements resulting from the conferences shall be open for their adherence through the medium of their respective home governments. Article 4. Place and Date of Conferences Place and date of conferences.The conferences shall be held at intervals not greater than three years. The country and the date at which each conference is to meet shall be fixed by the preceding conference. However, the date scheduled for a meeting may be advanced or postponed by the organizing government at the request of five or more participating governments. The government of the country in which the conference is scheduled to be held, hereafter referred to as the organizing government, shall fix the place and the final date of the meeting and shall send out the invitations for attendance through the customary diplomatic channels, at least six months in advance. Article 5. Internal Regulations for Conferences Internal regulations for conferences.*Post*, p. 1602.This convention has annexed Internal Regulations for the Inter-american Radio Conference (Annex 1) which establish the procedure to be followed at the meetings and which may be amended only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the states participating at the Conference in question. **Part Two** INTER-AMERICAN RADIO OFFICE, (O. I. R.) Article 6. Object Inter-American Radio Office (OIR), establishment, and object.The contracting governments agree:
(A)To establish the Inter-American Radio Office, (OIR), as an Inter-American organization of a consultative character which shall centralize and facilitate, among the administrations of the American countries, the interchange and circulation of information relative to radiocommunications in all their aspects, and collaborate in the organization of the conferences mentioned in Part One of this convention; and
(B)1.– To communicate at the proper time to the Inter-American Radio Office all provisions of internal and international radio legislation and the regulations in force in their territories, and such amendments as may be introduced in these provisions; as well as statistical, technical and administrative reports relative thereto; and 2.– Specifically, to transmit to the OIR every six months an official list of the frequencies assigned by them to all broadcasting stations and to notify monthly all changes and additions thereto. Such notification shall be made in accordance with the procedure [40 Stat. 2445](/us/stat/40/2445).adopted in the current General Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention and shall also include: a. Power actually in use. b. Maximum contemplated power. c. Hours of transmission. 53 Stat. 1595 The required notifications referred to shall be made in all cases, independently of the usual notification sent to the Bureau of the International Telecommunication Union. Article 7. Functions The Inter-American Radio Office shall be charged with:Functions.
(A)the preparatory work of conferences and the work resulting from their decisions;
(B)providing in accord with the organizing government concerned, the Secretariat of the conferences;
(C)the issuance of such publications as may be established by conferences;
(D)the publication and circulation of technical information other than that resulting from conferences, including the exchange of data relating to the accuracy and stability of frequencies, to interference or other disturbances observed in the territories of the contracting countries, and such other studies as may be carried on, such as the propagation of waves, the general characteristics of antennas, etc.; also the exchange of documents of a legal nature, treaties and general information designed for a better understanding and raising of the standards of radiocommunications in the American continent;
(E)the submission of an annual report of its work, which shall be communicated to all contracting governments;
(F)the performance of such other duties as may pertain to it or be assigned to it by the conferences. Article 8. Maintenance of the Office
(A)The general expenses of the Inter-American Radio Office shall Office maintenance expenses.not exceed the sum of Twenty Five Thousands Dollars ($25,000.00) currency of the United States of America, per annum.
(B)In order to defray these expenses each of the American governments agrees to contribute in proportion to a certain number of units corresponding to the category to which it belongs, as provided in the Internal Regulations of the O. I. R. For this purpose six categories *Post*, p. 1607.are established with the units assigned to each as shown below: Categories: I II III IV V VI Units: 25 20 15 10 5 3
(C)The general expenses will not include the expenses incidental to the work of conferences, which shall be borne by the organizing government.
(D)The funds required for the Office shall be payable half yearly in advance by the governments forming part of the Inter-American Radio Office. If any country is in arrears of payment the government of the country in which the Office is located shall advance amounts as required. The sums thus advanced must be reimbursed by the debtor governments as soon as possible and at the latest at the expiration of the fourth month following the date on which payments are due. 53 Stat. 1596 Article 9. Seat and Supervision of the OfficeSeat and supervision of the office.
(A)The seat of the Inter-American Radio Office and appointment of Director will form a subject of the Agenda for each conference.
(B)The Government of the country where the Office has its seat shall exercise general supervision over its organization, budget and finances and make the necessary advances of funds.
(C)The accounts of the Inter-American Radio Office shall be submitted by the Government where the Office is located to the next succeeding conference for approval.
(D)The Office is placed initially under the auspices of the Government of Cuba. Its headquarters shall be in the city of Havana. Article 10. Internal Regulations for O. I. R. Internal Regulations for O. I. R.*Post*, p. 1607.This Convention has annexed Internal Regulations of the Inter-American Radio Office (Annex 2), which provide the details for the internal administration of this organization and which may be amended only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the States represented at a conference. **Part Three** SPECIAL PROVISIONS. Article 11. General Principles
(A)Recognition of sovereign rights over broadcasting channels.Assignment of frequencies, etc. The contracting Governments recognize the sovereign right of all nations to the use of every radio broadcasting channel.
(B)The American Governments, upon the sole condition that no interference will be caused to the services of another country, may assign any frequency and any type of wave to any radio station under their authority.
(C)Regional arrangements. Nevertheless, the Governments recognize that, until technical development reaches a state that permits the elimination of radio interference of international character, regional arrengements are essential in order to promote standardization and to minimize such
(D)Geographical zones. For the solution of those problems which, because of special propagation characteristics and interference conditions of radio transmission in the various geographical zones require special provisions, the contracting Governments agree to divide the American continent into three regions, designated as the northern zone, the central zone, *Post*, p. 1608.and the southern zone (Annex 3) Article 12. Bilateral Agreements Bilateral agreements.The contracting governments whenever they shall deem it desirable within the scope of this convention shall negotiate bilateral agreements concerning the operation of radiotelegraph stations asbetween their respective nations in order to facilitate direct communication. Article 13. Frequency Measuring Stations Frequency measuring stations.The contracting governments agree to establish frequency measuring stations as soon as possible. 53 Stat. 1597 Article 14. Exchange of Information The contracting governments which have not undertaken to communicate Exchange of Information.data relating to radiocommunications to an Inter-American centralizing office, shall interchange with all the other American governments the data referred to in Article 6, paragraph B (2), of this Convention. Article 15. Safety of Life at Sea and in the Air The contracting Governments shall take appropriate measures to Safety of life at sea and in the air.ensure the maintenance of an adequate radio service, operated or licensed by the Government for the safety of navigation by sea and air. Article 16. Obligation of All Commercial Aircraft To Carry Radio Equipment The contracting Governments agree that:
(A)All aircraft when operating on International scheduled services Commercial aircraft, obligation to carry radio equipment.and carrying passengers shall compulsorily be provided with radio apparatus, both sending and receiving, which must be in efficient operating condition and in charge of properly licensed operators; and
(B)Aircraft used for the transportation of passengers on international scheduled services making journeys over the sea beyond seventy five kilometers from any coast, shall be able to transmit and receive on the frequency of 500 kc/s. for the purpose of establishing emergency communication with stations in the marine radio service. Article 17. Establishment of Aeronautical Radio Stations The contracting Governments agree independently or in accord Aeronautical radio stations, establishment.with neighbouring countries to take the steps necessary to establish a sufficient number of regional stations, operated or licensed by the Government, to furnish meteorological and safety information necessary for air traffic and aircraft guidance. Article 18. Emergency Communications Subject to the internal regulations of each country, any radio Emergency Communications.transmitting station, may, during a period of emergency in which normal communication facilities are disrupted as a result of hurricane, flood, earthquake or similar disaster, carry on emergency communication with points other than those normally authorized. Article 19. Cultural Broadcasting The contracting governments shall take the necessary measures in Cultural broadcasting.order to facilitate and promote the retransmission and exchange of international cultural, educational and historical programs of the countries of the American continent by their respective broadcasting stations. 53 Stat. 1598 Article 20. Press Transmissions to Multiple Destinations The contracting Governments agree that:
(A)Press transmissions to multiple destinations. The respective governments shall encourage the rapid and economical transmission, dissemination and interchange of news and information among the nations of America;
(B)Informative publications and news agencies be granted the use and enjoyment of the advantages of press radiocommimications to multiple destinations, these being offered at minimum prices, for which the tariffs may be based on units of time devoted to the transmission, or other means similarly economical;
(C)The low rates and other advantages, deriving from the principles established in the foregoing paragraphs of this article be enjoyed by all regularly constituted news and information agencies, newspapers and other periodicals, broadcast stations, news reels, news by printer services, bulletin boards, and any other proper means which may be developed;
(D)Encouragement should be given to the use and development of devices and methods designed to prevent unauthorized interception of press radio multiple address transmissions. Article 21. Retransmissions Retransmissions.The contracting Governments shall take appropriate measures to ensure that no program transmitted by a broadcasting station may be retransmitted or rebroadcast, in whole or in part, by any other station without the previous authorization of the station of origin. The rebroadcasting station shall announce at suitable periods during the retransmission the nature of the broadcast, the location and the official call letters or other identification of the station of origin. Article 22. Clandestine Stations Clandestine stations.The contracting Governments agree to give mutual support in discoveiing and suppressing clandestine transmitting stations whenever this becomes necessary. **Part Four** GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 23. Entry Into Force of the Convention and Ratification A) Ratification. The present Convention shall be ratified by the contracting States in conformity with their respective consitutional procedures. B) Entry into force, Parts 1, 3, and 4.*Ante*, pp. 1593, 1596. Parts One, Three and Four of the present Convention shall come into force on the first day of July, 1938, if at that date two ratifications or final adherences have been deposited with the government of the country where the conference was held. If two ratifications or final adherences have not been deposited on that date those Parts of the Convention shall come into force thirty days after the second ratification or adherence has been deposited. 53 Stat. 1599 C) In order that Part Two of this Convention shall come into force, Part 2.it will be necessary that the ratifications or final adherences deposited *Ante*, p. 1594.by the American governments shall represent, when added together, more than one-half of the contributory units established for the maintenance of the Inter-American Radio Office (O. I. R.), in accordance with Article 8, paragraph B, of tins Convention, as classified in the *Ante*, p. 1595; *Post*, p. 1608.Internal Regulations of the O. I. R. (Annex 2, article 7). D) The depository government shall notify, as soon as possible, Notices by depository government.the ratifications and adherences which are received to all the governments of the States of the American Continent. Article 24. Adherences This Convention shall be open to adherence by all non-signatory Adherences.American countries. Article 25. Divisibility of Convention The ratifications or adherences to the present Convention may refer Divisibility of convention.to the totality thereof or to two or more of its parts; provided that, in every case Parts One and Four (Conferences and General Provisions) *Ante*, pp. 1593, 1598.be ratified or adhered to. Article 26. Reports of Ratifications and Adherences On June 1, 1938, and subsequently at intervals of six months, the Reports of ratifications and adherences.depository government shall request those governments of the Americas which may not have ratified or adhered to this Convention, to report regarding such ratification or adherence. These reports shall be communicated to all the other governments of the American Continent. Article 27. Denunciation A) This Convention may be denounced in its entirety, or Parts Denunciation.Two and Three separately, by notice addressed to the depository government. This notice shall become effective one year after date of receipt thereof, and shall be effective only for the Government denouncing. B) The depository government shall notify all the governments of Notification.the States of the Americas of the denunciations received. Article 28. Languages The present Convention has been drafted in Spanish, English, Languages.Portuguese and French, all of which shall be authentic. Article 29. Special Agreements The contracting governments reserve for themselves the right to Special or regional agreements.make special or regional agreements which do not concern the governments in general. These agreements, however, must be within the Restriction.limits of this Convention and the Regulations annexed thereto so far as concerns the interference which may result from such agreements with the services of the other countries. 53 Stat. 1600 Article 30. Codification Codification.At future conferences all provisions of this Convention remaining unchanged shall be included with the new provisions that may be adopted. Article 31. Arbitration A) Arbitration provisions. In case of disagreement between two or more contracting governments concerning the execution of the present Convention, the dispute, if it is not settled through diplomatic channels, shall be submitted to arbitration at the request of one of the governments in disagreement. B) Unless the parties in disagreement agree to adopt a procedure already established by bilateral or multilateral treaties concluded among them for the settlement of international disputes or the procedure provided for in Paragraph *G* of this article, arbitrators shall be appointed in the following manner: C)
(1)The parties shall decide, by mutual agreement, whether the arbitration is to be entrusted to individuals or to governments; failing an agreement on this matter, governments shall be resorted to.
(2)In case the arbitration is to be entrusted to individuals the arbitrators must not be of the same nationality as any one of the parties concerned in the dispute.
(3)In case the arbitration is to be entrusted to governments, the latter must be chosen from among the parties adhering to the agreement, the application of which caused the dispute. D) The party appealing to arbitration shall be considered as the plaintiff. This party shall designate an arbitrator and notify the opposing party thereof. The defendant must then appoint a second arbitrator, within two months after thereceiptof plaintiff's notification. E) If more than two parties are involved, each group of plaintiffs or of defendants shall appoint an arbitrator, observing the same procedure as in Paragraph (D). F) The two arbitrators thus appointed shall agree in designating an umpire who, if the arbitrators are individuals and not governments, must not be of the same nationality as either of them or either of the parties involved. Failing an agreement of the arbitrators as to the choice of the umpire, each arbitrator shall propose an umpire in no way concerned in the dispute. Lots shall then be drawn between the umpires proposed. The representative of an American government, not interested in the dispute, selected by the two arbitrators, will draw the lots. G) Finally, the parties in dispute shall have the right to have their disagreement settled by a single arbitrator. In this case, either they shall agree on the choice of the arbitrator, or the latter shall be designated in conformity with the method indicated in Paragraph (F). H) The arbitrators shall be free to decide on the procedure to be followed. I) Each party shall bear the expenses it shall have incurred in the investigation of the dispute. The cost of the arbitration shall be apportioned equally among the parties involved. 53 Stat. 1601 In witness whereof, the respective delegates have signed copies of Deposit of signed copies.this instrument, one each in Spanish, English, Portuguese and French, to be deposited in the archives of the Government of Cuba, which shall forward an authenticated copy thereof in each language to the other contracting Governments. Done in the city of Havana, Republic of Cuba, on the 13th. day of December, 1937. reservations of brazil The Government of the United States of Brazil has authorized the Reservations of Brazil.Chief of its Delegation to the First Inter-American Radio Conference to sign “ad-referendum” the International Agreements just adopted by the Conference, under the reservation that the Government of Brazil will only ratify same, in case their provisions are not in conflict with the South American Agreement of Rio Janeiro and its Internal Regulations, nor with any other International Commitments already entered into by the Brazilian Government. Havana, *December 13th, 1937*. Brazil: The Brazilian Delegate signs “Ad-Referendum” Signatures.with the reservations as stated above. José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. Canada: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. Colombia: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee y Rivero. Cuba: Wifredo Albanés y Pena. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hemández Catá y Galt. Chile: Emilio Edwards Bello. Dominican Republic: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatén P. United States of America: T. A. M. Craven. Guatemala: Arturo Cébar L. Haiti: Justin Barau. Mexico: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes.53 Stat. 1602 Nicaragua: Guillermo Arguedas. Panama: Ernesto B. Fábrega. Peru: Carlos A. Tudela. Uruguay: César Gorri. Venezuela: Alberto Smith. ANNEX 1 To the Inter-American Radiocommunications Convention Signed in Havana, on December 13, 1937. **internal regulations of the inter-american conferences.** index Chapter I. Definitions. Art. 1. American Governments, Delegates, Representatives. Chapter II. Organization of the Conference. Art. 2. Officers of the Conference. Art. 3. Duties of the officers. Art. 4. Committees. Art. 5. Membership of Committees. Art. 6. Organization of Committees. Art. 7. Duties of Committees. Chapter III. Official Languages. Art. 8. Spanish, English, Portuguese, French. Chapter IV. Quorum and Voting. Art. 9. Quorum. Art. 10. Voting. Chapter V. Procedure Art. 11. Plenary Sessions. Art. 12. Committee meetings. Chapter VI. New Matter. Art. 13. Rules of procedure. Chapter I DEFINITIONS Article 1. American Governments, Delegates, and Representatives Definttions.When in the Inter-American Convention concerning Radiocommunications, of which these Regulations form a part, the words American Governments, Delegates, and Representatives are mentioned, they shall be understood to mean: A) American Governments. *American Governments*: the Governments of the States of the American Continent; B) Delegates. *Delegates*: the persons officially appointed by the participating Governments with sufficient powers to act on their behalf; C) Representatives. *Representatives*: Members of public or private institutions or bodies, or private individuals, of recognized interest in radiocommunications, who are accredited by a Government to observe the 53 Stat. 1603proceedings of the conference; who shall have neither voice nor vote, and who may express their points of view only through the delegation of their respective country. However, representatives shall have voice, in technical matters, in the committee when expressly authorized to do so by their delegation. Chapter II ORGANIZATION OF THE CONFERENCE Article 2. Officers of the ConferenceOfficers. A) *Provisional President*: The organizing Government will appoint Provisional President.the Provisional President who will preside over the inaugural session and continue in office until the Conference has elected its Permanent President. B) *Permanent President*: The Permanent President shall be Permanent President.elected by a majority vote of the Delegations present at the Conference. C) *Vice-President*: Lots shall be drawn at the first session to establish Vice-President.the order of precedence of the Delegations; and the Chairmen of the Delegations shall be Vice-Presidents in this order and act as President in his absence. D) *Secretary General*: The Secret ary General of the Conference Secretary General.will be appointed by the organizing Government. Article 3. Duties of the officersDuties of officers.President. A) *President*: The President shall direct the work of the Conference, announce the opening, suspension and adjournment of the meetings of the Conference, accord the right to speak in the order requested, declare the debates to be dosed, put the questions to vote, announce the result of the voting, and ensure the observance of the Regulations. B) *Vice-President*: In the absence of the President the Vice-Presidents Vice-President.in the order of precedence established in article 2, paragraph C, will assume and exercise liis duties. C) *Secretary General*: The Secretary General is responsible for:Secretary General. 1. The organization, direction and coordination of the work of the staff appointed to the Secretariat; 2. Receiving and disposing of the official correspondence of the Conference; 3. Acting as intermediary between the delegations and the organizing Government in all matters relating to the conference; 4. Preparation and circulation of minutes of the meetings and information and documents of the conference and, in accordance with instructions of the President, orders of the day. D) *Secretariat*: The organizing Government shall form the Secretariat sSecretariat.taff of the Conference under the direction of the Secretary General. Article 4. Committees For the more effective functioning of the Conference, comprehensive Committees, formation, etc.study of the subjects forming the agenda and expedition of its work, committees shall be formed, the results of whose labors shall be submitted to the plenary sessions for approval. While the committees 53 Stat. 1604to be established may vary to conform to the agenda of the conferences, the following shall represent, in principle, the type of committees to be established:
(A)Committee on Initiatives;
(B)Credentials Committee;
(C)Technical Committee;
(D)Juridical and Administrative Committee;
(E)Drafting Committee. Article 5. Membership of Committees A) Membership ot committees. The Committee on Initiatives shall be composed of the Chairmen of the Delegations or their alternates, and shall be presided over by the President of the Conference. B) At the first plenary session the Conference, on the proposal of the President, shall appoint a Committee on Credentials of five members. C) The remaining committees shall be composed of delegates in accordance with assignments made by the chairmen of the respective delegations and submitted to the permanent president. Representatives may attend and participate in the meetings of the committees in accordance with assignments made by their respective delegation chairmen and in conformity with article 1–(C). D) The committees may invite to participate in their work individuals or juridical persons whose advice or statements may be considered to be of value. Article 6. Organization of committees A) Organization of committees. Each committee shall, at its organization meeting, be presided over by the permanent president of the conference and at that meeting shall choose from among its members a chairman and a vice-chairman. B) The chairman of each committee may appoint one or more reporters. C) Each committee may appoint such special subcommittees as it may deem desirable. Article 7. Duties of committees A) Duties of committees.Committee on Intiatives. *The Committee on Initiatives* shall coordinate the business of rule upon questions of policy as related to the conference, resolve matters referred to it by other committees or the secretariat, decide by two thirds majority of the votes cast on new matters presented by the delegations, which should be considered by the conference, and advise the permanent president particularly with respect to matters not comprehended by these internal regulations. B) Credentials Committee. *The Credentials Committee* shall examine the credentials submitted by members of delegations, ascertain that they are in good and proper form and report without delay to the conference. C) Technical Committee. *The Technical Committee* shall have charge of the study of all technical phases of radiocommunication and all matters involving engineering practices included in conference agenda. D) Juridical and Administrative Committee. *The Juridical and Administrative Committee* shall have charge of the study of all legal phases of the agenda subjects as well as of all 53 Stat. 1605matters of an essentially administrative character. In its legal character it shall pass upon the final terminology to be used in all agreements or resolutions pertaining, not only to matters within its immediate jurisdiction, but to all material emanating from other committees of the conference. E) *The Drafting Committee* shall be entrusted with the final drafting Drafting Committee.of conference agreements and resolutions, without altering their sense, for the purpose of ensuring against duplication or repetition in which event the material shall be referred to the committee of origin for correction. F) *The reporters of the committees shall:*
(a)Open the discussion of the questions under consideration and Reporters of the committees.submit reports containing the facts and an analysis of the various aspects of the questions; those reports shall serve as the basis for discussion,
(b)At the end of the discussions make summaries of the debates in a report, and draft, in accordance with the opinion of the majority of each committee, the projects which, upon approval by the committee, will be submitted to the conference,
(c)The minority in any committee shall have the right to appoint a reporter who shall submit to the conference the opinions of the minority and the projects drafted by the latter. Chapter III OFFICIAL LANGUAGES Article 8. Spanish, English, Portuguese, French. The official languages of the conferences shall be Spanish, English, Official languages.Portuguese and French. The organizing Government shall take appropriate measures to insure fulfillment of this provision. Chapter IV QUORUM AND VOTING Article 9. Quorum A majority of the delegations of the Conference must be in attendance, Quorum.represented by one or more of their Delegates, in order to have a quorum at the plenary sessions of the conference. A majority of the Delegations must be in attendance, represented by some of their delegates in order to have a quorum at committee meetings. Article 10. Voting. A) Voting shall be on the basis of only one vote for each State Voting.having the following qualifications: I a permanent population; II a defined territory; III government; IV capacity to enter into relations with other States. 53 Stat. 1606 Countries or territories not possessing these qualifications may have voice but no vote in the conferences, but agreements resulting from the conferences shall be opened for their adherence through the medium of their respective home governments. B) The vote of each delegation shall, in plenary sessions and committee meetings, be cast by the delegation chairman or other member acting in his behalf. C) The vote may be taken by delegates rising in their seats, or in any other agreed manner. But at the request of any delegation, or by decision of the chairman, the vote must take place by “calling the roll” in the alphabetical order of the names of their respective states as expressed in the Spanish language. D) Propositions and amendments will be adopted only when they obtain a majority of the votes cast. In case of a tie vote, they will be considered rejected. Chapter V PROCEDURE Article 11. Plenary Sessions A) Plenary sessions. The inaugural session of the conference shall be held at the time and place designated by the organising government, and the further sessions on such days as the Conference may determine. B) Upon the convening of a plenary session, the minutes of the preceding meeting, except in the case of the inaugural plenary session, will be read and submitted for approval, unless by unanimous consent the assembly of the delegations agrees to omit this reading. C) The minutes of the Plenary Sessions will be drafted by the staff of the General Secretariat, only the opinions and propositions with their fundamentals, in a brief form, will appear in the minutes, together with a brief statement of the debates. Any Delegate may, however, request the insertion “in extenso” in the minutes of any declaration he has expressed; but in this case, he shall furnish the Secretariat with the corresponding text immediately after the closing of the Plenary Session. D) The delegates may submit to the conference their opinions in writing on matters under discussion, and request that they be added to the minutes of the session or meeting at which they are submitted. E) The Plenary sessions of the conference shall be of a public character. On motion of any delegate the sessions may be declared private by a majority vote. Such motion shall have precedence and is not debatable. F) By a vote of two thirds of the delegations present the conference may dispense with the usual procedure and proceed to consider a question except in the case of new matter, when the rules of procedure promulgated in article 13 shall, under all circumstances, be observed. G) Amendments shall be submitted for discussion and be voted upon before the motion which they purport to amend. H) The minutes of plenary sessions shall be signed by the President and Secretary General. 53 Stat. 1607 I) At the closing plenary session the agreements and resolutions adopted by the different committees of the Conference shall be signed, and the country and date of the next conference shall be designated. Article 12. Committee meetings A) The procedure for Plenary Sessions shall also be followed in Committee meetings.the committee meetings as far as practicable. B) Minutes of the committee meetings shall be signed by the Chairman and Secretary. Chapter VI NEW MATTER Article 13.— Rules of procedure If any delegation should propose a topic not included in the agenda, Rules of procedure.for the consideration of the conference, the new matter should be referred to the Committee on Initiatives and after a report is submitted and accepted by a vote of two thirds of the delegations at the Conference, it shall be referred to the appropriate committee. ANNEX 2 Inter-American Radiocommunications Convention Signed at Havana on December 13, 1937. **internal regulations for the inter-american radio office (o. i. r.)** index Art. 1. Administration. Art. 2. First Director. Art. 3. Appointment of Staff. Art. 4. Budget. Art. 5. Salaries of the Staff. Art. 6. Accounts. Art. 7. Contributions to O. I. R. Article 1. Administration The Inter-American Radio Office shall be in charge of a Director Administration.who shall be appointed by the Inter-American Radio Conference on the recommendation of a special committee thereof. Article 2. First Director The first Director shall be appointed by the Government of Cuba.First Director. Article 3. Appointment of Staff The Director shall appoint such competent assistants and staff, Appointment of staff.including interpreters and translators, as may be required for the work of the office. Article 4. Budget The Director shall submit annually to the government of the country Budget.where the office is established a draft budget of revenues and expenditures for the ensuing year. When the budget has been approved by the aforesaid government it shall be communicated to the 53 Stat. 1608other participating governments with a statement of the amount that each is to pay, pursuant to the quota established in Article 7. Article 5. Salaries of the Staff Salaries.The salaries of the personnel of the office shall not exceed two thirds of the annual budget. Article 6. Accounts Accounts.The Director shall be charged with the collection and disbursement of the funds of the office. He shall submit to the government where the office is established a monthly report of receipts and expenditures and a semi-annual report on the general accounts of the administration. After examining the latter the said government shall submit them to the ensuing Conference for consideration. Article 7. Contributions to O. I. R. Contributions to O. I. R.In accordance with Article 8
(B)of the Convention the contribution of the States of the American continent will be assigned under the following categories Category. I II III IV V VI Units. 25 20 15 10 5 3 States Argentine, Brasil Cuba Colombia Bolivia Canada Mexico Chile Costa Rica United States of America. Perú Dominican Rep. Venezuela Ecuador Guatemala Haiti Honduras Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Salvador Uruguay ANNEX 3 To the Inter-American Radiocommunications Convention Signed in Havana on December 13, 1937. definition of zones Definition of zones.For the purpose of Article 11, paragraph D, of the Inter-American Radiocommunications Convention, it shall be understood that: Northern.Northern Zone, is that which comprises the countries located to the North of Guatemala and North of the Southern coast of the Dominican Republic and Haiti; Central.Central Zone, is that which comprises the countries or portions of countries located South of Mexico and the Southern coast of the Dominican Republic and Haiti and extending to parallel 5° of South latitude; Southern.Southern Zone, is that which comprises the countries or portions of countries to the South of parallel 5°. of the South latitude. 53 Stat. 1609 **CONVENÇÃO INTERAMERICANA SOBRE RADIOCOMMUNICAÇÕES** celebrada em Havana, em 13 de Dezembro de 1937, entre os Governos dos Estados que se mencionam a continuaçáo: Brasil, República Dominicana, Nicaragua, Canada, Estados Unidos de América, Panama, Chile, Guatemala, Perú, Colombia, Haiti, Uruguay, e Cuba, Mexico, Venezuela. Os Governos acima mencionados, reconhecendo as vantagens da cooperaçáo a mutuo entendimento que resultam do intercambio de pareceres com respeito ás radiocommunicaçóes, designaram os abaixo assignados plenipotentiaries á Primeira Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes reunida na cidade de Havana, Reptiblica de Cuba, os quaes, de commum accórdo e sob réserva de ratifícaçáo, celebraram a seguinte Convençáo, que se ajusta ás estipulaçhes da Convençáo Internacional de TelecommunicaçOes de Madrid, de **Primeira Parte** CONFERENCIA Artigo 1.— Objecto. Os Governos contractantes convêm em reunir-se periodicamente em Conferencias de Plenipotentiaries com o fim de resolver por mutuo accórdo os problemas que sur jam no campo das radiocommunicaçóes no Continente americano. Artigo 2.— Composição das Conferencias. As Conferencias seráo compostas, nos termos fixados pelo Regulamento Interno das Conferencias Interamericanas de Radio (Annexo 1 desta Convençáo), pelos Delegados de todos os Governos americanos que acceitem participer. Além disso, a ellas poderáo assistir, corn o caracter de observadores, représentantes de institutes e organismos vinculados ás radiocommunicaçóes, de empresas ou agrupaçóes de empresas e de entidades ou pessóas que explorem serviços radioeléctricos, desde que estejam autoriz ados por seus respectives Governos. Artigo 3.— Voto nas Conferencias A) Só teráo voto nas Conferencias os Estados que reunam os seguintes requisites: I.— Populaçáo permanente. II.— Territorio determinado. III.— Governo. IV.— Capacidade para entrát em relaçóes corn os demas Estados. 53 Stat. 1610 B) Os paizes ou territories que náo reunam essas condiçóes poderáo ter voz, mas náo voto nas Conferencias; porém, os accórdos résultantes das Conferencias estaráo abertos a sua adhesáo por meio de seus respectivos Governos metropolitanos. Artigo 4.— Lugar e Data das Conterencias A) As Conferencias se effectuaráo com intervalle náo maior de très annos. O paiz e a data em que deva reunir-se cada Conferencia seráo fixados na precedentes. No entante, a data indicada para uma reuniáo poderá ser adeantada ou adiada pelo Governo Organ iz ad or a pedido de cinco ou mais Governos participantes. B) O Governo do paiz onde deva reunir-se uma Conferencia, o quai se denominará Governo Organizador, fixará o logar e a data definitive da reuniáo e expedirá pela via diplomatica, corn uma antecipaçáo náo menor de seis mezes, os convites de estylo. Artigo 5.— Regulamento Interno Para as Conferencias Esta Convençáo tem como annexo um Regulamento Interno das Conferencias Interamericanas de Radiocommunicaçóes (Annexo 1), que fixa as modalidades de suas reunióes, e que só poderá ser modificado pelo vote favoravel das duas terceiras partes dos Estados participantes na respeetiva Conferencia. **Segunda Parte** REPARTIÇÃO INTERAMERICANA DE RADIOCOMMUNICAÇÕES (“Oficina Lnteramericana de Radio” O. I. R.) Artigo 6.— Objecto Os Governos Contractantes convêm: A) Em estabelecer a Repartiçáo lnteramericana de Radiocommunicaçóes (O, I. R.) como organismo interamericano de caracter consultivo que centralizará e facilitará entre as Administraçóes dos paizes americanos, o intercambio e circulaçáo de informaçOes relativas ás radiocommunicaçfies em todos os seus aspectos e collaborará na organizaçáo das Conferencias mencionadas na Parte Primeira desta Convençáo; B) 1.— Em communicar opportunamente á Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radioconimunicaçóes (O. I. R.) todas as disposiçOes legaes sobre radiocommunicaçáo, internas e intemacionaes, os regulamentos vigentes em seus territories, as reformas Belles introduzidas assim como tambem informes estatisticos, technico e administrativos sobre a materia; e 2.— Especificamente deveráo enviar ao Departamento Interamericano de Radiocommunicaçóes, cada seis mezes, uma lista official das frequencias assignadas por elles a todas as estaçóes radiodiffusoras e notificar mensalmente todas as modificaçóes e additamentos effectuados. 53 Stat. 1611 As referidas communicaçóes deveráo fazer-se de accórdo com o procedimento adoptado no Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicaçóes annexo ñ Convençáo Intemacional de TelecommunicaçOes vigente, devendo incluir tambem: a) Potencia actual usada. b) potencia maxima que se intentar usar. c) Horario das transmissóes. Estas communicaçóes deveráo fazer-se, independentemente, era todos os casos, das que se remettem ao Departamento da Uniáo Intemacional de Telecommunicaçóes. Artigo 7.— Attribuiçóes O Repartiçóo Interamericano de Radíocommunicaçóes estará encarregado: A) Dos trabalhos preparatories das Conferencias e dos que derivam de suas decissóes; B) De constituir, de accórdo com o Governo Organizador, a Secretaria das Conferencias; C) De publient e distribuir os documentes exigidos pelas Conferencias; D) De publicar e distribuir informaçóes téchnicas differentes das originadas nas Conferencias, incluindo o intercambio de dados relatives á exactidáo e estabilidade das frequencies, ás interferencias e outros inconvenientes observados nos territories dos paizes contractantes e a outros estudos que se realizem, taes como propagaçóo das ondas, caracteristicas garaes das differentes antennas, etc. assim como o intercambio de documentes de caracter juridico, de Tratados e de Informaçóo gênai para uma melhor intelligencia e aperfeiçoamento das normas de radiocommunicaçóes no Continente americano. E) De apresentar um informe annual de seus trabalhos, o quai será communicado a todos os Governos contractantes; e, F) Do desempenho de quaesquer outras funcçóes que lhe correspondam ou lhe sejam assignadas pelas Conferencias. Artigo 8.— Manutençáo da Repartiçóo A) As despesas geraes do Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes (O. I, R.) náo excederáo a somma de vinte e cinco mil dollars ($25.000.00), moeda dos Estados Unidos de America, por anno; B) Para suffragar essas despesas cada Governo americano convem em contribuir em proporçáo a certo numéro de unidades, de accórdo com a catégorie a que pertença, segundo o disposto no Regulamento Interno da Repartiçóo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçáes (O. I. R.). Com esse fon estabeleee-se seis categorias, ás quaes corresponderáo as seguintes unidades: Categorías: I II III IV V VI Unidades: 25 20 15 10 5 3 C) As despesas geraes náo incluiráo as motivadas pela das Conferencias, as quaes seróo suffragadas pelo Governo Organizador. 53 Stat. 1612 D) As quantias necessarias para a manutençáo da Repartiçáo deveráo ser pagas por semestres adeantados, pelos Governos que della facam parte. Se um Governo estiver atrazado em sens pagamentos, o Governo do paiz séde do Departamento adeantará as qualities que se requeiram. As sommas assim antecipadas deveráo ser reembolsadas perlo Governo devedor o mais prompto possivel, e ao mais tardai, dentro dos quatro mezes seguintes á data em que o pagamento devia ter sido effectuado. Artigo 9.— Séde e Vigilancia da Repartiçáo A) A séde da Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes e a nomeaçáo do Director seráo thema do programma de cada Conferencia. B) O Governo do paiz onde a Repartiçáo tiver a sua séde terá a sen cargo a inspecçáo e vigilancia de sua organizaçáo, orçamento e finanças e effectuará os adeantamentos necessaries. C) As contas da Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes seráo submettidas pelo Governo do paiz onde river a sua séde, á approvaçao da seguinta Conferencia. D) A Repartiçáo se estabelece inicialmente sob os auspicios do Governo de Cuba. Sua séde será na cidade de Havana. Artigo 10.— Regulamento Interno da Repartiçáo (O. I. R.) Esta Convençáo tem annexe um Regulamento Interno da Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes (Annexo 2) que détermina os detalhes da administraçáo interna desse organismo e que s6 poderá ser modificado pelo voto favoravel das duas terceiras partes dos Estados representados em uma Conferencia. **Terceira Parte** DISPOSIÇÕES ESPECIAES Artigo 11.— Principios Geraes A) Os Governos contractantes rcconhecem o direito soberano das naçóes no uso de todos os canaes da radiodiffusáo. B) Os Governos americanos, corn a unica condiçáo de que náo causai interferencia aos serviços de outro paiz, pédem assignai qualquer classe de onda e frequencia ás estaçóes de radiocommunicaçóes que se encontrem sob sua jurisdicçáo. C) No entanto, os Governos reconhecem que, até quando o progresse téchnico alcance um estado que permitta éliminai as interferencias de radiocommunicaçóes de caracter internacional, os ajustes regionaes sáo essenciaes para fomentar a normalizaçáo e diminuir as interferencias. D) Para a soluçáo daquelles assumptos que pelas caracteristicas especiaes de propagaçáo e condiçóes de interferencia das emissóes radioelectricas nas differentes zonas geograficas requeiram disposiçóes especiaes, os Governos contractantes convêm em dividir o Continente 53 Stat. 1613americano, em ties regimes denominadas: Zona septentrional, Zona central e Zona meridional. (Annexo 3 desta Convençáo) Artigo 12.— Accordos Bilateraes Os Governos contractantes, quando o julgarem conveniente, dentro dos limites desta Convençáo, celebraráo accórdos bilateraes relatives á operaçáo de estaçóes radiotelegraphicas entre seus respectivos paizes, a,fini de facilitar as communicaçóes directas entre as mesmas. Artigo 13.— Estaçóes de Verificaçáo de Frequencias Os Governos contractantes obrigam-se a estabelecer, no menor periodo de tempo possivel, estaçóes de verificaçáo de frequencias. Artigo 14.— Intercambio de Informes Os Governos contractantes, que náo se tenham obrigado a remetter a uma Repartiçáo Centralizadora lnteramericana os dados relatives a radiocommunicaçóes em seu territorio, inter-trocaráo corn todos os demais Governos americanos os dados a que se référé o artigo 6, inciso B) 2 de esta Convençáo. Artigo 15.— Segurancas Para a Vida no Mar e no Ar Para a segurança da navegaçáo maritima e aerea os Governos contractantes tomaráo as medidas necessarias afim de assegurar um serviço de radiocommunicaçóes adequado, dependente do Governo ou por elle autorizado. Artigo 16.— Obrigaçáo das Aeronaves Commerciaes deLevar Apparelhamento Radioelectrico Os Governos contractantes convêm em: A) Que toda aeronave destinada ao transporte de passageiros quando opéré em serviço intemacional corn itinerario fixo, deverá estar provista de apparelhos radioelectricos de transmissáo e recepçáo, em condiçóes de poder funccionar efficientemente e a cargo de operadores devidamente titulados. B) As aeronaves corn itinerario fixo destinadas ao transporte intemacional de passageiros e que vóem sobre o mar, mais além de setenta e cinco kilometros de qualquer costa, deveráo estar capacitadas para emittir e receber na frequencia de 500 Kc/s para poder estabelecer communicaçáo de emergencia corn as estaçóes do serviço radioeléctrico maritime. Artigo 17.— Estabelecimento de Estaçóes Aeronauttcas Radioelectricas Os Governos contractantes convêm em tomar isoladamente, ou de accórdo corn os paizes visinhos, as medidas necessarias para estabelecer um número sufficients de estaçóes regionaes, operadas ou 53 Stat. 1614autorizadas por elles, para prover á informaçáo e seguridade necessarias para o trafico aereo e a orientaçáo das aeronaves. Artigo 18.— Communicaçóes de Emergencia Qualquer estaçáo radioemissora poderá de accórdo com as leis do sen paiz, effectuát communicaçóes de emergencia com pontos outros que os autorizados normalmente, durante um periodo excepcional em que houver sido interrompido o funccionamento normal das communicaçóes, como consequencia de tufóes, inundaçóes, tremores de terra ou desastres similares. Artigo 19.— Radiodiffusáo Cultural Os Governos contractantes tomaráo as medidas necessarias, para faciliter e fomenter a retransmissáo e intercambio de programmas intemacionaes de caracter cultural, educativo e historico dos paizes do Continente americano, por meio de suas respectivas estaçóes radiodiffuseras. Artigo 20.— Radiocommunicaçóes a Multiplos Destinos Os Governos americanos convêm em que: A) Os respectives Governos estimularáo a transmissáo, disseminaçáo e intercambio rapidos e economicos de noticias e informaçóes entre as naçóes de América; B) Ãs publicaçóes inform ativ as e agencias de noticias, se lhes facilitará o emprego e desfrute das vantagens das radiocommunicaçóes de imprensa a multiplos destinos, offerecendo-as a preçós minimes, para o que as tabellas poderáo basear-se em unidades de tempo invertido na transmissáo ou outros meios que resultem similarmente economicos. C) Deveráo gozar das tabellas baixas e vantagens que derivam dos principios estabelecidos nos paragraphes anteriores, todas as agencias de noticias e de informaçáo devidamente estabelecidas, os diarios e outras publicaçóes periodicas, as estaçóes de radiodiffusáo, revistas cinematographicas, serviços de reproducçào tipographicos, “placards” informativas e quaesquer outros meios de diffusáo que possam desenvolver-se D) Deverá estimular-se o uso e desenvolvimento de diapositives e methodos que tenham por fim evitar a intercepçáo náo autorizada de noticias da imprensa transmittidas por radio a multiplos destinos. Artigo 21.— Retransmissóes Os Governos contractantes tomaráo medidas adequadas para evitar que os programmas transmittidos por uma estaçáo diffusora sejam retransmittidos ou irradiados, total ou parcialmente, por outras estaçóes, sein previa autorizaçáo da estaçáo de origem. A estaçáo que retransmitta qualquer programma deverá annuncíar a retransmissáo e, a intervalles convenientes, a natureza da irradiaçáo, a situaçáo da estaçáo de origem e o indicative de chamada ou outra identificaçáo da mesma. 53 Stat. 1615 Artigo 22.— Estaçóes Clandestinas Os Governos contractantes convêm em prestar-se mutuo apoio para descobrir e supprimir as estaçóes emissoras clandestinas. **Quarta Parte** DISPOSIÇÕES GERAES Artigo 23.— Vigencia e Ratificaçóes A) A presente Convençáo será ratificada pelos Estados contractantes de conformidade com sens respectives preceitos constitucionaes. B) As Partes Primeira, Terceira e Quarta da presente Convençáo entraráo em vigor no 1ro. de Julho de 1938, desde que nessa data tiverem sido depositadas perante o Governo do paiz onde esta Conferencia foi realizada duas ratificaçóes ou adhesóes definitivas. Se nessa data náo houvessem sido depositadas duas ratificaçóes ou adhesóes definitivas, estas Partes da Convençáo entraráo em vigor trinta dias depois de depositada a segunda ratificaçáo ou adhesáo definitive. C) Para que entre em vigor a Parte Segunda desta Convençáo, será necessario o deposito da ratificaçáo ou adhesáo definitiva de Governos Americanos cujas contributes para a manutençáo da Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes, de accórdo com o disposto no artigo 8, inciso B, representem mas da metade das unidades estabelecidas no Regulamento Interno da Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes (Annexe 2, Artigo 7). D) O Governo depositario notificará, com a maior brevidade possivel, aos Estados Americanos as ratificaçóes ou adhesóes definitivas que receba. Artigo 24.— Adhesóes Esta convençáo fica aberta á adhesáo de todos os paizes americanos náo signatarios. Artigo 25.— Ratificaçóes e Adhesóes Parciaes As ratificaçóes ou adhesóes á présente Convençáo poderáo referir-se á totalidade della ou a dois ou mais de suas Partes, sempre que em todo o caso se ratifique ou adhira ás Primeira e Quarta Partes. (Conferencias e Disposiçóes Geraes). Artigo 26.— Avisos A 1ro. de Junho de 1938, e depois corn intervalles de seis mezes, o Governo depositario pedirá aos Governos dos Estados Americanos que náo houvessem ainda ratificado ou adherido á Convençáo, tenham a bem informar sobre a mencionada ratificaçáo ou adhesáo. Estes informes seráo transmittidos a todos os demais Governos americanos. 53 Stat. 1616 Artigo 27.— Denuncias A) A presente Convençáo poderá ser denunciada em sua totalidade ou separadamente as partes Duas e Tres por uma notificaçáo dirigida ao Governo depositario. Esta notificaçáo surtirá effeito um anno depois da data em que tiver sido recebida, e unicamente para o Governo que a tiver feito. B) O Governo depositario notificará a todos os Estados Americanos as denuncias recebidas. Artigo 28.— Idiomas A presente Convençáo foi redactada em espanhol, inglez, portuguez e francez, cujos textes daráo fé por igual. Artigo 29.— Accôrdos Especiaes Os Governos contractantes se reservam o direito de effectual accordos especiaes ou regionaes que náo affectera aos Governos em geral. Estes accórdos, no entante, deveráo estar dentro dos limites de esta Convençáo e dos Regulamentos annexos á mesma, emquanto se relacionem com a interferencia que pudesse résulter de taes accórdos comos serviços de outros paizes. Artigo 30.— Codificaçáo Nas proximas Conferencias todas as disposiçóes da présente Convençáo e dos seus Regulamentos que náo tiverem sido modificadas, se incorporaise com as novas normas que se adoptera. Artigo 31.— Arbitragemçáo A) Se surgisse controversia entre dois ou mais Governos contractantes com respeito á execuçáo da présente Convençáo, que náo podesse resolver-se pela via diplomaties, será submetida a arbitragem a petiçáo de um dos Governos em dessaeórdo. B) Ao menos que as partes em controversia accórdem usar um procedimento já estabelecido por tratados bilateraes ou multilateraes celebrados entre ellas para a soluçáo de controversies intemacionaes, ou o procedimento contemplado no inciso G) do présente artigo, os arbitres seráo designados na forma seguinte: C) (1).— As partes decidiráo de mutuo accórdo se devera designar-se como arbitres a individuos ou a Governos; á falta de accórdo, se recorrerá a Governos. (2).— Se houver de confiar-se o arbitragem a individuos, os árbitros náo poderáo ser da nacionalidade de nenhuma das partes interessadas na controversia. (3).— Se houver de encarregar-se a Governos, estes deveráo ser escolhidos entre as partes adhérentes ao accórdo cuja applicaçáo tenha provocado a controversia. D) A parte que appelle á arbitragem será denominada demandante. Esta designará um arbitro e commumcará sua eleiçáo á parte contraria. A demandada deverá entáo désignar um segundo 53 Stat. 1617arbitro dentro de um prazo de dois mezes, a contar da data em que receba a notificaçáo da demandante. E) Se se tratar de mais de duas partes, cada grupo de demandantes ou demandados procederá a designar um arbitre de accôrdo com o procedimento previsto no inciso D. F) Os dois arbitres assim designados devem pôr-se de accórdo para nomear um terceiro árbitro o quai, se os arbitres sáo individuos em vez de Governos, náo poderáo ser da nacionalidade de nenhum dos arbitres nem de nenhuma das partes. Se os arbitres náo podem chegar a um accórdo em quanto á designaçáo de terceiro arbitre, cada arbitre deverá propór a um que náo esteja interessado na controversia. Em seguida seráo sorteados os terceiros arbitres propostos. O représentante de um Governo americano, náo interessado na controversia, escolhido pelos dois arbitres, efíectuará o sorteio. G) Finalmen te, as partes em dessaccórdo teráo a opçáo de submeter sua controversia a um só arbitre. Neste caso, ou chegaráo a um accórdo corn respeito á eleiçáo do arbitre, ou elle será nomeado de accórdo com o methodo indicado no inciso F. H) Os arbitres escolheráo livremente o procedimento. I) Cada uma das partes pagará as despesas que Ihe occasione a instrucçáo do juizo arbitral. As despesas da arbitragem seráo repartidas na mesma proporçáo pelas duas partes interessadas. Em fé do que os respectivos Plenipotenciarios assignaram varios exemplares do présente Instrumente em espanhol, inglez, portuguez e francez que seráo depositados nos archivos do Governo cubano, o quai encaminhará aos outres Governos contractantes uma copia authenticada em cada uma dessas linguas. Feito na cidade de Havana, em 13 de Dezembro de 1937. reservas do brasil. O Governo dos Estados Unidos do Brasil autorizou o Chefe da sua Delegacáo á Primeira Conferencia Interamericana de Radio a assignai “ad referendum” os Accórdos intemacionaes que acaba de adopta? a mesma Conferencia sob a réserva de que o Governo do Brasil só os confirmará no caso de que as suas disposiçóes náo estejam em contradieçáo corn o Accórdo sul-americano de radio-communicaçóes do Rio de Janeiro e seu regulamento interno nem corn quaesquer outres compromisses intemacionaes já assumidos pelo Governo brasileiro. Havana, *em 13 de Dezembro de 1937*. Brasil: O Delegado do Brasil assigna “ad referendum” corn as reservas que se leem acima. José Roberto de Macedo-Soares Canada: Laurent Beaudry C. P. Edwards Colombia: Jorge Soto del Corral Ricardo Gutierrez Lee y Rivero53 Stat. 1618 Cuba: Wifredo Albanés y Peña Andrés Asensio y Carrasco Nicolas Gonzalez de Mendoza y de la Torre Alfonso Hernandez Catá, y Galt Chile: Emilio Edwards Bello Republica Dominicana: Roberto Despradel Máximo Lovaton P. Estados Unidos da America: T. A. M. Craven Guatemala: Arturo Cóbar L. Haiti: Justin Barau Mexico: Ignacio Galindo Salvador Tayabas Fernando Sanchez Ayala Ruben Fuentes Nicaragua: Guillermo Arguedas Panama: Ernesto B. Fábrega Peru: Carlos A. Tudela Uruguay: César Gorri Venezuela: Alberto Smith ANNEXO 1 Da Convençáo Interamericana Sobre Radiocommunicaçóes Assignada em Havana, em 13 de Dezembro de 1937. **regulamento interno das conferencias interamericanas de radiocommuniçóes** indice Capitulo I.— Definiçóes Art. 1.— Governos americanos, Delegados e Representantes. Capitulo II.— Organizaçáo das Conferencias. Art. 2.— Functionarios da Conferencia. Art. 3.— Attribuiçóes dos funccionarios. Art. 4.— Das Commissóes. Art. 5.— Membros das Commissóes. Art. 6.— Da organizaçáo das Commissóes. Art. 7.— Das Obrigaçóes das Commissóes. Capitulo III Idiomas Officiaes. Art. 8.— Espanhol, inglez, portuguez e francez. Capitulo IV. Quorum b Votaçáo. Art. 9.— Quorum. Art. 10.— Votaçáo. Capitulo V.— Procedimento Art. 11.— Sessóes Plenarias. Art. 12.— Sessóes das Commissóes. Capitulo VI.— Novos Assumptos. Art. 13.— Regras de procedimento. 53 Stat. 1619 Capitulo I DEFINIÇÕES Artigo 1.— Governos Americanos, Delegados b Representantes Quando na Convençáo lnteramericana sobre Radiocommunicaçóes da quai faz parte este Regulamento, e neste se mencionem as expressóes Governos Americanos, Delegados e Représentantes, devem entender-se por: A) *Governos Americano*s: Os Governos dos Estados do Continente Americanos; B) *Ddegados*: As pessoas officialmente nomeadas pelos Governos participantes, corn poderes sufficientes para actuar em seu nome; C) *Représentantes*: Os membres de instituiçóes ou organismos publiées ou privados, ou individuos notoriamente interessados em radio-communicaçóes, que sejam autorizados por um Governo para observar os trabalhos da Conferencia, os quaes náo teráo voz nem vote em assumptos administrativos, podendo expór seus pontes de vista sómente por intermedio da Delegaçáo do seu respective paiz. Todavia, em assumptos téchnicos, os représentantes teráo voz nas Commissóes, corn a autorizaçào previa e expressa de sua Delegaçáo. Capitulo II ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS CONFERENCIAS Artigo 2.— Funccionarios da Conferencia A) *Presidents Provisorio*: O Governo Organizador nomeará o Presidente Provisorio, o quai presidirá á sessáo inaugural e continuará exercendo suas funcçóes até que a Conferencia escolha seu Presidente Permanente. B) *Presidente Permanente*: O Presidente Permanente será eleito pelo vote da maioria absolute das Delegaçóes présentes na Conferencia. C) *Vice-Presidente*: Na Primeira sessáo se sorteará a ordem de precedencia das Delegaçóes e, nesta ordem, os Presidentes das Delegaçóes seráo Vice-Presidentes e substituiráo o Presidente na sua ausencia. D) *Secretario Gérai*: O Secretario Gérai da Conferencia será nomeado pelo Governo Organizador. Artigo 3.— Attribuiçóes dos Funccionarios A) *Presidente*: O Presidente encaminhará os trabalhos da Conferencia, abrirá, suspenderá e levan tará as sessóes; concederá a palavra na ordem em que houver sido pedida; declarará o encerramento das discussóes; submeterá á votaçáo os assumptos; annunciará o resultado dos escrutinios, e zelará pelo cumprimento dos Regulamentos. B) *Vice-Presidente*: Na ausencia do Presidente, os Vice-Presidentes na ordem de precedencia estabelecida no artigo 2, inciso C), assumiráo e exerceráo suas funcçóes. C) *Secretario Gérai*: O Secretario Gérai terá as seguin tes attribuiçóes: 1.— Organizar, encaminhar e coordinar o trabalho do pessoal designado para a Secretaria. 53 Stat. 1620 2.— Receber a correspondencia official da Conferencia e distribuil-a. 3.— Ser o intemiediario entre as Delegaçóes e o Governo Organizador, em todos os assumptos relativos á Conferencia. 4.— Preparar e distribuir as actas das sessóes e a informaçáo e documentes da Conferencia e, de accórdo com as instrucçóes do Presidente, redactar as Ordens do Dia. D) *Secretaria*: O Governo Organizador designará o pessoal da Secretaria da Conferencia, o quai estará sob a direcçáo do Secretario Geral. Artigo 4.— Das Commissóes Scráo organizadas Commissóes para o mais efficaz funccionamento da Conferencia, o estudo adequado dos themas de seu Programma e a simplificaçáo dos seus trabalhos. As commissóes submeteráo o resultado de seus trabalhos á approvaçáo das Sessóes Plenarias da Conferencia. As commissóes poderáo variar para adaptar-se ao Programma, porém as seguin tes representam, em principio, os typos que deveráo estabelecer-se:
(A)De Iniciativas;
(B)De Credenciaes;
(C)Téchnica;
(D)Juridico-Administrativa; e
(E)De Redacçáo. Artigo 5.— Dos Membbos das Commissóes A) A Commissáo de Iniciativas deverá estar composta pelos Presidentes das Delegaçóes ou seus substitutes e deverá ser presidida pelo Presidente da Conferencia. B) Na primeira sessáo plenaria, a Conferencia, a proposta do Presidente, elegerá uma Commissáo de Credenciaes, composta de cinco membros. C) As demais commissóes seráo compostas de Delegados, de accórdo corn as designaçóes effectuadas pelos Presidentes das respectivas Delegaçóes, communicadas ao Presidente Permanente. Os représentantes poderáo assistir e tomar parte nas sessóes das commissóes de accórdo corn as designaçóes feitas pelos Presidentes das suas respectivas delegaçóes e de conformidade con o artigo 1 letra (C). D) As commissóes pódem convidar a participar nos seus trabalhos aquellas pessóas naturaes ou juridicas cujos conselhos ou exposiçóes possam ser consideradas de valor. Artigo 6.— Da Organizaçáo das Commissóes A) Cada commissáo será presidida, na sua sessáo de organizaçáo, pelo Presidente Permanente da Conferencia e nessa sessáo seráo eleitos, entre os seus membros, um Presidente e uni Vice-Presidente; B) O Presidente de cada commissáo poderá nomear um o mais relatores. C) Cada commissáo poderá nomear as sub-commissóes que estime conveniente. Artigo 7.— Das Funcçóes das Commissóes A) *A Commissáo de Iniciativas*: coordinará os trabalhos da Conferencia: resolverá as questóes de ordem interno que tenham relaçáo 53 Stat. 1621com a Conferencia e os assumptos que lhe sejam transmittidos por outras Comm iss Ges ou pela Secretaria; decidirá por dois terços dos votes sobre os novos themas appresentados pelas delegaçóes de que deva occupar-se a Conferencia e, especialmente auxiliary o Presidente Permanente nos assumptos náo comprebendidos neste Regulamento Interno. B) *A Commissáo de Credendaes*: procederá ao exame das credenciaes apresentadas pelos membros das delegaçóes, comprovando que estejam em bóa e dévida forma e informará sem demora a Conferencia. C) *A Commissáo Têchnica*: terá a seu cargo o estudo de todos os aspectos téchnicos relatives á radiocommunicaçóes e todas as demas materias que envolvam Donnas de engenharia, incluidas no Programma da Conferencia. D) *A Commissáo Juridico-Administrativa*: terá a seu cargo o estudo de todos os aspectos juridicos dos themas do programma, assim como tambem de todos os assumptos que tenham caracter essencialmente administrativo. Como Commissáo Juridica, fixará a terminologia definitiva que se deverá usar em todos os accórdos ou resoluçóes, relacionados náo só corn os themas que estejam sob sua immédiats jurisdicçáo, mas ainda corn todos os assumptos que emanem de outras Commissóes da Conferencia. E) *A Commissáo de Redacçào*: estará encarregada da redacçáo definitiva dos Accórdos e Resoluçóes da Conferencia, sem altérai o sentido dos mesmos, corn o proposito de evitar as duplicaçóes ou repetiçóes em cujo caso esses documentes seráo restituidos á commissáo de origem para sua correcçáo. F) Os relatores das Commissóes: a) Abriráo a discussáo dos themas em estudo e apresentaráo informes que contenham os antecedentes e uma analyse dos differentes aspectos dos assumptos; estes informes serviráo de base para a discussáo. b) Ao findar as discussóes, resumiráo os debates em um informe, e redactaráo, de conformidade corn a opiniáo da maioria de cada Commissáo, o projecto que, uma vez approvado pela Commissáo, será submetido á Conferencia. c) A minoria de qualquer Commissáo terá direito a nomear um relater, o quai apresentará á Conferencia as opinióes da minoria e os projectos redactados por esta ultima. Capitulo III IDIOMAS OFFICIAES Artigo 8.— Espanhol, Inglez, Portuguez e Francez Os idiomas officiaes da Conferencia seráo o espanhol, o inglez o portuguez e o francez. O Governo Organizador tomará todas as medidas necessaries para assegurar o cumprimento desta disposiçáo. 53 Stat. 1622 Capitulo IV QUORUM E VOTAÇÃO Artigo 9.— Quorum Para que haja quorum nas Sessóes Plenarias da Conferencia deverá estar presente a maioria das Delegaçóes, representadas por um ou mais de seus delegados. Para que haja quorum nas sessóes das Commissóes a maioria das delegaçóes deveráo estar présentes, representadas por algum de seus delegados. Artigo 10.— Votaçáo A) A votaçào se effectuant sobre a base de um s6 vote por Estado que reuna os seguin tes requisites: I povoaçáo permanente. II territorio determinado. III governo. IV capacidade para entrar em relaçóes com os demais Estados. Os paizes ou territories que náo possuam esses requisites poderáo ter voz, mas náo vote, nas Conferencias; porém os accórdos résultantes das Conferencias estante abertes á sua adhesáo por meio dos respectivos Governos metropolitanos. B) O vote de cada Delegaçáo nas sessóes plenarias e nas das commissóes deverá ser emittido pelo Presidente da Delegaçáo ou outre membro que estiver actuando em seu nome. C) As Delegaçóes deveráo ser chamadas a votar pela ordem alphabetica do nome de seus respectives Estados, expressado no idioma espanhol. D) As proposiçóes e modifícaçóes seráo adoptadas sómente quando obtiverem a maioria dos votos emittidos. No caso de empáte se consideraráo rejeitadas. Capitulo V PROCEDIMENTO Artigo 11.— Sessóes Plenarias A) A sessáo inaugural da Conferencia se celebrará na data e lugar designados pelo Governo Organizador, e as demais sessóes se effectuaráo nas datas que determinar a Conferencia. B) Ao reunir-se uma sessáo plenaria deveráo lêr-se, submetendo-as a sua approvaçáo, as actas das sessóes anteriores, excepte a da sessáo plenaria inaugural, salvo se as delegaçóes accórdem unanimente em prescindir da sua leitura. C) As actas das sessóes plenarias seráo redactadas pelo pessoal da Secretaria Gérai. Sómente appareceráo nas actas, de maneira breve, as opinióes e proposiçóes com seus fundamentos, conjuntamente com uma relaçáo summaria dos debates. No entante, qualquer delegado pode solicitar a inserçáo nas actas, por extenso, de suas declaraçóes mas, neste caso, subministrará á 53 Stat. 1623 Secretaria, immediatamente depois de terminada a sessáo plenaria, o texte respective. D) Os delegados poderáo apresentar á Conferencia, por escripto, suas opinióes sobre assumptos sujeitos á discussáo, e solicitát que sejam additadas ás da sessáo em que tiverem sido subministradas. E) As sessóes plenarias da Conferencia seráo de caracter publico. A pedido de qualquer delegado as sessóes poderáo declararse privadas, por maioria de votes. Este pedido terá precedencia e náo estará sujeite a debate. F) A Conferencia poderá prescindir do procedimento usual e passai a considérai um assumpto pelo voto das duas terceiras partes das delegaçóes présentes, excepte no caso de uma questáo nova em que seráo observadas, em todo caso, as regras de procedimento estabelecidas no artigo 13. G) As emendas seráo submetidas á discussáo e votadas antes da moçáo que se pretenda emendar. H) As actas das sessóes plenarias deveráo ser assignadas pelo Presidente e o Secretario Gérai. I) Na sessáo plenaria de encerramento se assignaráo os accórdos e resoluçóes adoptados pelas diverses commissóes da Conferencia, e se detenninará o paiz onde deva reunir-se a proxima Conferencia e a data em que houver de celebrar-se. Artigo 12.— Das Sessóes das Commissóes A) O procedimento para as sessóes plenarias será tambem observado nas sessóes das commissóes, em quanto seja possivel. B) As actas das sessóes das commissóes deveráo ser assignadas pelo Presidente e o Secretario. Capitulo VI NOVOS ASSUMPTOS Artigo 13.— Das Regras de Procedimento Se por alguma delegaçáo fosse proposte á consideraçáo da Conferencia, um thema náo incluido no Programma, o novo thema passará ao estudo da Commissáo de Iniciativas, e depois de que se apresente e fór acceito um informe pelo vote das duas terceiras partes das delegaçóes da Conferencia, será transmittido á commissáo respectiva. ANNEXO 2 Da Convençáo lnteramericana Sobre Radiocommunicaçóes Assignada em Havana, em 13 de Dezembro, 1937 **regulamento interno da repartiçáo interamericana de radiocommuniçóes (o. i. r.)** indice Art. 1.— Administraçáo. Art. 2.— Nomeaçáo do primeiro Director. Art. 3.— Pessoal da Repartiçáo Art. 4.— Orcamento. Art. 5.— Distribuiçáo do Orçamento. Art. 6.— Contas. Art. 7.— Contribuiçáes á Repartiçáo (“O. I. R.”) 53 Stat. 1624 Artigo 1.— Administraçáo A Repartiçáo Interamericana de Radio estará a cargo de um Director que será nomeado pela Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicaçóes por proposta de uma commissáo especial da mesma Conferencia. Artigo 2.— Nomeação do Primeiro Director O primeiro Director será nomeado pelo Governo de Cuba. Artigo 3.— Pessoal da Repartiçáo O Director nomeará os Auxiliares e funccionarios competentes, incluindo os interprètes e traductores que se requeiram para o trabalho da Repartiçáo. Artigo 4.— Orçamento O Director apresentará annualmente ao Governo do paiz onde tiver a sua sédo a Repartiçáo um projecto de orçamento das rendas e despesas para o anno seguin te. Approvado o orçamento pelo mencionado Governo será communicado aos déniais Governos participantes indicando-lhes a quota que a cada um delies corresponds de accórdo com a distribuiçáo feita no artigo 7. Artigo 5.— Distribuiçáo do Orçamento Os vencimen tos do pessoal da Repartiçáo náo excederá as duas terceiras partes do orçamento annual. Artigo 6.— Contas O Director terá a seu cargo a receita e emprego dos fundos da Repartiçáo. Deverá apresentar mensalmente ao Governo do paiz séde da mesma uma relaçáo de ingressos e egressos ; e semestralmente as contas gereas da administraçáo. O mencionado Governo, depois de examinal-as, as submeterá á consideraçáo da Conferencia subséquente. Artigo 7.— Contribuiçáo á Repartiçáo (O. I. R.). De accórdo corn o Artigo 8
(B)da Convençáo, as contribuiçóes dos Estados do continente americano seráo as seguin tes: Categorías: I II III IV V VI Unidades: 25 20 15 10 5 3 Paizes. Argentina Brasil Cuba Colombia Bolivia Canada Mexico Chile Costa-Rica Estados Unidos da America. Perú Republica Dominicana Venezuela Ecuador Guatemala Haiti Honduras Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Salvador Uruguay 53 Stat. 1625 ANNEXO 3 Da Convençáo Interamericana Sobre Radiocommunicaçóes Assignada em Havana, em 13 de Dezembro de 1937 Aos effeitos do artigo 11, inciso D, da Convençáo Interamericana sobre Radiocommunicaçóes, se entende por: Zona Septentrional a que coxnprehende os paizes situados ao Norte de Guatemala e ao Norte da costa Sul das Republicas Dominicana e de Haiti; Zona Central a que comprehends os paizes e porçóes de paizes situados ao Sul do Mexico e ao Sul da costa meridional das Republicas Dominicana e de Haiti até o parallelo 5o. de latitude Sul; e Zona Meridional a que comprehends os paizes e porçóes de paizes situados ao Sul do parallelo 5o. de latitude Sul. 53 Stat. 1626 PREMIERE CONFERENCE INTERAMERICAINEDE RADIO-COMMUNICATIONS La Havane 1937. **CONVENTION INTERAMERICAINE DE RADIO-COMMUNICATIONS.** Suscrita en la Habana, el 13 de diciembre de 1937, entre los Gobiernos de los Estados que se mencionan a continuación. Brésil, République Dominicane, Nicaragua, Canada, Etats Unis d’Amérique, Panama, Chili Guatemala, Pérou, Colimbie, Haïti, Uruguay et Cuba, Méxique, Vénézuela. Reconnaissant les avantages de la coopération et de l’entente mutuelle qui résultent de l’échange d’idées au sujet de Radio-Communications, les Gouvernements ci-dessus ont désigné les plénipotentiaires soussignés à la Première Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-Communications qui a eu lieu à La Havane, République de Cuba, lesquels, d’un commun accord et sujet à ratification, ont arrêté la Convention suivante, en conformité avec les dispositions de la Convention Internationales de TéléCommunications de Madrid 1932. **Premiere Partie.** CONFERENCES. Article 1.— Objet. Les Gouvernements contractants ont décidé de se réunir périodiquement en Conférences de Plénipotentiaires pour y résoudre, de commun accord les problèmas qui pourraient se présenter dans le domaine des radio-communications dans le Continent Américain. Article 2.— Composition des Conferences. Les Conférences se composeront d’accord avec les termes fixés par le Réglement intérieur des Conférences Intéraméricaines de Radio-Communications, (Annexe 1 de la présente Convention) des Délégués de tous les Gouvernements du Continent Américain qui accepteront d’y prendre part. Des représentants d’institutions et d’organisations intéressées dans les Radio-communications, d’entreprises ou de groupements d’entreprises, d’entités ou de personnes qui exploitent des services radioélectriques, peuvent aussi y prendre part comme observateurs à condition d’y être autorisés par leurs gouvernements respectifs. 53 Stat. 1627 Article 3.— Votation. A) Les Etats qui réunissent les conditions suivantes: I.— Une population permanente, II.— Un territoire déterminé, III.— Un Gouvernement, IV.— La capacité d’engager des relations avec les autres Etats, n’auront qu’une voix. B) Les pays ou territoires qui ne possèdent pas les conditions ci-dessus, pourront prendre part aux débats, mais non pas voter au cours des conférences ; mais ils pourront adhérer aux accords, résultats de ces Conférences, par l’intermédiaire de leurs Gouvernements métropolitains respectifs. Article 4.— Lieu et Date les Conferences. a) les Conférences auront lieu à des intervalles qui ne dépasseront pas trois ans. Le Pays et la date de réunion de chaque Conférence seront fixés par la Conférence antérieure. Cependant la date signalée pour une réunion pourra être avancée ou retardée, par le Gouvernement organisateur, à la demande de cinq ou de plus de cinq Gouvernements participants. b) Le Gouvernement du Pays où doit se réunir une Conférence, qui sera appellé le Gouvernement Organisateur, fixera le lieu et la date définitive de la réunion et enverra, par la voie diplomatique, au moins six mois d’avance les invitations d’usage. Article 5.— Reglement Interieur des Conferences. Un Réglement Intérieur des Conférences intéraméricaines de Radio-communications, (annexe 1) qui fixe la procédure des réunions de la Conférence et qui ne pourra être modifié que par un vote favorable d’une majorité des deux tiers des Etats participants à la Conférence mentionnée, est annexé à cette Convention. **Deuxieme Partie** BUREAU INTERAMERICAIN DE RADIO-COMMUNICATIONS. (O. I. R.) Article 6.— Objet. Les Gouvernements contractants ont convenu: A) D’établir le Bureau Intéraméricain de Radio-communications (O. I. R.) comme organismo Intéraméricain de caractére consultatif qui centralisera et facilitera l’échange et la circulation d’information concernant les Radio-communications sous tous leurs aspects, entre les Administrations des pays américains, et qui collaborera à l’organisation des Conférences mentionAées dans la première partie de cette Convention. 53 Stat. 1628 B) 1. De communiquer oportunèment au Bureau Interaméricain de Radio-communication toutes les dispositions de législation intérieure et intémationale qui sont en vigueur sur leurs territoires ainsi que les rapports de statistiques, téchniques et administratifs concernant les radio-communications et de même les modifications qui se feront à ces dispositions; et 2. Us devront remettre spécialement au Bureau Inter américain de Radio-communications, tous les six mois, une liste officielle des fréquences par eux assignées à toutes les stations de radio-diffuseurs et en plus, tous les mois, ils devront rapporter toutes les modifications et toutes les additions qui y auront été faites. Ces communications devront être faites d’accord avec la procédure adoptée dans le réglement général de radio-communications annexé à la Convention Internationale de Télécommunications en vigueur et on devra y inclure en plus: A) Puissance actuellement employée. B) Puissance maximum que l’on se propose d’employer. C) Horaire des Transmisions. Ces communications devront se faire dans tous les cas indépendamment de celles qui se remettent au Bureau de l’Union Intémationale de Télé-communications. Article 7.— Attributions. Le Bureau Intéraméricain de Radio-communications se chargera: A) des travaux préparatoires aux Conférences et de ceux qui dérivent de leurs décisions. B) de créer d’accord avec le Gouvernement organisateur, le Secrétariat des Conférences. C) de publier et de distribuer les documents désignés par les Conférences; D) de publier et de distribuer des informations téchniques autres que celles qui résultent des Conférences, comprennent l’échange de renseignements relatifs à l’exactitude et à la stabilité des fréquences, aux interférences et aux autres dérangements observés sur le territoire des pays contractants et aux autres études qui se feront par exemple sur les caractéristiques generals des ondes de différentes antennes, etc, ainsi que l’échange de documents de caractère juridique, de Traités et d’information générale pour une meilleure compréhension et un meilleur perfectionnement des régies de radio-communications dans le continent américain. E) de présenter un rapport annuel de ses travaux qui sera communiqué à tous les gouvernements contractants; et F) de remplir n’importe quelle autre fonction qui lui corresponde ou qui lui soit attribuée par les Conférences. Article 8.— Subvention du Bureau A) Les frais généraux du Bureau Intéraméricain de radio-communications (O. I. R.) ne dépasseront pas la somme de vingt cinq mille dollars ($25.000) en monnaie des Etats Unis d’Amérique, par an; 53 Stat. 1629 B) pour payer kes frais chacun des Gouvernements Américains accepte de contribuer dans la proportion d’un certain nombre d’unités correspondant à la catégorie à laquelle il appartientj telle que prévue par le Réglement Intérieur de 1’ O. I. R.—Dans ce but 6 catégories sont établies avec les unités correspondant à chacune telles qu’indiquées ci-dessous: Catégories: I II III IV V VI Unités: 25 20 15 10 5 3 C) les frais généraux ne comprendront pas les frais causés par les Conférences; ces derniers seront payés par le Gouvernement organisateur. D) les fonds néccessaires pour subventionner le Bureau devront etre payées d’avance tous les 6 mois par les Gouvernements qui font partie du Bureau intéraméricain de radio-communications. Si un gouvernement retardáit ses payements le gouvernement du pays siège du bureau avancera les fonds qui seront nécessaires; les fonds avancés par ce gouvernement devront être remboursées par le gouvernement débiteur le plus tót possible, et au plus tard, au cours des 4 mois qui suivront la date à laquelle le payement aurait dú être fait. Article 9.— Siege et Surveillance du Bureau. A) le siège du bureau intéraméricain de radio-communication et la désignation de directeur sera un des sujets du programme de chaque Conférence. B) le Gouvernement du pays où le bureau a son siège sera chargé de son inspection et de la surveillance de son organisation, de son budget et de ses finances, et fera les avances nécéssaires. C) les comptes du Bureau international de Radio-communication seront soumis, par le Gouvernement du pays où siège le bureau, à l’aprobation de la Conférence suivante.— D) le bureau s’établira en premier lieu sous les auspices du Gouvernement de Cuba; son siège sera la ville de La Havane. Article 10.— Reglement Interieur de l’O. I. R. Un réglement intérieur du Bureau intéraméricain de Radio-communications est annexé à cette Convention (Annexe 2.) ce Réglement fixe les détails de cette organisation; il ne pourra être modifié que par une décision qui réunisse une majorité des deux tiers des voix des Etats représentés à une Conférence. **Troisieme Partie** DISPOSITIONS SPECIALES Article 11.— Principes Generaux. A) Les Gouvernements contractants reconnaissent le droit souverain de toutes les nations à l’usage de toutes les voies de radio-diffusion. B) Les Gouvernements américains, sous la seule condition de ne causer aucune interférence aux services des autres pays, peuvent assigner n’importe quelle espèce d’ondes et n’importe quelle fréquence aux stations de radio-diffusion que se trouvent sous leur jurisdiction. 53 Stat. 1630 C) Cependant les Etats reconnaissent que jusqu’à ce que le progrès téchnique atteigne un point qui permette d’éliminer les interférences de radio-communications de caractère international, les accords régionaux sont essentiels pour établir la normalisation et diminuer les interférences. D) Pour résoudre les problèmas qui, à cause des caractéristiques spéciales de propagation et des conditions d’interférence des émissions radio-éléctriques dans les diverses zones géographiques, nécessitent de dispositions spéciales, les Gouvernements contractants accordent de diviser en trois régions le Continent américain; la zone septentrionale, la zone centrale, et la zone méridionale. (Annexe 3). Article 12.— Accords Bi-Lateraux. Les Gouvernements contractants, quand ils le jugeront opportun, et dans les limites de cette Convention, arrêteront des accords bilatéraux entre leurs nations respectives concernant le fonctionnement des stations radio-télégraphiques pour faciliter les communications directes entre celles-ci. Article 13.— Postes de Controle de Frequences. Les Gouvernements contractants s'engagent à établir dans le délai le plus court possible, des postes de contróle de fréquence. Article 14.— Echange de Rapports. Les Gouvernements contractants qui ne se sont pas engagés à remettre à un Bureau Intéraméricain Centralisateur des rapports relatifs aux radio-communications sur son territoire, échangeront avec tous les autres gouvernements américains tous les renseignements auxquels se rapporte l’article 6 alinéa B) 2 de la présente Convention. Article 15.— Securite de la Vie sur Mer et dans l’Air. Les Gouvernements contractants prendront les mesures nécessaires pour fournir un service de radio-communications approprié dépendant du Gouvernement, ou autorisé par celui-ci, pour la securité de la navigation maritime et aérienne. Article 16.— Obligation Pour Toute Aeronef Commerciale d’Etre Munie d’un Equipement Radio-Electrique. Les Gouvernements contractants décident: A) que toute aéronef destinée au transport de passagers, faisant un service international de passagers, avec itinéraire fixe, devra être obligatoirement munie d’appareils radio-éléctriques de transmission et de reception qui puissent fonctionner avec efficacité et manipulés par des opérateurs dúment diplómés. B) que les aéronefs destinées au transport international de passagers, dont le service suit un itinéraire fixe, et qui volent sur la mer à 53 Stat. 1631plus de 75 kilomètres des cótes, devront être en mesure d’émettre et de recevoir sur la fréquence de 500 Kc/s., pour pouvoir établir des communications de secours avec les stations du service radio-éléctrique maritime. Article 17.— Etablissement des Stations Aeronautiques Radio-Electriques. Les Gouvernements contractants ont convenu: de prendre individuellement ou d’accord avec les pays voisins les mesures nécessaires pour établir un nombre suffisant de stations régionales administrées, ou autorisées par eux, pour fournir les renseignements météorologiques et de securité nécessaires au trafic aérien et au guidage des aéronefs. Article 18.— Communications d’Urgence. Sujet aux lois de son pays, n’importe quel poste radio-émetteur, pourra, en cas d’urgence et lorsque les communications normales sont interrompues à la suite d’ouragans, d’inondations, de tremblements de terre et de catastrophes, semblables, établir des communications d’urgence avec des points autres que ceux qui sont normalement autorisés. Article 19.— Radio-Diffusion Culturale. Les Gouvernements contractants prendront les mesures nécessaires pour faciliter et stimuler la retransmission et l’échange de programmes internationaux d’un caractère cultural, éducatif et historique, des pays du Continent Américain, au moyen de leurs postes de radio-diffusion respectifs. Article 20.— Radio-Communications Adressees a des Multiples Destinations. Les Gouvernements américains ont convenu: A) Les Gouvernements respectifs encourageront la transmision, dissémination et échanges rapides et économiques de nouvelles et d’informations entre les pays d’Amérique. B) On facilitera aux publications informatives et aux agences de nouvelles l’emploi et la jouissance des avantages des radio-communications de presse, adressées à de multiples destinations en les leur offrant a des prix minimum; pour cela on pourrait établir les tarifs en rapport avec les unités de temps employées pour les transmettre ou par d’autres moyens dont les résultats économique serait similaire. C) Toutes les agences de nouvelles ou d’information dúment établies, les journaux ou autres publications périodiques, les postes de radio-diffusion, les revues cinématographiques, les services de reproduction tipographique, les tableaux informatifs et tous les autres moyens de diffusion qui puissent se développer, devront jouir de tarifs bas et des avantages qui dérivent des principes établis par les articles antérieurs. 53 Stat. 1632 D) On devra stimuler l’usage et le développement des dispositifs et des méthodes qui ont pour but d’éviter l’intérception non autorisée de nouvelles de presse transmises par radio-communications à de multiples adresses. Article 21.— Retransmisions. Les Gouvernements contractants prendront les mesures nécessaires pour éviter que les programmes transmis par une station de radiodiffusion soient retransmis ou émis, totalement ou partiellement par une autre station sans avoir obtenu auparavant l’autorisation de la station d’origine. Le poste qui retransmettra n’importe quel programme devra annoncer la retransmision, et, à intervalles appropiés, la nature de l’émission, la position du poste d’origine et l’indicatif d’appel ou toute autre identification de celui-ci. Article 22.— Postes Clandestins. Les Gouvernements contractants ont convenu qu’ils se prêteront une aide mutuelle pour découvrir et supprimer les postes émetteurs clandestins. **Quatrieme Partie.** DISPOSITIONS GENERALES. Article 23.— Entree en Vigueur et Ratifications. A) La présente Convention sera ratifiée par tous les Etats contractants conformément à leurs procédures constitutionnelles respectives. B) Les Première, Troisième et Quatrième Parties de la présente Convention entreront en vigueur le lo. juillet 1938, si à cette date, se trouvent déposées, par-devant le Gouvernement du pays où la Conférence a eu lieu, deux ratifications ou adhésions définitives. Si à cette date, deux ratifications ou deux adhésions n’ont pas été déposées, ces Parties de la Convention entreront en vigueur trente jours après la déposition de la deuxième ratification ou adhésion définitive. C) La Seconde Partie de cette Convention entrera en vigueur quand se trouvera déposée la ratification ou l’adhésion définitive des Gouvernements Américains dont les contributions pour la subvention du Bureau intéraméricain de Radio-Communications, d’accord avec ce que prévoit l’article 8, alinéa B), représentent, une fois additionnées, plus de la moitié des unités établies par le Réglement intérieur du Bureau intéraméricain de Radio-communications (Annexe 2, article 7). D) Le Gouvernement dépositaire communiquera, dans le plus court délai possible, à tous les Etats américains, les ratifications ou les adhésions définitives. Article 24.— Adhesions. Cette Convention restera ouverte à l’adhésion de tous les pays américains non-signataires. 53 Stat. 1633 Article 25.— Divisibilite de la Convention. Les ratifications ou les adhésions à la présente Convention pourront se rapporter à son ensemble ou à deux parties ou plus, si, dans tous les cas on ratifie la Première et la Quatrième Partie, ou on y adhère. (Conférences et Dispositions générales) Article 26.— Rapports des Ratifications et des Adhesions. Le 1er. juin 1938, et après cette date, tous les six mois, le Gouvernement dépositaire demandera aux Gouvernements des Etats américains qui n’auraient pas ratifié la présente Convention ou qui n’y auraient pas adhéré, de bien vouloir rendre un rapport sur cette ratification ou cette adhésion. Ces rapports seront communiqués à tous les autres Gouvernements américains. Article 27.— Denonciation. A) On pourra dénoncer la présente Convention totalement, ou seulement ses Parties Deux et Trois, par une communication adressée au Gouvernement dépositaire. Cette communication prendra effet un an à partir du jour où elle aura été reçue, et seulement pour le Gouvernement qui l’aura signifié. B) Le Gouvernement dépositaire communiquera à tous les Etats américains les dénonciations reçues. Article 28.— Langues. La présente Convention à été rédigée en espagnol, en anglais, en portuguais et en français ; ces textes feront également foi. Article 29.— Accords Speciaux. Les Gouvernements contractants de la Convention intéraméricaine de Radio-Communication se réservent le droit d’établir des accords spéciaux ou régionaux, qui ne se rapportent pas aux Gouvernements en général. Cependant ces accords ne devront pas enfreindre les limites de la présente Convention et des autres Réglements qui y sont annéxés pour tout ce qui se rapporte à l’interférence qui pourrait résulter de ces accords, avec les services des autres pays. Article 30.— Codification. Dans les prochaines Conférences, toutes les dispositions de la présente Convention et de ses Réglements qui n’auront pas été modifées, s’incorporeront aux autres règles qui s’y adopteront. Article 31.— Arbitrage. A) En cas de désaccord entre deux ou plusieurs gouvernements contractants relativemement à l’éxécution de la présente Convention, le différend, s’il n’est réglé par la voie diplomatique, sera soumis à un jugement arbitral à la demande d’un quelconque des gouvernements en désaccord. 53 Stat. 1634 B) A moins que les Parties en désaccord ne s’entendent pour faire usage d’une procédure déjà établie par des traités (bilatéraux ou multilatéraux), (conclus entre elles pour le réglement des conflits internationaux, ou de celle prévue au paragraphe G du présent article) il sera procédé comme il suit à la désignation des arbitres: C)
(1)Les Parties décident, après entente réciproque, si l’arbitrage doit être confié à des personnes ou à des gouvernements; à défaut d’entente, il sera recouru à des gouvernements.
(2)Dans le cas ou l’arbitrage doit être confié à des personnes, les arbitres ne pourront être de la nationalité d’aucune des Parties intéressées dans le différend.
(3)Dans le cas où l’arbitrage doit être confié à des gouvernements ceux-ci doivent être choisis parmi les Parties adhérentes à l’accord dont l’application a provoqué le différend. D) La Partie qui fait appel à l’arbitrage est considérée comme Partie démanderesse. Elle désigne un arbitre et le notifie à la partie adverse. La Partie défenderesse devra alors désigner un second arbitre dans un délai de deux mois, à partir de la date où elle a reçu la communication de la démanderesse. E) S’il s’agit de plus de deux Parties, chaque groupe de démanderesses ou défenderesses procédera à la nomination d’un arbitre en observant le procédé indiqué par l’alinéa D. F) lies deux arbitres ainsi nommés s’entendront pour désigner un surarbitre, qui, si les arbitres sont des personnes et non pas de gouvernements, ne pourra être de la nationalité d’aucun d’eux et d’aucune des Parties. Si les arbitres ne se mettent pas d’accord sur le choix du surarbitre, chaque arbitre propose un surarbitre désintéressé dans le différend. Il est ensuite tiré au sort entre les surarbitres proposés. Lie Délégué d’un Gouvernement américain désintéressé dans le différend, et choisi par les deux arbitres, fera le tirage au sort. G.— Enfin, les Parties en désaccord ont la faculté de faire juger leur différend par un seul arbitre. Dans ce cas ou bien elles s’entendent sur le choix de l’arbitre, ou bien celui-ci est désigné conformément à la méthode indiquée par l’alinéa F. H.— Les arbitres arrêtent librement la procédure à suivre. I.— Chaque Partie supporte les dépenses que lui occasionne l’instruction du différend. Les frais d’arbitrage sont répartis de façon égale entre les Parties en cause. En foi de quoi les Délégués respectifs ont signé des copies de ce document en espagnol, en anglais, en portuguais et en français, lesquelles seront déposées aux archives du Gouvernement de Cuba qui en adressera mie copie certifiée en chaque langue aux autres Gouvernements contractants. Fait à la Havane, République de Cuba, le 13 décembre 1937. **reserves du bresil** Le Gouvernement du Brésil a autorisé le Président de sa Délégation a la Premiere Conférence Inter-Americaine de Radio-Communications 53 Stat. 1635a signer “ad referendum” les Accords internationaux que cette Conférence vient d’adopter, sous la réserve suivante: le Gouvernement du Brésil ne confirmera ces Accords que si leurs dispositions ne sont pas en désaccord avec l’Accord sud-américain de Rio de Janeiro, avec son Réglement intérieur, avec tout autre engagement international déjà contracté par le Gouvernement brésilien. La Havane, *13 décembre 1937*. Bresil: Le Délégué du Brésil signe “ad referendum” avec les réserves indiquées ci-dessus. José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. Canada: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. Colombie: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutierrez Lee y Rivero. Cuba: Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hernández Catá, y Galt. Chili: Emilio Edwards Bello. Republique Dominicaine: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatén P. Etats Unis d’Amerique: T. A. M. Craven. Guatemala: Arturo Cébar L. Haiti: Justin Barau. Mexique: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sanchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. Nicaragua: Guillermo Arguedas. Panama: Emesto B. Fábrega. Pérou: Carlos A. Tudela. Uruguay: César Gorri. Venezuela: Alberto Smith. 53 Stat. 1636 ANNEXE 1 A la Convention Interamericaine de Radio-Communications. Signee a la Havane, le 13 Décembre 1937. **reglement interieur des conferences interamericaines de radio-communications** table des matieres Chapitre I.— Definitions. Art. 1.— Gouvernements américains, Délégués et Représentants. Chapitre II.— Organisation des Conferences. Art. 2.— Fonctionnaires de la Conférence. Art. 3.— Attributions des fonctionnaires. Art. 4.— Des Commissions. Art. 5.— Organisation des Commissions. Art. 6.— Organisation des Commissions. Art. 7.— Fonctions des Commissions. Chapitre III Quorum et Votation. Art. 8.— Espagnol, Anglais, Portuguais et Français. Chapitre IV. Quorum b Votaçáo. Art. 9.— Quorum. Art. 10.— Votation. Chapitre V.— Procedure. Art. 11.— Séances plenières. Art. 12.— Séances des commissions. Chapitre VI.— Nouveaux Sujets. Art. 13.— Règles de procedure. Chapitre I. DEFINITIONS. Article 1.— Gouvernements Américains, Délégués et Représentants. Lorsque le présent Reglement fera partie d’une Convention Interaméricaine concernant la Radio-communication, et lorsqu’apparaitront dans le présent Reglement les expressions Gouvernements américains, Délégués et Représentants, on interprétera: a) *Gouvernements américains*: Comme les Gouvernements des Etats du continent américain. b) *Délégués*: comme les personnes qui ont été désignées officiellement par les Gouvernements qui font partie de la Conférence et qui ont reçu de ceux-ci des pouvoirs suffisants pour voter et signer en leur nom. c) *Représentants*: comme les membres des institutions ou des organisations publiques ou privées, ou comme les individus spécialement intéressés par la radio-communication, qui sont accrédités par un Gouvernement pour observer les travaux des Conférences; ils ne pourront pas prendre part aux débats ni voter, et ne pourront exprimer leurs vue que par l’intermédiaire de la délégation de leurs pays respectifs. Cependant les représentants pourront prendre part aux débats, sur les questions téchniques, dans les commissions, lorsqu’ils y seront expressément autorisés par leurs délégations.— 53 Stat. 1637 Chapitre. ORGANISATION DES CONFERENCES Article 2.— Fonctionnaires de la Conference. a) *Président Provisoire*: Le Gouvernement organisateur désignera le Président provisoire, qui présidera la séance d’inauguration et qui continuera dans l’exercice de ses fonctions jusqu’à ce que la Conférence désigne son Président permanent. b) *Président Permanent*: Le Président Permanent sera élu par une majorité absolue des Délégations présentes à la Conférence. c) *Vice-Président*: Pendant la première séance on tirera au sort l’ordre de préséance des Délégations, et dans le même ordre, les Présidents des Délégations deviendront Vice-Présidents et remplaceront le Président pendant son absence. d) *Secrétaire Général*: Le Secrétaire Général de la Conférence sera désigné par le Gouvernement organisateur. Article 3.— Attributions des Fonctionnaires. a) *Président*: Le Président dirigera les travaux de la Conférence ouvrira, suspendra et lèvera les séances; donnera la parole dans l’ordre dans lequel elle aura été demandée; déclarera les discussions closes; mettra les questions aux voix; proclamera les résultats du scrutinn et veillera à l’observation des Réglements. b) *Vice-Président*: En cas d’absence du Président, les Vice-Présidents, dans l’ordre de préséance établi par l’article 2, alinéa c) assumeront et exerceront ses fonctions; c) *Secrétaire Général*: Le Secrétaire Général aura les attributions suivantes: 1.— Organiser, diriger et coordonner le travail du personnel désigné pour le Secrétariat; 2.— Recevoir la correspondance officielle de la Conférence et lui faire suivre son cours. 3.— Etre l’intermédiaire entre les Délégations et le Gouvernement organisateur, pour tous les sujets rélatifs à la Conférence; 4.— Préparer et distribuer les compte-rendus des séances, ainsi que l’information et les documents de la Conférence et d’accord avec les instructions du président, rédiger les ordre-du-jour.— d) *Secrétariat*: Le Gouvernement organisateur désignera le personnel du Secrétariat de la Conférence qui se placera sous la direction du Secrétaire, Général:— Article 4.— Des Commissions. Des Commissions seront organisées pour un plus efficace fonctionnement de la Conférence, pour une étude plus approfondie des thèmes de son programme et pour la simplification de ses travaux.—Les Commissions soumettront le résultat de leurs travaux à l’approbation des Séances plénières de la Conférence. H pourra y avoir plusieurs Commissions pour mieux s’adapter au Programme, mais en principe, 53 Stat. 1638les Commissions suivantes représentent les types de Commissions qui devront être établies:
(A)D’Initiatives;
(B)De vérification de pouvoirs;
(C)Téchnique;
(D)Juridique-Administrative; et
(E)De Redaction. Article 5.— Membres des Commissions. a) La Commission d’initiatives sera composée par les Présidents des Délégations ou par leurs substituts, et devra être présidée par le Président de la Conférence; b) Pendant la premiere séance plénière, la Conférence, sous la proposition de son président, élira une commission de verification de pouvoirs composée de cinq membres; c) Les autres commissions seront composées par des Délégués d’accord avec les désignations faites par les Présidents de leurs Délégations respectives, et communiquées au Président permanent. Les représentants pourront assister et participer aux séances des commissions d’accord avec les assignations faites par les Présidents de leurs Délégations respectives, et conformement à l’article 1 c).— d) Les commissions peuvent inviter pour collaborer à leur travaux des spécialistes ou juristes dont les conseils ou les rapports peuvent être considérés comme ayant une grande valeur. Article 6.— Organisation des Commissions. a) Chaque Commission sera présidée, pendant sa séance d’organisation par le Président Permanent de la Conférence, et on y élira entre ses membres, son président et son vice-président; b) Le Président de chaque commission pourra désigner un ou plusieurs rapporteurs. c) Chaque Commission pourra créer toutes les sous-Commissions qu’elle juge nécessaires. Article 7.— Fonctions des Commissions. a) *La Commission d’initiatives* coordonnera les travaux de la Conférence; tranchera les questions d’ordre intérieur concernant la Conférence et celles qui lui seront présentées par les autres Commissions ou par le Sécretariat; elle prendra des résolutions par deux tiers de majorité, sur les nouveaux sujets du ressort do la Conférence, qui seront présentés par les Délégations et surtout conseillera le Président Permanent pour tous les sujets non inclus dans le présent Reglement intérieur. b) *La Commission de vérification de pouvoirs* examinera les pouvoirs présentés par les membres des Délégations, s’assurera qu’ils sont en bonne et due forme, et en fera, sans délai, rapport à la Conférence; c) *La Commission technique* se chargera de l’étude de tous les aspects techniques concernant la radio-communication, et de toutes les autres matières comprises dans le programme de la Conférence au sujet de la technique. d) *La Commission Juridique-administrative* se chargera de l’étude de tous les aspects juridiques des sujets du programme ainsi que de tous les sujets qui ont un caractère essentiellement administratif. 53 Stat. 1639 Comme Commission juridique elle fixera le lexique définitif qui devra être employé pour tous les accords ou résolutions, concernant non seument les sujets qui se trouvent directement sous sa jurisdiction, mais encore tous les autres sujets qui émanent des autres Commissions de la Conférence. e) *La Commission de Rédaction* se chargera de la rédaction définitive des Accords et Resolutions de la Conférence, sans altérer leur sens, dans le but de prévenir les répétitions ou duplications; dans ce cas les documents seront remis à la Commission d’origine pour etre corrigés. f) *Les rapporteurs des Commissions*: *a*) ouvriront la discussion des sujets en étude et présenteront des rapports contenant les antécédents et une analyse des divers aspects des sujets; ces rapports serviront de base à la discussion. *b*) Une fois close la discussion, les débats seront résumés dans un rapport, et on rédigera d’accord avec la majorité de chaque Commission un projet qui, une fois approuvé par la Commission, sera soumis à la Conférence. *c*) La minorité de n’importe quelle commission aura le droit de désigner un rapporteur qui exposera à la Conférence les opinions de la minorité et les projets rédigés par celle-ci. Chapitre III. LANGUES OFFICIELLES. Article 0 [*8*].— Espagnol, Anglais, Portuguais et Francais. Les langues officielles seront l’espagnol, l’anglais, le portuguais et le français. Le Gouvernement organisateur prendra toutes les mesures nécessairés pour assurer l’accomplissement de cette disposition. Chapitre IV. QUORUM ET VOTATION. Article 9.— Quorum. Pour qu’il y ait quorun dans les Séances Plénières de la Conférence, la majorité des Délégations devra être présente; un ou plusieurs délégués pourront représenter chaque Délégation. Pour qu’il y ait quorum dans les séances des commissions la majorité des Délégations devra être présente. Chaque Délégation pourra être représentée par un ou plusieurs délégués. Article 10.— Votation. a) la votation se fera sur la base d’une seule voix par Etat qui réunisse les conditions suivantes: I. Une population permanente. II. Un territoire déterminé. III. Un gouvernement. IV. La capacité pour engager des relations avec les autres Etats. Les pays ou territoires qui ne réuniront pas ces conditions pourront prendre port aux débats mais non pas voter dans les Conférences; 53 Stat. 1640mais ils pourront s’adhérer aux accords, qui résultent de ces Conférences, par l’intermédiaire de leurs Gouvernements métropolitains respectifs. b) Le Président de la Délégation ou le membre qui le représente, devra voter au nom de chaque Délégation dans les Séances Plénieres et dans les séances des Commissions. c) Les délégués voteront en se levant ou de toute autre manière convenue. Mais à la demande d’une délégation quelconque ou par décision du Président, la votation devra se faire par l’appel nominal dans l’ordre alphabétique des noms des pays respectifs, établi en espagnol. d) Les propositions et modifications ne seront adoptées qu’une fois obtenue la majorité des voix. En cas d’égalité des elles seront considérées comme non acceptées. Chapitre V. PROCEDURE. Article 11.— Seances Plenieres. a) La séance d’inauguration de la Conférence aura lieu au jour et lieu fixés par le Gouvernement organisateur, et les autres séances auront lieu aux dates fixées par la Conférence. b) Quand une séance plénière aura lieu, on lira, pour les soumettre à son approbation, les comptes-ru ndus des séances antérieures, excepté celui de la séance d’inauguration, à moins que, par unanimité, les Délégations conviennet d’omettre cette lecture. c) Les comptes-rendus des séances plénières seront rédigés par le personnel du Secrétariat général. Les opinions et les propositions avec leurs arguments, n’apparaitrent que sous forme résumée dans les compte rendus des séances, avec une relation sommaire des débats. Tout délégué cependant, pourra demander l’insertion complète dans le compte-rendu, de toute déclaration qu’il ait faite mais dans ce cas il fournira au Sécretariat, aussitót close la Séance Plénière, le texte correspondant. d) Les Déléguéte pourront présenter à la Conférence, par écrit leurs opinions sur les sujets en discussion, et solliciter qu’elles soient ajoutées aux compte-rendus des séances ou elles ont été faites. e) Les séances plénières de la Conférence seront ouvertes au public. A la demande de n’importe quel délégué les séances peuvent être déclarées secrétes, si cette proposition obtient une majorité de voix. Cette proposition sera considérée comme ayant une préséance, et ne sera pas discutée. f) La Conférence pourra ne pas observer le procédé d’usage et passer à la considération d’un sujet, par une majorité des deux tiers des Délégations présentes, excepté quand il s’agira d’un nouveau sujet; dans ce dernier cas les régies de procédé qui apparaissent dans l’article 13, seront toujours suivies. g) Les modifications seront présentées pour être discutées et mises aux voix avant la proposition qu’on veut modifier. h) Les compte-rendus des Séances plénieres devront etre signés par le Président et par le Secrétaire Général. 53 Stat. 1641 i) Dans la séance plénière de clóture, les accords et résolutions adoptés par les différentes commissions de la Conférence seront signés, et on signalera le pays où se réunira la prochaine Conférence ainsi que la date de son inauguration. Article 12.— Seances des Commissions. a) La procédure concernant les séances plénieres sera autant que possible, suivie dans les séances des commissions. b) Les comptes-rendus des commissions devront être signés par le Président et par le Secrétaire. Chapitre VI. NOUVEAUX SUJETS. Article 13.— Réglés de Procedure. Si une Délégation soumet à la considération de la Conférence un sujet non inclus dans son programme, le nouveau sujet sera soumis pour être étudié a la Commission d’iniciatives, et après la présentation et l’approbation d’un rapport par une majorité des deux tiers des Délégations de la Conférence, il sera remis à la Commission compétente. ANNEXE 2 A la Convention Interamericaine de Radio-Communications, Signee a la Havane, le 13 Décembre 1937. **reglement interieur du bureau interamericain de radio-communocations. (o. i. r.)** table des matieres Art. 1.— Administration. Art. 2.— Premier Directeur. Art. 3.— Désignation du personnel du Bureau. Art. 4.— Budget. Art. 5.— Traitemant du personnel. Art. 6.— Comptes. Art. 7.— Contributions pour l’O.I.R. Article 1.— Administration. Le Bureau interaméricain de Radio-communications sera administré par un Directeur qui sera désigné par la Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-Communication sur la proposition d’une commission spéciale de la même Conférence. Article 2.— Premier Directeur. Le premier Directeur sera désigné par le Gouvernement cubain. Article 3.— Designation du Personnel du Bureau. Le Directeur désignera les auxiliaires et les fonctionnaires compétents, y compris les interprètes et les traducteurs dont il soit besoin pour les traveaux du Bureau. Article 4.— Budget. Le Directeur présentera annuellement au Gouvernement du pays au siège le Bureau, un projet de budget de dépenses et de recettes, pour l’année suivante. 53 Stat. 1642 Une fois que ce budget aura été approuvé par le Gouvernement en question, il sera communiqué aux autres Gouvernements participants en leur indiquant la contribution qui leur correspond individuellement d’accord avec la distribution faite par l’article 7. Article 5.— Traitement du Personnel. Les traitements du personnel du Bureau ne devront pas dépasser les deux tiers du budget annuel. Article 6.— Comptes. Le Directeur aura à sa charge la perception et l’emploi des fonds du Bureau. Il devra présenter mensuellement au Gouvernement du pays siège du Bureau, un compte-fendu des recettes et des dépenses; et, tous les six mois, les comptes généraux de l’administration. Ce Gouvernement, apres les avoir examinées, les soumettra à la considération de la Conférence suivante. Article 7.— Contribution pour l’O.I.R. D’accord avec l’article 8
(b)de la Convention, les contributions des Etats du continent Américain seront les suivantes: Catégorie. I II III IV V VI Unités. 25 20 15 10 5 3 Pays Argentine Brésil Cuba Colombie Bolivie Canada Méxique Chili Costa-Rica Etats-Unis d–Amérique. Pérou. République Dominicaine. Venezuela. Equateur. Guatemala Haiti Honduras Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Salvador Uruguay. ANNEXE 3 A la Convention Interamericaine de Radio-Communications. definitions des zones Pour les fins de l’article 11, alinéa D. delà Convention intéraméricaine de Radio-Communications, on entendrá par: Zone Septentrionale: la zone qui comprend le pays situés an nord du Guatémala et au nord de la cóte sud des Républiques de Haïti et de St. Domingue. Zone Centrale: la zone qui comprend les pays et fractions de pays, situés au sud du Méxique et de la cóte sud des Républiques de Haïti et de Saint Domingue, et s’étendant jusqu’au parallèle 5*o* latitude sud Zone Mêrionale: la zone qui comprend les pays et fractions de pays, situés au sud du parallèle 5o. latitude sud. 53 Stat. 1643 And whereas it is provided in Section
(B)of Article 23 of the said Convention that Parts One, Three and Four thereof shall come into force on the first day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, if at that date two ratifications or final adherences have been deposited with the Government of the country where the conference was held, namely, Cuba; And whereas the ratifications of the said Convention by the Governments Deposit of ratifications by Cuba and Haiti.of Cuba and Haiti were deposited with the Government of Cuba at Habana on the twelfth day of January, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight and the twenty-seventh day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, respectively, Parts One, Three and Four of the said Convention thus coming into force on the first day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on the By United States of America.part of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited with the Government of Cuba at Habana on the twenty-first day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, Parts One, Three and Four of the Convention thus coming into force with respect to the United States of America; And whereas it is provided in Section
(C)of Article 23 of the said Provisions concerning maintenance of the Inter-American Radio Office.Convention that in order that Part Two of the said Convention shall come into force it will be necessary that the ratifications or final adhérences deposited by the American Governments shall represent, when added together, more than one-half of the contributory units established for the maintenance of the Inter-American Radio Office in accordance with Article 8, paragraph (B), of the Convention, as *Ante*, pp. 1595, 1908.classified in the Internal Regulations of the Inter-American Radio Office (Annex two, Article 7); Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Proclamation.President of the United States of America, have caused the said Inter-American Radio Communications Convention to be made public to the ends that Parts One, Three and Four thereof shall be *Ante*, pp. 1593, 1599, 1598.observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof, and that Part Two thereof shall be so observed *Ante*, p. 1594.and fulfilled at and from the time when that Part shall have come into force in accordance with Section
(C)of the aforesaid Article 23. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this nineteenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* May 8, 1937 Convention 53 Stat. 1645 53 Stat. 1645 MULTILATERAL—CAPITULATIONS IN EGYPT—MAY 8. 1937 TREATIES *Convention and protocol between the United States ofMay 8, 1937[T. S. No. 939] America and other powers regarding the abolition of the capitulations in Egypt. Signed at Montreux May 8, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate of the United States June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 5, 1938; ratification of the United States of America deposited at Cairo August 29, 1938; proclaimed September 19, 1938. And related papers.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a convention regarding the abolition of the capitulationsMultilateral convention and protocol regarding the abolition of the capitulations in Egypt.Preamble. in Egypt and defining the rights of the United States of America and of the other capitulatory powers in Egypt consequent upon the abolition of the capitulatory regime in that country and a protocol were signed in behalf of Egypt on the one part and in behalf of the United States of America, Belgium, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Irish Free State, India, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Norway, the Netherlands, Portugal and Sweden on the other part, at Montreux, Switzerland, on the eighth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty- seven, the original of which convention and protocol, being in the French and English languages, is word for word as follows: 53 Stat. 1646 **CONVENTION CONCERNANT L’ABOLITION DES CAPITULATIONS EN ÉGYPTE** Signée a Montreux, le 8 Mai 1937 Sa Majesté le Roi d’Égypte, d’une part,et Le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Dominions Britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; le Président de la République Espagnole; le Président de la République Française; Sa Majesté le Roi des Hellènes; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d’Éthiopie; Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège; Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas; le Président de la République Portugaise; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède, d’autre part; Considérant que le régime des Capitulations jusqu’ici en vigueur en Egypte ne correspond plus à la situation nouvelle à laquelle ce pays est parvenu par le progrès de ses institutions et qu’il doit en conséquence y être mis fin; Estimant qu’à la suite de l’abolition, convenue d’un commun accord, dudit régime, il convient d’établir entre eux des relations basées sur le respect de l’indépendance et de la souveraineté des Etats et sur le droit commun international; Animés du sincère désir de faciliter entre eux la plus large et la plus confiante collaboration; Ont décidé de conclure une convention à cet effet et ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires, savoir: Le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique: M. Bert Fish, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire ' des Etats-Unis d’Amérique au Caire; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges: M. Pierre Forthomme, Grand Croix de l’Ordre de la Couronne, Grand Officier de l’Ordre de Léopold, ancien Ministre, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire; Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Dominions Britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes: *Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P., Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat Parlementaire aux Affaires étrangères, Secrétaire Parlementaire au Board of Trade, Secrétaire du Département du Commerce d’outremer: 53 Stat. 1647 **CONVENTION REGARDING THE ABOLITION OF THE CAPITULATIONS IN EGYPT** Signed at Montreux, on May 8th, 1937 His Majesty the King of Egypt, of the one part,Signatory Powers.and The President of the United States of America; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; His Majesty the King of Denmark; the President of the Spanish Republic; the President of the French Republic; His Majesty the King of the Hellenes; His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperor of Ethiopia; His Majesty the King of Nobway; Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; the President of the Portuguese Republic: His Majesty the King of Sweden, of the other part; Whereas the régime of Capitulations hitherto in force in Egypt isPurposes declared. no longer in harmony with the new situation to which that country has attained through the progress of its institutions and whereas it should in consequence be brought to an end; Considering that, following upon the abolition by common agreement of the said régime, there should be established between them relations based on respect for the independence and sovereignty of States and on ordinary international law; Prompted by the sincere desire to facilitate the most extensive and friendly cooperation between them; Have decided to conclude a Convention for that purpose and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Mr. Bert Fish, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at Cairo; His Majesty the King of the Belgians:Plenipotentiaries. M. Pierre Forthomme, Grand Cross of the Order of the Crown, Grand Officer of the Order of Leopold, former Minister, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary; His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: *For Great Britain and Northern Ireland:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P., a Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, a Parliamentary Secretary to the Board of Trade, Secretary of the Department of Overseas Trade; 53 Stat. 1648 M. David Victor Kelly, C. M. G., M. C., Conseiller à P Ambassade de Sa Majesté Britannique au Caire; M. William Eric Beckett, C. M. G., Deuxième Conseiller Juridique au Foreign Office; *Pour le Commonwealth d’Australie:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; *Pour le Dominion de Nouvelle-Zélande:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; *Pour l’Union Sud-Africaine:* M. le Dr. Stefanus François Naudé Gie, Ministre de l’Union Sud-Africaine à Berlin; M. Harry Thomson Andrews, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; *Pour l’État Libre d'Irlande:* M. Francis T. Cremins, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; *Pour l’Inde:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark: M. Niels Peter Arnstedt, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire au Caire; M. Niels Vilhelm Boeg, Membre de la Cour d’Appel à Copenhague, ancien juge près les Tribunaux de la Réforme en Egypte, ancien Président du Tribunal arbitral mixte turcogrec; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Égypte: Moustapha El-Nahas Pacha, Président du Conseil des Ministres, Ministre de l’intérieur et de l’Hygiène publique; Dr. Ahmed Maher, Président de la Chambre des Députés; Wacyf Boutros Ghali Pacha, Ministre des Affaires étrangères; Makram Ebeid Pacha, Ministre des Finances; Abdel Hamid Badaoui Pacha, Président du Comité du Contentieux de l’Etat; La Président de la République Espagnole: M. Antonio Fabra Ribas, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Berne; M. Mariano Gomez, Président de la Cour Suprême de Justice et ancien Recteur de l’Université de Valence; Le Président de la République Française: M. François de Tessan, Député, Sous-Secrétaire d'Etat à la Présidence du Conseil; M. Max Hymans, Député, ancien Président de la Commission des douanes et des Conventions commerciales; 53 Stat. 1649 Mr. David Victor Kelly, C. M. G., M. C., Counsellor in His Britannic Majesty’s Embassy at Cairo; Mr. William Eric Beckett, C. M. G., Second Legal Adviser to the Foreign Office; *For the Commonwealth of Australia:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; *For the Dominion of New Zealand:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; *For the Union of South Africa:* Dr. Stefanus François Naudé Gie, Minister of the Union of South Africa in Berlin; Mr. Harry Thomson Andrews, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations; *For the Irish Free State:* Mr. Francis T. Creinins, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations; *For India:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; His Majesty the King of Denmark: M. Niels Peter Arnstedt, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Cairo; M. Niels Vilhelm Boeg, Member of the Court of Appeal at Copenhagen, former Judge of the Mixed Tribunals in Egypt, former President of the Mixed GrecoTurkish Arbitration Tribunal; His Majesty the King of Egypt: Mustapha El-Nahas Pasha, President of the Council of Ministers, Minister of the Interior and of Public Health; Dr. Ahmed Maher, President of the Chamber of Deputies; Wacyf Boutros Ghali Pasha, Minister for Foreign Affairs; Makram Ebeid Pasha, Minister of Finance; Abdel Hamid Badaoui Pasha, President of the *Comité du Contentieux de l’Etat;* The President of the Spanish Republic: M. Antonio Fabia Ribas, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Berne; M. Mariano Gomez, President of the Supreme Court of Justice; former Rector of the University of Valencia; The President op the French Republic: M. François de Tessan, Deputy, Under-Secretary of State in the Department of the President of the Council; M. Max Hymans, Deputy, former President of the Commission for Customs and Commercial Conventions; 53 Stat. 1650 Sa Majesté le Roi des Hellènes: M. Nicolas Politis, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Grèce à Paris, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères; M. Georges Roussos, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères; M. Constantin Vryakos, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, ancien Ministre de la Justice; M. Constantin Sakellaropoulo, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur des Affaires politiques au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d’Éthiopie: Le Comte Luigi Aldrovandi Marescotti di Viano, Ambassadeur de Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d’Ethiopie; M. Salvatore Messina, Président de Section de la Cour de Cassation; M. Piero Parmi, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur général des Italiens à l’étranger; M. Pellegrino Ghigi, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d’Ethiopie, au Caire; Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège: M. Michael Hansson, ancien Président de la Cour d’appel mixte d’Egypte, Membre pour la Norvège de la Cour permanente d’arbitrage à La Haye, Président de l’Office International Nansen pour les réfugiés; Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas: M. W. C. Beucker Andreae, Chef de la Direction des Affaires Juridiques au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; M. le Chevalier J. J. B. Bosch de Rosenthal, Chargé d’affaires des Pays-Bas au Caire; Le Comte W. F. L. de Bylandt, Conseiller à la Légation des Pays-Bas à Paris; Le Président de la République Portugaise: M. le Dr. J. Caeiro Da Matta, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères, Professeur et Recteur de l’Université de Lisbonne; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède: M. K. K. F. Mahnar, Directeur de la Division juridique du Ministère des Affaires étrangères; Lesquels, après avoir déposé leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article premier. Les Hautes Parties contractantes déclarent accepter, chacune en ce qui la concerne, l’abolition complète des Capitulations en Egypte à tous les points de vue. 53 Stat. 1651 His Majesty the King of the Hellenes: M. Nicolas Politis, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Greece in Paris, former Minister for Foreign Affairs; M. Georges Roussos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, former Minister for Foreign Affairs; M. Constantin Vryakos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, former Minister of Justice; M. Constantin Sakellaropoulo, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, Director of Political Affairs in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperob of Ethiopia: Count Luigi Aldrovandi Marescotti di Viano, Ambassador of His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperor of Ethiopia; M. Salvatore Messina, President of Section in the Court of Cassation; M. Piero Parini, Minister Plenipotentiary, Director-General of Italians abroad; M. Pellegrino Ghigi, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperor of Ethiopia, at Cairo; His Majesty the King of Norway: M. Michael Hansson, former President of the Egyptian Mixed Court of Appeal, Norwegian Member of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague, President of the Nansen International Office for Refugees; Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands: M. W. C. Beucker Andreae, Head of the Directorate of Legal Affairs in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; M. le Chevalier J. J. B. Bosch de Rosenthal, Chargé d’Affaires of the Netherlands at Cairo; Count W. F. L. de Bylandt, Counsellor in the Netherlands Legation in Paris; The President of the Portuguese Republic: Dr. J. Caeiro Da Matta, former Minister for Foreign Affairs, Professor and Rector of the University of Lisbon; His Majesty the King of Sweden: M. K. K. F. Malmar, Director of the Legal Division of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; Who, having deposited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed on the following provisions: Article 1. The High Contracting Parties declare that they agree, each in soAgreement to complete abolition of capitulations declared. far as he is concerned, to the complete abolition in all respects of Capitulations in Egypt. 53 Stat. 1652 Article 2. Sous réserve des principes du droit international, les étrangers seront soumis à la législation égyptienne en matière pénale, civile, commerciale, administrative, fiscale ou autre. Il est entendu que la législation à laquelle les étrangers seront soumis ne sera pas incompatible avec les principes généralement adoptés dans les législations modernes, et ne comportera pas, spécialement en matière fiscale, de discrimination au détriment des étrangers ou au détriment des sociétés constituées conformément à la loi égyptienne dans lesquelles les étrangers ont des intérêts sérieux. La disposition qui précède, en tant qu’elle ne constitue pas une règle reconnue de droit international, ne sera applicable que durant la période transitoire. Article 3. La cour d’appel mixte et les tribunaux mixtes existants sont maintenus jusqu’au 14 octobre 1949. A partir du 15 octobre 1937, ils seront régis par une loi égyptienne portant Règlement d’organisation judiciaire dont le texte est annexé à la présente Convention. A la date visée à l’alinéa premier, toutes les affaires pendantes devant les tribunaux mixtes seront transférées en l’état et sans frais aux tribunaux nationaux pour y être poursuivies jusqu’à leur solution définitive. La période allant du 15 octobre 1937 jusqu’au 14 octobre 1949 sera dénommée “période transitoire”. Article 4. Les magistrats, fonctionnaires et employés des tribunaux mixtes et du parquet mixte en service au 14 octobre 1937 sont maintenus en fonctions. Article 5. Les règles applicables par les tribunaux nationaux égyptiens en matière d’actions accessoires seront les mêmes que celles qui sont prévues pour les tribunaux mixtes par l’article 37 du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire mixte. Article 6. Les tribunaux nationaux connaîtront des poursuites contre les auteurs et complices, quelle que soit leur nationalité, des crimes et délits visés à l’article 45 du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire mixte lorsqu’il s’agit des magistrats et officiers de justice de ces tribunaux, de leurs sentences et mandats, ou lorsqu’il s’agit d’une banqueroute simple ou frauduleuse dans les cas de faillite prononcée par ces tribunaux. 53 Stat. 1653 Article 2. Subject to the application of the principles of international law,Application of Egyptian law to foreigners. foreigners shall be subject to Egyptian legislation in criminal, civil, commercial, administrative, fiscal and other matters. It is understood that the legislation to which foreigners will beRestriction against discrimination.*Post,* p. 1673. subject will not be inconsistent with the principles generally adopted in modem legislation and will not, with particular relation to legislation of a fiscal nature, entail any discrimination against foreigners or against companies incorporated in accordance with Egyptian law wherein foreigners are substantially interested. The immediately preceding paragraph, in so far as it does not constituteApplication of provision. a recognised rule of international law, shall apply only during the transition period. Article 3. The Mixed Court of Appeal and the Mixed Tribunals now existingJudicial organizations. shall be maintained until October 14th, 1949. As from October 15th, 1937, they shall be governed by an Egyptian law establishing the *Règlement d'organisation judiciaire* the text of which is annexed to the present Convention.11*Post,* p. 1661; translation, *post,* p. 1676. On the date mentioned in paragraph 1 above, all cases pending before the Mixed Tribunals shall be remitted, at the stage which they have then reached and without involving the parties in the payment of any fees, to the National Tribunals to be continued therein until they are finally disposed of. The period from October 15th, 1937 to October 14th, 1949 shall beTransition period. known as “the transition period”. Article 4. The judges, officials and staff of the Mixed Tribunals and of theRetention of personnel of Mixed Tribunals, etc. Mixed Parquet, who are employed there on October 14th, 1937 shall be retained in office. Article 5. The rules to be applied by the Egyptian National Courts in regardThird party actions, rules. to third party actions shall be the same as those prescribed for the Mixed Tribunals in Article 37 of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire**Post*, p. 1682.*mixte*. Article 6. The National Courts shall also have jurisdiction in respect of theJurisdiction of National Courts over designated crimes and misdemeanors. prosecution of persons of any nationality, accused as principals or accomplices of any of the crimes and misdemeanours referred to in Article 45 of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire mixte* involving*Post,* p. 1634. judges and judicial officials of those courts or their judgments or orders or of bankruptcy offences where the bankruptcy proceedings have taken place before the said courts. 53 Stat. 1654 Article 7. Le changement de nationalité de l’une des parties survenu en cours d’instance devant les tribunaux nationaux ne pourra modifier la compétence du tribunal saisi. Article 8. Sous réserve des dispositions de l’artide 9 ciaprès, aucune action civile, commerciale, de statut personnel ou pénale, ne sera reçue à partir du 15 octobre 1937 devant les juridictions consulaires en Egypte. Les causes commencées devant ces juridictions avant la date précitée seront continuées par devant lesdites juridictions jusqu’à leur solution définitive, à moins qu’elles ne soient transférées aux tribunaux mixtes dans les conditions prévues à l’article 53 du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire. Article 9. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes qui a des tribunaux consulaires en Egypte, pourra les conserver à l’effet d’exercer la juridiction en matière de statut personnel, dans tous les cas où la loi applicable est la loi nationale de cette Haute Partie contractante. Toute Haute Partie contractante qui désirerait user de cette faculté devra en donner avis au Gouvernement royal égyptien en même temps qu’elle déposera ses instruments de ratification à la présente Convention. Au cours de la période transitoire, chaque Haute Partie contractante pourra déclarer qu’elle renonce à sa juridiction consulaire. Cette déclaration sortira ses effets à partir du 15 octobre qui suivra la date à laquelle elle aura été faite. Aucune affaire nouvelle ne pourra être introduite après la date à laquelle la renonciation aura pris effet, mais les procédures en cours pourront être suivies jusqu’à la solution définitive du litige. Les juridictions consulaires ne seront pas maintenues après le 14 octobre 1949. A cette date, toutes les affaires pendantes devant ces juridictions seront transférées en l’état aux tribunaux nationaux. Article 10. En matière de statut personnel, la loi applicable déterminera la juridiction compétente. Le statut personnel comprendra les matières définies à l’article 28 du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire mixte. La loi applicable sera déterminée d’après les règles énoncées aux articles 29 et 30 dudit Règlement. 53 Stat. 1655 Article 7. A change in the nationality of one of the parties in the course ofChanges tn nationality in course of proceedings. proceedings before the National Courts shall not affect the competence of the Court before which the proceedings have been brought. Article 8. Subject to the provisions of Article 9, no civil or commercial action,Suspension of Consular Courts after October 15, 1937. no action in matters of personal status and no criminal cause shall be instituted before any Consular Court in Egypt after October 15th, 1937. Proceedings already brought prior to the above date in any suchDisposition of pending proceedings. courts shall be continued before them until finally disposed of, unless they are remitted to the Mixed Tribunals under the conditions specified in Article 53 of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire.**Post,* p. 11180. Article 9. Any of the High Contracting Parties who possess at present ConsularExisting Consular Courts, jurisdiction over matters of personal status under national law. Courts in Egypt, may retain such courts for the purposes of jurisdiction in matters of personal status in all cases in which the law applicable is the national law of the High Contracting Party concerned. Any such High Contracting Party who desires to exercise the above right shall notify the Royal Egyptian Government to this effect at the time of the deposit of his instrument of ratification of the present Convention.11See procès-verbal of deposit of ratification of the United States, *post,* p. 1727, and notification given by the American Minister to Egypt, *post,* p, 1728. At any time during the transition period any High ContractingDeclaration of renunciation of consular jurisdiction during transition period. Party may make a declaration renouncing his consular jurisdiction. Such declaration shall take effect as from October 15th following the date on which it is made.22See the President’s proclamation, October 9, 1937, *post,* p. 1729. No new proceeding shall be entertained after the date on which a renunciation of jurisdiction takes effect, but any proceeding already instituted may be continued until finally disposed of. No Consular Court shall be maintained after October 14th, 1949.Termination of Consular Courts; transfer of ponding proceedings. On that date all proceedings pending before the said Consular Courts shall be remitted to the National Tribunals at the stage they have then reached. Article 10. In matters of personal status, the jurisdiction which is competentMatters of personal status. shall be determined by the law to be applied. The expression “personal status” refers to the matters specified in Article 28 of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire mixte.**Post,* p. 1681. The law to be applied shall be ascertained in conformity with the rules set out in Articles 29 and 30 of the said *Règlement.**Post,* p. 1681. 53 Stat. 1656 Article 11. Les consuls étrangers seront soumis à la juridiction des tribunaux mixtes, sous les réserves admises par le droit des gens. Ils ne pourront notamment pas être poursuivis à raison d’actes accomplis dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions. Sous condition de réciprocité, ils exerceront les attributions communément reconnues aux consuls en matière d’actes d’état civil, de contrats de mariages et autres actes notariés, de succession, de représentation en justice de leurs nationaux absents et de navigation maritime, et jouiront de l’immunité personnelle. Jusqu’à la conclusion de conventions consulaires et, éventuellement, durant un délai de trois années à partir de la date de la signature de la présente Convention, les consuls continueront à jouir des immunités qui leur sont actuellement reconnues en ce qui concerne les locaux du consulat et en matière d’impôts, droits de douane et autres contributions publiques. Article 12 Les Hautes Parties contractantes s’engagent à conserver en Egypte durant la période transitoire tous les documents judiciaires de leurs tribunaux consulaires. Les juridictions du pays pourront prendre connaissance de ces documents toutes les fois qu’elles le jugeront nécessaire pour une affaire de leur compétence; des copies certifiées conformes desdits documents leur seront fournies sur demande. Article 13. Tout différend entre les Hautes Parties contractantes au sujet de l’interprétation ou de l’application des dispositions de la présente Convention qu’elles ne seraient pas parvenues à résoudre par les moyens diplomatiques sera soumis, à la demande de l’une des Parties au différend, à la Cour permanente de justice internationale. Toutefois, s’il existe actuellement entre l’une des Hautes Parties contractantes et Sa Majesté le Roi d’Egypte un traité d’arbitrage prévoyant un autre tribunal, celuici sera, pendant la durée de la Convention, substitué à la Cour permanente de Justice internationale aux fins du présent article, même si ledit traité d’arbitrage cesse d’exister à d’autres fins. Articl 14.e La présente Convention, à l’exception de l’annexe visée à l’article 3, est établie en un seul exemplaire en langues française et anglaise. Les deux textes feront également foi pour son interprétation. Pour l’annexe susvisée, le texte français fera seul foi. 53 Stat. 1657 Article 11. Without prejudice to the exceptions recognised by internationalForeign consuls subject to Jurisdiction of Mixed Tribunals. law, foreign consuls shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals. In particular, they may not be prosecuted in respect of acts performed by them in the performance of their official duties. Subject to reciprocity, they shall exercise the powers customarilyPowers. granted to consuls as regards registration in matters of personal status, as regards contracts of marriage and other notarial acts, inheritance, the representation before the Courts of the interests of their absent nationals and maritime navigation, and shall enjoy personal immunity. Until Consular Conventions are concluded, and in any case duringImmunities. a period of three years as from the date of the signature of the present Convention, consuls shall continue to enjoy the immunities which they possess at present in respect of consular premises and in the matter of taxes, customs duties and other public dues. Article 12. The High Contracting Parties undertake to maintain in Egypt,Judicial records of Consular Courts. during the transition period, all the judicial records of their Consular Courts. These records shall be open for inspection by the Courts in Egypt whenever such inspection is required in connection with a case coming within their jurisdiction; certified copies of such records shall be furnished upon the request of any such court. Article 13. Any dispute between the High Contracting Parties relating to theSubmission of disputes to Permanent Court of International Justice. interpretation or application of the provisions of the present Convention, which they are unable to settle by diplomatic means, shall, on the application of one of the Parties to the dispute, be submitted to the Permanent Court of International Justice. If, however, there is at present in force between any of the HighSubstitution. Contracting Parties and His Majesty the King of Egypt a treaty of arbitration providing for another tribunal, this tribunal shall, for the duration of this Convention, be substituted for the Permanent Court of International Justice for the purposes of this Article, even though such treaty of arbitration may have ceased to exist for other purposes. Article 14. The present Convention, with the exception of the annex referredConvention drawn In single copy; exception. to in Article 3, has been drawn up in a single copy in the English and French languages. Both texts shall be equally authentic for the purposesAuthentic texts. of its interpretation. In the case of the annex aforesaid the French text alone shall be authentic.11 *Post*, p. 1161; translation, *post*, p. 1676. 53 Stat. 1658 Article 15. La présente Convention sera ratifiée et les instruments de ratification seront déposés le plus tôt possible au Caire. Le Gouvernement royal égyptien se chargera de faire enregistrer la Convention au Secrétariat de la Société des Nations. Le Gouvernement royal égyptien informera les Gouvernements des Hautes Parties contractantes et le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations du dépôt de chaque ratification. La présente Convention entrera en vigueur le 15 octobre 1937 si trois instruments de ratification ont été déposés. Elle n’entrera néanmoins en vigueur à l’égard des autres signataires qu’à la date du dépôt de leurs instruments de ratification respectifs. 53 Stat. 1659 Article 15. The present Convention shall be ratified and the instruments ofRatification; deposit of instruments of ratification. ratification shall be deposited as soon as possible at Cairo. The Royal Egyptian Government shall undertake the registration of the Convention with the Secretariat of the League of Nations. The Royal Egyptian Government shall inform the Governments ofNotice to other Powers. the High Contracting Parties and the Secretary-General of the League of Nations of the deposit of each ratification. The present Convention shall come into force on October 15th, 1937Date of coming into force. if three instruments of ratification have been deposited. It shall not however come into force in respect of the other signatories before the date of the deposit of their respective instruments of ratification. 53 Stat. 1660 Signatures.En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires susmentionnés ont signé la présente Convention. Fait à Montreux, le huit mai mil neuf cent trentesept, en un seul exemplaire, revêtu des sceaux des Plénipotentiaires, qui sera déposé dans les archives du Gouvernement royal égyptien et dont les copies certifiées conformes seront remises aux Gouvernements des Puissances signataires. 53 Stat. 1660 Signatures.In faith whereof the above-mentioned Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention. Done at Montreux, on the eighth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, in a single copy, bearing the seals of the Plenipotentiaries, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Royal Egyptian Government and of which certified true copies shall be delivered to the Governments of the signatory Powers. [seal] Bert Fish [seal] P. Fobthomme [seal] David Euan Wallace [seal] David Victor Kelly [seal] William Eric Beckett [seal] David Euan Wallace [seal] David Euan Wallace [seal] S. F. N. Gie [seal] H. T. Andrews [seal] F. T. Cremins [seal] David Evan Wallace [seal] N. P. Arnstedt [seal] N. V. Boeg [seal] Moustapha El-Nahas [seal] A. Maher [seal] Wacyf Boutros Ghali [seal] Makram Ebeid [seal] A. Badaoui [seal] A. Fabra Ribas [seal] Mariano Gomez [seal] F. de Tessan [seal] Hymans [seal] N. Politis [seal] G. Roussos [seal] C. Vryakos [seal] C. M. Sakellaropoulo [seal] L. Aldrovandi [seal] Salvatore Messina [seal] Piero Parini [seal] Ghigi [seal] Michaël Hansson [seal] W. C. Beucker Andreae [seal] J. Bosch de Rosenthal [seal] W. de Bylandt [seal] J. Caeiro Da Matta [seal] Malmar 53 Stat. 1661 ANNEXE 11For translation, see *post,* p. 1676. **Règlement d’Organisation Judiciaire** I. ORGANISATION ET COMPOSITION Article premier. Sont maintenus la cour d’appel mixte d’Alexandrie et les trois tribunaux mixtes de première instance du Caire, d’Alexandrie et de Mansourah, avec leurs circonscriptions territoriales actuelles. Ces circonscriptions peuvent être modifiées par décret après avis de la cour. Article 2. La cour d’appel sera composée de 18 conseillers dont 11 étrangers. Le cas échéant, deux conseillers, dont un étranger, pourront être nommés en sus de ce nombre. Il sera pourvu aux vacances qui se produiront parmi les conseillers étrangers de la cour d’appel par voie de promotion de juges étrangers des tribunaux de première instance. Article 3. Les tribunaux du Caire, d’Alexandrie et de Mansourah seront composés, à la date du 15 octobre 1937, de 61 juges, dont 40 étrangers. Au fur et à mesure des vacances qui se produiront par voie de mise à la retraite, décès, démission ou promotion parmi les juges étrangers, ces magistrats seront remplacés par des magistrats égyptiens. Toutefois, le nombre des juges étrangers des tribunaux de première instance ne pourra être inférieur au tiers du nombre des magistrats composant ces tribunaux. Article 4. Il ne sera fait aucune distinction basée sur la nationalité des magistrats tant pour la composition des chambres que pour la désignation aux différents postes de l’organisation judiciaire, y compris la présidence des tribunaux et des chambres. Le président de la cour d’appel sera de nationalité étrangère et le vice-président, de nationalité égyptienne. Dans le cas où le président d'un tribunal serait de nationalité égyptienne, le vice-président sera de nationalité étrangère et réciproquement. 53 Stat. 1662 Article 5. Les arrêts de la cour d’appel sont rendus par cinq conseillers. Toutefois la loi peut fixer à trois conseillers la composition des chambres statuant sur des affaires qui en premier ressort sont de la compétence d’un juge unique. La cour d’assises est composée de cinq magistrats dont trois conseillers à la cour d’appel. Les jugements des tribunaux de première instance, tant en matière civile qu’en matière pénale, sont rendus par trois juges. En matière commerciale, les troix juges peuvent, en vertu d'une loi, être assistés de deux assesseurs avec voix consultative. En matière de référés, de justice sommaire et de simple police, les jugements sont rendus par un juge unique. Article 6. Les magistrats sont nommés par décret. Us sont inamovibles. La limite d’âge pour la mise à la retraite d’office est fixée à 65 ans pour les juges de première instance et à 70 ans pour les conseillers à la cour d’appel. Le passage d’un juge d’un tribunal à un autre ainsi que son avancement ne peuvent avoir lieu que sur avis conforme de l’assemblée générale de la cour. Article 7. Lies présidents et vice-présidents de la cour d’appel et des tribunaux sont nommés pour un an, par décret, sur désignation de l’assemblée générale de la cour à la majorité absolue des voix. Pour les tribunaux de première instance, la désignation a lieu sur une liste alphabétique dressée par l’assemblée générale de chaque tribunal et comprenant trois candidats à Alexandrie et au Caire et deux candidats à Mansourah. Les présidents de chambre de la cour d’appel sont désignés chaque année par l’assemblée générale de la cour. Les présidents de chambre de chaque tribunal sont désignés chaque année par l’assemblée générale de la cour sur présentation de l’assemblée générale du tribunal. Article 8. Les traitements des magistrats sont fixés par la loi. Article 9. Les fonctions de magistrat sont incompatibles avec l’exercice du commerce ou avec toute fonction salariée. Article 10. La discipline des magistrats est réservée à la cour d’appel. Le règlement général judiciaire détermine les mesures disciplinaires et la procédure à suivre en cette matière. 53 Stat. 1663 Article 11. Les audiences sont publiques, sauf le cas où le tribunal ordonne, par décision motivée, le buisclos dans l’intérêt des bonnes moeurs ou de l’ordre public. La défense est libre. Article 12. Les langues judiciaires employées devant les tribunaux mixtes pour les plaidoiries et la rédaction des actes et sentences sont: l’arabe, l’anglais, le français et l’italien. Le dispositif des sentences sera prononcé dans deux langues judiciaires dont l’une sera obligatoirement l’arabe. Après le prononcé, les sentences rédigées en langue étrangère seront intégralement traduites en langue arabe et celles rédigées en langue arabe seront intégralement traduites en langue étrangère. En cas de divergence entre le texte original et la traduction, le premier fera foi. Article 13. Sous réserve des exceptions prévues par les codes, les lois ou les règlements, les parties ne peuvent être représentées en justice que par des personnes admises à exercer comme avocats devant les tribunaux mixtes. Le règlement général judiciaire détermine l’organisation du barreau et les conditions de la discipline des avocats. Article 14. Le personnel auxiliaire delà cour d’appel et des tribunaux comprend: les greffiers, les commisgreffiers, les interprètes, les huissiers et autres agents. Le règlement général judiciaire détermine les conditions de discipline du personnel susvisé. Article 15. L’exécution des sentences est effectuée sur l’ordre du tribunal par ses huissiers, avec l’assistance des autorités administratives lorsqu’elle est requise. II. PARQUET Article 16. Le parquet près les tribunaux mixtes exerce les attributions prévues ciaprès ainsi que celles qui lui sont conférées par la loi. Il est dirigé par un procureur général de nationalité étrangère. Article 17. Le procureur général est assisté d’un premier avocat général de nationalité égyptienne et d’un deuxième avocat général de nationalité étrangère. En cas d’absence ou d’empêchement, le procureur général est remplacé par le premier avocat général en matière civile et au point de vue administratif, et par le deuxième avocat général en matière pénale. 53 Stat. 1664 Le procureur général a en outre sous sa direction des substituts en nombre suffisant. Article 18. Les magistrats du parquet sont nommés par décret. Us sont amovibles et relèvent exclusivement de leurs chefs hiérarchiques et, en dernier lieu, du ministre de la justice. Article 19. Le ministère public, en la personne du procureur général, d’un des avocats généraux ou d’un substitut, peut siéger à toutes les chambres et à toutes les assemblées générales de la cour et des tribunaux. Article 20. En matière pénale, le parquet exerce l’action publique. H dirige la police judiciaire dans toute affaire rentrant dans la juridiction des tribunaux mixtes. Les fonctionnaires auxquels la loi reconnaît la qualité d’officiers de police judiciaire sont, comme tels, placés sous les ordres du parquet. Article 21. Le procureur général donne son avis lorsqu’il y a lieu d’appliquer, à l’égard d’un étranger, les dispositions du code pénal et du code d’instruction criminelle concernant la remise totale ou partielle ou la commutation d’une peine ainsi que l’exécution de la peine capitale. Article 22. Le procureur général a la surveillance des prisons et des établissements pénitentiaires dans lesquels des étrangers sont détenus. H a également à tout moment libre accès à tout autre lieu où un étranger serait détenu. Il signale au ministre de la justice les irrégularités qu’il constate et lui fait toutes autres communications que comporte la surveillance dont il est chargé. Article 23. Le ministère public intervient dans toute affaire ayant trait au statut personnel ou à la nationalité. H peut aussi intervenir dans les affaires intéressant des mineurs ou des incapables ainsi que dans tous autres cas prévus par le code de procédure civile. Il lui appartient en outre d’ordonner et de faire exécuter les mesures qu’il juge opportunes pour la sauvegarde des intérêts des mineurs ou des incapables. Article 24. Le parquet a la surveillance du service des fonds judiciaires et de la caisse spéciale des dépôts et consignations. Il contrôle en outre les services des greffes et des huissiers dont la direction est réservée aux présidents de la cour et des tribunaux. 53 Stat. 1665 III. COMPÉTENCE Article 25. Aux fins de la compétence des tribunaux mixtes, le mot “étrangers” comprend les ressortissants des Hautes Parties contractantes à la Convention de Montreux concernant l’abolition des Capitulations en Egypte, ainsi que les ressortissants de tout autre Etat qui pourrait être visé par décret. Aucun ressortissant égyptien ne pourra se prévaloir de la protection d'une Puissance étrangère. Les ressortissants de la Syrie et du Liban ainsi que ceux de la Palestine et de la Transjordanie seront justiciables de la juridiction nationale tant en matière civile qu’en matière pénale. Les ressortissants étrangers (citoyens, sujets et protégés) appartenant à des religions, confessions ou rites pour lesquels il existe des tribunaux égyptiens de statut personnel, continueront, dans les mêmes conditions que dans le passé, à être jugés, en cette matière, par lesdits tribunaux. Les ressortissants susvisés auront en outre la faculté d’opter en matière civile et commerciale entre la juridiction mixte et la juridiction nationale. Lorsqu’un desdits ressortissants sera cité, dans l’une de ces matières, devant un tribunal national, dans une affaire à propos de laquelle il n’aura pas préalablement accepté la compétence de la juridiction nationale, il devra, s’il désire décliner la compétence du tribunal saisi, le faire par lettre recommandée ou exploit d’huissier, ou au plus tard à la première audience, faute de quoi le tribunal sera compétent. *A.* *Compétence en Matière Civile et Commerciale.* Article 26. Les tribunaux mixtes connaissent de toutes contestations en matière civile et commerciale entre étrangers et entre étrangers et justiciables des tribunaux nationaux. Toutefois, les tribunaux nationaux sont compétents en ces matières à l’égard de tout étranger qui accepte de se soumettre à leur j uridiction. Cette soumission peut résulter d’une clause attributive de compétence ou du fait: 1° que l’étranger a luimême introduit la procédure devant les tribunaux nationaux; *2°* qu’il n’a pas décliné la compétence de ces tribunaux avant le prononcé d’un jugement dans une procédure où il a comparu comme défendeur ou intervenant. Le fait de se soumettre à la juridiction d’un tribunal de premier degré entraîne la soumission à la juridiction des tribunaux supérieurs du même ordre. Article 27. Les tribunaux mixtes connaissent également des contestations et des questions relatives au statut personnel dans les cas où la loi applicable aux termes de l’article 29 est une loi étrangère. 53 Stat. 1666 Article 28. Le statut personnel comprend: les contestations et les questions relatives à l’état et à la capacité des personnes; au droit de famille, notamment aux fiançailles, au mariage, aux droits et devoirs réciproques des époux, à la dot et au régime des biens entre époux, au divorce, à la répudiation, à la séparation, à la filiation, à la reconnaissance et au désaveu de paternité, aux relations entre ascendants et descendants, à l’obligation alimentaire entre les parents et entre les alliés, à la légitimation, à l’adoption, à la tutelle, à la curatelle, à l’interdiction, à l’émancipation; aux donations, aux successions, aux testaments et autres dispositions à cause de mort; à l’absence et à la présomption de décès. Article 29. L’état et la capacité des personnes sont régis par leurs lois nationales. Les conditions de fond relatives à la validité du mariage sont régies par la loi nationale de chacun des époux. Dans les matières relatives aux rapports entre époux, y compris la séparation, le divorce et la répudiation, et à leurs effets quant aux biens, la loi applicable sera la loi nationale du mari au moment de la célébration du mariage. Les droits et devoirs réciproques entre parents et enfants sont régis par la loi nationale du père. L’obligation alimentaire est régie par la loi nationale du débiteur. Les matières relatives à la filiation, à la légitimation, à la reconnaissance et au désaveu de paternité sont régies par la loi nationale du père. Les questions relatives à la validité de l’adoption sont régies par la loi nationale de l’adoptant aussi bien que par celle de l’adopté. Les effets de l’adoption sont régis par la loi nationale de l’adoptant. La tutelle, la curatelle et l’émancipation sont régies par la loi nationale de l’incapable. Les successions et les testaments sont régis par la loi nationale du de cujus ou du testateur. Les donations sont régies par la loi nationale du donateur au moment de la donation. Les règles du présent article ne portent pas atteinte aux dispositions relatives au r^me de la propriété immobilière en Egypte. Article 30. A défaut de nationalité connue, ou si une personne a simultanément, au regard de plusieurs Etats étrangers, la nationalité de chacun d’eux, le juge déterminera la loi applicable. Si une personne possède simultanément, au regard de l’Egypte, la nationalité égyptienne et, au regard d’un ou plusieurs Etats étrangers, la nationalité de ces Etats, la loi applicable sera la loi égyptienne. 53 Stat. 1667 Article 31. Par le terme “loi nationale”, on doit entendre les dispositions internes de cette loi à l’exclusion de ses dispositions de droit inter* national privé. Article 32. Les règles de procédure prévues par une loi étrangère ne sont pas applicables en tant qu’elles sont incompatibles avec les règles de procédure égyptiennes. Article 33. Sous réserve des dispositions des articles 34, 35, 36 et 37, la compétence des tribunaux mixtes est déterminée uniquement par la nationalité des parties réellement en cause, sans égard aux intérêts mixtes qui pourraient être indirectement engagés. Article 34. Dans leurs contestations avec des justiciables des tribunaux nationaux, les sociétés de nationalité égyptienne déjà constituées, dans lesquelles entrent des intérêts étrangers sérieux, sont justiciables des tribunaux mixtes, à moins que leurs statuts ne contiennent une clause attributive de compétence aux tribunaux nationaux ou qu’elles n’aient accepté la juridiction de ces tribunaux conformément à l’article 26. Article 35. Les tribunaux mixtes sont de même compétents en matière de faillite d’un justiciable des tribunaux nationaux, si l’un des créanciers parties à la procédure est étranger. Article 36. Le seul fait de la constitution d’une hypothèque en faveur d’un étranger sur les biens immeubles, quels que soient le possesseur et le propriétaire, rend les tribunaux mixtes compétents pour statuer sur la validité de l’hypothèque et sur toutes ses conséquences, jusques et y compris la vente forcée de l’immeuble ainsi que la distribution du prix. Article 37. Les tribunaux mixtes ne peuvent pas connaître d’une action qui n’est pas en soi de leur compétence, même si elle se présente comme accessoire à une action déjà introduite devant eux. Toutefois, ils connaîtront de ladite action accessoire lorsque la juridiction qui en aura été saisie estimera, dans l’intérêt de la justice, devoir renvoyer les parties se pourvoir devant eux. Les tribunaux mixtes peuvent, s’ils estiment devoir le faire dans l’intérêt de la justice, renvoyer les parties se pourvoir devant les tribunaux nationaux lorsque l’action introduite devant eux se présente comme une action accessoire à une action principale déjà introduite devant lesdits tribunaux nationaux. 53 Stat. 1668 Article 38. Ne sont pas soumises aux tribunaux mixtes les demandes des étrangers contre un wakf en revendication de la propriété d’immeubles de ce wakf; mais ces tribunaux sont compétents pour statuer sut la demande intentée sur la question de possession légale, quel que soit le demandeur ou le défendeur. Ne sont pas non plus de la compétence des tribunaux mixtes les contestations ayant directement ou indirectement pour objet la constitution d’un wakf, la validité, l’interprétation ou l’application de ses clauses, ou la nomination ou révocation du nazir. Les tribunaux mixtes peuvent toutefois déclarer inopposable aux créanciers du constituant la constitution en wakf d’un bien, faite en fraude de leurs droits. Article 39. Lorsque, dans une instance, une exception relative au statut personnel d’une partie justiciable en cette matière d’une autre juridiction est soulevée, les tribunaux mixtes, s’ils reconnaissent la nécessité de faire statuer au préalable sur l’exception, doivent surseoir au jugement du fond et fixer un délai à la partie contre laquelle la question préjudicielle a été soulevée pour la faire juger définitivement par le juge compétent. Si cette nécessité n’est pas reconnue, il sera passé outre au jugement du fond. Article 40. La cession d’un droit à un étranger, la mise en cause d’un étranger ou la constitution d’un prêtenom étranger ne peut donner compétence aux tribunaux mixtes pour statuer sur des contestations de la compétence des tribunaux nationaux, lorsque la cession, la mise en cause ou la constitution du prêtenom a pour but de distraire des tribunaux nationaux la connaissance de ces litiges. Est présumée avoir été faite dans ce but toute cession consentie en cours d’instance. Le tribunal peut toutefois, dans de cas exceptionnels, admettre la preuve du contraire. Sous réserve de la disposition de l’alinéa précédent, l’exception de prêtenom ne saurait être opposée lorsqu’il s’agit de cessions par voie d’endossement d'effets de commerce. L’endossement irrégulier ou en recouvrement d’un effet de commerce à un étranger ne donne pas compétence aux tribunaux mixtes pour des contestations de la compétence des tribunaux nationaux. Article 41. Lorsque le plaideur, dont le caractère étranger donnait compétence aux tribunaux mixtes, ne se trouve plus, avant la clôture des débats, être partie à l’instance, ces tribunaux, sur l’exception soulevée par l’une des parties, cesseront d’avoir compétence dans l’affaire qui sera transférée en l’état aux tribunaux nationaux. Article 42. Le changement de nationalité de l’une des parties, survenu en cours d’instance, ne pourra modifier la compétence du tribunal régulièrement saisi. 53 Stat. 1669 Article 43. Les tribunaux mixtes ne peuvent connaître directement ou indirectement des actes de souveraineté. Ils ne peuvent pas statuer sur la validité de l’application aux étrangers des lois ou règlements égyptiens. Ils ne peuvent pas, non plus, statuer sur la propriété du domaine public. Mais, sans pouvoir interpréter un acte d’administration ou en arrêter l’exécution, ils sont compétents pour connaître: 1° en matière civile ou commerciale, de toutes contestations mobilières ou immobilières entre les étrangers et l’Etat; 2° de toute action en responsabilité civile intentée par un étranger contre l’Etat à raison de mesures administratives prises en violation des lois ou règlements. *B.* *Compétence Pénale.* Article 44. Les tribunaux mixtes connaissent de toute poursuite contre un étranger pour un fait punissable par la loi. Article 45. Les tribunaux mixtes connaissent en outre des poursuites contre les auteurs ou complices, quelle que soit leur nationalité, des crimes et délits suivants: 1° crimes et délits commis directement contre les magistrats et officiers de justice des tribunaux mixtes dans l’exercice ou à l’occasion de l’exercice de leurs fonctions; 2° crimes et délits commis directement contre l’exécution des sentences et des mandats de justice des tribunaux mixtes; 3° crimes et délits imputés aux juges et officiers de justice, quand ils sont accusés de les avoir commis dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions ou par suite d’un abus de ces fonctions; 4° crimes et délits de banqueroute simple ou frauduleuse dans les cas de faillites mixtes. Sont compris sous la désignation d’officiers de justice, dans les paragraphes 1 et 3 ci-dessus, les greffiers, les commis greffiers assermentés, les interprètes attachés au tribunal et les huissiers titulaires, mais non les personnes chargées accidentellement, par délégation du tribunal, d’une signification ou d’un acte d’huissier. Article 46. En matière pénale, les tribunaux de simple police jugent les faits qualifiés contraventions par la loi et les délits comportant une peine ne dépassant pas trois mois d’emprisonnement. Les tribunaux correctionnels jugent les faits qualifiés délits par la loi, autres que ceux visés à l’alinéa précédent, et les appels contre les jugements rendus par les tribunaux de simple police. Les cours d’assises jugent les faits qualifiés crimes par la loi. 53 Stat. 1670 Article 47. Les arrestations d’étrangers et les perquisitions au domicile d’étrangers, sauf dans les cas de flagrant délit ou de demande de secours venant de l’intérieur du domicile, seront effectuées par les soins ou en présence d’un membre du parquet mixte ou d’un officier de la police judiciaire auquel ces fonctions auront été déléguées par le parquet mixte. Article 48. En matière criminelle, si le parquet estime qu’il y a lieu de poursuivre, il doit saisir de l’affaire le juge d’instruction. En matière correctionnelle, le parquet saisit également le juge d’instruction, à moins qu’il n’estime que les éléments recueillis dans une information sommaire sont suffisants pour poursuivre l’instruction de l’affaire à l’audience. Dans ce cas, si l’inculpé a été entendu ou si son absence ou l’impossibilité de trouver son domicile a été dûment constatée, le parquet peut le citer directement devant le tribunal. Le tribunal peut toutefois, soit à la demande de l’inculpé ou du parquet, soit d’office, prononcer l’annulation de la citation et ordonner le renvoi de l’affaire devant le juge d’instruction. Article 49. La détention de tout étranger est immédiatement signalée au parquet qui doit, dans les conditions fixées par le code d’instruction criminelle et au plus tard dans les quatre jours, ordonner la mise en liberté du détenu ou le déférer au juge d’instruction. Tout étranger en état de détention préventive a le droit d’aviser de sa détention son consul et son avocat par l’intermédiaire du parquet. Le consul et l’avocat du détenu peuvent lui rendre visite dans la prison suivant les modalités approuvées par le parquet. Article 50. Sauf en cas d’urgence, si l’inculpé n’a pas de défenseur, il lui en sera désigné un, s’il le demande, au moment de l’interrogatoire, à peine de nullité. Il sera en outre désigné un défenseur d’office dans un délai raisonnable avant l’audience à tout accusé déféré à la cour d’assises. IV. DISPOSITIONS GÉNÉRALES ET TRANSITOIRES Article 51. Les tribunaux mixtes rendent la justice en Notre Nom. Article 52. En cas de silence, d’insuffisance ou d’obscurité de la loi, le juge se conformera aux principes du droit naturel et aux règles de l’équité. 53 Stat. 1671 Article 53. Les causes commencées avant le 15 octobre 1937 devant une juridiction consulaire seront continuées devant cette juridiction jusqu’à leur solution définitive. H en sera de même des causes commencées avant cette date devant les tribunaux mixtes et qui, en vertu de la présente loi, seraient de la compétence des tribunaux nationaux. En matière civile, les causes visées aux deux alinéas ci-dessus pourront, à la demande des parties et avec le consentement de tous les intéressés, être déférées aux tribunaux compétents suivant les dispositions des articles précédents pour y être poursuivies et jugées en l’état de la procédure où elles se trouvent. En matière pénale, les juridictions consulaires pourront également déférer aux tribunaux mixtes les affaires commencées avant le 15 octobre 1937. Article 54. Les jugements et ordonnances des tribunaux consulaires garderont l’autorité de la chose jugée et seront exécutés, le cas échéant, par l’entremise des tribunaux mixtes. Article 55. Les prescriptions et forclusions qui étaient applicables dans les matières de la compétence des tribunaux consulaires garderont leur effet devant les tribunaux mixtes. Article 56. Nonobstant les dispositions de l’article 27, les tribunaux mixtes ne seront pas compétents en matière de statut personnel lorsque la loi applicable conformément aux dispositions de l’article 29 est celle d’une Puissance partie à la Convention concernant l’abolition des Capitulations en Egypte qui, conformément à l’article 9 de ladite Convention, a réservé à ses tribunaux consulaires la juridiction en matière de statut personnel et n’a pas retiré cette réserve. Article 57. Les dispositions du règlement général judiciaire actuel, en tant qu’elles n’ont pas été abrogées ou modifiées par les dispositions précédentes, continueront à être en vigueur. Toute modification audit règlement proposée par l’assemblée générale de la cour ne sera rendue exécutoire que si elle est promulguée par un décret sur la proposition du ministre de la j ustice. Article 58. Sont abrogés le Règlement d’organisation judiciaire actuel pour les procès mixtes en Egypte, ainsi que toutes dispositions contraires à la présente loi. 53 Stat. 1672 PROTOCOLE Au moment de signer la Convention concernant l’abolition des Capitulations en Egypte, portant la date de ce jour, Les plénipotentiaires soussignés, Désireux de préciser certaines des dispositions de la Convention et de son annexe, Sont convenus de ce qui suit: I. Il est entendu que les dispositions du deuxième alinéa de l’article 2 de la Convention relatives à la règle de non discrimination et applicables pendant la période transitoire, doivent être interprétées à la lumière de la pratique internationale concernant les engagements de cette nature entre pays jouissant de la souveraineté législative. II. Au sujet de l’article 6, alinéa premier, du Règlement d'organisation judiciaire, il est entendu que le choix des magistrats étrangers appartient au Gouvernement royal égyptien, mais que, pour être rassuré luimême sur les garanties que présenteront les personnes dont il fera choix, il s’adressera officieusement aux ministres de la justice à l’étranger et n’engagera que les personnes munies de l’acquiescement de leur gouvernement. 53 Stat. 1673 PROTOCOL On signing the Convention regarding the abolition of the Capitulations in Egypt bearing this day’s date, The undersigned plenipotentiaries, Being desirous of determining exactly some of the provisions of the Convention and of its Annex, Have agreed as follows: I. It is understood that the provisions of Article 2, paragraph 2, of the *Ante,* p. 1653. Convention relating to the nondiscrimination rule and applicable during the transition period must be interpreted in the light of international practice relating to undertakings of that nature between countries enjoying legislative sovereignty. II. With reference to Article 6, paragraph 1, of the *Règlement d’organisation*Post*, p. 1677 judiciaire,* it is understood that the selection of foreign judges is a matter for the Royal Egyptian Government, but that, in order to satisfy itself regarding the suitability of the persons whom it may select, the Royal Egyptian Government will approach unofficially the Ministers of Justice of the foreign countries concerned and will appoint only persons of whom their respective Governments approve. 53 Stat. 1674 Signatures.Fait à Montreux, en un seul exemplaire en frangais et en anglais, les deux textes faisant egalement foi, le huit mai mil neuf cent trente-sept. 53 Stat. 1674 Signatures.Done at Montreux, in a single copy in French and English, both texts being equally authentic, on the eighth day of May one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven. Bert Fish P. Forthomme David Evan Wallace David Victor Kelly William Eric Beckett David Euan Wallace David Euan Wallace S. F. N. Gie H. T. Andrews F. T. Cremins David Euan Wallace N. P. Arnstedt N. V. Boeg Moustapha El-Nahas A. Maher Wacyf Boutros Ghali Marram Ebeid A. Badaoui A. Fabra Ribas Mariano Gomez F. de Tessan Hymans N. Politis G. Roussos C. Vryakos C. M. Sakellaropoulo L. Aldrovandi Salvatore Messina Piero Parini Ghigi Michaël Hansson W. C. Beucker Andreae J. Bosch de Rosenthal W. de Bylandt J. Caeiro Da Matta Malmar 53 Stat. 1675 And whereas the said convention came into force on October 15,Effective date of convention. 1937 in accordance with the third paragraph of Article 15 thereof, the Governments of Egypt, Belgium, Italy, Greece, Sweden, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and Denmark having prior to that date deposited their instruments of ratification at Cairo; And whereas the said convention and protocol have been dulyDeposit of ratification. ratified on the part of the United States of America, and the instrument of ratification of the United States of America was deposited at Cairo on the twenty-ninth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, on which day the convention and protocol came intoEntry Into force in respect of United States. force in respect of the United States of America, in accordance with the third paragraph of Article 15 of the said convention;11In addition to the ratification of the United States of America, instruments of ratification of the convention had been deposited at Cairo as follows: By Egypt, September 4, 1937; by Belgium, September 11, 1937; by Italy, September 25, 1937; by Greece, September 25, 1937; by Sweden, September 28, 1937; by Great Britain and Northern Ireland, October 12, 1937; by Denmark, October 13, 1937; by the Netherlands, January 22, 1938; by New Zealand, March 23, 1938; by Norway, April 13, 1938; by Australia, April 27, 1938; by India, May 19, 1938; by the Union of South Africa, May 19, 1938; and by Spain, June 2, 1938. And whereas at the time of the deposit of the said ratification atRetention of American consular courts for purposes desig. anted. Cairo the Government of the United States of America, as provided in Article 9 of the said convention, formally notified the Royal Egyptian Government that it is the intention of the Government of the United States of America to retain American consular courts in Egypt for the purposes of jurisdiction in matters of personal status in all cases in which the law applicable is the national law of the United States of America; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention and protocol to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof subject to the notification aforesaid. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand andcaused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this nineteenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 53 Stat. 1676 [Translation] ANNEX 11See articles 3 and 14 of the convention, *ante,* pp. 1653 and 1657. **Regulations of the Judicial Organisation** I. ORGANISATION AND COMPOSITION Article 1 The Mixed Court of Appeal at Alexandria and the three Mixed Tribunals of first instance at Cairo, Alexandria, and Mansurah shall be maintained with their existing territorial areas of jurisdiction. These areas of jurisdiction may be altered by decree after consultation with the Court. Article 2 The Court of Appeal shall be composed of 18 judges, 11 of whom shall be foreigners. Should occasion arise, two judges, of whom one must be a foreigner, may be appointed in addition to that number. Vacancies occurring among the foreign judges of the Court of Appeal shall be filled by the promotion of foreign judges of the Tribunals of first instance. Article 3 The Tribunals at Cairo, Alexandria and Mansurah shall, on October 15th, 1937, be composed of 61 judges, of whom 40 shall be foreigners. As vacancies occur among the foreign judges of first instance as a result of retirement, death, resignation or promotion, such judges shall be replaced by Egyptian judges. Nevertheless, the number of foreign judges in the Tribunals of first instance shall not be less than one-third of the total number of judges of the said Tribunals, Article 4 No distinction based on the nationality of judges shall be made either in the matter of the composition of the Chambers or in that of appointments to the various posts in the judicial organisation, including the presidency of Tribunals and Chambers. The President of the Court of Appeal shall be of foreign nationality, and the Vice-President of Egyptian nationality. Should the President of a Tribunal be of Egyptian nationality, the Vice-President shall be of foreign nationality, and *vice versa.* Article 5 The judgments of the Court of Appeal shall be given by five judges. Nevertheless, the law may prescribe that three judges shall compose Chambers to decide matters which are in first instance within the competence of a judge sitting alone. 53 Stat. 1677 The Assize Court shall consist of five judges, of whom three shall be Judges of the Court of Appeal. The judgments of Tribunals of first instance, both in civil and criminal matters, shall be given by three judges. In commercial matters, the three judges may, in virtue of a law, be assisted by two assessors in a consultative capacity. In interlocutory matters, in civil cases of a summary nature, and for petty offences, judgments shall be given by a judge sitting alone. Article 6 Judges shall be appointed by decree. They shall be irremovable. The age at which magistrates may be required to retire shall be 65 years for judges of first instance and 70 years for judges of the Court of Appeal. Judges shall not be transferred from one Tribunal to another, nor shall they be promoted except in conformity with the recommendation of the General Assembly of the Court of Appeal. Article 7 The Presidents and Vice-Presidents of the Court of Appeal and of the Tribunals shall be appointed for one year, by decree, on the nomination of the General Assembly of the Court by an absolute majority of votes. In the case of Tribunals of first instance, nominations shall be made from an alphabetical list drawn up by the General Assembly of each Tribunal and comprising three candidates at Alexandria and at Cairo and two candidates at Mansurah. The Presidents of the Chambers of the Court of Appeal shall be nominated annually by the General Assembly of the Court. The Presidents of the Chambers of each Tribunal shall be nominated annually by the General Assembly of the Court on the recommendation of the General Assembly of the Tribunal. Article 8 The salaries of judges are fixed by law. Article 9 Judges are debarred from engaging in business and from occupying any salaried position. Article 10 Discipline over judges shall be exercised exclusively by the Court of Appeal. The General Judicial Regulations shall determine the disciplinary measures and the procedure to be followed in this matter. Article 11 Proceedings shall be public, except in cases where the court by reasoned decision ordem the hearing to be held *in camera* in the interests of morality or public order. The accused shall be free to defend himself against the charge. 53 Stat. 1678 Article 12 The judicial languages employed in the Mixed Tribunals for the conduct of cases and for the drafting of official documents and judgments shall be: Arabic, English, French and Italian. The operative part of judgments shall be pronounced in two of the judicial languages, of which one must be Arabic. After the pronouncement, judgments drawn up in a foreign language shall be translated in their entirety into Arabic and those drawn up in Arabic shall be translated in their entirety into a foreign language. In the event of divergence between the original text and the translation, the former shall be authentic. Article 13 Subject to the exceptions provided for by the Codes, laws or regulations, parties shall be represented at law only by persons authorised to practise as barristers in the Mixed Tribunals. The General Judicial Regulations determine the organisation of the Bar and the conditions for the exercise of discipline over barristers. Article 14 The auxiliary staff of the Court of Appeal and of the Tribunals shall include: clerks of the courts, assistant clerks, interpreters, bailiffs and other agents. The General Judicial Regulations determine the conditions for the exercise of discipline over the above-mentioned staff. Article 15 Judgments shall be executed on the order of the court by its bailiffs, with the assistance of the administrative authorities when such assistance is requested. II. THE PARQUET Article 16 The Parquet of the Mixed Tribunals shall exercise the powers specified hereinafter together with those conferred upon it by law. It shall be directed by a Procurator General of foreign nationality. Article 17 The Procurator General shall be assisted by a First Advocate General of Egyptian nationality and by a Second Advocate General of foreign nationality. Should the Procurator General be absent or otherwise prevented from discharging his duties, he shall be replaced in civil matters and for the purposes of administration by the First Advocate General and in criminal matters by the Second Advocate General. The Procurator General shall, in addition, have under his direction an adequate number of deputies. 53 Stat. 1679 Article 18 The members of the Parquet shall be appointed by decree. They shall be removable and responsible only to their administrative chiefs and, ultimately, to the Minister of Justice. Article 19 The “Ministère public,” in the person of the Procurator General, one of the Advocates General or a deputy, may sit in all the Chambers and in all the General Assemblies of the Court and of the Tribunals. Article 20 In criminal matters, the parquet shall conduct public prosecutions. It shall control the judicial police in all cases falling within the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals. Officials recognised by law as being members of the judicial police shall, as such, be under the orders of the parquet. Article 21 The Procurator General shall be called upon to give his opinion on the application to any foreigner of the provisions of the Criminal Code and of the “Code d’Instruction criminelle” concerning total or partial remission or commutation of any penalty and the execution of death sentences. Article 22 The Procurator General shall supervise prisons and penitentiaries in which foreigners are detained. He shall, in addition, have free access at all times to any other place wherein a foreigner may be detained. He shall notify the Minister of Justice of all irregularities of which he becomes aware, and shall make to him any other communications called for in the exercise of the supervision for which he is responsible. Article 23 The “Ministère public” shall intervene in all matters involving questions of personal status or nationality. It may furthermore intervene in matters concerning minors or persons under an incapacity, and also in all other cases specified in the Code of Civil Procedure. It shall further be empowered to order and to have carried out any measures which it may consider proper to safeguard the interests of minors or of persons under an incapacity. Article 24 The parquet shall supervise the administration of judicial funds and the special deposit and consignment fund. It shall also supervise the clerks of the court and the bailiffs, who shall be under the exclusive control of the Presidents of the Court and Tribunals. 53 Stat. 1680 III. COMPETENCE Article 25 For the purposes of determining the competence of the Mixed Tribunals, the word “foreigners” shall be taken to mean nationals of the High Contracting Parties to the Montreux Convention concerning the Abolition of Capitulations in Egypt, together with nationals of any other State that may be specified by decree. No Egyptian national may avail himself of the protection of a foreign Power. Nationals of Syria and of the Lebanon and also those of Palestine and Trans-Jordan shall come within the competence of the National jurisdiction as regards both civil and criminal matters. Foreign nationals (citizens, subjects and protected persons) belonging to religions, confessions or sects for which there exist Egyptian Tribunals dealing with matters of personal status, shall continue to have their cases heard by the said Tribunals in such matters under the same conditions as in the past. The nationals specified above shall, moreover, have the right to opt between the Mixed jurisdiction and the National jurisdiction in civil and commercial matters. When one of the said nationals is summoned in respect of either of the said matters before a National Tribunal, in a case in connection with which he has not previously accepted the competence of the National jurisdiction, he shall, if he wishes to challenge the competence of the Tribunal before which the case is brought, do so by registered letter or by service of a writ, or at the latest at the first hearing, failing which the Tribunal shall be competent. (*A*) *Competence in Civil and Commercial Matters* Article 26 The Mixed Tribunals shall take cognizance of all civil and commercial suits between foreigners or between foreigners and parties subject to the jurisdiction of the National Courts. Nevertheless, the National Tribunals shall be competent in the aforesaid matters in respect of any foreigner who agrees to submit himself to their jurisdiction. Such submission may result from a clause attributing competence or from the fact
(1)that the foreigner has himself initiated the proceedings before the National Courts; or
(2)that he has not challenged the competence of the said courts before the pronouncement of a judicial decision in proceedings wherein he has appeared as defendant or as an intervening party. Submission to the jurisdiction of a court of first instance entails submission to the jurisdiction of superior courts of the same category. Article 27 The Mixed Tribunals shall also take cognizance of suits and matters relating to personal status in cases wherein the law to be applied according to the terms of Article 29 is a foreign law. 53 Stat. 1681 Article 28 Personal status comprises: suits and matters relating to the status and capacity of persons, legal relations between members of a family, more particularly betrothal, marriage, the reciprocal rights and duties of husband and wife, dowry and their rights of property during marriage, divorce, repudiation, separation, legitimacy, recognition and repudiation of paternity, the relation between ascendants and descendants, the duty of support as between relatives by blood or marriage, legitimation, adoption, guardianship, curatorship, interdiction, emancipation, and also gifts, inheritance, wills and other dispositions *mortis causa,* absence and the presumption of death. Article 29 The status and capacity of persons shall be governed by their national laws. The fundamental conditions of the validity of marriage shall be governed by the national law of each of the parties thereto. In matters concerning relations between the husband and wife, including separation, divorce and repudiation and the effects thereof upon their property, the law* to be applied shall be the national law of the husband at the time of the celebration of the marriage. Reciprocal rights and duties as between parents and children shall be governed by the national law of the father. The duty of maintenance shall be governed by the national law of the party against whom the claim is made. Matters relating to filiation, legitimation, and the recognition and repudiation of paternity shall be governed by the national law of the father. Questions relating to the validity of adoption shall be governed by the national law of the adopting party as well as by that of the adopted person. The effects of adoption shall be governed by the national law of the adopting party. Guardianship, curatorship and emancipation shall be governed by the national law of the person under the incapacity. Inheritance and wills shall be governed by the national law of the deceased or of the testator. Gifts shall be governed by the national law of the donor at the time of the gift. The rules of the present article shall not affect provisions relating to the legal position of immovable property in Egypt. Article 30 Should the nationality of a person be unknown, or should he simultaneously possess, under the laws of several foreign States, the nationality of each of them, the judge shall decide what law shall be applied. 53 Stat. 1682 Should a person simultaneously possess the nationality of Egypt under Egyptian law and of one or more foreign States under the law of the State or States concerned, the law to be applied shall be the Egyptian law. Article 31 The term “national law” shall be understood to mean the municipal law of the country in question to the exclusion of the provisions of private international law. Article 32 Rules of procedure prescribed by a foreign law shall not apply in so far as they are incompatible with Egyptian rules of procedure. Article 33 Subject to the provisions of Articles 34, 35, 36 and 37, the competence of the Mixed Tribunals shall be determined solely by the nationality of the parties directly concerned, without regard to any mixed interests which may be indirectly concerned. Article 34 Companies of Egyptian nationality already incorporated, in which there are substantial foreign interests shall, in their suits with persons subject to the jurisdiction of the National Tribunals, be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals unless the terms of their incorporation contain a clause attributing competence to the National Tribunals, or unless they have accepted the jurisdiction of the said courts in accordance with Article 26. Article 35 The Mixed Tribunals shall similarly be competent in matters arising out of the bankruptcy of a person subject to the jurisdiction of the National Tribunals if one of the creditors party to the proceedings is a foreigner. Article 36 The creation of a charge in favor of a foreigner over immovable property, whoever may be the person in possession or the owner thereof, renders the Mixed Tribunals *ipso facto* competent to determine the validity of the charge and all its consequences up to and including the forced sale of the said property and also the distribution of the monies realised thereby. Article 37 The Mixed Tribunals shall not take cognizance of an action not in itself falling within their competence, even if it arises as subsidiary to an action already constituted before them. Nevertheless, they shall take cognizance of the said subsidiary action when the j urisdiction before which it has been brought, decides in the interests of justice, to remit it to be pleaded before them. 53 Stat. 1683 The Mixed Tribunals may, if they consider that the interests of justice so require, remit to be pleaded before the National Courts an action instituted before them, which is subsidiary to a principal action already instituted before the said National Courts. Article 38 Suits by foreigners against a Wakf involving a claim to the ownership of immovable property of the said Wakf shall not be submitted to the Mixed Tribunals. Nevertheless, the said Tribunals shall be competent to give judgment on claims brought in respect of legal possession, whoever may be plaintiff or defendant. Furthermore, suits directly or indirectly concerning the constitution of a Wakf or the validity, interpretation or application of its clauses, or the appointment or removal of the Nazir shall not come within the competence of the Mixed Tribunals. The Mixed Tribunals may, nevertheless, declare void as against creditors the constitution of property as a Wakf in fraud of the rights of such creditors. Article 39 When, in the course of proceedings, an issue is raised concerning the personal status of a party coming in that respect within the jurisdiction of some other court, the Mixed Tribunals shall, if they consider it necessary to secure a preliminary decision upon that issue, suspend judgment on the main issue and prescribe a time limit within which the party against whom the interlocutory plea has been raised must have the matter finally decided by the competent court. If such a preliminary decision is not considered necessary, they shall proceed to give a decision on the main issue. Article 40 The cession of a right to a foreigner, the citing of a foreigner as third party, or a fictitious assignment to a foreigner shall not render the Mixed Tribunals competent to decide suits coming within the competence of the National Courts if the object of the said cession, citation as third party or fictitious assignment is to remove such litigation from the cognizance of the National Tribunals. Any cession of a right to a foreigner agreed to during the course of the proceedings shall be presumed to have been made with the above object. The Court may, however, in exceptional cases, admit proof to the contrary. Subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, the competence of the Mixed Tribunals cannot be challenged on the ground that the assignment is fictitious where the assignment is made by means of the endorsement of a negotiable instrument. The irregular endorsement of a negotiable instrument to a foreigner, or its endorsement to a foreigner for purposes of collection, shall not give competence to the Mixed Tribunals in the case of suits that are within the competence of the National Courts. 53 Stat. 1684 Article 41 Should the litigant whose foreign character gave competence to the Mixed Tribunals cease before the close of the hearing to be a party to the proceedings, the said Tribunals shall, on objection being raised by one of the parties, cease to have competence in the matter, which shall be transferred as it stands to the National Courts. Article 42 A change in the nationality of one of the parties during the course of the proceedings shall have no effect on the competence of the court before which a case has been properly brought. Article 43 The Mixed Tribunals may not directly or indirectly pass judgment on acts of sovereignty. They may not give decisions on the validity of the application of Egyptian laws or regulations to foreigners. Furthermore, they may not give decisions on the ownership of public property. Nevertheless, though they may not interpret an administrative act or arrest the execution thereof, they shall be competent to hear
(1)all civil and commercial actions between foreigners and the State concerning movable or immovable property;
(2)civil actions brought by foreigners against the State in respect of administrative measures taken in violation of laws or regulations. (*B*) *Criminal Competence* Article 44 The Mixed Tribunals shall hear all prosecutions of foreigners in respect of acts punishable by law. Article 45 The Mixed Tribunals shall further hear all prosecutions against principal offenders or their accomplices, of whatever nationality, in respect of the following crimes and misdemeanors:—
(1)crimes and misdemeanors committed directly against judges and judicial officers of the Mixed Tribunals in the performance, or in connection with the performance, of their duties;
(2)crimes and misdemeanors committed directly to hinder the execution of judgments and warrants of the Mixed Tribunals;
(3)crimes and misdemeanors alleged against judges and judicial officers if they are accused of having committed them in the performance of their duties or in abuse of their powers;
(4)bankruptcy offences, whether crimes or misdemeanors with or without fraud, where the bankruptcy proceedings are before the Mixed Tribunals. 53 Stat. 1685 The term judicial officers in paragraphs
(1)and
(3)above shall comprise: clerks of the Court, sworn assistant clerks, interpreters attached to the Tribunal, and the official bailiffs, but not persons incidentally entrusted, by delegation from the Tribunal, with the service or execution of writs or warrants. Article 46 In criminal matters the police courts shall deal with offences defined as contraventions by law and misdemeanors carrying a penalty of not more than three months’ imprisonment. The correctional courts shall deal with offences defined as misdemeanors by law other than those referred to in the preceding paragraph, and shall hear appeals against decisions given by the police courts. The assize courts shall deal with offences defined as crimes by law. Article 47 Arrests and domiciliary searches of foreigners, except in cases of *“flagrant délit”* or a call for help from within the dwelling-house shall be carried out by, or in the presence of, a member of the Mixed Parquet or an officer of the judicial police to whom such functions have been delegated by the Mixed Parquet. Article 48 In criminal matters, if the Parquet considers there are grounds for prosecution, it must refer the case to the investigating magistrate. In correctional matters also, the Parquet shall refer the case to the investigating magistrate unless it decides that the information received on summary enquiry is sufficient for the case to be brought to trial. In such a case, if the accused has been heard, or if his absence or the impossibility of finding his residence has been duly established, the Parquet may summon him directly before the Tribunal. Nevertheless, at the request of the accused or of the Parquet, or without being moved thereto, the tribunal may declare the summons to be annulled and order the case to be referred to the investigating magistrate. Article 49 The detention of any foreigner shall at once be notified to the Parquet. The Parquet is bound within the time specified in the Code d’Instruction criminelle and, at longest, within four days either to order the release of the person detained or to send him before the investigating magistrate. Any foreigner who is detained pending trial shall have the right to inform his Consul and his lawyer of his detention through the intermediary of the Parquet. The Consul and the lawyer of the detained person may visit him in prison under conditions approved by the Parquet. 53 Stat. 1686 Article 50 Except in cases of urgency, if the accused has no defending counsel one shall be appointed for him, if he so requests, at the time of his interrogation, failing which the proceedings shall be void. A defending counsel shall further be officially appointed within a reasonable time before the hearing of the case to every accused person committed for trial before the Assize Court. IV. GENERAL AND TRANSITORY PROVISIONS Article 51 The Mixed Tribunals shall administer justice in Our Name. Article 52 Where the law is silent, insufficient or obscure, the judge shall act in conformity with the principles of natural law and with the rules of equity. Article 53 Actions begun prior to October 15th, 1937, before a Consular jurisdiction shall be continued before that jurisdiction until a final judgment has been given. The same shall apply to actions which have been begun prior to that date before the Mixed Tribunals and which, by virtue of the present law, would come within the competence of the National Tribunals. In civil matters, actions referred to in the two paragraphs above may, on the request of the parties thereto and with the consent of all persons having an interest therein, be referred at the stage which they have reached to the courts which are competent according to the provisions of the preceding Articles in order that they may be continued and decided therein. In criminal matters also, Consular jurisdictions may refer cases begun prior to October 15th, 1937, to the Mixed Tribunals. Article 54 Judgments and orders of the Consular Courts shall continue to have the force of *res judicata* and shall, when necessary, be executed through the agency of the Mixed Tribunals. Article 55 Prescriptions and foreclosures which were applicable in cases when within the competence of the Consular Courts shall continue to apply when they come before the Mixed Tribunals. 53 Stat. 1687 Article 56 Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 27, the Mixed Tribunals shall not have competence in matters of personal status where the law applicable in accordance with the provisions of Article 29 is that of a High Contracting Party to the Convention regarding the abolition of the Capitulations in Egypt, which, in accordance with Article 9 of that Convention, has reserved jurisdiction in personal status for its Consular Courts and that reservation has not been withdrawn. Article 57 The provisions of the existing General Judicial Regulations shall remain in force in so far as they are not abrogated or modified by the preceding provisions. No modification of the said Regulations proposed by the General Assembly of the Court shall take effect until promulgated by decree on the proposal of the Minister of Justice. Article 58 The present *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire pour les procès mixtes en Égypte* and any provisions contrary to the present law are hereby abrogated. 53 Stat. 1688 **PIÈCES CONNEXES** **Acte Final** La Conférence des Capitulations s’est réunie sur l’invitation du Gouvernement de Sa Majesté le Roi d’Egypte, à Montreux, le 12 avril 1937. Les Gouvernements dont l’énumération suit ont été représentés à la Conférence par les délégations ciaprès: union sud-africaine. *Délégués:* M. le Dr Stefanus François Naudé Gie, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Berlin; M. Harry Thomson Andrews, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; *Secrétaire:* M. R. Jones, Vice consul à Hambourg; états-unis d’amérique *Délégué:* M. Bert Fish, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire au Caire; *Experts:* M. Paul H. Alling, Sous-Chef de la Section des Affaires du Proche-Orient au Département d’Etat; M. Francis Colt de Wolf, Division des Traités du Département d’Etat; australie *Délégué:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; belgique *Délégués:* M. P. Forthomme, ancien Ministre de la Couronne, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, *Président de la Délégation;* M. J. Wathelet, Conseiller royal honoraire du Gouvernement égyptien; M. G. Delcoigne, Secrétaire de Légation; M. A. Herment, SouxDirecteur au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; 53 Stat. 1689 **RELATED PAPERS** **Final Act** The Capitulations Conference met at the invitation of the Government of His Majesty the King of Egypt, at Montreux, on April 12th, 1937. The Governments enumerated below were represented at the Conference by the following delegations: union of south africa. *Delegates:* Dr. Stef anus François Naudé Gie, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary in Berlin; Mr. Harry Thomson Andrews, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations. *Secretary:* Mr. R. Jones, Vice Consul at Hamburg; united states of america. *Delegate:* Mr. Bert Fish, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, at Cairo; *Experts:* Mr. Paul H. Alling, Assistant-Chief, Division of Near Eastern Affairs, Department of State; Mr. Francis Colt de Wolf, Treaty Division, Department of State; australia. *Delegate:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; belgium. *Delegates:* M. P. Forthomme, former Minister of the Crown, Envoy Extra-ordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, *President oj the Delegation;* M. J. Wathelet, Honorary Royal Counsellor of the Egyptian Government; M. G. Delcoigne, Secretary of Legation; M. A. Herment, Assistant-Director in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; 53 Stat. 1690 royaument-uni de grande-bretagne et d’irlande du nord *Délégués:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P., Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat parlementaire aux Affaires étrangères, Secrétaire parlementaire au Board of Trade, Secrétaire du Département du Commerce d’outremer; *Secrétaire privé:* M. Patrick Munro, M. P., Secrétaire parlementaire privé du Capitaine Wallace; M. David Victor Kelly, C. M. G., M. C., Conseiller à l’Ambassade de Sa Majesté Britannique au Caire; M. William Eric Beckett, C. M. G., Deuxième Conseiller juridique au Foreign Office; *Secrétaire général:* M. J. S. Sômers Cocks; danemark *Délégués:* M. Niels Peter Arnstedt, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire au Caire, *Président de la Délégation;* M. Niels Vilhelm Boeg, Conseiller à la Cour d’Appel de Copenhague, ancien Juge près les Tribunaux de la Réforme en Egypte, ancien Président du Tribunal arbitral mixte turcogrec; égypte *Délégués:* Moustapha El-Nahas Pacha, Président du Conseil des Ministres, Ministre de l’intérieur et de l’Hygiène publique; DrAhmed Maher, Président de la Chambre des Députés; Wacyf Boutros Ghali Pacha, Ministre des Affaires étrangères; Makram Ebeid Pacha, Ministre des Finances; Abdel Hamid Badaoui Pacha, Président du Comité du Contentieux de l’Etat; *Conseillers techniques:* M. E. F. W. Besly, Secrétaire légal du Conseiller judiciaire; M. Maurice Jacquet, Conseiller royal; *Secrétaire général:* Georges Dumani Bey, Contrôleur général du Bureau politique européen; *Secrétaire généraladjoint:* Mohamed Salah Eddine Bey, Secrétaire généraladjoint du Conseil des Ministres; *Secrétaires techniques:* A. Assabghy Bey, Chef du Parquet du Tribunal mixte du Caire; M. J. Feldman, Substitut au Contentieux de l’Etat; M. H. Bahgat Badaoui, Substitut au Contentieux de l’Etat; M. L. Dichy, Secrétaire du Conseil économique; 53 Stat. 1691 united kingdom of great britain and northern ireland. *Delegates:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P., a Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, a Parliamentaiy Secretary to the Board of Trade, Secretary of the Department of Overseas Trade; *Private Secretary:* Mr. Patrick Munro, M. P. (Private Parliamentary Secretary to Captain Wallace); Mr. David Victor Kelly, C. M. G., M. C., Counsellor in His Britannic Majesty’s Embassy at Cairo; Mr. William Eric Beckett, C. M. G.f Second Legal Adviser to the Foreign Office; *Secretary-General:* Mr. J. S. SÔMERS Cocks; denmark. *Delegates:* M. Niels Peter Arnstedt, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, at Cairo, *President of the Delegation;* M. Niels Vilhelm Boeg, Member of the Court of Appeal at Copenhagen, former Judge of the Mixed Tribunals in Egypt, former President of the Mixed GrecoTurkish Arbitration Tribunal; egypt. *Delegates:* Mustapha El-Nahas Pasha, President of the Council of Ministers, Minister of the Interior and of Public Health; Dr. Ahmed Maher, President of the Chamber of Deputies; Wacyf Boutros Ghali Pasha, Minister for Foreign Affairs; Makram Ebeid Pasha, Minister of Finance; Abdel Hamid Badaoui Pasha, President of the *Comité du Contentieux de l’Etat;* *Technical advisers:* Mr. E. F. W. Besly, Legal Secretary to the Judicial Adviser; M. Maurice Jacquet, Royal Counsellor; *Secretary-General:* Georges Dumani Bey, Controller-General of the European Political Bureau; *Deputy Secretary-General:* Mohamed Salah Eddins Bey, Deputy Secretary-General of the Council of Ministers; *Technical Secretaries:* A. Absabghy Bey, Head of the Parquet of the Mixed Tribunal at Cairo; M. J. Feldman, *Substitut au Contentieux de l’Etat;* M. H. Bahgat Badaoui, *Substitut au Contentieux de l’Etat;* M. L. Dichy, Secretary of the Economie Council. 53 Stat. 1692 *Secrétaires:* M. Fouad El Pharaony, Attaché à la Légation Royale d’Egypte à Paris; M. Aram Stephan, Attaché à la Légation Royale d’Egypte à Paris; espagne *Délégués:* M. Antonio Fabra Ribas, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire à Berne; M. le Dr Mariano Gomez, Président de la Cour Suprême de Justice, ancien Recteur de l’Université de Valence; M. Benito Pabon, Président de la Commission Consultative Juridique; *Secrétaire:* M. Rafael Tolsa; france *Délégués:* M. François de Tessan, Député, Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat à la Présidence du Conseil; M. Max Hymans, Député, ancien Président de la Commission des douanes et des Conventions commerciales; *Déléguésadjoints:* M. Jean Pozzi, Ministre plénipotentiaire; M. Ernest Lagarde, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Sous-Directeur d’AfriqueLevant; M. Paul Charguéraud, Conseiller juridique du Ministère des Affaires étrangères; *Conseiller:* M. Maurice Linant de Bellefonds, ancien Conseiller royal du Gouvernement égyptien; *Secrétaire général:* M. Roger Garreau, Conseiller d’Ambassade; *Secrétaires:* M. Roger Robert du Gardier, Secrétaire d’Ambassade, *Secrétaire généraladjoint;* M. Albert Chambon, Secrétaire interprète d’Extrême-Orient; M. Henri Bradier, Attaché au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; *Experts:* M. Jean Cabouat, Chef de cabinet du Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat à la Présidence du Conseil; M. Raoul Aghïon, Conseiller du commerce extérieur de la France; 53 Stat. 1693 *Secretaries:* M. Fouad El Pharaony, Attaché in the Royal Egyptian Legation in Paris; M. Aram Stephan, Attaché in the Royal Egyptian Legation in Paris; spain. *Delegates:* M. Antonio Fabha Ribas, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Berne; Dr. Mariano Gomez, President of the Supreme Court of Justice, former Rector of the University of Valencia; M. Benito Pabon, President of the Legal Advisoiy Committee; *Secretary:* M. Rafael Tolsa; france. *Delegates:* M. François de Tessan, Deputy, Under-Secretary of State in the Department of the President of the Council; M. Max Hymans, Deputy, former President of the Commission for Customs and Commeicial Conventions; *Deputy-delegates:* M. Jean Pozzi, Minister Plenipotentiary; M. Ernest Lagarde, Minister Plenipotentiary, *Sous-Directeur d’ Ajrique-Levant;* M. Paul Charguéraud, Legal Adviser to the Ministry of Foreign Aftairs; *Adviser:* M. Maurice Linant de Bellefonds, former Royal Counsellor of the Egyptian Government; *Secretary-General:* M. Roger Garreau, Counsellor of Embassy; *Secretaries:* M. Roger Robert du Gaudier, Secretary of Embassy, *Deputy Secretary-General;* M. Albert Chambon, Far-Eastern Secretary-Interpreter; M. Henri Bradier, Attaché in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; *Experts:* M. Jean Cabouat, *CheJ de Cabinet* of the Under-Secretary of State in the Department of the President of the Council; M. Raoul Aghion, Adviser on French Foreign Trade; 53 Stat. 1694 greèce *Délégués:* M. Nicolas Politis, Ministre de Grèce à Paris, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères, *Président de la Délégation;* M. Georges Roussos, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères; M. Constantin Vryakos, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, ancien Ministre de la Justice; M. Constantin Sakellaropoulo, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur des Affaires politiques au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; *Secrétaire général:* M. Michel Mêlas, Premier Secrétaire de Légation; inde *Délégué:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; état libre d’irlande *Délégué:* F. T. Chemins, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; italie *Délégués:* Le Comte Luigi Aldrovandi Marescotti di Viano, Ambassadeur de Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d’Ethiopie, *Président de la Délégation;* M. Salvatore Messina, Président de Section à la Cour de Cassation; M. Piero Parini, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur général des Italiens à l’étranger; M. Pellegrino Ghigi, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Empereur d'Ethiopie, au Caire; *Secrétaire général:* Le Comte Vittorio Zoppi, Conseiller de Légation; *Experts:* M. Alberto d’AGOBTiNO, Directeur général au SousSecrétariat d’Etat pour les échanges et les devises; M. Leopold© Piccabdi, Conseiller d’Etat; M. Alberto Calisse, Sous-Directeur pour les Affaires commerciales au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; M. Gaetano Morelli, Professeur de Droit international; *Secrétaires:* M. Giacomo Profili; M. Mario Piroddi; 53 Stat. 1695 greece. *Delegates:* M. Nicolas Politis, Greek Minister in Paris, former Minister for Foreign Affairs, *President of the Delegation;* M. Georges Roussos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, former Minister for Foreign Affairs; M. Constantin Vryakos, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, former Minister of Justice; M. Constantin Sakellaropoulo, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, Director of Political Affairs in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; *Secretary-General:* M. Michel Mêlas, First Secretary of Legation; india. *Delegate:* Captain the Right Honourable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; irish free state. *Delegate:* Mr. F. T. Chemins, Permanent Delegate to the League of Nations; italy. *Delegates:* Count Luigi Adlrovandi Marescotti di Viano, Ambassador of His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperor of Ethiopia, *President *of *the Delegation;* M. Salvatore Messina, President of Section in the Court of Cassation; M. Piero Parini, Minister Plenipotentiary, Director-General of Italians abroad; M. Pellegrino Ghiqi, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Italy, Emperor of Ethiopia, at Cairo; *Secretary-General:* Count Vittorio Zoppi, Counsellor of Legation; *Experts:* M. Alberto d’Agostino, Director-General in the Department of the Under-Secretary of State, for Trade and Exchange; M. Leopoldo Piccardi, Counsellor of State; M. Alberto Calisse, Assistant Director of Commercial Affairs in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; M. Gaetano Morelli, Professor of International Law; *Secretaries:* M. Giacomo Profili; M. Mario Piroddi; 53 Stat. 1696 norvège *Délégué:* M. Michael Hansson, ancien Président de la Cour d’Appel mixte d’Egypte, Membre pour la Norvège de la Cour permanente d’arbitrage à La Haye, Président de l’Office International Nansen pour les réfugiés; *Expert technique:* Georges Coroni Bey, Directeur administratif de l’Office International Nansen, ancien Greffier en chef de la Cour d’Appel mixte d’Egypte; nouvellezélande *Delègue:* Le Très Honorable Capitaine David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; pays-bas *Délégués:* M. W. C. Beucker, Andreae, Chef de la Direction des Affaires juridiques au Ministère des Affaires étrangères; M. le Chevalier J. J. B. Bosch de Rosenthal, Chargé d’affaires en Egypte; Le Comte W. F. L. de Bylandt, Conseiller à la Légation des Pays-Bas à Paris; portugal *Délégué:* M. le Dr J. Caeiro Da Matta, ancien Ministre des Affaires étrangères, Professeur et Recteur de l’Université de Lisbonne; suède *Délégué:* M. K. K. F. Malmar, Directeur de la Division juridique du Ministère des Affaires étrangères. M. Th. Aghnides, Directeur de la Section du Désarmement au Secrétariat de la Société des Nations, a rempli les fonctions de Secrétaire général de la Conférence. Dans une série de réunions tenues du 12 avril au 8 mai 1937, où les Délégués précités ont été constamment animés du désir de réaliser les intentions de leurs Gouvernements d’établir, à la suite de leur accord au sujet de l’abolition du régime des Capitulations en Egypte, les bases de la plus confiante collaboration entre cette Puissance et les autres Hautes Parties contractantes, la Conférence a arrêté, pour être soumis à la signature des Plénipotentiaires, le texte des Convention, Règlement et Protocole et a pris connaissance et acte des Déclaration et Lettres, énumérés ciaprès et annexés au présent Acte final: I. Convention concernant l’abolition des Capitulations en Egypte. II. Règlement d’organisation judiciaire (*Annexe à la Convention*). III. Protocole. IV. Déclaration du Gouvernement royal égyptien. V. V. Lettres. 53 Stat. 1697 norway. *Delegate:* M. Michael Hansson, former President of the Egyptian Mixed Court of Appeal, Norwegian Member of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague, President of the Nansen International Office for Refugees; *Technical Expert:* Georges Coroni Bey, Administrative Director of the Nansen International Office, Former Chief Registrar of the Egyptian Mixed Court of Appeal; new zealand. *Delegate:* Captain the Right Honorable David Euan Wallace, M. C., M. P.; netherlands. *Delegates:* M. W. C. Beucker Andreae, Head of the Legal Section in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, The Hague; M. le Chevalier J. J. B. Bosch de Rosenthal, Chargé d’Affaires in Egypt; Count W. F. L. de Bylandt, Counsellor of the Netherlands Legation in Paris; portugal. *Delegate:* Dr. J. Caeiro da Matta, Former Minister for Foreign Affairs, Professor and Rector of the University of Lisbon; sweden. *Delegate:* M. K. K. F. Malmar, Director of the Legal Division at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. M. Th. Aghnides Director of the Disarmament Section of the Secretariat of the League of Nations, discharged the duties of Secretary-General of the Conference. In a series of meetings held from April 12th to May 8th 1937, throughout which the above-mentioned delegates were constantly animated by the desire to realise tbeir Governments’ intentions to establish, following upon their agreement regarding the abolition of the Capitulatory system in Egypt, the bases of the most confident collaboration between that Power and the other High Contracting Parties, the Conference drew up for signature by the Plenipotentiaries the text of the Convention, *Règlement* and Protocol and took cognizance and note of the Declaration and Letters enumerated hereunder and annexed to the present Final Act: I. Convention regarding the abolition of the Capitulations in Egypt. II. *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire* (Annex to the Convention). III. Protocol. IV. Declaration by the Royal Egyptian Government. V. Letters. 53 Stat. 1698 SignaturesEn foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires ont signé le présent Acte. Fait à Montreux, le huit mai mil neuf cent trentesept, en un seul exemplaire qui sera déposé dans les archives du Gouvernement royal égyptien et dont des copies certifiées conformes seront remises aux Gouvernements des Puissances signataires. *Le Président de la Conférence:* Moustapha El-Nahas *Le Secrétaire général de la Conférence:* Th. Aghnides 53 Stat. 1698 SignaturesIn faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Act. Done at Montreux, this eighth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Royal Egyptian Government and of which certified true copies shall be delivered to the Governments of the signatory Powers. *The President of the Conference:* Moustapha El-Nahas *The Secretary-General of the Conference: * Th. Aghnides UNION SUD-AFRICAINE UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA S. F. N. Gie H. T. Andrews ETATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Bert Fish AUSTRALIE AUSTRALIA David Euan Wallace BELGIQUE BELGIUM P. Forthomme GRANDE-BRETAGNE ET IRLANDE DU NORD GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND David Euan Wallace David Victor Kelly William Eric Beckett DANEMARK DENMARK N. P. Arnstedt N. V. Boeg EGYPTE EGYPT Moustapha El-Nahas A. Maher Wacyf Boutros Ghali Makram Ebeid A. Badaoui ESPAGNE SPAIN A. Fabra Ribas Mariano Gomez 53 Stat. 1699 FRANCE FRANCE F. de Tessan Hymans GRÈCE GREECE N. Politis G. Roussos C. Vryakos C. M. Sakellaropoulo INDE INDIA David Euan Wallace ETAT LIBRE DTRLANDE IRISH FREE STATE F. T. Cremins ITALIE ITALY L. Aldrovandi Salvatore Messina Piero Parini Ghigi NORVÈGE NORWAY Michaël Hansson NOUVELLE-ZÉLANDE NEW ZEALAND David Euan Wallace PAYS-BAS NETHERLANDS W. C. Beucker Andreae J. Bosch de Rosenthal W. de Bylandt PORTUGAL PORTUGAL Caeiro Da Matta SUÈDE SWEDEN Malmar 53 Stat. 1700 **Déclaration du Gouvernement Royal Égyptien** Les soussignés, agissant en vertu de leurs pleins pouvoirs, procèdent à la déclaration suivante: 1. Compétence des tribunaux mixtes. Le Gouvernement royal égyptien, se référant à l’article 25 alinéa premier du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire, a déjà décidé d’étendre par décret la compétence des tribunaux mixtes aux ressortissants des huit Etats suivants: Allemagne, Autriche, Hongrie, Pologne, Roumanie, Suisse, Tchécoslovaquie et Yougoslavie. 2. Règle de non discrimination. En ce qui concerne l’article 2 alinéa 2 de la Convention et le Protocole relatif à ce texte, le fait d’avoir limité à la durée de la période transitoire l’effet de la règle de non discrimination visée dans l’article 2 précité n’implique pas, de la part du Gouvernement royal égyptien, l’intention de suivre en cette matière, à la fin de ladite période, une politique opposée, de discrimination au détriment des étrangers. Le Gouvernement royal égyptien est d’ailleurs disposé à conclure des traités d’établissement et d’amitié avec les diverses Puissances. 3. Statut personnel. Ayant déjà spontanément adopté le principe de la personnalité des lois en matière de statut personnel, notamment dans les traités d’établissement conclus avec l’Iran et la Turquie, le Gouvernement royal égyptien entend suivre en cette matière à l’avenir le même principe. Quant aux règles de procédure que le Gouvernement royal égyptien se propose d’édicter en matière de statut personnel, elles seront appliquées sous réserve qu’une règle de fond de la loi nationale étrangère ne fasse pas obstacle à cette application. 4. Expulsion L’abolition des Capitulations entraînant la suppression de toutes les restrictions au droit du Gouvernement royal égyptien d’expulser les étrangers se trouvant sur le territoire de l’Egypte, il n’entre pas cependant dans les intentions de ce Gouvernement d’exercer, durant la période transitoire, son droit d’expulsion à l’égard d’un étranger justiciable des tribunaux mixtes qui aura résidé en Egypte pendant au moins cinq années, ni de lui refuser l’accès du territoire égyptien s’il l’a temporairement quitté, sauf dans l’un des cas suivants: *a*) s’il a été condamné pour un crime ou pour un délit punissable de plus de trois mois d’emprisonnement; 53 Stat. 1701 **Declaration by the Royal Egyptian Government** The undersigned, acting in virtue of their full powers, make the following declaration: 1. Competence of the Mixed Tribunals. With reference to Article 25, paragraph 1, of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire,* the Royal Egyptian Government has already decided to extend by decree the competence of the Mixed Tribunals to nationals of the following eight States: Austria, Czechoslovakia, Germany, Hungary, Poland, Roumanie, Switzerland, Yugoslavia. 2. Non-discrimination rule. With reference to Article 2, paragraph 2, of the Convention and the Protocol relating thereto, the fact that the effect of the nondiscrimination rule referred to in the above-mentioned Article 2 is limited to the duration of the transition period, does not imply any intention on the part of the Royal Egyptian Government to pursue thereafter in this matter any contrary policy of discrimination against foreigners. The Royal Egyptian Government is, moreover, prepared to conclude Establishment Treaties and Treaties of Friendship with the various Powers. 3. Personal status. The Royal Egyptian Government, having already, and more particularly in the Establishment Treaties which it has concluded with Iran and Turkey, spontaneously adopted the principle that, in matters of personal status, the personal law should apply, intends to adopt the same principle with regard thereto in the future. As regards the rules of procedure, which the Royal Egyptian Government intends to enact for cases of personal status, these will be applied provided that no substantive rule of the foreign national law prevents their application. 4. Deportation. Although the abolition of Capitulations entails the removal of all the existing restrictions on the Royal Egyptian Government’s right to deport foreigners who are within Egyptian territory, nevertheless that Government does not intend to exercise during the transition period its right of deportation in respect of a foreigner subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals, who shall have resided in Egypt for at least five years, or to refuse such a foreigner access to Egyptian territory, if he has temporarily quitted that territory, unless: *a*) he has been convicted in respect of a crime or misdemeanour punishable by more than three months’ imprisonment, or 53 Stat. 1702 *b*) s’il s’est rendu coupable d’activités de nature subversive ou portant atteinte à l’ordre public ou à la tranquillité, la morale ou la santé publiques; *c*) s’il est indigent et à la charge de l’Etat. Le Gouvernement royal égyptien se propose en outre d’instituer une commission administrative consultative dont fera partie le Procureur général près les tribunaux mixtes, en vue de faire examiner par elle, le cas échéant, les contestations au sujet soit de l’identité ou de la nationalité de la personne dont l’expulsion est envisagée, soit de la durée de son séjour en Egypte, soit de l’existence des faits sur lesquels l’expulsion est basée. 5. Extradition. Conformément à la pratique généralement adoptée en matière d’extradition, le Gouvernement royal égyptien a l’intention d’adopter en cette matière la procédure judiciaire. Les tribunaux mixtes auront donc à se prononcer sur la vérification de la régularité de la demande d’extradition, lorsqu’elle concernera un étranger justiciable de ces tribunaux. 6. Clause attributive de compétence. Se référant à l’article 26 du Règlement d’organisation judiciaire, le Gouvernement royal égyptien n’a pas l’intention d’insérer dans les contrats du gouvernement (y compris les contrats des administrations publiques et des municipalités) de clause attributive de compétence juridictionnelle. 7. Magistrats, fonctionnaires et barreau. Il n’entre pas dans les intentions du Gouvernement royal égyptien de modifier les conditions de service ou les traitements actuels des magistrats des tribunaux mixtes. De même, le Gouvernement n’a pas l’intention de modifier les traitements actuels des fonctionnaires et employés desdits tribunaux. R examinera avec bienveillance à l’occasion de l’établissement du nouveau cadre actuellement à l’étude la situation desdits fonctionnaires et employés au point de vue des classes et conditions d’augmentation ou de promotion. 53 Stat. 1703 *b*) he has been guilty of activities of a subversive nature or to the prejudice of public order or public tranquillity, morality or health, or *c*) he is indigent and a burden upon the State. The Royal Egyptian Government further proposes to set up an administrative advisory committee, of which the Procurator General of the Mixed Tribunals shall be a member, for the purpose of examining any disputes on the subject of the identity or the nationality of the person whose deportation is under consideration, or of the length of his residence in Egypt, or of the existence of the facts which constitute the grounds for deportation. 5. Extradition. In conformity with the practice generally adopted in regard to extradition, the Royal Egyptian Government intends to adopt judicial procedure in this matter. It will therefore be necessary for the Mixed Tribunals to pronounce upon the regularity of the request for extradition when such request relates to a foreigner within the jurisdiction of the said Tribunals. 6. Clause relating to the jurisdiction to which disputes should be submitted. With reference to Article 26 of the *Règlement d’organisation judiciaire,* the Royal Egyptian Government does not intend to insert in Government contracts (including contracts made by public administrations and municipalities) any clause relating to the jurisdiction to which disputes should be submitted. 7. Judges, officials and members of the Bar. The Royal Egyptian Government does not intend to alter either the existing conditions of service or the present salaries of judges of the Mixed Tribunals. Similarly, the Government does not intend to alter the present salaries of officials and employees of the said Tribunals. It will give sympathetic consideration to their treatment in respect of grading, rules for increase of salary and promotion, when the new cadre now being considered is introduced. 53 Stat. 1704 Le cas de ceux de ces fonctionnaires et employés qui seraient licenciés à la fin de la période transitoire fera l’objet d’un examen particulier en tenant compte des circonstances propres à chaque cas. Si ces circonstances le justifient, certains avantages pourront être accordés au point de vue de la pension ou de l’indemnité. Le Gouvernement a l’intention, quant aux pensions des magistrats, fonctionnaires et employés étrangers, d’éviter la double imposition. En ce qui concerne, en outre, les avocats inscrits au barreau mixte, le Gouvernement se propose de prendre les mesures nécessaires pour leur permettre d’obtenir sans condition, à la fin de la période transitoire, leur inscription avec leur rang d’ancienneté au tableau de l’ordre des avocats près les tribunaux nationaux. Fait à Montreux, le huit mai mil neuf cent trente sept. 53 Stat. 1704 The case of any such officials and employees who may be retired at the end of the transition period will receive special consideration, the circumstances peculiar to each individual being taken into account. Should such circumstances justify it, certain advantages may be granted in the matter of the pension or compensation to be paid. As regards the pensions of foreign judges, officials and employees, the Government intends to ensure that they are not prejudiced by double taxation. Furthermore, in the case of advocates admitted to practise at the Mixed Bar the Egyptian Government intends to take the necessary measures to enable such advocates, at the end of the transition period, to obtain unconditionally the inscription of their names and the recognition of their professional seniority on the roll of the Order of Advocates practising in the National Tribunals. Done at Montreux on May 8th, 1937. Moustapha El-Nahas A. Maher Wacyf Boutros Ghali Marram Ebeid A. Badaoui 53 Stat. 1705 **Letters Relating to Educational, Medical, and Charitable Institutions (Associations or Foundations)** *a) * *Letter from the President of the Egyptian Delegation to the President of the Delegation of the United States of America.* Montreux, *May 8th 1987.* Sir, As Your Excellency has expressed a desire to receive detailed information concerning the situation of the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of the United States of America in Egypt, I have the honour to state that the Royal Egyptian Government is prepared to assure you that pending the conclusion of a subsequent agreement or, in any case until the end of the transition period, all the above-mentioned institutions, actually existing in the country at the date of the Convention signed this day, may continue freely to carry on their activities in Egypt, whether educational, scientific, medical or charitable, subject to the following conditions:
(1)They shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals and shall be subject to Egyptian laws and regulations, including fiscal laws, under the same conditions as similar Egyptian institutions, and also to all measures necessary for the preservation of public order in Egypt.
(2)They shall retain their legal status and shall, as regards their organisation and operation, be governed by their charters or other instruments under which they were created and also in the case of educational institutions, by their own curricula.
(3)They may, without prejudice to the laws relating to expropriation for purposes of public utility, possess the movable and immovable property necessary to enable them to attain their objects, and may administer and dispose of their property for these purposes.
(4)They may continue to employ their existing staff and may also, each within the scope of its organisation, employ either Egyptians or foreigners, whether established in Egypt or elsewhere, without prejudice in all cases to the application of the Egyptian laws which are now applicable to them or to the Egyptian Government’s general right of control over the entry of foreigners into Egypt. Furthermore, within the limits of the customs recognised in Egypt regarding religions other than the State religion, freedom of worship shall continue to be assured to all religious institutions of the United States of America on condition that there is no offence against public order or morals. 53 Stat. 1706 A list of the institutions referred to in this letter shall be drawn up as soon as possible in agreement between the Egyptian Government and the Government of the United States of America. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant. Moustapha El-Nahas *President of the Egyptian Delegation.* *Reply by the President of the Delegation of the United States of America to the President of the Egyptian Delegation.* Montreux, *May 8th, 1937. * Sir, I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s letter bearing to-day’s date. I welcome the assurances which it contains with regard to the régime to be enjoyed henceforth by the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of the United States of America in Egypt. I have great pleasure in thanking Your Excellency. I do not doubt, moreover, that Egypt, which has always shown a sympathetic interest in such undertakings and has given proof of the most liberal spirit of unterstanding in regard to them, will continue to assist them in carrying on the very valuable work which they have always performed to the mutual profit of our two countries. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant. Moustapha Bert Fish *President of the Delegation of the United States of America.* *b) * *Letter from the President of the Egyptian Delegation to the President of the Delegation of the United Kingdom.* Montreux, *May 8th, 1937.* Sir, As Your Excellency has expressed a desire to receive detailed information concerning the situation of the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of the United Kingdom in Egypt, I have the honour to state that the Royal Egyptian Government is prepared to assure you that pending the conclusion of a subsequent agreement or, in any case until the end of the transition period, all the above-mentioned institutions, actually existing in the country at the date of the Convention signed this day, may continue freely to carry on their activities in Egypt, whether educational, scientific, medical or charitable, subject to the following conditions;
(1)They shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals and shall be subject to Egyptian laws and regulations, including fiscal 53 Stat. 1707laws, under the same conditions as similar Egyptian institutions, and also to all measures necessary for the preservation of public order in Egypt.
(2)They shall retain their legal status and shall, as regards their organisation and operation, be governed by their charters or other instruments under which they were created and also in the case of educational institutions, by their own curricula.
(3)They may, without prejudice to the laws relating to expropriation for purposes of public utility, possess the movable and immovable property necessary to enable them to attain their objects, and may administer and dispose of their property for these purposes.
(4)They may continue to employ their existing staff and may also, each within the scope of its organisation, employ either Egyptians or foreigners, whether established in Egypt or elsewhere, without prejudice in all cases to the application of the Egyptian laws which are now applicable to them or to the Royal Egyptian Government’s general right of control over the entry of foreigners into Egypt. Furthermore, within the limits of the customs recognised in Egypt regarding religions other than the State religion, freedom of worship shall continue to be assured to all religious institutions of the United Kingdom on condition that there is no offence against public order or morals. A list of the institutions referred to in this letter shall be drawn up as soon as possible in agreement between the Egyptian Government and the Government of the United Kingdom. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Moustapha El-Nahas *President of the Egyptian Delegation.* *Reply by the President of the Delegation of the United Kingdom to the President of the Egyptian Delegation.* Montreux, *May 8th, 1937.* Sir, I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s letter of to-day’s date. It is with pleasure that I note the assurances contained therein on the subject of the régime which will in future govern the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of the United Kingdom in Egypt. I thank Your Excellency for these assurances which are received with much satisfaction. I do not doubt moreover that Egypt, which has always shown a benevolent interest in the work of these institutions and has given proof of the most liberal spirit of understanding towards them, will continue to facilitate the useful activities which they have always exercised to the mutual profit of our two countries. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Euan Wallace *President of the Delegation of the United Kingdom.* 53 Stat. 1708 *c) * *Lettre du Président de la délégation égyptienne au Président de la délégation espagnole.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937.* Monsieur le Président, J'ai l’honneur de déclarer que les institutions relevant de l’Espagne en Egypte feront l’objet, de la part du Gouvernement égyptien, du même traitement que celui qui est indiqué dans la lettre adressée au Président de la délégation du Royaume-Uni en ce qui concerne les institutions similaires du Royaume-Uni et aux mêmes conditions. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Président, les assurances de ma haute considération. Moustapha El-Nahas, *Président de la délégation égyptienne.* [Translation] *c) Letter from the President of the Egyptian delegation to the President of the Spanish delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937. * Mr. President: I have the honor to declare that the institutions of Spain in Egypt will be subject on the part of the Egyptian Government to the same treatment as that which is indicated in the letter addressed to the president of the delegation of the United Kingdom as regards the similar institutions of the United Kingdom, and under the same conditions. Please accept, Mr. President, the assurances of my high consideration. Moustapha El-Nahas, *President of the Egyptian delegation.* *Réponse du Président de la délégation espagnole au Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937. * Monsieur le Président, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de la lettre suivante qu’Elle a bien voulu m’adresser en date d’aujourd’hui: ((J’ai l’honneur de déclarer que les institutions relevant de l’Espagne en Egypte feront l’objet, de la part du Gouvernement égyptien, du même traitement que celui qui est indiqué dans la lettre adressée au Président de la délégation du Royaume-Uni en ce qui concerne les institutions similaires du Royaume-Uni et aux mêmes conditions.)) En remerciant Votre Excellence de cette obligeante communication dont je prends acte au nom de mon Gouvernement, je saisis cette occasion pour réitérer à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma haute considération. A. Fabra Ribas, *Président de la délégation espagnole.* 53 Stat. 1709 [Translation] *Reply of the President of the Spanish delegation to the President of the Egyptian delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937. * Mr. President: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt from Your Excellency of the following letter which you were good enough to address to me today: ‘‘I have the honor to declare that the institutions of Spain in Egypt will be subject on the part of the Egyptian Government to the same treatment as that which is indicated in the letter addressed to the president of the delegation of the United Kingdom as regards the similar institutions of the United Kingdom, and under the same conditions.” In thanking Your Excellency for this kind communication which I acknowledge in the name of my Government, I avail myself of this occasion to repeat to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. A. Fabra Ribas, *President of the Spanish delegation.* *d) * *Lettre du Président de la délégation égyptienne au Président de la délégation française.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937.* Monsieur le Président, Votre Excellence ayant exprimé le désir de recevoir des .précisions en ce qui concerne la situation en Egypte des établissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance relevant de la France, j’ai l’honneur de déclarer que le Gouvernement royal égyptien est disposé à reconnaître que les établissements précités existant à la date de la Convention signée ce jour et mentionnés dans la liste ciannexée, pourront, jusqu’à la conclusion d’un accord ultérieur et, éventuellement, durant la période transitoire, continuer à exercer librement leur activité, qu’elle ait un objet pédagogique ou scientifique, d’hospitalisation ou d’assistance, en Egypte, aux conditions suivantes: 1° Ils seront justiciables des tribunaux mixtes et soumis aux lois et règlements égyptiens, y compris les lois fiscales, dans les mêmes conditions que les établissements similaires égyptiens, ainsi qu’à toute mesure qu’exigerait l’observation de l’ordre public égyptien. 2° Us garderont leur capacité légale et seront régis, au point de vue de leur organisation et de leur fonctionnement, par leurs actes constitutifs ou par leur statut propre ainsi que, pour ce qui concerne les établissements scolaires, par leurs programmes d’enseignement. 3° Iis pourront, sans préjudice des lois d’expropriation pour cause d’utilité publique, posséder les biens meubles et immeubles qui leur permettent de réaliser leurs fins, les gérer et en disposer en vue également de ces fins. 53 Stat. 1710 4° Ils pourront continuer à employer leur personnel actuel, de même qu’ils pourront employer, dans les limites de leur organisation, soit des Egyptiens soit des étrangers établis ou non en Egypte, sans préjudice, dans tous les cas, des lois égyptiennes actuellement applicables et du droit général de contrôle du Gouvernement royal égyptien sur l’entrée des étrangers en Egypte. D'autre part, dans les limites des usages établis en Egypte pour les religions autres que la religion d’Etat, la libre pratique du culte continuera à être assurée aux établissements religieux relevant de la France à la condition qu’il ne soit pas porté atteinte à l’ordre public et aux bonnes mœurs. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Président, les assurances de ma haute considération. Moustapha El-Nahas *Président de la, délégation égyptienne.* Annexe La liste à arrêter d’un commun accord entre le Gouvernement français et le Gouvernement égyptien comprendra notamment: 1° Institut français d’archéologie orientale. 2° Ecole française de droit du Caire. 3° Etablissements de la Mission laïque française. 4° Etablissements d’enseignement appartenant à des congrégations religieuses. 5° Cours de l’Alliance française et autres organisations d’enseignement. 6° Couvents et séminaires. 7° Institutions paroissiales, épiscopales et patriarcales. 8° Hôpitaux, asiles, dispensaires et crèches. [Translation] *d) Letter from the President of the Egyptian delegation to the President of the French delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937. * Mr. President: Your Excellency, having expressed the desire to receive detailed information concerning the situation of the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of France in Egypt, I have the honor to state that the Royal Egyptian Government is prepared to assure you that pending the conclusion of a subsequent agreement or, in any case until the end of the transition period, all the above-mentioned institutions existing in the countiy at the date of the Convention signed this day, and mentioned in the list annexed hereto, may continue freely to carry on their activities in Egypt, whether educational, scientific, medical or charitable, subject to the following conditions: 1. They shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals and shall be subject to Egyptian laws and regulations, including 53 Stat. 1711fiscal laws, under the same conditions as similar Egyptian institutions, and also to all measures necessary for the preservation of public order in Egypt. 2. They shall retain their legal status and shall, as regards their organization and operation, be governed by their charters or by their own by-laws and also in the case of educational institutions by their own curricula. 3. They may, without prejudice to the laws relating to expropriation for purposes of public utility, possess the movable and immovable property necessary to enable them to attain their objects, and may administer and dispose of their property for these purposes. 4. They may continue to employ their existing staff and may also, within the scope of their organization, employ either Egyptians or foreigners, whether established in Egypt or not, without prejudice in all cases to the application of the Egyptian laws which are now applicable to them or to the Egyptian Government’s general right of supervision over the entry of foreigners into Egypt. Furthermore within the limits of the customs established in Egypt regarding religions other than the state religion, freedom of worship shall continue to be assured to the religious institutions of France on condition that there is no offense against public order or good morals. Please accept, Mr. President, the assurances of my high consideration. Moustapha El-Nahas *President of the Egyptian delegation.* Annex The list to be drawn up by common agreement between the French Government and the Egyptian Government shall include in particular: 1. French Institute of Oriental Archaeology. 2. French Law School at Cairo. 3. Establishments of the French lay mission. 4. Educational institutions belonging to religious congregations. 5. Courses of I’Alliance Française and other educational organizations. 6. Convents and seminaries. 7. Parish, episcopal and patriarchal institutions. 8. Hospitals, asylums, dispensaries, and crèches. *Réponse du Président de la délégation française au Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937. * Monsieur le Président, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa lettre en date de ce jour. Il m’est bien agréable d’y trouver des assurances au sujet du régime dont bénéficieront désormais en Egypte les éstablissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance qui relèvent de la France. 53 Stat. 1712 C’est avec satisfaction que j’en remercie Votre Excellence. Je ne doute d’ailleurs pas que l’Egypte, qui a toujours marqué un intérêt bienveillant à ces œuvres et fait preuve, à leur égard, du plus libéral esprit de compréhension, ne veuille continuer à leur faciliter l’activité si heureuse qu’elles n’ont cessé de déployer au profit mutuel de nos deux pays. Je saisis cette occasion pour renouveler à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma haute considération. F. de Tessan *Président de la délégation française.* [Translation] *Reply from the President of the French delegation to the President of the Egyptian delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937.* Mr. President: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency's letter bearing to-day’s date. I welcome the assurances which it contains with regard to the régime to be enjoyed henceforth by the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of France in Egypt. I have great pleasure in thanking Your Excellency. I do not doubt, moreover, that Egypt, which has always shown a sympathetic interest in such undertakings and has given proof of the most liberal spirit of understanding in regard to them, will continue to assist them in carrying on the very valuable work which they have always performed to the mutual profit of our two countries. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. F. de Tessan, *President of the French delegation.* *d) * *Lettre du Président de la délégation égyptienne au Président de la délégation hellénique.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937. * Monsieur le Président, Votre Excellence ayant exprimé le désir de recevoir des précisions en ce qui concerne la situation en Egypte des établissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance relevant de la Grèce, j’ai l’honneur de déclarer que le Gouvernement royal égyptien est disposé à reconnaître que les établissements précités existant à la date de la Convention signée ce jour etmentionnés dans la liste ciannexée, pourront, jusqu’à la conclusion d’un accord ultérieur et, éventuellement, durant la période transitoire, continuer à exercer librement leur activité, qu’elle ait un objet pédagogique ou scientifique, d’hospitalisation ou d’assistance, en Egypte, aux conditions suivantes: 1° Us seront justiciables des tribunaux mixtes et soumis aux lois et règlements égyptiens, y compris les lois fiscales, dans les mêmes 53 Stat. 1713conditions que les établissements similaires égyptiens, ainsi qu’à toute mesure qu’exigerait l’observation de l’ordre public égyptien. 2° Ils garderont leur capacité légale et seront régis, au point de vue de leur organisation et de leur fonctionnement, par leurs actes constitutifs ou par leur statut propre ainsi que, pour ce qui concerne les établissements scolaires, par leurs programmes d’enseignement. 3° Ils pourront, sans préjudice des lois d’expropriation pour cause d’utilité publique, posséder les biens meubles et immeubles qui leur permettent de réaliser leurs fins, les gérer et en disposer en vue également de ces fins. 4° Us pourront continuer à employer leur personnel actuel, de même qu’ils pourront employer, dans les limites de leur organisation, soit des Egyptiens soit des étrangers établis ou non en Egypte, sans préjudice, dans tous les cas, des lois égyptiennes actuellement applicables et du droit général de contrôle du Gouvernement égyptien sur l’entrée des étrangers en Egypte. D’autre part, dans les limites des usages établis en Egypte pour les religions autres que la religion d’Etat, la libre pratique du culte continuera à être assurée aux établissements religieux relevant de la Grèce à la condition qu’il ne soit pas porté atteinte à l’ordre public et aux bonnes mœurs. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Président, les assurances de ma haute considération. Moustapha El-Nahas, *Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Annexe Cette liste a un caractère provisoire et est destinée à être remplacée par une liste définitive établie d'un commun accord. i. associations de drout privé dénommées (( communautés helléniques )). 1° *Alexandrie.* L’association possède et gère: onze écoles (primaires et secondaires, classiques et commerciales) soit de filles soit de garçons; *b)* cinq églises; c) un cimetière; *d)* un asile de vieillards; *e)* un hôpital; *f)* une cuisine populaire. 2° *Le Caire.* L’association du Caire possède et gère: *a)* une école complète de filles, une école primaire de garçons et une école primaire de filles; *b)* deux églises; *c)* un hôpital. — Il est à noter, en outre, que la colonie hellène de cette circonscription est intéressée de manière très importante à la Fondation (( Abet)) et participe à son administration. 3° *Mansourah.* L’association possède et gère une école primaire et une école secondaire, une église et un cimetière. 4° *Assouan.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 5° *Benha.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 6° *Béni Suef.* L’association possède et gère une église, un cimetière avec chapelle et une école élémentaire. 53 Stat. 1714 7° *Assiout.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 8° *Damanhour.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 9° *Zagazig.* L’association possède et gère une église, une école primaire, une école secondaire, un cimetière avec chapelle. 10° *Zifteh.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 11° *Zeitoun.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 12° *Héliopalis.* L’association possède et gère une école primaire. 13° *Ismailieh.* L’association possède et gère deux églises et une école primaire. 14° *Kafr el Zayat.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 15° *Kant ara.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 16° *Minieh.* L’association de Minieh possède et gère une église, une école primaire, un cimetière avec chapelle. 17° *Minet el Gamh.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 18° *Marsa Matrouh.* L’association possède et gère une église, une chapelle et une école primaire. 19° *Mehallet el Kébir.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire logée dans un immeuble, propriété du Gouvernement hellénique. 20° *Mit Ghamr.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 21° *Port-Saïd.* L’association possède et gère deux églises, une école primaire et une école supérieure à PortSaïd et également une école primaire et une école supérieure à PortFouad. 22° *Shibin el Qom.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 23° *Ibrahimieh* (faubourg d’Alexandrie). L’association possède et gère une école primaire de garçons, une école primaire de filles et deux églises. 24° *Suez.* L’association possède et gère deux églises, une école primaire et une école supérieure à Suez; elle possède et gère aussi à PortTewfik une école primaire, une école supérieure et une église. 25° *Tantah.* L’association possède et gère une église, un cimetière avec chapelle, une école primaire et une école secondaire. 26° *Facous.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 27° *Fayoum.* L’association possède et gère deux églises et une école primaire. 28° *Helouan.* L’association possède et gère une église et une école primaire. 29° *Kafr el Daouar.* L’association possède et gère une chapelle. Nota.—Plusieurs de ces associations possèdent un cimetière. 53 Stat. 1715 ii. autres establissements (fondations ou associations). a) *Alexandrie.* 1° Association EschyleArion, laquelle possède et gère une école primaire et un orphelinat de garçons (Kaniskérion) avec une église. 2° Fondation Bénachion, orphelinat de jeunes filles avec église. 3° Union de dames hellènes ((Mana)) qui possède et gère une crèche et un orphelinat mixte. 4° Club nautique hellénique. 5° Hôpital Cotsicas, propriété du Gouvernement hellénique, géré par la ((Communauté hellénique d’Alexandrie)). 6° Ligue nationale des dames hellènes qui possède et gère l’asile ((Zerbinion)). 7° Association de bienfaisance ((Philoptochos)). 8° Association de bienfaisance ((Eleimosini)). 9° Association ((Les amis des vieillards)). 10° Association de jeunes filles ((Melissa)) (bienfaisance). 11° Association des anciens élèves des écoles de la Communauté hellénique d’Alexandrie. b) *Le Caire.* 1° Orphelinat pour garçons et filles sis à Héliopolis, fondation des époux G. Spétséropoulos, dénommé ((Spétseropoulion)). 2° Cuisine économique, fondation charitable. 3° Association de bienfaisance ((Philoptochos)). 4° Union philanthropique des dames hellènes. c) *Ibrahimieh.* 1° Fondation charitable (cuisine économique). 2° Association de bienfaisance ((Philoptochos)). Des associations charitables dénommées ((Philoptochos)) (amis des pauvres) existent également dans les localités suivantes: Zagazig, Tantah, Kafr el Zayat, Mansourah, PortSaïd, Ismailieh, Suez, Damanhour. Enfin, dans les localités de: 1° Deirut, 2° Tahtah, 3° Cherbin et 4° Belkas, il existe quatre chapelles du rite orthodoxe grec, fondées et entretenues par les Hellènes qui y habitent. En recevant de la délégation hellénique la liste ci-dessus, la délégation égyptienne a déclaré ne pouvoir y donner son assentiment avant d'en avoir fait l’examen détaillé auquel elle se réserve de procéder dès son retour en Egypte à l’effet de s’assurer *a*) qu’il n’y est compris aucun établissement reconnu comme national égyptien; *b*) que les établissements qui y sont énumérés rentrent dans les catégories convenues dans la lettre à laquelle la liste est annexée. M. N. 53 Stat. 1716 [Translation] *d) Letter from the President of the Egyptian delegation to the President of the Hellenic delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937. * Mr. President: Your Excellency, having expressed the desire to receive detailed information concerning the situation of the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of Greece in Egypt, I have the honor to state that the Royal Egyptian Government is prepared to assure you that pending the conclusion of a subsequent agreement or in any case until the end of the transition period all the above-mentioned institutions existing in the country at the date of the Convention signed this day, and mentioned in the list annexed hereto, may continue freely to carry on their activities in Egypt, whether educational, scientific, medical or charitable, subject to the following conditions: 1. They shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals and shall be subject to Egyptian laws and regulations, including fiscal laws, under the same conditions as similar Egyptian institutions, and also to all measures necessary for the preservation of public order in Egypt. 2. They shall retain their legal status and shall, as regards their organization and operation, be governed by their charters or by their own by-laws and also in the case of educational institutions by their own curricula. 3. They may, without prejudice to the laws relating to expropriation for purposes of public utility, possess the movable and immovable property necessary to enable them to attain their objects, and may administer and dispose of their property for these purposes. 4. They may continue to employ their existing staff and may also, within the scope of their organization, employ either Egyptians or foreigners, whether established in Egypt or not, without prejudice in all cases to the application of the Egyptian laws which are now applicable to them or to the Egyptian Government’s general right of supervision over the entry of foreigners into Egypt. Furthermore within the limits of the customs established in Egypt regarding religions other than the state religion, freedom of worship shall continue to be assured to the religious institutions of Greece on condition that there is no offense against public order or good morals. Please accept, Mr. President, the assurances of my high consideration. Moustapha El-Nahas, *President of the Egyptian delegation.* 53 Stat. 1717 Annex This list has a provisional character and is to be replaced by a definitive list drawn up by common agreement. i. associations of private law denominated “hellenic communities” 1. *Alexandria.* The association possesses and administers: eleven schools (primary and secondary, classical and commercial), whether for girls or for boys; (&) five churches;
(c)a cemeteiy;
(d)an old men’s home;
(e)a hospital; (/) people’s kitchen. 2. *Cairo.* The Cairo association possesses and administers:
(a)a complete school for girls, a primary school for boys and a primary school for girls;
(6)two churches;
(c)a hospital.—It is to be noted also that the Hellenic Colony of this district has a veiy important interest in the Abet Foundation, and takes part in its administration. 3. *Mansourah.* The association possesses and administers a primary school and a secondary school, a church and a cemetery. 4. *Assouan.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 5. *Benha.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 6. *Beni Suej.* The association possesses and administers a church, a cemetery with a chapel and an elementary school. 7. *Assiout.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 8. *Damanhour.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 9. *Zagazig.* The association possesses and administers a church, a primary school, a secondary school and a cemetery with chapel. 10. *Zifteh.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 11. *Zeitoun.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 12. *Heliopolis.* The association possesses and administers a primary school. 13. *IsmaUieh.* The association possesses and administers two churches and a primary school. 14. *Kafr el Zayat.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 15. *Kantara.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 16. *Minieh.* The association of Minieh possesses and administers a church, a primary school and a cemetery with chapel. 17. *Minet el Gamh.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 18. *Marsa Mairouh.* The association possesses and administers a church, a chapel and a primary school. 53 Stat. 1718 19. *Mehallet el Kebir.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school, situated in a building which is owned by the Hellenic Government. 20. *Mit Ghamr.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 21. *Port-Saïd.* The association possesses and administers two churches, a primary school and a superior school at PortSaïd and likewise a primary school and a superior school at PortFouad. 22. *Shibin el Qom.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 23. *Ibrahimieh.* (Suburb of Alexandria). The association possesses and administers a primary school for boys, a primary school for girls and two churches. 24. *Sues.* The association possesses and administers two churches, a primary school and a superior school at Suez; it possesses and administers also at PortTewfik a primary school, a superior school and a church. 25. *Tantah.* The association possesses and administers a church, a cemetery with chapel, a primary school and a secondary school. 26. *Facous.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 27. *Fayoum.* The association possesses and administers two churches and a primary school. 28. *Helouan.* The association possesses and administers a church and a primary school. 29. *Kafr el Daouar.* The association possesses and administers a chapel. Note.—Several of these associations possess a cemetery. ii. other establishments (foundations or associations) a) *Alexandria.* 1. The EschylusArion Association which possesses and administers a primary school and a boys’ orphanage (Kaniskerion) with a church. 2. Benachion Foundation, an orphanage for young girls (with church). 3. Union of Hellenic Ladies, “Mana”, which possesses and administers a crèche and a mixed orphanage. 4. Hellenic Nautical Club. 5. Cotsicas Hospital, property of the Hellenic Government, administered by the “Hellenic Community of Alexandria”. 6. National League of Hellenic Ladies which possesses and administers the asylum “Zerbinion”. 7. “Philoptochos” Charitable Association. 8. “Eleimosini” Charitable Association. 9. The association “Friends of the Old”. 10. The “Melissa” association of young girls (charity). 11. Association of former pupils of the schools of the Hellenic community of Alexandria. 53 Stat. 1719 b) *Cairo.* 1. Orphanage for boys and girls situated at Héliopolis, founded by the spouses, G. Spétséropoulos, denominated the “Spétseropoulion.” 2. Cheap kitchen, a charitable foundation. 3. “Philoptochos” charity association. 4. Philanthropic Union of Hellenic Ladies. c) *Ibrahimieh.* 1. The Charitable Foundation (cheap kitchen). 2. “Philoptochos” Charitable Association. Charitable associations called “Philoptochos” (friends of the poor) exist likewise in the following localities: Zagazig, Tantah, Kafr el Zayat, Mansourah, PortSaid, Ismailieh, Suez, Damanhour. Lastly, in the localities of: 1. Deirut; 2. Tahtah; 3. Cherbin, and 4. Belkas; there are four chapels of the Orthodox Greek rite, founded and maintained by the Hellenes who live there. In receiving from the Hellenic delegation the above list, the Egyptian delegation has declared that it could not give its assent thereto before having made the detailed examination which it reserves the right to make as soon as it returns to Egypt for the purpose of assuring itself: *a*) That there is included therein no establishment recognized as a national Egyptian one; *b*) That the establishments enumerated therein belong to the categories agreed upon in the letter to which it is annexed. M. N. *Réponse du Président de la délégation hellénique au Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937. * Monsieur le Président, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa lettre en date de ce jour. Il m'est bien agréable d’y trouver des assurances au sujet du régime dont bénéficieront désormais en Egypte les établissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance qui relèvent de la Grèce, C’est avec satisfaction que j'en remercie Votre Excellence. Je ne doute d’ailleurs pas que l’Egypte, qui a toujours marqué un intérêt bienveillant à ces œuvres et fait preuve, à leur égard, du plus libéral esprit de compréhension, ne veuille continuer à leur faciliter l’activité si heureuse qu’elles n’ont cessé de déployer au profit mutuel de nos deux pays. Je saisis cette occasion pour renouveler à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma haute considération. N. Politis *Président de la délégation hellénique.* 53 Stat. 1720 [Translation] *Reply of the President of the Hellenic delegation to the President of the Egyptian delegation.* Montreux, *May 8, 1937.* Mr. President: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s letter bearing to-day’s date. I welcome the assurances which it contains with regard to the régime to be enjoyed henceforth by the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of Greece in Egypt. I have great pleasure in thanking Your Excellency. I do not doubt, moreover, that Egypt, which has always shown a sympathetic interest in such undertakings and has given proof of the most liberal spirit of understanding in regard to them, will continue to assist them in carrying on the very valuable work which they have always performed to the mutual profit of our two countries. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. N. Politis, *President of the Hellenic delegation.* *e) * *Lettre du Président de la délégation égyptienne au Président de la délégation italienne.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937.* Monsieur le Président, Votre Excellence ayant exprimé le désir de recevoir des précisions en ce qui concerne la situation en Egypte des établissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance relevant de l’Italie, j’ai l’honneur de déclarer que le Gouvernement royal égyptien est disposé à reconnaître que les établissements précités existant à la date de la Convention signée ce jour et mentionnés dans la liste ciannexée pourront, jusqu’à la conclusion d’un accord ultérieur et, éventuellement, durant la période transitoire, continuer à exercer librement leur activité, qu’elle ait un objet pédagogique ou scientifique, d’hospitalisation ou d’assistance, en Egypte, aux conditions suivantes: 1° Us seront justiciables des tribunaux mixtes et soumis aux lois et règlements égyptiens, y compris les lois fiscales, dans les mêmes conditions que les établissements similaires égyptiens ainsi qu’à toute mesure qu’exigerait l’observation de l’ordre public égyptien. 2° Us garderont leur capacité légale et seront régis, au point de vue de leur organisation et de leur fonctionnement, par leurs actes constitutifs ou par leur statut propre ainsi que, pour ce qui concerne les établissements scolaires, par leurs programmes d’enseignement. 3° Ils pourront, sans préjudice des lois d’expropriation pour cause d’utilité publique, posséder les biens meubles et immeubles qui leur permettent de réaliser leurs fins, les gérer et en disposer en vue également de ces fins. 53 Stat. 1721 4° Us pourront continuer à employer leur personnel actuel, de même qu’ils pourront employer, dans les limites de leur organisation, soit des Egyptiens soit des étrangers établis ou non en Egypte, sans préjudice, dans tous les cas, des lois égyptiennes actuellement applicables et du droit général de contrôle du Gouvernement égyptien sur l’entrée des étrangers en Egypte. D’autre part, dans les limites des usages établis en Egypte pour les religions autres que la religion d’Etat, la libre pratique du culte continuera à être assurée aux établissements religieux relevant de l’Italie à la condition qu’il ne soit pas porté atteinte à l’ordre public et aux bonnes mœurs. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Président, les assurances de ma haute considération. Moustapha El-Nahas *Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Liste provisoire La liste définitive à arrêter d’un commun accord entre le Gouvernement italien et le Gouvernement égyptien comprendra notamment: 1° les ((Regie Scuole Italiane)); 2° les ((Scuole dell’Associazione Nazionale Italien Gens)) avec les immeubles destinés aux religieux qui les gèrent; 3° les hôpitaux, asiles et crèches; 3° les Oeuvres dépendantes du Fascio destinées à l’assistance pécuniaire ou spirituelle en tant qu’elles s’occupent d’assistance à l’exclusion d’autres activités. 5° les institutions épiscopales et paroissiales, couvents et séminaires. [Translation] *e) Letter from the President of the Egyptian delegation to the President of the Italian delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937.* Mr. President: Your Excellency, having expressed the desire to receive detailed information concerning the situation of the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of Italy in Egypt, I have the honor to state that the Royal Egyptian Government is prepared to assure you that pending the conclusion of a subsequent agreement or in any case until the end of the transition period all the above-mentioned institutions existing in the country at the date of the Convention signed this day, and mentioned in the list annexed hereto, may continue freely to carry on their activities in Egypt, whether educational, scientific, medical or charitable, subject to the following conditions: 1. They shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Mixed Tribunals and shall be subject to Egyptian laws and regulations, including fiscal laws, under the same conditions as similar Egyptian institutions, and also to all measures necessary for the preservation of public order in Egypt. 53 Stat. 1722 2. They shall retain their legal status and shall, as regards their organization and operation, be governed by their charters or by their own by-laws and also in the case of educational institutions by their own curricula. 3. They may, without prejudice to the laws relating to expropriation for purposes of public utility, possess the movable and immovable property necessary to enable them to attain their objects, and may administer and dispose of their property for these purposes. 4. They may continue to employ their existing staff and may also, within the scope of their organization, employ either Egyptians or foreigners, whether established in Egypt or not, without prejudice in all cases to the application of the Egyptian laws which are now applicable to them or to the Egyptian Government’s general right of supervision over the entry of foreigners into Egypt. Furthermore within the limits of the customs established in Egypt regarding religions other than the state religion, freedom of worship shall continue to be assured to the religious institutions of Italy on condition that there is no offense against public order or good morals. Please accept, Mr. President, the assurances of my high consideration. Moustapha El-Nahas *President of the Egyptian delegation.* Provisional List The definitive list to be drawn up by common agreement between the Italian Government and the Egyptian Government will include in particular: 1. The “Royal Italian Schools”; 2. The “Schools of the National Association Italica Gens”, with the buildings used by the monks who administer them; 3. Hospitals, asylums and crèches; 4. The charitable works dependent on the Fascio intended for pecuniary or spiritual assistance in so far as they are occupied with assistance to the exclusion of other activities. 5. Episcopal and parish institutions, convents and seminaries. *Réponse du Président de la délégation italienne au Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Monsieur le Président, Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937.* J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa lettre en date de ce jour. H m’est bien agréable d’y trouver des assurances au sujet du régime dont bénéficieront désormais en Egypte les établissements (associations ou fondations) scolaires, médicaux et d’assistance qui relèvent de l’Italie. C’est avec satisfaction que j’en remercie Votre Excellence. Je ne doute d’ailleurs pas que l’Egypte, qui a toujours marqué un intérêt bienveillant à ces œuvres et fait preuve, à leur égard, du plus libéral esprit de compréhension, ne veuille continuer à leur faciliter l’activité 53 Stat. 1723si heureuse qu’elles n’ont cessé de déployer au profit mutuel de nos deux pays. Je saisis cette occasion pour renouveler à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma haute considération. L. Aldhovandi *Président de la délégation italienne.* [Translation] *Reply of the President of the Italian delegation to the President of the Egyptian delegation* Montreux. *May 8, 1937.* Mr. President: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s letter bearing to-day’s date. I welcome the assurances which it contains with regard to the régime to be enjoyed henceforth by the educational, medical and charitable institutions (associations or foundations) of Italy in Egypt. I have great pleasure in thanking Your Excellency. I do not doubt, moreover, that Egypt, which has always shown a sympathetic interest in such undertakings and has given proof of the most liberal spirit of understanding in regard to them, will continue to assist them in carrying on the very valuable work winch they have always performed to the mutual profit of our two countries. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. L. Aldhovandi, *President of the Italian delegation.* *h) * *Lettre du Président de la délégation égyptienne au Président de la délégation néerlandaise.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937.* Monsieur le Président, J’ai l’honneur de déclarer que les institutions relevant des Pays-Bas en Egypte feront l’objet, de la part du Gouvernement égyptien, du même traitement que celui qui est indiqué dans la lettre adressée au Président de la délégation du Royaume-Uni en ce qui concerne les institutions similaires du Royaume-Uni et aux mêmes conditions. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Président, les assurances de ma haute considération. Moustapha El-Nahas *Président de la délégation égyptienne.* [Translation] *h) Letter from the President of Egyptian delegation to the President of the Netherland delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937.* Mr. President: I have the honor to state that the institutions of the Netherlands, in Egypt, will receive on the part of the Egyptian Government the 53 Stat. 1724same treatment as that which is indicated in the letter addressed to the President of the delegation of the United Kingdom as regards the similar institutions of the United Kingdom and under the same conditions. Please accept, Mr. President, the assurances of my high consideration. Moustapha El-Nahas, *President oj the Egyptian delegation.* *Réponse du Président de la délégation néerlandaise au Président de la délégation égyptienne.* Montreux, *le 8 mai 1937. * Monsieur le Président, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de la lettre suivante qu’Elle a bien voulu m’adresser en date d'aujourd’hui: ((J’ai l’honneur de déclarer que les institutions relevant des Pays-Bas en Egypte feront l’objet, de la part du Gouvernement égyptien, du même traitement que celui qui est indiqué dans la lettre adressée au Président de la délégation du Royaume-Uni en ce qui concerne les institutions similaires du Royaume-Uni et aux mêmes conditions.)) En remerciant Votre Excellence de cette obligeante communication dont je prends acte au nom de mon Gouvernement, je saisis cette occasion pour réitérer à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma haute considération. W. C. Beucker Andreae, *Président de la délégation néerlandaise.* [Translation] *Reply from the President of the Netherland delegation to the President of the Egyptian delegation* Montreux, *May 8, 1937. * Mr. President: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt to Your Excellency of the following letter which you were good enough to address to me today: “I have the honor to state that the institutions of the Netherlands, in Egypt, will receive on the part of the Egyptian Government the same treatment as that which is indicated in the letter addressed to the President of the delegation of the United Kingdom as regards the similar institutions of the United Kingdom and under the same conditions.” In thanking Your Excellency for this kind communication, of which I acknowledge receipt in the name of my Government, I avail myself of this occasion to repeat to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. W. C. Beucker Andreae, *President of the Netherland delegation.* 53 Stat. 1725 **Letters Concerning the Participation of Canada in the Conference** *a) * *Letter from the High Commissioner for Canada in London to the President of the Conference.* London, *April l4th, 1937. * Sir, 1 have the honour on behalf of the Government of Canada to inform Your Excellency as President of the Capitulations Conference that in view of lack of any interest special to Canada, the Government of Canada have not considered Canadian representation in the present Conference to be necessary, and will accept the provisions of any Convention drawn up at Montreux which is signed and ratified in respect of other members of the British Commonwealth of Nations. This acceptance by the Government of Canada is naturally on the understanding that Canada can claim under the Convention the same rights as those States in whose respect it has been signed and ratified. I request Your Excellency that copies of this note be communicated to all the delegations at the Conference and recorded in the archives of the Conference. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Vincent Massey. *b) * *Reply by the President of the Conference to the High Commissioner for Canada in London.* Montreux, *April 19th, 1937. * Sir, I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your letter of April 14th, in which on behalf of the Government of Canada you were good enough to inform me, as President of the Capitulations Conference, of the reasons for the Government of Canada not being represented at the present Conference. In compliance with the wish expressed in the last paragraph of your letter, I have circulated copies of your communication to all the delegations and have given instructions that it shall be recorded in the archives of the Conference. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Moustapha El-Nahas. *President of the Conference.* 53 Stat. 1726 **Procès-Verbal** de dépôt de l’instrument de ratification de etats-unis d’amérique sur la convention concernant l’abolition des capitulations end egypte, signée à montreux le 8 mai 1937. Conformément aux dispositions de l’article 15 de la Convention concernant l’Abolition des Capitulations en Egypte, signée à Montreux le 8 mai 1937, Son Excellence Monsieur Bert Fish Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique en Egypte, s’est présenté aujourd’hui au Ministère des Affaires Etrangères du Royaume d’Egypte, à l’effet de procéder au dépôt de l’instrument de ratification de Son Excellence Monsieur le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sur la Convention précitée. Cet instrument ayant été, après examen, trouvé en bonne et due forme, a été déposé dans les archives du Ministère des Affaires Etrangères du Royaume d’Egypte, pour y être conservé évec le présent procès-verbal. Ledit dépôt sera notifié aux Etats parties à la Convention ainsi qu’à Monsieur le Secrétaire Général de la Société des Nations. En procédant à ce dépôt, Son Excellence Monsieur Bert Fish, a déclaré par une lettre que son Gouvernement désire user de la faculté prévue à l’article 9 de la Convention et conserver ses Tribunaux Consulaires en Egypte à l’effet d’exercer la juridiction en matière de statut personnel dans tous les cas où la loi applicable est la loi nationale des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Fait en double exemplaire à Bulkeley, le 29 Août 1938 *Le Ministre des Affaires Etrangères* A. Yehia *Le Ministre des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* Bert Fish *Le Directeur des Affaires Politiques et Commerciales p. i.* W. Rostum 53 Stat. 1727 [Translation] **Procès-Verbal** of the deposit of the instrument of ratification of the united states of america of the convention concerning the abolition of the capitulations in egypt, signed at montreux on may 8, 1937. In accordance with the provisions of Article 15 of the Convention concerning the Abolition of the Capitulations in Egypt, signed at Montreux on May 8, 1937, Mr. Bert Fish, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America in Egypt, appeared today at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Kingdom of Egypt for the purpose of proceeding to the deposit of the instrument of ratification of the President of the United States of America of the Convention above-mentioned. This instrument having been examined and found in good and due form, has been deposited in the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Kingdom of Egypt to be preserved with the present procesverbal. The States which are parties to the Convention and the Secretary of the League of Nations will be notified of the said deposit. In proceeding to this deposit, Mr. Bert Fish stated by a letter 11*Post,* p. 1728. that his Government desires to avail itself of the option provided by Article 9 of the Convention and to retain its Consular Courts in Egypt for the purpose of exercising jurisdiction in matters of personal status in all cases in which the law applicable is the national law of the United States of America. Done in duplicate at Bulkeley, August 29, 1938. *The Minister of Foreign Affairs * A. Yehia *The Minister of the United States of America* Bert Fish *The Director of Political and Commercial Affairs a. i.* W. Rostum 53 Stat. 1728 **Letter From the American Minister to the Egyptian Minister of Foreign Affairs** No. 550 Legation of the United States of America, *[Bulkdey,] Ramleh, August 29, 1938.* Excellency: With reference to the deposit this day of the ratification of the President of the United States of America of the Convention and annexed protocol, signed at Montreux on May 8, 1937, regarding the abolition of the capitulations in Egypt, I have the honor, in accordance with my instructions, to inform Your Excellency that as provided in Article 9 of the Convention, it is the intention of the Government of the United States of America to retain American Consular courts in Egypt for the purposes of jurisdiction in matters of personal status in all cases in which the law applicable is the national law of the United States of America. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Bert Fish *American Minister * His Excellency Abdel Fattah Yehia Pasha, *Minister of Foreign Affairs,* *Cairo.* 53 Stat. 1729 **Suspension of Certain Jurisdiction of American Extraterritorial Courts in Egypt** By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas by a Presidential proclamation issued on March 27, 1876,[51 Stat. 397](/us/stat/51/397).[19 Stat. 652](/us/stat/19/652).[18 Stat. 23](/us/stat/18/23). pursuant to the authority of the act of Congress approved March 23, 1874, the judicial functions theretofore exercised in Egypt by the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States pursuant to the act of Congress approved June 22, 1860, were suspended, during[12 Stat. 72](/us/stat/12/72). the pleasure of the President, so far as the jurisdiction of certain Egyptian tribunals embraced matters cognizable by the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States in Egypt, except as to cases actually commenced before the date of the said proclamation; Whereas at the time of the issuance of the said proclamation the jurisdiction of the said Egyptian tribunals did not extend to certain categories of cases within the jurisdiction of the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States which were accordingly retained within the jurisdiction of, and have continued to the present time to be exercised by, those functionaries; Whereas the Government of the United States and other governments concluded a convention with the Government of Egypt on May 8, 1937, providing for the termination of the capitulatory rights now enjoyed by the United States and other powers in Egypt and providing that, during the period October 15, 1937-October 14, 1949, the judicial functions now exercised by consular courts would be exercised by the Mixed Tribunals of Egypt, except as to personal status matters—as defined in article 28 of the *Règlement d’Organisation Judiciaire* annexed to and forming a part of the said convention of May 8, 1937—with respect to which the said convention provides that the signatory governments may retain existing consular courts for the purpose of jurisdiction in cases involving the personal status of their respective nationals during the period October 15, 1937-October 14, 1949; Whereas, pending the ratification of the said convention by the Government of the United States, it is in the interest of the United States to cooperate with the Government of Egypt and the other capitulatory powers by suspending the jurisdiction now exercised by the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States in Egypt and consenting to the transfer of that jurisdiction to the Mixed Tribunals of Egypt, except jurisdiction in matters involving the personal status of citizens of the United States; and 53 Stat. 1730 Whereas satisfactory information has been received by me that the said Mixed Tribunals of Egypt are organized on a basis likely to secure to citizens of the United States in Egypt the impartial justice which they now enjoy under the judicial functions exercised by the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States pursuant to the said act of Congress of June 22, 1860: Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power and authority conferred upon me by the said act of Congress approved March 23, 1874, do hereby suspend, effective October 15, 1937, during the pleasure of the President, the judicial functions now exercised by the minister, consuls, or other functionaries of the United States in Egypt, except as to cases actually commenced before October 15, 1937, and except as to matters involving the personal status of citizens of the United States as defined in article 28 of the *Règlement d’Organisation Judiciaire *annexed to the said convention of May 8, 1937. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this 9th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* [No. 2255] November 13, 1937 Treaty 53 Stat. 1731 53 Stat. 1731 SIAM—FRIENDSHIP, COMMERCE. ETC.—NOV. 13, 1937 TREATIES *Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, final protocol and exchange of notes between the United States of America and Siam. Signed at Bangkok November 13, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 5, 1938; ratified by Siam March 4, 1938; ratifications exchanged at Bangkok October 1, 1938; proclaimed October 5, 1938. Ana related notes.* November 13, 1937[T. S. No. 940] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation betweenTreaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation with Siam.Preamble.*Post*, pp. 1771, 1743. the United States of America and the Kingdom of Siam, a Final Protocol thereto, and an Agreement in regard to monopolies, effected by an Exchange of Notes, were signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and Siam at Bangkok on the thirteenth day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, which Treaty, Final Protocol and Exchange of Notes in the English language are word for word as follows: Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation Between theUnited States of America and Siam. The United States of America and the Kingdom of Siam, desirousContracting Powers. of strengthening the bond of peace which happily prevails between them, by arrangements designed to promote friendly intercourse between their respective territories through provisions responsive to the spiritual, cultural, economic and commercial aspirations of the peoples thereof, have resolved to conclude a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation and for that purpose have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Edwin L. Neville,Plenipotentiaries. Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America; and His Majesty the Kino of Siam: Luang Pradist Manudharm (Pridi Banomyong), Minister of Foreign Affairs; Who, having communicated to each other their full powers found to be in due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. There shall be constant peace and perpetual friendship betweenDeclaration of peace and friendship.Reciprocal liberty of travel, residence, commerce, etc. the United States of America and the Kingdom of Siam. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted 53 Stat. 1732to enter, travel and reside in the territories of the other, to carry on their commerce and manufacture, to trade in all kinds of merchandise of lawful commerce, to engage in religious, educational and charitable work, to own or lease and occupy houses, manufactories, warehouses and shops, to employ agents of their choice, to lease land for residential, commercial, industrial, religious and charitable purposes, and for use as cemeteries, and generally to do anything incident to or necessary for the enjoyment of any of the foregoing privileges upon the same terms as nationals of the State of residence, submitting themselves to the laws and regulations there established. Equality of taxes, etc.They shall not be compelled, under any pretext whatsoever, to pay any internal charges or taxes other or higher than those that are or may be paid by nationals of the State of residence. Protection of persons and property.The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall receive, in the territories of the other, the most constant protection and security for their persons and property, and shall enjoy in this respect the same rights and privileges as are or may be granted to nationals of the State of residence on their submitting themselves to the conditions imposed upon nationals of the State of residence. They shall also enjoy in this respect that degree of protection and security that is required by international law. Their property shall not be taken without due process of law or without payment of just compensation. Exemption from military service, contributions, etc.They shall be exempt in the territories of the other from compulsory military service on land, on sea, or in the air, in the regular forces, or in the national guard, or in the militia ; from all contributions in money or in kind, imposed in lieu of personal military service, and from all forced loans or military contributions. They shall not be subjected, in time of peace or in time of war, to military requisitions except as imposed upon nationals. Liberty of conscience and worship.The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall enjoy in the territories of the other entire liberty of conscience, and, subject to the local laws, ordinances and regulations, shall enjoy the right of private and public exercise of their worship. Callings and professions.In all that relates to callings and professions, the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall throughout the whole extent of the territories of the other on condition of reciprocity be placed in all respects on the same footing as the nationals of the most Acquisition, etc., of movable property.favored nation. Furthermore, upon compliance with the provisions of local law, the nationals, including corporations, partnerships and associations of each of the High Contracting Parties, shall, in the territory of the other High Contracting Party, have the right to acquire, possess and dispose of every kind of movable property on the same terms as the nationals, including corporations, partnerships and associations, of such other Party. Immovable property.In all that relates to the acquisition, possession and disposition of immovable property the nationals, including corporations, partner-ships, associations and other legal entities of each High Contracting Party shall in the territory of the other High Contracting Party 53 Stat. 1733be subject exclusively to the applicable laws of the situs of such immovable property. The applicable laws of the situs of immovable property as herein used shall in reference to the nationals of Siam be understood and construed to mean the laws applicable to immovable property of the state, territory or possession of the United States of America in which such immovable property is situate; and nothing herein shall be construed to change, affect or abrogate the laws applicable to immovable property of any state, territory or possession of the United States of America. It is expressly agreed that nationals of the United States of America, including corporations, partnerships and associations, who are legal residents of or are organized under the laws of any state, territory or possession of the United States of America which accords to nationals of Siam the right to acquire, possess and dispose of immovable property, shall, in return, be accorded all the rights respecting immovable property in Siam which are or may hereafter be accorded to the nationals, including corporations, partnerships or associations of any other country, upon the principle of nondiscriminatory treatment. The nationals, including corporations and associations, of eitherMining privileges. High Contracting Party shall enjoy in the territories of the other Party, upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, most- favored-nation treatment in respect of the exploration for and exploitation of mineral resources; provided that neither Party shall be required to grant rights and privileges in respect of the mining of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas and sodium on the public domain, or in respect of the ownership of stock in domestic corporations engaged in such operations, greater than its nationals, corporations and associations receive from the other Party. It is understood, however, that neither High Contracting Party shall beRestriction. required by anything in this paragraph to grant any application for any such right or privilege if at the time such application is presented the granting of all similar applications shall have been suspended or discontinued. Article 2. The dwellings, warehouses, manufactories, shops and other placesBuildings and other property to be respected. of business and all other property of the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties in the territories of the other, and all premises appertaining thereto used for any purposes set forth in Article 1 shall be respected. It shall not be allowable to proceed to make a domiciliary visit to, or a search of, any such buildings and premises, or to examine or inspect books, papers, or accounts, except under the conditions and in conformity with the forms prescribed by the laws, ordinances and regulations for nationals of the State of residence. Article 3. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties, equallyFreedom of commerce and navigation. with those of the most favored nation, shall have liberty freely to 53 Stat. 1734come with their ships and cargoes to all places, ports and rivers in the territories of the other which are or may be opened to foreign commerce and navigation, subject always to the laws of the country to which they thus come. Most-favored-nation treatment of imports and exports.Neither High Contracting Party shall establish or maintain prohibitions or restrictions on imports from or exports to the territories of the other Party which are not applied to the import and export of any like article originating in or destined for any other country. Any withdrawal of an import or export prohibition or restriction which is granted even temporarily by one of the High Contracting Parties in favor of any article originating in or destined for a third, country shall be applied immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the territories of the other Party. Gold or silver exportation or importation.Nothing in this Treaty shall be construed to restrict the right of either High Contracting Party to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation or importationArms, ammunition or implements of war. of gold or silver, or measures for the prohibition or the control of the export, or sale for export, of arms, ammunition or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Right, of either Party to Impose designated non-discriminatory restrictions.Nothing in this Treaty shall be construed to restrict the right of either High Contracting Party to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, subject to the principle of nondiscriminatory treatment:
(1)Enforcement of police or revenue laws. Prohibitions, restrictions or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws, including laws prohibiting or restricting the Alcoholic beverages, narcotics, etc.importation, exportation, or sale of alcohol or alcoholic beverages or of opium, the coca leaf, their derivatives, and other narcotic drugs, as well as other law's imposed upon articles the internal production, consumption, sale or transport of which is or may be for-bidden or restricted by the national law;
(2)Sanitary, etc., measures. Prohibitions or restrictions necessary for the protection of national or public security or health, or for the protection of animal or plant life against disease, harmful pests or extinction;
(3)State monopolies. Prohibitions or restrictions upon articles which, as regards production or trade, are or may hereafter be subject within the country to a monopoly exercised by or under the control of the State;
(4)Prison-made goods. Prohibitions or restrictions relating to prison-made goods, or imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds. Allotments of imports under quantitative restrictions.If either High Contracting Party establishes or maintains import or customs quotas or other quantitative restrictions on the importation of any article in which the other High Contracting Party has an interest, or regulates the importation of any such article by means of licenses or permits, the High Contracting Party taking such action shall, upon request, inform the other High Contracting Party of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported and shall allot to the other High Contracting Party a share of the total permissible imports of such article equivalent to the proportion of the 53 Stat. 1735total importation of such article which the other High Contracting Party supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. If either High Contracting Party establishes or maintains directlyControl of means of International payment. or indirectly any form of control of the means of international payment it shall in this respect apply to the other High Contracting Party the most-favored-nation treatment. Article 4. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall haveProtection of legal rights. free access to the Courts of Justice of the other in pursuit and defense of their rights; they shall be at liberty, equally with nationals of the State of residence and with the nationals of the most favored nation, to choose and employ lawyers, advocates and representatives to pursue and defend their rights before such Courts. There shall be imposed upon the nationals of either of the High Contracting Parties no conditions or requirements in connection with such access to the Courts of Justice of the other which do not apply to nationals of the State of residence or to the nationals of the most favored nation. Article 5. Limited liability and other corporations and associations, whetherRights of limited liability companies, etc. or not for pecuniary profit, which have been or may hereafter be organized in accordance with and under the laws, National, State or Provincial, of either High Contracting Party and which maintain central offices within the territories thereof, shall have their juridical status recognized by the other High Contracting Party provided that they pursue no aims within its territories contrary to its laws. They shall enjoy free access to the Courts of Justice, on conforming to the laws regulating the matter, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of rights in all the degrees of jurisdiction established by law. The right of corporations and associations of either High ContractingRight to establish branches. Party which have been so recognized by the other to establish themselves in the territories of the other Party or to establish branch offices and fulfil their functions therein shall depend upon and be governed solely by the consent of such Party as expressed in its National, State or Provincial laws. Article 6. The nationals and goods, products, wares and merchandise of eachInternal taxes, transit duties, etc. High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall receive the same treatment as nationals and goods, products, wares and merchandise of the country with regard to internal taxes, transit duties, charges in respect to warehousing and other facilities and the amount of drawbacks. 53 Stat. 1736 Article 7. Tonnago duties, etc.No duties of tonnage, harbor, pilotage, lighthouse, quarantine or other similar or corresponding duties or charges of whatever nature or of whatever denomination levied in the name or for the profit of the Government, public functionaries, private individuals, corporations or establishments of any kind shall be imposed in the ports of the territories or territorial waters of either country upon the vessels of the other country, which shall not equally and under the same conditions be imposed in the like cases on national vessels. Such equality of treatment shall apply reciprocally to the respective vessels, from whatever port or place they may arrive and whatever may be their place of destination. In no case shall the treatment accorded to the vessels and cargoes of one of the Parties be less favorable than that accorded to the vessels and cargoes of any third State. Article 8. Most-favored-nation treatment, duties on importation or exportation.Each of the High Contracting Parties binds itself, in all that pertains to the amount and collection of duties and other charges on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all rules and formalites in connection with importation and exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale, taxation, or use of imported goods within the country, to grant to the nationals, vessels or goods of the other the advantage of every favor, privilege or immunity which it accords or may hereafter ac-cord to the nationals, vessels or goods of any other State, regardless of whether such other State shall have been accorded such treatment gratuitously or in return for reciprocal compensatory treatment. Customs tariffs, regulation by country of importation.It is understood that the Customs tariffs applicable to articles, the produce or manufacture of either of the High Contracting Parties imported into the territories of the other, shall be regulated by the laws of the country of importation. Article 9. Patents, trademarks, etc.The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall have in the territories of the other the same rights as nationals of that High Contracting Party in regard to patents for inventions, trademarks, trade-names, designs and copyright in literary and artistic works, upon fulfilment of the formalities prescribed by law. Article 10. Discharge of portions of cargoes at open ports.Merchant vessels and other privately owned vessels under the flag of either of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to dis-charge portions of cargoes at any port open to foreign commerce in the territories of the other High Contracting Party, and to proceed with the remaining portions of such cargoes to any other ports of the same territories open to foreign commerce, without paying other or higher tonnage dues or port charges in such cases than would be Loading.paid by national vessels in like circumstances, and they shall be permitted to load in like manner at different ports in the same voyage 53 Stat. 1737outward, provided, however, that the coasting trade of the HighCoasting trade, exception. Contracting Parties is exempt from the provisions of this Article and from the other provisions of this Treaty, and is to be regulated according to the laws of each High Contracting Party in relation thereto. It is agreed, however, that nationals and vessels of either High Contracting Party shall within the territories of the other Party enjoy with respect to the coasting trade most-favored-nation treatment Article 11. In all that concerns the entering, clearing, stationing, loadingMost-favored-nation treatment or vessels of the other country. and unloading of vessels in the ports, basins, docks, roadsteads, harbors, or rivers of the two countries, no privilege shall be granted to vessels of a third Power which shall not equally be granted to vessels of the other country, the intention of the High Contracting Parties being that in these respects the vessels of each shall receive the treatment accorded to vessels of the most favored nation. Article 12. Any ship of war or merchant vessel of either of the HighShips of war or merchant vessels in distress. Contracting Parties which may be compelled by stress of weather, or by reason of any other distress, to take shelter in a port or place of the other shall be at liberty to refit therein, to procure all necessary supplies, and to put to sea again, without paying any dues other than such as would be payable by national vessels in like circumstances. In case, however, the master of a merchant vessel should be under the necessity of disposing of a part of his cargo in order to defray expenses, he shall be bound to conform to the regulations and tariffs of the place to which he may have come. If any ship of war or merchant vessel of one of the HighStranded or wrecked vessels; notice to nearest Consular Officer of other Party. Contracting Parties should run aground or be wrecked upon the coasts of the other, the local authorities shall give prompt notice of the occurrence to the nearest Consular Officer of the other Party. Such stranded or wrecked ship or vessel and all parts thereof,Salvage provisions. and all equipment and appurtenances belonging thereto, and all goods and merchandise saved therefrom, including those which may have been cast into the sea, or the proceeds thereof, if sold, as well as all papers found on board such stranded or wrecked ship or vessel, shall be given up to the owners or their agents, when claimed by them. If such owners or agents are not on the spot, the aforesaid propertyDuties of Consular Officer. or proceeds from the sale thereof and the papers found on board the vessel shall be delivered to the proper Consular Officer of the High Contracting Party whose vessel is wrecked or stranded, provided that such Consular Officer shall make claim within the period fixed by the laws, ordinances and regulations of the country in which the wreck or stranding has occurred; and such Consular Officer, owners or agents shall pay only the expenses incurred in the preservation of the property, together with the salvage or other expenses which would have been payable in the case of a wreck or stranding of a national vessel. 53 Stat. 1738 Customs duties on salvaged goods.The goods and merchandise saved from the wreck or stranding shall be exempt from all duties of the customs unless cleared for consumption, in which case they shall pay ordinary duties. Assistance to nationals of his State by Consular Officer.In the case of a ship or vessel belonging to the nationals of one of the High Contracting Parties being driven in by stress of weather or by reason of any other distress, run aground or wrecked in the territories of the other, the proper Consular Officer of the High Contracting Party to which the vessel belongs, shall, if the owners or their agents are not present, or are present but request it, be permitted to interpose in order to afford appropriate assistance to the nationals of his State. Article 13. Privileges, etc., accorded vessels of war.The vessels of war of each of the High Contracting Parties may enter, remain and make repairs in those ports and places of the other to which the vessels of war of any other nation are accorded access ; and they shall submit to the same regulations and enjoy the same honors, advantages, privileges and exemptions as are now, or may hereafter be conceded to the vessels of war of any other nation. Article 14. Consular Officers or Agents, appointment.Each of the High Contracting Parties may appoint Consuls General, Consuls, Vice Consuls and other Consular Officers or Agents to reside in the towns and ports of the territories of the other where similar officers of any other Power are permitted to reside. Such Consular Officers and Agents, however, shall not enter upon their functions until they shall have been approved and admitted by the Government to which they are sent. Powers, etc, conferred.They shall be entitled on condition of reciprocity to exercise all the powers and enjoy all the honors, privileges, exemptions and immunities of every kind which are, or may be, accorded to Consular Officers of the most favored nation. Acquisition of realty, etc.The Government of each High Contracting Party shall have the right to acquire and own land and buildings required for diplomatic or consular premises in the territories of the other High Contracting Party and also to erect buildings in such territories for the purposes stated, subject to local building regulations. Tax exemption, if used exclusively for governmental purposes.Lands and buildings situated in the territories of either High Contracting Party of which the other High Contracting Party is the rightful owner and which are used exclusively for governmental purposes by that owner shall be exempt from taxation of every kind, National, State, Provincial and Municipal, other than assessments levied for services or local public improvements by which the premises are benefited. Article 15. Notice of death in one country of a national of the other.In case of the death of a national of either High Contracting Party in the territory of the other without having in the locality of his decease any known heirs or testamentary executors by him appointed, the 53 Stat. 1739competent local authorities shall at once inform the nearest Consular Officer of the State of which the deceased was a national of the fact of his death, in order that necessary information may be forwarded to the parties interested. In case of the death of a national of either of the High ContractingWhere no will, etc., preservation of property until appointment of administrator. Parties without will or testament, in the territory of the other High Contracting Party, the Consular Officer of the State of which the deceased was a national and within whose district the deceased made his home at the time of death, shall, so far as the laws of the country permit and pending the appointment of an administrator and until letters of administration have been granted, be deemed qualified to take charge of the property left by the decedent for the preservation and protection of the same. Such Consular Officer shall have the right to be appointed as administrator within the discretion of a tribunal or other agency controlling the administration of estates provided the laws of the place where the estate is administered so permit. In case of the death of a national of either of the High ContractingWhere no known heirs resident in country; appointment of administrator. Parties without will or testament and without any known heirs resident in the country of his decease, the Consular Officer of the country of which the deceased was a national shall be appointed administrator of the estate of the deceased, provided the regulations of his own Government permit such appointment and provided such appointment is not in conflict with local law and the tribunal having jurisdiction has no special reasons for appointing someone else. Whenever a Consular Officer accepts the office of administrator ofStatus of Consular Officer acting as administrator. the estate of a deceased countryman, he subjects himself as such to the jurisdiction of the tribunal or other agency making the appointment for all necessary purposes to the same extent as a national of the country where he was appointed. Article 16. It is understood by the High Contracting Parties that the stipulationsDomestic laws with regard to naturalization, etc., not affected. contained in this Treaty do not in any way affect, supersede, or modify any of the laws, ordinances and regulations with regard to naturalization, immigration, police and public security which are in force or which may be enacted in either of the two countries. Article 17. The provisions of the present Treaty as regards the most-favored-nationExceptions to most-favored-nation treatment. treatment do not apply to: 1) Favors now granted or which may hereafter be granted to an adjoining State to facilitate frontier traffic; 2) Favors now granted or which may hereafter be granted to a third State in virtue of a Customs Union; 3) Favors now contractually granted or which may hereafter be contractually granted to a third State for the avoidance of double taxation or the mutual protection of revenue; 53 Stat. 1740 4) Favors now granted or which may hereafter be granted to an adjoining State with regard to navigation on or use of boundary waterways not navigable from the sea. Article 18. Former treaty superseded.The present Treaty shall, from the date of its entry into force, be substituted for the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation between the United States of America and Siam signed at [42 Stat. 1928](/us/stat/42/1928).Washington on the 16th December 1920, and from this date the said Treaty of 1920 and all arrangements and agreements subsidiary thereto concluded or existing between the High Contracting Parties shall cease to be binding. Article 19. Areas included.Subject to any limitation or exception hereinabove set forth, or hereafter to be agreed upon, the territories of the High Contracting Parties to which the provisions of this Treaty extend shall be understood to include all areas of land and water over which the Exception.Parties, respectively, exercise dominion as sovereign thereof, except the Panama Canal Zone. Article 20. Date of entering into force; duration.The present Treaty shall enter into force in all of its provisions on the day of the exchange of ratifications and shall continue in force for the term of five years from that day. Termination.If within one year before the expiration of five years from the day on which the present Treaty shall enter into force, neither High Contracting Party notifies to the other Party an intention of terminating the Treaty upon the expiration of the aforesaid period of five years, the Treaty shall remain in full force and effect after the aforesaid period and until one year from the day on which either of the High Contracting Parties shall have notified to the other Party an intention of terminating it. Abrogated treaties, etc., not revived by termination.It is clearly understood, however, that termination of the present Treaty as above provided for shall not have the effect of reviving any of the Treaties, Conventions, Arrangements, or Agreements abrogated by the present Treaty. Article 21. Ratification.This Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Bangkok. Signatures.In witness whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have hereunto signed their names and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of November in the nineteen hundred and thirty seventh year of the Christian Era, corresponding to the thirteenth day of the eighth month in the two thousand four hundred and eightieth year of the Buddhist Era. Edwin L. Neville [seal] Luang Pradist Manudharm [seal] 53 Stat. 1741 FINAL PROTOCOL At the moment of proceeding this day to the signature of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Siam, the two Plenipotentiaries have adopted the present Protocol which will have the same validity as if the ratification thereof were inserted in the text of the Treaty to which it refers: 1. It is understood that in all matters for which national treatment is provided in this Treaty, the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall not be treated by the other less favorably than the nationals of any other country. 2. It is understood that the provisions of Article 6 shall not be*Ante*, p. 1735. deemed to preclude either of the High Contracting Parties from charging differing rates of license fees for the sale of imported spirituous liquors and of spirituous liquors manufactured by or under license from the State. 3. It is understood that the provisions prescribing most-favored- nation treatment in this Treaty do not apply to any advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba, or to any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another, irrespective of any change in the political status of any of the territories or possessions of the United States of America. 4. It is understood that the payment of just compensation provided for in Article 1, paragraph 3, shall be determined by due*Ante*, p. 1732. process of law, without prejudice to redress, if any, according to international law. 5. It is understood that the most-favored-nation treatment in respect of the control of the means of international payment provided for in the last paragraph of Article 3 of this Treaty shall be*Ante*, p. 1735. applied unconditionally, and that such control shall be administered so as not to influence to the disadvantage of the other High Contracting Party the competitive relationships between articles originating in the territories of such Party and similar articles originating in third countries and so as not to impair the operation of any other provisions of this Treaty. 6. It is understood that in the application of the provisions of Article 7 Siam reserves the right to apply, in the matter of compulsory*Ante*, p. 1736. pilotage, the provisions of the Convention and Statute on the International Régime of Maritime Ports, signed at Geneva, December 9, 1923. 53 Stat. 1742Signatures 7. It is understood that Siam reserves her national fisheries, which shall continue to be regulated by her national laws. In witness whereof the undersigned plenipotentiaries have here-unto signed their names and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of November in the nineteen hundred and thirty seventh year of the Christian Era, corresponding to the thirteenth day of the eighth month in the two thousand four hundred and eightieth year of the Buddhist Era. Edwin L. Neville [seal] Luang Phadist Manudharm [seal] 53 Stat. 1743 [EXCHANGE OF NOTES] [*The Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*) *to the American Minister* (*Neville*)] Ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Saranromya Palace, 13th November, 1937.* Monsieur le Ministre, In regard to sub-paragraph 3 of paragraph 4 of Article 3 of the Treaty signed by us today, we have reached the following agreement which is to remain in force during the life of the Treaty : In the event of the establishment of a monopoly for the importation, production, or sale of a particular commodity by the Government or by a private individual or organization under authority of the Government, my Government agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly the commerce of your country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favourable terms. I avail myself of this opportunity, Monsieur le Ministre, to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Luang Pradist Manudharm His Excellency Monsieur Edwin L. Neville, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *Bangkok.* [*The American Minister* (*Neville*) *to the Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*)] Legation of the United States of America *Bangkok, November 13, 1937.* No. 15. Excellency : I have the honor to confirm Your Excellency’s note of November 13, 1937, in which you state that in regard to sub-paragraph 3 of paragraph 4 of Article 3 of the Treaty signed by us today, we have reached the following agreement which is to remain in force during the life of the Treaty: In the event of the establishment of a monopoly for the importation, production, or sale of a particular commodity by the Govern53 Stat. 1744ment or by a private individual or organization under authority of the Government, my Government agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly the commerce of your country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Edwin L. Neville *American Minister*. His Excellency Luang Phadist Manudharm, *His Siamese Majesty’s Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Bangkok.* Exchange of ratifications.And whereas the said Treaty, Final Protocol and Agreement by Exchange of Notes have been duly ratified on the part of both the United States of America and Siam, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at Bangkok on the first day of October one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight. Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty, Final Protocol and Exchange of Notes to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1745 RELATED NOTES *The Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*) *to the American Ministry* (*Neville*) Ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Saranromya Palace, 13th November, 1937.* Monsieur le Ministre, Referring to Article 1 of the Treaty signed by us this day which provides among other things for the holding of real property in Siam by Americans, I have the honour to state that : 1. With respect to lands of which American nationals, partner-ships, corporations, or associations are the rightful owners, whether or not they now possess papers of any kind, they may apply to have title papers issued in the regular way. 2. As to the lands held under lease from Government, the Siamese Government will not interrupt the possession by the missions as long as they continue to use the land for mission purposes. 3. It is understood that the Siamese Government is not identified with Wat administration; that is to say, the foregoing understanding must not be construed as a promise by the Government to interfere with lands held and claimed by religious authorities, whether Buddhists or of any other faith. 4. Of course, all mission lands are held subject to the exercise by the Siamese Government of the right of eminent domain. I avail myself of this opportunity, Monsieur le Ministre, to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Luang Pradist Manudharm His Excellency Monsieur Edwin L. Neville, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *Bangkok.* *The American Minister* (*Neville*) *to the Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*) Legation of the United States of America *Bangkok, November 13, 1937.* No. 14. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of November 13, 1937, in regard to Article 1 of the Treaty signed by us this day which provides among other things for the holding of real property in Siam by Americans, and to confirm that: 1. With respect to lands of which American nationals, partnerships, corporations, or associations are the rightful owners, whether 53 Stat. 1746or not they now possess papers of any kind, they may apply to have title papers issued in the regular way. 2. As to the lands held under lease from Government, the Siamese Government will not interrupt the possession by the missions as long as they continue to use the land for mission purposes. 3. It is understood that the Siamese Government is not identified with Wat administration; that is to say, the foregoing understanding must not be construed as a promise by the Government to interfere with lands held and claimed by religious authorities, whether Buddhists or of any other faith. 4. All Mission Lands are held subject to the exercise by the Siamese Government of the right of eminent domain. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Edwin L. Neville *American Minister*. His Excellency Luang Pradist Manudharm, *His Siamese Majesty’s Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Bangkok.* *The Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*) *to the American Minister* (*Neville*) Ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Saranromya Palace, 13th November, 1937.* Monsieur le Ministre, With reference to Article 1 of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation between Siam and the United States of America, signed this day, I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that it is the intention of the Siamese Government to grant to foreigners the right to acquire immovable property necessary for residential, commercial, industrial, religious and charitable purposes as well as for use as cemeteries, while the acquisition of lands of the public domain will be reserved for the subjects of Siam without prejudice however to the rights already acquired according to the laws and regulations at the coming into force of the new Treaty. I avail myself of this opportunity, Monsieur le Ministre, to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Luang Pradist Manudharm His Excellency Monsieur Edwin L. Neville, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *Bangkok.* 53 Stat. 1747 *The American Minister* (*Neville*) *to the Siamese Minister of Foreign Affairs* (*Manudharm*) Legation of the United States of America *Bangkok, November 13, 1937.* No. 16. Excellency : I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of November 13, 1937, in which you were good enough to inform me that, with reference to Article 1 of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation between the United States of America and Siam, signed this day, it is the intention of the Siamese Government to grant to foreigners the right to acquire immovable property necessary for residential, commercial, industrial, religious and charitable purposes as well as for use as cemeteries, while the acquisition of lands of the public domain will be reserved for the subjects of Siam without prejudice however to the rights already acquired according to the laws and regulations at the coming into force of the new Treaty. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Edwin L. Neville *American Minister*. His Excellency Luang Pradist Manudharm, *His Siamese Majesty's Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Bangkok.* June 2, 1934 Convention 53 Stat. 1748 53 Stat. 1748 TREATIES MULTILATERAL—INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY—JUNE 2, 1934 *Convention between the United States of America and other powers for the protection of industrial property, revising the Paris convention of March 20, 1883, revised at Brussels on December 14, 1900, at Washington on June 2, 1911, and at The Hague on November 6, 1925. Signed at London June 2, 1934; ratification advised by the Senate June 5, 1935; ratified by the President June 27, 1935; ratification of the United States of America deposited at London July 12, 1936; proclaimed October 28, 1938.* June 2, 1934[T. S. No. 941] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Multilateral convention for the protection of industrial property.Preamble.[25 Stat. 1372](/us/stat/25/1372); [32 Stat. 1936](/us/stat/32/1936); [38 Stat. 1645](/us/stat/38/1645); [47 Stat. 1789](/us/stat/47/1789).Whereas a convention revising the convention for the protection of industrial property signed at Paris on March 20, 1883, revised at Brussels on December 14, 1900, at Washington on June 2, 1911, and at The Hague on November 6, 1925, was signed by the respective plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and certain other countries at London on June 2, 1934, which convention in the French language is word for word as follows:11 Note. For English translation see p. 1768. **CONVENTION D’UNION DE PARIS DU 20 MARS 1883 POUR LA PROTECTION DE LA PROPRIÉTÉ INDUSTRIELLE, RÉVISÉE À BRUXELLES LE 14 DÉCEMBRE 1900, À WASHINGTON LE 2 JUIN 1911, À LA HAYE LE 6 NOVEMBRE 1925, ET Â LONDRES LE 2 JUIN 1934.** Le Président du Reich allemand; le Président du Bundesstaat d’Autriche; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; le Président des États-Unis du Brésil; le Président de la République de Cuba; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; le Président de la République d’Espagne; le'Président des États-Unis d’Amérique; le Président de la République de Finlande; le Président de la République française; Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires britanniques au delà, des Mers, Empereur des Indes; Son Altesse Sérénissime le Régent du Royaume de Hongrie; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie; Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon; Son Altesse Sérénissime le Prince de Liechtenstein; Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc; le Président des États-Unis du Mexique; Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège; Sa Majesté la Reine des PaysBas; le Président de la République polonaise (au nom de la Pologne et de la Ville libre de Dantzig); le Président de la République portugaise; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède; le Conseil fédéral de la Confédération suisse; le Président de la République tchécoslovaque; Son Altesse le Bey de Tunisie; le Président de la République turque; Sa Majesté le Roi de Yougoslavie, 53 Stat. 1749 Ayant jugé utile d’apporter certaines modifications et additions à la Convention internationale du 20 mars 1883, portant création d’une Union internationale pour la Protection de la Propriété industrielle, revisée à Bruxelles le 14 décembre 1900, à. Washington le 2 juin 1911 et à La Haye le 6 novembre 1925, ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires, savoir: *Le Président du Reich allemand:* Son Excellence M. Leopold von Hoesch, Ambassadeur d’Allemagne à Londres. M. Georg Klauer, Président du Bureau des Brevets. M. Wolfgang Kühnast, Geh. Justizrat, Directeur au Bureau des Brevets. M. Herbert Kühnemann, Landgerichtsrat au Ministère de la Justice. *Le Président du Bundesstaat d’Autriche:* M. le Hofrat Dr. Hans Wemer, Président conseiller du Bureau des Brevets. *Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges:* M. Daniel Coppieters de Gibson, avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Bruxelles. M. Thomas Braun, avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Bruxelles. *Le Président des États-Unis du Brésil:* M. Julio Augusto Barboza-Carneiro, Attaché commercial près l’Ambassade du Brésil à Londres. *Le Président de la République de Cuba:* M. le Dr. Gabriel Suârez Solar, Chargé d’Affaires de Cuba à Londres. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark:* M. N. J. Ehrenreich-Hansen, Directeur de l’Administration de la Propriété industrielle. *Le Président de la République d’Espagne:* Son Excellence Don Ramôn Pérez de Ayala, Ambassadeur d’Espagne à Londres. Don Fernando Cabello Lapiedra, Directeur du Bureau de la Propriété industrielle. Don José Garcia Monge y de Vera, Sub-chef et Secrétaire du Registre de la Propriété industrielle. *Le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique:* The Hon. Conway P. Coe, Commissaire des Brevets. M. Thomas Ewing. M. John A. Dienner. *Le Président de la République de Finlande:* M. Juho Fredrik Kautola, Conseiller industriel, Chef du Bureau des brevets au Ministère du Commerce et de l’industrie.53 Stat. 1750 *Le Président de la République française:* *Au nom de la République française:* M. Marcel Plaisant, Sénateur, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Paris, Délégué-adjoint de la France à la Société des Nations, Membre du Comité technique de la Propriété industrielle. M. Roger Cambon, Ministre Plénipotentiaire, Conseiller de l’Ambassade de France à Londres. M. Georges Lainel, Directeur de la Propriété industrielle au Ministère du Commerce et de l’industrie. M. Georges Maillard, Avocat à la Cour d’Appel de Paris, Vice-Président du Comité technique de la Propriété industrielle. *Au nom des États de Syrie et du Liban:* M. Marcel Plaisant. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes:* *Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord:* Sir Frederick William Leith-Ross, K. C. B., K. C. M. G., Chief Economie Adviser to His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom. Mr. Mark Frank Lindley, LL. D., Comptroller-General of Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. Sir William Smith Jarratt. *Pour le Commonwealth d’Australie:* Mr. Bernhard Wallach, Commissioner of Patents, Registrar of Trade Marks, Registrar of Designs, Registrar of Copyrights. *Pour l’État libre d’Irlande:* Mr. John W. Dulanty, High Commissioner of the Irish Free State in London. Mr. Edward A. Cleary, Controller of Industrial and Commercial Property. *Son Altesse Sérénissime le Régent du Royaume de Hongrie:* M. Zoltân Schilling, Président de la Cour royale hongroise des Brevets. *Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie:* Son Excellence M. Eduardo Piola Caselli, Sénateur, Président de Chambre à la Cour de Cassation. Son Excellence M. le Prof. Amedeo Giannini, Sénateur, Ministre Plénipotentiaire, Conseiller d’État. M. le Dr. Luigi Biamonti, Directeur du Bureau légal de la Confédération de l’industrie. M. le Dr. Alfredo Jannoni Sebastianini, Directeur de l’Office de la Propriété intellectuelle.53 Stat. 1751 *Sa Majesté VEmpereur du Japan:* Son Excellence M. Massa-aki Hotta, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire du Japon à Prague. M. Takatsugu Yoshiwara, Secrétaire général du Bureau des Brevets d’invention. *San Altesse Sérénissime le Prince de Liechtenstein:* M. Walther Kraft, Directeur du Bureau fédéral de la Propriété intellectuelle à Berne. *Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc:* Son Excellence le Vicomte de Poulpiquet du Halgouët, Attaché Commercial de France à Londres. *Le Président des États-Unis du Mexique :* M. Gustavo Luders de Negri, Consul général du Mexique à Londres. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Norvège:* M. Birger Gabriel Wyller, Directeur général du Bureau de la Propriété industrielle. *Sa Majesté la Reine des PaysBas:* M. le Dr. J. Alingh Prins, Président du Conseil pour les Brevets d’invention, Directeur du Bureau pour la Propriété industrielle à La Haye. M. le Dr. Ingénieur J. van Hettinga Tromp, avocat près la Haute Cour à La Haye. M. le Dr. A. D. Koeleman, Conseiller à La Haye. M. le Dr. H. F. van Walsem, avocat, à Eindhoven. *Le Président de la. République polonaise (au nom de la Pologne et de la Ville libre de Dantzig);* *Au nom de la République polonaise:* M. Stefan Czaykowski, Président de l’Office des Brevets de la République polonaise. *Au nom de la Ville libre de Dantzig:* M. Stefan Czaykowski. *Le Président de la République portugaise:* M. le Dr. Joâo de Lebre e Lima, Chargé d’Affaires du Portugal à Londres. M. l’Ing. Arthur de Mello Quintella Saldanha, Directeur du Bureau de la Propriété industrielle. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède:* M. le Dr. Cari Birger Lindgren, Chef de Section à l’Office des Brevets et de l’Enregistrement. M. Âke de Zweigbergk. *Le Conseilfédéral de la Confédération suisse:* M. Walther Kraft, Directeur du Bureau fédéral de la Propriété intellectuelle.53 Stat. 1752 *Le Président de la République tchécoslovaque:* M. le Dr. Karel Skâla, Conseiller supérieur au Ministère du Commerce. M. le Dr. Otto Parsch, Secrétaire au Ministère du Commerce. *Son Altesse le Bey de Tunisie:* M. Charles Billecocq, Consul général de France à Londres. *Le Président de la République turque:* Son Excellence Ali Fethi Bey, Ambassadeur de Turquie à Londres. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Yougoslavie:* M. le Dr. Janko Choumane, Président de l’Office national pour la Protection de la Propriété industrielle. Lesquels, après avoir communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs respectifs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:— Article 1er. 1. Les pays auxquels s’applique la présente Convention sont constitués à l’état d’Union pour la protection de la propriété industrielle. 2. La protection de la propriété industrielle a pour objet les brevets d’invention, les modèles d’utilité, les dessins ou modèles industriels, les marques de fabrique ou de commerce, le nom commercial et les indications de provenance ou appellations d’origine, ainsi que la répression de la concurrence déloyale. 3. La propriété industrielle s’entend dans l’acception la plus large et s’applique non seulement à l’industrie et au commerce proprement dits, mais également au domaine des industries agricoles et extractives et à tous produits fabriqués ou naturels, par exemple: vins, grains, feuilles de tabac, fruits, bestiaux, minéraux, eaux minérales, bières, fleurs, farines. 4. Parmi les brevets d’invention sont comprises les diverses espèces de brevets industriels admises par les législations des pays de l’Union, telles que brevets d’importation, brevets de perfectionnement, brevets et certificats d’addition, etc. Article 2. 1. Les ressortissants de chacun des pays de l’Union jouiront dans tous les autres pays de l’Union, en ce qui concerne la protection de la propriété industrielle, des avantages que les lois respectives accordent actuellement ou accorderont par la suite aux nationaux, le tout sans préjudice des droits spécialement prévus par la présente Convention. En conséquence, ils auront la même protection que ceuxci et le même recours légal contre toute atteinte portée à leurs droits, sous réserve de l’accomplissement des conditions et formalités imposées aux nationaux. 2. Toutefois, aucune condition de domicile ou d’établissement dans le pays où la protection est réclamée ne peut être exigée des ressor 53 Stat. 1753tissants de l’Union pour la jouissance d’aucun des droits de propriété industrielle. 3. Sont expressément réservées les dispositions de la législation de chacun des pays de l’Union relatives à la procédure judiciaire et administrative et à la compétence, ainsi qu’à l’élection de domicile ou à la constitution d’un mandataire, qui seraient requises par les lois sur la propriété industrielle. Article 3. Sont assimilés aux ressortissants des pays de l’Union les ressortissants des pays ne faisant pas partie de l’Union qui sont domiciliés ou ont des établissements industriels ou commerciaux effectifs et sérieux sur le territoire de l’un des pays de l’Union. Article 4. A.— 1. Celui qui aura régulièrement fait le dépôt d’une demande de brevet d’invention, d’un modèle d’utilité, d’un dessin ou modèle industriel, d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce, dans l’un des pays de l’Union, ou son ayant cause, jouira, pour effectuer le dépôt dans les autres pays, d’un droit de priorité pendant les délais déterminés ciaprès. 2. Est reconnu comme donnant naissance au droit de priorité tout dépôt ayant la valeur d’un dépôt national régulier en vertu de la loi intérieure de chaque pays de l’Union ou de traités internationaux conclus entre plusieurs pays de l’Union. B.— En conséquence, le dépôt ultérieurement opéré dans l’un des autres pays de l’Union, avant l’expiration de ces délais, ne pourra être invalidé par des faits accomplis dans l’intervalle, soit, notamment, par un autre dépôt, par la publication de l’invention ou son exploitation, par la mise en vente d’exemplaires du dessin ou du modèle, par l’emploi de la marque, et ces faits ne pourront faire naître aucun droit de tiers ni aucune possession personnelle. Les droits acquis par des tiers avant le jour de la première demande qui sert de base au droit de priorité sont réservés par l’effet de la législation intérieure, de chaque pays de l’Union. C.— 1. Les délais de priorité mentionnés cidessus seront de douze mois pour les brevets d’invention et les modèles d’utilité, et de six mois pour les dessins ou modèles industriels et pour les marques de fabrique ou de commerce. 2. Ces délais commencent à courir de la date du dépôt de la première demande; le jour du dépôt n’est pas compris dans le délai. 3. Si le dernier jour du délai est un jour férié légal ou un jour où le Bureau n’est pas ouvert pour recevoir le dépôt des demandes dans le pays où la protection est réclamée, le délai sera prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable qui suit. D.— 1. Quiconque voudra se prévaloir de la priorité d’un dépôt antérieur sera tenu de faire une déclaration indiquant la date et le pays de ce dépôt. Chaque pays déterminera à quel moment, au plus tard, cette déclaration devra être effectuée. 53 Stat. 1754 2. Ces indications seront mentionnées dans les publications émanant de L’Administration compétente, notamment sur les brevets et les descriptions y relatives. 3. Les pays de l’Union pourront exiger de celui qui fait une déclaration de priorité la production d’une copie de la demande (description, dessins, etc.) déposée antérieurement. La copie, certifiée conforme par l’Administration qui aura reçu cette demande, sera dispensée de toute légalisation, et elle pourra en tous cas être déposée, exempte de frais, à n’importe quel moment dans le délai de trois mois à dater du dépôt de la demande ultérieure. On pourra exiger qu’elle soit accompagnée d’un certificat de la date du dépôt émanant de cette Administration, et d’une traduction. 4. D’autres formalités ne pourront être requises pour la déclaration de priorité au moment du dépôt de la demande. Chaque pays de l’Union déterminera les conséquences de l’omission des formalités prévues par le présent article, sans que ces conséquences puissent excéder la perte du droit de piiorité. 5. Ultérieurement d’autres justifications pourront être demandées. E.— 1. Lorsqu’un dessin ou modèle industriel aura été déposé dans un pays en vertu d’un droit de priorité basé sur le dépôt d’un modèle d’utilité, le délai de priorité ne sera que celui fixé pour les dessins ou modèles industriels. 2. En outre, il est permis de déposer dans un pays un modèle d’utilité en vertu d’un droit de priorité basé sur le dépôt d’une demande de brevet et inversement. F.— Aucun pays de l’Union ne pourra refuser une demande de brevet pour le motif qu’elle contient la revendication de priorités multiples, à la condition qu’il y ait unité d’invention au sens de la loi du pays. G.— Si l’examen révèle qu’une demande de brevet est complexe, le demandeur pourra diviser la demande en un certain nombre de demandes divisionnaires en conservant comme date de chacune la date de la demande initiale et, s’il y a lieu, le bénéfice du droit de priorité. H.— La priorité ne peut être refusée pour le motif que certains éléments de l’invention pour lesquels on revendique la priorité ne figurent pas parmi les revendications formulées dans la demande au pays d’origine, pourvu que l’ensemble des pièces de la demande révèle d’une façon précise lesdits éléments. Article 4 *bis.* 1. Les brevets demandés dans les différents pays de l’Union par des ressortissants de l’Union seront indépendants des brevets obtenus pour la même invention dans les autres pays, adhérents ou non à l’Union. 2. Cette disposition doit s’entendre d’une façon absolue, notamment en ce sens que les brevets demandés pendant le délai de priorité sont indépendants, tant au point de vue des causes de nullité et de déchéance, qu’au point de vue de la durée normale. 53 Stat. 1755 3. Elle s’applique à tous les brevets existant au moment de sa mise en vigueur. 4. Il en sera de même, en cas d’accession de nouveaux pays, pour les brevets existant de part et d’autre au moment de l’accession. 5. Les brevets obtenus avec le bénéfice de la priorité jouiront, dans les différents pays de l’Union, d’une durée égale à celle dont ils jouiraient s’ils étaient demandés ou délivrés sans le bénéfice de la priorité. Article 4 *ter.* L’inventeur a le droit d’être mentionné comme tel dans le brevet. Article 5. A.— 1. L’introduction, par le breveté, dans le pays où le brevet a été délivré, d’objets fabriqués dans l’un ou l’autre des pays de l’Union, n’entraînera pas la déchéance. 2. Toutefois, chacun des pays de l’Union aura la faculté de prendre les mesures législatives nécessaires pour prévenir les abus qui pourraient résulter de l’exercice du droit exclusif conféré par le brevet, par exemple faute d’exploitation. 3. Ces mesures ne pourront prévoir la déchéance du brevet que si la concession de licences obligatoires ne suffisait pas pour prévenir ces abus. 4. En tout cas, la concession d’une licence obligatoire ne pourra pas être demandée avant l’expiration de trois années à compter de la date de la délivrance du brevet, et cette licence ne pourra être accordée que si le breveté ne justifie pas d’excuses légitimes. Aucune action en déchéance ou en révocation d’un brevet ne pourra être introduite avant l’expiration de deux années à compter de la concession de la première licence obligatoire. 5. Les dispositions qui précèdent seront applicables, sous réserve des modifications nécessaires, aux modèles d’utilité. B.— La protection des dessins et modèles industriels ne peut être atteinte par une déchéance quelconque, soit pour défaut d’exploitation, soit pour introduction d’objets conformes à ceux qui sont protégés. C.— 1. Si, dans un pays, l’utilisation de la marque enregistrée est obligatoire, l’enregistrement ne pourra être annulé qu’après un délai équitable et si l’intéressé ne justifie pas des causes de son inaction. 2. L’emploi d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce par le propriétaire, sous une forme qui diffère par des éléments n’altérant pas le caractère distinctif de la marque dans la forme sous laquelle celle-ci a été enregistrée dans l’un des pays de l’Union, n’entraînera pas l’invalidation de l’enregistrement et ne diminuera pas la protection accordée à la marque. 3. L’emploi simultané de la même marque sur des produits identiques ou similaires, par des établissements industriels ou commerciaux considérés comme copropriétaires de la marque d’après les dispositions de la loi nationale du pays où la protection est réclamée, n’empêchera pas l’enregistrement ni ne diminuera d’aucune façon 53 Stat. 1756la protection accordée à ladite marque dans n’importe quel pays de l’Union, pourvu que ledit emploi n’ait pas pour effet d’induire le public en erreur et qu'il ne soit pas contraire à l’intérêt public. D.— Aucun signe ou mention du brevet, du modèle d’utilité, de l’enregistrement de la marque de fabrique ou de commerce ou du dépôt du dessin ou modèle industriel ne sera exigé sur le produit, pour la reconnaissance du droit. Article 5 *bis.* 1. Un délai de grâce, qui devra être au minimum de trois mois, sera accordé pour le payement des taxes prévues pour le maintien des droits de propriété industrielle, moyennant le versement d’une surtaxe, si la législation nationale en impose une. 2. Pour les brevets d’invention, les pays de l’Union s’engagent en outre, soit à porter le délai de grâce à six mois au moins, soit à prévoir la restauration du brevet tombé en déchéance par suite de nonpayement de taxes, ces mesures restant soumises aux conditions prévues par la législation intérieure. Article 5 *ter.* Dans chacun des pays de l’Union ne seront pas considérés comme portant atteinte aux droits du breveté: 1° l’emploi, à bord des navires des autres pays de l’Union, des moyens faisant l’objet de son brevet dans le corps du navire, dans les machines, agrès, apparaux et autres accessoires, lorsque ces navires pénétreront temporairement ou accidentellement dans les eaux du pays, sous réserve que ces moyens y soient employés exclusivement pour les besoins du navire; 2° l’emploi des moyens faisant l’objet du brevet dans la construction ou le fonctionnement des engins de locomotion aérienne ou terrestre des autres pays de l’Union ou des accessoires de ces engins, lorsque ceuxci pénétreront temporairement ou accidentellement dans ce pays. Article 6. A.— Toute marque de fabrique ou de commerce régulièrement enregistrée dans le pays d’origine sera admise au dépôt et protégée telle quelle dans les autres pays de l’Union sous les réserves indiquées ciaprès. Ces pays pourront exiger, avant de procéder à l’enregistrement définitif, la production d’un certificat d’enregistrement au pays d’origine délivré par l’autorité compétente. Aucune légalisation [*législation*] ne sera requise pour ce certificat. B.— 1. Toutefois, pourront être refusées ou invalidées: 1° les marques qui sont de nature à porter atteinte à des droits acquis par des tiers dans le pays où la protection est réclamée; 53 Stat. 1757 2° les marques dépourvues de tout caractère distinctif, ou bien composées exclusivement de signes ou d’indications pouvant servir, dans le commerce, pour désigner l’espèce, la qualité, la quantité, la destination, la valeur, le lieu d’origine des produits ou l’époque de production ou devenus usuels dans le langage courant ou les habitudes loyales et constantes du commerce du pays où la protection est réclamée. Dans l’appréciation du caractère distinctif d’une marque, on devra tenir compte de toutes les circonstances de fait, notamment de la durée de l’usage de la marque; 3° les marques qui sont contraires à la morale ou à l’ordre public, notamment celles qui sont de nature à tromper le public. Il est entendu qu’une marque ne pourra être considérée comme contraire à l’ordre public pour la seule raison qu’elle n'est pas conforme à quelque disposition de la législation sur les marques, sauf le cas où cette disposition ellemême concerne l’ordre public. 2. Ne pourront être refusées dans les autres pays de l’Union les marques de fabrique ou de commerce pour le seul motif qu’elles ne diffèrent des marques protégées dans le pays d’origine que par des éléments n’altérant pas le caractère distinctif et ne touchant pas à l’identité des marques dans la forme sous laquelle cellesci ont été enregistrées audit pays d’origine. C.— Sera considéré comme pays d’origine le pays de l’Union où le déposant a un établissement industriel ou commercial effectif et sérieux, et, s’il n’a pas un tel établissement, le pays de l’Union où il a son domicile, et, s’il n’a pas de domicile dans l’Union, le pays de sa nationalité, au cas où il est ressortissant d’un pays de l’Union. D.— Lorsqu’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce aura été régulièrement enregistrée dans le pays d’origine, puis dans un ou plusieurs autres pays de l’Union, chacune de ces marques nationales sera considérée, dès la date à laquelle elle aura été enregistrée, comme indépendante de la marque dans le pays d’origine, pourvu qu’elle soit conforme à la législation intérieure du pays d’importation. E.— En aucun cas le renouvellement de l’enregistrement d’une marque dans le pays d’origine n’entraînera l’obligation de renouveler l’enregistrement dans les autres pays de l’Union où la marque aura été enregistrée. F.— Le bénéfice de la priorité reste acquis aux dépôts de marques effectués dans le délai de l’article 4, même lorsque l’enregistrement dans le pays d’origine n’intervient qu’après l’expiration de ce délai. Article 6 *bis.* 1. Les pays de l’Union s’engagent à refuser ou à invalider, soit d’office si la législation du pays le permet, soit à la requête de l’intéressé, l’enregistrement d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce qui constitue la reproduction, l’imitation ou la traduction, susceptibles de créer une confusion, d’une marque que l’autorité 53 Stat. 1758compétente du pays de l’enregistrement estimera y être notoirement connue comme étant déjà la marque d’une personne admise à bénéficier de la présente Convention et utilisée pour des produits identiques ou similaires. Il en sera de même lorsque la partie essentielle de la marque constitue la reproduction d’une telle marque notoirement connue ou une imitation susceptible de créer une confusion avec celle-ci. 2. Un délai minimum de trois ans devra être accordé pour réclamer la radiation de ces marques. Le délai courra de la date de l’enregistrement de la marque. 3. Il ne sera pas fixé de délai pour réclamer la radiation des marques enregistrées de mauvaise foi. Article 6 *ter.* 1. Les pays de l’Union conviennent de refuser ou d’invalider l’enregistrement et d’interdire, par des mesures appropriées, l’utilisation, à défaut d’autorisation des pouvoirs compétents, soit comme marques de fabrique ou de commerce, soit comme éléments de ces marques, des armoiries, drapeaux et autres emblèmes d’Êtat des pays de l’Union, signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie adoptés par eux, ainsi que toute imitation au point de vue héraldique. 2. L’interdiction des signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie s’appliquera seulement dans les cas où les marques qui les comprendront seront destinées à être utilisées sur des marchandises du même genre ou d’un genre similaire. 3. Pour l’application de ces dispositions, les pays de l’Union conviennent de se communiquer réciproquement, par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international de Berne, la liste des emblèmes d’État, signes et poinçons officiels de contrôle et de garantie, qu’ils désirent ou désireront placer, d’une façon absolue ou dans certaines limites, sous la protection du présent article, ainsi que toutes modifications ultérieures apportées à cette liste. Chaque pays de l’Union mettra à la disposition du public, en temps utile, les listes notifiées. 4. Tout pays de l’Union pourra, dans un délai de douze mois à partir de la réception de la notification, transmettre, par l’inter-médiaire du Bureau international de Berne, au pays intéressé, ses objections éventuelles. 5. Pour les emblèmes d’État notoirement connus, les mesures prévues à l’alinéa 1 s’appliqueront seulement aux marques enregistrées après le 6 novembre 1925. 6. Pour les emblèmes d’Êtat qui ne seraient pas notoirement connus, et pour les signes et poinçons officiels, ces dispositions ne seront applicables qu’aux marques enregistrées plus de deux mois après réception de la notification prévue par l’alinéa 3. 7. En cas de mauvaise foi, les pays auront la faculté de faire radier même les marques enregistrées avant le 6 novembre 1925 et comportant des emblèmes d’État, signes et poinçons. 53 Stat. 1759 8. Les nationaux de chaque pays qui seraient autorisés à faire usage des emblèmes d’État, signes et poinçons de leur pays, pourront les utiliser, même s’il y avait similitude avec ceux d’un autre pays. 9. Les pays de l’Union s’engagent à interdire l’usage non autorisé, dans le commerce, des armoiries d’État des autres pays de l’Union, lorsque cet usage sera de nature à induire en erreur sur l’origine des produits. 10. Les dispositions qui précèdent ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice, par les pays, de la faculté de refuser ou d’invalider, par application du 3° de l’alinéa 1 de la lettre B de l’article 6, les marques contenant, sans autorisation, des armoiries, drapeaux, décorations et autres emblèmes d’État ou des signes et poinçons officiels adoptés par un pays de l’Union. Article 6 *quater.* 1. Lorsque, conformément à la législation d’un pays de l’Union, la cession d’une marque n’est valable que si elle a lieu en même temps que le transfert de l’entreprise ou du fonds de commerce auquel la marque appartient, il suffira, pour que cette validité soit admise, que la partie de l’entreprise ou du fonds de commerce située dans ce pays soit transmise au cessionnaire, avec le droit exclusif d’y fabriquer ou d’y vendre les produits portant la marque cédée. 2. Cette disposition n’impose pas aux pays de l’Union l’obligation de considérer comme valable le transfert de toute marque dont l’usage par le cessionnaire serait, en fait, de nature à induire le public en erreur, notamment en ce qui concerne la provenance, la nature ou les qualités substantielles des produits auxquels la marque est appliquée. Article 7. La nature du produit sur lequel la marque de fabrique ou de commerce doit être apposée ne peut, dans aucun cas, faire obstacle à l’enregistrement de la marque. Article 7 *bis.* 1. Les pays de l’Union s’engagent à admettre au dépôt et à protéger les marques collectives appartenant à des collectivités dont l’existence n’est pas contraire à la loi du pays d’origine, même si ces collectivités ne possèdent pas un établissement industriel ou commercial. 2. Chaque pays sera juge des conditions particulières sous lesquelles une marque collective sera protégée et il pourra refuser la protection si cette marque est contraire à l’intérêt public. 3. Cependant, la protection de ces marques ne pourra être refusée à aucune collectivité dont l’existence n’est pas contraire à la loi du pays d’origine, pour le motif qu’elle n’est pas établie dans le pays où la protection est requise ou qu’elle n’est pas constituée conformément à la législation de ce pays. 53 Stat. 1760 Article 8. Le nom commercial sera protégé dans tous les pays de l’Union sans obligation de dépôt ou d’enregistrement, qu’il fasse ou non partie d’une marque de fabrique ou de commerce. Article 9. 1. Tout produit portant illicitement une marque de fabrique ou de commerce, ou un nom commercial, sera saisi à l’importation dans ceux des pays de l’Union dans lesquels cette marque ou ce nom commercial ont droit à la protection légale. 2. La saisie sera également effectuée dans le pays où l’apposition illicite aura eu lieu, ou dans le pays où aura été importé le produit. 3. La saisie aura lieu à la requête soit du ministère public, soit de toute autre autorité compétente, soit d’une partie intéressée, personne physique ou morale, conformément à la législation intérieure de chaque pays. 4. Les autorités ne seront pas tenues d’effectuer la saisie en cas de transit. 5. Si la législation d’un pays n'admet pas la saisie à l’importation, la saisie sera remplacée par la prohibition d’importation ou la saisie à l’intérieur. 6. Si la législation d’un pays n’admet ni la saisie à l’importation, ni la prohibition d’importation, ni la saisie à l’intérieur, et en attendant que cette législation soit modifiée en conséquence, ces mesures seront remplacées par les actions et moyens que la loi de ce pays assurerait en pareil cas aux nationaux. Article 10. 1. Les dispositions de l’article précédent seront applicables à tout produit portant faussement, comme indication de provenance, le nom d’une localité ou d’un pays déterminé, lorsque cette indication sera jointe à un nom commercial fictif ou emprunté dans une intention frauduleuse. 2. Sera en tout cas reconnu comme partie intéressée, que ce soit une personne physique ou morale, tout producteur, fabricant ou commerçant engagé dans la production, la fabrication ou le commerce de ce produit et établi, soit dans la localité faussement indiquée comme lieu de provenance, soit dans la région où cette localité est située, soit dans le pays faussement indiqué, soit dans le pays où la fausse indication de provenance est employée. Article 10 *bis.* 1. Les pays de l’Union sont tenus d’assurer aux ressortissants de l’Union une protection effective contre la concurrence déloyale. 2. Constitue un acte de concurrence déloyale tout acte de concurrence contraire aux usages honnêtes en matière industrielle ou commerciale. 53 Stat. 1761 3. Notamment devront être interdits: 1° tous faits quelconques de nature à créer une confusion par n’importe quel moyen avec l’établissement, les produits ou l’activité industrielle ou commerciale d’un concurrent; 2° les allégations fausses, dans l’exercice du commerce, de nature à discréditer l’établissement, les produits ou l’activité industrielle ou commerciale d’un concurrent. Article 10 *ter.* 1. Les pays de l’Union s’engagent à assurer aux ressortissants des autres pays de l’Union des recours légaux appropriés pour réprimer efficacement tous les actes visés aux articles 9, 10 et 10*bis*. 2. Ils s’engagent, en outre, à prévoir des mesures pour permettre aux syndicats et associations représentant les industriels, producteurs ou commerçants intéressés et dont l’existence n’est pas contraire aux lois de leurs pays, d’agir en justice ou auprès des autorités administratives, en vue de la répression des actes prévus par les articles 9, 10 et 10*bis*, dans la mesure où la loi du pays dans lequel la protection est réclamée le permet aux syndicats et associations de ce pays. Article 11. 1. Les pays de l’Union accorderont, conformément à leur législation intérieure, une protection temporaire aux inventions brevetables, aux modèles d’utilité, aux dessins ou modèles industriels ainsi qu’aux marques de fabrique ou de commerce, pour les produits qui figureront aux expositions internationales officielles ou officiellement reconnues organisées sur le territoire de l’un d’eux. 2. Cette protection temporaire ne prolongera pas les délais de l’article 4. Si, plus tard, le droit de priorité est invoqué, l’Administration de chaque pays pourra faire partir le délai de la date de l’introduction du produit dans l’exposition. 3. Chaque pays pourra exiger, comme preuve de l’identité de l’objet exposé et de la date d’introduction, les pièces justificatives qu’il jugera nécessaires. Article 12. 1. Chacun des pays de l’Union s’engage à établir un service spécial de la propriété industrielle et un dépôt central pour la communication au public des brevets d’invention, des modèles d’utilité, des dessins ou modèles industriels et des marques de fabrique ou de commerce. 2. Ce service publiera une feuille périodique officielle. Il publiera régulièrement:
(a)les noms des titulaires des brevets délivrés, avec une brève désignation des inventions brevetées;
(b)les reproductions des marques enregistrées. Article 13. 1. L’Office international institué à Berne sous le nom de Bureau international pour la protection de la propriété industrielle est placé 53 Stat. 1762sous la haute autorité du Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse, qui en règle l’organisation et en surveille le fonctionnement. 2. La langue officielle du Bureau international est la langue française. 3. Le Bureau international centralise les renseignements de toute nature relatifs à la protection de la propriété industrielle; il les réunit et les publie. Il procède aux études d’utilité commune intéressant l’Union et rédige, à l’aide des documents qui sont mis à sa disposition par les diverses Administrations, une feuille périodique, en langue française, sur les questions concernant l’objet de l’Union. 4. Les numéros de cette feuille, de même que tous les documents publiés par le Bureau international, sont répartis entre les Administrations des pays de l’Union dans la proportion du nombre des unités contributives cidessous mentionnées. Les exemplaires et documents supplémentaires qui seraient réclamés, soit par lesdites Administrations, soit par des sociétés ou des particuliers, seront payés à part. 5. Le Bureau international doit se tenir en tout temps à la disposition des pays de l’Union, pour leur fournir, sur les questions relatives au service international delà propriété industrielle, les renseignements spéciaux dont ils pourraient avoir besoin. Le Directeur du Bureau international fait sur sa gestion un rapport annuel qui est communiqué à tous les pays de l’Union. 6. Les dépenses ordinaires du Bureau international seront sup-portées en commun par les pays de l’Union. Jusqu’à nouvel ordre, elles ne pourront pas dépasser la somme de cent vingt mille francs suisses par année. Cette somme pourra être augmentée au besoin, par décision unanime d’une des Conférences prévues à l’article 14. 7. Les dépenses ordinaires ne comprennent pas les frais afférents aux travaux des Conférences de Plénipotentiaires ou administratives, ni les frais que pourront entraîner des travaux spéciaux ou des publications effectués conformément aux décisions d’une Conférence. Ces frais, dont le montant annuel ne pourra dépasser 20,000 francs suisses, seront répartis entre les pays de l’Union proportionnellement à la contribution qu’ils payent pour le fonctionnement du Bureau international, suivant les dispositions de l’alinéa 8 ciaprès. 8. Pour déterminer la part contributive de chacun des pays dans cette somme totale des frais, les pays de l’Union et ceux qui adhéreront ultérieurement à l’Union sont divisés en six classes, contribuant chacune dans la proportion d’un certain nombre d’unités, savoir: Unités 1 re classe 25 2 e classe 20 3 e classe 15 4 e classe 10 5 e classe 5 6 e classe 3 Ces coefficients sont multipliés par le nombre des pays de chaque classe, et la somme des produits ainsi obtenus fournit le nombre d’unités par lequel la dépense totale doit être divisée. Le quotient donne le montant de l’imité de dépense. 53 Stat. 1763 9. Chacun des pays de l’Union désignera, au moment de son accession, la classe dans laquelle il désire être rangé. Toutefois, chaque pays de l’Union pourra déclarer ultérieurement qu’il désire être rangé dans une autre classe. 10. Le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse surveille les dépenses du Bureau international, fait les avances nécessaires et établit le compte annuel qui sera communiqué à toutes les autres Administrations. Article 14. 1. La présente Convention sera soumise à des revisions périodiques, en vue d’y introduire les améliorations de nature à perfectionner le système de l’Union. 2. A cet effet, des Conférences auront lieu, successivement, dans l’un des pays de l’Union [*pays contractants*] entre les Délégués desdits pays. 3. L’Administration du pays où doit siéger la Conférence préparera, avec le concours du Bureau international, les travaux de cette Conférence. 4. Le Directeur du Bureau international assistera aux séances des Conférences, et prendra part aux discussions sans voix délibérative. Article 15. Il est entendu que les pays de l’Union se réservent respectivement le droit de prendre séparément, entre eux, des arrangements particuliers pour la protection de la propriété industrielle, en tant que ces arrangements ne contreviendraient point aux dispositions de la présente Convention. Article 16. 1. Les pays qui n’ont point pris part à la présente Convention seront admis à y adhérer sur leur demande. 2. Cette adhésion sera notifiée par la voie diplomatique au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse, et par celuici à tous les autres. 3. Elle emportera, de plein droit, accession à toutes les clauses et admission à tous les avantages stipulés par la présente Convention, et produira ses effets un mois après l’envoi de la notification faite par le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse aux autres pays unionistes, à moins qu’une date postérieure n’ait été indiquée dans la demande d’adhésion. Article 16 *bis.* 1. Chacun des pays de l’Union peut, en tout temps, notifier par écrit au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse que la présente Convention est applicable à tout ou partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires sous mandat ou tous autres territoires soumis à son autorité, ou tous territoires sous suzeraineté, et la Convention s’appliquera à tous les territoires désignés dans la notification un 53 Stat. 1764mois après l’envoi de la communication faite par le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse aux autres pays de l’Union, à moins qu’une date postérieure n’ait été indiquée dans la notification. A défaut de cette notification, la Convention ne s’appliquera pas à ces territoires. 2. Chacun des pays de l’Union peut, en tout temps, notifier par écrit au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse que la présente Convention cesse d’être applicable à tout ou partie des territoires qui ont fait l’objet de la notification prévue à l’alinéa qui précède, et la Convention cessera de s’appliquer dans les territoires désignés dans cette notification douze mois après réception de la notification adressée au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse. 3. Toutes les notifications faites au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse, conformément aux dispositions des alinéas 1 et 2 du présent article, seront communiquées par ce Gouvernement à tous les pays de l’Union. Article 17. L’exécution des engagements réciproques contenus dans la pré-sente Convention est subordonnée, en tant que de besoin, à l’accomplissement des formalités et règles établies par les lois constitutionnelles de ceux des pays de l’Union qui sont tenus d’en provoquer l’application, ce qu’ils s’obligent à faire dans le plus bref délai possible. Article 17 *bis.* 1. La Convention demeurera en vigueur pendant un temps indéterminé, jusqu’à l’expiration d’une année à partir du jour où la dénonciation en sera faite. 2. Cette dénonciation sera adressée au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse. Elle ne produira son effet qu’à l’égard du pays au nom duquel elle aura été faite, la Convention restant exécutoire pour les autres pays de l’Union. Article 18. 1. Le présent Acte sera ratifié et les instruments de ratification en seront déposés à Londres au plus tard le 1er juillet 1938. Il entrera en vigueur entre les pays au nom desquels il aura été ratifié un mois après cette date. Toutefois, si auparavant il était ratifié au nom de six pays au moins, il entrerait en vigueur entre ces pays un mois après que le dépôt de la sixième ratification leur aurait été notifié par le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse, et pour les pays au nom desquels il serait ratifié ensuite, un mois après la notification de chacune de ces ratifications. 2. Les pays au nom desquels l’instrument de ratification n’aura pas été déposé dans le délai visé à l’alinéa précédent seront admis à l’adhésion aux termes de l’article 16. 3. Le présent Acte remplacera, dans les rapports entre les pays auxquels il s’applique, la Convention d’Union de Paris de 1883 et les Actes de revision subséquents. 53 Stat. 1765 4. En ce qui concerne les pays auxquels le présent Acte ne s’applique pas, mais auxquels s’applique la Convention d’Union de Paris revisée à La Haye en 1925, cette dernière restera en vigueur. 5. De même, en ce qui concerne les pays auxquels ne s’appliquent ni le présent Acte, ni la Convention d’Union de Paris revisée à La Haye, la Convention d’Union de Paris revisée à Washington en 1911 restera en vigueur. Article 19. Le présent Acte sera signé en un seul exemplaire, lequel sera déposé aux Archives du Gouvernement du RoyaumeUni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord. Une copie certifiée sera remise par ce dernier à chacun des Gouvernements des pays de l’Union. Fait à Londres, en un seul exemplaire, le 2 Juin 1934. *Pour l’Allemagne:* Hoesch. Georg Klauer. Wolfgang Kühnast. Herbert Kühnemann. *Pour l’Autriche:* Dr. Hans Werner. *Pour la Belgique:* Copfieters de Gibson. Thomas Braun. *Pour les États-Unis du Brésil:* J. A. Barboza-Carneiro. *Pour Cuba:* Gabriel SuArez Solar. *Pour le Danemark:* N. J. Ehrenreich-Hansen. *Pour la Ville libre de Dantzig:* *Pour l’Espagne:* Ramôn Pérez de Avala. Fernando Cabello Lapiedra. José Garcïa Monge. *Pour les États-Unis d’Amérique:* Conway P. Coe. John A. Dienner. Thomas Ewing. *Pour la Finlande:* J. Kautola. *Pour la France:* Marcel Plaisant. Roger Cambon. Georges Lainel. Georges Maillard. 53 Stat. 1766 *Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord:* F. W. Leith-Ross. M. F. Lindley. William S. Jarratt. *Pour l’Australie:* B. Wallach. *Pour l’État libre d’Irlande:* *Pour la Hongrie:* Schilling Zoltân. *Pour l’Italie:* Eduardo Piola Caselli. Luigi Biamonti. Alfredo Jannoni Sebastianini. *Pour le Japon:* M. Hotta. Takatsugu Yoshiwara. *Pour Liechtenstein:* W. Kraft. *Pour le Maroc:* Halgouët. *Pour les États-Unis du Mexique:* G. Luders de Negri. *Pour la Norvège:* B. G. Wyller. *Pour les PaysBas:* J. Alingh Prins. J. van Hettinga Tromp. A. D. Koeleman. H. F. van Walsem. *Pour la Pologne:* Stefan Czaykowski. *Poux le Portugal:* Joâo de Lebre e Lima. Arthur de Mello Quintella Saldanha. *Pour la Suède:* Birger Lindgren. Âke de Zweigbergk. *Pour la Syrie et le Liban:* Marcel Plaisant. *Pour la Suisse:* W. Kraft. 53 Stat. 1767 *Pour la Tchécoslovaquie:* Dr. Karel Skâla. Dr. Otto Parbch. *Pour la Tunisie:* C. Billecocq. *Pour la Turquie:* A. Fethi. *Pour la Yougoslavie:* Dr. Janko Choumane (Šuman). Whereas it is provided in Article 18 of the said convention that the Deposit of ratifications.*Post*, p. 1784.instruments of ratification thereof shall be deposited in London not later than the first of July 1938 and that the convention shall come into force between the countries in whose names it shall have been ratified one month after such date; And whereas the ratifications of the United States of America, Denmark, Germany, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Japan, including Chosen, Taiwan and Karafuto, and Norway were deposited in London before July 1, 1938, the said convention thus coming into force between those countries one month after such date, that is to say on August 1, 1938, in accordance with Article 18 of the said convention; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Proclamation.President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled in good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have caused the Seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1768 [Translation] **CONVENTION OF UNION OF PARIS OF MARCH 20, 1883, FOR THE PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY, REVISED AT BRUSSELS DECEMBER 14, 1900, AT WASHINGTON JUNE 2, 1911, AT THE HAGUE NOVEMBER 6, 1925, AND AT LONDON JUNE 2, 1934** Contracting powers.The President of the German Reich; the President of the Republic of Austria; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; the President of the United States of Brazil; the President of the Republic of Cuba; His Majesty the King of Denmark; the President of the Republic of Spain; the President of the United States of America; the President of the Republic of Finland; the President of the French Republic; His Majesty the King of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Territories Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; His Most Serene Highness the Regent of the Kingdom of Hungary; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan; His Most Serene Highness the Prince of Liechtenstein; His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco; the President of the United Mexican States; His Majesty the King of Norway; Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; the President of the Polish Republic (in the name of Poland and the Free City of Danzig); the President of the Portuguese Republic; His Majesty the King of Sweden; the Federal Council of the Swiss Confederation; the President of the Czechoslovak Republic; His Highness the Bey of Tunisia; the President of the Turkish Republic; His Majesty the King of Yugoslavia, Having deemed it expedient to make certain modifications and [25 Stat. 1372](/us/stat/25/1372).additions in the International Convention of March 20, 1883, for the creation of an International Union for the Protection of Industrial [32 Stat. 1936](/us/stat/32/1936).Property, revised at Brussels on December 14, 1900, at Washington [38 Stat. 1645](/us/stat/38/1645).[47 Stat. 1789](/us/stat/47/1789).on June 2, 1911, and at The Hague on November 6, 1925, have appointed as their plenipotentiaries, to wit: Plenipotentiaries.*The President of the German Reich:* His Excellency M. Leopold von Hoesch, German Ambassador in London. Mr. Georg Klauer, President of the Patent Office. Mr. Wolfgang Kühnast, Geh. Justizrat, Director in the Patent Office. Mr. Herbert Kühnemann, Landgerichtsrat in the Ministry of Justice. *The President of the Republic of Austria:* Mr. le Hofrat Dr. Hans Werner, Chief Adviser in the Patent Office.53 Stat. 1769 *His Majesty the King of the Belgians:*Plenipotentiaries— Continued. Mr. Daniel Coppieters de Gibson, attorney at the Court of Appeals of Brussels. Mr. Thomas Braun, attorney at the Court of Appeals of Brussels. *The President of the United States of Brazil:* Mr. Julio Augusto BarbozaCameiro, Commercial Attaché at the Brazilian Embassy in London. *The President of the Republic of Cuba:* Mr. le Dr. Gabriel Suârez Solar, Cuban Chargé d’Affaires in London. *His Majesty the King of Denmark:* Mr. N. J. Ehrenreich-Hansen, Director of the Administration of Industrial Property. *The President of the Republic of Spain:* His Excellency Don Ramôn Pérez de Ayala, Ambassador of Spain in London. Mr. Fernando Cabello Lapiedra, Director of the Office of Industrial Property. Mr. José Garcia Monge y de Vera, Assistant Chief and Secretary of the Register of Industrial Property. *The President of the United States of America:* The Honorable Conway P. Coe, Commissioner of Patents. Mr. Thomas Ewing. Mr. John A. Dienner. *The President of the Republic of Finland:* Mr. Juho Fredrik Kautola, Industrial Adviser, Chief of the Patent Office at the Ministry of Commerce and Industry. *The President of the French Republic:* *In the name of the French Republic:* Mr. Marcel Plaisant, senator, attorney at the Court of Appeals of Paris, Assistant Delegate for France at the League of Nations, member of the Technical Committee on Industrial Property. Mr. Roger Cambon, Minister Plenipotentiary, Adviser of the French Embassy in London. Mr. Georges Lainel, Director of Industrial Property in the Ministry of Commerce and Industry. Mr. Georges Maillard, attorney at the Court of Appeals of Paris, Vice President of the Technical Committee on Industrial Property. *In the name of the States of Syria and the Lebanon:* Mr. Marcel Plaisant.53 Stat. 1770 *His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British Territories Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India:* *For Great Britain and Northern Ireland:* Sir Frederick William Leith-Ross, K. C. B., K. C. M. G., Chief Economic Adviser to His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom. Mr. Mark Frank Lindley, LL. D., Comptroller General of Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks. Sir William Smith Jarratt. *For the Commonwealth of Australia:* Mr. Bernhard Wallach, Commissioner of Patents, Registrar of Trade Marks, Registrar of Designs, Registrar of Copyrights. *For the Irish Free State:* Mr. John W. Dulanty, High Commissioner of the Irish Free State in London. Mr. Edward A. Cleary, Controller of Industrial and Commercial Property. *His Most Serene Highness the Regent of the Kingdom of Hungary:* Mr. Zoltân Schilling, President of the Hungarian Royal Court of Patents. *His Majesty the King of Italy:* His Excellency Mr. Eduardo Piola Caselli, senator, President of Chamber in the Court of Cassation. His Excellency Prof. Amedeo Giannini, senator, Minister Plenipotentiary, State Adviser. Dr. Luigi Biamonti, Director of the Legal Office of the Confederation of Industry. Dr. Alfredo Jannoni Sebastianini, Director of the Bureau of Intellectual Property. *His Majesty the Emperor of Japan:* His Excellency Massaaki Hotta, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiaiy of Japan in Prague. Mr. Takatsugu Yoshiwara, Secretary General of the Office of Patents of Invention. *His Most Serene Highness the Prince of Liechtenstein:* Mr. Walther Kraft, Director of the Federal Bureau of Intellectual Property at Bern. *His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco:* His Excellency Viscount de Poulpiquet du Halgouët, Commercial Attaché of France in London. *The President of the United Mexican States:* Mr. Gustavo Luders de Negri, Consul General of Mexico in London.53 Stat. 1771 *His Majesty the King of Norway:*Plenipotentiaries— Continued. Mr. Birger Gabriel Wyller, Director General of the Office of Industrial Property. *Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands:* Dr. J. Alingh Prins, President of the Council for Patents of Invention, Director of the Office of Industrial Property at The Hague. Dr. Ing. J. van Hettinga Tromp, attorney at the High Court at The Hague. Dr. A. D. Koeleman, adviser at The Hague. Dr. H. F. van Walsem, attorney at Eindhoven. *The President of the Polish Republic (in the name of Poland and the Free City of Danzig'):* *In the name of the Polish Republic:* Mr. Stefan Czaykowski, President of the Patent Office of the Polish Republic. *In the name of the Free City of Danzig:* Mr. Stefan Czaykowski. *The President of the Portuguese Republic:* Dr. Joâo de Lebre e Lima, Portuguese Chargé d’Affaires in London. Ing. Arthur de Mello Quintella Saldanha, Director of the Bureau of Industrial Property. *His Majesty the King of Sweden:* Dr. Carl Birger Lindgren, Section Chief at the Office of Patents and Registration. Mr. Âke de Zweigbergk. *The Federal Council of the Swiss Confederation:* Mr. Walther Kraft, Director of the Federal Bureau of Intellectual Property. *The President of the Czechoslovak Republic:* Dr. Karel Skâla, Adviser at the Ministry of Commerce. Dr. Otto Parsch, Secretary at the Ministry of Commerce. *His Highness the Bey of Tunisia:* Mr. Charles Billecocq, Consul General of France in London. *The President of the Turkish Republic:* His Excellency Ali Fethi Bey, Turkish Ambassador in London. *His Majesty the King of Yugoslavia:* Dr. Janko Choumane, President of the National Office for the Protection of Industrial Property.53 Stat. 1772 Who, having communicated their respective full powers, which were found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions: Article 1
(1)Union constituted. The countries to which the present convention applies constitute themselves into a Union for the Protection of Industrial Property.
(2)Scope. The scope of the protection of industrial property shall include patents, utility models, industrial designs and models, trade marks, commercial names and indications of origin, or appellations of origin, as well as the repression of unfair competition.
(3)Terms defined.Industrial property. Industrial property shall be understood in the broadest meaning and shall apply not only to industry and commerce as such, but like-wise to agricultural and extractive industries and to all manufactured or natural products, for example, wines, grains, tobacco leaves, fruits, cattle, minerals, mineral waters, beers, flowers, flours.
(4)Patents. The term “patents” shall extend to the various types of industrial patents recognized by the laws of the countries of the Union, such as patents of importation, improvement patents, patents and certificates of addition, etc. Article 2
(1)Mutual protection of industrial property. Nationals of each of the countries of the Union shall, in all other countries of the Union, as regards the protection of industrial property, enjoy the advantages that their respective laws now grant, or may hereafter grant, to their own nationals, without any prejudice Protection against infringement of rights.to the rights specially provided for by the present convention. Consequently they shall have the same protection as the latter, and the same legal remedy against any infringement of their rights, provided they observe the conditions and formalities imposed upon nationals.
(2)Limitation. Nevertheless, no condition as to the possession of a domicile or establishment in the country where protection is claimed can be required of those who enjoy the benefits of the Union for the enjoyment of any industrial property rights.
(3)Reservation. The provisions of the legislation of each of the countries of the Union relative to judicial and administrative proceedings and to competent authority, as well as to the choice of domicile or the appointment of an authorized agent, which may be required by the laws on industrial property are expressly reserved. Article 3 Assimilation of resident, etc., nationals of countries outside Union.Nationals of countries not forming part of the Union who are domiciled or who have real and effective industrial or commercial establishments in the territory of one of the countries of the Union shall be assimilated to the nationals of the countries of the Union. Article 4 A. Right of priority.
(1)Any person who has duly applied for a patent, the registration of a utility model, industrial design or model, or trade mark in 53 Stat. 1773one of the countries of the Union, or his legal representative or assignee, shall enjoy for the purposes of registration in other countries a right of priority during the periods hereinafter stated.
(2)Any filing having the value of a formal national filing by Formal national filing; recognition.virtue of the internal law of each country of the Union or of international treaties concluded among several countries of the Union shall be recognized as giving rise to a right of priority. B. Consequently, subsequent filing in one of the other countries Effect.of the Union before the expiration of those periods shall not be invalidated through any acts accomplished in the interval, as, for instance, by another filing, by publication of the invention or the working thereof, by the sale of copies of the design or model, or by use of the trade mark, and these facts cannot give rise to any right of third parties Third parties, etc.or any personal possession. The rights acquired by third parties before the day of the first application on which priority is based shall be reserved by the internal legislation of each country of the Union. C.
(1)The above-mentioned periods of priority shall be 12 months Periods of priority.for patents and utility models and 6 months for industrial designs and models and for trade marks.
(2)These periods shall start from the date of filing of the first application; the day of filing is not counted in this period.
(3)If the last day of the period is a legal holiday, or a day on which the Patent Office is not open to receive applications in the country where protection is claimed, the period shall be extended until the next working day. D.
(1)Any person desiring to take advantage of the priority of a Declaration of particulars required.previous application must make a declaration giving particulars as to the date of such application and the country in which it was made. Each country will determine the latest date at which such declaration must be made.
(2)The particulars referred to shall be stated in the publications Statement of particulars.issued by the competent authority, and in particular in the patents issued and the specifications relating thereto.
(3)The countries of the Union may require any person making a Production of certified copy of prior application.declaration of priority to produce a copy of the application (with the specification, drawings, etc.) previously made. The copy, certified as correct by the authority receiving this application, shall not require legal authentication, and in all cases it can be filed, without fee, at any time within the period of 3 months from the filing of the application. They may also require that the declaration later be accompanied by a certificate by the proper authority showing the date of application, and also by a translation.
(4)No other formalities may be required for the declaration of Further formalities unnecessary.priority at the time application is filed. Each of the countries of the Union shall decide upon the consequences of the omission of the formalities prescribed by this article, but such consequences shall in no case exceed the loss of the right of priority.
(5)Further proof in support of the application may be required Further proof.later. 53 Stat. 1774 E. Registration of industrial design, etc., based on registration of utility model.
(1)Where an application is filed in a country for the registration of an industrial design or model by virtue of a right of priority based on the registration of a utility model, the period of priority shall be the same as that fixed for industrial designs and models.
(2)Furthermore, it is allowable to deposit in a country a utility model by virtue of rights of priority based on a patent application, and vice versa. F. No application to be refused on ground of multiple priorities claim; condition. No country of the Union can refuse an application for patent on the ground that it claims multiple priorities provided there is unity of invention in the sense of the law of the country. G. Division where application for patent is complex. If the examination shows that an application for patent is complex, the applicant can divide the application into a certain number of divisional applications preserving as the date of each the date of the initial application, and the benefit of the right of priority, if any. H. Priority not to b3 refused because of absence of certain elements in application. Priority cannot be refused on the ground that certain elements of the invention for which priority is claimed do not appear among the claims made in the application in the country of origin, provided that the application, as a whole, discloses precisely the aforesaid elements. Article 4 *bis*
(1)Independence of patents applied for. Patents applied for in the various countries of the Union by persons entitled to the benefits of the Union shall be independent of the patents obtained for the same invention in other countries, whether or not such countries be parties to the Union.
(2)This stipulation must receive a strict interpretation; in particular, it shall be understood to mean that patents applied for during the period of priority are independent, both as regards the grounds for refusal and revocation and as regards their normal duration.
(3)This stipulation shall apply to all patents already existing at the time when it shall come into effect.
(4)The same stipulation shall apply, in the case of the accession of new countries, to patents in existence, either on one side or the other, at the time of accession.
(5)Patents obtained with the benefit of priority shall enjoy, in the different countries of the Union, a duration equal to that which they would have enjoyed if they had been applied for or granted without the benefit of priority. Article 4 *ter* Inventor’s nameThe inventor shall have the right to be mentioned as such in the patent. Article 5 A. Introduction of patented articles.
(1)The introduction by the patentee into the country where the patent has been granted of objects manufactured in any of the countries of the Union shall not entail forfeiture.
(2)Prevention of abuses. Nevertheless, each of the countries of the Union shall have the right to take the necessary legislative measures to prevent the abuses 53 Stat. 1775which might result from the exercise of the exclusive rights conferred by the patent; for example, failure to use.
(3)These measures will only provide for the revocation of the Revocation of patent.patent if the granting of compulsory licenses does not suffice to prevent these abuses.
(4)In any case the issuance of a compulsory license cannot be Period allowed before Issuance of compulsory license.demanded before the expiration of 3 years beginning with the date of the granting of the patent and this license can be issued only if the patentee does not produce acceptable excuses. No action for the cancelation or revocation of a patent can be introduced before the expiration of 2 years beginning with the issuance of the first compulsory license.
(5)The preceding provisions, subject to necessary modifications, Application of provisions to utility models.shall be applicable to utility models. B. The protection of designs and industrial models cannot be liable Protection of designs and models.to cancelation either for failure to work or for the introduction of objects corresponding to those protected. C.
(1)If in a country the use of a registered mark is compulsory, Cancelation provision.the registration can be canceled only after a reasonable period, and if the interested party cannot justify the causes of his inaction.
(2)The use of a trade mark by the owner, in a form which differs Use by owner of trade mark in a form differing by elements not altering its distinctive character.by elements not altering the distinctive character of the mark, in the form under which it was registered in one of the countries of the Union, shall not entail invalidation of the registration, nor shall it diminish the protection accorded to the mark.
(3)The simultaneous use of the same mark on identical or similar Simultaneous use by Joint owners.products by industrial or commercial establishments considered as joint owners of the mark according to the provisions of the national law of the country where protection is sought shall neither prevent registration nor diminish in any way the protection accorded the said mark in any country of the Union, provided the said use does not result in inducing the public into error and is not contrary to public interest. D. Articles shall not be required to bear any sign or mention of Registration, etc., marks unnecessary.the patent, the utility model, or the registration of the trade mark or of the deposit of the industrial design or model for recognition of the right. Article 5 *bis*
(1)A period of grace of at least 3 months shall be granted for Period of grace for payment of prescribed charges.the payment of charges prescribed for the maintenance of industrial property rights, subject to the payment of a surcharge, if the internal legislation so provides.
(2)For patents of invention, the countries of the Union undertake, Patents of invention.moreover, either to prolong the extended period to 6 months at least, or to provide for the restoration of the patent which has lapsed owing to the nonpayment of fees, such provisions remaining subject to the conditions prescribed by internal legislation. 53 Stat. 1776 Article 5 *ter* Acts not considered infringements.In each one of the countries of the Union, the following shall not be considered as infringing the rights of the patentee: 1°. Temporary use of patent in body of another signatory’s ship. The use on board ships of other countries of the Union of any article forming the subject matter of his patent in the body of the ship, in the machinery, tackle, rigging, and other accessories, when such ships shall enter temporarily or accidentally the waters of the country, provided that such article is used there exclusively for the needs of the vessel. 2°. Use in construction, etc., of air or land locomotive engines; conditions. The use of any article forming the subject matter of the patent in the construction or operation of air or land locomotive engines of the other countries of the Union, or of accessories to these engines, when the latter shall enter the country temporarily or accidentally. Article 6 A. Trade mark registration and protection. Every trade mark duly registered in the country of origin shall be admitted for registration and protected in the form originally registered in the other countries of the Union under the reservations indicated below. These countries can demand, before proceeding to a final registration, the production of a certificate of registration in the country of origin issued by the competent authority. No legislation shall be required for this certificate. B. Marks subject to refusal or cancelation.
(1)Nevertheless, the following marks may be refused or canceled: 1°. Those which are of such a nature as to infringe upon rights acquired by third parties in the country where protection is applied for. 2°. Those which have no distinctive character, or which consist exclusively of signs or indications which serve in trade to designate the kind, quality, quantity, destination, value, place of origin of the products, or time of production, or which have become customary in the current language, or in the bona fide and unquestioned usages of the trade in the country in which protection is sought. In arriving at a decision as to the distinctiveness of the character of a mark, all the circumstances of the case must be taken into account, and in particular the length of time that such a mark has been in use. 3°. Those which are contrary to morality or public order, especially those which are of a nature to deceive the public. It is to be understood that a mark cannot be considered as contrary to public order for the sole reason that it does not conform to some legislative requirement concerning trade marks, except in circumstances where this requirement itself concerns public order.
(2)Trade marks cannot be refused in the other countries of the Union on the sole ground that they only differ from the marks protected in the country of origin by elements not altering the distinctive character and not affecting the identity of the marks in the form under which they have been registered in the aforesaid country of origin. C. Country of origin defined. The following shall be deemed the country of origin: 53 Stat. 1777 The country of the Union where the applicant has an actual and genuine industrial or commercial establishment; and, if he has not such an establishment, the country of the Union where he has his domicile; and, if he has not a domicile in the Union, the country of his nationality in the case where he is under the jurisdiction of a country of the Union. D. When a trade mark shall have been duly registered in the country Independence ot trade marks.of origin, then in one or more of the other countries of the Union, each one of these national marks shall be considered, from the date on which it shall have been registered, as independent of the mark in the country of origin, provided it conforms to the internal law of the country of importation. E. In no case shall the renewal of the registration of a trade mark in Renewal.the country of origin involve the obligation of renewal of the registration of the mark in other countries of the Union in which the mark has been registered. F. The benefits of priority shall subsist in trade-mark applications Priority benefits.filed in the period allowed by article 4, even when the registration in the country of origin is completed only after the expiration of such period. Article 6 *bis*
(1)The countries of the Union agree to refuse or to invalidate Trade marks constituting reproduction, etc., refusal or Invalidation of registration.either administratively, if their legislation so permits, or at the request of an interested party, the registration of a trade mark which constitutes a reproduction, limitation, or translation, liable to create confusion with a mark considered by the competent authority of the country of registration to be well known there as being already a mark of a person entitled to the benefits of the present convention and used for identical or similar products. The same shall apply when the essential part of the mark constitutes a reproduction of a well-known mark or an imitation likely to cause confusion therewith.
(2)A period of at least 3 years must be granted in order to claim Period for claiming cancelation.the cancelation of these marks. The period shall start from the date of registration of the mark.
(3)No period shall be established to claim the cancelation of marks Marks registered in bad faith.registered in bad faith. Article 6 *ter*
(1)The countries of the Union undertake to refuse or invalidate Coats of arms, etc., refusal of registration.registration, and to prohibit by appropriate means the use, failing authorization from the competent authority, whether as a trade mark or as the components of such, of all coats of arms, flags, and other state emblems of countries of the Union, official control and guarantee signs and stamps adopted by them, and any imitation thereof from an heraldic point of view.
(2)The prohibition of official control and guarantee signs and Official control and guarantee signs, etc.stamps shall apply only in cases where marks which comprise them are intended to be used on merchandise of the same or a similar nature. 53 Stat. 1778
(3)Mutual exchange of lists. For the application of these provisions the countries of the Union agree to communicate reciprocally, through the intermediary of the International Bureau of Bern, the list of state emblems and official control and guarantee signs and stamps which they desire, or will desire, to place, wholly or with certain reservations, under the protection of the present article, as well as any subsequent modifications added to the list. Each country of the Union shall place the communicated list at the disposal of the public in due course.
(4)Transmittal of objections; time period. Each country of the Union may, within a period of 12 months from the receipt of the notification, and through the intermediary of the International Bureau of Bern, transmit its possible objections to any other country concerned.
(5)State emblems. For state emblems which are well known, the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be applicable only to marks registered after November 6, 1925.
(6)For state emblems which are not well known, and for official signs and stamps, these provisions shall be applicable only to marks registered more than 2 months after the receipt of the notification contemplated in paragraph 3.
(7)In case of bad faith. In case of bad faith, the countries shall have the right to cancel even the marks registered before November 6, 1925, and embodying state emblems, signs, and stamps.
(8)Authority to use similar marfea, etc. Nationals of each country who are authorized to make use of state emblems, and signs and stamps of their country, may use them even if there be a similarity with those of another country.
(9)Unauthorized use in trade of state coats of arms, etc. The countries of the Union undertake to prohibit the unauthorized use in trade of state coats of arms of other countries of the Union, when such use is liable to cause confusion as to the origin of the product.
(10)The preceding provisions shall not prevent the countries from exercising the right to refuse or to invalidate, by application of item 3°, paragraph (1), letter B, of article 6, marks including, without authorization, coats of arms, flags, decorations, and other state emblems or official signs and stamps adopted by a country of the Union. Article 6 *quater*
(1)Assignments. When in accordance with the laws of a country of the Union the assignment of a mark is valid only if it takes place at the same time as the transfer of the enterprise or business and goodwill to which the mark belongs, it will suffice, for the admission of the validity of such transfer, that the part of the enterprise or business and good-will which is located in this country be transferred to the assignee with the exclusive right therein to manufacture or sell products under the mark which has been assigned.
(2)This provision shall not impose upon the countries of the Union the obligation of considering as valid the transfer of any mark whose use by the assignee would, in fact, be of such a nature as to deceive the public, especially as regards the place of origin, the nature, or the material qualities of the products to which the mark is applied. 53 Stat. 1779 Article 7 The nature of the goods on which the trade mark is to be used can Nature of goods no obstacle to registration.in no case form an obstacle to the registration of the trade mark. Article 7 *bis*
(1)The countries of the Union undertake to allow the filing of and Collective marks belonging to associations.to protect collective marks belonging to associations, the existence of which is not contrary to the law of the country of origin, even if these associations do not possess an industrial or commercial establishment.
(2)Each country shall be the judge as to the particular conditions under which a collective mark shall be protected, and it can refuse protection if this mark is contrary to public interest.
(3)However, the protection of these marks cannot be refused to any association whose existence is not contrary to the law of the country of origin, on the ground that it is not established in the country where protection is sought, or that it is not organized in conformity with the law of that country. Article 8 A trade name shall be protected in all the countries of the Union Protection of trade name.without the obligation of filing or registration, whether or not it forms part of a trade mark. Article 9
(1)All goods illegally bearing a trade mark or trade name shall Goods illegally bearing trade mark or trade name, seizure.be seized at importation into those countries of the Union where this mark or name has a right to legal protection.
(2)Seizure shall likewise be effected in the country where the mark or name was illegally applied, or in the country into which the article bearing it has been imported.
(3)The seizure shall take place at the request either of the proper government department or of any other competent authority, or of any interested party, whether an actual or a legal person, in conformity with the domestic laws of each country.
(4)The authorities shall not be bound to effect the seizure in transit.
(5)If the law of a country does not permit seizure at importation, such seizure shall be replaced by prohibition to import or by seizure within such country.
(6)If the law of any country permits neither seizure at importation, nor prohibition to import, nor seizure within the country, and until such time as this law shall be accordingly modified, these measures shall be replaced by the remedies assured to nationals, in such cases, by the law of such country. Article 10
(1)The stipulations of the preceding article shall be applicable to Products bearing false indication of origin.every product which may falsely bear as indication of origin, the 53 Stat. 1780name of a specified locality or country when such indication shall be joined to a trade name of a fictitious character or used with intent to defraud.
(2)Any producer, manufacturer, or trader engaged in the production, manufacture, or trade of such goods and established either in the locality falsely designated as the place of origin, or in the district in which the locality is situated, or in the country falsely designated, or in the country where the false indication of origin is used, shall be deemed in all cases a party concerned, whether such person be actual or legal. Article 10 *bis*
(1)Protection against unfair competition. The countries of the Union are bound to assure to nationals of countries of the Union an effective protection against unfair competition.
(2)Any act of competition contrary to honest practice in industrial or commercial matters constitutes an act of unfair competition.
(3)Acts particularly forbidden. The following particularly are to be forbidden: 1°. All acts whatsoever of a nature to create confusion in any way whatsoever with the establishment, the goods, or the services of the competitor; 2°. False allegations in the conduct of trade of a nature to discredit the establishment, the goods, or the services of a competitor. Article 10 *ter*
(1)Legal remedies. The countries of the Union undertake to assure to the nationals of other countries of the Union appropriate legal remedies to repress effectively all acts set forth in articles 9, 10, and lO*bis*.
(2)They undertake, moreover, to provide measures to permit syndicates and associations representing the manufacturers, producers, or merchants interested, and of which the existence is not contrary to the laws of their country, to take action in justice or before the administrative authorities, with a view to the repression of the acts set forth in articles 9, 10, and 10 *bis,* so far as the law of the country in which protection is claimed pennits such action to the syndicates and associations of that country. Article 11
(1)Temporary protection at international exhibitions. The countries of the Union shall, in conformity with their own national legislation, accord temporary protection to patentable inventions, to utility models, and to industrial designs or models, as well as to trade marks in respect of products which shall be exhibited at official, or officially recognized, international exhibitions held in the territory of one of them.
(2)Rights of priority. This temporary protection shall not prolong the periods provided by article 4. If later the right of priority is invoked, the competent authority of each country may date the period from the date of the introduction of the product into the exhibition. 53 Stat. 1781
(3)Each country may require, as proof of the identity of the object Proof of identity.exhibited and of the date of introduction, such proofs as it may consider necessary. Article 12
(1)Each one of the countries of the Union undertakes to establish Establishment of special government service for industrial property, etc.a special government service for industrial property, and a central office for communication to the public of patents, utility models, industrial designs, or models and trade marks.
(2)This service shall publish an official periodical paper. It shall publish regularly—
(a)The names of the owners of the patents granted with a short designation of the patented inventions;
(b)Reproductions of the marks which have been registered. Article 13
(1)The international office, established at Bern under the name International Bureau at Bern.of International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property, is placed under the high authority of the Government of the Swiss Confederation, which is to regulate its organization and supervise its working.
(2)The official language of the International Bureau shall be Official language.French.
(3)The International Bureau shall centralize information of every Functions.kind relating to the protection of industrial property; it shall collect and publish such information. It shall make a study of all matters of common utility to the Union and shall prepare, with the help of documents supplied to it by the various administrations, a periodical paper in the French language, dealing with questions regarding the purpose of the Union.
(4)The numbers of this paper, as well as the documents published Circulation of paper, etc.by the International Bureau, are circulated among the administrations of the countries of the Union in proportion to the number of contributing units as mentioned below. Such further copies as may be ordered, either by said administrations or by companies or private persons, shall be paid for separately.
(5)The International Bureau shall, at all times, hold itself at the Availability.service of members of the Union, in order to supply them with any special information they may need on questions relating to the international system of industrial property. The Director of the International Annual report.Bureau will furnish an annual report on management which shall be communicated to all the members of the Union.
(6)The ordinary expenses of the International Bureau will be borne Ordinary expenses.by the countries of the Union in common. Until further instructions, they must not exceed the sum of 120,000 Swiss francs per annum. This sum may be increased, in cases of necessity, by a unanimous decision of one of the conferences provided for by article 14.
(7)The ordinary expenses shall not include the costs relating to the Items not included.work of plenipotentiary or administrative conferences nor the costs 53 Stat. 1782brought about by special work or by publications made in conformity with the decisions of a conference. These costs, of which the annual amount cannot exceed 20,000 Swiss francs, shall be apportioned among the countries of the Union in proportion to their contribution for the working of the International Bureau in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
(8)hereinafter.
(8)Determination of quotas. To determine the part which each country should contribute to this total of expenses, the countries of the Union and those which may afterwards join the Union shall be divided into six classes, each contributing in the proportion of a certain number of units, namely: Units First class 25 Second class 20 Third class 15 Fourth class 10 Fifth class 5 Sixth class 3 These coefficients shall be multiplied by the number of countries in each class, and the sum of the results thus obtained shall give the number of units by which the total expense must be divided. The quotient shall give the amount of the unit of expense.
(9)Designation of classes. Each one of the countries of the Union will designate, at the time of its accession, the class in which it wishes to be placed. How-ever, each country of the Union may state later that it wishes to be placed in another class.
(10)Supervision of expenses, etc. The Government of the Swiss Confederation shall superintend the expenses of the International Bureau, advance the necessary funds, and render an annual account which shall be communicated to all the other administrations. Article 14
(1)Revisions authorized. The present convention shall be submitted to periodical revisions with a view to the introduction therein of amendments calculated to improve the system of the Union.
(2)For this purpose conferences shall be held successively in one of the contracting countries between the delegates of the said countries.
(3)The administration of the country in which the conference is to be held shall prepare for the work of that conference, with the assistance of the International Bureau.
(4)Attendance of Director. The Director of the International Bureau shall be present at the meetings of the conferences, and shall take part in the discussions, but without the privilege of voting. Article 15 Separate arrangements authorized.It is agreed that the countries of the Union respectively reserve to themselves the right to make separately as between themselves special arrangements for the protection of industrial property insofar as such arrangements do not contravene the provisions of the present convention. 53 Stat. 1783 Article 16
(1)The countries which have not taken part in the present convention Adherence of nonparticipating countries.shall be permitted to adhere to it upon their request.
(2)Such adherence shall be notified through diplomatic channels to the Government of the Swiss Confederation, and by the latter to all the other Governments.
(3)It shall entail, as a matter of right, accession to all the classes, as well as admission to all the advantages stipulated in the present convention, and shall take effect 1 month after the dispatch of the notification by the Government of the Swiss Confederation to the other countries of the Union, unless a subsequent date has been indicated in the request for adherence. Article 16 *bis*
(1)Each one of the countries of the Union may, at any time, notify Application of provisions to colonies, etc.the Government of the Swiss Confederation, in writing, that the present convention shall be applicable to all or a part of its colonies, protectorates, territories under mandate or all other territories subject to its authority, or all territories under sovereignty, and the convention shall apply to all territories specified in the notification 1 month after the sending of the communication by the Government of the Swiss Confederation to the other countries of the Union, unless a subsequent date has been indicated in the notification. In the absence of this notification, the convention shall not apply to these territories.
(2)Each one of the countries of the Union may, at any time, notify Denunciation.the Government of the Swiss Confederation, in writing, that the present convention has ceased to be applicable to all or a part of the territories which have been made the object of the notification provided for in the preceding paragraph, and the convention shall cease to apply in the territories designated in this notification 12 months after receipt of the notification addressed to the Government of the Swiss Confederation.
(3)All notifications sent to the Government of the Swiss Confederation, Notice to signatory countries.in conformity with the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of the present article, shall be communicated by this Government to all the countries of the Union. Article 17 The execution of the reciprocal engagements contained in the Execution subject to legislation.present convention shall be subordinated, insofar as necessary, to the observance of the formalities and rules established by the constitutional laws of those of the countries of the Union which are bound to enforce the same, which they undertake to do with as little delay as possible. 53 Stat. 1784 Article 17 *bis*
(1)Duration. The convention shall remain in force for an unlimited time, until the expiration of 1 year from the date of its denunciation.
(2)Denunciation. This denunciation shall be addressed to the Government of the Swiss Confederation. It shall be effective only for the country in whose name it shall have been made, the convention remaining in operation as regards the other countries of the Union. Article 18
(1)Ratification. The present act shall be ratified and the instruments of ratification shall be deposited in London not later than the 1st of July Date of coming into force.1938. It shall come into force, between the countries in whose names it shall have been ratified, 1 month after such date. However, if before July 1, 1938, it is ratified in the name of at least six countries, it shall come into force between those countries 1 month after the Government of the Swiss Confederation has notified them of the deposit of the sixth ratification, and for the countries in whose names it shall have been ratified thereafter, 1 month after the notification of each of these ratifications.
(2)Adherence provision. The countries in whose names no instruments of ratification shall have been deposited within the period of time contemplated in the preceding paragraph shall be permitted to adhere under the terms of article 16.
(3)Former convention superseded.[25 Stat. 1372](/us/stat/25/1372); [32 Stat. 1936](/us/stat/32/1936); [38 Stat. 1645](/us/stat/38/1645); [47 Stat. 1789](/us/stat/47/1789). The present act shall replace, as regards relations between the countries to which it applies, the Convention of the Union of Paris of 1883 and the subsequent acts of revision.
(4)Countries to which present net inapplicable As regards the countries to which the present act does not apply, but to which the Convention of the Union of Paris, as revised at The Hague in 1925, does apply, the latter shall remain in force.
(5)Countries to which neither present act nor Paris convention, as revised, applies. Likewise, as regards the countries to which neither the present act nor the Convention of the Union of Paris, as revised at The Hague, applies, the Convention of the Union of Paris as revised in Washington in 1911 shall remain in force. Article 19 Deposit of original act.The present act shall be signed in a single copy, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. A certified copy shall be forwarded by the latter to each of the governments of the countries of the Union. Done at London in a single copy, on June 2, 1934. Signatures.*For Germany:* Hoesch Geobg Klauer Wolfgang Kühnast Herbert Kühnemann 53 Stat. 1785 *For Austria:*Signatures—Contd. Dr. Hans Werner *For Belgium:* Coppieters de gibson Thomas Braun *For the United States of Brazil:* J. A. Barboza-Carneiro *For Cuba:* Gabriel Suârez Solar *For Denmark:* N. J. Ehrenreich-Hansen *For the Free City of Danzig:* *For Spain:* Ramôn Pérez de Ayala Fernando Cabello Lapiedra José Garcîa Monge *For the United States of America:* Conway P. Coe John A. Dienner Thomas Ewing *For Finland:* J. Kautola *For France:* Marcel Plaisant Roger Cambon Georges Lainel Georges Maillard *For Great Britain and Northern Ireland:* F. W. Leith-Ross M. F. Lindley William S. Jarratt *For Australia:* B. Wallach *For the Irish Free State:* *For Hungary:* Schilling Zoltân *For Italy:* Eduardo Piola Caselli Luigi Biamonti Alfredo Jannoni Sebastianini 53 Stat. 1786 Signatures—Contd.*For Japan:* M. Hotta Takatsugu Yoshiwara *For Liechtenstein:* W. Kraft *For Morocco:* Halgouët *For the United Mexican States:* G. Luders de Negri *For Norway:* B. G. Wyller *For the Netherlands:* J. Alingh Prins J. van Hettinga Tromp A. D. Koeleman H. F. Van Walsem *For Poland:* Stefan Czaykowski *For Portugal:* Joao de Lebre e Lima Arthur de Mello Quintella Saldanha *For Sweden:* Birger Lindgren Âke de Zweigbergk *For Syria and the Lebanon:* Marcel Plaisant *For Switzerland:* W. Kraft *For Czechoslovakia:* Dr. Karel Skála Dr. Otto Parsch *For Tunis:* C. Billecocq *For Turkey:* A. Fethi *For Yugoslavia:* Dr. Janko Choumane (Šuman) October 22, 1936 Treaty 53 Stat. 1787 53 Stat. 1787 MULTILATERAL—LOAD LINES—OCT. 22, 1936 TREATIES *Modification of Annex II
(a)of the convention between the United States of America and other powers signed at London July 5, 1930, establishing load lines. Proposed by the Government of Australia; communicated to the Government of the United States of America by the Government of the United Kingdom October 22, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate June 7, 1937; ratified by the President June 16, 1937; ratification of the United States of America deposited at London July 12, 1937; declaration of acceptance by all parties to the convention, issued by the Foreign Office at London August 23, 1938; proclaimed December 12, 1938.*October 22, 1936[T.S. No. 942] By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Whereas an International Convention establishing uniform principlesInternational Load Line Convention, modification.Preamble.[47 Stat. 2228](/us/stat/47/2228). and rules with regard to the limits to which ships on international voyages may be loaded, signed at London on July 5, 1930, was ratified on the part of the United States of America on May 1, 1931, and the instrument of ratification was deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on June 10, 1931; And whereas, by the provisions of paragraph 1 of Article 20 of the[47 Stat. 2252](/us/stat/47/2252). said Convention, modifications of the Convention “which may be deemed useful or necessary improvements may at any time be proposed by any Contracting Government to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland” which latter Government shall communicate such proposals to all the other Contracting Governments, and if any such modifications are accepted by all the Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective), the Convention shall be modified accordingly; And whereas, after the ratification of the said Convention by theProposal by the Commoawealth of Australia. United States of America, the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia proposed a modification of Annex II to the Convention as follows: " “After the words ‘south of latitude 11° South’ in paragraph
(a)of the section headed ‘Seasonal Areas’, there shall be added the words ‘Mackay to be considered as being on the boundary of the ‘Seasonal Tropical’ and ‘Summer’ zones”; " And whereas the said modification, having been communicated according to the provisions of the said Article 20 by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the Government of the United States of America and to all the other Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective); 53 Stat. 1788 Ratification of modification by United States.Acceptance by all other Contracting Governments.And whereas the said modification has been duly ratified on the part of the United States of America and has been accepted by all the other Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective), as is evidenced by a declaration issued by the Foreign Office at London on August 23, 1938, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said [47 Stat. 2356](/us/stat/47/2356).modification to be made public to the end that Annex II
(6)(a), as modified, shall be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and by the citizens thereof, the same as if the said Text of modification.Annex II
(a)had originally read as follows: " “(6) In the South Pacific Ocean. “(a) An area bounded on the north by the parallel of lat. 11° S., on the west by the east coast of Australia, on the south by the parallel of lat. 20° S., and on the east by the meridian of 175° E., together with the Gulf of Carpentaria south of lat. 11° S., Mackay to be considered as being on the boundary of the ‘seasonal tropical’ and ‘summer’ zones. “Tropical: 1st April to 30th November. “Summer: 1st December to 31st March.” " In testimony whereof, I have caused the Seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twelfth day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1789 [foreign office seal] [DECLARATION] Whereas by the provisions ofDeclaration of acceptance.[47 Stat. 2252](/us/stat/47/2252). paragraph 1 of Article 20 of the International Convention respecting Load Lines, signed in London on the 5th July, 1930, viz:— " “Modifications of this Convention which may be deemed useful “or necessary improvements may “at any time be proposed by any “Contracting Government to the “Government of the United King “dom of Great Britain and North “ern Ireland, and such proposals “shall be communicated by the “latter to all the other Contract “ing Governments, and if any such “modifications are accepted by all “the Contracting Governments “(including Governments which “have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet be “come effective) this Convention “shall be modified accordingly.” " the provisions of the Convention may be modified; And Whereas the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia, being a Contracting Government, have proposed a modification of Annex II to the Convention the terms of which are as follows: After the words “south of latitude 11° South” in paragraph
(a)of the section headed “Seasonal Areas”, there shall be added the words “Mackay to be considered as being on the boundary of the ‘Seasonal Tropical’ and ‘Summer’ zones”; 53 Stat. 1790 And Whereas the said modification, having been communicated, according to the provisions of the said Article 20, to all the other Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective), is accepted by the said Governments; I the Undersigned, Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, hereby declare that, as from this date, Annex II to the said Convention is modified accordingly. In witness whereof I have signed the present declaration with my own hand. Done at the Foreign Office, London, the 23rd day of August, 1938. (Signed) Halifax. Considérant que conformémentDeclaration of acceptance.[47 Stat. 2252](/us/stat/47/2252). à l’alinéa I de l’Article 20 de la Convention internationale sur les Lignes de Charge, signée à Londres le 5 juillet, 1930, à savoir:— " “Les modifications à la présente “Convention qui pourraient être “considérées comme des améhora “tions utiles ou nécessaires peuvent “en tout temps être proposées par “un Gouvernement contractant au “Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni “de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande “du Nord. Ces propositions doi “vent être communiquées par ce “dernier à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants; si l’une “quelconque de ces modifications “est acceptée par tous les Gouvernements contractants (y com “pris les Gouvernements ayant “déposé des ratifications ou adhésions qui ne sont pas encore “devenues effectives) la présente “Convention sera modifiée en conséquence.” " les dispositions de la Convention peuvent être modifiées; Considérant que le Gouvernement du Commonwealth d’Australie, en qualité de Gouvernement contractant, a proposé une modification de l’Annexe II de la Convention dont les termes ciaprès: Après les mots “au Sud du parallèle de latitude 11° S” à l’alinéa
(a)de la section intitulée “Régions périodiques” seront ajoutés les mots “Mackay est considéré comme étant sur la ligne de démarcation de la ‘zone tropicale périodique’ et la ‘zone d’été’ ”; 53 Stat. 1790 Considérant que ladite modification, ayant été communiquée, conformément aux dispositions dudit Article 20, à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants (y compris les Gouvernements ayant déposé des ratifications ou adhésions qui ne sont pas encore devenues effectives), est acceptée par les dits Gouvernements; Je, soussigné, Principal Secrétaire d’Etat pour les Affaires Etrangères de Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires britanniques au delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes, déclare qu’à partir de cette date, l’Annexe II de ladite Convention est modifié en conséquence. En foi de quoi j’ai signé la présente déclaration de ma propre main. Fait au Foreign Office, Londres, le 23 août, 1938. (Signé) Halifax. November 11, 1937 Convention 53 Stat. 1791 53 Stat. 1791 SWITZERLAND—MILITARY OBLIGATIONS—NOV. 11, 1937 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and, Switzerland regulating military obligations of certain persons having dual nationality. Signed at Bern November 11, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate June 13, 1938; ratified by the President July 5, 1938; ratified by Switzerland November 18, 1938; ratifications exchanged at Bern December 7, 1938; proclaimed December 13, 1938.*November 11, 1937[T.S. No. 943] By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Whereas a convention between the United States of America andConvention with Switzerland regulating the military obligations of certain persons having dual nationality.Preamble. Switzerland regulating the military obligations of certain individuals possessing both American and Swiss nationality was concluded and signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the two countries at Bern on the eleventh day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, the original of which convention, being in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: Convention between the United States of America and Switzerland relative to military obligations of certain persons having dual nationality.Contracting powers. Convention entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse relative aux obligations militaires de certains doubles nationaux. The President of the UnitedPurposes declared. States of America and the Swiss Federal Council, animated by the desire of regulating the military obligations of certain individuals possessing both American and Swiss nationality, have resolved to conclude a convention to that effect and have named as their Plenipotentiaries:Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America: Mr. Leland Harrison, Envoy extraordinary and Minister plenipotentiary53 Stat. 1792 of the United States of America, in Berne; The Swiss Federal Council: Mr. Giuseppe Motta, President of the Confederation, Chief of the Federal Political Department, who, after having exchanged their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions: Article 1. Persons with double nationality, temporary stay in country of parents but not of birth.A person, born in the territory of one of the two Parties, of parents who are nationals of the other, who possesses the nationality of these two States and has his habitual residence in the State of his birth, shall not be held liable by the other State for military service or for payment of taxes in lieu thereof, even in the case of a temporary stay in the Presumption of permanent stay.territory of the latter State. However, if this stay is protracted beyond the period of two years, it shall be presumed to be permanent, unless the person can show his intention of returning to his native land shortly after the lapse of this period. Article 2. Ratification.The present convention shall be ratified. Effective date and duration.It shall become effective upon the exchange of the instruments of ratification and shall continue in effect for three years. At the end of this time, either of the Parties may denounce it at any time, subject to notice given six months in advance. Signatures.In witness whereof, the above-named Plenipotentiaries have signed this convention and have hereunto affixed their seals. 53 Stat. 1793 Done at Berne, in duplicate, in the English and French languages, the eleventh day of November nineteen hundred and thirty-seven. Le Président des Etats-UnisPurposes declared. d’Amérique et le Conseil Fédéral Suisse,animés du désir de régler les obligations militaires de certains individus possédant à la fois la nationalité américaine et la nationalité suisse, ont résolu de conclure une convention à cet effet et ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires,Plenipotentiaries. savoir: Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: Monsieur Leland Harrison, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre53 Stat. 1792 plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à Berne; Le Conseil Fédéral Suisse: Monsieur Giuseppe Motta, Président de la Confédération, Chef du Département Politique Fédéral, lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des stipulations ciaprès: Article premier. Une personne, née sur le territoirePersons with double nationality, temporary stay in country of parents but not of birth. de l’une des deux Parties de parents nationaux de l’autre, qui possède la nationalité de ces deux Etats et a sa résidence habituelle dans l’Etat de sa naissance ne sera pas astreinte par l’autre Etat au service militaire ou, à sa place, au paiement de taxes, même en cas de séjour temporaire sur le territoire de ce dernier. Toutefois, si ce séjourPresumption of permanent stay. dépasse le délai de deux ans, il sera présumé permanent, à moins que l’intéressé ne puisse démontrer son intention de retourner dans son pays natal peu de temps après l’échéance de ce délai. Article 2. La présente convention seraRatification. ratifiée. Elle entrera en vigueur dèsEffective date and duration. l’échange des instruments de ratification et continuera à déployer ses effets pendant trois ans. Passé ce délai, chacune des Parties aura la faculté de la dénoncer en tout temps, moyennant avertissement donné six mois à l’avance. En foi de quoi, les PlénipotentiairesSignatures. susnommés ont signé la présente convention et y ont apposé leurs sceaux. 53 Stat. 1793 Berne, en double expédition, en langues anglaise et française, le onze novembre mil neuf cent trente-sept. [seal] Leland Harrison. [seal] Motta. And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Bern on the seventh day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have caused the Seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirteenth day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Secretary of State*. June 24, 1938 Protocol 53 Stat. 1794 53 Stat. 1794 TREATIES MULTILATERAL—REGULATION OF WHALING—JUNE 24, 1938 *Protocol between the United States of America and other powers amending the International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling, signed in London June 8, 1937. Signed at London June 24, 1938; ratification advised by the Senate March 8, 1939; ratified by the President March 16, 1939; ratification of the United States of America deposited at London March 30, 1939; proclaimed April 8, 1939. With certificate of extension and Final Act of the Conference.*June 24, 1938[T.S. No. 944] By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Regulation of whaling.Preamble.[82 Stat. 1460](/us/stat/82/1460).Whereas a Protocol amending the International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling, signed in London on June 8, 1937, which Agreement was continued in force after June 30, 1938 in the manner prescribed in Article 21 thereof, as is evidenced by a certificate *Post*, p. 1799.issued by the Foreign Office in London on June 29, 1938, a copy of which is hereto attached, was signed at London on June 24, 1938 by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the Government of the United States of America, the Government of the Union of South Africa, the Government of the Argentine Republic, the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia, the Government of Canada, the Government of Eire, the Government of Germany, the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Government of New Zealand, and the Government of Norway, a true copy of which Protocol as certified by the Librarian and Keeper of the Papers at the Foreign Office in London, is word for word as follows: PROTOCOL Contracting Governments.The Governments of the Union of South Africa, the United States of America, the Argentine Republic, the Commonwealth of Australia, Canada, Eire, Germany, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, New Zealand and Norway, desiring to introduce certain amendments into the International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling, signed in London on the 8th June, 1937 (hereinafter referred to as the Principal Agreement) in accordance [62 Stat. 1464](/us/stat/62/1464).with the provisions of Article 21 thereof, have agreed as follows:— Article 1. Factory ship, etc., use restricted.[52 Stat. 1461](/us/stat/52/1461).With reference to the provisions of Articles 5 and 7 of the Principal Agreement, it is forbidden to use a factory ship or a whale catcher Humpback whales.attached thereto for the purpose of taking or treating humpback53 Stat. 1795 whales in any waters south of 40° South Latitude during the period from the 1st October, 1938, to the 30th September, 1939. Article 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 of the PrincipalBaleen whales.[62 Stat. 1461](/us/stat/62/1461). Agreement, it is forbidden to use a factory ship or a whale catcher attached thereto for the purpose of taking or treating baleen whales in the waters south of 40° South Latitude from 70° West Longitude westwards as far as 160° West Longitude for a period of two years from the 8th day of December, 1938. Article 3.
(1)No factory ship which has been used for the purpose of treatingFactory ships.Use of, for treatment elsewhere after close of open season. baleen whales south of 40° South Latitude shall be used for that purpose elsewhere within a period of twelve months from the end of the open season prescribed in Article 7 of the Principal Agreement.
(2)Only such factory ships as have operated during the year 1937Operation within territorial waters of signatory Government restricted.Treatment as Land stations. within the territorial waters of any signatory Government shall, after the signature of this Protocol, so operate, and any such ships so operating shall be treated as land stations and remain moored in territorial waters in one position during the season and shall operate for not more than six months in any period of twelve months, such period of six months to be continuous. Article 4. To Article 5 of the Principal Agreement there shall be added the[52 Stat. 1461](/us/stat/52/1461). following:— " “except that blue whales of not less than 65 feet, fin whales of notKilling of blue, etc., whales for local consumption as food. less than 50 feet and sperm whales of not less than 30 feet in length may be taken for delivery to land stations provided that the meat of such whales is to be used for local consumption as human or animal food.” " Article 5. To Article 7 of the Principal Agreement there shall be added the following:— " “Notwithstanding the above prohibition of treatment duringTreatment of whales after end of open season. a close season, the treatment of whales which have been taken during the open season may be completed after the end of the open season.” " Article 6. In Article 8 of the Principal Agreement the word “baleen” shall beTextual correction.[52 Stat. 1461](/us/stat/52/1461). inserted after the word “treating.” 53 Stat. 1796 Article 7. [62 Stat. 1461](/us/stat/62/1461).Taking of whales for delivery to factory ship.For the areas specified in (*a*), (*b*), (*c*) and (*d*) of Article 9 of the Principal Agreement there shall be substituted the following areas, viz.:— (*a*) in the waters north of 66° North Latitude; except that from 150° East Longitude eastwards as far as 140° West Longitude the taking or killing of whales by such ship or catcher shall be permitted between 66° North Latitude and 72° North Latitude; (*b*) in the Atlantic Ocean and its dependent waters north of 40° South Latitude; (*c*) in the Pacific Ocean and its dependent waters east of 150° West Longitude between 40° South Latitude and 35° North Latitude; (*d*) in the Pacific Ocean and its dependent waters west of 150° West Longitude between 40° South Latitude and 20° North Latitude; (*e*) in the Indian Ocean and its dependent waters north of 40° South Latitude. Article 8. [62 Stat. 1462](/us/stat/62/1462).Taking of whales for delivery to a factory ship.For Article 12 of the Principal Agreement there shall be substituted the following, viz.: The taking of whales for delivery to a factory ship shall be so regulated or restricted by the master or person in charge of the factory ship that no whale carcase shall remain in the sea for a longer period than 33 hours from the time of killing to the time when it is taken up on to the deck of the factory ship for treatment. Article 9. Provisional entry into force.The present Protocol shall come into force provisionally on the first day of July, 1938, to the extent to which the signatory Governments are respectively able to enforce it. Article 10.
(i)Ratification, etc. The present Protocol shall be ratified and the instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland as soon as possible.
(ii)Definitive entry into force. It shall come into force definitively upon the deposit of the instruments of ratification by the Governments of the United Kingdom, Germany and Norway.
(iii)Other Governments parties to Principal Agreement. For any other Government which is a party to the Principal Agreement, the present Protocol shall come into force on the date of the deposit of its instrument of ratification or notification of accession.
(iv)The Government of the United Kingdom will inform the other Governments of the date on which the Protocol comes into force and the date of any ratification or accession received subsequently. Article 11.
(i)Accessions. The present Protocol shall be open to accession by any Government which has not signed it and which accedes to the Principal Agreement before the definitive entry into force of the Protocol. 53 Stat. 1797
(ii)Accession shall be effected by means of a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom and shall take effect immediately after the date of its receipt.
(iii)The Government of the United Kingdom will inform all the Governments which have signed or acceded to the present Protocol of all accessions received and the date of their receipt. Article 12. Any ratification of or accession to the Principal Agreement whichRatifications or accessions, relation to Principal Agreement. may be deposited or notified after the date of definitive coming into force of the present Protocol shall be deemed to relate to the Principal Agreement as amended by the present Protocol. In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorised thereto, haveSignatures. signed the present Protocol. Done in London the twenty-fourth day of June, 1938, in a single copy, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, by whom certified copies shall be communicated to all the signatory Governments. *For the Government of the Union of South Africa*: C. T. te Water. F. J. du Toit. *For the Government of the United States of America*: Herschel V. Johnson. Remington Kellogg. Wilfrid N. Derby. *For the Government of the Argentine Republic*: Manuel E. Malbran. M. Fincati. *For the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia*: Robert G. Menzies. *For the Government of Canada*: Vincent Massey. *For the Government of Eire*: Sean O’Faolain O’Dulchaontigh. J. D. Rush. *For the Government of Germany*: Helmuth Wohltat. *For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland*: Henry G. Maurice. Geo. Hogarth. *For the Government of New Zealand*: W. J. Jordan. *For the Government of Norway*: Birger Bergersen. 53 Stat. 1798 Deposit of ratifications.And whereas the Governments of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Germany, and Norway, having deposited their instruments of ratification of the said Protocol with the Government of the United Kingdom, the last on December 30, 1938, the said Protocol came into force definitively on December 30, 1938, *Ante*, p. 1796.in accordance with Section
(ii)of Article 10 thereof; And whereas it is provided by Section
(iii)of the said Article 10 that for any other Government which is a party to the principal [52 Stat. 1460](/us/stat/52/1460).Agreement of June 8, 1937, the Protocol shall come into force on the date of the deposit of that Government’s instrument of ratification or notification of accession; And whereas the said Protocol has been duly ratified by the Government of the United States of America and its instrument of ratification was deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on March 30, 1939; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Protocol signed on June 24, 1938, amending the International Agreement[52 Stat. 1460](/us/stat/52/1460). for the Regulation of Whaling signed on June 8, 1937, to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof, and the Agreement of June 8, 1937 as amended thereby, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have caused the Seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eighth day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1799 [seal of british foreign office] [CERTIFICATE OF EXTENSION OF AGREEMENT FOR THE REGULATION OF WHALING SIGNED JUNE 8, 1937] Whereas the International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling, signed in London on the 8th June, 1937 has been ratified by the Governments of the United States of America, Germany, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Eire, New Zealand and Norway, and came into force in accordance with the provisions of Article 19 on the 7th day of May, 1938; and Whereas the Governments of the United States of Mexico and Canada have acceded, with effect from the 7th May, 1938 and the 14th June, 1938, respectively, to the said Agreement in accordance with Article 22 thereof; and Whereas in consequence the Governments of the United States of America, Germany, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Eire, New Zealand, Norway, the United States of Mexico and Canada are contracting Governments; and Whereas, according to the provisions of Article 21, the said Agreement remains in force until the 30th June, 1938 and thereafter if, before that date, a majority of the contracting Governments, which shall include the Governments of the United Kingdom, Germany and Norway shall have agreed to extend its duration: The Undersigned, Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, hereby certifies that, the Governments of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Eire, the United States of Mexico, New Zealand and Norway have agreed to extend the duration of the said Agreement, and that the Agreement will accordingly, under the provisions of Article 21, continue in force after the 30th June, 1938. Witness my hand this 29th day of June, 1938. Given at the Foreign Office, London. Halifax. 53 Stat. 1800 INTERNATIONAL WHALING CONFERENCE, LONDON—JUNE 1938. FINAL ACT OF THE CONFERENCE. 1. In accordance with the Recommendation contained in paragraph 11 of the Final Act, signed in London on the 8th June, 1937, a further Conference met in London on the 14th June, 1938, and subsequent days to consider modifications or extensions of the existing Agreement, hereinafter referred to as the Principal Agreement. 2. The following Governments sent Delegates to the Conference: Union of South Africa, United States of America, Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Eire, France, Germany, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Japan, New Zealand and Norway. An observer also attended on behalf of the Portuguese Government, and the interests of Newfoundland were watched by the United Kingdom Delegation. 3. The Principal Agreement has been ratified by the Governments of Eire, Germany, Norway, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and United States of America, whilst Canada and Mexico have since acceded to it. With regard to the remaining signatory Governments, New Zealand has actually ratified the Principal Agreement. The Argentine Republic is enforcing the Principal Agreement by Executive Decree, and formal ratification is only a matter of time. The Conference understands that ratification of the Principal Agreement by the Governments of the Commonwealth of Australia and of the Union of South Africa has been delayed only by constitutional difficulties. The Conference is confident that these Governments will take steps at the earliest possible moment to remove these difficulties and to ratify. The Government of Denmark has notified its intention of acceding to the Principal Agreement and the Protocol as soon as the necessary powers to enforce their provisions have been obtained by legislation. The Government of France is prepared to accede to the Principal Agreement subject to certain reservations affecting land stations, which are dealt with later in this Act. Towards the end of the proceedings of the Conference the Japanese Delegation informed the Conference that their Government was prepared to take the necessary legislative and other measures to enable them to accede to the Principal Agreement and the Protocol after an interval of a year subject to a reservation in respect of the first paragraph of Article 3 of the Protocol. The Japanese Government is also prepared to observe the principles of the present Agreement as nearly as possible in the meantime. There is no information at present available as to the attitude of Portugal and the Government of Newfoundland has reserved its decision. 4. The necessary majority required by Article 21 of the Principal Agreement for the extension of its duration after the 30th June, 1938, has been secured. 53 Stat. 1801 5. The Conference took note of the fact that, according to the statistics of the catch of the last Antarctic season, the opinion ex-pressed in paragraph 2 of the Final Act of the Conference of 1937, that the Principal Agreement was likely to go far in maintaining the stock of whales, had not been justified by the event, inasmuch as the actual number of whales killed (approximately 44,000) and the number of barrels of oil produced (approximately 3,250,000) were, respectively, some 10,000 and 600,000 in excess of the corresponding figures for the previous season. 6. The Conference had also before it a Resolution of the Whaling Committee of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea, which met in Copenhagen on the 23rd May, 1938, in the following terms:— “The Committee, viewing with alarm the evident decline of the stock of Blue Whales, is of opinion that nothing less than a limitation of the total amount of whale oil which may be taken in any whaling season can be effective in preserving the stock of Blue Whales from being reduced to the level at which it can no longer be the object of economic exploitation.” This resolution was adopted by the Council at its concluding Meet-ing on the 28th May, 1938, with a request that it should be brought to the notice of the Members of the present Conference. 7. In the light of the facts set forth in paragraph 5 above, and the terms of the above Resolution of the Whaling Committee of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea, the Conference considered the following measures of general application which might be expected to limit the destruction of whales:— (*a*) a further reduction of the open season; (*b*) a limitation of the number of catchers which might be used in connection with each expedition; (*c*) an overhead limitation of output during the Antarctic whaling season, by which is meant that a limit of output should be fixed, after which all whaling should cease, though the limit might be reached before the end of the open season; (*d*) the fixing of a maximum oil production which no expedition should exceed in any one Antarctic season; (*e*) special measures of protection for humpback whales; (*f*) the establishment of a sanctuary in waters south of 40° South Latitude; (*g*) the closure of additional areas against pelagic whaling. 8. With regard to method (*a*) in the foregoing paragraph, the Conference agreed, with the exception of the Japanese Delegation, who reserved their position for the season 1938-39, that the open season provided for in Article 7 of the Principal Agreement, that is to say, from the 8th day of December to the 7th day of March following, should be maintained. It was felt that few, if any, expeditions would be able to engage profitably in whaling if the open season in the Antarctic were further curtailed; and that a further curtailment of the53 Stat. 1802 open season would increase the temptation to evade the provisions of Articles 11 and 12 of the Principal Agreement, which are designed to secure that the fullest possible use shall be made of all whales taken. 9. With regard to method (*b*), a proposal was put forward that the number of whale catchers attached to any expedition should be limited to seven, but the Conference was unable to reach agreement either upon this proposal or upon any limitation in the number of whale catchers. 10. Although method (*c*) was advocated by the Whaling Committee of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea as the most effective restriction of undue exploitation of the whale stock, the Conference did not feel able at the present time to recommend its adoption. 11. The Conference could not agree on the application of method (*d*). In particular, objection was taken to this method on the ground that its incidence would be unfair, in that it would limit the operations of the most efficient factory ships and have little, if any, effect upon the operations of the smaller and less efficient factory ships. The question whether different maxima might be fixed for different expeditions according to their capacity was raised, but it was clear that agreement would not be reached on this basis. 12. Although the Conference was unable to agree to the immediate adoption of methods (*b*), (*c*) or (*d*), there was a strong feeling that these were matters calling for further expert examination by all the Governments concerned, with a view to their consideration at a subsequent Conference. 13. With regard to method (*e*), attention was drawn to a Report recently issued by the Discovery Committee concerning the condition of the stock of humpback whales and to other evidence pointing to a serious decline of that stock, and the Conference appointed a Committee to study this question. The Committee reported that there was ample biological evidence to show that the humpback stock was in veiy serious danger in all sectors of the southern hemisphere, and recommended that there should be no hunting of this species of whale for at least a year in any waters, or at least in the southern hemisphere and North Atlantic and dependent waters. It proved impossible to obtain the general agreement of the Conference to this proposal, chiefly because some land stations depend mainly upon humpbacks for their output of oil, and it was contended that the total prohibition, even for one year, of the hunting of humpbacks would have an effect on these land stations disproportionate to that which it would have on pelagic expeditions. The Conference, therefore, while admitting the desirability of a total prohibition, agreed that, in the first instance, the hunting of humpbacks by means of pelagic expeditions should be prohibited in the waters south of 40° South Latitude. A provision to this effect has consequently been embodied in the Protocol (Article 1). It is hoped that this measure of protection, coupled with the immunity which all baleen whales would enjoy in the greater part of the waters north of 40° South53 Stat. 1803 Latitude, should have useful results, and the Conference strongly recommends the Governments represented thereat and other Governments concerned to study this question further with a view to give complete protection to humpback whales for a suitable period after the 30th September, 1939. 14. With regard to method (*f*), the Conference agreed that the sector of the waters south of 40° South Latitude which lies between 70° West Longitude and 160° West Longitude should be a sanctuary for whales for at least two years, and provision has been made accordingly in the Protocol (Article 2). In this sector commercial whaling has not hitherto been prosecuted, but the evidence acquired by the Discovery Committee shows that it is frequented by baleen whales, and the Conference agreed that it was highly desirable that the immunity which whales in this area had hitherto enjoyed should be maintained. Little information is available as to the extent to which whales from this area travel into the adjoining areas, or *vice versa*, but there is reason to think that such movement does, to some extent, take place, and that therefore the protection provided in this area may have useful results. 15. With regard to method (*g*), certain doubts having arisen already as to the limits of the Greenland Sea referred to in Article 9 of the Principal Agreement and as to the extent to which the Arctic Ocean is included within the area protected by that Article, it was suggested that the whole of the waters North of 66° North Latitude should be brought under protection, and that to the Atlantic and Indian Oceans and to the closed areas of the Pacific Ocean should be added their respective dependent waters. The Japanese Delegation, however, asked for a concession permitting whaling in the Arctic Ocean north of the Pacific Ocean, between 66° North Latitude and 72° North Latitude. In view of the satisfactory declaration as to the position of the Japanese Government referred to in paragraph 3, the Conference agreed to exclude these waters from the restriction. Provision to meet these points has accordingly been made in the Protocol (Article 7). 16. In the fifth paragraph of the Final Act of the Conference of last year attention was drawn to the risk that the restrictions imposed on pelagic whaling might lead to a development of whaling from land stations, and the Governments were accordingly advised to place themselves in a position to check or regulate such development should it occur. Since the Conference of last year an unforeseen development has occurred owing to the assumption in certain quarters that, in spite of the provisions of Article 9 of the Principal Agreement, it was legitimate to use a factory ship as a temporary “land station” when it remained within the territorial waters of a State. In the opinion of the Conference as a whole (United States of America Delegation dissenting), the wording of Article 9 of the Principal Agreement prohibits the use of a factory ship for treating whales in the whole of the areas specified, without exception. Briefly, the majority view of the Conference is that a factory ship does not lose its character of53 Stat. 1804 being a ship until at least it loses its power of independent movement, and that a factory ship moored in territorial waters is no less a ship than any other ship which drops its anchor or is moored in a port. Although the Conference has no doubt of the correctness of this interpretation of Article 9, it has been thought desirable, in view of the events which have occurred, to embody in the Protocol an Article (Article 3) which, while placing beyond doubt the fact that it is not permissible to use a factory ship as a “land station,” nevertheless makes a concession in respect of existing enterprises. 17. The French Delegation declared that the French Government was ready to accede to the present Agreement subject to the following reservations:— First, that the term “land station” employed in the Principal Agreement means a factory on land or a factory placed near the coast on a construction fixed or anchored at the same spot during the whole of the hunting season, and one which cannot be subsequently employed as a factory ship fishing in the deep sea. Secondly, should any regulations be introduced regulating the number of land stations as thus defined, France reserves the right to establish or to maintain three of such stations in her possessions in the Southern hemisphere. In view of the provisions of Article 3 of the Protocol, coupled with the statement in paragraph 16 of this Final Act, the first reservation of the French Government appears to be satisfied. Furthermore, there is no provision in the Protocol regulating the number of land stations. The way, therefore, is clear for the accession of the Government of the French Republic. 18. It was represented to the Conference by the Danish Delega-tion that in the Faroe Islands whale hunting was prosecuted mainly to provide food in the form of whale meat for the population of the Islands, and that hitherto whaling had been conducted from two land stations in the Faroe Islands without regard to size limits. They intimated that it would be necessary for them, in order to accede to the Principal Agreement, which Denmark was otherwise ready to accept, to make a reservation in respect of size limits so far as they affected these stations. To meet this particular case and other cases of a similar character, the Conference agreed to attach a proviso to Article 5 of the Principal Agreement. The Protocol (Article 4) provides that the size limit for blue, fin and sperm whales applicable to whales taken by catchers working from land stations may be reduced by 5 feet in each instance provided that the meat of such whales is to be used for local consumption. It is understood that this provision is to be limited in its application to stations which are genuinely intended to supply the local needs of the country in which the station is situated. 19. It was agreed that Article 7 of the Principal Agreement should be amended so as to allow of the treatment of whales after the end of the open season provided that they were killed before midnight on the 7th March. Provision has been made accordingly in the Protocol (Article 5). 53 Stat. 1805 20. The Conference considered a statement by the Japanese Delegation with regard to the effect of Article 8 of the Principal Agreement upon land stations in Japan, some of which actually operate for more than six months in any one year, a considerable portion of the catch consisting of sperm whales. In order to meet so far as possible the case of such land stations, the Conference agreed to confine the application of Article 8 to baleen whales, and an amendment to this effect has been included in the Protocol (Article 6). 21. The Conference having considered reports to the effect that some difficulty has been experienced in the application of Article 12 of the Principal Agreement, the purpose of which is to limit the period between the killing and the treatment of a whale, it was agreed to remove the uncertainty as to the exact interpretation of the Article by redrafting it on different lines with the same purpose in view. Provision has been made accordingly in the Protocol (Article 8). 22. The Conference learned with concern that during the Antarctic whaling season of 1936-37, and the summer of 1937, no less than 15 right whales had been killed. They were informed that some of these whales had been measured, and among them four foetuses were found, the lengths of which were approximately 20 feet, 19 feet, 17 feet and 1 foot respectively. Some of these whales were taken by nationals of Governments which were signatories to the Principal Agreement. The Conference desires to draw the attention of the Governments concerned to these breaches of the Geneva Convention and the Principal Agreement. From the commercial point of view, little advantage can accrue to any expedition by the taking of the few right whales that still exist, and, in the opinion of the Conference, it is deplorable not only that right whales should be killed in spite of the provisions of the Principal Agreement, but that, in particular, as the statistics prove, breeding right whales should have been killed. The Conference, therefore, expresses the hope that, with a view to the preservation of the remainder of these most interesting mammals, the Governments concerned should sternly enforce the provisions of Article 4 of the Principal Agreement. 23. The Conference took note of a statement by Dr. Mackintosh of the proposals of the Discovery Committee for enlisting the support of whaling enterprises in the continuation and development of whale marking as carried ou t by the Committee. The Conference also heard a statement from the German Delegation as to the steps which the German Government proposes to take for the marking of whales. The Conference expressed the hope that the Governments and the whaling enterprises concerned will do their best to encourage the development of whale marking, which, in the view of the Conference, is likely to make an important contribution to the knowledge of the movement of whales, which has a very close bearing upon the problem of conservation of whales. 24. With reference to paragraph 9 of the Final Act of the Conference of 1937, it was reported that the Governments of Germany and53 Stat. 1806 Norway had acquired the necessary powers to deal with transfers of ships registered in their territories, and that the Government of the United States of America already possessed those powers. The Conference expressed the hope that other countries would take steps to acquire similar powers at an early date. 25. In conclusion, the Conference suggested that the question of holding a future Conference should be left to the consideration of the Governments concerned, in the light of developments. Signatures.Done in London the 24th day of June, 1938, in a single copy, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Leland, by whom certified copies shall be communicated to all the signatory Governments. *For the Government of the Union of South Africa*: C. T. te Water F. J. du Toit. *For the Government of the United States of America*. Herschel V. Johnson. Remington Kellogg. Wilfrid N. Derby. *For the Government of the Argentine Republic*: Manuel E. Malbrán. M. Fincati. *For the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia*: Robert G. Menzies *For the Government of Canada*: Vincent Massey. *For the Government of Denmark*: P. F. Ericsen. *For the Government of Eire*: Sean O’Faolain O’Dulchaontigh. J. D. Rush. *For the Government of Germany*: Helmuth Wohltat. *For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland*: Henry G. Maurice. Geo. Hogarth. *For the Government of Japan*: A. Kodaki. *For the Government of New Zealand*: W. J. Jordan. *For the Government of Norway:* Birger Bergersen. March 2, 1936 Treaty 53 Stat. 1807 53 Stat. 1807 PANAMA—FRIENDSHIP AND COOPERATION—MAR. 2, 1936 TREATIES *General treaty of friendship and cooperation between the United States of America and Panama. Signed at Washington March 2, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate July 25, 1939; ratified by the President of the United States July 26, 1939; ratified by Panama July 17, 1939; ratifications exchanged at Washington July 27, 1939; proclaimed July 27, 1939. And exchanges of notes.*March 2, 1936[T. S. No. 945] By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Treaty between the United States of America and theTreaty of friendship and cooperation with Panama.Preamble. Republic of Panama to strengthen further the bonds of friendship and cooperation between the two countries and to regulate on a stable and mutually satisfactory basis certain questions which have arisen as a result of the construction of the interoceanic canal across the Isthmus of Panama was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the second day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which Treaty, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaObjects. and the Republic of Panama, animated by the desire to strengthen further the bonds of friendship and cooperation between the two countries and to regulate on a stable and mutually satisfactory basis certain questions which have arisen as a result of the construction of the interoceanic canal across the Isthmus of Panama, have decided to conclude a treaty, and have designated for this purpose as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America: Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Mr. Sumner Welles, Assistant Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The President of the Republic of Panama: The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Envoy Extraordinary53 Stat. 1808 and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama to the United States of America, and The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama on special mission; Who, having communicated their respective full powers to each other, which have been found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following: Quienes, habiéndose comunicado sus respectives Plenos Poderes, los que han sido hallados en buena y debida forma, han convenido en lo siguiente: Article I Provision superseded.[33 Stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234).Article I of the Convention of November 18, 1903, is hereby superseded. Mutual peace and friendship.There shall be a perfect, firm and inviolable peace and sincere friendship between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama and between their citizens. Use, occupation, and control of Canal Zone, etc., by U. S. A.In view of the official and formal opening of the Panama Canal on July 12, 1920, the United States of America and the Republic of Panama declare that the provisions of the Convention of November 18, 1903, contemplate the use, occupation and control by the United States of America of the Canal Zone and of the additional lands and waters under the jurisdiction of the United States of America for the purposes of the efficient maintenance, operation, sanitation and protection of the Canal and of its auxiliary works. Maintenance of Panama Canal.The United States of America will continue the maintenance of the Panama Canal for the encouragement and use of interoceanic commerce, and the two Governments declare their willingness to cooperate, as far as it is feasible for them to do so, for the purpose53 Stat. 1809 of insuring the full and perpetual enjoyment of the benefits of all kinds which the Canal should afford the two nations that made possible its construction as well as all nations interested in world trade. Article II The United States of AmericaRenunciation of grant made perpetuity of certain lands and waters outside. declares that the Republic of Panama has loyally and satisfactorily complied with the obligations which it entered into under[33 stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234). Article II of the Convention of November 18, 1903, by which it granted in perpetuity to the United States the use, occupation and control of the zone of land and land under water as described in the said Article, of the islands within the limits of said zone, of the group of small islands in the Bay of Panama, named Perico, Naos, Culebra and Flamenco, and of any other lands and waters outside of said zone necessary and convenient for the construction, maintenance, operation, sanitation and protection of the Panama Canal or of any auxiliary canals or other works, and in recognition thereof the United States of America hereby renounces the grant made to it in perpetuity by the Republic of Panama of the use, occupation and control of lands and waters, in addition to those now under the jurisdiction of the United States of America outside of the zone as described in Article II of the aforesaid Convention, which may be necessary and convenient for the construction, maintenance, operation, sanitation and protection of the Panama Canal or of any auxiliary canals or other works necessary and convenient for the construction, main53 Stat. 1810tenance, operation, sanitation and protection of the said enterprise. Operation of Canal, preservation of neutrality, etc.While both Governments agree that the requirement of further lands and waters for the enlargement of the existing facilities of the Canal appears to be improbable, they nevertheless recognize, subject to the provisions of Articles I and X of this Treaty, their joint obligation to insure the effective and continuous operation of the Canal and the preservation of its neutrality, and consequently, if, in the event of some now unforeseen contingency, the utilization of lands or waters additional to those already employed should be in fact necessary for the maintenance, sanitation or efficient operation of the Canal, or for its effective protection, the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Panama will agree upon such measures as it may be necessary to take in order to insure the maintenance, sanitation, efficient operation and effective protection of the Canal, in which the two countries are jointly and vitally interested. Article III Commercial agreement.In order to enable the Republic of Panama to take advantage of the commercial opportunities inherent in its geographical situation, the United States of America agrees as follows: 1) Business transactions. The sale to individuals of goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America shall be limited by it to53 Stat. 1811 the persona included in classes
(a)and
(b)of Section 2 of this Article; and with regard to the persons included in classes (c),
(d)and
(e)of the said Section and members of their families, the sales above mentioned shall be made only when such persons actually reside in the Canal Zone. 2) Residence restrictions. No person who is not comprised within the following classes shall be entitled to reside within the Canal Zone:
(a)Officers, employees, workmen or laborers in the service or employ of the United States of America, the Panama Canal or the Panama Railroad Company, and members of their families actually residing with them;
(b)Members of the armed forces of the United States of America and members of their families actually residing with them;
(c)Contractors operating in the Canal Zone and their employees, workmen and laborers during the performance of contracts;
(d)Officers, employees, or workmen of companies entitled under Section 5 of this Article to conduct operations in the Canal Zone;
(e)Persons engaged in religious, welfare, charitable, educational, recreational and scientific work exclusively in the Canal Zone;
(f)Domestic servants of all the beforementioned persons and members of the families of the persons in classes (c),
(d)and
(e)actually residing with them. 3) No dwellings belonging toRental, etc., restrictions. the Government of the United States of America or to the Pan53 Stat. 1812ama Railroad Company and situated within the Canal Zone shall be rented, leased or sublet except to persons within classes
(a)to (e), inclusive of Section 2 hereinabove. 4) Immigration and customs laws, violations. The Government of the United States of America will continue to cooperate in all proper ways with the Government of the Republic of Panama to prevent violations of the immigration and customs laws of the Republic ofSmuggling. Panama, including the smuggling into territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America. 5) Private business enterprises. With the exception of concerns having a direct relation to the operation, maintenance, sanitation or protection of the Canal, Buch as those engaged in the operation of cables, shipping, or dealing in oil or fuel, the Government of the United States of America will not permit the establishment in the Canal Zone of private business enterprises other than those existing therein at the time of the signature of this Treaty. 6) Use of port facilities at Balboa and Cristobal. In view of the proximity of the port of Balboa to the city of Panamá and of the port of Cristobal to the city of Colón, the United States of America will continue to permit, under suitable regulations and upon the payment of proper charges, vessels entering at or clearing from the ports of the Canal Zone to use and enjoy the dockage and other facilities of the said ports for the purpose of load53 Stat. 1813ing and unloading cargoes and receiving or disembarking passengers to or from the territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama. The Republic of Panama willEmergency, etc., uses. permit vessels entering at or clearing from the ports of Panama or Colón, in case of emergency and also under suitable regulations and upon the payment of proper charges, to use and enjoy the dockage and other facilities of said ports for the purpose of receiving or disembarking passengers to or from the territory of the Republic of Panama under the jurisdiction of the United States of America, and of loading and unloading cargoes either in transit or destined for the service of the Canal or of works pertaining to the Canal. 7) The Government of theSales by private merchants to vessels; regulations. United States of America will extend to private merchants residing in the Republic of Panama full opportunity for making sales to vessels arriving at terminal ports of the Canal or transiting the Canal, subject always to appropriate administrative regulations of the Canal Zone. Article IV The Government of the RepublicImport duties or taxes. of Panama shall not impose import duties or taxes of any kind on goods destined for or consigned to the agencies of the Government of the United States of America in the Republic of Panama when the goods are intended for the official use of such agencies, or upon goods destined for or consigned to persons included in classes
(a)and53 Stat. 1814
(b)in Section 2 of Article III of this Treaty, who reside or sojourn in territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama during the performance of their service with the United States of America, the Panama Canal or the Panama Railroad Company, when the goods are intended for their own use and benefit. The United States of America shall not impose import duties or taxes of any kind on goods, wares and merchandise passing from territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama into the Canal Zone. Transit charges.No charges of any kind shall be imposed by the authorities of the United States of America upon persons residing in territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama passing from the said territory into the Canal Zone, and no charges of any kind shall be imposed by the authorities of the Republic of Panama upon persons in the service of the United States of America or residing in the Canal Zone passing from the Canal Zone into territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama, all other persons passing from the Canal Zone into territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama being subject to the full effects of the immigration laws of the Republic. Deportations, transit through Canal Zone.In view of the fact that the Canal Zone divides the territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama, the United States of America agrees that,53 Stat. 1815 subject to such police regulations as circumstances may require, Panamanian citizens who may occasionally be deported from the Canal Zone shall be assured transit through the said Zone, in order to pass from one part to another of the territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama. Article V Article IX of the ConventionExisting provision superseded.[33 Stat. 2237](/us/stat/33/2237). of November 18, 1903, is hereby superseded. The Republic of Panama has the right to impose upon merchandise destined to be introduced for use or consumption in territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama, and upon vessels touching at Panamanian ports and upon the officers, crew or passengers of such vessels, the taxes or charges provided by the laws of the Republic of Panama; it being understood that the RepublicExisting jurisdiction of Panama over certain ports and facilities, continuance. of Panama will continue directly and exclusively to exercise its jurisdiction over the ports of Panamá and Colón and to operate exclusively with Panamanian personnel such facilities as are or may be established therein by the Republic or by its authority. However, the RepublicExemptions. of Panama shall not impose or collect any charges or taxes upon any vessel using or passing through the Canal which does not touch at a port under Panamanian jurisdiction or upon the officers, crew or passengers of such vessels, unless they enter the Republic; it being also understoodNo discriminatory taxes, etc. that taxes and charges imposed by the Republic of Panama upon vessels using or passing through the53 Stat. 1816 Canal which touch at ports under Panamanian jurisdiction, or upon their cargo, officers, crew or passengers, shall not be higher than those imposed upon vessels which touch only at ports under Panamanian jurisdiction and do not transit the Canal, or upon their cargo, officers, crew or passengers. Immigration regulation.The Republic of Panama also has the right to determine what persons or classes of persons arriving at ports of the Canal Zone shall be admitted to the Republic of Panama and to determine likewise what persons or classes of persons arriving at such ports shall be excluded from admission to the Republic of Panama. Canal Zone, sites for customhouses; jurisdiction.The United States of America will furnish to the Republic of Panama free of charge the necessary sites for the establishment of customhouses in the ports of the Canal Zone for the collection of duties on importations destined to the Republic and for the examination of merchandise, baggage and passengers consigned to or bound for the Republic of Panama, and for the prevention of contraband trade, it being understood that the collection of duties and the examination of merchandise and passengers by the agents of the Government of the Republic of Panama, in accordance with this provision, shall take place only in the customhouses to be established by the Government of the Republic of Panama as herein provided, and that the Republic of Panama will exercise exclusive jurisdiction within the sites on53 Stat. 1817 which the customhouses are located so far as concerns the enforcementEnforcement of immigration or customs laws of Panama. of immigration or customs laws of the Republic of Panama, and over all property therein contained and the personnel therein employed. To further the effective enforcementInspection of passengers on arrival at ports of Canal Zone. of the rights hereinbefore recognized, the Government of the United States of America agrees that, for the purpose of obtaining information useful in determining whether persons arriving at ports of the Canal Zone and destined to points within the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama should be admitted or excluded from admission into the Republic, the immigration officers of the Republic of Panama shall have the right of free access to vessels upon their arrival at the Balboa or Cristobal piers or wharves with passengers destined for the Republic; andRegulations. that the appropriate authorities of the Panama Canal will adopt such administrative regulations regard-ing persons entering ports of the Canal Zone and destined to points within the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama as will facilitate the exercise by the authorities of Panama of their jurisdiction in the manner provided in Paragraph 4 of this Article for the purposes stated in Paragraph 3 thereof. Article VI The first sentence of Article VIITextual amendment.[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236). of the Convention of November 18, 1903, is hereby amended so as to omit the following phrase: “or by the exercise of the right of eminent domain”. Paragraph abrogated.[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236).The third paragraph of article VII of the Convention of November 18, 1903, is hereby abrogated. 53 Stat. 1818 Article VII Payments by United States.[33 Stat. 2238](/us/stat/33/2238).Beginning with the annuity payable in 1934 the payments under Article XIV of the Convention of November 18, 1903, between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama, shall be four hundred and thirty thousand Balboas*Post*, p. 1859. (B/430,000.00) as defined by the agreement embodied in an exchange of notes of this date. The United States of America may discharge its obligation with respect to any such payment, upon payment in any coin or currency, provided the amount so paid is the equivalent of four hundred and thirty thousand Balboas (B/430,000.00) as so defined. Article VIII Transfer to Panama of jurisdiction over described corridor.In order that the city of Colón may enjoy direct means of land communication under Panamanian jurisdiction with other territory under jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama, the United States of America hereby transfers to the Republic of Panama jurisdiction over a corridor, the exact limits of which shall be agreed upon and demarcated by the two Governments pursuant to the following description:
(a)Description. The end at Colón connects with the southern end of the east half of the Paseo del Centenario at Sixteenth Street, Colón ; thence the corridor proceeds in a general southerly direction, parallel to and53 Stat. 1819 east of Bolivar Highway to the vicinity of the northern edge of Silver City; thence eastward near the shore line of Folks River, around the northeast comer of Silver City; thence in a general southeasterly direction and generally parallel to the Randolph Road to a crossing of said Randolph Road, about 1200 feet east of the East Diversion; thence in a general northeasterly direction to the eastern boundary line of the Canal Zone near the southeastern comer of the Fort Randolph Reservation, southwest of Cativá. The approximate route of the corridor is shown on the map which accompanies this Treaty, signed by the Plenipotentiaries of the two countriesand marked “Exhibit A”.
(b)The width of the corridor shall be as follows: 25 feet in width from the Colón end to a point east of the southern line of Silver City; thence 100 feet in width to Randolph Road, except that, at any elevated crossing which may be built over Randolph Road and the railroad, the corridor will be no wider than is necessary to include the viaduct and will not include any part of Randolph Road proper, or of the railroad right of way, and except that, in case of a grade crossing over Randolph Road and the railroad, the corridor will be interrupted by that highway and railroad; thence 200 feet in width to the boundary line of the Canal Zone. 53 Stat. 1820 Extinguishment of existing private titles.The Government of the United States of America will extinguish any private titles existing or which may exist in and to the land included in the above-described corridor. Stream and drainage crossings.The stream and drainage crossings of any highway built in the corridor shall not restrict the water passage to less than the capacity of the existing streams and drainage. Construction restrictions.No other construction will take place within the corridor than that relating to the construction of a highway and to the installation of electric power, telephone and telegraph lines; and the only activities which will be conducted within the said corridor will be those pertaining to the construction, maintenance and common uses of a highway and of power and communication lines. Rights reserved.The United States of America shall enjoy at all times the right of unimpeded transit across the said corridor at any point, and of travel along the corridor, subject to such traffic regulations as may be established by the Government of the Republic of Panama; and the Government of the United States of America shall have the right to such use of the corridor as would be involved in the construction of connecting or intersecting highways or railroads, overhead and underground power, telephone, telegraph and pipe lines, and additional drainage channels, on condition that these structures and their use shall not interfere with the purpose of the corridor as provided hereinabove. 53 Stat. 1821 Article IX In order that direct means ofTransfer of jurisdiction by Panama over described corridor. land communication, together with accommodation for the high tension power transmission lines, may be provided under jurisdiction of the United States of America from the Madden Dam to the Canal Zone, the Republic of Panama hereby transfers to the United States of America jurisdiction over a corridor, the limits of which shall be demarcated by the two Governments pursuant to the following descriptions: A strip of land 200 ft. in width,Description. extending 62.5 ft. from the center line of the Madden Road on its eastern boundary and 137.5 ft. from the center line of the Madden Road on its western boundary, containing an area of 105.8 acres or 42.81 hectares, as shown on the map which accompanies this Treaty, signed by the Plenipotentiaries of the two countries and marked “Exhibit B”. Beginning at the intersection of the located center line of the Madden Road and the Canal Zone-Republic of Panama 5-mile boundary line, said point being located N. 29°20′ W. a distance of 168.04 ft. along said boundary line from boundary monument No. 65, the geodetic position of boundary monument No. 65 being latitude N. 9°07′ plus 3,948.8 ft. and longitude 79°37′ plus 1,174.6 ft.; thence N. 43°10′ E. a distance of 541.1 ft. to station 324 plus 06.65 ft.; 53 Stat. 1822 thence on a 3° curve to the left, a distance of 347.2 ft. to station 327 plus 53.9 ft.; thence N. 32°45′ E. a distance of 656.8 ft. to station 334 plus 10.7 ft.; thence on a 3° curve to the left a distance of 455.55 ft. to station 338 plus 66.25 ft.; thence N. 19°05′ E. a distance of 1,135.70 ft. to station 350 plus 01.95 ft.; thence on an 8° curve to the left a distance of 650.7 ft. to station 356 plus 52.7 ft.; thence N. 32°58′ W. a distance of 636.0 ft. to station 362 plus 88.7 ft.; thence on a 10° curve to the right a distance of 227.3 ft. to station 365 plus 16.0 ft.; thence N. 10°14′ W. a distance of 314.5 ft. to station 368 plus 30.5 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the left a distance of 178.7 ft. to station 370 plus 09.2 ft.; thence N. 19°10′ W. a distance of 4,250.1 ft. to station 412 plus 59.3 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the right a distance of 720.7 ft. to station 419 plus 80.0 ft.; thence N. 16°52′ E. a distance of 1,664.3 ft. to station 436 plus 44.3 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the left a distance of 597.7 ft. to station 442 plus 42.0 ft.; thence N. 13°01′ W. a distance of 543.8 ft. to station 447 plus 85.8 ft. 53 Stat. 1823 thence on a 5° curve to the right a distance of 770.7 ft. to station 455 plus 56.5 ft.; thence N. 25°31′ E. a distance of 1,492.2 ft. to station 470 plus 48.7 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the right a distance of 808.0 ft. to station 478 plus 56.7 ft.; thence N. 65°55′ E. a distance of 281.8 ft. to station 481 plus 38.5 ft.; thence on an 8° curve to the left a distance of 446.4 ft. to station 485 plus 84.9 ft.; thence N. 30°12′ E. a distance of 479.6 ft. to station 490 plus 64.5 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the left a distance of 329.4 ft. to station 493 plus 93.9 ft.; thence N. 13°44′ E. a distance of 1,639.9 ft. to station 510 plus 33.8 ft.; thence on a 5° curve to the left a distance of 832.3 ft. to station 518 plus 66.1 ft.; thence N. 27°53′ W. a distance of 483.9 ft. to station 523 plus 50.0 ft.; thence on an 8° curve to the right a distance of 469.6 ft. to station 528 plus 19.6 ft.; thence N. 9°41′ E. a distance of 1,697.6 ft. to station 545 plus 17.2 ft.; thence on a 10° curve to the left a distance of 451.7 ft. to station 549 plus 68.9 ft., which is the point marked Point Z on the above-mentioned map known as “Exhibit B”. 53 Stat. 1824 (All bearings are true bearings.) Extinguishment or existing private titles.The Government of the Republic of Panama will extinguish any private titles existing or which may exist in and to the land included in the above-described corridor. Stream and drainage crossings.The stream and drainage crossings of any highway built in the corridor shall not restrict the water passage to less than the capacity of the existing streams and drainage. Construction restrictions.No other construction will take place within the corridor than that relating to the construction of a highway and to the installation of electric power, telephone and telegraph lines; and the only activities which will be conducted within the said corridor will be those pertaining to the construction, maintenance and common uses of a highway, and of power and communication lines, and auxiliary works thereof. Rights reserved.The Republic of Panama shall enjoy at all times the right of unimpeded transit across the said corridor at any point, and of travel along the corridor, subject to such traffic regulations as may be established by the authorities of the Panama Canal; and the Government of the Republic of Panama shall have the right to such use of the corridor as would be involved in the construction of connecting or intersecting highways or railroads, overhead and underground power, telephone, telegraph and pipe lines, and additional drainage channels, on condition that these structures53 Stat. 1825 and their use shall not interfere with the purpose of the corridor as provided hereinabove. Article X In case of an international conflagrationMeasures for protection of common interests where security endangered, etc. or the existence of any threat of aggression which would endanger the security of the Republic of Panama or the neutrality or security of the Panama Canal, the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Panama will take such measures of prevention and defense as they may consider necessary for the protection of their common interests. Any measures, in safeguarding such interests, which it shall appear essential to one Government to take, and which may affect the territory under the jurisdiction of the other Government, will be the subject of consultation between the two Governments. Article XI The provisions of this TreatyExisting treaties not averted. shall not affect the rights and obligations of either of the two High Contracting Parties under the treaties now in force between the two countries, nor be considered as a limitation, definition, restriction or restrictive interpretation of such rights and obligations, but without prejudice to the full force and effect of any provisions of this Treaty which constitute addition to, modification or abrogation of, or substitution for the provisions of previous treaties. 53 Stat. 1826 Article XII Ratification and effective date.The present Treaty shall be ratified in accordance with the constitutional methods of the High Contracting Parties and shall take effect immediately on the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington. Signatures.In witness whereof, the Plenipotentiaries have signed this Treaty in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both texts being authentic, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at the city of Washington the second day of March, 1936. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaObjects. y la República de Panamá, animados por el deseo de fortalecer más los lazos de amistad y de cooperación entre los dos paises y de regular sobre una base firme y mutuamente satisfactoria algunas cuestiones que han surgido como resultado de la construcción del Canal interoceánico a través del Istrno de Panamá, han resuelto celebrar un tratado y en tal virtud han designado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América: Al Senor Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América y al seflor Sumner Welles, Subsecretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y El Presidente de la Repùblica de Panamá: A los Excelentisimos Senores Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Enviado53 Stat. 1808 Extraordinario y Ministre Plenipotenciario de Panamá en los Estados Unidos, y Doctor Narciso Garay, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de Panamá en mision especial; Articulo I Provision superseded.[33 Stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234).El Artlculo I de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903 queda subrogado así: Mutual peace and friendship.Habrá perfects, firme e inviolable paz y sincere amistad entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá y entre sus ciudadanos. Use, occupation, and control of Canal Zone, etc., by U. S. A.En vista de la apertura formai y oficial del Canal de Panamá el 12 de Julio de 1920, los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamâ declaran que las estipulaciones de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903 tienen en mira el uso, ocupación y control por los Estados Unidos de América de la Zona del Canal y de las tierras y aguas adicionales bajo la jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América, para los fines del eficiente mantenimiento, funcionamiento, saneamiento y protecciôn del Canal y de sus obras auxiliares. Maintenance of Panama Canal.Los Estados Unidos de América continuarán manteniendo el Canal de Panamá para fomento y uso del comercio interoceánico y los dos Gobiernos declaran su voluntad de cooperar en cuanto les sea factible al propósito de asegurar el goce pleno y perpetuo de los53 Stat. 1809 beneficios de todo orden que el Canal debe proporcionar a las dos naciones que hicieron posible su construcción, así como también a todas las naciones interesadas en el comercio universal. Articulo II Los Estados Unidos de AméricaRenunciation of grant made perpetuity of certain lands and waters outside. declaran que la República de Panamá ha cumplido leal y satisfactoriamente las obligaciones que asumió por el Artículo II de la[33 stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234). Convenciôn de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, por el cual concediô a perpetuidad a los Estados Unidos de América el uso, ocupación y control de la zona de tierra y de tierra cubierta por agua que se describe en dicho artículo, de las islas situadas dentro de los límites de la mencionada zona, del grupo de pequenas islas en la bahia de Panamâ nombradas Perico, Naos, Culebra y Flamenco, y de cualesquiera otras tierras y aguas fuera de la zona citada necesarias y convenientes para la construcción, mantenimiento, funcionamiento, saneamiento y protección del Canal de Panamá o de cualesquiera canales auxiliares u otras obras, y en reconocimiento de ello los Estados Unidos de América renuncian por el presente artículo a la concesión que le hizo a perpetuidad la República de Panamá, del uso, ocupación y control de tierras y aguas, además de las que ahora están bajo la jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América fuera de la zona descrita en el Artículo II de la mencionada Convención, que fueran necesarias y convenientes para la construcción, mantenimiento, funcionamiento, saneamiento y protección del Canal de Panamá o de cualesquiera canales53 Stat. 1810 auxiliares u otras obras necesarias y convenientes para la construcción, mantenimiento, funcionamiento, saneamiento y protección de dicha empresa. Operation of Canal, preservation of neutrality, etc.Si bien los dos Gobiernos convienen en que la necesidad de nuevas tierras y aguas para el ensanche de las actuates facilidades del Canal se estima improbable, reconocen sin embargo, de acuerdo con las estipulaciones de los Articules I y X de este tratado, su obligación conjunta de asegurar el efectivo y continuo funcionamiento del Canal y el mantenimiento de su neutralidad, y en consecuencia, si en el evento de alguna contingencia ahora imprevista la utilización de tierras o aguas adicionales a las que se están ya usando fuere realmente necesaria para el mantenimiento, saneamiento o eficiente funcionamiento del Canal, o para su protección efectiva, los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América, y de la República de Panamá acordarán las medidas que sea necesario tomar para asegurar el mantenimiento, saneamiento, eficiente funcionamiento y protección efectiva del Canal, en el cual los dos países tienen interés conjunto y vital. Articulo III Commercial agreement.Con el objeto de que la República de Panamápueda beneficiarse de las ventajas comerciales inherentes a su posición geográfica, los Estados Unidos de América convienen: 1) Business transactions. La venta a individuos de articules importados a la Zona del Canal o comprados, producidos o manufacturados alií por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América será limitada por éste a53 Stat. 1811 las personas incluídas en las categorías
(a)y
(b)de la Sección 2ª de este Artículo. Con respecto a las personas incluidas en las categorías (c),
(d)y
(e)de la mencionada Sección y miembros de sus families, las ventas arriba referidas sólo podrán hacerse cuando tales personas residan realmente en la Zona del Canal. 2) No podrá residir en la ZonaResidence restrictions. del Canal ninguna persona que no esté comprendida en las siguientes categorías:
(a)Jefes, empleados, artesanos u obreros al servicio o en el empleo de los Estados Unidos de América, del Canal de Panamá o de la Compañia del Ferrocarril de Panamá y miembros de sus families que realmente vivan con ellos;
(b)Miembros de las fuerzas armadas de los Estados Unidos de América, y miembros de sus families que realmente vivan con ellos;
(c)Contratistas que trabajen en la Zona del Canal y sus empleados, artesanos y obreros durante el cumplimiento de sus contratos;
(d)Jefes, empleados u obreros de compañias que tengan derecho a hacer ngocies en la Zona del Canal según la Sección 5 de este articulo;
(e)Personas que se ocupen en actividades religiosas, de asistencia pública, de caridad, de educación, de recreo y cientfficas, exclusivamente en la Zona del Canal;
(f)Sirvientes domésticos de tod as las personas antes mencionadas y miembros de las familias de las personas correspondientes a las categorías (c),
(d)y
(e)que realmente vivan con ellos. 3) No se darán en arrendamiento,Rental, etc,, restrictions. a plazo o con sujeción a desahucio ni se subarrendarán, 53 Stat. 1812 casas o habitaciones pertenecientes al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o a la Compañia del Ferrocarril de Panamá y situadas en la Zona del Canal, a personas no comprendidas en las categorías
(a)a
(e)inclusive de la Sección 2 arriba citada. 4) Immigration and customs laws, violations. El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América continuará cooperando por todos los medios apropiados con el Gobierno de la República de Panamá, para prevenir violaciones de las leyes de la República en materia de aduanasSmuggling. y de inmigración, inclusive el contrabando al territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de artfculos importados a la Zona del Canal o comprados, producidos o manufacturados allí por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. 5) Private business enterprises. Con excepción de las empresas que tengan relación directa con el funcionamiento, mantenimiento, saneamiento o protección del Canal, o sean las de cable, navieras, petroleras o de combustible, los Estados Unidos de América no permitirán que se radiquen en la Zona del Canal más empresas comerciales privadas que las existantes allí al tiempo de firmarse este tratado. 6) En vista de la proximidad del puerto de Balboa a la ciudad de Panamá y del puerto de Cristóbal a la ciudad de Colón, los Estados Unidos de América continuarán permitiendo, de acuerdo con reglamentos adecuados y mediante el pago de los derechos correspondientes, a las naves que entren a los puertos de la Zona o salgan de ellos, el uso y goce de los mueiles y otras facilidades en53 Stat. 1813 los mencionados puertos, para el objeto de cargar y descar gar mercaderias, y de recibir o desembarcar pasajeros que entren al territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá o que salgan de él. La República de Panamá permitiráEmergency, etc., uses. a las naves que entren a los puertos de Panamá o Colón o que zarpen de ellos, en caso de emergencia y también de acuerdo con reglamentos adecuados y mediante el pago de los derechos correspondientes, el uso y goce de los muelles y de otras facilidades de dichos puertos con el objeto de recibir y desembarcar pasajeros con destino a territorio de la República de Panamá bajo jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América o procedentes del mismo, y para cargar o descargar mercaderias en tránsito o destinadas al servicio del Canal o de obras pertenecientes al Canal. 7) El Gobierno de los EstadosSales by private merchants to vessels; regulations. Unidos de América dará a los comerciantes residentes en la República de Panamá plena oportunidad para hacer ventes a las naves que lleguen a los puertos terminales del Canal o que pasen por él, con sujeción siempre a los reglamentos administratives pertinentes de la Zona del Canal. Articulo IV El Gobierno de la Repûblica deImport duties or taxes. Panamá no impondrá derechos de importación ni contribuciones de ninguna clase a las mercancias remitidas o consignadas a las agendas del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América en la República de Panamá cuando las mercancías sean destinadas para el uso oficial de tales agencias, ni a las mercancias remitidas o con53 Stat. 1814signadas a las personas comprendidas en las categorías
(a)y
(b)de la Sección 2 del Artículo III de este tratado, que residan o se hallen temporalmente en territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá, mientras presten sus servicios a los Estados Unidos de América, al Canal de Panamá o a la Compacñía del Ferrocarril de Panamá, siempre que las mercancías sean destinadas al uso y beneficio exclusive de esas personas. Los Estados Unidos de América no impondrán derechos de importación ni contribuciones de ninguna clase a los artículos, efectos y mercaderías que pasen del territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá a la Zona del Canal. Transit charges.Las autoridades de los Estados Unidos de América no impondrán contribuciones de ninguna clase a las personas que residan en la República de Panamá y que pasen de la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá a la Zona del Canal, y las autoridades de la República de Panamá no impondrán contribuciones de ninguna clase a las personas en el servicio de los Estados Unidos de América o que residan en la Zona del Canal y que pasen de la Zona del Canal a territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá, quedando sujetas a los plenos efectos de las leyes de inmigración de la República de Panamá todas las otras personas que pasen de la Zona del Canal a territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá. Deportations, transit through Canal Zone.En vista del hecho de que la Zona del Canal divide el territorio bajo jurisdicción de la República de Panamá, los Estados Unidos de América convienen en que,53 Stat. 1815 con sujeción a las disposiciones policivas que las cireunstancias requieran, a los ciudadanos panameños que ocasionalmente sean deportados de la Zona del Canal se les garantizará el tránsito a través de dicha Zona para trasladarse de una parte a otra del territorio sujeto a la jurisdicción de la República. Articulo V El Artículo IX de la ConvenciónExisting provision superseded.[33 Stat. 2237](/us/stat/33/2237). de 18 de Noviembre de 1903 queda subrogado así: La República de Panamê tieneRight of Panama to impose taxes and other charges on imports, etc. el derecho de imponer a las mercaderías destinadas a ser introducidas para uso y consumo en territorio bajo la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá y a las naves que toquen en puertos panameños y a los oficiales, tripulación o pasajeros de dichas naves, los impuestos y gravámenes establecidos por las leyes de la República de Panamá; conviniéndose que laExisting jurisdiction of Panama over certain ports and facilities, continuance. República de Panamá continuará ejerciendo directa y exclusivamente su jurisdicción sobre los puertos de Panamá y Colón y la explotación, con personal panameños exclusivamente, de las obras marftimas ya establecidas o que se establezcan en dichos puertos por la República de Panamá oExemptions. por su autoridad. Sin embargo, la República de Panamá no impondrá ni cobrará gravámenes o contribuciones sobre las naves que usen el Canal o que pasen por él sin tocar en puertos bajo la jurisdicción panameña, ni a los oficiales, tripulación o pasajeros de dichas naves, a no ser que entrenNo discriminatory taxes, etc. a la República; siendo entendido además que las contribuciones y gravámenes que imponga la Re53 Stat. 1816pública de Panamá a las naves que usen el Canal o que pasen por él y que toquen en puertos bajo la jurisdicción panameña o a la carga, oficiales, tripulación o pasajeros de dichas naves, no serán más altos que los que se impongan a las naves que toquen únicamente en los puertos bajo la jurisdicción panamena sin pasar por el Canal, y a la carga, oficiales, tripulación o pasajeros de dichas naves. Immigration regulation.La República de Panamá tiene también el derecho de determinar qué personas o clases de personas que lleguen a los puertos de la Zona del Canal serán admitidas a la República de Panamá y asimismo el de determinar a qué personas o clases de personas que lleguen a esos puertos se les negará entrada a la República de Panamá. Canal Zone, sites for customhouses; jurisdiction.Los Estados Unidos de América suministrarán a la República de Panamá libres de todo gravamen los sitios necesarios para la construcción de edlficios para aduanas en los puertos de la Zona del Canal para le recaudación de impuestos sobre las importaciones destinadas a la República de Panamá y para el examen de mercancias, equipajes y pasajeros consignados o destinados a la República de Panamá, y para prevenir el comercio de contrabando, siendo entendido que la recaudación de impuestos y el examen de mercancias y pasajeros por los funcionarios del Gobierno de la República de Panamá, de conformidad con esta estipulación, tendrá lugar únicamente en las aduanas que establezca el Gobierno de la República de Panamá de acuerdo con lo aquí estipulado, y que la República de Panamá ejercerá jurisdicción ex53 Stat. 1817clusiva dentro de los sitios donde se hallen las aduanas en cuantoEnforcement of immigration or customs laws of Panama. concieme a la efectividad de las leyes de inmigración y de aduanas de la República de Panamá, corno también sobre los efectos de todas clases allí existentes y sobre el personal empleado en ellas. Para asegurar el ejercicio efectivoInspection of passengers on arrival at ports of Canal Zone. de los derechos reconocidos anteriormente, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América conviene en que, con el objeto de obtener información útil para determinar si a las personas que Ueguen a los puertos de la Zona del Canal con destino a puntos dentro de la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá debe permitirse o negarse la entrada a la República, los funcionarios de inmigración de la República de Panamá tendrán el derecho de libre acceso a los buques a su llegada a los muelles de Balboa o de Cristóbal llevando pasajeros con destino a la República;Regulations. y que las autoridades competentes del Canal de Panamá adoptarán con respecto a las personas que entren por los puertos de la Zona del Canal con destino a puntos dentro de la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá, los reglamentos administratives que faciliten a las autoridades de Panamá el ejercicio de su jurisdicción en la forma estipulada en el parágrafo 4° de este articule, para los fines expuestos en el parágrafo 3° del mismo. Articulo VI El primer período del ArtículoTextual amendment.[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236). VII de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, queda modificado omitiéndose la siguiente frase: “o por el ejercicio del derecho de dominio eminente”. Paragraph abrogated.[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236).El Parágrafo tercero del Articulo VII de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, queda abrogado. 53 Stat. 1818 Articulo VII Payments by United States.[33 Stat. 2238](/us/stat/33/2238).Comenzando con la anualidad pagadera en 1934 los pagos de acuerdo con el Artículo XIV de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, celebrada entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá, serán de cuatrocientos*Post*, p. 1859. treinta mil Balboas, (B/430.000.00) según los define el convenio incorporado en canje de notas de esta fecha. Los Estados Unidos de América pueden cumplir su obligación con respecto a cualquiera de dichos pagos mediante el pago en qualquier moneda, siempre que la cantidad que se pague sea el equivalente de cuatrocientos treinta mil Balboas (B/430.000.00) definidos como queda expresado. Articulo VIII Transfer to Panama of jurisdiction over described corridor.Con el fin de que la ciudad de Colón pueda disfrutar de un medio directe de comunicación por tierra, bajo jurisdicción panameña, con el resto del territorio bajo jurisdicción de la República de Panamá, los Estados Unidos de América transfieren a la República de Panamá jurisdicción sobre un corredor cuyos límites exactes serán convenidos y demarcados por los dos Gobiernos, de acuerdo con la descripción siguiente:
(a)Description. El término del corredor en Colón empalma con el extreme Sur de la mitad Este del Paseo del Centenario en la Calle 16 de Colón; de allí el corredor signe en dirección general Sur, paralela a53 Stat. 1819 la Carretera Bolívar y al Este de alla hasta la vecindad de la orilla Norte de Silver City; de allí hacia el Este cerca de la ribera de Folks River, doblando la esquina Nordeste de Silver City; de allí en dirección Sudeste y paralela en general al camino que va a France Field y Fort Randolph hasta cruzar el mencionado camino como a 1200 pies ai Este de la Derivación Este; de allí en una dirección general Nordeste hasta la linea Este del límite de la Zona del Canal cerca de la esquina Sudeste de la Reserve de Fort Randolph al Sudoeste de Cativá. El trazado aproximado del corredor es el que muestra el mapa anexo a este Tratado, firmado por los Plenipotenciarios de los dos paises y denominado “Anexo A”.
(b)La anchura del corredor será como sigue: 25 pies de ancho desde su extremo en Colón hasta un punto Este de la linea Sur de Silver City; de allí 100 pies de ancho hasta el camino de Fort Randolph con la salvedad de que en cualquier cruce elevado del camino de Fort Randolph sobre el ferrocarril que pueda construirse, la anchura del corredor no será mayor que la necesaria para incluir el viaducto y no incluirá parte alguna del camino de Fort Randolph propiamente dicho ni de la servidumbre de tránsito del ferrocarril, y con la salvedad de que en caso de hacerse cruce a nivel con el camino de Fort Randolph y con el ferrocarril, el corredor quedará interrumpido por esa carretera y por el ferrocarril; a partir de ese punto el corredor tendrá 200 pies de ancho hasta la linea fronteriza de la Zona del Canal. 53 Stat. 1820 Extinguishment of existing private titles.El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América extinguirá cualesquiera títulos de propiedad privada existentes o que puedan existir respecto de las tierras comprendidas dentro del corredor arriba mencionado. Stream and drainage crossings.Los cruces de corrientes y desagües en los caminos que se construyan sobre el corredor no restringirán el paso de las aguas a menos de la capacidad de las corrientes y desagües existentes. Construction restrictions.No se hará ninguna otra construcción en el corredor, fuera de la relativa a la construcción de una carretera y a la instalación de líneas de transmisión de energia eléctrica, de teléfonos y de telégrafos; y las únicas actividades que serán ejercidas dentro de dicho corredor serán las correspondientes a la construcción, mantenimiento y usos comunes de una carretera y de líneas de comunicación y de transmisión de fuerza. Rights reserved.Los Estados Unidos de América disfrutarán en todo tiempo el derecho al tránsito irrestricto a través del expresado corredor por cualquier punto y el de transitát a lo largo de dicho corredor, con sujeción a los reglamentos de tráfico que scan establecidos por el Gobierno de la Repûblica de Panamâ, y el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América tendrâ derecho al uso del corredor en cuanto pueda ser necesario para la construcción de empalmes o cruces de caneteras o ferrocarriles, de líneas de transmisión de fuerza, aéreas o subterráneas, líneas de teléfonos, de telégrafos, o de tuberias y de canales de drenaje adicjonales, a condición de que estas estructuras y el uso de ellas no estorben los fines del corredor, segûn lo arriba estipulado. 53 Stat. 1821 Articulo IX Con el fin de proveer un medioTransfer of jurisdiction by Panama over described corridor. directe de comunicación por tierra con espacio para la instalación de líneas de transmisión de energia de alta tensión, bajo jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América, de la Represa Madden a la Zona del Canal, la República de Panamá transfiere a los Estados Unidos de América jurisdicción sobre un corredor, cuyos límites serán demarcados por los dos Gobiernos, de acuerdo con la descripciôn siguiente: Una faja de tierra de 200 piesDescription. de ancho, que se extiende 62.5 pies de la línea central de la Carretera Madden sobre su límite Este y 137.5 pies de la linea central de la Carretera Madden sobre su límite Oeste, y que contiens un area de 105.8 acres o 42.81 hectáreas, como se indica en el piano que se acompaña a este Tratado, firmado por los Plenipotenciarios de los dos paises y marcado “Anexo B”. Comenzando en la intersección de la línea central localizada sobre la Carretera Madden con la línea limítrofe de cinco millas entre la Zona del Canal y la República de Panamá, estando situado este punto al Norte 29°20′ Oeste se signe en una distancia de 168.04 pies a lo largo de la línea del mencionado límite desde el monumento limítrofe Número 65, siendo la posición geodésica de dicho monumento Número 651a de 9°07′ de Latitud Norte más 3,948.8 pies y 79°37′ de Longitud más 1,174.6 pies; de allí al Norte 43°10′ Este en una distancia de 541.1 pies al monumento 324, más 06.65 pies; 53 Stat. 1822 de allí siguiendo una curve de 3° hacia la izquierda, en una distancia de 347.2 pies al monumento 327, más 53.9 pies; de allí al Norte 32°45′ Este en una distancia de 656.8 pies al monumento 334, más 10.7 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 3° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 455.55 pies al monumento 338, más 66.25 pies; de allí al Norte 19°05′ Este en una distancia de 1,135.70 pies al monumento 350, más 01.95 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 8° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 650.7 pies al monumento 356, más 52.7 pies; de allí al Norte 32°58′ Oeste en una distancia de 636.0 pies al monumento 362, más 88.7 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 10° hacia la derecba en una distancia de 227.3 pies al monumento 365, más 16.0 pies; de allí al Norte 10° 14′ Oeste en una distancia de 314.5 pies al monumento 368, más 30.5 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 178.7 pies al monumento 370, más 09.2 pies; de allí al Norte 19° 10′ Oeste en una distancia de 4,250.1 pies al monumento 412, más 59.3 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la dereeha en una distancia de 720.7 pies al monumento 419 más 80.0 pies; de allí al Norte 16° 52′ Este en una distancia de 1,664.3 pies al monumento 436 más 44.3 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 597.7 pies al monumento 442, más 42.0 pies; de allí al Norte 13° 01′ Oeste en una distancia de 543.8 pies al monumento 447, más 85.8 pies; 53 Stat. 1823 de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la derecha en una distancia de 770.7 pies al monumento 455, más 56.5 pies; de allí al Norte 25°31′ Este en una distancia de 1,492.2 pies al monumento 470 más 48.7 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la derecha en una distancia de 808.0 pies al monumento 478, más 56.7 pies; de allí al Norte 65°55′ Este en una distancia de 281.8 pies al monumento 481, más 38.5 pies; de allí siguiendo ima curva de 8° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 446.4 pies al monumento 485, mâs 84.9 pies; de allí al Norte 30°12′ Este en una distancia de 479.6 pies al monumento 490 más 64.5 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 329.4 pies al monumento 493, más 93.9 pies; de allí al Norte 13°44′ Este en una distancia de 1,639.9 pies al monumento 510, más 33.8 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 5° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 832.3 pies, al monumento 518, más 66.1 pies; de allí al Norte 27°53′ Oeste en una distancia de 483.9 pies al monumento 523 más 50.0 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 8° hacia la derecha en una distancia de 469.6 pies al monumento 528, más 19.6 pies; de allí al Norte 9°41′ Este en una distancia de 1,697.6 pies al monumento 545, más 17.2 pies; de allí siguiendo una curva de 10° hacia la izquierda en una distancia de 451.7 pies hasta el monumento 549, más 68.9 pies; que es el pun to marcado Pun to Z en el mapa arriba mencionado denominado “Anexo B”. 53 Stat. 1824 (Todos los rumbos se refieren al verdadero meridiano) Extinguishment or existing private titles.El Gobierno de la República de Panamá extinguirá cualesquiera tltulos de propiedad privada existantes o que puedan existir respecte de las tierras comprendidas dentro del corredor arriba mencionado. Stream and drainage crossings.Los cruces de corrientes y desagües en todos los caminos que se construyan sobre el corredor no restringirán el paso de las aguas a menos de la capacidad de las corrientes y desagües existentes. Construction restrictions.No se hará ninguna otra construcción en el corredor, fuera de la relativa a la construcciñn de una carretera y a la instalaeión de líneas de transmisión de energia eléctrica, de teléfonos y de telégrafos; y las únicas actividades que serán ejercidas dentro de dicho corredor serán las correspondientes a la construcción, mantenimiento y usos comunes de una carretera, de líneas de comunicación y de transmisión de fuerza y de las obras auxiliares de las mismas. Rights reserved.La República de Panamá disfrutará en todo tiempo el derecho al tránsito irrestricto a través del expresado corredor por cualquier punto y el de transiter a lo largo de dicho corredor, con sujeción a los reglamentos de tráfico que sean establecidos por las autoridades del Canal de Panamá, y el Gobierno de la República de Panamá tendrá el derecho al uso del corredor en cuanto pueda ser necesario para la construcción de empalmes o cruces de carreteras o ferrocarriles, de líneas de trasmisión de fuerza, aéreas o subterráneas, líneas de teléfonos, de telégrafos o de tuberias y de canales de drenaje53 Stat. 1825 adicionales, a condición de que estas estructuras y el uso de ellas no estorben los fines del corredor, según lo arriba estipulado. Articulo X En caso de conflagración internacionalMeasures for protection ot common interests where security endangered, etc. o de existencia de cualquier amenaza de agresión en que peligren la seguridad de la República de Panamá o la neutralidad o seguridad del Canal de Panamá, los Gobiernos de la República de Panamá y de los Estados Unidos de América tomarán las medidas de prevención y defensa que consideren necesarias para la protección de sus intereses comunes. Las medidas que parezca esencial tomar a uno de los dos Gobiernos en guarda de dichos intereses y que afecten el territorio bajo la jurisdicción del otro Gobierno serân objeto de consulta entre los dos Gobiernos. Articulo XI Las estipulaciones de este tratadoExisting treaties not averted. no afectarán los derechos y obligaciones de ninguna de las dos Altas Partes Contratantes de conformidad con los tratados vigentes hoy entre los dos paises, ni serán considcradas como limitación, definición, restricción o interpretación restrictiva de taies derechos y obligaciones, pero sin perjuicio del pleno vigor y efecto de las estipulaciones de este tratadoqueconstituyen adición, modifiación, abrogación o subrogación de las estipulaciones de los tratados anteriores. 53 Stat. 1826 Articulo XII Ratification and effective date.El presente tratado será ratificado de acuerdo con las formas constitucionales de las Altas Partes Contratantes y entrará en vigor inmediatamente al canjearse las ratificaciones, lo cual tendrá lugar en Washington. Signatures.En fe de lo cual los Plenipotenciarios han firmado este tratado en duplicado en Inglés y en Espanol, siendo ambos textos auténticos, y han estampado en él sus sellos. Hecho en la ciudad de Washington, a los dos dfas del mes de Marzo de 1936. Cordell Hull [seal] Sumner Welles [seal] R. J. Alfaro [seal] Narciso Garay [seal] Exchange of ratifications.And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-seventh day of July one thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-seventh day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1827 EXCHANGES OF NOTES Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: En relación con el tratado firmado hoy y los canjes de notas accesorios al mismo tenemos a honra confirmar el entendimiento a que hemos llegado durante las negociaciones de que dondequiera que las estipulaciones de dicho tratado y las declaraciones contenidas en las notas accesorias se refieran a la Zona del Canal, tales estipulaciones y declaraciones son aplicables a todas las tierras y aguas cuyo uso, ocupación o control tengan los Estados Unidos de América. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garat. Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: In connection with the treaty signed today and the exchange of*Ante*, p. 1807. notes accessory thereto we have the honor to confirm the understanding we have reached during the negotiations that wherever the provisions of the said treaty and the statements contained in the accessory notes refer to the Canal Zone, such provisions and statements are applicable to all such lands and waters as may be used, occupied or controlled by the United States of America. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garat. The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1828 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “In connection with the treaty signed today and the exchange of notes accessory thereto we have the honor to confirm the understanding we have reached during the negotiations that wherever the provisions of the said treaty and the statements contained in the accessory notes refer to the Canal Zone, such provisions and statements are applicable to all such lands and waters as may be used, occupied or controlled by the United States of America.” " In reply, I have the honor to confirm the understanding we have reached as set forth in your note under reference. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: *Ante*, p. 1810.With reference to Section 1 of Article III of the treaty signed today, wherein are specified the classes of persons to whom goods imported into the Canal Zone, or purchased, produced or manufactured therein, may be sold by the Government of the United States of America, I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached in the course of the recent negotiations, namely, that for the purposes of said Section 1 of Article III, the term “Officers, employees, workmen or laborers in the service or employ of the United States of America”, as it appears in Section 2
(a)of said Article III, is interpreted as referring exclusively to such persons whose services are related to the Panama Canal, the Panama Railroad Company or their auxiliary works, and to duly accredited representatives of any branch of the53 Stat. 1829 Government of the United States of America exercising official duties within the Republic of Panama, including diplomatic and consular officers, and to members of their staffs. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia que dice lo siguiente: “Con referenda a la Sección 1ª del Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy, en la que se especifican las categorías de las personas a quienes el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos puede vender articulos importados a la Zona del Canal o comprados, producidos o manufacturados allí, tengo el honor de confirmar a ustedes la inteligencia a que se ha llegado en el curso de las recientes negociaciones, es decir, que para los fines de la mencionada Sección 1ª del Artículo III, la frase “Jefes, empleados, artesanos u obreros al servicio o en el empleo de los Estados Unidos de América”, como aparece en la Sección 2ª inciso
(a)del citado Artículo III, se interpréta en el sentido de referirse exclusivamente a las personas cuyos servicios tienen relación con el Canal de Panamá, con la Compafiia del Ferrocarril de Panamá u otras obras auxiliares, y a los representantes de cualquier rama del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América debidamente acreditados y que desempenen funciones oflciales dentro de la República de Panama, incluyéndose a los funcionarios diplomáticos y consulares y al personal de sus despachos.” En contestación, tenemos el honor de confirmar la inteligencia expresada en la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1830 [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*, Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note reading as follows: " *Ante*, p. 1810.“With reference to Section 1 of Article III of the treaty signed today, wherein are specified the classes of persons to whom goods imported into the Canal Zone, or purchased, produced or manufactured therein, may be sold by the Government of the United States of America, I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached in the course of thé recent negotiations, namely, that for the purposes of said Section 1 of Article III, the term ‘Officers, employees, workmen or laborers in the service or employ of the United States of America’, as it appears in Section 2
(a)of said Article III, is interpreted as referring exclusively to such persons whose services are related to the Panama Canal, the Panama Railroad Company or their auxiliary works, and to duly accredited representatives of any branch of the Government of the United States of America exercising official duties within the Republic of Panama, including diplomatic and consular officers, and to members of their staffs.” " In reply we have the honor to confirm the understanding set forth in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: En relación con la parte del Articulo III del tratado firmado hoy en que se especifican las personas que tienen derecho de residir en la Zona del Canal, tenemos el honor de manifestai a nombre de nuestro Gobierno que en vista del hecho de que en la Zona del Canal residen los jefes, empleados y obreros de los Estados Unidos de América, los miembros del Ejército y de la Marina y los miembros de las families de todas esas personas, nuestro Gobierno no haría objeción a la residencia allí de las siguientes personas: hortelanos empleados en el cultivo de hortalizas para abastecer de vegetales a los residentes de la Zona del Canal; vendedores ambulantes que se ocupen en la venta de esos vegetales; propietarios de pequenos establecimientos para el abastecimiento de dichos hortelanos y vendedores ambulantes y miembros de las familias de esas personas. 53 Stat. 1831 Es entendido, además, que los colonos dedicados al cultivo de pequenas parcelas con licencias agricolas expedidas por el Canal de Panamá continuarán residiendo en la Zona del Canal sujetos a las condiciones expuestas con respecto a estos colonos por los representantes del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América durante las negociaciones, a saber: que en la actualidad hay vigentes en la Zona del Canal 1568 licencias agricoles, más o menos; que todas esas licencias, excepto unas pocas, como las concedidas para hortalizas chinas, van extinguiéndose por causas naturales, es decir, por abandonar el lugar sus tenedores, por muerte de los mismos o por falta de cumpli- miento de sus condiciones; que es norma del Canal de Panamá no permitir que la licencia sea transferida por muerte de los tenedores a personas dependientes de ellos, excepto ünicamente en casos excepcionales en que de otra manera se causaría perjuicio extremo, y que es también norma del Canal de Panamá no expedir nuevas licencias, con excepción de un número insignifiante que se considéra necesario para la Zona del Canal, como las concedidas para hortalizas chinas. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 3, 1936*. Sir: In connection with that part of Article III of the treaty signed today*Ante*, p. 1811. in which the persons are specified who are entitled to reside within the Canal Zone, we have the honor to state in the name of our Government that in view of the residence in the Canal Zone of the officers, employees and laborers of the United States of America, members of the forces of the Army and Navy, and members of the families of all those persons, our Government would have no objection to the residence therein of the following persons also: settlers engaged in the cultivation of truck gardens to furnish vegetables to the residents of the Canal Zone; hucksters engaged in the sale of such vegetables; proprietors of small establishments for the supply of such settlers and hucksters, and members of the families of all these persons. It is also understood that the settlers engaged in the cultivation of small tracts under agricultural licenses issued by the Panama Canal will continue to reside in the Canal Zone, subject to the conditions, as stated by the representatives of the Government of the United States of America during the negotiations in regard to the settlers, to wit: that at present about 1,568 agricultural licenses in the Canal Zone are outstanding; that all of these licenses except a few, such as those for Chinese gardens, are being terminated by natural processes,53 Stat. 1832 that is, as the licensees abandon the ground, die, or fail to live up to the terms of the licenses; that it is the policy of the Panama Canal not to permit the license to be transferred to dependents when the licensee dies, except only in exceptional cases where real hardship would otherwise result; and that it is also the policy of the Panama Canal to issue no new licenses, except an inconsequential number regarded as necessary to the Canal Zone, such as for Chinese gardens. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of Stale, Washington, D. C.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " *Ante*, p. 1811.“In connection with that part of Article III of the treaty signed today in which the persons are specified who are entitled to reside within the Canal Zone, we have the honor to state in the name of our Government that in view of the residence in the Canal Zone of the officers, employees and laborers of the United States of America, members of the forces of the Army and Navy, and members of the families of all those persons, our Government would have no objection to the residence therein of the following persons also: settlers engaged in the cultivation of truck gardens to furnish vegetables to the residents of the Canal Zone; hucksters engaged in the sale of such vegetables; proprietors of small establishments for the supply of such settlers and hucksters, and members of the families of all these persons. “It is also understood that the settlers engaged in the cultivation of small tracts under agricultural licenses issued by the Panama Canal will continue to reside in the Canal Zone, subject to the conditions, as stated by the representatives of the Government of the United States of America during the negotiations in regard to the settlers, to wit: that at present about 1,568 agricultural licenses in the Canal Zone are outstanding; that all of these licenses except a few, such as those for Chinese gardens, are being terminated by natural processes, that is, as the licensees abandon the ground, die, or fail to live up to the terms of the licenses; that it is the policy of the Panama Canal not to permit the license to be transferred to dependents when the licensee dies, except only in exceptional cases where real hardship would otherwise result; and that it is also the policy of the Panama Canal to issue no new licenses, except an inconsequential number regarded as necessary to the Canal Zone, such as for Chinese gardens.” " 53 Stat. 1833 In reply I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached on the foregoing points as set forth in your note under reference. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936 * Señor: En relación con la parte del Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy en que se especifican las personas que tienen derecho de residir en la Zona del Canal, tenemos a honra manifestar a nombre de nuestro Gobierno que las restricciones cstablecidas en materia de residencia no afectan en manera alguna a los huéspedes de los hoteles que el Canal de Panamá o la Compañia del Ferrocarril de Panamá mantienen y administran por cuenta del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América en la Zona del Canal, puesto que taies huéspedes al ingresar a dichos hoteles no van a la Zona en calidad de residentes sino de transeuntes y el objeto de su estada en la Zona del Canal portiempo indeterminado no es el de estableccr domicilio permanente allí. Es igualmente entcndido que las restricciones tampoco alcanzan a las personas que deseen estableccr domicilio permanente en algún hotel de la Zona del Canal, siempre que esas personas sean de las que tienen derecho de residir en la Zona, de conformidad con la Sección 2ª del Artículo III del tratado a que dejamos hecha referenda. Deseamos dejar constancia de la honda complacencia que nos ha producido la manifestación hecha por los representantes del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América durante las negociaciones del tratado, de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América no tiene la intención ni el deseo de competir con la industria panameña. También nos es grato saber que en lo tocante al negocio de hoteles en la Zona del Canal, éstos fueron establecidos con la mira de llenar las necesidades del tráfico de pasajeros en época en que los hoteles establecidos en Panamâ no estaban enteramente capacitados para ello; que tan pronto como esta situaciôn cambie satisfactoriamente se dejará el negocio de hoteles enteramente en manos de la industria establecida en Panamá, y que la prosperidad de la República de Panamá en ésta, como en otras materias, es vehementemente deseada por los Estados Unidos de América. 53 Stat. 1834 Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garat Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: *Ante*, p. 1811.In connection with the part of Article III of the treaty signed today, in which the persons are specified who have a right to reside in the Canal Zone, we have the honor to state in the name of our Government that the restrictions established in the matter of residence in no wise affect the guests of hotels which the Panama Canal or the Panama Railroad Company maintains and manages for account of the Government of the United States of America in the Canal Zone, as such guests in entering such hotels do not go to the Zone as residents but as transients and the object of their stay in the Canal Zone for an indeterminate period is not to estabfish a permanent domicile there. It is also understood that the restrictions do not apply to persons who wish to establish a permanent residence in any hotel in the Canal Zone either, provided such persons are among the number of those who have a right to reside in the Zone, in accordance with Section 2 of Article HI of the treaty to which we have referred. We wish to express our great pleasure at the statement made by the representatives of the Government of the United States of America during the negotiation of the treaty, that it is not the intention or desire of the Government of the United States of America to compete with Panamanian industry. We are also pleased to know with respect to the hotels in the Canal Zone that they were established for the purpose of meeting the necessities of the passenger traffic at a time when the hotels established in Panama were not entirely in position to do so ; that as soon as this situation is satisfactorily altered the hotel business proper will be left in the hands of the industry established in Panama, and that the prosperity of the Republic of Panama in this, as in other respects, is earnestly desired by the United States of America. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of Stale, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1835 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “In connection with the part of Article III of the treaty signed*Ante*, p. 1811. today, in which the persons are specified who have a right to reside in the Canal Zone, we have the honor to state in the name of our Government tliat the restrictions established in the matter of residence in no wise affect the guests of hotels which the Panama Canal or the Panama Kailroad Company maintains and manages for account of the Government of the United States of America in the Canal Zone, as such guests in entering such hotels do not go to the Zone as residents but as transients and the object of their stay in the Canal Zone for an indeterminate period is not to establish a permanent domicile there. “It is also understood that the restrictions do not apply to persons who wish to establish a permanent residence in any hotel in the Canal Zone either, provided such persons are among the number of those who have a right to reside in the Zone, in accordance with Section 2 of Article III of the treaty to which we have referred. “We wish to express our great pleasure at the statement made by the representatives of the Government of the United States of America during the negotiation of the treaty, that it is not the intention or desire of the Government of the United States of America, to compete with Panamanian industry. We are also pleased to know with respect to the hotels in the Canal Zone that they were established for the purpose of meeting the necessities of the passenger traffic at a time when the hotels established in Panama were not entirely in position to do so; that as soon as this situation is satisfactorily altered the hotel business proper will be left in the hands of the industry established in Panama, and that the prosperity of the Republic of Panama in this, as in other respects, is earnestly desired by the United States of America.” " In reply I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached on the foregoing points as set forth in your note under reference. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1836 Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Con referenda a la Sección 1ª del Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy, por la cual los sirvientes de las personas incluidas en las categories
(a)a
(e)inclusive de la Sección 2ª quedan excluidos de la facultad de comprar artículos importados a la Zona del Canal o comprados, producidos o manufacturados allí por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, tenemos el honor de expresar la inteligencia del Gobierno de la República de Panamá de que esa exclusión no impide a las personas especificadas en la mencionada Sección 1ª del Artículo III comprar provisiones, medicinas y ropa para uso y consumo de sus sirvientes que estén viviendo con ellos, por estimarse que esos sirvientes forman parte de la familia, segiin la acepci 6n más lata de esa palabra. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936.* Sir: *Ante*, p. 1810.With reference to Section 1 of Article III of the treaty signed today whereby servants of the persons included in classes
(a)to
(e)inclusive of Section 2 are excluded from purchasing goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America, we have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the Republic of Panama that such exclusion does not prevent the persons specified in the aforesaid Section 1 of Article III from purchasing provisions, medicines and clothing for use or consumption by their servants who are living with them, such servants being regarded as forming part of the families of such persons, in a broad acceptation of that word. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1837 The Secretary of State
(HuU)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “With reference to Section 1 of Article III of the treaty signed*Ante*, p. 1810. today whereby servants of the persons included in classes
(a)to
(e)inclusive of Section 2 are excluded from purchasing goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America, we have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the Republic of Panama that such exclusion does not prevent the persons specified in the aforesaid Section 1 of Article III from purchasing provisions, medicines and clothing for use or consumption by their servants who are living with them, such servante being regarded as forming part of the families of such persons, in a broad acceptation of that word.” " In reply I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached on the foregoing point as set forth in your note under reference. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936*Sirs:With reference to Article III of the treaty signed today, I have the*Ante*, p. 1810. honor to state that the Government of the United States of America has no desire to conduct a bonded warehouse business in the Canal Zone, or, in fact to continue the “hold for orders” business in the terminal ports of the Canal as now conducted by the Panama Canal, any longer than until such time as satisfactory bonded warehouse facilities may become available at reasonable rates in Panamanian jurisdiction. At such time, the Government of the United States of America, in order to assist Panamanian business, will be glad voluntarily to withdraw from the conduct of “hold for orders” business and to abstain therefrom for so long as satisfactory bonded warehouse facilities may continue to be available at reasonable rates in Panamanian jurisdiction. 53 Stat. 1838 Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garat *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy, que dice lo siguiente: " “Con referenda al Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy, tengo a honra manifestar que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América no desea hacer el negocio de almacenes de depósito en la Zona del Canal, o sea continuar el negocio de “consignaciones a la orden” en los puertos terminales del Canal como lo hace actualmente el Canal de Panamâ, sino hasta tanto haya dispo- nibles almacenes de depôsito satisfactorios y a ratas razonables en jurisdicciôn panamena. Cuando ésto suceda el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, con el fin de ayudar al coniercio panameñs, se complacerá en retirarse voluntariamente del negocio de “consignaciones a la orden” y en abstenerse del mismo mientras haya disponibles almacenes de depósito satisfactorios y a ratas razonables en jurisdicción panamena.” " En contestación, tenemos el honor de manifestar que el Gobierno de la República de Panamá se ha impuesto con satisfacción de las seguridades que contiene la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garat Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " *Ante*, p. 1810.“With reference to Article III of the treaty signed today, I have the honor to state that the Government of the United States of America has no desire to conduct a bonded warehouse business53 Stat. 1839 in the Canal Zone, or, in fact to continue the ‘hold for orders’ business in the terminal ports of the Canal as now conducted by the Panama Canal, any longer than until such time as satisfactory bonded warehouse facilities may become available at reasonable rates in Panamanian jurisdiction. At such time, the Government of the United States of America, in order to assist Panamanian business, will be glad voluntarily to withdraw from the conduct of ‘hold for orders’ business and to abstain therefrom for so long as satisfactory bonded warehouse facilities may continue to be available at reasonable rates in Panamanian jurisdiction.” " In reply we have the honor to state that the Government of the Republic of Panama has noted with gratification the assurances contained in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: With reference to Article III of the treaty signed today and to the*Ante*, p. 1810. joint statement issued by President Arias and President Roosevelt on October 17, 1933,1 have the honor to advise you that the Canal Zone authorities will continue to take administrative measures to limit the use and services of hospitals, dispensaries, restaurants, lunch-rooms, messes, clubhouses and moving picture houses maintained and operated in the Canal Zone to residents of the Canal Zone and to the following persons who may not be residents of the Canal Zone and members of their families actually living with them: officers and employees of the Government of the United States of America, the Panama Canal or the Panama Railroad Company and members of the armed forces of the United States of America. As regards laundries and cleaning and pressing establishments so maintained and operated, similar restrictions will be made, and moreover such service of laundries and cleaning and pressing establishments will not be available for ships and their crews and passengers transiting the Canal so long as satisfactory service is furnished by similar establishments in Panama. It is understood that these measures will not preclude admission to and services of the hospitals and dispensaries of the United States of America in cases of emergencies occurring within the Canal Zone, and that those facilities will likewise be available for officers and members of the crews of ships arriving at the Canal Zone ports; and that these measures will not preclude admission to the restaurants, lunch-rooms,53 Stat. 1840 messes, clubhouses and moving picture houses of guests of the persons entitled to use these establishments when the admission or consumption expenses are paid by those persons.Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marso 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy que dice lo siguiente: " “Con referencia al Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy y a la declaración conjunta del Presidente Arias y del Presidente Roosevelt del 17 de Octubre de 1933, tengo a honra informai a ustedes que las autoridades de la Zona del Canal continuarán adoptando medidas administrativas para que el uso y el servicio de hospitales, dispensaries, restaurantes, merenderos, comedores militares, clubes y cinematégrafos establecidos y explotados en la Zona del Canal, sean limitados a los residentes de la Zona del Canal y a las siguientes personas que pueden no ser residentes de la Zona del Canal, y miembros de sus families que realmente vivan con ellas, a saber: jefes y empleados del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, del Canal de Panamá. o de la Compania del Ferrocarril de Panamá y miembros de las fuerzas armadas de los Estados Unidos de América. Iguales restricciones se establecerán con respecte a las lavanderias y a los establecimientos de aplanchado y de limpieza de ropa estableeidos y explotados allí, y además no se suministrará el servicio de esas lavanderias ni el de los establecimientos de aplanchado y de limpieza de ropa a las naves que pasen por el Canal ni a sus tripulaciones y pasajeros, por todo el tieinpo que se haga satisfactoriamente este servicio por establecimientos similares de Panamá. “Es entendido que estas medidas no impedirán la admisión a los hospitales y dispensaries de los Estados Unidos de América ni la prestación de sus servicios cuando se trate de casos de emergencia que ocurran dentro de la Zona del Canal, y que esas facilidades serán igualmente asequibles a los oficiales y tripulantes de los buques que lleguen a los puertos de la Zona del Canal; ni impedirán tampoco estas medidas la admisión a los restaurantes, merenderos, comedores militares, clubes y cinematógrafos, de huéspedes de las personas que tienen derecho a usar esos establecimientos cuando los gastos de admisión o de consumo sean pagados por esas personas.” " En contestación, tenemos el honor de confirmai la inteligencia a que se ha llegado sobre los puntos anteriores según queda expuesta en la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. 53 Stat. 1841 Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936* Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “With reference to Article III of the treaty signed today and*Ante*, p. 1810. to the joint statement issued by President Arias and President Roosevelt on October 17, 1933,1 have the honor to advise you that the Canal Zone authorities will continue to take administrative measures to limit the use and services of hospitals, dispensaries, restaurants, lunch-rooms, messes, clubhouses and moving picture houses maintained and operated in the Canal Zone to residents of the Canal Zone and to the following persons who may not be residents of the Canal Zone and members of their families actually living with them: officers and employees of the Government of the United States of America, the Panama Canal or the Panama Railroad Company and members of the armed forces of the United States of America. As regards laundries and cleaning and pressing establishments so maintained and operated, similar restrictions will be made, and moreover such service of laundries and cleaning and pressing establishments will not be available for ships and their crews and passengers transiting the Canal so long as satisfactory service is furnished by similar establishments in Panama. “It is understood that these measures will not preclude admission to and services of the hospitals and dispensaries of the United States of America in cases of emergencies occurring within the Canal Zone, and that those facilities will likewise be available for officers and members of the crews of ships arriving at the Canal Zone ports; and that these measures will not preclude admission to the restaurants, lunch-rooms, messes, clubhouses and moving picture houses of guests of the persons entitled to use these establishments when the admission or consumption expenses are paid by those persons.” " In reply we have the honor to confirm the understanding reached on the foregoing points as set forth in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1842 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936*. Sirs: *Ante*, p. 1812.With reference to Section 4 of Article III of the treaty signed today wherein it is stated that the Government of the United States of America will continue to cooperate in all proper ways with the Republic of Panama to prevent smuggling into territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America, I have the honor to state that the Governor of the Panama Canal will be prepared to appoint a representative to meet with a representative appointed by your Government in order that regular and continuing opportunity may be afforded for mutual conference and helpfid exchange of views bearing on this question. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy, que dice lo siguiente: " “Con referencia a la Sección 4ª del Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy en la cual se declara que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América continuará cooperando por todos los medios apropiados con la República de Panamá, en la prevención del contrabando al territorio bajo jurisdicción de la República de artfculos importados a la Zona del Canal o comprados, producidos o manufacturados allí por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, tengo el honor de manifestar a ustedes que el Gobernador del Canal de Panamá estará listo para nombrar a un representante que se reuna con un representante nombrado por su Gobierno, a fin de que haya asf oportunidad regular y continua de consulta mutua y cambio provechoso de ideas con respecto a esta cuestión.” " 53 Stat. 1843 En contestación, tenemos el honor de expresar el acuerdo del Gobierno de la República de Panamá respecta del procedimiento esbozado en la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. Acepte Vuestra Excelencia las reitaradas seguridades de nuestra más alla consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936.* Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “With reference to Section 4 of Article III of the treaty signed*Ante*, p. 1812. today wherein it is stated that the Government of the United States of America will continue to cooperate in all proper ways with the Republic of Panama to prevent smuggling into territory under the jurisdiction of the Republic of goods imported into the Canal Zone or purchased, produced or manufactured therein by the Government of the United States of America, I have the honor to state that the Governor of the Panama Canal will be prepared to appoint a representative to meet with a representative appointed by your Government in order that regular and continuing opportunity may be afforded for mutual conference and helpful exchange of views bearing on this question.” " In reply we have the honor to express the agreement of the Government of the Republic of Panama with the procedure outlined in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State,* *Washington, D. C.* The Secretary of State
(Hutt)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: With reference to Section 5 of Article III of the treaty signed today*Ante*, p. 1812. regulating the establishment in the Canal Zone of private business enterprises, I have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the United States of America that the provisions of this section shall not prevent the establishment in the Canal Zone of private53 Stat. 1844 enterprises temporarily engaged in construction work having a direct relation to the operation, maintenance, sanitation or protection of the Canal. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy, que dice lo siguiente: " “Con referencia a la Sección 5ª del Artículo III del tratado firmado hoy que reglamenta el establecimiento en la Zona del Canal de empresas comerciales privadas, tengo el honor de expresar la inteligencia del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América de que las estipulaciones de esta Sección no impiden el establecimiento en la Zona del Canal de empresas privadas dedicadas temporalmente a trabajos de construcción que tengan relación directa con el funcionamiento, mantenimiento, saneamiento y protección del Canal.” " En contestación, tenemos el honor de confirmer la inteligencia ex- presada en la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " *Ante*, p. 1812.“With reference to Section 5 of Article III of the treaty signed today regulating the establishment in the Canal Zone of private business enterprises, I have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the United States of America that the provisions of this section shall not prevent the establishment in the Canal Zone of private enterprises temporarily engaged in construction work having a direct relation to the operation, maintenance, sanitation or protection of the Canal.” " 53 Stat. 1845 In reply we have the honor to confirm the understanding set forth in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garat The Honorable Cordell Holl, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: With reference to the question of the sale to ships of goods imported into the Canal Zone by the Government of the United States of America, I have the honor to advise you that it will be the policy of this Government to effect such sales on the following basis: Articles classed by the Panama Canal as “ships stores”, such as articles, materials and supplies necessary for the navigation, propulsion and upkeep of vessels, will continue to be sold as at present; Articles classed by the Panama Canal as tourist or luxury goods will not be sold to ships; Articles classed by the Panama Canal as “sea stores”, such as articles for the use or consumption of the passengers and crew of the ship upon its voyage, and articles of other classes, will be sold at prices which, in the judgment of the Government of the United States of America and insofar as may appear feasible, will afford merchants of Panama fair opportunity to sell on equal terms. To arrive at the prices at which these articles will be sold to ships the retail prices of such articles to Canal Zone employees will be taken as a base, and a surcharge added thereto, when necessary; and no discount for purchases of large quantities will be granted to ships making such purchases. For your information I am enclosing herewith four lists illustrative but not in any sense exhaustive of the various articles included in the four classes mentioned above, namely:
(1)ships stores;
(2)tourist or luxury goods;
(3)sea stores; and,
(4)articles of other classes. It is the hope of the Government of the United States of America that in benefit of Panamanian commerce merchants of Panama may be able to furnish in satisfactory quantities and qualities and at reasonable prices many or all of the articles classed as “sea stores” and as “articles of other classes” purchased by ships arriving at terminal ports of the Canal or transiting the Canal. It will be the policy of the United States of America that whenever and for so long as merchants of Panama are in fact able to furnish certain articles as so described in satisfactory quantities and qualities and at reasonable prices, the Canal Zone commissaries will refrain from selling like articles to ships. 53 Stat. 1846 In accordance with the policy of affording merchants of Panama full opportunity for making sales to ships, the launch facilities now employed by the Government of the United States of America in effecting sales to ships will be made available on equal terms to merchants of Panama, subject to appropriate administrative regulations of the Canal Zone. The Governor of the Panama Canal will be prepared to appoint a representative to meet with a representative of Panamanian commerce appointed by your Government, in order that regular and continuing opportunity may be afforded for mutual conference and helpful exchange of views bearing on these questions, including the amount of the surcharge to be established, when necessary, in connection with “sea stores” and “articles of other classes”. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. [Enclosures] Ships Stores Fuel Oil and grease Hardware (bolts, nuts, nails, tools, et cetera) Paints Disinfectants and insecticides Rope, cable, chain Tourist or Luxury Goods Articles of personal adornment Women’s and children’s fancy and foreign wearing apparel Perfumes and expensive lotions and fancy and foreign toilet articles Foreign high quality linens, table ware and house furnishing articles Expensive and foreign bolt goods Men’s foreign articles and wearing apparel Panama hats Liquors, wines, and beer Sea Stores Goods only of standard quality and almost without exception of American source Food supplies Medical supplies Stationery and stationery supplies Galley and table utensils and equipment Table and bunk linen53 Stat. 1847 Mosquito bars, canvas, cheese cloth Work clothes Cleaning materials and equipment Articles of Other Classes Goods similar to those listed under sea stores, but of better than standard quality Many articles of many classes, such as those sold in department stores, excepting those articles classed under “tourist or luxury goods”. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936 * Señor: Tenemos a honra acusar recibo de la atenta comunicación de Vuestra Excelencia, por medio de la cual se sirve expresarnos cual será la polítics de los Estados Unidos de América en lo relative a la venta a las naves de artículos importados por los Estados Unidos de América a la Zona del Canal. Acerca de este asunto la República de Panamá debe hacer reserva expresa de sus derechos, conforme a su concepto de que las exenciones de que trata el Artículo XIII de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903 fueron pactadas exclusivamente en beneficio de la empresa del Canal, de las personas al servicio de los Estados Unidos de América en relación con el mismo y de sus families; pero mientras se llega a un entendimiento respecto de este asunto el Gobierno panamefio desea expresar la grata satisfacciôn que le causa la decisión del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América de poner en vigor medidas como las expuestas en la nota que contestamos, para el efecto de restringir las ventas a las naves, que en épocas anteriores a la presente habian venido haciéndose sin limitación alguna. Igual satisfacción causa al Gobierno panameño el propósito fundamental que pone de manifiesto la nota en referencia de dejar en manos de los comerciantes de Panamá el negocio de aprovisionamiento de los buques que lleguen a los puertos terminales del canal o que pasen por el canal y de abstenerse el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América de hacer aquellas ventas, mientras los comerciantes de Panamá muestren efectivamente su capacidad de suministrar mercancias a las naves en cantidades y calidades satisfactorias y a precios razonables. Nuestro Gobierno esta dispuesto a nombrar un representante escogido por el Comercio de Panamá para entenderse con un representante de la Administración del Canal, a fin de que haya asi oportunidad regular y continua de consulta y de cooperación para la realización de los fines arriba expresados. 53 Stat. 1848 Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936.* Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s kind communication, in which you indicate what will be the policy of the United States of America in regard to the sale to ships of articles imported by the United States into the Canal Zone. With regard to this matter the Government of the Republic of Panama must make a special reservation of its rights, in conformity with its opinion that the exemptions covered by Article XIII of the[33 Stat. 2238](/us/stat/33/2238). Convention of November 18, 1903, were stipulated exclusively for the benefit of the Canal enterprise, of the persons in the service of the United States of America in connection therewith, and of their families; but until an understanding is reached regarding this matter, the Panamanian Government desires to express its deep satisfaction at the decision of the Government of the United States of America to put into effect measures such as those set forth in the note to which this is a reply, for the purpose of restricting sales to ships, which in former times had been made without any limitation. The Panamanian Government feels an equal satisfaction at the basic purpose set forth in the said note that the business of provisioning vessels arriving at terminal ports of the Canal or transiting the Canal will be left in the hands of the merchants of Panama and that the Government of the United States of America will abstain from making such sales whenever and for so long as merchants of Panama effectively demonstrate their ability to supply merchandise to vessels in satisfactory quantities and qualities and at reasonable prices. Our Government is prepared to appoint a representative selected by the business men of Panama to come to meet with a representative of the Canal Administration, in order that regular and continuing opportunity may be afforded for conference and cooperation for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1849 Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Con referenda al segundo parágrafo del Artículo V del tratado firm ado hoy que se refiere, en parte, a las obras marítimas establecidas o que se establezcan en los puertos de Panamá y Colón por la República de Panamá o por su autoridad, tenemos el honor de confinnar el acuerdo a que se ha llegado durante las negociaciones, de que esas estipulaciones no perjudican el derecho de la Compaña del Ferrocarril de Panamá, emanado de sus concesiones, a la propiedad y manejo de obras marítimas en esos puertos, ni los derechos que puedan pasar de la citada Compaña al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936.* Sir: With reference to the second paragraph of Article V of the treaty*Ante*, p. 1815. signed today which pertains, in part, to facilities established or to be established in the ports of Panamá and Colón by the Republic of Panama or by its authority, we have the honor to confirm the agreement reached during the negotiations that such provisions are not intended to prejudice the right of the Panama Railroad Company, derived from its concessions, to own and operate port facilities in those ports or any such rights as may pass from the said Company to the Government of the United States of America. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of Stale, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1850 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " *Ante*, p. 1815.“With reference to the second paragraph of Article V of the treaty signed today which pertains, in part, to facilities established or to be established in the ports of Panamá and Colón by the Republic of Panama or by its authority, we have the honor to confirm the agreement reached during the negotiations that such provisions are not intended to prejudice the right of the Panama Railroad Company, derived from its concessions, to own and operate port facilities in those ports or any such rights as may pass from the said Company to the Government of the United States of America.” " In reply I have the honor to confirm the agreement we have reached as set forth in your note under acknowledgment. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D, C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Con referenda al parágrafo tercero del Artículo V del tratado firmado hoy, por el cual se reconoce el derecho de la República de Panamá a determinar qué personas o elases de personas que lleguen a los puertos de la Zona del Canal serán admitidas a la República de Panamá y de determinar asímismo a qué personas o elases de personas que lleguen a esos puertos se les negará entrada a la República de Panamá, tenemos el honor de expresar la inteligencia del Gobierno de la República de Panamá de que esta estipulación no perjudica en manera alguna el efecto de la estipulación contenida en el parágrafo tercero del Articulo IV con respecto a las personas en el servicio de los Estados Unidos de53 Stat. 1851 América o residentes en la Zona del Canal, que pasen de la Zona del Canal a la jurisdicción de la República de Panamá. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: With reference to the third paragraph of Article V of the treaty*Ante*, p. 1815. signed today in which is recognized the right of the Republic of Panama to determine what persons or classes of persons arriving at ports of the Canal Zone shall be admitted to the Republic of Panama and to determine likewise what persons or classes of persons arriving at such ports shall be excluded from admission to the Republic of Panama, we have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the Republic of Panama that this provision does not prejudice in any way the effect of the stipulation contained in the third paragraph of Article IV, with regard to persons in the service of the United States of America or residing in the Canal Zone, passing from the Canal Zone into the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “With reference to the third paragraph of Article V of the*Ante*, p. 1815. treaty signed today in which is recognized the right of the Republic of Panama to determine what persons or classes of persons53 Stat. 1852 arriving at ports of the Canal Zone shall be admitted to the Republic of Panama and to determine likewise what persons or classes of persons arriving at such ports shall be excluded from admission to the Republic of Panama, we have the honor to express the understanding of the Government of the Republic of Panama that this provision does not prejudice in any way the effect of the stipulation contained in the third paragraph of Article IV, with regard to persons in the service of the United States of America or residing in the Canal Zone, passing from the Canal Zone into the jurisdiction of the Republic of Panama.” " In reply I have the honor to confirm the understanding reached on the foregoing point as set forth in your note under reference. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to confirm my understanding of the agreement reached during the negotiation of the treaty signed today to the effect that, in furtherance of the purpose of Article VII of the Convention[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236). of November 18, 1903, so far as it relates to the sanitation of the cities of Panamá, and Colón, the Health Services of the Republic of Panama and of the Panama Canal will give consideration to the advisability of discussing and concluding agreements which might well take as a basis for formulation the proposals advanced in October 1931, by the Director General of Health and Welfare of the Republic of Panama and the Chief Health Officer of the Panama Canal for the amplification, extension and modernization of the health service of the City of Panamá. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1853 Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936*. Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar reeibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy, que dice lo siguiente: " “Tengo el honor de confirm ar mi inteligencia del acuerdo a que llegamos durante la negociación del tratado firmado hoy, en el sentido de que, en desarrollo de los fines del Artículo VII de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, en lo concerniente al saneamiento de las ciudades de Panamá y Colón, los Departamentos Sanitarios de la República de Panamá y del Canal de Panama considErarán la conveniencia de discutir y celebrar acuerdos para cuya elaboration bien podrían tomarse como base las propuestas hechas en Octubre de 1931, por el Director General de Sanidad y Beneficencia de la República de Panamá y el Oficial Jefe de Sanidad del Canal de Panamá para la ampliación, extensión y modernization del servicio sanitario de la ciudad de Panamá.” " En contestación, tenemos el honor de manifestar que la inteligencia de Vuestra Excelencia sobre el anterior acuerdo es conforme con la inteligencia del Gobierno de la República de Panamá. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936.* Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “I have the honor to confirm my understanding of an agreement reached during the negotiation of the treaty signed today to the effect that, in furtherance of the purpose of Article VII of the Convention of November 18, 1903, so far as it relates to the[33 Stat. 2236](/us/stat/33/2236). sanitation of the cities of Panamá and Colón, the Health Services of the Republic of Panama and of the Panama Canal will give consideration to the advisability of discussing and concluding agreements which might well take as a basis for formulation the proposals advanced in October 1931, by the Director General of Health and Welfare of the Republic of Panama and the Chief Health Officer of the Panama Canal for the amplification, extension and modernization of the health service of the City of Panamá.” " 53 Stat. 1854 In reply we have the honor to state that Your Excellency’s understanding of the foregoing agreement is in conformity with the understanding of the Government of the Republic of Panama. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: En el eurso de las recientes negociaciones para la revisión de la Convención de 18 de Noviembre de 1903, llamamos la atención de su Gobierno sobre ciertas cuestiones que han surgido con respecto a la parte del Artículo VII de la citada Convención que se refiere a la construcción por los Estados Unidos de América de los acueductos y albañales de las ciudades de Panamá y Colón, y a la amortización de su costo dentro de un perfodo de cincuenta anos, pensando al principio que estos asuntos podian solucionarse durante las negociaciones. Se encontró, sin embargo, que para llegar a un completo acuerdo sobre estos asuntos se necesitaría un examen largo, cuidadoso y complete de sus aspectos técnico, legal y financiero, y por lo tanto, se con vino de jar en suspenso la discusión formai de estas cuestiones y que después de la terminación del nuevo tratado los dos Gobiernos procederían a discutirlas amigablemente con el fin de llegar a un acuerdo equitativo y mutuamente satisfactorio. Nuestro Gobierno entiende que estas discusiones envolverán un estudio de los contrates del 30 de Septiembre de 1910, celebrados entre el Gobierno de la República de Panamá y la Comisión del Canal Istmico, y un examen de las cuentas entre las dos administraciones, relativas a las tarifas de agua de las ciudades de Panamá y Colón. A este respecto se cree que debe darse la debida consideración, entre otras cosas, a las representaciones hechas por la Comisión Panamena en el curso de las recientes negociaciones, y especialmente a su Memorandum del 12 de Marzo de 1935 y a su Aide-Memoire del 14 de Agosto de 1935. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1855 [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: In the course of the recent negotiations for a revision of the Convention of November 18, 1903, we have brought to the attention of your[33 Stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234). Government certain questions which have arisen in respect of that part of Article VII of the said Convention which refers to the construction by the United States of America of the water works and sewers in the cities of Panamá and Colón, and to the amortization of the cost thereof within a period of fifty years, thinking at first that these matters could be disposed of during the negotiations. It was found, however, that to reach a complete understanding of these matters a long, painstaking ami exhaustive examination of the technical, legal and financial aspects thereof would be required, and it was therefore decided that formal discussion of these questions would be held in abeyance and that after the conclusion of the new treaty the two Governments would engage in friendly discussions in an endeavor to arrive at a fair and mutually satisfactory agreement. It is the understanding of our Government that such discussions will involve a study of the contracts of September 30, 1910, between the Government of the Republic of Panama and the Isthmian Canal Commission, and an examination of the accounts between the two administrations relating to water rates in the cities of Panamá and Colón. In this connection it is believed that due consideration should be given, among other things, to the representations made by the Panamanian Commission in the course of the recent negotiations, and especially to its memorandum of March 12, 1935, and its Aide-Memoire of August 14, 1935. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “In the course of the recent negotiations for a revision of the Convention of November 18, 1903, we have brought to the attention[33 Stat. 2234](/us/stat/33/2234). of your Government certain questions which have arisen in respect of that part of Article VII of the said Convention which refers to the construction by the United States of America53 Stat. 1856 of the water works and sewers in the cities of Panamá and Colón, and to the amortization of the cost thereof within a period of fifty years, thinking at first that these matters could he disposed of during the negotiations. “Itwas found,however,that to reach a complete understanding of these matters a long, painstaking and exhaustive examination of the technical, legal and financial aspects thereof would be required, and it was therefore decided that formal discussion of these questions would be held in abeyance and that after the conclusion of the new treaty the two Governments would engage in friendly discussions in an endeavor to arrive at a fair and mutually satisfactory agreement. “It is the understanding of our Government that such discussions will involve a study of the contracts of September 30, 1910, between the Government of the Republic of Panama and the Isthmian Canal Commission, and an examination of the accounts between the two administrations relating to water rates in the cities of Panamá and Colón. In this connection it is believed that due consideration should be given, among other things, to the representations made by the Panamanian Commission in the course of the recent negotiations, and especially to its memorandum of March 12, 1935, and its Aide-Memoire of August 14, 1935.” " In reply I have the honor to advise you that the Government of the United States of America, in accordance with the procedure outlined in your note under reference, will be pleased to instruct the American Minister in Panama to arrange for conversations between the appropriate authorities of the Republic of Panama, and of the Canal Zone in order that the Government of the Republic of Panama may present such specific proposals in the premises as it may desire, and in order that an opportunity may thus be afforded for reaching an agreement on these matters satisfactory to both Governments. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Members of the- Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: With reference to the representations made by you during the*Ante*, p. 1807. negotiation of the treaty signed today, regarding Panamanian citizens employed by the Panama Canal or by the Panama Railroad Company, I have the honor to state that the Government of the United States53 Stat. 1857 of America, in recognition of the special relationship between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama with respect to the Panama Canal and the Panama Railroad Company, maintains and will maintain as its public policy the principle of equality of opportunity and treatment set down in the Order of December 23, 1908, of the Secretary of War, and in the Executive Orders of February 2, 1914, and February 20, 1920, and will favor the maintenance, enforcement or enactment of such provisions, consistent with the efficient operation and maintenance of the Canal and its auxiliary works and their effective protection and sanitation, as will assure to Panamanian citizens employed by the Canal or the Railroad equality of treatment with employees who are citizens of the United States of America. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C.* Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia fechada hoy que dice lo siguiente: " “Con referenda a las representaciones bêchas por ustedes durante las negociaciones de! tratado firmado hoy, relacionadas con los ciudadanos panamefios empleados en el Canal y en la Compañía del Ferrocarril de Panamá, tengo el honor de manifester a ustedes que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América en reconocimiento de las especiales relaciones que existen entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá con respecto al Canal de Panamá y a la Compañía del Ferrocarril de Panamá, mantiene y mantendrá como política suya el principio deigualdad de oportunidades y de trato consignado en la Orden del Secretario de Guerra del 23 de Diciembre de 1908, yen las Ordenes Ejecutivas del 2 de Febrero de 1914 y del 20 de Febrero de 1920, y favorecerá el mantenimiento, la efectividad y la expedición de disposiciones, compatibles con el eficiente funcionamiento y mantenimiento del Canal y sus obras auxiliares y con su efectiva protecciôn y saneamiento, que aseguren a los ciudadanos panamefios empleados en el Canal o en el Ferrocarril igualdad de trato con los empleados que son ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos de América.” " 53 Stat. 1858 En contestación, tenemos el honor de expresar la complacencia del Gobierno de la República de Panamá por la declaración de la polítics enunciada en la nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que nos hemos referido. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of today’s date, reading as follows: " “With reference to the representations made by you during the negotiation of the treaty signed today, regarding Panamanian citizens employed by the Panama Canal or by the Panama Railroad Company, I have the honor to state that the Government of the United States of America, in recognition of the special relationship between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama with respect to the Panama Canal and the Panama Railroad Company, maintains and will maintain as its public policy the principle of equality of opportunity and treatment set down in the Order of December 23, 1908, of the Secretary of War, and in the Executive Orders of February 2, 1914, and February 20, 1920, and will favor the maintenance, enforcement or enactment of such provisions, consistent with the efficient operation and maintenance of the Canal and its auxiliary works and their effective protection and sanitation, as will assure to Panamanian citizens employed by the Canal or the Railroad equality of treatment with employees who are citizens of the United States of America.” " In reply we have the honor to express the gratification of the Gov-ernment of the Republic of Panama at the declaration of policy set forth in Your Excellency’s note under reference. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1859 The Secretary of State
(Hall)to the Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission Department of State Washington *March 2, 1936* Sirs: I have the honor to refer to our conversations with respect to the effect upon the Monetary Agreement of June 20, 1904, between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama as modified by the exchanges of notes of March 26—April 2, 1930, and of May 28 – June 6, 1931, of the action taken by the President of the United States of America in his Proclamation of January 31, 1934, reducing[48 Stat. 1730](/us/stat/48/1730). the weight of the gold dollar of the United States of America. It has been recognized that, as a result of this action, the provision of the Monetary Agreement that the monetary unit of the Republic of Panama should be a gold Balboa of the weight of one gram, 672 milligrams, nine-tenths fine, is no longer consistent with the necessary condition of the Agreement that the standard unit of value of the United States of America, the dollar, and the standard unit of value of the Republic of Panama, the Balboa, should continue at a parity at the rate of one dollar for one Balboa. It has also been recognized that in the Republic of Panama and in the Canal Zone silver Balboas and fractional currency of the Republic are circulating together with United States currency at the rate of one Balboa for one dollar. For these reasons, it is desirable that the existing Monetary Agreement, as modified, be further modified to make provision for the reduction of the weight of the gold Balboa so that the legal standard units of value of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America shall be equal. Accordingly, for the purpose of Article VII of the General Treaty signed today, the Balboa shall be regarded*Ante*, p. 1818. as defined to consist of 987½ milligrams of gold of 0.900 fineness. It is understood that the reduction in the weight of the gold Balboa shall not necessitate an alteration of the weight of the silver coins of the Republic of Panama, but that these shall continue to be of the same size, weight and fineness as at present. Notwithstanding any language contained in the existing Monetary Agreement, as modified, which has been interpreted or might be interpreted as limiting the number of coins of any denomination to be issued by the Republic of Panama within the total amount of coins of all denominations, it is now understood and agreed that the Monetary Agreement, as modified, shall not be considered as contemplating any such limitation, so that, as long as such total amount is not exceeded, that total amount may be apportioned among the coins of the various denominations referred to in the Agreement as may seem fitting to the Government of the Republic of Panama. As a further modification of the existing Monetary Agreement, it is agreed that the Government of the United States of America shall not be required to accept Panamanian silver currency for the payment of tolls for the use of the Panama Canal. 53 Stat. 1860 I may say that the above understandings and agreements are acceptable to my Government, and that upon receipt of a note confirming them on behalf of the Government of the liepublic of Panama, the Government of the United States of America will consider as further modified in accordance therewith the Monetary Agreement of June 20, 1904, as modified. Accept, Sirs, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay *Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission, Washington, D. C.* Members of the Panamanian Treaty Commission to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington *Marzo 2 de 1936* Señor: Tenemos el honor de acusar recibo de la comunicación de Vuestra Excelencia que dice lo siguiente: " “Tengo el honor de referirme a nuestras conversaciones acerca del efecto que tuvo sobre el Convenio Monetario de 20 de Junio de 1904 entre la República de Panamá, y los Estados Unidos de América, modificado por los canjes de notas de Marzo 26 y Abril 2 de 1930, y de Mayo 28 y Junio 6 de 1931, lo dispuesto por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América en su Proclama de 31 de Enero de 1934, por la cual se redujo el peso del dólar de oro de los Estados Unidos de América. “Se ha reconocido que, como resultado de esta medida, la estipulación del Convenio Monetario de que la unidadmonetaria de la República de Panamá debe ser un Balboa de oro con peso de 1 gramo, 672 miligramos, de 0.900 de fino, no es ya compatible con la condición necesaria del Convenio de que la unidad monetaria de los Estados Unidos de América, el dólar, y la unidad monetaria de la República de Panamá, el Balboa, deben mantenerse a la par, a razón de un dólar por un Balboa. Se ha reconocido también que en la República de Panamá y en la Zona del Canal los Balboas de plata y la moneda fraccionaria de la República están circulando junto con la moneda de los Estados Unidos a razón de un Balboa por un dólar. “Por estas razones es conveniente que el actual Convenio Monetario con sus modificaciones, sea modificado de nuevo, a fin de proveer a la reducción del peso del Balboa de oro, de man era que el patrón legal de valor de la Repúbhca de Panamá y el de los Estados Unidos de América sean iguales. En concordancia con lo anterior, para los efectos del Articulo VII del Tratado General firmado hoy, se considerará el Balboa definido como una unidad monetaria de novecientos ochenta y siete y medio miligramos (Gr. 0.9875) de oro de novecientos milésimos (0.900) de fino. “Es entendido que la reducción del peso del Balboa de oro no implica alteración en el peso de las monedas de plata de la Repú- 53 Stat. 1861 blica de Panamá, sino que ellas continuarán teniendo el mismo tamaño, peso y ley que tienen ahora. “No obstante cualesquiera términos contenidos en el Convenio Monetario existente, con sus modificaciones, que hayan sido o puedan ser interpretados en el sentido de que limitan la cantidad de monedas de cualquiera denominación que Panamá acune dentro de la suma total de monedas de todas las denominaciones, queda ahora entendido y convenido que el Convenio Monetario, con sus modificaciones, no tiene en mira tal limitación, de manera que si la cantidad total no es excedida, esa cantidad total puede repartirse como lo tenga a bien el Gobierno de la República de Panamá entre las monedas de las diferentes denominaciones a que el Convenio se refiere. “Como modificaciôn adicional del Convenio Monetario existente, se conviene que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América no estará obligado a aceptar la moneda de plata panamena para el pago de peajes por el uso del Canal de Panamá. “Puedo decir que las anteriores inteligencias y acucrdos son aceptables a mi Gobierno, y que al recibir una comunicación por medio de la cual sean confirmados a nombre del Gobierno de la República de Panamá, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América considerará modificado nuevamente, en los términos que quedan expresados, el Convenio Monetario del 20 de Junio de 1904, con sus modificaciones”. " Nuestro Gobierno confirma las inteligencias y acuerdos expresados en la nota que contestamos, y por tanto, el Gobierno de la República de Panamá considerará nuevamente modificado en los términos alli expuestos, el Convenio Monetario del 20 de Junio de 1904, con sus modificaciones. Acepte, Vuestra Excelencia, las reiteradas seguridades de nuestra más alta consideración, R. J. Alfaro Narciso Garay Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado, Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, March 2, 1936*. Sir: We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s communication reading as follows: " “I have the honor to refer to our conversations with respect to the effect upon the Monetary Agreement of June 20, 1904, between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama as modified by the exchanges of notes of March 26–April 2, 1930, and of May 28–June 6, 1931, of the action taken by the President of the United States of America in his Proclamation of January 31, 1934, reducing the weight of the gold dollar of the United[48 Stat. 1730](/us/stat/48/1730). States of America. 53 Stat. 1862 “It has been recognized that, as a result of this action, the provision of the Monetary Agreement that the monetary unit of the Republic of Panama should be a gold Balboa of the weight of one gram, 672 milligrams, nine-tenths fine, is no longer consistent with the necessary condition of the Agreement that the standard unit of value of the United States of America, the dollar, and the standard unit of value of the Republic of Panama, the Balboa, should continue at a parity at the rate of one dollar for one Balboa. It has also been recognized that in the Republic of Panama and in the Canal Zone silver Balboas and fractional currency of the Republic are circulating together with United States currency at the rate of one Balboa for one dollar. “For these reasons, it is desirable that the existing Monetary Agreement, as modified, be further modified to make provision for the reduction of the weight of the gold Balboa so that the legal standard units of value of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America shall be equal. Accordingly, for*Ante*, p. 1818. the purpose of Article VII of the General Treaty signed today, the Balboa shall be regarded as defined to consist of 987½ milligrams of gold of 0.900 fineness. “It is understood that the reduction in the weight of the gold Balboa shall not necessitate an alteration of the weight of the silver coins of the Republic of Panama, but that these shall continue to be of the same size, weight and fineness as at present. “Notwithstanding any language contained in the existing Monetary Agreement, as modified, which has been interpreted or might be interpreted as limiting the number of coins of any denomination to be issued by the Republic of Panama within the total amount of coins of all denominations, it is now understood and agreed that the Monetary Agreement, as modified, shall not be considered as contemplating any such limitation, so that, as long as such total amount is not exceeded, that total amount may be apportioned among the coins of the various denominations referred to in the Agreement as may seem fitting to the Government of the Republic of Panama. “As a further modification of the existing Monetary Agreement, it is agreed that the Government of the United States of America shall not be required to accept Panamanian silver currency for the payment of tolls for the use of the Panama Canal. “I may say that the above understandings and agreements are acceptable to my Government, and that upon receipt of a note confirming them on behalf of the Government of the Republic of Panama, the Government of the United States of America will consider as further modified in accordance therewith the Monetary Agreement of June 20, 1904, as modified.” " The understandings and agreements stated in your note under acknowledgment are hereby confirmed by our Government and, accordingly, the Government of the Republic of Panama will consider as further modified in accordance therewith the Monetary Agreement of June 20, 1904, as modified. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of our highest consideration. R. J. Alfaro Nabciso Garay The Honorable Cobdell Hull, *Secretary of State, Washington, D. C*. 53 Stat. 1863 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Panamanian Minister
(Boyd)Department of State Washington *February 1, 1939* Sir: I have the honor to refer to the General Treaty signed between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama on March 2,*Ante*, p. 1807. 1936 and to the record of the proceedings of the negotiations leading to this accord. As you may recall, on several occasions during the course of the negotiations, it was found necessary to discuss and to reach a mutual understanding as to the interpretation to be placed upon certain draft provisions eventually incorporated in the signed treaty. These discussions and understandings were, after each meeting, embodied in the duly attested typewritten record of the proceedings of the treaty negotiations. It seems possible that, following the favorable report at the close of the last session of Congress by the Committee on Foreign Relations of the United States Senate on the General Treaty and accompanying Conventions, the individual members of the Senate in their consideration during the current session of Congress of the Treaty and Conventions, may ask for clarification as to the precise meaning of certain important provisions of the General Treaty which affect the security and neutrality of the Panama Canal. With a view to anticipating these inquiries, and in the hope of avoiding further delay on this account in the consideration of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, it has seemed to my Government advisable to set forth in an exchange of notes between our two Governments the substance of some of these above-mentioned understandings as mutually reached. I should be grateful, accordingly, if you would inform me whether your Government shares the understanding of my Government upon the points which follow in subsequent paragraphs. 1. In connection with the declared willingness of both the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of Panama to cooperate for the purpose of insuring the full and perpetual enjoyment of the benefits of all kinds which the Canal should afford them (Article I of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936) the word “maintenance” as applied to the Canal shall be construed as permitting expansion and new construction when these are undertaken by the Government of the United States of America in accordance with the said Treaty. 2. The holding of maneuvers or exercises by the armed forces of the United States of America in territory adjacent to the Canal Zone is an essential measure of preparedness for the protection of the neutrality of the Panama Canal, and when said maneuvers or exercises should take place, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in the records of the proceedings of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held on March 2, 1936. 2. As set forth in the records of the proceedings of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held53 Stat. 1864 on March 16, 1935, in the event of an emergency so sudden as to make action of a preventive character imperative to safeguard the neutrality or security of the Panama Canal, and if by reason of such emergency it would be impossible to consult with the Government of Panama as provided in Article X of said Treaty, the Government of the United States of America need not delay action to meet this emergency pending consultation, although it will make every effort in the event that such consultation has not been effected prior to taking action to consult as soon as it may be possible with the Panamanian Government. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Señor Dr. Don Augusto S. Boyd, *Minister of Panama*. The Panamanian Minister
(Boyd)to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá Washington Señor Secretario: Tengo el honor de referirme a la atenta comunicación de Vuestra Excelencia de fecha de hoy en la cual se refiere al Tratado General firmado por los Gobiernos de la República de Panamá y de los Estados Unidos de América el día 2 de Marzo de 1936 y a las actas de las sesiones celebradas por los Comisionados Panameños y los de Estados Unidos de América durante las negociaciones que precedieron a la firma de dicho tratado. Llama Vuestra Excelencia mi atención al hecho de que durante el curso de las negociaciones se discutió y se llegó a un cntendimiento mútuo en lo que respecta a la interpretación que se daría a ciertas provisiones que eventualmente fueron incorporadas al tratado. Manifiesta Vuestra Excelencia que esas discusiones y entendimientos se hicieron constar, después de cada sesión, en las actas respectives, escritas a máquina. Opina luego que en vista del informe favorable presentado al finalizarse las sesiones pasadas del Congreso por la Comisión de Relaciones Exteriores del Senado de los Estados Unidos de América, sobre el Tratado General y las varias Convenciones adicionales, algunos miembros del Senado durante los debates a que se someterá el Tratado General y las Convenciones en las sesiones actuales del Congreso, podrían solicitai que se clarifécase el signifécado de algunas provisiones del Tratado General que afectan la seguridad y n eutralidad del Canal de Panamá. Con el objeto de anticiparse a esa eventualidad y evitar nuevas demoras a la consideración del Tratado General de Marzo 2 de 1936, manifiesta Vuestra Excelencia que le parece conveniente a su Gobierno el efectuar un canje de notas con mi Gobierno a fin de reiterar las interpietaciones que en las actas se dan a algunos puntos. Pláceme manifestarle a Vuestra Excelencia que he sido autorizado por mi Gobierno para efectuar este canje de notas y aclarar los puntos53 Stat. 1865 que Vuestra Excelencia propone, y los cuales, para mayor claridad, se enumeran seguidamente en idioma inglís: 1. In connection with the declared willingness of both the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of Panama to cooperate for the purpose of insuring the full and perpetual enjoyment of the benefits of all kinds which the Canal should afford them (Article I of the General Treaty of March 2 1936) the word “maintenance” as applied to the Canal shall be construed as permitting expansion and new construction when these are undertaken by the Government of the United States of America in accordance with the said Treaty. 2. The holding of maneuvers or exercises by the armed forces of the United States of America in territory adjacent to the Canal Zone is an essential measure of preparedness for the protection of the neutrality of the Panama Canal, and when said maneuvers or exercises should take place, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in the records of the proceedings of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held on March 2, 1936. 3. As set forth in the records of the proceedings of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held on March 16, 1935, in the event of an emergency so sudden as to make action of a preventive character imperative to safeguard the neutrality or security of the Panama Canal, and if by reason of such emergency it would be impossible to consult with the Government of Panama as provided in Article X of said Treaty, the Government of the United States of America need not delay action to meet this emergency pending consultation, although it will make every effort in the event that such consultation has not been effected prior to taking action to consult as soon as it may be possible with the Panamanian Government. Aprovecho la ocasión para renovar a Vuestra Excelencia las expresiones de mi consideración más distinguida, Augusto S. Boyd *Ministro*. Washington, D. C. *Febrero 1 de 1939*. Su Excelencia Cordell Hull *Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos Washington, D. C*. [Translation] Legation of Panama Washington Mr. Secretary: I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s valued communication of today’s date with respect to the General Treaty signed between the Governments of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America March 2, 1936 and to the proceedings of the meetings held*Ante*, p. 1807. by the Commissioners of Panama and of the United States of America during the negotiations which preceded the signature of the said53 Stat. 1866 Treaty. Your Excellency invites my attention to the fact that during the course of the negotiations and after discussion a mutual agreement was reached with regard to the interpretation to be given to certain provisions which eventually were incorporated in the Treaty, Your Excellency states that these discussions and understandings were, after each meeting, embodied in the typewritten records of the proceedings. You then give as your opinion that in view of the favorable report presented at the close of the last session of Congress by the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate of the United States of America on the General Treaty and the various accompanying Conventions, some members of the Senate, during the debates with respect to the General Treaty and the Conventions in the present session of Congress, may ask for clarification as to the meaning of certain provisions of the General Treaty affecting the security and neutrality of the Panama Canal. With a view to anticipating such an eventuality, and of avoiding new delays in the consideration of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, Your Excellency states that it seems advisable to your Government to effect an exchange of notes with my Government for the purpose of reiterating the interpretation given to certain points in the proceedings. I take pleasure in informing Your Excellency that I have been authorized by my Government to effect this exchange of notes and to clarify the points propounded by Your Excellency, and which, for greater clarity, are set forth in the English language as follows: 1. In connection with the declared willingness of both the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of Panama to cooperate for the purpose of insuring the full and perpetual enjoyment of the benefits of all kinds winch the Canal should afford them (Article I of the*Ante*, p. 1808. General Treaty of March 2, 1936) the word “maintenance”, as applied to the Canal shall be construed as permitting expansion and new construction when these are undertaken by the Government of the United States of America in accordance with the said Treaty. 2. The holding of maneuvers or exercises by the armed forces of the United States of America in territory adjacent to the Canal Zone is an essential measure of preparedness for the protection of the neutrality of the Panama Canal, and when said maneuvers or exercises should take place, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in the records of the proceedings of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held on March 2, 1936. 3. As set forth in the records of the proceedings,of the negotiations of the General Treaty of March 2, 1936, which proceedings were held on March 16, 1935, in the event of an emergency, so sudden as to make action of a preventive character imperative to safeguard the neutrality or security of the Panama Canal, and if by reason of such emergency it would be impossible to consult with the Government of Panama as provided in Article X of said Treaty, the Government of the United States of America need not delay action to meet this emergency pending consultation, although it will make every effort in the event that such53 Stat. 1867 consultation has not been effected prior to taking action to consult as soon as it may be possible with the Panamanian Government. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my most distinguished consideration. Augusto S. Boyd *Minister* Washington, D. C., *February 1, 1939*. His Excellency Cordell Hull *Secretary of State of the United States Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Panamanian Ambassador
(Boyd)Department of State Washington *July 25, 1939* Excellency: I understand from the debate in the Senate of the United States yesterday on the treaties signed with Panama, March 2, 1936, that*Ante*, p. 1807. the question was raised as to whether the Assembly of Panama had the notes and minutes of the treaty negotiations before it at the time the treaties were considered and ratified by that body. I shall thank you to advise me definitely as to whether the notes and minutes of the negotiations were before the Assembly of Panama and were thoroughly understood and considered by the Assembly in connection with its ratification of the aforesaid treaties. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull His Excellency Señor Dr. Don Augusto S. Boyd, *Ambassador of Panama* The Panamanian Ambassador
(Boyd)to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Embajada de Panama Washington *July 25, 1939* Excellency: I am in receipt of Your Excellency’s note of this date in which you state that you understand from the debate in the Senate of the United States yesterday on the Treaties with Panama signed March 2, 1936,*Ante*, p. 1807.53 Stat. 1868 that the question was raised whether the Assembly of Panama had the notes and minutes of the treaty negotiations before it at the time the treaties were considered and ratified by that body. I think that the best answer I may give to Your Excellency is to transcribe textually, in translation, law No. 37 of 1936 which was passed by our Assembly on the twenty-fourth of December, 1936, and which reads as follows: The National Assembly of Panama Decrees Only article: there are hereby approved and ratified in all their parts the General Treaty, the Radio Communications Convention, the Convention on the Transfer of the stations of La Palma and Puerto Obaldia and the Convention on the Trans-Isthmian Highway, signed in the city of Washington, March 2, 1936, by plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America, which is done taking into account the Minutes and the Exchanges of Notes signed on the same date and which contain interpretations and explanations of certain important aspects of the General Treaty and of the Conventions aforementioned. From the law quoted above Your Excellency will observe that the minutes and tire notes were before the Assembly and were considered and understood by it at the same time that the Assembly ratified the Treaty and Conventions above mentioned. Accept, Excellency, the sentiments of my highest consideration. Augusto S. Boyd His Excellency Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State*. March 2, 1936 Convention 53 Stat. 1869 53 Stat. 1869 PANAMA—TRANS-ISTHMANIAN HIGHWAY—MAR. 2, 1936 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and Panama for the completion of the Trans-Isthmian Highway. Signed at Washington March, 2, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate July 25, 1939; ratified by the President of the United States July 26, 1939; ratified by Panama July 17, 1939; ratifications exchanged at Washington July 27, 1939; proclaimed July 27, 1939.* By the President of the United States of AmericaMarch 2, 1936[T. S. No. 946] A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andConvention with Panama for completion of the Trans-Isthmian Highway.Preamble. the Republic of Panama to arrange for the completion of a highway between the cities of Panamá and Colón through territory under their respective jurisdictions was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the second day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaPurposes declared. and the Republic of Panama, in order to arrange for the completion of a highway between the cities of Panamá and Colón through territory under their respective jurisdictions, hereinafter referred to as the Trans-Isthmian Highway, have resolved to conclude a Convention for that purpose and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America: Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Mr. Sumner Welles, Assistant Secretary of State of the United States of America; andThe President of the Republic of Panama: The Honorable Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama to the United States of53 Stat. 1870 America, and The Honorable Doctor Narciso Garay, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Panama on special mission; Who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, which have been found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following: Article I Waiver of right to establish roads.In order to make possible the completion of the Trans-Isthmian Highway, the Government of the United States of America undertakes to obtain such waiver from the Panama Railroad Company of its exclusive right to establish roads across the Isthmus of PanamaHighway construction by Panama, location. as is necessary to enable the Government of the Republic of Panama to construct a highway from a point on the boundary of the Madden Dam area at Alhajuela to a point on the boundary of the Canal Zone near Cativá. Article II U. S. contribution to completion of highway.As a contribution to the completion of the Trans-Isthmian Highway, the United States of America will construct without delay and at its own expense that portion of the Highway between the Canal Zone boundary near Cativá and a junction with the Fort Randolph Road near France Field, which portion shall thereafter be maintained by the Republic of Panama at its own expense. Article III Joint board to adjust questions of detail, appointment.Prior to the undertaking of further construction on the Trans-Isthmian Highway, each Government will appoint an equal number of representatives who will53 Stat. 1871 constitute a joint board with authority to adjust questions of detail regarding the location, design and construction of the portions of the Highway falling under the jurisdiction of each Government. Questions of detail onReference of questions in disagreemen which the board may fail to reach an agreement will be referred to the two Governments for settlement. Article IV The sections of the Trans-IsthmianMinimum construction characteristics. Highway which are to be constructed by each Government shall have the following minimum characteristics: *a*. *Pavement*: concrete; normalPavement. width 18 feet, suitably widened on curves of 5 degrees or sharper; of the thickened edge type of 9″ – 7″ – 9″ section, with proper reinforcement with steel in accordance with good practice; provision for suitable longitudinal and transverse joints, sealed with an asphalt filler, and with adjacent slabs properly doweled. *b*. *Gradients*: maximum 8 percent.Gradients. *c*. *Curves*: maximum 12 degrees,Curves. properly superelevated and suitably widened pavement when of 5 degrees or sharper. *d*. *Bridges and Culverts*: to beBridges and culverts. two-way, of a width of 20 feet; of capacity to carry live loads equivalent to 20-ton truck with 14 tons on rear axle and 6 tons on front axle; and so located and of such span or size as to afford adequate drainage under maximum flow. *e*. *Right of Way*: to be of ampleRight of Way. width to accommodate the pave53 Stat. 1872 ment plus 4-foot berms and drainage ditches and to provide for suitable slopes in cuts and fills; the right to be reserved to each of the two Governments to install and use telegraph and telephone lines of either pole line construction or underground cable construction in that part of the Trans-Isthmian Highway subject to the jurisdiction of the other Government. Article V Time limitations.The portions of the Trans-Isthmian Highway which the two Governments undertake to construct according to the provisions of this Convention will be completed within a period of ten years after the entrance into force of the Coordination of construction.Convention. The two Governments will consult with each other with a view to coordinating the construction of the two portions of the highway so far as may be feasible in order that the usefulness of one portion may not be unduly impaired by a failure to complete the other portion. Article VI Maintenance of state of repair.The United States of America and the Republic of Panama shall maintain in a good state of repair at all times the portions of the Trans-Isthmian Highway within their respective jurisdictions. Article VII Equal enjoyment of use of highway.Subject to the laws and regulations relating to vehicular traffic in force in their respective jurisdictions the United States of America and the Republic of Panama shall enjoy equally the use of the Trans-Isthmian Highway. 53 Stat. 1873 Article VIII The present Convention shallRatification. be ratified in accordance with the constitutional methods of the High Contracting Parties and shall takeEffective date. effect immediately on the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington. In witness whereof, theSignatures. Plenipotentiaries have signed this Convention in duplicate in the English and Spanish languages, both texts being authentic, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at the city of Washington the second day of March, 1936. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaPurposes declared. y la República de Panamá, con el fin de concerter la terminación de una carretera entre las ciudades de Panamá y Colón a través de territorio bajo sus respectivas jurisdicciones, que en lo sucesivo se denominará la Carretera Transístmica, han resuelto celebrar una Convención con ese objeto y han designado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América: Al Señor Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América, y al señor Sumner Welles, Subsecretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y El Presidente de la República de Panamá: A los Excelentísimos Señores Doctor Ricardo J. Alfaro, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministre Plenipotenciario de Panamá en los53 Stat. 1870 Estados Unidos, y Doctor Narciso Garay, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministre Plenipotenciario de Panamá en mision especial; Quienes, habiéndose comunicado sus respectives Plenos Poderes, los que han sido hallados en buena y debida forma, han convenido en lo siguiente: Articulo I Waiver of right to establish roads.Con el fin de hacer posible la terminación de la Carretera Transístmica, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América se compromete a conseguir que la Compañia del Ferrocarril de Panamá renuncie su derecho exclusivo de construir caminos a través del Istmo de Panamá hasta donde sea necesarioHighway construction by Panama, location. para que el Gobierno de la República de Panamá pueda construir una carretera desde un punto en el límite del área de la Represa Madden en Alhajuela hasta un punto en el límite de la Zona del Canal cerca de Cativá. Articulo II U. S. contributiontc completion of highway.Como contribución a la terminación de la Carretera Transístmica, los Estados Unidos de América construirán sin demora y a sus expenses la parte de la Carretera comprendida entre el límitede la Zona del Canal cerca de Cativá y el empahne con el camino de Port Randolph cerca de France Field, parte cuyo mantenimiento tendrá a su cargo en adelante la República de Panamá. Articulo III Joint board to adjust questions of detail, appointment.Antes de emprender nuevos trabajos en la Carretera Transístmica, cada Gobierno nombrará igual número de representantes que constituirán una Junta Mixta53 Stat. 1871 con autoridad para ajustar cuestiones de detalle respecte de la ubicación, trazado y construcción de las partes de la Carretera que queden bajo la jurisdicción de cada Gobierno. Las cuestiones de detalle acerca de las cuales noReference of questions in disagreement. haya acuerdo en la Junta, serán sometidas a los dos Gobiernos para su arreglo. Articulo IV Las secciones de la CarreteraMinimum construction characteristics. Transístmica que hayan de ser construidas por cada Gobierno tendrán las siguientes especificaciones mínimas: *a*. *Pavimento*: hormigón; anchoPavement. normal, 18 piés, ensanchado convenientemente en las curvas de 5 grados o más pronunciadas; del tipo de borde grueso con sección de 9″ – 7″ – 9″, con el debido refuerzo de acero conforme a las buenas prácticas de vialidad proveyendo además junturas longitudinales y transversales, rellenas con asfalto y con los tramos adyacentes debidamente ensamblados. *b*. *Declives*: máximo 8 por ciento.Gradients. *c*. *Curvas*. máximo 12 grados;Curves. pavimento debidamente elevado y convenientemente ensanchado cuando sean de 5 grados o más pronunciadas. *d*. *Puentes y Alcantarillas*: debenBridges and culverts. ser de tráfico doble con un ancho de 20 piés; con capacidad para soportar un peso vivo équivalente a un camión de 20 toneladas, con un peso de 14 toneladas sobre el eje trasero y de 6 toneladas sobre el eje delantero y con localización, tamaño y luz tales que provean un desagüe ad ecu ado en las corrien tes máximas. *e*. *Servidumbre de Transita*: debeRight of Way. ser suficientemente ancha para dar53 Stat. 1872 cabida al pavimento, más hombros de 4 piés y zanjas de desagüe y para proveer pendientes adecuadas en los cortes y rellenos; reservándose cada Gobierno el derecho de instalar y usar líneas telegráficas y telefónicas de postes o de cable subterráneo en la parte de la Carretera Transístmica sujeta a la jurisdicción del otro Gobierno. Articulo V Time limitations.Las partes de la Carretera Transístmica que los dos Gobiernos van a construir de acuerdo con las estipulaciones de esta Convención, quedarán terminadas en un período de diez años a contar de la fecha en que ellaCoordination of construction. entre en vigor. Los dos Gobiernos se consultarán mutuamente con la mira de coordinar la construcción de las dos partes de la carretera hasta donde sea factible, a fin de que el servicio de una parte no se perjudique indebidamente por no terminarse la otra parte. Articulo VI Maintenance of state of repair.Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá mantendrán en buen estado de conservación en todo tiempo las partes de la Carretera Transístmica que queden dentro de sus respectives jurisdicciones. Articulo VII Equal enjoyment of use of highway.Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá tendrán por igual el uso de la Carretera Transístmica, con sujeción a las leyes y reglamentos vigentes en las respectives jurisdicciones sobre tráfico de vehículos. 53 Stat. 1873 Articulo VIII La presente Convención seráRatification. ratificada de acuerdo con las formas constitucionales de las Altas Partes Contratantes y entraráEffective date. en vigor inmediatamente al canjearse las ratificaciones, lo cual tendrá lugar en Washington. En fe de lo cual los PlenipotenciariosSignatures. han firmado esta Convención en duplicado en inglés y en español, siendo ambos textos auténticos, y han estampado en ella sus sellos. Hecha en la ciudad de Washington, a los dos días del mes de Marzo de 1936. [seal] Cordell Hull. [seal] Sumner Welles. [seal] R. J. Alfaro. [seal] Narciso Garay. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratiflcations. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the twenty-seventh day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-seventh day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [sea] thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTSOTHER THAN TREATIES INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES June 1, 1938 June 20, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1877 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES JAPAN—PARCEL POST—June 1, 1938⁄June 20, 1938 *Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and Japan,June 1, 1938June 20, 1938 with regulations for execution. Signed at Tokyo June 1, 1938 and at Washington June 20, 1938; approved by the President June 21, 1938.* PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND JAPAN. The Post Office Department of the United States of AmericaParcel post agreement with Japan. and the Department of Communications of Japan have agreed upon the following articles for the purpose of improving the relations of Parcel Post between the two countries: Article I. *Exchange of parcels*. Between the United States of America (including Alaska, PuertoTerritory embraced. Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand and Japan on the other hand, there may be exchanged parcels upWeight and dimensions.*Post*, p. 1884, to the limits of weight and dimensions stated in the Detailed Regulations for the execution of this Agreement. Article II. *Transit of parcels*. 1. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transitRights guaranteed. through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other Administration. 2. Parcels sent in open mail and in transit to or from one of theParcels sent in open mail. services of the two Postal Administrations through the other are subject to the conditions of exchange of parcels between them as well as those between the intermediate Administration and that of the third country concerned. 3. Parcels sent in closed mails and in transit to or from one of theParcels sent in closed mails. services of the two Postal Administrations through the other are subject to the conditions specially agreed upon between the Chiefs of the two Postal Administrations. Article III *Postage.* 1. Each Postal Administration is entitled to fix its postage ratesCollection from sender. for parcels to be collected from the sender. 2. The postage mentioned in the preceding section must be prepaidPrepayment. by the sender. 1877 53 Stat. 1878 Article IV. *Preparation of parcels*. Packing.Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the *Post*, p. 1884.Detailed Regulations. Article V. *Prohibitions*. 1. Articles specified. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter. Nevertheless it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice.
(b)Enclosure with different address. An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel.
(c)Live animais. Any live animal.
(d)Nonadmissible articles. Any article the admission of which is not authorized by the customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(e)Explosive, etc., articles. Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general, any article the conveyance of which is dangerous.
(f)Articles injurious to public morals. Documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals. 2. Action to be taken. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one of the two Postal Administrations to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. However, explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, anti other articles injurious to public morals are not returned to origin; they are destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. 3. List of prohibited articles to be furnished. The two Postal Administrations shall furnish each other with a list of prohibited articles. Article VI. *Insurance*. 1. Maximum amount. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 francs or its equivalent in currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the two Postal Administrations may, by mutual consent, fix the limit of insured value above 500 francs. Limitation.The insured value may not exceed the actual value of the contents, but it is permissible to insure only part of that value. 2. Fee. For an insured parcel, an insurance fee fixed by the Postal Administration of the country of origin shall be collected at the time of mailing in addition to the postage. 3. Coin, Jewelry, etc. The insurance of all parcels containing coin, bullion, valuable jewelry, or any other precious article is obligatory. If, in the country of destination, a parcel which lias not been insured is found to contain coin, bullion, valuable jewelry, or any other precious article, it may be delivered to its addressee as an insured parcel. In this case, the Postal Administration of the country of estination may collect the insurance fee fixed by that Administration in accordance with the provisions of the preceding section. 53 Stat. 1879 Article VII. *Certificate of mailing*. The sender of an ordinary parcel may request, at the time of mailing,Ordinary parcels. a certificate of mailing upon payment of a fee which may be fixed by the Postal Administration or the country of origin. However,Insured parcels. no certificate of mailing, other than the insurance receipt, will be furnished the sender of an insured parcel, and no charge other than the insurance fee will be made for the insurance receipt. Article VIII. *Advice of delivery. Inquiry*. 1. The sender of an insured parcel may request, either at the timeInsured parcels. of mailing or after mailing, an advice of delivery upon payment of a fee which may be fixed by the Postal Administration of the country of origin. 2. The sender of an ordinary or insured parcel may request, afterInquiry. mailing, an inquiry for the parcel upon payment of a fee which may be fixed by the Postal Administration or the country of origin. As regards insured parcels, no fee is, however, charged if the sender has already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. The request for an advice of delivery or an inquiry made afterTime limitation. the mailing of a parcel is admitted only within the period of one year, counting from the day following that of mailing. Article IX. *Customs duties*. Parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in force inCustoms dalles; collections. the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel. Article X. *Fee for customs formalities. Fee for delivery. Warehousing charges*. 1. The Postal Administration of the country of destination mayFees.Customs formalities. collect from the addressee, for the fulfillment of customs formalities, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes per parcel. 2. The Postal Administration of the country of destination mayDelivery at addressee’s residence. collect from the addressee, for delivery of parcels at the addressee’s residence, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes per parcel. The same fee may be charged for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence. 3. The Postal Administration of the country of destination mayWarehousing charge. collect from the addressee a suitable warehousing charge for parcels which are not withdrawn within the period which it has fixed. This charge may not, however, exceed 5 francs per parcel. 4. The fees and charges prescribed by the above three sectionsNo cancelation of charges. shall not be canceled even in case the parcel is redirected or returned out of the country. 53 Stat. 1880 Article XI. *Redirection*. 1. In country of destination. A parcel may be redirected, at the request of the addressee, in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination. 2. Additional charges. For parcels redirected in its territory, the Postal Administration of the country of destination may collect from the addressee additional charges fixed by its internal regulations. These charges shall not be canceled even m case the parcel is redirected or returned out of the country. 3. To another country. A parcel may be redirected out of the country only at the addressee’s request. and provided that the parcel complies with the conditions required for its further conveyance. Insured parcels shall not be redirected to another country except as insured mail. 4. Conveyance, etc., charges. When a parcel is redirected out of the country, the charges for conveyance due to the Postal Administrations concerned and, if any, the insurance fees, as well as the various charges cancelation of which is not allowed by the retransmitting Administration, shall be collected additionally from the addressee. 5. Right to forbid redirection. The sender is entitled to forbid any redirection, by means of a suitable entry on the parcel and on the customs declaration. Article XII. *Recall, Change of address*. 1. Recall and change of address. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be altered. For this service, the Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect the charge fixed by its internal regulations. 2. Provisions applicable. The provisions of Sections 2 to 4 of the preceding article are applicable to the parcel returned or redirected in consequence of the recall or the change of address. Article XIII. *Non-delivery*. 1. Request by sender as to disposal. The sender of a parcel may make a request at the time of mailing as to the disposal of the parcel in the event it is not deliverable as addressed, the particulars of which are set forth in the Detailed *Post*, p, 1884.Regulations. 2. If no request by sender. If the sender does not make any request in accordance with the preceding section or the sender’s request has not resulted in delivery, undeliverable parcels will be returned to the sender without previous notification at the expiration of thirty days counting from the day following that of receipt at the office of destination, while parcels refused by the addressee will be returned at once. 3. Charges for redirection or return. The provisions of Article XI, Sections 2 and 4 are applicable to the parcel redirected in the country of destination or returned to origin tn consequence of non-delivery. The same provisions are also applicable to the parcel returned to origin for the reason that it contains any prohibited articles. 4. Pareels marked “Abandon”. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon” are not returned but are disposed of in accordance with the legislation of the country of destination after the expiration of the period mentioned in Section 2 above. 53 Stat. 1881 Article XIV. *Sale. Destruction*. 1. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, mayArticles liable to deterioration. be sold immediately, even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. 2. If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or putrid articles are destroyed. Article XV. *Parcels wrongly accepted. Missent parcels*. 1. If parcels of which the weight or dimensions exceed the limitsParcels wrongly accepted. allowed have been wrongly accepted and dispatched, they are returned to origin by the Postal Administration to which the parcels were sent. 2. Parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destinationMissent parcels. by the most direct route at the disposal of the Postal Administration to which the parcels were missent; nevertheless, the parcels which cannot be reforwarded to their correct destination are returned to origin. Insured parcels may not be reforwarded except as insured mail.Insured parcels.No customs, etc., charges. 3. The parcels mentioned in the two sections above must not be charged by the retransmitting country with customs or other non-postal charges. Article XVI. *Cancelation of customs charges*. The two Postal Administrations agree to urge the services concernedCancelation of customs, etc., charges. in their countries to cancel customs and other non-postal charges on parcels which are returned to origin, abandoned by the sender, destroyed because the contents are completely damaged, or redirected to a third country. Article XVII. *Indemnity*. 1. Except in the cases mentioned in the next section, the two PostalResponsibility. Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels exchanged between the two countries and for the abstraction of or damage to their contents under the conditions prescribed by*Post*, p. 1884. the Detailed Regulations. 2. The Postal Administrations are relieved from all responsibility:Exceptions.
(a)In case of parcels of which the addressee or the sender as regards returned parcels has accepted delivery without reservations.
(b)In case of loss or damage through force majeure, although either Postal Administration may, at its option and without recourse to the other Administration, pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure.
(c)When they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure.
(d)When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or when it is due to the nature of the article. 53 Stat. 1882
(e)For parcels which contain prohibited articles.
(f)For parcels which have been fraudulently insured for a sum exceeding the actual value of the contents.
(g)For parcels seized by the customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)When any request for inquiry or application for indemnity has not been made within the period of one year counting from the day following that of mailing the parcel. 3. Loss, etc., of ordinary parcels. The two Postal Administrations will not be responsible for the loss of ordinary parcels exchanged between the two countries nor for the abstraction of or damage to their contents; but either Administration is at liberty to indemnify for the loss, abstraction, or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. 4. Parcels in transit. The two Postal Administrations are not responsible for the loss of the parcels mentioned in Article II, Sections 2 and 3, nor for the abstraction of or damage to their contents unless an arrangement to the contrary is made between the Chiefs of the two Postal Administrations. Article XVIII. *Credits*. 1. Credits. For each parcel exchanged between the two countries, the Postal Administration of the country of origin shall pay to that of the country*Post*, p. 1884. of destination the sums indicated in the Detailed Regulations. 2. In case of redirection or of return of parcels from one of the two countries to the other, the retransmitting Administration shall claim from the other the sums equal to its credits mentioned in the preceding section and the following charges, as the case may be:
(a)Sea rates due to the retransmitting Administration.
(b)Charges which are not canceled by the retransmitting Administration.
(c)Charges due to a third country. 3. As regards parcels originating in one of the two countries and sent through the other to a third country, the Postal Administration of the country of origin shall pay to the intermediate Administration the sums required by the latter. 4. As regards parcels originating in a third country and sent to one of the two countries through the other in open mail, the intermediate Administration shall pay to the Administration of destination the sums indicated in the Detailed Regulations. Article XIX. *Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected*. Charges other than those prescribed not to be collected.The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XX. *Air parcels. Parcels for delivery free of charge*. Exchange arrangements.The Chiefs of the two Postal Administrations may come to special arrangements for the exchange of air parcels and of parcels for delivery free of charge. 53 Stat. 1883 Article XXI. *Standard monetary unit*. The franc regarded as the monetary unit in the provisions of thisStandard monetary unit. Agreement is the gold franc of 100 centimes of a weight of 10/31 or a gram and of a fineness of 0.900. Article XXII. *Temporary suspension of service*. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure,Temporary suspension of service. either Postal Administration may temporarily suspend the Parcel Post Service, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice to the other Administration. Article XXIII. *Detailed Regulations. Application of internal legislation*. 1. The details necessary for the execution of this Agreement will beDetailed Regulations.*Post*, p. 1884. fixed in the form of Detailed Regulations between the two Postal Administrations. 2. As regards the items not provided for in this Agreement theApplication of internal legislation. internal legislation shall remain applicable in each country. 3. The two Postal Administrations notify each other of their laws,Mutual notice of laws, etc. ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as al] modifications thereof which may be subsequently made. Article XXIV. *Entry into force and duration of Agreement*. 1. This Agreement shall supersede the Convention signed atFormer agreement superseded.[33 Stat. 2276](/us/stat/33/2276). Washington on the 30th day of June 1904 corresponding to the 30th day of the 6th month of the 37th year of Meizi. 2. This Agreement shall come into force on the 1st day of JulyDate of entry into force. 1938 corresponding to the 1st day of the 7th month of the 13th year of Syõwa, and shall remain in force until the expiration of sixDuration. months from the date on which one of the two Postal Administrations has given notice to the other of its intention to terminate the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Tõkyõ on the 1st day of the 6thSignatures. month of the 13th year of Syôwa, and at Washington on the 20th day of June 1938. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Ryntaro Nagai *Minister of State for Communications of Japan*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and Japan for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Secretary of State*. Washington, *June 21, 1938*. 53 Stat. 1884 DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND JAPAN. Detailed regulations.In accordance with the provisions of Article XXHI, Section. 1, of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Japan, the two Postal Administrations have agreed as follows: Article 1. *Limits of Weight and dimensions*. 1. Limits of weight and dimensions. The limits of weight and dimensions of parcels exchanged between the United States of America and Japan are as follows:
(a)Parcels originating in the United States of America addressed to Japan:— Weight_ _ _ _22 pounds. Dimensions_ _ _ _greatest length 4 feet on condition that parcels over42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 4 feet long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth combined.
(b)Parcels originating in Japan addressed to the United States of America: Weight_ _ _ _10 kilograms. Dimensions_ _ _ _length on one side 1 meter 25 on condition that parcels not over 5 kilograms in weight do not exceed 60 cubic decimeters in volume and that parcels over 5 kilograms but not over 10 kilograms in weight do not exceed SO cubic decimeters in volume. 2. The viewpoint of the dispatching office in regard to the exact calculation of the weight and the dimensions must be considered as prevailing, except in case of obvious error. Article 2. *Preparation of parcels*. 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be legibly and correctly written in every case when possible on the parcel itself or on a label or tag firmly attached thereto. It is not allowed to write with initials the name and address of the sender or addressee, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are also not allowed, except those written with copying ink on a surface previously dampened. A slip bearing the name and address of the sender and the addressee must be enclosed in the parcel when the address is written on a label which is not gummed to the parcel. It is advisable that such slips be enclosed in all parcels. 2. Parcels must be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and for the protection of the contents and so effectually that it is impossible to tamper with the contents without leaving an obvious trace of violation; in particular when the contents con53 Stat. 1885 sist of precious metal, articles of metal or heavy goods, it is essential that stout metal Loxes or wooden cases at least one centimeter (⅖ inch) thick should be used for packing. Any liquid or any substance winch easily liquefies must be packed in a double receptacle. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, of strong wood, or strong corrugated cardboard, or of strong fibreboard, or receptacle of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with sawdust, bran, or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in case of breakage. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in lead-sealed metal containers which containers must be enclosed in substantial outer covers so as to obviate all damage to the accompanying mail matter. 3. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, by lead, or other seals. Either Administration may require a special design or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service. Article 3. *Customs declarations*. 1. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel,Customs declarations. on a special form provided for the purpose by the Administration of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, the actual weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. 2. When more than one ordinary parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender to the same addressee at the same address, the sender may prepare only one customs declaration for the parcels, which customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding section, the total number of the relative parcels and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the denominator of which will indicate, in arabic figures, the total number of the relative parcels, and the numerator the serial number of the parcel. 3. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. Article 4. *Indication of insured parcels*. 1. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label withIndication of insured parcels. the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”, or be stamped or marked with the same words in close proximity to the number given the parcel. 2. The insured parcels must bear an indication of the amount of the insured value, mentioned fully and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of conversion is added below the original description. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the customs declaration. 3. The exact weight of each insured parcel must be entered by the office of origin on the address side of the parcel. 53 Stat. 1886 Article 5. *Advice of delivery. Inquiry*. 1. Advice of delivery. As to a parcel for which an advice of delivery is asked, the office of origin impresses on the address side of the parcel and on the customs declaration with a stamp, the letters or words “A. R.” or “Avis de réception”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill up an advice of delivery form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled up the advice of delivery form returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. Inquiry. When the sender applies for an advice of delivery after a parcel has been posted, the office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration duly fills up an advice of delivery form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel. This inquiry form is treated according to the provisions of Section 5 below, except that, in case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form and returns the advice of delivery form to origin in the manner prescribed by the preceding section. 4. When the sender makes inquiry concerning an advice of delivery which has not been returned to him after a reasonable interval, action is taken in accordance with the rules laid down in the preceding section. In that case, a second fee is not charged, and the office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration enters at the top of the advice of delivery form the words “Duplicate of the advice of delivery”. 5. When the sender requests an inquiry for the parcel, the office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration fills up an inquiry form and sends it to the office of destination or to any other office appointed by the Administration of destination accompanied, whenever possible, by a facsimile of the address of the parcel. If the service of the country of destination is in a position to furnish information as to the ultimate disposal of the parcel, it completes the form and returns it to the office of the country or origin from which the form has been forwarded. When the disposal of the parcel cannot be established by the service of the country of destination the fact is recorded on the form and the form is returned accompanied, whenever possible, by a declaration from the addressee certifying that he has not received the parcel. Article 6. *Transit parcels*. Transit parcels.Each Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. Article 7. *Method of exchange of parcels*. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. Parcels shall be exchanged, in bags duly fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 53 Stat. 1887 2. Insured parcels exchanged direct between the two countries shall be enclosed in separate bags from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of bags containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 8. *Receptacles*. 1. The two Administrations shall provide their respective bagsReceptacles. necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or the country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty and without charge to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. The returning Administration shall repay to the Administration of origin, the value of any bags which it fails to return. Article 9. *Billing of parcels*. 1. Ordinary parcels and insured parcels exchanged direct betweenBilling of parcels. the two countries are entered on separate parcel bills. The ordinary parcels are entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of the parcels and the total net weight thereof, while redirected or returned parcels are entered individually. The insured parcels are entered individually on the parcel bills to show their numbers, the name of the office of origin, and their total net weight.The entry on the parcel bills of any redirected or returned parcel must be followed by the word “Redirected” or “Returned” together with the detailed statement of charges which may be additionally collected, in the “Observations” column. 2. Transit parcels sent à découvert are entered individually on the parcel bills separate from those mentioned in the preceding section. 3. The amount to be credited must be totaled and shown on each parcel bill. The total number of bags comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 4. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 5. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the bags. The bag containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. Article 10. *Checking of parcels*. 1. The office of exchange which has received a parcel mail shallChecking of parcels. check the parcels and the accompanying bills. If a parcel is missing or any other irregularity is noted, it shall be immediately reported to the dispatching office of exchange by means of a bulletin of veri53 Stat. 1888 fication. The report of such a serious irregularity as to involve the responsibility of the respective Administration shall be accompanied by such vouchers as the strings, wax, or lead seals used for closing the bag which contained the parcels, if they are available. If no report is made by the next mail, it will be assumed that the mail has been received in proper order until the contrary is proved. 2. If a parcel bill is missing a duplicate shall be made out and a copy sent to the dispatching office of exchange from which the dispatch was received. 3. If any parcel which is in the course of transmission is observed to bear evidence of violation or damage, it must have the facts noted on it and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note, or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be annexed to the parcel. Article 11. *Recall. Change of address*. 1. Recall; change of address. For requests for recall or change of address of parcels, the sender, in handing the application to the post office of origin, must prove his identity and produce the certificate of mailing or the receipt of the parcel, if any. After proof of identity, for which the Administration of origin assumes responsibility, the procedure is as follows:
(a)If the request is meant to be sent by post, the application, together with an exact facsimile of the address of the parcel, is dispatched in a registered cover directly to the office of destination or to any other office appointed by the Administration of destination.
(b)If the request is to be made by telegraph, the terms of the request are transmitted by telegraph to the office of destination or to any other office appointed by the Administration of destination. In case of the request for change of address of an insured parcel, the request must be confirmed by the first mail in the manner prescribed by the preceding paragraph. In this case, the words “Confirmation of the telegraphic request for the change of address” must be shown on the upper part of the application. 2. The office which has received the request mentioned in the preceding section searches for the parcel in question and takes the necessary action. 3. If the search is fruitless, or if the parcel has already been delivered to the addressee, or if the request by telegraph is not explicit enough to permit the parcel to be surely recognized, the fact is reported at once to the office from which the request was forwarded and which informs the applicant accordingly. Article 12. *Non-delivery*. 1. Non-delivery. The sender of a parcel may request at the time of mailing that, if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned, or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination, or
(c)returned immediately. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the address side of the parcel and on the relative customs declaration and must be in conformity with or analogous to one of the following forms: “If not deliverable as addressed ‘Abandon’ ”. “If not deliverable as addressed ‘Deliver to ’ ”. “If not deliverable as addressed ‘Return immediately’ ”. 53 Stat. 1889 2. The parcels to be returned as undeliverable to the country of origin shall be marked to show the reason for non-delivery. 3. If a parcel, for any reason, is neither delivered as addressed nor returned to origin, the Administration of origin shall be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcel. Article 13. *Sale. Destruction*. When a parcel has been sold or destroyed in accordance with theSale; destruction. provisions of Article XIV of the Agreement, a report of the sale or destruction is prepared. A copy of the report, together with the customs declaration, is forwarded to the office of origin. Article 14. *Parcels wrongly accepted. Missent parcels*. 1. When parcels exceeding the limits of weight and dimensionsParcels wrongly accepted; missent parcels. allowed or missent parcels are returned to origin, the returning Administration refunds to the dispatching Administration the amount credited for the parcel and reports the irregularity by means of a bulletin of verification. 2. When missent parcels are reforwarded to their proper destination, and if the amount credited to the reforwarding Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of the onward transmission, the reforwarding Administration claims from the dispatching Administration the amount of the deficiency, and reports the reason for the claim by means of a bulletin of verification. Article 15. *Indemnity*. 1. On the basis of the provisions of Article XVII of the Agreement,Indemnity. the sender is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss of an insured parcel and of the abstraction of or damage to its contents. Indemnity is paid to the addressee when he claims it, either after making reservations when accepting delivery of a pilfered or damaged parcel, or if he proves that the sender has waived his rights in his favour. When an insured parcel is redirected or returned to a third country from one of the two countries, the sender, in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the redirection or return of the parcel, can lay claim only to the indemnity which the Administration of the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that Administration is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the Administrations of the countries directly interested in the redirection or return. 2. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the time and place of mailing of the parcel, provided in any case that the indemnity shall not exceed the amount for which the parcel was insured. Indirect loss or loss of profits is not taken into consideration. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to return of the postal charges which have been paid. However, the insurance fees are not returned in any case. 53 Stat. 1890 3. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the Administration to which the office of origin is subordinate, provided that, in the case where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of the first section, it shall rest with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. 4. The payment of indemnity shall be made as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. However, the paying Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the parcel in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. The Administration which undertakes the payment of indemnity is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Administration which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. Responsibility for loss, abstraction, or damage of a parcel discovered by the receiving office of exchange at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the dispatching office of exchange by bulletin of verification, shall fall upon the Administration to which the dispatching office of exchange is subordinate unless it be proved that the damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 7. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for a parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished with all necessary particulars for inquiry, is unable to show its proper disposition. 8. If the loss, abstraction, or damage has occurred in course of conveyance without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 9. The Administration responsible or on whose account payment is made in accordance with Section 5 is bound to repay to the Administration making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than nine months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 10. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor Administration by means of either a money order or a draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. Article 16. *Payment*. 1. Payment. The amounts to be paid by the Administration of origin to that of destination, in accordance with the provisions of Article XVIII, Section 1, of the Agreement are as follows: A. In the case of parcels originating in the United States of America:
(a)Parcels for Japan proper and for any of its dependencies (Tyõsen, Taiwan, Karahuto, the Leased Territory of Kwantung, the South Manchuria Railway Zone, and the South Sea Islands under Japanese Mandate), which are dispatched directly thereto, 20 centimes per pound or fraction thereof. 53 Stat. 1891
(b)Parcels for one of the Japanese dependencies sent through Japan proper, 40 centimes per pound or fraction thereof. For an insured parcel, 10 centimes shall be paid in addition for each parcel mentioned under
(a)and 40 centimes for each parcel mentioned under (b). B. In the case of parcels originating in Japan:
(a)Parcels for the United States proper and for Alaska, which are dispatched directly thereto, 32 centimes per 455 grams or traction thereof.
(b)Parcels for Guam, Samoa, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, United States Virgin Islands, which are dispatched directly thereto, 16 centimes per 455 grams or traction thereof.
(c)Parcels for Alaska sent to Seattle, 64 centimes per 455 grams or fraction thereof.
(d)Parcels for Alaska sent to any United States port except Seattle, 100 centimes per 455 grams or fraction thereof.
(e)Parcels for Puerto Rico or the United States Virgin Islands sent through the United States, 84 centimes per 455 grams or fraction thereof.
(f)Parcels for Guam sent to San Francisco and parcels for Samoa and Hawaii sent to San Francisco or to San Pedro, 48 centimes per 455 grams or fraction thereof.
(g)Parcels for Guam sent to any United States port except San Francisco and parcels for Samoa and Hawaii sent to any United States port except San Francisco or San Pedro, 84 centimes per 455 grams or fraction thereof. For an insured parcel, 10 centimes shall be paid in addition for each parcel mentioned under
(a)and
(b)and 30 centimes for each parcel mentioned under (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g). 2. For parcels originating in a third country and sent à découvert to one of the two countries through the other, the intermediary Administration shall pay to the Administration of destination the amounts equal to those fixed by the preceding section. 3. The allocation or claim of the amounts mentioned in the preceding two sections and in Article XVIII, Sections 2 and 3, of the Agreement shall be made by means of parcel bills. Article 17. *Accounting*. 1. Each Administration shall prepare quarterly an account showingAccounting. the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills and, if any, copies of bulletins of verification relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the quarter following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The compilation, transmission, and acceptance of the accounts must be effected as early as possible and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the end of the following quarter. 4. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the two Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts drawn on the capital or one of the commercial towns of the creditor country, or in any other manner which may from time to time be agreed upon between the two Administrations, the expense attendant on the payment being at the charge of the indebted Administration. 53 Stat. 1892 Article 18. *Miscellaneous notifications*. Miscellaneous notifications.The Administrations shall communicate to each other all items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. Entry into force; duration.Modification.The present Detailed Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement The Administrations concerned shall, however, have the power by mutual consent to modify the details from time to time. Signatures.Done in duplicate and signed at Tokyo on the 1st day of the 6th month of the 13th year of Syôwa, and at Washington on the 20th day of June 1938. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Ryntaro Nagai *Minister of State for Communications of Japan*. Approval by the President.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Japan have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Secretary of State*. Washington, *June 21, 1938*. April 16, 1938 June 20, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1893 53 Stat. 1893 YUGOSLAVIA—PARCEL POST—Apr. 16, 1938⁄June 20, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the postal administration of the United States ofApril 16, 1938June 20, 1938 America and the Kingdom of Yugoslavia concerning the exchange of parcel post, with regulations of execution. Signed at Beograd (Belgrade) April 16, 1938 and at Washington June 20, 1938; approved by the President June 24, 1938.* ARRANGEMENT ENTRE L’ADMINISTRATION DES POSTES DES ETATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE ET L’ADMINISTRATION DES POSTES DU ROYAUME DE YOUGOSLAVIE CONCERNANT L’ECHANGE DES COLIS POSTAUX. Les soussignés, munis des pleinspouvoirsAgreement with Yugoslavia concerning exchange of parcel post. de leurs Gouvernements respectifs ont, d’un commun accord et sous réserve de ratification par l’autorité supérieure compétente, arrêté l’Arrangement suivant: Article I. *Objet de l’ Arrangement*. Entre les Etats-Unis d’AmériqueTerritory embraced. (y compris l’Alaska, Hawaï, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa et les Iles Vierges des Etats-Unis) et le Royaume de Yougoslavie, il peutWeight and dimensions. être échangé, sous la dénomination de colis postaux, des envois jusqu’aux limites du poids et de dimensions prescrites dans le Règlement d’Exécution.*Post*, p. 1910 Article II. *Colis en transit*. 1. Chaque Administration garantitRight of transit. le droit de transit sur son service à ou do l’un quelconque des pays avec lequel elle échange des colis postaux, aux colis originaires ou en destination du territoire de l’autre Administration contractante. 2. Chaque Administration feraIntermediate Administrations. connaître à l’autre quels sont les pays auxquels des colis peuvent53 Stat. 1894 être adressés par son intermédiaire et les droits de transport qui lui reviennent ainsi que les autres conditions. 3. Pour être acceptés, les colis expédiés par l’un des pays contractants et destinés à transiter par le service de l’autre, doivent remplir les conditions fixées de temps en temps par l’Administration intermédiaire. Article III. *Affranchissements et taxes*. 1. Collection from sender. L’Administration d’origine est autorisée à percevoir de l’expéditeur de chaque colis les taxes d’affranchissement, les taxes pour demandes de renseignements faites postérieurement au dépôt, et, en ce qui concerne les colis assurés (colis avec valeur déclarée), les taxes d’assurance et les taxes de renvoi des accusés de réception, prévues de temps en temps par sa législation intérieure. 2. Exception. Sauf en cas de réexpédition ou de retour des colis à l’origine, l’affranchissement des colis ainsi que le paiement d’avance des taxes susindiquées applicables, est obligatoire. Article IV. *Conditionnement des colis*. Packing.Chaque colis doit ître emballé d’une manière répondant à la longueur du parcours et à la protection de contenu du colis ainsi *Post*, p. 1910.qu’il est prescrit par le Règlement d’Exécution. Article V. *Objets prohibés*. 1. Articles specified. Il est interdit d’expédier par colis postal:
(a)Dangerous articles. Les objets qui, par leur nature ou leur emballage, peuvent présenter du danger pour les agents, salir ou détériorer les autres colis.
(b)Narcotics. L’opium, la morphine, la cocaïne et autres stupéfiants.
(c)Nonadmissible articles. Les objets dont l’admission n’est pas autorisée par la douane53 Stat. 1895 ou par les autres lois ou règlements en vigueur dans l’un ou l’autre pays.
(d)Des lettres ou documentsLetters, etc. ayant le caractère de correspondance actuelle et personnelle, mais il est permis d’insérer dans un colis une facture ouverte, limitée aux renseignements constitutifs d’une facture et aussi une copie simple de l’adresse du colis, avec mention de l’adresse de l’expéditeur.
(e)Les objets obscènes ou immoraux.Obscene, etc., articles.
(f)Des animaux vivants, à l’exceptionLive animals. des sangsues.
(g)Une pièce annexée portantEnclosure with different address. une adresse différente de l’adresse portée sur l’emballage du colis.
(h)Les matières explosibles, inflammablesExplosive, etc., different address. ou dangereuses.
(i)Les pièces de monnaie, lesCoin, etc. billets de banque, les billets de monnaie ou les valeurs quelconques au porteur, le platine, l’or ou l’argent, manufacturés ou non, les pierries, les bijoux et autres objets précieux, dans les colis sans valeur déclarée.
(2)Quand un colis contenant desAction to be taken. objets prohibés est transmis par l’une des Administrations à l’autre, cette dernière doit agir conformément à ses lois et règlements intérieurs. Les matières explosibles ou inflammables ainsi que les documents, les portraits ou les autres objets portant atteinte aux bonnes moeurs du public, peuvent être détruites sur place par l’Administration que en constate la présence dans les colis. Le fait qu’un colis contient uneParcel containing a letter. lettre ou une communication ayant le caractère d’une lettre ne peut en aucun cas entraîner le retour du colis à l’expéditeur. La lettre est toutefois taxée en vue de la perception, du destinataire, de l’affranchissement dû, d’après le tarif régulier. Les deux Administrations seAdvice as to prohibited articles. communiquent, au moyen de la “Liste des Objets Interdits” publiée par le Bureau International de l’Union Postale Universelle, la nomenclature de tous les objets prohibés; mais elles ne prendront, en agissant de la sorte, aucune53 Stat. 1896 responsabilité vis-à-vis de la police, de la douane ou des expéditeurs des colis. 3. Parcels wrongly admitted. Dans le cas où les colis admis à tort à l’expédition ne seraient ni renvoyés à l’origine, ni remis au destinataire, l’Administration expéditrice doit être informée, précisément, du traitement appliqué à ces colis. Article VI. Maximum amount.Les colis peuvent être assurés jusqu’au montant de 500 francs-or ou l’équivalent en monnaie du pays d’origine. Cependant, les Chefs des Administrations postales des deux pays contractants peuvent, d’un commun accord, majorer ou réduire ce montant maximum de l’assurance. Limitation.Un colis ne peut donner droit à une indemnité supérieure à la valeur réelle de son contenu, mais il est permis d’assurer tout colis pour une partie seulement de cette valeur. Article VII. *Responsabilité. Indemnité*. 1. Responsibility. Les Administrations postales des deux pays contractants ne seront pas responsables de la perte, de la soustraction ou la détérioration d’un colis ordinaire. 2. Sauf dans les cas prévus à l’article suivant, les Administrations contractantes sont responsables de la perte des colis assurés déposés dans l’un des deux pays contractants et à livrer dans l’autre et de la perte, de la spoliation ou de la détérioration de leur contenu ou d’une partie de celui-ci. Indemnity.L’expéditeur, ou tout autre réclamant qualifié, a droit à une indemnité correspondant au montant réel de la perte, de la spoliation ou du dommage. L’indemnité est calculée d’après le prix courant ou en l’absence de prixcourant d’après la valeur de la marchandise, évaluée au moment et dans le lieu du dépôt; toutefois l’indemnité ne peut en aucun cas être supérieure à la somme pour53 Stat. 1897 laquelle le colis a été assuré, ou sur laquelle la taxe d’assurance a été perçue, ou au montant maximum de 500 francs-or. 3. Il n’est pas payé d’indemnitéIndirect damages etc. pour les dommages indirects ou des bénéfices non réalisés résultant de la perte, de la spoliation, de la détérioration, de la non-livraison, de la remise à une fausse adresse ou du retard d’un colis assuré expédié d’après les conditions du présent Arrangement. 4. Dans le cas où l’indemnitéReturn of postage on loss of parcel. est due pour la perte d’un colis, pour un dommage irréparable du contenu ou pour la spoliation complète de ce contenu, le réclamant qualifié a également droit au remboursement des taxes d’affranchissement,Insurance fees. sur demande; les taxes d’assurance sont, dans tous les cas, conservées par les Administrations contractantes. 5. Sauf arrangement spécial contraireParcel originating in a third country destined for either contracting power. entre les pays intéressés, arrangement qui peut être établi par correspondance, aucune indemnité ne sera payée par l’un ou l’autre des pays qui ne participe pas à cet Arrangement, et destinés à l’un des deux pays contractants ou pour les colis originaires de l’un des deux pays contractants et destinés à un pays qui ne participeParcels destined for country not party to agreement. pas à cet Arrangement. 6. Lorsqu’un colis assuré provenantParcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. de l’un des deux pays et destiné à être remis dans l’autre est réexpédié de la sur un tiers pays ou y est renvoyé à la demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, l’ayant-droit à l’indemnité, en cas de perte de spoliation ou d’avarie survenue subséquemment à la réexpédition ou au renvoi du colis par le pays de l’adresse primitive, ne peut prétendre, le cas échéant, qu’à l’indemnité que consent à verser ou—suivant l’entente convenue entre les pays intéressés directement à la réexpédition ou au renvoi—que doit payer le pays où le fait s’est produit. Chacun53 Stat. 1898 des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement qui réexpédié à tort un colis assuré sur un tiers pays, est responsable envers l’expéditeur dans la même mesure que le pays originaire, donc dans les limites du présent Arrangement. 7. Defects in packing. L’expéditeur est responsable des défectuosités en l’emballage et de l’insuffisance de la fermeture et des cachets des colis V. D. En outre, les deux Administrations n’assument aucune responsabilité pour les pertes, spoliations ou détériorations résultant de défectuosités qui ne pouvaient être constatées lors du dépôt du colis. Article VIII. *Exceptions au principe de la responsabilité*. Les Administrations contractantes sont dégagées de toute responsabilité:
(a)Parcels accepted without reservation. Pour les colis dont les destinataires ont pris livraison sans formuler des réserves.
(b)Loss, etc., through force majeure. En cas de perte ou d’avarie due à la force majeure; bien que chacune des Administrations puisse, de son gré et sans recours contre l’autre Administration, payer indemnité pour la perte, ou l’avarie due à la force majeure, même si l’Administration du pays dans le service duquel la perte ou l’avarie a eu lieu reconnaît que le dommage a été causé par la force majeure. Le pays responsable de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie doit, suivant sa législation intérieure, décider si cette perte, spoliation ou avarie est due à des circonstances constituant un cas de force majeure.
(c)Destruction of official documents. Lorsque, la preuve de leur responsabilité n’ayant pas été administrée autrement, elles ne peuvent rendre compte des colis par suite de la destruction des documents de service résultant d’un cas de force majeure. 53 Stat. 1899
(d)Lorsque le dommage a étéDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. causé par la faute ou la négligence de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire ou du représentant de l’un ou l’autre, ou provient de la nature de l’objet.
(e)Pour les colis qui contientProhibited articles. des objets prohibés.
(f)Quand l’expéditeur d’unDeclared above real value. colis assuré, avec l’intention de faire une fraude, déclare que le contenu du colis a une valeur supérieure à sa valeur réelle; mais cette règle ne porte préjudice à aucun poursuit judiciaire nécessité par la législation du pays d’origine.
(g)Pour les colis saisis par laSeized because of false declaration. douane par suite de fausse déclaration de leur contenu.
(h)Quand aucune réclamationUnclaimed within a year. ni demande n’a été présentée par le réclamant ou par son représentant dans le délai d’un an à partir du lendemain de jour du dépôt du colis assuré.
(i)Pour les colis qui contiennentMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. des objets sans valeur intrinsèque ou des objets périssables, ou des objets qui ne remplissaient pas les stipulations de cet Arrangement, ou qui n’avaient pas été déposés de la manière prescrite; mais le pays responsable de la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie pourra payer indemnité du chef de tels colis sans recours contre l’autre Administration. Article IX. *Cessation de la responsabilité*. Les Administrations cessentTermination of responsibility. d’être responsables des colis dont elles ont effectué la remise dans les conditions prescrites par leur règlement intérieur pour les envois de même nature. Toutefois, la responsabilité estReservations. maintenue lorsque le destinataire ou, en cas de renvoi, l’expéditeur formule des réserves en prenant livraison d’un colis spolié ou avarié. Article X. *Payement de la compensation*. L’obligation de payer la compensationPayment of compensation. ainsi que les droits53 Stat. 1900 postaux à restituer incombe à l’Administration dont releve le bureau expéditeur du colis. Toutefois, lorsque l’indemnité est payée au destinataire selon le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe 2, de l’Article VII, cette obligation incombe à l’Administration de destination. L’Administration payante a un droit de recours contre l’Administration responsable. Article XI. *Délai de payement de la compensation*. 1. Period for payment of compensation. Le payement de la compensation doit avoir lieu le plus tôt possible, au plus tard, dans le délai d’un an à compter du lendemain du jour de la réclamation. Deferred payment.Toutefois, l’Administration à laquelle incombe ce payement peut exceptionnellement différer le règlement de l’indemnité jusqu’au delà de la période d’un an si, à la fin de cette période il n’a pas été en mesure de déterminer ce qu’est devenu l’envoi en question ou de fixer la responsabilité encourue. 2. Payment when delayed nine months. Sauf en cas où le payement est exceptionnellement différé en conformité avec le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe précédent, l’Administration postale qui se charge de payement de l’indemnité est autorisée à desintéresser l’ayant droit pour le compte de l’Administration qui, régulièrement saisie, a laissé s’écouler neuf mois sans donner de solution à l’affaire. Article XII. *Détermination de la responsabilité*. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, la responsabilité pour un colis assuré incombe à l’Administration qui, ayant reçu le colis sans faire d’observation et étant mise en possession de tous les moyens règlementaires d’investigation, ne peut pas établir le sort du colis. 53 Stat. 1901 2. Lorsque la perte, la spoliationLoss, etc., detected at receiving exchange office. ou l’avarie d’un colis assuré sont constatées par le bureau d’échange destinataire, au moment de l’ouverture des dépêches et sont régulièrement signalées au bureau d’échange expéditeur, la responsabilité incombe à l’Administration à laquelle appartient le bureau d’échange expéditeur à moins qu’il ne soit prouvé que la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie ont eu lieu dans le service de l’Administration destinataire. 3. Si la perte, la spoliation ouLoss, etc., in transit. l’avarie s’est produite en cours de transport, sans qu’il soit possible d’établir sur le territoire ou dans le service de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Administrations en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. 4. L’Administration qui a effectuéRights taken over by paying office. le payement de l’indemnité est subrogée, jusqu’à concurrence du montant de cette indemnité, dans les droits de la personne qui l’a reçue, pour tout recours éventuel, soit contre le destinataire, soit contre l’expéditeur ou contre des tiers. 5. En cas de découverte ultérieure d’un colis considéré comme perdu, la personne à qui l’indemnité a été payée doit avisée qu’elle peut prendre possession du colis contre restitution du montant de l’indemnité. Article XIII. *Remboursement de l’indemnité*. 1. L’Administration responsableRepayment of compensation. de la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie ou celle pour le compte de laquelle le payement est effectué, est tenue de rembourser le montant de l’indemnité au pays qui a effectué le payement. Ce remboursement doit se faire sans délai, et, au plus tard, au bout de neuf mois après réception de la notification du payement. 2. Les remboursements au pays créditeur doivent être faits sans frais pour ce pays, au moyen d’un mandat ou d’une traite, en monnaie ayant cours dans le pays53 Stat. 1902 créditeur, ou par tout autre moyen qui pourra être convenu d’un commun accord, par correspondance. Article XIV. *Certificat de dépôt. Récépissés*. Certificate of mailing.L’expéditeur d’un colis ordinaire (non-assuré) recevra, sur sa demande faite au moment de la remise au transport, un certificat de dépôt délivre par le bureau d’acceptation sur une formule spéciale dressé à cet effet; chaque pays pourra percevoir une taxe raisonnable pour ce certificat. Receipt.L’expéditeur d’un colis assuré reçoit gratuitement au moment de dépôt, un récépissé y relatif. Article XV. *Avis de réception et réclamations*. 1. Advice of delivery. L’expéditeur d’un colis assuré peut obtenir un avis de réception, moyennant, le cas échéant, le payement d’une taxe supplémentaire que le pays d’origine fixera et dans les conditions établies par le *Post*, p. 1910.Règlement d’Exécution. 2. Inquiries. Le pays d’origine a la faculté de percevoir une taxe pour toute demande de renseignements, relative au sort d’un colis ordinaire ou avec valeur déclarée, formulée postérieurement au dépôt, si l’expéditeur n’a pas déja payé la taxe spéciale relative à l’avis de réception. 3. Complaints of irregularity. Le pays d’origine a également la faculté de percevoir une taxe pour toute réclamation relative à une irrégularité qui, à première vue, n’est pas imputable à une faute du service postal. Article XVI. *Retrait et changement d’adresse*. Recall and change of address.Tant qu’un colis n’a pas été livré au destinataire, l’expéditeur peut en demander le retrait ou en faire modifier l’adresse. L’Administration postale du pays d’origine est autorisée à percevoir et conserver, pour ce service, le droit fixé par son règlement. Les demandes53 Stat. 1903 de retrait ou de changemen t d’adresse doivent être adressées à 1’Administration Centrale à Washington, s’il s’agit de colis destinés à être distribués aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, et au bureau de destination, s’il s’agit de colis destinés à être distribués au Royaume de Yougoslavie. Article XVII. *Droits de douane*. Les colis sont soumis à toutesCustoms charges. les lois et règlements de douane en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Les droits exigibles de ce chef sont perçus sur le destinataire lors de la remise du colis, suivant le règlement de douane au pays destinataire. Article XVIII. *Annulation des droits de douane*. Les droits de douane sur les colisCancelation, if returned or redirected. renvoyés au pays d’origine ou réexpédiés sur un tiers pays seront annulés tant au Royaume de Yougoslavie qu’aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Article XIX. *Droit de dédouanement*. L’Administration destinataireFee for customs clearance. peut percevoir, sur le destinataire, soit pour la remise à la douane et le dédouanement, soit pour la remise à la douane seulement, un droit s’élevant à 50 centimes-or au maximum par colis. Article XX. *Remise au destinataire. Droit de remise à domicile*. Les colis sont remis aux destinatairesDelivery to addressee. dans le plus bref délai possible et conformément aux dispositions en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Ce pays peutFee. percevoir, pour la remise des colis à domicile, un droit s’élevant à 50 centimes-or au maximum par colis. Le même droit est appl53 Stat. 1904 icable, le cas échéant, à toute présentation, autre quela première, faite au domicile ou au office du destinataire. Article XXI. *Droit de magasinage*. Warehousing charges.Le pays de destination est autorisé à percevoir le droit de magasinage fixé par sa législation pour les colis adressés poste restante ou non retires dans les délais prescrits. Limitation.Ce droit ne peut toutefois excéder 5 francs-or. Article XXII. *Colis en fausse direction*. Ordinary parcels.Les colis ordinaires envoyés en fausse direction sont réexpédiés sur leur destination par la voie la plus directe dont dispose l’Administration qui les a reçus par erreur. Cette Administration ne peut frapper ces colis de droits de douane Insured parcels.ou d’autres taxes quelconques. Les colis assurés reçus en fausse direction ne sont réexpédiés que s’ils peuvent être réexpédiés comme colis assurés. Si cette condition n’est pas remplie, ces colis sont renvoyés à l’ongine. Refund, if parcel returned.Lorsque le réacheminement comporte le retour du colis au bureau d’origine, l’Administration qui effectue la retransmission rembourse à ce bureau les bonifications reçus et signale l’erreur par bulletin de vérification. Reforwarding to a third country.Lorsque le réacheminement comporte l’expédition d’un colis sur un tiers pays et que la somme créditée à l’Administration effectuant la rétransmission ne suffit pas à couvrir les frais de celle-ci, l’Administration réexpéditrice bonifie à l’Administration à laquelle elle remet le colis les droits de transport que comporte l’acheminement; elle récupère ensuite le montant de l’insuffisance par reprise sur le bureau d’échange dont elle a directement reçu le colis en fausse direction. Le motif de cette reprise est notifié à ce bureau au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. 53 Stat. 1905 Article XXIII. *Réexpédition*. 1. La réexpédition d’un colis,Redirection par suite de changement de résidence du destinataire dans le territoire du pays de destination, F eut être faite sur la demande de expéditeur ou du destinataire. La réexpédition d’un colis sur leSupplementary charges. territoire d’un des pays contractants donne heu à la perception des taxes supplémentaires prévues Ëar l’Administration de ce pays. Il en est de même, le cas échéant, en ce qui concerne la remise de ce colis à une autre personne au lieu de destination primitif. Ces taxes ne seront pas annullées, même au cas où le colis est renvoyé à l’origine ou réexpédié sur un autre pays. 2. Si un colis doit être réexpédiéNew fees. sur un des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement, il est passible des nouvelles taxes de transport, et, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, à moins que ces taxes n’aient pas été payées d’avance. Les nouveaux droits sont perçus sur le destinataire par l’Administration qui effectue la remise. Les colis assurés doivent être réexpédiés comme tels. 3. Sur demande de l’expéditeurReturn or reforwarding to another country. ou du destinataire, les colis peuvent aussi être réexpédiés à un autre pays ou y être renvoyés. Les colis assurés ne peuvent cependant être réexpédiés ou renvoyés que comme tels. Les expéditeurs peuvent revêtir les colis de la mention “Ne pas réexpédier sur un tiers pays.” Dans ce cas, les colis ne doivent être réexpédiés à aucunIndemnity in case of loss, etc. autre pays. En cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis assuré réexpédié à un tiers pays ou renvoyé par ce pays, l’indemnité est déterminée exclusivement d’après les dispositions de l’Article VII, paragraphe 6 du présent Arrangement. Article XXIV. *Non remise*. 1. Les colis tombés en rebuts renvoyés à l’expéditeur sont grevés53 Stat. 1906 d’une nouvelle taxe d’affranchissement ainsi que des nouveaux droits d’assurance, le cas échéant, et doivent être renvoyés comme ils ont été reçus. Les droits sont perçus sur l’expéditeur par l’Administration qui lui a remis les colis. 2. Instructions in case of non-delivery. Au moment du dépôt, l’expéditeur est tenu d’indiquer par une mention portée sur la.déclaration en douane et sur le colis lui-même, de quelle façon doit être traité le colis, en cas de non-remise. A cet effet, il peut demander que son colis soit:
(a)renvoyé à l’expéditeur;
(b)considéré comme abandonné;
(c)présenté à une autre personne dans le pays de destination. Aucune demande autre que celles qui sont prévues ci-dessus, ou une demande similaire, n’est admise, à moins de la mention pourvue à l’Article XXIII, paragraphe 3. 3. Undeliverable parcels. Sauf demande contraire de l’expéditeur, les colis qui n’ont pu être distribués sont renvoyés à l’origine sans préavis, à l’expiration d’une période de 30 jours, à partir de leur date d’amvée au bureau de destination. Les colis que le destinataire refuse d’accepter doivent être renvoyés immédiatement. Tout colis renvoyé à l’expéditeur doit porter l’indication très claire du motif de la non-remise. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration. Seuls les colis susceptibles à la détérioration ou la corruption peuvent être vendus immédiatement, même en cours de transport, à l’aller ou au retour, sans préavis et sans formalités judiciaires, au profit de qui de droit. Si, pour une cause quelconque, la vente est impossible, les objets détériores ou corrompus sont détruits. La vente ou la destruction donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès-verbal qui est transmise au 1’Administration d’origine. 5. Abandoned parcels. Les colis non-distribuables, abandonnés par l’expéditeur, peuvent être vendus à l’expiration d’une période de 30 jours au profit de 1’Administration du pays destinataire. Toutefois, dans le cas d’un colis assuré, il sera dressé un53 Stat. 1907 procès-verbal que doit être envoyé à l’Administration du pays d’origine. Aussi, l’Administration du pays d’origine doit être avisée si un colis assuré non-distribuable n’est pas renvoyé à l’origine. 6. Les dispositions de l’ArticleProvisions applicable. XXV, paragraphe 2, s’appliqueront à un colis, qui est retourné par suite de non-remise. Article XXV. *Bonifications*. 1. Pour chaque colis (ordinaireCredits. ou assuré) échangé entre les deux pays contractants, l’Administration expéditrice bonifie à [’Ad ministration destinataire sur les feuilles de route les quotes-parts revenant à cette dernière, et indiquées dans le Règlement d’Exécution.*Post*, p. 1910. 2. En cas de réexpédition ou deReforwarding or return to origin. renvoi d’un colis à l’origine, si un nouvel affranchissement et un nouveau droit d’assurance (en cas de colis assuré) sont perçus par le bureau réexpéditeur, le colis est traité comme s’il était originaire de ce pays. Dans le cas contraire, l’Administration réexpéditrice reprend sur l’autre Administration le quote-part qui lui sont dû, c’està-dire, suivant le cas:
(a)les droits prescrits dans paragraphe 1 ci-dessus;
(b)les droits de réexpédition ou de renvoi. En cas de réexpédition ou de renvoi sur un tiers pays, les droits accumulés, c’est-à-dire, ceux des droits mentionées ci-dessus en
(a)et
(b)que sont applicables, suivent à charge du colis; mais dans le cas où le tiers pays intéressé n’accepte pas l’imputation des droits parce qu’ils ne peuvent être perçus du destinataire ou de l’expéditeur, le cas échéant, ou pour une raison quelconque, ces droits sont repris sur le pays d’origine. En cas d’un colis renvoyé ouReturned or reforwarded in transit. réexpédié en transit à travers l’une des Administrations vers l’autre, l’Administration intermédiaire pourra exiger aussi la somme qui53 Stat. 1908 lui est due pour tout, autre service territorial ou maritime effectué, ainsi que tous montants dus à une ou plusieurs autres Administrations quelconques qui sont intéressées. Article XXVI. *Interdiction de percevoir des taxes postales autres que celles qui sont prescrites*. Postal charges; restriction.Les colis auxquels s’applique le présent Arrangement ne seront soumis à aucune taxe postale autre que celles qui sont prévues dans les differents articles dudit Arrangement. Article XXVII. *Colis avion*. Surtax, etc.Les Chefs des Administrations postales des deux pays contractants ont le droit de fixer, d’un commun accord, la surtaxe aérienne et les autres conditions au cas où les colis sont transportés par voie aérienne. Article XXVIII. *Suspension temporaire de services*. Temporary suspension of services.Chacune des deux Administrations peut suspendre temporairement le service des colis postaux, en totalité ou en partie, lorsqu’il existe des raisons spéciales pour le faire, ou restreindre ce service à certains bureaux, mais à la condition que l’autre Administration ait été informée de cette mesure à l’avance, au besoin par télégraphe. Article XXIX. *Questions non réglées par l’Arrangement*. 1. Application of Universal Postal Union Convention, etc. Toutes les questions concernant les demandes de retrait ou de changement d’adresse de colis, l’obtention et le sort d’avis de réception pour les colis assurés et le règlement des demandes d’indemnité, qui ne sont pas traitées dans le présent Arrangement sont [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).soumises aux dispositions de la Convention de l’Union postale Universelle et de son Règlement d’Exécution, dans le mesure ou53 Stat. 1909 celles-ci sont applicables et non incompatibles avec les dispositionsFurther provisions. précédentes. Enfin, à défaut d’autres dispositions, la législation intérieure des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou du Royaume de Yougoslavie, ou les decisions prisés par l’un ou l’autre des pays, sont applicables dans le pays respectif. 2. Les détails relatifs à l’applicationDetails to be fixed by mutual consent. du présent Arrangement seront fixées par les deux Administrations dans un Règlement d’Exécution dont les dispositions pourront être modifiées ou complotées de commun accord par voie de correspondance. 3. Les deux Administrations seMutual notification of applicable laws, etc. communiqueront réciproquement leurs lois, ordonnances et tarifs applicables au transport des colis postaux, ainsi que toutes les modifications de taxes qui y seraient introduites dans la suite. Article XXX. *Durée de l’Arrangement*. 1. Cette Arrangement entreraEffective date. en vigueur à partir de la date où l’Arrangement sera ratifié, et en attendant, les opérations qui y sont prévues commenceront à une date fixée de commun accord entre les Administrations des deux pays. 2. Elle demeurera en vigueurDuration jusqu’à ce que l’une des deux Administrations contractantes ait notifié à l’autre, six mois à l’avance, son intention d’y mettre fin. Fait en double exemplaire et signé à Washington, le 20me jour de juin 1938 et à Béograd le 16me jour d’avril 1938. Vojko Čvrkić *Le Ministre des Postes, Télégraphes et Téléphones du Royaume de Yougoslavie*. AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE POSTAL ADMINISTRATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE KINGDOM OF YUGOSLAVIA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST. The undersigned, provided withAgreement with Yugoslavia concerning exchange ot parcel post. full powers by their respective governments, have by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I. *Object of the Agreement*. Between the United States ofTerritory embraced. America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) and the Kingdom of Yugoslavia, thereWeight and dimensions. may be exchanged, under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution.*Post*, p. 1910. Article II. *Transit parcels*. 1. Each Administration guaranteesRight of transit. the right of transit through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel-post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Each Administration shallIntermediate Administrations. inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through53 Stat. 1894 it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting countries through the service of the other must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. Article III. *Prepayment of postage and fees*. 1. Collection from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Exception. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, prepayment of the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, is compulsory. Article IV. *Preparation of parcels*. Packing.Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the*Post*, Regulations of Execution. Article V. *Prohibitions*. 1. Articles specified. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Dangerous articles. Articles which, from their nature or by their packing, may expose postal officials to danger, or soil, or damage other parcels.
(b)Narcotics. Opium, morphine, cocaine and other narcotics.
(c)Nonadmissible articles. Articles whose admission is not authorized by the customs or53 Stat. 1895 other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(d)A letter or document whichLetters, etc. constitutes an actual and personal correspondence, but it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, with mention of the address of the sender.
(e)Obscene or immoral articles.Obscene, etc., articles.
(f)Live animals, except leeches.Live animals.
(g)An enclosure which bears anEnclosure with different address. address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel.
(h)Explosive, inflammable, orExplosive, etc., substances. dangerous substances.
(i)Coin, bank notes, currencyCoin, etc. notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer; platinum, gold, or silver, whether manufactured or not; precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels.
(2)When a parcel containing anyAction to be taken. prohibited article is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the parcels. The fact that a parcel containsParcel containing a letter. a letter, or a communication having the nature of a letter, may not in any case entail return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations adviseAdvice as to prohibited articles. each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility towards the customs53 Stat. 1896 or police authorities or the sender. 3. Parcels wrongly admitted. If parcels wrongly admitted to the post are neither returned to origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Administration of origin must be precisely informed as to the treatment accorded to the parcels. Article VI. *Insurance*. Maximum amount.Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. Limitation.A parcel cannot give rise to an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. *Responsibility. Indemnity*. 1. Responsibility. The Administrations of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage of an ordinary parcel. 2. Except in the cases mentioned in the article following, the contracting Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to, their contents, or a part thereof. Indemnity.The sender, or any other rightful claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the current price or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary value at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing. However, the indemnity may not in any case be greater53 Stat. 1897 than the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 3. No indemnity is paid forIndirect damages, etc. indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, nondelivery, misdelivery, or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. In the case where indemnityReturn of postage on loss of parcel. is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the rightful claimant is entitled to return of the postage charges, if claimed. The insuranceInsurance fees. fees are in every case retained by the contracting Administrations. 5. In the absence of specialParcels originating In a third country destined for either contracting power. agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcelsParcels destined for country not party to agreement. originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 6. When an insured parcel originatingParcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. in one of the two countries and destined to be delivered in the other is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries53 Stat. 1898 directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 7. Defects in packing. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and sealing of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article VIII. *Exceptions to the principle of responsibility*. The contracting Administrations are released from all responsibility:
(a)Parcels accepted without reservation. For parcels of which the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation.
(b)Loss, etc., through force majeure. In case of loss or damage through force majeure (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. The country responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage must decide, in accordance with its internal legislation, whether this loss, abstraction, or damage is due to circumstances constituting a case of force majeure.
(c)Destruction of official documents. When, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise, they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure. 53 Stat. 1899
(d)When the damage has beenDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. caused by the fault or negligence of the sender, or of the addressee, or the representative of either; or when it arises from the nature of the article.
(e)For parcels which containProhibited articles. prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of anDeclared above real value. insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin.
(g)For parcels seized by theSeized because of false declaration. Customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)When no inquiry or applicationUnclaimed within a year. for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)For parcels which containMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. matter of no intrinsic value, or perishable matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article IX. *Termination of responsibility*. Administrations cease to beTermination of responsibility. responsible for parcels of which they have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for parcels of the same kind. Responsibility is, however,Reservations. maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender, makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel which has been abstracted or damaged. Article X. *Payment of compensation*. The obligation to pay compensationPayment of compensation. as well as the postage53 Stat. 1900 charges due to be refunded rests with the Administration to which the office of origin of the parcel is subordinate. However, in cases where the compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article VII, Section 2, second paragraph, the obligation rests with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article XI. *Period for payment of compensation*. 1. Period for payment of compensation. The payment of compensation must take place as soon as possible, and at the latest, within the period of one year counting from the day following that on which the claim is made. Deferred payment.However, the Administration responsible for making payment may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than one year if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Payment when delayed nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Administration, which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. Article XII. *Fixing of responsibility*. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any observations and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 53 Stat. 1901 2. When the loss, rifling, or damageLoss, etc., detected at receiving exchange office. of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If the loss, rifling, or damageLoss, etc., in transit. has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Administrations involved bear the loss in equal shares. 4. The Administration payingRights taken over by paying office. compensation takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender, or a third party. 5. If a parcel which has been regardedParcel regarded as lost and subsequently found. as lost is subsequently found, the person to whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. Article XIII. *Repayment of compensation*. 1. The Administration responsibleRepayment of compensation. for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account payment is made, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of 9 months after notification of payment. 2. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that country, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or53 Stat. 1902 in any other way to be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. Article XIV. *Certificate of mailing. Receipts*. Certificate of mailing.On request made at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, the sender will receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a special form provided for the purpose; and each country may collect a reasonable fee for this certificate. Receipt.At the time of posting an insured parcel, the sender receives without charge, a receipt for his parcel. Article XV. *Return receipts and inquiries*. 1. Advice of delivery. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charges, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions*Post*, p. 1910. laid down in the Regulations of Execution. 2. Inquiries. The country of origin has the right to charge a fee for any request for information relative to the disposal of an ordinary parcel or of an insured parcel made after it has been posted, if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. Complaints of irregularity. The country of origin also has the right to charge a fee for any complaint of irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article XVI. *Recall and change of address*. Recall and change of address.So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. For this service, the Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for re53 Stat. 1903 call or change of address must be sent to the Central Administration at Washington in case of parcels destined for the United States and to the office of destination in case of parcels destined for the Kingdom of Yugoslavia. Article XVII. *Customs charges*. The parcels are subject to allCustoms charges. customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. Article XVIII. *Customs charges to be canceled*. The customs charges on parcelsCancelation, if returned or redirected. sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be canceled both in the Kingdom of Yugoslavia and in the United States of America. Article XIX. *Fee for customs clearance*. The Administration of destinationFee for customs clearance. may collect from the addressee either in respect of delivery to the customs and clearance through the customs or in respect of delivery to the customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. Article XX. *Delivery to the addressee. Fee for delivery at the place of address*. Parcels are delivered to theDelivery to addressee. addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collectFee. for delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case53 Stat. 1904 arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article XXI. *Warehousing charges*. Warehousing charges.The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “Poste restante” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed 5 gold francs. Article XXII. *Missent parcels*. Ordinary parcels.Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration.Insured parcels. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may be reforwarded to their destination only as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Refund, if parcel returned.When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a bulletin of verification. Reforwarding to a third country.When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a bulletin of verification. 53 Stat. 1905 Article XXIII. *Reforwarding*. 1. A parcel may be redirectedRedirection. in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. The reforwarding of a parcelSupplementary charges. within one of the contracting countries gives rise to collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be canceled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or is reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be reforwardedNew fees. to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the senderReturn or reforwarding to another country. or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country.” In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling,Indemnity in case of loss, etc. or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article VII, Section 6. Article XXIV. *Non-delivery.* 1. Undeliverable parcels returnedCharges, etc. to the sender are liable to53 Stat. 1906 new postage charges as well as insurance fees, if necessary, and must be returned as parcels of the same class as that in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender, and are collected by the Administration which delivers the parcels to him. 2. Instructions in case of non-delivery. At the time of mailing, the sender must indicate by a note on the customs declaration and on the parcel itself, how his parcel is to be disposed of in case of non-delivery. To this end, he may request that his parcel be:
(a)returned to sender;
(b)considered as abandoned;
(c)delivered to another person in the country of destination. No note other than those provided above, or note of similar import, is permitted, except as provided in Article XXIII, Section 3. 3. Undeliverable parcels. Barring contrary instructions undeliverable parcels are returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be clearly indicated on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, may be sold immediately, even en route, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the profit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is imposible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Abandoned parcels. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sola for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made53 Stat. 1907 up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 6. The provisions of ArticleProvisions applicable. XXV, Section 2, shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Article XXV. *Charges*. 1. For each parcel (ordinary orCredits. insured) exchanged between the two contracting countries, the dispatching Administration credits to the Administration of destination in the parcel bills, the quotas due to the latter and indicated in the Regulations of Execution.*Post*, p. 1010. 2. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding or return to origin. return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching office recovers from the other office, the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)the charges for reforwarding or return. In case of reforwarding or returnReforwarding or return to a third country. to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in
(a)and
(b)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel; but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or the sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returnedReturned or reforwarded In transit. or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other the intermediary Administration may claim also53 Stat. 1908 the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXVI. *Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected*. Postal charges; restriction.The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXVII. *Air parcels*. Surtax, etc.The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. Article XXVIII. *Temporary suspension of services*. Temporary suspension of services.When there are special reasons for doing so, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, in whole or in part, or restrict it to certain offices, on condition that the other Administration be informed of this measure in advance, by telegraph if necessary. Article XXIX. *Matters not provided for in the present Agreement*. 1. Application of Universal Postal Union Convention, etc. All questions concerning requests for recall or change of adress of parcels, the obtaining and disposition of return receipts, and the settlement of claims for indemnity for insured parcels, which are not provided for in this Agreement, shall be subject to the provisions[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). of the Universal Postal Union Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable and are not53 Stat. 1909 contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not providedFurther provisions. for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of Yugoslavia, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. The details relative to theDetails to be fixed by mutual consent. application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by mutual consent by way of correspondence. 3. The two Administrations notifyMutual notification of applicable laws, etc. each other mutually of their laws, ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXX. *Duration of the Agreement*. 1. This Agreement will becomeEffective date. effective on the date of ratification and pending ratification, the operations contemplated thereunder will commence on a date fixed by mutual consent of the Administrations of the two countries. 2. It will remain in force untilDuration. one of the two contracting Administrations has notified the other, six months in advance, of its intention to abrogate it. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the 20th day of June 1938 and at Beograd, the 16th day of April 1938 [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and the Kingdom of Yugoslavia for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *June 24, 1938*. 53 Stat. 1910 REGLEMENT D’EXECUTION DE L’ARRANGEMENT CONCERNANT L’ÉCHANGE DES COLIS POSTAUX CONCLU ENTRE LE ROYAUME DE YOUGOSLAVIE ET LES ETATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE. Detailed Regulations.Le Règlement détaillé suivant pour l’exécution de cet Arrangement a été arrêté par les Chefs des Administrations Postales des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et du Royaume de Yougoslavie: Article 1. *Limites de poids et de dimensions*. 1. Limits of weight and size. Les colis échangés sous les dispositions de cet Arrangement ne peuvent excéder le poids de 20 kilogrammes (44 livres) ni la longueur de 1 m. 25 (4 pieds) en tous sens ni avoir un volume supérieur à 55 décimètres cubes (2 pieds cubes). Les limites de poids et de dimensions indiquées ci-dessus peuvent être changées de temps en temps d’un commun accord par correspondance. 2. En ce qui concerne le calcul exact du poids, du volume et des dimensions, les indications fournies par le bureau expéditeur seront acceptées, sauf dans le cas d’erreur évidente. Article 2. *Conditionnement des colis*. 1. Preparation of parcels. Le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur ainsi que celle du destinataire doit être écrite lisiblement et correctement en caractères latins sur le colis même dans tous les cas où c’est possible, ou sur une étiquette attachée solidement au colis. Il est recommandé d’insérer dans tous les colis une copie de l’adresse notamment lorsqu’il s’agit de colis munis simplement d’une étiquette en raison de leur forme ou de leurs dimensions. 53 Stat. 1911 Les colis dont les expéditeurs ou les destinataires sont désignés par des initiales ne sont acceptés que lorsque les initiales représentent la raison sociale adoptée par l’expéditeur ou par le destinataire. Les adresses au crayon ne sont pas admises; toutefois, sont acceptés les colis dont J’adresse est écrite au crayon indélébile sur une surface préalablement humectée. 2. Tout colis doit être emballé de manière à préserver le contenu pendant toute la durée du transport, et d’éviter que le contenu puisse détériorer les autres colis ou objets ou blesser les agents des postes. L’emballage doit protéger suffisamment le contenu du colis pour qu’en cas de spoliation, les traces puissent en être aisément découvertes. Les colis assurés doivent obligatoirement être fermés et scellés au moyen de cachets à la cire, de plombs ou autrement. Le cachetage (ou le plombage) des colis ordinaires est facultatif ou un ficelage soigneux suffit comme moyen de fermeture. L’une ou l’autre des Administrations peut exiger qu’une empreinte ou marque spéciale uniforme de l’expéditeur figure sur les cachets ou les plombs comme mesure de sécurité. L’Administration des douanes a le droit d’ouvrir les colis. A çet effet, elle peut rompre les cachets ou toute autre fermeture du colis. Dans le cas, ces colis doivent être refermés, et, si c’est nécessaire, recachetés à l’aide de cachets officiels, sauf dans le cas des colis ordinaires qui ne sont pas scellés par l’expéditeur pour la première fois. 3. Chaque colis assuré doit être revêtu sur l’adresse du colis du numéro d’assurance du colis et porter la mention “Insured” ou “Valeur déclarée” en écriture manuscrite, ou appliquée au moyen d’un timbre ou d’une étiquette à côté de l’adresse du colis. 4. Pour les colis assurés, la déclaration de la valeur doit être exprimée dans la monnaie du pays d’origine sur le colis en caractères53 Stat. 1912 latins, en toutes lettres et en chiffres arabes. Le montant de la déclaration de valeur doit être converti en francs-or et le résultat de la conversion doit etre indiqué par de nouveaux chiffres placés à côté ou au-dessous de ceux qui représentent le montant de la déclaration dans la monnaie du pays d’origine. En outre, le poids exact de chaque colis doit être inscrit par l’Administration d’origine sur 1’ adresse du colis et sur la déclaration en douane à la place à ce reservée. 5. Les étiquettes et les timbresposte apposés sur les colis assurés doivent être espacés de façon a ne fas pouvoir cacher des lesions de emballage; ils ne peuvent pas, non plus, être replies sur les deux faces de remballage de manière à couvrir la bordure. 6. Les liquides et les corps liquéfiables doivent être emballés ans un double récipient. Entre le première (bouteille, flacon, boîte, etc.) et le second (boîte en métal, en bois résistant, en carton ondule solide ou en fibre de bois solide, ou tout autre récipient de résistance équivalente) il doit être ménagé un espace rempli de sciure de bois, de son ou de toute autre matière absorbante, en quantité suffisante pour absorber tout le liquide, si le récipient vient à être bnsé. 7. Les poudres et les teintures en poudre doivent être contenues dans des boîtes en fer-blanc résistant ou en autre métal, hermétiquement fermées et scellées, placées à leur tour dans un deuxième étui extérieur solide de manière à éviter tout dommage aux autres objets. Article 3. *Déclarations en douane*. 1. Customs declarations. L’expéditeur établira une déclaration en douane pour chaque colis déposé dans l’un ou l’autre pays sur une formule spéciale prévue pour cet effet par le pays d’origine. 53 Stat. 1913 Les déclarations en douane doivent donner la description générale du colis, l’indication exacte et détaillée du contenu et de sa valeur, la date de dépôt, le poids brut du colis et le poids net du contenu, et jorter la signature et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, ainsi que le nom et l’adresse du destinataire, et elles doivent être attachées solidement aux colis. Toutefois, par dérogation à ce qui précède, une seule déclaration en douane afférente aux colis expédiés de Yougoslavie aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou des Etats-Unis d’Amérique en Yougoslavie peut servir pour une seul envoi de colis ordinaire (non-assuré) envoyés par le même expéditeur au même destinataire au même moment. Ces déclarations en douane indiqueront, outre les détails prévus au paragraphe qui précède, le nombre total des colis que comprend l’envoi, et elles seront attachées solidement à un des colis. Les colis formant le même envoi porteront, de manière évidente, un numéro fractionnaire dont le numérateur doit indiquer en chiffres arabes, le numéro du colis et dont le dénominateur doit indiquer le montant des colis comprenant la consignation; par exemple, si un envoi comprend 15 colis, chaque colis doit être numéroté, respectivement, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. Les Administrations n’acceptent au cime responsabilité pour l’exactitude des indications portées sur les déclarations en douane. Article 4. *Avis de réception*. 1. Lorsqu’il est demande un avisReturn receipts. de réception, l’expéditeur ou le bureau d’origine portent sur le colis, la mention “Avis de réception”, “Return receipt requested” ou “A. R.”. Le bureau d’origine ou tout autre bureau désigné par l’Administration expéditrice, établit un avis de réception et le fixe au colis. Si l’avis ne parvient pas au53 Stat. 1914 bureau de destination, celui-ci établit d’office un nouvel avis de réception. 2. Le bureau de destination, après avoir complété la formule en question, la renvoie, à découvert et en franchise, à l’adresse de l’expéditeur du colis. 3. Lorsque l’expéditeur demande un avis de réception postérièurement au dépôt du colis, le bureau d’origine remplie régulièrement une formule d’avis de réception, tout en y attachant une formule de réclamation pourvue des détails relatifs à l’expédition du colis, et la transmet au bureau de destination du colis. En cas de remise régulière du colis, le bureau de destination retire la formule de réclamation, et l’avis de réception est traité de la manière prescrite au paragraphe précédent. Article 5. *Récipients*. 1. Receptacles. Les Administrations postales des deux pays contractants fournissent les sacs nécessaires à l’expédition de leur colis et chaque sac doit être marqué de façon à indiquer le nom du bureau ou du pays auquel il appartient. 2. Les sacs doivent être renvoyés vides au bureau expéditeur par le plus prochain courrier. Les sacs vides seront réunis par paquets de dix (neuf sacs renfermés ans un dixième sac). Le nombre total de ces sacs sera porte sur les feuilles de route respectives. 3. Au cas où dix pour cent du nombre total des sacs utilisés pendant une année n’a pas été renvoyé, la valeur des sacs manquants doit être remboursée à l’Administration d’origine. Article 6. *Mode d’échange des colis*. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. Les colis seront échangés, dans des sacs dûment fermés et cachetés, par les bureaux désignés à la suite d’un accord entre les Administrations, et seront expédiés sur le pays de destination, par le53 Stat. 1915 pays d’origine, à ses frais et par les moyens dont il dispose. 2. Les colis assurés sont insérés dans des sacs distincts de ceux qui contiennent les colis ordinaires; les étiquettes des sacs contenant des colis assurés sont marquées d’un signe distinctif dont les Administrations pourront de temps en temps convenir eventuellement. Article 7. *Inscription des colis sur les feuilles de route*. 1. Les colis avec valeur déclaréeEntry of parcels on the parcel bills. et les colis ordinaires sont inscrits sur des feuilles de route distinctes. Les feuilles de route sont établies en double expédition. L’original est envoyé dans les dépêches régulières et le duplicata est inséré dans l’un des sacs. Le sac contenant la feuille de route est désigné pour la lettre “F” tracée d’une manière apparente sur l’étiquette. 2. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche envoyée aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par le seul mention du nombre total des colis et de leur poids net total. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination de la Yougoslavie sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route pour démontrer le nombre total des colis ne dépassant pas 1 kilogramme, des colis au delà de 1 kilogramme jusqu’à 5 kilogrammes, au delà de 5 jusqu’à 10 kilogrammes, au delà de 10 jusqu’à 15 Kilogrammes et au delà de 15 jusqu’à 20 kilogrammes. 3. Les colis assurés sont inscrits individuellement sur les feuilles de route de façon à comprendre le numéro d’assurance du colis ainsi que le nom du bureau d’origine. Pour les colis envoyés aux Etats-Unis, le poids net total de tous les colis doit être aussi indiqué. Four les colis envoyés en Yougoslavie le poids de chaque colis doit être inscrit individuellement dans la feuille de route. 53 Stat. 1916 4. Les colis envoyés à découvert doivent être inscrits séparément sur les feuilles de route. 5. Les colis en retour ou réexpédiés doivent être inscrits individuellement sur les feuilles de route et l’inscription est suivie de la mention “en retour” ou “réexpédié”, selon le cas. Il y a lieu d’indiquer éventuellement, dans la colonne “Observations”, les frais pouvant grever ces colis. 6. Le nombre total des sacs dont se compose chaque envoi doit être indiqué aussi sur les feuilles de route. 7. Chaque bureau d’échange expéditeur doit numéroter les feuilles de route au coin supérieur gauche, en commençant tous les ans une nouvelle serie pour chacun des bureaux d’échange destinataires. Le dernier numéro de. l’année précédente doit être indiqué sur la feuille de route de la première dépêche de l’année suivante. 8. Le mode exact d’inscription des colis ou des récipients qui les contiennent, envoyés en transit, Far l’une des Administrations à autre ainsi que tous les détails des opérations à effectuer au sujet du mode d’inscription de ces colis ou de ces dépêches, et pour lesquels il n’est rien prévu ci-dessus, seront réglés d’un commun accord et par correspondance, par les deux Administrations. Article 8. *Vérification par les Bureaux déchange*. 1. Verification by the exchange offices. A la réception d’un envoi, le bureau d’échange destinataire procède à la vérification des colis et des divers documents qui les accompagnent. Si l’un des colis est manque ou s’il est constaté des erreurs ou des omissions sur la feuille de route, il opère immédiatement les rectifications nécessaires en ayant soin de biffer les indications erronées, de manière à laisser reconnaître les inscriptions primitives. Ces rectifications s’effectuent avec le concours de deux53 Stat. 1917 agents, A moins d’une erreur évidente, elles prévalent sur la déclaration originale. Un bulletin de vérification est, en outre, dressé par le bureau destinataire et envoyé sans délai, en double expédition, au bureau d’échange expéditeur. S’il, est constaté une erreur ou une irrégularité à la réception d’une dépêche, toutes les pièces pouvant servir de preuves à l’appui en vue de recherches ultérieures ou de l’examen de demandes d’indemnité doivent être conservées. 2. Le bureau d’échange expéditeur auxquels sont adressés les bulletins de vérification les renvoient le plus promptement possible après les avoir examinés et y avoir mentionné leurs observations, s’il y a lieu. Ces bulletins sont ensuite annexés aux feuilles de route qu’ils concernent. Les corrections faites sur une feuille de route et non appuyées des pièces justificatives sont considérées comme milles. 3. Si c’est nécessaire, le bureau d’échange expéditeur peut également être avisé par télégramme, aux frais de l’Office qui envoie ce télégramme. 4. En cas de manquant d’une feuille de route, il en est établi un duplicata dont une copie est envoyée au bureau d’échange expéditeur de l’envoi. 5. Le bureau d’échange qui reçoit d’un bureau correspondant un colis insuffisamment emballé ou avarié doit y donner cours après l’avoir emballé de nouveau, s’il y a lieu, en conservant autant que possible l’emballage primitif. Si l’avarie est telle que le contenu de l’envoi a pu être soustrait, le bureau doit procéder d’abord à l’ouverture d’office du colis et à la vérification de son contenu. Dans les deux cas, le poids du colis doit être constaté avant et après le nouvel emballage et indiqué sur l’enveloppe même du colis. Cette indication est suivie de la mention “Remballé à . . . ”53 Stat. 1918 et de la signature des agents ayant effectué le remballage. Article 9. *Bonifications*. 1. Charges. Pour chaque colis (ordinaire ou assuré) échangé entre les deux pays contractants, l’Administration expéditrice bonifie un droit terminal sur les bases indiquées ci-après:
(a)Pour les colis provenant de la Yougoslavie à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme calculé sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche.
(b)Pour les colis provenant des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à destination de la Yougoslavie la taxe terminale par colis: Jusqu’à 1 kilogramme 0. 85 franc-or. Au delà de 1 kilogramme jusqu’à 5 kilogrammes 1. 25 franc-or. Au delà de 5 kilogrammes jusqu’à 10 kilogrammes 2. 25 francs-or. Au delà de 10 kilogrammes jusqu’à 15 kilogrammes 3. 25 francs-or. Au delà de 15 kilogrammes jusqu’à 20 kilogrammes 4. 25 francs-or.
(c)Pour les colis assurés, un droit d’assurance additionnel de dix centimes-or par colis. 2. Dans le cas de colis provenant de la Yougoslavie et expédiés aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique pour être transmis à l’une de ses possessions ou, en dépêches closes, à un tiers pays, l’Administration de la Yougoslavie bonifiera à l’Administration des Etats-Unis comme droit de transit, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit a lieu par mer seulement; 1.15 franc-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit a fieu par terre seulement et 1.50 franc-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit s’effectue par mer et par terre, basé sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche. De même, pour les colis destinés aux possessions des Etats-Unis, 1’Administration de la Yougoslavie bonifiera à 1’Administration des53 Stat. 1919 Etats-Unis les droits terminaux indiqués ci-après basés sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche: Pour les colis destinés à l’Alaska, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme. Pour les colis destinés à Porto Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam, Samoa et Hawaï, 35 centimes-or par kilogramme. 3. Les droits terminaux et de transit spécifiés ci-dessus peuvent être réduits ou majorés, sur préavis de 3 mois donné par un pays à l’autre. La réduction ou la majoration restera en vigueur pendant une durée d’un an au moins. Article 10. *Règlement des comptes*. 1. A la fin de chaque trimestre,Accounting. chaque Administration établit un compte sur la base des feuilles de route. 2. Ces comptes, accompagnés des feuilles de route et, le cas échéant, de copies des bulletins de vérification s’y rapportant, doivent être soumis à l’examen de l’Administration correspondante dans le courant du mois qui suit le trimestre auquel ils se rapportent. 3. La récapitulation, l’envoi, l’examen et l’acceptation de ces comptes ne doivent pas être retardés et le règlement du solde aura lieu, au plus tard, à l’expiration du trimestre suivant. 4. Le solde résultant de la balance des comptes entre les deux Administrations est payé par traité à vue, tirée sur New York ou par un autre moyen convenu réciproquement par voie de correspondance. Les frais de paiement sont à la charge de l’Administration débitrice. Article 11. *Notifications diverses.* Les Administrations se communiquerontMiscellaneous notifications. réciproquement un résumé de leurs lois ou règlement applicables aux colis échangés entre les deux pays contractants et des autres détails nécessaires pour l’exécution de l’échange des colis. 53 Stat. 1920 Effective date and duration.Le présent Règlement sera exécutoire à partir du jour de la mise en vigueur de l’Arrangement concernant les colis postaux et il aura la même durée que cet Arrangement. Signatures.Fait en double expédition et signé à Washington, le 20me jour de juin 1938 et à Béograd le 16th jour d’avril 1938. Vojko Čvrkić *Le Ministre des Postes, Télégraphes et Téléphones du Royaume de Yougoslavie*. 53 Stat. 1910 REGULATIONS OF EXECUTION FOR THE AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST CONCLUDED BETWEEN THE KINGDOM OF YUGOSLAVIA AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Detailed Regulations.The following Detailed Regulations for the execution of this Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and of the Kingdom of Yugoslavia: Article 1. *Limits of weight and size*. 1. Limits of weight and size. Parcels exchange under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 44 pound (20 kilograms) in weight nor 4 feet (1.25 meters) in length nor have a volume greater than 2 cubic feet (55 cubic decimeters). The limits of weight and size stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 2. In regard to the exact calculation of the weight, volume, and dimensions, the indications furnished by the dispatching office will be accepted save in the case of obvious error. Article 2. *Preparation of parcels*. 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be written, legibly and correctly in roman letters on the parcel itself, if possible, or on a label securely affixed to the parcel. It is recommended that a copy of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. 53 Stat. 1911 Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated by initials are admitted only when the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not admitted; however, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way that the contents may not damage other parcels or objects or injure postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Insured parcels must be closed and sealed by means of wax, lead, or other seals. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a means of closing. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To this end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. In such case, these parcels must be refastened and also officially resealed, except in the case of ordinary parcels which were not sealed by the sender in the first instance. 3. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and must be marked, stamped, or labeled “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”. 4. In case of insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in currency of the country of origin in roman53 Stat. 1912 letters spelled out in full and in arabic figures. The amount of the insured value must be converted into gold francs and the result of the conversion is to be shown by new figures placed beside or below those representing the amount of insured value in the currency of the country of origin. In addition, the exact weight of each parcel must be written by the Administration of origin on the address side of the parcel and on the customs declaration in the place reserved for this purpose. 5. The labels and postage stamps placed on the insured parcels must be so spaced that they cannot conceal injuries to the packing. Neither may they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 6. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, or strong corrugated cardboard or fibreboard, or receptacle of equal strength) there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran, or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case the receptacle is broken. 7. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, hermetically closed and sealed and placed in turn in a second substantial outer cover in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 3. *Customs declarations*. 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel mailed in either country on a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. 53 Stat. 1913 The customs declarations must give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, gross and net weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, only one customs declaration for parcels sent from Yugoslavia to the United States of America, or from the United States to Yugoslavia, may serve for a single, consignment of any number of uninsured parcels sent by the same sender to the same addressee at the same time. In this case, the customs declarations shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in arabic figures, the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered respectively 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the information on the customs declarations. Article 4. *Return receipts*. 1. When a return receipt is requested,Return receipts. the sender or the office of origin places on the parcel the words or letters, “Avis de réception”, “Return receipt requested”, or “A. R.”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form53 Stat. 1914 does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having completed the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing section. Article 5. *Receptacles*. 1. Receptacles. The postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten percent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6. *Method of exchange of parcels*. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. The parcels shall be exchanged in sacks duly fastened and sealed by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of desti53 Stat. 1915 nation by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7. *Entry of parcels on the parcel bills*. 1. Insured and ordinary parcelsEntry of parcels on the parcel bills. are entered on separate parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America are entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Yugoslavia are entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels not exceeding 1 kilogram, parcels over 1 kilogram to 5, over 5 to 10 kilograms, over 10 to 15 and over 15 to the weight of 20 kilograms. 3. Insured parcels are entered individually in the parcel bills. The entry for each parcel comprises the insurance number of the parcel as well as the name of the office of origin. For parcels sent to the United States, the total net weight of all the parcels must also be shown. For parcels sent to Yugoslavia, the weight of each parcel must be entered individually in the parcel bills. 53 Stat. 1916 4. Parcels sent in open mail must be entered separately in the parcel bills. 5. Returned or reforwarded parcels must be entered individually in the parcel bills, and the entry is followed by the word “Returned” or “Reforwarded” as the case may be. Also, any charges due on these parcels should be indicated in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office must number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand comer, beginning every year a new series for each exchange office of destination. The last number of the preceding year must be indicated on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 8. The exact method of entering parcels or the receptacles containing them sent in transit by one Administration to the other, as well as all details of procedure in connection with the method of entering such parcels or such dispatches, for which no provision is made above, will be decided upon by mutual consent through correspondence by the two Administrations. Article 8. *Verification by the exchange offices*. 1. Verification by the exchange offices. On receipt of a parcel mail, the office of exchange of destination proceeds to check the parcels and the various documents which accompany them. If a parcel is missing or if the exchange office detects errors or omissions on the parcel bill, it immediately makes the necessary correction, taking care to strike out the incorrect entries in such a way as to leave the original entries legible. These corrections are made by two officers. Except in case of obvious error,53 Stat. 1917 they are accepted in preference to the original statement. A bulletin of verification is in addition prepared by the office of destination and sent without delay, in duplicate, to the dispatching exchange office. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Repacked at . . .”,53 Stat. 1918 and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 9. *Charges*. 1. Charges. For each parcel (ordinary or insured) exchanged between the two contracting countries, the dispatching Administration shall pay a terminal credit as follows:
(a)For parcels originating in Yugoslavia, addressed to the United States of America, 70 gold centimes per kilogram, computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch.
(b)For parcels originating in the United States of America, addressed to Yugoslavia, terminal charges for each parcel: Up to 1 kilogram 0. 85 gold franc. Over 1 up to 5 kilograms 1. 25 gold franc. Over 5 up to 10 kilograms 2. 25 gold francs. Over 10 up to 15 kilograms 3. 25 gold francs. Over 15 up to 20 kilograms 4. 25 gold francs.
(c)For insured parcels, an additional insurance credit of 10 gold centimes per parcel. 2. In the case of parcels originating in Yugoslavia which are sent to the United States of America for onward dispatch to a possession of the latter country, or m closed mails to a third country, the Administration of Yugoslavia shall pay to the Administration of the United States as a transit credit, 70 gold centimes per kilogram when only sea transit is provided; 1.15 gold franc per kilogram when only land transit is provided, and 1.50 gold franc per kilogram when both land and sea transit are provided, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. Also, in the case of parcels for the possessions of the United States of America, the Administration of Yugoslavia shall pay to53 Stat. 1919 the Administration of the United States the following terminal credits, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: For parcels for Alaska, 70 centimes gold per kilogram. For parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii 35 centimes gold per kilogram. 3. The terminal charges and transit rates specified above may be reduced or increased on 3 months previous notice given by one country to the other. These reductions or increases shall hold good for at least one year. Article 10. *Accounting*. 1. At the end of each quarter,Accounting. each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted for the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination, and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed and payment of the balance shall take place at the latest at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is Said by a sight draft drawn on lew York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 11. *Miscellaneous notifications*. The Administrations shall communicateMiscellaneous notifications. to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. 53 Stat. 1920 Effective date and duration.These regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Signatures.Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 20th day of June 1938 and at Béograd, the 16th day of April 1938. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Approval by the President.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Yugoslavia have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* Washington, *June 24, 1938*. June 30, 1938 Protocol 53 Stat. 1921 53 Stat. 1921 MULTILATERAL—NAVAL ARMAMENT—JUNE 30, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Protocol between the United States of America, the French Republic, andJune 30, 1938[E. A. S. No. 127] the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland modifying the treaty of March 25, 1936 for the limitation of naval armament. Signed at London June 30, 1938; effective June 30, 1938.* PROTOCOL. Whereas by Article 4
(1)of the Treaty for the Limitation ofCapital ships, displacement.[50 Stat. 1371](/us/stat/50/1371). Naval Armaments signed in London on the 25th March, 1936, it is provided that no capital ship shall exceed 35,000 tons (35,560 metric tons) standard displacement; And whereas by reason of Article 4
(2)of the said treaty the maximumGun calibre.[50 Stat. 1371](/us/stat/50/1371). calibre of gun carried by capital ships is 16 inches (406 mm.); And whereas on the 31st March, 1938, the Government of theNotice served of departure from treaty limitations. United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland gave notice under paragraph
(2)of Article 25 of the said Treaty of their decision to exercise the[50 Stat. 1387](/us/stat/50/1387). right provided for in paragraph
(1)of the said Article to depart from the limitations and restrictions of the treaty in regard to the upper limits of capital ships of sub-category (*a*); And whereas consultations have taken place as provided in paragraphConsultations held.
(3)of Article 25, with a view to reaching agreement in order to reduce to a minimum the extent of the departures from the limitations and restrictions of the treaty; The undersigned, duly authorised by their respective Governments,Agreement. have agreed as follows:— 1. As from this day’s date the figure of 35,000 tons (35,560 metricFigures replaced. tons) in Article 4
(1)of the said treaty shall be replaced by the figure of 45,000 tons (45,720 metric tons). 2. The figure of 16 inches (406 mm.) in Article 4
(2)remains unaltered. 3. The present protocol, of which the French and English texts shall both be equally authentic, shall come into force on this day’s date. In faith whereof the undersigned have signed the present protocol.Signatures. Done in London the 30th day of June, 1938. For the Government of the United States of America: Herschel V. Johnson. For the Government of the French Republic: Roger Gambon. For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland: Alexander Cadogan. 53 Stat. 1922 PROTOCOLE. Considérant que l’article 4
(1)du Traité pour la Limitation des Armements navals signé à Londres le 25 mars 1936 a stipulé qu’aucun navire de ligne ne doit avoir un déplacement-type supérieur à 35,000 tonnes (35,560 tonnes métriques); Considérant que, en raison de l’article 4
(2)dudit traité le maximum du calibre de l’artillerie portée par les navires de ligne est de 16 pouces (406 m/m); Considérant que, à la date du 31 mars 1938, le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique et le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord ont notifié, conformément au paragraphe
(2)de l’article 25 dudit traité, leur décision d’exercer le droit stipulé au paragraphe
(1)dudit article de déroger aux limitations et restrictions du traité relatives aux limites supérieures des navires de ligne de la sous-catégorie (*a*); Considérant que des consultations ont eu lieu, conformément au paragraphe
(3)de l’article 25, en vue de réaliser un accord pour réduire au minimum la portée des dérogations aux limitations et restrictions du traité; Les soussignés, dûment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, sont convenus de ce qui suit: 1. A dater de ce jour, le chiffre de 35,000 tonnes (35,560 tonnes métriques) de l’article 4
(1)du traité sera remplacé par le chiffre de 45,000 tonnes (45,720 tonnes métriques). 2. Le chiffre de 16 pouces (406 m/m) de l’article 4
(2)est maintenu sans changement. 3. Le présent protocole, dont les textes français et anglais feront également foi, entrera en vigueur à la date de ce jour. En foi de quoi, les soussignés ont signé le présent protocole. Fait à Londres le 30 juin 1938. Pour le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique: Herschel V. Johnson. Pour le Gouvernement de la République française: Roger Cambon. Pour le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord: Alexander Cadogan. July 1, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1923 53 Stat. 1923 HAITI—FINANCES—JULY 1, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Supplementary agreement between the United States of America andJuly 1, 1938[E. A. S. No. 128]Haiti further modifying the agreement of August 7, 1933. Signed July 1, 1938.* SUPPLEMENTARY EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND THE REPUBLIC OF HAITI. The undersigned plenipotentiaries,Supplementary Executive Agreement with Haiti. duly authorized by their respective Governments, have agreed upon the following Supplementary Executive Agreement: Article I On and after October 1, 1938Deposit ot receipts. and until and including September 30, 1939, all moneys received by or for the Haitian Government shall be deposited in the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti to the credit of the Haitian Government with the exception of the five per centum of customs revenues foreseen in Article IX of the Accord of August 7, 1933, and[48 Stat. 1780](/us/stat/48/1780). the amounts needed for payments connected with execution of the Loan Contracts which payments during the period mentioned shall consist of the amounts necessary to pay the interest on all outstanding bonds issued under the Loan Contracts of October 6, 1922 and May 26, 1925 and $. 20.000 on account of the amounts required to be paid under such Loan Contracts for the amortization of the bonds which amounts shall be credited to the Fiscal Representative. 53 Stat. 1924 Article II The provisions of the first [48 Stat. 1781, 1783](/us/stat/48/1781/1783).sentence of Article XI and the first and last sentences of Article XVI of the Accord of August 7, 1933, to the extent and only to the extent that they may be inconsistent with the provisions of Article I of this accord, shall be suspended so long as this Supplementary Executive Agreement remains in effect. Signatures.Signed at Port-au-Prince, in duplicata, in the English and French languages, this 1st day of July nineteen hundred and thirty-eight. Ferdinand Lathrop Mayer [seal] ACCORD EXECUTIF ADDITIONNEL ENTRE LES ETATS UNIS D’AMERIQUE & LA REPUBLIQUE D’HAITI. Les Plénipotentiaires,soussignés,Supplementary Executive Agreement with Haiti. dáment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectáis, sont convenus de l’Accord Exécutif Additionnel suivant: Article I A partir du 1er. Octobre 1938Deposit ot receipts. et jusqu’au 30 Septembre 1939 inclusivement, tous les fonds recouvrés par ou pour le Gouvernement Haitien seront déposés, au crédit du Gouvernement Haitien, à la Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti, à l’exception des semines suivantes qui seront déposées au crédit du Représentant Fiscal: 1ₒ. les 5% des recettes[48 Stat. 1780](/us/stat/48/1780). douanières prévus à l’Article IX de l’Accord du 7 Août 1933, et 2ₒ. les fonds exigibles pour les paiements afférents au Service des contrats d’emprunt, lesquels paiements, durant la période susmentionnèe, consisteront a) en les valeurs nécessaires pour payer les intérêts sur tous les titres en circulation, émis d’aprés les contrats d’emprunt du 6 Octobre 1922 et du 26 Mai 1925, et b) en une somme de S. 20.000 à valoir sur les valeurs exigibles, d’après les susdits contrats d’emprunt, pour l’amortissement des titres. 53 Stat. 1924 Article II Les effets des dispositions de [48 Stat. 1781, 1783](/us/stat/48/1781/1783).la première phrase de l’article XI et de la première et de la demière phrases de l’article XVI de l’Accord du 7 Août 1933 seront, en tant seulement qu’ils sont contraires aux dispositions de l’article premier du présent Accord, suspendus, tant que cet Accord Exécutif Additionnel restera en vigueur. Signatures.Fait de bonne foi, en double, en anglais et en français à Port-au-Prince, le 1er. Juillet mil neuf cent trente huit. Georges N. Léger [seal] July 28, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1925 53 Stat. 1925 CANADA—AIR NAVIGATION—JULY 28, 1933 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Arrangement between the United States of America and Canada respectingJuly 28, 1938[E. A. S. No. 129]air navigation. Effected by exchange of notes signed July 28, 1938; effective August 1, 1938.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian ’Minister (Marler) Department of State *Washington, July 28, 1938* Sir: I have the honor to refer to negotiations which have recently takenReciprocal air navigation arrangement with Canada. place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Canada for the conclusion of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: arrangement between the united states of america and canada relating to air navigation. Article I
(a)The present arrangement between the United States of AmericaOperation provisions. and Canada relates to the operation in either country of civil aircraft duly registered in territory of the other country in accordance with its requirements as to registration.
(b)The term “civil aircraft” shall for the purposes of this arrangement“Civil aircraft” defined. be understood to mean all aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft. Article II The present arrangement shall apply to continental United StatesApplication. of America, including Alaska, and to Canada, including their territorial waters. Article III
(a)Each of the Parties to the present arrangement shall grant,Liberty of passage. in time of peace, liberty of passage above its territory to aircraft of the other Party duly registered in the territory of such other Party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed.
(b)It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operationRegular air routes, consent required. by an enterprise of one of the Parties of a regular air route or service to, over or away from the territory of the other Party, with or without a stop, shall be subject to the consent of such other Party.
(c)Any air transport enterprise of either Party applying for permissionApplications for operation, submittal through diplomatic Channels. to operate such a route or service shall be required to submit its application through diplomatic channels. 53 Stat. 1926 Article IV
(a)Jurisdiction over aircraft, passengers, etc. The aircraft of each of the Parties, passengers and goods carried thereon and personnel employed on the aircraft, shall while within or over the territory of the other Party, be subject to the laws in force in that territory, including all regulations relating to air traffic applicable to foreign aircraft, the transport of passengers and goods, and public safety and order, as well as any regulations concerning entry and clearance, immigration, passports, quarantine and customs.
(b)Subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph and to the laws and regulations therein specified, the carriage of passengers and the import or export of any goods which may lawfully be imported or exported will be permitted in aircraft of either Party into or out of territory of the other Party; and (subject to the same proviso) such aircraft, passengers and goods carried thereon and personnel employed on the aircraft shall enjoy in the territory mentioned the same privileges as aircraft of such other Party and shall not, merely by reason of the nationality of the aircraft, be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which are or may be imposed on aircraft of the territory referred to or the aircraft of the most favored country, engaged in international commerce, or on their passengers, goods and personnel. Article V Exchange of regulations.The regulations (together with any subsequent alterations therein) relative to air traffic in force in territory of either Party shall be communicated to the other Party. Article VI Fuel and lubricants, exemption from customs duty.The fuel and lubricating oils retained on board aircraft of either Party arriving in or leaving territory of the other Party shall be exempt from customs duty, even though the fuel and lubricating oils so retained are used by the aircraft on a flight in that territory. Article VII Availability of aerodromes, services, etc.Aerodromes open to public air traffic in territory of either Party shall, so far as they are under its control, be open to aircraft of the other Party, which (subject to the same proviso) will also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological, radio, lighting and day and night signalling services at such aerodromes. Subject again to the same proviso, the scale of charges at such aerodromes for landing and accommodation shall be the same for aircraft of each of the Parties. Article VIII
(a)“Air commerce defined.” The term “air commerce” as used in the succeeding paragraph of this article means:—Navigation of aircraft in territory of either Party in the conduct or furtherance of a business; and the commercial transport of passengers or goods between any two points in the territory of either Party. 53 Stat. 1927
(b)Air commerce may, in the territory of either Party, be reservedReservations permitted. exclusively to its own aircraft. With the reservation of the stipulations contained in Article III concerning regular air routes or services for which special consent is necessary, the aircraft of either Party may, nevertheless, proceed from any aerodrome open to public air traffic in territory of the other Party to any other such aerodrome for the purpose of taking on board or landing the whole or part of their goods or passengers, provided that such goods are covered by through bills of lading and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey the starting place and end of which are not both points between which air commerce has been reserved; and such aircraft while so proceeding from one aerodrome to another shall, notwithstanding that both such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been reserved, be entitled to the treatment set out in this arrangement. Article IX
(a)Air traffic may be prohibited over specified areas in the territoriesRestricted areas. to which this arrangement applies, it being understood that no distinction in this matter will be made by either Party between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. Lists of the areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited in territory of either Party, as well as any subsequent alterations therein, will be communicated as soon as possible to the other Party.
(b)In exceptional circumstances air traffic above the whole or any part of the territories to which this arrangement, applies may temporarily, and with immediate effect, be limited or prohibited, but no distinction in this respect will be made by either Party between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any other foreign country.
(c)In the event of any aircraft finding itself over a prohibitedAircraft over prohibited areas. area it must, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rides of the Air in force in the territory in which the prohibited area is situated, and a landing must be effected as soon as practicable at an aerodrome in that territory, outside but as near as possible to the prohibited area. The obligation to land applies also in respect to flights over prohibited areas by aircraft to which the special signal intended to draw their attention shall have been given. Article X
(a)All aircraft of either Party flying in or over the territory ofNationality and registration marks. the other Party must carry dear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight.
(b)Such aircraft must also be provided with certificates of registrationCertificates of registration, etc. and airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered.
(c)The persons employed on such aircraft who perform dutiesEmployees, certificates of competency etc. for which a certificate of competency or license is required in the ter53 Stat. 1928 ritory in which the aircraft is registered, must carry such documents as are prescribed by the regulations in force in that territory.
(d)The other persons employed on board must carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality.
(e)Passenger lists, manifests, etc. Each of the Parties reserves the right to require lists of the passengers and persons employed on board as well as a manifest of the goods carried on the aircraft.
(f)Validity of certificates. The certificate of airworthiness, certificates of competency or licenses issued or rendered valid by the competent authorities of either country in respect of its aircraft or of the crew of such aircraft shall be recognized as having the same validity in the territory of the other country as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the competent authorities of such other country; provided that with respect to certificates of competency or licenses issued or rendered valid by either country in favor of nationals of the other country, such recognition may be refused by the latter country. Article XI
(a)Radio apparatus; license, regulations. Aircraft of either Party may, in or over the territory of the other Party, carry radio apparatus only if a license to install and work such apparatus, which license must be carried in the aircraft, has been issued by the competent authorities of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory flown over.
(b)Use by licensed operators. Such apparatus may be used only by the personnel employed on board who are provided with a special license for the purpose, issued by the competent authorities of the territory in which the aircraft is registered.
(c)Obligatory equipment. For reasons of safety each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with radio apparatus when in or over its territory. Article XII
(a)Transportation of explosives, etc. No explosives, arms of war or munitions of war may be carried by aircraft of either Party in or above the territory of the other Party, or by the personnel employed on board or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of that territory.
(b)Carriage of rockets, otc. However, the carriage of accessories necessary to the operation and navigation of the aircraft, such as rockets, flares, and similar devices is not prohibited.
(c)Photographic apparatus.Each of the Parties reserves the right to require that the carriage by aircraft of photographic apparatus be prohibited or regulated by the competent authorities of the territory flown over.
(d)Restrictions for reasons of public order and safety. Each of the Parties reserves the right, for reasons of public order and safety, to limit or prohibit the carriage in or above its territory of articles other than those enumerated in paragraph
(a)of 53 Stat. 1929this article, provided that no distinction is made in this respect between its national aircraft employed in international traffic and the aircraft of the other Party so employed. Article XIII The competent authorities of each of the Parties shall have theSearch and inspection. right to search aircraft of the other Party on landing or departure and to inspect the certificates and other documents prescribed in the preceding articles. Article XIV
(a)Aircraft of either Party entering or leaving territory of theFirst landing and departure upon entering or leaving territory of other Party. other Party shall make a first landing at and depart from only an aerodrome open to public air traffic and designated as an airport of entry where facilities exist for the enforcement of customs, passport, quarantine and immigration regulations and the entry and clearance of aircraft; and no intermediate landing other than a forced landing may be effected before arriving at such an airport on entry into the territory concerned or after leaving such an airport on departure from that territory. In special cases, and subject to the same provisions as to intermediate landing, the competent authorities may allow a first landing at or a departure from another aerodrome where the above-mentioned facilities have been arranged.
(b)Each of the Parties reserves the right to require that aircraft entering its territory shall make its first landing at the airport of entry nearest to the point where the aircraft has crossed the frontier, with the understanding, however, that in this event, permission may be granted for the aircraft to make its first landing at an airport of entry other than the one nearest to the frontier.
(c)In the event of a forced landing or of a landing as providedForced landing. in paragraph
(c)of Article IX, not at an airport of the class mentioned in the preceding paragraph, the personnel employed on board and passengers must conform to the entry and clearance, customs, passport, quarantine and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing occurs.
(d)Lists of aerodromes in territory of either Party which areExchange of lists of aerodromes. designated as airports of entry for the purposes of this article will be communicated as soon as possible to the other Party. Any subsequent alterations in these lists will also be communicated to such other Party. Article XV The competent authorities of either Party may require that onFlight restrictions. entering or leaving its territory the aircraft of the other Party shall do so between specified points. Any requirements of either Party in this respect and any subsequent alterations therein shall be communicated to the other Party. Subject to any such requirement and to the provisions of this arrangement, aircraft of each Party may choose their own route of entry or departure in entering or leaving territory of the other Party. 53 Stat. 1930 Article XVI Unloading, etc., in flight; restriction.No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged from aircraft of either Party in the course of flight in or over the territory of the other Party unless special permission to that effect is given by the competent authorities of the territory in which the unloading or discharge occurs. For the purposes of this article ballast means fine sand or water only. Article XVII
(a)Duration of arrangement. The present arrangement or any part thereof may be terminated by either Government at any time upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)Designated arrangements to be supplanted. On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective, the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated [47 Stat. 2575](/us/stat/47/2575).August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted with the exception of the provisions of the latter arrangement which set forth the conditions governing the issuance of pilots’ licenses and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise.11The present arrangement, signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, relating to air navigation and two other arrangements between the United States of America and Canada, both also signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, one relating to certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft (Executive Agreement Scries No. 130, post. p. 1937) and the other relating to certificates of airworthiness for export (Executive Agreement Series No. 131, post, p. 1911), supplant in its entirety the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes signed August 29 and October 22, 1929 (Executive Agreement Series No. 2, 47 Stat. 2575). Effective date.I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the terms of the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations are as above set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on August 1, 1938. If your Government concurs in this suggestion the Government of the United States will regard it as becoming effective on that date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. 53 Stat. 1931 The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 175. Canadian Legation *Washington, July 28th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note of JulyAgreement by Canada. 28th, 1938, in which you communicated to me the terms of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement between Canada and the United States of America, as understood by you to have been agreed to in negotiations, now terminated, between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America. The terms of this arrangement which you have communicated to me are as follows: arrangement between canada and the united states of america reeating to air navigation. Article I
(a)The present arrangement between the United States of America and Canada relates to the operation in either country of civil aircraft duly registered in territory of the other country in accordance with its requirements as to registration.
(b)The term “civil aircraft” shall for the purposes of this arrangement be understood to mean all aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft. Article II The present arrangement shall apply to continental United States of America, including Alaska, and to Canada, including their territorial waters. Article III
(a)Each of the Parties to the present arrangement shall grant, in time of peace, liberty of passage above its territory to aircraft of the other Party duly registered in the territory of such other Party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed.
(b)It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation by an enterprise of one of the Parties of a regular air route or service to, over or away from the territory of the other Party, with or without a stop, shall be subject to the consent of such other Party.
(c)Any air transport enterprise of either Party applying for permission to operate such a route or service shall be required to submit its application through diplomatic channels. Article IV
(a)The aircraft of each of the Parties, passengers and goods carried thereon and personnel employed on the aircraft, shall while within or over the territory of the other Party, be subject to the laws 53 Stat. 1932in force in that territory, including all regulations relating to air traffic applicable to foreign aircraft, the transport of passengers and goods, and public safety and order, as well as any regulations concerning entry and clearance, immigration, passports, quarantine and customs.
(b)Subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph and to the laws and regulations therein specified, the carriage of passengers and the import or export of any goods which may lawfully be imported or exported will be permitted in aircraft of either Party into or out of territory of the other Party; and (subject to the same proviso) such aircraft, passengers and goods carried thereon and personnel employed on the aircraft shall enjoy in the territory mentioned the same privileges as aircraft of such other Party and shall not, merely by reason of the nationality of the aircraft, be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which are or may be imposed on aircraft of the territory referred to or the aircraft of the most favoured country, engaged in international commerce, or on their passengers, goods and personnel. Article V The regulations (together with any subsequent alterations therein) relative to air traffic in force in territory of either Party shall be communicated to the other Party. Article VI The fuel and lubricating oils retained on board aircraft of either Party arriving in or leaving territory of the other Party shall be exempt from customs duty, even though the fuel and lubricating oils so retained are used by the aircraft on a flight in that territory. Article VII Aerodromes open to public air traffic in territory of either Party shall, so far as they are under its control, be open to aircraft of the other Party, which (subject to the same proviso) will also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological, radio, lighting and day and night signalling services at such aerodromes. Subject again to the same proviso, the scale of charges at such aerodromes for landing and accommodation shall be the same for aircraft of each of the Parties. Article VIII
(a)The term “air commerce” as used in the suceeding paragraph of this article means:—Navigation of aircraft in territory of either Party in the conduct or furtherance of a business; and the commercial transport of passengers or goods between any two points in the territory of either Party.
(b)Air commerce may, in the territory of either Party, be reserved exclusively to its own aircraft. With the reservation of the stipulations contained in Article III concerning regular air routes or 53 Stat. 1933services for which special consent is necessary, the aircraft of either Party may, nevertheless, proceed from any aerodrome open to public air traffic in territory of the other Party to any other such aerodrome for the purpose of taking on board or landing the whole or part of their goods or passengers, provided that such goods are covered by through bills of lading and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey the starting place and end of which are not both points between which air commerce has been reserved; and such aircraft while so proceeding from one aerodrome to another shall, notwithstanding that both such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been reserved, be entitled to the treatment set out in this arrangement. Article IX
(a)Air traffic may be prohibited over specified areas in the territories to which this arrangement applies, it being understood that no distinction in this matter will be made by either Party between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. Lists of the areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited in territory of either Party, as well as any subsequent alterations therein, will be communicated as soon as possible to the other Party.
(b)In exceptional circumstances air traffic above the whole or any part of the territories to which this arrangement applies may temporarily, and with immediate effect, be limited or prohibited, but no distinction in this respect will be made by either Party between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any other foreign country.
(c)In the event of any aircraft finding itself over a prohibited area it must, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory in which the prohibited area is situated, and a landing must be effected as soon as practicable at an aerodrome in that territory, outside but as near as possible to the prohibited area. The obligation to land applies also in respect to flights over prohibited areas by aircraft to which the special signal intended to draw their attention shall have been given. Article X
(a)All aircraft of either Party flying in or over the territory of the other Party must carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight.
(b)Such aircraft must also be provided with certificates of registration and airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered.
(c)The persons employed on such aircraft who perform duties for which a certificate of competency or license is required in the territory in which the aircraft is registered, must carry such documents as are prescribed by the regulations in force in that territory. 53 Stat. 1934
(d)The other persons employed on board must carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality.
(e)Each of the Parties reserves the right to require lists of the passengers and persons employed on board as well as a manifest of the goods carried on the aircraft.
(f)The certificate of airworthiness, certificates of competency or licenses issued or rendered valid by the competent authorities of either country in respect of its aircraft or of the crew of such aircraft shall be recognized as having the same validity in the territory of the other country as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the competent authorities of such other country; provided that with respect to certificates of competency or licenses issued or rendered valid by either country in favour of nationals of the other country, such recognition may be refused by the latter country. Article XI
(a)Aircraft of either Party may, in or over the territory of the other Party, carry radio apparatus only if a license to install and work such apparatus, which license must be carried in the aircraft, has been issued by the competent authorities of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory flown over.
(b)Such apparatus may be used only by the personnel employed on board who are provided with a special license for the purpose, issued by the competent authorities of the territory in which the aircraft is registered.
(c)For reasons of safety each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the light to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with radio apparatus when in or over its territory. Article XII
(a)No explosives, arms of war or munitions of war may be carried by aircraft of either Party in or above the territory of the other Party, or by the personnel employed on board or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of that territory.
(b)However, the carriage of accessories necessary to the operation and navigation of the aircraft, such as rockets, flares, and similar devices is not prohibited.
(c)Each of the Parties reserves the right to require that the carriage by aircraft of photographic apparatus be prohibited or regulated by the competent authorities of the territory flown over.
(d)Each of the Parties reserves the right, for reasons of public order and safety, to limit or prohibit the carriage in or above its territory of articles other than those enumerated in paragraph
(a)of this article, provided that no distinction is made in this respect between its national aircraft employed in international traffic and the aircraft of the other Party so employed. 53 Stat. 1935 Article XIII The competent authorities of each of the Parties shall have the right to search aircraft of the other Party on landing or departure and to inspect the certificates and other documents prescribed in the preceding articles. Article XIV
(a)Aircraft of either Party entering or leaving territory of the other Party shall make a first landing at and depart from only an aerodrome open to public air traffic and designated as an airport of entry where facilities exist for the enforcement of customs, passport, quarantine and immigration regulations and the entry and clearance of aircraft; and no intermediate landing other than a forced landing may be effected before arriving at such an airport on entry into the territory concerned or after leaving such an airport on departure from that territory. In special cases, and subject to the same provisions as to intermediate landing, the competent authorities may allow a first landing at or a departure from another aerodrome where the above-mentioned facilities have been arranged.
(b)Each of the Parties reserves the right to require that aircraft entering its territory shall make its first landing at the airport of entry nearest to the point where the aircraft has crossed the frontier, with the understanding, however, that in this event, permission may be granted for the aircraft to make its first landing at an airport of entry other than the one nearest to the frontier.
(c)In the event of a forced landing or of a landing as provided in paragraph
(c)of Article IX, not at an airport of the class mentioned in the preceding paragraph, the personnel employed on board and passengers must conform to the entry and clearance, customs, passport, quarantine and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing occurs.
(d)Lists of aerodromes in territory of either Party which are designated as airports of entry for the purposes of this article will be communicated as soon as possible to the other Party. Any subsequent alterations in these lists will also be communicated to such other Party. Article XV The competent authorities of either Party may require that on entering or leaving its territory the aircraft of the other Party shall do so between specified points. Any requirements of either Party in this respect and any subsequent alterations therein shall be communicated to the other Party. Subject to any such requirement and to the provisions of this arrangement, aircraft of each Party may choose their own route of entry or departure in entering or leaving territory of the other Party. 53 Stat. 1936 Article XVI No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged from aircraft of either Party in the course of flight in or over the territory of the other Party unless special permission to that effect is given by the competent authorities of the territory in which the unloading or discharge occurs. For the purposes of this article ballast means fine sand or water only. Article XVII
(a)The present arrangement or any part thereof may be terminated by either Government at any time upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective, the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted with the exception of the provisions of the latter arrangement which set forth the conditions governing the issuance of pilots’ licenses and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise.11See footnote, *ante*, p. 1930. I am instructed to state that the terms of the arrangement as communicated to me are agreed to by my Government. I am further instructed to inform you that my Government concurs in your suggestion that the arrangement become effective on August 1st, 1938, and will accordingly regard it as becoming effective on that date. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M Marler The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. July 28, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1937 53 Stat. 1937 CANADA—CIVIL AIRCRAFT, LICENSES—JULY 28, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Arrangement between the United States of America and Canada relatingJuly 28, 1938[E. A. S. No. 130]to issue of certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes signed July 28, 1938; effective August 1, 1938.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State *Washington, July 28, 1938* Sir: I have the honor to refer to negotiations which have recently takenReciprocal arrangement with Canada tor the issuance of licenses, etc., for piloting of civil aircraft. place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Canada for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement for the issuance by each country of certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that the arrangement shall be as follows: arrangement between the united states op america and canada relating to the issuance of certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft. Article I
(a)The present arrangement between the United States of AmericaScope of arrangements. and Canada relates to the issuance by the competent authorities of each country of pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft.
(b)The term “civil aircraft” shall for the purpose of this arrangement“Civil aircraft” defined. be understood to mean all aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft.
(c)Either country issuing certificates of competency or licensesOperation for non-commercial purposes. to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft, as defined in the preceding paragraph, reserves, however, the right to limit such issuance to the operation of civil aircraft for non-commercial purposes. Article II Pursuant to the provisions of Article I, the competent UnitedIssue of certificates or licenses.By United States. States authorities will issue pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of Canada, upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of the United States covering the issuance of such certificates or licenses. 53 Stat. 1938 Article III By Canada.Pursuant to the provisions of Article I, the competent Canadian authorities will issue pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the United States, upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of Canada covering the issuance of such certificates or licenses. Article IV Privileges accorded.By United States.Subject to the provisions of Articles I and II, pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued by the competent United States authorities to nationals of Canada shall entitle them to the same privileges in the matter of air pilotage as are granted by pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued to nationals of the United States. Article V By Canada.Subject to the provisions of Articles I and III, pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued by the competent Canadian authorities to nationals of the United States shall entitle them to the same privileges in the matter of air pilotage as are granted by pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued to nationals of Canada. Article VI
(a)Duration. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)Designated arrangements to be supplanted. On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective, the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated [47 Stat. 2575](/us/stat/47/2575).August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted in so far as it sets forth the conditions governing the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country.11The present arrangement, signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, relating to certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft and two other arrangements between the United States of America and Canada, both also signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, one relating to air navigation (Executive Agreement Series No. 129, *ante*, p. 1925) and the other relating to certificates of airworthiness for export (Executive Agreement Series No. 131, post, p. 1941), supplant in its entirety the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the Issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes signed August 29 and October 22, 1929 (Executive Agreement Series No. 2, 47 Stat. 2575). I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the terms of the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations are as above set forth. If so, it is sug 53 Stat. 1939gested that the arrangement become effective on August 1, 1938. IfEffective date. your Government concurs in this suggestion the Government of the United States will regard it as becoming effective on that date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 176. Canadian Legation *Washington, July 28th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note of JulyAgreement by Canada. 28th, 1938, in which you communicated to me the terms of a reciprocal arrangement between Canada and the United States of America for the issuance by each country of certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft, as understood by you to have been agreed to in negotiations, now terminated, between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America. The terms of this arrangement which you have communicated to me are as follows: arrangement between canada and the united states of america relating to the issuance of certificates of competency of licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft. Article I
(a)The present arrangement between the United States of America and Canada relates to the issuance by the competent authorities of each country of pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft.
(b)The term “civil aircraft” shall for the purpose of this arrangement be understood to mean all aircraft other than military, naval, customs and police aircraft.
(c)Either country issuing certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft, as defined in the preceding paragraph, reserves, however, the right to limit such issuance to the operation of civil aircraft for non-commercial purposes. Article II Pursuant to the provisions of Article I, the competent United States authorities will issue pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of Canada, upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of the United States covering the issuance of such certificates or licenses. 53 Stat. 1940 Article III Pursuant to the provisions of Article I, the competent Canadian authorities will issue pilot certificates of competency or licenses to nationals of the United States, upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of Canada covering the issuance of such certificates or licenses. Article IV Subject to the provisions of Articles I and II, pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued by the competent United States authorities to nationals of Canada shall entitle them to the same privileges in the matter of air pilotage as are granted by pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued to nationals of the United States. Article V Subject to the provisions of Articles I and III, pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued by the competent Canadian authorities to nationals of the United States shall entitle them to the same privileges in the matter of air pilotage as are granted by pilot certificates of competency or licenses issued to nationals of Canada. Article VI
(a)The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective, the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted in so far as it sets forth the conditions governing the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country.11See footnote, *ante*, p. 1938. I am instructed to state that the terms of the arrangement as communicated to me are agreed to by my Government. I am further instructed to inform you that my Government concurs in your suggestion that the arrangement become effective on August 1st, 1938, and will accordingly regard it as becoming effective on that date. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M Marler The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. July 28, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1941 53 Stat. 1941 CANADA—CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—JULY 28, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for theJuly 28, 1938[E. A. S. No. 131]acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for export. Effected by exchange of notes signed July 28, 1938; effective August 1, 1938.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State *Washington, July 28, 1938* Sir: I have the honor to refer to negotiations which have recently takenReciprocal arrangement with Canada for the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for export. place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Canada for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement for the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for export. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that the arrangement shall be as follows: arrangement between the united states of america and canada relating to certificates of airworthiness for export. Article I
(a)The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed inApplication. continental United States of America, including Alaska, and exported to Canada; and to civil aircraft constructed in Canada and exported to continental United States of America, including Alaska.
(b)This arrangement shall extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes as well as to components of such aircraft. Article II The same validity shall be conferred by the competent United StatesRecognition of validity.By United States. authorities on certificates of airworthiness for export issued by the competent Canadian authorities for aircraft subsequently to be registered in the United States as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States, provided that such aircraft have been constructed in Canada in accordance with the airworthiness requirements of Canada. Article III The same validity shall be conferred by the competent CanadianBy Canada. authorities on certificates of airworthiness for export issued by the competent United States authorities for aircraft subsequently to be registered in Canada as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Canada, provided that such aircraft have been constructed in continental United States or Alaska in accordance with the airworthiness requirements of the United States. 53 Stat. 1942 Article IV
(a)Notice of modifications.By United States. The competent United States authorities shall arrange for the effective communication to the competent Canadian authorities of particulars of compulsory modifications prescribed in the United States, for the purpose of enabling the Canadian authorities to require these modifications to be made to aircraft of the types affected, whose certificates have been validated by them.
(b)The competent United States authorities shall, where necessary, afford the competent Canadian authorities facilities for dealing with noncompulsory modifications which are such as to affect the validity of certificates of airworthiness validated under the terms of this arrangement, or any of the other original conditions of validation. They will similarly give facilities for dealing with cases of major repairs carried out otherwise than by the fitting of spare parts supplied by the original constructors. Article V
(a)By Canada. The competent Canadian authorities shall arrange for the effective communication to the competent United States authorities of particulars of compulsory modifications prescribed in Canada, for the purpose of enabling the United States authorities to require these modifications to be made to aircraft of the types affected, whose certificates have been validated by them.
(b)The competent Canadian authorities shall, where necessary, afford the competent United States authorities facilities for dealing with noncompulsory modifications which are such as to affect the validity of certificates of airworthiness validated under the terms of this arrangement, or any of the other original conditions of validation. They will similarly give facilities for dealing with cases of major repairs carried out otherwise than by the fitting of spare parts supplied by the original constructors. Article VI
(a)Special condition. The competent authorities of each country shall have the right to make the validation of certificates of airworthiness for export dependent upon the fulfillment of any special conditions which are for the time being required by them for the issue of certificates of airworthiness in their own country. Information with regard to these special conditions in respect to either country will from time to time be communicated to the competent authorities of the other country.
(b)Exchange of information concerning regulations. The competent authorities of each country shall keep the competent authorities of the other country fully and currently informed of all regulations in force in regard to the airworthiness of civil aircraft and any changes therein that may from time to time be effected. 53 Stat. 1943 Article VII The question of procedure to be followed in the application of theProcedure. provisions of the present arrangement shall be the subject of direct correspondence, whenever necessary, between the competent United States and Canadian authorities. Article VIII
(a)The present arrangement shall be subject to termination byDuration of arrangement. either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective,Designated arrangements to be supplanted. the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted in so far[47 Stat. 2575](/us/stat/47/2575). as it sets forth the conditions governing the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise.11The present arrangement, signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, relating to certificates of airworthiness for export and two other arrangements between the United States of America and Canada, both also signed July 28, 1938, and effective August 1, 1938, one relating to air navigation (Executive Agreement Series No. 129, *ante*, p. 1925) and the other relating to certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of civil aircraft (Executive Agreement Series No. 130, *ante*, p. 1937), supplant in its entirety the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance of pilots’ licenses, and the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported us merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes signed August 29 and October 22, 1929 (Executive Agreement Series No. 2, 47 Stat. 2575). I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the terms of the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations are as above set forth. If so, it isEffective date. suggested that the arrangement become effective on August 1, 1938. If your Government concurs in this suggestion the Government of the United States will regard it as becoming effective on that date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 177. Canadian Legation *Washington, July 28th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note of JulyAgreement by Canada. 28th, 1938, in which you communicated to me the terms of a reciprocal arrangement between Canada and the United States of America 53 Stat. 1944for the acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for export, as understood by you to have been agreed to in negotiations, now terminated, between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America. The terms of this arrangement which you have communicated to me are as follows: arrangement between canada and the united states of america relating to certificates of airworthiness for export. Article I
(a)The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, including Alaska, and exported to Canada; and to civil aircraft constructed in Canada and exported to continental United States of America, including Alaska.
(b)This arrangement shall extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes as well as to components of such aircraft. Article II The same validity shall be conferred by the competent United States authorities on certificates of airworthiness for export issued by the competent Canadian authorities for aircraft subsequently to be registered in the United States as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States, provided that such aircraft have been constructed in Canada in accordance with the airworthiness requirements of Canada. Article III The same validity shall be conferred by the competent Canadian authorities on certificates of airworthiness for export issued by the competent United States authorities for aircraft subsequently to be registered in Canada as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Canada, provided that such aircraft have been constructed in continental United States or Alaska in accordance with the airworthiness requirements of the United States. Article IV
(a)The competent United States authorities shall arrange for the effective communication to the competent Canadian authorities of particulars of compulsory modifications prescribed in the United States, for the purpose of enabling the Canadian authorities to require these modifications to be made to aircraft of the types affected, whose certificates have been validated by them.
(b)The competent United States authorities shall, where necessary, afford the competent Canadian authorities facilities for dealing with noncompulsory modifications which are such as to affect the validity of certificates of airworthiness validated under the terms of 53 Stat. 1945this arrangement, or any of the other original conditions of validation. They will similarly give facilities for dealing with cases of major repairs carried out otherwise than by the fitting of spare parts supplied by the original constructors. Article V
(a)The competent Canadian authorities shall arrange for the effective communication to the competent United States authorities of particulars of compulsory modifications prescribed in Canada, for the purpose of enabling the United States authorities to require these modifications to be made to aircraft of the types affected, whose certificates have been validated by them.
(b)The competent Canadian authorities shall, where necessary, afford the competent United States authorities facilities for dealing with noncompulsory modifications which are such as to affect the validity of certificates of airworthiness validated under the terms of this arrangement, or any of the other original conditions of validation. They will similarly give facilities for dealing with cases of major repairs carried out otherwise than by the fitting of spare parts supplied by the original constructors. Article VI
(a)The competent authorities of each country shall have the right to make the validation of certificates of airworthiness for export dependent upon the fulfillment of any special conditions which are for the time being required by them for the issue of certificates of airworthiness in their own country. Information with regard to these special conditions in respect to either country will from time to time be communicated to the competent authorities of the other country.
(b)The competent authorities of each country shall keep the competent authorities of the other country fully and currently informed of all regulations in force in regard to the airworthiness of civil aircraft and any changes therein that may from time to time be effected. Article VII The question of procedure to be followed in the application of the provisions of the present arrangement shall be the subject of direct correspondence, whenever necessary, between the competent United States and Canadian authorities. Article VIII
(a)The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government.
(b)On the date that the present arrangement becomes effective, the reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Canada for the admission of civil aircraft, the issuance by each 53 Stat. 1946country of pilots’ licenses to nationals of the other country and the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise, entered into by an exchange of notes dated August 29, 1929 and October 22, 1929, will be supplanted in so far as it sets forth the conditions governing the reciprocal acceptance of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise.11See footnote, *ante*, p. 1943. I am instructed to state that the terms of the arrangement as communicated to me are agreed to by my Government. I am further instructed to inform you that my Government concurs in your suggestion that the arrangement become effective on August 1st, 1938, and will accordingly regard it as becoming effective on that date. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M Marler The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D. C*. August 5, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1947 53 Stat. 1947 U. S. S. R.—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—AUG. 5, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics continuing in force until August 6, 1939, the agreementAugust 5, 1938[E. A. S. 132] of August 4, 1937, regarding commercial relations; and related notes. Effected by exchange of notes signed at Moscow August 5, 1938; approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics August 5, 1938; proclaimed by the President of the United States August 5, 1938; effective August 6, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas, by my authority, the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim ofContinuance of agreement regarding commercial relations with the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. the United States of America at Moscow exchanged at that capital on August 5, 1938, with the authorized representative of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics identic notes, constituting an agreement in regard to commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the continuance of favorable commercial relations between the two countries, the texts of which notes are word for word as follows:Tests of notes. Moscow, *August 5, 1938*. Excellency: In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, I have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations between the, United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics recorded in the exchange of notes between the American Ambassador and the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs on August 4, 1937, which came into force on August 6, 1937,[50 Stat. 1619](/us/stat/50/1619). upon proclamation thereof on that date by the President of the United States of America and approval thereof by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on the same date, shall continue in force until August 6, 1939. This agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. C. Kirk *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America* His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs*, *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 1948 Moscow, *August 5th 1938* Mr. Chargé D’Affaires: Confirmation by Union of Soviet So-cialist Republics.In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, I have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America recorded in the exchange of notes between the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs and the American Ambassador on August 4, 1937, which came into force on August 6, 1937, upon approval thereof on that date by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America on the same date, shall continue in force until August 6, 1939. This agreement shall be approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and proclaimed by the President of the United States of America. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. M. Lotvinoff Mr. Alexander C. Kirk, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*, *Moscow*. And whereas, it is provided in the said agreement that the agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics: Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, do hereby make known and proclaim the said agreement and, having been notified that the same has been approved on this day by the Council of People’s Entry into force.Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, direct that it be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America on and after August 6, 1938. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-[seal]eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 1949 RELATED NOTES 1. Amount of purchases by Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in United States. Concerning the Amount of Purchases to be Made by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Kirk)to the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) Embassy of the United States of America, *Moscow, August 2, 1938*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to our recent conversations in regard to the commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and to ask you to let me know the value of articles, the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America which the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intends to purchase in the United States of America during the next twelve months for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. C. Kirk *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim**of the United States of America* His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs*, *Moscow*. The People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Kirk)Moscow, *August “4”, 1938*. Mr. Charge d’Affaires: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended purchases by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America in the course of the next, twelve months, I have the honor to inform you that, according to information received by me from the People’s Commissariat for Foreign Trade, the economic organisations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intend to buy in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months American goods to the amount of at least forty million dollars. Accept, Mr. Charge d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. M. Litvinoff Mr. Alexander C. Kirk, *Charge d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*. *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 1950 2. Exemption from excise tax of coal, etc., from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Exemption From Excise Tax of Coal, Coke, and Coal or Coke Briquettes Imported Into the United States From the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Kirk)to the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) Embassy of the United States of America, *Moscow, August 6, 1938*. Excellency: With reference to the agreement signed today continuing the agreement concerning commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics which came into force on August 6, 1937, I have the honor to state that the Embassy has been informed that the authorities of the Treasury Department of the United States will admit coal of all sizes, grades, and classifications (except culm and duff), coke manufactured therefrom, and coal or coke briquettes, imported from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics free from the import tax provided in Section 601
(5)of the Revenue Act of 1932, as amended, during the life of the agreement unless other treatment is required by controlling judicial decision hereafter rendered. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. C. Kirk *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America* His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs*, *Moscow*. The People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Kirk)Moscow, *August “5”, 1938*. Dear Mr. Charge d’affaires: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended exports of Soviet coal to the United States during the ensuing twelve months, I may state that, according to information received by me from the People’s Comissariat for Foreign Trade, the economic organisations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will not in any case export to the United States during the year beginning August 6, 1938, more than 400,000 tons of Soviet coal. Sincerely yours M. Litvinoff Mr. Alexander C. Kirk, *Charge d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*, *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 1951 August 6, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1951 ECUADOR—RECIPROCAL TRADE—AUG. 6, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Ecuador respectingAugust 6, 1938[E. A. S. No. 133] reciprocal trade. Signed at Quito August 6, 1938; proclaimed by the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador August 6, 1938; proclaimed by the President of the United States September 23, 1938; effective October 23, 1938.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the CongressReciprocal trade agreement with Ecuador.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351).of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows: " “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign marketsStatutory provisions. for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to 53 Stat. 1952articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Promotion of foreign trade. Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351).Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador; Notice given.Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Trade Agreement entered into.Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice with respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on August 6, 1938, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, *Post*, pp. 1968, 1974.which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, as amended by notes exchanged at Quito on August 6, 1938, September 9, 1938, and September 13, 1938, by my Plenipotentiary and the Plenipotentiaries of the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, in the English and Spanish languages, is in words and figures as follows: Purposes declared. The President of the United States of America and the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, being desirous of strengthening the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by granting mutual and reciprocal53 Stat. 1953 concessions and advantages for the promotion of trade, have through their respective Plenipotentiaries arrived at the following Agreement: Article I. Articles the growth, produce orEnumerated imports into Ecuador; customs duties. manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Schedule I annexed to*Post*, p. 1968. this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the Republic of Ecuador, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said Schedule. The saidExemption from excess duties, etc. articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the Republic of Ecuador in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article II. Articles the growth, produce orEnumerated imports into U. S. A.; customs duties. manufacture of the Republic of Ecuador, enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to*Post*, p. 1974. this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule. The said articles shallExemption from excess duties, etc. also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day 53 Stat. 1954of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article III. Imposition of charges on importation. The provisions of Articles I and II of this Agreement shall not prevent the Government of either country from imposing at any time on the importation of any product a charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic product or in respect of a commodity from which the imported product has been manufactured or produced in whole or in part. Article IV. Notes in schedules considered parts of Agreement. The United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador agree that the notes included in Schedules *Post*, pp. 1968, 1974.I and II are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. Article V. Exemption from discriminatory internal taxes, etc. Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article VI. Ad valorem duties.Determination of dutiable value, etc. In respect of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the 53 Stat. 1955United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador, enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively, imported into*Post*, pp. 1968, 1974. the other country, on which *ad valorem* rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under laws and regulations of the Republic of Ecuador and the United States of America, respectively, in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article VII. No prohibitions, import or customsRestriction on quantitative regulation. quotas, import licenses, or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, shall be imposed by the Republic of Ecuador on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Schedule I, or by the United States of*Post*, p. 1968. America on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of Ecuador enumerated and described in Schedule II,*Post*, p. 1974. except as otherwise specifically provided for in the said Schedules. 53 Stat. 1956 Exceptions. The foregoing provision shall not apply to quantitative restrictions in whatever form imposed by the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of production of such articles, or imposed in order to maintain the exchange value of the currency of the country. Notice of proposed restriction. Whenever the Government of either country proposes to establish or change any restriction authorized by this paragraph, it shall give notice thereof in writing to the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposed to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article VIII. 1. Action where quantitative restriction established or lower rate imposed on portion of imports, etc. If the Government of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of 53 Stat. 1957Ecuador establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government taking any action shall:
(a)Give public notice of the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period;
(b)Allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established or subsequently changed in any manner equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment; and
(c)Give public notice of the allotments of such quantity among the several exporting countries, and at all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the quantity of any such article the growth, produce or manufacture of each exporting country which has been imported or sold or for which licenses or permits for importation or sale have been granted. 2. Neither the United States ofImport licenses, etc. America nor the Republic of Ecuador shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its 53 Stat. 1958territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country has an interest, by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a quota period of not less than three months, shall have been established, and unless the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits shall have been made public before such regulations are put into force. Article IX. Purchases by Government monopolies, etc. In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Ecuador establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. 53 Stat. 1959 Article X. In the event that the GovernmentControl of means of international payment. of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Ecuador establishes or maintains, directly or indirectly, any form of control of the means of international payment, it shall, in the administration of such control:
(a)Impose no prohibition, restriction,Transfer of payment for imports. nor delay on the transfer of payment for imported articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, or of payments necessary for and incidental to the importation of such articles;
(b)Accord unconditionally,Rates of exchange, etc. with respect to rates of exchange and taxes or surcharges on exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of any article whatsoever the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country; and
(c)Accord unconditionally,Exchange transactions. with respect to all rules and formalities applying to exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation 53 Stat. 1960of the like articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country. Mutual consideration of representations with respect to application of Article. In the event that the Government of either country shall make representations concerning the application by the Government of the other country of the provisions of this Article, the Government of such other country shall give sympathetic consideration to such representations, and if, within thirty days after the receipt of such representations, a satisfactory adjustment has not been made or an agreement has not been reached with respect to such representations, the Government making them may, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, terminate this Agreement on thirty days’ written notice. Article XI. Extension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale, taxation or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the 53 Stat. 1961Republic of Ecuador or the United States of America, respectively. Article XII. Laws, regulations of administrativePublication of laws, regulations, and decisions. authorities and decisions of administrative or judicial authorities of the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador, respectively, pertaining to the classification of articles for customs purposes or to rates of duty shall be published promptly in such a manner as to enable traders to become acquainted with them. Such Uniform application. laws, regulations and decisions shall be applied uniformly at all ports of the respective country, except as otherwise specifically provided in statutes of the United States of America relating to articles imported into Puerto Rico. No administrative ruling by theAdministrative rulings, etc.Restriction on retroactive application. United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador effecting advances in rates of duties or in charges applicable under an established and uniform practice to imports originating in the territory of the other country, or imposing any new requirement with respect to such importations, shall be effective retroactively or with respect to articles either entered for or withdrawn for consumption prior to the expiration of thirty days after the date of publication of notice of such ruling in the usual official manner. The provisions ofAnti-dumping duties, etc. this paragraph do not apply to 53 Stat. 1962administrative orders imposing anti-dumping duties, or relating to regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, or relating to public safety, or giving effect to judicial decisions. Article XIII. Modification or termination where rate of exchange prejudicial. In the event that the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador varies considerably from the rate obtaining on the day of the signature of this Agreement, the Government of either country, if it considers the change in rate so substantial as to prejudice the industry or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIV. Errors in documentation. Greater than nominal penalties will not be imposed in the United States of America or in the Republic of Ecuador upon importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country because of errors in documentation obviously clerical in origin or where good faith can be established. Mutual consideration of representations with respect to customs, etc. The Government of each country will accord sympathetic consideration to, and when requested will afford adequate opportunity 53 Stat. 1963for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life or health. In the event that the GovernmentSanitary regulations. of either country makes representations to the Government of the other country in respect of the application of any sanitary law or regulation for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, and if there is disagreement with respect thereto, a committee of technical experts on which each Government shall be represented shall, on the request of either Government, be established to consider the matter and to submit recommendations to the two Governments. Article XV. Except as otherwise providedProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc.; exception. in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. Subject to the reservations setPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. forth in the third and fourth paragraphs of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement re53 Stat. 1964garding most-favored-nation treatment shall apply to articles the growth, produce of manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the Not applicable to Panama Canal Zone.other country. It is understood, however, that the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. Existing or future advantages to adjacent countries excepted from operation of Agreement. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advantages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Republic of Ecuador may become a party so long as such advantages are not extended to any other country, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. Advantages accorded by U. S., its territories, etc., to one another or Cuba. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of Panama Canal Zone.this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another, irrespective of any change in the political status of any of the territories or possessions of the United States of America. 53 Stat. 1965 Article XVI. Subject to the requirement that,Provisions not to extend to specified restrictions. under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country, and without prejudice to the provisions of the second and third paragraphs of Article XIV, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life or health;
(3)relating to prison-made goods;
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Nothing in this Agreement shallGold or silver exportation restrictions. be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoptionControl of export of arms, etc. of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Article XVII. In the event that the GovernmentAdjustment of measures impairing objects of agreement. of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Ecuador adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government 53 Stat. 1966which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the other Government may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. Article XVIII. Agreement to supplant *modus vivendi*. The present Agreement shall, from the date on which it comes into force, supplant the *modus vivendi* between the United States of America and the Republic of Ecuador, effected by exchange of [49 Stat. 4013](/us/stat/49/4013).notes signed on June 12, 1936. Article XIX. Effective date and duration. The present Agreement shall come into full force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations, and, subject to the provisions of Article VII, Article X, or Article XIII, shall remain in force and effect until six months from the day on which either Government shall give notice of Notice of date of proclamation.its intention to terminate it. The Government of each country shall notify the Government of the other country of the date of its proclamation. Signatures. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. 53 Stat. 1967 Done in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both authentic, at the City of Quito this sixth day of the month of August of the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight. For the President of the United States of America, [seal] Boaz Long For the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, [seal] Luis Bossano Purposes declared. El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y el Jefe Supremo de la República del Ecuador, deseosos de estrechar los vinculos tradicionales de amistad entre los dos países, mediante el mantenimiento del principio de igualdad de tratamiento como base de sus relaciones comerciales y el otorgamiento de concesiones y 53 Stat. 1953 ventajas mutuas y recíprocas para el fomento del comercio, han celebrado por medio de sus respectivos Plenipotenciarios, el siguiente Convenio: Articulo I. Enumerated imports into Ecuador; customs duties. Los artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América, enumerados y descritos en la Lista I,*Post*, p. 1968 anexa a este Convenio, y del cual forma parte, serán eximidos al ser importados en la República del Ecuador de los derechos ordinarios de aduana que excedan a los especificados en dicha Lista. Exemption from excess duties, etc.Tales artículos estarán asimismo exentos de todo otro derecho, impuesto, contribución, carga o exacción establecidos sobre la importación o en relación con ella, que exceda de los estipulados en el día de la firma de este Convenio, o cuya imposición posterior fuere exigida por leyes de la República del Ecuador en vigor el día de la firma de este Convenio. Articulo II. Los artículos cosechados, producidosEnumerated imports into U. S. A.; customs duties. o manufacturados en la República del Ecuador, enumerados y descritos en la Lista II, anexa a*Post*, p. 1974 este Convenio, y del cual forma parte, serán eximidos al ser importados en los Estados Unidos de América, de los derechos ordinarios de aduana que excedan a los incluidos y especificados en dicha Lista. Tales artículos estarán asimismoExemption from excess duties, etc. exentos de todo otro derecho, impuesto, contribución, carga o exacción establecidos sobre la importación o en relación con ella, que exceda de los estipulados 53 Stat. 1954en el día de la firma de este Convenio, o cuya imposición posterior fuere exigida por leyes de los Estados Unidos de América en vigor el día de la firma de este Convenio. Articulo III. Imposition of charges on importation. Las disposiciones de los Artículos I y II de este Convenio no impedirán el que el Gobierno de uno o del otro país establiciere en cualquier tiempo, sobre la importación de cualquier producto, un gravamen equivalente a un impuesto interno establecido con respecto a un producto nacional análogo o con respecto a un producto del cual el artículo importado haya sido manufacturado o producido en todo p en parte. Articulo IV. Notes in schedules considered parts of Agreement. Los Estados Unidos de América y la República del Ecuador convienen en que a las notas incluídas *Post*, pp. 1968, 1974.en las Listas I y II se les dé por este Convenio fuerza y efecto como partes integrantes del mismo. Articulo V. Exemption from discriminatory internal taxes, etc. Los artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República del Ecuador, estarán, después de su importación en el otro país, exentos de cualesquiera impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones internos, diferentes o en exceso a los exigibles sobre artículos análogos de origen nacional o de cualquier otro origen extranjero. Articulo VI. Ad valorem duties.Determination of dutiable value, etc. Con respecto a los artículos cosechados, producidos o manu53 Stat. 1955facturados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República del Ecuador, enumerados y descritos en las Listas I y II, respectivamente,*Post*, pp. 1968, 1974. importados al otro país, sobre los cuales se imponen o se impusieren derechos *ad valorem*, o derechos basados sobre el valor o determinados, de cualquier manera, por él, se entiende y conviene que las bases y los métodos para determinar el valor sujeto a derechos aduaneros y para convertir las monedas, no serán menos favorables a los importadores que las bases y los métodos prescritos según las leyes y reglamentos de la República del Ecuador y de los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente, vigentes el día de la firma de este Convenio. Articulo VII. Ninguna prohibición,cuota aduaneraRestriction on quantitative regulation. o de importación, permiso de importar o cualquier otra forma de restricción cuantitativa, sea que se opere o no en relación con cualquier agencia de control centralizada, será impuesta por la República del Ecuador sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o manufacturado en los Estados Unidos de América, enumerado y descrito en la Lista I, ni por los*Post*, p. 1968. Estados Unidos de América sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o manufacturado en la República del Ecuador, enumerado*Post*, p. 1974. y descrito en la Lista II, excepto en cuanto se disponga específicamente en sentido contrario en dichas Listas. 53 Stat. 1956 Exceptions. La disposición precedente no será aplicable a restricciones cuantitativas en cualquier forma, impuestas por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República del Ecuador sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o manufacturado en el otro país, relacionadas con las medidas gubernativas destinadas a regir o controlar la producción, el abastecimiento del mercado o los precios de artículos nacionales análogos o tendientes a aumentar el costo de la mano de obra de la producción de tales Notice of proposed restriction.artículos o impuestas para mantener el valor de cambio de la moneda nacional. Cuando el Gobierno de cualquiera de los dos países propusiere establecer o modificar cualquier restricción autorizada por este inciso, dará aviso de ello por escrito al otro Gobierno, y proporcionará a éste la oportunidad de consultar con aquél respecto a la acción proyectada, dentro de treinta días después del recibo de tal aviso; y si no se llegare a un acuerdo con respecto a esa acción proyectada, dentro de treinta días después del recibo del susodicho aviso, el Gobierno que proponga tomar tal acción estará en libertad de llevarla a cabo en cualquier momento posterior y el otro Gobierno estará en libertad, dentro de quince días después de tomada tal acción, de dar por terminado en su totalidad este Convenio, dando aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo VIII. 1.–Action where quantitative restriction established or lower rate imposed on portion of imports, etc. En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el de la República del Ecuador 53 Stat. 1957estableciere o mantuviere cualquier forma de restricción cuantitativa o de control de la importación o venta de cualquier artículo en el cual tenga interés el otro país, o impusiere sobre la importación o venta de un artículo en determinada cantidad una tarifa o gravamen más bajo que los establecidos sobre importaciones en exceso de tal cantidad, el Gobierno que así proceda deberá: (a).– Dar aviso público de la cantidad total, o de cualquier cambio introducido, de cualquiera de dichos artículos, cuya importación o venta sea permitida o los cuales puedan ser importados o vendidos al mencionado tipo reducido de tarifa o gravamen, durante un período determinado; (b).– Asignar al otro país, durante tal período especificado, una porción de la cantidad total fijada al principio o subsiguientemente alterada en cualquier forma, equivalente a la proporción de la importación total de dicho artículo que el otro país haya abastecido durante un período anterior representativo, a menos que se acuerde mutuamente prescindir de tal asignación; y (c).– Dar aviso público de las asignaciones de tal cantidad entre los diferentes países exportadores, y en todo tiempo, mediante solicitud, informar al Gobierno del otro país la cantidad de tal artículo, cosechado, producido o manufacturado en cada país exportador, que haya sido importada o vendida, o para el cual se haya concedido licencia o permiso de importación o venta. 2.– Ni los Estados Unidos de Import licenses, etc.América ni la República del Ecuador regulará la cantidad de importaciones totales a su territorio, o 53 Stat. 1958ventas en el mismo, de cualquier artículo en el cual tenga interés el otro país, por medio de licencias o permisos de importación otorgados a individuos u organizaciones, a menos que haya sido fijada la cantidad total del artículo cuya venta o importación pueda permitirse durante un período de cuota no menor de tres meses, y a menos que los reglamentos que rijan el otorgamiento de dichas licencias o permisos hayan sido publicados antes de haber sido puestos en vigor. Articulo IX. Purchases by Government monopolies, etc. En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el de la República del Ecuador estableciere o mantuviere un monopolio para la importación, producción o venta de cierto artículo o concediere privilegios exclusivos en forma legal o de hecho a una o más agencias, para importar, producir o vender cierto artículo, el Gobierno del país que estableciere o mantuviere dicho monopolio o que concediere tales privilegios exclusivos, conviene en que en lo que respecta a las compras en el exterior de tal monopolio o agencia, el comercio del otro país deberá recibir un tratamiento justo y equitativo. Al efecto, se conviene en que al hacer sus compras de cualquier producto en el Exterior, tal monopolio o agencia se regirá, solamente por consideraciones tales como precio, calidad y posibilidades y condiciones de venta que ordinariamente serían tomadas en cuenta por una empresa comercial privada interesada únicamente en comprar tal producto bajo las condiciones más favorables. 53 Stat. 1959 Articulo X. En caso de que el Gobierno deControl of means of international payment. los Estados Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República del Ecuador estableciere o mantuviere, directa o indirectamente, cualquier sistema de control de los medios de pago internacional, en la administración de tal control: (a).– No impondrá prohibición,Transfer of payment for imports. restricción ni demora a la transferencia de fondos en pago de artículos importados que hayan sido cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en el otro país, ni a la transferencia de fondos en pago de los gastos necesarios a y relacionados con la importación de tales artículos; (b).– Otorgará incondicionalmente,Rates of exchange, etc. con relación a los tipos de cambio y los impuestos o sobrecargas afectando a las transacciones de cambio con respecto a pagos para o pagos necesarios a y relacionados con la importación de artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en el otro país, tratamiento no menos favorable que el que otorgue con respecto a la importación de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o manufacturado en cualquier otro país; y (c).– Otorgará incondicionalmente,Exchange transactions. con respecto a todas las reglas y formalidades exigidas en las transacciones de cambio con respecto a pagos para o pagos necesarios a y relacionados con la importación de artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en el otro país, tratamiento no menos favorable que el que otorgue con respecto a la im53 Stat. 1960portación de análogos artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en cualquier otro país. Mutual consideration of representations with respect to application of Article. En caso de que el Gobierno de uno u otro país hiciere representaciones con respecto a la aplicación por el Gobierno del otro país de las disposiciones de este Artículo, el Gobierno del otro país prestará consideración amistosa a tales representaciones, y si dentro de treinta días después de recibidas tales representaciones no se ha hecho un ajuste satisfactorio, o no se ha llegado a un arreglo, con respecto a tales representaciones, el Gobierno que las haga, puede, dentro de quince días después de la expiración del período antedicho de treinta días, dar por terminado este Convenio, previo aviso por escrito, con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo XI. Extension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. Con respecto a los derechos aduaneros o a las cargas de cualquier clase impuestas sobre la importación o exportación o en relación con las mismas, y con respecto al método de imponer tales derechos o cargas, y con respecto a todas las reglas y formalidades en relación con la importación o la exportación, y con respecto a todas las leyes o disposiciones que afectaren la venta, tributación o el uso dentro del país de las mercancías importadas, cualquier ventaja, favor, privilegio o inmunidad que se haya otorgado o que en lo sucesivo se otorgue por los Estados Unidos de América or por la República del Ecuador a cualquier artículo que tenga su origen en o se destine a cualquier tercer país, se otorgará 53 Stat. 1961inmediata e incondicionalmente al artículo análogo que tenga su origen en o se destine a la República del Ecuador o a los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente. Articulo XII. Las leyes, reglamentos de autoridades administrativas y resoluciones de autoridadesPublication of laws, regulations, and decisions. judiciales o administrativas de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República del Ecuador, respectivamente, concerniente a la clasificación de artículos para fines aduaneros o a aforos arancelarios, deberán ser publicadas con prontitud y en manera tal que los comerciantesUniform application. puedan enterarse de ellas. Dichas leyes, reglamentos y resoluciones deberán ser aplicados con uniformidad en todos los puertos del país respectivo, excepto como se haya estipulado expresamente de manera contraria en estatutos de los Estados Unidos de América relativa a artículos importados en Puerto Rico. Ninguna disposición administrativaAdministrative rulings, etc.Restriction on retroactive application. de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República del Ecuador, que produzca un aumento de los aforos o gravámenes aplicables en virtud de una práctica establecida y uniforme a las importaciones originarias del otro país, o que imponga cualquier nuevo requisito con respecto a tales importaciones, podrá tener efecto retroactivo ni deberá ser aplicable a artículos que hayan sido registrados en o sacados de las aduanas para consumo dentro de los treinta días siguientes a la fecha de publicación de tal disposición, en laAnti-dumping duties, etc. forma oficial acostumbrada. Las 53 Stat. 1962disposiciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a las órdenes administrativas que impongan derechos contra “dumping” o relativas a reglamentos para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal, o relativas a la seguridad pública, o para hacer cumplir resoluciones judiciales. Articulo XIII. Modification or termination where rate of exchange prejudicial. En caso de que el tipo de cambio entre las monedas de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República del Ecuador varíe considerablemente del tipo de cambio vigente en el día de la firma de este Convenio, el Gobierno de uno o del otro país que considere la diferencia tan substancial que perjudique las industrias o el comercio de su país, estará en libertad de proponer negociaciones para la modificación de este Convenio o de dar por terminado este Convenio en su totalidad, dando aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo XIV. Errors in documentation. No se impondrán en los Estados Unidos de América ni en la República del Ecuador multas mayores que las nominales sobre la importación de artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en el otro país, con motivo de errores en la documentación que patentemente se deban a la simple escritura o sean errores tipográficos (clerical errors), o cuando pueda establecerse la buena fé. Mutual consideration of representations with respect to customs, etc. El Gobierno de cada país dará consideración amistosa y a solicitud prestará oportunidad adecuada a las consultas con respecto 53 Stat. 1963a las representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con relación a la aplicación de reglamentos aduaneros, restricciones cuantitativas o a la administración de las mismas, la observancia de formalidades aduaneras y la aplicación de leyes y reglamentos sanitarios para la protección de la vida o la salud humana, animal o vegetal. En caso de que el Gobierno deSanitary regulations. uno u otro país hiciere representaciones al otro Gobierno con respecto a la aplicación de cualquier ley o disposición sanitaria para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal, y hubiere desacuerdo sobre el particular, se establecerá, a petición de cualquiera de los Gobiernos, una Comisión de expertos técnicos en la cual estarán representados ambos Gobiernos, para considerar el asunto y someter recomendaciones a los dos Gobiernos. Articulo XV. Exceptuando lo estipulado deProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc.; exception. manera contraria en el segundo párrafo de este Artículo, las disposiciones de este Convenio referentes al tratamiento que los Estados Unidos de América y la República del Ecuador, respectivamente, deberán dispensar al comercio del otro país, no serán aplicables a las Islas Filipinas, Islas Vírgenes, Samoa Americana, Isla de Guam, ni a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. Sujetas a las reservas establecidasPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. en los párrafos tercero y cuarto de este Artículo, las disposiciones de este Convenio con 53 Stat. 1964respecto al tratamiento de la nación más favorecida se aplicarán a los artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República del Ecuador importados de o exportados a cualquier territorio Not applicable to Panama Canal Zone.bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción del otro país. Se entiende, sin embargo, que las disposiciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. Existing or future advantages to adjacent countries excepted from operation of Agreement. Las ventajas ya otorgadas o que en lo sucesivo se otorgaren por los Estados Unidos de América o la República del Ecuador a países limítrofes para facilitar el tráfico fronterizo y las ventajas que resultaren de una unión aduanera de la cual los Estados Unidos de América o la República del Ecuador pudiere formar parte y mientras tales ventajas no se concedan a cualquier otro país, se exceptuarán de los efectos de este Convenio. Advantages accorded by U. S., its territories, etc., to one another or Cuba. Las ventajas ya otorgadas o que en lo sucesivo se otorgaren por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o por la Zona del Canal de Panamá, entre sí o a la República de Cuba, se exceptuarán de los efectos de Panama Canal Zone.este Convenio. Las disposiciones de este párrafo continuarán aplicándose con respecto a cualquier ventaja ya otorgada o que en lo sucesivo se otorgare por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones, o por la Zona del Canal de Panamá, entre sí, no obstante cualquier cambio en el *status* político de cualquiera de los territorios o posesiones de los Estados Unidos de América. 53 Stat. 1965 Articulo XVI. Sujeto al requisito de que, bajoProvisions not to extend to specified restrictions. circunstancias y condiciones análogas, no habrá discriminación arbitraria por un país en contra del otro a favor de cualquier nación tercera, y sin perjuicio a las disposiciones del segundo y tercero párrafos del Articulo XIV, las disposiciones de este Convenio no se aplicarán a las prohibiciones o restricciones
(1)impuestas para fines humanitarios o moral;
(2)destinadas a protejer la vida o la salud humana, animal o vegetal;
(3)relacionadas con mercancías producidas en prisiones;
(4)con respecto a la ejecución de leyes policiales o fiscales. Nada de lo contenido en esteGold or silver exportation restrictions. Convenio se interpretará en un sentido que impida la adopción de medidas que prohíban o restrinjan la exportación de oro o plata, oControl of export of arms, etc. que impida la adopción de las medidas que cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos estime necesarias para el control de la exportación o venta para la exportación, de armas, municiones o implementos de guerra, y, en circunstancias excepcionales, de todo otro material de guerra. Articulo XVII. En caso de que el Gobierno deAdjustment of measures impairing objects of agreement. los Estados Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República del Ecuador adopte cualquier medida que aún cuando no esté en conflicto con los términos de este Convenio sea considerada por el Gobierno del otro país como anulando o desvirtuando cualquiera de los fines de este Convenio, el Gobierno que haya adoptado tal 53 Stat. 1966medida deberá considerar las representaciones y propuestas que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con la mira de efectuar un arreglo del asunto mutuamente satisfactorio. Articulo XVIII. Agreement to supplant *modus vivendi*. El presente Convenio deberá, desde la fecha en que entre en vigor, subrogar al *modus vivendi* entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República del Ecuador efectuado por cambio de notas [49 Stat. 4013](/us/stat/49/4013).firmadas el doce de Junio de mil novecientos treinta y seis. Articulo XIX. Effective date and duration. El presente Convenio deberá entrar en pleno vigor treinta días después de su promulgación por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y por el Jefe Supremo de la República del Ecuador, o, en caso de que las promulgaciones se hagan en fechas distintas, treinta días después de la fecha de la última promulgación, y, sujeto a las disposiciones del Artículo VII, Artículo X, o Artículo XIII, permanecerá en vigor y efecto hasta seis meses después de la fecha en que cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos diere aviso de su intención de Notice of date of proclamation.terminarlo. El Gobierno de cada país deberá notificar al Gobierno del otro la fecha de su promulgación. Signatures. En fé de lo cual los respectivos Plenipotenciarios han firmado este Convenio y han puesto sus sellos. 53 Stat. 1967 Hecho en duplicado, en los idiomas inglés y español, siendo ambos textos auténticos, en la ciudad de Quito, a los seis días del mes de Agosto de mil novecientos treinta y ocho. Por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America, [seal] Boaz Long Por el Jefe Supremo de la Republica del Ecuador, [seal] Luis Bossano 53 Stat. 1968 SCHEDULE I Ecuadoran Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in Ecuadoran Sucres Note: The provisions of this Schedule will be interpreted as though they had been included in the current Ecuadoran tariff law by an amendment to that law. Abbreviations: G. K. – Gross Kilo L. K. – Legal Kilo 9 Milk: –b) Milk in powder or skimmed milk, evaporated milk or cream or any kind of milk, with or without sugar, conserved or concentrated, in any container, except milk sugar L. K. 0. 45 Ex 13 Hog lard: –a) Hog lard G. K. 0. 25 30 Preserved sardines, in any form or preparation L. K. 0. 49 43 Prunes in general L. K. 0. 315 77 Oats: –c) Elaborated, prepared or crushed for human food, in containers of metal, paper board or similars L. K. 0. 245 87 Pure wheat flour, in any container G. K. 0. 075 154 Lubricating oils for machinery and vehicles in general, including greases of any origin, composition or mixture, not otherwise shown G. K. 1. 315 Ex 277 All prepared liquid paints, not otherwise provided for, including those called enamels and lacquers, not provided for in section 6 G. K. 0. 60 Note VI which reads “no articles classified under item 277 will pay a duty of less than 30 percent ad valorem” is hereby deleted. 292 Paste, powder, soap, waters, and liquid preparations in general and others not specified, for dental cleanliness and hygiene, perfumed or not L. K. 2. 765 374 Pharmaceutical specialties and preparations such as: c) Syrups, elixirs, emulsion, comprimes, tablets, ampoules, capsules, and similars L. K. 1. 20 Note XVII in so far as it refers to subitem c) of item 374 is hereby deleted. Note: The importation of pharmaceutical specialties and patent medicines remains subject to the provisions that the National Department of Hygiene of Ecuador may dictate. It is understood, however, that the public health authorities of Ecuador will not impose any certification requirement or any formality for the importation, registration, licensing and sale of pharmaceutical specialties and patent medicines, which will be impossible of fulfillment in the United States of America because of the lack of a duly authorized Federal agency. 53 Stat. 1969 LISTA I No. de la Ley Arancelaria de Aduanas del Ecuador Descripción de Artículos Tarifas Máximas de Derechos. Tarifas Específicas en Sucres Ecuatorianos Nota: Las estipulaciones de esta Lista se interpreterán como si estuvieran incluídas en la actual Ley Arancelaria de Aduanas del Ecuador como una enmienda a dicha Ley. Abreviaciones: P. B. K.– Por Kilo peso Bruto P. L. K.– Por Kilo peso Legal 9.– Leche: b).– Leche en polvo o descremada, leche o crema evaporada o cualquier leche, con o sin azúcar, conservada o concentrada, en cualquier envase, exceptuando azúcar de leche P. L. K. 0,45 Ex 13.– Manteca de cerdo: a).– Manteca de cerdo P. B. K. 0,25 30.– Sardinas conservadas en cualquier forma o preparación P. L. K. 0,49 43.– Ciruelas pasas en general P. L. K. 0,315 77.– Avena: c).– Elaborada, preparada o machacada para la alimentación humana, en envases metálicos, de cartón o semejantes P. L. K. 0,245 87.– Harina de trigo, en cualquier envase P. B. K. 0,075 154.– Aceites lubricantes para maquinarias y vehículos en general, incluso grasa, de cualquier origen, composición o mezcla, no previstos en otra parte P. B. K. 0,315 Ex 277.– Todas las pinturas preparadas en líquido, no previstas en otra parte, incluso las llamadas esmaltes y barnices, no previstas en la sección 6 P. B. K. 0,60 Nota VI que dice “Ningún artículo clasificado en el párrafo 277 pagará un derecho menos de Ad-val. 30%” queda suprimida. 292.– Pasta, polvo, jabón, aguas y preparaciones líquidas en general, y cualquiera otra no especificada para la limpieza e higiene dentífrica, perfumados o no P. L. K. 2,765 374.– Preparaciones y especialidades farmacàuticas, tales como: c).– Jarabe, elixir, emulsión, comprimidos, tabletas, ampollas, cápsulas y semejantes. P. L. K. 1,20 Queda suprimida Nota XVII en citante se refiere al inciso c) del párrafo 374. Nota: La importación de especialidades farmacéuticas y medicinas de patente queda sujeta a las reglamentaciones que el Departamento de Sanidad del Ecuador pueda dictar. Debe entenderse, sin embargo, que las autoridades de Sanidad del Ecuador no impondrán el requisito de certificación de ninguna clase u otra formalidad para la importación, registro, licencia y venta de especialidades farmacéuticas y medicinas de patente, lo cual sería imposible cumplir en los Estados Unidos de Amàrica, debido a la falta de una agencia Federal debidamente autorizada para el efecto. 53 Stat. 1970 SCHEDULE I—Continued Ecuadoran Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in Ecuadoran Sucres 524 Tools and instruments of all kinds for artisans (excepting those intended for and those suitable for automobiles), not mentioned elsewhere, such as drills, reamers, anvils, carpenters’ planes, hammers, crow bars, handsaws, etc., made of iron, cast iron, steel, or wood 10% ad valorem 526 Instruments and utensils such as spades, hoes, agricultural machetes (without sheaths), shovels, rakes, pitchforks, picks, pick-axes, pruners, hand trowels; all used in agriculture, with or without handles 3½% ad valorem 608 Steam boilers and steam engines of all kinds, machinery for road construction, air compressors, drilling machinery, stone crushers, concrete mixers, machinery for making clay bricks, and more Free 644 Mechanical specie counters, cash registers, calculating machines, accounting machines, and spare parts for these machines 20% ad valorem 648 Hand sewing machines, with or without covers, for seamstresses and tailors 10.00 53 Stat. 1971 LISTA I—Continúa No. de la Ley Arancelaria de Aduanas del Ecuador Descripción de Artículos Tarifas Máximas de Derechos. Tarifas Específicas en Sucres Ecuatorianos 524.– Herramientas e instrumentos de todas clases, para artesanos (exceptuando los aparatos y los a propósito para automóviles), no mencionados en otra parte, tales como barrenas, brocas, bigornias, cepillos de carpintero, los para limpiar tubos de caldera, garlopas o garlopines, fuelles, guadañas, limas, llaves fijas y llaves inglesas, martillos, palancas, sacabocados, serruchos, sierras, taladros pequeños o manuales, tarrajas, torniquetes, tornos pequeños o manuales, trinchetes o tranchetes, yunques, diamantes montados para cortar vidrio, templadores de alambre y llaves para cercas de ganado, expandas para tubos de calderos, trabadores de sierra, plomadas, granules y niveles para carpinteros y albañiles, barrilejos y piquillos de acero para picapedreros, gatos para alzar pesos hasta de dos toneladas; todos estos de hierro, hierro fundido, acero o madera Ad-val. 10% 526.– Instrumentos y útiles, tales como azadas o azadones, hoces, machetes de agricultura (sin vaina), palas, rastrillos, horquillas para estiércol, bieldos para sacar papas, picos, piquetas, podadoras y excavadoras manuales, todos con cabos o sin ellos; arrancacepas, y útiles semejantes que se emplean en la agricultura y preparación de la tierra para la agricultura Ad-val. 3½% 608.– Calderas y motores de vapor de todas clases, incluso motores y tenders; máquinas de tracción y motores portátiles; maquinaria para la construcción de caminos y canales de riego; motores hidráulicos, de aire caliente y de aire comprimido; de petróleo, de gasolina y de nafta, excepto los motores destinados a automóviles de pasajeros; compresora de aire completa y todos los aparatos que funcionan por medio de aire comprimido, tales como martillos, taladros, cinceles, etc.; grúas de mano o de fuerza motriz; plataformas giratorias, ascensores, maquinarias para taladrar roca y para la perforación de pozos; maquinarias para excavaciones; trituradoras, cortadoras y pulimentadoras para piedra; mezcladoras de concreto, martinetes, martillos de fuerza motriz, cabrias, dragas, cabrestantes, bocarte; máquinas para fabricar baldosas y tubos de cemento; y maquinarias en general, para la fabricación de ladrillos de arcilla, movidas a fuerza motriz Libre 644.– Contadores mecánicos de efectivo; cajas registradoras; máquinas de computar; máquinas para teneduría de libros; piezas sueltas de todas éstas Ad-val. 20% 648.– Máquinas de coser a mano, con caja o sin ella, para costureras y sastres Cada una 10,00 53 Stat. 1972 SCHEDULE I—Continued Ecuadoran Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in Ecuadoran Sucres 649 Sewing machines, operated by human power, not specially provided for, also all parts and tools for sewing machines, of every kind, except needles 10% ad valorem 650 Sewing machines, in general, with or without covers, called table or cabinet machines, for seamstresses and tailors Each 25. 00 Plus 5% ad valorem 652 Typewriters, covers for the same and spare parts for them 20% ad valorem 667 Storage batteries, and parts or elements for the same, even those for automobiles, radiotelephony installations or for other uses 25% ad valorem Ex 677 Electric and other automatic refrigerators of any type, with or without motors, and accessories and parts therefor 20% ad valorem 679 Electric batteries in general and elements for the same, of metal, carbon or any other material L. K. 0. 70 Note VIII which says “No article classified under item 679, shall pay a duty of less than 30%” is hereby deleted. 687 –a) Automobiles up to 600 dollars in value 30% ad valorem –b) From 601 to 900 dollars, for the excess 40% ad valorem –c) 901 dollars and above, for the excess 80% ad valorem –d) Omnibuses and similar vehicles for passengers 30% ad valorem –e) Parts, spare and repair parts for automobiles, omnibuses and trucks; coach work and chassis for automobiles and coach work for omnibuses, excepting chassis for trucks 20% ad valorem 691 Inner tubes for tires or pneumatic casings of motor powered vehicles L. K. 1. 995 692 –a) Automobile trucks and light delivery trucks for the transportation of freight, with explosion, internal combustion or electric motors, imported with coach work 10% ad valorem 706 Tires, that is covers, for automobile wheels, solid, hollow or pneumatic, smooth or of the nonskid type, including all other pneumatic tires for vehicles, and leather covers, reinforced or not with metal L. K. 2. 10 900 Oilcloth with a base of cotton or other vegetable fibres, and imitation leather, for furniture, vehicles and tapestry, including table covers L. K. 1. 96 1086 Knitted and crocheted textiles, of silk or artificial silk, with or without handwork: –b) Stockings and socks, for men and women, per dozen pairs 8. 66 Plus 7% ad valorem 1089 Hides and skins, tanned, dressed or dyed, without hair or wool –a) Of calf, varnished, whole, divided, split, excarnated or crusts L. K. 8. 50 Ex –n) Patent upper leather L. K. 8. 50 53 Stat. 1973 LISTA I—Continua No. de la Ley Arancelaria de Aduanas del Ecuador Descripción de Artículos Tarifas Máximas de Derechos. Tarifas Específicas en Sucres Ecuatorianos 649.– Máquinas de coser a fuerza de sangre, no previstas, así como todas las partes y útiles de máquinas de coser de cualquiera clase, exceptuando las agujas Ad-val. 10% 650.– Máquinas de coser, en general, con caja o sin ella, llamadas de mesa o gabinete, para costureras y sastres Cada una 25, 00 Más _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ad-val. 5% 652.– Máquinas de escribir, tapas para las mismas y piezas sueltas de ellas Ad-val. 20% 667.– Baterías acumuladoras, y partes o elementos para las mismas, aunque sean para automóviles, instalaciones de radiotelefonía o para otros usos Ad-val. 25% Ex 677.– Refrigeradoras eléctricas y otras refrigeradoras automáticas de cualquier tipo, con o sin motores, y accesorios y partes para las mismas Ad-val. 20% 679.– Pilas eléctricas en general, y elementos para las mismas, sean de metal, carbón o cualquier otro material P. L. K. 0, 70 Nota VIII que dice “Ningún artículo clasificado según el párrafo 679, pagará un derecho menor de Ad-val. 30 %” queda suprimida. 687.– a)– Automóviles hasta de 600 dólares de valor Ad-val. 30% b)– De 601 a 900 dólares, por el exceso Ad-val. 40% c)– De 901 dólares en adelante, por el exceso Ad-val. 80% d)– Omnibus y vehículos semejantes, para pasajeros Ad-val. 30% e)– Partes, piezas sueltas y repuestos para automóviles, omnibus, y camiones; carrocería y chasis para automóviles y carrocería para omnibus, exceptuando chasis para camiones-automóviles de transporte de carga y omnibus Ad-val. 20% 691.– Cámaras o tubería interior para llantas o cámaras neumáticas de vehículos a fuerza motriz P. L. K. 1, 995 692.– a)– Camiones-automóviles y camionetas para el transporte de carga, con motores de explosión o combustión interna o eléctrica, importados con sus carrocerías y chasis de todos éstos, inclusive los chasis para omnibus Ad-val. 10% 706.– Llantas, o sean cubiertas, para ruedas de automóviles, sólidas, huecas o neumáticas, sean lisas o de sistema antiderrapante, incluso todas las demás llantas neumáticas para vehículos y las cubiertas de cuero para las mismas, reforzadas o no con metal P. L. K. 2, 10 900.– Hule a base de algodón o de otras fibras vegetales e imitaciones de cuero para muebles, vehículos y tapicería, inclusive las carpetas de mesa P. L. K. 1,96 1086.– Tejidos de punto de media y de crochet, de seda o seda artificial, con obra de mano o sin ella: b).– Medias y calcetines, para hombres y mujeres Docena de pares 8,66 Más _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ad-val. 7% 1089.– Cueros o pieles curtidos, adobados o teñidos, sin pelo o lana: a).– De becerro, barnizados, enteros, divididos, abiertos, descarnes o costras P. L. K. 8,50 Ex n).– Cueros grandes, charolados, para pala de calzado P. L. K. 8,50 53 Stat. 1974 SCHEDULE II United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in United States Dollars Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, in so far as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the paragraph of the Tariff Act of 1930 or the section of the Revenue Act of 1932 noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. 752 Bananas, dried, desiccated or evaporated 17½% ad valorem 806
(a)Naranjilla ( solanum quitoense lam) juice, not specially provided for, containing less than one half of one per centum of alcohol 0.35 per gallon 806
(b)Concentrated naranjilla (solanum quitoense lam) juice, fit for beverage purposes 0.35 per gallon on the quantity of unconcentrated natural fruit juice contained in such concentrated juice as shown by chemical analysis 1504
(1)Hats and hoods, composed wholly or in chief value of the fibre of the carludovica palmata, commercially known as toquilla fibre or straw; not blocked or trimmed and not bleached, dyed, colored or stained 12½% ad valorem 1609 Annatto, prepared or unprepared, and extracts thereof (not containing alcohol) Free 1618 Bananas, green or ripe Free 1618 Plantains, green or ripe Free 1619 Barks, cinchona or other, from which quinine may be extracted Free 1653 Cocoa or cacao beans, and shells thereof Free 1654 Coffee, except coffee imported into Puerto Rico and upon which a duty is imposed under the authority of section 319 Free 1684 Kapok, not dressed or manufactured in any manner Free 1765 Reptile skins, raw Free 1778 Tagua nuts Free 1803
(1)Sawed balsa lumber and timber, not further manufactured than planed, and tongued and grooved; n. s. p. f. Free 1803
(2)Balsa wood in the log Free Revenue Act of 1932 Section 601
(6)Balsa lumber, rough, or planed or dressed on one or more sides, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the application of a tax at the rate provided for above to sawed balsa timber or to require a deduction on account of planing, tonguing or grooving in determining board measure for the purpose of assessing import taxes on balsa lumber and timber 1.50 per 1000 feet board measure 53 Stat. 1975 LISTA II Ley de Arancel de 1930 de los Estados Unidos Párrafo Descripción de Artículos Tarifas Máximas de Derechos. Tarifas Específicas en Dólares de los Estados Unidos de América Nota: Las disposiciones de esta Lista serán interpretadas y tendrán el mismo efecto y la aplicación a ellas de las disposiciones colaterales de las Leyes de Arancel de los Estados Unidos de América será determinada, en cuanto fuere posible, como si cada disposición de esta Lista apareciera respectivamente en el párrafo de la Ley de Arancel de 1930 o la sección de la Ley de Ingresos de 1932 señalado en la columna de la izquierda de las respectivas descripciones de los artículos. 752 Plátanos, secos, desecados o evaporados 17½% Ad-val. 806
(a)Jugo de naranjilla (solanum quitoense lam), no previsto especialmente, conteniendo menos de la mitad de 1% de alcohol 0,35 por galón 806
(b)Jugo de naranjilla (solanum quitoense lam), concentrado, apropiado para bebidas 0,35 por galón, sobre una cantidad de jugo natural de fruta no concentrado, según el jugo concentrado que contenga, de acuerdo con el análisis químico 1504
(1)Sombreros y cubiertas (formas o “cloches”), compuestos enteramente o en su mayor valor de la fibra de la carludovica palmata, comercialmente conocida como fibra o paja toquilla: 12% Ad-val. Sin hormar o adornar, y sin ser blanqueados, pintados de color o tinturados 1609 Achiote, preparado o sin preparar, y sus extractos (que no contengan alcohol) Libre 1618 Plátanos, verdes o maduros Libre 1618 Plátanos de cocinar, verdes o maduros Libre 1619 Cáscaras, cascarilla u otras, de las cuales se pueda extraer la quinina Libre 1653 Cocoa o cacao en grano y las cáscaras de éstos Libre 1654 Café, salvo café importado a Puerto Rico y sobre el cual esté impuesto un derecho bajo la autoridad de sección 319 Libre 1684 Lana de ceibo, no preparada ni manufacturada en ninguna forma Libre 1765 Cueros de reptil, crudos Libre 1778 Tagua Libre 1803
(1)Madera y palos de balsa, aserrados, pero sin más manufactura que acepillados y machimbrados; no previsto en otra parte Libre 1803
(2)Palo de balsa en trozos Libre Ley de Ingresos de 1932 Sección 601
(6)Palo de balsa, crudo, o acepillado o preparado en uno o más lados, a condición de que en este Convenio nada se estime que se opone a la aplicación de un impuesto al tipo más arriba establecido, para el palo de balsa aserrado, o que requiera una disminución por estar cepillado, machimbrado o acanalado, para determinar la medida de la tabla, con el fin de establecer los derechos de importación para la madera de balsa aserrada o en palos 1,50 por 1000 pies 53 Stat. 1976 Modifications, etc.Whereas, such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed, as amended by the said notes of August 6, 1938, September 9, 1938, and September 13, 1938, are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement as amended; *Ante*, p. 1966.Whereas, it is stipulated in Article XIX of the said Agreement that the Agreement shall come into full force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations; Proclamation by Supreme Chief of Ecuador.Whereas, the said Agreement, as amended, including the two Schedules, was proclaimed by the Supreme Chief of the Republic of Ecuador on August 6, 1938; Proclamation by President of United States of America.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351).Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement as amended by the aforesaid notes, including the said Schedules, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after October 23, 1938, the thirtieth day following September 23, 1938, the date of this my proclamation of the said Agreement. [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351). Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine [seal] hundred and thirty-eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. June 3, 1938 August 29, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1977 53 Stat. 1977 MEXICO—EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS—June 3, 1938⁄August 29, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Mexico for theJune 3,and August29, 1938[E. A. S. 134]exchange of official publications. Effected by exchange of notes signed June 3 and August 29, 1938.* The Acting Secretary of State (Welles) to the Mexican Ambassador (Nájera) Department of State, *Washington, June 3, 1938*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the Department’s note of April 5Agreement with Mexico for the exchange of official publications., 1938 11Not printed. and to previous correspondence regarding the conclusion of an agreement for the exchange of official publications between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Mexico. It gives me pleasure to inform Your Excellency that the Government of the United States of America will be glad to undertake a complete exchange of publications with the Government of Mexico to be conducted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. The official exchange office for the transmission of publications of the United States is the Smithsonian Institution. The official exchange office on the part of Mexico is the Departamento Autónomo de Prensa y Publicidad. 2. The exchange sendings shall be received on behalf of the United States by the Library of Congress; on behalf of Mexico by the Departamento Autónomo de Prensa y Publicidad. 3. The Government of the United States shall furnish regularly in one copy the official publications of its various departments, bureaus, offices, and institutions. Attached is a list of such departments and agencies (List No. I).22For list as furnished by the Mexican Government, see p. 1988. This list shall include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new office that the Government may create in the future. 4. The Government of Mexico shall furnish regularly in one copy the official publications which it issues, of its several departments, bureaus, offices, and institutions. Attached is a list (List No. 2)33For list, see p. 1988. of the publications which the Departamento Autónomo de Prensa y Publicidad is issuing or intends to issue, a list which remains subject to the modifications that administrative necessities may require and shall include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new official publications that the Government may issue in the future. 53 Stat. 1978 5. With respect to the departments and instrumentalities which at this time do not issue publications and which have not been included in the attached lists, it is understood that publications issued in the future by those offices shall be furnished in one copy. 6. Neither Government shall be obligated by this agreement to furnish confidential publications, blank forms, or circular letters not of a public nature. 7. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railroad, steamship, and other charges arising in its own country. 8. Both parties express their willingness as far as possible to expedite shipments. 9. This agreement shall not be understood to modify the already existing exchange agreements between the various government departments of the two countries. I wish to point out that in entering upon this complete exchange of official publications the Government of the United States assumes that publications of the judicial branches of both Governments as well as those of the other branches are to be included in the exchange. It is understood that the agreement shall enter into force upon the receipt of a note from the Embassy indicating that the Government of Mexico is prepared to undertake a complete exchange of publications with the Government of the United States in accordance with the foregoing provisions. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. Enclosures: 1. List No. 1. 2. List No. 2. His Excellency Señior Dr. Don Francisco Castillo Nâjera, *Ambassador of Mexico*. [LIST NO. 1] List of the Various Departments and Instrumentalities of the United States Government, the Publications of Which Are To Be Furnished, Together With Note of the Principal Serial Publications To Be Included in the Exchange. Agriculture Department Crops and markets, monthly Department leaflet Farmers’ bulletin, irregular Journal of agricultural research, semi-monthly Miscellaneous publication Technical bulletin, irregular Yearbook of agriculture, bound53 Stat. 1979 *Agricultural economics bureau* Agricultural situation, monthly Statistical bulletin Report, annual *Agricultural engineering bureau* Report, annual *Animal industry bureau* Service and regulatory announcements *Biological survey bureau* North American fauna Report, annual *Chemistry and soils bureau* Soil survey reports Report, annual *Dairy industry bureau* Report, annual *Entomology and plant quarantine bureau* Report, annual *Experiment station office* Experiment station record, monthly Report on agricultural experiment stations, annual *Extension service* Extension service review, monthly *Food and drug administration* *Forest service* Report, annual *Home economics bureau* Report, annual *Information office* Report, annual *Plant industry bureau* *Public roads bureau* Public roads, journal of highway research, monthly Report, annual *Soil conservation service* Soil conservation, monthly Report, annual *Weather bureau* Climatological data for U. S., monthly Monthly weather review Civil Service Commission Official register of the U. S., annual bound Report, annual Commerce Department Annual report of the Secretary of Commerce *Air commerce bureau* *The Census bureau* Decennial census Biennial census of manufactures Birth, stillbirth and infant mortality statistics, annual Financial statistics of cities over 100,000, annual Financial statistics of state and local governments, annual Mortality statistics, annual County and city jails, prisoners, annual Prisoners in state and federal prisons, annual53 Stat. 1980 *Coast and geodetic survey* Special publications *Fisheries bureau* Bulletin Fishery circular Investigational report *Foreign and domestic commerce bureau* Domestic commerce series Survey of current business Foreign commerce and navigation, bound annual Monthly summary of foreign commerce Commerce reports, weekly Statistical abstract, annual Trade information bulletin Trade promotion series *Lighthouses bureau* *National bureau of standards* Circular Journal of research, monthly Technical news bulletin, monthly *Navigation and steamboat inspection bureau* Merchant marine statistics, annual Merchant vessels of the United States, annual *Patent office* Official gazette, weekly Index of trademarks, annual Index of patents, annual *Shipping board bureau* Shipping board bureau reports Congress Congressional record, bound Congressional directory, bound Statutes at large, bound Code of laws and supplements, bound *House of representatives* Journal, bound Documents, bound Reports, bound *Senate* Journal, bound Documents, bound Reports, bound Court of Claims Report of cases decided Court of Customs and Patent Appeals Reports (decisions), bound District of Columbia Reports of the various departments of the local government Employees’ Compensation Commission Annual report Farm Credit Administration Annual report Federal Communications Commission Annual report Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works 53 Stat. 1981 Federal Home Loan Bank Board Federal home loan bank review, monthly Federal Housing Administration Annual report Federal Power Commission Annual report Federal Reserve System Federal reserve bulletin, monthly Annual report Federal Trade Commission Annual report Decisions, bound General Accounting Office Decisions of comptroller-general, bound Government Printing Office Annual report *Documents office* Documents catalog, biennial Monthly catalog Interior Department Annual report Decisions *Education office* Bulletin Pamphlet series School life, monthly except July and August Vocational education bulletin *General land office* *Geological survey* Bulletin Professional paper Water supply papers *Mines bureau* Bulletin Minerals yearbook Technical paper *National Park Service* *Reclamation bureau* Reclamation era, monthly Interstate Commerce Commission Annual report Annual report of statistics on railways Interstate commerce commission reports (decisions), bound Justice Department Annual report of the Attorney General Opinions of the Attorney General *Prisons bureau* Federal offenders, annual Labor Department Annual report *Children’s bureau* *Employment service* 53 Stat. 1982 *Immigration and naturalization service* *Labor standards division* Bulletin Industrial health and safety series *Labor statistics bureau* Bulletin Monthly labor review *Women’s bureau* Bulletin Library of Congress Annual report, bound *Copyright office* Catalog of copyright entries *Documents division* Monthly checklist of state publications *Legislative reference service* State law index, biennial, bound National Academy of Sciences Annual report National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics Annual report Bibliography of aeronautics, annual Technical reports National Archives National Emergency Council United States government manual National Labor Relations Board Decisions National Mediation Board Annual report National Resources Board Report Navy Department Annual report of the Secretary of the navy *Engineering bureau* *Marine corps* *Medicine and surgery bureau* Naval medical bulletin, quarterly Annual report of the surgeon general *Naval war college* International law situations, annual bound *Navigation bureau* Navy directory, quarterly Register, annual *Hydrographic office* Publications *Nautical almanac office* American ephemeris and nautical almanac, annual American nautical almanac, annual *Supplies and accounts bureau* Naval expenditures, annual53 Stat. 1983 Post Office Department Postal guide, annual with monthly supplements Annual report of the Postmaster general *Postal savings system* Annual report President of the United States Addresses, messages Reconstruction Finance Corporation Report, quarterly Securities and Exchange Commission Decisions Annual report Smithsonian Institution Report, annual *Ethnology bureau* Annual report Bulletin *National museum* Report, annual State Department Arbitration series Conference series Executive agreement series Foreign relations, Annual, bound Latin American series Press releases weekly Territorial papers of the United States, bound Treaty series Treaty information bulletin, monthly Supreme Court Official reports, bound Tariff Commission Annual report Miscellaneous series Reports Tax Appeals Board Board of tax appeals reports Treasury Department Annual report of the Secretary of the treasurer on the state of finances Combined statement of receipts, expenditures, balances, etc. annual Treasury decisions, bound. *Budget bureau* Budget annual, bound *Bookkeeping and warrants division* Digest of appropriations, annual *Coast guard* Register, annual *Comptroller of the currency* Annual report *Internal revenue bureau* Internal revenue bulletin, weekly Annual report of the commissioner of internal revenue Statistics of income53 Stat. 1984 *Mint bureau* Annual report *Narcotics bureau* *Procurement division* *Public health service* National institute of health bulletin Public health bulletin, irregular Public health reports, weekly Annual report Venereal disease information, monthly Veterans’ Administration Annual report Medical bulletin, quarterly War Department Report of the secretary of war, annual *Adjutant general’s department* Official army register, annual Army list and directory, semi-annual *Engineer department* Report of the chief of engineers (incl. commercial statistics on water-borne commerce), annual Rivers and harbors board. Port series *General staff corps* *Insular affairs bureau* Annual report *Medical department* Report of the surgeon general, annual *Military intelligence division* *National guard bureau* *Ordnance department* *Quartermaster general* *Signal office* The Mexican Ambassador (Nájera) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)embajada de mexico 5444 Washington, D. C., *29 de agosto de 1988*. Señor Secretario: Tengo el honor de referirme a la atenta nota do Vuestra Excelencia, de fecha 3 de junio de 1938, siéndome grato participarle que mi Gobierno se ha servido autorizarme para celebrar con el de los Estados Unidos un convenio sobre canje de publicaciones oficiales, de acuerdo con las bases siguientes: 1. El Departamento oficial de canje por parte de México es el Departamento Autônomo de Prensa y Publicidad. El departamento oficial de canje para la transmisiôn de las publicaciones de los Estados Unidos es el Institute Smithsoniano. 53 Stat. 1985 2. Los envíos de canje serán recibidos, en nombre de México, por el Departamento Autónomo de Prensa y Publicidad; en nombre de los Estados Unidos por la Biblioteca del Congreso. 3. El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos proporcionará, con regularidad, un ejemplar de las publicaciones oficiales de sus diversos Departamentos, Direcciones, Oficinas e Instituciones. Se agrega una lista de tales departamentos y agencias (Lista No. I).11Para la lista suministrada por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, véase pág. 1978. Esta lista incluirá, sin necesidad de negociaciones subsecuentes, cualquier nueva oficina que el Gobierno pueda crear en lo futuro. 4. El Gobierno de México proporcionará, con regularidad, un ejemplar de las publicaciones oficiales que se editan, correspondientes a sus diversas Secretarías, Departamentos, Direcciones, Oficinas e Instituciones. Se agrega una lista (Lista No. 2)22Véase la lista, pág. 1986. de las publicaciones que el Departamento Autónomo de Prensa y Publicidad edita o proyecta editar, lista que queda sujeta a las modificaciones que las necesidades administrativas impongan, e incluirá, sin necesidad de negociaciones subsecuentes, cualquiera nueva publicación oficial que el Gobierno pueda editar en lo futuro. 5. Con respecto a los departamentos y agencias que en la actualidad no editan publicaciones, y que no hayan sido mencionados en las listas anexas, queda entendido que se proporcionará un ejemplar de las publicaciones que dichas oficinas editen en lo futuro. 6. Ninguno de los dos Gobiernos quedará obligado, por este convenio, a proporcionar publicaciones confidenciales, esqueletos o circulares que no sean de carácter público. 7. Cada una de las partes que celebran este acuerdo cubrirá los gastos de correo, ferrocarriles, barcos y otros que se originen en su propio país. 8. Ambas partes manifiestan su deseo de facilitar la prontitud de sus remesas en cuanto fuere posible. 9. Queda entendido que este convenio no modificará los arreglos que ya existan para el canje de publicaciones entre diversas dependencias de los Gobiernos de ambos países. De acuerdo con la atenta nota de Vuestra Excelencia a que me vengo refiriendo, tengo el honor de manifestarle que el Gobierno de México entiende que, al entrar en vigor este convenio sobre canje de publicaciones oficiales, también quedarán incluidas las publicaciones de la Rama Judicial de ambos Gobiernos, así como las publicaciones de cualquier otra Rama de los mismos. En vista de lo anterior y según el tenor del último párrafo de la nota de Vuestra Excelencia, de fecha 3 de junio de 1938, ruego a 53 Stat. 1986Vuestra Excelencia se sirva considerar que, a partir de la fecha de recibo de la presente, mi Gobierno está, dispuesto a establecer el canje de publicaciones oficiales con el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. Sírvase aceptar Vuestra Excelencia las seguridades de mi consideración más alta y distinguida. F. Castillo Nâjera *Embajador*. Excelentisimo señor Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado*, *etc., etc., etc.*, [LISTA N.º 2] Lista de Publicaciones que el Gobierno de México se Compromete a Enviar en Canje al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos Política (Pendiente) Revista Jurídica Mensual. Agricultura Bimestral. Irrigación en México Mensual. Protección a la Naturaleza Mensual. Boletín del Departamento Forestal y de Caza y Pesca Cada cuatro meses. Boletín Jurídico Militar Mensual. Revista del Ejército Mensual. Revista Naval Militar Mensual. Revista de Polo Mensual. Boletín del Instituto de Higiene Sin periodicidad. Sociedades y Crédito (Pendiente) Revista de Estadística Mensual. Revista de Industria (Pendiente) Revista de Ingeniería Mensual. Revista de Educación Mensual. Anales del Museo Nacional Anual. Boletín del Museo Nacional Trimestral. Boletín del Archivo General de la Nación Mensual. Revista del Trabajo Mensual. Revista de Hacienda Mensual. Indicador Postal y Telegráfico Mensual. Mercado Agrícola Ganadero Semanal. Boletín de Aeronáutica Sin periodicidad. El Soldado Mensual. El Maestro Rural Mensual. El Campesino Mensual. Palomilla Quincenal. Mexican Art and Life Trimestral. Educación Física Mensual. 53 Stat. 1987 [Translation] embassy of mexico 5444 Washington, D. C., *August 29, 1938*. Mr. Secretary: I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s kind note of June 3, 1938, and take pleasure in advising you that my Government has been pleased to authorize me to conclude with the United States Government an agreement on exchange of official publications, on the following bases: 1. The official department for the exchange on the part of Mexico is the Autonomous Press and Publicity Department. The official agency of exchange for transmission of the United States publications is the Smithsonian Institution. 2. The exchange sendings will be received, in the name of Mexico, by the Autonomous Press and Publicity Department; in the name of the United States, by the Library of Congress. 3. The United States Government will regularly furnish one copy of the official publications of its various departments, directorates, offices, and institutions. A list of such departments and agencies is attached (List No. I).11For list as furnished by the Government of the United States of America, see p. 1978. This list will include, without necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new office which the Government may create in the future. 4. The Government of Mexico will regularly furnish one copy of the official publications which are published, corresponding to its various secretariats, departments, directorates, offices, and institutions. A list is attached (List No. 2)22For list, see p. 1988. of the publications which the Autonomous Press and Publicity Department publishes or plans to publish, which list is subject to the modifications which administrative necessities may impose, and will include, without necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new official publication which the Government may publish in the future. 5. With respect to the departments and agencies which at present do not issue any publications, and which have not been mentioned on the attached lists, it is understood that a copy of any publications which the said offices may issue in the future will be furnished. 6. Neither of the two Governments will be obliged by this agreement to furnish confidential publications, forms, or circulars which are not of public character. 7. Each of the parties concluding this agreement will pay the expenses of the mails, railways, vessels, and other expenses which originate in its own country. 8. Both parties express their desire to facilitate the promptness of their sendings as much as possible. 9. It is understood that this agreement will not modify the arrangements which already exist for the exchange of publications between various agencies of the Governments of both countries. 53 Stat. 1988 In accordance with Your Excellency’s kind note to which I have been referring, I have the honor to advise you that the Government of Mexico understands that, upon the entrance into force of this agreement on exchange of official publications, the publications of the judicial branch of both Governments will also be included as well as the publications of any other branch of the said Governments. In view of the foregoing and according to the last paragraph of Your Excellency’s note of June 3, 1938, I beg Your Excellency to be pleased to consider that, on and after the date of receipt of this note, my Government is prepared to establish the exchange of official publications with the Government of the United States of America. Please accept, Excellency, the assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. F. Castillo Nâjera *Ambassador*. His Excellency Mr. Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State*. [LIST NO. 2] List of Publications Which the Government of Mexico Undertakes To Send in Exchange to the Government of the United States Política (Pending) Revista Jurídica Monthly Agricultura Bimonthly Irrigación en México Monthly Protección a la Naturaleza Monthly Boletín del Departamento Forestal y de Caza y Pesca Every four months Boletín Jurídico Militar Monthly Revista del Ejército Monthly Revista Naval Militar Monthly Revista de Polo Monthly Boletín del Instituto de Higiene Irregular Sociedades y Crédito (Pending) Revista de Estadística Monthly Revista de Industria (Pending) Revista de Ingeniería Monthly Revista de Educación Monthly Anales del Museo Nacional Annual Boletín del Museo Nacional Quarterly Boletín del Archivo General de la Nación Monthly Revista del Trabajo Monthly Revista de Hacienda Monthly Indicador Postal y Telegráfico Monthly Mercado Agrícola Ganadera Weekly Boletín de Aeronáutica Irregular El Soldado Monthly El Maestro Rural Monthly El Campesino Monthly Palomilla Semimonthly Mexican Art and Life Quarterly Educación Física Monthly Aug. 13, 1938 Sept. 6, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 1989 53 Stat. 1989 BRITISH GUIANA—PARCEL POST—Aug. 13, 1938⁄Sept. 6, 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Parcel post agreement between British Guiana and the United States of America, and detailed regulations. Signed at Georgetown August 13, 1938 and at Washington September 6, 1938; approved by the President September 12, 1938.*August 13, 1938September 6, 1938 PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN BRITISH GUIANA AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. The Postal Administrations of British Guiana and the UnitedParcel post agreement with British Guiana. States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) agree to effect a regular direct exchange of parcels between British Guiana and the United States of America. AGREEMENT. Article I. Limits of weight and size. 1. A parcel for British Guiana posted in the United States ofLimits of weight and size. America shall not exceed 22 pounds in weight, 4 feet in length, and 6 feet in length and girth combined; and a parcel for the United States of America posted in British Guiana shall not exceed 10 kilograms in weight, 1.05 meters in length, and 1.80 meters in length and girth combined. 2. As regards the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions of a parcel, the view of the dispatching office shall be accepted except in a case of obvious error. Article II. Transit of parcels. 1. The two Administrations guarantee the right of transit forTransit of parcels. parcels over their territory to or from any country with which they respectively have parcel-post communication. 2. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions to which the parcels are subject. Transit parcels shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Detailed Regulations*Post*, p. 1999. so far as they are applicable. Article III. Prepayment of postage. The prepayment of the postage on a parcel shall be compulsory,Prepayment of postage. except in the case of a redirected or returned parcel. Article IV. Territorial and maritime credits. 1. The territorial credit due to British Guiana for parcels addressedTerritorial and maritime credits. for delivery in the service of its territory shall be one franc53 Stat. 1990 for each parcel not exceeding eleven pounds in weight and two francs for each parcel over eleven pounds up to twenty-two pounds in weight, respectively. 2. The territorial credit due to the United States of America for parcels addressed for delivery in the service of its territory shall be as follows, computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: For parcels addressed to the United States of America (continent) 0.70 franc per kilogram. The combined territorial and maritime credits due to the United States of America for parcels addressed for delivery in the service of its possessions are as follows: For parcels addressed to Alaska, 2.20 francs per kilogram. For parcels addressed to Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, 1.05 francs per kilogram. For parcels addressed to Samoa, Guam, and Hawaii, 1.85 francs per kilogram. 3. Each Administration reserves the right to vary its territorial rates in accordance with any alterations of these charges which may be decided upon in connection with its parcel-post relations with other countries generally. 4. Three months advance notice must be given of any increase or reduction of the rates mentioned in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such reduction or increase shall be effective for a period of not less than one year. Article V. Sea rate. Sea rate. Each of the two Administrations shall be entitled to fix the rate for any sea service which it provides. Article VI. Fee for clearance through the Customs. Fee for clearance through the Customs. Each of the two Administrations may collect, in respect of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs, or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes per parcel or such other fee as it may from time to time fix for similar services in its parcel-post relations with other countries generally. Article VII. Delivery to the addressee. Fee for delivery at the place of address. Delivery to the addressee; fee tor delivery at the place of address. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. Each country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article VIII. Customs and other non-postal charges. Customs and other non-postal charges. Customs charges and all other non-postal charges shall be paid by the addressees of parcels, except as provided otherwise in this Agreement. 53 Stat. 1991 Article IX. Warehousing charge. Each of the two Administrations may collect any warehousingWarehousing charge. charge fixed by its regulations for a parcel which is addressed “Poste Restante” or which is not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge shall in no case exceed 5 francs. Article X. Prohibitions. 1. Postal parcels must not contain any letter, note, or document havingArticles specified.Letters, etc. the character of an actual and personal correspondence or packets of any kind bearing an address other than that of the addressee of the parcel or of persons dwelling with him. It is, however, permissible to enclose in a parcel an open invoiceExceptions. confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel. 2. It is also forbidden to enclose in a parcel :—
(a)Articles which from their nature or packing may be a sourceDangerous articles. of danger to the officers of the Post Office or may soil or damage other parcels.
(b)Explosive, inflammable, or dangerous substances (includingExplosive, etc., substances. loaded metal caps, live cartridges, and matches).
(c)Living animals, except bees, leeches, and silkworms which mustLiving animals; exceptions. be packed in suitably constructed boxes.
(d)Articles the admission of which is forbidden by law, or by theNonadmissible articles. customs or other regulations.
(e)Articles of an obscene or immoral nature.Obscene, etc., articles.It is, moreover, forbidden to send coin, platinum, gold, or silverCoin, etc. whether manufactured or unmanufactured, precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. 3. A parcel which has been wrongly admitted to the post shallParcels wrongly admitted. be returned to the country of origin, unless the Administration of destination is authorized by its legislation to dispose of it otherwise. Nevertheless, the fact that a parcel contains a letter or communicationsParcels which contain a letter. which constitute an actual and personal correspondence shall not, in any case, entail its return to the country of origin. 4. Explosive, inflammable, or dangerous substances and articles ofDisposition of explosives, etc. an obscene or immoral nature shall not be returned to the country of origin; they shall be disposed of by the Administration which has found them in the mails m accordance with its own internal regulations. 5. If a parcel wrongly admitted to the post is neither returned toAction with respect to certain wrongly admitted parcels. origin nor delivered to the addressee the Administration of origin shall be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcel in order that it may take such steps as are necessary. Article XI. Advice of delivery. 1. The sender may obtain an advice of delivery for an insuredAdvice of delivery. parcel under the conditions prescribed for postal packets by the Convention of the Universal Postal Union. An advice of delivery cannot be obtained for an uninsured parcel. 2. The Administration of origin may collect from the sender whoFee. requests an advice of delivery, such fee as may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 53 Stat. 1992 Article XII. Redirection. 1. Redirection. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination. The Administration of destination may collect the redirection charge prescribed by its internal regulations. Similarly, a parcel may be redirected from one of the two countries which are parties to this Agreement to a third country provided that the parcel complies with the conditions required for its further conveyance and provided, as a rule, that the extra postage is prepaid at the time of redirection or documentary evidence is produced that the addressee will pay it. 2. Additional charges levied in respect of redirection and not paid by the addressee or his representative shall not be canceled in case of further redirection or of return to origin, but shall be collected, from the addressee or from the sender as the case may be, without prejudice to the payment of any special charges incurred which the Administration of destination does not agree to cancel. Article XIII. Missent parcels. Missent parcels. Parcels received out of course, or wrongly allowed to be dispatched, shall be retransmitted or returned in accordance with the *Post*, pp. 1999, 2003.provisions of Article 1, Section 2 and Article 15, Sections 1 and 2 of the Detailed Regulations. Article XIV. Non-delivery. 1. Non-delivery. The sender may request at the time of posting that, if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed, it may be either
(a)treated as abandoned or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination. No other alternative is admissible. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the dispatch note and must be in conformity with or analogous to one of the following forms :— " “If not deliverable as addressed, abandon.” “If not deliverable as addressed, deliver to . . . . . . . . . . ” " The same request must also be written on the cover of the parcel. 2. In the absence of a request by the sender to the contrary, a parcel that cannot be delivered shall be returned to the sender without previous notification and at his expense thirty days after its arrival at the office of destination. Nevertheless, a parcel which is definitely refused by the addressee shall be returned immediately. 3. The charges due on returned undeliverable parcels shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of Article XXIX. Article XV. Cancelation of customs charges. Cancelation of customs charges. The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be canceled both in British Guiana and the United States of America. 53 Stat. 1993 Article XVI. Sale. Destruction. Articles of which the early deterioration or corruption is to beSale or destruction of articles liable to deterioration. expected, and these only, may be sold immediately, even when in transit on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality. If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or putrid articles shall be destroyed. Article XVII. Abandoned parcels. Parcels which cannot be delivered to the addressees and whichAbandoned parcels. the senders have abandoned shall not be returned by the Administration of destination, but shall be treated in accordance with its regulations. No claim shall be made by the Administration of destination against the Administration of origin in respect of such parcels. Article XVIII. Inquiries. 1. A fee not exceeding 60 centimes may be charged for everyInquiries. inquiry concerning a parcel. No fee shall be charged if the sender has already paid the special fee for an advice of delivery. 2. Inquiries shall be admitted only if made by the sender within the period of one year from the day following the date of posting of the parcel. 3. When an inquiry is the outcome of an irregularity in the postal service, the inquiry fee shall be refunded. Article XIX. Insured parcels. Rates and conditions. 1. Parcels may be insured up to a limit of 500 francs or itsInsured parcels. equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. 2. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from theRates and conditions. sender of an insured parcel an insurance fee fixed according to its internal regulations. 3. The Administration of origin is also entitled to collect from the sender of an insured parcel a dispatch fee not exceeding 50 centimes. 4. A receipt must be given free of charge at the time of posting, to the sender of an insured parcel. Article XX. Fraudulent insurance. The insured value may not exceed the actual value of the contentsFraudulent insurance. of the parcel but it is permitted to insure only part of this value. The fraudulent insurance of a parcel for a sum exceeding the actual value shall be subject to any legal proceedings which may be admitted by the laws of the country of origin. A parcel the contents of which have no pecuniary value may, however, be insured for a nominal sum in order to obtain the safeguards of the insurance system. 53 Stat. 1994 Article XXI. Responsibility for loss, damage, or abstraction. 1. Responsibility for loss, damage, or abstraction. Except in the cases mentioned in the following article, the two Administrations shall be responsible for the loss of insured parcels only and for the loss, damage, or abstraction of their contents or of a part thereof. The sender or other rightful claimant is entitled under this head to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, damage, or abstraction. The amount of compensation for an insured parcel shall not exceed the amount for which it was insured. In cases where the loss, damage, or abstraction occurs in the service of the country of destination, the Administration of destination may pay compensation to the addressee at its own expense and without consulting the Administration of origin, provided that the addressee can prove that the sender has waived his rights in the addressee’s favor. 2. In calculating the amount, of compensation, indirect loss, or loss of profits shall not be taken into consideration. 3. Compensation shall be calculated on the current price of goods of the same nature at the place and time at which the goods were accepted for transmission or, in the absence of current price, at the ordinary estimated value. 4. Where compensation is due for the loss, destruction, or complete damage of an insured parcel or for the abstraction of the whole of the contents, the sender is entitled to the return of the postage also, if claimed. 5. In all cases insurance fees and, if the case arises, the dispatch fee, shall be retained by the Administrations concerned. 6. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 7. When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country, at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. Article XXII. Exceptions to the principle of responsibility. Exceptions to the principle of responsibility. The two Administrations shall be relieved from all responsibility :—
(a)In cases beyond control (force majeure).
(b)When, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise, they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction53 Stat. 1995 of official documents through a cause beyond control (force majeure).
(c)When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender, or when it arises from the nature of the article.
(d)For parcels the contents of which fall under the ban of one of the prohibitions mentioned in Article X.
(e)For parcels which have been fraudulently insured for a sum exceeding the actual value of the contents, or for parcels seized by the Customs for false declaration of contents.
(f)In respect of parcels regarding which the sender has not made inquiry within the period prescribed by Article XVIII.
(g)In respect of any parcels containing precious stones, jewelry, or any article of gold, silver, or platinum exceeding 2,500 francs m value not packed in a box of the size prescribed by Article 6, Section*Post*, p. 2000. 3, of the Detailed Regulations.
(h)For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement, or which were not posted in the maimer prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article XXIII. Termination of responsibility. The two Administrations shall cease to be responsible for parcelsTermination of responsibility. which have been delivered in accordance with their internal regulations and of which the owners or their agents have accepted delivery without reservation. Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel the contents of which have been abstracted or damaged. Article XXIV. Payment of compensation. The payment of compensation shall be undertaken by the AdministrationPayment of compensation. of origin except in the cases indicated in Article XXI, Section 1, where payment is made by the Administration of destination. The Administration of origin may, however, after obtaining the sender’s consent authorize the Administration of destination to settle with the addressee. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article XXV. Period for payment of compensation. 1. Compensation shall be paid as soon as possible and, at thePeriod for payment of compensation. latest, within one year from the day following the date of the inquiry. 2. The Administration responsible for making payment is authorized to settle with the claimant on behalf of the other Administration if the latter, after being duly informed of the application, has let nine months pass without giving a decision in the matter. 3. The Administration responsible for making payment may, exceptionally, postpone it beyond the period of one year when a decision has not yet been reached upon the question whether the loss, damage, or abstraction is due to a cause beyond control. 53 Stat. 1996 Article XXVI. Incidence of cost of compensation. 1. Incidence of cost of compensation. Until the contrary is proved responsibility shall rest with the Administration which, having received the parcel from the other Administration without making any reservation and having been furnished with all the particulars for investigation prescribed by the regulations, cannot establish either proper delivery to the addressee or his agent, or other proper disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If, in the case of a parcel dispatched from one of the two countries for delivery in the other, the loss, damage, or abstraction has occurred in course of conveyance without it being possible to prove in the service of which country the irregularity took place, the two Administrations shall bear the amount of compensation in equal shares. 4. By paying compensation the Administration concerned takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received compensation in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender, or a third party. 5. If a parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found, in whole or in part, the person to whom compensation has been paid shall be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount paid as compensation. Article XXVII. Repayment of the compensation to the Administration of origin. Repayment of compensation to Administration of origin. The Administration responsible and on whose account the payment is made in accordance with Article XXIV is bound to repay the amount of the compensation within a period of six months after notification of payment. The amount shall be recovered from the Administration responsible through the accounts provided for in *Post*, p. 2005.Article 21 of the Detailed Regulations. The Administration whose responsibility is duly proved and which has originally declined to pay compensation is bound to bear all the additional charges resulting from the unwarranted delay in payment. Article XXVIII. Credits for conveyance. Credits for conveyance. For each parcel dispatched from one of the two countries for delivery in the other, the dispatching office shall allow to the office of destination the rates which accrue to it by virtue of the provisions of Articles IV and V. For each parcel dispatched from one of the two countries in transit through the other, the dispatching office shall allow to the other office the rates due for the conveyance and insurance of the parcel. 53 Stat. 1997 Article XXIX. Claims in case of redirection or return. In case of the redirection or of the return of a parcel from oneClaims in case of redirection or return. country to the other, the retransmitting Administration shall claim from the other Administration the charges due to it and to any other Administration taking part in the redirection or return. The claim shall be made on the parcel bill relating to the mail in which the parcel is forwarded. Article XXX. Charge for redirection in the country of destination. In case of further redirection or of return to the country of origin,Charge for redirection in country of destination. the redirection charge prescribed by Article XII, Section 1, shall accrue to the country which redirected the parcel within its own territory. Article XXXI. Miscellaneous fees. The following fees shall be retained in full by the AdministrationMiscellaneous fees. which has collected them :—
(a)The fee for advice of delivery referred to in Article XI.
(b)The inquiry fee referred to in Article XVIII, Section 1.
(c)The dispatch fee for an insured parcel referred to in Article XIX, Section 3.
(d)The fee for customs clearance referred to in Article VI.
(e)The delivery fee referred to in Article VII. Article XXXII. Insurance fee. Each Administration shall retain for itself the insurance fee payableInsurance fee. on insured parcels. Article XXXIII. Recall and change of address. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, theRecall and change of address. sender may recall it or cause its address to be altered. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain for the service, the charge fixed by its internal regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in British Guiana shall be addressed to the Postmaster General, Georgetown. Article XXXIV. Miscellaneous provisions. 1. The francs and centimes mentioned in this Agreement are goldMiscellaneous provisions.[49 Stat. 2757](/us/stat/49/2757). francs and centimes as defined in the Universal Postal Union Convention. 53 Stat. 1998 2. Not subject to other postal charges. Parcels shall not be subjected to any postal charges other than those contemplated in this Agreement except by mutual consent of the two Administrations. 3. Temporary suspension of service. In extraordinary circumstances, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel post, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. 4. Mutual arrangement of details. The two Administrations have drawn up the following Detailed Regulations for insuring the execution of the present Agreement. Further matters of detail not inconsistent with the general provisions of this Agreement and not provided for in the Detailed Regulations may be arranged from time to time by mutual consent. 5. Application of internal regulations. The internal regulations of British Guiana and the United States of America shall remain applicable as regards everything not provided for by the stipulations contained m the present Agreement and in the Detailed Regulations for its execution. Article XXXV. Entry into force and duration of the agreement. 1. Entry into force and duration of the Agreement.[27 Stat. 935](/us/stat/27/935). This Agreement substitutes and abrogates the Parcels Post Convention signed at Washington, the third day of February, 1892. 2. It shall come into force on the first day of October 1938, and shall remain in operation until the expiration of six months from the date on which it may have been denounced by either of the two Administrations. Signatures. In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have signed the present Agreement and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 6th day of September 1938 and at Georgetown, the 13th day of August. 1938. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* [seal] J. O. Reilly *The Postmaster General of British Guiana.* Approval by the President. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of America and British Guiana for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *September 12, 1938.* 53 Stat. 1999 **DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR CARRYING OUT THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN BRITISH GUIANA AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.** Article 1. Circulation. 1. Each Administration shall forward by the routes and meansCirculation. which it uses for its own parcels, parcels delivered to it by the other Administration for conveyance in transit through its territory. 2. Missent parcels shall be retransmitted to their proper destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the office retransmitting them. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Article 2. Method of transmission. Provision of bags. 1. The exchange of parcels between the two countries shall beMethod of transmission. effected by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations. 2. Parcels shall be exchanged between the two countries in bagsProvision as to bags, labels, etc. duly fastened and sealed. In the absence of any arrangement to the contrary, the transmission of parcels dispatched by one of the two contracting countries in transit through the other shall be effected “à découvert”. 3. A label showing the office of exchange of origin and the office of exchange of destination shall be attached to the neck of each bag, the number of parcels contained in the bag being indicated on the back of the label. 4. The bag containing the parcel bill and other documents shall be distinctively labeled. 5. Insured parcels shall be forwarded in separate bags from ordinary parcels. The neck label attached to any bag containing insured parcels shall be marked with any distinctive symbol that may from time to time be agreed upon by the two Administrations. 6. The weight of any bag of parcels shall not exceed 36 kilogramsWeight. (80 pounds avoirdupois). 7. The Postal Administrations of British Guiana and the United States of America shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 8. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are to be made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 9. Each Administration shall be required to make good the value of any bags which it fails to return. 53 Stat. 2000 Article 3. Information to be furnished. 1. Information to be furnished. Each Administration shall communicate to the other Administration all necessary information on points of detail in connection with the exchange of parcels between the two Administrations and also :—
(a)The names of the countries to which it can forward parcels handed over to it.
(b)The routes available for the transmission of the said parcels from the point of entry into its territory or into its service.
(c)The total amount to be credited to it by the other Administration for each destination.
(d)The number of customs declarations which must accompany each parcel.
(e)Any other necessary information. 2. Each Administration shall make known to the other the names of the countries to which it intends to send parcels in transit through the other. Article 4. Fixing of equivalents. Fixing of equivalents. In fixing the charges for parcels, either Administration shall be at liberty to adopt such approximate equivalents as may be convenient in its own currency. Article 5. Make-up of parcels. Every parcel shall :—
(a)Make-up of parcels. Bear the exact address of the addressee in roman characters. Addresses in pencil shall not, be allowed except that parcels bearing addresses written with indelible pencil on a surface previously dampened shall be accepted. The address shall be written on the parcel itself or on a label so firmly attached to it that it cannot become detached. The sender of a parcel shall be advised to enclose in the parcel a copy of the address together with a note of his own address.
(b)Packing. Be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and for the protection of the contents. Articles liable to injure officers of the Post Office or to damage other parcels shall be so packed as to prevent any risk. Article 6. Special packing. 1. Special packing. Liquids and substances which easily liquefy shall be packed in two receptacles. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal or of stout wood, or strong fiber-board of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with sawdust, bran, or some other absorbent material in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. 2. Dry coloring powders such as aniline blue, etc., shall be admitted only if enclosed in stout metal boxes placed inside wooden boxes with sawdust between the two receptacles. 3. Every parcel containing precious stones, jewelry, or any article of gold, silver, or platinum exceeding 2,500 francs in value shall be packed in a box measuring not less than 3 feet 6 inches (1.05 meters) in length and girth combined. 53 Stat. 2001 Article 7. Dispatch notes and customs declarations. 1. Each parcel shall be accompanied by a dispatch note and by aDispatch notes and customs declarations. set of customs declarations according to the regulations of the country of destination. The customs declarations and dispatch notes relating to parcels sent to the United States of America shall be firmly attached to the parcels; the customs declarations relating to parcels sent to British Guiana shall be firmly attached to the dispatch notes and these in turn must be firmly attached to the parcels. 2. Nevertheless, a single dispatch note and a single set of customs declarations may suffice for two or three (but not more) ordinary parcels posted at the same time by the same sender to the same addressee. This provision shall not apply to insured parcels. 3. The two Administrations accept no responsibility in respect of the accuracy of customs declarations. Article 8. Advice of delivery. 1. Insured parcels of which the senders ask for an advice of deliveryAdvice of delivery. shall be very prominently marked “Advice of Delivery” or “A. R.” 2. Such parcels shall be accompanied by a form similar to that annexed to the Detailed Regulations of the Convention of the Postal Union. This advice of delivery form shall be prepared by the office of origin or by any other office appointed by the Administration of origin and shall be firmly attached to the dispatch note of the parcel to which it relates in the case of parcels sent to British Guiana, and to the parcels to which it relates in the case of parcels sent to the United States of America. If it does not reach the office of destination, that office shall make out officially a new advice of delivery form. 3. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the form, shall return it, by ordinary post, unenclosed and free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 4. When the sender makes inquiry concerning an advice of delivery which has not been returned to him after a reasonable interval, action shall be taken in accordance with the rules laid down in Article 9 following. In that case a second fee shall not be charged, and the office of origin shall enter the words “Duplicate advice of delivery” at the top of the form. Article 9. Advice of delivery applied for after posting. When the sender applies for an advice of delivery after an insuredAdvice of delivery applied for after posting. parcel has been posted, the office of origin or any other office appointed by the Administration of origin shall fill out an advice of delivery form and shall attach it to a form of inquiry. The form of inquiry accompanied by the advice of delivery form shall be handled the same as provided in the Detailed Regulations of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union for similar forms. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination shall withdraw the form of inquiry and shall return the advice of delivery form in the manner prescribed in paragraph 3 of the preceding article. 53 Stat. 2002 Article 10. Indication of insured value. Indication of insured value. Every insured parcel and the relative dispatch note shall bear an indication of the insured value in the currency of the country of origin. The indication on the parcel shall be in both words and figures. The amount of the insured value shall be converted into gold francs by the Administration of origin. The result of the conversion shall be indicated distinctly by new figures placed beside or below those representing the amount of the insured value in the currency of the country of origin. Article 11. Insurance numbers, labels, seals. Insurance numbers, labels, seals. Every insured parcel and its dispatch note as well shall bear on the address side, an insurance number and a small red label with the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée” in large letters, or these words shall be marked or stamped on the parcel and the dispatch note. The wax or other seals, the labels of whatever kind, and any postage stamps affixed to insured parcels shall be so spaced that they cannot conceal injuries to the cover. Moreover, the labels and postage stamps, if any, shall not be folded over two sides of the cover so as to hide the edge. Article 12. Sealing of parcels. Sealing of parcels. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the senders or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. Every insured parcel shall be sealed by means of wax or by lead or other seals, the seals being sufficient m number to render it impossible to tamper with the contents without leaving an obvious trace of violation. Either Administration may require a special design or mark of the sender on the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To that end, the seals or other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the Customs must be refastened and also officially resealed. The senders of insured parcels shall be strongly recommended to furnish the relative dispatch note, whenever possible, with an exact reproduction of the seal referred to above. Article 13. Indication of weight of insured parcels. Indication of weight of insured parcels. The exact weight of each insured parcel in grams or in pounds and ounces shall be entered by the Administration of origin:—
(a)on the address side of the parcel;
(b)on the dispatch note, in the place reserved for this purpose. Article 14. Place of posting. Place of posting. Each parcel and the relative dispatch note as well shall bear the name of the office and the date of posting. 53 Stat. 2003 Article 15. Retransmission. 1. The Administration retransmitting a missent parcel shall notRetransmission. levy customs or other non-postal charges upon it. When an Administration returns such a parcel to the country from which it has been directly received, it shall refund the credits received and report the error by means of a verification note. In other cases, and if the amount credited to it is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration shall allow to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel, the credits due for onward conveyance; it shall then recover the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim shall be notified to the latter by means of a verification note. 2. When a parcel has been wrongly allowed to be dispatched in consequence of an error attributable to the postal service and has, for this reason, to be returned to the country of origin, the Administration which sends the parcel back shall allow to the Administration from which it was received the sums credited in respect of it. 3. The charges on a parcel redirected, in consequence of the removal of the addressee or of an error on the part of the sender, to a country with which British Guiana or the United States of America has parcel-post communication shall be claimed from the Administration to which the parcel is forwarded, unless the charge for conveyance is paid at the, time of redirection, in which case the parcel shall be dealt with as if it had been addressed directly from the retransmitting country to the new country of destination. In case the third country to which the parcel is forwarded refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the sender or the addressee, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. 4. A parcel which is redirected shall be retransmitted in its original packing and shall be accompanied by the original dispatch note. If the parcel, for any reason whatsoever, has to be repacked or if the original dispatch note has to be replaced by a substitute note, die name of the office of origin of the parcel and the original serial number and, if possible, the date of posting at that office shall be entered both on the parcel and on the dispatch note. Article 16. Return of undeliverable parcels. 1. If the sender of an undeliverable parcel has made a request notReturn of undeliverable parcels.*Ante*, p. 1992. provided for by Article XIV, Section 1 of the Agreement, the Administration of destination need not comply with it but may return the parcel to the country of origin, after retention for the prescribed period. 2. The administration which returns a parcel to the sender shall indicate clearly and concisely on the parcel and on the relative dispatch note the cause of non-delivery. This information may be furnished in manuscript or by means of a stamped impression or label. The original dispatch note belonging to the returned parcel must be sent back to the country of origin with the parcel. 3. A parcel to be returned to the sender as undeliverable shall be entered on the parcel bill with the word “Rebut” in the “Observations” column. It shall be dealt with and charged like a parcel redirected in consequence of the removal of the addressee. 53 Stat. 2004 Article 17. Sale. Destruction. 1. Sale or destruction. When an insured parcel has been sold or destroyed in *Ante*, p. 1993.accordance with the provisions of Article XVI of the Agreement, a report of the sale or destruction shall be prepared, a copy of which shall be transmitted to the Administration of origin. Article 18. Inquiries concerning parcels. Inquiries concerning parcels. For inquiries concerning parcels, which have not been returned, a form shall be used similar to the specimen annexed to the Detailed Regulations of the Parcel Post Agreement of the Universal Postal Union. These forms shall be forwarded to the offices appointed by the two Administrations to deal with them and they shall be dealt with in the manner mutually arranged between the two Administrations. Article 19. Parcel Bill. 1. Parcel bill. Separate parcel bills must be prepared for the ordinary parcels on the one hand and for the insured parcels on the other hand. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is enclosed in one of the bags. The bag containing the parcel bill is designated with the word “Bill” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. All parcels forwarded by either Administration must be listed individually on the parcel bills. The classes of parcels
(a)up to 11 pounds and
(b)from 11 pounds to 22 pounds, must also be shown, together with the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. 3. Parcels sent a decouvert must be entered separately. 4. In the case of returned or redirected parcels the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be, must be entered on the bill against the individual entry. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 5. The total number of bags comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bill. 6. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the top left-hand corner in an annual series for each office of exchange of destination, and as far as possible shall enter below the number the name of the ship conveying the mail. A note of the last number of the year shall be made on the first parcel bill of the following year. Article 20. Check by offices of exchange. Notification of irregularities. 1. Check by offices of exchange. On the receipt of a mail, whether of parcels or of empty bags, the office of exchange shall check the parcels and the various documents which accompany them, or the empty bags as the case may be, against the particulars entered on the relative parcel bill and, if necessary, shall report missing articles or other irregularities by means of a verification note. 53 Stat. 2005 2. Any discrepancies in the credits and accounting shall be notifiedNotification of irregularities. to the dispatching office of exchange by verification note. The accepted verification notes shall be attached to the parcel bills to which they relate. Corrections made on parcel bills not supported by vouchers shall not be considered valid. Article 21. Accounting for credits. 1. Each Administration shall cause each of its offices of exchangeAccounting for credits. to prepare monthly for all the parcel mads dispatched to it during the month by each of the offices of exchange of the other Administration a statement of the total amounts entered on the parcel bills, whether to its credit or to its debit. 2. These statements shall be afterwards summarized by the same Administrations in quarterly accounts which, accompanied by the parcel bills relating thereto, shall be forwarded to the corresponding Administration in the course of the quarter following that to which it relates. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination, and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed. After acceptance, the accounts shall be summarized in a quarterly general account prepared by the Administration to which the balance is due and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. After the expiration of this term, the sums due from one Administration to the other shall bear interest at the rate of 5 per cent per annum to be reckoned from the date of expiration to the said term. The balance due must be paid by sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. Article 22. Entry into force and duration of the Detailed Regulations. The present Detailed Regulations shall come into force on the dayEntry into force and duration of the Detailed Regulations. on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. The Administrations concerned shall, however, have the power by mutual consent to modify the details from time to time. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 6th day of SeptemberSignatures. 1938 and at Georgetown, the 13th day of August. 1938. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* J. O. Reilly *The Postmaster General of British Guiana.* The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel PostApproval by the President. Agreement between the United States of America and British Guiana have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *September 12, 1938.* October 11, 1938 October 31, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2006 53 Stat. 2006 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES ICELAND—PARCEL POST—OCT. 11, 31, 1938 October 11, 1938October 31, 1938*Agreement between Iceland and the United States of America concerning the exchange of parcel post, with regulations for execution. Signed at Reykjavik October 11, 1938 and at Washington October 31, 1938; approved by the President November 10, 1938.* **AGREEMENT BETWEEN ICELAND AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST** Agreement with Iceland concerning exchange of parcel post. The undersigned, provided with full powers by their respective governments, have by mutual consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I. Object of the Agreement. Territory embraced. Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) and Iceland, there may be exchanged under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions *Post*, p. 2015.indicated in the Regulations of Execution. Article II. Transit parcels. 1. Right of transit. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transit through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel-post communication, of parcels originating in, or addressed for delivery in the service of, the other contracting Administration. 2. Intermediate Administrations. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. Article III. Postage and fees. 1. Postage and fees. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the. fees for return receipts that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Prepayment. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable must be prepaid. 53 Stat. 2007 Article IV. Preparation of parcels. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length ofPacking. the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution.*Post*, p. 2015. Article V. Prohibitions. 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcelArticles specified. post:
(a)A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter.Letters, etc. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, that of the sender being added.
(b)An enclosure which bears an address different from thatEnclosure bearing different address. placed on the cover of the parcel.
(c)Any live animal, except leeches. Live animals; exception.
(d)Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the customsArticles not admissible by customs, etc., laws. or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(e)Any explosive or inflammable article and, in general, anyExplosive, etc., articles. article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees or may soil or damage other articles.
(f)Articles of an obscene or immoral nature. Obscene, etc., articles.
(g)It is, moreover, forbidden to send coin, bank notes, currencyCoin, etc. notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer; platinum, gold, or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured); precious stones, jewelry, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. If a parcel which contains com, bank notes, currency notes, orTreatment. any kind of securities payable to bearer; platinum, gold, or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured); precious stones, jewelry, or other precious articles is sent uninsured, it shall be placed under insurance by the country of destination and treated accordingly. 2. If a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handedAction to be taken. over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals, may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which finds them in the mails. The fact that a parcel contains a letter or a communication havingParcel containing a letter. the nature of a letter may not, in any case, entail return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations advise each other by means of the List ofList of Prohibited Articles. Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union of all prohibited articles. However, they do not on that account assume any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. Article VI. Insurance. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 gold francs or itsMaximum amount. equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the53 Stat. 2008 Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. Limitation. A parcel cannot give rise to the right to an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents; but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. Indemnity. 1. Responsibility. Except in the cases mentioned in the section following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to their contents or a part thereof. Indemnity. The sender or other rightful claimant is entitled on this account to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the time and place of mailing the parcel, provided in any case that the indemnity shall not exceed the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum of 500 gold francs. Return of postage on loss of parcel. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not returned in any case. Parcels originating in a third country. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. Parcels reforwarded to a third country. When an insured parcel originating in one country and addressed for delivery in the other is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim in such cases only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Responsibility for error.Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 2. Nonresponsibllity in designated cases. The Administrations are relieved from all responsibility:
(a)Unconditional acceptance. In case of parcels of which the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation.
(b)Loss, etc., through force majeure. In case of loss or damage through force majeure, although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure.
(c)Destruction of official documents. When they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure. 53 Stat. 2009
(d)When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligenceDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. of the sender, or the addressee, or the representative of either; or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)For parcels which contain prohibited articles. Prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud,Declared above real value. shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin.
(g)For parcels seized by the Customs because of false declarationSeized, because of false declaration. of contents.
(h)When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been madeUnclaimed within a year. by the claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perishableMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. No compensation shall be given for indirect loss or loss ofIndirect loss, etc. profits of any parcel transmitted under this Agreement. 4. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall beIndemnity payment. made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. However, the paying Postal Administration may exceptionallyDeferment of payment. defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as providedPayment of indemnity after nine months delay. in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the office which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with theAdministration responsible. Postal Administration to which the mailing office is subordinate; provided that in cases where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of the first section, it shall rest with the Postal Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. 7. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Postal Administration which, having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry, is unable to show its proper disposition. 8. Responsibility for loss, abstraction, or damage of an insured parcel discovered by the receiving exchange office at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the dispatching exchange office by bulletin of verification shall fall upon the Postal Administration to which the dispatching exchange office is subordinate, unless it be proved that the damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 9. If the loss, abstraction, or damage has occurred in course of conveyance without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Postal Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 53 Stat. 2010 10. The Postal Administration responsible or on whose account payment is made in accordance with section 5 is bound to repay to the country making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than six months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 11. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor Administration by means of either a money order or a draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 12. The responsibility of properly enclosing, packing, and sealing insured parcels rests upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss, rifling, or damage arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. 13. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage of an ordinary parcel; but either Administration is at liberty to pay indemnity for the loss, abstraction, or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. Article VIII. Certificate of mailing. Receipts. Furnished sender on request. On request made at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, the sender will receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose ; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. Receipt. The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article IX. Return receipts and inquiries. 1. Advice of delivery. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery on payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down *Post*, p. 2015.in the Regulations. 2. Request for information; fee. A fee may be charged at the option of the country of origin on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also of an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. Complaint of irregularity; fee. A fee may also be charged at the option of the country of origin in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article X. Recall and change of address. Recall and change of address. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain for this service the charge fixed by its regulations. Requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in Iceland shall be addressed to the office of destination of the parcel. 53 Stat. 2011 Article XI. Customs charges. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in forceCustoms charges by country of destination. in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations. Article XII. Customs charges to be canceled. The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of originCancelation, if returned or redirected. or redirected to another country shall be canceled both in Iceland and in the United States of America. Article XIII. Fee for customs clearance. The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either in respectFee for customs clearance. of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs, or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 gold centimes per parcel. Article XIV. Delivery to the addressee. Fee for delivery at the place of address. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible inDelivery to addressee. accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. That country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to theFee. addressee a fee not exceeding 50 gold centimes per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article XV. Warehousing charge. The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousingWarehousing charge. charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “Poste Restante” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed 5 gold francs. Article XVI. Missent parcels. Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correctOrdinary parcels. destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, mayInsured parcels. not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the officeRefund, if parcel returned. of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a bulletin of verification. 53 Stat. 2012 Reforwarding to a third country. When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the exchange office from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a bulletin of verification. Article XVII. Redirection. 1. Redirection; additional charges. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. For parcels redirected in its territory, the Postal Administration of the country of destination may collect the additional charges fixed by its internal regulations. These charges shall not be canceled even if the parcel is returned to origin or is reforwarded to another country. 2. A parcel may be redirected out of the country of original address only at the sender’s or the addressee’s request and provided that the parcel complies with the conditions required for its further conveyance. Insured parcels shall not be redirected to another country except as insured mail. New postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels, may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery. The sender is entitled to forbid any redirection, by means of a suitable entry on the dispatch note and on the parcel. Article XVIII. Sale or destruction. 1. Articles liable to deterioration. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, may be sold immediately, even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. If a sale is impossible for any reason, the spoilt or worthless articles shall be destroyed. The sale or destruction shall be recorded and report made to the Postal Administration of the country of origin. 2. Parcels marked “Abandon.” After the expiration of thirty days from the date of receipt at the office of destination, undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon” may be sold at auction or otherwise disposed of as provided by the legislation of the country of destination. When insured parcels are involved, proper record will be made and the Administration of the country of origin notified as to the disposition made of the parcels. The Administration of the country of origin shall also be notified when, for any other reason, an insured parcel which is not delivered is not returned to the country of origin. Article XIX. Nondelivery. 1. Request by sender as to disposal. The sender of a parcel may make a request at the time of mailing, as to the disposal of the parcel in the event it is not deliverable as addressed, the particulars of which are set forth in the Regulations. 53 Stat. 2013 2. If the sender does not make any request in accordance with theReturn to sender if not otherwise indicated. foregoing section, or if the sender’s request has not resulted in delivery, undeliverable parcels shall be returned to the sender without previous notification at the expiration of thirty days; while parcels refused by the addressee shall be returned at once. 3. The provisions of Article XX, section 3, shall be applied to aProvisions governing non deliverable parcels. parcel to be returned to the country of origin in consequence of nondelivery. New postage as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels may, if not prepaid, be collected from the sender upon return of the parcel. Article XX. Charges. 1. For each parcel exchanged between the contracting countries,Credits. the dispatching office credits to the office of destination, in the parcel bills, the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations*Post*, p. 2015. of Execution. 2. The sums to be paid for a parcel in transit, that is, parcelsParcels in transit. destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise*Post*, p. 2015. indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, if newReforwarding or return to origin. postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching office recovers from the other office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)The charges prescribed by section 1 above.
(b)The charges for reforwarding or return.
(c)The customs clearance, delivery, and storage charges provided for by Articles XIII, XIV, and XV. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accruedReforwarding or return to a third country. charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b), and
(c)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel; but if the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit throughReturned or reforwarded in transit. one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXI. Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected. The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subjectCharges other than prescribed not to be collected. to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXII. Air parcels. The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contractingAir surtax, etc. countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. 53 Stat. 2014 Article XXIII. Temporary suspension of service. Temporary suspension of service. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XXIV. Matters not provided for in the present Agreement. 1. Matters not herein provided for. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or return of parcels, obtaining and disposition of return receipts, and adjustment of indemnity Universal Postal Convention, etc., to govern.[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).claims in connection with insured parcels shall be governed by the provisions of the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of Iceland, or the decisions made by one country or the other are applicable in the respective country. 2. Details to be fixed by mutual consent. The details relative to the application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by mutual consent by way of correspondence. 3. Mutual notice of postal laws, etc. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of their laws, ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXV. Entry into force and duration of Agreement. Entry into force.This Agreement shall become effective on ratification, but pending ratification it may be put into force administratively on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. Duration. It shall remain in force until one of the Administrations of the two contracting countries has given notice to the other six months in advance of its intention to terminate it. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Reykjavik, the 11th. day of October 1938 and at Washington, the 31st day of October 1938. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* [seal] G. F. Hliddal *The Director General of Posts of Iceland.* Approval by the President.The foregoing Parcel Post Convention between the United States of America and Iceland has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *November 10, 1938.* 53 Stat. 2015 DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT The following Detailed Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and Iceland. They may be changed from time to time as may be deemed necessary: Article 1. Limits of weight and size. The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this AgreementLimits of weight and size. may not exceed 44 pounds (20 kilograms) in weight nor the following dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet (122 centimeters), on condition that parcels over 42 inches (107 centimeters) but not over 44 inches (112 centimeters) long do not exceed 24 inches (61 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 44 inches (112 centimeters) but not over 46 inches (117 centimeters) long do not exceed 20 inches (51 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 46 inches (117 centimeters) but not over 48 inches (122 centimeters) long do not exceed 16 inches (41 centimeters) in girth; and that parcels up to 8% feet (107 centimeters) in length do not exceed 6 feet (183 centimeters) in length and girth combined. The limit of weight and maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. Article 2. Preparation of parcels. 1. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee mustPreparation of parcels. be legibly and correctly written in every case, on the parcel itself when possible, or on a label or tag firmly attached thereto. It is not allowed to write with initials the name and address of the sender or addressee, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are also not allowed, except those written with indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface. A slip bearing the name and address of the sender and addressee must be enclosed in the parcel when the address is written on a label or tag which is not gummed to the parcel. It is advisable that such slips be enclosed in all parcels. 2. Every parcel must be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the character of the contents, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring the postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. No packing is required for ordinary parcels consisting of a single article, such as pieces of wood, metal, etc., which are not usually packed by the trade. Any liquid or any substance which easily liquefies must be packed in a double receptacle. Between the inner receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the outer (box of metal, of strong wood, of strong corrugated cardboard, strong fiberboard, or receptacle of equal53 Stat. 2016 strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with sawdust, bran, or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in lead-sealed metal containers which must be enclosed in substantial outer covers, so as to obviate all damage to the accompanying mail matter. 3. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, by lead, or other seals. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. Either Administration may require a special design or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. The Customs of the country of destination, for the purpose of customs examination, shall have the right to break the seals. After customs examination is concluded, the parcels shall be officially resealed. 4. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label with the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”, or be stamped or marked with the same words in close proximity to the number given the parcel, and it must also bear an indication of the amount of the insured value mentioned fully and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of conversion is added below the original description. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the customs declaration. 5. The seals, as well as any kind of labels or stamps, affixed to insured parcels must be so placed as not to hide injuries to the package. Moreover, the labels or stamps must not be folded over two sides of the package so as to cover the edge. Article 3. Customs declarations. 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent from Iceland, and 2 customs declarations for each parcel sent from the United States of America on a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin, which customs declarations shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee; and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender in one country to the same addressee at the same address in the other country, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration for the entire shipment in the case of parcels sent from Iceland and 2 customs declarations for the entire shipment in the case of parcels sent from the United States, which customs declarations shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment; and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate in arabic figures the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered respectively 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. 53 Stat. 2017 Article 4. Return receipts. 1. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office ofReturn receipts. origin impresses on the parcel the letters or words “A. R.” or “Avis de réception”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form, and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been posted, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing paragraph. Article 5. Receptacles. 1. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countriesReceptacles. shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten percent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6. Method of exchange of parcels. 1. The parcels shall be exchanged in sacks duly fastened and sealedMethod of exchange of parcels. by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. 3. No sack may exceed 40 kilograms (88 pounds) in weight. Article 7. Billing of parcels. 1. The insured parcels and the ordinary parcels are entered inBilling of parcels. separate parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” conspicuously marked on the label. 53 Stat. 2018 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America shall be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Iceland shall be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels according to the divisions of weight:
(a)up to 1 kilogram (2 pounds),
(b)over 1 up to 5 kilograms (11 pounds),
(c)over 5 up to 10 kilograms (22 pounds),
(d)over 10 up to 15 kilograms (33 pounds), and
(e)over 15 up to 20 kilograms (44 pounds). 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills. The entries concerning each parcel shall show the insurance number and the name of the office or origin. In the case of parcels sent to the United States of America, the total net weight of all the parcels must also be shown. In the case of parcels sent to Iceland, an indication of the division of weight must also be shown the same as in the case of ordinary parcels. 4. Parcels sent à découvert must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and must be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each exchange office of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 8. Checking of parcels. 1. Checking of parcels. The exchange office which has received a parcel mail shall check the parcels and the accompanying bills. If a parcel is missing, or if any other irregularity is noted, it shall be immediately reported to the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. The report of such a serious irregularity as to involve the responsibility of the respective Administrations shall be accompanied by such vouchers as the strings and the wax or lead seals used for closing the bag which contained the parcels, if they are available. If no report is made by the next mail, it will be assumed that the mail has been received in proper order, until the contrary is proved. 2. If a parcel bill is missing, a duplicate shall be made out and a copy sent to the dispatching exchange office from, which the dispatch was received. 3. If any parcel which is in the course of transmission is observed to bear evidence of violation or damage, it must have the facts noted on it and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note; or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be forwarded with the parcel. 53 Stat. 2019 Article 9. Undelivered parcels. 1. The sender of a parcel may request at the time of mailing that,Undelivered parcels. if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned,
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination, or
(c)returned. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the address side of the parcel and on the relative customs declaration and must be in conformity with or analogous to one of the following forms: “If not deliverable as addressed, Abandon.” “If not deliverable as addressed, Deliver to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _” “If not deliverable as addressed, Return.” 2. The parcels to be returned as undeliverable to the country of origin shall be marked to show the reason for nondelivery. Article 10. Payments. 1. The terminal quotas to be credited by the dispatching OfficePayments. to the Office of destination are the following: I. By Iceland to the United States of America:
(a)Rate by weight: 70 gold centimes per kilogram, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. This rate applies also to parcels for Alaska. The rate is reduced to 35 gold centimes per kilogram for parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii.
(b)Rate by value: (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs. II. By the United States of America to Iceland:
(a)Rate by weight: Up to 1 kilogram 80 gold centims From 1 to 5 kilograms 125 gold centimes From 5 to 10 kilograms 200 gold centimes From 10 to 15 kilograms 350 gold centimes From 15 to 20 kilograms 450 gold centimes
(b)Rate by value: (in the case of insured parcels) in addition to the rate by weight: 10 gold centimes per parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs. The terminal charges specified above may be reduced or increased on three months previous notice given by one Administration to the other. The reduction or increase shall hold good for at least one year. 2. The amounts to be allowed for parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country or to a third country shall be fixed by the intermediate Administration. 53 Stat. 2020 Article 11. Accounting. 1. Accounting. Each Administration shall prepare quarterly an account showing the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The verification and acceptance of the accounts must be effected as early as possible and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the expiration of the following quarter. 4. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the two Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts on New York, or in any other manner which may from time to time be agreed upon between the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries, the expenses attendant on the payment being at the charge of the indebted Administration. Article 12. Miscellaneous notifications. Miscellaneous notifications. The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. Entry into force and duration of Regulations. These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 31st day of October 1938 and at Reykjavik, the 11th. day of October 1938. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* [seal] G. L. Hliddal *The Director General of Posts of Iceland.* Approval by the President. The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Iceland have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *November 10, 1938* November 12, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2021 53 Stat. 2021 BRAZIL—MILITARY MISSION—NOV. 12. 1938 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Brazil respecting a military mission. Signed November 12, 1938; effective November 12, 1938.*November 12, 1938[E. A. S. No. 135] AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL In conformity with the statementAgreement with Brazil respecting a military mission. made in the communication, dated February 2, 1938, from the Minister of State for Foreign Affairs of Brazil to the Ambassador of the United States of America at Rio de Janeiro, that the President of the United States of Brazil has agreed that the contract of the American Military Mission, provided for in the Military Mission Agreement between the two countries, signed at Rio de Janeiro on November 12, 1936, which will[50 Stat. 1458](/us/stat/50/1458). expire on November 12, 1938, should be extended for two more years, and certain modifications in that agreement having been accepted by the Secretary of War of the United States of America, and by the Minister of War of the United States of Brazil with the approval of the President of the United States of Brazil, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress, approved May 19, 1926, entitled[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). “An Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy, and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin American Republics in military and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935, to include[49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). the Commonwealth of the Philip-53 Stat. 2022pine Islands, has authorized the continuance of the detail of officers constituting an American Military Mission to Brazil, upon the following agreed conditions: TITLE I Purpose and Duration Art. 1. Purpose and duration. The purpose of the Mission is to cooperate with the General Staff, Office of the Chief of Coast Defense and officers of the Brazilian Army in the development and functioning of the Coast Artillery Instruction Center, to superintend the courses and assist in the instruction. The Mission will also have charge of the courses and assist in the instruction of the subjects of Permanent Fortification, Ordnance and Chemical Warfare at the Technical School. Art. 2. This Mission shall continue for two years from the date of the signing of this agreement by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the United States of Brazil. Art. 3. If the Government of Brazil should desire that the service of the Mission should be extended, in whole or in part, beyond the period stipulated, a proposal to that effect must be made six months before the expiration of this agreement. Art. 4. If it should be necessary, in the interest of either one of the two Governments, that the present contract or its extension be terminated before the time specified, the Government so desiring must give notice to the other three months in advance. 53 Stat. 2023 Art. 5. It is herein stipulated and agreed that while the Mission shall be in operation under this agreement, or under an extension thereof, the Government of Brazil will not engage the services of any Mission or personnel of any other foreign government for the duties and purposes contemplated by this agreement. TITLE II Composition and Personnel Art. 6. The Mission will beComposition and personnel. composed of five officers of the Regular Army of the United States of America as follows: one Colonel or Lieutenant Colonel of Coast Artillery; one Major or Captain of Coast Artillery; one Lieutenant Colonel or Major of Engineers; one Major or Captain of Ordnance; and one Major or Captain of the Chemical Warfare Service. The senior Coast Artillery Officer will be Chief of the Mission, who will assure normally the direct relations of the Mission with the Minister of War and the Chief of Staff of the Army. Art. 7. Any additions to the personnel of the Mission that may be considered advisable or necessary shall be considered as an addendum to this agreement. TITLE III Duties, Rank and Precedence Art. 8. The members of theDuties, rank, and precedence. Mission shall be responsible solely to the Brazilian Ministry of War through the Chief of the Mission and shall act as tactical and technical advisers to the Chief of the General Staff and Chief of Coast Defense for the questions of organization and instruction in all53 Stat. 2024 matters pertaining to Coast Defense, Permanent Fortification, and Chemical Warfare. Art. 9. It shall be the duty of the members of the Mission, under the direction of the Chief of the Mission, to advise technically the Commandant of the Coast Artillery Center of Instruction and the Commandant of the Technical School and cooperate with them in all matters pertaining to Coast Defense, Permanent Fortification, Ordnance Material, and Chemical Warfare, as well as prescribing the courses in these subjects and assisting in the instruction. Art. 10. In case of war between Brazil and any other nation, the Mission shall terminate within thirty days. In case of civil war no member of the Mission shall take part in the operations in any respect. Art. 11. The members of the Mission shall each receive one extra grade or rank above the rank they hold in the Army of the United States of America, while serving on the Mission. Their precedence with respect to Brazilian Officers and Officers of other foreign Missions shall be in accordance with their extra grade or rank and seniority therein. The members of the Mission will receive no extra compensation for the above mentioned extra grade or rank and will wear only uniforms of the Army of the United States of America. TITLE IV Pay and Allowances Art. 12. Pay and allowances. The members of the Mission shall receive from the Brazilian Government, for their53 Stat. 2025 services, the following annual compensation in Brazilian paper money, payable monthly in 12 equal installments: Colonel 72:000$000 (Seventy-two contos) Lieutenant Colonel 66:000$000 (Sixty-six contos) Major 60:000$000 (Sixty contos) Captain 54:000$000 (Fifty-four contos) Art. 13. Each member of the Mission shall have the right to receive his Brazilian pay beginning on the date of his leaving New York, and continuing, upon completion of his service in the Mission, up to the date of his arrival in New York, proceeding each way by usual sea route. Any member of the Mission who may return to the United States before completing two years service, or who returns for one of the causes foreseen in Art. 26, will only receive full pay up to the date of his leaving Rio de Janeiro, except in the cases of ill-health or termination of the contract of the Mission in which cases payment will be made up to arrival in New York. Art. 14. It is further stipulated that this compensation shall not be subject to any Brazilian tax now in force or which may hereafter be imposed. Art. 15. The expenses of transportation by land and sea of the members of the Mission, their families, household effects and baggage, including automobiles, shall be paid in advance by the representative of the Brazilian Government, the officers and their families being furnished with first-class accommodations, families being construed as wives and dependent children throughout the contract. There shall be provided in advance53 Stat. 2026 the following allowance to cover expenses of locating and housing each member of the Mission: Colonel 6:000$000 Lieutenant Colonel 5:500$000 Major 5:000$000 Captain 4:500$000 The household effects and baggage including automobiles of the personnel of the Mission and their families shall be exempt from customs duties and imposts of any kind in Brazil. Art. 16. The members of the Mission who remain in Brazil two or more years, or until the termination of the Mission, shall have the right, when they return to the United States of America, to the advance payment of transportation expenses of themselves and their families and ail effects, as specified in Art. 15, and insurance of effects, from Rio de Janeiro to New York; these expenses to include packing effects and transporting them on board ship in Rio de Janeiro. Art. 17. During the stay of the Mission, the Government of Brazil shall grant, on request of the Chief of the Mission, free entry for articles of personal and family use; families being construed as wives, and dependent children. Art. 18. Each member of the Mission with more than two complete years of service in Brazil shall have the right to a leave of three months on full pay, and also the right of leaving Brazil. In case he leaves Brazil, he shall have the right to travel time in addition to his leave and he shall receive his full pay in Brazilian money at the rate specified in Art. 12, during both his leave and time of travel. The Chief of the Mission shall53 Stat. 2027 arrange, after consultation with the Chief of the General Staff, that such leaves inconvenience as little as possible the interests of the Brazilian Army. Art. 19. Members of the Mission who may become ill, shall be cared for by the Brazilian Government, in such hospital as the Chief of the Mission may, after consultation with the Brazilian authorities, consider suitable. Art. 20. In case of travel performed on official business outside of the Federal District and Nictheroy, by any member of the Mission, such member shall receive while engaged therein, besides his regular compensation, *per diem* allowances and transportation which shall be the same as those allowed to the officers of the Brazilian Army of the same rank and in like circumstances. Art. 21. The officers of the Mission shall be accorded the same rights and privileges which are enjoyed by diplomatic representatives accredited to Brazil and of corresponding rank, except as regards the rights of importation mentioned above. Art. 22. A suitable automobile with chauffeur shall be permanently assigned to the Chief of the Mission for the use of the Mission on official service. When this automobile is unavailable because of repair, overhaul or other reason a suitable substitute will be provided. Art. 23. A private office and necessary equipment shall be provided the members of the Mission for their work. There shall be furnished the Mission two clerks (typists and stenographers) able53 Stat. 2028 to translate English into Portuguese and Portuguese into English. Art. 24. Every member of the Mission shall have a Brazilian officer detailed as an assistant. Art. 25. If cancellation of this contract be effected on the request of the United States of America, all expenses of the return of the Mission and the families and all effects thereof to their country shall be borne by that Government. In case, however, the cancellation should be effected on the initiative of the Brazilian Government, or as a result of war between Brazil and a foreign power, the Brazilian Government shall bear all the costs of the return to the United States of America of the Mission and the families and all effects thereof, in accordance with the provisions of Arts. 13 and 16, and in addition thereto, the Brazilian Government shall pay to each officer an amount equivalent to three months compensation from the date of his arrival in New York proceeding by usually traveled sea route. TITLE V Recall and Replacement of Members of the Mission Art. 26. Recall and replacement of members of the Mission. The United States of America, may if the public interest so requires, recall, at any time, any one or all of the members of the Mission, substituting for them other officers acceptable to the Brazilian Government, all the expenses connected therewith being incumbent on the Government of the United States of America. If on the request of the Brazilian Government, any member of the Mission is recalled for due and53 Stat. 2029 just cause other than that of the termination of his services on the Mission or his illness, all the expenses connected with the return shall be incumbent on the United States of America. Art. 27. Any member of the Mission may be relieved at his own request, by the Government of the United States of America, after two years of service in Brazil, being replaced in each case by an officer of corresponding rank and arm, as specified in Article 6, who is acceptable to the Brazilian Government. Art. 28. No member of the Mission relieved on his own request before he gives two years service shall be entitled to travel expenses and transportation of effects at the expense of the Brazilian Government except in case of illness. Art. 29. If any member of the Mission should be obliged by illness to discontinue service with the Mission, the Brazilian Government shall bear the expenses of return of himself, family and all effects thereof, to the United States as above stipulated for members with more than two years of service. Art. 30. If a member of the Mission or one of his family should die in Brazil, the Brazilian Government shall have the body transported to such city in the United States as the family of the deceased may designate. In case the deceased should be a member of the Mission, the Brazilian Government shall pay the expenses of the travel of the family and the transportation of all of their effects to New York. Art. 31. In case of substitution for a member of the Mission, all53 Stat. 2030 the clauses of this agreement, except in cases of express provisions to the contrary, shall apply to the substitute, including those specified in Articles 13 and 15. TITLE VI Supersession of Original Contract and Authentication of New Agreement Art. 32. Supersession of original contract and authentication of new agreement. From the date of signing this new agreement, embodied herein, by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and of the United States of Brazil it will be in full effect and supersede entirely and in all particulars the agreement signed at Rio de Janeiro [50 Stat. 1458](/us/stat/50/1458).November 12, 1936, by R. M. Scotten, Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America, José Carlos de Macedo Soares, the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs and General João Gomes Ribeiro Filho. Art. 33. Signatures. In faith whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized, sign the present agreement in duplicate in the English and Portuguese languages, at Rio de Janeiro, the twelveth day of November, 1938. ACÔRDO ENTRE OS GOVERNOS DOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DO BRASIL E DOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DA AMÉRICA De confonnidade com a declaraçãoAgreement with Brazil respecting a military mission. contida na nota, datada de 2 de Fevereiro de 1938, do Ministro de Estado das Relações Exteriores do Brasil ao Embaixador dos Estados Unidos da América no Rio de Janeiro, de que o Présidente dos Estados Unidos do Brasil havia concordado em que o contrato da Missão Militar Americana, previsto no acôrdo militar entre os dois paîses, assinado no Rio de Janeiro em 12 de Novembro de 1936 e a expirar no dia 12 de[50 Stat. 1458](/us/stat/50/1458). Novembre de 1938, séria prorrogado por mais dois anos, e havendo o Secretãrio da Guerra dos Estados Unidos da América e o Ministro da Guerra dos Estados Unidos do Brasil, com a aprovação do Présidente dos Estados Unidos do Brasil, aceito a introdução de certas modificaçôes no referido acôrdo, o Présidente dos Estados Unidos da América, usando das atribuiçôes conferidas pela Lei do Congresso, aprovada em 19 de Maio de 1926, e intitulada: “Lei[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). que autoriza o Présidente a designar oficiais e praças do Exército, da Armada e do Corpo de Fuzileiros Navais dos Estados Unidos, para assistirem os Govemos das Repûblicas Latino-Americanas em assuntos militares e navais”, e alterada pela Lei de 14 de Maio de[49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). 1935, para incluir o “Commonwealth”53 Stat. 2022 das Hhas Filipinas, autoriza a continuação das funções dos oficiais que constituera a Missão Militar americana no Brasil, sob as seguintes condiçôes contratuais: TÍTULO I Fim e Duração Art. 1. Purpose and duration. O fini da Missão é coopérer com o Estado Maior do Exército, com a Inspetoria de Defesa de Costa e com Oficiais do Exército brasileiro, no desenvolvimento e funcionamento do Centro de Instrução de Artilharia de Costa, superintender os cursos e auxiliar a instrução. A Missão terã também a seu cargo os cursos de Fortificação Permanente, Material Bélico e Guerra Quimica na Escola Técnica do Exército, onde auxiliará a respectiva instrução. Art. 2. Esta Missão durarã dois anos a partir da data da assinatura dêste acôrdo pelos représentantes autorizados dos Governos dos Estados Unidos do Brasil e dos Estados Unidos da América. Art. 3. Se o Govêrno do Brasil desejar que o serviço da Missão se prolongue, no todo ou em parte, além do perîodo estipulado, uma proposta para êsse fim deverã ser feita seis meses antes do termo dêste contrato. Art. 4. Se fôr necessário, no interêsse de qualquer dos dois Govemos, que o présente contrato, ou seu prolongamento, termine antes do tempo especificado, o Govêrno que o desejar deverá notificá-lo ao outro três meses antes. 53 Stat. 2023 Art. 5. E’ aqui estipulado e acordado que, enquanto a Missão funcionar sob êste acôrdo, ou seu prolongamento, o Govêrno do Brasil não contratarã os serviços de qualquer Missão ou pessoal de qualquer outro Govêrno estrangeiro para as funçôes e fins tratados neste acôrdo. TÍTULO II Composição e Pessoal Art. 6. A Missão comporse-àComposition and personnel. de cinco officiais do Exército dos Estados Unidos da América, a saber: um Coronel ou Tenente-Coronel de Artilharia de Costa; um M ajor ou Capitão de Artilharia de Costa; um Tenente-Coronel ou Major de Engenharia; um Major ou Capitão especializado em Material Bélico; um Major ou Capitão do Serviço de Guerra Quîmica. O oficial mais antigo de Artilharia de Costa serã o Chefe da Missão, o quai assegurarã normalmente as relaçôes diretas da Missão com o Ministre da Guerra e o Chefe do Estado Maior do Exército. Art. 7. Qualquer aumento do pessoal da Missão, que se julgar conveniente, ou necessário, será considerado como aditamento a êste acôrdo. TÍTULO III Deveres, Graduação e Precedência Art. 8. Os membres da MissãoDuties, rank, and precedence. ficarão unicamente subordinados ao Ministério da Guerra do Brasil, porintermédio do Chefe da Missão, e exercerão junto ao Chefe do Estado Maior do Exército e Inspetor da Defesa de Costa o papel de conselheiros tãticos e técnicos para as questôes de organização53 Stat. 2024 e instrução nos assuntos relativos à Defesa de Costa, Fortificações Permanentes e Guerra Química. Art. 9. E’ dever dos membros da Missão, sob a direção do Chefe da mesma, aconselhar tecnicamente o Comandante do Centro de Instrução de Artilharia de Costa e o da Escola Técnica do Exército e com êles cooperar em todos os assuntos referentes à Defesa de Costa, Fortificaçôes Permanentes, Material Bélico e Guerra Qufmica, bem como prescrever os cursos nos ditos assuntos e auxiliar a instrução. Art. 10. Em caso de guerra entre o Brasil e qualquer outra nação, será extinta a Missão dentro de trinta dias. Em caso de guerra civil, nenhum membro da Missão tomará parte nas operações, de modo algum. Art. 11. Os membros da Missão receberão cada um uma gradução ou posto imediatamente acima da que teem no Exército americano, enquanto servirem na Missão. Sua precedência em relação aos oficiais brasileiros e oficiais de outras missões estrangeiras será regulada de acôrdo corn a gradução acima referida e a antiguidade. Não receberão nenhuma remuneração extraordinária pela dita graduação e só usarão uniformes do Exército dos Estados Unidos da América. TÍTULO IV Remuneração e Vantagens Art. 12. Pay and allowances. Os membres da Missão receberão do Govêmo Brasileiro, por seus serviços, a seguinte remuneração53 Stat. 2025 anual, em moeda papel brasileira, pagável, mensalmente, em 12 prestações iguais: Coronel 72:000$000 (Setenta e dois contos) Tenente-Coronel 66:000$000 (Sessenta e seis contos) Major 60:000$000 (Sessenta contos) Capitão 54:000$000 (Cincoenta e quatre contos) Art. 13. Todos os membros da Missão terão direito a receber os seus vencimentos brasileiros desde a data desua partida de Nova York até a de chegada à mesma cidade, de regresso, depois de terminado o seu serviço na Missão, sendo utilizada nas viagens a róta maritima usual. Qualquer membro da Missão que regressar aos Estados Unidos antes de completar dois anos de serviço ou aquele que partir por uma das causas previstas no art. 26, só receberá, entretanto, os seus vencimentos intégrais até a data da partida do Rio de Janeiro; excetuam-se os casos de doenças ou de tenninação do contrato da Missão, em que o pagamento será feito até a chegada a Nova York. Art. 14. Fica além disto estipulado que essa remuneração não está sujeita a impôsto algum brasileiro em vigor, ou que possa ser criado posteriormente. Art. 15. As despesas de transporte por terra e mai, dos membres da Missão, suas families, méveis e utensilios de casa e bagagens, inclusive automôveis, serão pagas adiantadamente pelo représentante do Govêrno Brasileiro, fornecendo-se aos oficiais e suas famílias passagens de la. classe, entendendo-se neste contrato por família a Senhora e filhos a cargo dos mesmos oficiais. Será concedida também adiantadamente a53 Stat. 2026 seguinte ajuda de custo, para as despesas de instalação de cada membro da Missão: Coronel 6:000$000 Tenente-Coronel 5:500$000 Major 5:000$000 Capitão 4:500$000 Os móveis, objetos de casa, bagagem e automóveis, do pessoal da Missão e suas famílias, estarão isentos de direitos aduaneiros e impostos, de qualquer natureza, do Brazil. Art. 16. Os membros da Missão que permanecerem no Brasil dois ou mais anos, ou até a terminação da mesma, terão direito, quando regressarem aos Estados Unidos da América, ao pagamento adiantado das despesas de transporte constantes do art. 15, para si, suas respectives famílias e bagagens, inclusive automôveis, seguro das mesmas bagagens do Rio de Janeiro até Nova York, inclusive em- balagem e transporte para bordo, no Rio de Janeiro. Art. 17. Durante a permanência da Missão, o Govêmo do Brasil concederã, mediante pedido de seu Chefe, entrada livre para os artigos de uso pessoal e das famílias; considerando-se como famílias as Senhoras e os filhos a cargo dos oficiais. Art. 18. Cada membro da Missão, com mais de dois anos completos de serviços no Brasil, fará jús a uma licença de três meses, com todos os vencimentos e com o direito de ausentar-se do Brasil, não incluindo na licença, neste caso, o tempo de viagem. Durante essa ausência, compreendida a viagem, cada membro da Missão receberã integralmente os seus vencimentos em moeda brasileira, como se acha especificado no art.53 Stat. 2027 12. O Chefe da Missão providenciará, ouvido o Chefe do Estado Maior do Exército, para que essas licenças prejudiquem o menos possível os interêsses do Exército brasileiro. Art. 19. Os membros da Missão que adoeçam serão internados pelo Govêrno Brasileiro no hospital que o Chefe da Missão julgar conveniente, depois de ouvidas as autoridades brasileiras. Art. 20. No caso de viagens feitas a serviço, fóra do Distrito Federal e Niterói, por qualquer membre da Missão, receberá êle, além dos vencimentos que lhe competem, as mesmas diárias e gênero de transporte concedidos aos oficiais do Exército brasileiro, de idêntica gradução, em condições semelhantes. Art. 21. Serão concedidos aos oficiais da Missão os mesmos direitos e privilégios de que gozam os representantes diplomáticos de igual categoria acreditados no Brasil, exceto no que diz respeito aos direitos de importação, já mencionados. Art. 22. Um automóvel de classe, com “chauffeur”, será, permanentemente posto à disposição do Chefe da Missão, para o transporte dos oficiais da mesma em serviço. Quando êsse automóvel não estiver disponível, por necessitãt reparos, exames ou outra qualquer razão, serã substituido por outro, nas mesmas condições. Art. 23. Os membros da Missão disporão, para os seus trabalhos, de um Gabinete e do necessãrio material de expediente. Serão postos à disposição da Missão dois auxiliares estenodactilógrafos53 Stat. 2028 aptos a traduzir o inglês para o português e o português para o inglês. Art. 24. Junto a cada membro da Missão haverã um oficial brasileiro, destacado como assistente. Art. 25. Se êste contrato fôr rescindido, a pedido dos Estados Unidos da América, todas as despesas com a volta dos membros da Missão, suas famílias e todas as suas bagagens, definidas no art. 15, a seu país, serão feitas por êsse Govêrno. Se se verificar, porém, essa rescisão por iniciativa do Govêrno Brasileiro ou em consequência de uma guerra entre o Brasil e uma Nação estrangeira, o Govêrno Brasileiro farã face a todas as despesas para o regresso aos Estados Unidos da América dos membros da Missão, de suas respectivas famílias e bagagens, de acôrdo com as estipulações dos arts. 13 e 16, devendo, outros sim, o Govêrno Brasileiro pagar a cada oficial uma quantia equivalente a três meses de vencimentos a partir da data de sua chegada a Nova York, em viagem normal por via maritima. TÎTULO V Retirada e Substituição dos Membros da Missão Art. 26. Recall and replacement of members of the Mission. Os Estados Unidos da América poderão, se o interêsse publico o exigir, retirar, em qualquer tempo, qualquer um dos membros da Missão ou todos êles, substituindo-os por outros oficiais do agrado do Govêrno Brasileiro, devendo todas as despesas dalí resultantes correr por conta do Govêrno dos Estados Unidos da América. Se, a pedido do Govêrno Brasileiro, algum membro da Missão fôr retirado e regressar por53 Stat. 2029 qualquer outra causa justa, que não a da terminação de seus serviços na Missão ou de doença, todas as despesas, com êsse regresso, correrão por conta dos Estados Unidos da América. Art. 27. Qualquer membro da Missão poderã ser exonerado, a seu pedido, pelo Govêrno dos Estados Unidos da América, depois de dois anos de serviço no Brasil, sendo substituido em cada caso por um oficial de gradução e arma correspondantes, como preceitua o art. 6, e que seja aceito pelo Govêrno Brasileiro. Art. 28. Nenhum membro da Missão, exonerado a seu pedido, antes de completar dois anos de serviço, terá as despesas de viagem de regresso, e de transporte de objetos e bagagem, pagas à custa do Govêrno Brasileiro, exceto em caso de doença. Art. 29. Se algum membro da Missão for obrigado por doença a interromper o serviço, o Govêrno Brasileiro pagará as despesas de regresso do mesmo, de sua família e respectiva bagagem, aos Estados Unidos, na fórma estipulada para os oficiais que tenham completado os dois anos de serviço. Art. 30. Se algum membro da Missão, ou pessôa de sua família, falecer no Brasil, o Govêrno Brasileiro farã transportar o corpo para a cidade dos Estados Unidos que a família do morto îndicar. Se o morto fôr um dos contratados, o Govêrno Brasileiro pagarã as despesas de viagem da família e transporte de bagagens até Nova York. Art. 31. No caso de substituição de um membro da Missão, todas53 Stat. 2030 as clausulas dêste acôrdo, exceto no caso de disposição expressa em contrário, se aplicarão ao substituido, inclusive as especificadas nos arts. 13 e 15. TÎTULO VI Revogação do Contrato Original e Autenticação do Novo Acôrdo Art. 32. Supersession of original contract and authentication of new agreement. A partir da data da assinatura dêste novo acôrdo, aqui especificado, pelos representantes autorizados dos Estados Unidos do Brasil e dos Estados Unidos da América, o mesmo entrará em pleno vigor e substituirá inteiramente e em todas as suas particularidades o acôrdo assinado no [50 Stat. 1458](/us/stat/50/1458).Rio de Janeiro em 12 de Novembro de 1936, pelos Senbores R. M. Scotten, Encarregado de Negócios interino dos Estados Unidos da América, José Carlos de Macedo Soares, Ministro de Estado das Relações Exteriores do Brasil, e General João Gomes Ribeiro Filho. Art. 33. Signatures. Em testemunho do que, os abaixo assinados, devidamente autorizados, assinam o presente acôrdo em dois textos, nas linguas portuguesa e inglesa, no Rio de Janeiro, aos doze dias de Novembro de 1938. R. M. Scotten Oswaldo Aranha Enrico G. Dutra November 15, 1938 January 10, 1939 agreement 53 Stat. 2031 53 Stat. 2031 Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and theNovember 15, 1938January 10, 1939 Colony of Fiji, with regulations of execution. Signed at Washington November 15, 1938 and at Suva January 10, 1939; approved by the President November 22, 1938. **PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE POSTALParcel post agreement with the Colony of Fiji. ADMINISTRATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE COLONY OF FIJI.** The undersigned have by mutual consent drawn up the following Agreement :— ARTICLE I. Object of the Agreement. Between the Postal Administration of the United States of AmericaTerritory embraced. (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on the one hand, and the Postal Administration of the Colony of Fiji on the other hand, there may be exchanged, under theWeight and dimensions. denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution.*Post*, p. 2037. ARTICLE II. Transit Parcels. 1. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transitRight of transit. through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Postal Administration. 2. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to whichIntermediate Administrations. countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Postal Administrations through the service of the other Postal Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediary Postal Administration. ARTICLE III. Prepayment of Postage and Fees. 1. The Postal Administration of origin is entitled to collect fromCollection from sender. the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, prepaymentPrepayment. of the postage and the fees mentioned in the preceding section, is compulsory. ARTICLE IV. Preparation of Parcels. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length ofPacking. the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations*Post*, p. 2037. of Execution. 53 Stat. 2032 ARTICLE V. Prohibitions. 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:—
(a)Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, with mention of the address of the sender;
(b)Enclosure with different address. An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel;
(c)Live animals. Any live animal, except leeches.
(d)Narcotics. Opium, morphine, cocaine, and other narcotics;
(e)Nonadmissible articles. Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(f)Explosive, etc., articles. Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general any article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees, or may soil or damage other parcels.
(g)Obscene, etc., articles.Action to be taken. Obscene or immoral articles. 2. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Postal Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Postal Administration which has found them in the mails. Parcel containing a letter. The fact that a parcel contains a letter, or a communication having the nature of a letter, may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. List of Prohibited Articles. The two Postal Administrations advise each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not on that account assume any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 3. Parcels wrongly admitted. If parcels wrongly admitted to the post are neither returned to origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Postal Administration of origin must be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcels. ARTICLE VI. Responsibility. Indemnity. Loss, etc., of parcels. The two contracting Postal Administrations will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage of a parcel. ARTICLE VII. Fee for Customs Clearance. Fee for customs clearance. The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either in respect of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel.53 Stat. 2033 ARTICLE VIII. Delivery to the Addressee. Fee for Delivery at the Place of Address. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible in accordanceFees. with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. ARTICLE IX. Warehousing Charges. The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousingWarehousing charges. charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “General Delivery” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed five gold francs. ARTICLE X. Customs Charges. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in forceCustoms charges. in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. ARTICLE XI. Customs Charges to be Cancelled. The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of originParcels returned or redirected. or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in the Colony of Fiji and in the United States of America. ARTICLE XII. Recall and Change of Address. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the senderRecall and change of address. may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the county of origin may collect and retain, for this service, the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in the Colony of Fiji shall be addressed to the General Post Office, Suva. ARTICLE XIII. Certificate of Mailing. The sender will, on request at the time of mailing a parcel, receiveCertificate of mailing; fee. a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. 53 Stat. 2034 ARTICLE XIV. Inquiries and Complaints. 1. Fees. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted. 2. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which *prima facie* was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. ARTICLE XV. Missent Parcels. Missent parcels. Parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Postal Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Refund of credits if parcel returned. When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Postal Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. Reforwarding to a third country. When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Postal Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Postal Administration allows to the Postal Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it: it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. ARTICLE XVI. Reforwarding. 1. Reforwarding. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. Supplementary charges. The reforwarding of a parcel within either the United States of America or the Colony of Fiji gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Postal Administration reforwarding the parcel. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or is reforwarded to another country. 2. New postage charges. If a parcel must be reforwarded to either the United States of America or the Colony of Fiji, it is liable to new postage charges, unless such charges have been paid in advance. The new postage is collected from the addressee by the Postal Administration effecting the delivery. 3. Reforwarding or return to another country. At the request of the sender or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country.” In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. 53 Stat. 2035 ARTICLE XVII. Non-delivery. 1. Undeliverable parcels returned to the sender are liable to newCharges. postage charges. The charges are collectible from the sender and are collected by the Postal Administration delivering the parcels to him. 2. At the time of mailing, the sender must state how his parcel is toInstructions in case of non-delivery. be disposed of in the event of non-delivery; that is, the sender must mark the parcel and the customs declarations with one of the following notes :— “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned to the sender”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered to ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ No note other than those provided for above, or note of similar import, is permitted, except as provided in Article XVI, Section 3. 3. Barring contrary instructions, undeliverable parcels are returnedUndeliverable parcels. to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must lie indicated on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be sold immediatelyParcels liable to deterioration. even en route, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the benefit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impassible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Postal Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may, atAbandoned parcels. the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Postal Administration of the country of destination. 6. The provisions of Article XVTII, Section 2, shall be applied to aProvisions applicable. parcel winch is returned in consequence of non-delivery. ARTICLE XVIII. Charges. 1. For each parcel exchanged between the United States of AmericaCredits. and the Colony of Fiji the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination in the parcel bills the quotas due to the latter, and indicated*Post*, p. 2037. in the Regulations of Execution. 2. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, if newReforwarding or return to origin. postage is collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)The charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)The charges for reforwarding or return. In the case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accruedReforwarding or return to a third country. charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in
(a)and
(b)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third53 Stat. 2036 country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. Return or reforwarding in transit. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Postal Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. ARTICLE XIX. Postal Charges Other than those Prescribed not to be Collected. Postal charges; restriction. The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. ARTICLE XX. Definition of Gold Francs and Centimes. Monetary definitions.[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). The francs and centimes mentioned in this agreement are gold francs and centimes as defined by the Postal Union Convention. ARTICLE XXI. Air Parcels. Surtax. The Chiefs of the two contracting Postal Administrations have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by air routes. ARTICLE XXII. Temporary Suspension of Service. Temporary suspension of service. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Postal Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, either entirely or partially, or restrict it to certain offices, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Postal Administration. ARTICLE XXIII. Matters not Provided for in the Present Agreement. 1. Treatment of questions in accordance with domestic legislation. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or change of address of parcels shall be treated in accordance with the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of the Colony of Fiji. 2. Detailed regulations.*Post*, p. 2037. The details relative to the application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Postal Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. 3. Mutual notice of laws, etc. The two Postal Administrations notify each other mutually of their laws, ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. 53 Stat. 2037 ARTICLE XXIV. Duration of the Agreement. 1. This Agreement substitutes and abrogates the Parcel Post ConventionAbrogation of former agreement.[41 Stat. 1713](/us/stat/41/1713).Effective date. signed at Suva the 10th day of June, 1920, and at Washington, the 21st day of August, 1920, and it shall become effective and may lie put into force administratively on a date to be mutually settled between the Postal Administrations of the two countries. 2. It shall remain in effect as long as it has not been terminated sixDuration. months in advance by one or the other of the two Postal Administrations. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 15th day of NovemberSignatures. 1938 and at Suva, the 10th day of January, 1939. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. C. O. Taylor *The Acting Postmaster-General of the Colony of Fiji*. REGULATIONS OF EXECUTION FOR THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT. The following detailed Regulations for the Execution of the ParcelRegulations for Execution. Post Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and the Colony of Fiji: ARTICLE 1. Limits of Weight and Size. 1. The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this AgreementLimits of weight and size. may not exceed 22 pounds in weight nor three feet six inches in length or six feet in length and girth combined. The limit of weight and of maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 2. In regard to the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions, the indications furnished by the dispatching office will be accepted save in the case of obvious error. ARTICLE 2. Preparation of Parcels. 1. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must bePreparation of parcels. written legibly and correctly, on the parcel itself if possible, or on a label or tag securely affixed to the parcel. It is recommended that a duplicate of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated by initials only are not admitted, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee which is generally understood. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 53 Stat. 2038 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels in order to inspect the contents. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the Customs must be refastened and also officially resealed, except in the case of parcels which were not sealed by the senders in the first instance. 3. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, &c.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard, or strong carton of fibre-board, or receptacle of equal strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran, or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case the receptacle is broken. 4. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covers in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. ARTICLE 3. Customs Declarations. 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent from, either country, upon a special form, provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, gross and net weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender in the United States of America to the same addressee at the same address in the Colony of Fiji, or *vice versa*, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration for the entire shipment, which customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in Arabic figures, the number of the parcel and denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered, respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, &c. 2. The Postal Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. ARTICLE 4. Receptacles. 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 53 Stat. 2039 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten per cent, or more of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Postal Administration of origin. ARTICLE 5. Method of Exchange of Parcels. 1. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealedMethod of exchange of parcels. by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Postal Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the Country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. The weight of any sack of parcels shall not exceed 80 lb. avoirdupois. ARTICLE 6. Billing of Parcels. 1. The parcel bills must be prepared in duplicate. The original isBilling of parcels. sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The parcels included in each dispatch to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The parcels included in each dispatch to the Colony of Fiji are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels according to the divisions of weight
(a)up to 3 pounds,
(b)3 to 7 pounds,
(c)7 to 11 pounds, and
(d)11 to 22 pounds. 3. Parcels sent “à découvert” must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 4. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels and their weights should be shown in the “Observations” column. 5. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 6. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 7. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Postal Administration in transit through the other, together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual consent through correspondence between the two Postal Administrations. ARTICLE 7. Verification by the Exchange Office. 1. Upon receipt of a dispatch, the exchange office of destinationVerification by the exchange office. proceeds to verify it. The enteries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the53 Stat. 2040 knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If any error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the office sending such telegram. 4. In case of short age of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note repacked at ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿,” and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. ARTICLE 8. Payment. 1. Payment. For each parcel sent to the Colony of Fiji, payment shall be made at the rate of 1 franc per parcel not exceeding 3 pounds in weight, 1.50 francs per parcel weighing over 3 up to 7 pounds, 2.50 francs per parcel weighing over 7 up to 11 pounds, and 5 francs per parcel over 11 up to 22 pounds. 2. For each parcel sent to the United States of America or to its possessions, payment shall bet made as follows, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch :— 0.70 gold franc per kilogram for parcels for the United States; 0.35 gold franc per kilogram for parcels for the United States Virgin Islands, Hawaii Puerto Rico, Guam, and Samoa; 0.70 gold franc per kilogram for parcels for Alaska. 3. In addition, there shall be paid the following transit charges for parcels, sent *via* the United States of America for its possessions, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch :— 0.70 gold franc per kilogram when only sea service is provided; 1.15 gold franc per kilogram when only land service is provided; 1.50 gold franc per kilogram when both land and sea services are provided. 4. The terminal quotas and transit charges above mentioned may be reduced or increased on three months previous notice given by one country to the other. The reduction or increase shall remain in force for at least one year. 53 Stat. 2041 ARTICLE 9. Accounting. 1. At the end of each quarter, each Postal Administration makes upAccounting. an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Postal Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of accounts between the two Postal Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. ARTICLE 10. Miscellaneous Notifications. The Postal Administrations shall communicate to each other a summaryMiscellaneous notifications. of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which theEntry into force; duration. Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as that Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 15th day of NovemberSignatures. 1938 and at Suva, the 10th day of January 1939. [seal] James A. Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. C. O. Taylor *The Acting Postmaster-General of the Colony of Fiji*. The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States ofApproval by the President. America and the Colony of Fiji and the Regulations of Execution thereof have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and they are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to lie hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *November 22, 1938*. October 28, 1938 December 10, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2042 53 Stat. 2042 October 28 and December 10, 1938[E. A. S. No. 136]Arrangement between the United States of America and Canada regarding radio broadcasting. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 28 and December 10, 1938. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State, *Washington, October 28, 1938*. Sir: Arrangement with Canada regarding radio broadcasting. I have the honor to inform you of the Department’s consideration of three arrangements resulting from the deliberations of the Inter-American Radio Conference which was held at Habana, Cuba from November 1 to December 13, 1937. Those Agreements relate to the following subjects: *a*. Arrangement regarding radio broadcasting channels which provides for a tentative allocation of broadcasting frequencies established in view of the terms of the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement, Habana 1937. *b*. Agreement between the United States and Canada for the use of the frequency 540 kilocycles. *c*. Agreement with respect to the assignment by the United States of a Class I–A station to the 700 kilocycle frequency with a power of 50 kilowatts or more and the assignment by Canada of a similar station with equal power on a frequency of 690 Kilocycles. For your convenience there are quoted the proposed arrangements outlined above: *a*. Arrangement Regarding Radio Broadcasting Channels There shall be in Canada sixteen full time station assignments to stations which at present are considered as regional or local stations, and under the proposed North American Broadcasting Agreement, signed at Habana, December 13, 1937, will be classified at Class III or Class IV. Six of these stations shall have a power of 1,000 watts each and ten a power of 100 watts each, as follows; Frequency
(kc)Present Proposed Station Location Power Class 1030 1300 CJBR Rimouski, Que. 1000w III 840 600 CFQC Saskatoon, Sask. 1000 III 910 610 CJAT Trail, B. C. 1000 III 960 610 CHNC New Carlisle, Que. 1000 III 1010 620 CKCK Regina, Sask. 1000 III 730 1260 CJCA Belmont View, Alta. 1000 III 730 1230 CKPR Port Arthur, Ont. 100 IV 690 1230 CJCJ Calgary, Alta. 100 IV 730 1400 CFPL London, Ont. 100 IV 1010 1240 CKIC Wolfville, N. S. 100 IV
(50w)1010 1450 CKWX CKCD Vancouver, B. C. 100 IV 1010 1310 CHML Saltfleet Twp. Ont. (Hamilton) 100 IV 960 1340 CFRN Edmonton, Alta. 100 IV 1010 1340 CKCO Boom Island, Que. 100 IV 1510 1490 CKCR Waterloo, Ont. 100 IV 1510 1490 CFRC Kingston, Ont. 100 IV 53 Stat. 2043 In the case of Station CHML which remains on a regional channel, the Government of the United States agrees to protect this station from interference to the same extent as it is protected from other Canadian stations but in no event to a greater extent than that provided for Class IV stations on local channels. These assignments are hereby reserved pending ratification of and placing in operation of the proposed North American Regional Broadcast Agreement. Pending such events, the Governments of Canada and the United States agree that in making any changes in existing station assignments as of the date of this exchange of notes, or authorizing new assignments after that date, the assignments set out above will be afforded protection in accordance with the allocation standards as provided in the proposed Agreement. In addition to these sixteen stations, there are thirteen stations now operating in Canada with power of 100 watts on channels that are now classified as regional channels and which under the terms of the proposed Agreement will be regional channels for assignment of Class III stations with a minimum power of 500 watts. Part II C 5
(b)of the proposed Agreement provides that Class IV stations may operate on regional channels, but, when so operated, they are subject to such interference as may be received from Class III stations which are not required to protect the Class IV stations on the same regional channel. The Parties to this exchange of notes recognize that, if possible, these stations should be reassigned to local channels in order that they may be afforded protection from interference from other stations in accordance with the allocation standards for Class IV stations. The assignments for these stations are provided accordingly as follows: Frequency
(kc)Present Proposed Station Location Power Class 630 630 CFCO Chatham, Ont. 100 w IV 930 1230 CFCH North Bay, Ont. 100 IV 580 1240 CFPR Prince Rupert, B. C. 100 IV 950 1240 CJOC Lethbridge, Alta. 100 IV 1120 1240 CRCS Chicoutimi, Que. 100 IV 930 1450 CFLC Prescott, Ont. 100 IV 930 1380 CKPC Brantford, Ont. 100 IV 580 1450 CKCL Toronto, Ont. 100 IV 1390 1450 CJGX Yorkton, Sask. 100 IV 1450 1480 CHGS Summerside, P. E. I. 100 IV 1120 1490 CHLP Montreal, Que. 100 IV 1410 1490 CKFC Vancouver, B. C. 100 IV 1410 1490 CKMO Vancouver, B. C. 100 IV Three of these stations (CFCO, CKPC, and CHGS) remain on regional channels and in accordance with the provisions above mentioned are not afforded protection from interference from the Class III stations on the channel. However, the Government of the United States agrees to protect these stations from interference to the same extent that they are protected from other Canadian stations but in no event to a greater extent than that provided for Class IV stations on local channels. *b*. Recognizing the desirability of preserving the principle of their existing understanding as to the use of the frequency of 540 kilocycles for broadcasting by Canada and recognizing the desirability of affording, as far as reasonably can be done, protection to important aeronautical and maritime mobile services of the United States using frequencies in the non-public service band of 515 to 550 kilocycles from broadcast interference, the undersigned have agreed as follows: 1. The frequency 540 kilocycles may be used by Canada for broadcasting purposes at a Canadian station which shall be located in the Province of Saskatchewan and operated so as not to produce a ground wave signal intensity in excess of 500 microvolts per meter on the Canadian-United States border west of longitude 105° W.53 Stat. 2044 2. The United States of America may require that a directional antenna be installed at the station and that, if and when advice, to that effect is given, Canada will install such directional antenna within one year from the date of receipt by Canada of such advice. The direction of maximum suppression of the antenna should be as near as possible in the direction of San Francisco, subject to allowing for a ground wave signal of 500 microvolts per meter intensity at any point along the boundary between Saskatchewan and the United States. 3. When, as and if a substitute broadcasting channel acceptable to the Canadian Government is made available for this station Canada agrees to discontinue the use of 540 kilocycles for broadcasting purposes. 4. This Agreement shall become effective from the date on which the North American Regional Agreement, signed at Habana on the 13th day of December, 1937, becomes effective. It shall remain in effect until the expiration, on the part of the United States and Canada, of the said North American Regional Agreement. 5. The undersigned will recommend to their respective governments that consideration be given to the cancellation, on the date on which this Agreement becomes effective, of all prior agreements insofar as they have reference to the use of 540 kilocycles by Canada for broadcasting. *c*. The Government of the United States of America agrees that if it should assign a Class I-A station to the channel 700 kilocycles with power greater than 50 kilowatts, it will take, or cause to be taken, such measures as are necessary to prevent the field intensity delivered by such station at night from exceeding a value five times as great as that which would be delivered by an efficient 50 kilowatt transmitter located at or near Montreal, Canada, on 690 kilocycles at a point near Rochester, New York. For this purpose the field intensities of the United States station shall be based on the 10% skywave and the Canadian station on the 50% skywave, during the second hour after sunset. If the field intensity delivered by the Canadian station should exceed that which would be delivered by an efficient 50 kilowatt transmitter then the actual field strength shall be taken as the basis for said ratio. In no event, however, shall the Class I–A station in the United States be required to deliver a field strength at said point less than that which would be delivered by an efficient 50 kilowatt transmitter located at or near Cincinnati, Ohio. I accordingly have the honor to inquire whether the three Agreements outlined in this communication have the approval of your Government and whether, in the event of that approval, it is agreeable to the publication immediately of this note and such favorable reply as you may find it possible to make, it being understood that none of these Agreements shall become effective until the effective date of the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. 53 Stat. 2045 *The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Acting Secretary of State (Welles)* No. 291 Canadian Legation *Washington, December 10, 1938* Sir, With reference to your note No. 576.K1/658 of the 28th October, 1938, concerning three arrangements resulting from the deliberations of the Inter-American Radio Conference, which was held at Habana, Cuba, from November 1 to December 13, 1937,1 have the honour to state that the three proposed Agreements quoted in your note have the approval of the Government of Canada, it being understood that none of the three Agreements shall become effective until the effective date of the North American Broadcasting Agreement. The Canadian Government are agreeable to the publication immediately of your note and of this reply. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant W. A. Riddell For the Minister The Hon. Sumner Welles, *Acting Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C*. November 15, 1938 agreement 53 Stat. 2046 53 Stat. 2046 November 15, 1938[E. A. S. No. 137]Provisional commercial agreement between the United States of America and Greece. Effected by exchange of notes, signed November 15, 1938; effective January 1, 1939. With a supplementary note of the American Minister signed November 19, 1938. The American Minister (MacVeagh) to the President of the Council of Ministers and Minister for Foreign Affairs of Greece (Metaxas) Legation of the United States of America *Athens, November 15, 1938*. No. 375. Excellency: Provisional commercial agreement with Greece.I have the honor to make the following statement of my understanding of the agreement reached through recent conversations held at Athens by representatives of the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Kingdom of Greece with reference to the treatment which the United States of America shall accord to the commerce of the Kingdom of Greece and which the Kingdom of Greece shall accord to the commerce of the United States of America. These conversations have disclosed a mutual understanding between the two Governments which is that the United States of America will accord to the commerce of the Kingdom of Greece and the Kingdom of Greece will accord to the commerce of the United States of America, its territories and possessions, non-discriminatory treatment. Accordingly the two Governments have agreed upon the following provisions: I Most-favored-nation treatment.With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale, taxation or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Kingdom of Greece or the United States of America, respectively. II 1. Regulation, limitation, or control of imports. Neither the Government of the United States of America nor the Royal Hellenic Government shall regulate by import licenses or permits the importation into its territory of any article in which the other country has an interest, or by any method maintain limitation or control of the amount of importation of any such article, unless similar 53 Stat. 2047action is taken with respect to the importation of such article from all other countries. 2. If imports of such an article from the other country are, directly or indirectly, restricted by such regulation, limitation, or control, the Government taking such action shall establish in advance, and inform the other Government of, the total amount permitted to be imported from all countries during any specified period, which shall not be shorter than three months, and of any increase in such amount during the specified period, and shall either— (*a*) Impose no limitation on the part of such total amount which may be imported from the other country; or (*b*) Establish in advance, and inform the other country concerning, the quota of such article which shall be permitted to be imported from the other country during the specified period. Such quota, as originally established or subsequently changed, shall be equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which the other country supplied during past years, account being taken in so far as practicable in appropriate cases of any special factors which may have affected or may be affecting the trade in that article. Where a quota for importation from the other country is established, no obstacle, administrative or otherwise, shall be placed in the way of importation sufficient to fill the quota allotted to the other country. If the total amount permitted entry from all countries is increased during any quota period, the quota established for the other country shall be increased proportionately. 3. If the Government of either country establishes or maintains such regulation, limitation, or control of the importation of an article in which the other country has an interest, it shall— (*a*) Make public the regulations regarding the issuance of licenses or permits, or regarding any other method of limitation or control, before such regulations are put into force; (*b*) Administer any system of licenses or permits or any other method of limitation or control so as not to discriminate against importation from the other country, and in no manner, directly or indirectly, influence importers regarding the country from which they shall seek permission to import any such article; (*c*) Ensure that there shall be no undue delay in the issuance of licenses or permits; (*d*) Ensure that any duly qualified importer seeking to establish new, or to reestablish old, trade connections with the other country, or to maintain such trade connections, shall be given reasonable opportunity to import any such article; and upon request inform any such duly qualified importer whose application is rejected of the reasons for such rejection; (*e*) At all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the amount of any such article, the growth, produce, or manufacture of each exporting country which has been imported, or for which licenses or permits for importation have been granted. 4. The provisions of this Article shall also be applicable with respect to any regulation, limitation, or control imposed by either Government upon the importation of such article at a particular rate of duty or charge.53 Stat. 2048 III Establishment or maintenance of control of means of international payment.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Royal Hellenic Government establishes or maintains, directly or indirectly, any form of control of the means of international payment, it shall, in the administration of such control: (*a*) Impose no prohibition, restriction, condition, or delay on the transfer of payment for imported articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, or of payments necessary for and incidental to the importation of such articles; (*b*) Accord unconditionally, with respect to rates of exchange and taxes or surcharges on exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of all articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of any article whatsoever the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country; and (*c*) Accord unconditionally, with respect to all rules and formalities applying to exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of the like articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country. IV 1. Purchases by Government monopolies, etc. In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Royal Hellenic Government establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production, or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce, or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. 2. It is agreed that the Government of each country, in the awarding of contracts for public works and generally in the purchase of sup- plies, shall not discriminate against the other country in favor of any third country. V 1. Exceptions to provisions of Agreement. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advantages 53 Stat. 2049resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece may become a party, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. 2. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. 3. Subject to the requirement that, under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life or health;
(3)relating to prison-made goods;
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. 4. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the importation or exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies, and it is agreed, further, that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption or enforcement of measures relating to neutrality. VI The present Agreement shall replace the exchange of notes betweenFormer exchange of notes replaced. the Government of the United States and the Government of the Kingdom of Greece of December 9, 1924,11Treaty Series No. 706 and shall become operativeEffective date. on the first day of January, 1939, and shall continue in force untilDuration. superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or by a definitive treaty of commerce and navigation, or until denouncedDenunciation. by either country by advance written notice of not less than thirty days. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Lincoln MacVeagh His Excellency John Metaxas, *President of the Council of Ministers and Minister* *for Foreign Affairs*, *Athens*. 53 Stat. 2050 53 Stat. 2051 53 Stat. 2052 53 Stat. 2053 53 Stat. 2054 [Translation] ministryofforeign affairs Agreement by Greece.No. 27039/G/1/l Athens, *November 15, 1938*. Mr. Minister: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your Note of November 15, 1938, reading as follows: “I have the honor to make the following statement of my understanding of the agreement reached through recent conversations held at Athens by representatives of the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Kingdom of Greece with reference to the treatment which the United States of America shall accord to the commerce of the Kingdom of Greece and which the Kingdom of Greece shall accord to the commerce of the United States of America. “These conversations have disclosed a mutual understanding between the two Governments which is that the United States of America will accord to the commerce of the Kingdom of Greece and the Kingdom of Greece will accord to the commerce of the United States of America, its territories and possessions, non-discriminatory treatment. “Accordingly the two Governments have agreed upon the following provisions: I “With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale, taxation or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Kingdom of Greece or the United States of America, respectively. II “1. Neither the Government of the United States of America nor the Royal Hellenic Government shall regulate by import licenses or permits the importation into its territory of any article in which the other country has an interest, or by any method maintain limitation or control of the amount of importation of any such article, unless similar action is taken with respect to the importation of such article from all other countries.53 Stat. 2055 “2. If imports of such an article from the other country are, directly or indirectly, restricted by such regulation, limitation, or control, the Government taking such action shall establish in advance, and inform the other Government of, the total amount permitted to be imported from all countries during any specified period, which shall not be shorter than three months, and of any increase in such amount during the specified period, and shall either— (*a*) Impose no limitation on the part of such total amount which may be imported from the other country; or (*b*) Establish in advance, and inform the other country concerning, the quota of such article which shall be permitted to be imported from the other country during the specified period. Such quota, as originally established or subsequently changed, shall be equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which the other country supplied during past years, account being taken in so far as practicable in appropriate cases of any special factors which may have affected or may be affecting the trade in that article. Where a quota for importation from the other country is established, no obstacle, administrative or otherwise, shall be placed in the way of importation sufficient to fill the quota allotted to the other country. If the total amount permitted entry from all countries is increased during any quota period, the quota established for the other country shall be increased proportionately. “3. If the Government of either country establishes or maintains such regulation, limitation, or control of the importation of an article in which the other country has an interest, it shall— (*a*) Make public the regulations regarding the issuance of licenses or permits, or regarding any other method of limitation or control, before such regulations are put into force; (*b*) Administer any system of licenses or permits or any other method of limitation or control so as not to discriminate against importation from the other country, and in no manner, directly or indirectly, influence importers regarding the country from which they shall seek permission to import any such article; (*c*) Ensure that there shall be no undue delay in the issuance of licenses or permits; (*d*) Ensure that any duly qualified importer seeking to establish new, or to reestablish old, trade connections with the other country, or to maintain such trade connections, shall be given reasonable opportunity to import any such article; and upon request inform any such duly qualified importer whose application is rejected of the reasons for such rejection; (*e*) At all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the amount of any such article, the growth, produce, or manufacture of each exporting country which has been imported, or for which licenses or permits for importation have been granted. “4. The provisions of this Article shall also be applicable with respect to any regulation, limitation, or control imposed by either Government upon the importation of such article at a particular rate of duty or charge.53 Stat. 2056 III “In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Royal Hellenic Government establishes or maintains, directly or indirectly, any form of control of the means of international payment, it shall, in the administration of such control: (*a*) Impose no prohibition, restriction, condition, or delay on the transfer of payment for imported articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, or of payments necessary for and incidental to the importation of such articles; (*b*) Accord unconditionally, with respect to rates of exchange and taxes or surcharges on exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of all articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of any article whatsoever the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country; and (*c*) Accord unconditionally, with respect to all rules and formalities applying to exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of the like articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any third country. IV “1. In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Royal Hellenic Government establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production, or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce, or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. “2. It is agreed that the Government of each country, in the awarding of contracts for public works and generally in the purchase of supplies, shall not discriminate against the other country in favor of any third country. V “1. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advan53 Stat. 2057tages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Kingdom of Greece may become a party, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. “2. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. “3. Subject to the requirement that, under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life or health;
(3)relating to prison-made goods;
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. “4. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the importation or exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies, and it is agreed, further, that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption or enforcement of measures relating to neutrality. “5. VI “The present Agreement shall replace the exchange of notes between the Government of the United States and the Government of the Kingdom of Greece of December 9, 1924, 1Treaty Series No. 706. and shall become operative on the first day of January, 1939, and shall continue in force until superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or by a definitive treaty of commerce and navigation, or until denounced by either country by advance written notice of not less than thirty days.” In informing you that the Greek Government is in agreement with the contents of the above Note, I beg you to accept, Mr. Minister, the assurances of my highest consideration. J. Metaxas To His Excellency Mr. Lincoln MacVeach, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *Athens*. 53 Stat. 2058 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE The American Minister (MacVeagh) to the President of the Council of Ministers and Minister for Foreign Affairs of Greece (Metaxas) No. 400. Legation of the United States of America *Athens, November 19, 1938*. Excellency: With reference to our Exchange of Notes of November 15, 1938, concerning the treatment which the United States of America shall accord to the commerce of the Kingdom of Greece and which the Kingdom of Greece shall accord to the commerce of the United States of America, I have the honor to inform you that, without modifying its position on the principle of unconditional most-favored-nation treatment, the Government of the United States of America agrees not to invoke the provisions of Article I of this Agreement in respect of the special and temporary advantages now accorded by the Kingdom of Greece to imports from certain countries of coffee in beans, and of sugar. Please accept, Excellency, the assurances of my highest consideration. Lincoln MacVeagh His Excellency John Metaxas, *President of the Council of Ministers* *and Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Athens*. December 6, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2059 53 Stat. 2059 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES ESTONIA—EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS—DEC. 6, 1938 Agreement between the United States of America and Estonia for theDecember 6, 1938[E. A. S. 138] exchange of official publications. Effected by exchange of notes, signed December 6, 1938. The Estonian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Selter) to the American Chargl d’Affaires ad interim (Leonard) république estonienne ministre des affaires étrangéres Tallinn, *6th December, 1938*. Monsieur le Chargé d’affaires, With reference to your memorandum of September 20, 1938 andAgreement with Estonia for the exchange of official publications. previous correspondence and conversations, I have agreed upon the following: There shall be a complete exchange of official publications between the Government of Estonia and the Government of the United States of America, which shall be conducted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. The official exchange office for the transmission of publications of the United States of America is the Smithsonian Institution. The official exchange office on the part of Estonia is the Riigi Raamatukogu (State Library). 2. The exchange sendings shall be received on behalf of the United States by the library of Congress; on behalf of Estonia by the Riigi Raamatukogu (State Library). 3. The Government of the United States of America shall furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of its several departments, bureaux, offices, and institutions. A list of such departments and instrumentalities is attached (List No. I).11List as furnished by the Government of the United States. See p. 2061. This list shall be extended to include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new offices that the Government may create in the future. 4. The Government of Estonia shall furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of its several departments, bureaux, offices, and institutions. A list of such departments and instrumentalities is attached (List No. 2).22See p. 2068. This list shall be extended to include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new offices that the Government may create in the future. 5. With respect to departments and instrumentalities which at this time do not issue publications and which are not mentioned in the attached lists, it is understood that publications issued in the future by those offices shall be furnished in one copy. 53 Stat. 2060 6. Neither Government shall be obliged by this agreement to furnish confidential publications, blank forms, or circular letters not of a public nature. 7. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railroad, steamship, and other charges arising in its own country. 8. Both parties express their willingness as far as possible to expedite shipments. 9. This agreement shall not be understood to modify the already existing exchange agreements between the various government departments and instrumentalities of the two countries. Upon receipt of your Note, identical in terms to the present communication, the Estonian Government will consider that the foregoing agreement comes into force on the day following its ratification by the President of the Republic of Estonia. I avail myself of this opportunity to assure you, Monsieur le Chargé d’Affaires, of my high consideration. K. Selter Monsieur Walter A. Leonard, *Chargé d’Affaires a. i*., *of the United States of America*, *Tallinn*. The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Leonard) to the Estonian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Selter) Legation of the United States of America *Tallinn, December 6, 1938*. Excellency: With reference to my memorandum of September 20, 1938, and previous correspondence and conversations, and to Your Excellency’s Note of today’s date (December 6, 1938), I have the honor to express our agreement for the exchange of official publications between the Governments of the United States of America and Estonia, as follows: There shall be a complete exchange of official publications between the Government of Estonia and the Government of the United States of America, which shall be conducted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. The official exchange office for the transmission of publications of the United States of America is the Smithsonian Institution. The official exchange office on the part of Estonia is the Riigi Raamatukogu (State Library). 2. The exchange sendings shall be received on behalf of the United States by the library of Congress; on behalf of Estonia by the Riigi Raamatukogu (State Library). 3. The Government of the United States of America shall furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of its several departments, bureaux, offices and institutions. A list of such depart53 Stat. 2061ments and instrumentalities is attached (List No. 1). This list shall be extended to include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new offices that the Government may create in the future. 4. The Government of Estonia shall furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of its several departments, bureaux, offices and institutions. A list of such departments and instrumentalities is attached (List No. 2). [1][List as furnished by the Government of Estonia. See p. 2068. This list shall be extended to include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, any new offices that the Government may create in the future. 5. With respect to the departments and instrumentalities which at this time do not issue publications and which are not mentioned in the attached lists, it is understood that publications issued in the future by those offices shall be furnished in one copy. 6. Neither Government shall be obliged by this agreement to furnish confidential publications, blank forms, or circular letters not of a public nature. 7. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railroad, steamship, and other charges arising in its own country. 8. Both parties express their willingness as far as possible to expedite shipments. 9. This agreement shall not be understood to modify the already existing exchange agreements between the various government departments and instrumentalities of the two countries. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Walter A. Leonard *Charge d’Affaires a. i.* His Excellency Karl Selter, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Tallinn*. LIST NO. 1 List of the various Departments and Instrumentalities of the United States Government, the Publications of which are to be furnished, together with the titles of the principal serial publications to be included in the exchange. Agricultural Department Crops and markets, monthly Department leaflet Farmers’ bulletin, irregular Journal of agricultural research, semi-monthly Miscellaneous publications Technical bulletin, irregular Yearbook of agriculture, bound53 Stat. 2062 *Agricultural economics bureau* Agricultural situation, monthly Statistical bulletin Report, annual *Agricultural engineering bureau* Report, annual *Animal industry bureau* Service and regulatory announcements *Biological survey bureau* North American fauna Report, annual *Chemistry and soils bureau* Soil survey reports Report, annual *Dairy industry bureau* Report, annual *Entomology and plant quarantine bureau* Report, annual *Experiment stations office* Experiment station record, monthly Report on agricultural experiment stations, annual *Extension service* Extension service review, monthly *Food and drug administration* *Forest service* Report, annual *Home economics bureau* Report, annual *Information office* Report, annual *Plant industry bureau* *Public roads bureau* Public roads, journal of highway research, monthly Report, annual *Soil conservation service* Soil conservation, monthly Report, annual *Weather bureau* Climatological data for U. S., monthly Central Statistical Board Report, annual Civil Aeronautics Authority Civil Service Commission Official register of the U. S., annual, bound Report, annual Commerce Department Annual report of the Secretary of commerce *Census bureau* Decennial census Biennial census of manufactures Birth, stillbirth and infant mortality statistics, annual Financial statistics of cities over 100,000, annual Financial statistics of state and local governments, annual Mortality statistics, annual County and city jails, prisoners, annual Prisoners in state and federal prisons, annual53 Stat. 2063 *Coast and geodetic survey* Special publications *Fisheries bureau* Bulletin Fishery circular Investigational report *Foreign and domestic commerce bureau* Commerce reports, weekly Comparative law series, monthly Foreign commerce and navigation, bound, annual Monthly summary of foreign commerce Statistical abstract, annual Survey of current business Trade information bulletin Trade promotion series *Lighthouses bureau* *Maritime inspection and navigation bureau* Merchant marine statistics, annual Merchant vessels of the United States, annual *National bureau of standards* Circular Journal of research, monthly Technical news bulletin, monthly *Patent office* Official gazette, weekly Index of trademarks, annual Index of patente, annual Congress Congressional record, bound Congressional directory, bound Statutes at large, bound Code of laws and supplements, bound *House of representatives* Journal, bound Documents, bound Reports, bound *Senate* Journal, bound Documents, bound Reports, bound Court of Claims Report of cases decided Court of Customs and Patent Appeals Reports (Decisions), bound District of Columbia Reports of the various departments of the local government. Employees’ Compensation Commission Report, annual Farm Credit Administration Report, annual News for farmer cooperatives, monthly Federal Communications Commission Report, annual Decisions53 Stat. 2064 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Federal Home Loan Bank Board Federal home loan bank review, monthly Federal Housing Administration Report, annual Insured mortgage portfolio, monthly Federal Power Commission Report, annual Federal Reserve System Federal reserve bulletin, monthly Report, annual Federal Trade Commission Report, annual Decisions, bound General Accounting Office Decisions of the comptroller-general, bound Government Printing Office Report, annual *Documents office* Documents catalog, biennial Monthly catalog Interior Department Report, annual (relating chiefly to public lands) *Education office* Bulletin Pamphlet series School life, monthly except July and August Vocational education bulletin *General land office* *Geological survey* Bulletin Professional paper Water supply papers *Housing authority* *Mines bureau* Bulletin Minerals yearbook Technical paper *National bituminous coal commission* *National Park service* *Reclamation bureau* Reclamation era, monthly Interstate Commerce Commission Report, annual Annual report on statistics of railways Interstate commerce commission reports (decisions), bound Justice Department Annual report of the Attorney General Opinions of the Attorney General *Prisons bureau* Federal offenders, annual53 Stat. 2065 Labor Department Report, annual *Children’s bureau* Bulletin The Child, monthly news summary *Employment services* *Immigration and naturalization service* *Labor standards division* Bulletin Industrial health and safety series *Labor statistics bureau* Bulletin Monthly labor review *Women’s bureau* Bulletin Library of Congress Report, annual, bound *Copyright office* Catalog of copyright entries *Documents division* Monthly checklist of state publications *Legislative reference service* State law index, biennial, bound Maritime Commission Maritime commission reports Report on water-borne foreign commerce, annual National Academy of Sciences Report, annual National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics Report, annual Bibliography of aeronautics, annual Technical reports National Archives Report, annual Federal register, bound National Labor Relations Board Report, annual Decisions National Mediation Board Report, annual National Railroad Adjustment Board Awards National Resources Committee Reports Navy Department Annual report of the Secretary of the Navy *Engineering bureau* *Hydrographic office* Publications *Marine corps* *Medicine and surgery bureau* Naval medical bulletin, quarterly Annual report of the surgeon general53 Stat. 2066 *Naval war college* International law situations, annual, bound *Nautical almanac office* American ephemeris and nautical almanac, annual American nautical almanac, annual *Navigation bureau* Navy directory, quarterly Register, annual *Supplies and accounts bureau* Naval expenditures, annual Post Office Department Postal guide, annual with monthly supplements Annual report of the Postmaster general *Postal savings system* Annual report President of the United States Addresses, messages Railroad Retirement Board Report, annual Reconstruction Finance Corporation Reports Rural Electrification Administration Report, annual Rural electrification news, monthly Securities and Exchange Commission Decisions Report, annual Smithsonian Institution Report, annual *Ethnology bureau* Report, annual Bulletin *National museum* Report, annual Social Security Board Social security bulletin, monthly Report, annual State Department Arbitration series Conference series Executive agreement series Foreign relations, annual, bound Latin American series Press releases, weekly Territorial papers of the United States, bound Treaty series Treaty information bulletin, monthly Supreme Court Official reports, bound Tariff Commission Report, annual Miscellaneous series Reports Tax Appeals Board Board of tax appeals reports53 Stat. 2067 Treasury Department Annual report on the state of finances Combined statement of receipts, expenditures, balances, etc. Treasury decisions, bound *Budget bureau* Budget, annual, bound *Bookkeeping and warrants division* Digest of appropriations, annual *Coast guard* Register, annual *Comptroller of the currency* Report, annual Internal Revenue Bureau Internal revenue bulletin, weekly Annual report of the commissioner of internal revenue Statistics of income *Mint bureau* Report, annual *Narcotics bureau* *Procurement division* *Public health service* National institute of health bulletin Public health bulletin, irregular Public health reports, weekly Report, annual Venereal disease information, monthly Veterans’ Administration Report, annual Medical bulletin, quarterly War Department Report of the Secretary of war, annual *Adjutant general’s department* Official army register, annual Army list and directory, semi-annual *Army medical library* Index-catalog *Engineer department* Report of the chief of engineers (incl. commercial statistics of water-borne commerce), annual Rivers and harbors board. Port series *General staff corps* *Insular affairs bureau* Report, annual *Medical department* Report of the surgeon general, annual *Military intelligence division* *National guard bureau* *Ordnance department* *Quartermaster general* *Signal office* Works Progress Administration 53 Stat. 2068 LIST NO. 2. List of Estonian official Publications which are to be furnished to the library of Congress at Washington in accordance with the Agreement on Exchange of Publications between the Government of Estonia and the United States; and list of the various departments and institutions of the Republic of Estonia which may issue official publications in the future (marked with an asterisk). Name of Government Department or Institution Estonian Name and English Equivalent Rahvuskogu (National Constituent Assembly). Protokollid (Minutes of the National Constituent Assembly). Riigivolikogu (Chamber of Deputies). Protokollid (Minutes of the Chamber of Deputies). Riiginöukogu (National Council). Protokollid (Minutes of the National Council). Riigikantselei (State Chancery). Valitsusasutiste tegevus (Annual Reports on the Activity of Government Institutions). Riigiraamatukogu (State Library). Raamatute nimestik (State Library book-catalogues). Riigiraamatukogu Teataja (Bulletin of the State Library). *Riigiarhiiv ja Arhiivnöukogu (State Archives and Council of the State Archives). Statistika Keskbüroo (State Central Bureau of Statistics). Eesti Statistika (kuukiri) (Monthly Bulletin of the State Central Bureau of Statistics). Aastaraamat (Annual Foreign Trade). Konjunktuurinstituut (Estonian Institute of Economic Research). Konjunktuur (Monthly Review). Majandusteated (Economic News). *Riikliku Propaganda Talitue (State Propaganda Office). Riigikontroll (Office of the State Comptroller). Tegevuse ülevaade (General Annual Report), Haridusministeerium (Ministry of Education). Haridusministeeriumi Teataja (Bulletin of the Ministry). Teaduse ja Kunsti Osakond (Department of Art and Sciences). Kultuurkapitali valitsus (Administration of the Cultural Fund): Aruanded (Reports). *Muinsusnöukogu (Council of the Preservation of Antiquities). Riiklik Keskarhiiv (State Central Archives): Toimetused (Records). Kooliosakond (Department of Schools): “Eesti Kool ” (The Estonian School). *Kutseoskuse osakond (Department of Professional Education). *Noorsoo- ja vabaharidusosakond (Department of Youth and Adult Education). Kohtuministeerium (Ministry of Justice): Seaduste Kogu (Code of Laws), Riigi Teataja (Official Gazette). Kodifikatsiooniosakond (Department of Codification): Eesti Vabariigi Lepingud Välisriikidega (Estonian Treaty Series). 53 Stat. 2069 Name of Government Department or Institution Estonian Name and English Equivalent Vangimajade talitus (Administration of State Prisons): Karistusteated (List of Criminal Offenders) Kohtud (Courts of Justice): Riigikohtu otsused (Decisions of the Supreme Court). Majandusministeerium (Ministry of Economic Affairs): Rahandusosakond (Treasury Department): Riigieelarve (The State Budget). *Kaubandusosakond. Proovikoda. (Department of Commerce. Chamber of Weights and Measures). *Tööstusosakond. Patendiamet. (Department of Industries. State Patent Office). *Maksudetalitus (Department of Taxes). *Eesti Rahvuslik JCukomitee (National Power Committee of Estonia). *Loodusvarade Instituut (Institute for Investigation of Natural Resources). Eesti Pank (The Bank of Estonia): Aruanded (Weekly Balance Sheets). Aastaraamat (Year Book). Eesti Maapank (The Land Bank of Estonia): Aruanded (Annual Reports). Pikalaenupank (National Mortgage Bank of Estonia): Aruanded (Annual Reports). *Riigitrükikoda (State Printing Office). Põllutööministeerium (Ministry of Agriculture): Katastri- ja Maakonaldusosakond (Department of Conveyances and Agrarian Organization): Sisevete uurimise aastaraamat (Year Book on Investigation of Inland Waterways). *Pöllumajandusosakond (Department of Agricultural Economics): *Piimasaaduste väljaveo kontrolljaam (Station for the Control of the Exports of Dairy Products). *Taimekaitse- ja seemnekontrollainet (Division of Plant Protection and Seed Control). *Riigi Pöllutöökatsejaam (Agricultural Experimental Station). *Veterinaartalitus (Veterinary Department). *Riigimetsade Talitus (State Forestry Department). Sotsiaalministeerium (Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare): Tervishoiu- ja hoolekandetalitus (Department of Health and Social Welfare): Tervishoiupereonaali, tervishoiuasutiste ja apteekide nimestik (List of Medical Practitioners, Hospitals and Public Dispensaries in Estonia). Farmaatsia osakond (Department of Pharmacy). 53 Stat. 2070 Name of Government Department or Institution Estonian Name and English Equivalent Loodushoiu- ja Turismi-Instituut (National Trust of Estonia and Travel Association). Looduskaitse Teated (Nature Protection News) Turismi Teated (Tourist News). Töökaitse- ja Sotsiaalkindlustusosakond (Department of Labour Protection and Social Insurance): Töökaitse Teated (Labour Protection Review). Siseministeerium (Ministry of the Interior): *Omavalitsuste Talitus (Department of Local Governments). *Politseitalitus (Police Department) *Piirivalvetalitus (Frontier Patrol Department). Söjaministeerium (Ministry of War): *Sõjavägede staap (Army Staff). *Kaitseliit (Civil Guards League). Teedeministeerium (Ministry of Communications): *Ehitusosakond (Department of Constructions). *Maanteede Talitus (Administration of Highways). Posti-, Telegraafi-, Telefoni Talitus (Postal, Telegraph and Telephone Administration): Posti-, telefoni-, telegrafi- ja raadioasutiste nimestik (List of Post, Telegraph and Telephone Offices and Radio Stations). Postiametkonna tegevus (Reports on Activities of Postal, Telegraph and Telephone offices and Radio stations). Raudteede Talitus (Administration of State Railways): Riigi raudteede tegevuse ülevaade (Report on Activities of State Railways). Veeteede Talitus (Administration of Waterways): Eesti laevade register (Estonian Ships Register). Eesti tuletornide ja meremärkide nimestik (List of Estonian Buoys and Lighthouses). *Õhusõidu osakond (Department of Air Navigation). *Riigiringhääling (State Broadcasting). Välisministeerium (Ministry for Foreign Affairs): Corps Diplomatique k Tallinn. Eesti Vabariigi esindajad välismaal (Estonian Representatives Abroad). Tartu Ulikool (The Tartu University): Loengute kava (Schedule of Lectures). Toimetused (Academic Publications). Tallinna Tehnikaulikool (The Tallinn Technical University): Loengute kava (Schedule of Lectures). Toimetused (Academic Publications). Riiklik Katsekoda (Government Bureau for Testing Materials). December 28, 1938 December 30, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2071 53 Stat. 2071 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FINLAND—EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS—DEC. 28, 30, 1938 Agreement between the United States of America and Finland for theDecember 28 and December 30, 1938[E. A. S. 139] exchange of official publications. Effected by exchange of notes, signed December 28 and 30, 1938; effective January 1, 1939. The Acting Secretary of States (Welles) to the Minister of Finland (Järnefelt) Department of State *Washington, December 28 1938*. Sir: I have the honor, with reference to recent correspondence in regardAgreement with Finland for the exchange of official publications. to the broadening of the exchange of official publications between the United States of America and Finland, to express my understanding of the provisions which are to govern the exchange beginning with January 1, 1939, as follows: 1. One copy of each official publication of the several branches of the Government of the United States of America shall be furnished regularly to the Library of Parliament at Helsinki through the medium of the International Exchange Service of the Smithsonian Institution. A list of branches of the Government of the United States of America the publications of which are to be furnished under the present agreement is attached (List No. 1). This list shall be extended, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, to include any new offices which the Government of the United States of America may create in the future. 2. One copy of each official publication of the several branches of the Government of Finland shall be furnished regularly to the Government of the United States of America. A list describing the publications of the Government of Finland which are to be furnished under the present agreement is attached (List No. 2). 3. This agreement shall not be understood to modify any agreements for the exchange of publications that may already exist between the various departments and other instrumentalities of the Government of the United States of America and the departments and other instrumentalities of the Government of Finland. Upon the receipt of a note from you confirming the above understanding, my Government will consider the agreement effective as of January 1, 1939, Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Acting Secretary of State: G. S. Messersmith The Honorable Eero Järnefelt, *Minister of Finland*. 53 Stat. 2072 LIST NO. 1 *1*. *Congress* Congressional records, bound; the Senate and House journals, bound; United States code and supplements, bound; all other publications printed by order of either House of the United States Congress. *2*. *Executive departments (including without further specification the various bureaus and divisions thereof)* Department of State Department of the Treasury Department of War Department of Justice Post Office Department Department of the Navy Department of the Interior Department of Agriculture Department of Commerce Department of Labor *3*. *Independent offices and establishments* Civil Service Commission General Accounting Office Interstate Commerce Commission Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Federal Trade Commission Tariff Commission Board of Tax Appeals Federal Power Commission Federal Housing Administration Veterans’ Administration National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics Commission of Fine Arts Reconstruction Finance Corporation Federal Home Loan Bank Board Tennessee Valley Authority Rural Electrification Administration Farm Credit Administration Central Statistical Board Civilian Conservation Corps Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Securities and Exchange Commission National Archives National Resources Committee National Labor Relations Board Railroad Retirement Board Federal Communications Commission Social Security Board Maritime Commission National Mediation Board Civil Aeronautics Authority *4*. *Courts* Supreme Court of the United States Court of Customs and Patent Appeals Court of Claims 53 Stat. 2073 LIST NO. 2 All publications issued by the Parliament of Finland “Suomen Asetuekokoelma” (Laws, Decrees, etc. in Finnish. One separate series for each calendar year) “Finlands Författningssamling” (same in Swedish) “Suomen Asetnskokoelman Soplmussarja” (Treaty Series in Finnish. One separate series for each calendar year) “Finlands Författningssamlings Fördragsserie” (same in Swedish) All publications issued, in Finnish and Swedish, by the “Lainvalmistelukunta” (Board for the revision of laws) Reports of the various Government Committees, in Finnish and also in Swedish when reports are published even in that language All official statistics (irrespective of by what authorities they are published) Reports of the Ministries, the Provincial Governments, the Central Boards, and other official Institutions Publications issued by the Supreme Court Publications issued by the Supreme Court of Administration “Pieni Lakisarja” (a series of important laws published for practical purposes) The official publicity literature Publications issued by the Government Boards of Experiment and Investigation and other official scientific Boards, and publications on the agricultural experimental work. These are published in Finnish and Swedish and sometimes, in addition thereto, in a foreign language. The Minister of Finland (Järnefelt) to the Acting Secretary of State (Welles) legation of finland washington, d.c. No. 3602 *December 30, 1938* Excellency: I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s note of December 28, 1938, in regard to the broadening of the exchange of official publications between Finland and the United States of America, and to inform that my Government fully agrees to and accepts the understanding quoted in said note. Consequently, my Government will consider the agreement effective as of January 1, 1939. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Eero Järnefelt His Excellency Mr. Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State* *Washington, D. C*. November 23, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2074 53 Stat. 2074 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES COLOMBIA—NAVAL MISSION—NOV. 23, 1938 November 23, 1938[E. A. S. 140]Agreement between the United States of America and Colombia respecting a naval mission. Signed at Washington November 23, 1938. CONTRATO ENTRE EL GOBIERNO DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE NORTE AMERICA Y LA REPUBLICA DE COLOMBIA Agreement with Colombia respecting a naval mission.De conformidad con la solicitud de su Excelencia el Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de la República de Colombia en Washington al Secretario de Estado, el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Norte America, en [44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).virtud de la autorización conferida por la ley del Congreso de 19 de mayo de 1926 titulada “Ley que autoriza al Presidente designar oficiales y personal activo del ejercito, marina militar y cuerpo de infantería de marina para colaborar con los gobiernos de [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).América Latina en asuntos militares y navales,” la cual, modificada por la ley del 14 de mayo de 1932 para incluir el “Commonwealth” de las Islas Filipinas, autoriza el nombramiento de oficiales y personal activo para que se constituya una misión naval a la República de Colombia de acuerdo con las condiciones estipuladas abajo: Capitulo I Fines y Duración Art. 1.—Purpose and duration. El fin de la Misión Naval aquí acordada es el de cooperar con el carácter de asesora del Director General de la Marina y los oficiales de la marina militar de Colombia, dondequiera que sea destinado por el Ministerio de53 Stat. 2075Guerra, en Colombia, para lograr el mejoramiento de la armada colombiana. Art. 2.— Esta Misión prestará sus servicios por un periodo de cuatro años desde la fecha en que los representantes autorizados de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y la República de Colombia firmen este contrato, a menos que antes se dé por terminado o prorrogado en la manera determinada abajo. Cualquier miembro de la Misión puede ser llamado por el gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Norte America después de dos años de servicio siempre que sea reemplazado inmediatamente. Art. 3.— Si el Gobierno de la República de Colombia desea que el término de la Misión se prorrogue en todo o en parte, lo propondrá así seis meses antes de la terminación de este contrato. Art. 4.— Este contrato puede ser rescindido antes del vencimiento del período de cuatro años establecido en el Artículo 2, o antes del vencimiento de la prórroga autorizada en el Artículo 3, de la manera siguiente: *a*) Por cualquiera de los dos gobiernos contratantes, previa notificación por escrito con tres meses de anticipación al otro gobierno; *b*) Por el retiro de todos los miembros de la Misión por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Norte América en el interés público de este gobierno; *c*) En caso de guerra entre la República de Colombia y cualquiera otra nación, o en caso de guerra civil en la República de Colombia; 53 Stat. 2076 *d*) En caso de guerra entre los Estados Unidos de Norte América y cualquiera otra nación. Capitulo II Composición y Personal Art. 1.—Composition personnel. Esta Misión constará de un Jefe de Misión del grado de capitán de navio o de capitán de fragata en servicio activo de la marina militar de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y de los oficiales y personal activo adicional de dicha marina que pida el Ministerio de Guerra de Colombia por medio de su representante autorizado en Washington y que sea convenido por el Departamento de Marina de los Estados Unidos de Norte América. Art. 2.— El Jefe de la Misión saldrá para la República de Colombia cuanto antes, después de firmado este contrato y se pondrá a la órden del Ministro de Guerra de la República de Colombia para estudiar las necesidades de Colombia respecto a una misión naval y someterá su estudio y recomendaciones al Secretario de la Marina de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y al Ministro de Guerra de Colombia dentro de los noventa
(90)días siguientes a su llegada a la República de Colombia. Capitulo III Obligaciones, Antigüedad y Precedencia Art. 1.—Duties, rank and precedence. Los deberes y obligaciones del Jefe y de los demás miembros de la Misión serán determinados por acuerdo entre el Departmento de Marina de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y el Ministerio de Guerra de la República de Colombia después 53 Stat. 2077de recibidas las recomendaciones de que trata el Artículo 2, Capítulo 2, de este acuerdo. Art. 2.— El personal de la Mi¬sión responderá de sus actos únicamente al Ministro de Guerra de la República de Colombia por conducto del Jefe de Misión. Art. 3.— Cada miembro de la Misión guardará el grado que tiene en la marina militar de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y llevará el uniforme de su propio grado en dicha marina. Art. 4.— Cada persona de la Misión gozará de todas las ventajas y prerrogativas que los reglamentos de la marina militar de Colombia conceden a sus oficiales y demás personal activo del mismo grado. Art. 5.— El personal de la Misión estará sometido a los reglamentos disciplinarios de la marina militar de los Estados Unidos de Norte América. Capitulo IV Remuneración y Ventajas Art. 1.— Cada miembro de laCompensation and perquisites. Misión recibirá de la República de Colombia un salario anual neto igual al salario con bonificaciones de un oficial de la marina militar de los Estados Unidos de Norte América, en servicio activo, del mismo grado y antigüedad, exclusión hecha de cualquier aumento autorizado por servicio de vuelo. Durante la vigencia de este contrato, dicho salario se pagará en doce mensualidades iguales en moneda nacional de la República de Colombia, computándose al cambio oficial más alto establecido por la Junta para el Control del Cambio o el Banco Nacional de Colombia, para el último día de cada mes en que quede pagadero. En el caso de53 Stat. 2078que uno de los miembros de la Misión haya reunido los requisitos para un ascenso al grado superior durante la vigencia de este contrato, recibirá de la República de Colombia el salario de un oficial de la marina militar de los Estados de Norte América del grado a que está por ascenderse; el consiguiente aumento de salario será pagadero desde la fecha en que quede vacante el puesto que ocupará en el escalafón y bajo las mismas condiciones estipuladas atrás. Dicho salario no estará gravado por impuesto alguno del Gobierno de la República de Colombia o impuesto de algúna subdivisión política de dicha República que este actualmente en vigor o que se establezca en lo futuro. Si, por acaso, actualmente existen o llegan a existir durante la vigencia de este contrato, cuya excención el gobierno no pudiere conceder, tales impuestos correrán por cuenta del Ministerio de Guerra de la República de Colombia para que se cumpla con la estipulación hecha atrás de que sean netos los salarios acordados. Art. 2.— El goce de la remuneración convenida en el artículo anterior comenzará desde el día de salida de Nueva York de cada miembro de la Misión y continuará, después de terminados sus deberes con la Misión, hasta la llegada a Nueva York, más cualquier período de licencia acumulada al cual tenga derecho dicho miembro. Art. 3.— La remuneración debida por el período del viaje de regreso y licencia acumulada se le pagará al destacado antes de su salida de Colombia, y tal remuneración debe computarse a base de la ruta marítima ordinaria más corta, cualquiera que sea la ruta y 53 Stat. 2079modo de viajar de que se aproveche dicho destacado. Art. 4.— El Gobierno de la República de Colombia proporcionará a cada persona de la Misión y a su familia pasaje de primera clase para el viaje, por la ruta marítima ordinaria mas corta, que sea necesario para la ejecución de este contrato, entre Nueva York y la ciudad en donde estén ubicados oficialmente en Colombia, tanto de ida como de vuelta. Los Gastos de transporte del mobiliario, equipaje y automóvil entre Nueva York y el domicilio en Colombia del personal de la Misión correrán igualmente por cuenta del Gobierno de Colombia. Se efectuará el transporte del mobiliario y equipaje para cada miembro y del automóvil para cada oficial en una sola remesa y toda remesa que siga se efectuará a costa del miembro correspondiente, con excepción de remesas adicionales que resulten de circunstancias fuera del control de dicho miembro. En el caso de personal que se añada a la Misión por tiempo determinado de poca duración a solicitud del Ministerio de Guerra de la República de Colombia, el pago de los gastos para el transporte de familias, mobiliario y automóvil, y de la compensación adicional estipulada en el Artículo 5 abajo, no corresponde a la República de Colombia bajo este contrato, sino se determinará por medio de negociaciones entre el Departmento de Marina de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y el representante debidamente autorizado del Ministerio de Guerra de la República de Colombia en Washington cuando se acuerde la designación del personal para dichos servicios. 53 Stat. 2080 Art. 5.— Una bonificación adicional de un mes de remuneración, pero de no menos de Dos Cientos Dolares ($200.00), se le otorgará por el Gobierno de la República de Colombia a cada una de las personas que integran la Misión, y será destinada a compensar los gastos extraordinarios originados por cambio de residencia desde los Estados Unidos a Colombia. Una bonificación igual se le pagará a cada miembro de la Misión para compensar los gastos extraordinarios originados por cambio de domicilio desde Colombia a los Estados Unidos al terminarse el servicio con la Misión. Art. 6.— El Gobierno de la República de Colombia concederá, a solicitud del Jefe de la Misión, entrada libre de artículos para el uso personal de los miembros de la Misión y sus familias. Art. 7.— Si el servicio de uno de los miembros de la Misión se termina por acto del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Norte América antes de cumplirse dos años de servicio, excepto de acuerdo con las estipulaciones del Artículo 4.c, del Capitulo I, las estipulaciones de los Artículos 4 y 5 del Capítulo IV, no serán aplicables para el viaje de regreso. Si el servicio de uno de los miembros de la Misión se concluye antes de terminarse dos años de servicio, por otra razón cualquiera, incluyendo lo dispuesto por el Artículo 4.c, del Capítulo I, él recibirá del Gobierno de la República de Colombia todas las remuneraciones, emolumentos y ventajas como si hubiera concluido dos años de servicio; pero el salario anual se dará por terminado como se dispone por el Artículo 2 del Capítulo IV. Pero si el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Norte América destacare algún 53 Stat. 2081miembro por falta de disciplina, ninguno de los gastos del regreso a los Estados Unidos de dicho miem¬bro ni de su familia, mobiliario, equipaje o automóvil corresponderá a la República de Colombia y no se le pagará a dicho miembro la recompensa adicional estipulada en el Artículo 5 del Capítulo IV. Art. 8.— La remuneración para transporte y gastos de viaje en la República de Colombia, originados por comisiones oficiales del Gobierno de Colombia, será otorgada por el dicho Gobierno de la República de Colombia de acuerdo con el Artículo 4 del Capítulo III, menos viajes efectuados de acuerdo con el Artículo 4 del Capitulo IV, los cuales hay que compensarse conforme a dicho artículo. Art. 9.— Si uno de los miembros de la Misión, o cualquier miembro de su familia, llegare a fallecer en Colombia, el Gobierno de la República de Colombia tomará las medidas necesarias para que los restos mortales sean transportados al lugar de los Estados Unidos de Norte América que decidan los miembros sobrevivientes de su familia; pero los gastos que correspondan a la República de Colombia no pasarán de los del transporte de los restos desde el lugar del fallecimiento hasta Nueva York. En caso de ser el fallecido un miembro de la Misión, este contrato se considerará terminado para él quince
(15)días después del fallecimiento y las remuneraciones y ventajas de que se trata el Capítulo IV de este contrato se pagarán a la viuda del fallecido o a cualquiera otra persona que el fallecido haya señalado por escrito mientras servía bajo este contrato; siempre que tal viuda u otra persona no quedare compensada por la licencia 53 Stat. 2082acumulada del fallecido; y, además, toda remuneración pagadera conforme a lo provisto por este artículo, será pagada dentro de los quince
(15)días siguientes al fallecimiento. Capitulo V Requisitos y Condiciones Art. 1.—Requisites and conditions. Durante la vigencia del presente contrato, el Gobierno de la República de Colombia se abstendrá de contratar los servicios de cualquier personal de gobierno extranjero para el desempeño de funciones en su marina de guerra, salvo que exista un acuerdo previo entre los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y el de la República de Colombia. Art. 2.— Cada miembro de la Misión se comprometerá a no divulgar o revelar, por medio alguno, a cualquier gobierno o persona alguna, cualquier secreto o asunto confidencial que llegue a su conocimiento por cualquier medio. Esta promesa subsistirá aun después de terminados los servicios con la Misión y después de expirado a cancelado este contrato o cualquier prórroga. Art. 3.— Entiéndese para los efectos de este contrato que el vocablo “familia” lleva el significado de esposa e hijos dependientes. Art. 4.— Cada miembro de la Misión tendrá derecho a un mes de Ucencia por cada año de servicio, con goce de sueldo; o, por cualquier fracción de un año, a la correspondiente parte fraccional de un mes, con sueldo. Las fracciones no usadas de la licencia se acumularán de año en año durante servicio con la Misión. 53 Stat. 2083 Art. 5.— Podrá aprovecharse en el extranjero de la licencia citada en el artículo anterior; pero todo el tiempo utilizado en viaje durante licencia, incluyendo el tiempo de viaje por mar, se considera como licencia y no será adicional a lo autorizado arriba. Art. 6.— El Gobierno de la República de Colombia se compromete a otorgar la licencia acordada en el Artículo 4 de este Capítulo al recibir un oficio en tal sentido aprobado por el Jefe de Misión. Art. 7.— En caso de que un miembro de la Misión cayere enfermo o sufriere daño físico, será trasladado por el Gobierno de la República de Colombia al hospital que el Jefe de Misión considere adecuado después de consultarse con las autoridades colombianas, y todos los gastos que resulten de tal enfermedad o daño físico, mientras el enfermo sea miembro de la Misión y quede en Colombia, serán pagados por el Gobierno de Colombia. Art. 8.— Cualquier miembro de la Misión que no pudiere cumplir con sus deberes por un tiempo prolongado a causa de una enfermedad o daño físico sufrido, será reemplazado. En testimonio de lo cual,Signatures. los abajo firmados, debidamente autorizados al respecto, han firmado este contrato en duplicado en los idiomas inglés y castellano, en la ciudad de Washington, Distrito de Colombia, este el 23 dia de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y ocho. D. López Pumarejo [seal] AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA Agreement with Colombia respecting a naval mission.In conformity with the request made by the Ambassador of the Republic of Colombia in Washington to the Secretary of State, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of [44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).Congress of May 19, 1926, entitled “An Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin-American Republics in military and naval matters,” as amended by [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).the Act of May 14, 1935, to include the Philippine Islands, has authorized the appointment of officers to constitute a naval mission to the Republic of Colombia under the conditions specified below: Title I Purpose and Duration Art. 1.—Purpose and duration. The purpose of this Naval Mission is to cooperate in an advisory capacity with the Director General and the officers of the Colombian Navy, wherever desired in Colombia by the Ministry of War, with a view to en53 Stat. 2075hancing the efficiency of the Colombian Navy. Art. 2.— This Mission shall continue for a period of four years from the date of the signing of this agreement by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Colombia, unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided. Any member may be detached by the United States Government after the expiration of two years’ service, in which case another member will be furnished in replacement. Art. 3.— If the Government of the Republic of Colombia should desire that the services of the Mission be extended in whole or in part beyond the period stipulated, a proposal to that effect shall be made six months before the expiration of this agreement. Art. 4.— This contract may be terminated prior to the expiration of the period of four years prescribed in Article 2, or prior to the expiration of the extension authorized in Article 3, in the following manner: *a*) By either Government, subject to three months notice in writing to the other Government; *b*) By the recall of the entire personnel of the Mission by the United States in the public interests of the United States; *c*) In the case of war between the Republic of Colombia and any other nation, or in the case of civil war in the Republic of Colombia; 53 Stat. 2076 *d*) In case of war between the United States and any other country. Title II Composition and Personnel Art. 1.—Composition personnel. This Mission will consist of a Chief of Mission of the rank of Captain or Commander on active service in the United States Navy and such other United States naval personnel as may subsequently be requested by the Ministry of War of Colombia through its authorized representative in Washington and agreed upon by the United States Navy Department. Art. 2.— The Chief of Mission shall proceed to the Republic of Colombia as soon as practicable, following the signing of this agreement, and report to the Minister of War for the purpose of investigating the needs of Colombia with respect to a naval mission. He will submit his recommendations to the Secretary of the Navy of the United States of America and to the Minister of War of the Republic of Colombia within ninety days after his arrival in the Republic of Colombia. Title III Duties, Rank and Precedence Art. 1.—Duties, rank and precedence. The duties of the Chief of Mission and of the personnel of the Mission will be determined by agreement between the United States Navy Department and the Ministry of War of the Republic of Colombia, following the receipt of the recommendations submitted by53 Stat. 2077 the Chief of Mission as specified in Title II, Article 2. Art. 2.— The members of the Mission will be responsible solely to the Minister of War of the Republic of Colombia through the Chief of Mission. Art. 3.— Each member of the Mission shall retain the rank he holds in the United States Navy and shall wear the uniform of his rank in the United States Navy. Art. 4.— Each member of the Mission shall be entitled to all the benefits which the Colombian Navy Regulations provide for Colombian naval officers of corresponding rank. Art. 5.— The personnel of the Mission shall be governed by the disciplinary regulations of the United States Navy. Title IV Compensation and Perquisites Art. 1.— Each member of theCompensation and perquisites. Mission shall receive from the Government of the Republic of Colombia an annual net salary equal to the pay and allowances of a United States naval officer, on active service, of the same rank and length of service but exclusive of any increase authorized for duty involving flying. The said salary shall be paid in twelve equal monthly instalments in Colombian national currency computed at the highest official rate of exchange established by the Exchange Control Board or by the Bank of Colombia on the last day of each month in which due. Should any member of the Mission while so serving become qualified for promotion, he shall receive 53 Stat. 2078from the Government of the Republic of Colombia the pay of a United States naval officer of the rank to which he has qualified for promotion, payable from the date on which he makes his number for promotion and under the same conditions as proscribed in the preceding sentence of this article. The said salary shall not be subject to any Colombian tax, or to tax by any political subdivision of Colombia, that is now or shall hereafter be in effect. Should there, however, be at present or during the life of this agreement any taxes that may affect the said salaries, such taxes will be borne by the Colombian Ministry of War in order to comply with the provision stipulated above that the salaries agreed upon shall be net. Art. 2.— The compensation agreed upon in the preceding Article shall commence upon the date of departure from New York of each member of the Mission, and shall continue, following the termination of duty with the Mission, for the return voyage to New York and thereafter for the period of any accumulated leave which may be due. Art. 3.— The compensation due for the period of the return voyage and accumulated leave shall be paid a detached member prior to his departure from Colombia, and such payment shall be computed for travel via the shortest usually travelled sea route regardless 53 Stat. 2079of the route and method of travel elected by the said detached member. Art. 4.— Each member of the Mission and his family will be furnished by the Government of the Republic of Colombia with first class accommodations for travel, via the usually travelled sea route, required and performed under this contract, between New York and his official residence in Colombia both for the outward and for the return voyage. The shipment of household effects, baggage, and automobile of each member of the Mission between New York and his official residence in Colombia will be made in the same manner by the Government of the Republic of Colombia. Transportation of such household effects, baggage, and automobile for each member shall be effected in one shipment, and all subsequent shipments shall be at the expense of the respective members of the Mission except when the result of circumstances beyond their control. Payment of expenses for the transportation of families, household effects and automobiles, and of the extra compensation prescribed in Article 5, below, in the case of personnel who may join the Mission for temporary duty at the request of the Minister of War of the Republic of Colombia, shall not be required under this contract, but shall be determined by negotiations between the United States Navy Department and the authorized representative of the Ministry of War of the Republic of Colombia in Washington at such time as the detail of personnel for such temporary duty may be agreed upon. 53 Stat. 2080 Art. 5.— An additional allowance of one month’s compensation, but of not less than Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00), shall be provided by the Government of Colombia to cover extra expenses involved in change of residence from the United States to Colombia. The same additional allowance will be paid to each member for expenses incident to change of residence from Colombia to the United States upon completion of duty with the Mission. Art. 6.— The Government of the Republic of Colombia shall grant, upon request of the Chief of Mission, free entry for articles for the personal use of the members of the Mission and their families. Art. 7.— If the services of any member of the Mission should be terminated prior to the completion of two years’ service by action of the Government of the United States of America, except in accordance with the provisions of Title I, Article 4 (c), the provisions of Title IV, Article 4, and Title IV, Article 5, shall not apply to the return voyage. If the services of any member of the Mission should terminate or be terminated prior to the completion of two years’ service for any other reason, including those set forth in Title I, Article 4 (c), he shall receive from the Government of the Republic of Colombia all the compensations, emoluments, and perquisites as if he had completed two years’ service, but the annual salary shall terminate as provided by Title IV, Article 2. But should the Government of the United States of America detach any member for 53 Stat. 2081breach of discipline, no cost of the return to the United States of such member, his family, household effects, baggage or automobile shall be borne by the Republic of Colombia nor shall the additional allowance provided in Title IV, Article 5, be paid to him. Art. 8.— Compensation for transportation and travelling expenses in the Republic of Colombia on Colombian official business shall be provided by the Government of the Republic of Colombia in accordance with Title III, Article 4; except for travel performed incident to the provisions of Title IV, Article 4, which will be compensated as provided in that Article. Art. 9.— If any member of the Mission, or any of his family, die in Colombia, the Government of the Republic of Colombia shall have the body transported to such place in the United States of America as the surviving members of the family may decide, but the cost to the Government of Colombia shall not exceed the cost of transporting the remains from the place of decease to New York City. Should the deceased be a member of the Mission, his services with the Mission shall be considered to have terminated fifteen
(15)days after his death, and compensations as specified in Title IV of this Agreement will be paid to the widow of the deceased or to any other person who may have been designated in writing by the deceased while serving under the terms of this contract; provided that such widow or other person shall not be compensated for the accrued leave of the deceased; and provided further that all compensations due under the pro53 Stat. 2082visions of this Article shall be paid within fifteen
(15)days of the decease of the said member. Title V Requisites and Conditions Art. 1.—Requisites and conditions. So long as this Agreement, or any extension thereof, is in effect, the Government of the Republic of Colombia shall not engage the services of any personnel of any other foreign government for duties of any nature connected with the Colombian Navy, except by mutual agreement between the Government of the United States and the Republic of Colombia. Art. 2.— Each member of the Mission shall agree not to divulge or by any means disclose to any foreign government or person whatsoever any secret or confidential matter of which he may become cognizant in any way. This requirement shall continue to be binding after termination of duty with the Mission and after the expiration or cancellation of this agreement or any extension thereof. Art. 3.— Throughout this agreement the term “family” shall be construed as meaning wife and dependent children. Art. 4.— Each member of the Mission shall be entitled to one month’s annual leave with pay, or to a proportional part thereof with pay for any fractional part of a year. Unused portions of said leave shall be cumulative from year to year during service as a member of the Mission. 53 Stat. 2083 Art. 5.— The leave cited in the preceding Article may be spent in foreign countries. All travel time, including sea travel, shall count as leave and shall not be in addition to that authorized in the preceding Article. Art. 6.— The Government of the Republic of Colombia agrees to grant the leave specified in Article 4 of this Title upon receipt of written application approved by the Chief of Mission. Art. 7.— In case a member of the Mission becomes ill or suffers injury, he shall, at the discretion of the Chief of Mission, be placed by the Government of the Republic of Colombia in such hospital as the Chief of Mission deems suitable after consultation with the Colombian authorities, and all expenses incurred as the result of such illness while the patient is a member of the Mission and remains in Colombia shall be paid by the Government of Colombia. Art. 8.— Any member unable to perform his duties with the Mission by reason of long continued physical disability shall be replaced. In witness whereof, the undersigned,Signatures. duly authorized thereto, have signed this agreement in duplicate in English and Spanish languages, at Washington, this 23rd day of November, A. D. 1938. Sumner Welles [seal] November 23, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2084 53 Stat. 2084 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES COLOMBIA—NAVAL MISSION—NOV. 23, 1938 November 23, 1938[E. A. S. 141]Agreement between the United States of America and Colombia respecting a military mission. Signed at Washington November 23, 1938. **AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA** Agreement with Colombia respecting a military mission.In conformity with a request made by the Colombian Ambassador at Washington of the Secretary of State of the United States of America, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress, approved May 19, [44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).1926, entitled “an Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy, and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin American Republics in military [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C. § Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540).and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935, to include the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, has authorized the detail of officers constituting an American military mission to the Republic of Colombia upon the following agreed conditions: TITLE I Purpose and Duration Art. 1. Purpose and duration. The purpose of the Mission is to cooperate with the Colombian Minister of War and Chief of Staff in the development and functioning of the aviation of the Colombian Army. Officers of the Mission will act wherever required by the Colombian Ministry of War as tactical and technical advisers to the Colombian Army with regard to aviation. Art. 2. The Mission shall continue for three years from the date of the signature of this agreement by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Colombia. Art. 3. The agreement may be terminated if necessary in the interest of either Government upon notification duly delivered through diplomatic channels three months in advance. Art. 4. Temporary assignments of officers additional to those enumerated in Title II may be arranged by mutual agreement for shorter periods, depending upon, the circumstances in each case. Art. 5. It is herein stipulated and agreed that while the Mission shall be in operation under this agreement, or under an extension thereof, the Government of the Republic of Colombia will not engage the services of any mission or personnel of any other foreign government for the duties and purposes contemplated by this agreement, unless agreed to the contrary between the Colombian Government and the Government of the United States. 53 Stat. 2085 TITLE II Composition and Personnel Art. 6. The Mission will be composed at the outset of the followingComposition and personnel officers and men of the Regular Army of the United States of America: one Major or Captain of the Air Corps who shall be Chief of Mission; one Captain or First lieutenant of the Air Corps, and three Non-commissioned Officers of the Air Corps. The senior officer will be Chief of the Mission, who will assure normally the direct relations of the Mission with the Minister of War and the Chief of Staff of the Army. Art. 7. Any additions to the personnel of the Mission that may be considered advisable or necessary shall be mutually agreed upon in accordance with the provisions of Article 4. TITLE III Duties, Rank and Precedence Art. 8. The members of the Mission shall be responsible solely toDuties, rank and precedence. the Colombian Minister of War through the Chief of the Mission and shall act as tactical and technical advisers to the Colombian Army with regard to aviation. Art. 9. In case of war between Colombia and any other nation, the Mission shall terminate within thirty days. In the case of an outbreak of civil war, the duties of the members of the Mission shall be immediately suspended, and at the option of the Government of the United States the Mission may be withdrawn immediately. Art. 10. Precedence of officers composing the Military Mission with respect to Colombian officers shall be in accordance with their respective rank and seniority therein. TITLE IV Pay and Allowances Art. 11. The members of the Mission shall receive from the ColombianPay and allowances. Government pay and allowances equal to and additional to the pay and allowances which they receive from the Government of the United States, but exclusive of any increase authorized for duty involving flying. The said salary shall be paid in twelve equal monthly installments, United States currency. Should any member of the Mission while so serving be promoted in the United States Army, he shall receive from the Government of the Republic of Colombia pay and allowances for his new rank as established according to United States Army regulations, payable as from the date of his promotion. Art. 12. Each member of the Mission shall have the right to receive his Colombian pay beginning on the date of his departure from New York and continuing, upon completion of his service in the Mission, up to the date of his arrival in New York, proceeding each way by usual sea route. Any member of the Mission who fails to fulfill the 53 Stat. 2086terms of the contract without just cause will receive additional pay only up to the date of his departure from Bogota, except in the case of illness or termination of the contract of the Mission, in winch cases payment will be made up to arrival in New York. Art. 13. It is further stipulated that the compensation received by members of the Mission shall not be subject to any Colombian tax now in force or which may hereafter be imposed, but should there, however, be at present or during the life of this agreement, any taxes which may affect the said compensation, such taxes shall be borne by the Colombian Ministry of War in order to comply with the provisions stipulated above that the salaries agreed upon shall be net. Art. 14. The expenses of transportation by land and sea of the members of the Mission, their families, household effects and baggage, including automobiles, shall be paid in advance by the Colombian Government, these expenses including cost of packing and crating. Officers and their families shall be furnished with first-class accommodations, families being construed as wives and dependent children throughout the contract. It is understood, however, that the accommodations and allowances for travel and transportation of effects shall not exceed allowances prevailing in the United States Army.With respect to an officer detailed for less than one year, the Colombian Government will not make provision for payment for transportation of the officer’s family, household goods or automobile. The household effects, baggage and automobiles of members of the Mission shall be exempt from customs duties and imposts of any kind in Colombia. The Government of the Republic of Colombia shall grant, upon the request of the Chief of Mission, free entry throughout the stay of the Mission in Colombia for articles for the personal use of members of the Mission and their families. Art. 15. Members of the Mission who may become ill during the period of duty in Colombia shall be cared for by the Colombian Government. Any member of the Mission unable to perform his duties with the Mission by reason of long continued physical disability shall be replaced. Art. 16. If a member of the Mission or one of his family should die in Colombia, the Colombian Government shall have the body transported to such a place in the United States as the family shall designate. Should the deceased be a member of the Mission, the Colombian Government shall pay the expenses of travel of the family and transportation of their effects to New York. Art. 17. Each member of the Mission shall be entitled to one month’s annual leave with full pay, or to a proportional part thereof with pay for any fractional part of a year. Unused portions of such leave shall be cumulative from year to year during service as a member of the Mission. Members of the Mission shall have the privilege of spending the leave cited above in foreign countries. Art. 18. In case members of the Mission are required to travel on official business for the Colombian Government they shall receive the same per diem allowances and transportation allowances as those granted to officers and men of similar rank of the Colombian Army. 53 Stat. 2087 TITLE V Recall and Replacement of Members of the Mission Art. 19. The United States may, if the public interest so requires,Recall and replacement of members of the Mission. recall at any time any or all of the members of the Mission, substituting for them other officers acceptable to the Colombian Government, all expenses in connection therewith being incumbent upon the Government of the United States of America. If on the request of the Colombian Government, any member of the Mission is recalled for due and just cause other than the termination of his services or illness, all expenses connected with the return shall be incumbent upon the United States of America. Art. 20. If cancellation of this contract be effected on the request of the United States of America, all expenses of the return of the Mission and all effects thereof to the United States shall be borne by the Government of the United States of America; should cancellation be effected on the initiative of the Colombian Government or as a result of war between Colombia and a foreign government, or as the result of the outbreak of civil war in Colombia, the Colombian Government shall bear these costs. Art. 21. In faith whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized,Signatures. sign the present contract at Washington, District of Columbia, United States of America, the twenty-third day of November of 1938. D. López Pumarejo [seal] Sumner Welles [seal] 53 Stat. 2088 CONTRATO ENTRE LOS GOBIERNOS DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA Y DE LA REPUBLICA DE COLOMBIA. De conformidad con una solicitud del Embajador de Colombia en Washington al Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América, el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, en virtud de la autorización conferida por la ley del Congreso, aprobada el 19 de mayo de 1926 e intitulada “ley que autoriza al Presidente para designar oficiales y personal del Ejército, de la Marina de Guerra y del Cuerpo de Infantería de Marina de los Estados Unidos de América, para colaborar con los gobiernos de las Repúblicas de la América Latina en asuntos militares y navales” y enmendada por una ley del 14 de mayo de 1935 para incluir la Mancomunidad de las Filipinas, ha autorizado el nombramiento de oficiales para constituir una misión militar estado-uni-dense en la República de Colombia de acuerdo con las condiciones estipuladas en seguida: CAPITULO I Fines y Duración Art. 1. Es el objeto de la Misión cooperar con el Ministro de Guerra y el Jefe del Estado Mayor colombianos en el desarrollo y funcionamiento de la aviación del Ejército colombiano. Los oficiales de la Misión actuarán, dondequiera que lo exigiere el Ministerio de Guerra colombiano, como asesores tácticos y técnicos del Ejército colombiano en lo referente a aviación. Art. 2. La Misión durará tres años a contar de la fecha en que se firme este contrato por los representantes acreditados de los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Colombia. Art. 3. Si así lo exigiere el interés de uno u otro Gobierno, el contrato puede darse por terminado, previo aviso, dado por la vía diplomática, con tres meses de anticipación. Art. 4. Por mutuo acuerdo puede convenirse la designación provisional de oficiales para períodos más cortos de los enumerados en el Capítulo II, según lo determinen las circunstancias en cada caso. Art. 5. Se estipula y conviene que mientras la Misión desempeñe sus funciones de acuerdo con este contrato, o por prórroga del mismo, el Gobierno de la República de Colombia no contrará los servicios de otra misión o personal de otro gobierno extranjero para las funciones y los objetos a que se contrae este acuerdo, salvo que se convenga lo contrario entre el Gobierno colombiano y el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. 53 Stat. 2089 CAPITULO II Integbaciön y Personal. Art. 6. La Misiön estarä integrada al principio par los siguientes oficiales y soldados del Ejörcito regular de los Estados Unidos de America: un Mayor o Capitin del Cuerpo de Aviaciön que serfi. el Jefe de Misiön, un Capitto o Primer Teniente del Cuerpo de Aviaciön y ties suboficiales del Cuerpo de Aviaciön. El oficial de mis alto grado seri el Jefe de la Misiön y tendri a su cargo la direcciön de las relaciones normales directas de la Misiön con el Minis tro de Guerra y el Jefe del Estado Mayor del Ejörcito. Art. 7. En el caso de que se considere necesario o conveniente au mentar el personal de la Misiön, ello se bar 4 por acuerdo mutuo segün las disposiciones del Artfculo 4. CAPITULO II Integración y Personal. Art. 6. La Misión estará integrada al principio por los siguientes oficiales y soldados del Ejército regular de los Estados Unidos de América: un Mayor o Capitán del Cuerpo de Aviación que será el Jefe de Misión, un Capitán o Primer Teniente del Cuerpo de Aviación y tres suboficiales del Cuerpo de Aviación. El oficial de más alto grado será el Jefe de la Misión y tendrá a su cargo la dirección de las relaciones normales directas de la Misión con el Ministro de Guerra y el Jefe del Estado Mayor del Ejército. Art. 7. En el caso de que se considere necesario o conveniente aumentar el personal de la Misión, ello se hará por acuerdo mutuo según las disposiciones del Artículo 4. CAPITULO III Obligaciones, Grados y Precedencia. Art. 8. Los miembros de la Misión serán responsables de sus actos ante el Ministro de Guerra colombiano únicamente, por intermedio del Jefe de Misión, y actuarán como consejeros tácticos y técnicos del Ejército colombiano en lo referente a aviación. Art. 9. En caso de guerra entre Colombia y cualquiera otra nación, la Misión terminará sus funciones dentro de un plazo de treinta días. En caso de estallar una guerra civil en Colombia se suspenderán inmediatamente los deberes de los miembros de la Misión y, a opción del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, la Misión puede ser retirada inmediatamente. Art. 10. La precedencia, de los oficiales que integran la Misión militar, en relación a los oficiales colombianos, será acorde con su respectivo grado y tiempo de servicio. CAPITULO IV Pago y bonificaciones Art. 11. Los miembros de la Misión recibirán del Gobierno Colombiano pago y bonificaciones igualesy adicionales al pago y bonificaciones que ellos reciben del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, pero excluido cualquier aumento o prima por actividades referentes a vuelos. Dicho sueldo será pagado en doce mensualidades iguales, en moneda corriente de los Estados Unidos de América. En caso de que cualquier miembro de la Misión fuere promovido en el Ej ército de los Estados Unidos de América mientras presta tales servicios, éste recibirá del Gobierno de la República de Colombia el sueldo y las bonificaciones de su nuevo grado, los cuales serán efectivos a contar de la fecha de su promoción, de acuerdo con los reglamentos del Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América. 53 Stat. 2090 Art. 12. Cada miembro de la Misión tendrá el derecho de recibir el pago del Gobierno Colombiano desde la fecha de su salida de Nueva York y continuará recibiéndolo hasta la fecha de su regreso a esa ciudad al terminar sus servicios en la Misión, haciendo el viaje de ida y vuelta por la ruta marítima usual. Cualquier miembro de la Misión que dejare de cumplir, sin justificación, los términos del contrato, solamente recibirá el sueldo adicional hasta la fecha de su salida de Bogotá, salvo en el caso de enfermedad o de vencimiento del contrato de la Misión, en cuyos casos el pago se hará efectivo hasta la fecha de llegada a Nueva York. Art. 13. Se estipula además que la remuneración recibida por los miembros de la Misión no estará sujeta a los impuestos vigentes del Gobierno Colombiano ni a los que fueren establecidos en el futuro y en el caso de que actualmente, o durante la vigencia de este contrato, hubiere impuestos que pudieran afectar tal remuneración, tales impuestos serán sufragados por el Ministerio de Guerra colombiano para satisfacer así las condiciones arriba estipuladas de que los sueldos convenidos sean netos. Art. 14. Los gastos de transporte por tierra y por mar de los miembros de la Misión, sus familias, efectos domésticos y equipaje, incluyendo automóviles, serán pagados por adelantado por el Gobierno Colombiano y se comprenderá en estos gastos el costo de embalaje y empaque. Los oficiales y sus familias tendrán pasajes de primera clase, entendiéndose por “familia”, para los efectos de este contrato, a la esposa e hijos a su cargo. Se entiende, sin embargo, que los pasajes y asignaciones de viaje y transporte de efectos no excederán de las asignaciones que para tal propósito rigen en el Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América.Respecto a cualquier oficial designado por menos de un año, el Gobierno Colombiano no sufragará los gastos de transporte de la familia, efectos domésticos o automóvil. Los efectos domésticos, equipaje y automóviles de los miembros de la Misión estarán exentos de derechos de aduana y de cualesquiera impuestos en Colombia. El Gobierno de la República de Colombia otorgará, a solicitud del Jefe de Misión, la entrada libre, durante la permanencia de la Misión en Colombia, de los artículos de uso personal de los miembros de la Misión y sus familias. Art. 15. Los miembros de la Misión que enfermaren durante el período de sus servicios en Colombia, serán atendidos por el Gobierno Colombiano. Cualquier miembro de la Misión que no pudiere desempeñar sus funciones por motivo de incapacidad física prolongada, será reemplazado. Art. 16. Si cualquier miembro de la Misión o de su familia falleciere en Colombia, el Gobierno Colombiano hará transportar los restos al lugar de los Estados Unidos de América que fuere indicado por la familia. En el caso de que el difunto fuere miembro de la Misión, el Gobierno Colombiano pagará los gastos de viaje de la familia y el transporte de sus efectos hasta Nueva York. 53 Stat. 2091 Art. 17. Cada miembro de la Misión tendrá derecho a un mes de licencia anual, con sueldo completo, o a una fracción proporcional de la licencia, con sueldo, para cualquier fracción de un año de servicio. Las porciones de tal licencia que no fueren tomadas, se acumularán de año en año mientras se preste servicio como miembro de la Misión. Dichos miembros podrán pasar el período de licencia arriba citado, en el exterior. Art. 18. En el caso de que se requiera que los miembros de la Misión viajen en asuntos oficiales del Gobierno Colombiano, éstos recibirán las mismas dietas y gastos de viaje que se otorgan a los oficiales y soldados de igual categoría del Ejército colombiano. CAPITULO V Retiro y reemplazo de los miembros de la Misión Art. 19. Los Estados Unidos de América pueden, si así lo requiere el interés público, retirar en cualquier momento uno o todos los miembros de la Misión, reemplazándolos con otros oficiales que sean aceptados por el Gobierno Colombiano, y todos los gastos en que se incurra por este concepto serán sufragados por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. Si, a solicitud del Gobierno Colombiano, se retirase cualquier miembro de la Misión, por un motivo justificado que no fuere vencimiento de sus servicios o enfermedad, todos los gastos ocasionados por el viaje de regreso serán sufragados por los Estados Unidos de América. Art. 20. Si se cancelare este contrato a iniciativa de los Estados Unidos de América, todos los gastos de viaje de regreso de la Misión y de todos sus efectos serán sufragados por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América. Si se cancelare el contrato por iniciativa del Gobierno Colombiano o a consecuencia de una guerra entre Colombia y un gobierno extranjero, o de guerra civil en Colombia, estos gastos serán sufragados por el Gobierno Colombiano. Art. 21. En testimonio de lo cual, los suscritos, debidamente autorizados, firman el presente contrato en Washington, Distrito de Columbia, Estados Unidos de América, el día veintitrés de noviembre de 1938. [seal] Sumner Welles [seal] D. López Pumarejo June 9, 1938 July 11, 1938 July 18, 1938 Aug. 22, 1938 Sept. 27, 1938 October 4, 1938 November 16, 1938 December 20, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2092 53 Stat. 2092 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES CANADA—RADIO COMMUNICATION—June 9, July 11 and 18, Aug. 22,⁄Sept. 27, Oct. 4, Nov. 16, Dec. 20, 1938. June 9, July 11 and 18,Aug. 22, Sept. 27,Oct. 4, Nov. 16, and Dec. 20, 1938[E. A. S. 142]Agreement between the United States of America and Canada respecting radio communications between Alaska and British Columbia. Effected by exchanges of notes, signed June 9, July 11 and 18, August 22, September 27, October 4, November 16, and December 20, 1938. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State Washington *June 9, 1938*. Sir: Agreement with Canada respecting radio communications between Alaska and British Columbia.I have the honor to inform you of the desire of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, to establish radio communication between its privately owned radio station in the Province of British Columbia, Canada, and the station of the Alaska Communication System at Juneau, Alaska, for the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency medical assistance. In view of the nature of the messages sought to be exchanged the War Department of the United States approves the establishment of the proposed circuit. I accordingly inquire whether the Government of Canada is prepared to authorize the suggested radio connection, omitting ordinary commercial traffic, between stations of the Alaska Communication System and radio stations located in Canada. If such approval is given by your Government it is suggested that provision be made for the modification of the details of arrangements with respect to the class of traffic handled, subject to the approval of the Secretary of War of the United States and a designated official of the Government of Canada. It is also proposed that the arrangement provide for the operation and administration of the affected radio channels subject to the following conditions which are understood to be in accordance with the procedure and practice applicable to similar channels now in operation: *a*. Radio traffic will be exchanged in accordance with the regular operating procedure of the Alaska Communication System and of the radio stations in the Dominion of Canada, provided that in cases where the operating procedure applicable to one station is in conflict with the operating procedure of the station with which radio traffic is exchanged, the differences will be administratively adjusted by cooperation between the chief operators of the stations involved. *b*. The establishment of operating schedules between any two stations authorized to exchange, radio traffic will be such as may be agreed upon between the Officer in Charge, Alaska Communication System, Seattle, Washington, and the administrative official in charge of the operation of the radio station with which such radio schedules are established. 53 Stat. 2093 *c*. The charges made by the Alaska Communication System on local traffic between the local radio station of the Alaska Communication System and any radio station in the Dominion of Canada with which arrangements are made for the exchange of traffic will be in accordance with duly established tariffs applicable to such service. *d*. The division of tolls between the participating radio stations will be made on the basis of the tolls accruing to each in accordance with applicable tariffs, and settlement of accounts will be made by the Auditor for the Alaska Communication System, Seattle, Washington, at such intervals as may be agreed, upon and in the same manner as settlement is made under similar conditions for commercial radio traffic between stations of the Alaska Communication System and other radio stations. *e*. Arrangements for the exchange of radio traffic between stations of the Alaska Communication System and radio stations located in the Dominion of Canada shall not be extended to provide for the forwarding of drafts or money orders. It should be observed that it is not intended that this proposed arrangement shall in any way contravene the provisions of the United States-Canadian regional arrangement governing the use of radio for aeronautical services, which was negotiated at a conference in Washington in January 1938 and which is now before your Government for study. It is suggested that the contemplated service be authorized to commence at any time after the conclusion of this understanding by exchange of notes and that either party may withdraw from the arrangement by giving six months’ notice in writing to the other party, at which time the arrangement shall be deemed to have terminated. In this connection, however, it should be borne in mind that the terms of this arrangement shall be within the scope of the existing international telecommunication convention and the annexed regulations to which both parties hereto may have adhered. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. The Canadian, Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 160. Canadian Legation Washington *July 11th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to refer to your note of June 9th, 1938, concerning the desire of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company Limited to establish radio communication between its privately-owned radio station in the Province of British Columbia and the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau, Alaska, for the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency medical assistance. 53 Stat. 2094 It appears that the P01aris-Taku Mining Company Limited is at present licensed to operate a radio station at its mine seven miles northwest of Tulsequah, British Columbia, call sign CY31, for radio-telephone communication on the frequencies 2060 and 5720 kilocycles with the Department of Public Works, Telegraph Service, radio stations at Telegraph Creek, British Columbia, and Hazelton, British Columbia, only. On the condition that the proposed radio communication between Tulsequah, British Columbia, and Juneau, Alaska, will be strictly limited to the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency medical assistance only, and in view of the fact that the proposed circuit has been approved by the War Department of the United States, the Canadian Government through the Department of Transport will be prepared to authorize the Polaris-Taku Mining Co. Ltd. radio station to communicate with the Juneau, Alaska, station subject to the conditions (*a*) (*b*) (*c*) (*d*) (*e*) outlined in your note of June 9th and subject also to the further conditions set forth in the last two paragraphs of the same communication. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M Marler The Hon. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State of the United States* *Washington, D. C*. The Secretary of State
(EuU)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State Washington *July 18, 1938*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note no. 160 of July 11, 1938 concerning the desire of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, to establish radio communication between its privately owned radio station in the Province of British Columbia, Canada, and the station of the Alaska Communication System at Juneau, Alaska, for the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency medical assistance. I am happy to note that your Government will be prepared to authorize the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, radio station to communicate with the Juneau, Alaska, station subject to conditions *a, b, c, d,* and *e* outlined in my note of June 9 and subject also to the further conditions set forth in the last two paragraphs of the same communication. In transmitting a copy of your note under acknowledgment to the War Department, the Department stated that it was suggesting to your Government that the agreement in question come into force on August 1, 1938. I shall appreciate it, therefore, if you will be 53 Stat. 2095good enough to inform me whether the date of August 1, 1938 is agreeable to your Government. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: R. Walton Moore The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*, The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 195 Canadian Legation Washington *August 22, 1938* Sir: I have the honour to refer to your note of July 18, 1938, and previous correspondence concerning the proposed agreement under which the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, would establish radio communication between its privately-owned station in the Province of British Columbia and the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau, Alaska, for the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency medical assistance. You enquired whether the date of August 1, 1938, would be agreeable to the Canadian Government as the date on which the agreement in question should come into force. I am instructed to inform you that the agreement is satisfactory to the competent authorities of Canada and it is understood that it is in force as of August 1, 1938, according to the terms set out in previous correspondence. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient humble servant, Herbert M Marler The Honourable Cordell Hull *Secretary of State of the United States* *Washington, D. C.* The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 232. Canadian Legation Washington *September 27th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to refer to my despatch No. 195 of August 22nd and to previous correspondence concerning the agreement under which the Polaris-Taku Mining Company Limited established radio communications between its privately owned station in the Province of British Columbia and the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau, Alaska, for the exchange of traffic pertaining to weather and flying conditions and emergency and medical assistance. 53 Stat. 2096 I am now instructed to call to your attention that the Department of Transport state that while the Polaris-Taku Mining Company have clearly specified the classes of message they desire to exchange between their station at Tulsequah, British Columbia, and the Juneau station of the Alaska Communications System, representations received by the Department from the legal agents of the Company-state that messages following the normal routing of commercial traffic between these stations are subject to serious delay and they now request authority to handle any class of local message between Tulsequah and Juneau direct. In view of this request the Department of Transport approached the Government Telegraph Service of the Department of Public Works with a view to eliminating the difficulties experienced in the service between Tulsequah and Juneau, and the following proposals have now been submitted in this connection by the Government Telegraph Service. These proposals—it is understood—have been approved by the legal agents of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company at Vancouver.
(1)All commercial traffic between Juneau and Tulsequah should be routed in future via Atlin instead of via Telegraph Creek, Wrangell, Seattle and Juneau, which is the present route for such traffic. The Canadian Government station at Atlin is much more powerful than the Telegraph Creek station and it is considered to be better located to work with Juneau and Tulsequah than is Telegraph Creek. It is proposed that this Tulsequah-Atlin-Juneau schedule should be worked every two hours during the day.It is understood that it would be necessary to obtain permission from the Chief Signal Officer, United States Army, to establish this proposed communication between the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau and the station of the Government Telegraph Service at Atlin in order to handle Tulsequah business with Juneau.
(2)The Government Telegraph Service state that they are prepared in connection with the Sunday and holiday service to accede to the wishes of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company that the Tulsequah station should communicate direct with Juneau as is the present practice in the handling of weather reports and emergency medical assistance. The Department of Transport state that they have no objection to the extension of this service between Tulsequah and Juneau on the basis of the proposals of the Government Telegraph Service as outlined above. I should be glad to be informed whether this proposed arrangement would meet with the approval of the interested authorities of the United States Government. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant W A Riddell For the Minister. The Hon. Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C.* 53 Stat. 2097 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State Washington *October 4, 1938*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of a note from your Legation, No. 232 of September 27, 1938 in regard to the ampli- fication of the former agreement concerning the transmission of meteorological and other emergency radio messages between the station of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, and the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau. It is understood that the proposed amplification comprehends the following: 1. That all commercial traffic between Juneau and Tulsequah, the station of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, shall be routed in the future via Atlin instead of via Telegraph Creek, Wrangell, Seattle, and Juneau, the present route for such traffic. 2. In connection with Sunday and holiday service, direct communication between the Tulsequah station and Juneau following the present practice in the handling of weather reports and messages regarding emergency medical assistance. The suggestion in the note under acknowledgment is being brought to the attention of the appropriate authorities of this Government for their consideration and such comments as they may find it desirable to submit. I shall communicate with you further as soon as a statement of their views has been received. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: G. S. Messersmith The Honorable Sir Herbert Marker, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State Washington *November 16, 1938*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to your Legation’s note No. 232 of September 27, 1938, and my reply of October 4, 1938, outlining an amplification of the arrangement for the transmission of meteorological and other emergency radio messages between the station of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company, Limited, and the station of the Alaska Communication System at Juneau. Upon the recommendation of the appropriate authorities of this Government I have the honor to inform you of its acceptance of the suggestions contained in your note of September 27, 1938. 53 Stat. 2098 It has been further suggested that the arrangement provide for the direct handling of commercial traffic between Tulsequah and Juneau at all times when the radio station at Atlin is closed or otherwise inoperative so as to permit the handling of urgent commercial traffic when the Atlin station is closed at the end of the business day as well as on Sundays and holidays. It has also been recommended that this circuit be made available for the handling of other radio traffic between the Alaska Communication System and radio stations under the control of the Government Telegraph Service of the Canadian Department of Public Works in accordance with practices applicable to the exchange of traffic between stations of the Alaska Communication System at Fairbanks, Wrangell, and Ketchikan and stations of the Canadian Government at Dawson, Telegraph Creek, and Digby Island, respectively. I shall be glad to be informed of the views of your Government with respect to these additional recommendations in order that, if it concurs in them, they may be made effective by this exchange of notes. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: G. S. Messersmith The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Acting Secretary of State (Welles) No. 302. Canadian Legation Washington *December 20th, 1938*. Sir: I have the honour to refer to your note of November 16th outlining certain additional recommendations with regard to the proposed amplification of the arrangement for the transmission of meteorological and other emergency radio messages between the station of the Polaris-Taku Mining Company Limited and the station of the Alaska Communications System at Juneau. I have now the honour to inform you that the Canadian Government, after consultation with the appropriate authorities have decided upon the acceptance of the recommendations outlined in your note of November 16. The Polaris-Taku Mining Company Limited have now therefore been informed that the Department of Transport have no objection to the suggested arrangement to provide for the direct handling of commercial traffic between Tulsequah and Juneau at all times when the radio station at Atlin is closed or otherwise inoperative so as to 53 Stat. 2099permit the handling of urgent commercial traffic when the Atlin station is closed at the end of the business day as well as on Sundays and holidays. With regard to the further suggestion of your government that the Atlin-Juneau channel should be used as a transfer medium for traffic between the Alaska Communications System and the stations in Northern British Columbia and the Yukon Territory operated by the Department of Transport, it is agreed that the proposed direct transfer at Juneau would be more satisfactory than the present arrangement over the White Pass and Yukon land lines, and the Government Telegraph Service, Department of Public Works, have been requested to proceed to make suitable arrangements with officials of the Alaska Communications System for putting this recommendation into practice. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant W. A. Riddell For the Minister. The Hon. Sumner Welles, *Acting Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C.* January 5, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2100 53 Stat. 2100 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES BELGIUM—PARCEL POST—JAN. 5, 1939 January 5, 1939Agreement between the postal administration of the United States of America and the postal administration of Belgium conceming the exchange of parcel post, with regulations of execution. Signed at Washington January 5, 1939; ratified by the President of the United States January 11, 1939; ratified by Belgium March 21, 1939; effective May 1, 1939. Arrangement entre l’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et l’Administration des Postes de la Belgique concernant l’Echange des Colis postaux. Agreement with Belgium concerning the exchange of parcel post.Désireux de conclure un Arrangement concernant l’échange des colis postaux entre la Belgique et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, les soussignés: Comte Robert van der Straten-Ponthoz, Ambassadeur de Belgique désigné par Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges pour son plénipotentiaire pour cet effet, et James A. Farley, le Postmaster General des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, en vertu du pouvoir qui lui est dévolu par droit, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I. Objet de l’Arrangement. Territory embraced.Entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique (y compris l’Alaska, Hawaï, Puerto-Rico, Guam, Samoa et les Iles Vierges des Etats-Unis) et la Belgique il peut être échangé, sous la dénomination de colis postaux, des envois jusqu’aux limites de poids et de dimensions prescrites *Post*, p. 2124dans le Règlement d’Exécution. 53 Stat. 2101 Article II. Colis en transit. 1. Chaque Administration garantitRight of transit. le droit de transit à ou de l’un quelconque des pays avec lequel elle échange des colis postaux aux colis originaires ou en destination du territoire de l’autre Administration contractante. 2. Chaque Administration feraIntermediaries; charges. connaître à l’autre quels sont les pays auxquels des colis peuvent être adressés par son intermédiaire et les droits de transport qui lui reviennent, ainsi que les autres conditions. 3. Pour être acceptés, les colisAcceptance for onward transmission; conditions. expédiés par l’un des pays contractants et destinés à transiter par l’autre pays, doivent remplir les conditions fixées par l’Administration intermédiaire. Article III. Affranchissements et taxes. 1. L’Administration d’origineCollection from sender. est autorisée à percevoir de l’expéditeur de chaque colis les taxes d’affranchissement, les taxes pour demandes de renseignements faites postérieurement au dépôt, et, en ce qui concerne les colis assurés (colis avec valeur déclarée), les taxes d’assurance et les taxes de renvoi des accusés de réception, prévues par sa réglementation intérieure. 2. Sauf en cas de réexpéditionException. ou de retour des colis à l’origine, l’affranchissement des colis ainsi que le paiement d’avance des taxes susindiquées applicables, est obligatoire. Article IV. Conditionnement des colis. Chaque colis doit être emballéPacking. d’une manière répondant à la longueur du parcours ainsi qu’au poids du colis et à la nature du contenu comme il est prescrit par le Règlement d’Exécution. 53 Stat. 2102 Article V. Objets prohibés. 1. Il est interdit d’expédier par colis postal: a) Dangerous articles. les objets qui, par leur nature ou leur emballage, peuvent pré¬senter du danger pour les agents, salir ou détériorer les autres colis; b) Narcotics. l’opium, la morphine, la cocaïne et autres stupéfiants; c) Nonadmissible articles. les objets dont l’admission n’est pas autorisée par la douane ou par les autres lois ou règlements en vigueur dans l’un ou l’autre pays; d) Letters, etc. des lettres ou documents ayant le caractère de correspondance actuelle et personnelle, mais il est permis d’insérer dans un colis une facture ouverte, limitée aux renseignements constitutifs d’une facture et aussi une copie simple de l’adresse du colis, avec mention de l’adresse de l’expéditeur; e) Obscene, etc., articles. les objets obscènes ou immoraux; f) Live animals; exceptions. les animaux vivants, à l’exception des sangsues; g) Enclosure with different address. une pièce annexe portant une adresse différente de l’adresse portée sur l’emballage du colis; h) Explosive, etc., substances. les matières explosibles, inflammables ou dangereuses; i) Coin, etc. les pièces de monnaie, les billets de banque, les billets de monnaie ou les valeurs quelconques au porteur, le platine, l’or ou l’argent, manufacturés ou non, les pierreries, les bijoux et autres objets précieux, dans les colis sans valeur déclarée. 2. Action to be taken. Quand un colis contenant des objets prohibés est transmis par l’une des Administrations à ’autre, cette dernière doit agir conformément à ses lois et règlements intérieurs. Les matières explosibles ou inflammables ainsi que les documents, les portraits ou les autres objets portant atteinte aux bonnes moeurs du public, peuvent être détruites sur place par l’Administration qui en constate la présence dans les colis. 53 Stat. 2103 Le fait qu’un colis contient uneParcel containing a letter. lettre ou une communication ayant le caractère d’une lettre ne peut en aucun cas entraîner le retour du colis à l’expéditeur. La lettre est toutefois taxée en vue de la perception, du destinataire, de l’affranchissement dû d’après le tarif régulier. Les deux Administrations se“List of Prohibited Articles.” communiquent, au moyen de la “Liste des Objets Interdits” publiée par le Bureau International de l’Union Postale Universelle, la nomenclature de tous les objets prohibés; mais elles ne prendront, en agissant de la sorte, aucune responsabilité vis-à-vis de la police, de la douane ou des expéditeurs des colis. 3. Dans le cas où les colis admisParcels wrongly admitted. à tort à l’expédition ne seraient ni renvoyés à l’origine, ni remis au destinataire, l’Administration expéditrice doit être informée, d’une manière précise, du traitement appliqué à ces colis. Article VI. Colis assurés. (Colis avec valeur déclarée). Les colis peuvent être assurésMaximum amount. jusqu’au montant de 500 francs-or ou l’équivalent en monnaie du pays d’origine. Cependant, les Administrations des deux pays contractants peuvent, d’un commun accord, majorer ou réduire le montant maximum de l’assurance mentionné dans le présent Arrangement. Un colis ne peut donner droit àLimitation. une indemnité supérieure à la valeur réelle de son contenu, mais il est permis d’assurer tout colis pour une partie seulement de cette valeur. Article VII. Responsabilité. Indemnité. 1. Les Administrations des deuxResponsibility. pays contractants ne seront pas responsables de la perte d’un colis ordinaire ou de la soustraction ou détérioration de son contenu. 53 Stat. 2104 2. Sauf dans les cas prévus à l’article suivant, les Administrations sont responsables de la perte des colis assurés déposés dans l’un des deux pays contractants et à livrer dans l’autre, et de la perte, de la spoliation ou de la détérioration de leur contenu ou d’une partie de celui-ci. Indemnity.L’expéditeur, ou tout autre réclamant qualifié, a droit à une indemnité correspondant au montant réel de la perte, de la spoliation ou du dommage. L’indemnité est calculée d’après le prix courant ou, en l’absence de prix courant, d’après la valeur de la marchandise, évaluée au moment et dans le lieu du dépôt; toutefois l’indemnité ne peut en aucun cas être supérieure à la somme pour laquelle le colis a été assuré ou sur laquelle la taxe d’assurance a été perçue, ou au montant maximum de 500 francs-or. 3. Indirect damages, etc. Il n’est pas payé d’indemnité pour les dommages indirects ou les bénéfices non réalisés résultant de la perte, de la spoliation, de la détérioration, de la non-livraison, de la remise à une fausse adresse ou du retard d’un colis assuré expédié d’après les conditions du présent Arrangement. 4. Return of postal charges on lost, etc., parcels. Dans le cas où l’indemnité est due pour la perte d’un colis, pour un dommage irréparable du contenu ou pour la spoliation complète de ce contenu, le réclamant qualifié a également droit au remboursement des taxes d’affranchissement, sur demande. Les taxes d’assurance sont, dans tous les cas, conservées par les Administrations contractantes. 5. Parcels originating in a third country destined for either contracting country. Sauf arrangement spécial contraire entre les pays intéressés, arrangement qui peut être établi par correspondance, aucune indemnité ne sera payée par l’un ou l’autre des pays pour la perte de colis assurés en transit originaires d’un pays qui ne participe pas à cet Arrangement, et destinés à l’un des deux pays contractants,53 Stat. 2105 ou pour la perte de colis assurés enParcels destined for country not party to agreement. transit originaires de l’un des deux pays contractants et destinés à un pays qui ne participe pas à cet Arrangement. 6. Lorsqu’un colis assuré provenantParcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. de l’un des deux pays et destiné à être remis dans l’autre est réexpédié de là sur un tiers pays ou y est renvoyé à la demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, l’ayant-droit à l’indemnité, en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie survenue subséquemment à la réexpédition ou au renvoi du colis par le pays de l’adresse primitive, ne peut prétendre, le cas échéant, qu’à l’indemnité que consent à verser ou—suivant l’entente intervenue entre les pays intéressés directement à la réexpédition ou au renvoi—que doit payer le pays où le fait s’est produit. Chacun des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement bui réexpédie à tort un colis assuré sur un tiers pays, est responsable envers l’expéditeur dans la même mesure que le pays originaire, donc dans les limites du présent Arrangement. 7. L’expéditeur est tenu de confectionner,Packing requirements. d’emballer et de cacheter convenablement les colis V. D. Les deux Administrations n’assument aucune responsabilité pour les pertes, spoliations ou détériorations résultant de défectuosités qui ne pouvaient être constatées lors du dépôt du colis. Article VIII. Exceptions au principe de la responsabilité. Les Administrations contractantes sont dégagées de toute responsabilité: a) pour les colis dont les destinatairesParcels accepted without reservation. ont pris livraison sans formuler des réserves; b) en cas de perte ou d’avarieLoss, etc., through force majeure. due à la force majeure; bien que53 Stat. 2106 chacune des Administrations puisse, de son gré et sans recours contre l’autre Administration, Payer l’indemnité pour la perte ou avarie due à la force majeure, même si l’Administration du pays dans le service duquel la perte ou l’avarie a eu lieu reconnaît que le dommage a été causé par la force majeure. Le pays responsable de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie doit, suivant sa législation intérieure, décider si cette perte, spoliation ou avarie est due à des circonstances constituant un cas de force majeure; c) Destruction of official documents. lorsque, la preuve de leur responsabilité n’ayant pas été administrée autrement, elles ne peuvent rendre compte des colis par suite de la destruction des documents de service résultant d’un cas de force majeure; d) Damage through fault of sender, addresses, etc. lorsque le dommage a été causé par la faute ou la négligence de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire ou du représentant de l’un ou l’autre, ou provient de la nature de l’objet; e) Prohibited articles. pour les colis qui contiennent des objets prohibés; f) Declaration above real value. quand l’expéditeur d’un colis assuré, avec l’intentioû de faire une fraude, déclare que le contenu du colis a une valeur supérieure à sa valeur réelle; mais cetterèglene porte préjudice à aucune poursuite judiciaire nécessitée par la législation du pays d’origine; g) Seizure because of false declaration. pour les colis saisis par la douane par suite de fausse déclaration de leur contenu; h) Application, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. quand aucune réclamation ni demande d’indemnité n’a été présentée par le réclamant ou par son représentant dans le délai d’un an à partir du lendemain du jour du dépôt du colis assuré; i) Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. pour les colis qui contiennent des objets sans valeur intrinsèque ou des objets périssables, ou a es objets qui ne remplissaient pas les stipulations de cet Arrangement, ou qui n’avaient pas été déposés de la manière prescrite; mais le pays responsable de la perte, de la53 Stat. 2107 spoliation ou de l’avarie pourra payer une indemnité du chef de tels colis sans recours contre l’autre Administration. Article IX. Cessation de la responsabilité. Les Administrations cessentTermination of responsibility. d’être responsables des colis dont elles ont effectué la remise dans les conditions prescrites par leur règlement intérieur pour les envois de même nature. Toutefois, la responsabilité est maintenue lorsque le destinataire ou, en cas de renvoi, l’expéditeur, formule des réserves en prenant livraison d’un colis spolié ou avarié. Article X. Payement de l’indemnité. L’obligation de payer l’indemnitéPayment of compensation. ainsi que les taxes et droits à restituer incombe à l’Administration dont relève le bureau expéditeur du colis; toutefois, lorsque l’indemnité est payée au destinataire selon le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe 2, de l’Article VII, cette obligation incombe à l’Administration de destination. L’Administration payante a un droit de recours contre l’Administration responsable. Article XI. Délai de payement de l’indemnité. 1. Le payement de l’indemnitéPeriod for payment of compensation. doit avoir lieu le plus tôt possible et, au plus tard, dans le délai d’un an à compter du lendemain du jour de la réclamation. Toutefois, l’Administration àDeferment of payment. laquelle incombe ce payement peut exceptionnellement différer le rè53 Stat. 2108 glement de l’indemnité jusqu’au delà de la période d’un an si, à la fin de cette période, il n’a pas été posible de déterminer ce qu’est devenu l’envoi en question ou de fixer la responsabilité encourue. 2. Payment when delayed nine months. Sauf en cas où le payement est exceptionellement différé en conformité avec le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe précédent, l’Administration postale qui se charge du payement de l’indemnité est autorisée à désintéresser l’ayant-droit pour le compte de l’Administration qui, régulièrement saisie, a laissé s’écouler neuf mois sans donner de solution à l’affaire. Article XII. Détermination de la responsabilité. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, la responsabilité pour un colis assuré incombe à l’Administration qui, ayant reçu le colis sans faire a’observation et étant mise en possession de tous les moyens règlementaires d’investigation, ne peut pas établir le sort du colis. 2. Lorsque la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie d’un colis assuré est constatée par le bureau d’échange destinataire, au moment de l’ouverture des dépêches, et est régulièrement signalée au bureau d’échange expéditeur, la responsabilité incombe à l’Administration à laquelle appartient le bureau d’échange expéditeur, à moins qu’il ne soit prouvé que la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie a eu lieu dans le service de l’Administration destinataire. 3. Si la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie s’est produite en cours de transport, sans qu’il soit possible d’établir sur le territoire ou dans le service de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Administrations en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. 4. L’Administration qui a effectué le payement de l’indemnité,53 Stat. 2109 est subrogée, jusqu’à concurrence du montant de cette indemnitéj dans les droits de la personne qui l’a reçue, pour tout recours éventuel, soit contre le destinataire, soit contre l’expéditeur ou contre des tiers. 5. En cas de découverte ultérieure d’un colis considéré comme perdu, la personne à qui l’indemnité a été payée doit être avisée qu’elle peut prendre possession au colis contre restitution du montant de l’indemnité. Article XIII. Remboursement de l’indemnité. 1. L’Administration responsableRepayment of compensation. de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie, ou celle pour le compte de laquelle le payement est effectué, est tenue do rembourser le montant de l’indemnité au pays qui a effectué le payement. Ce remboursement doit se faire sans délai, et, au plus tard, neuf mois après réception de la notification du payement. 2. Les remboursements au pays créditeur doivent être faits sans frais pour ce pays, au moyen d’un mandat ou d’une traite, en monnaie ayant cours dans le pays créditeur, ou par tout autre moyen qui pourra être convenu d’un commun accord, par correspondance. 3. Les remboursements d’indemnité de pays à pays seront faits sur la base du franc-or. Article XIV. Droit de dédouanement. L’Administration destinataireFee for customs clearance. peut percevoir, au moment de la livraison, soit pour la remise à la douane et le dédouanement, soit pour la remise à la douane seulement, un droit s’élevant à 50 centimes au maximum par colis. 53 Stat. 2110 Article XV. Remise au destinataire. Droit de remise à domicile. Delivery to addressee; fee.Les colis sont remis aux destinataires dans le plus bref délai possible et conformément aux dispositions en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Ce pays peut percevoir, pour la remise des colis à domicile, un droit s’élevant à 50 centimesor au maximum par colis. Le même droit est applicable, le cas échéant, à toute présentation, autre que la première, faite au domicile du destinataire. Article XVI. Droit de magasinage. Warehousing charges.Le pays de destination est autorisé à percevoir le droit de magasinage fixé par sa législation pour les colis adressés poste restante ou non retirés dans les délais prescrits. Ce droit ne peut toutefois excéder 5 francs-or. Article XVII. Droits de douane. Customs charges.Les colis sont soumis à toutes les lois et règlements de douane en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Les droits exigibles de ce chef sont perçus sur le destinataire lors de la remise du colis, suivant le règlement de douane. Article XVIII. Annulation des droits de douane. Customs charges to be canceled.Les droits de douane sur les colis renvoyés au pays d’origine ou réexpédiés sur un tiers pays seront annulés tant en Belgique qu’aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique. 53 Stat. 2111 Article XIX. Retrait et changement d’adresse. Tant qu’un colis n’a pas étéRecall and change of address. livré au destinataire, l’expéditeur peut en demander le retrait ou en faire modifier l’adresse. L’Administration postale du pays d’origine est autorisée à percevoir et à conserver, pour ce service, le droit fixé par son règlement. Les demandes de retrait ou de changement d’adresse doivent être adressées à l’Administration Centrale à Washington, s’il s’agit de colis destinés à être distribués aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, et au bureau de destination, s’il s’agit de colis destinés à être distribués en Belgique. Article XX. Certificat de dépôt. Récépissés. L’expéditeur d’un colis ordinaireSender furnished certificate on request. (non assuré) recevra, sur demande faite au moment de la remise au transport, un certificat de dépôt délivré par le bureau d’acceptation sur une formule spéciale dressée à cet effet; chaque pays pourra percevoir une taxe raisonnable pour ce certificat. L’expéditeur d’un colis assuréReceipt. reçoit gratuitement au moment de dépôt, un récépissé y relatif. Article XXI. Avis de réception et réclamations. 1. L’expéditeur d’un colis assuréAdvice of delivery. peut obtenir un avis de réception, moyennant, le cas échéant, le payement d’une taxe supplémentaire que le pays d’ origine fixera et dans les conditions établies par le Règlement d’Exécution. 2. Le pays d’origine a la facultéInquiries. de percevoir une taxe pour toute demande de renseignements, relative au sort d’un colis ordinaire ou avec valeur déclarée, formulée postérieurement au dépôt, si l’ex53 Stat. 2112 péditeur n’a pas déjà payé la taxe spéciale relative à l’avis de réception. 3. Complaint of irregularity. Le pays d’origine a également la faculté de percevoir une taxe pour toute réclamation relative à une irrégularité qui, à première vue, n’est pas imputable à une faute du service postal. Article XXII. Colis en fausse direction. Missent parcels.Les colis ordinaires envoyés en fausse direction sont réexpédiés sur leur destination par la voie la plus directe dont dispose l’Administration qui les a reçus par erreur. Cette Administration ne peut frapper ces colis de droits de douane ou d’autres taxes quelconques. Reforwarding restrictions.Les colis assurés reçus en fausse direction ne sont réexpédiés que s’ils peuvent être réexpédiés comme colis assurés. Si cette condition n’est pas remplie, ces colis sont renvoyés a l’origine. Refund, if returned.Lorsque le réacheminement comporte le retour du colis au bureau d’origine, l’Administration qui effectue la retransmission rembourse à ce bureau les bonifications reçues et signale l’erreur par bulletin de vérification. Reforwarding to a third country.Lorsque le réacheminement comporte l’expédition d’un colis sur un tiers pays et que la somme créditée à l’Administration effectuant la retransmission ne suffitpas à couvrir les frais de celle-ci, l’Administration réexpéditrice bonifie à l’Administration à laquelle elle remet le colis, les droi ts de transport que comporte l’acheminement; elle récupère ensuite le montant de l’insuffisance par reprise sur le bureau d’échange dont elle a directement reçu le colis en fausse direction. Le motif de cette reprise est notifié à ce bureau au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. Article XXIII. Réexpédition. 1. Reforwarding. La réexpédition d’un colis, par suite de changement de rési53 Stat. 2113 dence du destinataire dans le territoire du pays de destination, peut être faite sur la demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire. La réexpédition d’un colis surSupplementary charges. le territoire d’un des pays contractants donne lieu à la perception des taxes supplémentaires prévues par l’Administration de ce pays. Il en est de même, le cas échéant, en ce qui concerne la remise de ce colis à une autre personne au lieu de destination primitif. Ces taxes ne seront pas annulées, même au cas où le colis est renvoyé à l’origine ou réexpédié sur un autre pays. 2. Si un colis doit être réexpédié sur un des deux pays sign ataires du présent Arrangement, il est passible des nouvelles taxes de transport, et, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, à moins que ces taxes n’aient pas été payées d’avance. Les nouveaux droits sont perçus sur le destinataire par l’Administration qui effectue la remise. Les colis assurés doivent être réexpédiés comme tels. 3. Sur demande de l’expéditeurReforwarding, etc., to a third country. ou du destinataire, les colis peuvent aussi être réexpédiés sur un autre pays ou y être renvoyés. Les colis assurés ne peuvent cependant être réexpédiés ou renvoyés que comme tels. Les expéditeurs peuvent revêtir les colis de la mention “Ne pas réexpédier sur un tiers pays”. Dans ce cas, les colis ne doivent être reéxpédiés sur aucun autre pays. En cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis assuré réexpédié sur un tiers pays ou renvoyé par ce pays, l’indemnité est déterminée exclusivement d’après les dispositions de l’Article VII paragraphe 6 du présent Arrangement. Article XXIV. Non-remise. 1. Les colis tombés en rebut,Undeliverable parcels. renvoyés à l’expéditeur sont grevés d’une nouvelle taxe d’affranchissement ainsi que des nouveaux droits d’assurance, le cas échéant, et doivent être renvoyés comme53 Stat. 2114 ils ont été reçus. Les droits sont perçus sur l’expéditeur par l’Administration qui lui a remis les colis. 2. Disposition. Au moment du dépôt, l’expéditeur peut indiquer, par une mention portée au verso du bulletin d’expédition et sur le colis luimême, de quelle façon doit être traité le colis, en cas de non-remise. A cet effet, il peut demander que son colis soit: a) renvoyé à l’expéditeur; b) considéré comme abandonné; ou c) présenté à une autre personne dans le pays de destination. Aucune demande autre que celles qui sont prévues ci-dessus n’est admise. 3. Return to origin, barring contrary instruction. Sauf demande contraire de l’expéditeur, les colis qui n’ont pu être distribués sont renvoyés à l’origine sans préavis, à l’expiration d’ime période de 30 jours, à Eartir de leur date d’arrivée au ureau de destination. Les colis que le destinataire refuse d’accepter doivent être renvoyés immédiatement. Tout colis renvoyé à l’expéditeur doit porter l’indication très claire du motif de la non-remise. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration, etc. Seuls les colis susceptibles de détérioration ou de corruption peuvent être vendus immédiatement, même en cours de transport, à l’aller ou au retour, sans préavis et sans formalités judiciaires, au profit de qui de droit. Si, pour une cause quelconque, la vente est impossible, les objets détériorés ou corrompus sont détruits. La vente ou la destruction donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procèsverbal qui est transmis à l’Administration d’origine. 5. Abandoned undeliverable parcels. Les colis non distribuables, abandonnés par l’expéditeur, ne sont pas renvoyés à l’origine par l’Administration de destination, qui les traite d’après sa législation. Dans le cas de colis assurés que l’expéditeur déclare vouloir abandonner et qui ne peuvent être distribués, il sera dressé procès-verbal du sort réservé au colis, et l’Administration d’origine en sera informée. 53 Stat. 2115 6. Les dispositions de l’Article XXV, paragraphe 2, s’appliqueront à un colis qui est retourné par suite de non-remise. Article XXV. Bonifications. 1. Pour chaque colis (ordinaireCredits. ou assuré) échangé entre les deux pays contractants, l’Administration expéditrice bonifie à l’Administration destinataire les quotes-parts revenant à cette dernière, et indiquées dans le Règlement*Post*, p. 2124. d’Exécution. 2. En cas de réexpédition ou deReforwarding or return to origin. renvoi d’un colis à l’origine, si un nouvel affranchissement et un nouveau droit d’assurance (en cas de colis assuré) sont perçus par le bureau réexpéditeur, le colis est traité comme s’il était originaire de ce pays. Dans le cas contraire, l’Administration réexpéditrice reprend sur l’autre Administration l’ensemble des frais qui lui sont dus, c’est-à-dire, suivant le cas: a) les droits prescrits dans le paragraphe 1 ci-dessus; b) les droits de dédouanement, de remise et de magasinage prévus aux articles XIV, XV et XVI; c) les droits de réexpédition ou de renvoi. En cas de réexpédition ou deReforwarding, etc., to a third country. renvoi sur un tiers pays, les droits accumulés, c’est-à-dire, ceux des droits mentionnes ci-dessus en a), b) et c) qui sont applicables, suivent à charge du cons; mais dans le cas où le tiers pays intéressé n’accepte pas l’imputation des droits parce qu’ils ne peuvent être perçus du destinataire ou de l’expéditeur, le cas échéant, ou pour une raison quelconque, ces droits sont repris sur le pays d’origine. En cas d’un colis renvoyé ouReturned or reforwarded in transit. réexpédié en transit à travers l’une des Administrations vers l’autre, l’Administration intermédiaire pourra exiger aussi la somme qui lui est due pour tout autre service territorial ou maritime effectué, ainsi que tous montants dus à une ou plusieurs autres Administra53 Stat. 2116 tions quelconques qui sont intéressées. Article XXVI. Interdiction de percevoir des taxes postales autres que celles qui sont prescrites. Postal charges.Les colis auxquels s’applique le présent Arrangement ne seront soumis à aucune taxe postale autre que celles qui sont prévues dans les différents articles dudit Arrangement. Article XXVII. Colis avion. Air surtax, etc.Les Chefs des Administrations postales des deux pays contractants ont le droit de fixer, de commun accord, la surtaxe aérienne et les autres conditions, au cas où les colis sont transportés par voie aérienne. SERVICE DES COLIS CONTRE REMBOURSEMENT. Article XXVIII. Sujet. 1. Acceptance of parcels. Les colis expédiés contre remboursement sont acceptés dans tous les bureaux ouverts au service des colis postaux aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou en Belgique. 2. Les colis expédiés contre remboursement ne sont acceptés que lorsqu’ils sont assurés. 3. Les dispositions des articles XXVIII–XXXIX de cet Arrangement ne s’appliquent pas aux colis en transit grevés de remboursement. Article XXIX. Affranchissement. Taxes. 1. Postage and fees. Les colis grevés de remboursement sont soumis aux taxes, conditions de dépôt et autres formalités applicables aux colis assurés qui ne sont pas expédiés contre remboursement. L’Admi53 Stat. 2117 nistration d’origine a le droit de percevoir de l’expéditeur de chaque colis de l’espèce, une taxe de remboursement fixée par son règlement, en plus de la taxe postale et des autres taxes. 2. Les taxes d’affranchissementAccounting. appartiennent au pays qui les perçoit. Aucun compte spécial n’est tenu de ces taxes entre les deux Administrations, sauf ceux prescrits dans l’article XXV. Article XXX. Montant du remboursement. 1. Le montant du remboursementMaximum amount to be collected. sera de 300 francs-or ou son équivalent dans la monnaie du pays d’origine. Ce montant peut être réduit ou majoré à n’importe quel moment, après un commun accord, par correspondance, entre les deux Administrations. Le montant du remboursement doit être invariablement exprimé dans la monnaie du pays d’origine. 2. Lorsque l’expéditeur demandeHandling of requests. le dégrèvement total ou partiel du montant du remboursement, sauf arrangement contraire par correspondance, la demande doit être traitée entre les bureaux d’échange qui sont intervenus dans l’acheminement du colis. Article XXXI. Décompte. 1. Le montant entier du remboursement,Remission of amount to sender. sans aucune déduction pour la taxe de mandat-poste ou pour les droits d’encaissement, doit être transmis à l’expéditeur au moyen d’un mandat-poste international. Le bureau qui délivre le colis grevé de remboursement encaisse du destinataire le montant entier du remboursement, et, en outre, les taxes de mandat-poste qui sont exigées pour verser le montant du remboursement à l’expéditeur dans le pays d’origine. 53 Stat. 2118 2. Collection charge. Le pays qui effectue la livraison d’un colis grevé de remboursement peut à son choix percevoir ou non du destinataire un droit d’encaissement peu élevé, n’excédant pas 5 cents (25 centimes), mais ce droit ne doit pas être déduit du montant du remboursement qui doit être payé à l’expéditeur. 3. Examination of contents of C. O. D. parcel restriction. L’examen par le destinataire du contenu d’un colis grevé de remboursement est interdit avant que les droits de remboursement et tous les autres droits qui pourraient être dus soient encaissés, et ce malgré la demande que l’expéditeur ou le destinataire pourrait faire. Article XXXII. Mandats de remboursement. 1. Advice lists. Tout avis de mandat-poste émis dans l’un ou l’autre pays pour le paiement du remboursement grevant un colis, doit indiquer, d’une manière apparente, le numéro de remboursement (le numéro d’assurance) du colis et doit porter les lettres “C. O. D.” ou le mot “Remboursement” dans un endroit bien visible. 2. Les listes d’avis de mandats-poste de remboursement indiqueront, en plus des détails d’usage, le numéro de remboursement (le numéro d’assurance) des colis. Aucun mandat de remboursement ne figurera dans la liste à moins que le nom et l’adresse exacte de l’expéditeur et du bénéficiaire ne soient inclus. Article XXXIII. Echange et inscription des colis sur les feuilles de route. 1. Exchange and billing. Les colis grevés de remboursement seront échangés par les bureaux désignés pour l’échange des colis assurés qui ne sont pas contre remboursement. Les échanges seront effectués dans les dépêches directes, dans des sacs ne contenant rien que les colis grevés de remboursement, les lettres “C. O. D.” ou le mot “Remboursement” étant53 Stat. 2119 inscrits d’une manière apparente sur les documents y afférents aussi bien que sur les étiquettes des sacs. Ces colis seront inscrits sur des feuilles de route différentes pour indiquer le numéro de remboursement, le bureau et le pays d’origine et le montant du remboursement de chaque colis. 2. A la réception d’une dépêcheCheck by exchange office of country of destination. de colis contre remboursement, par le bureau d’échange du pays destinataire, la dépêche doit être vérifiée avec soin et traitée suivant l’article 8 du Règlement d’Exécution. Article XXXIV. Listes des mandats de remboursement. Les bureaux de poste de NewPost offices designated. York et de Bruxelles I seront les seuls bureaux qui expédieront les listes de mandats de remboursement, et ces mandats seront inscrits sur la liste à part des mandats-poste ordinaires, qui devra porter l’annotation “Collect-on-delivery” ou “Remboursement”. Article XXXV. Mandats de remboursements non-payables. 1. Les mandats de remboursementDisposition of unpaid money orders. qui ne seront pas payés au bénéficiaire, pour une cause quelconque, seront soumis au règlement de l’Administration du pays d’origine des colis auxquels les mandats appartiennent. 2. Lorsqu’il apparaît que leUse of service to defraud. service des colis expédiés contre remboursement a été utilisé pour favoriser une fraude, le paiement des mandats en question sera suspendu, s’il est possible, et les mandats seront traités suivant les dispositions de chaque cas et ce, en vertu des règles et ordonnances du pays d’origine des colis en question. 3. Quant aux autres formalités,Provisions governing other formalities. les mandats de remboursement seront soumis aux règlements régissant l’échange des mandats-poste entre les deux pays intéresses. 53 Stat. 2120 Article XXXVI. Responsabilité des colis contre remboursement. 1. Responsibility. Dans le cas où un colis assuré expédié contre remboursement a été perdu, spolié ou avarié, la responsabilité des Administrations sera celle prévue pour un colis assuré, qui n’est pas contre remboursement, conformément à l’article VII. 2. Delivery of parcel without collection of charges. Lorsqu’un colis contre remboursement a été livré au destinataire, sans encaissement du montant du remboursement, l’expéditeur ou tout autre réclamant qualifié, a droit à une indemnité correspondant au montant du remboursement non-remis, pourvu qu’il ait formulé sa réclamation en temps voulu et à moins que la livraison sans encaissement des droits ne soit due à une faute ou à une négligence de l’expéditeur ou que le contenu du colis ne tombe sous le coup des interdictions prévues dans la transmission des dépêches de colis postaux. Collection of lower amount than full charge.Ce règlement s’applique également si le montant encaissé du destinataire est inférieur au montant entier du remboursement. Indemnity; limitation.L’indemnité prévue dans le paragraphe ci-dessus ne pourra dépasser, en aucun cas le montant du remboursement. 3. Fixing of responsibility. Quant à la détermination de la responsabilité et au paiement de l’indemnité, les règlements relatifs aux colis assurés qui ne sont pas expédiés contre remboursement seront applicables. 4. Recovery of parcel for which indemnity has been paid. Lorsqu’un colis expédié contre remboursement, pour lequel l’indemnité a été payée, est retrouvé, le bureau de livraison remettra le colis et encaissera le montant du remboursement. Il retiendra ledit montant et demanderaRefusal to accept parcel and pay charges. des instructions à l’Administration dont il relève. Néanmoins, si le destinataire refuse d’accepter un colis retrouvé et de payer les droits, le bureau de livraison le retiendra et deman53 Stat. 2121 dera des instructions quant à sa disposition. Dans ce cas, l’Administration qui a payé l’indemnité décidera du sort à réserver au colis en question. Article XXXVII. Marques à mettre sur les colis expédiés contre remboursement. Chaque colis contre remboursementMarking requirements. et les bulletins d’expédition y afférents doivent porter, du côté de l’adresse, l’impression bien visible d’un timbre ou d’une étiquette portant les mots “Collect-on-delivery” ou “C. O. D.” ou “Remboursement”. A côté de ces mots le numéro du colis, qui sera également le numéro d’assurance, doit être indiqué. De même, il y a lieu d’inscrire à cet endroit, en caractères latins, en toutes lettres et en chiffres arabes, le montant exact du remboursement qui ne comprendra pas les taxes de mandat-poste additionnelles perçues dans le pays qui délivre le colis pour l’envoi du mandat à l’expéditeur dans le pays d’origine. Article XXXVIII. Réexpédition. Retrait. 1. Sauf arrangement contraire,Redirection. les colis contre remboursement ne seront pas réexpédiés à un tiers pays. 2. L’expéditeur d’un colis contreRecall. remboursement peut le faire retirer en remplissant les formules qui sont établiés à cet effet par le pays d’origine. Article XXXIX. Non-livraison. Si son colis expédié contre remboursementDisposition of undeliverable parcels. ne peut pas être délivré à l’adresse indiquée, l’expéditeur peut demander qu’il en soit disposé comme d’un colis non grevé de frais de remboursement et suivant l’article XXIV. 53 Stat. 2122 Article XL. Suspension temporaire de services. Temporary suspension of services.Chacune des deux Administrations peut suspendre temporairement le service des colis postaux, en totalité ou en partie, lorsqu’il existe des raisons spéciales pour le faire, ou restreindre ce service à certains bureaux, mais à la condition que l’autre Administration ait été informée de cette mesure à l’avance, au besoin par télégraphe. Article XLI. Exécution du service par la Société Nationale des Chemins de fer belges. Reservation by Belgium.L’Administration des Postes de Belgique se réserve le droit de faire exécuter les clauses du présent Arrangement par la Société Nationale des Chemins de fer belges. Article XLII. Questions non réglées par l’Arrangement. 1. Matters not herein provided for. Toutes les questions concernant les demandes de retrait ou de changement d’adresse de colis, l’obtention et le sort d’avis de réception pour les colis assurés et le règlement des demandes d’indemnité, qui ne sont pas traitées dans le présent Arrangement sont Universal Postal Convention, etc., to govern.[49 Stat 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).soumises aux dispositions de la Convention de l’Union postale Universelle et de son Règlement d’Exécution et de la Convention relative aux mandats-poste en vigueur entre les deux pays dans la mesure où celles-ci sont applicables et non incompatibles avec les dispositions précédentes. Enfin, à défaut d’autres dispositions, la législation intérieure des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de la Belgique, ou les décisions prises par l’un ou l’autre des pays, sont applicables dans le pays respectif. 2. Details to be fixed by common consent. Les détails relatifs à l’application du présent Arrangement53 Stat. 2123 seront fixés par les deux Administrations dans un Règlement d’Exécution dont les dispositions pourront être modifiées ou complétées de commun accord par voie de correspondance. 3. Les deux Administrations seMutual notice of postal laws, etc. communiqueront réciproquement leurs lois, ordonnances et tarifs applicables au transport des colis postaux, ainsi que toutes les modifications de taxes qui y seraient introduites dans la suite. Article XLIII Durée de l’Arrangement. 1. Cet Arrangement remplaceDesignated Convention and Agreement superseded.[33 Stat. 2291](/us/stat/33/2291). et abroge le Convention du 19 novembre 1904, ainsi que l’Arrangement additionnel du 30 mars 1922. 2. Il entrera en vigueur à partirEffective date. de la date où l’Arrangement sera ratifié, et en attendant, les opérations qui y sont prévues commenceront à une date fixée de commun accord entre les Administrations des deux pays. 3. Il demeurera en vigueur jusqu’àDuration. ce que l’une des deux Administrations contractantes ait notifié à l’autre, six mois à l’avance, son intention d’y mettre fin. Fait en double exemplaire etSignatures. signé à Washington, le 5me jour de janvier 1939. *Le Postmaster General des États-Unis d’Amérique*. *Ambassadeur de Belgique*. [seal] R. v. Straten Agreement between the Postal Administration of the United States of America and the Postal Administration of Belgium concerning the Exchange of Parcel Post. Agreement with Belgium concerning the exchange of parcel post.Desiring to conclude an Agreement concerning the exchange of parcel post between Belgium and the United States of America, the undersigned: Count Robert van der Straten-Ponthoz, Belgian Ambassador, designated by His Majesty the King of Belgium as his Plenipotentiary for the purpose, and James A. Farley, Postmaster General of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in him by law, have agreed upon the following provisions: Article I. Object of the Agreement Territory embraced.Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) and Belgium, there may be exchanged under the denomination of parcel post parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions*Post*, p. 2124 indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 53 Stat. 2101 Article II Transit parcels. 1. Each Administration guaranteesRight of transit. the right of transit to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Each Administration shall informIntermediaries; charges. the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor as well as other conditions. 3. To be accepted, parcels sentAcceptance for onward transmission; conditions. by one of the contracting countries for onward transmission through the service of the other must comply with the conditions prescribed by the intermediate Administration. Article III. Prepayment of postage and fees. 1. The Administration of originCollection from sender. is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts prescribed by its regulations. 2. Except in the case of returnedException. or redirected parcels, prepayment of the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, is compulsory. Article IV. Preparation of parcels. Every parcel shall be packed inPacking. a manner adequate for the length of the journey as well as the weight of the parcel and the nature of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. 53 Stat. 2102 Article V. Prohibitions 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Dangerous articles. Articles which, from their nature or by their packing, may expose postal officials to danger, or soil or damage other parcels;
(b)Narcotics. opium, morphine, cocaine, and other narcotics;
(c)Nonadmissible articles. articles whose admission is not authorized by the customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country;
(d)Letters, etc. a letter or document which constitutes an actual and personal correspondence, but it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, with mention of the address of the sender;
(e)Obscene, etc., articles. obscene or immoral articles;
(f)Live animals; exceptions. live animals, except leeches;
(g)Enclosure with different address. an enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel;
(h)Explosive, etc., substances. explosive, inflammable, or dangerous substances;
(i)Coin, etc. coin, bank notes, currency notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer; platinum, gold, or silver, whether manufactured or unmanufactured; precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles, in uninsured parcels. 2. Action to be taken. When a parcel containing any prohibited article is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the parcels. 53 Stat. 2103 The fact that a parcel containsParcel containing a letter. a letter or a communication having the nature of a letter may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations advise“List of Prohibited Articles.” each other, by means of the “List of Prohibited Articles” published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume on that account any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 3. If parcels wrongly admittedParcels wrongly admitted. to the post are neither returned to origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Administration of origin must be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcels. Article VI. Insurance. (Parcels with declared value). Parcels may be insured up to theMaximum amount. amount of 500 francs gold or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease the maximum amount of insurance mentioned in this Agreement. A parcel cannot give rise to anLimitation. indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. Responsibility. Indemnity. 1. The Administrations of theResponsibility. two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss of an ordinary parcel or for the abstraction or damage to its contents. 53 Stat. 2104 2. Except in the cases mentioned in the article following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. Indemnity.The sender, or any other rightful claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing. However, the indemnity may not in any case be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured, and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 3. Indirect damages, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery, or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. Return of postal charges on lost, etc., parcels. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the rightful claimant is entitled to the return of the postal charges, if claimed. The insurance fees are in every case retained by the contracting Administrations. 5. Parcels originating in a third country destined for either contracting country. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two con53 Stat. 2105 tracting countries or for the lossParcels destined for country not party to agreement. of transit insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 6. When an insured parcel originatingParcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. in one of the two countries and destined to be delivered in the other is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim in such a case only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 7. The sender is bound to makePacking requirements. up, pack, and seal insured parcels adequately. Moreover, the two Administrations assume no responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article VIII Exceptions to the principle of responsibility. The Administrations are relieved of all responsibility:
(a)For parcels of which the addresseeParcels accepted without reservation. has accepted delivery without reservation;
(b)in case of loss or damageLoss, etc., through force majeure. through force majeure (causes be53 Stat. 2106 yond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. The country responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage must decide, in accordance with its internal legislation, whether this loss, abstraction, or damage is due to circumstances constituting a case of force majeure;
(c)Destruction of official documents. when, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise, they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure;
(d)Damage through fault of sender, addresses, etc. when the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or of the addressee or the representative of either, or when it arises from the nature of the article;
(e)Prohibited articles. for parcels which contain prohibited articles;
(f)Declaration above real value. in case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin;
(g)Seizure because of false declaration. for parcels seized by the Customs because of false declaration of contents;
(h)Application, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. when no inquiry or application for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel;
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. for parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay53 Stat. 2107 indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article IX. Termination of responsibility. Administrations cease to be responsibleTermination of responsibility. for parcels of which they have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for parcels of the same kind. Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel which has been abstracted or damaged. Article X. Payment of compensation. The obligation to pay compensation,Payment of compensation. as well as the fees and charges due to be refunded, rests with the Administration to which the office of origin of the parcel is subordinate. However, in cases where the compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article VII, Section 2, second paragraph, the obligation rests with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article XI. Period for payment of compensation. 1. The payment of compensationPeriod for payment of compensation. must take place as soon as possible, and at the latest, within the period of one year counting from the day following that on which the claim is made. However, the AdministrationDeferment of payment. responsible for making payment may exceptionally defer payment53 Stat. 2108 of indemnity for a longer period than one year, if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Payment when delayed nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Administration which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has lot nine months pass without settling the matter. Article XII. Fixing of responsibility. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any observations and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If the loss, rifling, or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Administrations involved bear the loss in equal shares. 4. The Administration paying compensation takes over, to the53 Stat. 2109 extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender, or a third party. 5. If a parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found, the person to whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. Article XIII. Repayment of compensation. 1. The Administration responsibleRepayment of compensation. for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account payment is made, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest nine months after notification of payment. 2. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that country, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or in any other way to be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 3. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of the gold franc. Article XIV. Fee for customs clearance. The Administration of destinationFee for customs clearance. may collect at the time of delivery either in respect of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs, or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. 53 Stat. 2110 Article XV. Delivery to the addressee. Fee for delivery at the place of address. Delivery to addressee; fee.Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collect for delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence. Article XVI. Warehousing charges. Warehousing charges.The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “Poste Restante” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed five francs gold. Article XVII. Customs charges. Customs charges.The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations. Article XVIII. Customs charges to be canceled. Customs charges to be canceled.The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be canceled both in Belgium and in the United States of America. 53 Stat. 2111 Article XIX. Recall and change of address. So long as a parcel has not beenRecall and change of address. delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain for this service the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address must be sent to the Central Administration at Washington in case of parcels destined for the United States, and to the office of destination in the case of parcels destined for Belgium. Article XX. Certificate of mailing. Receipts. The sender of an ordinaiySender furnished certificate on request. (uninsured) parcel, will receive on request made at the time of mailing, a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a special form provided for the purpose; and each country may collect a reasonable fee for this certificate. The sender of an insured parcelReceipt. receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article XXI. Return receipts and inquiries. 1. The sender of an insuredAdvice of delivery. parcel may obtain an advice of deliveiy upon payment of such additional charges, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations of Execution. 2. The country of origin hasInquiries. the right to charge a fee for any request for information relative to the disposal of an ordinary parcel or of an insured parcel made after it has been posted, if the sender53 Stat. 2112 has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. Complaint of irregularity. The country of origin also hag the right to charge a fee for any complaint of irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article XXII Missent parcels. Missent parcels.Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Reforwarding restrictions.Insured parcels, when missent, may be reforwarded to their destination only as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Refund, if returned.When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a bulletin of verification. Reforwarding to a third country.When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a bulletin of verification. Article XXIII. Reforwarding. 1. Reforwarding. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s53 Stat. 2113 change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. The reforwarding of a parcelSupplementary charges. within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be canceled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be reforwarded to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the senderReforwarding, etc., to a third country. or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country”. In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article VII, Section 6. Article XXIV. Non-delivery. 1. Undeliverable parcels returnedUndeliverable parcels. to the sender are liable to new postage charges as well as insurance fees if necessary, and must be returned as parcels of the same class in which they were53 Stat. 2114 received. The charges are collectible from the sender and are collected by the Administration which dehvers the parcels to him. 2. Disposition. At the time of mailing, the sender may indicate by a note on the back of the dispatch note and on the parcel itself, how his parcel is to be disposed of in case of non-delivery. To this end, he may request that his parcel be:
(a)returned to sender;
(b)considered as abandoned; or
(c)delivered to another person in the country of destination. No note other than those provided for above, or note of similar import, is permitted. 3. Return to origin, barring contrary instruction. Barring contrary instructions, undeliverable parcels are returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated clearly on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration, etc. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only, may be sold immediately, even enroute, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality for the profit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the malting of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Abandoned undeliverable parcels. Undeliverable parcels abandoned by the sender, are not returned to origin by the Administration of destination, which treats them according to its legislation. In case of insured parcels which are abandoned by the sender and which are undeliverable, a report will be prepared of the disposal of the parcel and the Administration of origin will be informed thereof. 53 Stat. 2115 6. The provisions of Article XXV, Section 2, shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Article XXV. Charges. 1. For each parcel (ordinary orCredits. insured) exchanged between the two contracting countries, the dispatching Administration credits to the Administration of destination the quotas due to the latter and indicated in the Regulations*Post*, p. 2124. of Execution. 2. In case of reforwarding or returnReforwarding or return to origin. to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching office recovers from the other office, the whole of the charges due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)the customs clearance, delivery, and storage charges provided for in Articles XIV, XV, and XVI;
(c)the charges for reforwarding or return. In case of reforwarding or returnReforwarding, etc., to a third country. to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b), and
(c)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or the sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returnedReturned or reforwarded in transit. or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Ad53 Stat. 2116 ministration or Administrations concerned. Article XXVI. Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected. Postal charges.The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXVII. Air parcels. Air surtax, etc. The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. COLLECT-ON-DELIVERY SERVICE. Article XXVIII. Subject. 1. Acceptance of parcels. Collect-on-delivery parcels shall be accepted in all the offices open for parcel post service in the United States of America or in Belgium. 2. Collect-on-delivery parcels shall be accepted only when insured. 3. The provisions of the Articles XXVIII–XXXIX of this Agreement do not cover transit collect-on-delivery parcels. Article XXIX. Postage and fees. 1. Postage and fees. Parcels bearing charges for collection on delivery shall be subject to the fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges. The Administra53 Stat. 2117 tion of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel of this kind such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations. 2. The postage fees shall belongAccounting. entirely to the country collecting them. No special account of these fees is to be made between the two Administrations except as stated in Article XXV. Article XXX. Amount of C. O. D. 1. The maximum amount to beMaximum amount to be collected. collected on delivery shall be 300 gold francs or its equivalent in currency of the country of origin. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in currency of the country of origin. 2. When the sender makes aHandling of requests. request for any reduction or cancelation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. Article XXXI. Settlement. 1. The entire amount of theRemission of amount to sender. collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. The office delivering the C. O. D. parcel will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto such money order fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 53 Stat. 2118 2. Collection charge. The country effecting delivery of a C. O. D. parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of 5 cents (25 centimes), from the addressee as a collection charge, but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. Examination of contents of C. O. D. parcel restriction. Examination of the contents of a C. O. D. parcel by the addressee is prohibited until the C. O. D. charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. Article XXXII. C. O. D. Money orders. 1. Advice lists. Every advice of a money order, issued in either country in payment of C. O. D. charges on a parcel, must show plainly the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcel and bear the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Remboursement” in a conspicuous position. 2. The C. O. D. money order advice lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcels. No C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and payee’s name and exact address are included. Article XXXIII. Exchange and billing of C. O. D. parcels. 1. Exchange and billing. Parcels with C. O. D. charges shall be exchanged through the offices appointed for the exchange of insured parcels without C. O. D. charges. The exchanges shall be effected in direct dispatches in sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. parcels, the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Remboursement” being entered conspicuously in the53 Stat. 2119 documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. Such parcels will be listed in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. number, post office and state of origin, and the C. O. D. amount. 2. Upon receipt of a dispatch ofCheck by exchange office of country of destination. C. O. D. parcels, at the exchange office of the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article 8 of the Regulations of Execution. Article XXXIV. Lists of C. O. D. money orders. The post offices of New YorkPost offices designated. and of Brussels I shall be the only ones to send lists of C. O. D. money orders, and such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list shall be marked “Collect-on-delivery” or “Remboursement”. Article XXXV. Unpayable money orders. 1. The C. O. D. money ordersDisposition of unpaid money orders. which have not been paid to the payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the parcels to which they relate. 2. When it appears that theUse of service to defraud. C. O. D. service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 3. As for other formalities,Provisions governing other formalities. C. O. D. money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. 53 Stat. 2120 Article XXXVI. Responsibility for C. O. D. parcels. 1. Responsibility. In case an insured C. O. D. parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged the responsibility of the Administrations will be that provided for an insured parcel without C. O. D. charges, in conformity with the provisions in Article VII. 2. Delivery of parcel without collection of charges. When a C. O. D. parcel has been delivered to the addressee without collection of the amount of the C. O. D. charges, the sender or any other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the C. O. D. amount not remitted, provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel-post mails being prohibited. Collection of lower amount than full charge.This stipulation also applies in the case that a lower amount than the full C. O. D. charge is collected from the addressee. Indemnity; limitation.The indemnity provided for in this section may not in any case exceed the C. O. D. amount. 3. Fixing of responsibility. As to the fixing of the responsibility and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided for insured parcels not sent C. O. D. 4. Recovery of parcel for which indemnity has been paid. When a C. O. D. parcel for which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the delivering office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Administration to which his office is Refusal to accept parcel and pay charges.subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the delivering office will hold it and seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the53 Stat. 2121 Administration which paid the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. Article XXXVII. Marking of C. O. D. parcels. Each C. O. D. parcel and theMarking requirements. relative dispatch note must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of a stamp or label reading “Collect-on-delivery” or “C. O. D.” or “Remboursement”. Beside these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the insurance number. Moreover, there must be entered in this space in Roman letters written in full and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fees collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making remittance to the sender in the country of origin. Article XXXVIII. Redirection. Recall. 1. Unless mutually otherwiseRedirection. agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not be reforwarded to a third country. 2. The sender of a C. O. D.Recall. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. Article XXXIX. Non-delivery. In case his C. O. D. parcel isDisposition of undeliverable parcels. undeliverable as addressed, the sender may provide for other disposition to be made of it, the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and as stipulated in Article XXIV. 53 Stat. 2122 Article XL. Temporary suspension of services. Temporary suspension of services.When there are special reasons for doing so, either Administration may suspend temporarily the parcel post service, in whole or in part, or restrict it to certain offices, but on condition that the other Administration be informed of this measure in advance, if necessary by telegraph. Article XLI. Execution of the service by the Société Nationale des Chemins de fer belges. Reservation by Belgium.The Administration of Posts of Belgium reserves the right to have the provisions of the present Agreement executed by the Société Nationale des Chemins de fer belges. Article XLII. Matters not provided for in the Present Agreement. 1. Matters not herein provided for. All questions concerning requests for recall or change of address of parcels, the obtaining and disposition of return receipts, and the settlement of claims for indemnity for insured parcels, which are not provided for in this Agreement, shall be subject to Universal Postal Convention, etc., to govern.[49 Stat 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).the provisions of the Universal Postal Union Convention and its Regulations of Execution and of the Agreement concerning Money Orders in force between the two countries, in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of Belgium, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. Details to be fixed by common consent. The details relative to the application of the present Agree53 Stat. 2123 ment will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. 3. The two Administrations notifyMutual notice of postal laws, etc. each other mutually of their laws, ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XLIII. Duration of the Agreement. 1. This Agreement substitutesDesignated Convention and Agreement superseded.[33 Stat. 2291](/us/stat/33/2291). and abrogates the Convention of the 19th of November 1904 and the additional Agreement of the 30th of March 1922. 2. It will become effective onEffective date. the date of ratification and pending ratification, the operations contemplated thereunder will commence on a date fixed by mutual consent of the Administrations of the two countries. 3. It will remain in force untilDuration. one of the two contracting Administrations has notified the other, six months in advance, of its intention to abrogate it. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the 5th day of January 1939. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. *Belgian Ambassador*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and Belgium for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President, Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *January 11, 1939*. 53 Stat. 2124 Règlement d’Exécution de l’Arrangement concernant l’Échange des Colis Postaux conclu entre la Belgique et les États-Unis d’Amérique. Detailed regulations.Le Règlement détaillé suivant pour l’exécution de cet Arrangement a été arrêté par les Administrations des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et de la Belgique. Article 1. Limites de poids et de dimensions. Limits of weight and size.Les colis échangés sous les dispositions de cet Arrangement ne peuvent excéder le poids de 20 kilogrammes (44 livres) ni la ongueur de 1 m. 25 (4 pieds) en tous sens ni avoir un volume supérieur à 55 décimètres cubes (2 pieds cubes). Les limites de poids et de dimensions indiquées ci-dessus peuvent être changées de temps en temps d’un commun accord par correspondance. Article 2. Conditionnement des colis. 1. Preparation of parcels. Le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur ainsi que celle du destinataire doit être écrite lisiblement et correctement en caractères latins sur le colis même dans tous les cas où cela est possible, ou sur une étiquette attachée solidement au colis. Il est recommandé d’insérer dans tous les colis une copie de l’adresse notamment lorsqu’il s’agit de colis munis simplement d’une étiquette en raison de leur forme ou de leurs dimensions. Les colis dont les expéditeurs ou les destinataires sont désignés par des initiales ne sont acceptés que lorsque les initiales représent la raison sociale adoptée par l’expéditeur ou par le destinataire. Les adresses au crayon ne sont pas admises; toutefois, sont acceptés les colis dont l’adresse est écrite au crayon indélébile sur une surface préalablement humectée. 53 Stat. 2125 2. Tout colis doit être emballé de manière à préserver le contenu pendant toute la durée du transport, et à éviter que le contenu puisse détériorer les autres colis ou objets, ou blesser les agents des postes. L’emballage doit protéger suffisamment le contenu du colis pour qu’en cas de spoliation, les traces puissent en être aisément découvertes. Les colis assurés doivent obligatoirement être fermés et scellés au moyen de cachets à la cire, de plombs ou autrement. Le cachetage (ou le plombage) des colis ordinaires est facultatif ou un ficelage soigneux suffit comme moyen de fermeture. L’une ou l’autre des Administrations peut exiger qu’une empreinte ou marque spéciale uniforme de l’expéditeur figure sur les cachets ou les plombs comme mesure de sécurité. L’Administration des douanes a le droit d’ouvrir les colis. A cet effet, elle peut rompre les cachets ou toute autre fermeture du colis. Dans ce cas, ces colis doivent être refermés, et, si c’est nécessaire, recachetés à l’aide de cachets officiels, après la vérification. 3. Chaque colis assuré doit être revêtu sur l’adresse du colis du numéro d’assurance du colis et d’une étiquette portant la mention “Valeur déclarée” ou “Insured” ou ces mots doivent être écrits ou empreints sur le colis. 4. Pour les colis assurés, la déclaration de la valeur doit être exprimée dans la monnaie du pays d’origine sur le colis et le bulletin d’expédition, en caractères latins, en toutes lettres et en chiffres arabes. Le montant de la déclaration de valeur doit être converti en francs-or et le résultat de la conversion doit être indiqué par de nouveaux chiffres placés à côté ou audessous de ceux qui représentent le montant de la déclaration dans la monnaie du pays d’origine. En outre, le poids exact de chaque colis doit être inscrit par l’Administration d’origine sur l’adresse du colis et sur le bulletin d’expédition, à la place à ce réservée. 53 Stat. 2126 5. Les étiquettes et les timbresposte apposés sur les colis assurés doivent être espacés de façon à ne Pas pouvoir cacher des lésions de emballage; ils ne doivent pas, non plus, être repliés sur les deux faces de l’emballage de manière à couvrir la bordure. 6. Les liquides et les corps facilement liquéfiables doivent être emballés dans un double récipient. Entre le premier (bouteille, flacon, boîte, etc.) et le second (boîte en métal, en bois résistant, en carton ondulé solide ou en fibre de bots solide, ou tout autre récipient de résistance équivalente), il doit être ménagé un espace rempli de sciure de bois, de son ou de toute autre matière absorbante, en quantité suffisante pour absorber tout le liquide, si le récipient vient à être brisé. 7. Les poudres et les teintures en poudre doivent être contenues dans des boîtes en fer-blanc résistant ou en autre métal, hermétiquement fermées et scellées, placées à leur tour dans un deuxième étui extérieur solide de manière à éviter tout dommage aux autres objets. Article 3. Bulletins d’expédition et déclarations en douane. 1. Customs declarations. L’expéditeur établira pour chaque colis à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique une déclaration en douane et pour chaque colis à destination de la Belgique deux déclarations en douane sur formule spéciale prévue à cet effet par le pays d’origine. Les déclarations en douane doivent donner la description générale du colis, l’indication exacte et détaillée du contenu et de sa valeur, la date de dépôt, le poids réel, et porter la signature et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, ainsi que le nom et l’adresse du destinataire, et elles doivent être attachées solidement aux colis. Toutefois, par dérogation à ce qui précède, l’établissement d’une seule déclaration en douane pour colis destinés aux Etats-Unis et de deux déclarations en douane pour colis destinés à la Belgique peu53 Stat. 2127 vent servir pour un envoi de colis ordinaires (non-assurés) envoyés par le même expéditeur au même destinataire au même moment. Ces déclarations en douane indiqueront, outre les details prévus au paragraphe qui précède, le nombre total des colis que comprend l’envoi, et elles seront attachées solidement à un des colis. Les colis formant le même envoi porteront, de manière évidente, un numéro fractionnaire dont le numérateur doit indiquer en chiffres arabes, le numéro du colis et dont le dénominateur doit indiquer le montant des colis comprenant la consignation; par exemple, si un envoi comprend 15 colis, chaque colis doit être numéroté, respectivement, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. L’expéditeur établira égalementDispatch notes. un bulletin d’expédition conforme aux formules en usage dans le pays d’origine pour chaque colis ou pour chaque envoi de plusieurs colis ordinaires émanant du même expéditeur destinés à la même personne et déposés au même moment. 3. Les Administrations n’assument aucune responsabilité pour l’inexactitude des indications portées sur les déclarations en douane, ou sur la partie du bulletin d’expédition remplie par le public. Article 4. Avis de réception. 1. Lorsqu’il est demandé unReturn receipts. avis de réception, l’expéditeur ou le bureau d’origine porte sur le colis, la mention “Avis de réception” ou simplement les lettres “A. R.” Le bureau d’origine ou tout autre bureau désigné par l’Administration expéditrice, établit un avis de réception et le fixe au colis. Si l’avis ne parvient pas au bureau de destination, celui-ci établit d’office un nouvel avis de réception. 2. Le bureau de destination, après avoir complété la formule en question, la renvoie, à découvert et en franchise, à l’adresse de l’expéditeur du colis. 53 Stat. 2128 3. Lorsque l’expéditeur demande un avis de réception postérieurement au dépôt du colis, le bureau d’origine remplit régulièrement une formule d’avis de réception, tout en y attachant une formule de réclamation pourvue des détails relatifs à l’expédition du colis, et la transmet au bureau de destination du colis. En cas de remise régulière du colis, le bureau de destination retire la formule de réclamation, et l’avis de réception est traité de la manière prescrite au paragraphe précédent. Article 5. Récipients. 1. Receptacles. Les Administrations des deux pays contractants fournissent les sacs nécessaires à l’expédition de leurs colis et chaque sac doit être marqué de façon à indiquer le nom du bureau ou du pays auquel il appartient. 2. Les sacs doivent être renvoyés vides au bureau expéditeur par le plus prochain courner. Les sacs vides seront réunis par paquets de dix (9 sacs renfermés dans un dixième sac). Le nombre total de ces sacs sera indiqué sur les feuilles de route respectives. 3. Au cas où dix pour cent du nombre total des sacs utilisés pendant une année n’a pas été renvoyé, la valeur des sacs manquants doit être remboursée à l’Administration d’origine. Article 6. Mode d’échange des colis. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. Les colis seront échangés, dans des sacs dûment fermés et cachetés, par les bureaux désignés à la suite d’un accord entre les Administrations, et seront expédiés sur le pays de destination, par le pays d’origine, à ses frais et par les moyens dont il dispose. Le poids de chaque sac ne doit pas dépasser 50 kilogrammes. 2. Les colis assurés sont insérés dans des sacs distincts de ceux qui contiennent les colis ordinaires;53 Stat. 2129 les étiquettes des sacs contenant des colis assurés sont marquées d’un signe distinctif dont les Administrations pourront de temps en temps convenir éventuellement. Article 7. Inscription des colis sur les feuilles de route. 1. Les colis avec valeur déclaréeEntry of parcels of parcel bills. et les colis ordinaires sont inscrits sur des feuilles de route distinctes. Les feuilles de route sont établies en double expédition. L’original est envoyé dans les dépêches régulières et le duplicata est inséré dans l’un des sacs. Le sac contenant la feuille de route est désigné par la lettre “F” tracée d’une manière apparente sur l’étiquette. 2. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche envoyée aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par la seule mention du nombre total des colis et de leur poids net total. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination de la Belgique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par la seule indication de leur nombre total pour chacune des coupures de poids suivantes: a) jusqu’à 2 livres (1 kg.) b) au-dessus de 2 livres et jusqu’à 11 livres (5 kgs.) c) au-dessus de 11 livres et jusqu’à 22 livres (10 kgs.) d) de plus de 22 livres, mais ne dépassant pas 33 livres (15 kgs.) e) de plus de 33 livres, mais ne dépassant pas 44 livres (20 kgs.) 3. Les colis assurés sont inscrits individuellement sur les feuilles de route de façon à comprendre le numéro d’assurance du colis ainsi que le nom du bureau d’origine. Pour les colis envoyés aux Etats-Unis, le poids net total de tous les colis doit aussi être indiqué. Pour les colis envoyés à la Belgique, on doit également procéder de la même manière que pour les colis ordinaires, en ce qui concerne l’indication relative à la coupure de poids. 53 Stat. 2130 4. Les colis envoyés à découvert doivent être inscrits séparément sur les feuilles de route. 5. Les colis en retour ou réexpédiés doivent être inscrits individuellement sur les feuilles de route et l’inscription est suivie de la mention “en retour” ou “Réexpédié”, selon le cas. Il y a lieu d’indiquer éventuellement, dans la colonne “Observations”, les frais pouvant grever ces colis. 6. Le nombre total des sacs dont se compose chaque envoi doit être indiqué aussi sur les feuilles de route. 7. Chaque bureau d’échange expéditeur doit numéroter les feuilles de route au coin supérieur gauche, en commençant tous les ans une nouvelle série pour chacun des bureaux d’échange destinataires. Le dernier numéro de l’année précédente doit être mentionné sur la feuille d’envoi de la première dépêche de l’année suivante. 8. Le mode exact d’inscription des colis ou des récipients qui les contiennent, envoyés en transit, Far l’une des Administrations à autre ainsi que tous les détails des opérations à effectuer au sujet du mode d’inscription de ces colis ou de ces dépêches, et pour lesquels il n’est rien prévu ci-dessus, seront réglés d’un commun accord et par correspondance, par les deux Administrations. Article 8. Vérification par les bureaux d’échange. 1. Verification by exchange office. A la réception d’un envoi, le bureau d’échange destinataire procède à la vérification des colis et des divers documents qui les accompagnent. Si l’un des colis manque ou s’il est constaté des erreurs ou des omissions sur la feuille de route, il opère immédiatement les rectifications nécessaires en ayant soin de biffer les indications erronées, de manière à laisser reconnaître les inscriptions primitives. Ces rectifica53 Stat. 2131 tions s’effectuent avec le concours de deux agents. A moins d’une erreur évidente, elles prévalent sur la déclaration originale. Un bulletin de vérification est, en outre, dressé par le bureau destinataire et envoyé sans délai, en double expédition, au bureau d’échange expéditeur. S’il est constaté une erreur ou une irrégularité à la réception d’une dépêche, toutes les pièces pouvant servir de preuves à l’appui en vue de recherches ultérieures ou de l’examen de demandes d’indemnité doivent être conservées. 2. Le bureau d’échange expéditeur auquel sont adressés les bulletins de vérification les renvoie le plus prompt ement possible après les avoir examinés et y avoir mentionné ses observations, s’il y a lieu. Ces bulletins sont ensuite annexés aux feuilles de route qu’ils concernent. Les corrections faites sur une feuille de route et non appuyées des pièces justificatives sont considérées comme nulles. 3. Si c’est nécessaire, le bureau d’échange expéditeur peut également être avisé par télégramme, aux frais de l’Office qui envoie ce télégramme. 4. En cas de manquant d’une feuille de route, il en est établi un duplicata dont une copie est envoyée au bureau d’échange expéditeur de l’envoi. 5. Le bureau d’échange qui reçoit d’un bureau correspondant un colis insuffisamment emballé ou avarié doit y donner cours après l’avoir emballé de nouveau, s’il y a lieu, en conservant autant que possible l’emballage primitif. Si l’avarie est telle que le contenu de l’envoi a pu être soustrait, le bureau doit procéder d’abord à l’ouverture d’office du colis et à la vérification de son contenu. Dans les deux cas, le poids du colis doit être constaté avant et après le nouvel emballage et indiqué sur l’enveloppe même du colis. Cette indication est suivie de la mention “Remballé à . . . . .” et de la signature des agents ayant effectué le remballage. 53 Stat. 2132 Article 9. Bonifications. 1. Charges. Pour chaque colis (ordinaire ou assuré) échangé entre les deux pays contractants, l’Administration expéditrice bonifie un droit terminal sur les bases indiquées ci-après: a) pour les colis provenant de la Belgique à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme calculé sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche. b) pour les colis provenant des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à destination de la Belgique. 60 centimes-or pour chaque colis n’excédant pas 1 kg. (2 livres). 90 centimes-or pour chaque colis au-dessus de 1 kg. mais n’excédant pas 5 kgs. (11 livres). 1.30 franc-or pour chaque colis au-dessus de 5 kgs. mais n’excédant pas 10 kgs. (22 livres). 1.80 franc-or pour chaque colis au-dessus de 10 kgs. mais n’excédant pas 15 kgs. (33 livres). 2.20 francs-or pour chaque colis audessus de 15 kgs. mais n’excédant pas 20 kgs. (44 livres). De plus, pour chaque colis quelle que soit la valeur déclarée, l’Administration expéditrice bonifiera un droit terminal d’assurance de 10 centimes-or. 2. Dans le cas de colis provenant de la Belgique et expédiés aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique pour être transmis à l’une de ses possessions ou, en dépêches closes, à un tiers pays, l’Administration de la Belgique bonifiera à l’Administration des Etats-Unis, comme droit de transit, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit a lieu par mer seulement; 1.15 franc-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit a ieu par terre seulement et 1.50 franc-or par kilogramme lorsque le transit s’effectue par mer et par terre, basé sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche. De plus, lorsqu’il s’agit de colis assurés, il sera payé un droit d’assurance de 10 centimes-or par colis (quelle que soit la valeur déclarée) pour 53 Stat. 2133chaque transit effectué par mer ou par terre. De même, pour les colis destinés aux possessions des Etats-Unis, l’Administration de la Belgique bonifiera à l’Administration des Etats-Unis, les droits terminaux indiqués ci-après, basés sur le poids net global de chaque dépêche: Pour les colis destinés à l’Alaska, 70 centimes-or par kilogramme. Pour les colis destinés à Porto Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam, Samoa et Hawaï, 35 centimes-or par kilogramme. De plus, pour chaque colis assuré, quelle que soit la valeur déclarée, il sera payé un droit terminal d’assurance de 10 centimes-or. 3. Pour les colis originaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique qui sont expédiés en transit par la Belgique en destination du Congo belge et du Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, l’Administration des Etats-Unis d’Amérique paiera à l’Administration de Belgique les taxes figurant dans la colonne 7 du tableau C. P. 1 belge en regard de chacune de ces deux rubriques. En outre, pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, l’Administration des Etats-Unis d’Amérique allouera à la Belgique: 1°. pour les colis à destination du Congo belge: a) via Anvers - Banana, 0.25 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée non-supérieure à $100. 0.40 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée su-périeure à $100. b) via Anvers - Lobito, 0.30 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée non supérieure à $100. 0.50 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée su-périeure à $100. c) via Anvers - Egypte, 0.35 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée non supérieure à $100. 0.60 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée supérieure à $100. d) via Alsace-Lorraine, Suisse, Italie, Egypte, 0.50 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée non supérieure à $100. 0.90 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée supérieure à $100. 53 Stat. 2134 2°. pour les colis à destination du Grand Duché de Luxembourg, 0.15 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée non supérieure à $100. 0.20 franc-or pour une valeur déclarée supérieure à $100. Les droits terminaux et de transit spécifiés ci-dessus peuvent être réduits ou majorés, sur préavis de 3 mois donné par un pays à l’autre. La réduction ou la majoration restera en vigueur pendant une durée d’un an au moins. Article 10. Règlement des comptes. 1. Accounting. Chaque Administration fera établir mensuellement par chacun de ses bureaux d’échange et pour tous les envois reçus des bureaux d’échange de l’autre Administration, un état, conforme au modèle CP 14 de l’Arrangement international, des sommes inscrites sur chaque feuille de route, soit à son crédit, soit à son débit. Ces états seront ensuite récapitulés par les soins de la même Administration dans un compte conforme au modèle CP 15 de l’Arrangement international. 2. Ce compte, accompagné des états mensuels, des feuilles de route et, le cas échéant, des bulletins de vérification y afférents, sera soumis à l’examen de l’Administration correspondante dans le courant du mois qui suivra celui auquel il se rapporte. Les comptes mensuels, après avoir été vérifiés et acceptés de part et d’autre, seront résumés dans un compte général trimestriel par les soins de l’Administration créditrice. 3. Le solde résultant de la balance des comptes réciproques entre les deux Administrations sera payé par l’Administration débitrice à l’Administration créditrice dans la monnaie de l’Administration créditrice, et au moyen de traites payables à vue sur la capitale ou sur une place commerciale du pays créancier, les frais de paiement restant à la charge de l’Administration débitrice. 53 Stat. 2135 4. L’établissement, l’envoi et le paiement des comptes devront être effectués dans le plus bref délai possible et, au plus tard, avant l’expiration du trimestre suivant. Passé ce délai, les sommes dues par l’une des deux Administrations à l’autre seront productives d’intérêts à raison de 7% l’an, à dater du jour de l’expiration dudit délai. Article 11. Notifications diverses. Les Administrations se communiquerontMiscellaneous notifications. réciproquement un résumé de leurs lois ou règlements applicables aux colis échangés entre les deux pays contractants et des autres détails nécessaires pour l’exécution de l’échange des colis. Le présent Règlement sera exécutoireEffective date and duration. à partir du jour de la mise en vigueur de l’Arrangement concernant les colis postaux et il aura la même durée que cet Arrangement. Fait en double expédition etSignatures. signé à Washington, le 5me jour de janvier 1939. *Le Postmaster General des Etats-Unis d’Amérique*. *Ambassadeur de Belgique*. [seal] R. v. Straten 53 Stat. 2124 Regulations of Execution for the Agreement concerning the Exchange of Parcel Post concluded between Belgium and the United States of America. Detailed regulations.The following Detailed Regulations for the execution of this Agreement have been agreed upon by the Administrations of the United States of America and of Belgium. Article 1. Limits of weight and size. Limits of weight and size.Parcels exchanged under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 44 pounds (20 kilograms) in weight nor 4 feet (1.25 meters) in length nor have a volume greater than 2 cubic feet (55 cubic decimeters). The limits of weight and size stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. Article 2. Preparation of parcels. 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be written, legibly and correctly in Roman letters on the parcel itself if possible, or on a label securely affixed to the parcel. It is recommended that a copy of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated by initials are admitted only when the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee. Addresses in pencil are not admitted; however, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 53 Stat. 2125 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a way that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way that the contents may not damage other parcels or objects or injure postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, lead, or other seals. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a means of closing. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To this end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. In such case, these parcels must be refastened and also officially resealed after inspection. 3. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and must bear a label with the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”, or these words must be marked or stamped on the parcel. 4. In case of insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear in currency of the country of origin, on the parcel and on the dispatch note, in Roman letters spelled out in full and in Arabic figures. The amount of the insured value must be converted into gold francs and the result of the conversion is to be shown by new figures placed beside or below those representing the amount of insured value in the currency of the country of origin. In addition, the exact weight of each parcel must be written by the Administration of origin on the address side of the parcel and on the dispatch note in the place reserved for this purpose. 53 Stat. 2126 5. The labels and postage stamps placed on the insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot conceal injuries to the packing. Neither may they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 6. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard or fibreboard, or receptacle of equal strength), there must be left a space filled with sawdust, bran, or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case the receptacle is broken. 7. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, hermetically closed and sealed and placed in turn in a second substantial outer cover in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 3. Dispatch notes and customs declarations. 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel destined for the United States of America and two customs declarations for each parcel destined for Belgium, on a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declarations must give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, the use of only one customs declaration for parcels sent to the United States and two declarations for parcels sent to Belgium may serve for a single53 Stat. 2127 consignment of any number of uninsured parcels sent by the same sender to the same addressee at the same time. In this case the customs declarations shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in Arabic figures, the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The sender shall also prepareDispatch notes. one dispatch note in accordance with the forms in use in the country of origin for each parcel or for each consignment of several ordinary parcels sent from the same sender to the same person and mailed simultaneously. 3. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the incorrectness of the information on the customs declarations or on that part of the dispatch notes which is filled in by the public. Article 4. Return receipts. 1. When a return receipt is requested,Return receipts. the sender or the office of origin places on the parcel the words “Avis de réception” or simply the letters “A. R.”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having completed the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 53 Stat. 2128 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section. Article 5. Receptacles. 1. Receptacles. The postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten per cent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6. Method of exchange of parcels. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. The weight of each sack may not exceed 50 kilograms. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are con53 Stat. 2129 tained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7. Entry of parcels on the parcel bills. 1. Insured and ordinary parcelsEntry of parcels of parcel bills. are entered on separate parcel bills. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America are entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Belgium are entered on the parcel bills to show their total number for each of the following divisions of weight:
(a)up to 2 pounds (1 kg.)
(b)over 2 and up to 11 pounds (5 kgs.)
(c)over 11 and up to 22 pounds (10 kgs.)
(d)over 22 but not exceeding 33 pounds (15 kgs.)
(e)over 33 but not exceeding 44 pounds (20 kgs.) 3. Insured parcels are entered individually in the parcel bills. The entry for each parcel comprises the insurance number of the parcel as well as the name of the office of origin. For parcels sent to the United States, the total net weight of all the parcels must also be shown. For parcels sent to Belgium, the indication relative to the division of weight must also be entered, as in the case of ordinary parcels. 53 Stat. 2130 4. Parcels sent in open mail must be entered separately in the parcel bills. 5. Returned or reforwarded parcels must be entered individually in the parcel bills, and the entry is followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be. Also, any charges due on these parcels should be indicated in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office must number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, beginning every year a new series for each exchange office of destination. The last number of the preceding year must be indicated on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 8. The exact method of entering parcels or the receptacles containing them sent in transit by one Administration to the other, as well as all details of procedure in connection with the method of entering such parcels or such dispatches, for which no provision is made above, will be decided upon by mutual consent through correspondence by the two Administrations. Article 8. Verification by the exchange office. 1. Verification by exchange office. On receipt of a parcel mail, the office of exchange of destination proceeds to check the parcels and the various documents which accompany them. If a parcel is missing or if the exchange office detects errors or omissions on the parcel bill, it immediately makes the necessary corrections, taking care to strike out the incorrect entries in such a way as to leave the original entries legible. These corrections are made by two offi53 Stat. 2131 cers. Except in case of obvious error, they are accepted in preference to the original statement. A bulletin of verification is, in addition, prepared by the office of destination and sent without delay, in duplicate, to the dispatching exchange office. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Repacked at. . . . .”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. 53 Stat. 2132 Article 9. Charges. 1. Charges. For each parcel (ordinary or insured) exchanged between the two contracting countries, the dispatching Administration shall pay a terminal credit as follows:
(a)for parcels originating in Belgium, addressed to the United States of America, 70 centimes gold per kilogram computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch.
(b)for parcels originating in the United States of America, addressed to Belgium, 60 centimes gold for each parcel not exceeding 1 kg. (2 lbs.) in weight. 90 centimes gold for each parcel over 1 but not exceeding 5 kgs. (11 lbs.) in weight. 1.30 franc gold for each parcel over 5 but not exceeding 10 kgs. (22 lbs.) in weight. 1.80 franc gold for each parcel over 10 but not exceeding 15 kgs. (33 lbs.) in weight. 2.20 francs gold for each parcel over 15 but not exceeding 20 kgs. (44 lbs.) in weight. In addition, for each insured parcel, regardless of its insured value, the dispatching Administration shall pay an insurance termin al credit of 10 cen times gold. 2. In the case of parcels originating in Belgium which are sent to the United States of America for onward dispatch to a possession of the latter country or, in closed mails, to a third country, the Administration of Belgium shall pay to the Administration of the United States as a transit credit 70 centimes gold per kilogram when only sea transit is provided; 1.15 franc gold per kilogram when only land transit is provided; and 1.50 franc gold per kilogram when both land and sea transit are provided, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. In addition, in the case of insured parcels, there shall be paid an insurance credit of 10 centimes gold per parcel (regardless of its53 Stat. 2133 insured value) for each land and sea transit involved. Also, in the case of parcels for the possessions of the United States of America, the Administration of Belgium shall pay to the Administration of the United States the following terminal credits, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: For parcels for Alaska, 70 centimes gold per kilogram. For parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii, 35 centimes gold per kilogram. In addition, for each insured parcel, regardless of its insured value, there shall be paid an insurance terminal credit of 10 centimes gold. 3. In the case of parcels originating in the United States of America which are sent in transit through Belgium for the Belgian Congo and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Administration of the United States of America will pay to the Administration of Belgium, the fees appearing in Column 7 of Belgian Form C. P. 1 relative to each of these two headings. In addition, in the case of insured parcels, the Administration of the United States of America will allow to Belgium: 1st. for parcels for the Belgian Congo:
(a)via Anvers-Banana, 0.25 franc gold for a declared value not over $100. 0.40 franc gold for a declared value over $100.
(b)via Anvers-Lobito, 0.30 franc gold for a declared value not over $100. 0.50 franc gold for a declared value over $100.
(c)via Anvers-Egypt, 0.35 franc gold for a declared value not over $100. 0.60 franc gold for a declared value over $100.
(d)via Alsace-Lorraine, Switzerland, Italy, and Egypt, 0.50 franc gold for a declared value not over $100. 0.90 franc gold for a declared value over $100. 53 Stat. 2134 2nd. for parcels for the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, 0.15 franc gold for a declared value not over $100. 0.20 franc gold for a declared value over $100. The terminal charges and transit rates specified above may be reduced or increased on 3 months previous notice given by one country to the other. These reductions or increases shall hold good for at least one year. Article 10. Accounting. 1. Accounting. Each Administration will Sare a statement monthly for of its exchange offices covering all the dispatches received from the exchange offices of the other Administration, conforming to model CP 14 of the international Agreement, of the sums entered upon each parcel bill whether to its credit or to its debit. These statements will then be summarized by the same Administration in an account conforming to model CP 15 of the international Agreement. 2. This account accompanied by the monthly statements, the parcel bills, and the bulletins of verification pertaining thereto, if any, will be submitted for the examination of the other Administration in the course of the month following that to which it relates. The monthly accounts, having been verified and accepted by both parties, will be comprised in a general account every 3 months by the creditor Administration. 3. The balance resulting from the reciprocal accounts between the two Administrations will be paid by the debtor Administration to the creditor Administration in the currency of the creditor Administration by means of drafts payable at sight at the capital or a commercial city of that country, the cost of payment to be at the charge of the indebted Administration. 53 Stat. 2135 4. The preparation, sending out, and payment of the accounts shall be effected in the shortest time possible and at the latest before the expiration of the following quarter. After this time, the sums due from one Administration to the other shall bear interest at 7% per annum, counting from the day of the expiration of the said period. Article 11. Miscellaneous notifications. The Administrations shall communicateMiscellaneous notifications. to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. These Regulations shall comeEffective date and duration. into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the 5th day of January 1939. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*.*Belgian Ambassador*. The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel PostApproval by the President. Agreement between the United States of America and Belgium have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President, Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *January 11, 1939*. Ratified by the King of the Belgians on March 21, 1939 as is evidencedRatification by Belgium. by the autographed instrument of ratification in the files of the Post Office Department. January 31, 1939 February 7, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2136 53 Stat. 2136 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES COLOMBIA—PARCEL POST—Jan. 31, 1939⁄Feb. 7, 1939 January 31, 1939February 7, 1939Parcel post agreement between the Republic of Colombia and the United States of America. Signed at Bogota, January 31, 1939 and at Washington February 7, 1939; approved by the President February 7, 1939. **ACUERDO RELATIVO A ENCOMIENDAS POSTALES ENTRE LA REPÚBLICA DE COLOMBIA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE NORTE AMÉRICA.** Parcel post agreement with Colombia.[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696).En uso de la facultad prevista por el artículo 1°, paragrafo 3, del Acuerdo Relativo a Encomiendas Postales, de la Unión postal de las Américas y España, el Departemento de Correos de, los Estados Unidos de Norte Américas y el Ministerio de Correos y Telégrafos de la República de Colombia con el objeto de llegar a un convenio para la extension del servicio de encomiendas postales para incluir el cambio de encomiendas con valor declarado y de encomiendas contra reembolso, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: Artículo 1. Declaración de valor. 1. Maximum amount. Las Administraciones de los Estados Unidos de Norte América, incluyandose Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa y las Islas Virgenes de los Estados Unidos, por una parte, y de la República de Colombia, por otra parte, convienen en realizar el servicio de encomiendas con valor declarado hasta el límite máximo de 500 francos oro o su equivalenciaSpecial additional fees. en moneda del país de origen, previo pago por el remitente de las tasas especiales suplementarias que cada uno de los mencionados paises de origen establezca en su propia jurisdicción. Estos derechos suplementarios quedan a beneficio exclusivo de la Administración de origen. 53 Stat. 2137 2. Las encomiendas que contenganCoin, jewelry, etc. piezas de moneda, metales preciosos, joyas o demás objetos preciosos, deberán obligatoriamente expedirse con valor declarado. 3. El remitente podrá declarar Optional insurance. las encomiendas facultativamente por el valor total de su contenido o por una parte de tal valor solamente. Artículo 2. Indemnizaciones. 1. Salvo los casos previstos enResponsibility. el artículo siguiente, las Administraciones responderán por la pérdida de las encomiendas con valor declarado depositadas en uno de los países contratantes para ser entregadas en el otro país y por la pérdida, expoliación o avería de su contenido o una parte de el. El remitente o otra personaIndemnity. autorizada tendrá derecho a una indemnización que corresponda al monto efectivo de la pérdida, expoliación o avería. La indemnización se calculará de acuerdo con el valor efectivo (el precio corriente) de las mercaderías de la misma clase en el lugar y en la época en que las mismas hayan sido aceptadas para el transporte, siempre que la indemnización no podrá en ningún caso exceder del monto de que la encomienda fué asegurado y en que el derecho de seguro ha sido cobrado, o el monto máximum de 500 francos oro. A falta de precios corrientes, la indemnización se calculará de acuerdo con el valor ordinario de la mercancía avaluada sobre las mismas bases. 2. No se pagará ninguna indemnizaciónIndirect damages, etc. por la avería indirecta ni por los beneficios no realizados que resulten de la pérdida, de la expoliación, de la avería, de la falta de entrega, de la entrega erronea, o de la demora de una encomienda con valor declarado expedida de acuerdo con las estipulaciones de este acuerdo. 53 Stat. 2138 3. Return of postage on loss of parcel. En el caso de que hubiere de pagarse una indemnización por la pérdida de una encomienda o por la destrucción o expoliación completa de todo su contenido, el expedidor tendrá además derecho a la devolución de las tasas postales cuando las reclame. Sin embargo, los derechos de seguro no se devolveran en ningún caso. 4. Parcels originating in a third country. A falta del acuerdo en contrario entre los países interesados (acuerdo que puede hacerse por correspondencia) no se pagará indemnización por la pérdida, la expoliación o la avería de encomiendas con valor declarado en tránsito, esto es, por las encomiendas con valor declarado originarias de uno de los dos países contratantes y destinadas a otros países que no Parcels destined for country not party to agreement.participaren en este acuerdo, o por os envíos asegurados originarios de algún otro país que no participare en este acuerdo y destinados a uno de los dos países contratantes. 5. Parcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. Cuando una encomienda originaria de un país destinada al otro país se reexpida desde el país de destinación primitiva a un tercer país o se devuelva a un tercer país, a solicitud del remitente o del destinatario, el reclamante autorizado tendrá derecho solamente a tal indemnización por cualquier pérdida, expoliación o avería que ocurra después de la reexpedición o devolución del envío por el país de su primitiva destinación, y que el país en donde ocurriere la pérdida, expoliación o avería deseare pagar o estuviere obligado a pagar de conformidad con algún acuerdo existente entre los países directamente interesados en la reexpedición o devolución. Responsibility for error.Cualquier país adherido a este acuerdo que indebidamente reexpida una encomienda con valor declarado a un tercer país, será responsable dentro de los mismos límites que el país de origen para con el remitente, quedando sujeto a las restricciones, fijadas por el presente acuerdo. 6. Defects in packing. El remitente será responsable de los defectos en el embalaje y de la insuficiencia del cierre y de los sellos de las encomiendas con53 Stat. 2139 valor declarado. Además, las dos Administraciones estarán exentas de toda responsabilidad en caso de pérdida, expoliación o avería que sea causada por defectos que no se noten en la época del depósito. Artículo 3. Excepciones al principio de la responsabilidad. Las Administraciones estarán exentas de toda responsabilidad:
(a)De las encomiendas cuyasParcels accepted without reservetion. destinatarios hayan aceptado la entrega sin reservas. En caso de“In care” parcels. las encomiendas dirigidas “en cargo”, la responsibilidad cesará cuando ellas hayan sido entregadas al destinatario mencionado en primer término y su recibo haya sido obtenido.
(b)En caso de la pérdida oLoss through force majeure. avería debida a un caso de fuerza mayor.
(c)Cuando no puedan darDestruction of official documents. cuenta de las encomiendas por causa de la destrucción de los archivos debido a un caso de fuerza mayor, y siempre que la prueba de su responsabilidad no pueda comprobarse en cualquier otra forma.
(d)Cuando el daño haya sidoDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. causado por falta o negligencia del remitente, del destinatario o del representante de uno u otro o provenga de la naturaleza del objeto.
(e)Cuando se trate de encomiendasProhibited articles. que contengan los objetos prohibidos.
(f)En caso de que el remitenteDeclaration above real value. de una encomienda con valor declarado, con la intención de defraudar pretende que el contenido valga más que su valor real; este artículo no podrá perjudicar ningún procedimiento judicial necesitado por la legislación del país de origen.
(g)Cuando se trate de encomiendasSeizure because of false declaration. confiscadas por la aduana debido a falsa declaración de su contenido.
(h)Cuando ninguna reclamaciónApplication, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. o aplicación de indemnización haya sido presentada por el interesado o por su representante dentro53 Stat. 2140 de un año a contarse desde el día siguiente al de la imposición de la encomienda con valor declarado.
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. De las encomiendas que contengan artículos de ningún valor intrínseco, o sujetos a descomposición o que no se conformaren a las estipulaciones de este acuerdo, o que no hubieren sido depositadas en la forma prescrita; pero el país responsable de la pérdida, expoliación o avería, puede pagar indemnización por dichas encomiendas, sin necesidad de recurso a la otra Administración. Artículo 4. Cese de la responsabilidad. Termination of responsibility.Las Administraciones dejarán de ser responsables por las encomiendas cuya entrega hubieren efectuado en las condiciones prescritas por sus reglamentos internos para los envíos de la misma naturaleza. Sin embargo, la responsabilidad se mantendrá cuando el destinatario o, en caso de devolución, el remitente, formule reservas al recibir una encomienda expoliada o averiada. Artículo 5. Pago de la indemnización. Payment of indemnity.La obligación de pagar una indemnización así como las tasas postales que deban restituirse, corresponderá a la Administración de la cual dependa la oficina expedidora de la encomienda, conservando dicha Administración el derecho de recurrir contra la Administración responsable. Sin embargo, en casos en donde la indemnización haya sido pagada al destinatario de acuerdo con el segundo párrafo del paragrafo 1, artículo 2, corresponderá a la Administración destinataria. Artículo 6. Plazo para el pago de la indemnización. 1. Period for payment of compensation. El pago de la indemnización deberá efectuarse al interesado lo más pronto posible, y a más tardar 53 Stat. 2141en el plazo de un año a partir del día siguiente al de la reclamación. La Administración a la cual correspondaDeferred payment. dicho pago, podrá posponerlo excepcionalmente más alla de este plazo, cuando a la expiración de ese plazo, no ha podido deslindarse la cuestión de la responsibilidad o de la disposición que se hubiere dado al artículo en cuestión. 2. Salvo los casos en donde se haPayment of indemnity after 9 months delay; exception. pospuesto el pago según las disposiciones del segundo párrafo del paragrafo precedente, la Administración postal que asume el pago de la indemnización estará autorizada para indemnizar al interesado por cuenta de la Administración que reglamentariamente requerida, ha dejado transcurrir nueve meses sin solucionar el asunto. Artículo 7. Determinación de la responsabilidad. 1. Hasta prueba en contrario, laFixing of responsibility. responsabilidad corresponderá a la Administración que, habiendo recibido la encomienda sin observación alguna y estando en posesión de todos los medios reglamentarios de investigación, no pueda comprobar la disposición de la encomienda. 2. Cuando la pérdida, la expoliación o la avería de una encomienda con valor declarado sea descubierta al abrir el receptáculo en la oficina destinataria de cambio y haya sido señalado a la oficina de cambio expedidora, la responsabilidad corresponderá a la Administración de que dependa la oficina de cambio expedidora, a no ser que se comprueba que la irregularidad ha ocurrido en el servicio de la Administración destinataria. 3. Si la pérdida, expoliación o avería se produce en el curso del transporte, sin que fuere posible comprobar en el territorio o servicio de que país ocurrio el hecho, las Administraciones en causa soportarán el perjuicio por partes iguales. 53 Stat. 2142 4. La Administración que hubiere efectuado el pago de la indemnización quedará subrogada, hasta concurrencia del monto de dicha indemnización, en los derechos de la persona que la hubiere recibido, para todo recurso eventual, ya fuere contra el destinatario, contra el remitente o contra terceros. 5. En caso de localización ulterior de una encomienda considerada como extraviada, la persona a quien se hubiere pagado la indemnización deberá ser avisada de que puede tomar posesión del envío contra la restitución del monto cobrado. Artículo 8. Reembolso de la compensación. 1. Repayment of compensation. La Administración responsable de la pérdida, la expoliación o la avería o por cuenta de la cual se hubiere efectuado el pago estará obligada a reembolsar al país que haya efectuado el pago, dentro de un plazo de nueve meses a contar del envío de la notificación del pago, el monto de la indemnización efectivamente pagada. 2. El reembolso a la Administración acreedora se efectuará sin gastos para la misma, ya sea mediante un giro postal o cheque en moneda de curso legal en el país acreedor o por cualquier otro medio que se haya convenido mutuamente por correspondencia. Artículo 9. Acondicionamiento de las encomiendas. 1. Preparation of parcels. Como en caso de las encomiendas ordinarias, el nombre y dirección del remitente y del destinatario deberá escribirse en carácteres claros y correctos sobre la misma encomienda o sobre un rótulo atado solidamente a esta última. En los casos de las encomiendas que llevan la dirección inscrita tan solo en el rótulo por razones de su forma o tamaño, el nombre y la dirección del 53 Stat. 2143remitente y destinatario deberán inscribirse, además, por separado, en una faja de papel que deberá incluirse dentro del envío aúnque se recomendará incluir esas fajas también en toda clase del envío. No se admitirán las encomiendas que estuvieren dirigidas con iniciales a menos de que esas iniciales correspondan o esten adoptadas como equivalentes de los nombres de los remitentes y destinatarios. Los remitentes de encomiendas dirigidas a bancos u otras organizaciones similares, para ser luego entregadas a segundos destinatarios, declararán en las cubiertas de sus envíos los nombres exactos y las direcciones completas de las personas destinatarias. No se admitirán direcciones escritas a lápiz; sin embargo, se aceptarán las encomiendas cuya dirección halle escrita a lápiz indeleble sobre un fondo previamente mojado. 2. Como en caso de encomiendasPacking. ordinarias, las encomiendas con valor declarado deberán embalarse de acuerdo con la seguridad del contenido y la duración del transporte. 3. En cuanto de encomiendas con valor declarado la declaración del valor deberá expresarse en la moneda del país de origen y inscribirse sobre la encomienda en carácteres latinos. Esto monto deberá convertirse en francos oro por el remitente o por la Administración de origen y el resultado de la conversión deberá agregarse debajo de la indicación original. El monto de la declaración de valor deberá inscribirse también en la declaración de aduana. 4. Las encomiendas con valor declarado deberán sellarse mediante de sellos de cera o por cualquier otro medio, aúnque el país destinatario podrá abrirlos a fin de inspeccionar el contenido. Las encomiendas abiertas con ese motivo han de cerrarse luego y sellarse de oficio. Cualquiera de las Administraciones podrá exigir que los remitentes utilicen una marca o im53 Stat. 2144 presión especial para sellar sus encomiendas con valor declarado, como medida de seguridad. 5. Marking, etc. Las encomiendas con valor declarado deberán ir provistas de una marca, un rótulo o un sello que lleve la mención “Insured” o “Valeur déclarée” (valor declarado) de manera distinguible y clara sobre la cara de la dirección. El número correspondiente al de aseguramiento, se lo pondrá luego a continuación, sobre cada uno de los encomiendas. La declaración de aduana, si no estuviere pegada al envío, deberá igualmente marcarse, rotularse o sellarse con la misma mención. 6. Affixing labels stamps. Los rótulos o sellos postales colocados sobre las encomiendas con valor declarado deberán espaciarse de tal manera que no puedan esconder ninguna lesión del embalaje. No deberán tampoco colocarse sobre los dos fases del embalaje, de tal manera que cubran el borde. Artículo 10. Avisos de recibo y reclamaciones. 1. Advice of delivery; fee. El remitente de una encomienda con valor declarado podrá obtener un aviso de recibo mediante el pago de tal derecho adicional, si hubiere algúno, cual el país de origen de la encomienda exijo. 2. Request for information; fee. Un derecho podrá ser percibido a juicio de la Administración del país de origen por cada solicitude de información relativa a la disposición ulterior que se hubiere dado a la encomienda con valor declarado introducida con posterioridad al depósito de la misma si el expedidor no hubiere pagado ya el derecho especial correspondiente a un aviso de recibo. Complaints of irregularity; fee.También se cobrará un derecho, a juicio del país de origen, por concepto de quejas o irregularidades que se presentaren y que a primera vista no implicaren falta del servicio postal. 3. Request for advice of delivery. Cada vez que se deseare obtener un aviso de recibo, el remitente o la oficina de origen, escribirá o sellará sobre la encomien 53 Stat. 2145da, de manera clara, la mención “Se solicite aviso de recibo” o “Se requiere aviso de entrega” o simplemente las letras “A. R.”. Artículo 11. Intercambio de encomiendas. Las encomiendas con valor declaradoExchange of parcels. deberán encerrarse en sacos separados de aquellos en que se ponen las ordinarias. Los rótulos correspondientes a los sacos que contienen las encomiendas con valor declarado, deberán marcarse con símbolos distintivos y en conformidad con lo que se resolviere oportunamente. Artículo 12. Inscripción en las hojas de ruta. 1. Las encomiendas con valorBilling of parcels. declarado se inscribirán individualmente en hojas de ruta distintas. Los siguientes datos relativos a cada encomienda con valor declarado han de inscribirse en la hoja de ruta; el número de serie del envío asegurado y la oficina (estado o país) de origin, así como la división de peso del envío lo mismo que en caso de las encomiendas ordinarias. 2. En la entrada de la hoja deReturned or redirected parcels. ruta correspondiente a una encomienda devuelta o reexpedida se expresará esa circunstancia. 3. Cada oficina de cambio expedidoraNumbering of parcel bills. deberá numerar las hojas de ruta poniendo el número correspondiente en la esquina izquierda superior, comenzandose cada año una nueva serie, para cada oficina de cambio destinataria. El último número del año deberá mencionarse en la primera hoja de ruta del año siguiente. Artículo 13. Verificación por las oficinas de cambio. 1. Al recibo de un despacho deVerification by exchange office. encomiendas con valor declarado, la oficina de cambio destinataria procederá a verificarlo. Las in 53 Stat. 2146scripciones en las hojas de ruta serán exactamente verificados. Cada error u omisión se comunicará inmediatamente a la oficina expedidora mediante un boletín de verificación. Si ningún boletín de verificación se confeccionará, se estimará que el despacho está en buen estado en todos respectos. Si un error o irregularidad se notare al recibo de un despacho todas las piezas que se relacionen con las investigaciones que se hicieren con posterioridad, o con los examenes de demandas por el pago de indemnización, serán conservadas. 2. La oficina de cambio expedidora a la cual se dirijan un boletín de verificación lo devolverán lo más rapidamente posible, después de haberlo examinado y de haber mencionado sus observaciones, si hubiere lugar. Los boletines devueltos se anexarán a las hojas de ruta a que se refieran. Se considerarán como nulas las correcciones efectuadas en una hoja de ruta sin estar respaldadas por piezas justificativas. 3. La oficina de cambio espedidora podrá además, si el caso así lo requiere, ser avisada por telegrama, por cuenta de la Administración que lo expida. 4. En caso de falta de una hoja de ruta, se hace confeccionar un duplicado, remitiendo una copia del mismo a la oficina de cambio de origen del despacho. 5. La oficina de cambio que recibiere de una oficina corresponsal una encomienda insuficientemente embalada o averiada, deberá darle curso después de haberla empacado de nuevo, si hubiere lugar, conservando hasta donde fuere posible el embalaje primitivo. Si la avería fuere de tal naturaleza que el contenido del envío hubiere podido sustraerse, la oficina deberá proceder ante todo a la apertura ae oficio de la encomienda y a la verificación de su contenido. En los dos casos el peso de la encomienda deberá comprobarse 53 Stat. 2147antes y después del nuevo embalaje y indicarse sobre la envoltura misma de la encomienda. Esta indicación irá acompañada de la mención “Repacked at . . .” (Reempacada en . . .) junto con la firma de los empleados que hayan efectuado el reempaque. Artículo 14. Reexpedición. 1. Una encomienda con valorRedirection; additional charges. declarado reexpedida dentro del país de destino, o entregada a algún destinatario suplente en la oficina original de destino se gravará con tal derechos adicionales cual la Administración destinataria exija, lo mismo que las encomiendas ordinarias. 2. Cuando una encomienda con valor declarado fuere reexpedida a cualquiera de los dos países, este deberá despacharse en la misma clase de correo en que fué recibido, esto es, con valor declarado y nuevos derechos de seguridad podrán ser cobrados si estos no hubieren sido previamente cubiertos, que se harán efectivos en el momento de entrega, lo mismo que la tasa postal adicionale, en beneficio de la Administración que los recaudare y fijare la cuantia. 3. Las encomiendas con valorManner of forwarding or return. declarado no serán reexpedidas ni devueltas a otro país, a menos de que se las devueltas como encomiendas con valor declarado. A menos que los remitentes expresenForwarding to a third country. por escrito su deseo de que las encomiendas con valor declarado no sean reexpedidas a un país que no sea el país de destinación original, las encomiendas podrán reexpedirse a un tercer país, siempre que para ellas se observen las formalidades necesarias relativas a despachos de encomiendas con valor declarado. Las encomiendas con valor declaradoReturn to sender in a third country. podrán ser devueltas al remitente en un tercer país siempre que se exprese ese deseo mediante una anotación sobre la encomien53 Stat. 2148da y siempre que se reexpidan como encomienda con valor declarado. En los casos de pérdida, expoliación o avería de una encomienda con valor declarado que ha sido reexpedida o devuelta a un tercer país, las indemnizaciones a percibirse deberán sujetarse a las estipulaciones del Artículo 2, paragrafo 5, de este acuerdo. Artículo 15. Falta de entrega. 1. Return to sender. Las encomiendas con valor declarado que no hubieren sido entregadas al destinatario, serán devueltas al remitente (en la misma forma en que fueron recibidas, o sea, como encomiendas con valor declarado), como las Additional fees and postage.encomiendas ordinarias que no puedan ser entregadas. Se percibirán nuevos derechos de seguro así como también nuevas tasas postales que las cubrirá el remitente en beneficio de la oficina que efectuare el cobro. Undeliverable parcels.Las encomiendas con valor declarado que no hayan sido entregadas estarán sujetas a los mismos derechos de reexpedición que las encomiendas ordinarias que no hayan sido entregadas. 2. Notice to Administration of origin. La Administración de origen será notificada cada vez que una encomienda con valor declarado, que no ha sido entregada o devuelta, caiga en el caso de ser puesto a disposición o en el de venta por remate. Artículo 16. Encomiendas recibidas con falsa dirección. Missent parcels.Las encomiendas con valor declarado recibidas con falsa dirección, no podrán ser reexpedidas a sus destinaciones respectivas a menos de que se los trate como a tales, es decir, enviándolos como encomiendas con valor declarado. Si no se pudiere cumplir con ese requisito según sea que se trate de encomiendas con valor declarado, serán devueltas a su origen. 53 Stat. 2149 EL SERVICIO DE ENCOMIENDAS CONTRA REEMBOLSO. Artículo 17. Sujeto. 1. Las encomiendas expedidasAcceptance of collect-on-delivery parcels. contra reembolso se aceptarán para depósito a toda oficina de giros postales en los Estados Unidos del Norte América o a las oficinas de cambio de Bogotá, Barranquilla, Buenaventura, Cartagena, Medellín, Santa Marta y Tumaco en la República de Colombia. 2. Las encomiendas gravadasAcceptance only when insured. con reembolso se aceptarán solamente cuando su valor fué declarado. 3. Las disposiciones de los artículosTransit collect-on-delivery parcels. 17 a 28 de este acuerdo no se aplicarán a las encomiendas gravadas con reembolso en tránsito. Artículo 18. Tasas postales y derechos. 1. Las encomiendas gravadasPostage and fees. con reembolso se someterán a las tasas postales, los derechos, las condiciones de depósito, y las otras formalidades de las encomiendas con valor declarado sin reembolso. La Administración de origen tendrá la facultad de cobrar del remitente de cada encomienda expedida contra reembolso, tal derecho de reembolso además de la tasa postal y otros derechos que se previa por su reglamento. 2. Las tasas postales y losAccounting. derechos pertenecerán por completo al país que los hubiere cobrado. Artículo 19. El monto del reembolso. 1. El monto máximo del reembolsoMaximum amount to be collected. estará 500 francos oro o su equivalencia en la moneda del país de origen. Las dos Administraciones podrán, cada vez que les pareciere oportuno, de mutuo consentimo y por correspondencia, reducir o aumentar este monto.53 Stat. 2150 El monto del reembolso se expresará invariablemente en dólares y centavos. 2. Request for reduction or cancelation of amount to be collected. Salvo arreglo en contrario por correspondencia, cuando el remitente solicita la anulación total o parcial del monto del reembolso, la solicitud se tratará entre las oficinas de cambio que hubiere tratado la encomienda. Artículo 20. Liquidación. 1. Remission of amount to sender. El monto total del reembolso sin cada deducción para los derechos de giro o de cobro se transmitirá al remitente mediante un giro postal internacional. La oficina que entrega la encomienda gravada con reembolso cobrará del destinatario el monto total del reembolso y además a ello tal derechos de giro postal cual sea exigidos para remitir el monto del reembolso al remitente en el país de origen. 2. Collection charges from addressee. El país que entrega una encomienda contra reembolso podrá a su juicio cobrar un monto razonable, que no podrá exceder 25 céntimos oro al destinatario como un derecho de cobro, siempre que este monto no se ser deduir de los montos del reembolso que deberán remitirse al remitente. 3. No examination by addressee until charges paid. Se prohibirá el examen del contenido de una encomienda gravada con reembolso por el destinatario sino al cobro del reembolso y todos los otros derechos que sea pagaderos sobre ella, aúnque el remitente o destinatario solicita la permisión para hacerlo este examen. Artículo 21. Giros de reembolso. 1. Information to accompany advice of a money order. Cada aviso de un giro postal, emitido en cualquiera país para pagar los reembolsos, gravadas sobre una encomienda, deberá indicar claramente el número de 53 Stat. 2151orden (de seguro) de la encomienda y llevar las letras “C. O. D.” o la mención “Reembolso” muy aparente. 2. Además de los detalles usuales,Money order advice lists. las listas de giros postales de reembolso deberán indicar el número de orden (de seguro) de las encomiendas. Ningún giro de reembolso se inscribirá en la lista de giros postales a menos de que el nombre del remitente y el nombre así como la dirección exacta del destinatario se incluyen. Artículo 22. Intercambio y inscripción en las hojas de ruta de encomiendas. 1. El intercambio de las encomiendasExchange and billing of C. O. D. parcels. gravadas con reembolso se efectuará por las oficinas de cambio designadas por acuerdo entre las dos Administraciones. Los intercambios se efectuarán en despachos directos en sacos que contengan solamente encomiendas expedidas contra reembolso, inscribiéndose muy aparente las letras “C. O. D.” o la mención “Reembolso” en los documentos refiriendo a ellas así como sobre los rótulos de los sacos. Estas encomiendas se inscribirán en hojas de ruta distintas para indicar el número de orden (de reembolso), la oficina y estado de origen y el monto de reembolso de cada encomienda. 2. Al recibo de un despacho deCheck by exchange office at destination. las encomiendas contra reembolso a la oficina de cambio del país destinatario el despacho deberá ser verificado y también tratado como previsto por el artículo 13. Artículo 23. Listas de giros postales de reembolso. Las oficinas de New York yDesignated offices. Bogotá solamente podrán transmitir las listas de giros postales de reembolso y estos giros se inscribirán por separado de los ordinarios y la lista se marcará “Collect-on-delivery” o “Reembolso”. 53 Stat. 2152 Artículo 24. Giros de reembolso no pagados. 1. Disposition of unpaid money orders. Los giros de reembolso que no hayan podido pagarse a los beneficiarios por cualquier causa se sometarán al disposición de la Administración del país de origen de las encomiendas a las cuales refiere estos giros. 2. Use of service to defraud. Cuando parece que el servicio de encomiendas reembolso fuere empleado para promover un designio de defraudar la paga de los giros en cuestión se retendrá, si practicable, y los giros se tratará según las equidades de cada caso en los reglamentos del país de origen de las encomiendas gravadas con reembolso en cuestión. 3. Provisions for other formalities. Con respecto a las otras formalidades, los giros postales de reembolso se sometarán a las disposiciones que rija el intercambio de giros postales entre los dos paises. Artículo 25. Responsabilidad por las encomiendas gravadas con reembolso. 1. Responsibility. Como en caso de las encomiendas con valor declarado sin reembolso, la pérdida, expoliación o avería de una encomienda gravada con reembolso comprometerá la responsabilidad de las Administraciones postales de conformidad con las disposiciones de los artículos 2 a 7. 2. Parcel delivered to addressee but charges not remitted. Si la encomienda contra reembolso fuere entregada al destinatario sin remisión del monto del reembolso, el remitente u otra persona autorizada tendrá derecho a una indemnización correspondiente al monto del reembolso no Exception, if sender in fault.remitido, siempre que hubiere formulada su reclamación dentro del plazo previsto y a menos que la falta de cobro no fuere debida a una falta o negligencia de su parte o que la transmisión en los despachos postales del contenido de a encomienda no fuere prohibida. Se procederá de la misma manera si la suma cobrado al53 Stat. 2153 destinatario fuere inferior al monto del reembolso indicado. La indemnización no podrá enLimitation. ningún caso exceder del monto del reembolso. 3. Con respecto a la determinaciónFixing of the responsibility. de la responsabilidad y al pago de la indemnización las mismas estipulaciones se aplicarán en caso de las encomiendas expedidas contra reembolso que se prescriben para las encomiendas con valor declarado no expedidas contra reembolso. 4. En caso de localización ulteriorRecovery of parcel for which indemnity was paid. de una encomienda gravada con reembolso por la cual fuere pagado la indemnización, el administrador de correos a la oficina de entrega entregará la encomienda, cobrará los derechos de reembolso, retendrá este monto y pedirá de instrucciones a la AdministraciónRefusal of addressee to accept parcel and pay charges. de la cual dependa su oficina. Sin embargo, si el destinatario rehusare aceptar una encomienda y pagar los derechos el administraor de correos ella retendrá y de la misma manera pedirá de instrucciones de su tratamiento. En esto caso, la Administración que se responde por la indemnización determinará la tratamiento que se dará la encomienda en cuestión. Artículo 26. Indicaciones que deben llevar las encomiendas contra reembolso. Cada encomienda gravada conMarking of C. O. D. parcels. reembolso y la declaración de aduana correspondiente deberá llevar del lado de la dirección, de manera muy aparente, un sello o rótulo con la mención “Collect-on-delivery” o “C. O. D.” o “Reembolso” y en proximidad contigua a estas palabras se parecerá el número de la encomienda que será el número de seguro (uno número primitivo solamente) y seguido de la indicación del monto exacto del reembolso en carácteres latinos y en cifras arabes, el cual no incluirá las tasas de giro adicionales que se cobrará en el país que efectue la entrega de la encomienda para hacer el pago al remitente en el país de depósito. 53 Stat. 2154 Artículo 27. Reexpedición. Retiro del servicio. 1. Redirection. Salvo arreglo en contrario, las encomiendas gravadas con reembolso no podrán ser reexpedidas a un tercer país. 2. Recall. El remitente de una encomienda gravada con reembolso podrá hacerla retirar del servicio en las condiciones establecidas a este respecto por el país de origen. Artículo 28. Falta de entrega. Disposition of undeliverable parcels.Si su encomienda gravada con reembolso no se puede ser entregada a la dirección primitiva, el remitente podrá disponer otra disposición de ella como en caso de las encomiendas sin reembolso y de conformidad con lo establecido en el artículo 14. Artículo 29. Formulación de cuentas. Preparation of accounts.Las cuentas por transmisión de las encomiendas a que se refiere este Convenio deberán formularse trimestralmente y estarán a cargo del país acreedor para su confección. Artículo 30. Asuntos no previstos en el acuerdo. 1. Application of other postal conventions to matters not covered hereby. Todos los asuntos relativos a las solicitudes de retiro del servicio o devolución de encomiendas con valor declarado, y de encomiendas gravadas con reembolso aseguradas, la obtención y disposición de avisos de recibo de las mismas y el arreglo de indemnizaciones que se solicitaren por dichas encomiendas,[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696). que no se hallaren consultados en este acuerdo, serán regidos por [49 Stat. 2741, 2802](/us/stat/49/2741/2802).las estipulaciones de la Convención américo-español de Paquetes Postales y de la Convención Postal Universal y de su Reglamento de Detalle, hasta donde puedan ser estas aplicables y que no sean 53 Stat. 2155incompatibles con las estipulaciones de este acuerdo, y luego también para el caso de que no exista otro arreglo regirá la legislación interna, reglamentos y disposiciones dictadas por los Est ados Unidos y la República de Colombia, en conformidad con el país interesado. 2. El Director General de CorreosChanges, modifications, etc., authorized. de los Estados Unidos de América y el Ministro de Correos y Telégrafos de la República de Colombia quedan autorizados para hacer de acuerdo, cada vez que les pareciere oportuno, y por correspondencia, cambios, modificaciones y más regulaciones de orden y detalle que estimaren necesarias para facilitar la operación de los servicios que motiva el presente acuerdo. 3. Las Administraciones se communicaránMutual notice of laws, etc. entre ellas, cada vez que juzgaren oportuno, las nuevas disposiciones de sus leyes y reglamentos aplicables a la conducción de paquetes por los correos asegurados. Artículo 31. Duración del Acuerdo. 1. El presente acuerdo se pondráEffective date. en vigencia y las diversas operaciones de que se ocupa comenzarán a surtir efecto desde la fecha fijada mutuamente entre las dos Administraciones. 2. Permanecerá en vigor hastaDuration. que una de las Administraciones contratantes haya participado a la otra, con seis meses de anticipación, su intención de terminarlo. Cualquiera de las dos AdministracionesTemporary suspension of services. puede suspender temporalmente los servicios de seguro, de una manera general o parcial, así como los servicios de encomiendas gravadas con reembolso, siempre que mediaren razones para ello, o restringirlo tan solo a ciertas oficinas; para lo cual se han de enviar las notificaciones previas y oportunas de haberse adoptado esa medida a la otra Administración, noticia que se debe enviar por la vía más expedita, si ello fuere necesario. 53 Stat. 2156 Signatures.Hecho por duplicado y firmado en Bogotá, el día 31 de enero de 1939, y en Washington, el día 7 de febrero de 1939. El Ministro de Correos y Telegrafos de la República de Colombia. [seal] Alfredo Cadena D’Costa [seal] James A. Farley Postmaster General of the United States of America. **PARCEL POST AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.** Parcel post agreement with Colombia.[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696).In the exercise of the option granted by Article 1, Section 3 of the Agreement Relative to Parcel Post of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, the Post Office Department of the United States of America and the Ministry of Posts and Telegraphs of the Republic of Colombia, for the purpose of concluding arrangements for the extension of the parcel-post service to include the exchange of insured and collect-on-delivery parcels have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. Insurance. 1. Maximum amount. The Administrations of the United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa, and the U. S. Virgin Islands) on one hand and of the Republic of Colombia on the other hand, agree to execute the service of parcels with an insured value up to the maximum limit of 500 gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the Special additional fees.country of origin, upon payment by the sender of such special additional fees as each of the countries of origin mentioned may establish in its own service. Such additional fees accrue in their entirety to the Administration of origin. 53 Stat. 2137 2. Parcels containing coin, preciousCoin, jewelry, etc. metals, jewelry, or other precious articles must be sent insured. 3. Parcels may be insured forOptional insurance. their total value or for only part of their total value, at the option of the sender. Article 2. Indemnity. 1. Except in the cases mentionedResponsibility. in the article following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. The sender, or other rightfulIndemnity. claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing, provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 2. No indemnity is paid forIndirect damages, etc. indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery, or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present agreement. 53 Stat. 2138 3. Return of postage on loss of parcel. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. 4. Parcels originating in a third country. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the coun tries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss, rifling, or damage of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcels originating in one of the twoParcels destined for country not party to agreement. contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this agreement. 5. Parcels reforwarded to or returned to a third country. When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or winch that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwardingResponsibility for error. or return. Either of the two countries signing the present agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present agreement. 6. Defects in packing. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and sealing of insured parcels. Moreover, the53 Stat. 2139 two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article 3. Exceptions to the principle of responsibility. The Administrations are released from all responsibility:
(a)In case of parcels of whichParcels accepted without reservation. the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation. In the“In care” parcels. case of “in care” parcels, responsibility ceases when delivery has been made to the addressee first mentioned and his receipt has been obtained.
(b)In case of loss or damageLoss through force majeure. through force majeure.
(c)When, their responsibilityDestruction of official documents. not having been proved otherwise, they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure.
(d)When the damage has beenDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)For parcels which containProhibited articles. prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of anDeclaration above real value. insured parcel, with intent to defraud, declares the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin.
(g)For parcels seized by theSeizure because of false declaration. Customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)When no inquiry or applicationApplication, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with 53 Stat. 2140the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value, or perishable matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this agreement, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article 4. Termination of responsibility. Termination of responsibility.Administrations cease to be responsible for parcels of which they have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for parcels of the same nature. Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel the contents of which have been abstracted or damaged. Article 5. Payment of indemnity. Payment of indemnity.The obligation to pay compensation, as well as the postage charges due to be refunded, rests with the Administration to which the office of origin of the parcel is subordinate. However, in cases where the compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article 2, Section 1, second paragraph, the obligation shall rest with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article 6. Period for payment of compensation. 1. Period for payment of compensation. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as53 Stat. 2141 soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. However, the Administration responsibleDeferred payment. for making payment may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Except in cases where paymentPayment of indemnity after 9 months delay; exception. is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office which, after being duly notified of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. Article 7. Fixing of responsibility. 1. Until the contrary is proved,Fixing of responsibility. responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any reservations and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office, and has een regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If the loss, rifling, or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 53 Stat. 2142 4. The Administration paying compensation takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender, or a third party. 5. If a parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found, the person to whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. Article 8. Repayment of compensation. 1. Repayment of compensation. The Administration responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay and, at the latest, within the period of nine months after notification of payment. 2. These repayments to the creditor Administration must be made without expense for that Office by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or in any other way to be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. Article 9. Preparation of parcels. 1. Preparation of parcels. As in the case of ordinary parcels, the name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be legibly and correctly written in every case, on the parcel itself when possible, or on a label gummed thereto. In the case of parcels addressed by tag only, because of their shape or size, the name and address of the sender and of the addressee must also be written on a separate slip53 Stat. 2143 which slip must be enclosed in the parcel, but it is recommended that such address slips be enclosed in all parcels. Parcels will not be accepted when sent by or addressed to initials, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees. The senders of parcels addressed to banks or other organizations for delivery to second addresses will be obliged to state, on the labels or wrappers thereof, the exact names and addresses of the persons for whom such parcels are intended. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not allowed, but indelible pencil may be used on a previously dampened surface. 2. As in the case of ordinaryPacking. parcels, every insured parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate or the protection of the contents and the length of the journey. 3. For insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of the conversion is added below the original indication. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the customs declaration. 4. Insured parcels must be closed and securely sealed with wax or otherwise, but the country of destination shall have the right to open them (including the right to break the seals) in order to inspect the contents. Parcels which have been so opened shall be closed again and officially sealed. Either Administration may require a special impress or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured53 Stat. 2144 parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. 5. Marking, etc. Each insured parcel must be marked or labeled or stamped “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée” (valor declarado) in a conspicuous manner on the address side and in close proximity to such indorsement there must appear the insurance number given the parcel. The customs declaration, if not gummed to the parcel, must also be marked or labeled or stamped “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée” (valor declarado). 6. Affixing labels stamps. The labels or stamps on insured parcels must be so placed that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the covers. They must not be folded over two sides of the cover so as to hide the edge. Article 10. Return receipts and inquiries. 1. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate. 2. Request for information; fee. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of the insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. Complaints of irregularity; fee.A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. 3. Request for advice of delivery. When an advice of delivery is desired, the sender or office of origin shall write or stamp on the parcel in a conspicuous manner,53 Stat. 2145 the words “Return receipt requested”, “Advice of delivery requested” or, boldly, the letters “A. R.”. Article 11. Exchange of parcels. Insured parcels shall be inclosedExchange of parcels. in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may be agreed upon from time to time. Article 12. Billing of parcels. 1. Insured parcels shall be enteredBilling of parcels. on separate parcel bills and shall be listed individually. The entries shall show in respect to each insured parcel the insurance number and the office (and state or country) of origin as well as an indication of the weight division to which the parcel belongs, the same as in the case of ordinary parcels. 2. The entry on the bill of anyReturned or redirected parcels. returned or redirected parcel must be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be. 3. Each dispatching exchangeNumbering of parcel bills. office shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each exchange office of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. Article 13. Verification by the exchange office. 1. Upon receipt of a dispatch ofVerification by exchange office. insured parcels, the receiving exchange office proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must53 Stat. 2146 be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent, returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The exchange office which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and53 Stat. 2147 after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Reempacada en . . .”(Repacked at . . .) and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 14. Redirection. 1. An insured parcel redirectedRedirection; additional charges. within the country of destination or delivered to an alternate addressee at the original office of address shall be liable, the same as ordinary parcels, to such additional charges as may be prescribed by the Administration of that country. 2. When an insured parcel is redirected to either country it must be dispatched in the same kind of mails as received, that is, insured, and new insurance fees may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery as well as additional postage and retained by the Administration making the collection. The Administration making delivery shall fix the amount of such fees and postage when not prepaid. 3. Insured parcels shall not beManner of forwarding or return. forwarded or returned to another country unless they are forwarded or returned as insured mail. Unless senders indorse insuredForwarding to a third country. parcels to indicate that they do not wish them forwarded to any country other than that of mailing or within the country of original address, they may be forwarded to a third country if they are forwarded as insured mail. Insured parcels may be returnedReturn to sender in a third country. to the sender in a third country, in accordance with a return address on the parcels, if they can be returned as insured mail.53 Stat. 2148 In case of loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel forwarded or returned to a third country, indemnity will be paid only m accordance with the stipulations of Article 2, Section 5, of this agreement. Article 15. Non-delivery. 1. Return to sender. An insured parcel which can not be delivered shall be returned to the sender (in the same kind of mail as received, that is, insured mail) under the same circumstances as in the case of an ordinary parcel which cannot be Additional fees and postage.delivered. New insurance fees, as well as new postage may be collected from the sender and retained by the Administration making the collection. Undeliverable parcels.Insured parcels which cannot be delivered will be subject to the same charges on return as ordinary parcels which are undeliverable. 2. Notice to Administration of origin. The Administration of origin shall be notified when an insured parcel which is not delivered or is not returned to the country of origin is disposed of at auction or otherwise. Article 16. Missent parcels. Missent parcels.Missent insured parcels shall not be forwarded to their destination unless they are forwarded as insured mail. If they cannot be forwarded as insured mail, they shall be returned to the country of origin. 53 Stat. 2149 COLLECT-ON-DELIVERY SERVICE. Article 17. Subject. 1. Parcels having charges to beAcceptance of collect-on-delivery parcels. collected on delivery, shall be accepted for mailing to any money order post office in the United States of America or to the following offices in the Republic of Colombia: Bogota, Barranquilla, Buenaventura, Cartagena, Medellin, Santa Marta, and Tumaco. 2. Collect-on-delivery parcelsAcceptance only when insured. shall be accepted only when insured. 3. The provisions of the ArticlesTransit collect-on-delivery parcels. 17 to 28 of this agreement do not cover transit collect-on-delivery parcels. Article 18. Postage and fees. 1. Parcels bearing charges forPostage and fees. collection on delivery shall be subject to the postage rates, fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations. 2. The postage rates and feesAccounting. shall belong entirely to the country which collects them. Article 19. Amount of C. O. D. 1. The maximum amount to beMaximum amount to be collected. collected on delivery shall be 500 gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two53 Stat. 2150 Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in dollars and cents. 2. Request for reduction or cancelation of amount to be collected. When the sender makes a request for any reduction or cancelation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. Article 20. Settlement. 1. Remission of amount to sender. The entire amount of the collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. The post office delivering the C. O. D. parcel will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto, such money order fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 2. Collection charges from addressee. The country effecting delivery of a C. O. D. parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of 25 gold centimes from the addressee as a collection charge, but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. No examination by addressee until charges paid. Examination of the contents of a C. O. D. parcel by the addressee is prohibited until the C. O. D. charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. Article 21. C. O. D. money orders. 1. Information to accompany advice of a money order. Every advice of a money order, issued in either country in payment of C. O. D. charges on a parcel, must show plainly the C. O. D. (insured) number of the53 Stat. 2151 parcel and bear the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Reembolso” in a conspicuous position. 2. The C. O. D. money orderMoney order advice lists. advice lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcels. No. C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and the payee’s name and exact address are included. Article 22. Exchange and billing of C. O. D. parcels. 1. Parcels with C. O. D. chargesExchange and billing of C. O. D. parcels. shall be exchanged through the exchange offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations. The exchanges shall be effected in direct dispatches in sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. parcels, the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Reembolso” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. Such parcels will be listed in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. number, post office and state of origin, and the C. O. D. amount. 2. Upon receipt of a dispatch ofCheck by exchange office at destination. C. O. D. parcels, at the exchange office of the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article 13. Article 23. Lists of C. O. D. money orders. The offices of New York andDesignated offices. Bogota shall be the only ones to send lists of C. O. D. money orders and such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list be marked “Collect-on-delivery” or “Reembolso”. 53 Stat. 2152 Article 24. Unpayable money orders. 1. Disposition of unpaid money orders. The C. O. D. money orders which have not been paid to the payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the parcels to which they relate. 2. Use of service to defraud. When it appears that the C. O. D. service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 3. Provisions for other formalities. As for other formalities, C. O. D. money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. Article 25. Responsibility for C. O. D. parcels. 1. Responsibility. In case an insured C. O. D. parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged the postal Administrations are responsible as for an insured parcel without C. O. D. charges, in conformity with the provisions in Articles 2 to 7. 2. Parcel delivered to addressee but charges not remitted. When a C. O. D. parcel has been delivered to the addressee but the charges have not been remitted, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the C. O. D. amount not remitted, Exception, if sender in fault.provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel post mails being prohibited. This stipulation also applies to the case that a lower amount than the full C. O. D.53 Stat. 2153 charge is collected from the addressee. The indemnity provided for inLimitation. this section may not in any case exceed the C. O. D. amount. 3. As to the fixing of the responsibilityFixing of the responsibility. and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided for insured parcels not sent C. O. D. 4. When a C. O. D. parcel forRecovery of parcel for which indemnity was paid. which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the postmaster at the delivering office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Administration to which his office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refusesRefusal of addressee to accept parcel and pay charges. to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the postmaster will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. Article 26. Marking of C. O. D. parcels. Each C. O. D. parcel and the relativeMarking of C. O. D. parcels. customs declaration must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of a stamp or label reading “Collect-on-delivery”, or “C. O. D.”, or “Reembolso”, and in close proximity to these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the insured number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fees that will be collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender in the country of mailing. 53 Stat. 2154 Article 27. Redirection. Recall. 1. Redirection. Unless mutually otherwise agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not be reforwarded to a third country. 2. Recall The sender of a C. O. D. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. Article 28. Nondelivery. Disposition of undeliverable parcels.The sender may provide, in case his C. O. D. parcel is undeliverable as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it, the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and as stipulated in Article 14. Article 29. Preparation of accounts. Preparation of accounts.The accounts for transmission of the parcels referred to in this agreement must be made up quarterly by the creditor country. Article 30. Matters not provided for in the agreement. 1. Application of other postal conventions to matters not covered hereby. All matters concerning requests for recall or return of insured parcels and of collect-on-delivery insured parcels, and obtaining and disposition of return receipts therefor, and the adjustment of indemnity claims in connection therewith, not covered by this agreement, shall be governed[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696). by the provisions of the Americo-Spanish Parcel Post Convention [49 Stat. 2741, 2802](/us/stat/49/2741/2802).and the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed Regulations for its Execution, respectively, in so far as they are applicable and are not inconsistent with the provisions of this agreement,53 Stat. 2155 and then, if no other arrangement has been made, the internal legislation, regulations, and rulings of the United States of America and the Republic of Colombia, according to the country involved, shall govern. 2. The Postmaster General ofChanges, modifications, etc., authorized. the United States of America and the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs of the Republic of Colombia shall have authority to make from time to time by correspondence, such changes and modifications and further regulations of order and detail as may become necessary to facilitate the operation of the services contemplated by this agreement. 3. The Administrations shallMutual notice of laws, etc. communicate to each other from time to time the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the conveyance of parcels by insured mail. Article 31. Duration of the Agreement. 1. This agreement shall takeEffective date. effect and operations thereunder shall begin on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. 2. It shall remain in force untilDuration. one of the two contracting Administrations has given notice to the other, six months in advance, of its intention to terminate it. Either Administration may temporarilyTemporary suspension of services. suspend the insured or collect-on-delivery services, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict them to certain offices; but on condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration, such notice to be given by the most rapid means, if necessary. 53 Stat. 2156 Signatures.Done in duplicate and signed at Bogota, the 31st day of January, 1939, and at Washington, the 7th day of February, 1939. James A Farley Postmaster General of the United States of America. The Minister of Posts and Telegraphs of the Republic of Colombia. Alfredo Cadena D’Costa Approval by the President.The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the Republic of Colombia and the United States of America has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *February 14, 1939*. February 20, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2157 53 Stat. 2157 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES CANADA—RADIO: CIVIL AERONAUTICS—FEB. 20, 1939 Arrangement between the United States of America and CanadaFebruary 20, 1939[E. A. S. No. 143] respecting the use of radio for civil aeronautical services. Effected by exchange of notes signed February 20, 1939; effective February 20, 1939. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler) Department of State Washington *February 20, 1939*. Sir: I have the honor to refer to negotiations which have taken placeRegional arrangement with Canada governing the use of radio for civil aeronautical services. between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Canada for the conclusion of a United States-Canadian Regional Arrangement Governing the Use of Radio for Civil Aeronautical Services. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that the Arrangement shall be as follows: United States-Canadian Regional Arrangement Governing the Use of Radio for Civil Aeronautical Services Article I. *Scope*:The present arrangement between the UnitedScope. States and Canada concerns primarily the radio communication service of civil aeronautics and civil air navigation services. Except for Article XIII, the subject matter of this arrangement is confined to the frequencies 200–400 kc. and above 30,000 kc. Services other than civil aeronautical which may incidentally be involved from the standpoint of interference to and by the civil aeronautical radio services are treated in Article XVII. No tiling in this arrangement shall be construed as lessening in any manner or to any degree the rights enjoyed by the national defense services of either country. Article II. *Application*:Nothing in the present arrangement shallApplication. contravene the pertinent portions of the International Telecommunication Convention, Madrid, 1932; the radio regulations annexed thereto[49 Stat. 2391. 2445](/us/stat/49/2391/2445). to which the parties to this arrangement have subscribed; the Inter-American Radio Communications Convention, Habana, 1937, and the Inter-American Arrangement on Radio Communications, Habana, 1937, or such documents as may supplant them as a result of subsequent conferences. Article III. *Standardization*:In order that international flyingStandardization. may be facilitated, the standardization and use of aeronautical radio facilities are provided for in this arrangement. Appendix I lists the standard classes of aeronautical radio aids approved for service operation. 53 Stat. 2158 Article IV. Geographical spacing of aeronautical stations.*Geographical Spacing of Aeronautical Stations*:In accordance with the general principles governing the economical use of the available channels, assignments shall be duplicated with a minimum practicable geographical separation between stations as determined by permissible ratio of interfering signal to desired signal, characteristics of the frequencies in use, and the areas of operation of the stations concerned. Article V. Sharing of channels.*Sharing of Channels*:The principle of the sharing of frequencies which are made available for aeronautical services by international convention is fully recognized, particularly, however, with respect to those allocated to such services by the Inter-American Arrangement Concerning Radio Communications, Habana, 1937. Recognition is given, however, to the priority of existing services as *Post*, p. 2165.set forth in Article XVII and Appendix IV. In general, assignments to a new station shall be treated as an individual problem to be solved by engineering methods. Article VI. Field intensity.*Field Intensity*:In order that radio interference beyond the service area may be reduced to a minimum, radiated power should ordinarily be adjusted to a value consistent with a normal required field intensity within the prescribed area in which it is desired to render service. band 200–400 kc. Article VII. Geographical Spacing.*Geographical Spacing*:In the case of radio range stations in the band 200–400 kc., the geographical spacing of the stations shall be not less than that prescribed in the curve shown in Appendix *Post*, p. 2162.II. For powers other than four hundred watts, the distances shown in Appendix II shall be modified accordingly. Article VIII. Standardization of quadrant signals.*Standardization of Quadrant Signals*:For uniformity and for purpose of course orientation, the characteristic “N” shall be utilized in the quadrant through which the true north line passes, except when the northerly course is true north, in which case the characteristic signal “N” should be in the northwest and southeast quadrants. The “A” signal should always fall in the quadrants adjacent to those occupied by the “N” signal. Article IX. Identification signals.*Identification Signals*:The identification signal employed to identify individual radio range stations shall consist of two letters and shall be assigned without duplication. Where practicable, the signal used to establish the identity of radio facilities at any particular point should correspond to the designator for weather reports from the same station. Article X. Spacing and assignment of channels.*Spacing and Assignment of Channels*:The channel spacing for radio range transmitters in the band 200–400 kc. shall be 3 kc.*Post*, p. 2165. and the radio range channels shall be as set out in Appendix IV.The frequency assignments to the radio range stations in the United *Post*, p. 2167.States and Canada shall be set out as in Appendix V. band above 30,000 kc. Article XI. Development in communication.*Development in Communication*:It is recognized that many services of aeronautics may be accommodated in the band53 Stat. 2159 above 30,000 kc. It is further recognized that the use of such frequencies for aviation purposes is still on an experimental basis.The Parties accordingly agree to cooperate in the development of the use of this ultra high frequency band so that frequencies of the same order may be used for similar purposes throughout the United States and Canada and that the table shown in Appendix III shall*Post*, p. 2163. be used as a guide when making assignments in this band for aeronautical use. Article XII. *Ultra High Calling and Working Frequency*:If andUltra high calling and working frequency. when ultra high frequencies come into use for aeronautical purposes, 141,780 kc. shall be designated as a calling and working frequency from plane to ground. general provisions Article XIII. *Normal Calling and Working Frequencies*:It is agreedNormal calling and working frequencies. that the United States and Canada will use 3105 kc. as the international calling and working frequency for use by itinerant aircraft and for emergency use by transport aircraft. 6210 kc. will also be used for secondary purposes as a calling and working frequency, available to itinerant and other aircraft by arrangement, when the circumstances are such as to make the use of 3105 kc. unsuitable. Article XIV. *Specific Allocation of Airport Control Frequency*:TheSpecific allocation of airport control frequency. frequency 278 kc. will continue to be used as an airport control frequency with the expectation that after January 1, 1939 no new assignments to airport control stations on this frequency will be made unless there is installed for simultaneous use facilities for operation on frequencies between 129 and 132 megacycles. It is further proposed that the use of 278 kc. for airport control purposes may be discontinued after January 1, 1940 and replaced by frequencies between 129 and 132 megacycles. Article XV. *Exchange of Information*:Information pertaining toExchange of information. civil aeronautics including frequency assignments, power, location of stations, identification signals and course orientation shall be exchanged directly between the administrative agencies of the two Parties. Article XVI. *Infringements*:The Parties undertake to inform eachInfringements. other concerning any infringement of the provisions of this arrangement in order to facilitate corrective action. Article XVII. *Services Other Than Civil Aeronautical*:Services other than civil aeronautical.National defense. a. *National Defense* This arrangement recognizes the paramount requirements of national defense as established by Article 39 of the International Telecommunication Convention, Madrid, 1932, and by[49 Stat. 2419](/us/stat/49/2419). such national legislation in harmony therewith as has been or may in future be enacted. b. *Marine Radiobeacons*: are recognized as operating in the UnitedMarine radio beacons. States and Canada in the band 285–315 kc. as provided in the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations[49 Stat. 2391, 2445](/us/stat/49/2391/2445). annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine radiobeacons along the seacoasts and on the Great Lakes. 53 Stat. 2160 c. Marine direction finding service. *Marine Direction-Finding Service* is recognized as operating in the United States and Canada in the band 365–385 kc. as provided in [49 Stat. 2391, 2445](/us/stat/49/2391/2445).the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine radio direction-finding services. d. Marine coinmunication services. *Marine Communication Services* are recognized as operating in the United States and Canada on certain frequencies between 385 and 400 kc. as provided in the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine communication services. conclusion Article XVIII. Abrogation.*Abrogation*:It is mutually agreed that all existing informal undertakings between the Parties or the administrative agencies thereof with respect to radio allocations to aeronautical services provided for herein, are hereby superseded and become inoperative upon the effective date of this arrangement regardless of any contrary provisions for denunciation which may appear in such existing agreements. Article XIX. Effective date.*Effective Date*:The effective date of this arrangement shall be established at the time of the exchange of notes effectuating it. Article XX. Amendment.*Amendment*:The appendices to the present arrangement, but not the arrangement itself, may be amended by mutual agreement of the authorized agencies of the Parties hereto. Article XXI. Denunciation.*Denunciation*:The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government. Appendices; amendment and transmittal.The appendices to the proposed Arrangement, which, under the terms of Article XX thereof, may be amended by mutual agreement of the authorized agencies of the Parties thereto, are transmitted as enclosures to this Note. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the terms of the Arrangement agreed to in the negotiations are as above set forth. If so, it is suggested that the Arrangement become effective as of the date of this Exchange of Notes. If your Government concurs in this suggestion, the Government of the United States will regard it as becoming effective on that date. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: G. S. Messersmith The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada*. 53 Stat. 2161 [Enclosures] APPENDIX IAppendix I. Standard Types op Aeronautical Radio Aids Approved for Service Operation 1. Aeronautical Stations (Air to ground and ground to plane) 2. Aeronautical point to point stations (Intermediate & High) 3. Airways Marker Stations M: Marker Non-directional FM: Marker Fan type Ultra-High 100 watts MO: Outer marker for instrument landings MI: Inner marker for instrument landings. 4. Radio Range Station SRA: Simultaneous transmission of range signals and voice (Adcock vertical radiators) Power 400 watts (Transmitter carrier output) SMRA: Simultaneous transmission of range signals and voice (Adcock vertical radiators) Power 50 to 150 watts. RA: Range adcock vertical radiators. Power 400 watts. MRL: Range loop radiators. Power 50 to 100 watts. ML: Range loop radiators. Power less than 50 watts. Z: Cone of silence marker. UHF 5 watts. Note: The addition of “B” to the above designators indicates that the station concerned broadcastsinformation on a regular schedule. 5. Airport Traffic Control Stations. 15 watts on 278 KCS 100 watts on UHF 6. Glide Path Station. GP power 200 to 500 watts on UHF. 7. Localizer Station. GPL power up to 100 watts UHF. 8. Aviation Instruction Station. 53 Stat. 2162 Appendix II. 53 Stat. 2163 APPENDIX IIIAppendix III. *Frequency (kc)* *Type of Service* *Frequency (kc)* *Type of Service* 33,420 Aviation (Instructional Flying) 64,020 Radiotelephone and radioteletype ground to aircraft 35,580 Aviation “ “ 37,860 Aviation “ 180 “ 39,060 Aviation “ 260 “ 60,180 Radiotelephone and radioteletype ground to aircraft 420 “ 580 “ 660 “ 260 “ 820 “ 420 “ 980 “ 580 “ 65, 060 Radiotelephone and radioteletype ground to aircraft 660 “ 820 “ 980 “ 220 “ 61,060 “ 380 “ 220 “ 460 “ 380 “ 620 “ 460 “ 65, 780 Marine and radiotelephone and radioteletype; ground to aircraft 620 “ “ 780 “ “ 860 “ “ 62, 020 “ “ 180 “ 860 “ 260 “ 74, 600 Guard 420 “ 680 Guard 580 “ 760 Guard 660 “ 840 Guard 820 “ 920 Aviation markers 980 “ 75, 000 Guard 63, 060 “ 080 Guard 220 “ 160 Guard 380 “ 240 Guard 460 “ 320 Guard 620 “ 400 Guard 780 “ 93, 500 Instrument Landing 880 “ Glide Path 53 Stat. 2164 *Frequency (kc)* *Type of Service* *Frequency (kc)* *Type of Service* *The national defense aeronautical services have priority. These frequencies may be used by civil aeronautical services on a secondary basis. 900 Instrument Landing Glide Path 700 Airway Radio Range 800 “ 94,300 “ 126,000* “ 109,500 Instrument Landing Lateral Guidance (Localizers) 000* “ 100* “ 200* “ 900 “ 300* “ 110,300 “ 400* “ 123, 100 Airway Radio Range 500* “ 200 “ 600* “ 300 “ 700* “ 400 “ 800* “ 500 “ 900* “ 600 “ 127, 000* “ 700 “ 100* “ 800 “ 129, 300 Airport Traffic Control 900 “ 129, 780 “ 124, 000 “ 130, 300 “ 100 Instrument Landing Glide Path 130, 860 “ 200 “ 131,420 “ 300 “ 131, 840 “ 400 “ 132, 120 Aviation 500 “ 133, 940 “ 600 “ 135, 200 “ 700 “ 136, 320 “ 800 “ 137, 020 “ 900 “ 138, 280 “ 125, 000 “ 138, 980 “ 100 “ 139, 820 “ 200 “ 140, 520 “ 300 “ 141, 220 “ 400 “ 141, 780 Aviation U. S. & Canada Calling and working. 500 “ 600 “ 53 Stat. 2165 APPENDIX IVAppendix IV. Allocations of and Restrictions on Civil Aeronautical Frequencies Based on 400 Watts Carrier Power *Frequencies* *Restrictions* *Frequencies* *Restrictions* 200
(C)281 Not to be used within 200 miles of sea coast or Great Lakes 203
(C)206 Not to be used by the U. S. within 450 miles of Edmonton.
(D)284 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast or Great Lakes. 209
(A)212
(A)287 Not to be used within 600 miles of sea coast or Great Lakes 215 Not to be used within 800 miles of sea coast.
(E)290 “ 218
(C)296 “ 221
(C)299 “ 224
(A)302 “ 227
(A)305 “ 230 None 308 “ 233 None 311 “ 236 None 314 “ 239 None 317 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast or Great Lakes 242 None 245 Not to be used within 800 miles of sea coast.
(E)320 Not to be used within 200 miles of sea coast or Great Lakes 248 None 251
(A)254 None 323 Not to be used within 800 miles of sea coast.
(B)257
(A)260 None
(E)263 None 326 None 266 None 329 None 269
(A)332 None 272
(A)335 None 275 Not to be used within 800 miles of sea coast.
(A)338 None 341 None
(E)344
(A)278 None 347 None 53 Stat. 2166 *Frequencies* *Restrictions* *Frequencies* *Restrictions* 350 None 376 Not to be used within 1000 miles of sea coast.
(B)353 Not to be used within 500 miles of sea coast.
(E)356 Not to be used within 800 miles of sea coast.
(E)379 Not to be used within 700 miles of sea coast.
(B)359 Not to be used within 200 miles of sea coast. 382 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast.
(B)362 None 385 Not to be used within 60 miles of sea coast.
(B)365 Not to be used within 60 miles of sea coast.
(B)388 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast.
(B)368 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast.
(B)391 Not to be used within 400 miles of sea coast.
(B)371 Not to be used within 700 miles of sea coast.
(B)374 Not to be used within 1000 miles of sea coast.
(B)394 Not to be used within 700 miles of sea coast.
(C)A. This or a frequency within 1 kilocycle is used by low powered stations in Alaska. Future assignments should not cause interference to these stations. B. The use of this frequency for aeronautical purposes must not cause interference to marine services to which the frequency is primarily assigned. The mileage figure is given only as a guide and the aeronautical service can not claim protection from interference by marine services. C. Frequencies 201, 219, and 396 KCS are used for special safety services throughout the continental United States and Alaska and are to be protected. Assignments on adjacent frequencies must not cause them interference. D. This frequency is used by certain radio stations north of Edmonton and future assignments should not cause interference to these stations. E. Interference to adjacent frequencies from mobile services afloat may be expected. 53 Stat. 2167 APPENDIX VAppendix V. Frequency Assignments to Radio Range Stations in the United States and Canada, as of January 14, 1938 *Frequency* *Stations* *Frequency* *Stations* 200
(Army)Maxwell Field, Ala. 224 Corpus Christi, Texas; Bellefonte, Pa.; Birmingham, Ala.; Brookville, Pa.; Davenport, Iowa; Livingston, Mont.; Montezuma, Iowa; Mt. Shasta, Calif., Oceanside, Calif.; San Diego, Calif.; Sunbury, Pa.; Tacoma, Wash.; Woodward, Pa.; Moncton (Can.) 203 206 Las Vegas, Nev.; Mullan Pass, Idaho; Portland, Maine; Roanoke, Va.; Abilene, Texas; Roseburg, Ore.; Tampa, Fla.; Lansing, Mich.; Brownsville, Tex 209 McConnellsburg, Pa.; New Florence, Mo.; St. Louis, Mo.; Saugus, Calif.; Waynoka, Okla.; Parco, Wyo.; Stampede Pass, Wash.; New Hackensack, N. Y.; Lac LaBiche (Can.) 227 Enterprise, Utah; Langley Field, Va.; Creston (Can.), Killaloe (Can.) 230 Albuquerque, N. M.; Anton Chico, N. M.; Arlington, Ore.; Bismarck, N. D.; Boston, Mass.; Cascade Locks, Ore.; Detroit, Mich.; North Dalles, Wash.; Shreveport, La.; Langley Field, Va.; Waterways (Can.) 212 Adair, Iowa; Des Moines, Iowa; Mercer, Pa.; Montezume, Iowa; Delta, Utah; Tucumcari, N. M.; Charlotte, N. C.; Austin, Tex.; Coleman (Can.) 233 Cascade Locks, Ore.; Detroit, Mich.; North Dalles, Wash.; Shreveport, La.; Langley Field, Va.; Waterways (Can.) Long Beach, Calif.; Somerset, Pa.; Savannah, Ga.; Oakland, Calif.; (Oakland to go in when Long Beach is discontinued on 233) Butte, Mont.; Hope (Can.); Ft. William (Can.) Quebec (Can.) 215 Custer, Mont. 218 221 Augusta, Maine; South Bend, Ind.; Bristol, Tenn.; Baker, Ore.; Selkirk (Can.) 53 Stat. 2168 *Frequency* *Stations* *Frequency* *Stations* 236 Vero Beach, Fla.; McCool, Ind.; Oakland, Calif.; (When simultaneous is installed) 254 Cambridge, Ohio; Humboldt, Nev.; Pittsburgh, Pa.; Reno, Nev.; Rodeo, N. M.; San Antonio, Texas; Springfield, Mo.; Superior, Mont.; Titusville, Fla.; Halifax (Can.). 239 Bangor, Maine; Chehalis, Wash.; Florence, S. C.; Meridian, Miss.; Montague, Calif.; Bakersfield, Cal.; Springfield, Ill.; Toledo, O. 257 Floyd Bennett, N. Y.; Knoxville, Tenn.; Joliet, Ill.; Baltimore, Md.; Earlton (Can.). 242 Alma, Ga.; Auburn, Calif.; Blue Canyon, Calif.; El Paso,Texas; Harrisburg, Pa.; Livermore, Calif.; Milwaukee, Wise.; Oakland, Calif.; Potrero Hill, Calif.; Wagaming (Can.); Broadview (Can.); Cranbrook (Can.) 260 Buffalo, N. Y.; Cherokee, Wyo.; Cozad, Neb.; Easton, Wash.; Jackson, Miss.; Los Angeles, Calif.; Oceanside, Calif.; Palmdale, Calif.; Richmond, Va.; Seattle, Wash.; South Boston, Va.; Wink, Texas; Grand Island; Nebraska; Pembina, N. D.; New Glasgow (Can.). 245
(Navy)San Pedro, Calif. 248 Amarillo, Texas; Anderson, S. C.; Charlotte, N. C.; Granger, Wyo. (to go to 382 kc); Mobile, Ala.; Spartanburg, S. C.; Strathburn (Can); Terre Haute, Ind.; Wendover, Utah; Pagwa, (Can); Montreal (Can); Vancouver (Can); Lethbridge (Can.); Winnipeg (Can.); Ft. Smith (Can.); White Horse (Can.). 263 Boston, Mass.; Medford, Ore.; Putnam, Conn.; Sexton Summit, Ore.; Scottfield, Ill. (Army); Galveston, Texas; Grantsville, Utah. 266 Adairsville, Ga.; Anderson, S. C.; Atlanta, Ga.; Camden, N. J.; Canadian, Texas; Hager City, Wis.; Indianapolis, Ind.; Jefferson, Ga.; Lafayette, Ind.; Minneapolis, Minn.; Winslow, Ariz.; Golva, N. D.; Livermore, Calif.; Edmonton (Can.); Kapuskasing (Can.). 251 Blythe, Calif.; Concord, N. H.; Eugene, Ore. 53 Stat. 2169 *Frequency* *Stations* *Frequency* *Stations* 269 Ephrata, Wash.; Indio, Calif.; Connellsville, Pa. (War Dept.). 290 Granger, Wyo.; Otto, N. M.; Rock Springs, Wyo.; Chesterfield, Tenn.; Regina (Can.) Grand Forks, (Can.) 272 Burley, Idaho; King Hill, Idaho; LittleRock, Ark. ; Miami, Fla.; Pulaski, Va.; Sterling, Ill.; Strevell, Idaho; March Field (Army); Duncan Field, S. A. Texas (Army);Randolph Field, Texas (Army); Putnam, Conn.; Reay (Can.); Slave Lake (Can.) 293 296 Drummond, Mont.; Tulsa, Okla.; Rivers (Can.) 299 302 Locomotive Springs,Utah; Pueblo, Colo; Ft. Leavenworth
(Army)Battleford 275 304 Nashville, Tenn.; Monteagle, Tenn. 278 Alexandria, Minn.; Ashfork, Ariz.; Effingham, Ill.; El Morro, N. M.; Grand Forks, N. D.; Greenwood, Miss.; Guadalupe Pass, Tex.; Kirksville, Mo.; Lone Rock, Wis.; Navasota, Texas; Neosho, Mo.; Pocatello, Idaho; Tucumcari, N. M.; Tylertown, Miss.; Laramie, Wyo.; Mormon Mesa, Nev.; Mt. Shasta, Calif.; Needles, Calif.; Rochester, N. Y.; Utica, N. Y. ; Grand Rapids, Mich.; Lafayette, Indiana; Tyler, Texa 305 308 Dickinson, N. D.; Missoula, Mont.; Anton Chico, N. M. 311 314 Moran, Kansas; Sidney, Neb.; Malad, Idaho; Maple Creek (Can.); (to be replaced by Medicine Hat (Can.)). Swift Current, Sask. (Can.) 317 Peace River (Can.); Advana, Mo.; Lynchburg, Va.; Gt. Falls, Mont. 320 Adair, Iowa; Allentown, Pa.; Coeur d’Alene, Idaho; Goshen, Ind.; Helmer, Ind.; Martins Creek, Pa.; McCool, Ind.; Milford, Utah; Miles City, Mont.; Omaha, Neb.; Texarkana, Ark.; Sioux Lookout (Can.). 281 Calgary (Can.) 284 Big Springs, Neb.; Cozad, Neb.; Louisville, Ky.; North Platte, Neb.; Coumbus, N. M.; Whitehall, Mont. 287 323 53 Stat. 2170 *Frequency* *Stations* *Frequency* *Stations* 326 Big Spring, Texas; Burlington, Iowa; Cheyenne, Wyo.; Jarvis, Ont. (Can.); Morse, Ill.; Phoenix, Ariz.; Williams, Calif; Potrero Hill, Calif.; Pensacola (Navy); Mitchell Field (Army); Kenora (Can.); Saskatoon (Can.); Princeton (Can.); Blissville (Can.); Porquis (Can); Lower Post (Can.). 344 Brookville, Pa.; Cleveland, Ohio; Fresno, Calif.; Jacksonville, Fla.; Jamestown, N. D.; Medicine Bow, Wyo.; Spring Bluff, Mo.; Vickery, Ohio; Warren, Ohio; Kelly Field, Texas
(Army)347 350 Gordonsville, Va.; Billings, Mont.; North Bay (Can.) Ardmore, Oida.; Boise, Idaho; Chicago, Ill.; King Hill, Idaho; Kingman, Ariz.; Lafayette, Ind.; Morse, Ill.; Oklahoma City, Okla.; Raleigh, N. C.; Syracuse, N. Y.; Weiser, Idaho. 329 Belgrade, Mont.; Hartford, Conn.; Charleston, S. C.; Ardmore, Okla. 332 Cascade Locks, Ore.; Cassoday, Kansas; Castle Rock, Wash.; Houston, Texas; Key West, Fla.; Portland, Ore.; Palmdale, Calif.; Washington, D. C.; Wichita, Kansas; Medicine Hat (Can.); Sorel (Can.); Nakina (Can.); Ft. Nelson (Can.) 353 356 Morse, Ill. 359 Archbold, Ohio (to go to 278); Buckstown, Pa.; (will be moved to Somerset); Idaho Falls, Idaho; Kansas City, Mo.; Knoxville, Mo. 335 Cincinnati, Ohio; Milroy, Ind.; Warsaw, Ky.; Sacramento, Calif.; Oliver (Can); Ottawa (Can.) 362 Akron, Ohio; Tintic, Utah; Red Bluff, Calif.; Megantic (Can.). 365 Albany, N. Y.; Ardmore, Okla.; Charlotte, N. C.; Columbiaville, N. Y.; Daggett, Calif.; Fargo, N. D.; Ft. Worth, Texas; Gainesville, Texas; Greensboro, N. C.; New Hackensack, N. Y.; Palmdale, Calif.; Santo, Texas; So. Boston, Va.; Spokane, Wash.; Rantoul, Ill. (Army). 338 New Orleans, La.; Rockford, Ill.; Salt Lake City, Utah; Tucson, Ariz.; Martinsburg, Pa. 341 Adairsville, Ga.; Arlington, Ore.; Chattanooga, Tenn.; Dallas, Texas; Elizabeth, N. J.; La Grande, Ore.; Monteagle, Tenn.; Pendleton, Ore.; Santa Ana, Calif. 53 Stat. 2171 *Frequency* *Stations* *Frequency* *Stations* 368 Aberdeen, Md.; Smith’s Grove, Ky.; Akron, Col.; Toronto (Can.). 385 Blue Canyon, Calif.; Easton, Wash.; Ellensburg, Wash.; Elmira, N. Y.; Peoria, Ill.; Waco, Texas; Donner Summit, Calif.; Macon, Ga. 371 Buffalo Valley, Nev.; Dunkirk, N. Y.; Erie, Pa.; Hager City, Wis.; LaCrosse, Wis.; Helena, Mont.; Memphis, Tenn.; Perry, Ohio; Acomita, N. M. 388 Dubois, Idaho; Bolling Field (Army), March Field (Army), Selfridge Field, (Army), Smithville, Tenn.; Enders, Neb. 379 Columbia, Mo.; New Florence, Mo.; Denver, Col.; Wright Field
(Army)Dillon, Mont. 391 Beowawe, Nev.; Cambridge, Ohio; Columbus, Ohio; Elko, Nev.; Hayesville, Ohio; Humboldt, Nev.; Lebo, Kansas; Ventosa, Nev. 382 Knight, Wyo. 394 Note: frequencies not yet selected for the following stations: Sudbury (Can.) Sault St. Mary (Can.) Prescott (Can.) Belleville (Can.) Ft. Myer, Florida Lewiston, Montana Gardner, Kansas Victoria, Va. Saltillo, Texas Brinkley, Arkansas Arkadelphia, Arkansas Monroe, Louisiana St. Joseph, Missouri Walla Walla, Washington Deer Lodge, Montana Bloomington, Illinois Springfield, Mass. Salem, Oregon Kalamazoo, Michigan Lincoln, Nebraska Ponca City, Oklahoma Flint, Michigan Big Timber, Montana Madison, Wisconsin Mountain Home, Idaho Twin Falls, Idaho Ventosa, Nevada St. Peter, Minnesota West Union, Ohio Sutton, W. Va. Petersburg, W. Va. Crowley, La.53 Stat. 2172 Eldorado, Oklahoma Barnett, Geogia Glens Falls, New York Rouses Point, New York Everett, Washington Wagon Mound, New Mexico Lodge Grass, Montana Upham, Texas Conrad, Montana Siam, California. Coldwater, Michigan Sioux City, Iowa Jackson, Minnesota Huntington, W. Va. Charleston, W. Va. Elkin, W. Va. Front Royal, W. Va. Beaumont, Texas Lake Charles, La. Baton Rouge, La. Claredon, Texas Wichita Falls, Texas Madison, Georgia Augusta Georgia Ticonderoga, New York Burlington, Vermont Bellingham, Washington Santa Fe, New Mexico Trinidad, Colorado Las Vegas, New Mexico Sheridan, Wyoming Buffalo, Wyoming Casper, Wyoming Douglas, Wyoming Carancahua, Texas Socorro, New Mexico Sioux Falls, South Dakota Huron, South Dakota Aberdeen, South Dakota Bischof, North Dakota Ft. Wayne, Indiana Sweet Grass York, Pennsylvania Williamsport, Pa. Olean, New York Scotts Bluff, South Dakota Hot Springs, South Dakota Philip, South Dakota Pierre, South Dakota Brookings, South Dakota Redwood Falls Parkersburg, W. Va. South Rim, Arizona Pierces Ferry, Utah Death Valley, Calif. Independence, Calif. Millinocket, Maine Houlton, Maine Caribou, Maine Stockville, Nebraska 53 Stat. 2173 The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 38 Canadian Legation Washington *February 20, 1939* Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note ofAgreement by Canada. February 20th 1939 in which you communicated to me the terms of a Canadian-United States Regional Arrangement Governing the Use of Radio for Civil Aeronautical Services, as understood by you to have been agreed to in the negotiations, now terminated, between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America. 2. The terms of this Arrangement which you have communicated to me are as follows: Canadian-United States Regional Arrangement Governing the Use of Radio for Civil Aeronautical Services. Article I. *Scope*:The present arrangement between Canada and the United States concerns primarily the radio communication service of civil aeronautics and civil air navigation services. Except for Article XIII, the subject matter of this arrangement is confined to the frequencies 200–400 kc. and above 30,000 kc. Services other than civil aeronautical which may incidentally be involved from the standpoint of interference to and by the civil aeronautical radio services are treated in Article XVII. Nothing in this arrangement shall be construed as lessening in any manner or to any degree the rights enjoyed by the national defense services of either country. Article II. *Application*:Nothing in the present arrangement shall contravene the pertinent portions of the International Telecommunication Convention, Madrid, 1932; the radio regulations annexed thereto to which the parties to this arrangement have subscribed; the Inter-American Radio Communications Convention, Habana, 1937, and the Inter-American Arrangement on Radio Communications, Habana, 1937, or such documents as may supplant them as a result of subsequent conferences. Article III. *Standardization*:In order that international flying may be facilitated, the standardization and use of aeronautical radio facilities are provided for in this arrangement. Appendix I lists the standard classes of aeronautical radio aids approved for service operation. Article IV. *Geographical Spacing of Aeronautical Stations*:In accordance with the general principles governing the economical use of the available channels, assignments shall be duplicated with a, minimum practicable geographical separation between stations as determined by permissible ratio of interfering signal to desired signal, characteristics of the frequencies in use, and the areas of operation of the stations concerned. 53 Stat. 2174 Article V. *Sharing of Channels*:The principle of the sharing of frequencies which are made available for aeronautical services by international convention is fully recognized, particularly, however, with respect to those allocated to such services by the Inter-American Arrangement Concerning Radio Communications, Habana, 1937. Recognition is given, however, to the priority of existing services as set forth in Article XVII and Appendix IV. In general, assignments to a new station shall be treated as an individual problem to be solved by engineering methods. Article VI. *Field Intensity*:In order that radio interference beyond the service area may be reduced to a minimum, radiated power should ordinarily be adjusted to a value consistent with a normal required field intensity within the prescribed area in which it is desired to render service. band 200–400 kc. Article VII. *Geographical Spacing*:In the case of radio range stations in the band 200–400 kc., the geographical spacing of the stations shall be not less than that prescribed in the curve shown in Appendix II. For powers other than four hundred watts, the distances shown in Appendix II shall be modified accordingly. Article VIII. *Standardisation of Quadrant Signals*:For uniformity and for purpose of course orientation, the characteristic “N” shall be utilized in the quadrant through which the true north line passes, except when the northerly course is true north, in which case the characteristic signal “N” should be in the northwest and southeast quadrants. The “A” signal should always fall in the quadrants adjacent to those occupied by the “N” signal. Article IX. *Identification Signals*:The identification signal employed to identify individual radio range stations shall consist of two letters and shall be assigned without duplication. Where practicable, the signal used to establish the identity of radio facilities at any particular point should correspond to the designator for weather reports from the same station. Article X. *Spacing and Assignment of Channels*:The channel spacing for radio range transmitters in the band 200–400 kc. shall be 3 kc. and the radio range channels shall be as set out in Appendix IV.The frequency assignments to the radio range stations in Canada and the United States shall be set out as in Appendix V. band above 30,000 kc. Article XI. *Development in Communication*:It is recognized that many services of aeronautics may be accommodated in the band above 30,000 kc. It is further recognized that the use of such frequencies for aviation purposes is still on an experimental basis.The Parties accordingly agree to cooperate in the development of the use of this ultra high frequency band so that frequencies of the same order may be used for similar purposes throughout Canada and 53 Stat. 2175the United States and that the table shown in Appendix III shall be used as a guide when making assignments in this band for aeronautical use. Article XII. *Ultra High Calling and Working Frequency*:If and when ultra high frequencies come into use for aeronautical purposes, 141,780 kc. shall be designated as a calling and working frequency from plane to ground. general provisions Article XIII. *Normal Calling and Working Frequencies*:It is agreed that Canada and the United States will use 3105 kc. as the international calling and working frequency for use by itinerant aircraft and for emergency use by transport aircraft. 6210 kc. will also be used for secondary purposes as a calling and working frequency, available to itinerant and other aircraft by arrangement, when the circumstances are such as to make the use of 3105 kc. unsuitable. Article XIV. *Specific Allocation of Airport Control Frequency*:The frequency 278 kc. will continue to be used as an airport control frequency with the expectation that after January 1, 1939 no new assignments to airport control stations on this frequency will be made unless there is installed for simultaneous use facilities for operation on frequencies between 129 and 132 megacycles. It is further proposed that the use of 278 kc. for airport control purposes may be discontinued after January 1, 1940 and replaced by frequencies between 129 and 132 megacycles. Article XV. *Exchange of Information*:Information pertaining to civil aeronautics including frequency assignments, power, location of stations, identification signals and course orientation shall be exchanged directly between the administrative agencies of the two Parties. Article XVI. *Infringements*:The Parties undertake to inform each other concerning any infringement of the provisions of this arrangement in order to facilitate corrective action. Article XVII. *Services Other Than Civil Aeronautical*: a. *National Defense*:This arrangement recognizes the paramount requirements of national defense as established by Article 39 of the International Telecommunication Convention, Madrid, 1932, and by such national legislation in harmony therewith as has been or may in future be enacted. b. *Marine Radiobeacons* are recognized as operating in Canada and the United States in the band 285–315 kc. as provided in the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine radiobeacons along the seacoasts and on the Great Lakes. c. *Marine Direction-Finding Service* is recognized as operating in Canada and the United States in the band 365–385 kc. as provided in the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio 53 Stat. 2176Regulations annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine radio direction-finding services. d. *Marine Communication Services* are recognized as operating in Canada and the United States on certain frequencies between 385 and 400 kc. as provided in the Madrid Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto. The use for aeronautical purposes of these frequencies or immediately adjacent frequencies shall be restricted to locations and powers which will not cause interference with marine communication services. conclusion Article XVIII. *Abrogation*:It is mutually agreed that all existing informal undertakings between the Parties or the administrative agencies thereof with respect to radio allocations to aeronautical services provided for herein, are hereby superseded and become inoperative upon the effective date of this arrangement regardless of any contrary provisions for denunciation which may appear in such existing agreements. Article XIX. *Effective Dale*:The effective date of this arrangement shall be established at the time of the exchange of notes effectuating it. Article XX. *Amendment*:The appendices to the present arrangement, but not the arrangement itself, may be amended by mutual agreement of the authorized agencies of the Parties hereto. Article XXI. *Denunciation*: The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Government upon sixty days’ notice given in writing to the other Government. 3. I also acknowledge the receipt of the enclosures to your note under reference consisting of the appendices to the proposed Arrangement which under the terms of Article XX thereof may be amended by mutual agreement of the authorized agencies of the Parties thereto. 4. I am instructed to state that the terms of the Arrangement as communicated to me are agreed to by my Government. I am further instructed to inform you that my Government concurs in your suggestion that the Arrangement become effective as of the date of this Exchange of Notes and will accordingly regard it as becoming effective on that date. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M Marler The Honourable Cordell Hull *Secretary of State of the United States* *Washington, D. C.* February 20, 1939 February 24, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2177 53 Stat. 2177 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES CHILE—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—FEB. 20, 24, 1930 Provisional commercial agreement between the United States of AmericaFebruary 20, 24, 1939[E. A. S. No. 144] and Chile. Effected by exchange of notes, signed February 20 and 24, 1939; effective provisionally February 1, 1939. The American Ambassador (Armour) to the Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ortega) No. 205. Embassy of the United States of America *Santiago, February 20, 1939*. Excellency: I have the honor to confirm to Your Excellency the terms of theProvisional commercial agreement with Chile. provisional commercial agreement which our respective Governments have agreed to establish pending the negotiation of a more comprehensive commercial agreement or of a definitive treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, as follows: 1. The contracting parties agree to concede reciprocally unconditionalMost favored nation treatment. and unlimited most favored nation treatment in all that concerns customs duties and all accessory imposts, the manner of applying duties as well as the rules and formalities to which customs operations can be submitted. 2. In the event that the Government ofAllocation where quantitative restriction, etc., established. the United States of America or the Republic of Chile establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lowerWhere lower rate imposed on portion of imports, etc. duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, it shall allot to the other country during any quota period a share of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge which is equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it be mutually agreed to dispense with such allocation. 3. *a*) The Government of Chile confirms its previous declarationsExchange control measures. and reiterates that it will take the steps necessary to abolish, as soon as its international economic position permits it to do so, the exchange control measures affecting the transfer of payments for articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America. *b*) Until such time the Government of Chile will avoid exchange control measures involving the use of exchange at rates higher than those which would be set by the free supply and demand of the market. 4. It is understood that the advantages now accorded or whichExceptions to provisions of Agreement. may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal 53 Stat. 2178Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement; and this Agreement shall not apply in respect of advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Republic of Chile to adjacent countries in order to facilitate short frontier traffic. 5. Restrictions on moral, sanitary, etc., grounds. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a limitation of the right of either country to impose on such terms as it may see fit prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant health or life;
(3)relating to prison made goods;
(4)relating to the enforcement Arms and munitions control.of police or revenue laws; or
(5)relating to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. 6. Termination of existing agreement.[47 Stat. 2682](/us/stat/47/2682). The agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of Chile signed September 28, 1931, shall terminate, if it will not have already automatically terminated, on the day on which the present agreement comes into force. 7. Date of coming into force; duration. The present agreement shall come into force definitively thirty days after the date on which it is ratified by the Chilean Congress and shall continue in force until superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or by a definitive treaty of friendship, Denunciation.commerce and navigation, or until denounced by the Government of either country by advance written notice of not less than thirty days. 8. Provisional date of coming into force; duration. Pending ratification by the Chilean Congress, the present agree- ment shall come into force provisionally on February 1, 1939, and, unless terminated in the manner provided in numbered paragraph seven of the present agreement, shall remain in provisional effect until after the expiration of one year, whichever date occurs first. Continuance.If the agreement has not come into force definitively after expiration of one year from February 1, 1939, it may within the discretion of both governments be signed again and by this means be continued in provisional effect. 9. Immediate initiation of negotiations for treaty. Both governments undertake immediately to initiate negotiations for the conclusion of a treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation. Accept, Excellency, the assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Norman Armour His Excellency Señor don Abraham Ortega, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Santiago*. 53 Stat. 2179 The Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs (Ortega) to the American Ambassador (Armour) república de chile ministerio de relaciones exteriores cd1b/sgp. seccion politica commercial. No. 1592 Santiago, *24 de Febrero de 1939*. Señor Embajador: Tengo el honor de confirmar a V. E. los siguientes términos del Convenio Provisional de Comercio que nuestros respectivos Gobiernos han acordado establecer mientras se concluyen las negociaciones de un acuerdo comercial más comprensivo o de un Tratado de Amistad, Comercio y Navegación. 1°.- Las Partes Contratantes acuerdan concederse recíprocamente el tratamiento incondicional e ilimitado de la nación más favorecida en todo cuanto concierne a derechos aduaneros y demás gravámenes accesorios, a la manera de aplicar los derechos como, asimismo, a las reglas y formalidades a que pueden ser sometidas las operaciones de aduana. 2°.- En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el de la República de Chile establezcan o mantengan cualquier forma de restricción cuantitativa o control de importación o venta de cualquier artículo en el cual el otro país tenga interés, o impongan a la importación o venta de una cantidad determinada de cualquiera de tales artículos un derecho o gravamen menores que los derechos o gravámenes impuestos a las importaciones que excedan de tal cantidad, se concederá al otro país, durante cualquier período de cuota una participación en la cantidad total de cualquiera de dichos artículos que se permita importar o vender con tales derechos o gravámenes menores, equivalente a la proporción de la importación total de tal artículo que dicho país abasteció durante un período representativo anterior, a menos que se convenga mutuamente desentenderse de tal concesión. 3°.- *a*) El Gobierno de Chile confirma sus declaraciones anteriores y reitera que tomará las disposiciones necesarias para abolir, tan pronto su posición económica internacional se lo permita, las medidas de control de cambios que afectan la transferencia de pagos por artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América. *b*) Entre tanto, el Gobierno de Chile evitará las medidas de control de cambios que importen el uso de cambios a tipos superiores de aquellos que se fijarían por la libre oferta y demanda del mercado. 4°.- Queda entendido que las ventajas ahora otorgadas o que puedan otorgarse más adelante por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones, las Islas Filipinas o la Zona del Canal de Panamá entre sí o a la República de Cuba, quedarán exceptuadas de los efectos 53 Stat. 2180de este Acuerdo; y este Acuerdo no se aplicará respecto de las ventajas ahora otorgadas o que puedan otorgar más tarde los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Chile a los países adyacentes con el objeto de facilitar el pequeño tráfico fronterizo. 5°.- Ninguna de las disposiciones de este Acuerdo será interpretada como una limitación al derecho de cualquiera de los países para imponer, en los términos que crean convenientes, prohibiciones o restricciones
(1)impuestas por razones morales o humanitarias;
(2)destinadas a proteger la salud o vida humana, animal o vegetal;
(3)relativas a artículos manufacturados en las prisiones;
(4)referentes al cumplimiento de Leyes de policía o de impuestos; o
(5)acerca del control de la exportación o venta para la exportación de armamentos, municiones o implementos de guerra y, en circunstancias excepcionales, todos los demás materiales de guerra. 6°.- Los Acuerdos entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Chile, suscritos el 28 de Setiembre de 1931, caducarán el día de la entrada en vigor del presente Convenio si no han caducado ya automáticamente. 7°.- El presente Acuerdo entrará en vigor definitivamente 30 días después de la fecha en que sea aprobado por el Congreso de Chile y continuará vigente hasta que sea reemplazado por un Convenio Comercial más comprensivo o por un Tratado definitivo de Amistad, Comercio y Navegación, o hasta que sea denunciado por el Gobierno de cualquiera de los dos países con un aviso por escrito dado con no menos de treinta días de anticipación. 8°.- El presente Convenio entrará en vigor provisional, mientras se obtiene la aprobación del Congreso chileno, el Io de Febrero de 1939, y continuará en vigencia provisional hasta la expiración del plazo de un año, salvo que antes se le haya dado término en la forma prevista en el párrafo séptimo. Si el Convenio no ha entrado definitivamente en vigor al término de un año a contar del Io de Febrero de 1939, podrá, a discreción de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, ser renovado y en esta forma podrá continuar en vigencia provisional. 9°.- Ambos Gobiernos se comprometen a iniciar inmediatamente negociaciones para la celebración de un Tratado de Amistad, Comercio y Navegación. Acepte Vuestra Excelencia las seguridades de mi más alta y distinguida consideración. Abraham Ortega Al Excmo. Señor Norman Armour, *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario* *de los Estados Unidos*. *Presente*. 53 Stat. 2181 [Translation] republic of chile ministry for foreign affairs cd1b/sgp. commercial policty section No. 1592 Santiago, *February 24, 1939*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to confirm to Your Excellency the terms of theConfirmation by Chile. provisional commercial agreement which our respective Governments have agreed to establish pending the negotiation of a more comprehensive commercial agreement or of a treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation, as follows: 1. The contracting parties agree to concede reciprocally unconditional and unlimited most-favored-nation treatment in all that concerns customs duties and all accessory imposts, the manner of applying duties as well as the rules and formalities to which customs operations can be submitted. 2. In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Republic of Chile establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, it shall allot to the other country during any quota period a share of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge which is equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article wliich such other country sup- plied during a previous representative period, unless it be mutually agreed to dispense with such allocation. 3. *a*) The Government of Chile confirms its previous declarations and reiterates that it will take the steps necessary to abolish, as soon as its international economic position permits it to do so, the exchange-control measures affecting the transfer of payments for articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America. *b*) Until such time the Government of Chile will avoid exchange-control measures involving the use of exchange at rates higher than those which would be set by the free supply and demand of the market. 4. It is understood that the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this agreement; and this agreement shall not apply in respect of advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Republic of Chile to adjacent countries in order to facilitate short frontier traffic. 53 Stat. 2182 5. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as a limitation of the right of either country to impose on such terms as it may see fit prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal, or plant health or life;
(3)relating to prison-made goods;
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws; or
(5)relating to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. 6. The agreements between the United States of America and the Republic of Chile signed September 28, 1931, shall terminate, if they have not already automatically terminated, on the day on which the present agreement comes into force. 7. The present agreement shall come into force definitively 30 days after the date on which it is ratified by the Chilean Congress and shall continue in force until superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or by a definitive treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation, or until denounced by the Government of either country by advance written notice of not less than 30 days. 8. Pending ratification by the Chilean Congress, the present agreement shall come into force provisionally on February 1, 1939, and, unless previously terminated in the manner provided in the seventh paragraph, shall remain in provisional effect until the expiration of the period of 1 year. If the agreement has not come into force definitively at the expiration of 1 year from February 1, 1939, it may within the discretion of either of the two Governments be renewed and by this means be continued in provisional effect. 9. Both Governments undertake immediately to initiate negotiations for the conclusion of a treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation. Accept, Excellency, the assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Abraham Ortega To His Excellency Mr.Norman Armour, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States*. *City*. February 6, 1939 March 16, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2183 53 Stat. 2183 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES GERMANY—PARCEL POST—Feb. 6, 1939⁄Mar. 16, 1939 Agreement between the United States of America and GermanyFebruary 6, 1939March 16, 1939 concerning the exchange of parcel post, with regulations of execution. Signed at Berlin February 6, 1939 and at Washington March 16, 1939; approved by the President March 25, 1939. Postpaketabkommen zwischender Deutschen Reichspost und der Postverwaltung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. Agreement with Germany concerning exchange of parcel post.Die Unterzeichneten, der Deutsche Reichspostminister Dr. Ohnesorge und James A. Farley Generalpostmeister der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, haben jeder kraft seines Amtes das folgende Abkommen über den Austausch von Postpaketen zwischen dem Deutschen Reich und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika (einschliesslich Alaska, Hawai, Porto Rico, Guam, Samoa und der Virginischen Inseln der Vereinigten Staaten) abgeschlossen. Artikel I. Gegenstand des Abkommens. Unter der Bezeichnung “Postpakete”Object. können zwischen dem Deutschen Reich und den nd Grössenmass ausgetauscht werden. Artikel II. Gewichts- und, Ausdehnungsgrenzen. 1. Pakete sind bis zum GewichtLimits of weight and site. von 20 Kilogramm (vierundvierzig Pfund) zugelassen. Ihre Ausdehnung darf folgende Masse nicht überschreiten: Länge 105 Zentimeter (drei Fuss sechs Zoll), Länge und grösster, nicht in der Längsrichtung gemessener Umfang zusammen 180 Zentimeter (sechs 53 Stat. 2184Fuss) oder bei einer Länge bis zu 75 Zentimeter (dreissig Zoll) Länge und grösster, nicht in der Längsrichtung gemessener Umfang zusammen 200 Zentimeter (sechs Fuss sieben Zoll).Die oben erwähnten Gewichtsund Ausdehnungsgrenzen können jeweils im gegenseitigen Einverständnis durch Schriftwechsel geändert werden. 2. Für die richtige Berechnung des Gewichts und der Ausdehnungen eines Pakets ist die Ansicht der Aufgabeverwaltung massgebend, es sei denn, dass offenbar ein Irrtum vorliegt. Artikel III. Durchgangspakete. 1. Right of transit. Jede der beiden Verwaltungen gewährleistet die Freiheit des Durchgangs durch ihr Gebiet für Pakete die aus dem andern vertragschliessenden Land nach einem dritten Lande, mit welchem sie einen Postpaketdienst unterhält oder aus einem solchen dritten Lande nach dem andern vertragschliessenden Land bestimmt sind. 2. Acceptance for onward transmission. Um zur Durchgangsbeförderung zugelassen zu werden, müssen die Pakete, die von einer der vertragschliessenden Verwaltungen durch das Gebiet der anderen befördert werden sollen, den jeweils vorgeschriebenen Paketversendungsbedingungen der Zwischenverwaltung entsprechen. Artikel IV. Freimachung. Gebühren. 1. Prepayment of postage. Die Freigebühren für die Pakete müssen äusser bei nachgesandten oder zurückgesandten Paketen vorausbezahlt werden. 2. Rates. Die Aufgabeverwaltung ist berechtigt, vom Absender jedes Pakets die jeweils nach ihren Bestimmungen vorgeschriebene Beförderungsgebühr zu erheben. 53 Stat. 2185 Artikel V. Gebühren. 1. Für gewöhnliche Pakete oderRates. Wertpakete nach Deutschland sind zu zahlen: 0.60 Goldfrank für jedes Paket bis zu 1 kg (2 Pfund); 1.00 Goldfrank für jedes Paket über 1 bis 5 kg (11 Pfund); 2.00 Goldfranken für jedes Paket über 5 bis 10 kg (22 Pfund); 3.00 Goldfranken für jedes Paket über 10 bis 15 kg (33 Pfund); 4.00 Goldfranken für jedes Paket über 15 bis 20 kg (44 Pfund). Bei Paketen aus den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika iin Durchgang durch Deutschland betragen die deutschen Landanteile 30, 50, 100, 150 und 200 Goldcentimen für Pakete im Gewicht von 1,5, 10, 15 und 20 kg. 2. Für gewöhnliche Pakete oder Wertpakete nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder ihren Besitzungen sind folgende, nach dem Gesamtreingewicht berechnete Gebühren zu zahlen: 0.70 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika; 0.70 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets nach Alaska; 0.35 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets nach Hawai, Guam, Samoa, Porto Rico und den Virginischen Inseln der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. 3. Für gewöhnliche Pakete oderTransit charges. Wertpakete nach den Besitzungen der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika, ferner für Durchgangspakete sind ausserdem an die Vereinigten Staaten folgende, nach dem Gesamtreingewicht jedes Kartenschlusses bereclmete Durchgangsgebühren zu zahlen: 0.70 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets bei Seebeförderung;53 Stat. 2186 1.15 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets bei Landbeförderung; 1.50 Goldfrank für jedes kg eines Pakets bei Land- und Seebeförderung. 4. Allowance for insured parcels. Für Wertpakete hat die Aufgabeverwaltung der Bestimmungsverwaltung ausserdem für die Landbeförderung eine Gebühr von 10 Goldcentimen für jedes Wertpaket mit einer Wertangabe bis zu 500 Goldfranken und 20 Goldcentimen für jedes Wertpaket mit einer Wertangabe über 500 bis 1000 Goldfranken zu vergüten. Wenn die Sea service provisions.Bestimmungsverwaltung Seebeförderung ausführt, hat die Aufgabeverwaltung eine Zusatzgebühr von20 Goldcentimen für jedes Wertpaket mit einer Wertangabe bis zu 500 Goldfranken und 40 Goldcentimen für jedes Wertpaket mit einer Wertangabe über 500 bis 1000 Goldfranken zu vergüten. 5. Right to vary territorial rates. Jede Postverwaltung behält sich das Recht vor, ihre Landanteile zu ändern, wenn irgendeine Änderung dieser Gebühren in ihrem Dienst mit andren Ländern allgemein eingeführt wird.Jede der beiden Verwaltungen soll der andern drei Monate vorher die Änderung der Endanteile, der Durchgangsgebühren und der Seeanteile mitteilen. Die Ermässigung oder Erhöhung muss mindestens ein Jahr gelten. Artikel VI. Seerjebühr. Sea rate.Jede der beiden Verwaltungen ist berechtigt, die Gebühr für die von ihr besorgte Seebeförderung festzusetzen. Für Pakete, die von einem Land nach dem andern auf dem unmittelbaren Seeweg befördert werden, vergütet die Postverwaltung des Ursprungslandes der Postverwaltung des Bestimmungslandes den Seeanteil, wenn die zuletzt bezeichnete Verwaltung für die Seebeförderung sorgt. 53 Stat. 2187 Artikel VII. Verzollungspostgebühr. Das Zustellpostamt kann vomFee for customs clearance. Empfänger für die Zuführung zum Zoll und die Verzollung eines Pakets oder für die blosse Zuführung zum Zoll eine Gebühr von höchstens 50 Goldcentimen erheben. Diese Gebühr kann in Übereinstimmung mit künftigen Vereinsabkommen, die dem Abkommen von Kairo von 1934[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). folgen, anderweitig festgesetzt werden. Artikel VIII. Aushändigung. Zustellgebühr. 1. Die Pakete werden den EmpfängernDelivery to addressee. sobald als möglich nach den Vorschriften des Bestimmungslandes ausgehändigt. Dieses Land kann für die Zustellung der PaketeFee. ins Haus eine Gebühr von höchstens 50 Goldcentimen für das einzelne Paket erheben. Dieselbe Gebühr kann es gegebenenfalls für jeden weiteren Zustell versuch in der Wohnung oder Geschäftsstelle des Empfängers erheben. 2. Wenn die Pakete nicht ins Haus gebracht werden, ist der Empfänger von ihrer Ankunft unverzüglich zu benachrichtigen. Artikel IX. Verbot, andre als die vorgesehenen Gebühren zu erheben. Die Pakete, auf die sich diesesCharges other than those prescribed not to be collected. Abkommen bezieht, dürfen nicht mit andren als den in den einzelnen Artikeln vorgesehenen Postgebühren belastet werden. Artikel X. Lagergebühr. Die BestimmungsverwaltungWarehousing charge. kann für postlagernde Pakete und für Pakete, die in den vorgeschriebenen Fristen nicht abgeholt werden, die durch ihre Gesetzge53 Stat. 2188bung vorgeschriebene Lagergebühr erheben. Diese Gebühr, die über 5 Goldfranken nicht hinausgehen darf, wird bei Rücksendung des Pakets nach dem Aufgabeland nicht niedergeschlagen. Artikel XI. Zollvorschriften. Customs duties.Die Pakete unterliegen im Bestimmungslande den dort geltenden Zollsätzen und Zollvorschriften. Die Zollgebühren, mit denen die Pakete auf Grund dieser Vorschriften belastet worden sind, werden bei der Aushändigung den Zollvorschriften des Bestimmungslandes gemäss eingezogen. Artikel XII. Verbote. 1. Letters, etc. Von der Beförderung in Paketen sind ausgeschlossen: a) Briefe oder Zettel, die die Eigenschaft einer wirklichen und persönlichen Mitteilung haben. Es ist jedoch gestattet, äusser dem in Artikel 5, Absatz 1, der Vollzugs-ordnung vorgesehenen Doppel der Paketaufschrift mit Angabe der Anschrift des Absenders, in das Paket eine offene Rechnung *Post*, p. 2207.einzulegen, wenn sie nur solche Angaben enthält, die das Wesen der Rechnung ausmachen. b) Enclosure bearing different address. Einlagen jeder Art, die eine von der Paketaufschrift abweichende Anschrift tragen. c) Live animals. Lebende Tiere, ausgenommen Blutegel. d) Narcotics. Opium, Morphin, Kokain und andere Betäubungsmittel. e) Nonadmissible articles. Gegenstände, deren Zulassung durch die bestehenden Zolloder sonstigen Gesetze oder Verordnungen der beiden vertragschliessenden Länder verboten ist. f) Explosive, etc., articles. Explodierbare oder leicht entzündliche Stoffe und ganz allgemein Gegenstände, deren Beförderung Gefahren mit sich bringen, einschliesslich der Gegenstände, die ihrer Natur oder ihrer Verpac53 Stat. 2189kung nach für die Postbeamten gefährlich sind oder andre Pakete beschmutzen oder beschädigen können. g) Unzüchtige oder unsittlicheObscene, etc., articles. Gegenstände. h) Es ist ausserdem verboten,Coin, jewelry, etc., in uninsured parcels. Geldstücke, Banknoten, Papiergeld, oder auf den Inhaber lautende Wertpapiere, Platin, Gold oder Silber in verarbeitetem oder nicht verarbeitetem Zustand, Edelsteine, Kleinodien und andre kostbare Gegenstände in Paketen ohne Wertangabe zu versenden. 2. Wenn ein Paket entgegenAction to be taken. diesen Verboten zugelassen und an die Bestimmungsverwaltung aus-geliefert worden ist, kann diese darüber nach den Gesetzen und Verordnungen ihres Landes verfügen. Explodierbare oder leicht entzündliche Stoffe sowie Schrift-stücke, Bilder und andre Gegenstände unzüchtiger oder unsittlicher Art können auf der Stelle von der Verwaltung vernichtet werden, die sie in den Paketposten vorfindet.Der Umstand, dass ein PaketParcel containing a letter. einen Brief oder Schriftstücke enthält, die die Eigenschaft einer eigentlichen Mitteilung haben, darf keinesfalls zur Rückleitung an den Absender Anlass geben. Das Schriftstück wird aber wie ein nicht freigemachter Brief mit Nachgebühr belegt und dem Empfänger ausgeliefert. Die beiden Verwaltungen werdenList of Prohibited Articles. einander durch das vom Büro des Weltpostvereins herausgegebene Verzeichnis der von der Postbeförderung ausgeschlossenen Gegenstände alle verbotenen Gegenstände mitteilen, ohne dadurch irgendwelche Verantwortlichkeit den Zoll-oder Polizeibehörden oder den Absendern gegenüber zu übernehmen. 3. Falls Postpakete, die zu UnrechtParcels wrongly admitted. zur Beförderung zugelassen worden sind, weder zurückgesandt noch den Empfängern zugestellt werden, muss die Aufgabe Verwaltung von der weiteren Behandlung der Pakete ausführlich benachrichtigt werden. 53 Stat. 2190 Artikel XIII. Zurückziehen von Paketen, Ändern der Aufschrift. Recall and change of address.Der Absender kann ein Paket, solange es dein Empfänger noch nicht ausgehändigt ist, zurückziehen oder seine Aufschrift ändern lassen. Die Postverwaltung des Aufgabelandes kann für diesen Dienst die durch ihre Vorschriften festgesetzte Gebühr erheben und behalten. Die Anträge auf Zurückziehung von Paketen und auf Änderung der Aufschrift sind bei Paketen nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika an die Zentral Verwaltung in Washington, und bei Paketen nach Deutschland an das Bestimmungs-Postamt zu richten. Artikel XIV. Einlieferungsscheine. Ordinary (uninsured) parcels, certificate at mailing.Der Absender kann bei der Einlieferung eines gewöhnlichen Pakets eine Einlieferungsbescheini-gung auf einem für diesen Zweck vorgesehenen Formblatt verlangen. Jedes Land ist berechtigt, hierfür eine angemessene Gebühr festzusetzen und zu erheben. Insured parcels, receipt at time of posting.Der Absender eines Wertpakets erhält bei der Einlieferung unentgeltlich einen Einlieferungsschein über seine Sendung. Artikel XV. Rückschein. Advice of delivery.Der Absender eines Wertpakets kann unter den Bedingungen der Vollzugsordnung und gegen Zahlung einer von der Aufgabeverwaltung festzusetsenden besondren Gebühr eine Bescheinigung *Post*, p. 2206.Collect-on-delivery parcels.(Rückschein) über die Aushändigung des Wertpakets verlangen. Auch der Absender eines Nachnahmepakets kann einen Rückschein verlangen. Artikel XVI. Nachsendung. 1. Reforwarding. Hat der Empfänger seinen Wohnort im Gebiet des Bestim53 Stat. 2191mungsländes verändert, so kann das Paket auf Verlangen des Absenders oder des Empfängers nachgesandt werden.Bei der Nachsendung des PaketsSupplementary charges. innerhalb eines der Vertragsländer sowie bei Zustellung des Pakets an eine andre Person in dem ursprünglichen Bestimmungsort, können die durch die Verwaltung des Bestimmungslandes festgesetzten Zuschlaggebühren erhoben werden. Diese Gebühren werden auch bei Rückleitung nach dem Aufgabe-Ort oder Nachsendung nach einem andern Land nicht niedergeschlagen. Gebühren, die von der Bestimmungs-Postverwaltung nicht niedergeschlagen werden, hat der Absender oder der Empfänger zu zahlen. 2. Ist ein Paket nach einem derNew fees. Vertragsländer nachzusenden, so ist es neuen Postgebühren und gegebenenfalls neuen Versicherungsgebühren unterworfen, wenn diese nicht vor der Nachsendung entrichtet wurden. Die neuen Beförderungs- und Versicherungsgebühren werden von der Verwaltung, die das Paket aushändigt, erhoben. 3. Auf Verlangen des AbsendersReturn or reforwarding to another country. oder des Empfängers können Pakete auch nach einem andern Land nach- oder zurückgesandt werden. Die Absender können indes Pakete mit dem Vermerk: “Nicht nachsenden nach einem dritten Land!” versehen. In einem solchen Fall dürfen PaketeIndemnity in case of loss, etc. nach einem andern Land nicht nachgesandt werden. Bei Ver-lust, Beraubung oder Beschädigung eines nach einem andern Land nach-oder zurückgesandten Wertpakets wird Ersatz nur nach den Vorschriften des Artikels XXVII, Absatz 8 dieses Abkommens geleistet. 4. Wertpakete dürfen nur alsInsured parcels. Wertpakete nach- oder zurückgesandt werden. 53 Stat. 2192 Artikel XVII. Unzustellbarkeit. 1. Disposition in event of non-delivery. Der Absender hat bei der Einlieferung zu bestimmen, was mit seinem Paket geschehen soll, wenn es nicht ausgehändigt werden kann: d. h., er hat auf dem Paket und der zugehörigen Paketkarte eine der folgenden Verfügungen oder eine Verfügung von gleicher Bedeutung anzugeben:“Wenn unzustellbar, sofort zu-rücksenden!” “Wenn unzustellbar, aushändigen an” “Wenn unzustellbar, preisgeben.” Andere Verfügungen sind nicht zulässig.C. O. D. parcels.Der Absender kann für den Fall, dass sein Nachnahmepaket an die ursprüngliche Anschrift nicht ausgehändigt werden kann, dieselben Verfügungen treffen, die für Pakete ohne Nachnahme festgesetzt sind. 2. Undeliverable parcels. Unzustellbare Pakete, über die nicht anders verfügt worden ist, sind nach 30 Tagen, vom Tage des Eingangs bei dem Bestimmungspostamt an gerechnet ohne weiteres an den Absender zurückzusenden. Pakete, deren Annahme verweigert wird, sind sofort zurückzusenden. Auf den zurückzusendenden Paketen und bei den nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika zurückzusendenden Paketen auch auf den zugehörigen Paketkarten ist der Grund der Unzustellbarkeit zu vermerken. 3. Parcels liable to deterioration. Gegenstände, die dem Verderben oder der Fäulnis ausgesetzt sind, können zugimsten des Berechtigten sofort verkauft werden, auch unterwegs auf dem Hin- oder Rückweg und ohne dass es einer vorgängigen Benachrichtigung des Berechtigten u n d gerichtlicher Förmlichkeiten bedarf.Ist der Verkauf aus irgendeinem Grunde nicht möglich, so werden die. verdorbenen oder wertlos gewordenen Sachen vernichtet. 53 Stat. 2193 Über den Verkauf oder die Vernichtung ist eine Verhandlung aufzunenmen und an die Aufgabeverwaltung abzusenden. 4. Unzustellbare Pakete, dieAbandoned parcels. von den Absendern “preisgegeben” worden sind, können nach Ablauf von 30 Tagen meistbietend zugunsten der Bestimmungsverwaltung veräussert werden. Bei Wertpaketen ist hierüber eine V erkaufsverhandlung aufzunehmen und der Aufgabeverwaltung vom Geschehenen Kenntnis zu geben. Wird ein unzustellbares Wertpaket aus irgendeinem andren Grunde nicht zurückgesandt, ist dies der Aufgabeverwaltung gleichfalls mitzuteilen. 5. Bei der Rücksendung unzustellbarerCharges. Pakete werden die im Artikel XXXIV, Absatz 2, erwähnten Gebühren erhoben. Artikel XVIII. Niederschlagung von Zollgebühren. Vorausgesetzt, dass die von denCancelation on returned articles. zuständigen Zollbehörden vorgeschriebenen Förmlichkeiten erfüllt sind, sollen Zollgebühren auf Paketen, die nach dem Aufgabeort zurückgesandt oder nach einem andern Land nachgesandt werden, sowohl in Deutschland als auch in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika niedergeschlagen werden. Artikel XIX. Nachfragen. Die Aufgabeverwaltung kannFees. für die nach dem Abgang der Pakete gewünschten Nachfragen nach dem Verbleib gewölinlicher Pakete und Wertpakete eine besondere, von ihr festzusetzende Gebühr erheben, wenn der Absender die besondere Gebühr für einen Rückschein nicht schon entrichtet hat. Eine von der Aufgabeverwaltung beliebig festzusetzende Gebühr kann ebenfalls erhoben werden in bezug auf Beschwerden über Unregelmässigkeiten, die anscheinend nicht dem Postdienst zur Last fallen. 53 Stat. 2194 NACHNAHMEPAKETE Artikel XX. Gegenstand. 1. Acceptance for mailing. Postpakete, die mit Nachnahme belastet werden, können in Deutschland nach allen mit dem Postanweisungsdienst betrauten Postämtern der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika nach allen Orten in Deutschland angenommen werden. 2. Insurance. Es dürfen nur Wertpakete mit Nachnahme belastet werden. 3. Designated articles not applicable. Die Bestimmungen der Artikel XX bix XXIV des Abkommens und der Artikel 9 bis 14 der Vollzugsordnung gelten nicht für Nachnahmepakete des Durchgangs. Artikel XXI. Gebühren. Postage rates, insurance, etc., formalities.Die Nachnahmepakete unterliegen den Beförderungs- und Versicherungsgebühren sowie den Beförderungs- und übrigen Bedingungen, die auf versicherte, nicht mit Nachnahme belastete Pakete anzuwenden sind. Die AufgabeVerwaltung ist berechtigt, vom Absender jedes Nachnahmepakets äusser den Beförderungs- und andren Gebühren auch die nach ihren Bestimmungen vorgesehene Nachnahmegebühr zu erheben. Artikel XXII. Nachnahn.ebetrag. 1. Maximum amount. Der Höchstbetrag der Nachnahme wird auf 100 Dollar Changes by mutual agreement.festgesetzt. Dieser Betrag kann jederzeit auf Grund gegenseitiger Vereinbarung im Wege des Schriftwechsels zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen erhöht oder herabgesetzt werden. Der Nachnahmebetrag ist jedoch stets in beiden Richtungen in Dollars und Cents anzugeben. 53 Stat. 2195 2. Wenn der Absender rechtzeitigRequest for reduction or cancelation. das Ersuchen um Ermässigung oder Streichung des Nachnahmebetrags stellt, so wird das Ersuchen zwischen den Paket- Auswecbslungspostämtem behandelt, vorbehaltlich einer andren Vereinbarung im Wege des Schriftwechsels. Artikel XXIII. Verantwortlichkeit bei Nachnahme¬paketen. 1. Bei Verlust Beraubung oderResponsibility. Beschädigung eines versicherten Nachnahmepakets sind die Post-verwaltungen verantwortlich, wie es in Artikel XXVII bis XXIX für versicherte, nicht mit Nachnahme belastete Pakete festgesetzt ist. 2. Für ein Paket, das demWhere delivery made but charges not remitted, indemnity provisions. Empfänger ohne Einziehung des Nachnahmebetrags ausgeh ändigt worden ist, kann der Absender eine dem nicht eingezogenen Nachnahmebetrag entsprechende Entschädigung verlangen, vorausgesetzt, dass er seinen Anspruch rechtzeitig geltend gemacht hat, und die Unterlassung der Einziehung nicht auf Vorsatz oder Fahrlässigkeit des Absenders oder auf verbotenen Inhalt des Pakets zurückzuführen ist.Dasselbe gilt, wenn die vom Empfänger entrichtete Summe niedriger ist als der angegebene N achnahmebetrag. Die nach diesem ParagraphenLimitation. vorgesehene Entschädigung darf den Nachnahmebetrag nicht übersteigen. 3. Die Bestimmungen über dieStipulations to be applied. Feststellung der Verantwortlichkeit und Zalilung der Entschädigung für N achnahmepaketeAction when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. sind dieselben wie für versicherte, nicht mit Nachnahme belastete Pakete. 4. Wenn ein Nachnahmepaket, für das Ersatz geleistet worden ist, wieder aufgefunden wird, so hat das Bestimmungspostamt das Paket zuzustellen, den Nachnahmebetrag zu erheben und aufzube53 Stat. 2196wahren und Weisungen von der übergeordneten Dienststelle einzuholen. Wenn aber der Empfänger sich weigert, das wieder aufgefundene Paket zu übernehmen und den Nachnahmebetrag zu erlegen, so soll das Bestimmungspostamt das Paket aufbewahren und gleichfalls Weisungen über seine weitere Behandlung einholen. Im letzteren Fall wird die für den Ersatz verantwortliche Verwaltung weitere Verfügung über das Paket treffen. Artikel XXIV. Ausgleich. 1. Remittance of entire amount to sender. Der volle Nachnahmebetrag wird dem Absender ohne Abzug einer Postanweisungs- oder Einzie-hungsgebühr durch eine internationale Postanweisung übermittelt. Das zustellende Postamt zieht Collection of charges from addressee.vom Empfänger den vollen Nachnahmebetrag ein und kann aus-serdem die Postanweisungsgebühren oder die Gebühr für die Übersendung des Nachnahmebetrags an den Absender im Aufgabeland erheben. 2. Collection charge. Das Land, das ein Nachnahmepaket zustellt, kann vom Empfänger eine mässige Einziehungsgebühr erheben, die 25 Goldcentimen nicht übersteigen darf. Diese Gebühr darf indes nicht von dem erhobenen Nachnahmebetrag abgezogen werden. 3. Transmission fee. Die für die Übermittlung des Nachnahmebetrags erhobene Gebühr verbleibt ungeteilt der einziehenden Verwaltung. Äusser der im Artikel XXXIV vorgesehenen Abrechnung wird zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen keinerlei Abrechnung aufgestellt. Artikel XXV. Wertpakete. 1. Maximum amount. Postpakete können unter Wertangabe bis zu 1000 Goldfranken oder dem Gegenwert Changes by mutual Consent.da-von in der Währung des Aufgabelandes versandt werden. Die Post53 Stat. 2197Verwaltungen der beiden Vertragsländer können indes im gegenseitigen Einverständnis den vorstehend angegebenen Höchstbetrag der Wertangabe ermässigen oder erhöhen. 2. Die Postverwaltung des AufgabelandesCollection from sender by country of origin. ist berechtigt vom Absender die nach ihren Bestimmun-gen vorgesehenen Versicherungsgebühren zu erheben. Artikel XXVI. Wertangabe. Es ist gestattet, nur einen TeilIndication of value. des Wertes des Paketinhalts anzugeben. Ein Paket, dessen Inhalt keinenWithout pecuniary value. eigentlichen Geldwert hat, kann trotzdem unter Wertangabe versandt werden, um ihm die gesicherte Beförderung eines Wertpakets zu verschaffen. Artikel XXVII. Verantwortlichkeit.Entschädigung. 1. Die Verwaltungen der beidenOrdinary parcels. Vertragsländer haften nicht für den Verlust, die Beraubung oder Beschädigung eines gewöhnlichen Pakets. 2. Die beiden VerwaltungenInsured parcels.Responsibility for loss, abstraction, or damage. sind vorbehaltlich der Fälle des folgenden Artikels für den Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung der in einem der beiden Vertragsländer aufgelieferten und zur Auslieferung im andern Land bestimmten Wertpakete oder ihres Inhalts oder eines Teils davon verantwortlich. 3. Der Absender oder ein andrerIndemnity to sender, etc. Entschädigungsberech tigter hat Anspruch auf einen dem wirklichen Betrag des Verlustes, der Beraubung oder der Beschädigung entsprechenden Ersatz. Die EntschädigungBasis for calculation. ist nach dem gemeinen Handelswert oder in Ermanglung eines Handelswerts nach dem gemeinen Wert der Ware zu berechnen, den Waren derselben Art am Tage der Einlieferung am VersandLimitation. 53 Stat. 2198ort hatten. Die Entschädigung darf keinesfalls über den Betrag der Wertangabe, für den die Versicherungsgebühr erhoben worden ist, oder über den Höchstbetrag von 1000 Goldfranken hinausgehen. 4. Maximum amount of compensation. Der Entschädigungsbetrag darf den wirklichen Wert des Paketinhalts nicht übersteigen. 5. Indirect damages, etc. Mittelbarer Schaden oder entgangener Gewinn, die als Folgen des Verlustes, der Beraubung, Beschädigung, Nichtzustellung, Verzögerung oder der unrichtigen Aushändigung eines auf Grund dieses Abkommens beförderten Wertpaketes anzusehen sind, bleiben unberücksichtigt. 6. Return of postage. Wenn im Falle des Verlustes eines Wertpakets, des völligen Verderbs oder der vollständigen Beraubung des Inhalts Ersatz zu leisten ist, hat der Absender auf Antrag Anspruch auf Erstattung der Beförderungsgebühren. Die Versicherungsgebühren verbleiben in allen Fällen den Postverwaltungen. 7. Parcels originating in a third country, etc. Für verlorengegangene, beraubte oder beschädigte Durchgangs-Wertpakete, die aus einem an diesem Abkommen nicht beteiligten Lande nach einem der vertragschliessenden Länder oder aus einem der Vertragsländer nach einem an diesem Abkommen nicht beteiligten Land bestimmt sind, wird nicht gehaftet, solange diese Haftpflicht zwischen den beteiligten Verwaltungen, wenn auch nur im Wege des Schriftwechsels, nicht besonders vereinbart worden ist. 8. Parcels reforwarded or returned to a third country. Wird ein Wertpaket aus einem vertragschliessenden Lande nach dem andren vertragschliessenden Lande von dort auf Verlangen des Absenders oder des Empfängers nach einem dritten Indemnity in case of loss, etc.Land nach- oder zurückgesandt, hat der Empfänger für Verlust, Beraubung oder Beschädigung, die nach der Weiterleitung des Wertpakets durch das ursprüngliche Bestimmungsland eintreten, nur Anspruch auf eine solche Ent-schädigung, wie sie das Land, in 53 Stat. 2199 dem der Verlust, die Beraubung oder Beschädigung stattgefunden hat, zu zahlen bereit oder auf Grund eines zwischen den beteiligten Ländern bestehenden Übereinkommens zu zahlen verpflichtet ist. Jedes der beidenParcels wrongly forwarded to a third country. vertragschliessenden Länder, das unrichtig Wertpakete nach einem dritten Land nachsendet, haftet für das Wertpaket in demselben Umfang wie das Aufgabeland dem Absender gegenüber, das heisst, innerhalb der durch dieses Abkommen festgesetzten Entschädigungsgrenze. 9. Die Postverwaltungen der VertragsländerDefects in packing. sind von der Verantwortlichkeit befreit, wenn der Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung des Wertpakets zurückzuführen ist auf bei der Einlieferung nicht bemerkte Mängel der Umhüllung, Verpackung oder des Verschlusses, für deren ordnungsmässige Beschaffenheit der Absender verantwortlich ist. Artikel XXVIII. Ausnahmen vom Grundsatz der Verantwortlichkeit. Die Verwaltungen sind von jeder Verantwortlichkeit befreit: a) für Wertpakete, die von demAcceptance without reservation. Empfänger ohne Vorbehalt angenommen worden sind; b) im Falle des Verlustes oderLoss, etc., through force majeure. der Beschädigung durch höhere Gewalt (unabwendbarer Zufall); jede Verwaltung kann indes nach eigenem Ermessen, aber ohne Rückanspruch gegen die andre Verwaltung, für den durch höhere Gewalt entstandenen Verlust oder Schaden Ersatz leisten selbst in den Fällen, wo die Verwaltung des Landes, in dessen Dienstbereich der Verlust oder die Beschädigung eingetreten ist, anerkennt, dass die Beschädigung auf höhere Gewalt zurückzuführen ist. Das für den Verlust, die Beraubung od er Beschädigung verantwortliche Land muss nach seiner Gesetzgebung entscheiden, ob der Verlust, die Beraubung oder Beschädigung auf ein Ereignis zurückzuführen ist, das sich als höhere Gewalt darstellt; 53 Stat. 2200 c) Destruction of official documents. wenn sie über die Wertpakete deshalb keinen Nachweis führen können, weil die Dienstpapiere durch höhere Gewalt vernichtet worden sind; es sei denn, dass ihre Verantwortlichkeit nicht schon anderweit bewiesen worden ist; d) Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. wenn der Schaden durch Verschulden oder Fahrlässigkeit des Absenders oder des Empfängers oder ihrer Vertreter oder durch die natürliche Beschaffenheit des Gegenstandes herbeigeführt worden ist; e) Prohibited articles. für Wertpakete, die verbotene Gegenstände enthalten; f) Declaration above real value. wenn der Absender eines Wertpakets den Wert des Paketinhalts betrügerischerweise zu hoch angegeben hat; hierdurch wird eine gerichtliche durch die Gesetz¬gebung des Aufgabelandes erforderliche Verfolgung solcher betrügerischen Angaben nicht ausgeschlossen; g) Seizure because of false declaration. für Wertpakete, die die Zollbehörde wegen falscher Inhaltserklärungen beschlagnahmt hat; h) Application, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. wenn der Entschädigungsberechtigte oder sein Vertreter weder eine Nachfrage noch einen Ersatzanspruch innerhalb eines Jahres, vom Tage nach der Einlieferung des Wertpakets an gerechnet, gestellt hat; i) Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. für Wertpakete, deren Inhaltwertlos ist, aus leicht verderblichen oder solchen Gegenständen besteht, die den Bedingungen dieses Abkommens nicht entsprechen oder die nicht in vorgeschriebener Weise eingeliefert worden sind. Ohne Rückgriff auf die andre Verwaltimg, kann jedoch die Verwaltung, in deren Dienstbereich der Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung eingetreten ist, für solche Wertpakete Ersatz leisten. Artikel XXIX. Erlöschen der Verantwortlichkeil. Termination of responsibilityDie Verwaltungen sind für Wertpakete, die nach den Vorschriften ihres inneren Dienstes für gleichartige Sendungen ausgehändigt worden sind, nicht mehr verantwortlich. 53 Stat. 2201 Die Verantwortlichkeit bleibt jedoch bestehen, wenn der Empfänger oder im Falle der Rückleitung der Absender bei der Empfangnahme eines beraubten oder beschädigten Wertpakets Vorbehalte macht. Artikel XXX. Verpflichtung zur Zahlung des Ersatzbetrages. Zur Zahlung des ErsatzbetragesObligation to pay compensation. und der zu erstattenden Gebühren ist die Aufgabeverwaltung verpflichtet. Diese Verpflichtung fällt der Bestimmungsverwaltung zu, wenn nach Artikel XXVII, Absatz 3, der Empfänger zu entschädigen ist. Die zahlende Verwaltung kann aber auf die verantwortliche Verwaltung zurückgreifen. Artikel XXXI. Zahlungsfrist. 1. Der Ersatzbetrag soll sobaldPeriod for payment of compensation. als möglich und spätestens innerhalb eines Jahres, vom Tage nach der Nachfrage an gerechnet, an den Entschädigungsberechtigten gezahlt werden.Die Verwaltung, die den ErsatzbetragDeferred payment. zu zahlen hat, kann die Ersatzleistung ausnahmsweise über diese Frist hinausschieben, wenn bei Ablauf dieser Frist der Verbleib der Sendung noch nicht festgestellt ist oder wenn die Frage der Verantwortlichkeit noch nicht hat geklärt werden können. 2. Abgesehen von den FällenPayment when delayed nine months. ausnahmsweisen Hinausschiebens der Ersatzleistung, wie im zweiten Teil des vorhergehenden Absatzes 1 angegeben, ist die Verwaltung, die Ersatz leistet, berechtigt, die Entschädigung für Rechnung der Verwaltung zu zahlen, die neun Monate hat verstreichen lassen, ohne die ordnungsmässig bei ihr anhängig gemachte Sache zu erledigen. 53 Stat. 2202 Artikel XXXII. Feststellung der Verantwortlichkeit. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Bis zum Nachweis des Gegenteils ist die Verwaltung verantwortlich, die das Wertpaket un-beanstandet übernommen hat und, nachdem sie in Besitz aller vorschriftsmässigen Unterlagen für die Nachforschungen gekommen ist, den Verbleib des Wertpakets nicht nachweisen kann. 2. Wenn der Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung eines Wertpakets bei der Öffnung des zur Versendung der Wertpakete dienenden Behältnisses durch das empfangende Auswechslungspostamt entdeckt und dem absendenden Auswechslungspostamt ordnungsmässig mitgeteilt worden ist, so trifft die Verantwortlichkeit die absendende Verwaltung, wenn sich nicht erweisen lässt, dass die Unregelmässigkeit im Dienstbereich der empfangenden Verwaltung vorgekommen ist. 3. Wenn der Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung während der Beförderung eingetreten ist und nicht festgestellt werden kann, auf welchem Gebiet oder in welchem Dienstbereich dies geschehen ist, tragen die beteiligten Verwaltungen den Schaden zu gleichen Teilen. 4. Die Verwaltung, die die Entschädigung gezahlt hat, tritt bis zur Höhe dieses Betrages in die Rechte des Entschädigten wegen aller Ansprüche gegen den Emp-fänger der Sendung, den Absender oder gegen Dritte ein. 5. Wird ein als verloren angesehenes Wertpaket später wieder aufgefunden, so ist der Entschädigte zu benachrichtigen, dass er das Paket gegen Rückzahlung des Ersatzbetrags in Empfang nehmen kann. Artikel XXXIII. Erstattung des Ersatzbetrages. 1. Repayment to country effecting payment. Die für den Verlust, die Beraubung oder die Beschädigung verantwortliche oder diejenige Verwaltung, für deren Rechnung Ent53 Stat. 2203Schädigung gezahlt wird, ist verpflichtet, der Verwaltung, die Ersatz geleistet hat, den Ersatzbetrag ohne Verzug und spätestens binnen neun Monaten nach erhaltener Benachrichtigung über die erfolgte Zahlung zu erstatten. 2. Die Erstattung ist olme Kosten für die Gläubigerverwaltung durch Postanweisung oder Wechsel oder in barem Geld, das im Gläubigerland umlauffähig ist, oder in andrer, im Wege des Schriftwechsels gegenseitig zu vereinbarender Weise vorzunchmen. 3. Die Ersatzbeträge sind auf der Grundlage des Goldfranken zu erstatten. Artikel XXXIV. Vergütungen. 1. Für jedes Paket, das zwischenCharges. den vertragschliessenden Ländern ausgetauscht wird, verSütet die absendende Verwaltung er Bestimmungsverwaltung die Gebühren, die dieser nach den Bestimmungen des Artikels V zukommen. 2. Bei Nach-und RücksendungReforwarding or return to origin. eines Pakets, wenn Beförderungsund bei Wertpaketen auch Versicherungsgebühren von der nach- oder rücksendenden Verwaltung neu verlangt werden, wird das Paket so behandelt, als wenn es in diesem Lande aufgeliefert worden wäre. Die nach- oder rücksendende Verwaltung zieht den ihr zustehenden Anteil von der andren Verwaltung ein, das heisst: a) die im obigen Absatz 1 vorgeschriebenen Gebühren; b) die Nach- und Rücksendungsgebühren ; c) die im Artikel X vorgeschriebenen Gebühren, wenn anwendbar. 3. Bei Nachund RücksendungReforwarding or return to a third country. nach einem dritten Land werden die Pakete mit den oben unter a), b) und c) angegebenen Gebühren, soweit sie in Betracht kommen, belastet. Verweigert das dritte Land aus irgendeinem Grunde die Übernahme dieser Gebühren, so wird das Aufgabeland damit belastet. 53 Stat. 2204 4. Parcels in transit. Wenn ein Paket im Durch¬gang durch das Gebiet eines der beiden Vertragsländer von oder nach dem andern Vertragsland nach- oder zurückgesandt wird, kann die Durchgangsverwaltung auch den ihr zustehenden Betrag für den zusätzlichen Land- oder Seedienst, der vorgesehen ist, bean¬spruchen zusammen mit irgendwelchen Beträgen, die einer andern beteiligten Verwaltung oder andern beteiligten Verwaltungen zustehen. Artikel XXXV. Luftpostpakete. Air surtax, etc.Wenn Pakete auf dem Luftweg befördert werden, können die Verwaltungen der Vertragsländer auf Grund gegenseitiger Vereinbarung den Luftpostzuschlag sowie die andern Bedingungen festsetzen. Artikel XXXVI. Vorübergehende Einstellung des Dienstes. Temporary suspension of service.Bei aussergewöhnlichen Verhältnissen, die die Massnahme rechtfertigen, kann jede der beiden Verwaltungen den Postpaketdienst vorübergehend ganz oder teilweise einstellen oder auf bestimmte Postämter beschränken, jedoch muss die andre Verwaltung davon sofort, gegebenenfalls telegraphisch, benachrichtigt werden. Artikel XXXVII. Verschiedene Bestimmungen. 1. Miscellaneous provisions.Monetary unite. Die in diesem Abkommen angegebenen Goldfranken und -Centimen sind Goldfranken und -Centimen im Sinne des Weltpostvertrags. 2. Treatment of questions arising. Für alle in diesem Abkom¬men nicht geregelten Angelegenheiten, die die Anträge auf Zurückziehung oder Änderung der Aufschrift von Paketen, das Verlangen von Nachfragen und Rückscheinen für Wertpakete und Nachnahmepakete und deren Behandlung sowie die Ansprüche auf Ersatzleistungen betreffen, sollen die [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).Vorschriften des Weltpostvertrags nebst Vollzugsordnung gelten, soweit sie anwendbar sind und den 53 Stat. 2205Bestimmungen des gegenwärtigen Abkommens nicht widersprechen. Im übrigen gelten, wenn eine andre Vereinbarung nicht getroflen worden ist, je nach dem beteiligten Lande die innern Gesetze, Verordnungen und Vorschriften des Deutschen Reichs oder der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. 3. Die Einzelheiten über dieDetails to be fixed by common consent. Anwendung dieses Abkommens werden von den beiden Verwaltungen durch Ausführimgsbestim mungen festgesetzt, deren Vorschriften gemeinschaftlich im Wege des Schriftwechsels geändert oder vervollständigt werden können. 4. Die Verwaltungen der VertragsländerMutual notice of applicable provisions, etc. werden einander die auf die Beförderung von Postpaketen bezüglichen Gesetze, Verordnungen und Gebühren sowie alle späteren Änderungen mitteilen. Artikel XXXVIII. Dauer des Abkommens. 1. Dieses Abkommen ersetztAgreements abrogated. und hebt das in Berlin am 25. Juni 1928 tmd in Washington am 4.[45 Stat. 2701](/us/stat/45/2701). August 1928 unterzeichnete[47 Stat. 1966](/us/stat/47/1966). Postpaketabkommen sowie die in Berlin am 22. Dezember 1931 und in Washington am 5. Januar 1932 unterzeichnete Vereinbarung über den Paketnachnahmedienst auf. 2. Es soll am 2. Januar 1939 inEffective date and duration. Kraft treten, und gilt so lange, als es nicht von einer der beiden Post-verwaltungen mit sechs Monaten Frist gekündigt wird. Doppelt ausgefertigt und unterzeichnetSignatures. in Berlin den 6. Februar 1939 und in Washington den 16. März 1939. Ohnesorge Deutscher Reichspostminister. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. 53 Stat. 2206 VOLLZUGSORDNUNG zum Postpaketabkommen zwischender Deutschen Reichspost und derPost Verwaltung der VereinigtenStaaten von Amerika. Artikel 1. Leitung. 1. Circulation. Jede Verwaltung hat die Postpakete, die ihr die andre Verwaltung zur Beförderung durch ihr Gebiet übergibt, auf demselben Wege und mit denselben Mitteln zu befördern wie ihre eigenen Pakete. 2. Ordinary parcels. Unrichtig geleitete gewöhnliche Pakete werden auf dem kürzesten Wege, welcher der nachsendenden Verwaltung zur Verfügung Insured parcels.steht, nach dem richtigen Bestimmungsort weiterbefördert. Unrichtig geleitete Wertpakete dürfen nur als Wertpakete an ihre Bestimmung geleitet werden. Ist dies nicht möglich, so sind sie nach dem Aufgabeland zurückzuleiten. Artikel 2. Behältnisse. 1. Receptacles. Die Postverwaltungen der beiden Vertragsländer sind verpflichtet, für die erforderlichen Säcke zur Versendung ihrer Pakete zu sorgen. Jeder Sack ist mit dem Namen des Landes zu versehen, dem er gehört. 2. Die Säcke sind der absendenden Verwaltung mit nächster Post leer, zu 10 Stück gebündelt (9 Stück in einem versackt) zurückzusenden. Die Gesamtzahl der zurückgesandten Säcke ist in der Frachtkarte zu vermerken. 3. Im Falle dass 10 vH der Gesamtzahl der während eines Jahres gebrauchten Säcke nicht zurückgesandt worden sind, ist der Wert der fehlenden Säcke der Aufgabe-verwaltung zu ersetzen. 53 Stat. 2207 Artikel 3. Paketaustausch. 1. Die Pakete sind in gehörigMethod of exchange of parcels. verschlossenen und versiegelten Säcken durch die von den beiden Verwaltungen im gegenseitigen Einvernehmen bestimmten Postämter auszu tauschen. Sie werden auf Kosten des Aufgabelandes mit den von ihm vorgesehenen Gelegenheiten nach dem Bestimmungslande befördert. 2. Wertpakete sind in besondereInsured parcels. Säcke zu verpacken. Die Aufschriftfahnen dieser Säcke sind mit einem jeweils zu verabredenden Unterscheidungsmerkmal zu versehen. 3. Das Gewicht eines PaketsackesMaximum weight. soll 36 Kilogramm (80 Pfund avoirdupois) nicht überschreiten. Artikel 4. Mitteilungen. Jede Verwaltung hat der andren mitzuteilen: a) die Länder, nach denen sieCountries to which parcels can be forwarded. die ihr übergebenen Pakete weiterleiten kann, b) den Gesamtbetrag derCredits. Gebühren, die ihr von der andern Verwaltung für jedes Bestimmungsland zu vergüten sind, c) die Zahl der jedem PaketCustoms declarations. beizufügenden Zollinhaltserklärungen sowie alle andern etwa notwendigen Angaben. Artikel 5. Beschaffenheit der Pakete. Jedes Paket muss:Preparation of parcels. 1. die genaue Anschrift des Empfängers und des Absenders in lateinischen Buchstaben tragen. Anschriften, die aus Anfangsbuchstaben bestehen, dürfen nicht zugelassen werden, es sei denn, dass die Anfangsbuchstaben als Firmenbezeichnung des Empfängers oder des Absenders anerkannt sind. Aufschriften mit Stift sind unzulässig; Pakete, deren Auf53 Stat. 2208schrift mit Tintenstift auf vorher angefeuchteter Schreib fläche hergestellt ist, werden indes angenommen. Die Anschrift eines Pakets muss auf das Paket selbst oder auf eine Fahne geschrieben werden, die so haltbar an der Sendung befestigt ist, dass sie sich nicht loszulösen vermag. Dem Absender eines Pakets ist zu empfehlen, in die Sendung ein Doppel der Anschrift mit Angabe seiner eigenen Anschrift einzulegen, besonders bei Paketen, bei denen wegen ihrer Verpackung oder Gestalt die Anschrift auf einer Fahne angebracht ist. 2. in einer Weise verpackt sein, die den Inhalt während der ganzen Beförderungsdauer genügend schützt und auch verhindert, dass ibm beigekommen werden kann, ohne eine sichtbare Spur des Eingriffs zu hinterlassen. Gegenstände, die die Postbeamten verletzen oder andere Sendungen beschädigen können, müssen so verpackt sein, dass jede Gefahr ausgeschlossen ist. 3. Wertpakete müssen verschlossen und durch Abdrücke in Siegellack usw. gehörig gesichert sein; dabei kann zum besseren Schutz verlangt werden, dass die Siegelverschlüsse ein besonderes Gepräge oder Kennzeichen des Absenders tragen. Gewöhnliche Pakete können nach dem Ermessen des Absenders versiegelt oder sorgfältig umschnürt werden. 4. die Zollverwaltung des Bestimmungslandes ist berechtigt, jedes Paket zur zollamtlichen Inhaltsprüfung zu öffnen und dabei die Siegel- oder sonstigen Verschlüsse zu brechen. So behandelte und wieder verschlossene Pakete sind amtlich zu versiegeln, ausgenommen gewöhnliche Pakete, die der Absender mit Siegelverschluss ursprünglich nicht versehen hat. Artikel 6. Besondere Verpackung. 1. Special packing. Flüssigkeiten oder leicht schmelzbare Stoffe sind in doppel 53 Stat. 2209ten Behältnissen zu versenden. Zwischen dem inneren Behältnis (Flasche, Fläschchen, Kästchen usw.) und dem äusseren Behältnis (aus Metall, widerstandsfähigem Holz, kräftiger Wellpappe oder starker Fiberpappe oder gleich widerstandsfähigem Stoff) soll ein Raum gelassen werden, der mit Sägemehl, Kleie oder einem andern aufsaugenden Stoff in genügender Menge derart auszufüllen ist, dass beim Zerbrechen des inneren Behältnisses die ganze Flüssigkeit aufgesogen wird. 2. Pulver und Farben in Pulverform sind in verlötete Metallbehältnisse zu verpacken, die durch genügend haltbare äussere Umhüllungen zu schützen sind, um zu verhüten, dass der Paketinhalt andre Sendungen beschädigen kann. Artikel 7. Paketkarten und Zollinhaltserklärungen. 1. Der Absender muss jedemDispatch notes and customs declarations. Paket eine Paketkarte beifügen und dazu ein für diesen Zweck besonders vorgeschriebenes Formblatt verwenden. Die Paketkarte muss folgende Angaben enthalten: die mit der Paketaufschrift übereinstimmende Anschrift des Empfängers, die Anschrift des Absenders, Name des Aufgabe- und Bestimmungspostamts, das Gewicht der Sendung, den Betrag der verrechneten Gebühren, die Zahl der beigefügten Zollinhaltserklärungen und bei Wertpaketen die Paketaufgabenummer. Die Paketkarten zu den nach Deutscliland gerichteten Paketen werden zusammen mit den Urschriften der Frachtkarten nach Deutschland gesandt, bei den nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika gerichteten Paketen werden sie von den deutschen Grenzauswechslungspostämtem zurückbehalten. 2. Ausserdem hat der Absender jedem Paket eine Zollinhaltserklärung auf einem für diesen Zweck besonders vorgesehenen Formblatt beizufügen, die an dem Paket haltbar zu befestigen ist und die folgende Angaben ent 53 Stat. 2210halten muss: eine allgemeine Beschreibung des Pakets, eine genaue Angabe des Inhalts und des Wertes der einzelnen Gegenstände, den Tag der Auflieferung der Sendung, das Roh- und Reingewicht und die Anschriften des Empfängers und des Absenders. 3. Die vertragschliessenden Verwaltungen übernehmen für die Richtigkeit der Zollinhaltserklärungen oder der Paketkarten keinerlei Verantwortlichkeit. Artikel 8. Rückscheine. 1. Return receipts. Bei Paketen, für die der Absender einen Rückschein verlangt, hat das Aufgabepostamt Paket und Paketkarte mit dem in die Augen fallenden Vermerk “Rück-schein” oder “Return receipt requested”, “Avis de rception”, abgekürzt “A. R.”, zu versehen. Das Rückscheinformblatt wird von dem Aufgabepostamt oder einem von der Aufgabeverwaltung sonst bestimmten Postamt ausgefertigt und bei den nach Deutschland bestimmten Paketen an der Paketkarte und bei den nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika bestimmten Paketen an den Paketen selbst befestigt. Gelangt das Formblatt nicht an das Bestim-mungspostamt, so fertigt dies von Amts wegen einen neuen Rückschein aus. 2. Das Bestimmungspostamt sendet das ordnungsmässig ausgefüllte Formblatt gebührenfrei an den Absender des Pakets zurück. 3. Verlangt der Absender nachträglich einen Rückschein, so füllt das Aufgabepostamt ein Rückscheinformblatt aus, fügt es einem Laufschreiben bei, auf dem die Einzelheiten der Beförderung des Pakets zu vermerken sind, und sendet es an das Bestimmungspostamt des Pakets. Bei der Zustellung des Pakets nimmt das Bestimmungspostamt das Laufschreiben ab und behandelt das Rückscheinformblatt in der im vorhergehenden Absatz angegebenen Weise. 53 Stat. 2211 NACHNAIIMEPAKETE Artikel 9. Vermerke auf Paket und Paketkarte. Jedes Nachnahmepaket und dieStamps or labels, etc. zugehörige Paketkarte müssen auf der Anschriftseite den deutlichen Aufdruck eines amtlichen Stempels oder einen Zettel mit dem Vermerk “Collect-on-delivery” oder “C. O. D.” oder “Remboursement” tragen. Unmittelbarneben diesen Worten muss die Nummer des Pakets, die die Wertaufgabe-Nummer (nur eine Originalnummer) sein soll, angegeben sein. Danach ist in lateinischen Buchstaben und in arabischen Ziffern der genaue Nachnahmebetrag zu vermerken, in den aber nicht einzubeziehen sind die Postanweisungsgebühr oder Gebühren, die im Bestimmungsland des Pakets für die Übermittlung des Nach-nahmebetrags an den Absender (im Aufgabeland) eingezogen werden. Artikel 10. Austausch und Eintragung der Nachnahmepakete. 1. Nachnahmepakete sind durchExchange and billing. die Auswechslungsämter auszutauschen, die durch Vereinbarung zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen bestimmt sind.Der Austausch der Nachnahmepakete zwischen diesen Ämtern hat in unmittelbaren Kartenschlüssen in besonderen Säcken, die nur Nachnahmepakete enthalten sollen, zu erfolgen. Die Buchstaben “C. O. D.” oder das Wort “Remboursement” sind in auffälliger Weise in den betreffenden Papieren und auf den Beutelfahnen anzubringen. 2. Solche Pakete sind in besonderen Frachtkarten nachzuweisen und zwar jedes Paket einzeln unter Anführung der Paketaufgabenummer, des Aufgabepostamtes und des Nachnahmebetrags. Ausserdem müssen bei den nach Deutschland gerichteten Nachnahmepaketen die Gewichts53 Stat. 2212stufen der Pakete wie bei den gewöhnlichen Paketen und bei den nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika bestimmten Nachnahmepaketen die Gesamtzahl und das Gesamtreingewicht der in der Sendung enthaltenen Pakete angegeben werden. 3. Nach Eingang eines Kartenschlusses mit Nachnahmepaketen ist der Kartenschluss bei dem Auswechslungspostamt des Bestimmungslandes sorgfältig zu prüfen und im übrigen gemäss Artikel 19 zu behandeln. Artikel 11. Nachnahmepostanweisungen. 1. C. O. D. money orders. Jede Postanweisung über einen in einem der beiden Länder eingezogenen Nachnahmebetrag muss die Paket Aufgabenummer und den sichtbaren Vermerk “C. O. D.” oder “Remboursement” tragen. 2. Nachnahmepostanweisungslisten haben äusser den sonst üblichen Angaben die Aufgabenummer der Pakete zu enthalten. In der Liste muss bei jeder Nachnahmepostanweisung auch der Name des Einzahlers und der Name und die genaue Anschrift des Empfängers angegeben werden. Artikel 12. Nachnahmepostanweisungslisten. Authorized offices.Die Auswechslungspostämter Köln 2 und New York sind allein ermächtigt, Listen über Nachnahmepostanweisungen zu fertigen und zu übersenden. Die Nachnahmepostanweisungen sind getrennt von den übrigen Postanweisungen einzutragen; die Liste ist mit dem Vermerk “Collect-on-delivery” oder “Remboursement” zu versehen. Artikel 13. Nicht zahlbare Nachnahmepostanweisungen. 1. Disposition, etc., of unpayable money orders. Die Nachnahmepostanweisungen, die dem Empfänger aus 53 Stat. 2213irgendeinem Grunde nicht ausgezahlt worden sind, werden der Verwaltung des Ursprungslandes des Nachnahmepakets zur Verfügung gestellt. Wenn festgestellt wird, dass der Naclmahmedienst zu betrügerischen Zwecken benutzt worden ist, wird mit der Auszahlung der fraglichen Postanweisungen, wenn tunlich, innegehalten werden, und es werden je nach Lage des Falls die nach den Gesetzen und Vorschriften des Ursprungslandes der Nachnahmesendung vorgesehenen Anordnungen getroffen. 2. Hinsichtlich der andern Förmlichkeiten unterliegen die Nachnahmepostanweisungen den Bestimmungen für den Postanweisungsdienst zwischen den beiden Ländern. Artikel 14. Nachsendung. Zurückziehung. 1. Wenn nichts andres vereinbartRedirection. wird, dürfen Nachnahmepakete nur nach Deutschland oder nach den Vereinigten Staaten nachgesandt werden. 2. Der Absender eines NachnahmepaketsRecall. kann es zurückfordem, wenn er sich den hierüber im Aufgabeland geltenden Vorschriften unterwirft. WERTPAKETE Artikel 15. Wertangabe. Gewichtsangabe. 1. Bei Wertpaketen muss derIndication of insured value and of weight. Betrag des versicherten Wertes in der Währung des Aufgabelandes und in Goldfranken auf dem Paket und der zugehörigen Paketkarte in lateinischer Schrift in Buchstaben und arabischen Ziffern angegeben sein. Auch hat die Aufgabeverwaltung das genaue Gewicht jedes Pakets anzugeben: a) in der Aufschrift des Pakets und b) auf der Paketkarte an den dafür vorgesehenen Stellen. 53 Stat. 2214 Artikel 16. Aufgabezettel und Freimarken. Insurance labels and postage stamps.Jedes in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika aufgelieferte Wertpaket und die zugehörige Paketkarte müssen auf der Anschriftseite eine Aufgabenummer und einen Zettel mit der Angabe “Wertpaket”, “Insured” oder “Valeur declaree” in lateinischen Buchstaben tragen, oder diese Wörter müssen auf das Paket selbst deutlich geschrieben oder gestempelt sein. In Deutschland aufgelieferte Wertpakete und die zugehörigen Paketkarten tragen einen Zettel mit dem Buchstaben “V”. Der Name des Aufgabepostamtes und die Aufgabenummer sind in Rotdruck angegeben. Die Zettel und die Freimarken auf Wertpaketen müssen so angebracht sein, dass sie Beschädigungen der Umhüllung nicht verdecken können, auch dürfen sie nicht von einer Seite auf die andre Seite der Umhüllung übergreifen und auf diese Weise den Rand verdecken. Artikel 17. Nachsendung. Reforwarding.Unrichtig geleitete Pakete dürfen von der nachsendenden Verwaltung nicht mit Zoll- oder andern Gebühren belegt werden. Gibt eine Verwaltung ein Paket an die Aufgabeverwaltung zurück, so erstattet sie ihr die empfangenen Vergütungen und teilt ihr den Irrtum durch eine Meldung mit. Sendet eine Verwaltung ein Paket nach einem dritten Land nach und reichen in solchen Fallen die ihr vergüteten Gebühren zur Deckung der Kosten für die Weitergabe nicht aus, so vergütet sie der Verwaltung, der sie das Paket zuführt, die ordnungsmässigen Beförderungsgebühren und stellt dem Auswechslungs-Postamt, das ihr das unrichtig geleitete Paket überwiesen hat, den erwachsenden Fehlbetrag in Schuld. Der Grund der Anrechnung wird diesem Postamt durch eine Meldung mitgeteilt. 53 Stat. 2215 Artikel 18. Frachtkarte. 1. Besondere Frachtkarten müssenBilling of parcels. für gewöhnliche Pakete und für Wertpakete ausgefertigt werden.Die Frachtkarte ist doppelt herzustellen. Das Doppel wird mit der Briefpost, die Urschrift in einem der Säcke versandt. Die Fahne des Sackes mit der Frachtkarte ist mit dem Buchstaben “F” zu bezeichnen. 2. Die zu einem nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika bestimmten Kartenschluss gehörigen gewöhnlichen Pakete sind in die Frachtkarte nach Stückzahl und Gesamtreingewicht der Pakete einzutragen. Die zu einem nach Deutschland bestimmten Kartenschluss gehörigen Pakete sind in die Frachtkarten nach der Stückzahl und getrennt nach den folgenden Gewichtsstufen einzutragen: 1) bis zu 1 kg (2 Pfund); 2) über 1 bis 5 kg (11 Pfund); 3) über 5 bis 10 kg (22 Pfund); 4) über 10 bis 15 kg (33 Pfund); 5) über 15 bis 20 kg (44 Pfund). 3. Wertpakete sind einzeln nach Aufgabenummer und Aufgabepostamt in die Frachtkarte einzutragen. Bei Wertpaketen nach den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika muss auch das Gesamtreingewicht der Pakete vermerkt werden. Bei Wertpaketen nach Deutschland müssen wie bei gewöhnlichen Paketen die Gewichtsstufen der Pakete angegeben werden. 4. Die im offenen Durchgang versandten Pakete müssen einzeln in die Frachtkarte eingetragen werden. 5. Nachzusendende oder an den Absender zurückgehende Pakete sind in die Frachtkarte mit dem Zusatz “Zurück” oder “Nachgesandt” einzeln einzutragen. Die auf solchen Paketen lastenden Gebühren sind in der Spalte “Bemerkungen” anzugeben. 53 Stat. 2216 6. Die Gesamtzahl der zu jedem Kartenschluss verwendeten Säcke muss auch in der Frachtkarte vermerkt werden. 7. Die absendenden Auswechslungs-Postämter haben die Frachtkarten in der linken oberen Ecke mit einer jährlich fortlaufenden Nummer zu versehen. Die letzte Nummer des alten Jahres ist in der ersten Frachtkarte des neuen Jahres zu vermerken. 8. Die beiden Verwaltungen werden sich im Wege des Schriftwechsels sowohl über die genaue Art des Nachweises der Durchgangspakete und der dazu verwendeten Behältnisse als auch über die in diesem Abkommen nicht vorgesehenen Einzelheiten des Austausches von Paketen und Behältnissen verständigen. Artikel 19. Abnahme durch die Auswechslungs-Postämter. 1. Das empfangende Auswechslungs-Postamt hat die Paketpost beim Eingang zu prüfen. Auch die Eintragungen in der Frachtkarte müssen sorgfältig geprüft werden. Irgendwelche Unterschie-de oder Unregelmässigkeiten sind dem absendenden Auswechslungs-postamt unverzüglich zu melden. Geschieht dies nicht, wird angenommen, dass die Paketpost in jeder Beziehung vollkommen in Ordnung war.Stellt das empfangende Auswechslungs-Postamt beim Eingang eines Kartenschlusses irgendwelche Irrtümer oder Unregelmässigkeiten fest, die zu Ersatzverbindlichkeiten führen könnten, so müssen alle Gegenstände, die zu späteren Nachforschungen oder zur Prüfung der Ersatzansprüche dienen können, zurückbehalten werden. 2. Das absendende Auswechslungs-Postamt, an das die Meldungen gerichtet sind, scliickt sie nach Prüfung mit ihren etwaigen Bemerkungen zurück. Die zurückgesandten Meldungen werden den Frachtkarten, auf die sie sich53 Stat. 2217beziehen, beigefügt. Berichtigungen in einer Frachtkarte, zu denen keine Belege vorliegen, werden als ungültig angesehen. 3. Erscheint es angezeigt, so kann das absendende Auswechslungs-Postamt ausserdem telegraphisch benachrichtigt werden; die Kosten trägt die Verwaltung, die das Telegramm absendet. 4. Fehlt die zu einem Kartenschluss gehörige Frachtkarte, so ist eine Ersatzfrachtkarte anzu-fertigen. Eine Abschrift dieser Frachtkarte ist dem Auswechslungs-Postamt, das den Kartenschluss abgesandt hat, zu übersenden. 5. Das Auswechslungs-Postamt, das von einem andern Auswechslungs-Postamt ein ungenügend verpacktes oder beschädigtes Paket übernimmt, muss es weiterleiten, nachdem es das Paket nötigenfalls neu verpackt hat, wobei die ursprüngliche Verpackung möglichst zu erhalten ist.Ist die Beschädigung so erheblich, dass der Inhalt der Sendung herausgenommen werden kann, so hat das Postamt das Paket zunächst amtlich zu öffnen und den Inhalt festzustellen. In beiden Fällen wird das Paket vor und nach der Neuverpackung gewogen; das Gewicht ist auf der Paket Umhüllung selbst anzugeben. Hinter die Gewichtsangabe sind der Vermerk “Neu verpackt in. . . .” und die Unterschrift der Beamten zu setzen, die die Sendung neu verpackt haben. Artikel 20. Abrechnung. 1. Jede Verwaltung hat vierteljährlichAccounting nach den Angaben in den Frachtkarten eine Rechnung aufzustellen. 2. Diese Rechnungen werden mit den Frachtkarten und gegebenenfalls den Abschriften der sich auf diese beziehenden Meldungen der andern Verwaltung zur Prüfung übersandt, und zwar im Laufe des Monats, der dem Vierteljahr folgt, auf das die Rechnung sich bezieht. 53 Stat. 2218 3. Die Aufstellung, Übersendung, Prüfung und Anerkennung der Rechnungen sowie die Begleichung der Restschuld sind möglichst schnell zu bewirken, spätestens aber binnen drei Monaten nach Ablauf des Zeitraums, auf den sich die Rechnung bezieht. 4. Die aus diesen Rechnungen zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen sich ergebende Restschuld soll durch Wechsel auf New York oder auf andre, im Wege des Schriftwechsels im gegenseitigen Einvernehmen zwischen den beiden Verwaltungen zu vereinbarende Weise beglichen werden. Die ent¬stehenden Wechsel- oder andern Kosten trägt die Schuldnerverwaltung. Artikel 21. Verschiedene Mitteilungen. Miscellaneous notifications.Die Verwaltungen der vertragschliessenden Länder werden einander alle erforderlichen Einzel-heiten über den Postpaketaustausch mitteilen. Effective date and duration.Diese Vollzugsordnung gilt vom Tag an, an dem das Postpaketabkommen in Kraft tritt, und soll dieselbe Dauer wie dieses Abkommen haben. Signatures.Geschehen in doppelter Ausfertigung in Berlin, am 6. Februar 1939 und in Washington, am 16. März 1939. Ohnesorge *Deutscher Reichspostminister*. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Agreementbetweenthe United States of America andGermany concerning the Exchange of Parcel Post. For the purpose of concludingAgreement with Germany concerning exchange of parcel post. an agreement for the exchange of parcel-post packages between the United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa, and the U. S. Virgin Islands) and Germany, the undersigned James A. Farley Postmaster General of the United States and Dr. Ohnesorge Deutscher Reichspostminister, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. Object of the Agreement. Between the United States ofObject. America and Germany there may be exchanged under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and dimensions indicated in the following Article. Article II. Limits of weight and size. 1. No parcel shall exceed forty-fourLimits of weight and site. pounds (twenty kilograms) in weight, three feet six inches (one hundred five centimeters) in length, or six feet seven inches (two hundred centimeters) in length and girth combined; provided, however, that parcels exceeding six feet (one hundred 53 Stat. 2184eighty centimeters) in combined length and girth be restricted in length to thirty inches (seventy-five centimeters).The limits of weight and maximum dimensions sta ted above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 2. In regard to the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions, the indications furnished by the dispatching Office will be accepted, save in the case of obvious error. Article III. Transit parcels. 1. Right of transit. Each Administration guarantees the right of transit over its territory, to or from any country with which it has parcel-post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the territory of the other contracting Administration. 2. Acceptance for onward transmission. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediary Administration. Article IV. Prepayment of postage. Rates. 1. Prepayment of postage. The prepayment of the postage on parcels shall be compulsory, except in the case of redirected or returned parcels. 2. Rates. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage prescribed from time to time by its regulations.53 Stat. 2185 Article V. Rates. 1. For each parcel, ordinary orRates. insured, sent to Germany, payment shall be made as follows: 0. 60 gold franc per parcel not exceeding 1 kg (2 lbs) in weight; 1. 00 gold franc per parcel over 1 and not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs) in weight; 2. 00 gold francs per parcel over 5 and not exceeding 10 kg (22 lbs) in weight; 3. 00 gold francs per parcel over 10 and not exceeding 15 kg (33 lbs) in weight; 4. 00 gold francs per parcel over 15 and not exceeding 20 kg (44 lbs) in weight. On parcels sent from the United States of America in transit through Germany the German Post Office is entitled to receive 30, 50, 100, 150, and 200 gold centimes for parcels not exceeding 1, 5, 10, 15, and 20 kg respectively. 2. For each parcel, ordinary or insured, sent to the United States of America or to its possessions, payment shall be made as follows, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: 0.70 gold franc per kg for parcels for the United States of America; 0.70 gold franc per kg for parcels for Alaska; 0.35 gold franc per kg for parcels for Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, Puerto Rico, and the U. S. Virgin Islands. 3. In addition, there shall beTransit charges. paid the following transit charges for parcels, ordinary or insured, for the possessions of the United States of America and for transit parcels, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: 0.70 gold franc per kg when only sea service is provided;53 Stat. 2186 1.15 gold francs per kg when only land service is provided; 1.50 gold francs per kg when both land and sea service are provided. 4. Allowance for insured parcels. Moreover, in respect of insured parcels the Postal Administration of the country of origin shall allow to the Postal Administration of the country of destination for territorial service a rate of 10 gold centimes for each insured parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs and 20 gold centimes for each insured parcel with insured value over 500 up to Sea service provisions.1000 gold francs. If the Administration of the country of destination provides the sea service, the Administration of the country of origin shall allow an additional rate of 20 gold centimes for each insured parcel with insured value up to 500 gold francs and 40 gold centimes for each insured parcel with insured value over 500 up to 1000 gold francs. 5. Right to vary territorial rates. Each Postal Administration reserves the right to vary its territorial rates in accordance with any alteration of these charges which may be decided upon in connection with other countries generally. Either Administration shall give notice to the other three months in advance of its intention to vary the terminal quotas and transit charges and tne sea rates. The reduction or increase shall remain in force for at least one year. Article VI. Sea rate. Sea rate.Each of the two Postal Administrations shall be entitled to fix the rate for any sea service which it provides. For parcels sent by sea direct from one country to the other the Post Office of the country of origin pays to the Post Office of the country of destination the sea rate, if the latter Office provides for the sea service.53 Stat. 2187 Article VII. Fee for customs clearance. The office of delivery may collectFee for customs clearance. from the addressee either in respect of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 gold centimes per parcel or such other charge as international conventions subsequent to the Cairo Agreement of 1934[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). shall fix. Article VIII. Delivery to the addressee. Fee for delivery at the place of address. 1. Parcels are delivered to theDelivery to addressee. addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collect in respectFee. of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 gold centimes per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. 2. If the parcels are not taken out for delivery at the address the addressee must be advised of their arrival without delay. Article IX. Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected. The parcels to which this AgreementCharges other than those prescribed not to be collected. applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article X. Warehousing charges. The country of destination isWarehousing charge. authorized to collect the warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “General Delivery” or which are not 53 Stat. 2188claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed five gold francs and shall not be canceled in the event of the return of the parcel to the countiy of origin. Article XI. Customs duties. Customs duties.The parcels shall be subject in the country of destination to all customs duties and all customs regulations in force in that country for the protection of its customs revenue and the customs duties properly chargeable thereon shall be collected on delivery, in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. Article XII. Prohibitions. 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post: a) Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel with mention of the address *Post*, p. 2207.of the sender. (Regulations of Execution, Article 5, first section.) b) Enclosure bearing different address. An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel. c) Live animals. Live animals, except leeches. d) Narcotics. Opium, morphine, cocaine, and other narcotics. e) Nonadmissible articles. Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country. f) Explosive, etc., articles. Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general any article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal em53 Stat. 2189ployees, or may soil or damage other parcels. g) Obscene or immoral articles.Obscene, etc., articles. h) It is, moreover, forbidden toCoin, jewelry, etc., in uninsured parcels. send coin, bank notes, currency notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer, platinum, gold, or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewelry, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. 2. When a parcel contraveningAction to be taken. any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures, and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. The fact that a parcel containsParcel containing a letter. a letter or a communication having the nature of a letter may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations adviseList of Prohibited Articles. each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not on that account assume any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 3. If parcels wrongly admittedParcels wrongly admitted. to the post are neither returned to origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Administration of origin must be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcels.53 Stat. 2190 Article XIII. Recall and change of address. Recall and change of address.So long as a parcel lias not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain for this service the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in Germany shall be addressed to the offices of destination. Article XIV. Certificate of mailing. Receipts. Ordinary (uninsured) parcels, certificate at mailing.On request at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, the sender will receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix and collect a reasonable fee therefor. Insured parcels, receipt at time of posting.The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article XV. Return receipts. Advice of delivery.The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid *Post*, p. 2206.Collect-on-delivery parcels.down in the Regulations. It is permissible to request return receipts for collect-on-delivery parcels. Article XVI. Rejorwarding. 1. Reforwarding. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s53 Stat. 2191 change of address in the country of destination at the request of either the sender or the addressee.The reforwarding of a parcelSupplementary charges. within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be canceled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. Charges not canceled by the Office of the country of destination are collected from the sender or the addressee. 2. If a parcel must be reforwardedNew fees. to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new postage and insurance fees are collected by the Administration effecting the delivery. 3. At the request of the senderReturn or reforwarding to another country. or the addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country.” In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling,Indemnity Incase of loss, etc. or damage of an insured parcel which is reforwarded or returned to another country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article XXVII, Section 8. 4. Insured parcels may not beInsured parcels. reforwarded or returned except as such.53 Stat. 2192 Article XVII. Non-delivery. 1. Disposition in event of non-delivery. At the time of mailing, the sender must state how his parcel is to be disposed of in the event of non-delivery; that is, the sender must mark the parcel and the relative dispatch note with one of the following notes:" “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered to. . . . .”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”, " or note of similar import. C. O. D. parcels.No other alternative is admissible. The sender may provide, in case his C. O. D. parcel is undeliverable as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges. 2. Undeliverable parcels. Except as otherwise provided, undeliverable parcels are returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel and in the case of parcels returned to the United States of America on the relative dispatch note. 3. Parcels liable to deterioration. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be sold immediately, even en route, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the benefit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise 53 Stat. 2193to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 4. Undeliverable parcels which Abandoned parcels.the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 5. In case of the return of undeliverableCharges parcels the charges prescribed by Article XXXIV, Section 2, are collected. Article XVIII. Customs charges to be canceled. Provided the formalities prescribedCancelation on returned articlesby the customs authorities concerned are fulfilled, the customs charges properly so-called, on parcels sent back to the country of origin, or redirected to another country, shall be canceled both in Germany and in the United States of America. Article XIX. Inquiries. A fee may be charged, at theFees. option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also for an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service.53 Stat. 2194 COLLECT-ON-DELIVERYPARCELS Article XX. Subject. 1. Acceptance for mailing. Parcels having charges to be collected on delivery, shall be accepted for mailing from Germany to any money order post office in the United States of America or from the United States of America to any locality in Germany. 2. Insurance. Collect-on-delivery parcels shall be accepted only when insured. 3. Designated articles not applicable. The provisions of Articles XX to XXIV of this Agreement and of Articles 9 to 14 of the Regulations of Execution do not cover transit collect-on-delivery parcels. Article XXI. Postage and fees. Postage rates, insurance, etc., formalities.Parcels bearing charges for collection on delivery shall be subject to the postage rates, insurance fees, conditions of mailing, and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations. Article XXII. Amount of C. O. D. 1. Maximum amount. The maximum amount to be collected on delivery shall be Changes by mutual agreement.$100.00. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Postal Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be expressed in dollars and cents.53 Stat. 2195 2. When the sender makes aRequest for reduction or cancelation. request early enough for any reduction or cancelation of the amount to be collected on delivery, the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence. Article XXIII. Responsibility for C. O. D. parcels. 1. In case an insured C. O. D.Responsibility. parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the Postal Administrations are responsible as for an insured parcel without C. O. D. charges, in conformity with the provisions of Articles XXVII to XXIX. 2. When a C. O. D. parcel hasWhere delivery made but charges not remitted, indemnity provisions. been delivered to the addressee but the charges have not been remitted, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the C. O. D. amount not remitted, provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel-post mails being prohibited. This stipulation also applies to the case that a lower amount than the full C. O. D. charge is collected from the addressee. The indemnity provided for inLimitation. this section may not in any case exceed the C. O. D. amount. 3. As to the fixing of the responsibilityStipulations to be applied. and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided for insured parcels not sent C. O. D. 4. When a C. O. D. parcel forAction when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the post office of destination will dehver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions 53 Stat. 2196from the Administration to which such office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the post office of destination will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. Article XXIV. Settlement. 1. Remittance of entire amount to sender. The entire amount of the collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or collection charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. Collection of charges from addressee.The delivering post office will collect from the addressee the full amount of the C. O. D. charges and in addition thereto may collect such money order fee or fees as are required to remit the amount of the C. O. D. charges to the sender in the country of origin. 2. Collection charge. The country effecting delivery of a C. O. D. parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of 25 gold centimes, from the addressee as a collection charge but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. Transmission fee. The fee for the transmission of the amount of the collect-on-delivery charges shall belong entirely to the country collecting it. No special account of the fee is to be made between the two Administrations except as stated in Article XXXIV. Article XXV. Insured parcels. 1. Maximum amount. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 1000 gold francs or its equivalent in currency of the Changes by mutual Consent.country of origin. However, the Postal Administrations of the two 53 Stat. 2197contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. 2. The Postal Administration ofCollection from sender by country of origin. the country of origin is entitled to collect from the sender such insurance fees as may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. Article XXVI. Indication of value. It is permitted to insure onlyIndication of value. part of the value of the contents. A parcel of which the contentsWithout pecuniary value. have no pecuniary value may, however, be insured for a nominal sum in order to obtain the safeguards of the insurance system. Article XXVII. Responsibility. Indemnity. 1. The Postal AdministrationsOrdinary parcels. of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage of an ordinary parcel. 2. Except in the cases mentionedInsured parcels.Responsibility for loss, abstraction, or damage. in the Article following, the i Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction, or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. 3. The sender, or other rightfulIndemnity to sender, etc. claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The amount of indemnityBasis for calculation. is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing; provided in any case that theLimitation.53 Stat. 2198 indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum amount of 1000 gold francs. 4. Maximum amount of compensation. For an insured parcel, the amount of compensation shall not exceed the actual value of the contents. 5. Indirect damages, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery, or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 6. Return of postage. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of an insured parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to the return of the postage charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not returned in any case. 7. Parcels originating in a third country, etc. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the coun tries involved, which agreement may be made bv correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss, rifling, or damage of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 8. Parcels reforwarded or returned to a third country. When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the Indemnity in case of loss, etc.sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the coun53 Stat. 2199try where the loss, rifling, or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the twoParcels wrongly forwarded to a third country. countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the countiy of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 9. The sender is responsible forDefects in packing. defects in the packing and insufficiency in the packing and sealing of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article XXVIII. Exceptions to the principle of responsibility. The Administrations are relieved from all responsibility: a) In case of insured parcels ofAcceptance without reservation. which the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation. b) In case of loss or damageLoss, etc., through force majeure. through force majeure (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. The country responsible for the loss, abstraction, or damage must decide in accordance with its internal legislation, whether this loss, abstraction, or damage was due to circumstances constituting a case of force majeure.53 Stat. 2200 c) Destruction of official documents. When, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise, they are unable to account for insured parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure. d) Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article. e) Prohibited articles. For insured parcels which contain prohibited articles. f) Declaration above real value. In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin. g) Seizure because of false declaration. For insured parcels seized by the Customs because of false declaration of contents. h) Application, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel. i) Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. For insured parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such insured parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article XXIX. Termination of responsibility. Termination of responsibilityThe Administrations cease to be responsible for insured parcels of which they have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for insured parcels of the same nature.53 Stat. 2201 Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of an insured parcel, the contents of which have been abstracted or damaged. Article XXX. Obligation to pay compensation. The obligation to pay compensation,Obligation to pay compensation. as well as the postage charges due to be refunded, rests with the Administration of origin. However, in cases where the compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article XXVII, Section 3, the obligation shall rest with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article XXXI. Period for payment of compensation. 1. The payment of compensationPeriod for payment of compensation. for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. However, the AdministrationDeferred payment. responsible for making payment may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Except in cases where paymentPayment when delayed nine months. is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter.53 Stat. 2202 Article XXXII. Fixing of responsibility. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any reservations and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If the loss, rifling, or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 4. The Administration paying compensation takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender, or a third party. 5. If an insured parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found the person to -whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. Article XXXIII. Repayment of compensation. 1. Repayment to country effecting payment. The Administration responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay 53 Stat. 2203the amount of the indemnity to the countiy which has effected payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay and at the latest within the period of nine months after notification of payment. 2. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that Office, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 3. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold francs. Article XXXIV. Charges. 1. For each parcel exchangedCharges. between the contracting countries, the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination in the parcel bills the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in Article V. 2. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding or return to origin. return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching Office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due it, namely, as the case may be: a) The charges prescribed by Section 1 above. b) The charges for reforwarding or return. c) The charges prescribed by Article X, if applicable. 3. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding or return to a third country. return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b), and
(c)above as are applicable shall follow the parcel but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges for any reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin.53 Stat. 2204 4. Parcels in transit. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXXV. Air parcels. Air surtax, etc.The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by air routes. Article XXXVI. Temporary suspension of service. Temporary suspension of service.In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, either entirely or partially, or restrict it to certain offices, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XXXVII. Miscellaneous provisions. 1. Miscellaneous provisions.Monetary unite. The gold francs and centimes mentioned in this Agreement are gold francs and centimes as defined in the Postal Union Convention. 2. Treatment of questions arising. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or change of address of parcels and the obtaining and disposition of inquiries, return receipts, and settlement of indemnity claims in connection with insured and C. O. D. parcels shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable 53 Stat. 2205and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or Germany or the decisions made by one country or the other are applicable in the respective country. 3. The details relative to theDetails to be fixed by common consent. application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. 4. The two Administrations notifyMutual notice of applicable provisions, etc. each other mutually of then-laws, ordinances, and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXXVIII. Duration of the Agreement. 1. This Agreement abrogatesAgreements abrogated. and substitutes the Parcel Post Convention signed at Washington,[45 Stat. 2701](/us/stat/45/2701). the 4th day of August, 1928, and at Berlin, the 25th day of June, 1928, and the Agreement for Collect-on-Delivery Parcel Post Service signed at Washington, the 5th[47 Stat. 1966](/us/stat/47/1966). day of January, 1932, and at Berlin, the 22nd day of December, 1931. 2. It shall become effective onEffective date and duration. January 2, 1939 and shall remain in effect as long as it has not been terminated six months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the 16th day of March 1939 and at Berlin, the 6th of February 1939. James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. [seal] Ohnesorge *Deutscher Reichspostminister*. 53 Stat. 2206 REGULATIONS OF EXECUTION for theParcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Germany. Article 1. Circulation. 1. Circulation. Each Postal Administration shall forward by the routes and means which it uses for its own parcels, parcels delivered to it by the other Administration for conveyance in transit through its territory. 2. Ordinary parcels. Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the Insured parcels.forwarding Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Article 2. Receptacles. 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten percent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin.53 Stat. 2207 Article 3. Method, of exchange of parcels. 1. The parcels shall be exchanged,Method of exchange of parcels. in sacks duty fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosedInsured parcels. in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. 3. The weight of any bag of parcelsMaximum weight. shall not exceed 36 kilograms (80 pounds avoirdupois). Article 4. Information to be furnished. Each Postal Administration shall communicate to the other: a) The countries to which it canCountries to which parcels can be forwarded. forward parcels handed over to it. b) The total amount to beCredits. credited to it by the other Administration for each country of destination. c) The number of customs declarationsCustoms declarations. which must accompany each parcel, and any other necessary information. Article 5. Preparation of parcels. Every parcel shall:Preparation of parcels. 1. Bear the exact address of the addressee and of the sender in Roman characters. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are not admitted; however, addresses written 53 Stat. 2208in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. The address of a parcel shall be written on the parcel itself or on a label or tag so firmly attached to it that it cannot become detached. The sender of a parcel shall be advised to enclose in the parcel a copy of the address together with a note of his own address; especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. 2. Be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Articles liable to injure officers of the Post Office or to damage other parcels shall be packed so as to prevent any risk. 3. Insured parcels must be closed and securely sealed with wax or otherwise. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a, mode of closing. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels mailed in its service. 4. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels in order to inspect the contents. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the Customs must be refastened and also officially resealed, except in the case of ordinary parcels which were not sealed by the senders in the first instance. Article 6. Special packing. 1. Special packing. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a 53 Stat. 2209double receptacle. Between the inner receptacle (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the outer receptacle (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard, or strong carton of fibreboard, or receptacle of equal strength) there must be left a space to be filled, with sawdust, bran, or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case the inner receptacle is broken. 2. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, winch, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covers in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 7. Dispatch notes and customs declarations. 1. The sender shall prepare aDispatch notes and customs declarations. dispatch note for each parcel on a special form provided for the purpose. The dispatch note shall give the office of mailing, name and address of the sender, number of customs declarations, weight, postage paid, name and address of the addressee, the office of destination and, in the case of insured parcels, the number given the parcel. The dispatch notes for parcels sent to Germany shall be sent to Germany together with the originals of the parcel bills and in the case of parcels sent to the United States of America they shall be retained by the German offices of exchange. 2. The sender shall also prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent by either country upon a special form provided for the purpose. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate 53 Stat. 2210statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, gross and net weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee; and shall be securely attached to the parcel. 3. The contracting Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations or of the dispatch notes. Article 8. lieturn receipts. 1. Return receipts. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin places on the parcel the conspicuous notice “Rückschein”, or “Return receipt requested”, “Advice of delivery requested”, “Avis de reception”, or the letters “A. R.” The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the dispatch note in the case of parcels for Germany and to the parcel itself in the case of parcels for the United States of America. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section.53 Stat. 2211 COLLECT-ON-DELIVERY PARCELS Article 9. Marking of C. O. D. parcels and dispatch notes. Each C. O. D. parcel and theStamps or labels, etc. relative dispatch note must bear on the address side, the conspicuous impression of an official stamp or label reading “Collect-on-delivery” or “C. O. D.” or “Remboursement”, and in close proximity to these words must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the insurance number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures, the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fee or fees that will be collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender. Article 10. Exchange and billing of C. O. D. parcels. 1. Parcels with C. O. D. chargesExchange and billing. shall be exchanged through the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations.The exchanges of C. O. D. parcels between such offices shall be effected in direct dispatches in special sacks containing nothing but C. O. D. articles, the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Remboursement” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. 2. Such parcels will be fisted in separate parcel bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the C. O. D. (insured) number, the office of origin and the C. O. D. charges. In addition there must be shown in the case of parcels for Germany, an indication of the weight division to which the parcel belongs, 53 Stat. 2212the same as in the case of ordinary parcels; and in the case of parcels for the United States, the total number and total net weight of the parcels comprising each dispatch. 3. Upon receipt of a dispatch of C. O. D. parcels, at the exchange office of the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise treated as provided in Article 19 of the Regulations of Execution. Article 11. C. O. D. money orders. 1. C. O. D. money orders. Every money order, issued in either country in payment of C. O. D. charges on a parcel, must show plainly the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcel and bear the letters “C. O. D.” or the word “Remboursement” in a conspicuous position. 2. The C. O. D. money order lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the C. O. D. (insured) number of the parcels. No C. O. D. money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and the payee’s name and exact address are included. Article 12. Lists of C. O. D. money orders. Authorized offices.The offices of New York and of Cologne 2 are the only ones authorized to make up and to send lists of C. O. D. money orders. Such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list shall be marked “Collect-on-delivery” or “Remboursement”. Article 13. Unpayable money orders. 1. Disposition, etc., of unpayable money orders. The C. O. D. money orders which have not been paid to the 53 Stat. 2213payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the articles to which they relate. When it appears that the C. O. D. service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will be withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the C. O. D. parcels involved. 2. As for other formalities, C. O. D. money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. Article 14. Redirection. Recall. 1. Unless mutually otherwiseRedirection. agreed, C. O. D. parcels shall not be reforwarded to any other country than the United States or Germany. 2. The sender of a C. O. D.Recall. parcel may cause it to be recalled upon complying with such requirements as may be established in this connection by the country of origin. INSURED PARCELS Article 15. Indication of insured value and of weight. 1. For insured parcels, theIndication of insured value and of weight. amount of insured value must appear on the parcel and the relative dispatch note in currency of the country of origin and in gold francs, in Roman letters written out in full, and in Arabic figures. Also, the exact weight of each parcel must be entered by the Administration of origin: a) on the address side of the parcel and b) on the dispatch note in the place reserved for this purpose.53 Stat. 2214 Article 16. Insurance labels and postage stamps. Insurance labels and postage stamps.Each insured parcel posted in the United States and the relative dispatch note must bear on the address side an insurance number and a label with the words “Wertpaket”, “Insured”, or “Valeur déclarée” in Roman characters, or these words must be conspicuously marked or stamped on the parcel itself. Insured parcels posted in Germany and the relative dispatch notes must bear labels with the letter “V”, the name of the office of origin, and the serial number in red color. The labels and postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot conceal injuries to the packing. Neither may they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. Article 17. Reforwarding. Reforwarding.Parcels, when missent, must not be charged with customs or other charges by the reforwarding Administration. When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a bulletin of verification. When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a bulletin of verification.53 Stat. 2215 Article 18. Billing of parcels. 1. Separate parcel bills must beBilling of parcels. prepared for ordinary parcels and for insured parcels. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The duplicate is sent in the regular mads, while the original is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is to be designated by the letter “F” on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch to Germany are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels according to the following divisions of weight: 1. not exceeding 1 kg (2 lbs.); 2. over 1, not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs.); 3. over 5, not exceeding 10 kg (22 lbs.); 4. over 10, not exceeding 15 kg (33 lbs.); 5. over 15, not exceeding 20 kg (44 lbs.). 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of insured parcels for the United States, the total net weight of the parcels must also be shown. In the case of insured parcels for Germany, an indication of the weight division to which the parcel belongs must also be shown, the same as in the case of ordinary parcels. 4. Parcels sent “à découvert” must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected”. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column.53 Stat. 2216 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other, together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual consent through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 19. Verification by the exchange offices. 1. On receipt of a dispatch, the exchange office of destination proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If any error or irregularity which could give rise to liability for compensation is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which 53 Stat. 2217it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Repacked at. . . .”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 20. Accounting. 1. At the end of each quarter,Accounting. each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto, shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate.53 Stat. 2218 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination, and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 21. Miscellaneous notifications. Miscellaneous notifications.The Administrations of the two countries shall communicate to each other all items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. Effective date and duration.These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Signatures.Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 16th day of March 1939 and at Berlin, the 6th of February 1939. James A Farley *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. [seal] Ohnesorge, *Deutscher Reichspostminister*. Approval by the President.The foregoing Agreement between the United States of America and Germany concerning the exchange of parcels by parcel post and the Detailed Regulations for its execution have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *March 25, 1939* April 6, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2219 53 Stat. 2219 GREAT BRITAIN—CANTON AND ENDERBURY ISLANDS—APR. 6, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Great BritainApril 6, 1939[E. A. S. No. 145] concerning a joint administration of Canton and Enderbury Islands in the South Pacific Ocean. Effected by exchange of notes signed April 6, 1939. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the British Ambassador (Lindsay) Department of State Washington *April 6, 1939* Excellency: With reference to recent correspondence between the GovernmentAgreement with Great Britain concerning a joint administration of Canton and Enderbury Islands. of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland concerning Canton and Enderbury Islands in the South Pacific Ocean, I have the honor to propose an Agreement concerning these islands in the following terms: I The Government of the United States and the Government of the United Kingdom, without prejudice to their respective claims to Canton and Enderbury Islands, agree to a joint control over these islands. II The islands shall, during the period of joint control, be administered by a United States and a British official appointed by their respective Governments. The manner in which these two officials shall exercise the powers of administration reserved to them under this paragraph shall be determined by. the two Governments in consultation as occasion may require. III The islands shall, during the period of joint control, be subject to a special joint *ad hoc* régime the details of which shall be determined by the two Governments in consultation from time to time. IV The islands shall be available for communications and for use as airports for international aviation, but only civil aviation companies incorporated in the United States of America or in any part of the British Commonwealth of Nations shall be permitted to use them for the purpose of scheduled air services. 53 Stat. 2220 V The use of any part of either of the islands or their territorial waters for aviation purposes, except as herein agreed upon, or for any other purpose, shall be the subject of agreement between the two Governments. VI An airport may be constructed and operated on Canton Island by an American company or companies, satisfactory to the United States Government, which, in return for an agreed fee, shall provide facilities for British aircraft and British civil aviation companies equal to those enjoyed by United States aircraft and by such American company or companies. In case of dispute as to fees, or the conditions of use by British aircraft or by British civil aviation companies, the matter shall be settled by arbitration. VII The joint control hereby set up shall have a duration of fifty years from this day’s date. If no agreement to the contrary is reached before the expiration of that period the joint control shall continue thereafter until such time as it may be modified or terminated by the mutual consent of the two Governments. I have the honor to suggest that if an Agreement in the sense of the foregoing paragraphs is acceptable to the Government of the United Kingdom this note and Your Excellency’s reply thereto in similar terms shall be regarded as placing on record the understanding arrived at between the two Governments concerning this matter. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cobdell Hull His Excellency The Right Honorable Sir Ronald Lindsay, P. C., G. C. M. G., K. C. B., C. V. O., *British Ambassador*. The British Ambassador (Lindsay) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)No. 391 British Embassy, Washington, D. C., *April 6th 1939* Sir, I have the honour to refer to your Note of this day’s date proposing an Agreement between the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of the United States of America on the subject of Canton and Enderbury Islands in the following terms: 53 Stat. 2221 I. The Government of the United States and the Government of the United Kingdom, without prejudice to their respective claims to Canton and Enderbury Islands, agree to a joint control over these islands. II. The islands shall, during the period of joint control, be administered by a United States and a British official appointed by their respective Governments. The manner in which these two officials shall exercise the powers of administration reserved to them under this paragraph shall be determined by the two Governments in consultation as occasion may require. III. The islands shall, during the period of joint control, be subject to a special joint *ad hoc* régime the details of which shall be determined by the two Governments in consultation from time to time. IV. The islands shall be available for communications and for use as airports for international aviation, but only civil aviation companies incorporated in the United States of America or in any part of the British Commonwealth of Nations shall be permitted to use them for the purpose of scheduled air services. V. The use of any part of either of the islands or their territorial waters for aviation purposes, except as herein agreed upon, or for any other purpose shall be the subject of agreement between the two Governments. VI. An airport may be constructed and operated on Canton Island by an American company or companies, satisfactory to the United States Government, which, in return for an agreed fee, shall provide facilities for British aircraft and British civil aviation companies equal to those enjoyed by United States aircraft and by such American company or companies. In case of dispute as to fees, or the conditions of use by British aircraft or by British civil aviation companies, the matter shall be settled by arbitration. VII. The joint control hereby set up shall have a duration of fifty years from this day’s date. If no agreement to the contrary is reached before the expiration of that period the joint control shall continue thereafter until such time as it may be modified or terminated by the mutual consent of the two Governments. 53 Stat. 2222 I have the honour to inform you that an Agreement in the terms of the foregoing paragraphs is acceptable to the Government of the United Kingdom and that this Note, and your Note under reference, will be regarded as placing on record the understanding arrived at between the two Governments concerning this matter. I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration, Sir, Your most obedient, humble servant, R. C. Lindsay The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States*, *Washington, D. C.* February 28, 1939 April 8, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2223 53 Stat. 2223 ARGENTINA—PARCEL POST—Feb. 28, 1939⁄Apr. 8, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement for the exchange of parcel post packages between the RepublicFebruary 28, 1939April 8, 1939 of Argentina and the United States of America. Signed at Buenos Aires February 28, 1939 and at Washington April 8, 1939; approved by the President April 17, 1939. AGREEMENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OF INSURED PARCEL POST PACKAGES BETWEEN THE REPUBLIC OF ARGENTINA AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. In the exercise of the optionAgreement with Argentina for the exchange of insured parcel post packages.[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696). granted by Article 1, Section 3 of the Agreement Relative to Parcel Post of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, the Post Office Department of the United States of America and the Administration of Posts and Telegraphs of the Argentine Republic, for the purpose of bringing about a better public service that will permit the exchange of parcel post on a basis of security which will facilitate the traffic in articles of value between both countries, have decided to draw up the following Agreement: Article I. Insurance. 1. The Administrations of theInsurance provisions. United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa, and the U. S. Virgin Islands) on one hand and of the Argentine Republic on the other, agree to execute the service of parcels with an insured value up to the maximum limit of 500Maximum limit. gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin, upon payment by the sender ofSpecial additional fees. such special additional fees as each of the countries of origin mentioned may establish in its own service. Such additional fees accrue in their entirety to the Administration of origin. 53 Stat. 2224 2. Parcels containing precious metals. Parcels containing precious metals, in any form or state, must be sent insured. 3. Optional insurance. Parcels may be insured for their total value or for only part of their total value, at the option of the sender. Article II. Responsibility. 1. Responsibility. Except in the cases mentioned in the Section following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. This responsibility applies to insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries destined for the other country; that is, cases of reforwarding or return to third countries at the request of the sender or addressee are excluded, unless the country of new destination or that of origin agrees to pay indemnity under the terms provided by the present Agreement, either by virtue of a pre-existent agreement or because it desires to do so at its option. Indemnity. In cases of loss, rifling, or damage, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction, or damage. The appraisal of the amount of loss or damage shall be made by the Administration which is found responsible, on the basis of the current price, (in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) of the lost or damaged article which prevailed in the country of origin on the date of mailing the parcel, provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured within the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 53 Stat. 2225 In case that indemnity must beReturn of postage on loss of parcel. paid for the loss of a parcel, or for the destruction or rifling of all its contents, the sender will be entitled to reimbursement of the postage charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees will not be returned in any case. 2. The Administrations ceaseExceptions. to be responsible:
(a)In case of parcels of whichAcceptance without reservation. the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation. In the“In care” parcels. case of “in care” parcels, responsibility ceases when delivery has been made to the addressee first mentioned and his receipt has been obtained.
(b)In case of loss or damageLoss, etc., through force majeure. through force majeure.
(c)When they are unable to accountDestruction of official documents. for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure.
(d)When the damage has beenDamage through fault of sender, addresses, etc. caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)For parcels which containProhibited articles. prohibited articles.
(f)When the sender has made aFalse declaration of value. false declaration of value for the purpose of obtaining an indemnity higher than the actual amount of the loss, rifling, or damage. This exemption is not intended to prejudice the legal proceedings to be applied by virtue of the domestic legal provisions of the country of origin.
(g)For parcels seized by theSeizure because of false declaration. Customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)When no inquiry or applicationApplication, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel. 53 Stat. 2226
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. For insured parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value, or perishable matter, or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement, or which were not posted in the manner prescribed; but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. Indirect damages, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, nondelivery, misdelivery, or delay of insured parcels dispatched in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement. 4. Period for payment of compensation. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferment of payment. However, the paying Postal Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Payment when application for indemnity delayed nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Administration winch, being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. Obligation of paying Indemnity. The obligation of paying the indemnity rests with the Administration to which the office of origin belongs, unless the sender has authorized the addressee or other person living in the country53 Stat. 2227 of destination, to collect the said indemnity, in which case it will be credited by the Administration of destination to the account of the Administration responsible, against which the paying Administration reserves the right of claiming refund of the amount credited. By the fact of the payment of the indemnity, and up to the amount of such indemnity, the responsible Administration is subrogated in the rights of the person who has received the indemnity for all eventual recourse against either the addressee, the sender, or third parties. 7. Until the contrary is proved,Fixing of responsibility. responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any reservations, and being put into possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish:
(a)Proper delivery of the parcel.
(b)Regular disposal of the same in accordance with the stipulations of this Agreement.
(c)Treatment as prescribed by the domestic legislation if it is a question of a parcel which is in violation of the regulations. 8. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls upon the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred on the territory of the receiving Administration. 9. If the loss, rifling, or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Administrations involved bear the responsibility in equal shares. 10. The country responsible forReimbursement to country effecting payment. the loss, rifling, or damage and on53 Stat. 2228 whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of nine months after notification of payment. 11. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that Administration, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 12. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold money. 13. Defects in packing, etc. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and the seals of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article III. Preparation of parcels. 1. Preparation of parcels. It is obligatory to indicate in ink and with all exactitude, on the parcel itself, the complete address of the sender as well as that of the addressee of an insured parcel. When, for practical reasons, it is impossible to comply with the requirement for placing the address on the parcel itself, and the latter bears a label or tag showing the address, it will be obligatory to inclose in the parcel a copy of the complete address of the addressee with mention of the address of the sender. Initials will not be accepted as an address. Parcels addressed “in care” shall indicate with all clarity and as completely as possible the address of the second addressee. 53 Stat. 2229 2. Insured parcels must be prepared in such a manner as to withstand the contingencies of transportation. The amount of the insured value shall be entered on the parcel itself in money of the country of origin. The conversion into gold francs shall be effected by the office of origin and entered below the previous entry. This latter indication shall be reproduced on the dispatch note. The fastening of insured parcels must be sealed with wax or lead. In case such a parcel is officially opened, the post office which has effected such opening must close the parcel again and officially seal it. Insured parcels must be providedLabeling, etc. with a special label designating them as such, which label shall be applied to the front of the parcel; but it shall not be affixed in such a way as to hide defects in the packing, nor be folded over the corners or edges of the parcel A similar indication, either in handwriting or by means of a label, shall be applied to the dispatch note. Article IV. Exchange of dispatches. Insured parcels shall be inclosedExchange of dispatches. in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article V. Billing of parcels. 1. Insured parcels shall be enteredBilling of parcels. on separate parcel bills and shall be listed individually. The following information relative to53 Stat. 2230 each insured parcel shall be entered on the parcel bill: Insurance number of the parcel, office of origin, amount of insured value in gold francs, and exact weight of the parcel in pounds and ounces or in kilograms and grams. In addition, there shall be shown the total amount, credit or debit, as the case may be, which is due on each dispatch as well as an indication of the numbers of the sacks in which insured parcels are contained. 2. Returned parcels. In so far as concerns returned parcels, this fact will be stated. 3. Numbering of parcel bills. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. Article VI. Verification of dispatches by receiving office. 1. Verification of dispatches by receiving office. On receipt of a dispatch of insured parcels, the exchange office of destination proceeds to verify it, checking the exactness of the entries made on the parcel bills. If any error or omission is noted, it will be communicated immediately to the dispatching office by means of a bulletin of verification. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. The returned bulletins are attached to the parcel bills to which they refer. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 53 Stat. 2231 3. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 4. The exchange office which receives a damaged parcel with a noticeable difference in weight, giving rise to the supposition that the parcel has been rifled, proceeds to verify its contents, the respective evidence from which operation is entered in a report drawn up for this purpose, in which report will be stated, in addition to the exterior state and exact contents of the insured parcel, the weight before and after opening, it being repacked officially with an attempt to preserve the original packing as far as possible. Likewise the weight before and after repacking will be shown on the cover of the article. A copy of the report, duly certified, will be sent jointly with the bulletin of verification to the dispatching exchange office. When total or partial shortage or substitution of the contents is proved or is surmised on good evidence, the said documents will be accompanied by the following constituents of evidence: Sack, address label, and fastenings, and the wrapper of the parcel. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 5. When the exchange office of destination has not sent to the dispatching exchange office by the first mail after the verification, a bulletin in which the errors or irregularities are stated, it will be considered until proved to the contrary that the dispatch has been received in correct order. 6. When the addressee (or, in case of return, the sender) makes reservations upon taking possession of the parcel, a report of verification shall be made up immediately in the presence of the interested party by the office53 Stat. 2232 delivering the parcel. This report, made up in duplicate, and confirmed, if possible, by the signature of the interested party, must indicate:
(a)The external condition of the parcel.
(b)The gross weight.
(c)The exact inventory of the contents. One of the copies of the report shall be delivered to the interested party; the other shall be attached to the complaint form. 7. The documents relative to dispatches and articles which have given rise to application of the provisions of this Article will be kept. Article VII. Change of address. Change of address. The sender of every insured parcel shall make officially, to the Administration of origin, any requests for change of address which he desires to make of the Administration of destination, without which requirement the latter may not effect changes of address. In all cases, it shall proceed to detain the parcel involved, making appropriate inquiry of the Administration of origin. Article VIII. Redirection and nondelivery. 1. Redirection and nondelivery; additional charges. An insured parcel redirected within the country of destination or delivered to an alternate addressee at the original office of address shall be liable the same as ordinary parcels, to such additional charges as may be prescribed by the Administration of that country. 2. Manner of reforwarding. The redirection or the return to origin of an insured parcel shall be effected by insured mail, with the same insured value as originally indicated; and the reforwarding Administration will enter to its credit in the parcel bill the postal and non-postal fees, including those for insurance, as in the53 Stat. 2233 case of a new dispatch. The Administration which effected delivery of the returned or reforwarded parcel, will collect from the sender or, as the case may be, from the addressee, the whole of the fees that are applicable. 3. If, because of the requirementsWhen legislation prevents delivery, etc.; notice to country of origin. of the legislation of the country of destination, an insured parcel cannot be either delivered, forwarded, or returned to the country of origin, the Administration of the country of destination must advise the Administration of the country of origin as soon as possible of the disposal made of the parcel in question. 4. Insured parcels may be reforwardedReforwarding to a third country. by the sender or addressee to a third country, insured or at the risk of the party concerned if the third country is not liable for payment, provided that this desire is expressed by letter or by being entered on the parcels and dispatch notes or customs declarations; therefore, it is understood that in case of loss, rifling, or damage of a parcel reforwarded or returned under these conditions, the sender has a right only to an indemnity equal to that for an ordinary parcel of the same weight, unless the Administration of new destination accepts its responsibility by virtue of the provisions contained in Article II, Section 1, second paragraph of the present Agreement. 5. It is understood that an insuredAbandonment of parcels, etc. parcel may be abandoned in the event of nondelivery only when the sender has expressly so requested on the wrapper of the parcel and on the accompanying documents. In all other cases such parcels must invariably be returned to the country of origin, and the Administration of that country will be responsible to that of destination for the postal and non-postal charges arising from such return. 53 Stat. 2234 Article IX. Missent parcels. Missent parcels. Missent parcels will be returned to the country of origin by the first mail. Article X. Matters not provided for in this Agreement. 1. Application of other provisions to matters not covered hereby. All matters relative to the execution of this service, not provided for in the present Agreement shall be governed by the provisions of the Agreement Relative to Parcel Post of the Postal [50 Stat. 1969](/us/stat/50/1969).[49 Stat. 2741, 2802](/us/stat/49/2741/2802).Union of the Americas and Spain or the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed Regulations for its Execution, respectively, in so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; and then, if no other arrangement has been made, the internal legislation, regulations, and rulings of the United States of America and of the Republic of Argentina, according to the country involved, shall govern. 2. Changes, modifications, etc., authorized. The Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs of the Republic of Argentina shall have authority to make from time to time by correspondence such changes and modifications and further regulations of order and detail as may become necessary to facilitate the operation of the services contemplated by this Agreement as well as to provide arrangements for the exchange of parcels subject to collect-on-delivery charges should both countries at any time desire such service. 3. Mutual notice of laws, etc. The Administrations shall communicate to each other from time to time the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the conveyance of parcels by insured mail. 53 Stat. 2235 Article XI. Duration of Agreement. 1. The present Agreement willEffective date and duration. take effect October 1, 1938, and will remain in full force until one of the contracting Administrations has given notice to the other, six months in advance, of its intention to terminate it. 2. Either Administration mayTemporary suspension of insurance services. temporarily suspend the insurance services, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict them to certain offices; but on the condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration. 3. Done in duplicate and signedSignatures. at Washington, the 8th day of April 1939 and at Buenos Aires, the 28th day of February 1939. [seal] Ambrose O’Connell *Acting Postmaster General of the United States of America*. ACUERDO SOBRE EL INTERCAMBIO DE ENCOMIENDAS CON DECLARACIÔN DE VALOR ENTRE LA REPÛBLICA ARGENTINA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE NORTE AMÉRICA. En uso de la facultad previstaAgreement with Argentina for the exchange of insured parcel post packages.[50 Stat. 1696](/us/stat/50/1696). por el articulo 1°, inciso 3, del Acuerdo Relative a Encomiendas Postales, de la Unión postal de las Américas y España, el Departamento de Correos de los Estados Unidos de Norte América y la Dirección General de Correos y Telégrafos de la República Argentina, con el propósito de realizar un mejor servicio público, que permita utilizar el intercambio de paquetes postales sobre una base de seguridad que facilite el tráfico de artículos de valor entre ambos países resuelven suscribir el siguiente Acuerdo: Artículo I. *Declaración de valor*. 1. Las Administraciones de losInsurance provisions. Estados Unidos de Norte América, comprendido Alaska, Hawai, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa e Islas Vírgenes de los Estados Unidos, por una parte, y de la República Argentina, por la otra, convienen realizar el servicio de encomiendas con declaración de valor hasta elMaximum limit. límite máximo de 500 francos oro o su equivalencia en moneda del país de orígen, previo pago por elSpecial additional fees. remitente de los derechos especiales suplementarios que cada uno de los mencionados países de orígen establezca en su propia jurisdicción. Estos derechos, suplementarios quedan a beneficio exclusive de la Administración de orígen. 53 Stat. 2224 2. Parcels containing precious metals. Las encomiendas que contengan metales preciosos, en cualquier forma o estado, deberán obligatoriamente ser expedidas con declaración de valor. 3. Optional insurance. El expedidor podrá declarar facultativamente el valor total del contenido de las encomiendas o una parte del mismo solamente. Artículo II. *Responsabilidad*. 1. Responsibility. Salvo en los casos previstos por la exención de responsabilidad, las Administraciones responden por la pérdida de las encomiendas con declaración de valor o por la pérdida, expoliación o avería del contenido o una parte de él. Esta responsabilidad se entiende para las encomiendas con declaración de valor impuestas en uno de los dos países contratantes con destino al otro país, vale decir, que se excluyen los casos de reexpedición o devolución a países terccros efectuadas a pedido del expedidor o del destinatario, salvo que el país de nueva destinación o el de orígen acepte pagar la indemnización en los términos previstos por el presente Convenio, ya sea en virtud de un arreglo preexistente o porque desee hacerlo por propia decisién. Indemnity. En los casos de pérdida, expoliación o avería el expedidor o persona autoriz ad a tiene derecho a una indemnización que corresponda a la cantidad efectivo de la pérdida, sustracción o avería de los artículos. La apreciación de dicho perjuicio será hecha por la Administración que resuite responsable y en base a los precios corrientes (a falta de precios corrientes, el valor ordinario calculado) de los objetos periudicados que regían en el país de procedencia en la fecha de la imposición del envío y siempre que la indemnización no exceda de la cantidad en que el paquete fué asegurado dentro del máximun de 500 francos oro. 53 Stat. 2225 En caso de que la indemnizaciónReturn of postage on loss of parcel. tenga que pagarse por la pérdida de un paquete o por la destrucción o el despojo de todo su contenido, el remitente tendrá derecho al reembolso de las tasas postales si lo reclama. Sin embargo, los derechos de seguro no serán reembolsados en ningún caso. 2. Las Administraciones cesaránExceptions. de ser responsables:
(a)De las encomiendas cuyosAcceptance without reservation. destinatarios hayan aceptado el envío sin reservas. En el caso“In care” parcels. de las encomiendas dirigidas “a cargo”, la responsabilidad cesará cuando ellas hayan sido entregadas al destinatario mencionado en primer término y se hubiere obtenido el recibo correspondiente.
(b)En caso de pérdida o deterioroLoss, etc., through force majeure. debido a fuerza mayor.
(c)Cuando las AdministracionesDestruction of official documents. no puedan dar cuenta de las encomiendas debido a la destrucción de los documentos officiales por causa de fuerza mayor.
(d)Cuando la avería haya sidoDamage through fault of sender, addresses, etc. causado por la falta o negligencia del remitente, del destinatario o del representante de uno u otro, o cuando se deba a la naturaleza del contenido.
(e)De las encomiendas queProhibited articles. contengan los artículos prohibidos.
(f)Cuando el remitente hayaFalse declaration of value. incurrido en falsa declaración de valor con el propósito de obtener un a indemnización superior al valor real de la pérdida, expoliación o deterioro. Esta exención se entiende sin perjuicio del procedimiento legal a aplicar en virtud de las disposiciones legales internas del país de orígen.
(g)De las encomiendas confiscadasSeizure because of taise declaration. por la aduana a causa de declaración fraudulente del contenido.
(h)Cuando ninguna reclamaciónApplication, etc., for indemnity not made within a year. o pedido de indemnización haya sido presentado por el interesado o por su representante dentro de un año a contar desde el día siguiente al de la imposición del envío asegurado. 53 Stat. 2226
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. De las encomiendas con declaración de valor que contengan artículos de ningún valor intrínseco, o sujetos a descomposición o que no se conformaren a las estipulaciones de este Acuerdo, o quo no hubieren sido depositadas en la forma prescrita; pero el país responsable de la pérdida, despojo o avería, puede pagar indemnización por dichas encomiendas, sin necesidad de recurso a la otra Administración. 3. Indirect damages, etc. No se pagará ninguna indemnización por los perjuicios indirectes, ni por los beneficios no realizados que resulten de la pérdida, expoliación, de la avería, de la falta de entrega, de la entrega errónea, o de la demora de una encomienda con declaración de valor expedida de aeuerdo con las estipulaciones de este Acuerdo. 4. Period for payment of compensation. El pago de la indemnización por una encomienda con declaración de valor será efectuado al reclamante legítimo en el más breve plazo posible, y a más tardar dentro del período de un año a contarse desde la fecha en la cual se hubiere presentado la reclamación. Deferment of payment. Sin embargo, la Administración pagadora puede aplazar excepcionahnente el pago de la indemnización por un período más largo que el estipulado sí, a la expiración del mismo, no le ha sido posible determinar la responsabindad emergente o el curso dado al envío. 5. Payment when application for indemnity delayed nine months. Salvo los casos en donde se ha aplazado el pago según las disposiciones del segundo párrafo del mciso precedente, la Administración postal que asume el pago de la compensación esta autorizada para indemnizar al remitente por cuenta de la Administración que, habiendo sido debidamente notificada haya dej ado transcurrirnueve meses sin solucionar el asunto. 6. Obligation of paying Indemnity. La obligación de pagar la indemnización incumbe a la Administración de que dependa la oficina de orígen, salvo que el expedidor hubiese autorizado al destinatario u otro persona resi53 Stat. 2227dente en el país de destino, a cobrar dicha indemnización, en cuyo caso ésta será abonada por la Administración de destino, por cue.nta de la que resuite responsable, contra la cual la pagadora se reserva el derecho de reclamar el reintegro de la suma abonada. Por el hecho de pagar la indemnización y hasta el límite del importe de esa indemnización, la Administración responsable queda subrogada en los derechos de la persona que la haya recibido para todo recurso eventual, ya contra al destinatario, remitente o un tercero. 7. Salvo prueba en contrario, laFixing of responsibility. responsabilidad por la pérdida de una encomienda con declaración de valor incumbe a la Administración que, habiendo recibido la pieza sin hacer observación y teniendo a su disposición todos los medios reglamcntarios de investigación, no pueda probar:
(a)La correcta entrega del envío.
(b)El curso reglamentario del mismo de acuerdo a lo estipulado en el presente Convenio.
(c)El tratamiento prescripto por la legislación interna si se tratara de una encomienda caída en infracción. 8. Cuando la pérdida, el despojo o la avería de una encomienda con declaración de valor se compruebe en el momento de recibirse el despacho en la Oficina de Cambio rcceptora y esa circunstancia haya sido señalado en la forma reglamentaria a la Oficina de Cambio remitente, la responsabilidad incumbe a la Administración de que dependa dicha oficina, a no ser que se compruebe que la irregularidad ha ocurrido en el territorio de la Administración receptora. 9. Si la pérdida, el despojo o la avería ha tenido lugar durante el transporte, sin que sea posible comprobar en quo territorio o servicio ha ocurrido el hecho, las Administraciones interesadas soportarán la responsabilidad por partes iguales. 10. El país responsable de laReimbursement to country effecting payment. pérdida, el despojo o la avería, y53 Stat. 2228 por cuya cuenta se efectúe el pago, está obligado a reembolsar el importe de la indemnización al país que haya efectuado el pago. Este reembolso será efectuado lo más pronto posible y a más tardar dentro del período de nueve meses después de la notificación del pago. 11. Ese reembolso al país acreedor será efectuado sin gastos para dicha Administración, por medio de giro postal o letra de cambio por un valor en moneda válida en el país acreedor o de cualquier otro modo que se haya convenido mutuamente por correspondencia. 12. El reembolso de las indemnizaciones debe efectuarse sobre la base de la moneda oro. 13. Defects in packing, etc. El remitente es responsable de los defectos en el embalaje y de la insuficiencia del cierre y de los sellos de las encomiendas con declaración de valor. Además, las dos Administraciones se exceptuan de toda responsabilidad en caso de pérdida, despojo o avería que sea causado por defectos que no se notan al momento del depósito. Artículo III. *Acondicionamiento de los envíos*. 1. Preparation of parcels. Es obligatorio anotar a tinta y con toda exactitud sobre el mismo envío, la dirección completa del remitente y del destinatario de las encomiendas con declaración de valor. Cuando por razones de orden práctico no sea posible cumplir el requisito de la anotación sobre el mismo envío y éste vaya munido de una etiqueta o carátula que ostente la dirección, será obligatorio incluir, dentro del envío, una copia de las señas completas del destinatario con una mención de la dirección del remitente. No se aceptarán las iniciales como señas de dirección. Las encomiendas dirigidas “a cargo”, deberán indicar con toda claridad y lo más completamente posible las señas del segundo destinatario. 53 Stat. 2229 2. Es obligatorio acondicionar las encomiendas con declaración de valor de modo que resistan las contingencias del transporte. El monto de la declaración de valor deberá inscribirse sobre el mismo paquete en moneda del país de orígen. La conversión a francos oro será, hecha por la oficina remitente e indicada debajo de la anotación anterior. Esta última indicación será reproducida sobre el boletín de expedición. Es obligatorio asegurar con lacre o plomo los cierrcs de las encomiendas con declaración de valor. En caso de procederse a la apertura de oficio de una encomienda de esta naturaleza, la oficina de correos que la haya operado, deberá volver a cerrar el envío asegurándolo con un sello official. Es obligatorio revestir las encomiendasLabeling, etc. con declaración de valor con una etiqueta especial quo caracterice su categoría, la que deberá aplicarse sobre la parte anterior del envío y no de manera que sirva para ocultar desperfectos en el embalaje, ni volcadas sobre Jas aristas o bordes de la encomienda. Una indicación análoga, ya sea manuscrita o median te una etiqueta, será aplicada sobre el boletín de expedición. Artículo IV. *Intercambio de despachos*. Las encomiendas con declaraciónExchange of dispatches. de valor deberán incluirse en sacos separados de aquellos en que se incluyen las ordinarias. Las etiquetas correspondientes a sacos que contengan paquetes postales asegurados deberán marcarse con signos distintivos y de conformidad con lo que se resolviere oportunamente. Artículo V. *Inscripción en las hojas de ruta*. 1. Las encomiendas con declaraciónBilling of parcels. de valor deberán anotarse individualmente en hojas de ruta especiales. Los siguientes53 Stat. 2230 datos relatives a cada paquete asegurado han de anotarse en la hoi a de ruta: Número de registre del paquete asegurado, oficina de orígen, monto en francos oro de la declaración de valor y peso exacto en libras y onzas o en kilos y gramos. Además, el monto total, bonificación o débito según corresponde, relativo a cada despacho, así como una indicación del número del saco o envase en que van incluidos los paquetes asegurados, ha de anotarse en la hoja de ruta. 2. Returned parcels. En lo que atañe a los paquetes devueltos se had constar esta circunstancia. 3. Numbering of parcel bills. Cada Oficina de Cambio numerará correlativamente las hojas de ruta anotando el número correspondiente en el ángulo superior izquierdo, iniciando cada año una serie por cada Oficina de Cambio destinataria. El último número de la serie anual será indicado en la hoja de ruta del primer despacho que se hiciere en el año subsiguiente. Artículo VI. *the Verificación de despachos en la oficina receptora*. 1. Verification of dispatches by receiving office. Al recibir un despacho de encomiendas aseguradas, la Oficina de Cambio destinataria procederá a verificarlo, comprobando la exactitud de las inscripciones hechas en las hojas de ruta. Si se notara error u omisión se comunicará inmediatamente a la oficina expedidora por medio de un boletín de verificación. 2. La Oficina de Cambio expedidora a la cual se envío un boletín de verificación, lo devolverá a la brevedad posible, después de haberlo examinado, dejando constancia en el mismo de sus observaciones si hubiere lugar a ello. Los boletines devueltos serán agregados a las hojas de ruta a que se refieran. Las correcciones efectuadas en una hoja de ruta y que no esten apoyadas por documentes probatorios serán consideradas nulas. 53 Stat. 2231 3. Si se comprobara la falta de una hoja de ruta, se confeccionará de oficio por duplicado, un ejemplar de la cual se enviará a la Oficina de Cambio de que proceda el despacho. 4. La Oficina de Cambio que reciba una encomienda averíada con una notable diferencia de peso que dé lugar a suponer que el envío ha sido expoliado, procederá a la verificación de su contenido, de cuya operación dejará las constancias respectivas en acta levantada a tai efecto, en la cual se expresará además del estado exterior y contenido exacto de la encomienda asegurada, el peso anterior y posterior a su apertura, reembalándosela de oficio y procurando conservar en lo posible el embalaje original, igualmente se dejará constancia del peso anterior y posterior en la cubierta del envío. Una copia del acta debidamente legalizada será enviada conjuntamente con el boletín de verificación a la Oficina de Cambio expedidora. Cuando se compruebe o se presuma fundadamente falta parcial o total, o sustitución de contenido, se acompañará con dichos documentes los siguientes elementos de prueba: Saco, carátula y cierres, y cubierta de la encomienda. Si fuera necesario, la Oficina de Cambio expedidora será avisada telegráficamente, a espensas de la oficina que despacha el telegrama. 5. Cuando la Oficina de Cambio destinataria no haya enviado a la de Cambio remitente por primer correo después de la verificación, un boletín en el que se haga constar error es o irregularidades, se considerará, hasta probarse lo contrario, que el despacho ha sido recibido de conformidad. 6. Cuando el destinatario o en caso de devolución el remitente, formule reservas al tomar posesión de la encomienda, se levantará un acta de verificación inmediatamente y en presencia del interesado, por la oficina que entregue la53 Stat. 2232 pieza. Esta acta confeccionada por duplicado y ratificada en la medida de lo posible con la firma del interesado deberá indicar:
(a)El estado exterior de la encomienda.
(b)El peso bruto.
(c)El inventario exacto del contenido. Una de las copias del acta se entregará al interesado y la otra se anexará a la fórmula de reclamación. 7. La documentación referente a despachos y piezas que hayan dado lugar a la aplicación de las disposiciones de este artículo será conservada. Artículo VII. *Modificación de dirección*. Change of address. El remitente de toda encomienda con declaración de valor deberá oficializar ante la Administración de orígen los pedidos de cambios de direcciones que desee formular a la Administración de destino, sin cuyo requisite esta última no podrá realizar cambios de dirección. En todo caso, procederá a la retención del respective envío, dirigiendo la consulta pertinente a la Administración de orígen. Artículo VIII. *Redirección y falta de entrega*. 1. Redirection and nondelivery; additional charges. Una encomienda con declaración de valor que experimentara cambio en su dirección dentro del país de destino, o que fuere entregado a algun destinatario suplente en la primitiva oficina de destino, quedará sometida como los envíos ordinarios, al pago de los derechos adicionales, segun lo prescripto por cada Administración. 2. Manner of reforwarding. La redirección o la devolución a orígen de una encomienda con declaración de valor, deberá realizarse en el mismo carácter y con el monte de declaración indicado primitivamente y la Administración reexpedidora cargará a su beneficio en la hoja de ru ta los derechos postales y no postales,53 Stat. 2233 incluso los de seguro, como si se tratara de una nueva expedición. La Administración que haga efectiva la entrega de la encomienda devuelta o reexpedida, cobrará del remitente o eventualmente del destinatario, la totalidad de los derechos que correspondan. 3. Si por imperio de las disposicionesWhen legislation prevents delivery, etc.; notice to country of origin. del país de destino una encomienda con declaración de valor no pudiera see entregada, ni reexpedida, ni devuelta al país de orígen, la Administración del país de destino tendrá la obligación de informar a la Administración del país de orígen en el más breve plazo posible acerca del curso dado a la encomienda en cuestión. 4. Las encomiendas con declaraciónReforwarding to a third country. de valor podrán ser reexpedidas al remitente, o destinatario a un tercer país, aseguradas o a riesgo del interesado si el tercer país no se comprometiere al pago, siempre que se exprese ese deseo por escrito o anotándolo sobre las encomiendas y boletines de expedición o declaraciones de aduana; en consecuencia, queda entendido que en caso de pérdida, expoliación o avería de una encomienda reexpedida o devuelta en estas condiciones, el expedidor sólo tendrá derecho a una indemnización equivalente a la de una encomienda ordinaria del mismo peso, salvo que la Administración del nuevo destino acepte su responsabilidad en virtud de la previsión contenida en el Artículo II, inciso 1, párrafo 2° del presente Convenio. 5. Queda entendido que el abandonoAbandonment of parcels, etc. por falta de entrega de una encomienda con declaración de valor, solo podrá tener lugar cuando el remitente lo haya sollcitado así expresamente, sobre la cubierta del envío y documentes anexos. En todo otro caso, estas encomiendas serán indefectiblemente devueltas al país de orígen y la Administración remitente será responsable ante la de destino por los cargos postales y no postales emergentes de dicha devolución. Artículo IX. *Encomiendas mal dirigidas*. Missent parcels. Las encomiendas mal dirigidas serán devueltas al país de orígen por primer correo. Artículo X. *Asuntos no previstos en el Acuerdo*. 1. Application of other provisions to matters not covered hereby. Todos los asuntos relatives a la ejecución de este servicio, no previstos en el presente Acuerdo, serán regidos por las estipulaciones del Acuerdo Relative a Encomiendas Postales de la Unión Postal [50 Stat. 1969](/us/stat/50/1969).[49 Stat. 2741, 2802](/us/stat/49/2741/2802).de las Américas y España o de la Convención Postal Universal y de su Reglamento de Ejecución, respectivamente, hasta donde no sean incompatibles con las estipulaciones de este Acuerdo, y uego también para el caso de que no exista otro arreglo, regirá la legislación interna, reglamentos y disposiciones dictados por los Estados Unidos o la República Argentina, en conformidad con el país interesado. 2. Changes, modifications, etc., authorized. El Director General de Correos de los Esta dos Unidos de Norte América y el Director General de Correos y Telégrafos de la República Argentina, quedan autorizados para efectuar por correspondencia y de común acuerdo, cada vez que lespareciere oportuno, cambios, modificaciones y otras regulaciones de orden o de detalle que estimaren necesario para faciliter la operación del servicio que motiva el presente Acuerdo, como también dictai las medidas conducentes a un Acuerdo de intercambio de envíos sujetos a las condiciones de contrareembolso, si eventualmente, ambos países desearen establecer ese servicio. 3. Mutual notice of laws, etc. Las Administraciones se comunicarún entre sí cada vez que lo juzgaren oportuno, las nuevas disposiciones de sus Leyes y Reglamentos aplicables a la conducción por correo, de encomiendas con declaración de valor. 53 Stat. 2235 Artículo XI. *Duration, del Acuerdo*. 1. El presente Acuerdo surtiráEffective date and duration. efectos desde el 1° de octubre de 1938 y permanecerá en pleno vigor hasta que una de las Administraciones contratantes participe a la otra, con seis meses de anticipación, su resolución de dejarlo sin efecto. 2. Cualquiera de las dos AdministracionesTemporary suspension of insurance services. puede suspender temporalmente los servicios de seguro de m man era general o parcial, siempre que mediaren razones para ello, o restringirlo tan solo a ciertas oficinas; para lo cual se enviarán las notificaciones previas y oportunas dando cuenta de haberse adoptado esa medida a la otra Administración. 3. Hecho por duplicado y firmadoSignatures. en Washington, el día 8 de abril de 1939 y en Buenos Aires, el día 28 de febrero 1939. [seal] A C Escobar *Director General de Correos y Telégrafos de la República de Argentina*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and the Republic of Argentina for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *April 17, 1939*. May 6, 1936 Agreement 53 Stat. 2236 53 Stat. 2236 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FRANCE—RECIPROCAL TRADE—MAY 6, 1936 May 6, 1936[E. A. S. No. 146]Agreement and protocol of signature between the United States of America and France respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at Washington May 6, 1936; proclaimed by the President of the United States May 16, 1936; effective provisionally June 15, 1936. And related notes. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Reciprocal trade agreement with France.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, §§ 1351, 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows:" “Sec. 350. Statutory provisions.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign53 Stat. 2237 countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United StatesPromotion of foreign trade. of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the French Republic are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, will[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/1012); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV. §§ 1351, 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c). be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the French Republic; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate Notice given.such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice withTrade agreement entered into. respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on May 6, 1936, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the Government of the French Republic, through the Plenipotentiary duly empowered by the President of the Republic, which Agreement, including four Schedules, with notes, and a Protocol annexed thereto, and made*Post*, pp. 2258, 2291, 2284. integral parts thereof, in the English and French languages, is in word and figures as follows: The President of the UnitedPurposes declared. States of America and the Government of the French Republic, being equally desirous of contributing to the establishment of a more liberal economic policy between the nations by the relaxation of restrictions on trade, taking into account the fact that there is no restriction either in the United States of America or in France upon the settlement of commercial obligations nor upon the circulation of capital and that there is stability in fact in the relation between their respective currencies, have decided to conclude53 Stat. 2238 an agreement for the betterment of their commercial relations and for that purpose have appointed their Plenipotentiaries as follows: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and The President of the French Republic: André Lefebvre de la Boulaye, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the French Republic to the United States of America who, after communicating to each other their respective full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I 1. Imports from United States, application of lowest ordinary customs duties; exception. Natural or manufactured products originating in and coming from the United States of America or any of its territories or possessions, with the exception of those products which are enumerated and described in Section *Post*, p. 2258.A of Schedule I annexed to this Agreement, shall be subject, on their importation into the territory of the French Republic, to the lowest ordinary customs duties applicable to like products imported from any other foreign country. The products enumerated and *Post*, p. 2260.described in Section B of Schedule I shall be subject to the lowest ordinary customs duties applicable to like products imported from any other foreign country, within the limitation of the annual quotas specified in the said Section. 2. Benefit of intermediate duties for products designated. The benefit of the intermediate duties in force in the territory of the French Republic on the day53 Stat. 2239 of the application of this Agreement shall be maintained for the products originating in and coming from the United States of America, enumerated and described in Section A of Schedule I:*Post*, p. 2258. provided, however, that the minimum rate of duty shall automatically apply to any of the said products if the minimum*Proviso*.Application of minimum rate of duty. rate applicable to the like product of any foreign origin shall at any time be equal to or exceed the intermediate rate in force on the day of the application of this Agreement. The foregoing provision shall not be an obstacle to the modification of the tariff nomenclature. The provisions of this paragraph shall be applied to products originating in and coming from any of the territories or possessions of the United States of America. 3. With respect to all duties orMost-favored-nation treatment provisions. taxes other than ordinary customs duties collected on importation, most-favored-nation treatment shall be accorded to all products of the United States of America or any of its territories or possessions imported into the territory of the French Republic. With respect to the method ofMethod of levying duties, etc. levying all duties or charges as well as with respect to all rides and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, to duties or charges imposed on exportation, to transit, warehousing, the transshipment of goods, as well as for official charges applicable to these various operations, most-favored-nation treatment shall likewise be accorded. 53 Stat. 2240 4. Enumerated Imports from United States, benefit of specified tariff rates. Dating from the application of this Agreement, products originating in and coming from the United States of America, enumerated and described in Section *Post*, p. 2280.A of Schedule II, annexed to this Agreement, shall benefit on their importation into the territory of the French Republic, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, from the specified tariff rates provided for in this Agreement. 5. Advance notice of proposed new duties, etc. If, with a view to protecting the essential economic and financial interests of the country, it should be considered necessary to increase the ordinary customs duties provided for in paragraph 4 of this Article or those applicable in the territory of the French Republic on the day of the signature or application of this Agreement to any of the products enumerated and described in Section B of *Post*, pp. 2262. 2264.Schedule II and in Schedule III, annexed hereto, the French Government shall notify the Government of the United States of America in writing at least 15 days before putting into force any new duties of its intention to increase the ordinary customs duties affecting any of the products. No such increase shall, however, be made effective prior to the expiration of the first full calendar quarter after the application of this Agreement. Thereafter, and as long as this Agreement shall remain in force, no such increase shall be made except on the first day of a full calendar quarter. Action upon disagreement.If, before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which such increase becomes effective, a satisfactory agreement has not been reached with respect to such compensatory modifications of this Agreement as may be deemed ap53 Stat. 2241 propriate, the said Agreement shall terminate automatically in its entirety on the 30th day after the end of such period. 6. With respect to productsEnumerated products, restriction on increase in duties in certain cases; exception.*Post*, pp. 2260, 2264. enumerated and described in Schedules II and III, annexed hereto, no new or increased duties, fees or charges of any kind (other than ordinary customs duties) shall be imposed by the French Government on or in connection with importation which would have the effect of diminishing appreciably the value of any concession granted in this Agreement, unless such measures are required to be imposed by French legislation in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article II 1. Natural or manufacturedImports from France, duties and charges applicable. products originating in the territory of the French Republic or any of its territories or possessions shall not be subject, on their importation into the United States of America, to duties or charges other or higher than those applied to like products originating in any other foreign country. 2. It is understood that, so longCoal, coke, etc. as and insofar as the law of the United States of America may otherwise require, the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article, insofar as they would otherwise relate to duties, taxes or charges on coal, coke manufactured therefrom, or coal or coke briquettes, shall not apply to such products imported into the United States of America. 3. With respect to the methodMethod of levying duties, etc. of levying all duties or charges,53 Stat. 2242 with respect to all rules or formalities in connection with importation or exportation, with respect to duties or charges imposed on exportation, with respect to transit, warehousing, and the transshipment of goods as well as the governmental charges applicable to these various operations, all products originating in or destined for the territory of the French Republic or any of its colonies or possessions shall enjoy unconditional most-favored-nation treatment. 4. Enumerated products, restriction on excess duties, charges, etc. Natural or manufactured products originating in the territory of the French Republic or any of its colonies or possessions, enumerated and described in Schedule *Post*, p. 2270.IV annexed to this Agreement, shall not be subject on their importation into the United States of America to ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule. The said products shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article III Charge equivalent to internal tax.The provisions of this Agreement shall not prevent the Government of either country from imposing at any time on the importation of any product a charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic product or in respect of53 Stat. 2243 a commodity from which the imported product has been manufactured or produced in whole or in part. Article IV The Government of the FrenchSemimanufactured, etc., products imported from United States. Republic shall take the necessary measures in order that, on and after the date of application of this Agreement, the increases in rates of the import tax instituted by Article 32 of the Law of March 31, 1932, on semimanufactured products or articles and on manufactured products or articles, shall be suppressed with regard to goods originating in and coining from the United States of America. Article V The Government of the UnitedQuantitative restrictions, limitation on application. States of America and the Government of the French Republic agree, as long as this Agreement remains in force, not to impose any quantitative restriction on the importation of any product, not now subject to such restriction, enumerated and described in Schedule IV and Schedule II,*Post*, pp. 2270, 2260. respectively, annexed hereto. Nevertheless, quantitative restrictionsExceptions. may be applied by either Government to the importation of the aforesaid products if such restrictions are imposed in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production or prices of like domestic products. However, the GovernmentAdvance notice of proposed change. which proposes to establish or change such import restrictions shall give at least 30 days’ advance notice to the other Government.53 Stat. 2244Action upon disagreement.If an arrangement regarding the proposed measures is not agreed upon before the expiration of such period such other Government may, within 15 days thereafter, terminate this Agreement in its entirety on 30 days’ prior notice. Article VI Provisions in event quantitative restriction established.Considering the fact that there does not exist in their reciprocal exchanges any restriction on the settlement of commercial obligations, and so long as this situation is maintained, each of the two Governments agrees upon the following provisions in the event that it should establish or maintain, in any form whatever, a quantitative restriction on or a regulation of the importation or sale of any product. 1. Guarantees by French Government.Allotment to United States. The French Government guarantees that, if measures of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale are or shall be established for any of the products of commercial interest to the United States of America, including those in Schedule*Post*, p. 2204. III, annexed to the present Agreement, there shall be allotted to the United States of America, when these measures of quantitative restriction or control take the form of allocation among the various countries, a share of the total quantity or value of any such product permitted to be imported or sold during a specified period equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such product from foreign countries which the United States of America supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of any quantitative restriction on such product. 53 Stat. 2245 Furthermore, as concerns quotasLicenses. which may be established after the date of application of this Agreement, the French Government agrees, in case there shall be no allocation by countries, to subject the importation to the formality of licenses. In the issuance of such licenses no condition shall be imposed which would be prejudicial to the importation of products of the United States of America and such products shall be placed in all respects upon a footing of complete equality of treatment with those originating in every other foreign country. 2. The Government of theGuarantees by United States Government.Allotment to French Republic. United States of America guarantees that if measures of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any of the products of commercial interest to the French Republic are or shall be established, there shall be allotted to the French Republic, when these measures of quantitative restriction or control take the form of allocation among the various countries, a share of the total quantity or value of any such product permitted to be imported or sold during a specified period equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such product which the French Republic supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of any quantitative restriction on such product. Furthermore, as concerns quotasLicenses. which may be established after the date of application of this Agreement, the Government of the United States of America agrees, in case there shall be no allocation by countries, to subject the importation to the formality of licenses. In the issuance of such licenses no condition shall be53 Stat. 2246 imposed, which would be prejudicial to the importation of products of the French Republic and such products shall be placed in all respects upon a footing of complete equality of treatment with those originating in every other foreign country. 3. Annual supplementary quotas to United States. In respect of each product enumerated and described in *Post*, p. 2264.Schedule III, the Government of the French Republic will allocate to the United States of America, in addition to the quantity now granted it in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article, an annual supplementary quota beginning with the third quarter of 1936, the amount of which shall not be less than that specified in the said Schedule. These supplementary quotas shall be allocated by periods on the same basis as the quotas allocated under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article. Revision of.The supplementary quotas above provided for shall be subject to revision the first of July, 1937, and the first of July of the following years during the life of this Agreement. If the Government of the French Republic should desire to reduce any of the said quotas in accordance with the foregoing provision, it shall notify the Government of the United States of America thereof in writing, and shall specify a period of not less than 30 days for discussions before the reduction of quotas may become effective. These conversations shall be designed either to reach an agreement with respect to these reductions or to determine the compensatory modifications of the terms of this Agreement which may be Action upon disagreement.deemed appropriate. If at the53 Stat. 2247 end of the specified period a satisfactory agreement has not been reached, the French Government shall be free to make the reductions, but the present Agreement shall terminate automatically 30 days after the date on which such reductions become effective. 4. The prohibitions or quotasApplicability of provisions to products originating in or destined tor third country. on importation or exportation now in effect or which may be established in the future by either of the two Governments upon products originating in or destined for the territory of the other must also be applicable to like products originating in any third country or destined for any third country. If such measures are suppressed, even temporarily, by either country as regards products originating in a third country or destined for a third country, they shall likewise be suppressed as regards such products originating in or destined for the other country. 5. If the United States of AmericaImposition by United States of lower duty on specified quantity or value than imposed on excess. imposes or shall hereafter impose on the importation or sale of a specified quantity or value of any product of interest to French exportation a lower duty or charge than the duty or charge imposed on importations or sales in excess of such quantity or value, thereAllotment to France. will be allotted to France a share of the total quantity or value of any such product permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such product which France supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of any quantitative regulation of the importation53 Stat. 2248 or sale of such product, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. The basic period selected shall be such as to result in a fair and equitable allotment. 6. Suppression of quotas. The foregoing provisions shall not constitute an obstacle to the suppression of quotas. Article VII Schedule, notes, and Protocol considered integral parts of Agreement.Schedules I, II, III, and IV, annexed to this Agreement, the notes included in them, and the Protocol annexed to this Agreement have force and effect by virtue of this Agreement and are integral parts thereof. Article VIII Internal taxes, etc., restriction on discrimination.Natural or manufactured products of the United States of America or of the French Republic shall, after their importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like products of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article IX Foreign purchases of Government monopolies.In the event that the Government of either country shall establish or maintain a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a given product, or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a product, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, shall, in respect53 Stat. 2249 of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency accord the commerce of the other country fair and equitable treatment. Nevertheless, in any case inInterests of national defense. which the interests of national defense shall be at issue, each of the two Governments reserves its full and entire liberty. Article X The Government of the UnitedRight to terminate. States of America and the Government of the French Republic reserve the right to withdraw or to modify the concession granted on any product under this Agreement, or to impose quantitative restrictions on the importation of any such product if, as a result of the extension of such concession to third countries, such countries obtain the major benefit of such concession and in consequence thereof an unduly large increase in importations of such product takes place. Nevertheless before theWritten notice of proposed action. Government concerned shall avail itself of the foregoing reservation, it shall give notice in writing to the other Government of its intention to do so and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within 30 days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action. If an agreement with respectRights reserved. thereto is not reached within 30 days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposed to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within 15 days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on 30 days’ written notice. 53 Stat. 2250 Article XI Consideration of representations with respect to application of regulations.The Government of each of the two countries will give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the Government of the other may submit to it in regard to the application of the regulations concerning the importation of goods, including sanitary laws and regulations. Sanitary laws, etc.If either Government makes representations to the other Government in respect of the application of any sanitary law or regulation for the protection of human, animal or plant life, and if an agreement is not reached with respect thereto, a committee of technical experts, including representatives of each of the two Governments, shall, on the request of the interested Government, be established. It will have as its purpose the examination of the controversial questions and the submission of recommendations to the two Governments. Adoption of measures considered as impairing objects of Agreement.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or of the French Republic adopts a measure which, although it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, should nevertheless be considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or materially impairing any important object of the Agreement, such other Government shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement. If an agreement is not reached within 30 days following receipt of such proposal, the Government making such proposal shall be free to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on 30 days’ notice. 53 Stat. 2251 In the event that a wide variationVariations in rate or exchange, action if considered prejudicial. occurs in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and France, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on 30 days’ written notice. Article XII The provisions of this AgreementAdvantages accorded neighboring states. relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America or the French Republic to the commerce of the other country do not apply to advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded to neighboring states in order to facilitate frontier traffic. Nothing in this Agreement shallGold or sliver import and export restrictions. be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the importation or exportation of gold or silver, or to hinderControl of trade in arms, etc. the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the importation, the exportation or the sale for export of arms, ammunition or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, of all other military supplies. Subject to the requirement thatProvisions not to extend to specified prohibitions, etc. no arbitrary discrimination shall be effected by either of the two countries against importations from the other and in favor of those from any third country, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions:
(1)relative to public security;53 Stat. 2252
(2)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(3)designed to protect public health or the life of animals or plants;
(4)relative to prison-made goods;
(5)relative to measures taken for the enforcement of police or revenue laws; and
(6)relative to measures having as their object the extension to imported products of a regime analogous to that which exists for the internal commerce of the country in the like products. Termination of Agreement if application of provisions endangers vital interests.If, in exceptional or abnormal circumstances, the continued application of the provisions of this Agreement would endanger the vital interests of either country, the Government concerned may terminate this Agreement, giving written notice thereof to the other Government as far in advance as Modifications to prevent termination.the circumstances permit. In the circumstances above envisaged, the two Governments will endeavor to reach an agreement upon the modifications to be made in this Agreement in order that the termination of the Agreement in its entirety may be avoided. Article XIII Terms construed.The Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic agree that wherever the term “United States of America” or “United States” is employed in this Agreement, it shall be understood to apply to the Territory of Hawaii, the Territory of Alaska and the Island of Puerto Rico, as well as the continental territory of the United States. Wherever the53 Stat. 2253 term “French Republic” is employed in this Agreement, it shall be understood to apply to the French customs territory, that is to say, the continental territory of France, Algeria and the Principality of Monaco. Article XIV Except as otherwise providedProvisions not applicable to Philippine Islands, etc.; exception. in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America to the commerce of the French Republic shall not apply in the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam or in the Panama Canal Zone. The provisions of this AgreementPreferential treatment accorded by United States to include any territory thereof. in regard to the most-favored-nation treatment to be accorded by the United States of America shall apply in any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America to products originating in or destined for the territory of the French Republic or any territory under the sovereignty or authority of France. The provisions of this paragraphNot applicable in Panama Canal Zone. shall not apply in the Panama Canal Zone. The advantages now accordedExisting advantages excepted from operation of Agreement. or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change53 Stat. 2254 in the political status of the Philippine Islands. Article XV 1. Importation of certain U. S. products into assimilated French colonies. Natural or manufactured products originating in and coming from the United States of America or any of its territories or possessions, with the exception of those products which are enumerated and described in Section *Post*, p. 2258.A of Schedule I, annexed to this Agreement, shall have the benefit, on their importation into the French colonies called “assimilated”, namely, those having in principle the same customs system as the home country, of the minimum tariff duties, whether this tariff is the tariff of the home country or a special tariff. They shall not in any case be subject to duties, taxes or fees collected on importation, other or higher than those applied to like products of any third country. 2. Benefit of intermediate duties. Products originating in and coming from the United States of America, which are enumerated and described in Section A of *Post*, p. 2258.Schedule I, annexed to this Agreement, shall, on their importation into the French colonies called “assimilated”, enjoy the benefit of the intermediate duties in force on the day of the application of this Agreement, whether this tariff is the tariff of the home country Minimum-tariff benefits.or a special tariff. Furthermore, the said products shall automatically benefit from the minimum tariff in the event that the duties under the minimum tariff applicable to the like products of any foreign origin shall be raised to a53 Stat. 2255 rate equal to or higher than that of the intermediate rates in effect at the tame of the application of this Agreement. This provision shall not be an obstacle to a modification of the tariff nomenclature. The foregoing provisions of thisApplication of provisions. paragraph shall be applied in the assimilated colonies, to products originating in and coming from any of the territories or possessions of the United States. 3. In the colonies called “non“Nonassimmilated” colonies and Tunisia. assimilated”, that is, those having a special customs system, and in Tunisia, products originating in and coming from the United States of America or any of its territories or possessions, shall have the benefit of the lowest customs duties which are or may be granted to any third country. They shall not in any case be subject to any duties, taxes or fees collected on importation other or higher than those applied to like products of any third country. 4. It is understood, furthermore,Most-favored-nation treatment not to extend to certain preferential regimes. that the most-favored-nation treatment provided for in this Agreement does not extend: (*a*) to the preferential regime which is accorded or which may be accorded in the future by France, by the French colonies and by Tunisia to Morocco and the territories placed under French mandate; (*b*) to the preferential regime established or which may be established in relations between France and Tunisia, France and the French colonies, and the colonies, possessions or protectorates and the countries under the mandate of France between themselves, without prejudice, however, to rights established by any other treaty or agreement. 53 Stat. 2256 5. Preferences by France to certain central and eastern European states. With reference to preferences granted or which may be granted by France to certain States of central and eastern Europe pursuant to the recommendations of the International Conference of Stress of September 20, 1932, the Government of the United States, without modifying its position on the question of principle involved, agrees not to invoke the most-favored-nation clause of this Agreement in respect of these preferences so long as they are not extended to other than the aforementioned countries. However, in the event that such preferences should have the effect of impairing materially the benefits obtained under this Agreement, the Government of the United States reserves the right to reopen negotiations with a view to the modification of this Agreement. Article XVI Former Agreement to be superseded.From the day on which the present Agreement comes into force it shall supersede the agreement on quotas of May 31, 1932, modified on January 21, 1935, between the United States of America and the French Republic. Article XVII Proclamation or Agreement by President of the United States.The present Agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and Ratification by President of France, etc.shall be ratified by the President of the French Republic after its approval by the French Senate and the Chamber of Deputies. Date of coming definitively into force.The Agreement shall come definitively into force on the day on which the Government of the53 Stat. 2257 French Republic shall have informed the Government of the United States of America of its ratification by the President of the French Republic and the Government of the United States of America on its part shall have communicated officially to the Government of the French Republic the proclamation of the President of the United States of America. The Agreement shall come provisionallyProvisional date. into force on June 15, 1936. The Agreement shall continueDuration of Agreement. in force, subject to the provisions of Articles I, V, VI, X, XI and XII, until July 1, 1937. Unless at least six months before July 1, 1937, the Government of either country shall have notified the other Government of its intention to terminate the Agreement on that date, it shall continue in force thereafter, subject to the provisions of Articles I, V, VI, X, XI and XII, until six months from the day on which the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government of its intention to terminate the Agreement. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and French languages, both authentic, at the city of Washington, this sixth day of May, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. Le Président des Etats-UnisPurposes declared. d’Amérique et le Gouvernement de la République française, également désireux de contribuer à l’instauration d’une politique économique plus libérale entre les Nations par la suppression des entraves au commerce des marchandises, tenant compte du fait qu’aucune restriction n’est apportée aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique ni en France au règlement des créances commerciales ni à la circulation des capitaux, et qu’il existe une stabilité de fait du rapport entre leurs monnaies respectives, ont décidé de conclure un accord pour améliorer leurs relations53 Stat. 2238 commerciales et ont nommé à cette fin leurs plénipotentiaires, savoir: Plenipotentiaries.Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: Cordell Hull, Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, et Le Président de la République française: André Lefebvre de la Boulaye, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et Plénipotentiaire de la République française aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I 1. Imports from United States, application of lowest ordinary customs duties; exception. Les produits naturels ou fabriqués originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de l’un quelconque de leurs territoires ou possessions, à l’exception des produits énumérés et décrits à la liste I, partie A, *Post*, p. 2258.annexée au présent accord, bénéficieront, à leur importation sur le territoire de la République française, des droits de douane ordinaires les plus réduits applicables aux produits similaires importés de tout autre pays étranger. Les produits énumérés et *Post*, p. 2260.décrits à la liste I, partie B, seront soumis aux droits de douane ordinaires les plus réduits, applicables aux produits similaires importés de tout autre pays étranger, dans la limite des contingents annuels mentionnés à la partie B de la liste I. 2. Benefit of intermediate duties for products designated. Le bénéfice des droits intermédiaires en vigueur sur le territoire de la République française53 Stat. 2239 au jour de la mise en application du présent accord, sera maintenu aux produits originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique énumérés et décrits à la liste I, partie A, sous réserve*Post*, p. 2258. toutefois que les droits du tarif*Proviso*.Application of minimum rate of duty. minimum s’appliqueront de plein droit à l’un quelconque desdits produits, au cas où, à un moment quelconque, le droit applicable en tarif minimum aux produits correspondants originaires de tout autre pays étranger serait porté à un taux égal ou supérieur à celui du droit intermédiaire en vigueur au jour de la mise en application du présent accord. La présente disposition ne met pas obstacle à la modification de la nomenclature tarifaire. Les dispositions du présent paragraphe seront appliquées aux produits originaires et en provenance de l’un quelconque des territoires ou possessions des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. 3. En ce qui concerne tousMost-favored-nation treatment provisions. droits ou taxes, autres que les droits de douane ordinaires, perçus à l’occasion de l’importation, le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée sera accordé à tous les produits des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de l’un quelconque de leurs territoires ou possessions importés sur le territoire de la République française. Le traitement de la nation laMethod of levying duties, etc. plus favorisée sera également accordé en ce qui concerne les droits ou taxes à l’exportation, le mode de perception des droits ou taxes, ainsi qu’en ce qui concerne tous règlements et formalités relatifs à l’importation ou à l’exportation, au transit, à l’entreposage, au transbordement des marchandises, ainsi que pour les perceptions règlementaires afférentes à ces diverses opérations. 53 Stat. 2240 4. Enumerated Imports from United States, benefit of specified tariff rates. A dater de la mise en application du présent accord, les produits originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, énumérés et décrits à la liste II, *Post*, p. 2280.partie A, annexée au présent accord, bénéficieront, à leur importation sur le territoire de la République française, sous réserve des dispositions du paragraphe suivant, des droits du tarif minimum tels qu’ils ressortent du présent accord. 5. Advance notice of proposed new duties, etc. S’il était jugé nécessaire, en vue de protéger les intérêts économiques et financiers essentiels du pays, d’augmenter les droits de douane ordinaires prévus par le paragraphe 4 du présent article ou applicables sur le territoire de la République française au jour de la signature ou de la mise en application du présent accord, pour l’un quelconque des produits énumérés et décrits aux listes II *Post*, pp. 2262. 2264.(partie B) et III ci-annexées, le Gouvernement français notifierait par écrit au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, 15 jours au moins avant la mise en vigueur de nouveaux droits, son intention de majorer les droits de douane ordinaires afférents à l’un ou l’autre desdits produits. Aucune majoration de ce genre ne pourra toutefois intervenir avant l’expiration du premier trimestre plein qui suivra la mise en application du présent accord. Par la suite, et tant que le présent accord demeurera en vigueur, ces majorations tarifaires ne pourront être effectuées que le premier jour d’un Action upon disagreement.trimestre plein. Si, dans un délai de 30 jours à dater de l’entrée en vigueur desdites majorations tarifaires, il n’est pas intervenu un accord satisfaisant au sujet des modifications du présent accord qui pourront être jugées appropriées53 Stat. 2241 à titre de compensation, ledit accord prendra fin de plein droit, en totalité, le 30ème jour à partir de l’expiration de ce délai. 6. A moins que ces mesuresEnumerated products, restriction on increase in duties in certain cases; exception.*Post*, pp. 2260, 2264. soient prescrites par la législation française en vigueur à la date de la signature du présent accord, il ne pourra être procédé par le Gouvernement français, en ce qui concerne les produits énumérés et décrits aux listes II et III ci-annexées, à des créations ou à des majorations de droits, taxes ou charges quelconques (autres que les droits de douane ordinaires) perçus à l’importation ou à l’occasion de l’importation, qui seraient de nature à diminuer d’une manière sensible l’importance des avantages résultant des dispositions du présent accord. Article II 1. Les produits naturels ou fabriqués,Imports from France, duties and charges applicable. originaires du territoire de la République française ou de l’ime quelconque de ses colonies ou possessions, ne seront pas soumis, à leur importation aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à des droits ou taxes autres ou plus élevées que ceux appliqués aux produits similaires, originaires de tout autre pays étranger. 2. Il est entendu qu’aussi longtempsCoal, coke, etc. et dans la mesure ou la législation des Etats-Unis d’Amérique s’y opposera, les dispositions du paragraphe 1 du présent article, dans la mesure où elles se rapporteraient, par ailleurs, aux droits, taxes ou impositions, sur les charbons, le coke de charbon, les briquettes de charbon ou de coke, ne s’appliqueront pas à ces produits à leur importation aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique. 3. En ce qui concerne le modeMethod of levying duties, etc. de perception des droits ou taxes53 Stat. 2242 ainsi qu’en ce qui concerne tous règlements ou formalités relatifs à l’importation ou à l’exportation, les droits ou taxes perçus lors de l’exportation, du transit, de l’entreposage, du transbordement des marchandises, ainsi qu’en ce qui concerne toutes les perceptions règlementaires, afférentes à ces diverses opérations, tous les produits originaires ou à destination du territoire de la République française ou de l’une quelconque de ses colonies ou possessions bénéficieront du traitement inconditionnel de la nation la plus favorisée. 4. Enumerated products, restriction on excess duties, charges, etc. Les produits naturels ou fabriqués, originaires du territoire de la République française ou de l’une quelconque de ses colonies et possessions, énumérés et décrits à *Post*, p. 2270.la liste IV annexée au présent accord, ne seront pas soumis, à leur importation aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à des droits de douane ordinaires plus élevés que ceux indiqués et prévus à ladite liste. Lesdits articles seront également exemptés de tous autres droits, taxes, rétributions, frais ou prélèvements imposés à leur importation ou relatifs à celle-ci, supérieurs à ceux qui étaient imposés le jour de la signature de cet accord ou qui, imposés ultérieurement devront l’être conformément aux lois des Etats-Unis d’Amérique en vigueur le jour de la signature de cet accord. Article III Charge equivalent to internal tax.Les dispositions du présent accord n’empêcheront pas le Gouvernement de l’un ou l’autre des deux pays d’établir, à un moment quelconque, à l’importation d’un article quelconque, un droit équivalent à une taxe interne frappant un produit national similaire ou53 Stat. 2243 une marchandise ayant servi à la production ou à la fabrication, en tout ou en partie de l’article importé. Article IV Le Gouvernement de la RépubliqueSemimanufactured, etc., products imported from United States. française prendra les dispositions nécessaires pour que les majorations de taux de la taxe à l’importation instituées par l’article 32 de la loi du 31 mars 1932 sur les produits ou objets semiouvrés et sur les produits ou objets fabriqués, soient à partir de la date de la mise en application du présent accord, supprimées à l’égard des marchandises originaires et en provenance des Etate-Unis d’Amérique. Article V Pour les produits énumérés etQuantitative restrictions, limitation on application. décrits à chacune des listes IV et II ci-annexées, le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et le Gouvernement de la République française conviennent que, tant que le présent accord demeurera en vigueur, ils ne soumettront pas à des restrictions quantitatives l’importation desdits produits,*Post*, pp. 2270, 2260. à moins que ceux-ci ne soient déjà soumis à des restrictions de ce genre. Néanmoins, des restrictionsExceptions. quantitatives pourront être appliquées par l’un ou l’autre Gouvernement à l’importation des produits ci-dessus visés, si ces restrictions découlent de l’application de mesures gouvernementales ayant pour objet la règlementation ou le contrôle de la production ou des prix des produits nationaux correspondants. En ce cas, toutefois, le GouvernementAdvance notice of proposed change. qui se propose d’établir ou de modifier les restrictions à l’importation ci-dessus indiquées en donnera avis à l’autre Gouvernement,53 Stat. 2244Action upon disagreement.au moins 30 jours à l’avance. Si un accord concernant les mesures envisagées ne peut être réalisé avant l’expiration de ladite période, l’autre Gouvernement pourra, dans un délai de 15 jours, mettre fin à l’accord tout entier sur préavis de 30 jours. Article VI Provisions in event quantitative restriction established.Tenant compte du fait qu’il n’existe dans leurs échanges réciproques aucune restriction au règlement des créances commerciales et pour autant que cette situation sera maintenue, chacun des deux Gouvernements convient des dispositions suivantes pour le cas où il établirait ou maintiendrait, sous quelque forme que ce soit, une restriction quantitative ou une règlementation de l’importation ou de la vente d’une marchandise quelconque. 1. Guarantees by French Government.Allotment to United States. Le Gouvernement français garantit que si des mesures de restriction ou de contrôle quantitatifs de l’importation ou de la vente sont établies ou viennent à être établies pour l’un quelconque des produits intéressant le commerce des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, *Post*, p. 2204.y compris ceux de la liste III annexée au présent accord, il sera attribué aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, lorsque ces mesures de restriction ou de contrôle quantitatifs se traduiront par une répartition entre les divers pays, une proportion de l’ensemble des importations ou des ventes correspondant en quantité ou en valeur à celle des importations de ces produite effectuées par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique durant une période de référence antérieure à l’établissement de ces restrictions. 53 Stat. 2245 En outre, en ce qui concerne lesLicenses. contingents qui pourraient être créés postérieurement à la date de mise en application du présent accord, le Gouvernement français s’engage, dans le cas où il ne serait pas fait de répartition par pays, à subordonner l’importation à la formalité de la licence. Pour la délivrance de ces licences, il ne sera imposé à l’égard des produits des Etats-Unis d’Amérique aucune condition susceptible de nuire à leur importation, et ceux-ci bénéficieront, à tous égards, d’une complète égalité de traitement par rapport à tout autre pays étranger. 2. Le Gouvernement des Etats-UnisGuarantees by United States Government.Allotment to French Republic. d’Amérique garantit que, si des mesures de restrictions ou de contrôle quantitatifs de l’importation ou de la vente sont ou venaient à être établies pour des produits intéressant le commerce de la République française, y compris ceux de la liste TV, il sera attribué à la République française, lorsque ces mesures de restriction ou de contrôle quantitatifs se traduiront par une répartition entre les divers pays, une proportion correspondant en quantité ou en valeur à celle des importations ou des ventes de ces produits, effectuées par la République française durant une période de référence antérieure à l’établissement de ces restrictions. En outre, en ce qui concerneLicenses. les contingents qui pourraient être créés postérieurement à la date de mise en application du présent accord, le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique s’engage, dans le cas où il ne serait pas fait de répartition par pays, à subordonner l’importation à la formalité de la licence. Pour la53 Stat. 2246 délivrance de ces licences il ne sera imposé à l’égard des produits de la République française aucune condition susceptible de nuire à leur importation et ceux-ci bénéficieront à tous égards d’une complète égalité de traitement par rapport à tout autre pays étranger. 3. Annual supplementary quotas to United States. En ce qui concerne chacun des produits énumérés et décrits *Post*, p. 2264.à la liste III, le Gouvernement de la République française attribuera aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, en sus des quantités qui leur sont maintenant accordées en vertu des dispositions du paragraphe 1 du présent article, un contingent supplémentaire annuel à compter du 3ème trimestre de 1936 et dont le montant ne sera pas inférieur à celui spécifié dans ladite liste. Ces contingents supplémentaires seront répartis périodiquement sur la même base que les contingents accordés en vertu des dispositions du paragraphe 1 du présent article. Revision of.Les contingents supplémentaires ci-dessus visés pourront être révisés le 1er juillet 1937 et le 1 erjuillet des années suivantes pendant toute la durée du présent accord. Si, conformément aux dispositions ci-dessus,le Gouvernement de la République française désirait réduire l’un quelconque de ces contingents, il le notifierait par écrit au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, une période d’au moins 30 jours étant prévue pour des conversations avant que la réduction des contingents puisse devenir effective. Ces conversations auraient pour objet d’aboutir à un accord au sujet de ces réductions ou de déterminer les modifications aux termes du présent accord qui pourraient être jugées appropriées Action upon disagreement.à titre de compensation. Si, à la53 Stat. 2247 fin de la période précitée, un accord satisfaisant n’a pu être réalisé, le Gouvernement français sera libre d’effectuer ces réductions, mais le présent accord cessera de plein droit ses effets 30 jours après la date à laquelle celles-ci seront devenues effectives. 4. Les prohibitions ou contingentsApplicability of provisions to products originating in or destined tor third country. d’importation ou d’exportation actuellement existants ou susceptibles d’être établis à l’avenir par l’un des deux Gouvernements sur des produits originaires ou à destination du territoire de l’autre devront être également appliqués aux produits similaires originaires d’un pays tiers quelconque ou à destination de ce pays tiers. Si des mesures de cette nature venaient à être supprimées, même temporairement, par l’un ou l’autre des deux pays, à l’égard des produits originaires ou à destination d’un pays tiers quelconque, elles devraient être supprimées également à l’égard des mêmes produits originaires ou à destination de l’un ou l’autre des deux pays. 5. Dans le cas où les Etats-UnisImposition by United States of lower duty on specified quantity or value than imposed on excess. d’Amérique maintiendraient ou établicraient à l’avenir des taxes ou droits de douane perçus à l’importation ou à la vente qui seraient, pour une quantité ou valeur spécifiée d’un produit quelconque intéressant l’exportation française, inférieure aux taxesAllotment to France. ou droits frappant les importations ou les ventes effectuées en excédent de ces quantités ou valeurs, il sera alloué à la France une part de la quantité ou de la valeur totale dudit produit dont l’importation ou la vente est autorisée à tarif réduit, pendant une période spécifiée, équivalant à la proportion de l’ensemble des importations ou des ventes correspondant53 Stat. 2248 à celle des importations de ce produit effectuées par la République française durant une période de référence antérieure à l’établissement de toute restriction quantitative frappant l’importation ou la vente dudit produit, à moins qu’il ne soit mutuellement convenu de renoncer à cette répartition. La période de référence choisie devra permettre une répartition juste et équitable. 6. Suppression of quotas. Les dispositions qui précèdent ne feront pas obstacle à la suppression des contingents. Article VII Schedule, notes, and Protocol considered integral parts of Agreement.Les listes I, II, III et IV annexées au présent accord, les notes qui y sont incluses et le protocole annexé au présent accord ont force et effet en vertu dudit accord et en sont partie intégrante. Article VIII Internal taxes, etc., restriction on discrimination.Les produits naturels ou fabriqués des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de la République française seront exonérés, après leur importation sur le territoire de l’autre pays, des taxes intérieures, droits, frais ou contributions autres ou plus élevés que ceux auxquels sont soumis les produits similaires d’origine nationale ou de tout autre origine étrangère. Article IX Foreign purchases of Government monopolies.Au cas où le Gouvernement de l’un ou l’autre des deux pays établirait ou maintiendrait un monopole à l’importation, à la production ou à la vente d’un produit déterminé, ou accorderait en fait ou en droit, à une ou plusieurs organisations, le privilège exclusif d’importer, de produire ou de vendre une marchandise déterminée, le Gouvernement du pays qui établirait, maintiendrait ou53 Stat. 2249 attribuerait un tel monopole accorderait pour les achats effectués à l’étranger par ces monopoles ou ces organisations au commerce de l’autre pays un juste et équitable traitement. Toutefois, dans tous les cas oùInterests of national defense. se trouveraient en jeu des intérêts de défense nationale, chacun des deux Gouvernements conserverait sa pleine et entière liberté. Article X Le Gouvernement des Etats-UnisRight to terminate. d’Amérique et le Gouvernement de la République française se réservent le droit de retirer ou de modifier les concessions accordées par le présent accord à un produit quelconque, ou d’établir des restrictions quantitatives à l’importation de ce produit, si, à la suite de l’extension des dites concessions à des pays tiers, ceux-ci en retirent le principal avantage et qu’en conséquence, une forte augmentation des importations dudit produit se produise indûment. Toutefois avant de recourirWritten notice of proposed action. à la faculté mentionnée ci-dessus, le Gouvernement intéressé avisera par écrit l’autre Gouvernement de son intention et lui fournira l’occasion, dans les 30 jours qui suivront la réception dudit avis, de délibérer avec lui au sujet des mesures qu’il se propose de prendre. Si une entente n’intervenait pas à ce sujet dans les 30Rights reserved. jours après la réception du susdit avis, le Gouvernement qui se propose de prendre les mesures en question aurait la facidté de le faire à tout moment après ce délai, et l’autre Gouvernement aurait la faculté, dans les 15 jours après leur mise en vigueur, de mettre fin au présent accord tout entier moyennant un préavis écrit de 30 jours. 53 Stat. 2250 Article XI Consideration of representations with respect to application of regulations.Le Gouvernement de chacun des deux pays accueillera avec bienveillance les observations qui lui seraient présentées par le Gouvernement de l’autre relativement à l’application des règlements concernant l’importation des marchandises y compris les lois et règlements d’ordre sanitaire. Sanitary laws, etc.Au cas où le Gouvernement de l’un des deux pays adresserait des observations à celui de l’autre en ce qui concerne l’application des lois ou règlements sanitaires relatifs à la protection de la vie humaine ainsi que des animaux ou des végétaux et si un accord n’intervenait pas à ce sujet, une commission d’experts techniques comprenant des représentants de chacun des deux Gouvernements, serait constituée à la requête du Gouvernement intéressé. Elle aura pour mission d’examiner les questions litigieuses et de soumettre des recommandations aux deux Gouvernements. Adoption of measures considered as impairing objects of Agreement.Dans le cas où le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de la République française adopterait une mesure qui, bien que n’étant pas en contradiction avec les termes du présent accord, serait considérée néanmoins par le Gouvernement de l’autre pays comme tendant à annuler les effets ou à porter atteinte pratiquement à l’un dés buts essentiels de l’accord, l’autre Gouvernement aurait la liberté de proposer des négociations en vue de modifier le présent accord. Si une entente n’intervient pas dans les 30 jours après la réception des dites propositions, le Gouvernement qui les aura faites aura la faculté de mettre fin au présent accord dans son entier moyennant préavis de 30 jours. 53 Stat. 2251 Si le taux du change entre lesVariations in rate or exchange, action if considered prejudicial. monnaies française et américaine venait à varier sensiblement le Gouvernement de chacun des deux pays, s’il estime que la variation en question est assez importante pour porter préjudice aux industries ou au commerce du pays, sera libre de proposer l’ouverture de négociations tendant à modifier le présent accord ou de dénoncer celui-ci, dans son entier, moyennant un préavis écrit de 30 jours. Article XII Les dispositions du présent accordAdvantages accorded neighboring states. concernant le traitement accordé par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou par la République française au commerce de l’autre pays ne s’appliqueront pas aux avantages actuellement accordés ou qui seront accordés ultérieurement aux Etats voisins, en vue de faciliter le trafic frontalier. Rien, dans le présent accord, neGold or sliver import and export restrictions. doit empêcher l’adoption de mesures prohibant ou limitant l’importation ou l’exportation de l’or ou de l’argent, ou gêner l’adoptionControl of trade in arms, etc. de mesures que l’un des deux Gouvernements estimerait nécessaires pour le contrôle de l’importation, de l’exportation ou de la vente à l’exportation des armes, munitions ou matériel de guerre et, dans des circonstances exceptionnelles, de tout autre matériel militaire. Sous réserve qu’aucune discriminationProvisions not to extend to specified prohibitions, etc. arbitraire ne sera apportée par l’un ou l’autre des deux pays à l’encontre des importations de l’autre et en faveur de celles d’un pays tiers quelconque, les dispositions du présent accord ne s’étendront pas aux prohibitions ou restrictions:
(1)relatives à la sécurité publique;53 Stat. 2252
(2)imposées pour des raisons morales ou humanitaires;
(3)destinées à protéger la santé publique ou la vie des anim aux ou des végétaux;
(4)relatives aux marchandises fabriquées dans les prisons;
(5)relatives aux mesures prises pour le respect des lois de police ou des lois fiscales; et
(6)relatives aux mesures ayant pour objet d’étendre aux produits importés un régime analogue à celui qui existe pour le commerce des mêmes produits à l’intérieur du pays. Termination of Agreement if application of provisions endangers vital interests.Si, dans des circonstances exceptionnelles ou anormales, le maintien en application des dispositions du présent accord était de nature à mettre en danger les intérêts vitaux do l’un ou l’autre des deux pays, le Gouvernement intéressé pourrait mettre fin au présent accord, à condition d’en aviser Modifications to prevent termination.par écrit l’autre Gouvernement aussi longtemps à l’avance que les circonstances le permettraient. Dans les circonstances ci-dessus prévues, les deux Gouvernements s’efforceront d’aboutir à une entente sur les modifications à apporter au présent accord, afin d’éviter que celui-ci ne prenne fin en son entier. Article XIII Terms construed.Les Gouvernements des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et de la République française conviennent que, chaque fois que le terme “Etats-Unis d’Amérique” ou “Etats-Unis” est employé dans le présent accord, il sera entendu que ce terme s’appliquera au territoire d’Hawaï, à celui de l’Alaska, à l’Ue de Porto-Rico, aussi bien qu’au territoire continental des Etats-Unis. Chaque fois que le terme “République53 Stat. 2253 française” sera employé dans le présent accord, il sera entendu que ce terme s’appliquera au territoire douanier français, c’est-à-dire la France métropolitaine ainsi que l’Algérie et la Principauté de Monaco. Article XIV Sous réserve des dispositions duProvisions not applicable to Philippine Islands, etc.; exception. paragraphe 2 du présent article, les dispositions du présent accord relatives au traitement qui sera accordé par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique au commerce de la République française ne s’appliqueront pas aux Hes Philippines, aux Iles Vierges, à Samoa, à l’Ile de Guam ou à la zone du Canal de Panama. Les dispositions du présent accordPreferential treatment accorded by United States to include any territory thereof. concernant le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée accordé par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique s’appliqueront sur tout territoire placé sous la souveraineté ou l’autorité des Etats-Unis d’Amérique aux produits originaires ou à destination du territoire de la République française ou de tout territoire placé sous la souveraineté ou l’autorité de la France. LesNot applicable in Panama Canal Zone. dispositions de ce paragraphe ne s’appliquent pas à la zone du Canal de Panama. Les avantages que s’accordentExisting advantages excepted from operation of Agreement. actuellement ou que pourraient s’accorder entre eux les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, leurs territoires ou possessions ou la zone du canal de Panama, ainsi que les avantages accordés à la République de Cuba par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, leurs territoires ou possessions ou la zone du Canal de Panama, doivent être exceptés des dispositions du présent accord. Les dispositions du présent paragraphe s’appliqueront également en ce qui concerne les avantages qui sont ou seraient accordés aux53 Stat. 2254 Iles Philippines par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, par leurs territoires ou leurs possessions ou par la zone du Canal de Panama, quels que soient les changements qui pourraient survenir dans le statut politique des Iles Philippines. Article XV 1. Importation of certain U. S. products into assimilated French colonies. Les produits naturels ou fabriqués originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de l’un quelconque de leurs territoires ou possessions, exception faite de ceux énumérés et décrits à la liste I, partie A *Post*, p. 2258.annexée au présent accord bénéficieront à leur importation dans les colonies françaises dites assimilées, c’est-à-dire ayant en principe le même régime douanier que la Métropole, des droits du tarif minimum, que ce tarif soit le tarif métropolitain ou un tarif spécial. Ils ne seront, en aucun cas, soumis à des droits, taxes on rétributions perçus à l’occasion de l’importation, autres ou plus élevés que ceux appliqués aux produits similaires de tout autre pays tiers. 2. Benefit of intermediate duties. Le bénéfice des droits intermédiaires en vigueur au jour de la mise en application du présent accord, qu’il s’agisse du tarif *Post*, p. 2258.métropolitain ou du tarif spécial, sera appliqué à leur importation dans les colonies françaises dites assimilées, aux produits originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, énumérés et décrits à la liste I, partie A annexée au présent accord. En outre, Minimum-tariff benefits.lesdits produits bénéficieront automatiquement du tarif minimum, au cas où les droits applicables en tariff minimum aux produits similaries d’une origine étrangère quelconque seraient portés à un taux égal ou supérieur à celui des droits53 Stat. 2255 intermédiaires en vigueur lors de la mise en application du présent accord. La présente disposition ne met pas obstacle à une modification de la nomenclative tarifaire. Les dispositions du présent paragraphe seront appliquées, dans lesApplication of provisions. colonies assimilées, aux produits originaires et en provenance de l’un quelconque des territoires ou possessions des Etats-Unis. 3. Dans les colonies dites non“Nonassimmilated” colonies and Tunisia. assimilées, c’est-à-dire ayant un régime douanier spécial et en Tunisie, les produits originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de l’un quelconque de leurs territoires ou possessions bénéficieront des tarifs douanier les plus réduits qui y sont ou pourraient être accordés à tout autre pays tiers. Us ne seront, en aucun cas, soumis à des droits, taxes ou rétributions perçus à l’occasion de l’importation autres ou plus élevés que ceux appliqués aux produits similaires de tout autre pays tiers. 4. Il est entendu, d’autre part,Most-favored-nation treatment not to extend to certain preferential regimes. que le traitement de la nation la plus favorisée tel qu’il est prévu au présent accord ne s’étend pas: (*a*) au régime préférentiel qui est accordé ou serait accordé dans l’avenir par la France, les colonies françaises et la Tunisie, au Maroc et aux territoires placés sous mandat français; (*b*) au régime préférentiel établi ou à établir dans les relations entre la France et la Tunisie, la France et les colonies françaises, et les colonies, possessions ou protectorats et pays sous mandat français entre eux, sans préjudice toutefois des droits résultant de tous autres traités ou accords. 53 Stat. 2256 5. Preferences by France to certain central and eastern European states. En ce qui concerne les avantages préférentiels accordés ou susceptibles d’etre accordés par la France à certains Etats de l’Europe Centrale et Orientale, conformément aux recommandations de la Conférence Internationale de Stresa du 20 Septembre 1932, le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, tout en réservant sa position de principe en la matière, accepte de ne pas invoquer la clause de la nation la plus favorisée, prévue par le présent accord, pour demander le bénéfice de ces avantages préférentiels pour autant qu’ils ne seront pas étendus à d’autres pays que ceux mentionnés ci-dessus. Toutefois, au cas où les avantages résultant du présent accord se trouveraient affectés de manière importante par l’octroi de ces préférences, le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis se réserve le droit de provoquer l’ouverture de négociations en vue de modifier le présent accord. Article XVI Former Agreement to be superseded.Le jour où le présent accord entrera en application, il remplacera l’accord sur les contingents du 31 mai 1932 modifié le 21 janvier 1935, entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la République française. Article XVII Proclamation or Agreement by President of the United States.Le présent accord fera l’objet d’une proclamation par le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique Ratification by President of France, etc.et sera ratifié par le Président de la République française, après approbation par le Sénat français et par la Chambre des Députés. Date of coming definitively into force.L’accord entrera définitivement en vigueur le jour où le Gouvernement de la République française53 Stat. 2257 aura fait connaître au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sa ratification par le Président de la République française et où le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique aura, de son côté, communiqué officiellement au Gouvernement français la proclamation du Président des Etats-Unis. L’accord entrera provisoirementProvisional date. en vigueur le 15 juin 1936. L’accord restera en vigueur,Duration of Agreement. sous réserve des dispositions des Articles I, V, VI, X, XI et XII, jusqu’au 1er juillet 1937. A moins que, six mois avant le 1er juillet 1937, l’un des deux Gouvernements n’ait notifié à l’autre son intention de mettre fin à l’accord à cotte date, il restera en vigueur par la suite, sous réserve des dispositions des Articles I, V, VI, X, XI et XII, jusqu’à l’expiration de six mois à dater du jour où l’un des deux Gouvernements aura remis à l’autre notification de son intention de mettre fin à l’accord. En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent accord et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait en double exemplaire en anglais et en français, les deux textes faisant également foi, à Washington, ce sixième jour de mai, mil neuf cent trente-six.Signatures. For the President of the United States of America: [seal] Cordell Hull For the President of the French Republic: [seal] André Lefebvre de La Boulaye 53 Stat. 2258 SCHEDULE I-SECTION A List of Exceptions to the Granting of the Minimum Tariff French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Ex 47 Preserved fish, with the exception of those included in Schedule I, Section B, and in Schedule III annexed to the present Agreement Ex 79 Rough rice (rice in the straw), broken rice, rice flour and semolina Ex 112 bis Vanillin and its derivatives or substitutes Ex 126 bis Flowers of mullein, borage, common camomile, marshmallow, mallow, pansies, Provence roses, elder and violets Ex 141 Absorbent cotton, other than impregnated or pharmaceutical Ex 189 Sulphur, ground, purified, refined or sublimated Ex 200 Gold, drawn, rolled or spun (other than wire drawn, simply rolled, etc.) 068 Sodium phosphate 080 Sodium hyposulphite 0156 Caustic potash 0322 Phenacetin Ex 0375 Celluloid (including artificial ivory and tortoise shell): Rough, in lumps, plates, unworked sheets, tubes, rods, sticks, colored or not in the mass; In sheets, polished, dulled, colored or worked on the surface Ex 0736 bis Synthetic resins other than infusible Ex 294 A{ Products included under these tariff numbers for which the difference between the minimum tariff and the tariff applicable on the day of the signature of this agreement is more than 10% of the minimum tariff B{ C{ 295 Ultramarine 296 Prussian blue Ex 299 bis Printing ink, black for newspapers, without dryer oil; and color inks, others, without dryer oil Ex 301 Composite pencils with white casing and pencils for notebooks without tips 302 A Carbons for electric arc light and electrodes for electric furnaces, for electrolysis, for batteries or other uses 303, 304 Ochres, etc. 307 Pulverized talc 308 Paints ground in oil 309 Paints in paste prepared with water or with size, etc. 310 Paints not elsewhere specified, etc. 315 ter Medicinal adhesive plasters Ex 316 Compound medicines, not elsewhere specified, appearing in an official pharmacopoeia, not packed (for retail sale) Synthetic organic chemical products, whether appearing in an official pharmacopoeia or not, imported for wholesale trade and not for sale to the public 408 Coated percaline Ex 459 B} F} Velvets of silk, floss silk or rayon, pure or mixed, included under these tariff numbers, ecru, scoured, bleached or dyed, fashioned (façonnés) G} I} J} Ex 459 H–I and H–II } Velvets of silk, floss silk or rayon, pure or mixed, included under these tariff numbers, ecru, scoured, bleached or dyed 477 bis Artificial leather 479 Parts of shoes, etc. Ex 495 A Goldsmith’s wares of gold, etc., manufactured after 1830 495 B Jewelry of gold, etc. 496 Gold- or silver-plated wares 496 bis Imitation jewelry 512 bis A Pumps Ex 524 bis N Unspecified electrical apparatus, not containing insulated metal coils weighing 60 kilos and less per unit 579 bis E Aluminum manufactures: Mechanical parts or other parts, of simply hammered, pressed or stamped sheet 612 Hats, shapes or tops of wood-shavings, of straw, etc. 620 N-I Shoes of all kinds with uppers of rubber or of one or two ply rubberized cloth and with soles of rubber or other materials affixed with glue or by any other means 620 N-II Tops and uppers of shoes of the categories designated under No. 620 N-I above Ex 627 bis Hat shapes or tops of rayon, artificial horsehair or mixed, etc. 53 Stat. 2259 LISTE I—PARTIE A Liste des Exceptions a l’Octroi du Tarif Minimum Numéros du tarif français Désignation des produits ex 47 Poissons conservés, à l’exclusion de ceux repris à la liste I, partie B, et à la liste III annexée au présent accord ex 79 Riz en paille, brisures, farines et semoules de riz ex 112 bis Vanilline et ses dérivés ou substituts ex 126 bis Fleurs de bouillon blanc, de bourrache, de camomille romaine, de guimauve, de mauve, de pensées, de rose de Provins, de sureau et de violettes ex 141 Coton hydrophile, autre qu’imprégné ou pharmaceutique ex 189 Soufre trituré, épuré, raffiné ou sublimé ex 200 Or tiré, laminé ou filé (autre que dégrossi, simplement laminé, etc.) 068 Phosphate de soude 080 Hyposulfite de soude 0156 Potasse caustique 0322 Phénacétine ex 0375 Celluloid (y compris l’ivoire et l’écaille factice): Bruts, en masse, plaques, feuilles non ouvrées, tubes, joncs,, bâtons, colorés ou non dans la masse; En feuilles polies, matées, coloriées ou à surface travaillée ex 0376 bis Résines synthétiques autres qu’infusibles ex 294 A{ Produits repris sous les numéros ci-contre pour lesquels la différence entre le tarif minimum et le tarif applicable au jour de la signature du présent accord est supérieure à 10% du tarif minimum B{ C{ 295 Outremer 296 Bleu de Prusse ex 299 bis Encres à imprimer, noires à journal sans huile siccative et encres de couleur, autres, sans huile siccative ex 301 Crayons composés: à gaine de bois blanc et crayons pour carnet sans tête 302 A Charbons pour lumière électrique à arc et électrodes pour fours électriques, electrolyse, piles ou autres usages 303, 304 Ocres, etc. 307 Talc pulvérisé 308 Couleurs broyées à l’huile 309 Couleurs en pâte préparées à l’eau ou à la colle, etc. 310 Couleurs non dénommées, etc. 315 ter Sparadraps médicamentaux Ex 316 Médicaments composés, non dénommés, figurant dans une phar-macopée officielle, non conditionnés Produits chimiques organiques de synthèse figurant dans une pharmacopée officielle ou n’y figurant pas, importés pour le commerce en gros et non pour la vente au public 408 Percaline enduite Ex 459 B} F} Velours de soie, de bourre de soie ou rayonne, pures ou mélangées, repris sous les numéros ci-contre, ecrus, déerués, blanchis ou teints, façonnés G} I} J} Ex 459 H–I H–II { Velours de soie, de bourre de soie ou de rayonne, pures ou mélangées, repris sous les numéros ci-çontre, écrus, decrués, blanchis ou teints 477 bis Cuir artificiel 479 Parties de chaussures, etc. ex 495 A Orfèvrerie d’or, etc., de fabrication postérieure à 1830 495 B Joaillerie, bijouterie d’or, etc. 496 Ouvrages dorés ou argentée 496 bis Bijouterie fausse 512 bis A Pompes ex 524 bis N Appareils électriques non mentionnés, sans enroulements de fils métalliques isolés, pesant par unité 50 Kgs et moins 579 bis E Ouvrages en aluminium: Pièces mécaniques ou autres, en tôle simplement martelée, repoussée ou emboutie 612 Chapeaux, cloches ou plateaux de copeaux dé bois, de paille, etc. 620 N–I Chaussures de toutes sortes avec dessus en caoutchouc ou en tissu simple ou double, caoutchouté, et semelles en caoutchouc ou autres matières adaptées par collage ou de toute autre manière 620 N–H Tiges et dessus de chaussures des catégories visées au No. 620 N–I ci-dessus ex 627 bis Cloches ou plateaux en rayonne, crin artificiel ou mélangés, etc. 53 Stat. 2260 SCHEDULE I—SECTION B Products Admitted at the Minimum Tariff Within the Limit of the Quantities Specified French Tariff Number Description of Articles Quantities to be Admitted Annually at the Minimum Tariff Ex 47 Preserved fish, “others“: Quintals Pilchards 1, 000 028 Refined borate of soda (borax) 1, 500 0114 Chromates and bichromates of potassium 373 0114 bis Chromates and bichromates of soda 1, 418 SCHEDULE II—SECTION A French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Unit Duty (in francs) Ex 84 A Grapefruit 100 kilos 50. Ex 85 Table or other fruit, dried or evaporated: Prunes: 80 prunes and less per 500 grams, and prunes in boxes, whatever their size 100 kilos 165. Others 100 kilos 123. Ex 85 Edible Corinth raisins used for pastry (this classification is exclusively applicable to Corinth raisins proper, Smvrna raisins(Ismir) known as Sultanas, and raisins of the Corinth and Smyrna type, imported: 1)-by parcel post 2)-in cases of 50 kilos and less, or else in barrels of approximately 80 kilos) 100 kilos 40. Note: Thompson seedless raisins are included in this category. Ex 86 C Table or other fruit, preserved in the natural state, whole or not, without sugar, syrup or alcohol: Pineapple, including fruit salads (macédaines de fruits) containing more than 5% of pineapple 100 kilos 285. Ex 158 C Vegetables, preserved in cans or hermetically sealed containers: Asparagus 100 kilos 200. Ex 523 Sewing machine heads, including nickeled parts, other than for special uses 100 kilos 700. Ex 525 ter B Cash registers weighing 50 kgs. and more per unit and their spare parts 100 kilos 900. Ex 614 ter A Automobile chassis for passenger cars, without bodies, with or without motors, equipped or not with pneumatic tires (other than for auto-busses or autocars, etc.) weighing per unit: less than 850 kilos kilo 4. 15 from 850 kilos inclusive to 1, 250 kilos exclusive kilo 4. 80 from 1, 250 kilos inclusive to 1, 500 kilos exclusive kilo 5. 45 from 1, 500 kilos inclusive to 1, 750 kilos exclusive kilo 6. 65 1, 750 kilos and more kilo 8. 05 Note to Ex 614 1er A: The admission of these chassis benefiting by these reduced rates will be limited to an annual quota of 3,062 quintals. The importation will be subject to the presentation of special licenses, delivered by the French Automobile Federation to special (de luxe) body builders. 53 Stat. 2261 LISTE I—PARTIE B Produits Admis au Tarif Minimum dans la Limité de Quantités Déterminées Numéros du tarif français Désignation des produits Quantités admises au tarif minimum annuellement Ex 47 Poissons conservés “autres”: Pilchards 1. 000 qx 028 Borate de soude (borax) raffiné 1. 500 “ 0114 Chromâtes et bichromates de potasse 373 “ 0114 bis Chromates et bichromates de soude 1. 418 “ LISTE II—PARTIE A Numéros du tarif français Désignation des produits Unite de perception Droit (francs) Ex 84 A Pamplemousses 100 Kgs 50. Ex 85 Fruits de table ou autres secs ou tapés: Prunes, pruneaux: 80 fruits et moins aux 500 grammes et pruneaux en bottes ou en caisses qu’en soit la grosseur 100 Kgs 165. Autres 100 Kgs 123. Ex 85 Raisins propres à la consommation, de Corinthe servant à la pâtisserie (cette tarification est exclusivement applicable aux raisins de Corinthe proprement dits, aux raisins de Smyrne (lemir) dits Sul tanines et aux raisins type Corinthe ou type eultanines, importés: 1° par colis-postal 2° en caisse de 50 kgs et moins ou bien en barils d’environ 80 kgs) 100 Kgs 40. Note: Les raisins “Thompson seedless” Ex 86 C Fruits de table ou autres, conservés au naturel, à l’état entier ou non, sans sucre, ni sirop, ni alcool: Ananas, y compris les macédoines de fruits contenant plus de 5% d’ananas 100 Kgs 285. Ex 158 C Légumes conservés en bottes ou en récipients hermétiquement dos: Asperges 100 Kgs 200. Ex 523 Têtes de machines à coudre, y compris les parties nickelées, autres qu’à usages spéciaux 100 Kgs 700. Ex 525 ter B Caisses enregistreuses, appareils similaires et leurs pièces détachées, pesant par unité 50 Kgs et plus 100 Kgs 900. Ex 614 ter A Châssis de voitures automobiles pour le transport des personnes, non carrossés, avec ou sans moteur, garnis ou non de pneumatiques (autres que pour autobus ou autocars, etc. . .) pesant par unité: –moins de 850 kgs kg 4. 15 –de 850 kgs inclus à 1.250 kgs exclus. “ 4. 80 –de 1.250 kgs inclus à 1.500 kgs exclus. “ 5. 45 –de 1.500 kgs inclus à 1.750 kgs exclus. “ 6. 65 –de 1.750 kgs et plus. . . . “ 8. 05 Note ad ex 614 ter A: L’admission de ces châssis au bénéfice des droits réduits sera effectuée dans la limite d’un contingent annuel de 3.062 quintaux. L’importation sera subordonnée à la présentation de licences spéciales délivrées par la Fédération française de l’automobile pour des entreprises de carrosseries de luxe. 53 Stat. 2262 SCHEDULE II—SECTION A—Continued French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Unit Duty (In France) 630 quarter C Spark plugs for all internal combustion motors with insulating parts of mica, porcelain, steatite, petroid, stecolith, silimanith, or other materials each 2.85 630 quarter D Insulating parts for spark plugs for all internal combustion motors, of mica, porcelain, steatite, petroid, stecolith, silimanith, or other materials each 2.50 636 A Fountain pens of any material, with or without pen points, stylographic pens of any material, with nibs and their separate parts except those included under No.636 D 25% ad val. but no less than 1.50 francs each 636 B Automatic pencils of any material and their spare parts, with the exception of those included under No. 636 D, but including the mechanism for automatic pencils with continuous feeding 25% ad val. but no less than 0.60 francs each 636 C Pen holders other than fountain pens, and pencil holders kilo 13. 636 D Metal parts for all articles designated in Nos. 636 A, 636 B and 636 C, and rubber reservoirs for fountain pens kilo 25. Note to Nos, 636 A to D: Articles of these kinds made of precious metals or with parts of precious metals are dutiable as manufactures of precious metals. Pen points of precious metals are dutiable at their own rate. SCHEDULE II—SECTION B French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Ex 45 Fish, fresh water: Salmonides: Other than trout Ex 85 Table or other fruit, dried or evaporated: Peaches and apricots Apples and pears 461 I Paper and cardboard, cut, not specially taxed as such, and articles, n. e. s., made of paper and cardboard, etc. Note to 461 I: The quota has been provisionally suspended on these products. In ease the quota should be reestablished, an annual supplementary quota would be accorded to the United States of 5,200 metric quintals. Ex 463 bis Vulcanised fiber (American pasteboard) and similar products, not cut, painted, varnished, lacquered nor decorated 469 quarter Motion picture films: Note to No. 469 quater: The guaranty provided for in Article I, paragraph 5, applies likewise to the valuation of the products included under 469 quater. Ex 614 ter B Accessories, parts and spare parts for all automobiles, worked or having undergone assembly, adjustment or flanging: 1. Hoods for motors 3. Shock absorbers and parts Ex 6. Gear and transmission assemblies, transmissions Steering apparatus, with or without steering wheel, gear box 12. Axles 14. Metallic brakes and parts of metallic brakes, without brake lining Ex 31. Other parts and spare parts (other than in rough state) not dutiable elsewhere, weighing less than 500 grams per unit, made of any other material than precious metals or fine materials (such as ivory, shell, mother-of-pearl, amber or amber compound) 53 Stat. 2263 LISTE II—PARTIE A— Continuée Numéros du tariff français Désignation des produits Unité de perception Droit (francs) 630 quat. C Bougies d’allumage pour tous moteurs à carburation, avec pièces isolantes en mica, porcelaine, stéatite, pétroid, stecolithe, silimanite ou autres matières la pièce 2, 85 2, 85 630 quat. D Pièces isolantes pour bougies d’allumage, pour tous moteurs à carburation, en mica, porcelaine, stéatite, pétroid, stécolithe, silimanite ou autres matières ” 2, 50 636 A Porte-plumes à réservoir, en toutes matières avec ou sans plumes, stylographes en toutes matières, à pointe et leurs pièces détachées sauf celles reprises sous le N °636 D 25% ad val. Avec minimum de perception de 1 Fr 50 par unité 636 B Porte-mines en toutes matières et leurs pièces détachées, à l’exception de celles reprises au n° 636 D, mais y compris le mécanisme de porte-mines dit “automatique” à alimentation continue 25% ad val. Avec minimum de perception de 0 Fr 60 par unité 636 C Porte-plumes autres qu’à réservoir et porte-crayons kg 13 636 D Fournitures métalliques pour tous les articles visés aux Nos 636 A, 636 B, 636 C, sacs en caoutchouc pour porte-plumes réservoirs kg 25 Note ad N° 636 A à D): Les articles de l’espèce en métal précieux ou avec parties en métal précieux suivent le régime de l’orfèvrerie. Les plumes eu métal précieux sont taxées à leur droit propre. LISTE II—PARTIE B Numéros de tariff français Désignation de produits Ex 45 Poissons d’eau douce frais, salmonidés autres que truites Ex 85 Fruits de table ou autres, secs ou tapés: Pêches et abricots Pommes et poires 461 I Papier ou carte découpé et non spécialement taxé en cet état et ouvrages en papier ou carte non dénommés ailleurs, etc. Note ad 461 I: Le contingentement applicable aux produits repris sous ce numéro est provisoirement suspendu. Au cas où il serait rétabli, un contingent supplémentaire annuel de 5.200 quintaux serait accordé aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Ex 463 bis Fibre vulcanisée (carton dit américain) et produits similaires, non découpés, ni peints, ni vernis, ni laqués, ni décorés 469 quarter Rouleaux ou bandes pour cinématographes. Note ad N° 469 quater: La garantie prévue à l’article I, paragraphe 5, s’applique également à l'évaluation des produits repris sous le N° 469 quater. Ex 614 ter B Accessoires, parties et pièces détachées pour toutes voitures automobiles, travaillés ou ayant subi un assemblage, un ajustage ou un emboutissage: 1. Capots de moteur 3. Amortisseurs de suspension et leurs pièces détachées. Ex 6. Assemblages d’engrenage et de transmission: –transmissions, –directions avec ou sans volant, embrayage. 12. Essieux 14. Freins métalliques et parties de freins métalliques sans garnitures de friction. Ex 31. Autres pièces, parties ou organes (autres qu’à l’état brut), non taxés ailleurs, pesant par unité moins de 500 grammes, en matière quelconque autre que métal précieux ou matières fines (ivoire, écaille, nacre, ambre ou ambroide) 53 Stat. 2264 SCHEDULE III French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Annual Supplementary Quotas (In quintals, unless otherwise indicated) Ex 47 Preserved fish, in brine (marinés) or otherwise prepared: Salmon 10, 00 until December 31, 1936 2, 500 for first quarter, 1937 Ex 49 Crustaceans preserved in the natural state or prepared 250 for first quarter, 1937 Note: The French Government expects that at the expiration of the first year of the present agreement the supplementarv quotas allocated to the United States of America for preserved salmonand crustaceans will be transformed intonormal quotas and it will endeavor to maintain them at the above mentionedquarterly amounts. Ex 128 } Common woods other than magnolia, yellow poplar and similar woods 13, 618 metric tons Ex 128 bis } Ex 133 } Ex 128 } Common woods other than magnolia, yellow poplar and similar woods 1, 748 metric tons Ex 128 bis } Ex 133 } Note: The provisions of Article I, paragraph 5, do not apply to products included under the French tariff numbers 128,128 bis and 133. Ex 178 bis Artificial abrasives, pure or mixed with natural abrasives or other substances: 650 Carborandum or carborundum (silicon carbide), powdered or ground Ex 178 ter A Applied abrasives: On cloth; natural abrasives, and including glass or silex applied on cloth 120 On paper, wood, etc.; natural abrasives, including glass or silex applied on paper, wood, etc. 165 Ex 184 bis Hydraulic lime, in blocks or in powder, regardless ofthe method of packing or shipping 1, 000 0193 bis Butyl alcohol 200 Note: The French Government will endeavor to maintain the annual supplementary quota at the figure of 200 quintals, but reserves the right to reduce it to 163 quintals if unforeseen circumstances should make this reduction necessary. 0201 bis Butyl acetate 300 Note: The French Government will endeavor to maintain the annual supplementarv quota at the figure of 300 quintals, but reserves the right to reduce it to 254 quintals if unforeseen circumstances should make this reduction necessary. Ex 298 Varnishes and assimilated paints other than with alcohol, or with cellulose acetate or nitrocellulose base 1, 000 347 ter Artificial teeth of porcelain, enamel or similar materials 28 Ex 361 bis Radio or wireless tubes 45 Ex 459 Knit goods of silk floss: P–I Stockings and socks 11, 850 doz. Pairs 53 Stat. 2265 LISTE III Désignation des produits Description of Articles Contingents annuels supplémentaires (en quintaux sauf Indication contraire) ex 47 Poissons conservés, marinés, ou autrement préparés: Salmonidés 10.000 jusqu’au 31 décembre 1936 2.500 pour le 1er trimestre 1937 ex 49 Crustacés conservés au naturel ou préparés 250 pour le 1er trimestre 1937 Note: Le Gouvernement français prévoit qu’à l’expiration de la première année de l’accord, les contingents supplémentaires attribués aux États-Unis d’Amérique pour les conserves de salmonidés et de crustacés pourront être transformés en contineents normaux et il s’efforcera de maintenir ces contingents aux chiffres trimestriels ci-dessus mentionnés. ex 128, Bois communs autres que les bois de magnolia, de tulipier et similaires 13.618 tonnes ex 128 bis, ex 133 ex 128, Bois communs de magnolia, de tulipier et similaires 1. 748 tonnes ex 128 bis, ex 133 Note: La disposition de l’article I, paragraphe 5, ne s’applique pas aux produits repris sous les Nos. 128, 128 bis et 133 du tarif douanier français. ex 178 bis Abrasifs artificiels, purs ou mélangés d’ab rasifs naturels ou d’autres matières: 650 Carborandum ou carborundum (carbure de silicium) brovés ou en grains ex 178 ter A Abrasifs appliqués: Sur tissus; 120 abrasifs naturels, y compris les tissus Sur papier, bois, etc.; 165 abrasifs naturels, y compris les papiers, bois, etc., verrés ou silexés ex 184 bis Chaux hydraulique en pierre ou en poudre quel que soit le mode d’emballage ou d’expédition 1000 0193 bis Alcool butylique 200 Note: Le Gouvernement français s’efforcera de maintenir le contingent supplémentaire annuel au chiffre de 200 quintaux, mais se réserve le droit de le réduire à 163 quintaux si des circonstances imprévues rendent cette réduction nécessaire. 0201 bis Acétate de butyle 300 Note: Le Gouvernement français s’efforcera de maintenir le contingent supplémentaire annuel au chiffre de 300 quintaux, mais se réserve le droit de le réduire à 254 quintaux si des circonstances imprévues rendent cette réduction nécessaire. ex 298 Vernis et peintures assimilées autres qu’à l’alcool ou qu’à base d’acétate de cellulose ou de nitrocellulose 1. 000 347 ter Dents artificielles en porcelaine, émail ou matières similaires 28 ex 361 bis Lampes, valves de T. S. F. 45 ex 459 Bonneterie de soie ou de bourre de soie: P-I Bas et chaussettes 11. 800 Dz. De paires 53 Stat. 2266 SCHEDULE III—Continued French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Annual Supplementary Quotas (In quintals, unless otherwise indicated) Ex 461 G Machine made paper n. e. s, (other than those benefiting by favored tariff treatment provided for these kinds of paper intended for use in printing newspapers, magazines, periodicals, etc.) weighing more than 35 grams per square meter 7, 300 Ex 462 A Rough cardboard, in sheets, plates, rolls or spools, other than insulating board more than 10 millimeters in thickness 2, 500 Ex 469 quarter Motion picture films: Note: a) The number of dubbed films permitted to be shown in France shall not be less than 94 films per semester. b) The American original version films authorized to be shown in France may be shown in five theaters in the Department of the Seine and ten theaters in the other French departments, but in a maximum of two theaters in any one of these other departments, although exceptions may be granted by the Minister of National Education. c) The French Government will take no new measures which would have the effect of placing American films in a position, in comparison with French films, or with those of any other foreign country, less favorable than that which they now enjoy. Ex 476 bis Hides or skins, patent, other than kid, sheep and lamb 101 Ex 476 ter B Hides, curried, others, treated with tallow, waxed, of natural color, dved, shagreened, goffered, grained, glossed, stamped, moroccoed, dulled, blackened, painted, checkered, colored, etc., of goat, kid, sheep and lamb 37 510 A Steam engines, stationary and marine; in each case separate from their boiler, steam pumps, compressors, etc. 3, 400 512 C Agricultural and other tractors 2, 300 521 Printing presses 1, 000 Ex 522 Agricultural machinery: Cultivators 97 Mowers 817 Reapers, reaper-binders, combines 1, 477 Others 2, 003 Ex 524 bis B Apparatus for circuit-breaking, regulating, protecting, distributing electric current, and including panel boards, bare or equipped: a) Non-automatic apparatus and apparatus capable of being transformed into automatic apparatus 450 b) Automatic apparatus 524 bis G Radio telephone and telegraph apparatus (including their separate parts) 588 Ex 524 bis M Electric domestic apparatus: Domestic refrigerators 502 53 Stat. 2267 LISTE III—Continuée Numéros du tarif français Désignation des produits Contingents annuels supplémentaires (en quintaux sauf Indication contraire) Ex 461 G Papier non dénommé à la mécanique (autrès que ceux admis au régime de faveur prévu pour les papiers de l’espèce et destinés à l’impression des journaux, publications, périodiques, et à l’édition) pesant plus de 35 Grs. au m2 7. 300 Ex 462 A Carton brut, en feuilles, plaques, rouleaux ou bobines enroulées, autre que carton isolant de plus de 10 m/m d’épaisseur 2. 500 Ex 469 quarter Rouleaux ou bandes pour cinématographe: Note: a) Le nombre de films doublés susceptibles d’être projetés en France ne sera pas inférieur à 94 films par semestre. b) Les versions originales de films américains autorisés à être présentées en France pourront être projetées dans 5 salles du Département de la Seine et 10 salles des autres Départements français, à raison d’un maximum de 2 salles dans l’un quelconque de ces autres départements; des dérogations pouvant être accordées par le Ministre de l’Education Nationale. c) Le Gouvernement français ne pren dra aucune mesure nouvelle susceptilde d’avoir pour effet de placer les films américains par rapport aux films français ou à ceux de tout autre pavs étranger dans une situation moins favorable que celle dont ils bénéficient actuellement. ex 476 bis Peaux et parties de peaux vernies autres que chevreaux, moutons et agneaux 101 Ex 476 ter B Peaux corrovées autres, traitées au suif, au degras, cirées, de couleur naturelle, colo riées, chagrinées, gaufrées, grainées, lustrées, imprimées, maroquînées, mates, noircies, peintes, quadrillées, teintes, etc., de chèvres, chevreaux, moutons et agneaux 37 510 A Machines à vapeur, fixes, et machines de navigation, toujours séparées de leur chaudière, pompes à vapeur, compresseurs, etc. 3. 400 512 C Tracteurs agricoles et autres 2. 300 521 Machines pour l’impression 1. 000 ex 522 Machines agricoles: Cultivateurs 97 Faucheuses 817 Moissonneuses, moissonneuses lieuses et moissonneuses javeleuses, etc. 1. 477 Autres 2. 003 ex 524 bis B Appareils pour la coupure, le réglage, la protection, la distribution du courant électrique, y compris les tableaux de distribution électrique, montés ou non montés: a) Appareils non automatiques ou susceptibles d’ ê tre transformé s en appareils automatiques 450 b) Appareils automatiques 810 524 bis G Appareils de télégraphie et téléphonie sans fil (y compris leurs pièces détachées) 588 Ex 524 bis M Appareils électriques à usage domestique: Machines frigorifiques domestiques 502 53 Stat. 2268 SCHEDULE III—Continued French Tariff Numbers Description of Articles Annual Supplementary Quotas (In quintals, unless otherwise indicated) 525 B Pneumatic hammers and tools 200 Ex 525 ter B Typewriters and parts 200 527 bis Refrigerating apparatus 278 Ex 537 Twist and other drills, taps and dies, punchers and dies, reamers and cutters in one piece 1, 200, 000 francs Ex 537 Circular saws (with non-replaceable teeth) for working metals when hot; circular saws for wood, endless band saws; hand and machine saws, files and rasps, rectangular scrapers, etc.; foundry tools (hooks, ladles and polishers); scrapers for machinists; vises of all kinds, screw chucks, saw sets, pawls, breast-drills, hand-drills (without adjustable wrenches with wooden handles, monkey wrenches and others); other non-cutting tools; other cutting tools (except pitchforks and hooks) 2, 800 Note: The French Government will endeavor to maintain the annual supplementary quota at the figure of 2800 quintals, but reserves the right to reduce it to 2596 quintals if unforeseen circumstances should make this reduction necessary. 572 bis E Unspecified tools of copper 25 579 I Manufactures of aluminum: Other articles 200 Ex 614 ter A Passenger automobiles: Cars with bodies, complete or not 3, 331 Bodies and parts of bodies, fitted or not 3, 419 Note to 614 ter A: As long as th quantities available for the Belgian quota will permit, the French Government undertakes to give the benefit to importations from the United States of such quantities granted for all of the products under No. 614 ter A. Ex 614 ter B Automobile parts and accessories under quota 3, 000 620 R Rubber manufactures: Other manufactures 600 Ex 634 quarter A Direct reading or registering apparatus for measuring pressures of gas, etc., and their separate parts 40 53 Stat. 2269 LISTE III—Continuée Numéros du tarif français Désignation des produits Contingents annuels supplémentaires (en quintaux sauf Indication contraire) 525 B Marteaux ou outils pneumatiques 200 ex 525 ter B Machines à écrire et leurs pièces détachées 200 527 bis Appareils frigorifiques 278 ex 537 Forets hélicoïdaux (mèches américaines) et autres, tarauds, coussinets de filières, poinçons, matrices, alésoirs et fraises en une pièce 1. 200. 000 Frs. ex 537 Scies circulaires à dents non rapportées pour îc travail à chaud des métaux; scies circulaires à bois; à ruban sans fin, à découper; scies à main et pour machines; limes et râpes; racles rectangulaires, etc.; outils de fonderie (crochets, cuillers et lissoirs), grattoirs pour mécaniciens; étaux de tous genres, cages de filières, tourne-à-gauché, cliquets, vilebrequins. porte-forets (sans les clés de serrage à molette, manche bois, anglaises et autrès); autres outils non coupants; autres outils coupants (sans les fourches et crocs) 2. 800 Note: Le Gouvernement français s’efforcera de maintenir le contingent supplémentaire annuel au chiffre de 2.800 quintaux, mais se réserve le droit de le réduire à 2.596 quintaux si des circonstances imprévues rendent cette réduction nécessaire. 572 bis E Outils non dénommés en cuivre 25 579 bis I Ouvrages en aluminium: Autres objets 200 ex 614 ter A Voitures automobiles pour le transport des personnes: Voitures carrossées, complètes ou non 3. 331 Carrosseries et parties de carrosseries garnies ou non 3. 419 Note ad No. 614 ter A: Aussi longtemps que les quantités disponibles sur le contingent belge le permettront, le Gouvernement français s’engage à faire bénéficier l’importation des Etats-Unis des quantités accordées pour l’ensemble des marchandises au No. 614 ter A. ex 614 ter B Pièces détachées d’automobiles et accèssoires contingentés 3. 000 620 R Ouvrages en caoutchouc: Autres ouvrages 600 Ex 634 quarter A Appareils à lecture directe ou enregistreurs, pour ia mesure des pressions des gaz, etc., et leurs pièces détachées 40 53 Stat. 2270 SCHEDULE IV NOTE: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined in so far as may be practicable as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. In the case of articles enumerated in this Schedule, which are subject on the day of the signature of tills Agreement to additional or separate ordinary customs duties, whether or not imposed under the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective description of the article, such separate or additional duties shall continue in force, subject to any reduction indicated in this Schedule or hereafter provided for, until terminated in accordance with law, but shall not be increased. United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 18 Trichloroethylene 15% ad val. 24 Flavoring extracts, and natural or synthetic fruit flavors, fruit esters, oils and essences, all the foregoing and their combinations, containing 20 per centum of alcohol or less 15¢ per lb. and 18% ad val. 31
(a)Cellulose acetate, and compounds, combinations, or mixtures containing cellulose acetate: Made into finished or partly finished articles of which any of the foregoing is the component material of chief value, and not specially provided for 40% ad val.
(2)41 Glue size and fish glue, not specially provided for, valued at less than 40 cents per pound 1¢ per lb. and 15% ad val. 42 Glycerin, crude 0.8¢ per lb. 58 Oils, distilled or essential: Clove, patchouli, andalwood, and all other essential and distilled oils not specially provided for, not containing alcohol 12½% ad val. 60 Perfume materials: AU mixtures or combinations containing essential or distilled oils, or natural or synthetic odoriferous or aromatic substances, not containing more than 10 per centum of alcohol 40¢ per lb. and 30% ad val. 61 Perfumery, including cologne and other toilet waters, articles or perfumery, whether in sachets or otherwise, and all preparations used as applications to the hair, mouth, teeth, or skin, such as cosmetics, dentifrices, tooth soaps, pastes, theatrical grease paints, pomades, powders, and other toilet preparations, all the foregoing: If containing alcohol 40¢ per lb. and 37½% ad val. If not containing alcohol 37½% ad val. 62 Floral or flower waters containing no alcohol, not specially provided for 10% ad val. 72 Lead pigments: Orange mineral 2.5¢ per lb. 73 Ochers, washed or ground ¼¢ per lb. 92 Vanilla beans 15¢ per lb. 205(b) White nonstaining Portland cement 6¢ per 100 lbs. including weight of container 205(e) Statues, statuettes, and bas-reliefs, wholly or in chief value of plaster of Paris, not specially provided for 30% ad val. 53 Stat. 2271 LISTE IV NOTE: Les dispositions de cette liste devront être interprétées, et recevront le même effet, et l’application des dispositions collatérales des lois douanières des Etats-Unis aux dispositions de cette liste seront déterminées autant qu'il sera possible de le faire comme si chaque disposition de cette liste était incluse respéctivement dans les dispositions statutaires indiquées dans la colonne placée à la gauche des descriptions respectives des articles. Pour ceux des articles énumérés dans cette liste, qui sont sujets le jour de la signature du présent accord à des droite de douane ordinaires, additionnels, ou séparés, qu’ils soient ou non imposés conformément aux dispositions statutaires inscrites dans la colonne à la gauche de la description respective de l’article, de tels droits de douanes séparés ou additionnels resteront en vigueur, soumis à toute réduction indiquée dans la présente liste ou ci-après établie, jusqu’à ce qu’il y soit mis fin par la loi, mais ne devront pas être augmentés. Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 18 Trichloréthylène 15% ad val. 24 Extraits aromatiques et extraits naturels ou synthétiques, éthers, huiles, et essences de fruits, tous ceux-ci et leurs mélanges, contenant 20% ou moins d’alcool 15 c. par livre et 18% ad val. 31
(a)Acétate de cellulose et compositions, combinaisons ou mélanges contenant de l’acétate de cellulose: ouvrés en articles finis ou partiellement finis dans lesquels l’un quelconque des produits ci-dessus constitue la matière de principale valeur et non spécialement dénommés 40% ad val.
(2)41 Gélatine et colle de poisson non spécialement dénommées, évaluées à moins de 40 c. par livre 1 c. par livre and 15% ad val. 42 Glycérine brute 0.8 c. par livre 58 Huiles distillées ou essentielles: de clous de girofle, de patchouli, de bois de santal, et toutes autres huiles essentielles ou distillées non spécialement dénommées et ne contenant pas d’alcool 12½% ad val. 60 Matières premières de parfumerie: tous mélanges ou combinaisons contenant des huiles essentielles ou distillées, ou des substances odoriférantes ou aromatiques naturelles ou synthétiques, ne contenant pas plus de 10% d’alcool 40 c. par livre et 30% ad val. 61 Parfumeries, y compris l’eau de Cologne et autres eaux de toilette, articles de parfumerie, en sachets ou autrement conditionnés, et toutes préparations pour les cheveux, la bouche, les dents ou la peau, telles que cosmétiques, dentifrices, savons pour les dents, pates, fards gras pour le théâtre, pommades, poudres et autres préparations de toilette, tous les articles ci-dcssus: Contenant de l’alcool 40 c. par livre and 37½% ad val. Ne contenant pas d’alcool 37½% ad val. 62 Eaux de fleurs ne contenant pas d’alcool, non spécialement dénommées 10% ad val. 72 Couleurs de plomb: orange minéral 2.5 c. par livre 73 Ocres lavées ou broyées ½ c. par livre 92 Gousses de vanille 15 c. par livre 205(b) Ciment de Portland, blanc, ne colorant pas 6 c. par 100 livres, y compris le poids du récipient 205(e) Statues, statuettes et bas-reliefs entièrement en plâtre de Paris, ou dont le plâtre de Paris constitue la matière de principale valeur, non spécialement dénommés 30% ad val. 53 Stat. 2272 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 213 Graphite or plumbago, crude or refined: 30 % ad val. But not less than 0.825¢ per lb. nor more than 1.65¢ per lb. 216 Carbons and electrodes, of whatever material Composed, and wholly or partly manufactured, for producing electric arc light: If less than one-half inch in diameter or of equivalent cross-sectional area 40 % ad val. If one-half inch or more in diameter or of equivalent cross-sectional area 30 % ad val. 216 Electrodes, composed wholly or in part of carbon or graphite, and wholly or partly manufactured, for electric furnace or electrolytic purposes 30 % ad val. 216 Articles or wares composed wholly or in part of carbon or graphite, wholly or partly manufactured, not specially provided for 30 % ad val. 218(e) Bottles and jars, wholly or in chief value of glass, of the character used or designed to be used as containers of perfume, talcum powder, toilet water, or other toilet preparations, when filled with anv of such preparations and produced otherwise than by automatic machine 37½ % ad val. 228(a) Prism binoculars, having a magnification of five diameters or less, and valued at not more than $12 each, frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing; all the foregoing, finished or unfinished 40 % ad val. 228(b) Opera or field glasses (not prism binoculars), frames and mountings therefor, and parts of any of the foregoing; all of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, not specially provided for 35 % ad val. 236 Round watch crystals or round watch glasses, finished or unfinished 30 % ad val. 327 Cast-iron pipe of every description, and cast-iron fittings for cast-iron pipe 15 % ad val. 385 Bullions and metal threads made wholly or in chief value of tinsel wire, lame or lahn 6¢ per lb. and 20 % ad val. 385 Beltings and other articles made wholly or in chief value of tinsel wire, metal thread, lame or lahn, or of tinsel wire, lame or lahn and india rubber, bullions, or metal threads, not specially provided for 30 % ad val. 385 Woven fabrics, ribbons, and tassels, made wholly or in chief value of any of the materials provided for in paragraph 385 40 % ad val. 710 Roquefort cheese in original loaves 5¢ per lb. but not less than 25% ad val. 710 Blue-mold cheese in original loaves 5¢ per lb. but not less than 25% ad val. 53 Stat. 2273 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 213 Graphite ou plombagine, brut ou raffiné: 30% ad val. Mais pas moins de 0, 825 c. par livre, ni plus de 1, 65 c. par livre 216 Charbons et électrodes de quelque matière qu’ils soient composés, entièrement ou partiellement manufacturés pour lampes à arc: –d’un diamètre inférieur à ½ pouce ou d’une surface de section équivalente 40% ad val. –d’un diamètre égal ou supérieur à ½ 30% ad val. 216 Electrodes composés entièrement ou partiellement de charbon ou de graphite, et entièrement ou partiellement manufacturés pour fourneaux électriques ou usages électrolytiques 30% ad val. 216 Articles ou objets composés entièrement ou partiellement de charbon ou de graphite, entièrement ou partiellement manufacturés, non spécialement dénommés 30% ad val. 218
(e)Bouteilles et pots, entièrement en verre ou dont de verre est la matière de principale valeur, propres ou destinés à servir de recipîents pour parfums, poudre de talc, eaux de toilette, ou autres préparations de toilette, lorsqu’ils contiennent Tune quelconque des dites préparations et manufacturés autrement qu’au moyen d’une machine automatique 37½% ad val. 228
(a)Binoculaires prismatiques, ayant un grossissement de 5 diamètres ou moins, et d’une valeur n’excédant pas $12 chacun, et leurs montures; et pièces détachés; tous les articles ci-dessus finis ou non finis 45% ad val. 228
(b)Jumelles d’opéra et de campagne (non prismatiques), leurs montures et pièces détachées; tous les articles cî-dessus, finis ou non finis, non spécialement dénommés 35% ad val. 236 Verres ou cristaux ronds pour montres, finis ou non 30% ad val. 327 Tuyaux en fonte de tous genres et accessoires en fonte pour tuyaux en fonte 15% ad val. 385 Bouillons et fils métalliques composés entièrement de cannetille ou de lamelles, ou dans lesquels ces articles constituent l’élément de principale valeur 6 c. par livre et 20% ad val. 385 Ceintures et autres articles, entièrement en cannetille, fils métalliques ou lamelles, ou netille, lamelles et caoutchouc, bouillons ou fils métalliques, non spécialement dénommés 30% ad val. 385 Tissus, rubans et glands, fabriqués entièrement avec les articles mentionnés au Par. 385, ou dans lesquels ces articles constituent l’élément de principale valeur 40% ad val. 710 Roquefort dans sa forme originale 5 c. par livre mais pas moins de 25% ad val. 710 Fromages persillés dans leur forme originale 5 c. par livre mais pas moins de 25% ad val. 53 Stat. 2274 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 737(4) Cherries: Maraschino, candied, crystallized, or glace, or prepared or preserved in any manner 9½¢ per lb. and 20% ad val. 752 Candied, crystallized, or glace apricots, figs, dates, peaches, pears, plums, prunes, prunelles, berries and other fruits not specially provided for 25% ad val. 756 Chestnuts (including marrons), candied, crystallized, or glace, or prepared or preserved in any manner 12½¢ per lb. 763 Red clover seeds 5¢ per lb. 764 Celery seeds 2¢ per lb. 768 Mushrooms, prepared or preserved, other than dried 8¢ per lb. on drained weight and 25% ad val. 802 Brandy $2.50 per proof gal. 802 Cordials, liqueurs, kirschwasser, and ratafia $2.50 per proof gal. 803 Champagne and all other sparkling wines $3 per gal. 804 Still wines produced from grapes (not including vermuth), containing 14 per centum or less of absolute alcohol bv volume, in containers holding each one gallon or less 75¢ per gal. 804 Vermuth, in containers holding each one gallon or less 62½¢ per gal. 902 Crochet, darning, embroidery, and knitting cottons, put up for handwork, in lengths not exceeding eight hundred and forty yards ½¢ per 100 yds. But not less than 20% nor more than 35% ad val. 909 Pile ribbons, not exceeding twelve inches in width, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, if velveteens or velvets 50% ad val. 1012 Pile fabrics, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber, except cotton, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such pile fabrics; if the pile is wholly cut or wholly uncut 30% ad val. 1107 Yarn, wholly or in chief value of angora rabbit hair 40¢ per lb. and 25% ad val. 1114
(a)Knit fabric, in the piece, wholly or in chief value of wool, valued at more than $1 per pound 50¢ per lb. and 40% ad val. 1114
(d)Hats, bonnets, caps, berets, and similar articles, knit or crocheted, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of wool and not in part of wool felt, not specially provided for, valued at not more than $2 per pound 44¢ per lb. and 30% ad val. 1205 Woven fabrics in the piece, with fibers wholly of silk, bleached, dyed, colored, or printed, whether or not exceeding 30 inches in width, whether woven with fast or split edges, and whether or not Jacquard-figured, valued at more than $5.50 per pound 45% ad val. 53 Stat. 2275 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 737(4) Cerises: Au marasquin, confites cristallisées ou glacées, ou préparées ou conservées de toute manière 9½ c. par livre et 20% ad val. 752 Abricots, figues, dattes, pèches, poires, prunes, pruneaux et prunelles, baies et autres fruits, non spécialement dénommés, confits, cristallîsés ou glacés 25% ad val. 756 Châtaignes (y compris les marrons) confites, cristallisées ou glacées ou préparées ou conservées de toute manière 12½ c. par livre 763 Semences de trèfle rouge 5 c. par livre 764 Semences de céleris 2 c. par livre 768 Champignons préparés ou conservés, autres que secs 8 c. par livre de champignons égouttés et 25% ad val. 802 “Brandy” (Cognac et autres) $2,50 par gallon de prevue 802 Cordiaux, liqueurs, Kirsch et ratafia $2,50 par gallon de prevue 803 Champagne et tous autres vins mousseux $3,00 par gallon 804 Vins tranquilles provenant de raisins (non compris le vermouth) ne contenant pas plus de 14% d’alcool absolu, dans des récipients contenant chacun un gallon ou moins 75¢ par gallon 804 Vermouth, dans des récipients contenant chacun un gallon ou moins 62½¢ par gallon 902 Fils de coton à faire du crochet, à repriser, à broder et à tricoter, conditionnés pour le travail à la main, n’ayant pas plus de 840 yards de longeur ½ par 100 yards, mais pas moins de 20% ad val. ni plus de 35% ad val. 909 Rubans de peluches, n’excédant pas douze pouces de largeur, rasés ou non, que la boucle recouvre toute la surface du tissu ou non, entièrement en coton ou dont le coton constitue le matière de principale valeur: velours et veloutines seulement 50% ad val. 1012 Tissus pelucheux, entièrement en fibres végétaies autres que le coton, ou dans lesquels ces fibres constituent la matière de principale valeur, que la boucle recouvre toute ou non de toute sorte, fabriqués avec ou découpés dans ces tissus pelucheux, si le poil est entièrement rasé ou pas rasé 30% ad val. 1107 Filés, entièrement en poils de lapin angora, ou dans lesquels le poil de lapin angora constitue la matière de principale valeur 40¢ par livre et 25% ad val. 1114
(a)Tricots laine en pièces, entièrement en laine ou dont la laine constitue la matière de principale valeur, évalués par livre à plus de $1 50¢ par livre et 40% ad val. 1114
(d)Chapeaux, bonnets, casquettes, bérets, et articles similaires, tricotés ou au crochet, finis ou non, entièrement en laine ou dont la laine constitue la matière de principale valeur, et non partiellement en feutré de laine, non spécialement dénommés, évalués par livre à $2 au plus 44¢ par livre et 30% ad val. 1205 Tissus en pièces, entièrement en soie, blanchis, teints, de couleur ou imprimés, qu’ils aient plus de 30 pouces ou moine de 30 pouces de largeur, tissés ou non avec bordures dites “fast edges” ou “split edges”, et qu’ils soient ou non façonnés au métier Jacquard, évalués à plus de $5.50 par livre 45% ad val. 53 Stat. 2276 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1206 Pile fabrics (including pile ribbons), whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of silk, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such pile fabrics:
(1)If the pile is wholly cut or wholly uncut, if velvets (other than ribbons) or other than velvets 50% ad val.
(2)If the pile is partly cut, if velvets (other than ribbons) or other than velvets 50% ad val.
(3)Velvet ribbons 50% ad val. 1207 Fabrics, with fast edges, not exceeding twelve inches in width, and articles made therefrom; tubings, garters, suspenders, braces, cords, tassels, and cords and tassels; all the foregoing wholly or in chief value of silk or of silk and india rubber, and not specially provided for, whether or not Jacquard-figured 45% ad val. 1306 Woven fabrics in the piece, wholly or in chief value of rayon or other synthetic textile, not specially provided for, whether or not Jacquard-figured 45¢ per lb. and 45% ad val. 1307 Pile fabrics (including pile ribbons), whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of rayon or other synthetic textile, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such pile fabrics, whether the pile is wholly cut, wholly uncut, or partly cut 25¢ per lb. and 50% ad val. 1308 Fabrics, with fast edges, not exceeding twelve inches in width, and articles made therefrom; tubings, garters, suspenders, braces, cords, tassels, and cords and tassels; all the or other synthetic textile, or of rayon or other synthetic textile and india rubber, not specially provided for, whether or not Jacquard-figured 45¢ per lb. and 45% ad val. 1407
(b)Papeteries 30% ad val. 1504
(b)Hats, bonnets, and hoods, composed wholly or in chief value of straw, chip, paper, grass, palm leaf, willow, osier, rattan, real horsehair, cuba bark, ramie, ormanila hemp, whether wholly or partly manufactured: Blocked or trimmed (whether or not bleached, dved, colored, or stained) $3.50 per doz. and 25% ad val.
(3)1518 Feathers and downs, on the skin or otherwise, dressed, colored, or otherwise advanced or manufactured in any manner, including quilts of down and other manufactures of down 40% ad val. 1518 Feather dusters 40% ad val. 1518 Artificial or ornamental feathers suitable for use as millinery ornaments 40% ad val. 53 Stat. 2277 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi do 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 1206 Tissue pelucheux (y compris les rubans de peluche), que la boucle recouvre ou non toute la surface du tissu, entièrement en soie ou dont la soie constitue la matière de principale valeur, et tous articles, finis ou non, fabriqués ou coupés de ces tissus:
(1)Si le poil est entièrement rasé ou non rasé: Velours (autres que les rubans) ou autres que velours 50% ad val.
(2)Si le poil est partiellement rasé: Velours (autres que les rubans) ou autres que velours 50% ad val.
(3)Rubans de velours 50% ad val. 1207 Tissus avec bordures dites “fast edges”, n’ayant pas plus de 12 pouces de largeur, et articles de ces tissus: tuyaux, jarretières. jarretelles, bretelles, cordons, glands et cordons avec glands; tous ces articles entièrenient en soie ou en soie et caoutchouc, ou dans lesquels ces matières constituent l’élément de principale valeur, non spécialement dénommés, qu’ils soient ou non façonnés au métier Jacquard 45% ad val. 1306 Tissus en pièces, entièrement en rayonne ou autre textile synthétique, ou dont la rayonne ou autre textile synthétique constitue la matière de principale valeur, non spécialement dénommés, qu’ils soient ou non façonnés au métier Jacquard 45¢ par livre et 45% ad val. 1307 Tissus pelucheux (y compris les rubans de peluche), que la boucle recouvre ou non toute lâ surface du tissu, en rayonne ou autre textile svnthétique, ou dont la rayonneou autre textile synthétique constitue ïa matière de principale valeur, et tous les articles, finis ou non, fabriqués ou coupés dans ces tissus, que le poil soit entièrement raséj non rasé, ou partiellement rasé 25¢ par livre et 50% ad val. 1308 Tissusavec bordure dite “fast edges”, n’avant pas plus de 12 pouces de largeur, et articles bretelles, cordons, glands et cordons avec glands; tous ccs articles entièrement en rayonne ou autre textile synthétique, ou en rayonne ou autre textile synthétique et caoutchouc, ou dont l’une de ces matières constitue l’élément de principale valeur, non spécialement dénommés, qu’ils soient ou non façonnés au métier Jacquard 45¢ par livre et 45% ad val. 1407
(b)Papeterie 30% ad val. 1504
(b)Chapeaux, bonnets et coiffures, composés entièrement en paille, copeaux, papier, herbe, feuille de palmier, saule, osier, rotin, chanvre de Manille, entièrement ou partiellement confectionnés: Conformés ou garnis, blanchis, teints, colorés ou teintés $3.50 par douz. and 25% ad val.
(3)1518 Plumes et duvet en peaux ou autrement préparés, colorés ou autrement ouvrés, de toute manière, y compris les couvre-pieds et autres articles en duvet 40% ad val. 1518 Plumeaux 40% ad val. 1518 Plumes artificielles ou de parure pour articles de mode 40% ad val. 53 Stat. 2278 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1527
(a)Jewelry, commonly or commercially so known, finished or unfinished (including parts thereof):
(1)Composed wholly or in chief value of gold or platinum, or of which the metal part is wholly or in chief value of gold or platinum 60% ad val.
(2)All other, of whatever material composed, valued above $5 per dozen pieces, ⅔¢ each and ⅖¢ per doz. for each 1¢ the value exceeds 20¢ per doz., and 25% ad val. Provided, That none of the foregoing shall be subject to a less amount of duty than would be payable if the article were not dutiable under this provision. 1527
(c)Articles valued above 20 cents per dozen pieces, designed to be worn on apparel or carried on or about or attached to the person, such as and including buckles, card-cases, chains, cigar cases, cigar cutters, cigar holders, cigar lighters, cigarette cases, cigarette holders, coin holders, collar, cuff and dress buttons, combs, match boxes, mesh bags and purses, millinery, military and hair ornaments, pins, powder cases, stamp cases, vanity cases, watch bracelets, and like articles; all the foregoing and parts thereof, finished or unfinished :
(1)Composed wholly or in chief value of gold or platinum, or of which the metal part is wholly or in chief value of gold or platinum 60% ad val.
(2)Composed wholly or in chief value of metal other than gold or platinum (whether or not enameled, washed, covered, or plated, including rolled gold plate), or (if not composed in chief value of metal and if not dutiable under clause
(1)of this subparagraph) set with and in chief value of precious or semiprecious stones, pearls, cameos, coral, amber, imitation precious or semiprecious stones, or imitation pearls, and valued above $5 per dozen pieces ⅔¢ each and ⅖¢ per doz. for each 1¢ the value exceeds 20¢ per doz., and 25% ad val. 1529
(a)Laces, lace fabrics, and lace articles, made with independent beams on the Levers or go-through lace machine of 12 point or finer, (full gauge), wholly or in chief value of cotton, whether or not embroidered, and however described and provided for in paragraph 1529
(a)60% ad val. 53 Stat. 2279 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produitss Droits 1527
(a)Articles habituellement ou commercialement connus sous le nom de bijouterie, finis ou non (y compris leurs pièces détachées):
(1)Composés entièrement en or ou platine, ou dont l’or ou le platine constitue l’élément de principale valeur, ou dont la partie métallique est composée entièrement en or ou platine ou dont l’or ou le platine constitue l’élément de principale valeur 60% ad val.
(2)Tous autres, quelle que soit leur matière, évalués à plus de $5 par douzaine de pieces ⅔ c. par piece et ⅖ c. par douzaine pour chaque 1 c. excédant la Valeur de 20 c. par douzaine, et 25% ad val. Remarque, aueun de ces articles ne pourra être frappé d’un droit inférieur á celui dont il serait passbile s’il n’était pas taxable d’après ce numero. 1527
(c)Articles évalués à plus de 20 cents la douzaine destinés à être portés ou à servir de parûre, tels que boucles, porte-cartes, chaînes, étuis à cigares, coupe-cigares, fumecigares, allumeurs pour cigares, étuis à cigarettes, fume-cigarettes, porte-argent, boutons de col, de manchettes et de vêtements, peignes, boîtes à allumettes, sacs et bourses en mailles, ornements pour articles de modes, pour effets militaires et pour les cheveux, épingles, boîtes à pofidre de riz, boîtes à timbres-poste, nécessaires de toilette, bracelets-montres, et articles similaires, tous ces objets et leurs parties achevés entièrement ou partiellement:
(1)Composés entièrement en or ou platine, ou dont l’or ou le platine constitue la matière de principale valeur, ou dont les parties métaliques sont entièrement en or ou platine, ou dont ces matières constituent l’élément de principale valeur 60% ad val.
(2)Composés entièrement en métal autre que l’or ou le platine, ou dont cet autre métal constitue la matière de principale valeur (qu’ils soient ou non émaillés, lavés, recouverts ou plaqués, métal ne constitue pas la matière de principale valeur et s’ils ne sont pas taxables d’après l’alinéa
(1)ci-dcssus), garnis de pierres précieuses ou demiprécieuses, de perles, de camées, de corail, d’ambre ou d’imitations de pierres précieuses ou de perles, ou dont ces matières constituent l’élément de principale valeur, et évalués à plue île $5 par douzaine de pieces ⅔ c. par piece et ⅖ c. par douzaine pour chaque 1 c. excédant la Valeur de 20 c. par douzaine, et 25% ad val. 1529
(a)Dentelles, tissus dentelles et articles en dentelles de 12 points ou plug fines, faits sur machines à barres indépendantes “Levers” ou “go-through”, si ces articles sont du même nombre de points que la machine sur laquelle ils sont faits, entièrement en coton ou dont le coton représente l’élément de principale valeur, qu’elles soient brodées ou non et de quelque façon qu’elles soient désignées et dénommées au paragraphe 1529
(a)60% ad val. 53 Stat. 2280 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1529
(a)Laces, lace fabrics, and lace articles, made on the bobbinet-jacquard machine, whether or not embroidered, and however described and provided for in paragraph 1529
(a)50% ad val. 1529
(a)Laces, lace fabrics, and lace articles, except veils and veilings, made on the Levers or go-through lace machine, wholly or in chief value of silk, whether or not embroidered, and however described and provided for in paragraph 1529
(a)65% ad val. 1529
(a)Nets and nettings made on the bobbinet machine, wholly or in chief value of silk, or of rayon or other synthetic textile, not embroidered 65% ad val. 1529
(a)Veils and veilings made on any lace or net machine, wholly or in chief value of silk, or of rayon or other synthetic textile, whether or not embroidered 65% ad val. 1529
(a)Articles of wearing apparel, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of cotton or silk, however provided for in paragraph 1529 (a), in whole or in part of machine made lace, or embroidered (whether or not the embroidery is on a scalloped edge), tamboured, appliqued, ornamented with beads, bugles, or spangles, or from which threads have been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut, and with threads introduced after weaving to finish or ornament the open-work, not including one row of straight hemstitching adjoining the hem 75% ad val. Provided,, That this provision shall not apply to any article provided for in Schedule II of any trade agreement heretofore entered into bv the United States under the authority of section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, or to any article specifically provided for in another provision of this Schedule. 1529
(a)Hose and half-hose, wholly or in chief value of cotton, embroidered with clocking not exceeding 1 inch in width and 6 inches in length exclusive of the fork, or otherwise embroidered 60% ad val. 1529
(a)Corsets, girdle-corsets, step-in-corsets, brassieres, bandeaux-brassieres; corsets, girdle-corsets, or step-in-corsets, attached to brassieres or bandeaux-brassieres; all similar body-supporting garments; all wearing apparel or articles to which any of the foregoing is attached; all of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, provided for in paragraph 1529
(a)75% ad val. 53 Stat. 2281 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 Paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 1529
(a)Dentelles, tissus dentelles et articles en dentelles faites sur machines bobbin-Jacquard, qu’elles soient brodées ou non, et de quelque façon qu’elles soient désignées et dénommées au paragraphe 1529
(a)50% ad val. 1529
(a)Dentelles, tissus dentelles et articles en dentelles, excepté les voiles et voilettes, faites sur machines “Levers” ou “go-through”, entièrement en soie ou dont la soie représente l’élément de principale valeur, qu’elles soient ou non brodées et de quelque façon qu’elles soient désignées et dénomées au paragraphe 1529
(a)65% ad val. 1529
(a)Filets et ouvrages en filet faits sur machines bobbin, entièrement en soie ou dont la soie représente l’élément de principale valeur, ou en rayonne ou autre textile synthétique, non brodes 65% ad val. 1529
(a)Voiles et voilettes faits sur n’importe quelle machine à dentelle ou à filet, entièrement en soie ou dont la soie représente l’élément de principale valeur, ou en rayonne ou autre textile synthétique, brodés ou non 65% ad val. 1529
(a)Vêtements, finis ou non, entièrement en coton ou en soie ou dont le coton ou la soie représente l’élément de principale valeur, de quelque façon qu’ils soient dénommés au paragraphe 1529(a), composés entièrement ou en partie de dentelles mécaniques, ou brodés (que la broderie soit festonnée ou non), avec broderies au tambour, applications, ornés de perles, conteries ou paillettes, ou dans lesquels certains fils ont été supprimés, retirés, enlevés à l’emporte-pièces, ou coupés, et avec fils introduits après le tissage pour achever ou embellir le travail à jour, non compris un ourlet à jour en ligne droite le long de l’ourlet 75% ad val. Remarque, cette disposition ne s’appliquera à aucun article dénommé dans la liste II d’un accord commercial quelconoue antérieurement conclu par les Etats-Unis en vertu de l’article 350 de la loi tarifaire de 1930, modifiée, ni à aucun article spécifiquement dénommé dans une autre disposition de la présente liste. 1529
(a)Bas et chaussettes entièrement en coton ou dont le coton est l’élément de principale valeur, brodés avec baguette ne dépassant pas 1 pouce en largeur et 6 pouces en longueur, la fourche non comprise, ou brodés autrement 60% ad val. 1529
(a)Corsets, corsets-ceintures, corsets-fourreaux, brassières, bandeaux-brassières; corsets, corsets-ceintures ou corsets-fourreaux attachés à des brassières ou bandeaux-brassières; tous vêtements similaires soutenant le corps; tous vêtements ou articles auxquels l’un des articlés ci-dessus dénommés est rattaché; tous les articles précédents, finis ou non, dénommés au paragraphe 1529
(a)75% ad val. 53 Stat. 2282 SCHEDULE IV—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1630 Paragraphe Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1529
(c)Corsets, girdle-corsets, step-in-corsets, brassieres, bandeaux-brassieres; corsets, girdle-corsets, or step-in-corsets, attached to brassieres or bandeaux-brassieres; all similar body-supporting garments; all the foregoing, of whatever material composed, finished or unfinished, and all wearing apparel or articles to which any of the foregoing is attached 50% ad val. All the foregoing composed in whole or in part of elastic fabric 55% ad val. No wearing apparel or article so attached to such body-supporting garment shall be subject to a less rate of duty than if imported separately. 1529
(c)Elastic fabrics of whatever material composed, knit, woven, or braided, in part of india rubber 40% ad val. 1529
(c)Chamois leather in the rough, in the white, crust, or russet, partly finished, or finished, not imported to be used in the manufacture of boots, shoes, or footwear, nor cut or wholly or partly manufactured into uppers, vamps, or any forms or shapes suitable for conversion into boots, shoes, or footwear 20% ad val. 1532
(a)Women’s and children’s gloves, wholly or in chief value of leather, whether wholly or partly manufactured, when seamed by hand, but not lined, and not trimmed with fur, hot over 12 inches in length $4 per doz. prs. Plus $3.50 additional per doz. prs. and for each inch or fraction thereof in excess of 12 inches 25¢ per doz. prs. Provided, That all the foregoing shall be dutiable at not less than 35% ad val. 1541
(a)Wood-wind musical instruments and parts thereof, not specially provided for 30% ad val. 1544 Rosaries, chaplets, and similar articles of religious devotion, any of the foregoing if made in whole or in part of gold, silver, platinum, gold plate, silver plate, or precious or imitation precious stones 30 % ad val. 1547
(b)Paintings in oil, mineral, water, or other colors, pastels, and drawings and sketches in pen and ink, pencil, or water color, any of the foregoing (whether or not works of art) suitable as designs for use in the manufacture of textiles, floor coverings, wall paper, or wall coverings 10% ad val. 1552 Tobacco pipes, wholly finished, having bowls wholly or in chief value of brier-wood, valued at less than $1.20 per dozen 2½¢ each and 40% ad val. 1552 Cigarette books, cigarette-book covers, cigarette paper in all forms, except cork paper 45% ad val. 53 Stat. 2283 LISTE IV—Continuée Tarif des Etats-Unis Loi de 1930 paragraphe Désignation des produits Droits 1529
(c)Corseta, corsets-ceintures, corsets-fourreaux, brassières, bandeaux-brassières; corsets, corsets-ceintures ou corsets-fourreaux attachés à des brassières ou bandeaux-brasstères; tous vêtements similaires soutenant le corps; tous les articles ci-dcssus, quelle que soit la matière dont ils sont composés, finis ou non, et tous vêtements ou articles auxquels l’un des articles ci-dessus dénommés est rattaché 50% ad val. Tous les articles ci-dessus dénommés composés en tout ou en partie de tissus élastiques 55% ad val. Aucun des vêtements ou articles ainsi rattachés auxdits vêtements de soutien ne sera passible d’un droit inférieur à celui qu’il acquitterait s’il était importé séparément. 1529
(c)Tissus élastiques, quelle que soit la matière qui les compose, tricotés, tissés ou tressés, partiellement en caoutchouc 40% ad val. 1529
(c)Peaux de chamois brutes, en blanc, en croûtes ou au naturel, partiellement traitées ou traitées, non importées pour la fabrication des bottines ou souliers, ni coupées ni entièrement ou partiellement manufacturées en empeignes, ou autres formes propres à la fabrication des bottines ou souliers 20% ad val. 1532
(a)Gants pour femmes et enfants, entièrement en cuir ou dont le cuir est l’élément de principale valeur, entièrement ou partiellement manufacturés, si cousus à la main, mais non doublés et non garnis de fourrure, ne dépassant pas 12 pouces de longueur $4 par douzaine de paires plus $3.50 additionnels par douzaine de paires et par pouce ou fraction de pouce dépassant Ï2 pouces 25 c. par douzaine de paires Remarque, tous les articles ci-dessus ne seront pas taxés à moins de 35% ad val. 1541
(a)Instruments de musique à vent en bois et pièces détachées non spécialement dénommés 30% ad val. 1544 Rosaires, chapelets et articles religieux similaires, lorsque faits entièrement ou en partie d’or, d’argent, de platine, plaqués d’or, plaqués d’argent ou faits de pierres précieuses ou de pierres-imitation 30 % ad val. 1547
(b)Peintures à l’huile, aux couleurs minérales, aux couleurs à l’eau ou autres couleurs, pastels, et dessins et esquisses à la plume, au crayon ou à l’aquarelle, tous les articles d’art) propres à être employés comme dessina à la fabrication des textiles, des tapis, papiers de tenture, ou couvertures murales 10% ad val. 1552 Pipes entièrement finies, avec fourneaux en bruyère ou dont la bruvère est l’élément de principale valeur, évaluées à moins de $1.20 par douzaine 2½ c. la pièce et 40% ad val. 1552 Cahiers de papier à cigarettes, couvertures pour cahiers de papier à cigarettes, papier à cigarettes sous toutes ses formes, excepté le papier de liège 45% ad val. 53 Stat. 2284 PROTOCOL OF SIGNATURE At the time of signing this Agreement, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, duly authorized by their respective Governments, have agreed to the following provisions:
(1)For the application of Article*Ante*, p. 2238. I, paragraphs 1, 5 and 6:
(a)The admission to the benefit of the minimum tariff of the products enumerated and described*Ante*, p. 2260. in Section B of Schedule I in the amounts specified in the said Section shall be subject to the condition that the shipments be accompanied by special certificates delivered by the French Minister of Merchant Marine as concerns pilchards (No. 47) and by the Office of Chemical and Pharmaceutical Products for the other articles (Nos. 028, 0114 and *Ante*, p. 2260.0114–bis) and subject to charge against the annual quotas.
(b)The provisions of paragraphs 5 and 6 of Article I shall apply to fresh apples and pears originating in and coming from the United States and imported into the territory of the French Republic. However, the provisions of paragraph 6 of Article I do not prevent the license taxes applicable to the fruit in question at the date of signature of this Agreement from being increased by 50% from July 1 to October 31 for fresh pears, and from July 1 to November 30 for fresh apples.
(2)Referring to paragraph 5 of *Ante*, p. 2244.Article VI, the French Government declares that except for the products enumerated and de-scribed in Schedule I all importations of products originating in and coming from the United States will enjoy the benefit of the min53 Stat. 2285 imum rates of the French tariff at present in force or which may hereafter be established.
(3)It is understood that application of the French minimum tariff is, in principle, dependent upon direct importation. However, the French Government agrees that the products originating in the United States or its territories or possessions may, without losing the benefit of the French minimum tariff, be shipped through a third country, provided that the products of that country are entitled to the benefit of the French minimum tariff. The French Government also agrees that products originating in any third country entitled to the benefit of the French minimum tariff and transshipped via the United States may be imported into France without losing the benefit of the minimum tariff, provided that similar products originating in the United States benefit from the minimum tariff.
(4)The French Government, at the beginning of each quarter, will inform the American Embassy at Paris, at the time of publication of the global quotas or any change therein, of the share in each of these quotas which shall be allocated to the United States. The Government of the United States will take analogous measures if and when quantitative restrictions are established in the United States.
(5)The Government of each country will, whenever possible, give consideration to requests which may be presented to it by the other Government with respect to the carrying over to the current quarter of unused por53 Stat. 2286 tions of industrial quotas of the preceding quarter. The seasonal character of certain imports will be taken into account in the allocation of quotas by periods.
(6)The French Government will consider favorably, whenever possible, any requests transmitted by the Government of the United States with a view to confiding administration of certain industrial quotas allotted to the United States to qualified American organizations. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to provisional quotas.
(7)The Government of each of the two countries shall voluntarily facilitate, so far as lies within its province, the full utilization of the quotas at present allotted to or which may be allotted hereafter to the other country.
(8)Whenever French customs statistics show that a quota allotted to the United States is exhausted, the French authorities will notify the Embassy of the United States at Paris, before suspending the importation of the goods in question. The notice informing importers of the exhaustion of a quota shall not be published until after the expiration of 10 days from the date of the notification in order to enable the Government of the United States of America to put forward, if need be, any statistical information which might justify a modification of the decision to suspend importations. Should it be recognized that the quota has in fact been exhausted, any excess imports which have taken place shall be charged against the quota for the following period. 53 Stat. 2287
(9)Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Agreement, it is agreed that in the event the French Government should establish a quantitative restriction on the importation of any industrial product, there will be allotted to the United States a provisional quota corresponding to the importations of such product from the United States during the previous year, in order to permit conversations between representatives of the interested industries, with the object of reaching an understanding, acceptable to the two Governments, on the definitive bases for calculating the quota to be allotted to the United States. If such an understanding is not reached, or does not receive the approval of the French Government, the latter reserves the right to determine the bases for calculating the global quota but will accord to the United States the proportional share provided for in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of Article*Ante*, p. 2244. VI of this Agreement.
(10)The French Government agrees that the quota fixed for an American product not provided for in Schedule III, shall not be*Ante*, p. 2246. reduced to a figure less than 10% of the total importations of that product during the last year in which the importation of the said product was not subject to restrictions, when the importation of the American product in question during the year cited has been equal to or greater than this percentage of 10%. When it shall have been less than 10% of the total importations the quota will be fixed in accordance with the importations of the American product in the year indicated. As concerns products subjected to53 Stat. 2288 the quota system before January 1, 1934, the year taken into consideration will be the year 1931. The provisions of the present para-graph do not apply to the quotas relating to agricultural products and fisheries products.
(11)In conformity with the assurance which has been given to it by the Service of Industrial Exploitation of Tobacco, the French Government is enabled to guarantee that the purchases of American leaf tobacco which will be effected in the United States by that Service during the course of the 1936 season will be not less than 48,568,000 francs in value and not less than 9,300,000 kilograms in weight. In the event that in subsequent years the Government of the United States is not given a similar guarantee, the provisions of paragraph*Ante*, p. 22560. 3 of Article XI will apply.
(12)With respect to apples and pears, the Government of the French Republic will allocate to the United States, beginning with the third quarter of 1936, in addition to the quantities now allocated to the United States in accordance with the provisions of *Ante*, p. 22560.paragraph 1 of Article VI, an annual supplementary quota of 134,355 quintals which shall be distributed seasonally as follows: Quintals Third quarter 674 Fourth quarter 30, 095 First quarter 65, 297 Second quarter 38, 289 Proportion of Annual Supplementary Quota Third quarter 0.5% Fourth quarter 22.4% First quarter 48.6% Second quarter 28.5% 53 Stat. 2289 When the conditions of French apple and pear production require, the above-mentioned supplementary quota for any quarter may be reduced by not more than 60% of the quantity above specified but the amount thus deducted shall be added to the supplementary quotas for subsequent quarters prior to the end of the following crop year, which begins October first, and shall be distributed in the same seasonal proportions as the above-mentioned supplementary quotas, unless some other distribution is mutually agreed to. Subject to agreement between the two Governments, the supplementary quota for any quarter may be increased and the supplementary quotas for subsequent quarters may be reduced by the amount of such increase.
(13)In conformity with the assurance given during the course of the negotiations the French Government is enabled to con-firm that the following percentages will be accorded against the global quota for oranges originating in and coming from the United States: 3rd quarter 8.59% 4th quarter 1.65% 1st quarter 0.29% 2nd quarter 0.16%
(14)In conformity with Article XV of this Agreement, goods*Ante*, p 2254. originating in and coming from the Philippine Islandds shall benefit from all the tariff advantages provided for in the said Agreement in all French colonies and possessions. Nevertheless, upon their importation into French Indochina, molasses (item No. 92 of53 Stat. 2290 the Indochinese tariff) and invert syrups and sugars (item No. 93 of the Indochinese tariff), originating in and coming from the Philippine Islands, will continue to be subject to the general tariff rates. On the other hand, upon importation into French Indochina the general tariff rates will be reduced by 50% for bottled beer and by 20% for beer in barrels (item No. 172–ter of the Indochinese tariff) originating in and coming from the Philippine Islands. In case the minimum tariff applicable in French Indochina to beer in barrels or in bottles should be modified, the provisions of *Ante*, p. 2254.paragraph 2 of Article XV of this Agreement shall apply to such products originating in the Philippine Islands on their importation into French Indochina. 53 Stat. 2284 PROTOCOLE DE SIGNATURE Au moment de signer le présent accord, les Plénipotentiaires soussignés, dûment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, ont convenu des dispositions suivantes:
(1)Pour l’application de l’article*Ante*, p. 2238. 1er, paragraphes 1, 5 et 6:
(a)L’admission au bénéfice du tarif minimum des produits énumérés et décrits dans la liste I, *Ante*, p. 2260.partie B, à concurrence des quantités spécifiées dans ladite liste sera subordonnée à la condition que les envois soient accompagnés d’attestations spéciales délivrées par le Ministère français de la Marine Marchande en ce qui concerne les pilchards (No. 47) et par l’Office des Produits Chimiques et Pharmaceutiques pour les autres articles (Nos. 028, 0114 et 0114 *Ante*, p. 2260.bis) et valant imputation sur les contingents annuels.
(b)Les dispositions des paragraphes 5 et 6 de l’article 1er s’appliqueront aux pommes et poires fraîches originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis et importées sur le territoire de la République française. Cependant, les dispositions du paragraphe 6 de l’article 1er ne s’opposeront pas à ce que, du 1er juillet au 31 octobre pour les poires fraîches, et du 1er juillet au 30 novembre pour les pommes fraîches, les taxes de licences applicables à ces fruits, à la date de la signature du présent accord soient majorées de 50%.
(2)Se référant au paragraphe 5 *Ante*, p. 2244.de l’article VI, le Gouvernement français déclare que, sauf en ce qui concerne les produits énumérés et décrits à la liste I, toutes les importations de produits originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis bénéficieront des53 Stat. 2285 taux du tarif minimum français actuellement en vigueur ou qui pourraient être établis ultérieurement.
(3)H est entendu que l’application du tarif minimum français est, en principe, subordonnée à l’importation directe. Toutefois, le Gouvernement français admet que les produits originaires des Etats-Unis ou de leurs territoires et possessions puissent, sans perdre le bénéfice du tarif minimum français, emprunter la voie d’un pays tiers si les produits du dit pays bénéficient du tarif minimum français. Le Gouvernement français admet également que les produits originaires d’un pays tiers bénéficiant du tarif minimum français et transitant par les Etats-Unis puissent être importés en France sans perdre le bénéfice du tarif minimum, à condition que les produits similaires originaires des Etats-Unis bénéficient du tarif minimum.
(4)Le Gouvernement français fera connaître au début de chaque trimestre à l’Ambassade des Etats-Unis à Paris, lors de la publication des contingents globaux ou des modifications y apportées, la part qui reviendra aux Etats-Unis dans chacun de ces contingents. Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis prendra des mesures analogues au cas où des restrictions quanti-tatives seraient établies aux Etats-Unis.
(5)Le Gouvernement de chacun des deux pays accueillera, toutes les fois qu’il sera possible, les demandes qui lui seraient présentées par l’autre Gouvernement en vue du report sur le trimestre en cours de la part non utilisée53 Stat. 2286 des contingents industriels du trimestre précédent. Il sera tenu compte, pour la répartition périodique des contingente, du caractère saisonnier de certaines importations.
(6)Le Gouvernement français examinera favorablement, chaque fois qu’il sera possible, les demandes qui lui seraient présentées par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis en vue d’obtenir que la gestion de certains contingente industriels accordés aux Etats-Unis soit confiée à des organisations américaines qualifiées. Les dispositions du présent paragraphe ne s’appliqueront pas aux contingente interlocutoires.
(7)Le Gouvernement de chacun des deux pays facilitera volontiers, pour autant que cela dépendra de lui, la pleine utilisation des contingents actuellement attribués ou qui seraient susceptibles de l’être ultérieurement à l’autre pays.
(8)Chaque fois qu’il résultera des statistiques douanières françaises qu’un contingent accordé aux Etats-Unis est épuisé, les autorités françaises en aviseront l’Ambassade des Etats-Unis à Paris avant de suspendre l’importation des produite en question. L’avis informant les importateurs de l’épuisement du contingent ne sera pas publié avant l’expiration d’une période de 10 jours à partir de la date de notification, de façon à permettre au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis de présenter, si besoin est, les informations statistiques susceptibles de justifier une modification de la décision suspendant les importations. S’il est reconnuqu’en fait le contingent est épuisé, tout dépassement effectué sera déduit du contingent de la période suivante. 53 Stat. 2287
(9)Sans préjudice des autres dispositions du dit accord, il est convenu qu’au cas où le Gouvernement français établirait une restriction quantitative relative à l’importation d’un produit industriel quelconque, il sera accordé aux Etats-Unis un contingent interlocutoire correspondant aux importations de ce produit effectuées par les Etats-Unis pendant l’année précédente, afin de permettre, entre représentants des industries intéressées, des conversations ayant pour objet une entente acceptable pour les deux Gouvernements sur les bases définitives de calcul des contingents susceptibles d’être accordés aux Etats-Unis. Si cette entente n’est pas réalisée ou ne recueille pas l’approbation du Gouvernement français, celui-ci se réserve le droit de fixer les bases de calcul du contingent global en accordant aux Etats-Unis la part proportionnelle prévue conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe 1 de l’article 6 du présent accord.*Ante*, p. 2244.
(10)Le Gouvernement français accepte que le contingent fixé pour un produit américain non repris à la liste III ne soit pas ramené à un*Ante*, p. 2264. chiffre inférieur à 10% des importations totales de ce produit pendant la dernière année où l’importation du dit produit n’était pas soumise à des restrictions, lorsque son importation des Etats-Unis aura, pendant l’année en question, été égale ou supérieure à ce pourcentage de 10%. Lorsqu’elle aura été inférieure à 10% des importations totales, le contingent sera fixé d’après les importations de ce produit des Etats-Unis pendant la dite année. En ce qui concerne les produits soumis au contingentement avant le 1er janvier53 Stat. 2288 1934, l’année considérée sera l’année 1931. Les dispositions du présent alinéa ne s’appliquent pas aux contingents afférents aux produits agricoles et aux produits de la pêche.
(11)Conformément à l’assurance qui lui a été donnée par le Service d’Exploitation Industrielle des Tabacs, le Gouvernement français est en mesure de garantir que les achats de tabacs en feuilles qui seront effectués aux Etats-Unis par ce Service au cours de la campagne 1936 ne seront pas inférieurs à 48.568.000 francs en valeur et à 9.300.000 kg. en poids. Au cas où, dans les années suivantes, une garantie similaire ne serait pas donnée au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis, les dispositions*Ante*, p. 2250. du paragraphe 3 de l’Article XI seraient applicables.
(12)En ce qui concerne les pommes et poires fraîches, le Gouvernement de la République française allouera aux Etats-Unis, à partir du troisième trimestre de 1936, en plus des quantités qui sont maintenant allouées any Etats-Unis en vertu des dispositions*Ante*, p. 2244. du paragraphe 1 de l’article VI de l’accord, un contingent supplémentaire annuel de 134.355 quintaux qui sera saisonnièrement réparti comme suit: Quintaux Troisième trimestre 674 Quatrième trimestre 30. 095 Premier trimestre 65. 297 Deuxième trimestre 38. 289 Proportion du Contingent Annuel Supplémentaire Troisième trimestre 0,5% Quatrième trimestre 22,4% Premier trimestre 48,6% Deuxième trimestre 28,5% 53 Stat. 2289 Si les conditions de la récolte française de pommes et poires le nécessitent, les contingents supplémentaires mentionnés ci-dessus pourront être réduits jusqu’à concurrence de 60% des quantités spécifiées, mais les quantités ainsi déduites seront ajoutées aux contingents supplémentaires des trimestres suivants avant l’expiration de la campagne suivante, laquelle commence le premier octobre. Elles seront réparties selon les mêmes proportions saisonnières que les contingents supplémentaires susmentionnés à moins qu’une autre répartition n’ait été décidée d’un commun accord. Sous réserve d’accord entre les deux Gouvernements, le contingent supplémentaire de l’un quelconque des trimestres pourra être augmenté et les contingents supplémentaires des trimestres suivants pourront être réduits du montant de l’excédent ainsi créé.
(13)Conformément à l’assurance donnée au cours des négociations, le Gouvernement français est en mesure de confirmer que les pourcentages suivants seront accordés, sur le contingent global, aux oranges originaires et en provenance des Etats-Unis: 3ème trimestre 8,59% 4ème trimestre 1,65% 1er trimestre 0,29% 2ème 0,16%
(14)Conformément à l’article XV du présent accord, les marchandises*Ante*, p. 2254. originaires et en provenance des Des Philippines bénéfîcieront de tous les avantages tarifaires prévus audit accord dans toutes les colonies et possessions françaises. Néanmoins, à leur importation en Indochine française, les mélasses (No. 92 du tarif in53 Stat. 2290 dochinois) et les sirops et sucres intervertis (No. 93 du tarif indochinois) originaires et en provenance des Iles Philippines, demeureront soumis aux droits du tarif général. D’autre part, à l’importation en Indochine française, les droits du tarif général seront réduits de 50% pour les bières en bouteilles et de 20% pour les bières en fûts (No. 172ter du tarif indochinois) originaires et en provenance des Iles Philippines. Au cas où le tarif minimum applicable en Indochine française aux bières en fûts ou en bouteilles viendrait à être modifié, les dispositions*Ante*, p. 2254. du paragraphe 2 de l’article XV du présent accord s’appliqueront auxdits produits originaires des Iles Philippines à leur importation en Indochine. Cordell Hull André Lefebvre de La Boulaye Requisites to carry out Agreement.Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuances of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the four Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; Provisional and definitive dates.*Ante*, p. 2256.Whereas it is provided in Article XVII of the said Agreement that the Agreement shall come provisionally into force on June 15, 1936, and shall come definitively into force on the day on which the Government of the French Republic shall have informed the Government of the United States of America of its ratification of the said Agreement by the President of the French Republic and the Government of the United States of America shall have communicated officially to the Government of the French Republic the proclamation of the said Agreement by the President of the United States of America; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, §§ 1351, 1352 (e)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/e).conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, with notes, and the said Protocol, to the end that the same and all parts thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after June 15, 1936, provisionally, and definitively on and53 Stat. 2291 from the day on which the Government of the French Republic shall have informed the Government of the United States of America of the ratification of the Agreement by the President of the French Republic and the Government of the United States of America shall have communicated officially to the Government of the French Republic the proclamation of the Agreement by the President of the United States of America. Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. Nothing in this proclamation shall be construed to increase anyNo increase in existing rate of duty. existing rate of duty. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixteenth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixtieth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* RELATED NOTES The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the French Ambassador (De Laboulaye) Department of State Washington *May 6, 1936* Excellency: With reference to the second paragraph of Article II of the Trade Agreement signed this day on behalf of the United States of America and the French Republic, I have the honor to advise Your Excellency that, pursuant to the understanding reached in the course of the negotiations of the said Agreement, I will recommend that the Congress of the United States of America be requested at its next session to take appropriate legislative action to remove the discriminatory tax provided for in Section 601
(5)of the Revenue Act of 1932, with respect to coal, coke manufactured therefrom, or coal or coke briquettes originating in French Indochina or any other territory under the sovereignty of France. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull His Excellency André de Laboulaye, *Ambassador of France*. 53 Stat. 2292 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the French Ambassador (De Laboidaye) Department of State Washington *May 6, 1936* Excellency: During the course of the negotiations which have resulted in the conclusion of the Trade Agreement signed as of today’s date between the United States of America and the French Republic, it has been indicated that most-favored-nation treatment is now accorded by the United States to products originating in Tunisia, Morocco, the states of the Levant under French mandate and the African territories of Togoland and the Cameroon under French mandate. The Government of the United States of America declares that it is in conformity with its policy to continue to accord most-favored-nation treatment to the commerce of the countries or territories referred to above so long as they do not subject the commerce of the United States to discriminatory treatment. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull His Excellency André de Laboulaye, *Ambassador of France*. March 7, 1938 April 15, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2293 53 Stat. 2293 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES CZECHOSLOVAKIA—RECIPROCAL TRADE—Mar, 7, 1938⁄Apr. 15, 1938 Agreement, protocol, notes, and protocol of amendment between the UnitedMarch 7, April 15, 1938[E. A. S. 147]States of America and Czechoslovakia respecting reciprocal trade. Agreement, protocol, and notes signed at Washington March 7, 1938; protocol of amendment signed at Washington April 15, 1938; agreement, protocol, and notes proclaimed by the President of the United States March 15, 1938; protocol of amendment proclaimed by the President of the United States April 15, 1938; agreement, protocol, notes, and protocol of amendment applied provisionally on and after April 16, 1938. And proclamation of March 23, 1939 by the President of the United States terminating on April 22, 1939 his proclamations of March 15, 1938, and April 15, 1938. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress ofReciprocal trade agreement with Czechoslovakia. the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943),[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c). which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows:" “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign marketsStatutory provisions. for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign 53 Stat. 2294trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly. Provided, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Promotion of foreign trade.Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic; Notice given.Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Trade agreement entered into.Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice with respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on March 7, 1938, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, through his duly empowered *Post*, pp. 2310, 2320.Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, *Post*, p. 2332.and an accompanying Protocol, in the English and Czechoslovak languages, is in words and figures as follows: The President of the United States of America and the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, being desirous of strengthening the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by grant53 Stat. 2295ing mutual and reciprocal concessions and advantages for the promotion of trade, have through their respective Plenipotentiaries arrived at the following Agreement: Article I Articles the growth, produce orEnumerated Imports Into Czechoslovak Republic. manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Section A of Schedule*Post*, p. 2310. I annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the Czechoslovak Republic, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Section. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to bo imposed thereafter under laws of the Czechoslovak Republic in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. With respect to articles enumerated and described in Section*Post*, p. 2320. B of Schedule I for which import quotas are specified in the said Section, the quantities of such articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America which shall be permitted to be imported annually into the customs territory of the Czechoslovak Republic, beginning with the day on which this Agreement comes into force, shall not be less than those specified in the said Section. Article II Articles the growth, produce orSpecified Imports from Czechoslovak Republic. manufacture of the Czechoslovak Republic, enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed*Post*, p. 2320. 53 Stat. 2296to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for duties, No excess duties, etc.in the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article III Charge equivalent to internal tax.The provisions of Articles I and II of this Agreement shall not prevent the Government of either country from imposing at any time on or in connection with the importation of any product a charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic product or in respect of a commodity from which the imported product has been manufactured or produced in whole or in part. Article IV Notes, etc, included in schedules, effect of.The United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic agree that the notes and provisions *Post*, pp. 2310. 2320.included in Schedules I and II annexed to this Agreement and in the accompanying Protocol are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. Article V Internal taxes, etc., restriction on discrimination.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or of the Czechoslovak Republic, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, 53 Stat. 2297charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article VI In respect of articles the growth,Ad valorem duties.Determination, etc., of value. produce or manufacture of the United States of America or of the Czechoslovak Republic enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively, imported*Post*, pp. 2310, 2320. into the other country, on which ad valorem rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under laws and regulations of the Czechoslovak Republic and the United States of America, respectively, in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article VII Except as otherwise provided inNo quantitative limitation. this Agreement, no prohibitions, import or customs quotas, or any other form of limitation of the amount of imports, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, shall be imposed by the Czechoslovak Republic on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Section A of Schedule I, or by the United*Post*, p. 2310. States of America on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the Czechoslovak Republic,*Post*, p. 2320. enumerated and described in Schedule II. 53 Stat. 2298 Exceptions.The foregoing provision shall not apply to quantitative restrictions in whatever form imposed by the United States of America or by the Czechoslovak Republic on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of production of such Consideration of representations respecting restrictions.articles. The Government of the country imposing any such restriction will give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the Government of the other country may make in regard thereto and will consult promptly with the Government of such other country with respect to the subject matter of such representations; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following the receipt of written Right of termination.representations, the Government making them shall be free, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article VIII 1. Benefits where lower rate imposed on portion of imports. If the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess 53 Stat. 2299of such quantity, the Government of the country taking such action shall:
(a)Upon request inform the Government of the other country as to the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period; and
(b)Allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established or subsequently changed in any manner equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. 2. Except as otherwise providedImport licenses, etc. for in this Agreement, neither the United States of America nor the Czechoslovak Republic shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country has an interest, by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a quota period of not less than three months, shall have been established. The Government of eachInformation respecting restrictions. country will, upon request, inform the Government of the other country of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported and of the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits. 3. In the event that the GovernmentRepresentations concerning application of Article. of either country shall make representations concerning 53 Stat. 2300the application by the Government has not been reached with respect thereto, the Government making them may, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article IX 1. Foreign purchases of Government monopolies. In the event that the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by competitive considerations such as price, quality, marketability and terms of sale. 2. Awarding of contracts for public works, etc. It is agreed that each Government, in the awarding of contracts for public works and generally in the purchase of supplies53 Stat. 2301shall not discriminate against the other country in favor of any third country. Article X In the event that the UnitedControl of means of international payment. States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic establishes or maintains, directly or indirectly, any form of control of the means of international payment, it shall, in the administration of such control:
(a)Impose no prohibition, condition,Transfer of payments for imports. restriction, or delay on the transfer of payment for imported articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, or on the transfer of payments necessary for and incidental to the importation of such articles;
(b)Accord unconditionally,Rates of exchange, etc. with respect to rates of exchange and taxes or surcharges on exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of any article whatsoever the growth, produce or manufacture of any third country; and
(c)Accord unconditionally,Exchange transactions. with respect to all rules and formalities applying to exchange transactions in connection with payments for or payments necessary and incidental to the importation of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, treatment no less favorable than that accorded in connection with the importation of the like articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any third country. 53 Stat. 2302 Article XI Extension of advantages, etc, granted a third country.With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale, taxation or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or by the Czechoslovak Republic to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Czechoslovak Republic or the United States of America, respectively. Article XII Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.In the event that the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic varies considerably from the rate obtaining on the day of the signature of this Agreement, the Government of either country, if it considers the change in rate so substantial as to prejudice the industry or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XII Errors in documentation.Greater than nominal penalties will not be imposed in the United 53 Stat. 2303States of America or in the Czechoslovak Republic upon importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country because of errors in documentation obviously clerical in origin or where good faith can be established. The Government of each countryMutual consideration of representations respecting customs, etc. will accord sympathetic consideration to, and when requested will afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life or health. Article XIV 1. Except as otherwise providedProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. 2. Subject to the reservationsPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. set forth in paragraphs 3,4 and 5 of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement regarding most-favored-nation treatment shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic, imported from or exported to any 53 Stat. 2304territory under the sovereignty or authority of the other country. Not applicable to Canal Zone.It is understood, however, that the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. 3. Advantages excepted from application of Agreement. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advantages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic may become a party so long as such advantages are not extended to any other country, shall be excepted from the provisions of this Agreement. 4. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the Czechoslovak Republic to Austria, Hungary, Yugoslavia, Rumania or Bulgaria for the purpose of closer mutual economic cooperation between the Danubien countries, in respect of those commodities benefiting from special advantages now accorded by the Czechoslovak Republic to such countries, shall be excepted from the provisions of this Agreement. However, in the event that such advantages should have the effect of impairing materially *Post*, p. 2310.the value of any concession provided for in Schedule I of this Agreement, the Government of the United States of America reserves the right to reopen negotiations with a view to the modification of this Agreement. 5. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or posses53 Stat. 2305sions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another, irrespective of any change in the political status of any of the territories or possessions of the United States of America. Article XV Subject to the requirement that,Provisions not to extend to specified restrictions. under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country, and without prejudice to the provisions of Article IX or of the second paragraph of Article XIII, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)relating to public security;
(2)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(3)designed to protect human, animal or plant life or health;
(4)relating to prison-made goods;
(5)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws and regulations;
(6)applied to products which, as regards production or trade, are or may in future be subject within the country to State monopoly or to monopolies exercised under State control. 53 Stat. 2306 Gold or silver exportation. etc., restrictions.Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation or importation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the Control of export of arms, etc.control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition or implements of war, and in exceptional circumstances, Measures relating to neutrality.all other military supplies. It is agreed, further, that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption or enforcement of measures relating to neutrality. Article XVI Adjustment of measures impairing objects of Agreement.In the event that the United States of America or the Czechoslovak Republic adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government of the country which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the Government of the other country may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. Article XVII Designated rights reserved.The Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic reserve the right to withdraw or to modify the concession granted on any article under this Agreement, or to impose quantitative restrictions on any such 53 Stat. 2307article if, as a result of the extension of such concession to third countries, such countries obtain the major benefit of such concession and in consequence thereof an unduly large increase in importations of such article takes place: Provided, That before the*Proviso*.Notice to be given. Government of either country shall avail itself of the foregoing reservation, it shall give notice in writing to the other Government of its intention to do so, and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposed to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XVIII The present Agreement shall,Agreement to supplant former agreements. from the date on which it comes into force, supplant the agreement between the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic, effected by exchange of notes signed on October 29, 1923, as prolonged by the agreement signed December 5, 1924, and as[49 Stat 3674](/us/stat/49/3674). amended by the agreement signed on March 29, 1935. Article XIX The present Agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America, andProclamation and ratification, etc.*Post*, p. 2336. 53 Stat. 2308shall be ratified by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic after the declaration of approval by the National Assembly of the Czechoslovak Republic.Provisional application.Pending ratification of the present Agreement by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, the present Agreement shall be applied provisionally by the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic on April 16, 1938, and thereafter until the day on which the Agreement shall come definitively into force, subject to the provisions of Article VII, Article VIII, Article XII, Article XVII, numbered paragraph 14 of the Protocol, and the third Definitive date of coining into force.paragraph of this Article. The Agreement shall come definitively into force thirty days after the exchange of the proclamation of the President of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification of the President of the Czechoslovak Republic which shall take place at Praha as soon as possible. Duration.The present Agreement shall remain in force, subject to the provisions of Article VII, Article VIII, Article XII, Article XVII, and numbered paragraph 14 of the Protocol, until April 15, 1939. Unless at least six months before April 15, 1939, the Government of either country shall have given notice of termination to the other Government, the Agreement shall continue in force thereafter, subject to the provisions of Article VII, Article VIII, Article XII, Article XVII, and numbered paragraph 14 of the Protocol, until six months from the day on which the Government of either country shall have given notice of termination to the other Government. 53 Stat. 2309 In witness whereof the respectiveSignatures. Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Czechoslovak languages, both authentic, at the City of Washington, this 7th day of March 1938. Purposes declared.President Spojených Státŭ Amerických a president republiky Československé, přejíce si pošiliti tradiční přátelské svazky mezi obema štáty udržováním zásady stejného zacházení jakožto základu obchodních stykŭ a poskytováním vzájomných ústupků a výhod k zvelebení obchodu, dohodli se 53 Stat. 2295svými příslušnými plnomocníky na této dohodě: Článek I Zboží, plodiny nebo výrobkyEnumerated Imports Into Czechoslovak Republic. Spojených Států Amerických, vyjmenované a popsané v části A seznamu I, který je připojen k*Post*, p. 2310. této dohodě a tvoří její část, nebudou při dovozu do republiky Československé podléhat vyšším obyčejným clům než tém, jež jsou uvedená a stanovená ve změněné části. Změněné zboží nebude rovněž podléhat jiným vyšším clům, daním, poplatkům, dávkám nebo přírážkám, jež jsou ukládány buď při dovozu nebo v souvislosti s ním, než tém, jež jsou v platnosti v den podpisu této dohody nebo jež budou napříště uloženy podle zákonů republiky Československé, platných v den podpisu této dohody. Pokud jde o zboží, vyjmenované a popsané v části B seznamu I,*Post*, p. 2320. pro něž jsou v uvedené části stanoveny dovozní kontingenty, nebude množství zboží, plodin nebo výrobků Spojených Států Amerických, jejichž dovoz do československého celního území bude ode dne vstoupení v platnost této dohody ročně povoleno, nižší než ono množství, jež jest stanoveno v uvedené části. Článek II Zboží, plodiny nebo výrobkySpecified imports from Czechoslovak Republic. republiky Československé, vyjmenované a popsané v seznamu II, který je připojen k této do*Post*, p. 2320. 53 Stat. 2296hodě a tvoří její část, nebudou při dovozu do Spojených Států Amerických podléhat vyšším obyčejným clům než tém, jež jsou uvedená a stanovená ve změněném seznamu. Změněné zboží nebude No excess duties, etc.rovněž podléhat jiným vyšším clům, daním, poplatkům, dávkám nebo přírážkám, jež jsou ukládány buď při dovozu nebo v souvislosti s ním, než tém, jež jsou v platnosti v den podpisu této dohody nebo jež budou napříště uloženy podle zákonů Spojených Států Amerických, platných v den podpisu této dohody. Článek III Charge equivalent to internal tax.Ustanovení článku I a II této dohody nebudou na závadu vládě jednoho z obou států, aby na dovoz nebo v souvislosti s dovozem jakéhokoli zboží uvalila kdykoli dávku rovnající se vnitřní dani, vybírané ze stejného domácího zboží nebo z výrobků a plodin, ze kterých dovezené zboží bylo zcela nebo z části zhotoveno nebo vyrobeno. Článek IV Notes, etc, included in schedules, effect of.Spojené Státy Americké a republika Československá se dohodly, že poznámky a ustanovení, *Post*, pp. 2310. 2320.obsažené v seznamech I a II, připojených k této dohodě, a v připojeném Protokolu tvoří platnou a nedílnou část této dohody. Článek V Internal taxes, etc., restriction on discrimination.Zboží, plodiny nebo výrobky Spojených Států Amerických nebo republiky Československé nebudou po dovozu do druhého státu podléhat žádným jiným nebo vyšším vnitřním daním, poplat53 Stat. 2297kům, dávkám nebo přírážkám než tém, jimž podléhá stejné zboží domácího původu nebo jakého- koli jiného cizího původu. Článek VI Je shoda v tom, že základ aAd valorem duties.Determination, etc., of value. způsob pro stanovení čelní hodnoty a pro přepočítání cen, pokud jde o zboží, plodiny nebo výrobky Spojených Států Amerických, nebo republiky Československé vyjmenované*Post*, pp. 2310, 2320. a popsané v příslušných seznamech I a II, z nichž jsou vybírána nebo by mohla být vybírána při dovozu do druhého štátu cla podle hodnoty nebo cla zakládající se na hodnotě nebo podle hodnoty jakkoliv upravená, nebude méně příznivý pro dovozce než je základ a způsob předepsaný příslušnými zákony a nařízeními republiky Československé a Spojených Států Amerických platnými v den podpisu této dohody. Článek VII Pokud není v této dohodě jinakNo quantitative limitation. stanoveno, nebudou zavedeny republikou Československou na dovoz nebo prodej jakéhokoli zboží, plodin nebo výrobků Spojených Států Amerických, vyjmenovaných a popsaných v části A seznamu I, nebo Spojenými Státy Americkými na dovoz nebo prodej jakéhokoli zboží, plodin nebo výrobků republiky Československé, vyjmenovaných a popsaných v seznamu II, žádné zákazy, dovozní nebo čelní kontingenty nebo jakýkoli*Post*, p. 2310. jiný způsob omezení dovozu co do množství, nehledě k tomu, jsou-li nebo nejsou-li prováděny jakýmkoli orgánem ústřední správy.*Post*, p. 2320. 53 Stat. 2298 Exceptions.Předchozí ustanovení se nevztahuje na omezení co do množství jakýmkoli způsobem zavedené Spojenými Státy Americkými nebo republikou Československou na dovoz nebo prodej jakéhokoli zboží, plodin nebo výrobků druhého štátu podle vládních opatření k úpravě a kontrole výroby, k zásobování trhu nebo cen stejného domácího zboží nebo ke zvýšení pracovních mezd při výrobě tukového zboží. Vláda státu, která zavede jakékoli omezení tohoto Consideration of representations respecting restrictions.druhu, bude blahovolitě zkoumat námitky, jež vláda druhého státu by mohla proti nim vznést a zahájí neprodlené jednání s vládou tohoto druhého státu o předmětu tukových námitek; nedojde-li k dohodě o této věci do třiceti dnů po přijetí písemných námitek, může vláda, která je vznesla, vypovědět celou tuto dohodu se třicetidenní písemnou výpovědí do patnácti dnů po uplynutí shora Right of termination.zmíněné třicetidenní lhůty. Článek VIII 1/ Benefits where lower rate imposed on portion of imports. Kdyby Spojené Státy Americké nebo republika Československá zavedly nebo udržovaly jakýkoli způsob omezení co do množství nebo kontroly dovozu nebo prodeje jakéhokoli zboží, na němž má druhý stát zájem nebo kdyby zavedly na dovoz nebo prodej určitého množství tukového zboží nižší dovozní clo nebo dávku, než je clo nebo dávka na dovoz zvyšující tukové množství, vláda 53 Stat. 2299štátu, která učinila takové opatření má: a/ na požádání uvědomit vládu druhého státu o celkovém množství zboží, nebo o změnách tohoto množství, povoleného v určitém období k dovozu nebo prodeji, nebo k dovozu nebo prodeji za snížené clo nebo dávku; a b/ přidělit druhému státu pro toto určité období podíl z takového celkového množství původně stanoveného nebo později nějak změněného, který se rovná poměru celkového dovozu takového zboží, dodaného druhým státem v dřívějším reprezentativním období, leč by bylo vzájemně dohodnuto, že se upouští od takového přídělu. 2/ Není-li jinak stanoveno vImport licenses, etc. této dohodě, nebudou ani Spojené Státy Americké ani republika Československá dovozními licencemi nebo povoleními, vydávanými jednotlivcům nebo organizacím, upravovat celkové množství dovoleného dovozu do svého území nebo k prodeji v něm jakéhokoli zboží, na němž má druhý stát zájem, aniž by bylo stanoveno celkové množství takového zboží, jehož dovoz nebo prodej je dovoleno nejméně v tříměsíčním kontingentním období. Vláda každého z obou států na požádání uvědomíInformation respecting restrictions. druhou vládu o celkovém množství takového zboží, povoleného k dovozu a o předpisech o vydávání těchto licencí nebo povolení. 3/ Vznese-li vláda jednohozobouRepresentations concerning application of Article. států námitky do provádění ustanovení tohoto článku vládou druhého 53 Stat. 2300státu, vláda tohoto druhého státu bude takové námitky blahovolně zkoumat a nedojde-li k uspokojivému řešení nebo k dohodě o tom do třiceti dnů po přijetí těchto námitek, může vláda, která je vznesla, vypovědět tuto celou dohodu se třicetidenní písemnou výpovědí do patnácti dnů po uplynutí shora zmíněné třicetidenní lhůty. Článek IX 1. Foreign purchases of Government monopolies. Zavedou-li nebo udržují-li Spojené Státy Americké nebo republika Československá monopol pro dovoz, výrobu nebo prodej určitého zboží nebo poskytnou-li výlučné výsady, formální nebo skutečné, pro dovoz, výrobu nebo prodej určitého zboží jednomu nebo více jednatelstvím, dává vláda státu, která zavádí nebo udržuje takový monopol nebo udílí takové monopolní výsady, souhlas k tomu, že bude slušné a spravedlivě nakládat s obchodem druhého státu, pokud jde o nákupy zmíněného monopolu nebo jednatelství v cizině. Proto bylo dohodnuto, že takový monopol nebo jednatelství budou se řídit při svých nákupech jakéhokoli výrobku v cizině výhradně ohledem na soutěživost jako na cenu, jakost, odbytovou schopnost a prodejní podmínky. 2. Awarding of contracts for public works, etc. Je shoda v tom, že při zadávání dodávek pro veřejné práce a všeobecné při nákupu potřeb žádná z obou vlád nebude druhý stát 53 Stat. 2301diskriminovat ve prospěch kterékoli školy třetího. Článek X Zavedou-li nebo udržují-li SpojenéControl of means of international payment. Státy Americké nebo republika Československá přímo nebo nepřímo, jakoukoli formu kontroly mezinárodních platů, nebudou při provádění této kontroly: a/ ukládat zákazy, podmínky,Transfer of payments for imports. omezení nebo odklady na převod platu za dovezené zboží, plodiny nebo výrobky druhého státu nebo na převod platů nutných pro dovoz tohoto zboží nebo souvisejících s ním; b/ pokud jde o devizové kursyRates of exchange, etc. a daně nebo poplatky za převody deviz při platech za dovoz zboží, plodin nebo výrobků druhého státu nebo při platech nutných pro tento dovoz a s ním souvisejících, budou bezpodmínečně přiznávat nakládání neméně příznivé než jaké se přiznává při dovozu jakéhokoli zboží, plodin nebo výrobků kteréhokoli třetího státu; a c/ pokud jde o veškeré předpisyExchange transactions. a formality týkající se převodu deviz při platech za dovoz zboží, plodin nebo výrobků druhého státu nebo při platech nutných pro tento dovoz a s ním souvisejících, budou bezpodmínečně přiznávat nakládání neméně příznivé než jaké se přiznává při dovozu stejného zboží, plodin nebo výrobků kteréhokoli třetího státu. 53 Stat. 2302 Článek XI Extension of advantages, etc, granted a third country.Jakákoli výhoda, přednost, výsada nebo osvobození týkající se cel nebo jakýchkoli dávek ukládaných při dovozu nebo vývozu nebo týkající se způsobu vybírání těchto cel nebo dávek nebo týkající se všech dovozních a vývozních pravidel a formalit nebo týkající se všech zákonů a nařízení o prodeji, zdanění nebo spotřebě dováženého zboží uvnitř státu, které byly nebo by napříště mohly být Spojenými Státy Americkými nebo republikou Československou poskytnuty na kterékoli zboží pocházející z kteréhokoli třetího státu nebo tam určené, budou ihned a bezpodmínečně poskytnuty na stejné zboží pocházející buď z republiky Československé nebo ze Spojených Států Amerických, nebo tam určené. Článek XII Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.Nastane-li mezi měnou Spojených Států Amerických a měnou republiky Československé značná změna devizového kursu proti kursu v den podpisu této dohody, je vláda každého z obou států oprávněna, domnívá-li se, že změna kursu je tak podstatná, že je na újmu výrobě a obchodu státu, navrhnout jednání ke změně této dohody nebo může vypovědět celou tuto dohodu se třicetidenní písemnou výpovědí. Článek XIII Errors in documentation.Větší než uznávací pokuty nebudou ukládány ani ve Spojených 53 Stat. 2303Státech Amerických ani v republice Československé na dovoz zboží, plodín nebo výrobků druhého státu pro omyly v dokladech vzniklé zřejmým přepsáním nebo kdy lze prokázat dobrou víru. Vláda každého z obou státůMutual consideration of representations respecting customs, etc. bude blahovolně zkoumat a byla-li požádána, poskytne primitivní příležitost k poradám o stížnostech, jež by mohla druhá vláda vznést o použití celních předpisů, omezení co do množství a příslušných správních opatření, zachovávání celních formalit a provádění zdravotních zákonů a nařízení na ochranu života a zdraví lidí, zvířat a rostlin. Článek XIV 1. Pokud není ustanoveno jinakProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. ve druhém odstavci tohoto článku, ustanovení této dohody o nakládání s obchodem druhého státu, jež si navzájem přiznávají Spojené Státy Americké a republika Československá, nebudou se vztahovat na ostrovy Filipínské, ostrovy Panenské, americkou Samou, ostrov Guam a pásmo Panamského průplavu. 2. Ustanovení této dohody o nejvyššíchPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. výhodách se budou vztahovat, s výjimkou výhrad uvedených ve třetím, čtvrtém a pátém odstavci tohoto článku, na zboží, plodiny nebo výrobky kterýchkoli území pod svrchovaností nebo právomocí Spojených Států Amerických nebo republiky Československé, jež je dováženo z kterého- koliv území pod svrchovaností 53 Stat. 2304nebo právomocí druhého státu nebo je do něho vyváženo. Je Not applicable to Canal Zone.však shoda v tom, že ustanovení tohoto odstavce se nevztahují na pásmo Panamského průplavu. 3. Advantages excepted from application of Agreement. Z ustanovení této dohody se vylučují výhody již poskytnuté nebo jež by mohly být napříště poskytnuty Spojenými Státy Americkými nebo republikou Československou pohraničním státům, aby se usnadnil pohraniční styk, jakož i výhody vyplývající z celní unie, k níž by buď Spojené Státy Americké nebo republika Československá mohly přistoupit, a to potud, pokud tyto výhody nebudou rozšířeny na kterýkoli jiný stát. 4. Z ustanovení této dohody se vylučují výhody nyní poskytované nebo jež by mohly být republikou Československou v budoucnosti přiznány Rakousku, Maďarsku, Jugoslavii, Rumunsku nebo Bulharsku za účelem užší vzájemné spolupráce hospodářské mezi podunajskými státy, pokud jde o zboží požívající zvláštních výhod, jež republika Československá nyní poskytuje těmto státům. Kdyby se však v důsledku těchto výhod hodnota kterékoli koncese obsažené v seznamu I této dohody podstatně *Post*, p. 2310.zmenšila, vláda Spojených Států Amerických si vyhrazuje právo, že zahájí jednání o změně této dohody. 5. Z ustanovení této dohody se vylučují výhody, jež byly poskytnuty nebo by mohly být napříště poskytnuty Spojenými Státy 53 Stat. 2305Americkými, jejich územími a državami nebo pásmem Panamského průplavu navzájem nebo republice Kubánské. Ustanovení tohoto odstavce budou platit, pokud jde o jakékoli výhody nyní nebo v budoucnosti poskytované Spojenými Státy Americkými, jejich územími a državami nebo pásmem Panamského průplavu navzájem bez ohledu na jakoukoli změnu v politickém statutu některého z území nebo držav Spojených Států Amerických. Článek XV S výhradou požadavku, že zaProvisions not to extend to specified restrictions. týchž okolností a podmínek žádný z obou států nebude libovolně diskriminovat druhý stát ve prospěch třetího státu a bez újmy ustanovení článku IX nebo druhého odstavce článku XIII ustanovení této dohody se nebudou vztahovat na zákazy a omezení 1. týkající se veřejné bezpečnosti, 2. ukládané z důvodů mravnosti a lidskosti, 3. mající za účel ochranu života a zdraví lidí, zvířat a rostlin, 4. týkající se zboží vyrobeného ve věznicích, 5. vztahující se na provádění policejních a důchodových zákonů a předpisů, 6. vztahující se na zboží, jehož výroba nebo obchodování s ním uvnitř státu jsou nebo v budoucnu by se mohly stát předmětem státního monopolu nebo monopolů provozovaných pod státním dozorem. 53 Stat. 2306 Gold or silver exportation. etc., restrictions.Žádnému ustanovení této dohody nebude dáván takový výklad, který by zabraňoval opatřením, jimiž se zakazuje nebo omezuje vývoz nebo dovoz zlata a stříbra nebo který by zabraňoval opatřením, jež by některá z obou vlád mohla považovat za vhodná Control of export of arms, etc.se zřetelem na kontrolu vývozu a prodeje pro vývoz zbraní, střeliva, válečných pomocných prostředků nebo za výjimečných poměrů všech Measures relating to neutrality.válečných potřeb. Je dále shoda v tom, že žádné ustanovení této dohody nebude vykládáno tak, aby se tím znemožnilo přijetí nebo provádění opatření týkajících se neutrality. Článek XVI Adjustment of measures impairing objects of Agreement.Učiní-li Spojené Státy Americké nebo republika Československá nějaké opatření, které, ač není v rozporu s obsahem této dohody, podle názoru vlády druhého státu ruší nebo poškozuje některý účel této dohody, vláda státu, jež takové opatření zavedla, bude zkoumat připomínky a návrhy, jež by vláda druhého státu podala k dosažení vzájemné vyhovující úpravy věci. Článek XVII Designated rights reserved.Vláda Spojených Států Amerických a vláda republiky Československé vyhražují si právo odvolat nebo změnit ústupky poskytnuté touto dohodou na kterékoli zboží nebo uložit omezení co do množství na kterékoli takové zboží, jestliže rozšířením takových ústup53 Stat. 2307ků na třetí státy tyto státy získají hlavní zisk z takových ústupků a jestliže tím nastane neúměrně veliké zvýšení dovozu takového zboží. Podmínkou je, že dříve než vláda některého z obou států použije předchozí výhrady, zpravidla písemně druhou vládu o*Proviso*.Notice to be given. svém úmyslu a poskytne jí příležitost, aby se s ní do třiceti dnů po přijetí tohoto oznámení poradila o zamýšleném opatření; nedojde-li v této věci k dohodě do třiceti dnů po přijetí změněného oznámení, může vláda, která zamýšlí takové opatření, kdykoli je provést a druhá vláda může do patnácti dnů po provedení takového opatření vypovědět tuto celou dohodu se třicetidenní písemnou výpovědí. Článek XVIII Tato dohoda nahradí dnem,Agreement to supplant former agreements. kdy vstoupí v platnost, dohodu sjednanou výměnou not mezi Spojenými Státy Americkými a republikou Československou, podepsanou dne 29. října 1923, prodlouženou dohodou podepsanou dne 5. prosince 1924 a pozměněnou dohodou podepsanou dne[49 Stat 3674](/us/stat/49/3674). 29. března 1935. Článek XIX Po projevení souhlasu NárodnímProclamation and ratification, etc.*Post*, p. 2336. Shromážděním republiky Československé bude tato doho53 Stat. 2308da ratifikována prezidentem republiky Československé a vyhlášena prezidentem Spojených Států Amerických. Provisional application.Než bude tato dohoda ratifikována prezidentem republiky Československé, bude uvedená v prozatímní platnost Spojenými Státy Americkými a republikou Československou dnem 16. dubna 1938 a bude prozatím platit až do dne, kdy nabude definitivní účinnosti, za předpokladu ustanovení článku VII, článku VIII, článku XII, článku XVII, číslovaného odstavce 14 Protokolu a třetího odstavce tohoto článku. Dohoda nabude definitivní Definitive date of coining into force.účinnosti třicet dní po výměně ratifikační listiny prezidenta republiky Československé a vyhlášky prezidenta Spojených Států Amerických, kterážto výměna bude provedena v Praze co nejdříve. Duration.Za předpokladu ustanovení článku VII, článku VIII, článku XII, článku XVII, a číslovaného odstavce 14 Protokolu, tato dohoda zůstane v platnosti až do 15. dubna 1939. Neoznámí-li některá z obou vlád nejméně šest měsíců před 15. dubnem 1939 druhé vládě, že tuto dohodu vypovídá, zůstane dohoda nadále v platnosti za předpokladu ustanovení článku VII, článku VIII, článku XII, článku XVII a číslovaného odstavce 14 Protokolu, až do šesti měsíců ode dne, kdy vláda některého z obou států oznámí druhé vládě, že dohodu vypovídá. 53 Stat. 2309 Čemuž na svědomí jmenovaníSignatures. plnomocníci podepsali tuto dohodu a připojili své pečeti. Vyhotoveno dvojmo, v anglickém a československém znění, jež obě jsou autentická, v městě Washingtoně, dne 7. března 1938. For the President of the United States of America: [seal] Cordell Hull For the President of the Czechoslovak Republic: [seal] V. S. Hurban 53 Stat. 2310 CUSTOMS DUTIES ON IMPORTATION INTO THE CZECHOSLOVAK REPUBLIC SCHEDULE I—SECTION A Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) per 100 kilograms ex 10. Wine berries and grapes, dried; Currants: Wine berries and grapes, dried 180. ex 11. Lemons, limes, cedrats: Grapefruit 25. ex 17. Pine (cembra) kernels, unshelled; carob-bean, azarols, edible chestnuts; coconuts and similar exotic nuts; olives, fresh, dried, or salted Pecans, unshelled 60. ex 36. Walnuts and hazelnuts, ripe: Walnuts, ripe, unshelled ex 37. Fruit not specially provided for, fresh: ex a) Fine table fruit: ex 1. Peaches and nectarines, pears, apples, and strawberries: Pears from September 1 to March 31 50. Apples from January 1 to June 30 40. ex c) All other fruit in other packing: ex 1. Apples: ex alpha) From December 1 to August 31: apples from January 1 to June 30 25. ex 38. Plums, dried ex a) in barrels, cases, bags, or in similar packing of a gross weight of over 30 kilograms or unpacked in barrels, cases, bags, or in similar packing of a gross weight of over 50 kilograms Free unpacked Free b) in other packing 40. ex 39. Fruit not specially provided for, prepared (dried, pressed, cut up, powdered or otherwise ground); preserved in brine or vinegar, in barrels; plum jam with no sugar added: Apples and pears, both dried and unpeeled, whether whole or cut up Free All other fruit not specially provided for, dried 60. ex 84. Hair of all kinds, crude or worked (i.e., combed, boiled, dyed, or stained, also curled); bristles Animal hair, except horsehair, crude or worked Free ex 86. Bladders and casings, green, pickled, or dried; gold beaters’ skins; gut strings Bladders and casings, green or pickled 18 on net weight ex 90. Artificial fats, edible: ex Note 4. Premier jus, imported by factories for the manufacture of edible fats under special permit in accordance with the terms imposed by regulation 105. ex 114. Baked articles (biscuits, cakes, wafers, et cetera): Baked flakes and similar preparations of ground cereals and of rice 525 ex 131. Edibles in tins, bottles, and similar containers hermetically sealed (except edibles under Numbers 114, 126, and 127): Preserved vegetables and other plant preparations prepared for kitchen use: Vegetable juices; other preserved vegetables, except tomatoes, liquid 200.– Preserved tomatoes or asparagus 320.– All other preserved vegetables and other plant preparations prepared for kitchen use 420.– 53 Stat. 2311 CLA PŘI DOVOZU DO ČESKOSLOVENSKĚ REPUBLIKY SEZNAM I. ČÁST A. Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba v Kč *za 100 kg* ex 10. Vinné bobule a hrozny, sušené; korintky vinné bobule a hrozny, sušené 180.– ex 11. Citróny, limety, cedráty grapefruit 25.– ex 17. Píniová (limbová) jádra, nevyloupaná; svatojánský chléb, nazaroly, jedlé kaštany; kokosové a podobné jedlé ořechy cizokrajné; olivy čerstvé, sušené nebo solené ořechy pekanové, nevyloupané 60.– ex 36. Vlašské ořechy a lískové ořechy, zralé: vlašské ořechy, zralé, nevyloupané 80.– ex 37. Ovoce výslovně nejmenované, čerstvé: ex a) jemné ovoce stolní ex 1. broskve a nektarinky, hrušky, jablka a jahody hrušky od 1. září do 31. března 50.– jablka od 1. ledna do 30. června 40.– ex c) ostatní ovoce jinak baleen: ex 1. jablka: ex alfa) od 1. prosince do 31. srpna: jablka od 1. ledna do 30. června 25.– ex 38. Švestky sušené ex a) v sudech, bednách, pytlích nebo v podobných obalech o hrubé váze větší než 30 kg nebo nebalené: v sudech, bednách, pytlích nebo v podobných obalech o hrubé váze větší než 50 kg beze cla nebalené beze cla b) jinak balené 40.– ex 39. Ovoce výslovně nejmenované, upravené (sušené, stlačené, rozkrájené, na prach rozmělněné nebo jinak rozdrobené; naložené ve slané vodě nebo v octě, v sudech; švestková povidla bez přísady cukru): jablka a hrušky, obojí sušené a neloupané, buď celé nebo rozkrájené beze cla ostatní ovoce výslovně nejmenované, sušené 60.– ex 84. Chlupy, vlasy a žíně veškeré, surové nebo upravené (a to česané, vyvařené, barvené nebo mořené, též kadeřené); štětiny chlupy zvířecí veškeré, surové nebo upravené beze cla ex 86. Měchýře a střeva, čerstvé, solené nebo sušené; blány zlatotepecké; střevové provazy: měchýře a střeva, čerstvé nebo solené 18.– z čisté vàhy ex 90. Umělé tuky jedlé: ex Poznámka 4. Premier jus, dovážený továrnami k výrobě jedlých tuků na zvláštní povolení, za podmínek stanovených nařízením 105.– ex 114. Pečivo (suchary, keksy, koláče, oplatky, atd.): pečené vločky a podobné přípravky z rozemletých obilnin a rýže 525.– ex 131. Poživatiny v krabicích, lahvích a podobných nádobách neprodyšně uzavřené (mimo poživatiny jmenované pod čís. 114, 126 a 127): konzervy zelenin a jiné produkty rostlinné připravené pro kuchyňskou potřebu: štávy zelenin; jiné konzervy zelenin mimo rajských jablek, tekuté 200.– konzervy z rajských jablek nebo z chřestu 320.– ostatní konzervy zelenin a jiné produkty rostlinné připravené pro kuchyňskou potřebu 420.– 53 Stat. 2312 SCHEDULE I—SECTION A—Continued Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) *per 100 kilograms* ex 131.—Con. Preserved fruit Pineapple 200.– All other 360.– Fruit and berry juices, except raspberry, apple, and grape juices 200.– Pilchards in oil 360.– Pilchards in tomato sauce, if accompanied by certificate from appropriate authority certifying tin contents as pilchard meat 200.– Preserved salmon, if the consignment is accompanied by a certificate issued by an appropriate authority in the country of origin testifying that the tins contain meat of the salmon 360.– Roasted puffed grains of cereals and of rice 525.– ex 132. Edibles not specially provided for: Roasted puffed grains of cereals and of rice 525. Chewing gum 720. ex 134. Building and industrial wood; cork: b) Building and industrial wood, non-European, in the log or in rough blocks hewn by axe, also sawed or otherwise cut, split, except veneer, but not further worked Free ex 150. Earths and mineral substances not specially provided for, crude, burnt, ground, or washed: ex b) other: Phosphate rock Free ex 165. Rosin; colophony; pitch not specially provided for: Rosin, colophony Free 170. Asphalt cement; asphalt mastix; rosin cements (wood cement) 14. ex 173. Turpentine, turpentine oil, pitch oil (rosin oil); crude oil of amber, hartshorn, and caoutchouc, also coal tar oils of the benzol series; bird-lime ex b) other: Turpentine, turpentine oil Free ex 177. Mineral oils, as well as lignite tar and schist tar oils, semirefined (semipurified), or refined (purified), of a density of 880 degrees or less, also mixed with animal or vegetable oils or fats: ex b) of a density of more than 790 degrees up to 880 degrees: Mineral oils, semirefined (semipurified), or refined (purified), light 53 on own weight 178. Mineral oils, as well as lignite tar and schist tar oils, semirefined (semipurified), or refined (purified), of a density of more than 880 degrees, also mixed with animal or vegetable oils or fats 65 on own weight 180. Cotton, crude, carded, bleached, colored, ground; cotton waste Free ex 181. Cotton wadding, except cotton wool for medical purposes; threads prepared for cleaning machinery, et cetera: Note: Linters shaped, imported under license for the manufacture of rayon, under supervision and on conditions imposed by regulation 60. ex 285. Pasteboard, also floor coverings of pasteboard: ex b) Press boards, slate pasteboard, glazed pasteboard: 1. Vulcanized fibre 216 on gross weight 53 Stat. 2313 SEZNAM I. ČĂST A—Pokrač Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba v Kč ex 131.—pokrač. *za 100 kg* konservy ovocné: ananasové 200.– ostatní 360.– šťavy z plodů, ovoce a bobulí, mimo šťavu malinovou, jablečnou a z vinných bobulí 200.– pilchardy v oleji 360.– pilchard v omáčce z rajských jablek, na osvědčení vydané úřadem země původu k tomu oprávněným o tom, že v krabicích je maso pilcharda 200.– konservy lososové, na osvědčení vydané úřadem země původu k tomu oprávněným o tom, že v krabicích je maso lososa 360.– pražená nabobtnalá zrna obilnin a rýže 525.– ex 132. Poživatiny výslovně nejmenované: pražená nabobtnalá zrna obilnin a rýže 525.– žvýkací guma 720.– ex 134. Dříví stavební a učitkové; korek: b) dříví stavební a učitkové, mimoevropské, kulaté nebo v hrubých špalcích sekerou osekaných, též řezané pilou nebo jinak ofézované, štípané, mimo dyhy, bez dalšího opracování beze cla ex 150. Zeminy a látky nerostné, výslovně nejmenované, přírodní, pálené, mleté nebo plavené: ex b) ostatní: fosfáty přírodní beze cla ex 165. Pryskyřice obyčejné; kalafuna; smůla výslovně nejmenovaná: pryskyřice obyčejná, kalafuna beze cla 170. Asfaltový tmel; asfaltový mastix; pryskyřičné cementy (dfevitý cement) 14.– ex 173. Terpentýn, olej terpentýnový, olej smolný (pryskyřičný); surový olej jantarový, z rohu a kaučukový, pak oleje řady benzolové z kamenouhelného dehtu; ptačí lep: ex b) ostatní: terpentýn, olej terpentýnový beze cla ex 177. Oleje minerální, jakož i oleje z dehtu hnědouhelného a břidličeného, polorafinované (poločišténé) nebo rafi nované (čištěné), hutnoty 880° nebo menší, též smíšené s živočišnými nebo rostlinnými oleji nebo tuky: ex b) hutnoty vyšší než 700° do 880°: oleje minerální polorafinované (poločišténé) nebo rafinované (čištěné), lehké 53.– z vlastní váhy 178. Oleje minerální, jakož i oleje z dehtu hnědouhelného a bfidličeného, polorafinované (poločisté) nebo rafinované (čištěné), hutnoty větší než 880°, též smíšené a živočišnými nebo rostlinnými oleji nebo tuky 65.– z vlastní váhy 180. Bavlna surové, mykané, bledé, barvené, mírné; od padky beze cla ex 181. Bavlněné vata, mimo vatu k léčebným účelům; niti upravené k čištění strojů atd.: Poznámka. Lintry tvérené, dovážené na dovolo vací list pro výrobu umělého hedvábí, pod dozorem a za podmínek stanovených nařízením 60.– ex 285. Lepenka, též pokrývky na podlahu z lepenky: ex b) lisovací listy, lepenka bridličná, lepenka lesklá: 1. vulkanfibr 21¢.– z hrubé váhy 53 Stat. 2314 SCHEDULE I—SECTION A—Continued Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) *per 100 kilograms* ex 312. Articles of soft india rubber not specially provided for, also combined with common or fine materials: Rubber syringes, erasers, rubber bands up to 2 millimeters in width ex 320. Technical articles: d) Transmission belts ex e) Pneumatic tires (tubes and tires): 2. other 333. Buck, goat and kid leather, prepared, except glove and patent leather 1350. 335. Glove leather of all kinds 620. 336. Patent leather of all kinds 800. ex 337. Leather not specially provided for; parchment: b) Skins of birds, reptiles, amphibians, and fish 450. Note 1. Cuttings and other waste of leather classified under Numbers 329, 330, 333–337 215. ex 361. Articles of other materials than wood for turning or carving, not specially provided for: ex c) Articles of meerschaum, lava, celluloid and similar artificial carving materials (except articles made of imitations of materials enumerated under items d) and e)), also combined with common or with other fine materials: Unexposed films other than motion picture films 1200. Note 1. Unexposed motion picture films 360. ex 365. Cork bricks: Insulating materials of infusorial earth mixed with asbestos, hair, sawdust, and similar materials 75. ex 366. Cork stoppers, soles, and similar articles, also combined with common materials: Insulating materials of infusorial earth mixed with asbestos, hair, sawdust, and similar materials, also combined with common materials 75. 398. Insulating materials of infusorial earth mixed with asbestos, hair, sawdust, and similar materials: Rock wool Free. other 40. ex 401. Articles of asbestos: b) Asbestos paper and asbestos cardboard, formed, also perforated; unformed or formed with wire inlay 600. 406. Abrasive paper 240. 407. Abrasive cloth, abrasive ribbons, and similar abrasive materials 320. ex 445. Sheet iron articles not specially provided for: ex d) Painted, printed, bronzed, lacquered, enameled, or of sheet iron with designs; also combined with common materials: ex 2. other: Addressing machine frames 475. ex 476. Iron furniture, except artistic locksmith furniture; gymnastic apparatus: ex b) with other common or with fine finish, also combined with other materials: Record-keeping equipment 770. Refrigerator cabinets, also with very fine finish, for storing foodstuffs 1000. ex 488. Base metals, crude, old broken or scrap: d) Copper (also refined), electrolytic copper, rosette copper, cement (precipitated) copper Free. 53 Stat. 2315 SEZNAM I. ČĂST A—Pokrač Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba v Kč *za 100 kg* ex 312. Zboží z měkkého kaučuku, výslovné nejmenované, též spojené s obyčejnými nebo jemnými hmotami: stříkačky, pryže (guma stírací), pryžové proužky 650.– ex 320. Technické potřeby: d) hnací remeny 1000.– ex e) pneumatiky (duše a plášté): 2. ostatní 1000.– 333. Kůže kozlí (kozlovice), kozí (kozina) a kozlečí (kozie-tina), upravená, mimo kůži rukavičkářskou a kůže lakovanou 1350.– 335 Všeliká kůže rukavičkářská 620.– 336. Kůže lakovaná všeho druhu 800.– ex. 337 Kůže výslovné nejmenovaná; pergamen: b) kůže ptáků, plazů, obojživelníků a ryb 450.– Poznámka 1. Odrezky a jiné odpadky usní čís. 329, 330, 333–337 215.– ex 361. Zboží výslovné nejmenované z jiných surovin soustružnických a řezbářských než ze dřeva: ex. c) z mořské pěny, lávy, celuloidu a z podobných umělých surovin řezbářských (mimo zboží z napodobenín látek jmenovaných pod položkou d) a e)), též spojené s obyčejnými nebo s jinými jemnými hmotami: Neosvětlené filmy jiné než kinematografické 1200.– Poznámka 1. Neosvětlené filmy kinematografické 360.– ex 365. Korkové cihly: hmoty izolační z korkem promísené osinkem, chlupy, drtinami a pod. 75.– ex 366. Korkové zátky, podešve a pod. zboží, též spojené s obyčejnými hmotami: hmoty izolační z korkem promísené osinkem, chlupy, drtinami a pod., též spojené s obyčejnými hmotami 75.– 398. Hmoty izolační z korkem promísené osinkem, chlupy, drtinami a pod.: strusková vlna beze cla ostatní 40.– ex 401. Zboží osinkové: b) osinkový papír a osinková lepenka, tvářené, též dirkované; netvářené nebo tvářené s drátěnou vložkou 600.– 406. Papír brousicí 240.– 407. Brousicí plátno, pásy a pod. 320.– ex 445. Plechové zboží výslovné nejmenované: ex d) malované, potištěné, bronzované, lakované; smaltované nebo ze vzorkovaných plechu; též spojené s obyčejnými hmotami: ex 2. ostatní: rámečky na adresy do adresovacích strojů 475.– ex 476. Železný nábytek, mimo nábytek uměleckého zámečnictví; tělocvičné nářadí: ex b) jinak obyčejné nebo jemné opracované, též spojené s jinými hmotami: kartotékové skříně, zařízené 770.– chladicí skříně na úschovu potravin, též velmi jemné opracované 1000.– ex 488. Obecné kovy, surové, staré přeplámané nebo v odpadcích: d) méď (též čištěná), méď elektrolytická, rosetová, cementová (srážená) beze cla 53 Stat. 2316 SCHEDULE I—SECTION A—Continued Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) *per 100 kilograms* ex 530. Agricultural machinery and implements, not specially provided for: ex c) other; ex 2. of iron: Complete ploughs for attachment to motor ploughs 300. ex 538. Machines and instruments, other, not specially provided for, weighing each: ex c) over 10 metric quintals: Planing, shaping, and milling machines for metal work 600. Note 2 (to Class XL) When classifying machines, instruments, or parts thereof, their combination with other materials is disregarded. Note 3 (to Class XL) Such articles, not specially provided for, which cannot be used otherwise than for assembling machines or instruments, shall be dutiable as parts of machines or instruments. ex 539. Dynamos and electric motors (except those for automobiles), also such as are permanently combined with mechanical contrivances or apparatus; transformers (rotary or static converters); weighing each: ex a) 25 kilograms or less: Electric cooling units 975. ex 543. Electrical instruments and electrical appliances (regulators, resistances, starters and the like), not specially provided for: Spark plugs 1200. ex 546. Electric carbons: ex b) other: 1. weighing each 3 kilograms or over 24. ex 553. Motorcycles, also with sidecar, sidecars imported separately, automobiles (also motor tricycles), chassis with or without motor and bodies imported separately: ex a) Motorcycles, also with sidecar, and sidecars imported separately: Motorcycles, weighing each over 190 kilograms (without sidecar) 1400. ex b) Passenger automobiles (also motor tricycles), chassis with or without motor and bodies imported separately, weighing each: ex 2. over 1000 kilograms: complete passenger automobiles, complete chassis, single replacement parts of chassis 1700. ex c) Trucks, autobuses, automobiles inseparably connected with a working mechanism, chassis with or without motor and bodies imported separately, weighing each: ex 1. not over 1500 kilograms: complete trucks, complete chassis, single replacement parts of chassis 1700. ex d) Tractors and motor ploughs, weighing each: ex 1. not over 1500 kilograms: Tractors 540. ex 2. over 1500 kilograms up to 3000 kilograms: Tractors 680. ex 554. Automobile and airplane engines: Note to Item a). Single parts of engines under this tariff number imported separately, which are completely finished and which can be recognized without doubt as parts of such engines, are subject to the rates of duty applicable to the various types of engines, provided that the importer submits a certificate establishing without doubt that such parts belong to engines of that particular type and weight. 53 Stat. 2317 SEZNAM I. ČĂST A—Pokrač Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba v Kč *za 100 kg* ex 530. Hospodářské stroje a přístroje, výslovně nejmenované: ex c) jiné: ex 2. železné: úplné přívěsné pluhy k motorovým pluhům 300.– ex 538. Stroje a přístroje, výslovně nejmenované, jiné, vážící kus: ex c) více než 10 q: hoblovači stroje, šablony a obráběcí stroje nakovy 600.– Poznámka 2 ke třídě XL Při zařazování strojů, přístrojů nebo jejich součástí nepřihlíží se ke spojení s jinými hmotami. Poznámka 3. ke třídě XL Jako části strojů nebo přístrojů budou vyclívány takové předměty výslovně nezařazené, kterých nemůže být jinak použito než k sestavení strojů nebo přístrojů. ex 539. Dynama a elektrické motory (mimo motory k automobilům), též spojené neodlučitelně s mechanickým zařízením nebo s přístroji; transformátory (otáčivé nebo nehybné měniče); vážící kus: ex a) 25 kg nebo méně: Elektrické chladicí agregáty 975.– ex 543. Elektrické přístroje a elektrotechnická zařízení (regulátory, odpory, napáječe a podobně), výslovně nejmenované: zapalovací svíčky 1200.– ex 546. Elektrické uhlíky: ex b) jiné: 1. vážící kus 3 kg nebo více 24.– ex 553. Motorové kola, též s přívěsným vozíkem, přívěsné vozíky zvlášt dovážené, automobily (též motorové tříkolky), chasis s motorem nebo bez něj a karoserie zvlášt dovážené: ex a) motorové kola, též s přívěsným vozíkem a přívěsné vozíky zvlášt dovážené: motorové kola, (motocykly), vážící kus více než 190 kg (bez přívěsného vozíku) 1400.– ex b) Osobní automobily (též motorové tříkolky), chasis s motorem nebo bez něj a karoserie zvlášt dovážené, vážící kus: ex 2. více než 1000 kg: úplné osobní automobily, úplné chasis, jednotlivé náhradní součástky chasis 1700.– ex c) Nákladní automobily, autobusy, automobily neroz-lučně spojené s pracovním zařízením, chasis s motorem nebo bez něj a karoserie zvlášt dovážené, vážící kus: ex 1. nejvýše 1500 kg: úplné nákladní automobily, úplné chasis, jednotlivé náhradní součástky chasis 1700.– ex d) Traktory a motorové pluhy, vážící kus: ex 1. nejvýše 1500 kg: Traktory 540.– ex 2. více než 1500 kg a 3000 kg: traktory 680.– ex 554. Motory automobilové a létadlové: Poznámka k pol. a). Jednotlivé, zvlášt dovážené součástky motorů této saz. položky, jsou-li zcela opracovány a lze bez pochybnosti poznat jako součástky takových motorů, vyclívají se sazbami platnými pro jednotlivé druhy motorů, podléhá.–li dovozce průkaz, z něhož lze bezpečně seznat, že součástky patří k motorům příslušného druhu a váhy. 53 Stat. 2318 SCHEDULE I—SECTION A—Continued Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) *per 100 kilograms* ex 576. Machines and instruments not specially provided for: per kilogram 15. a) Typewriters, calculating machines (also cash registers), bookkeeping, duplicating, accounting, statistical, addressing, and franking machines ex b) other: Dictating machine cylinders 7.70 ex 596. Elements specially provided for: ex a) Sulphur (in pieces and bars), also ground, and flowers of sulphur; phosphorus; metallic antimony; quicksilver: Sulphur (in pieces and bars), also ground Free ex 599. Salts of potassium, sodium, and ammonium, specially provided for: ex a) Manure salts (salts of potassium in their natural combination, known as abraum and waste salts, as well as artificial manures from mixtures of salts); potassium chloride; sodium nitrate (natural [Chile saltpeter] and artificial), not refined; crude borax; tartar, crude; wine lees, dry; beet potash: ex 2. other: Crude borax Free ex 605. Lampblack, charcoal powder, and ground black (except granulated bone charcoal which is classified under No. 600 d): Lampblack, charcoal powder and ground black (except granulated bone charcoal which is classified under No. 600 d), except activated carbons 40. ex 622. Chemical auxiliary materials and chemical products not specially provided for: ex d) all other: Silicon carbide 15% ad valorem but not over 3600. Kč (Czechoslovak crowns) per 100 kilograms ex 637. Soap: per 100 kilograms b) Fine soap, i.e., perfumed or in tablets, balls, boxes, jars 648. 53 Stat. 2319 SEZNAM I. ČĂST A—Pokrač Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba v Kč *za 100 kg* ex 576. Přístroje a nástroje, výslovně nejmenované: za 1 kg a) přístroje psací, počítací (též kontrolní pokladny), knihovací, rozmnožovací, účetovací, statistické, adresovací a známkovací 15.– ex b) ostatní: válečky k diktovacím přístrojům 7.70 ex 596. Prvky výslovně jmenované: za 100 kg ex a) síra (v kusech a roubících), též mletá, a sírový květ; fosfor; antimon kovový; rtuť: síra (v kusech a roubících), též mletá beze cla ex 599. Soli draselné, sodné a amonné, výslovně jmenované: ex a) soli hnojivé (soli draselné v přirozeném svém složení, t. zv. jalové a odpadkové soli, jakož i umělá hnojiva ze solných směsí); chlorid draselný; ledek sodný (přírodní [čilský] i umělý), nečištěný; surový borax; vinný kámen surový; vinné droždí (vinné kvasnice) suché; výpalkové uhlí ex 2. ostatní: surový borax beze cla ex 605. Saze (kopt), uhelný prášek a umletá čerň (mimo rozdrcené uhlí kostní, které patří do čís. 600 d): saze (kopt), uhelný prášek a umletá čerň (mimo rozdrcené uhlí kostní, které patří do čís. 600 d), mimo aktivní uhlí 40.– ex 622. Pomocné látky a výrobky chemické, výslovně nejmenované: ex d) ostatní: karbid křemíku 15% nikoli však více než 3600 Kč za 100 kg ex 637. Mýdlo: za 100 kg b) jemně, t. j. na váze nebo v tabulkách, koulích, krabicích, hrnečkách 648.– 53 Stat. 2320 SCHEDULE I—SECTION B Number of the Czechoslovak Customs Tariff Description of Articles Annual Quota ex 37. Apples, fresh 14% of current imports but not less than 4500 metric tons 38. Plums, dried 30% of current imports but not less than 3500 metric tons The quota year from September 1 to August 31 ex 89. b) Rendered lard 35% of current imports but not less than 5600 metric tons 90. ex Note 4. Premier jus, imported by factories for the manufacture of edible fats under special permit in accordance with the terms imposed by regulation 80 metric tons ex 361.c) Unexposed films other than motion picture films 35 metric tons ex 553.a) Motorcycles 275 units ex 553.b) Passenger automobiles complete, or passenger automobile chassis, complete, automobile trucks complete or automobile truck chassis, complete 1600 units ex 599.a) Note 1. Sodium nitrate under certificate 3000 metric tons per fiscal year, beginning July 1, 1938 SCHEDULE II Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined in so far as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles In the case of articles enumerated in this Schedule, which are subject on the day of the signature of this Agreement to additional or separate ordinary customs duties, whether or not imposed under the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective description of the article, such separate or additional duties shall continue in force, subject to any reduction indicated in this Schedule or hereafter provided for, until terminated in accordance with law, but shall not be increased. United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 78 Potassium permanganate 6¢ per lb. 212 Sanitary ware, and parts and fittings therefor, composed wholly or in chief value of china, porcelain, or other vitrified wares, composed of a vitrified nonabsorbent body which when broken shows a vitrified or vitreous, or semivitrified or semivitreous fracture, and not specially provided for: Plain white, not painted, colored, tinted, stained, enameled, gilded, printed, or ornamented or decorated in any manner 30% ad val. Painted, colored, tinted, stained, enameled, gilded, printed, or ornamented or decorated in any manner 35% ad val. 53 Stat. 2321 SEZNAM I.—ČĂST B. Číslo československého celního sazebníku Pojmenování zboží Roční kontingent ex 37. Jablka, čerstvá 14% běžného dovozu, nikoli však méně než 4500 t 38. Švestky sušené 30% běžného dovozu, nikoli však méně než 3500 t Kontingentní rok od 1. září do 31. srpna. ex 89.b) Sádlo vyškvařené 35% běžného dovozu, nikoli však méně než 5600 t 90. ex Poznámka 4. Premier jus, dovážené továrnami k výrobě jedlých tuků na zvláštní povolení, za podmínek stanovených nařízením 80 t ex 361.c) Neosvětlené filmy jiné než kinematografické 35 t ex 553.a) Motorová kola (motocykly) 275 kusů ex 553.b) Osobní automobily nebo úplné chasis k osobním automobilům, nákladní automobily nebo chasis 1600 kusů ex 599.a) 1. Poznàmka Ledek sodný na osvědčení 3000 t pro hospodářský rok od 1. července 1938 Seznam II Poznámka: Ustanovení tohoto seznamu budou vykládána a budou míti stejnou účinnost, a o použití současně platných ustanovení celních zákonů Spojených Států na ustanovení tohoto seznamu bude, pokud je to proveditelno, rozhodováno tak, jako kdyby každé ustanovení tohoto seznamu bylo uvedeno v zákonném ustanovení označeném ve sloupci na levo od příslušného pojmenování zboží. Přirážková nebo zvláštní běžná cla, která jsou uvalována na základě zákonného ustanovení označeného ve sloupci na levo od příslušného pojmenování zboží nebo která jsou jinak uvalována a jimž v den podpisu této dohody podléhá zboží vyjmenované v tomto seznamu, nebudou zvyšována, zůstanou však v platnosti, ale snížena jak uvedeno v tomto seznamu nebo jak bude v budoucnu ustanoveno, až do doby, kdy budou podle zákona zrušena. Paragraf celního zákona Spojených Států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 78 Manganistan draselný 6 centů za libru 212 Zboží k lékařským účelům, jeho části a součásti (fittings), výslovně nejmenované, složené zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kameniny, porcelánu nebo jiného sklovitého zboží, vyrobeného ze sklovité neprůlinčité hmoty, která rozbitá, je na lomu sklovitá, nebo skelná, polosklovitá nebo poloskelná: bílé, nikoli však malované, barevné, tónované, napuštěné, smaltované, zlacené, potištěné, nijak nezdobené ani nedekorované 30% z hodnoty malované, barevné, tónované, napuštěné, smaltované, zlacené, potištěné nebo jakkoli zdobené nebo dekorované 35% z hodnoty 53 Stat. 2322 SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 217 Bottles, jars, covered or uncovered demijohns, and carboys, any of the foregoing, wholly or in chief value of glass, unfilled, not specially provided for, if holding more than one pint ½¢ per lb. *Provided*, That no articles containing merchandise shall be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item 218
(b)Fusible enamel rods and canes, for whatever purpose used, wholly or in chief value of glass 40% ad val. 218
(c)Illuminating articles of every description, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of glass, for use in connection with artificial illumination: Prisms, glass chandeliers, and articles in chief value of prisms 30% ad val. Chimneys 30% ad val. Globes and shades 45% ad val. Wall brackets, candelabra, and candlesticks, all the foregoing designed for electrical illumination 30% ad val. Others 40% ad val. *Provided*, That parts not specially provided for, wholly or in chief value of glass, of any of the foregoing shall be subject to the same rate of duty as the articles of which they are parts 218
(d)All glassware commercially known as plated or cased glass, composed of two or more layers of clear, opaque, colored, or semi-translucent glass, or combination of the same 45% ad val. 218
(e)Bottles, wholly or in chief value of glass, of the character used or designed to be used as containers of perfume, talcum powder, toilet water, or other toilet preparations, when unfilled and produced otherwise than by automatic machine, whether or not fitted with or designed for use with ground-glass stoppers 37½% ad val. 218
(f)Table and kitchen articles and utensils, and all articles of every description not specially provided for, composed wholly or in chief value of glass, blown or partly blown in the mold or otherwise, or colored, cut, engraved, etched, frosted, gilded, ground (except such grinding as is necessary for fitting stoppers or for purposes other than ornamentation), painted, printed in any manner, sandblasted, silvered, stained, or decorated or ornamented in any manner, whether filled or unfilled, or whether their contents be dutiable or free, except articles primarily designed for ornamental purposes, decorated chiefly by engraving and valued at not less than $8 each 50% ad val. 218
(g)Table and kitchen articles and utensils, composed wholly or in chief value of glass, when pressed and unpolished, whether or not decorated or ornamented in any manner or ground (except such grinding as is necessary for fitting stoppers or for purposes other than ornamentation), whether filled or unfilled, or whether their contents be dutiable or free 25% ad val. 53 Stat. 2323 SEZNAM II—Pokrač Paragraf celního zákona Spojených Států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 217 Lahve, džbány, demižony opatřené nebo neopatřené obalem a opletené lahve, jsou-li zcela nebo hodnotou převážné ze skla, prázdné, výslovně nejmenované, s větším obsahem než 1 pinta ½ centu za libru *za předpokladu*, že uvedené předměty, plněné, nebudou požívat snížené celní sazby podle této položky 218
(b)Tavitelné smaltované tyčinky a hůlky k jakýmkoliv účelům, zcela nebo hodnotou převážné ze skla 40% z hodnoty 218
(c)Osvětlovací tělesa jakéhokoli druhu, dohotovená nebo nedohotovená, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze skla, k použití ve spojitosti s umělým osvětlením: prismata, skleněné lustry a předměty převážně z prismat 30% z hodnoty cylindry 30% z hodnoty koule a stínidla 45% z hodnoty nástěnná ramena, kandelábry a svícny, vesměs určené k elektrickému osvětlení 30% z hodnoty ostatní 40% z hodnoty *za předpokladu*, že výslovně nejmenované části uvedených předmětů, zcela nebo hodnotou převážné ze skla, budou podrobeny téže celní sazbě jako předměty, jichž jsou součástí 218
(d)Veškeré skleněné zboží v obchodě známé jako sklo zrcadlové nebo vrstvené, složené ze dvou nebo více vrstev čistého, opakového, barevného nebo poloprůsvitného skla nebo kombinace tohoto skla 45% z hodnoty 218
(e)Lahve, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze skla, kterých se podle jejich povahy používá, nebo jež jsou určeny k použití jako nádoby pro voňavky, mastkový pudr, toaletní vody nebo pro jiné toaletní přípravky, prázdné a vyrobené jinak než automatickým strojem, at již jsou nebo nejsou opatřeny nebo určeny k použití s broušenými skleněnými zátkami 37½% z hodnoty 218
(f)Stolní a kuchyňské předměty a nádoby a veškeré předměty všeho druhu výslovně nejmenované, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze skla, foukané nebo částečně foukané ve formě nebo jinak, nebo barevné, broušené, ryté, leptané, zprýskané, zlacené, přibroušené (s výjimkou broušení nutného k zapuštění zátky nebo k jiným než ozdobným účelům), malované, jakkoliv způsobem potištěné, pískem zfoukané, stříbřené, napuštěné nebo zdobené nebo jakýmkoliv způsobem krášlené, plněné nebo prázdné, s obsahem clu podrobeným nebo cla prostým, s výjimkou předmětů určených hlavně k okrasným účelům, zdobené hlavně rytím a v ceně nejméně 8 dolarů za kus 50% z hodnoty 218
(g)Stolní a kuchyňské předměty a nádoby, zcela nebo hodnotou převážné ze skla, lisované a neleštěné, jakkoli zdobené nebo nezdobené, krášlené nebo nekrášlené nebo přibroušené (s výjimkou broušení nutného k zapuštění zátky nebo k jiným než okrasným účelům), plněné nebo prázdné s obsahem clu podrobeným nebo cla prostým 25% z hodnoty 53 Stat. 2324 SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 219 Cylinder, crown, and sheet glass, by whatever process made, and for whatever purpose used: Not exceeding eight hundred and sixty-four square inches 1⅛¢ per lb. Exceeding eight hundred and sixty-four square inches 1¾¢ per lb. *Provided*, That none of the foregoing weighing less than sixteen ounces but not less than twelve ounces per square foot shall be subject to a less rate of duty than 30% ad val. *Provided further*, That the foregoing rates shall not apply as basic duties to glass subject to an additional duty under paragraph 224 of the Tariff Act of 1930. 230
(d)All glass, and manufactures of glass, or of which glass is the component of chief value, except broken glass or glass waste fit only for remanufacture, not specially provided for: Pressed building blocks or bricks, crystal color 40% ad val. Other 50% ad val. 339 Table, household, kitchen, and hospital utensils, and hollow or flat ware, not specially provided for, composed of iron or steel and enameled or glazed with vitreous glasses, whether or not containing electrical heating elements as constituent parts thereof 5¢ per lb. and 15% ad val. 339 Meat and food choppers which are household or kitchen utensils, composed wholly or in chief value of base metal, not plated with platinum, gold, or silver, and not specially provided for 30% ad val. 346 Belt buckles, trouser buckles, and waistcoat buckles, shoe or slipper buckles, and parts thereof, made wholly or partly of iron, steel, or other base metal, valued at not more than 20 cents per hundred 3½¢ per 100 and 10% ad val. 348 Snap fasteners and clasps (except sew-on fasteners), and parts thereof, by whatever name known, or of whatever material composed, not plated with gold, silver, or platinum; all the foregoing, valued at not more than $1.66⅔ per hundred: Not mounted on tape 30% ad val. Mounted on tape 35% ad val. 349 Metal buttons embossed with a design, device, pattern, or lettering 35% ad val. 350 Safety pins, not plated with gold or silver, and not commonly known as jewelry 30% ad val. 710 Bryndza cheese in casks, barrels, or hogsheads, weighing with their contents more than 200 pounds each 5¢ per lb., but not less than 25% ad val. 780 Hops valued at 30 cents or more per pound 18¢ per lb. 780 Lupulin 75¢ per lb. 910 Table damask, wholly or in chief value of cotton, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such table damask; all the foregoing valued at 75 cents or more per pound 20% ad val. 53 Stat. 2325 SEZNAM II—Pokrač Paragraf celního zákona Spojených států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 219 Válcované, ploché a tabulové sklo, jakýmkoliv způsobem vyrobené a k jakémukoliv účelu: nepřesahuje-li osm set šedesát čtyři čtverečních palců 1⅛ centu za libru přesahuje-li osm set šedesát čtyři čtverečních palců 1¾ centu za libru za předpokladu, že uvedené druhy skla vážící méně než 16 uncí, ale ne méně než 12 uncí na čtvereční stopu, nebudou podrobeny nižší celní sazbě než 30% z hodnoty za dalšího předpokladu, že uvedených zde sazeb nebude použito jako základních cel pro sklo podrobené přirážkovému clu podle paragrafu 224 tarifního zákona z roku 1930. 230
(d)Veškeré sklo a výrobky ze skla nebo ve kterých je sklo složkou s největší hodnotou, výslovně nejmenované, s výjimkou skelných střepů nebo skelných odpadků, hodících se toliko ku znovuzpracování: Lisované stavební bloky a cihly, krystalové barvy 40% z hodnoty Ostatní 50% z hodnoty 339 Stolní, domácí, kuchyňské a nemocniční nádoby a duté nebo ploché zboží, výslovně nejmenované, ze železa nebo oceli a smaltované nebo polévané sklovinou, spojené s elektrickými topnými tělesy nebo bez nich, která tvoří jejich podstatnou část 5 centů za libru a 15 % z hodnoty 339 Řezačky na maso a potraviny, které jsou domácím a kuchyňským nářadím, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z obyčejného kovu, neplatované platinou, zlatem nebo stříbrem, a výslovně nejmenované 30% z hodnoty 346 Opaskové přezky, kalhotové přezky, a přezky k vestám, přezky na boty a dámské střevíce (slippers), a jejich součásti, zcela nebo částečně ze železa, oceli nebo jiného obyčejného kovu v ceně do 20 centů za sto kusů 3½ centu za sto a 10% z hodnoty 348 Zdrhovací uzávěrky a spony (s výjimkou našitých uzávěrek) a jejich části, jakkoli pojmenované, nebo z jakéhokoliv materiálu vyrobené, zlatem, stříbrem nebo platinou neplatované; všechny uvedené předměty v ceně do 1.66⅔ dolaru za sto kusů: bez pásky 30% z hodnoty na pásce 35% z hodnoty 349 Kovové knoflíky s vypouklou kresbou, odznakem, vzorem nebo písmeny 35% z hodnoty 350 Spínací špendlíky, zlatem nebo stříbrem neplatované a nepovažované všeobecně za klenoty 30% z hodnoty 710 Sýr bryndza, v kadlících, soudcích nebo sudech, vážících s obsahem více než 200 liber 5 centů za libru, ale ne méně než 25 % z hodnoty 780 Chmel v ceně 30 centů a více za libru 18 centů za libru 780 Lupulin 75 centů za libru 910 Stolní damašek, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z bavlny, a veškeré zboží, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, vyrobené nebo střižené z takového stolního damašku; veškeré uvedené zboží v ceně 75 centů nebo více za libru 20% z hodnoty 53 Stat. 2326 SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 911
(a)Towels, other than pile fabrics, wholly or in chief value of cotton, whether in the piece or otherwise, if Jacquard-figured, valued at 10 cents or more each 30% ad val. 915 Gloves and mittens, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of cotton or other vegetable fiber, made of fabric knit on a warp-knitting machine, valued at $1.50 or more per dozen pairs 50% ad val. 1013 Table damask, wholly or in chief value of flax, not exceeding one hundred and thirty threads to the square inch, counting the warp and filling, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such damask 30% ad val. 1014 Napkins, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of flax, not exceeding one hundred and thirty threads to the square inch, counting the warp and filling 30% ad val. 1023 All manufactures, wholly or in chief value of flax, not specially provided for 30% ad val. 1116
(b)Chenille Axminster carpets, rugs, and mats, plain or figured, whether woven as separate carpets, rugs, or mats, or in rolls of any width 40% ad val. 1117
(a)Wilton carpets, rugs, and mats, valued at not more than 40 cents per square foot 40% ad val 1309 Gloves and mittens, knit or crocheted, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of rayon or other synthetic textile, valued at $1.50 or more per dozen pairs 45¢ per lb. and 50% ad val 1413 Wall pockets, composed wholly or in chief value of paper, papier-mache, or paper board, whether or not die-cut, embossed, or printed lithographically or otherwise 17½% ad val. 1503 Spangles and beads, including bugles, not specially provided for 20% ad val. 1503 Beads in imitation of precious or semiprecious stones, of all kinds and shapes, of whatever material composed, not specially provided 25% ad val. 1503 Ladies’ handbags and plates therefor, not ornamented with beads, spangles, or bugles, nor embroidered, tamboured, appliqued, or scalloped, composed wholly or in chief value of beads or spangles (other than imitation pearl beads, beads in imitation of precious or semiprecious stones, and beads in chief value of synthetic resin) 40% ad val. *Provided*, That none of the foregoing shall be subject to duty by reason of the second proviso to paragraph 1503 of the Tariff Act of 1930 at a rate in excess of 50 per centum of any rate which would be applicable under such proviso in the absence of any reduction in duty under the authority of section 350 of the said act, as amended 1510 Buttons not specially provided for, wholly or in chief value of compounds of casein known as galalith or by any other name, valued at more than 60 cents per gross 35% ad val. 53 Stat. 2327 SEZNAM II—Pokrač Paragraf celního zákona Spojených Států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 911
(a)Ručníky, jiné než ze smyčkových tkanin, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z bavlny, at v kuse nebo jinak, s jacquardovým vzorem, v ceně 10 centů nebo více za kus 30% z hodnoty 915 Rukavice a palčáky, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z bavlny nebo jiných rostlinných vláken, vyrobené z tkanin pletených na osnovních pletacích strojích, v ceně 1.50 dolaru nebo více za tucet párů 50% z hodnoty 1013 Stolní damašek, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze lnu, nejvýše o jednom stu třiceti nitích na čtvereční palec, počítajíc osnovu a útek, a veškeré zboží, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, vyrobené nebo střižené z takového damašku 30% z hodnoty 1014 Ubrousky, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze lnu, nejvýše o jednom stu třiceti nitích na čtvereční palec, počítajíc osnovu a útek 30% z hodnoty 1023 Veškeré výrobky, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze lnu, výslovně nejmenované 30% z hodnoty 1116
(b)Ženilkové koberce axminsterové, pokrývky a rohožky, hladké nebo vzorkované, tkané jednotlivě jako koberce, pokrývky nebo rohožky nebo v rolích jakékoliv šířky 40% z hodnoty 1117
(a)Wiltonové koberce, pokrývky a rohožky, v ceně do 40 centů za čtvereční stopu 40% z hodnoty 1309 Rukavice a palčáky, pletené nebo háčkované, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z umělého hedvábí nebo z jiných umělých tkanin, v ceně 1.50 dolaru nebo více za tucet párů 45 centů za libru a 50% z hodnoty 1413 Nástěnné kapsy, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z papíru, papier-mâché, nebo lepenky, do tvaru vyříznuté nebo nevyříznuté, vypouklé, litografované nebo jinak tištěné 17½% z hodnoty 1503 Cetky a korály včetně černých skleněných korálů, výslovně nejmenované 20% z hodnoty 1503 Korály napodobující drahokamy a polodrahokamy všeho druhu a tvaru, vyrobené z jakéhokoliv materiálu, výslovně nejmenované 25% z hodnoty 1503 Dámské kabelky a destičky k nim, nezdobené korály, cetkami nebo černými skleněnými korály, nevyšívané, netamburované, bez aplikace ani nevroubkované, zhotovené zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z korálů nebo cetek (jiných než z korálů napodobujících perly, z korálů napodobujících drahokamy nebo polodrahokamy a z korálů převážně z umělé pryskyřice) 40% z hodnoty *za předpokladu*, že žádný z uvedených předmětů nebude podroben clu podle druhé výhrady k paragrafu 1503 tarifního zákona z roku 1930 sazbou vyšší než 50% z kterékoliv sazby, které by bylo použito podle této výhrady v případě, že nebylo použito snížení cla podle zmocnění článku 350 uvedeného zákona s dodatkem 1510 Knoflíky výslovně nejmenované, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze sloučeniny kaseinu, známé jako galalith nebo pod jiným jménem, v ceně vyšší než 60 centů za veletucet 35% z hodnoty 53 Stat. 2328 SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1510 Buttons not specially provided for, wholly or in chief value of wood 35% ad val. 1510 Buttons not specially provided for, wholly or in chief value of glass 25% ad val. 1520
(a)Hats, caps, bonnets, and hoods, for women’s and girls’ wear, untrimmed, including bodies, hoods, plateaux, forms, or shapes, for such hats or bonnets, composed wholly or in chief value of fur of the rabbit, beaver, or other animals; any of the foregoing having a pile or nap finish known as velour, suede, or soleil, valued at more than $9 and not more than $18 per dozen 45% ad val. 1527
(2)Ladies’ handbags, valued above 20 cents but not above $5 per dozen pieces, finished or unfinished, set with and in chief value of rhinestones ½¢ each and 3/10¢ per dozen for each $1 the value exceeds $20 per dozen, and 25% ad val. 1527
(2)Buckles valued above 20 cents but not above $5 per dozen pieces, finished or unfinished, composed wholly or in chief value of metal other than gold or platinum (whether or not enameled, washed, covered, or plated, including rolled gold plate) ½¢ each and 3/10¢ per dozen for each $1 the value exceeds $20 per dozen, and 25% ad val. 1528 Imitation precious stones, cut or faceted, and imitation semiprecious stones, faceted, not specially provided for 10% ad val. 1528 Imitation precious stones, not cut or faceted, imitation semiprecious stones, not faceted, and imitations of opaque precious or semiprecious stones, with flat backs and tops, cut and polished, but not faceted, and not specially provided for 30% ad val. 1530
(e)Boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots and shoes), made wholly or in chief value of leather, not specially provided for: Sewed or stitched by the process or method known as McKay 20% ad val. Having molded soles laced to uppers 10% ad val. Other (except turn or turned boots and shoes; boots, shoes, and other footwear made by the process or method known as welt; and moccasins) 20% ad val. Boots, shoes, or other footwear (including athletic or sporting boots and shoes), the uppers of which are composed wholly or in chief value of wool, cotton, ramie, animal hair, fiber, rayon, or other synthetic textile, silk, or substitutes for any of the foregoing, and the soles of which are composed wholly or in chief value of leather 25% ad val. 53 Stat. 2329 SEZNAM II—Pokrač Paragraf celního zákona Spojených Států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 1510 Knoflíky výslovně nejmenované, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze dřeva 35% z hodnoty 1510 Knoflíky výslovně nejmenované, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze skla 25% z hodnoty 1526
(a)Ženské a dívčí klobouky, čepice, čapky a čísačky nezdobené, ve vlasové úpravě, včetně kapucínů, číšeček, plateaux, forem nebo tvarů k výrobě takových klobouků nebo čapek, vyrobených zcela nebo hodnotou převážně ze srsti králíka, bobra nebo z jiných zvířat; vše uvedené zboží ve vlasové úpravě, známé pod jménem velour, suede nebo soleil, v ceně vyšší než 9 dolarů a ne vyšší než 18 dolarů za tucet 45% z hodnoty 1527
(2)Dámské kabelky, v ceně nad 20 centů, ale ne vyšší než 5 dolarů za tucet kusů, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, vystrojené chatony a hodnotou převážně z chatonů ½ centů za kus a za každý 1 cent, o který hodnota převyšuje 3/10 centů za tucet, 25% z hodnoty 1527
(2)Přezky v ceně vyšší než 20 centů, ale ne vyšší než 5 dolarů za tucet kusů, dohotovené nebo nedohotovené, vyrobené zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z jiného kovu než ze zlata nebo platiny (buď smaltované nebo nesmaltované, prané nebo neprané, pokryté nebo nepokryté, plátované nebo neplátované i povlečené lístkovým zlatem) ½ centů za kus a za každý 1 cent, o který hodnota převyšuje 3/10 centů za tucet, 25% z hodnoty 1528 Napodobeniny drahokamů, broušené nebo facetované, a napodobeniny polodrahokamů, facetované, výslovně nejmenované 10% z hodnoty 1528 Napodobeniny drahokamů, nebroušené a nefacetované, napodobeniny polodrahokamů, nefacetované, a napodobeniny opakových drahokamů a polodrahokamů, se spodní a vrchní stranou plochou, broušené a leštěné, ale nefacetované, výslovně nejmenované 30% z hodnoty 1530
(e)Boty, střevíce nebo jiná obuv (včetně atletických a sportovních bot a střevíců), vyrobené zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kůže, výslovně nejmenované: šité nebo stehované způsobem nebo metodou známou jako McKay 20% z hodnoty obuv s formovanými podešvemi připevněnými ke svrškům 10% z hodnoty Ostatní (s výjimkou bot a střevíců obracených; s výjimkou bot, střevíců a jiné obuvi vyrobené způsobem nebo metodou známou jako rámové; a s výjimkou mokasínů) 20% z hodnoty Boty, střevíce nebo jiná obuv (včetně atletických nebo sportovních bot a střevíců), se svrškami vyrobenými zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z vlny, bavlny, ramie, zvířecích chlupů, vláken, z umělého hedvábí nebo z jiných umělých tkanin, z hedvábí nebo z náhražek uvedených předin, s podešvemi zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kůže 25% z hodnoty 53 Stat. 2330 SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1530 (e)—Con. *Provided*, That, if in any calendar year the total quantity of boots, shoes, or other footwear, made wholly or in chief value of leather or with soles composed wholly or in chief value of leather, provided for in item 1530
(e)of this Schedule, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption exceeds in the aggregate 1.25 percent of the average of the annual domestic production of boots, shoes, and slippers, other than rubber, as reported by the Bureau of the Census for the five preceding years, the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Czechoslovakia shall promptly enter into consultation, with a view to reaching an agreement as to whatever measures may be deemed appropriate, and if, within 60 days after the two Governments enter into consultation, such an agreement has not been reached, the Government of the United States of America shall have the right to increase the rate or rates of duty on any or all of the articles provided for in item 1530
(e)of this Schedule entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year in excess of 1.25 percent of the average of the annual domestic production of boots, shoes, and slippers, other than rubber, as reported by the Bureau of the Census for the five preceding years. 1532
(a)Women’s and children’s gloves, wholly or in chief value of leather, whether wholly or partly manufactured, when machine seamed, but not lined, and not trimmed with fur, and not over twelve inches in length: Overseamed $5 per doz. prs. Other than overseamed $5 per doz. prs. plus $1 additional per doz. prs. and for each inch or fraction thereof in excess of twelve inches 25¢ per doz. prs. *Provided*, That all the foregoing shall be dutiable at not less than 50% ad val. 1541
(a)Brass-wind musical instruments with cup mouthpieces, and parts thereof, not specially provided for 40% ad val. 1544 Rosaries, chaplets, and similar articles of religious devotion, of whatever material composed (except if made in whole or in part of gold, silver, platinum, gold plate, silver plate, or precious or imitation precious stones), valued at not more than $1.25 per dozen 10% ad val. 1549
(a)Pencils of paper, wood, or other material not metal, filled with lead or other material, and pencils of lead, not specially provided for 50¢ per gross and 15% ad val. 1718 Mineral salts obtained by evaporation from mineral waters, when accompanied by a duly authenticated certificate and satisfactory proof showing that they are in no way artificially prepared and are only the product of a designated mineral spring Free 53 Stat. 2331 SEZNAM II—Pokrač Paragraf celního zákona Spojených Států z 1930 Pojmenování zboží Celní sazba 1530 (e)—Pokrač. *Za předpokladu*, že by v některém kalendářním roce celkové množství bot, střevíců a jiné obuvi, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kůže nebo s podešvemi zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kůže, uvedených v položce 1530
(e)tohoto seznamu, prohlášené k vyclení do volného oběhu při dovozu nebo při výdeji z celního skladu, bylo podle hlášení Bureau of Census za pět předchozích let celkem vyšší než 1.25 % průměrné roční domácí výroby bot, střevíců a dámských střevíců (slippers), jiných než gumových, vlády republiky Československé a Spojených států Amerických zahájí neprodleně jednání k dosažení dohody o přiměřených a vhodných opatřeních. Nedojde-li k dohodě do 60 dnů po zahájení jednání obou vlád, vláda Spojených států Amerických bude mít právo zvýšit celní sazbu nebo sazby na některé nebo na všechno zboží uvedené v položce 1530
(e)tohoto seznamu, prohlášené k vyclení do volného oběhu při dovozu nebo při výdeji z celního skladu v některém kalendářním roce, které převyšuje podle hlášení Bureau of Census za pět předchozích let 1.25 % průměrné roční domácí výroby bot, střevíců a dámských střevíců (slippers), jiných než gumových. 1532
(a)Rukavice, ženské a dětské, zcela nebo hodnotou převážně z kůže, zcela nebo z části hotové, strojem obšité, bez podšívky, kožešinou nelemované a v délce do dvanácti palců: obšívané 5 dolarů za tucet párů jiné než obšívané 5 dolarů za tucet párů s přirážkou 1 dolaru za tucet párů a za každý palec délky neb jeho zlomek přes dvanáct palců délky 25 centů za tucet párů *za předpokladu*, že veškeré předchozí zboží nebude vyclíváno nižší sazbou než 50% z hodnoty 1541
(a)Mosazné hudební nástroje dechové s nálevkovitými nátrubky a jejich součástky, výslovně nejmenované 40% z hodnoty 1544 Malé i velké růžence, a podobné devocionálie, vyrobené z jakéhokoliv materiálu (s výjimkou těch, které jsou zcela nebo částečně zhotoveny ze zlata, stříbra, platiny, zlatem nebo stříbrem plátované nebo z drahokamů nebo z napodobenin drahokamů), v ceně do 1.25 dolaru za tucet 10% z hodnoty 1549
(a)Tužky z papíru, dřeva nebo jiného materiálu, nikoli z kovu, plněné tuhou nebo jiným materiálem a olůvka, výslovně nejmenované 50 centů za veletucet a 15% z hodnoty 1718 Minerální soli, které byly získány vypařením z minerálních vod, jsou-li doprovázeny řádně ověřeným osvědčením a dostatečným průkazem o tom, že nejsou nijak uměle připraveny a jsou výlučně produktem označeného minerálního pramene beze cla 53 Stat. 2332 PROTOCOL At the time of signing this Agreement, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, duly authorized by their respective Governments, have agreed to the following provisions: Ad Schedule I— Section A 1. Tariff Number 10: Wine berries and grapes, dried, when packaged for retail sale, shall also be subject to the agreed rate of Kč 180 per 100 kilograms. 2. Tariff Number 37: The fee for phytopathological inspection of pears and apples, the growth and produce of the United States of America, packed in cases, crates, and barrels, and imported from the United States, shall not be higher than Kč 1.10 per 100 kilograms. 3. Tariff Number 38: Plums, dried, when packaged for retail sale, shall also be subject to the agreed rate of Kč 40 per 100 kilograms. 4. Tariff Number 39: Fruit, not specially provided for, dried, when packaged for retail sale, shall also be subject to the agreed rate of Kč 60 per 100 kilograms. 5. Tariff Numbers 10, 38, 39: Dried fruit, the growth and produce of the United States of America, principally from California, containing up to 2000 milligrams of sulphur dioxide in 1 kilogram of dried fruit, shall not be withheld from trade as harmful to health, provided it complies with other principles and regulations of the Czechoslovak Codex alimentarius, especially with regard to marking. 6. Tariff Number 131: Tomato sauces shall be classified as preserved tomatoes. Veg53 Stat. 2333etable sauces and vegetable juices for drinking purposes shall be classified as liquid vegetable preserves. 7. Tariff Number 134: Boards for the manufacture of skis shall be dutiable under this tariff number even when sealed at both ends with paraffin, et cetera. 8. Tariff Number 181: Linters, freed from grease, bleached, but not shaped, shall be dutiable under tariff number 180. 9. Tariff Number 337: Note 1. Cuttings and other waste of leather classified under Numbers 329, 330, 333–337, shall not be considered as sorted even when they are of the same kind or the same color. 10. Tariff Item 539 a): Electric refrigerating units are composed of an electric motor joined with a compressor fitted with a condenser. The complete unit may be equipped with an automatic electric cut-in and cutout and with a fan, and is regularly mounted on a base. 11. Tariff Number 553 b) and c): The concession in respect of replacement parts of passenger automobile chassis or truck chassis is limited to single replacement parts only for the repair of passenger automobile chassis or truck chassis already imported into Czechoslovakia. 12. Tariff Number 554 a): The concession in respect of replacement parts of automobile engines is limited to single replacement parts only for the repair of automobile engines already imported into Czechoslovakia. 53 Stat. 2334 Ad Schedule I— Section B 13. Tariff Number 89: The ratio between the tariff rates on raw lard and rendered lard shall not exceed 3 to 4. 14. Tariff Number 563 b) and c): In granting to the United States of America the annual quota of 1600 passenger automobiles complete, or passenger automobile chassis complete, automobile trucks complete, or automobile truck chassis complete, the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic has taken into consideration the present economic conditions affecting the Czechoslovak automotive industry. Should these economic conditions be materially altered so as to jeopardize seriously the Czechoslovak automotive industry, the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic reserves the right to request the Government of the United States of America to reopen negotiations in order to adapt this quota to the changed conditions, and if within sixty days after the receipt of such request a satisfactory agreement has not been reached, the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 15. Tariff Number 553 b) and c): The quota of 1,600 units shall be applicable only in respect of complete motor vehicles or complete chassis as defined by the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic. 53 Stat. 2332 PROTOKOL. Při podpisu této dohody podepsaní plnomocníci, řádně zmocněni svými vládami, dohodli se na těchto ustanoveních: K seznamu I.— Část A. 1. Saz. čís. 10: Vinné bobule a hrozny, sušené, požívají sjednané sazby Kč 180.- za 100 kg, i jsou-li baleny pro drobný prodej. 2. Saz. čís. 37: Poplatek vybíraný za fytopatologickou prohlídku hrušek a jablek pocházejících a přicházejících ze Spojených Států Amerických a balených v bednách, polobednách a sudech nebude při dovozu ze Spojených Států vyšší než Kč 1.10 za 100 kg. 3. Saz. čís. 38: Švestky sušené požívají sjednané sazby Kč 40.– za 100 kg, i jsou-li baleny pro drobný prodej. 4. Saz. čís. 39: Ovoce výslovně nejmenované, sušené, požívá sjednané sazby Kč 60.– za 100 kg, i je-li baleno pro drobný prodej. 5. Saz. čís. 10, 38, 39: Sušené ovoce původem ze Spojených Států Amerických, zejména z Kalifornie, s obsahem až 2000 mg kysličníku siřičitého v 1 kg sušeného ovoce, nebude v obchodě pozastavováno jako zdraví škodlivé, vyhovuje-li ostatním zásadám a předpisům potravního kódexu československého, zejména pokud se týče jeho označení. 6. Saz. čís. 131: Omáčky z rajských jablek vyclívají se jako konservy z rajských 53 Stat. 2333jablek. Zeleninové omáčky a šťávy zelenin k pití vyclívají se jako jiné konservy zelenin, tekuté. 7. Saz. čís. 134: Prkénka k výrobě lyží vyclívají se podle tohoto sazebního čísla, i jsou-li na obou koncích napouštěna parafínem a pod. 8. Saz. čís. 181: Lintry odtučněné, bělené, avšak netvářené, vyclívají se pod saz. čís. 180. 9. Saz. čís. 337: Poznámka 1. Odřezky a jiné odpadky usní čís. 329, 330, 333–337 nepovažují se za tříděny, i jsou-li stejného druhu nebo stejné barvy. 10. Saz. pol. 539 a): Elektrické chladicí agregáty se skládají z elektromotoru spojeného s kompresorem, u něhož je namontován kondenzátor. Celek může být vybaven automatickým zapínáním a vypínáním elektrického proudu a ventilátorem a je zpravidla namontován na nosném spodku. 11. Saz. pol. 553 b) a c): Ústupky poskytnuté na náhradní součástky chasis osobních nebo nákladních automobilů jsou omezeny na jednotlivé náhradní součástky pouze k opravě chasis osobních nebo nákladních automobilů do republiky Československé již dovezených. 12. Saz. pol. 554 a): Ústupky poskytnuté na náhradní součástky automobilových motorů jsou omezeny na jednotlivé náhradní součástky pouze k opravě automobilových motorů do republiky Československé již dovezených. 53 Stat. 2334 K seznamu I.— Část B. 13. Saz. čís. 89: Poměr mezi celními sazbami na vepřové sádlo syrové a vyškvařené nebude horší než tři ku čtyřem. 14. Saz. čís. 663 b) a c): Přiznávajíc Spojeným Státům Americkým roční kontingent 1600 úplných osobních automobilů nebo úplných chasis k osobním automobilům, úplných nákladních automobilů nebo úplných chasis k nákladním automobilům, vláda republiky Československé měla na zřeteli nynější hospodářské poměry ovlivňující československý automobilový průmysl. Kdyby se nynější hospodářské poměry podstatně změnily tak, že by tím byl vážně ohrožen československý automobilový průmysl, vláda republiky Československé si vyhrazuje právo požádat vládu Spojených Států Amerických o znovuzahájení jednání za účelem přizpůsobení kontingentu změněným poměrům. Nedojde-li do 60 dnů po přijetí této žádosti k uspokojivé dohodě, vláda republiky Československé bude mít právo vypovědět celou tuto dohodu se třicetidenní písemnou výpovědí. 15. Saz. pol. 563 b) a c): Kontingent 1600 kusů bude platit pouze na úplná motorová vozidla nebo úplné chasis, jak bude stanoveno vládou republiky Československé. For the President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull [seal] For the President of the Czechoslovak Republic: V. S. Hurban [seal] 53 Stat. 2335 Whereas the said Agreement was supplemented by two notesSupplemental notes. addressed to the Secretary of State of the United States of America by the Minister of the Czechoslovak Republic at Washington, dated March 7, 1938, one relating to the purchase of certain types of leaf tobacco of United States origin and provenance by the Czechoslovak Tobacco Monopoly and the quantitative restriction which the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic might establish on wheaten flour, and the other relating to the policies and intentions of the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic in respect of closer mutual economic cooperation between the Danubien countries, which notes are word for word as follows:" “czechoslovak legation washington, d. c. *March 7, 1938*. Excellency: “With reference to Article IX of the Trade Agreement signed this day on behalf of the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that pursuant to the understanding reached in the course of the negotiations of the said Agreement, the Czechoslovak Tobacco Monopoly will make every effort to increase the purchases of leaf tobacco of United States origin and provenance, particularly those types used for cigarettes. “The Government of the Czechoslovak Republic also engages that any quantitative restriction it may establish on imports of wheaten flour shall take the form of an unallocated global quota, which shall be announced and shall be administered in such a way as to permit the full utilization thereof on a fair and equitable basis as between exporters in the several supplying countries. “Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. V. S. Hurban His Excellency, The Honorable Cordell Hull, Secretary of State, *Washington, D. C.*” “czechoslovak legation washington, d. c. *March 7, 1938*. Excellency: “During the course of the negotiation of the trade agreement signed this date, and with direct reference to Paragraph 4 of Article XIV thereof, the Czechoslovak delegation set forth the policies and intentions of the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic in respect of closer mutual economic cooperation between the Danubian countries. It was explained that: “1. These advantages will be granted only for the purpose of stimulating the flow of commerce in the Danubian area. “2. It is the intention of the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic to substitute for the system of quota and other advantages 53 Stat. 2336now accorded to the Danubian countries, a system of special tariff advantages. “3. The advantages granted by the Government of the Czechoslovak Republic will not be excessive and will be effected through the reduction of existing restrictions in favor of the Danubian countries, rather than by the imposition of new or greater limitations on the commerce of the United States. “4. The Government of the Czechoslovak Republic will immediately inform the Government of the United States of America if and when any changes are made in the present special advantages. “Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. V. S. Hurban His Excellency, The Honorable Cordell Hull, Secretary of State, *Washington, D. C.”* " Modifications, etc.Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement, the two Schedules thereunto annexed, the accompanying Protocol, and the said notes, are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; Whereas it is provided in Article XIX of the said Agreement that it shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and shall be ratified by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic after the declaration of approval by the National Assembly of the Czechoslovak Republic; Whereas it is further provided in the said Article XIX that pending ratification of the Agreement by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, the Agreement shall be applied provisionally by the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic on and after April 16, 1938, subject to the provisions of Article VII, Article VHI, Article XII, Article XVII, numbered paragraph 14 of the Protocol, and the third paragraph of Article XIX, and that the Agreement shall come definitively into force thirty days after the exchange of the proclamation of the President of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification of the President of the Czechoslovak Republic; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, Protocol, and notes, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after April 16, 1938, pending ratification of the Agreement by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic and that the Agreement and every part thereof 53 Stat. 2337including the said Schedules, Protocol, and notes, may further be so observed and fulfilled thirty days after the exchange of this my Proclamation for the ratification of the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, as provided for in Article XIX of the Agreement. Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1331; Supp. IV. § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1331/1352/c). Act of 1930, us amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas, pursuant to the provisions of Section 350 of the TariffProtocol of Amendment.Preamble.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19s1351). Act of 1930, as amended (U. S. C., 1934 ed., title 19, secs. 1351, 1352; U. S. C. Supp. III, title 19, sec. 1352), I entered into a foreign trade agreement on March 7, 1938, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary; Whereas, on March 15, 1938, in accordance with certain provisions in Article XIX of the said Agreement, and acting under the authority conferred by the said Section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, I proclaimed the said Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, an accompanying Protocol, and two supplementary notes, in order that the Agreement and every part thereof should be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after April 16, 1938, pending ratification of the Agreement by the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, and in order that the Agreement and every part thereof, including the said Schedules, Protocol, and notes, should further be so observed and fulfilled thirty days after the exchange of my Proclamation of the Agreement for the ratification of the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, as provided for in Article XIX of the Agreement; Whereas, by a Protocol of Amendment signed on April 15, 1938, I have agreed, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, on certain amendments to the said Agreement, which Protocol of Amendment is in words and figures as follows: 53 Stat. 2338 **PROTOCOL OF AMENDMENT TO THE TRADE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE CZECHOSLOVAK REPUBLIC SIGNED MARCH 7, 1938** Designated amendments.The President of the United States of America and the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, having resolved to amend the Trade Agreement between the two countries signed at Washington on the 7th day of March 1938, have through their respective Plenipotentiaries agreed on the following Articles: Article I 1. *Ante*, p. 2314. The description of articles set forth as Items ex 365 and ex 366 in Schedule I of the Trade Agreement between the United States of America and the Czechoslovak Republic signed on March 7, 1938 is hereby amended to read as follows: (ex 365) Cork bricks: Insulating materials, shaped, of infusorial earth mixed with asbestos, hair, sawdust, and similar materials (ex 366) Cork stoppers, soles, and similar articles, also combined with common materials: Insulating materials, shaped, of infusorial earth mixed with asbestos, hair, sawdust, and similar materials, combined with common materials 2. *Ante*, p. 2324. The description of articles and the rates of duty set forth as Item 219 in Schedule II of the said Trade Agreement are hereby amended to read as follows: Cylinder, crown, and sheet glass, by whatever process made, and for whatever purpose used: Not exceeding 150 square inches 63/64¢ per lb. Above that, and not exceeding 384 square inches 1 5/64¢ per lb. Above that, and not exceeding 720 square inches 1 18/64¢ per lb. Above that, and not exceeding 864 square inches 1 24/64¢ per lb. Above that, and not exceeding 1,200 square inches 1 37/64¢ per lb. Above that, and not exceeding 2,400 square inches 1 49/64¢ per lb. Above that 1 62/64¢ per lb. *Provided*, That none of the foregoing weighing less than sixteen ounces but not less than twelve ounces per square foot shall be subject to a less rate of duty than 30% ad val. *Provided further*, That the foregoing rates shall not apply as basic duties to glass subject to an additional duty under paragraph 224 of the Tariff Act of 1930. 53 Stat. 2339 **DODATKOVÝPROTOKOL K OBCHODNÍ DOHODÉ PODEPSANÉ 7. BŘEZNA 1938 MEZI SPOJENÝMI STĂTY AMERICKÝMI A REPUBLIKOU ČESKOSLOVENSKOU** President Spojených Států Amerických a president republiky Československé dohodnuvše se doplniti obchodní dohodu mezi obéma štáty, podepsanou ve Washingtoné dne 7. bŕezna 1938, dohodli se svými príslušnými plnomocníky na téchto článcích: Článek I. 1. Pojmenování zboží, vyjmenovaného v položkách ex 365 a ex 366 seznamu I k obchodní dohodé mezi Spojenými Státy Americkými a republikou Československou, podepsané 7. bŕezna 1938 se tímto upravuje takto: (ex 365) Korkové cihly: hmoty isolační tváfené z kfeménky promísené osinkem, chlupy, drtinami a podobné (ex 366) Korkové zátky, podešve a podobné zboží, též spojené s obyčejnými hmotami: hmoty isolační tváfené z kfeménky promísené osinkem, chlupy, drtinami a podobné, spojené s obyčejnými hmotami 2. Pojmenování zboží a čelní sazby uvedené v položce 219 k seznamu II k zmĺnčné obchodní dohodé se tímto upravuje takto: Válcované, ploché a tabulové sklo, jakýmkoli způsobem vyráběné a k jakémukoliv účelu: nepřesahuje-li sto padesát čtverečních palců 63/64centu za libru nad to a nepřesahuje-li tři sta osmdesát čtyři čtverečních palců 1 5/64 centu za libru nad to a nepřesahuje-li sedm set dvacet čtverečních palců 1 18/64 centu za libru nad to a nepřesahuje-li osm set šedesát čtyři čtverečních palců 1 24/64 centu za libru nad to a nepřesahuje-li jeden tisíc dvě stě čtverečních palců 1 37/64 centu za libru nad to a nepřesahuje-li dva tisíce čtyři sta čtverečních palců 1 49/64 centu za libru nad to 1 62/64 centu za libru *za předpokladu*, že uvedené druhy skla vážící méně než 16 uncí, ale ne méně než 12 uncí na čtvereční stopu, nebudou podrobeny nižší čelní sazbě než 30 % z hodnoty *za dalšího předpokladu*, že uvedených zde sazeb nebude použito jako základních cel pro sklo podrobené přirážkovému clu podle paragrafu 224 tarifního zákona z roku 1930. 53 Stat. 2340 3. *Ante*, p. 2332. Paragraph numbered 6 of the Protocol accompanying the said Trade Agreement signed on March 7, 1938 is hereby amended by striking out the following words: “and vegetable juices for drinking purposes”. 4. *Ante*, p. 2333. Paragraph numbered 11 of the Protocol accompanying the said Trade Agreement signed on March 7, 1938 is hereby amended by adding at the end of the said paragraph the following sentence:" The Government of the Czechoslovak Republic shall define what constitutes a complete motor vehicle or complete chassis. " Article II Application.This Protocol of Amendment shall be applied provisionally, come into force definitively, remain in force, and be subject to termination as an integral part of the Trade Agreement signed on March 7, 1938. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Protocol and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Czechoslovak languages, both authentic, at the city of Washington, this 15th day of April 1938. For the President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull[seal] For the President of the Czechoslovak Republic: V. S. Hurban[seal] 53 Stat. 2341 3. Číslovaný odstavec 6 Protokolu, pripojeného k zminéné obchodní dohodé, podepsané 7. bfezna 1938 se tímto upravuje vynecháním téchto slov: “a šlávy zelenín k pití”. 4. Číslovaný odstavec 11 Protokolu, pripojeného k zminéné obchod¬ní dohodé, podepsané 7. bfezna 1938 se tímto doplňuje pripojením této véty na konci zmĺnéného odstavce:" Pojem úplného motorového vozidla nebo úplného chasis bude vymezen vládou republiky Československé. " Článek II. Tento Dodatkový protokol vstoupí v prozatímní platnost, nabude definitívni účinnosti, zustane v platnosti a bude moci býti vypovédén jako nedílná část obchodní dohody podepsané 7. března 1938. Čemuž na svédomí jmenovaní plnomocníci podepsali tento Protokol a pripojili své pečeti. Vyhotoveno dvojmo, v anglickém a československém znéní, jež jsou obé autentická, v mésté Washingtoné dne 15. dubna 1938. Za presidenta Spojených Státu Amerických: Cordell Hull[seal Za presidenta republiky Československé: V. S. Hurban[seal] 53 Stat. 2342 Modifications, etc.Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions as are set forth in the said Protocol of Amendment are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement as amended; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, do hereby proclaim the said Protocol of Amendment and do further proclaim that my Proclamation of March 15, 1938 is amended accordingly. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the [seal] one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Termination of trade agreement.Preamble.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows:" “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing53 Stat. 2343customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made, increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Whereas, pursuant to the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended,Trade agreement entered into March 7, 1938.*Ante*, p. 2293.Amended April 15, 1938.*Ante*,p. 2337, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on March 7, 1938, with the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, which Agreement was amended by a Protocol of Amendment signed on April 15, 1938; Whereas, by my Proclamations of March 15, 1938, and April 15,*Ante*, pp. 2336, 2342. 1938, I did make public the said Trade Agreement, as amended by the said Protocol of Amendment, in order that the said Agreement as amended should be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after April 16, 1938; Whereas the occupation of the Czechoslovak Provinces of Bohemia,Conditions rendering present fulfillment impossible. Moravia and Slovakia by armed forces of Germany, and of the Province of Ruthenia by armed forces of Hungary and the assumption of de facto administrative control over these Provinces by Germany and Hungary renders impossible the present fulfillment by the Czechoslovak Republic of its obligations under the said Agreement; Whereas this condition will obtain so long as such occupation and administration continue; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act[48 Stet. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).*Ante*, pp. 2336, 2342. of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, do hereby proclaim that my Proclamations of March 15, 1938, and April 15, 1938, shall be terminated in whole on the thirtieth day after the date of this my Proclamation. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-third day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of [seal] America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. May 9, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2344 53 Stat. 2344 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES VENEZUELA—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—MAY 9, 1939 May 9, 1939[E. A. S. No. 148]Agreement between the United States of America and Venezuela continuing in force the provisional commercial agreement of May 12, 1938. Effected by exchange of notes signed May 9, 1939; effective May 9, 1939. The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Scott) to the Venezuelan Minister for Foreign Affairs (Gil Borges) No. 140 Legation of the United States of America *Caracas, May 9, 1939*. Excellency: Provisional commercial agreement with Venezuela, extension.I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I am authorized by my Government to confirm in the present note that, as a result of conversations with Your Excellency, it has been agreed to extend for the period of one year from the date of its expiration, or until the conclusion of a reciprocal trade agreement or treaty, or until denounced by one of the Parties by thirty days advance written notice, the *modus vivendi* concluded between the United States of America and [52 Stat. 1493](/us/stat/52/1493).the United States of Venezuela on May 12, 1938, which is inserted below: " “Article I. Both Governments agree to concede reciprocally unconditional and unlimited most-favored-nation treatment in all that concerns customs duties and all accessory imposts, the manner of applying duties as well as the rules and formalities to which customs operations can be submitted. “Article II. The provisions of the foregoing article shall not apply: “1. To the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or by the United States of Venezuela to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic; nor shall it apply to advantages resulting from customs unions to which the United States of America or the United States of Venezuela may become a party. “2. To the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another irrespective of any change in the political status of any territoiy or possession of the United States of America. “3. To articles transshipped through Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands and imported into Venezuela. 53 Stat. 2345 “Article III. The present agreement shall come into force on this date and shall remain in force for a period of one year or until superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or until denounced by either country by advance written notice of not less than thirty days.” " Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideation. Winthrop R. Scott *Chargé d’ Affaires ad interim* His Excellency Dr. E. Gil Borges, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Caracas*. ——————— The Venezuelan Ministerfor Foreign Affairs (Gil Borges) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Scott) estados unidos de venezuela ministerio de relaciones exteriores *Direction de Politico Economica Sección de Economía* No. 2.417-E Caracas, *9 de mayo de 1939*.- Señor Encargado de Negocios: Tengo a honra informer a V. S. que estny autorizado por mi Gobierno para confirmai por la presente nota que, como resultado de las conversaciones con V. S., hemos convenido en prorrogar por el período de un año contado desde su expiración, o hasta la conclusión de un convenio o tratado de reciprocidad comercial, o hasta que sea denunciado por una de las Partes, dando aviso a la otra por escrito con treinta días de anticipación, el *modus vivendi* concluido entre los Estados Unidos de Venezuela y los Estados Unidos de América, el 12 de mayo de 1938, que se inserta a continuación: " “Artículo 1°.– Ambos Gobiernos convienen en concederse recíprocamente el tratamiento ilimitado e incondicional de la nación más favorecida en todo lo relative a derechos de aduana y a todos los impuestos accesorios, a los métodos de percepción de tales derechos, lo mismo que a las reglas y formalidades a que pueden estar sometidas las operaciones aduaneras. Artículo 2°.– Las estipulaeiones del artículo anterior no se aplicarán: 1. A las ventajas acordadas o que se acordaren en lo futuro por los Estados Unidos de Venezuela o por los Estados Unidos de América a países limítrofes a fin de facilitar el tráfico fronterizo; ni se aplicarán tampoco a las ventajas resultantes de uniones aduaneras de que puedan formar parte los Estados Unidos de Venezuela o los Estados Unidos de América. 53 Stat. 2346 2. A las ventajas acordadas o que se acordaren en lo futuro por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territories o posesiones, o la Zona del Canal de Panamá, entre sí o a la República de Cuba. Las disposiciones de este párrafo continuarán aplicándose respecte de cualesquiera ventajas que ahora o después se acordaren entre sí los Estados Unidos de América, sus territories o posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá, con prescindencia de cualquier cambio en el estatuto político de cualquier territorio o posesión de los Estados Unidos de América. 3. A los artículos que se importen a Venezuela y que hayan side trasbordados en Puerto Rico o en las Islas Vírgen es. Artículo 3°.– El présente convenio entrarâ en vigor desde esta fecha, y permanecerâ vigente por un periodo de un ano, a menos que sea sustituido antes per un convenio comercial mâs extenso, o denunciado per uno de los palses mediante notifîcaciôn por escrito con treinta días de anticipaciôn por lo menos.” " Sírvase aceptar V. S. las seguridades de mi muy distinguida consideración. E Gil Borges Al Honorable Señor Winthrop P. Scott, *Encargado de Negocios ad interim de los Estados Unidos de América. Presente*.– [Translation] united states of venezuela ministry for foreign affairs *Bureau of Economic Policy Economic Section* No. 2.417–E Caracas, *May 9, 1939*. Mr. Chargé D’Affaires: I have the honor to inform you that I am authorized by my Government to confirm in the present note that, as a result of our conversations, it has been agreed to extend for the period of one year from the date of its expiration, or until the conclusion of a reciprocal trade agreement or treaty, or until denounced by one of the Parties by thirty days advance written notice, the *modus vivendi *concluded between the United States of Venezuela and the United States of America on May 12, 1938, which is inserted below: " “Article I. Both Governments agree to concede reciprocally unconditional and unlimited most-favored-nation treatment in all that concerns customs duties and all accessory imposts, the manner of applying duties as well as the rules and formalities to which customs operations can be submitted. 53 Stat. 2347 “Article II. The provisions of the foregoing article shall not apply: “1. To the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of Venezuela or by the United States of America to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic; nor shall it apply to advantages resulting from customs unions to which the United States of Venezuela or the United States of America may become a party. “2. To the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another irrespective of any change in the political status of any territory or possession of the United States of America. “3. To articles transshipped through Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands and imported into Venezuela. “Article III. The present agreement shall come into force on this date and shall remain in force for a period of one year or until superseded by a more comprehensive commercial agreement or until denounced by either country by advance written notice of not less than thirty days.” " Accept, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. E Gil Borges The Honorable Winthkop P. Scott, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America. City*.– November 17, 1938 Agreement 53 Stat. 2348 53 Stat. 2348 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES CANADA—RECIPROCAL TRADE—NOV. 17, 1938 November 17, 1938[E. A. S. No. 149]Agreement between the United States of America and Canada respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at Washington November 17, 1938; proclaimed by the President of the United States November ‘25, 1938; ratified by His Majesty in respect of Canada May 19, 1939; proclamation and ratification exchanged at Ottawa June 17, 1939; supplementary proclamation by the President of the United States June 17, 1939; Article IX applied provisionally on and after November 26, 1938; Articles I, VI, and VII applied provisionally on and after January 1, 1939; entire agreement effective June 17, 1939. And related notes, declaration, and proclamation. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Reciprocal trade agreement with Canada.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows:" “Sec. 350.Statutory provisions.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1). To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof ; and “(2). To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists.53 Stat. 2349The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly:*Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Whereas Section 304 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by[52 Stat. 1077](/us/stat/52/1077).[19 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 1304](/us/usc/t19/s1304). Section 3 of the Customs Administrative Act of 1938 (Public No. 721, 75th Congress), provides in part as follows:" “(a) . . . The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations—Exceptions from marking requirements. . . . . . . . “(3) Authorize the exception of any article from the requirements of marking if— . . . . . . . “(J) Such article is of a class or kind with respect to which the Secretary of the Treasury has given notice by publication in the weekly Treasury Decisions within two years after July 1, 1937, that articles of such class or kind were imported in substantial quantities during the five-year period immediately preceding January 1, 1937 and were not required during such period to be marked to indicate their origin: *Provided,* That this subdivision
(J)shall not apply after September 1, 1938, to sawed lumber and timbers, telephone, trolley, electric-light, and telegraph poles of wood, and bundles of shingles; but the President is authorized to suspend the effectiveness of this proviso if he finds such action required to carry out any trade agreement entered into under the authority of the Act of June 12, 1934 (U. S. C.,[48 Stat, 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. §§ 1351–1354; Supp. IV, 5 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351–1354/1352/c).Promotion of foreign trade. 1934 edition, title 19, secs, 1351–1354), as extended.” " Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and Canada are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended[48 Stat. 913](/us/stat/48/913); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV. § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c). by the said Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and Canada; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiateNotice given. such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; 53 Stat. 2350 Whereas, after seeking and obtaining informationTrade Agreement entered into. and advice with respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on November 17, 1938, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada, through his duly*Post,* pp. 2357. 2378.empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, is in words and figures as follows: Purposes declared.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada; Desiring to facilitate and extend still further the commercial relations existing between the United States of America and Canada by granting reciprocal concessions and advantages for the promotion of trade; Taking into account the absence of any restriction upon the settlement of commercial obligations arising out of the trade between the United States of America and Canada ; Former Trade Agreement replaced.[49 Stat. 3960](/us/stat/49/3960).Have resolved to replace the Trade Agreement concluded between them on November 15, 1935, at Washington by a new and more comprehensive Agreement and have appointed for this purpose asPlenipotentiaries.their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: For Canada: The Right Honorable W. L. Mackenzie King, Prime Minister, President of the Privy Council and Secretary of State for External Affairs of Canada; Who, having communicated to each other their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed on the following articles: Article I 1.Most-favored-nation treatment. The United States of America and Canada will grant each other unconditional and unrestricted most-favored-nation treatment in all matters concerning customs duties and subsidiary charges of every kind and in the method of levying duties, and, further, in all matters concerning the rules, formalities and charges imposed in connection with the clearing of goods through the customs, and .with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country. 2. Accordingly, articles the growth, produce or manufacture of either country imported into the other shall in no case be subject, in regard to the matters referred to above, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or more burden-some, than those to which the like articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country are or may hereafter be subject. 3. Similarly, articles exported from the territory of the United States of America or Canada and consigned to the territory of the53 Stat. 2351other country shall in no case be subject with respect to exportation and in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or more burdensome, than those to which the like articles when consigned to the territory of any other foreign country are or may hereafter be subject. 4. Any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or Canada in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to any article originating in any other foreign country or consigned to the territory of any other foreign country shall be accorded immediately and without compensation to the like article originating in or consigned to the territory of Canada or the United States of America, respectively, and irrespective of the nationality of the carrier. Article II 1. No prohibition or restriction shall be imposed or maintained onImports. the importation into either country of any article, from whatever place arriving, the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, to which the importation of the like article the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country is not similarly subject. 2. No prohibition or restriction shall be imposed or maintained onExports. the exportation of any article from either country to the other to which the exportation of the like article to any other foreign country is not similarly subject. Article III If imports of any article into either country should be regulatedQuantitative regulation; allocations. either as regards the total amount permitted to be imported or as regards the amount permitted to be imported at a specified rate of duty, and if shares are allocated to countries of export, the share allocated to the other country shall be based upon the proportion of the total imports of such article from all foreign countries supplied by that country in past years, account being taken in so far as practicable in appropriate cases of any special factors which may have affected or may be affecting the trade in that article. In those cases in which the other country is a relatively large supplier of any such article, the Government of the country imposing the regulation shall, whenever practicable, consult with the Government of the other country before the share to be allocated to that country is determined. Article IV 1. If either country establishes or maintains a monopoly for thePurchases by Government monopolies. importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or giants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or53 Stat. 2352agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. 2.Award of contracts for public works. In awarding contracts for public works and in purchasing supplies, neither Government shall discriminate against articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the territories of the other country in favor of those of any other foreign country. Article V Internal taxation.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or Canada shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other origin, except as otherwise required by laws in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement and subject to the limitations on the authority of either Government. Article VI 1.Enumerated imports into Canada.*Post,* p. 2357. Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Schedule I annexed to this Agreement shall, on their importation into Canada, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the saidNo excess duty, etc.Schedule, subject to the conditions therein set out. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges, or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of Canada in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. 2.Schedule I Included in Agreement. Schedule I shall have full force and effect as an integral part of this Agreement. Article VII 1.Specified imports from Canada.*Post,* p. 2378. Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of Canada enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule, subject to the conditions thereinNo excess duty, etc.set out. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges, or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. 2.Schedule II included in Agreement. Schedule II shall have full force and effect as an integral part of this Agreement. Article VIII 1.Charge equivalent to internal tax. The provisions of Articles VI and VU of this Agreement shall not prevent the Government of either country from imposing at any time on the importation of any article a charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic article or in respect53 Stat. 2353of a commodity from which the imported article has been produced or manufactured in whole or in part. 2. Moreover, the provisions of Articles VI and VII shall not beDocumentation charges. construed to embrace such reasonable fees, charges or exactions, imposed at any time by the Government of either country in connection with the documentation of any shipment, as are commensurate with the cost of the services performed. Article IX Sawed lumber and timbers, telephone, trolley, electric-light, andMarking of origin of Canadian sawed lumber, etc. telegraph poles of wood, and bundles of shingles, the growth, produce or manufacture of Canada, imported into the United States of America, shall not be required to be marked to indicate their origin in any case where the imported article is of the same class or kind as articles which were imported into the United States of America in substantial quantities during the five-year period immediately preceding January 1, 1937, and were not required during such period to be marked to indicate their origin. Article X 1. No prohibition, restriction or any form of quantitative regulation,Quantitative regulation. whether or not operated in connection with an agency of centralized control, shall be imposed or maintained in Canada on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Schedule*Post,* p. 2357. I, or in the United States of America on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of Canada enumerated and described in Schedule II, except as otherwise expressly provided*Post,* p. 2378. in the said Schedules. 2. The foregoing provision shall not apply to quantitative regulationsExceptions. in whatever form which may hereafter be imposed by the Government of either country on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other, in conjunction with governmental measures or measures under governmental authority
(a)operating to regulate or control the production, market supply, quality or price of the like article of domestic growth, production or manufacture; or
(b)operating to increase the labor costs of production of the like article of domestic growth, production or manufacture; Provided, however, that the Government proposing to impose any such quantitative regulation shall have satisfied itself, in the case of measures described in subparagraph
(a)of this paragraph, that such quantitative regulation is necessary to secure the effective operation of such measures, and, in the case of measures described in subparagraph (b), that such measures are causing the domestic production of the article concerned to be injuriously affected by imports which constitute an abnormal proportion of the total consumption of such article in relation to the proportion supplied in the past by foreign countries. 3. Whenever either Government proposes to impose or to effect aNotice of proposed alteration. substantial alteration in any quantitative regulation authorized by the preceding paragraph, that Government shall give notice in writing to that effect to the other and shall, upon request, enter into consultation regarding the matter. If agreement is not reached within53 Stat. 2354thirty days after the receipt of the notice the Government giving it shall be free to impose or alter the regulation at any time, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on giving thirty days’ notice in writing to that effect. Article XI Ad valorem duties.Determination of dutiable value.*Post,* pp. 2357, 2378.In respect of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Schedule I, imported into Canada, and of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of Canada enumerated and described in Schedule II, imported into the United States of America, on which ad valorem rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, the general principles on which dutiable value is determined in each of the importing countries on the day of the signature of this Agreement shall not be altered so as to impair the value of any of the concessions provided for in this Agreement. Article XII 1.Enforcement of certain measures. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the enforcement of such measures as the Government of either country may see fit to adopt
(a)relating to the importation or exportation of gold or silver;
(b)relating to the control of the import or export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies;
(c)relating to neutrality or to public security; or
(d)should that country be engaged in hostilities or war. 2.Provisions not extended to certain prohibitions, etc.; requirement. Subject to the requirement that, under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country in favor of the like articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(a)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(b)designed to protect human, animal or plant health or life;
(c)relating to prison-made goods ; or
(d)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Article XIII Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.If a wide variation should occur in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and Canada, and if the Government of either country should consider the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of that country, it shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement; and if agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of such proposal, the Government making such proposal shall be free to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIV Right to withdraw concessions reserved.The Government of each country reserves the right to withdraw or to modify the concession granted on any article under this Agreement,53 Stat. 2355 or to impose quantitative regulations on the importation of any such article if, as the result of the extension of such concession to other foreign countries, such countries obtain the major benefit of the concession, and if in consequence imports of the article concerned increase to such an extent as to threaten serious injury to domestic producers: Provided, That before any action authorized*Proviso*.Previous written notice to be given. by the foregoing reservation is taken, the Government proposing to take such action shall give notice in writing to the other Government of its intention to do so, and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action. Article XV 1. Should any measure be adopted by the Government of eitherAdjustments. country which, while not conflicting with the terms of this Agreement, appears to the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any of the objects of the Agreement, the Government which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the other may make, with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. 2. The Government of each country will accord sympathetic considerationMutual consideration of representations. to, and when requested will afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs laws and regulations, quantitative restrictions on imports or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal or plant health or life. 3. In the event that the Government of either country makes representationsSanitary regulations. to the Government of the other country in respect of the application of any sanitary law or regulation for the protection of human, animal or plant health or life, and if there is disagreement with respect thereto, a committee of technical experts on which each Government will be represented shall, on the request of either Government, be established to consider the matter and to submit recommendations to the two Governments. Article XVI The provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to beScope of Agreement. accorded by the United States of America and Canada, respectively, to the commerce of the other country shall apply,, on the part of the United States of America, to the continental territory of the United States and such of its territories and possessions as are included in its customs territory on the day of the signature of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement relating to most-favored-nation treatment shall apply, however, to all territories under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America, other than the Panama Canal Zone. Article XVII Except as otherwise provided in Article V of this Agreement:Trade of Canada with other British territories, etc.
(a)Nothing in the Agreement shall entitle the United States of America to claim the benefit of any treatment, preference or privilege53 Stat. 2356which may now or hereafter be accorded by Canada exclusively to territories under the sovereignty of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, or under-His Majesty’s protection or suzerainty.
(b)U. S. trade with Its possessions. Canal Zone, or Cuba.Nothing in the Agreement shall entitle Canada to claim the benefit of any treatment, preference or privilege which may now or hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone exclusively to one another orPhilippine Islands.to the Republic of Cuba. The provisions of this subparagraph shall continue to apply in respect of any benefits now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands, irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands. Article XVIII 1.Agreement to be proclaimed. The present Agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and shall be ratified by His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada. It shall enter definitively into force on the day of the exchange of the instrument of ratification and a copy of the proclamation, which shall take place at Ottawa as soon as possible. 2.Provisional application of designated provisions. Pending the definitive coming into force of this Agreement, the provisions of Article IX shall be applied provisionally on and after the day following the proclamation of the Agreement by the President of the United States of America, and the provisions of Article I, Article VI and Article VII shall be applied provisionally on and after January 1, 1939, subject to the reservations and exceptions elsewhere provided for in this Agreement. 3.Provisional suspension of designated Articles of, and dale of termination of existing Agreement. Upon the provisional application of Article I, Article VI and Article VII of the present Agreement, and during the continuance of such provisional application, the provisions of Article I, Article III and Article IV of the Trade Agreement concluded between the United[49 Stat. 3960](/us/stat/49/3960).States of America and Canada on November 15, 1935, at Washington shall be inoperative, and upon the definitive coming into force of the present Agreement the whole of the said Agreement of November 15, 1935, shall terminate. 4.Duration. Subject to the provisions of Article X and Article XIII, this Agreement shall remain in force for a term of three years from the date of the provisional application of Article IX, and, unless at least six months before the expiration of the aforesaid term of three years, the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government of intention to terminate the Agreement upon the expiration of that term, the Agreement shall remain in force there-after, subject to the provisions of Article X and Article XIII, until six months from the date on which the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government of intention to terminate the Agreement. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, at the City of Washington, this seventeenth day of November, 1938. Cordell Hull [seal] W. L.Mackenzie King, [seal] 53 Stat. 2357 SCHEDULE I (See Article VI) Note: Articles the growth,, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in this Schedule shall, on their importation into Canada, be exempt from the Special Excise Tax levied under Section 88 of the Special War Revenue Act as soon as the necessary legislation can be enacted. Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 6 Live hogs per pound 1 ct. 7 Meats, fresh, n. o. p.: ex
(a)Edible offal of beef and veal per pound 4 cts. ex
(c)Pork per pound 1¼ cts. 9 Poultry and game, n. o. p. 15 p. c. 10 Meats, prepared or preserved, other than canned:—
(a)Bacon, hams, shoulders and other pork per pound 1¾ cts.
(b)N. o. p. per pound 3 cts. 16 Eggs in the shell per dozen 5 cts. 42 Salt, in bulk, n. o. p. per one hundred pounds 4 cts. 45 Milk foods, n. o. p.; prepared cereal foods, in packages not exceeding twenty-five pounds weight each 25 p. c. 46 Prepared cereal foods, n. o. p. 15 p. c. ex 47 Lima beans, dried per pound 1 ct. ex 47 Soya beans, n. o. p. Free 52 Barley, n. o. p. per bushel 15 cts. 55 Indian corn, n. o. p. per bushel 10 cts. 56 Oats per bushel 8 cts. 57 Oatmeal and rolled oats per one hundred pounds 50 cts. 63 Rice, cleaned per one hundred pounds 70 cts. When in packages weighing two pounds, each, or less, the weight of such packages to be included in the weight for duty. 71a Timothy seed per pound 1 ct. ex 73 Broom corn seed, when in packages weighing more than one pound each Free 74 Seeds, as hereunder, when in packages weighing more than one pound each:—
(i)Parsley and parsnip per pound 2 cts.
(ii)Beet, not including sugar beet per pound 3 cts.
(iii)Mangel and turnip per pound 4 cts. 75 Seeds, as hereunder, when in packages weighing more than one pound each:—
(i)Radish, leek, lettuce, carrot, borecole or kale 3 cts.
(ii)Cabbage and cucumber per pound 5 cts. 76 Seeds, as hereunder, when in packages weighing more than one pound each:—
(i)Tomato and pepper per pound 10 cts.
(ii)Cauliflower per pound 15 cts.
(iii)Onion per pound 20 cts. 76a Root, garden and other seeds, n. o. p., when in packages weighing more than one pound each per pound 5 cts 76b Seeds, via.:—Field, root, garden and other seeds, when in packages weighing one pound each, or less 25 p. c. 79b Flowers and foliage, natural, cut, whether in designs or bouquets or not, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 82 ex
(e)Nut trees, including grafted stock, and buds and scions for grafting nut trees Free 53 Stat. 2358 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 83 Potatoes, as hereunder defined:
(a)In their natural state: August 1 to June 14, inclusive Free June 15 to July 31, inclusive, per one hundred pounds 37½ cts.
(c)Sweet potatoes and yams, in their natural state Free 84 Onions, in their natural state:
(a)Onion sets and shallots 30 p. c. *(b) Onions, n. o. p. (½ ct. per lb.) 30 p. c. ex 85 * Mushrooms, fresh (2 cts. per lb.) 10 p. c. 87 Vegetables, fresh, in their natural state: *(a) Asparagus 10 p. c. (4 cts. per lb.: 10 weeks) *
(b)Beans, green 10 p. c. (1½ cts. per lb.: 14 weeks)
(c)Brussels sprouts 10 p. c. *
(d)Cabbage 10 p. c. (⅘ ct. per lb.: 26 weeks) *
(e)Carrots 10 p. c. (⅘ ct. per lb.: 26 weeks) * Beets, n. o. p. 10 p. c. (1 ct. per lb.: 26 weeks) *
(f)Cauliflower 10 p. c. (½ cts. per lb.: 20 weeks) Eggplant Free *
(g)Celery 10 p. c. (⅘ ct. per lb.: 26 weeks) *
(h)Cucumbers 10 p. c. (2 cts. per lb.: 20 weeks) *
(i)Lettuce 10 p. c. (⅘ ct. per lb.: 18 weeks)
(j)Parsley 10 p. c. *
(k)Peas, green 10 p. c. (2 cts. per lb.: 12 weeks) *
(l)Rhubarb 10 p. c. (1 ct. per lb.)
(m)Spinach 10 p. c.
(n)Tomatoes 10 p. c. but not less than, per pound 1½ cts.
(o)Watercress 10 p. c. Whitloof or endive Free Peppers, green 10 p. c. Radishes 10 p. c. Artichokes, horseradish and okra Free
(p)N. o. p. 10 p. c. 89 Vegetables, prepared, in air-tight cans or other air-tight containers, the weight of the containers to be included in the weight for duty:—
(a)Beans, baked or otherwise prepared per pound 1½ cts. ex
(b)Corn per pound 1½ cts.
(c)Peas per pound 1½ cts.
(d)N. o. p. 20 p. c. 90 Vegetables, prepared or preserved:—
(a)Dried, desiccated or dehydrated, including vegetable flour, n. o. p. 22½ p. c.
(c)Vegetable extracts or juices, liquid mustards, soy and vegetable sauces of all kinds 27½ p. c. 53 Stat. 2359 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 92 Fruits, fresh, in their natural state: *
(a)Apricots . . . March to December, inclusive 10 p. c. (1½ cts. per lb.) *
(b)Cherries 10 p. c. (3 cts. per lb.: 7 weeks)
(c)Cranberries 10 p. c. but not less than, per pound 1½ cts. *
(d)Peaches . . . May to November, inclusive 10 p. c. (1⅖ cts. per lb.: 9 weeks) *
(e)Pears . . . May to January, inclusive 10 p. c. (1 ct. per lb.: 15 weeks) *
(f)Plums and prunes . . . May to November, inclusive 10 p. c. (Plums: 1 ct. per lb.: 10 weeks) (Prunes: 1 ct. per lb.: 8 weeks) *
(g)Strawberries 10 p. c. (1⅗ cts. per lb.: 6 weeks) * Raspberries and loganberries 10 p. c. (2 cts. per lb.: 6 weeks)
(h)Berries, edible, n. o. p. 10 p. c.
(i)Quinces and nectarines . . . June to February, inclusive 10 p. c. 93 * Apples, fresh, in their natural state 15 p. c. (⅘ ct. per lb.) 94 Grapes, fresh, in their natural state, the weight of the packages to be included in the weight for duty . . . July to January, inclusive per pound 1 ct. 95 * Cantaloupes and muskmelons 10 p. c. (1¼ cts. per lb.: 8 weeks) 95a Melons, n. o. p. each 2 cts. 96 Fruits, fresh, in their natural state, n. o. p. 10 p. c. ex 96 Avocados or alligator pears Free Provided'. That, as regards such of those articles dutiable under tariff items 84, ex 85, 87, 92, 93 and 95, as are marked with an asterisk in this Schedule, Canada reserves the right to fix the value for duty at a figure exceeding the invoice value by not more than the amount set forth in the parentheses following the descriptions of the several articles; The values so fixed shall not be maintained in force in any twelve months ending March 31 for a period in excess of the number of weeks set forth in the parentheses following the descriptions of the several articles; provided, however, as regards articles dutiable under sub-items
(d)and
(e)of tariff item 87, the number of weeks during which the value so fixed may be maintained in force may be divided into not more than two separate periods, the combined duration of which shall not exceed the number of weeks set forth in the parentheses following the descriptions of the articles; *Provided further*, that Canada reserves the right, after consultation with the United States of America, to substitute, in whole or in part, for the system of protection of these fruits and vegetables by means of advances in values for duty purposes, a system of specific duties which shall not be more burdensome on imports from the United States of America than that provided for in this Agreement. 99a Plums or prunes, dried, unpitted per pound 1 ct. When in packages weighing two pounds each, or less, the weight of such packages to be included in the weight for duty. 53 Stat. 2360 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 99b Fruits, dried, desiccated, evaporated or dehydrated, n. o. p. 15 p. c. 99d Dates, dried, unpitted, in bulk per pound ½ ct. 99f Figs, dried per pound ½ ct. When in packages weighing two pounds each, or less, the weight of such packages to be included in the weight for duty. 99g Apricots, nectarines, pears and peaches, dried, desiccated, evaporated or dehydrated 22½ p. c. 100a Grape fruit, n. o. p. per pound ½ ct. 101 Oranges, n. o. p.:— December to April, Inclusive Free May to November, inclusive per cubic foot 35 cts. Provided, that Canada reserves the right to substitute for the above item the following:— 101 Oranges, n. o. p.:— January to July, inclusive Free August to December, Inclusive per cubic foot 35 cts. 101a Lemons Free ex 105b Olives, ripe, in ex 105o brine 10 p. c. 106 Fruits, prepared, in air-tight cans or other air-tight containers, the weight of the containers to be included in the weight for duty:—
(a)Peaches per pound 3½ cts. Apricots and pears per pound 3 cts.
(b)Pineapples per pound 3 cts.
(c)N. o. p. per pound 3 cts. 108 Honey, in the comb or otherwise, and imitations thereof per pound 15 cts. ex 109 Nuts of all kinds, n. o. p., but not including shelled peanuts, n. o. p. per pound 1 ct. ex 114 Nuts, shelled, n. o. p., but not including shelled almonds, peanuts or walnuts per pound 2 cts. 115 Mackerel, herring, salmon and all other fish, n. o. p., fresh, salted, pickled, smoked, dried or boneless per pound ½ ct. 116 Halibut, fresh, pickled or salted per pound 1 ct. 117 Fish livers, fresh, salted or In ex 133 preservative medium Free ex 123a Shrimps in sealed containers 15 p. c. 124 Oysters, shelled, in bulk per gallon 5 cts. 128 Oysters in the shell 15 p. c. 141 Sugar candy and confectionery, n. o. p., including sweetened gums, candied popcorn, candied nuts, flavouring powders, custard powders, jelly powders, sweetmeats, sweetened breads, cakes, pies, puddings and all other confections containing sugar, the weight of the wrappings and cartons to be included in the weight for duty per pound ½ ct. and 30 p. c. 143a Cigarettes, the weight of the paper covering to be included in the weight for duty per pound $3.00 and 15 p. c. ex 152 Fruit juices, n. o. p., not including lime, orange, lemon or passion fruit juices 15 p. c. ex 152 Fruit syrups, n. o. p. 20 p. c. ex 156 Whiskey (subject to the provisos attaching to tariff items 156 and 156a) per gallon of the strength of proof $6.00 ex 167 Barley malt, whole, crushed or ground, upon entry for warehouse subject to excise regulations per pound ½ ct. 53 Stat. 2361 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 169 Books, viz.:—Novels or works of fiction, or literature of a similar character, unbound or paper bound or in sheets, but not to include Christmas annuals, or publications commonly known as juvenile and toy books 10 p. c. exex ex 169 171 184 Books, periodicals and pamphlets, or parts thereof, printed, bound, unbound, or in sheets, (not to include blank account books, copy books, or books to be written or drawn upon) in any other than the English language Free ex 169 184a 184b Periodical publications, unbound or paper bound, printed and issued at regular intervals, not less frequently than four times a year, and bearing dates of issue Free 184c 184d ex 174 Tourist literature issued by national or state governments or departments thereof, boards of trade, chambers of commerce, municipal and automobile associations, and similar organizations Free ex ex 178 178a Advertising and printed matter, whether imported by mail or otherwise, when in individual packages valued at not more than $1.00 each and when not imported for sale or in a manner designed to evade payment of customs duties Free 179 Labels for cigar boxes, fruits, vegetables, meats, fish, confectionery or other goods or wares; shipping, price or other tags, tickets or labels, and railroad or other tickets, whether lithographed or printed, or partly printed, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 180 Photographs, chromos, chromotypes, artotypes, oleographs, paintings, drawings, pictures, decalcomania transfers of all kinds, n. o. p., engravings or prints or proofs therefrom, and similar works of art, n. o. p.; blueprints, building plans, maps, and charts, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 181 Bank notes, bonds, bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes, drafts and all similar work, unsigned, and cards or other commercial blank forms printed or lithographed, or printed from steel or copper or other plates, and other printed matter, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 181a Pictorial post-cards, greeting cards and similar artistic cards or folders 30 p. c ex 184 Newspapers, unbound, n. o. p.; tailors, milliners and mantle-makers fashion plates, when imported in single copies in sheet form with periodical trade journals Free 187 Albumenized and other papers and films chemically pre- , pared for photographers use, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 192 Tarred paper and prepared roofings including shingles), fibreboard, strawboard, sheathing and insulation, manufactured wholly or in part of vegetable fibres, n. o. p.; blotting paper, not printed nor illustrated 22½ p. c. 192b Sandpaper, glass or flint paper, and emery paper or emery cloth 20 p.c. 192d Electrical insulating pressboard, not less than .040 inch in thickness 12½ p. c. 195 Paper hanging or wall papers, including borders or bordering 30 p. c. 197 Paper of all kinds, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. ex 197 Electric cable insulating paper, .0045 inch or less in thickness, and condenser tissue paper 10 p. c. 197b Wrapping paper of all kinds, not pasted, coated or em bossed 25 p. c. 53 Stat. 2362 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 198 Ruled and border and coated papers, boxed papers, pads not printed, papier-mâché ware, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 199 Papeteries, envelopes, and all manufactures of paper, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 199b Containers wholly or partially manufactured from fibre-board or paperboard per pound 1 ct. Provided, that in no case shall the rate of duty be less than 25 p. c. 199c Waxed stencil paper for use on duplicating machines 27½ p. c. 200 Pulp of wood, of straw or of any other vegetable fibre Free 206a Biological products, animal or vegetable, n. o. p., for parenteral administration in the diagnosis or treatment of diseases of man, when manufactured under licence of the Department of Pensions and National Health under regulations prescribed by the Food and Drugs Act; and biological products, animal or vegetable, n. o. p., for parenteral administration in the diagnosis or treatment of diseases of animals or poultry, when imported under permit of the veterinary director general Free ex 208 Sulphur and brimstone, crude or in roll or flour Free ex 208j Nitrate of ammonia, when imported for use in the manufacture of nitrous oxide 10 p. c. 208t All chemicals and drugs, when of a kind not produced in Canada, which were on August 20, 1932, dutiable at rates of 15, 25, and 25 p. c., under Tariff Item 711 17½ p. c. ex 208t Bicarbonate of soda 12½ p. c. ex 208t Methyl ethyl ketone; isopropyl acetate; butyl alcohol 25 p. c. 208u Xanthates and sulpho-thio-phosphoric (dithio-phos- phoric) compounds, for use in the process of concentrating ores, metals or minerals Free 210
(i)Peroxide of soda; silicate of soda in crystals or in solution; nitrate of soda or cubic nitre, n. o. p.: sulphide of sodium: nitrite of soda; arseniate, binarseniate, bisulphite and st-an-nate of soda; prussiate of soda 15 p. o.
(if)Bichromate, sulphite and chlorate of soda 12½ p. c. 210e Nitrate of soda or cubic nitre when imported for use as a fertilizer or as a flux in the reduction of electrolytic copper slimes, or for use in the curing and pickling of meats or in the manufacture of vitreous glazes and enamel frits, or when imported by manufacturers of explosives for use exclusively in the manufacture of explosives, in their own factories Free 212 Sulphate of alumina or alum cake; and alum in bulk, ground or unground, but not calcined 15 p. c. 216 Acids, n. o. p., of a kind not produced in Canada 20 p. c. 216d Phthalic anhydride, adipic, abietic, maleic and succinic acids and ethylene glycol, when imported by manu facturers of synthetic resins, for use exclusively in the manufacture of synthetic resins, in their own factories Free 219a Non-alcoholic preparations or chemicals, for disinfecting, dipping, spraying or fumigating, n. o. p.:
(i)When in packages not exceeding three pounds each, gross weight 22½ p. o.
(ii)Otherwise 7½ p. c. 219d Sulphuric ether; chloroform, n. o. p.; preparations of vinyl ether for anaesthetic purposes 20 p. c. 53 Stat. 2363 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 220 All medicinal, chemical and pharmaceutical preparations, compounded of more than one substance, including patent and proprietary preparations, tinctures, pills, powders, troches, lozenges, filled gelatine capsules, tablets, syrups, cordials, bitters, anodynes, tonics, plasters, liniments, salves, ointments, pastes, drops, waters, essences and oils, n. o. p.:—
(a)When dry 20 p. c.
(b)Liquid, when containing not more than two and one-half per centum of proof spirit 27½ p. c. Provided that drugs, pill-mass and preparations, not including pills or medicinal plasters, recognized by the British or United States pharmacopoeia, the Canadian Formulary or the French Codex as officinal, shall not be held to be covered by this item. 220 ex
(b)Dextrose (glucose) solutions, prepared, for parenteral administration in therapeutic treatments Free ex 228 Soap powders, powdered soap, mineral soap, and soap, n. o. p., not including toilet soap 25 p. c. 234 Perfumery, including toilet preparations, non-alcoholic, viz., hair oils, tooth and other powders and washes, pomatums, pastes and all other perfumed preparations, n. o. p., used for the hair, mouth or skin 30 p. c. 236 Surgical dressings, antiseptic or aseptic, including absorbent cotton, lint, lambs wool, tow, jute, oakum, woven fabric of cotton weighing not more than seven and one-half pounds per one hundred square yards, whether imported singly or in combination one with another, but not stitched or otherwise manufactured; surgical trusses and suspensory bandages of all kinds; sanitary napkins, and abdominal supports 20 p. c. 237
(c)Synthetic resins, n. o. p., in liquid, powder, granular, or lump form: or in tubes, cylinders, strips, sheets, plates, blocks, oars, rods, angles, channels, tees or other shapes or sections, not further manufactured than moulded, extruded or pressed, when for use in Canadian manufactures Free 238a Manufactures of pyroxylin plastics, or of which pyroxylin plastic is the component of chief value, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 238b Cellulose nitrate or pyroxylin plastics, in tubes, cylinders, balls, strips, sheets, plates, blocks, bars, rods, angles, channels, tees or other shapes or sections, not further manufactured than moulded or pressed, when for use in Canadian manufactures Free 238c Moulding compositions of cellulose acetate or other derivatives of cellulose, in powder or granular form Free 239 Lamp black, carbon black, ivory black and bone black Free 242 Dry red lead; orange mineral; antimony oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide such as zinc white and lithopone; white pigments containing not less than 14 per cent by weight of titanium dioxide 15 p. c. 243 Dry white lead 20 p. c. 244 White lead ground in oil 25 p. c. 246 Oxides, fireproofs, rough stuff, fillers, laundry blueing, and colours, dry, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 247 Liquid fillers, anti-corrosive and anti-fouling paints, and ground and liquid paints, n. o. p. 25 p. c. ex 247a Artists and school childrens colours; fitted boxes containing the same 25 p. c. 248 Paints and colours, ground in spirits, and all spirit varnishes and lacquers per gallon 85 cts. 53 Stat. 2364 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 249 Varnishes, lacquers, japans, japan driers, liquid driers, and oil finish, n. o. p. per gallon 15 cts. and 20 p. c. 252 Shoe blacking; shoemakers ink; shoe, harness and leather dressing, and knife or other polish or composition, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 256 Printing ink 17½ p. c. 261 Turpentine, spirits of Free 272 Refined petroleum jellies and oils, for toilet, medicinal, edible, or similar purposes 20 p. c. 274 Petroleum coke Free ex 281 Firebrick containing not less than ninety per cent of silica; magnesite firebrick or chrome firebrick; other firebrick valued at not less than one hundred dollars per one thousand, rectangular shaped, the dimensions of each not to exceed one hundred and twenty-five cubic inches, but not including firebrick made substantially of silicon carbide and/or fused alumina, for use exclusively in the construction or repair of a furnace, kiln or other equipment of a manufacturing establishment Free 281a Firebrick, n. o. p., of a class or kind not made in Canada, for use exclusively in the construction or repair of a furnace, kiln, or other equipment of a manufacturing establishment 12½ p. c. 281b Firebrick, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 282 Building brick and paving brick 15 p. c. 282a Manufactures of clay or cement, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 284 Drain pipes, sewer pipes and earthenware fittings therefor, chimney linings or vents, chimney tops and inverted blocks, glazed or unglazed, n. o. p.; earthenware tiles, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 288a Chemical stoneware composed of a non-absorbent vitrified body specially compounded to resist acids or other corrosive reagents 20 p. c. 288b Hand forms of porcelain, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture of rubber gloves in their own factories 20 p. c. 289 Baths, bathtubs, basins, closets, lavatories, urinals, sinks and laundry tubs of earthenware, stone, cement, clay or other material, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 296c Magnesium carbonate, imported for use in the compounding or manufacture of rubber products 20 p. c. 296d Feldspar, ground but not further manufactured 15 p. c. 305 Flagstone, sandstone and all building stone, not hammered, sawn or chiselled, and marble and granite, rough, not hammered or chiselled 12½ p. o. 306 Marble, sawn or sand rubbed, not polished; granite, sawn; paving blocks of stone; flagstone and building stone, other than marble or granite, sawn on not more than two sides 20 p. c. 312 312a Asbestos in any form other than crude, and all manufactures thereof, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 315 Carbons or carbon electrodes over three inches in circumference or outside measurement and not exceeding thirty-five inches in circumference or outside measurement; carbons of a class or kind not produced in Canada, when imported for use in the manufacture of dry batteries and dry cells Free 53 Stat. 2365 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 320 Plate glass, not bevelled, In sheets or panes not exceeding seven square feet each, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 326
(i)Demijohns or carboys, bottles, flasks, phials, jars and balls, of glass, not cut, n. o. p.; lamp chimneys of glass, n. o. p.; decanters and machine-made tumblers of glass, not cut nor decorated, n. o. p. 27½ p. c.
(ii)Opal glassware, glass tableware, cut glassware and illuminating glassware, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 326a Manufactures of glass, n. o. p. 17½ p. c. 326e Articles of glass, not plate or sheet, designed to be cut or mounted; articles of glassware, when imported by manufacturers of silverware to be used in receptacles made of or electro-plated with precious metals, in their own factories Free 326g High thermal shock resisting glassware 15 p. c. 345 Zinc dust, strip and sheets; zinc plates for marine boilers; sal ammoniac skimmings and seamless drawn tubing of zinc Free 346 Zinc, manufactures of, n. o. p. 20 p. c. ex 346 Zinc slugs or discs, when imported by manufacturers of electric dry batteries for use in the manufacture of seamless cups or shells for such batteries, in their own factories Free 348c Brass scrap and brass in blocks, ingots or pigs; copper in bars or rods, not less than six feet in length, unmanufactured, n. o. p.; copper in strips, sheets or plates, not polished, planished or coated; brass or copper tubing, in lengths not less than six feet, and not polished, bent or otherwise manufactured 10 p. c. 350 Wire of all metals and kinds, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 351 Wire, single or several, covered with any material, including cable so covered, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 352 Brass and copper nails, tacks, rivets and burrs or washers; bells and gongs, n. o. p.; and manufactures of brass or copper, n. o. p. 25 p. c. ex ex ex ex ex 352 362c 432d 446a 506 Metal parts in any degree of manufacture, coated or not, and wooden parts in the rough, when imported by manufacturers of spools, quills, pirns, bobbins and shuttles, for use in the manufacture of such articles, in their own factories 10 p. c. ex 353 Aluminum and alloys thereof, crude or semi-fabricated, viz.: Pigs, ingots, blocks, notch bars, slabs, billets and blooms; bars, rods and wire; angles, channels, beams, tees and other rolled or drawn sections and shapes; pipes and tubes; plates, sheets and strips, including circles 27½ p. c. 354 Manufactures of aluminum, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 354a Kitchen or household hollow-ware of aluminum, n. o. p. 27½ p. c. 357 Britannia metal, nickel silver, Nevada and German silver, manufactures of, not plated, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 362 Articles consisting wholly or in part of sterling or other silverware, n. o. p.; manufactures of gold or silver, n. o. p. 32½ p. c. 362a Metal parts, electro-plated, for loose-leaf binders 25 p. c. 362c Nickel-plated ware, gilt or electro-plated ware, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 367 Watch cases, and parts thereof, finished or unfinished 32½ p. c. 368 Clocks, time recorders, clock movements, clockwork mechanisms, and clock cases but not less than 30 p. c. each 40 cts. 369 Parts of clock movements or of clockwork mechanisms, finished or unfinished, not including plates 25 p. c. 53 Stat. 2366 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 375 Ferro-alloys:—
(f)All alloys used in the manufacture of iron or steel, n. o. p. 5 p. c. 377a Blooms, cogged ingots, slabs, billets, n. o. p., sheet bars, of iron or steel, by whatever process made, n. o. p. per ton $4.00 377f Bars or rods, of iron or steel, hot rolled, viz.:— Rounds over 4# inches in diameter and squares over 4 inches per ton $6.00 378 Bars and rods, of iron or steel; billets, of iron or steel, weighing less than 60 pounds per lineal yard:—
(a)Not further processed than hot rolled, n. o. p. per ton $7.00
(c)Cold rolled, drawn, reeled, turned or ground, n. o. p. 20 p. c.
(d)Hot rolled, valued at not less than 4 cents per pound, n. o. p. 12½ p. c. 380 Plates of iron or steel, hot or cold rolled:—
(a)Not more than 66 inches in width, n. o. p. per ton $8.00
(b)More than 66 inches in width, n. o. p. per ton $6.00 381 Sheets, of iron or steel, hot or cold rolled:—
(a).080 inch or less in thickness, n. o. p. 20 p. c.
(b)More than .080 inch in thickness, n. o. p. per ton $6.00 382 Hoop, band or strip, of iron or steel:—
(a)Hot rolled, .080 inch or less in thickness, n. o. p. 12½ p. c.
(b)Hot rolled, more than .080 inch in thickness, n. o. p. per ton $7.00 383 Sheets, plates, hoop, band or strip, of iron or steel:—
(a)Coated with tin, of a class or kind not made in Canada, n. o. p. 15 p. c.
(b)Coated with tin, n. o. p. 17½ p. c.
(c)Coated with zinc, n. o. p. 17½ p. c.
(d)Coated with metal or metals, n. o. p. 10 p. c. 384 Skelp of iron or steel, hot rolled, when imported by manufacturers of pipes and tubes for use exclusively in the manufacture of pipes and tubes, in their own factories, under regulations prescribed by the Minister:—
(a)Not more than 14 inches in width 5 p. c.
(b)More than 14 inches in width 5 p. c. 385a Sheets, plates, hoop, band or strip, of rust, acid or heat resisting steels, hot or cold rolled, polished or not, valued at not less than five cents per pound 17½ p. c. ex 386 442 Sheets, plates, hoop, band or strip, of iron or steel, as hereunder defined, under regulations prescribed by the Minister:—
(c)Sheets, plates, hoop, band or strip, hot rolled, being mould boards, shares, cultivator or shoe shapes, plough plates, land sides or disc circles, when such rectangles, circles or sketches are cut to shape but not moulded, punched, polished or otherwise manufactured, when imported by manufacturers of agricultural implements for use exclusively in the manufacture of agricultural implements, in their own factories Free
(ii)Sheets, hoop, band or strip, of iron or steel, hot rolled, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture of sheets, hoop, band or strip, coated with zinc or other metal or metals, not including tin, in their own factories 17½ p. c. 53 Stat. 2367 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 388 Iron or steel angles, beams, channels, columns, girders, joists, tees, zees and other shapes or sections, not punched, drilled or further manufactured than hot rolled, weighing not less than 35 pounds per lineal yard, n. o. p.; piling of iron or steel, not punched or drilled, weighing not less than 35 pounds per lineal yard, including interlocking sections, if any, used therewith, n. o. p. per ton $3.00 388b Iron or steel angles, beams, channels, columns, girders, joists, tees, zees and other shapes or sections, not punched, drilled or further manufactured than hot rolled, n. o. p.; piling of iron or steel, not punched or drilled, including interlocking sections, if any, used therewith, n. o. p. per ton $7.00 360 Castings, of iron, malleable, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 390a Castings, of iron, non-malleable, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 390b Castings, of steel, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 390c Piston ring castings of steel, in the rough as from the moulds Free ex 392 Forged golf club heads of iron or steel, with or without face or similar marking, but not ground, polished, plated or otherwise finished 10 p. c. 392a Forgings of iron or steel, in any degree of manufacture, hollow, machined or not, not less than 12 inches in internal diameter; and all other forgings, solid or otherwise, in any degree of manufacture, of a weight of 20 tons or over 20 p. c. 393 Tires, of steel, in the rough, not drilled or machined in any manner, for railway vehicles, including locomotives and tenders 7½ p. c. 394 Axles and axle bars, n. o. p., and axle blanks, and parts thereof, of iron or steel:—
(a)For railway vehicles, including locomotives and tenders 25 p. c.
(b)For other vehicles, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 397 Pipes and tubes, of wrought iron or steel, plain or coated:—
(a)Welded or seamless, with plain or processed ends, not more than 10% inches in diameter, n. o. p. 25 p. c.
(d)N. o. p. 20 p. c. 400 Fittings and couplings of iron or steel, of every description, for iron or steel pipes and tubes; complete parts thereof 25 p. c. 401 ex
(b)Wire, of rust or acid resisting steel, twisted or stranded, for use exclusively in commercial fishing operations 10 p. c. 402a Woven or welded wire fencing, of iron or steel, coated or not, n. o. p.; wire cloth or wire netting, of iron or steel, coated or not 30 p. c. 402b Woven netting, of iron or steel, coated, made from wire of 17 gauge or heavier, with meshes not smaller than one inch and not larger than two inches, with specially strengthened joints, when for use exclusively on fur farms, under regulations prescribed by the Minister 20 p. c. 407a Chains, of iron or steel, n. o. p., and complete parts thereof 30 p. c. 408 Malleable sprocket chain and link belting chain of iron or steel, including roller chain of all kinds for operating on steel sprockets or gears, when imported by manufacturers of agricultural implements for use exclusively in the manufacture of agricultural implements, in their own factories, under regulations prescribed by the Minister 5 p. c. 409 Cream separators and complete parts therefor, including steel bowls 12½ p. c. 53 Stat. 2368 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 409b Cultivators, harrows, seed-drills, horse-rakes, horse-hoes, scufflers, manure spreaders, garden seeders, weeders, and complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409c Ploughs; farm, field, lawn or garden rollers; soil packers; complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409d Mowing machines, harvesters, either self-binding or without binders, binding attachments, reapers, harvesters in combination with threshing machine separators including the motive power incorporated therein, and complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409e
(i)Spraying and dusting machines and attachments therefor, including hand sprayers; apparatus specially designed for sterilizing bulbs; pressure testing apparatus for determining maturity of fruit; pruning hooks; pruning shears; animal dehorning instruments; and complete parts of all the foregoing 5 p. c.
(ii)Fruit and vegetable grading, grating, washing and wiping machines and combination bagging and weighing machines, and complete parts thereof; machines for topping vegetables, and machines for bunching and/or tying cut flowers, vegetables and nursery stock, and complete parts thereof; box-lidding machines, egg-graders and egg-cleaners, and complete parts thereof, not including aluminum parts 5 p. c. 409f Hay loaders, hay tedders, potato planters, potato diggers, fodder or feed cutters, ensilage cutters, grain crushers and grain or hay grinders for farm purposes only, post hole diggers, snaths, stumping machines and other agricultural implements or agricultural machinery, n. o. p., and complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409g Incubators for hatching eggs, brooders for rearing young fowl, and complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409h Hay presses and complete parts thereof 7½ p. c. 409i Scythes, sickles or reaping hooks, hay or straw knives, edging knives, hoes, pronged forks, rakes, n. o. p. 7½ p. c. 409j Fanning mills; peaviners; corn husking machines; threshing machine separators, including weighers, wind stackers, baggers and self-feeders therefor; complete parts of all the foregoing 7½ p. c. 409k Windmills and complete parts thereof, not including shafting 7½ p. c. 4091 Traction ditching machines (not being ploughs) and complete parts thereof Free 409m Internal combustion traction engines; traction attachments designed to be combined with automobiles in Canada for use as traction engines; complete parts of all the foregoing Free 4101 Ore crushers, rock crushers, stamp mills, grinding mills, rock drills, percussion coal cutters, coal augers, rotary coal drills, n. o. p., and complete parts of all the foregoing, for use exclusively in mining, metallurgical or quarrying operations 17½ p. c. 411a Machinery, logging cars, cranes, blocks and tackle, wire rope, but not including wire rope to be used for guy ropes or in braking logs going down grade, and complete parts of all the foregoing, for use exclusively in the operation of logging, such operation to include the removal of the log from stump to skidway, log dump, or common or other carrier 15 p. c. 53 Stat. 2369 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 412a Machinery and apparatus, n. o. p., viz.:— Gun and mould apparatus for making press rollers; machines and apparatus for making electrotypes and stereotypes; engraving machines and apparatus, including photo-engraving apparatus, and other plate-making apparatus, used in the manufacture of printing plates of all kinds; machines and apparatus for graining metal plates; machines and apparatus for sensitizing, grinding or polishing metal plates; machines and apparatus including cameras and camera equipment, lens, prisms, camera and printing lamps, screens, and vacuum frames for transferring by photographic processes, or direct, to plates or rolls for use in lithography, rotogravure and printing; shading apparatus; machines and apparatus for addressing and/or wrapping newspapers, magazines, periodicals, pamphlets and catalogues; machines and apparatus for embossing or stamping or producing embossed or engraved effects, bookbinding, looping, stitching, sewing, gathering, inserting, bronzing, dusting, creasing, scoring, cutting, perforating, drilling, punching, slitting, re-winding, glueing, pasting, gumming, waxing, varnishing, carbon coating, patching, numbering, ruling, jogging, sheet piling, tying, bundling, tube-making, metal mounting, eye-letting, staying or stripping, reinforcing and box-covering; complete parts, not to include saws, knives and motive power; all the foregoing when for use exclusively by, and in their capacities as printers, lithographers, bookbinders, manufacturers of stereotypes, electrotypes and printing plates or rolls, paper converters, or by manufacturers of articles made from paper or cardboard Free 412b Flat bed cylinder printing presses, to print sheets of a size 25 by 38 inches or larger, and complete, parts thereof; machines designed to fold or sheet-feed paper or cardboard, and complete parts thereof 10 p. c. 412c Typecasting and typesetting machines and parts thereof for use in printing offices Free 412d Offset presses; lithographic presses; printing presses and typemaking accessories therefor, n. o. p.; complete parts of the foregoing, not to include saws, knives and motive power 10 p. c. 413 Machinery and apparatus, of a class or kind not made in Canada, and parts thereof, specially constructed for preparing, manufacturing, testing or finishing yarns, cordage, and fabrics made from textile fibres or from paper, imported for use exclusively by manufacturers and scholastic or charitable institutions in such processes only 5 p. c. 414 Typewriters and complete parts thereof 20 p. c. 414a Dictating, transcribing and cylinder shaving machines and complete parts thereof, including cylinders and unfinished wax blanks 12½ p. c. 414c
(i)Bookkeeping, calculating and invoicing machines and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 12½ p. c.
(ii)Adding machines and complete parts thereof 20 p. c. 415 Electric vacuum cleaners and attachments therefor; hand vacuum cleaners; and complete parts of all the foregoing, including suction hose, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 53 Stat. 2370 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 415a Refrigerators, domestic or store, completely equipped or not:—
(i)Electric 25 p. c.
(ii)Other than electric 25 p. c. 415b Washing machines, domestic, with or without motive power incorporated therein; complete parts of washing machines 25 p. c. 415c Clothes wringers, domestic, and complete parts of metal thereof 25 p. c. 415d Sewing machines, with or without motive power incorporated therein; complete parts of sewing machines 15 p. c. 422a Concrete road-paving machines, self-propelling, end ex 439b loading type, with a capacity of 21 cubic feet of wet ex 427a concrete or more; concrete and asphalt road finishing machines; form graders; sub-graders; combination excavating and transporting scraper units; concrete mixers, transit type; dump wagons or trailers on crawler-tracks, not self-propelled; back-filling machines and equipment, mounted on self-propelling wheels or crawling traction, semi- or full-revolving boom and scraper type; steam or air driven pile hammers or extractors; well-points; truck turntables; all the foregoing of a class or kind not made in Canada, and complete parts thereof 10 p. c. 424a Hand fire extinguishers, and sprinkler heads for automatic sprinkler systems for fire protection 30 p. c. ex 425 Lawn mowers designed for use with motive power, whether or not containing the power unit 15 p. c. 427 All machinery composed wholly or in part of iron or steel, n. o. p., and complete parts thereof 25 p. c. ex 427 Machinery and apparatus enumerated in Tariff Item 412a, when for use by manufacturers of articles made from regenerated cellulose or cellulose acetate; complete parts of such machinery and apparatus, not to include saws, knives, and motive power 5 p. c. ex 427 Veneer-drying machines, and complete parts thereof 5 p. c. ex 427 Wire stitehers and staplers, either hand or power type, but not including motive power; complete parts of the foregoing 5 p. c. 427a All machinery composed wholly or in part of iron or steel, n. o. p., of a class or kind not made in Canada; complete parts of the foregoing 10 p. c. 427b Ball and roller bearings 17½ p. c. 427c Machinery for dairying purposes, viz.: Power chums, power milk coolers, power fillers and cappers, power ice cream mixers, power butter printers, power cream savers, power bottle sterilizers, power brine tanks, power milk bottle washers, power milk can washers; ice-breaking machines, valveless or centrifugal milk pumps, sanitary milk and cream vats; none of the foregoing machinery to include motive power 15 p. c. ex 427e 427a Automatic machines for making and packaging cigars and cigarettes, not to include tobacco-preparing machines 10 p. c. ex ex ex 427h 445f 445k 446a Motion picture projectors, arc lamps for motion picture work, motion picture or theatrical spot lights, light effect machines, motion picture screens, portable motion picture projectors with or without sound equipment; electric rectifiers or generators designed for use with motion picture projectors; complete parts of all the foregoing, not to include electric light bulbs, tubes, or exciter lamps 15 p. c. 53 Stat. 2371 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 428c Engines or boilers and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 428e Diesel and semi-diesel engines, and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 428f Air-cooled internal combustion engines of not greater than 1½ h. p. rating, and complete parts thereof 20 p. c. 429 Cutlery of iron or steel, plated or not: 429 ex
(g)Safety razor blades 25 p. c. 430 Nuts and bolts with or without threads, washers, rivets, of iron or steel, coated or not, n. o. p.; nut and bolt blanks, of iron or steel per one hundred pounds 50 cts. and 17½ p. c. 431b Adzes, anvils, vises, cleavers, hatchets, saws, augers, bits, drills, screw-drivers, planes, spokeshaves, chisels, mallets, metal wedges, wrenches, sledges, hammers, crowbars, cantdogs, and track tools, picks, mattocks, and eyes or polls for the same 27½ p. c. 431c Machinists or metal workers precision tools and measuring instruments, viz.:—Calipers, micrometers, metal protractors and squares, bevels, verniers, gauges, gauge blocks, parallels, buttons, mercury plumb bobs, dividers, trammels, scribers, center punches, pocket speed indicators, straight edges, key seat clamps and other clamps and vises used by toolmakers for precision work, precision tools and measuring instruments, n. o. p. 10 p. c. 43 Id Engineers, surveyors and draftsmens precision instruments and apparatus, viz.:—alidades; altazimuth surveying instruments; aneroid barometers, engineering, military and surveying; angle prisms; boards, military sketching; box sextants; clinometers; compasses; cross staff heads; curves, adjustable, irregular, railroad and ship; curvimeters; drafting instruments of all kinds, including fitted cases containing the same; dipping needles; drafting machines; heliographs; integrators; levels, tripod and hand or pocket types; levelling rods; liners, section; meters, portable for hydraulic engineering; pantographs: planimeters; protractors; parallel rulers; parallel ruling attachments; poles, ranging; pedometers and paceometers; plane tables, military and topographic; scales, flat and triangular; slide rules; splines; straight edges, steel and wooden; tacheometers; tallying machines, pocket; tee squares, steel and wooden; telemeters; theodolites; transits, tripod and hand or pocket types; triangles of all types; tripods for use with any of the foregoing instruments 10 p. c. 431f Files and rasps 27½ p. c. 432 Hollow-ware, of iron or steel, coated or not, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 432a Kitchen and dairy hollow-ware of iron or steel, coated with tin, including cans for shipping milk or cream, not painted, japanned or decorated 25 p. c. 432b Hollow-ware, of iron or steel, coated with vitreous enamel 30 p. c. 432d Manufactures of tinplate, painted, japanned, decorated or not, and manufactures of tin, n. o. p. 25 p. c. ex ex 435 434 434a Locomotives and motor cars for railways, of a class or kind not made in Canada, and complete parts thereof, for use exclusively in mining, metallurgical or sawmill operations 12½ p. c. 438a Automobiles and motor vehicles of all kinds, n. o. p.; electric trackless trolley buses; chassis for all the foregoing 17½ p. c. 53 Stat. 2372 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America Provided, that machines or other articles mounted on the foregoing, or attached thereto for purposes other than loading or unloading the vehicle shall be valued separately and duty assessed under the tariff items regularly applicable thereto. 438g Motorcycles or side cars therefor, and complete parts of the foregoing 17½ p. c. 439c Farm wagons, farm sleds, logging wagons, logging sleds, and complete parts thereof 15 p. c. ex 440g Diesel and semi-diesel engines, of a class or kind not made in Canada, and complete parts thereof, for use exclusively in the construction or equipment of ships or vessels Free 440j Trawls, trawling spoons, fly hooks, sinkers, swivels, sportsmen’s fishing reels, bait, hooks, and fishing tackle, n. o. p. 20 p. c. 4401
(i)Aircraft, not including engines, under regulations prescribed by the Minister 20 p. c.
(ii)Complete parts of aircraft, not including parts of aircraft engines 15 p. c. 440m Engines and complete parts thereof, when imported for use only in the equipment of aircraft 17½ p. c. 440n Complete parts for repair of engines enumerated in tariff item 440m 10 p. c. 441e Guns and rifles of a class or kind not made in Canada 15 p. c. 442 Articles which enter into the cost of manufacture of the goods enumerated in tariff items 409a, 409b, 409c, 409d, 409e, 409f, 409g, 409j, 409k, 409o and 439c, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture in their own factories of the goods enumerated in the aforesaid tariff items, under regulations prescribed by the Minister 5 p. c. Provided that goods which are entitled to free entry or to a lower rate of duty than is mentioned in this item shall not be entered at the rate specified in this item. 442a Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding item, materials or commodities as hereunder defined or described, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture, in their own factories, of the goods enumerated in tariff items 409a, 409b, 409c, 409d, 409e, 409f, 409g, 409j, 409o, 409p and 439c, under regulations prescribed by the Minister:—
(1)Pig iron per ton $1.00
(2)Bars or rods, of iron or steel, hot rolled per ton $2.75 443 Apparatus designed for cooking or for heating buildings:—
(1)For coal or wood 25 p. c.
(2)For gas 25 p. c.
(3)For electricity 25 p. c.
(4)For oil 25 p. c.
(5)N. o. p. 25 p. c. 445 Electric light fixtures and appliances, n. o. p., and complete parts thereof 27½ p. c. 445a Electric head, side and tail lights, n. o. p.; electric torches or flashlights and complete parts therefor 27½ p. c. 445c
(i)Electric telegraph apparatus and complete parts thereof 25 p. c.
(ii)Electric telephone apparatus and complete parts thereof 25 p. c. 445f Electric dynamos or generators and transformers, and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 53 Stat. 2373 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 445g Electric motors, and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 445k Electric apparatus and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 445n Electrical instruments and apparatus of precision of a class or kind not made in Canada, viz.:—meters or gauges for indicating and/or recording altitude, amperes, comparisons, capacity, density, depth, distance, electrolysis, flux, force, frequency, humidity, inductance, liquid levels, ohms, operation, power factor, pressure, space, speed, stress, synchronism, temperature, time, volts, volume, watts; complete parts thereof 17½ p. c. 446a Manufactures, articles or wares, of iron or steel or of which iron or steel or both are the component materials of chief value, n. o. p. 25 p. c. ex 446a Metal shells and hinges, for use in manufacturing jewellery boxes and spectacle cases, not further finished than shaped 12½ p. c. ex 446a Tools of iron or steel, for use in machines, n. o. p., of a class or kind not made in Canada 10 p. c. ex 446a Welding rods or welding wires of rust, acid or heat resisting steel, whether or not flux-coated 15 p. c. ex 446a Locomotive beds or frames of steel, cast in one piece: tender frames of steel, cast in one piece; cast steel cradles for the rear ends of locomotive frames; cast steel truck frames and bolsters for engines, tenders and passenger coaches; platform castings for passenger coaches; all the foregoing, whether in the rough or semimanufactured, for use on railway rolling stock 7½ p. c. 446c Golf shafts of seamless steel, coated or not, but not chromium plated 15 p. c. 446g Electric welding apparatus, not including motors 20 p. c. 447a Sand east rolls and chilled cast iron rolls, for use exclusively in rolling iron or steel, or in manufacturing paper Free 451 Buckles, clasps, eyelets, hooks and eyes, dome, snap or other fasteners of iron, steel, brass or other metal, coated or not, n. o. p. (not being jewellery) 27½ p. c. ex 454 446a Frames not more than ten inches in width, clasps and fasteners (not to include slide or hookless fasteners), when imported by manufacturers of purses, chatelaine bags or reticules for use exclusively in the manufacture of purses, chatelaine bags or reticules, in their own factories, under regulations prescribed by the Minister; parts of the foregoing 12½ p. o. 462
(i)Philosophical, photographic, mathematical and optical instruments, n. o. p.; speedometers, cyclometers and pedometers, n. o. p.; complete parts of all the foregoing 17½ p. c.
(ii)Cameras and complete parts thereof, n. o. p. 20 p. c. ex 462b 462 Cinematograph and motion picture cameras, 35 mm., for use by professional motion picture producers having studios in Canada equipped for motion picture production; parts of the foregoing 10 p. c. ex ex 466 711 750 Iron sand and iron or steel shot, not further manufactured than crushed or ground, and dry putty, for sawing, polishing, pressure blasting or tumbling purposes Free 471a Pressed steel belt pulleys for power transmission, and finished or unfinished parts thereof, including interchangeable bushings 20 p. c. 476 Surgical and dental instruments of any material; surgical needles; X-ray apparatus; microscopes valued at not less than 50 dollars each, retail; complete parts of all the foregoing Free 53 Stat. 2374 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 500 Logs and round unmanufactured timber, handle, heading, stave and shingle bolts, n. o. p.; firewood, hop poles, fence posts and railway ties Free 502 Mexican saddle trees and stirrups of wood, treenails; hub, last, wagon, oar and gun blocks, and all like blocks or sticks, rough hewn, or sawn only; felloes of hickory or oak, not further manufactured than rough sawn or bent to shape; staves of oak, sawn, split or cut, not further manufactured than listed or jointed; shingles of wood; spokes of hickory or oak, not further manufactured than rough turned, and not tenoned, mitred or sized, and scale board for cheese Free 503 Planks, boards, clapboards, laths, plain pickets and other timber or lumber of wood, not further manufactured than sawn or split, whether creosoted, vulcanized, or treated by any other preserving process, or not Free 504 Planks, boards and other lumber of wood, sawn, split or cut, and dressed on one side only, but not further manufactured Free 505 Sawn boards, planks and deals planed or dressed on one or both sides, when the edges thereof are jointed or tongued and grooved, n. o. p. 10 p. c. 505a Hardwood flooring, tongued and/or grooved, or jointed, viz.:—beech, birch, maple and oak 17½ p. c. 506 Manufactures of wood, n. o. p. 20 p. c. ex 506 Shingles of cedar, creosoted, vulcanized or otherwise processed or treated Free 507a Single-ply, sliced or rotary-cut veneers of wood, n. o. p., not over five-sixteenths of an inch in thickness, not taped nor jointed 20 p. c. 507c Plywood made of two or more layers of veneer or lumber of wood, glued or cemented together, but not further manufactured 22½ p. c. 509 Vulcanized fibre, kartavert, indurated fibre, and like material, and manufactures of, n. o. p. 17½ p. c. 5Ub Fishing rods 25 p. c. ex 518 Bagatelle and other game tables or boards 27½ p. o. 519 House, office, cabinet or store furniture and parts thereof (not to include forgings, castings and stampings of metal, in the rough):—
(i)Substantially of wood 32½ p. c.
(ii)Other than of wood 27½ p. c. ex 520 Raw cotton and cotton linters not further manufactured than ginned; waste wholly of cotton unfit for use without further manufacture Free 522 Rovings, yarns and warps wholly of cotton, not more advanced than singles, n. o. p. 15 p. c. 522 and, per pound 3 cts. 522c
(i)Rovings, yarns and warps wholly of cotton, including threads, cords and twines generally used for sewing, stitching, packaging and other purposes, n. o. p.; cotton yarns, wholly or partially covered with metallic strip, generally known as tinsel thread 20 p. c. and, per pound 3 cts.
(ii)Cotton yarns, wholly covered with a double layer of metallic strip in single strand only, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture of electrical conductors, in their own factories 15 p. c.
(iii)Sewing thread, wholly of cotton, on spools, not to exceed 250 yards on one spool 22½ p. c. 53 Stat. 2375 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 522d Yarns and warps wholly of cotton, mercerized, number forty and finer, imported, under regulations prescribed by the Minister, for sale to manufacturers, to be further manufactured in their own factories 22½ p. c. 522e Cotton sewing thread yarn and crochet, knitting, darning and embroidery yarn, in hanks, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in their own factories in the manufacturing or spooling of cotton sewing thread and crochet, knitting, darning and embroidery cottons 12½ p. c. ex 523 Woven fabrics, wholly of cotton, not bleached, mercerized nor coloured, n. o. p. 17½ p. c. and, per pound 3 cts. ex 523 Cotton bags, seamless or ex 532 not 27½ p. c. 523a Woven fabrics, wholly of cotton, bleached or mercerized, not coloured, n. o. p. 20 p. c. and, per pound 3 cts. ex 523b Woven fabrics, wholly of cotton, printed, dyed or coloured, n. o. p.:—
(i)Valued at more than 80 cents per pound 20 p. c. and, per pound 3 cts.
(ii)Valued at 50 cents or more but not more than 80 cents per pound 25 p. c. and, per pound 3 cts.
(iii)Valued at less than 50 cents per pound 27½ p. c. and, per pound 3½ cts. ex 523b Woven fabrics, wholly of cotton, commonly known as denims, when imported by manufacturers for use in their own factories in the manufacture of garments 20 p. c. and, per pound 3 cts. 523o Woven fabrics wholly of cotton, composed of yarns of counts of 100 or more, including all such fabrics in which the average of the count of warp and weft yarns is 100 or more 27½ p. c. ex ex 532 532b 573 Enamelled carriage, shelf and table oilcloth; woven fabric, wholly of cotton, for covering books; fabrics, wholly of cotton, coated or impregnated, n. o. p. 30 p. c. ex 532 Clothing, wearing apparel and articles made from woven fabrics, and all textile manufactures, wholly or partially manufactured, composed wholly of cotton, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 532a Handkerchiefs, wholly of cotton 30 p. c. 548 Clothing, wearing apparel and articles, made from woven fabrics, and all textile manufactures, wholly or partially manufactured, composed wholly or in part of vegetable fibres but not containing wool, n. o. p.; fabrics, coated or impregnated, composed wholly or in part of vegetable fibres but not containing silk, artificial silk nor wool, n. o. p. 30 p. c. ex 552 Felt, splint, for use in making molded splints for medical purposes 10 p. c. ex 553 Household blankets, wholly of cotton, not to include horse blankets, automobile or steamer rugs, or similar articles 20 p. c. and, per pound 5 cts. ex 555 Clothing, being women’s and children’s outer garments, wholly or in part of wool or similar animal fibres, but of which the component of chief value is not silk nor artificial silk 32½ p. c. ex 567 Clothing and wearing apparel, n. o. p., made from woven fabrics of which silk is the component of chief value 30 p. c. 53 Stat. 2376 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America ex 567a Clothing and wearing apparel, n. o. p., made from woven fabrics of which the component of chief value is artificial silk or similar synthetic fibres produced by chemical processes 32½ p. c. ex 568 Knitted garments, n. o. p. 35 p. c. 568a Socks and stockings:—
(ii)n. o. p. 20 p. c. and, per dozen pairs SI.00 ex ex 569e 613 618 Miners’ safety helmets for use exclusively in mining operations, firemen's helmets and sand-blast helmets, of a class or kind not made in Canada; parts of such helmets Free 572 Oriental and imitation Oriental rugs or carpets and carpeting, carpets and rugs, n. o. p. 30 p. c. and, per square foot 7½ cts. ex 573 Linoleum, floor oilcloth, and cork matting or carpets 30 p. c. 578 Regalia, badges and belts of all kinds, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 584 Bone pitch, crude only; and resin or rosin in packages of not less than one hundred pounds Free 585 Coal and pine pitch, burgundy pitch; and coal and pine tar, crude, in packages of not less than fifteen gallons Free 586 Coal, anthracite, n. o. p. per ton 50 cts. 587 Coke, n. o. p. per ton S1.00 588 Coal, n. o. p., including screenings and coal dust of ell kinds per ton 75 cts. 588a Gas for heating, cooking or illuminating, imported by pipe line per one thousand cubic feet 3 cts. 589 Charcoal made from wood per ton S4.00 597 Pianofortes and organs 25 p. c. 597a Musical instruments of all kinds, n. o. p.; phonographs, graphophones, gramophones and finished parts thereof, including cylinders and records therefor; and mechanical piano and organ players 25 p. c. ex 597a Cylinders or records specially made for use in the study of languages, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Minister Free ex 598a Brass band instruments, of a class or kind not made in Canada 25 p. c. 599 Hides and skins, raw, whether dry, salted, or pickled; and raw pelts Free 601 Fur skins of all kinds, not dressed in any manner Free 604
(i)Belting leather in butts or bends; and all leather further finished than tanned, n. o. p. 20 p. c.
(ii)Sheepskin or lambskin leather, further finished than tanned, n. o. p. 25 p. c. 604b Sole leather 25 p. c. 605a Genuine pig leathers and genuine Morocco leathers; so-called roller leathers 25 p. c. 607 Leather, when imported by manufacturers of gloves or leather clothing, for use exclusively in manufacturing gloves or leather clothing, in their own factories 7½ p. c. 609 Belting, of leather 25 p. c. ex 611a Boots, shoes, slippers and insoles of any material, n. o. p., not including canvas shoes with rubber soles 30 p. c. 611b Leather garments, lined or unlined 30 p. c. 612 Harness and saddlery, including horse boots, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 613 Manufactures of leather, including manufactures of rawhide, n. o. p. 25 p. c. ex 616 Rubber, recovered Free 53 Stat. 2377 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 618 Rubber cement and all manufactures of India-rubber and gutta percha, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. 618b Tires of rubber for vehicles of all kinds, fitted or not 25 p. c. ex 618c 711 Chlorine derivatives of India-rubber insoluble in carbon tetrachloride, in sheets not exceeding three one- thousandths of an inch in thickness, coloured or not but not printed, lithographed or embossed, when for use in Canadian manufactures 5 p. c. 619 Rubber or gutta percha hose, and cotton hose lined with rubber; rubber mats or matting and rubber packing 22½ p. c. 619a India-rubber clothing and clothing made from water-proofed cotton fabrics 30 p. c. 622 Trunks, valises, hat boxes, carpet bags, tool bags, and baskets of all kinds, n. o. p. 30 p. c. 623 Musical instrument cases and fancy cases or boxes of all kinds, portfolios and fancy writing desks, satchels, reticules, card cases, purses, pocket-books, fly books and parts thereof 30 p. c. 624a ex
(i)Toys of all kinds, n. o. p. 30 p. c.
(ii)Mechanical toys of metal 30 p. c. 647 Jewellery of any material, for the adornment of the person, n. o. p. 35 p. c. 651 Buttons of all kinds, covered or not, and button blanks other than in the rough, n. o. p.; recognition buttons and cuff or collar buttons 30 p. c. and, per gross 5 cts. 651a Buttons, and button blanks other than in the rough, of vegetable ivory 30 p. c. and, per gross 10 cts. 654 Bristles, broom corn, and hair brush pads Free ex 655a Crayons of chalk 20 p. c. 657a Cinematograph or moving picture films, positives, one and one-eighth of an inch in width and over, n. o. p. per linear foot 2¼ cts. ex ex 657b 532 711 Parts, unfinished, when imported by manufacturers of cameras, for use in the manufacture of cameras, in their own factories 5 p. c. 663 Fertilizers, compounded or manufactured, n. o. p. 5 p. c. Provided, that Canada reserves the right to withdraw this concession should any restriction be placed on the export of phosphate rock or superphosphate from the United States of America. ex 663c 711 Soya beans, soya bean oil cake and soya bean oil meal, when imported for use as animal or poultry feeds, or as fertilizer, or when imported for use in the manufacture of animal or poultry feeds or fertilizers Free 670 Grinding wheels, stones or blocks, manufactured by the bonding together of either natural or artificial abrasives; manufactures of emery or of artificial abrasives, n. o. p. 22½ p. c. ex 682a 618 Net floats of aluminum, glass, canvas, cork, or rubber, for use exclusively in commercial fishing Free 688 Artificial teeth, not mounted Free 693
(iii)Antiquities (other than spirits or wines) produced more than 100 years prior to date of importation, under such regulations, including proof of antiquity, as may be prescribed by the Minister Free Provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any law or regulation relating to Customs, antiquities as described above shall be relieved from the requirements as to origin or content. 53 Stat. 2378 Number of Canadian Tariff Item Description of Article Rate of Duty on Goods the Growth, Produce or Manufacture of the United States of America 711 All goods not enumerated in this schedule as subject to any other rate of duty, and not otherwise declared free of duty, and not being goods the importation whereof is by law prohibited 20 p. c. Provided that duty shall not be deemed to be provided for by this item upon dutiable goods mentioned as “n. o. p.” in any preceding tariff item. Provided further that when the component material of chief value in any non-enumerated article consists of dutiable material enumerated in this schedule as bearing a higher rate of duty than is specified in this tariff item, such non-enumerated article shall be subject to the highest duty which would be chargeable thereon if it were composed wholly of the component material thereof of chief value, such “component material of chief value” being that component material which shall exceed in value any other single component material in its condition as found in the article. ex 711 Oyster shells, not further manufactured than crushed or screened, or both, for use as poultry feeds or in the manufacture of poultry feeds 10 p. c. ex 711 Activated clay, when imported for use in the refining of oils 10 p. c. ex 711 Coal-tar benzol, when imported by refiners of crude petroleum, for use exclusively in blending with gasoline wholly produced in Canada 10 p. c. ex 711 Vermiculite, crude, or not further processed than ground and screened 10 p. c. 756 Artificial abrasive grains, crushed or ground, when imported for use in Canadian manufactures Free 792 Cotton pulp imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in their own factories in the manufacture of yarns of artificial silk or similar synthetic fibres produced by chemical processes, under regulations to be prescribed by the Minister of National Revenue Free 816 664b Ethylene glycol, when imported by manufacturers for use exclusively in the manufacture of anti-freezing compounds or of explosives, in their own factories Free SCHEDULE II (See Article VII) Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, insofar as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. In the case of any article enumerated in this Schedule, which is subject on the day of the signature of this Agreement to any additional or separate ordinary customs duty, whether or not imposed under the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective description of the article, such separate or additional duty shall continue in force, subject to any reduction indicated in this Schedule or hereafter provided for, until terminated in accordance with law, but shall not be increased. In the case of any article provided for in this Schedule, with respect to which a lower rate of United States duty than is specified herein is provided for pursuant to any trade agreement concluded under Section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, such lower rate shall not be deemed to be rendered ineffective by reason of any provision of this Schedule. The term “ton” in this Schedule, unless otherwise specified, means the long ton of 2,240 pounds avoirdupois. 53 Stat. 2379 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 1 Acetic acid containing by weight of acetic acid: Not more than 65 per centum ¾¢ per lb. More than 65 per centum 1¢ per lb. 2 Vinyl acetate, polymerized or unpolymerized, and synthetic resins made in chief value therefrom, not specially provided for 3¢ per lb. and 15% ad val. 10 Fir or Canada balsam, natural and uncompounded, and not containing alcohol 5% ad val. 11 Synthetic resins made in chief value from vinyl acetate, not specially provided for 3¢ per lb. and 15% ad val. 16 Calcium acetate, crude ½¢ per lb. 29 Cobalt oxide 10¢ per lb. 52 Sperm oil, crude 2½¢ per gal. 52 Shark oil and shark-liver oil, including oil produced from sharks known as dogfish, not specially provided for 10% ad val. 58 Distilled or essential cedar-leaf oil, not containing alcohol 12½% ad val. 71 Gas black, including carbon black, and acetylene black, dry or ground in or mixed with oil or water, and not specially provided for 10% ad val. 81 Sodium chloride or salt: In bags, sacks, barrels, or other packages 7¢ per 100 lbs. In bulk 4¢ per 100 lbs. 201
(a)Fire brick, not specially provided for 12½% ad val. 201
(b)Brick, not specially provided for, not glazed, enameled, painted, vitrified, ornamented, or decorated in any manner $1 per 1,000 203 Limestone (not suitable for use as monumental or building stone), crude, or crushed but not pulverized 2½¢ per 100 lbs 203 Lime, not specially provided for 5¢ per 100 lbs., including weight of container 203 Hydrated lime 6¢ per 100 lbs., including weight of container 205
(d)Cement, not specially provided for 10% ad val. 207 Bentonite: Unwrought and unmanufactured 75¢ per ton Wrought or manufactured S1.62½ per ton 207 Crude feldspar 25¢ per ton 208
(f)Untrimmed phlogopite mica from which no rectangular piece exceeding two inches in length or one inch in width may be cut 10% ad val. 208
(g)Phlogopite mica waste and scrap valued at not more than 5 cents per pound 15% ad val. 208
(h)Mica, ground or pulverized 15% ad val. 209 Talc, steatite or soapstone: Ground, washed, powdered, or pulverized (except toilet preparations), valued at not more than $14 per ton 17½% ad val. 214 Ground feldspar 15% ad val. 53 Stat. 2380 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 214 Ground nepheline syenite 15% ad val. Provided, That, if in any calendar year after 1938 the aggregate quantity of nepheline syenite in any form, whether dutiable or free, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption exceeds 50,000 tons, the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Canada shall promptly enter into consultation, with a view to reaching an agreement as to whatever measures may be deemed appropriate, and if, within 60 days after the two Governments enter into consultation, a mutually satisfactory settlement has not been effected, the Government of the United States of America shall have the right to increase the duty on any nepheline syenite which is subject to duty and to impose a customs duty on any nepheline syenite which is not subject to duty entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year in excess of an aggregate quantity of 50,000 tons of nepheline syenite in any form. 214 Stone, not specially provided for (except marble chip or granito and Cornwall stone), ground, or crushed otherwise than merely for the purpose of facilitating shipment to the United States 15% ad val. 214 Dead-burned basic refractory material containing 15 per centum or more of lime and consisting chiefly of magnesia and lime 20% ad val. Note: The existing customs classification treatment of the merchandise described in this item as provided for in paragraph 214, Tariff Act of 1930, in accordance with the ruling announced in Treasury Decision 45041 (60 Treasury Decisions 114) shall be continued during the effective period of this Agreement. 301 Spiegeleisen containing more than 1 per centum of carbon 75¢ per ton 302(d) Ferromanganese containing not less than 4 per centum of carbon, on the metallic manganese contained therein ¾¢ per lb., plus 1% times the lowest rate of ordinary customs duty provided for manganese ore containing in excess of 10 per centum of metallic manganese the product of any foreign country except Cuba, at the time such ferromanganese is entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption; but not more than I per lb. 53 Stat. 2381 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 302
(i)Ferrosilicon, containing 8 per centum or more of silicon and less than 30 per centum 1¢ per lb. on the silicon contained therein 302
(k)Ferrochrome or ferrochromium containing 3 per centum or more of carbon 1¼¢ per lb. on the chromium contained therein 302
(1)Boron carbide 12½% ad val. 302
(m)Ferrotitanium, ferrovanadium, and ferrouranium 15% ad val. 304 Hollow bars and hollow drill steel, valued above 8 and not above 12 cents per pound 20% ad val. Provided, That the duty assessed under this item shall not be less than 1⅝¢ per lb. Provided further, That no article assessed with duty under this item shall be subject to a separate additional duty under the second proviso to paragraph 304 of the Tariff Act of 1930. 318 Woven-wire cloth: Gauze, fabric, or screen, made of wire composed of steel, brass, copper, bronze, or any other metal or alloy, not specially provided for: With meshes not finer than thirty wires to the lineal inch in warp or filling 1¢ per sq. ft., but not less than 12J4 nor more than 25% ad val. With meshes finer than thirty and not finer than ninety wires to the lineal inch in warp or filling 5¢ per sq. ft., but not less than 20 nor more than 40% ad val. 323 Axles and parts thereof, axle bars, axle blanks, and forgings for axles, of iron or steel, without reference to the stage or state of manufacture, not specially provided for, valued at not more than 6 cents per pound 3/10¢ per lb. 327 Cast-iron fittings for cast-iron pipe 15% ad val. 327 Cast-iron andirons, plates, stove plates, sad irons, tailors’ irons, hatters irons, but not including electric irons, and castings and vessels wholly of cast iron, including all castings of iron or cast-iron plates which have been chiseled, drilled, machined, or otherwise advanced in condition by processes or operations subsequent to the casting process but not made up into articles, or parts thereof, or finished machine parts 10% ad val. 327 Molders’ patterns, of whatever material composed, for the manufacture of castings 25% ad val. 329 Chain and chains of all kinds, made of iron or steel: Less than ¾ and not less than ¾ of 1 inch in diameter ¾¢ per lb. Less than ¾ and not less than5/16 of 1 inch in diameter 1½¢ per lb. 353 Washing machines, having as an essential feature an electrical element or device, and parts thereof; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of metal, and not specially provided for 17½% ad val. 353 Cooking stoves and ranges, having as an essential feature an electrical heating element, and parts thereof; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of metal, and not specially provided for 17½% ad val. 53 Stat. 2382 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 370 Motor boats, including yachts or pleasure boats, whether sail, steam, or motor propelled, valued at not more than 315,000 each 15% ad val. 374 Aluminum, aluminum scrap, and alloys (except those provided for in paragraph 302 of the Tariff Act of 1930) in which aluminum is the component material of chief value, in crude form 3¢ per lb. 378 Cadmium 7½¢ per lb. 389 Nickel, and alloys (except those provided for in paragraph 302 or 380 of the Tariff Act of 1930) in which nickel is the component material of chief value, in pigs or ingots, shot, cubes, grains, cathodes, or similar forms 2½¢ per lb. 393 Zinc-bearing ores of all kinds, except pyrites containing not more than 3 per centum zinc 11/5¢ per lb. on the zinc contained therein 394 Zinc in blocks, pigs, or slabs, and zinc dust 1⅖¢ per lb. 401 Timber hewn, sided, or squared, otherwise than by sawing, and round timber used for spars or in building wharves; sawed lumber and timber not specially provided for; all the foregoing, if of fir, spruce, pine, hemlock, or larch 50¢ per thousand feet, board measure 402 Maple (except Japanese maple), birch, and beech: Flooring 4% ad val. 405 Veneers of birch or maple 10% ad val. 400 Hubs for wheels, heading bolts, stave bolts, last blocks, wagon blocks, oar blocks, heading blocks, and all like blocks or sticks, roughhewn, or rough shaped, sawed or bored 5% ad val. 407 Casks, barrels, and hogsheads (empty), of wood, not specially provided for, but not including beer barrels or beer kegs 7½% ad val. 412 Paintbrush handles; broom handles and mop handles, further advanced than rough shaped, not less than three-fourths of one inch in diameter and not less than thirty-eight inches in length; tennis-racket frames valued at $1.75 or more each; toboggans; baby carriages; wheel-barrows; canoes and canoe paddles; carriages, drays, trucks, and other horse-drawn vehicles, and parts thereof, not specially provided for; and ice-hockey sticks; all the foregoing wholly or in chief value of wood 20% ad val. 503 Maple sugar 3¢ per lb. 503 Maple sirup 2¢ per lb. 701 Cattle, weighing less than two hundred pounds each 1½¢ per lb. Provided, That such cattle weighing less than two hundred pounds each entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year after 1938 in excess of 100,000 head shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 2½¢ per lb. 53 Stat. 2383 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 701 Cattle, weighing seven hundred pounds or more each: Cows, imported specially for dairy purposes 1½¢ per lb. Other 1½¢ per lb. Provided, That after December 31, 1938, such cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes) entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in excess of 60,000 head in any quarter year shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, and such cattle (other than cow? imported specially for dairy purposes) entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in excess of 225,000 head in any calendar year shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 3¢ per lb. Provided further, That if, after consultation with the Government of the United States of America, the Government of Canada requests the allocation of the quantity entitled to enter at the reduced rate of duty under this item, the Government of the United States of America shall take the necessary steps to allocate the said quantity among countries of export on the basis provided for in Article III of this Agreement. 703 Swine 1¢ per lb. 703 Pork, fresh or chilled, but not frozen 1¼¢ per lb. 703 Bacon, hams, and shoulders, and other pork, prepared or preserved, but not cooked, boned, packed in air-tight containers, or made into sausages of any kind 2¢ per lb. 706 Edible animal livers, kidneys, tongues, hearts, sweetbreads, tripe, and brains, fresh, chilled, or frozen 3¢ per lb., but not less than 15% ad val. 707 Whole milk, fresh or sour 3¼¢ per gal. Provided, That such fresh or sour milk entered for consumption in any calendar year after 1938 in excess of 3,000,000 gallons shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 6½¢ per gal. 707 Cream, fresh or sour 283/10¢ per gal. Provided, That such fresh or sour cream entered for consumption in any calendar year after 1938 in excess of 1,500,000 gallons shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 566/10¢ per gal. 707 Skimmed milk, fresh or sour, and buttermilk 21/10¢ per gal. 708(b) Dried buttermilk 1½¢ per lb. 710 Cheddar cheese, whether or not in original loaves, but not including any cheese processed otherwise than by division into pieces 4¢ per lb., but not less than 25% ad val. 711 Birds, live: Chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys, and guineas 4¢ per lb. 712 Birds, dead, dressed or undressed, fresh, chilled, or frozen: Chickens, ducks, geese, and guineas 6¢ per lb. 713 Eggs of chickens, in the shell 5¢ per doz. 714 Horses, unless imported for immediate slaughter: Valued at not more than 8150 per head $15 per head Valued at more than $150 per head 17½% ad val. 53 Stat. 2384 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 716 Honey 1½¢ per lb. 717(a) Fish, fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), whole, or beheaded or eviscerated or both, but not further advanced (except that the fins may be removed): Halibut, salmon, and swordfish (not including naturally or artificially frozen swordfish) 1¢ per lb. Mackerel: Fresh 1¢ per lb. Frozen 1½¢ per lb. Chubs, fresh-water mullet(catostomus), jacks, lake trout, saugers, tullibees, whitefish, yellow pike, blue pike, ciscoes, lake herring, and yellow perch ¾¢ Per lb. Shad, eels, and sturgeon (not including frozen sturgeon) ½¢ per lb. Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk: Without fins removed ¾¢ per lb. With fins removed 1¢ per lb. 717(b) Fish, fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), filleted, skinned, boned, sliced, or divided into portions, not specially provided for: Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and rosefish 1⅞¢ per lb. Provided, That such fish entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year after 1938 in excess of an aggregate quantity of 15,000,000 pounds shall not be entitled toa reduction in duty by virtue of this item; Provided further, That if the average apparent annual consumption of such fish in the United States during the three calendar years preceding the year in which such fish are entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption, exceeds 100,000,000 pounds, an additional quantity of such fish equal to the amount by which 15 per centum of such average apparent annual consumption exceeds 15,000,000 pounds may be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in that year at the reduced rate above specified. Such average apparent annual consumption shall be taken as the sum of the following:
(a)The production in the United States of cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and rosefish fillets, steaks, and sticks, whether fresh or frozen, as now defined, and as reported, by the United States Bureau of Fisheries (for the purposes of this Agreement such production for the calendar year 1936 shall be considered as 94,908,000 pounds, and for the calendar year 1937, as 92,332,000 pounds);
(b)The quantity of cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and rosefish fillets, steaks, and sticks, whether fresh or frozen, entered into the customs territory of the United States free of duty under paragraph 1730
(a)of the Tariff Act of 1930 as products of American fisheries (for the purposes of this Agreement such quantity for the calendar year 1936 shall be considered as 40,000 pounds, and for the calendar year 1937, as 585,000 pounds); and 53 Stat. 2385 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 717
(b)Fish, fresh or frozen—Continued.
(c)The aggregate quantity entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption of cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and rosefish, fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), filleted, skinned, boned, sliced, or divided into portions, not specially provided for (for the purposes of this Agreement such quantity for the calendar year 1936 shall be considered as 6,296,000 pounds, for the calendar year 1937, as 6,719,000 pounds, and for the calendar year 1938, as 6,100,000 pounds); Provided further, That if, after consultation with the Government of the United States of America, the Government of Canada requests the allocation of the quantity entitled to enter at the reduced rate of duty under this item, the Government of the United States of America shall take the necessary steps to allocate the said quantity among countries of export on the basis provided for in Article III of this Agreement. 717
(b)Fish, fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), filleted, skinned, boned, sliced, or divided into portions, not specially provided for (except cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk, and rosefish) 2½¢ per lb. 719 Fish, pickled or salted (except fish packed in oil or in oil and other substances and except fish packed in air-tight containers weighing with their contents not more than 15 pounds each):
(1)Salmon 12½% ad val.
(2)Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk, neither skinned nor boned (except that the vertebral column may be removed): When containing not more than 43 per centum of moisture by weight ⅝¢ per lb. When containing more than 43 per centum of moisture by weight ¾¢ per lb.
(3)Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk, skinned or boned, whether or not dried 1½¢ per lb.
(4)Herring, beheaded and eviscerated, but not further advanced (except that the fins may be removed), and herring known commercially as split herring, any of the foregoing, in bulk or in immediate containers weighing with their contents more than 15 pounds each and containing each more than 10 pounds of herring, net weight ⅝¢ per lb., net wt.
(4)Mackerel, whether or not boned, in bulk or in immediate containers weighing with their contents more than 15 pounds each 1¢ per lb., net wt.
(5)Alewives in bulk or in immediate containers weighing with their contents more than 15 pounds each ⅝¢ per lb., net wt. 53 Stat. 2386 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 720
(a)Fish, smoked or kippered (except fish packed in oil or in oil and other substances and except fish packed in air-tight containers weighing with their contents not more than 15 pounds each):
(1)Salmon 15% ad val.
(2)Hard dry-smoked herring, when whole or beheaded, but not further advanced ⅝¢ per lb.
(3)Smoked herring, boned, whether or not skinned 1½¢ per lb.
(4)Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk, whole, or beheaded or eviscerated or both, but not further advanced (except that the vertebral column may be removed) 1½¢ per lb.
(5)Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk, filleted, skinned, boned, sliced, or divided into portions 2¢ per lb. 720
(b)Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk, prepared or preserved, not specially provided for, in immediate containers weighing with their contents not more than 15 pounds each 2½¢ per lb., but not less than 12)6 nor more than 25 % ad val. 721
(b)Razor clams[Siliqua patula), packed in air-tight containers 15% ad val. 722 Barley, hulled or unhulled 15¢ per bu. of 48 lbs. 722 Barley malt 40¢ per 100 lbs. 723 Buckwheat, hulled or unhulled 15¢ per 100 lbs. 723 Buckwheat flour and grits or groats 3/10¢ per lb. 726 Oats, hulled or unhulled 8¢ per bu. of 32 lbs. 726 Unhulled ground oats 25¢ per 100 lbs. 726 Oatmeal, rolled oats, oat grits, and similar oat products 10% ad val., but not less than 40 nor more than 800 per 100 lbs. 728 Rye 12¢ per bu. of 56 lbs. 728 Rye malt 35¢ per 100 lbs. 729 Wheat, unfit for human consumption 5% ad val. 730 Bran, shorts, by-product feeds obtained in milling wheat or other cereals 5% ad val. 730 Hulls of oats, barley, buckwheat, or other grains, ground or unground 5¢ per 100 lbs. 730 Dried beet pulp $3.75 per ton 730 Malt sprouts and brewers’ grains $2.50 per ton 730 Mixed feeds, consisting of an admixture of grains or grain products with oil cake, oil-cake meal, molasses, or other feedstuffs 5% ad val. 731 Screenings, scalpings, chaff, or scourings of wheat, flaxseed, or other grains or seeds: Unground, or ground 5% ad val. 732 Cereal breakfast foods, and similar cereal preparations, by whatever name known, processed further than milling, and not specially provided for 10% ad val. 734 Apples, green or ripe 15¢ per bu. of 50 lbs. 53 Stat. 2387 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 736 Berries, edible, in their natural condition or in brine, not specially provided for: Blueberries 1¢ per lb. Other (except lingon or partridge berries) ¾¢ per lb. 736 Blueberries, prepared or preserved, or frozen, but not in brine and not dried, desiccated, or evaporated, and not specially provided for 17½% ad val. 736 Berries, edible, frozen, and not specially provided for 17½% ad val. 737 Cherries:
(1)In their natural state, not in air-tight or water-tight containers 1¢ per lb. 738 Cider 3¢ per gal. 753 Cut flowers, fresh, dried, prepared, or preserved 25% ad val. 763 Grass seeds and other forage crop seeds: Alfalfa 4¢ per lb. Alsike clover 4¢ per lb. Red clover 4¢ per lb. Sweet clover 2¢ per lb. Timothy 1¢ per lb. Bent-grass(genus agrostis) 20¢ per lb. Bluegrass 2½¢ per lb. Wheatgrass 1¢ per lb. Bromegrass 1¢ per lb. 764 Tree and shrub seeds 4¢ per lb. 766 Beets, other than sugar beets 10% ad val. 769 Peas, green or unripe, when imported and entered for consumption during the period from July 1 to September 30, inclusive, in any year 2¢ per lb. 771 White or Irish seed potatoes, certified by a responsible officer or agency of a foreign government in accordance with the official rules and regulations of that government to have been grown and approved especially for use as seed, in containers marked with the foreign government’s official certified seed potato tags, when entered for consumption during the period From March 1 to November 30, inclusive, in any year 37½¢ per 100 lbs. From December 1 in any year to the last day of the following February, inclusive 60¢ per 100 lbs. Provided, That if and when the United States is no longer obligated to accord to such potatoes produced in the Republic of Cuba a preferential reduction in the rate of duty in excess of 20 per centum, the rate of duty under this item during the entire year shall be 37½¢ per 100 lbs. Provided further, That such potatoes entered for consumption in the 12-month period beginning on September 15 in the year 1938 or any subsequent year in excess of an aggregate quantity of 1,500,000 bushels of 60 pounds each shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 75¢ per 100 lbs. 53 Stat. 2388 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 771 White or Irish potatoes, other than certified seed potatoes, as defined in the preceding item, when entered for consumption during the period From March 1 to November 30, inclusive, in any year 37½¢ per 100 lbs. From December 1 in any year to the last day of the following February, inclusive 60¢ per 100 lbs. Provided, That such potatoes entered for consumption in the 12-month period beginning on September 15 in the year 1938 or any subsequent year in excess of an aggregate quantity of 1,000,- 000 bushels of 60 pounds each shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 75¢ per 100 lbs. Provided further, That if for any calendar year the production of white or Irish potatoes, including seed potatoes, in the United States, according to the estimate made as of September 1 by the United States Department of Agriculture, is less than 350,000,000 bushels of 60 pounds each, an additional quantity of such potatoes, other than certified seed potatoes, equal to the amount by which such estimated production is less than 350,000,000 bushels may be entered for consumption during the 12-month period beginning on September 15 of that year at the reduced rates above specified; And provided further, That in computing the quantities of imports specified in the two foregoing provisos white or Irish potatoes produced in the Republic of Cuba shall not be included. 773 Turnips and rutabagas 12½¢ per 100 lbs. 774 Carrots, radishes, and cauliflower, in their natural state 25% ad val. 779 Hay S2.50 per ton of 2,000 lbs. 779 Straw 75¢ per ton of 2,000 lbs. 802 Whiskey of all types and classes, not consisting in any part of distilled spirits which have not been aged in wooden containers at least four years prior to the date the whiskey is entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption S2.50 per proof gal. 1001 Flax straw SI.50 per ton 1007 Hose, suitable for conducting liquids or gases, wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber 10¢ per lb. and 7H% ad val. 1401 Uncoated papers commonly or commercially known as book paper, and all uncoated printing paper, not specially provided for, not including cover paper ½¢ per lb. and 5% ad val. 1402 Pulpboard in rolls for use in the manufacture of wallboard, not plate finished, supercalendered or friction calendered, laminated by means of an adhesive substance, coated, surface stained or dyed, lined or vat-lined, embossed, printed, decorated or ornamented in any manner, nor cut into shapes for boxes or other articles and not specially provided for 5% ad val. 53 Stat. 2389 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 1401 Papers commonly or commercially known as tissue paper, stereotype paper, and copying paper, India and bible paper, condenser paper, carbon paper, coated or uncoated, bibulous paper, pottery paper, tissue paper for waxing, and all paper similar to any of the foregoing, not specially provided for, colored or uncolored, white or printed: Weighing not over 6 pounds to the ream, and whether in sheets or any other form, valued at not more than 15 cents per pound 3¢ per lb. and 10% ad val. Weighing over 6 pounds and less than 10 pounds to the ream, valued at not more than 15 cents per pound 2½¢ per lb. and 7½% ad val. 1404 Crepe paper, commonly or commercially so known, including paper creped or partly creped in any manner, valued at not more than 12% cents per pound 3¢ per lb. and 7½% ad val. 1409 Hanging paper, not printed, lithographed, dyed, or colored 7½% ad val. 1410 Tourist literature containing historical, geographic, time table, travel, hotel, or similar information, chiefly with respect to places or travel facilities outside the continental United States: If of bona fide foreign authorship 7½% ad val. All other 12½% ad val. 1410 Drawings, engravings, photographs, etchings, maps, and charts, containing additional text conveying historical, geographic, time table, travel, hotel, or similar information, chiefly with respect to places or travel facilities outside the continental United States 12½% ad val. 1413 Pulpboard in rolls for use in the manufacture of wallboard, surface stained or dyed, lined or vat- lined, embossed, or printed 15% ad val. 1502 Lacrosse sticks 15 % ad val. 1502 Ice skates and parts thereof 15% ad val. 1519
(c)Silver or black fox furs or skins, dressed or undressed, not specially provided for 37½% ad val. 1530
(b)Leather (except leather provided for in subparagraph
(d)of paragraph 1530 of the Tariff Act of 1930), made from hides or skins of cattle of the bovine species:
(3)leather to be used in the manufacture of harness or saddlery 10% ad val.
(4)patent leather, rough, partly finished, or finished, or cut or wholly or partly manufactured into uppers, vamps, or any forms or shapes suitable for conversion into boots, shoes, or footwear 7½% ad val. 1530
(e)Skating boots and shoes, made wholly or in chief value of leather, sewed or stitched by the process or method known as McKay, if attached to ice skates, and not specially provided for 15% ad val. 1532
(b)Gloves wholly or in chief value of leather made from horsehides or cowhides (except calfskins), whether wholly or partly manufactured 15% ad val. 53 Stat. 2390 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 1637
(b)Hose and tubing, having at no point an inside diameter of less than three-eighths of one inch, suitable for conducting liquids or gases, wholly or in chief value of India rubber (not known as “hard rubber”) or gutta-percha, not specially provided for 12½% ad val. 1541
(a)Pipe organs or pipe-organ player actions and parts thereof especially designed and constructed for installation and use in a particular church, or in a particular public auditorium at which it is not customary to charge an admission fee, which are imported for that specific use, and which are so installed and used within one year from the date of importation: Pipe organs and parts thereof Pipe organs and parts thereof 17½% ad val. Pipe-organ player actions and parts thereof 20% ad val. 1541
(a)Pipe organs and parts thereof, not specially provided for 17½% ad val. 1541
(a)Pipe-organ player actions and parts thereof, not specially provided for 30% ad val. 1555 Waste, not specially provided for Evergreen Christmas trees 7½% ad val. 1558 5% ad val. 1601 Sulphuric acid or oil of vitriol Free 1604 Agricultural implements: Plows, tooth or disk harrows, headers, harvesters, reapers, agricultural drills and planters, mowers, horserakes, cultivators, thrashing machines, wagons and carts, cream separators valued at not more than $50 each, and all other agricultural implements of any kind or description (except tractors), not specially provided for, whether in whole or in parts, including repair parts Free 1606
(a)1616 Bulls, cows, hogs, and sheep, imported by a citizen of the United States specially for breeding purposes Free, subject to the proviso to paragraph 1606
(a)and (b), Tariff Act of 1930 Asbestos, unmanufactured, asbestos crudes, fibers, stucco, and sand and refuse containing not more than 15 per centum of foreign matter Free 1641 Calcium: Cyanamid or lime nitrogen Free 1651 Coal-tar products: Benzene, toluene, xylene, crude coal tar, crude blast-furnace tar, crude oil-gas tar, crude water-gas tar, and all other distillates of crude coal tar, not specially provided for, which on being subjected to distillation yield in the portion distilling below 190 degrees centigrade a quantity of tar acids less than 5 per centum of the original distillate Free 1652 Cobalt and cobalt ore Free 1667 Sodium cyanide Free 1669 All drugs of animal origin, including fish livers, which are natural and uncompounded drugs and not edible, and not specially provided for, and are in a crude state, not advanced in value or condition by shredding, grinding, chipping, crushing, or any other process or treatment whatever beyond that essential to the proper packing of the drugs and the prevention of decay or deterioration pending manufacture, and not containing alcohol Free 53 Stat. 2391 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 1672 Crude artificial abrasives, not specially provided for Free 1681 Furs and fur skins, not specially provided for, undressed: Mink, beaver, muskrat, wolf, including prairie wolf, skunk, otter, lynx, and fisher Free 1688 Cattle-body hair (including calf-body hair) and horse-body hair, cleaned or uncleaned, but unmanufactured, not specially provided for Free 1716 Mechanically ground wood pulp, chemical wood pulp, unbleached or bleached Free 1719 Minerals, crude, or not advanced in value or condition by refining or grinding, or by other process of manufacture, not specially provided for: Lignite Free Natural gas Free Gravel Free Nepheline syenite Free Note: Nephelme syenite is subject to the proviso to item 214. 1734 Nickel ore, nickel matte, and nickel oxide Free 1743 Plaster rock (including anhydrite) and gypsum, crude Free Note: The existing customs classification treatment of gypsum which has been broken merely for the purpose of facilitating its shipment to the United States, as “crude” in accordance with the decision of the United States Court of Customs and Patent Appeals, published as Treasury Decision 45725 (61 Treasury Decisions 1215), shall be continued during the effective period of this Agreement. 1749 Radium, and salts of Free 1756 Sea herring and smelts, fresh or frozen, whether or not packed in ice, and whether or not whole Free 1758 Selenium, and salts of Free 1760 Shingles of wood Free Provided, That the United States reserves the right to impose a customs duty, not exceeding 25 cents per square, on any red cedar shingles which may be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year after 1938 in excess of a quantity to be specified by the United States, which quantity shall not be less than 30 per centum of the annual average for the preceding three calendar years of the combined total of the quantity of red cedar shingles shipped by producers in the United States and of the quantity of such shingles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption (for the purposes of this Agreement, such combined total for the calendar year 1936 shall be considered as 7,526,056 squares). 1761 Lobsters (except spiny lobsters), fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), or prepared or preserved in any manner (including pastes and sauces), and not specially provided for Free 1761 Clams, quahaugs, oysters (except seed oysters), and crabs, fresh or frozen (whether or not packed in ice), and not specially provided for Free 1761 Scallops, fresh but not frozen (whether or not packed in ice) Free 1772 Standard newsprint paper Free 53 Stat. 2392 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 1775 Stone and sand: Burrstone in blocks, rough or unmanufactured; quartzite; traprock; rottenstone, tripoli, and sand, crude or manufactured; silica; cliff stone, freestone, granite, and sandstone, unmanufactured, and not suitable for use as monumental, paving, or building stone; all the foregoing not specially provided for Free 1803(1) Timber hewn, sided, or squared, otherwise than by sawing, and round timber used for spars or in building wharves; sawed lumber and timber, not further manufactured than planed, and tongued and grooved; all the foregoing, if not of balsa, teak, cedar commercially known as Spanish cedar, lignum-vitae, lancewood, ebony, box, granadilla, mahogany, rosewood, satinwood, Japanese white oak, or Japanese maple, and not specially provided for Free 1803(2) Logs; timber, round, unmanufactured; pulp woods; firewood, handle bolts, shingle bolts; and laths; all the foregoing, not cabinet woods or balsa, and not specially provided for Free 1804 Posts, railroad ties, and telephone, trolley, electric-light, and telegraph poles of cedar or other woods Free 1805 Pickets, palings, hoops, and staves of wood of all kinds Free United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 601(c)
(6)Lumber, including sawed timber, rough, or planed or dressed on one or more sides, except flooring made of maple, birch, and beech, and except lumber and timber of Northern white pine(pinus strobus), Norway pine (pinus resinosa), Western white spruce, balsa, teak, cedar commercially known as Spanish cedar, lignum-vitae, lancewood, ebony, box, granadilla, mahogany, rosewood, satinwood, Japanese white oak, or Japanese maple $1.50 per thousand feet, board measure 601(c)
(8)Shark oil and shark-liver oil, including oil produced from sharks known as dogfish 1½¢ per lb. Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; Whereas it is provided in Article XV11I of the said Agreement that it shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and shall be ratified by His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada, and that it shall enter definitively into force on the day of the exchange of the instrument of ratification and a copy of the proclamation; Whereas it is further provided in Article XVIII of the said Agreement that, pending the definitive coming into force of the Agreement, the provisions of Article LX shall be applied provisionally on and after53 Stat. 2393the day following the proclamation of the Agreement by the President of the United States of America, and that the provisions of Article I, Article VI and Article VII shall be applied provisionally on and after January 1, 1939, subject to the reservations and exceptions elsewhere provided for in the Agreement; Whereas it is further provided in Article XVIII of the said Agreement that upon the provisional application of Article I, Article VI and Article VII of the present Agreement, and during the continuance of such provisional application, the provisions of Article I, Article III[49 Stat. 3961, 3962](/us/stat/49/3961/3962). and Article IV of the Trade Agreement concluded between the United States of America and Canada on November 15, 1935 shall be inoperative, and that upon the definitive coming into force of the present Agreement the whole of the said Agreement of November 15, 1935 shall terminate; Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States[52 Stat. 1077](/us/stat/52/1077).[19 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 1304](/us/usc/t19/s1304). of America, find that the suspension of the effectiveness of the proviso to subdivision
(J)of Section 304
(3)of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, is required to carry out the present Agreement; Now,therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [60 Stat. 24](/us/stat/60/24); [52 Stat. 1077](/us/stat/52/1077).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, §§ 1352 (c), 1354](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c/1354). of June 12, 1934 (as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937), and as further amended by Section 3 of the said Customs Administrative Act of 1938, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the provisions of Article IX thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after the day following the date of this my proclamation, and that the provisions of Article I, Article VI and Article VII of the said Agreement may be so observed and fulfilled on and after January 1, 1939, pending the definitive coming into force of the Agreement, and that the entire Agreement and every part thereof may be so observed and fulfilled on and from the day of the exchange of a copy of this my proclamation for the ratification of His Majesty in respect of Canada, as provided for in Article XVIII of the said Agreement, and I do further proclaim
(1)that the effectiveness of the proviso to subdivision
(J)of SectionEffectiveness of certain timber, etc.. provisions suspended.Termination of certain proclamations.[49 Stat. 3983, 3984](/us/stat/49/3983,3984). 304
(3)of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, shall be suspended on the day following the date of this my proclamation;
(2)that my proclamations of December 2, 1935 and May 14, 1936, in so far as they relate to the provisions of Article I, Article III, Article IV,[49 Stat. 3961, 3962, 3968, 3977](/us/stat/49/3961/3962/3968/3977). Schedule I and Schedule II of the Trade Agreement concluded between the United States of America and Canada on November 15, 1935, shall be terminated upon the provisional application of Article I, Article VI and Article VII of the present Agreement on January 1, 1939; and
(3)that the said proclamations of December 2, 1935 and[49 Stat. 3983, 3984](/us/stat/49/3983/3984). May 14, 1936 shall be terminated in whole on the day on which the present Agreement shall come definitively into force. 53 Stat. 2394 [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1382 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1382/c).Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fifth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and[seal] thirty-eight and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* **[SUPPLEMENTARY PROCLAMATION]** By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, by my proclamation of November 25, 1938, 1 did make public the Trade Agreement, including two annexed Schedules, which, pursuant to Section 350
(a)of the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12,[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).1934 entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as extended by joint resolution of Congress approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), I entered into on November 17, 1938 through my duly empowered plenipotentiary, with His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada, through his duly empowered plenipotentiary, in order that pending the definitive coming into force of the Agreement the provisions of Article LX should be applied provisionally on and after the day following my proclamation of the said Agreement in accordance with Article XVIII thereof, and the provisions of Article I, Article VI and Article VII should be applied provisionally on and after January 1, 1939 as also provided in the said Article XVIII, subject to the reservations and exceptions elsewhere provided for in the Agreement; And whereas it is further provided in the said Article XVHI that the said Agreement shall enter definitively into force on the day of the exchange of the proclamation of the President of the United States of America and the instrument of ratification by His Majesty in respect of Canada; And whereas the proclamation of the President of the United States of America and the ratification of His Majesty in respect of Canada were exchanged at Ottawa on June 17, 1939. 53 Stat. 2395 Now,therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, supplementing my said proclamation of November 25, 1938, do hereby proclaim that the entire Agreement of November 17, 1938, entered definitively into force on June 17, 1939, and that on the definitive coming into force of the said Agreement on that date the whole of the Trade Agreement between the President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada, signed at Washington on November 15, 1935, terminated in accordance with the stipulation to that effect in paragraph 3 of Article XVIII of the Agreement of November 17, 1938; and I do hereby call upon the United States of America and all the citizens thereof to observe and fulfill the entire Agreement of November 17, 1938 with good faith on and from June 17, 1939. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this seventeenth day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and[seal] thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* **EXCHANGE OF NOTES** *The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Minister of Canada (Marler)* Department of State Washington *November 17, 1938* Sir. I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States, in the special circumstances, will refrain from claiming under Article I of the Trade Agreement signed this day any advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by Canada to any territory under the mandate of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, which is administered as an integral portion of territory under His Majesty’s sovereignty or protection or which is joined in a customs union with a territory under His Majesty’s sovereignty or protection. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull The Honorable Sir Herbert Marler, P. C., K. C. M. G., *Minister of Canada.* 53 Stat. 2396 *The Minister of Canada (Marler) to the Secretary of State (Hull)* Canadian Legation Washington *November 17, 1938* Sir, I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Note of today’s date, informing me, with reference to the Trade Agreement signed this day, that the United States of America will, in the special circumstances, refrain from claiming under Article I of the Agreement any advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by Canada to any territory under the mandate of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, which is administered as an integral portion of territory under His Majesty’s sovereignty or protection or which is joined in a customs union with a territory under His Majesty’s sovereignty or protection, I have taken note with pleasure of your communication in the above sense. I have the honour to be with the highest consideration Sir Your most obedient humble servant Herbert M.Marler The Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State of the United States, Washington, D. C.* **LUMBER DECLARATION** The Governments of Canada and the United States of America, desiring to proceed toward the removal of those restrictions on the international trade in lumber which have operated to the disadvantage of their respective lumber industries ; Recognizing that as a first step towards this objective the duties and taxes levied on lumber imported into the United States from Canada were reduced by 50 per cent to $2 per thousand feet in the Trade Agreement concluded between Canada and the United States of America on November 15, 1935; Noting that as a consequence of the coming into force of the Trade Agreements signed this day:
(1)the United Kingdom duty on softwood lumber in those forms of which the United States is an important supplier of the United Kingdom’s requirements will not exceed 16 shillings per standard (approximately $2 per thousand feet), without any restriction as to the quantity that may be imported at the reduced rate of duty;
(2)the preferential margins enjoyed by lumber of Empire origin in the British West Indian Colonies will not exceed $2 per thousand feet;
(3)the Canadian duty on planed or dressed lumber imported from the United States will be reduced by 50 per cent and the special excise53 Stat. 2397tax of 3 per cent will be removed from rough and dressed lumber, without any restriction as to the quantity that may be imported either at the reduced rates of duty or free;
(4)the quantity of red cedar shingles that may be imported into the United States free of duty will be fixed at 30 per cent of United States consumption and imports in excess of this quantity will not be dutiable at more than 25 cents per square;
(5)the quantitative restriction on the importation into the United States of lumber of Douglas fir and Western Hemlock at the reduced rates of duty and tax in effect since January 1st, 1936, and confirmed by the Trade Agreement signed today, will be removed; and that
(6)lumber and timber imported from Canada will not be required to be marked to indicate their country of origin. Noting further that the Governments of Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States of America are, for their part, prepared to give effect to the arrangement envisaged in the Trade Agreement between the United Kingdom and the United States whereby lumber of the values and sizes therein set forth shall on its importation into the United Kingdom from the United States of America be admitted free of duty as soon as the import excise tax now levied on Canadian lumber imported into the United States is removed. Have resolved to record their readiness to cooperate, as opportunity occurs, in restoring the reciprocal advantages enjoyed by the timber products of their respective countries prior to the general resort to retaliatory restrictions on the importation of lumber and to confirm their understanding that the Government of Canada will interpose no objection to the reduction by Empire Governments other than the United Kingdom of differential duties now levied on United States lumber to a point at which the margin of preference enjoyed by Canadian lumber will not exceed the duties and taxes now imposed on Canadian lumber on importation into the United States and that when, and for so long as, the United States import excise tax ceases to apply to lumber imported from Canada, Canada will concur in any request it may receive from such Empire Government for the extension to United States lumber of the tariff treatment enjoyed by Canadian lumber. Washington, *November 17, 1938.* **[ALLOCATION OF TARIFF QUOTA ON HEAVY CATTLE]** By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat.53 Stat. 2398[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, § 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).943), which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows:" “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly:*Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " 53 Stat. 2399 Whereas, pursuant to the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, I entered into a Trade Agreement on November 17, 1938, with His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of Canada ; Whereas, by my proclamation of November 25, 1938, I did make public the said Trade Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, and in my proclamation provided that the provisions of Article VII of the said Agreement should be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after January 1, 1939; Whereas, Article VII of the said Agreement provides as follows:" “1. Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of Canada enumerated and described in Schedule XI annexed to this Agreement shall, on their importation into the United States of America., be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule, subject to the conditions therein set out. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges, or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. “2. Schedule II shall have full force and effect as an integral part of this Agreement.” " Whereas, Schedule II annexed to the said Agreement provides in. part as follows: “United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Article Rate of Duty 701 Cattle, weighing seven hundred pounds or more each: Cows, imported specially for dairy purposes 1½ per lb. Other 1½ per lb. Provided, That after December 31, 1938, such cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purpose entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in excess of 60,000 head in any quarter year shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, and such cattle (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes) entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in excess of 225,000 head in any calendar year shall not be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of this item, but the rate of duty thereon shall not exceed 3 per lb. Provided further, That if, after consultation with the Government of the United States of America, the Government of Canada requests the allocation of the quantity entitled to enter at the reduced rate of duty under this item, the Government of the United States of America shall take the necessary steps to allocate the said quantity among countries of export on the basis provided for in Article III of this Agreement.” 53 Stat. 2400 Whereas, Article III of the said Agreement reads as follows:" “If imports of any article into either country should be regulated either as regards the total amount permitted to be imported or as regards the amount permitted to be imported at a specified rate of duty, and if shares are allocated to countries of export, the share allocated to the other country shall be based upon the proportion of the total imports of such article from all foreign countries supplied by that country in past years, account being taken in so far as practicable in appropriate cases of any special factors which may have affected or may be affecting the trade in that article. In those cases in which the other country is a relatively large supplier of any such article, the Government of the country imposing the regulation shall, whenever practicable, consult with the Government of the other country before the share to be allocated to that country is determined.” " Whereas, after consultation with the Government of the United States of America, the Government of Canada has requested the allocation among the countries of export of the quantity of cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes) entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of the said item 701 of Schedule II annexed to the said Agreement; Whereas such allocation is required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; Whereas I find that, taking into account special factors affecting the trade, imports into the United States of America from all countries of such cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes) during the years 1936 and 1937 were representative of the trade in such articles; Whereas I find that the proportions of total imports into the United States of America for consumption of such cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes) supplied by Canada and by other foreign countries, respectively, during the years 1936 and 1937 were as follows: Canada 86.2 per centum Other foreign countries 13.8 per centum Now,therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, do hereby proclaim that no more than 142,230 head of cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes), the produce of Canada, nor more than 22,770 head of such cattle, the produce of other foreign countries, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the period April 1 to December 31, 1939, inclusive, shall be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of the said item 701 of53 Stat. 2401Schedule II of the said Agreement; and that no more than 51,720 head of cattle weighing seven hundred pounds or more each (other than cows imported specially for dairy purposes), the produce of Canada, nor more than 8,280 head of such cattle, the produce of other foreign countries, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar quarter year during the period April 1 to December 31, 1939, inclusive, shall be entitled to a reduction in duty by virtue of the said item 701 of Schedule II of the said Agreement. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-seventh day of February in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 53 Stat. 2402 July 8, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2402 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES HAITI—FINANCES—JULY 8, 1939 July 8, 1939[E. A. S. No. 150] Supplementary agreement between the United States of America and Haiti further modifying the agreement of August 7, 1933, Signed July 8, 1939; effective October 1, 1939. SUPPLEMENTARY EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND THE REPUBLIC OF HAITI Supplementary financial agreement with Haiti. The undersigned plenipotentiaries, duly authorized by their respective Governments, have agreed upon the following Supplementary Executive Agreement: Article I Deposit of receipts. On and after October 1, 1939 and until and including September 30, 1940, all monies received by or for the Haitian Government shall be deposited in the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti to the credit of the Haitian Government with the exception of the following sums which will be deposited to the credit of the Fiscal Representative: 1. the five per centum of customs revenues [48 Stat. 1780](/us/stat/48/1780).foreseen in Article IX of the Accord of August 7, 1933, and 2. the amounts needed for payments connected with execution of the Loan Contracts which payments during the period mentioned shall consist of:
(a)the amounts necessary to pay the interest on all outstanding bonds issued under the Loan Contracts of October 6, 1922 and May 26, 1925 and:
(b)$20,000.00 am. on account of the amounts required to be paid under such Loan Contracts for the amortization of the bonds and 53 Stat. 24033. all additional receipts which the Haitian Government will collect during the fiscal year 1939–1940 over and above the amount carried in the budget 1938–39 and over and above all other amounts which may be deemed necessary by the Secretary of State for Finance in accord with the Fiscal Representative, to be expended as extraordinary appropriations to meet serious emergencies. Article II The provisions of the first sentenceSuspension of certain provisions.[48 Stat. 1781, 1783](/us/stat/48/1781/1783). of Article XI and the first and last sentences of Article XVI of the Accord of August 7, 1933, to the extent and only to the extent that they may be inconsistent with the provisions of Article I of this Accord, shall be suspended so long as this Supplementary Executive Agreement remains in effect. Signed at Port-au-Prince, inSignatures. duplicate, in the english and french languages, this 8th day of July nineteen hundred and thirty-nine. Ferdinand L Mayer [seal] ACCORD EXECUTIF ADDITIONNEL ENTRE LES ETATS UNIS D’AMERIQUE ET LA REPUBLIQUE D’HAITI Supplementary financial agreement with Haiti. Les Plénipotentiaires, soussignés, dûment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, sont convenus de l’Accord Exécutif Additionnel suivant: Article I Deposit of receipts. A partir du 1er. Octobre 1939 et jusqu’au 30 Septembre 1940 inclusivement, tous les fonds recouvrés par ou pour le Gouvernement Haïtien seront déposés, au crédit du Gouvernement Haitien, à la Banque Nationale de la République d'Haiti, à l’exception des sommes suivantes qui seront déposées au crédit du Représentant Fiscal: 1o. les 5% des recettes douanières prévus à l’Article IX [48 Stat. 1780](/us/stat/48/1780).de l’Accord du 7 Août 1933 et 2o. les fonds exigibles pour les paiements, afférents au service des contrats d’emprunt, lesquels paiements, durant la période susmentionnée, consisteront a) en les valeurs nécessaires pour payer les intérêts sur tous les titres en circulation, émis d’après les contrats d’emprunt du 6 octobre 1922 et du 26 mai 1925 et b) en une somme de $20,000.00 américains à valoir sur les valeurs exigibles, d’après les susdits contrats d’emprunt pour l’amortissement des 53 Stat. 2403titres, et 3o. toutes les recettes additionnelles que le Gouvernement Haïtien aura recouvrées pendant l’année fiscale 1939–1940 en sus de la valeur portée au budget 1938–1939 et en sus de toutes autres valeurs qui peuvent être jugées nécessaires par le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances, d’accord avec le Représentant Fiscal, pour être consacrées comme affectations extraordinaires, en vue de faire face à des circonstances extraordinaires et imprévues. Article II Les effets des dispositions de laSuspension of certain provisions.[48 Stat. 1781, 1783](/us/stat/48/1781/1783). première phrase de l’article XI et de la première et de la dernière phrases de l’article XVI de l’Accord du 7 Août 1933 seront, en tant seulement qu’ils sont contraires aux dispositions de l’article premier du présent Accord, suspendus, tant que cet Accord Exécutif Additionnel restera en vigueur. Fait de bonne foi, enSignatures. double, en anglais et en français à Port-au-Prince, le 8 Juillet mil neuf cent trente neuf. Leon Laleau [seal] 53 Stat. 2404 August 2, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2404 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES U. S. S. R.—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—AUG. 2, 1939 August 2, 1939[E. A. S. No. 151] Commercial agreement between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics continuing in force until August 6, 1940, the agreement of August 4, 1937; effected by exchange of notes, signed at Moscow August 2, 1989; approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics August 4, 1939; proclaimed by the President of the United States August 4, 1939; effective August 6, 1939. And related notes. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Continuance of commercial agreement with the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.Whereas by my authority, the Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America at Moscow exchanged at that capital on August 2, 1939, with the authorized representative of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics identic notes, constituting an agreement in regard to commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the continuance of favorable commercial relations between the two countries, Texts of notes.which notes are word for word as follows: Moscow, *August 2, 1939*. Excellency: In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, I have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics recorded in the exchange of notes between the American Ambassador and the People’s Commissar for Foreign [50 Stat. 1612](/us/stat/50/1612).Affairs on August 4, 1937, which came into force on August 6, 1937, upon proclamation thereof on that date by the President of the United States of America and approval thereof by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on *Ante*, p. 1947.the same date, and which was renewed for one year on August 5, 1938, shall continue in force until August 6, 1940, This agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Stuart E. Grummon *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America* His Excellency A. I. Mikoyan, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade*, *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 2405 [Translation] Moscow, *August 2, 1939*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, I Confirmation by Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America recorded in the exchange of notes between the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs and the American Ambassador on August 4, 1937, which came into force on August 6, 1937, upon approval thereof on that date by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America on the same date, and which was renewed for one year on August 5, 1938, shall continue in force until August 6, 1940. This agreement shall be approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and proclaimed by the President of the United States of America. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. Mikoyan Mr. Stuart E. Grummon, *Chargé, d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*, *Moscow*. And whereas, it is provided in the said agreement that the agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and approved by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, do hereby make known and proclaim the said agreement and, having been notified that the same has been approved on this day by the Council of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, direct that it be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States ofEffective date. America on and after August 6, 1939. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 53 Stat. 2406 RELATED NOTES 1. Concerning the Amount of Purchases to be Made by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America *The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Grummon) to the People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade (Mikoyan)* Embassy of the United States of America *Moscow, August 2, 1939*. Excellency: I have the honor to refer to our recent conversations in regard to the commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and to ask you to let me know the value of articles, the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America which the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intends to purchase in the United States of America during the next twelve months for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Stuart E. Grummon *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America*. His Excellency A. I. Mikoyan, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade*, *Moscow*. *The People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade (Mikoyan) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Grummon)* [Translation] Moscow, *August 2, 1939*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended purchases by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months, I have the honor to inform you that the economic organizations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intend to buy in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months American goods to the amount of at least forty million dollars. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. Mikoyan Mr. S. E. Grummon, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*, *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 2407 2. Exemption From Excise Tax of Coal, Coke, and Coal or Coke Briquettes Imported Into the United States From the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics *The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Grummon) to the Peoples Commissar for Foreign Trade (Mikoyan)* Embassy of the United States of America Excellency: *Moscow, August 8, 1939*. With reference to the agreement signed today continuing the agreement concerning commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics which came into force on August 6, 1937, I have the honor to state that the Embassy has been informed that the authorities of the Treasury Department of the United States will admit coal of all sizes, grades, and classifications (except culm and duff), coke manufactured therefrom, and coal or coke briquettes, imported from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics free from the import tax provided in Section 601
(5)of the Revenue Act of 1932, as amended, during the life of the agreement unless other treatment is required by controlling judicial decision hereafter rendered. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Stuart E. Grummon *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America*. His Excellency A. I. Mikoyan, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade*, *Moscow*. *The People’s Commissar for Foreign Trade (Mikoyan) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Grummon)* [Translation] Moscow, *August 2, 1939*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended exports of Soviet coal to the United States of America during the ensuing twelve months, I may state that the economic organizations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will not in any case export to the United States of America during the year beginning August 6, 1939, more than 400,000 tons of Soviet coal. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. A. Mikoyan Mr. S. E. Grummon, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America*, *Moscow*. 53 Stat. 2408 July 15, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2408 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FRANCE—AIR NAVIGATION—JULY 15, 1939 July 15, 1939[E. A. S. No. 152] Arrangement between the United States of America and France respecting air navigation. Effected by exchange of notes signed July 15, 1939; effective August 15, 1939. *The American Ambassador (Bullitt) to the French Minister of Foreign Affairs (Bonnet)* No. 1929 Embassy of the United States of America *Paris, July 15, 1939*. Excellency: Reciprocal air navigation arrangement with France.I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States of America desires to conclude with the Government of France a reciprocal arrangement in the following terms, governing the navigation of aircraft of each country in territory of the other country. ARRANGEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND FRANCE RELATING TO AIR NAVIGATION. Article 1. Provisional arrangement. Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United States of America and France on the subject of air navigation, the movement of aircraft of one contracting Party over the territory of the other contracting Party shall be governed by the following provisions: Article 2. Area affected. The present arrangement shall apply to the metropolitan territory of France and the United States of America, as well as the following territories, possessions or colonies, including their territorial waters over which the two countries respectively exercise jurisdiction: (*a*) St. Pierre and Miquelon; Martinique; Guadaloupe and dependencies; and French Guiana. (*b*) Puerto Rico; Virgin Islands of the United States; and American Samoa. Article 3. “Aircraft” defined. The term “aircraft” employed in the present agreement shall be understood to mean private aircraft, and State aircraft, other than military, customs and police aircraft, duly registered in the territory of either of the contracting Parties. Designated aircraft not included. The present arrangement does not apply to military, customs or police aircraft of either contracting Party, which may not, without special authorization, be flown over the territory of the other contracting Party nor land there. 53 Stat. 2409 Article 4. Each of the contracting Parties shall grant, in time of peace, toLiberty of passage. aircraft of the other contracting Party, duly registered in the territory of such Party, liberty of passage above its territory, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation, by anRegular routes, consent required. enterprise of one of the contracting Parties, of a regular air route or air transport service to, over or away from the territory of the other contracting Party, with or without a stop, shall be subject to the consent of such other Party. Any air transport enterprise of either PartyApplication for operation through diplomatic channels. applying for permission to operate such regular air route or air transport service shall be required to submit its application through diplomatic channels. With the reservation of the stipulations contained in the secondAir commerce, etc. paragraph above concerning regular air routes or air transport services for which special consent is necessary, the aircraft of either contracting Party may proceed to one or more points of the territory of the other Party, either to land part or all of their passengers or of their cargo of foreign origin, or to take aboard part or all of their passengers, or of their cargo for a foreign destination. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce wholly within its own territory. The term “air commerce” as used in the preceding paragraph shall,“Air commerce” defined. with respect to the Parties to this arrangement, be understood to mean:—(*a*) navigation of aircraft in territory of either Party in the conduct or furtherance of a business; (*b*) the commercial transport of persons or goods between any two points in the territory of either Party. Article 5. The aircraft of each of the contracting Parties, their crews andJurisdiction. passengers, and goods carried thereon, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the laws in force in that territory, including all regulations relating to air navigation applicable to foreign aircraft, the transport of passengers and goods, and public safety and order, as well as any regulations concerning immigration, quarantine, customs and clearance. The contracting Parties agree to adopt all practicable measures,Regulations. through the issuance of special regulations or otherwise, to facilitate and expedite communication by aircraft between their respective territories, and to prevent unnecessary delays to aircraft, their crews and passengers, cargo, and the personnel of the aircraft companies traveling on business of the companies, especially in the administration of the laws relating to immigration, customs and clearance. Subject to the provisions of the first paragraph of this article andMutual enjoyment of privileges. to the laws and regulations therein specified, the carriage of passengers, and the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported, will be permitted in aircraft of the one Party into or from the territory of the other Party; and, subject to the provisions of the first paragraph of this Article and to the laws and regu53 Stat. 2410 lations therein specified, such aircraft, their crews, passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy in the territory of the other Party the same privileges as are enjoyed by aircraft, their crews, passengers, and cargoes of the mentioned territory or foreign aircraft engaged in international No excess duties, etc.commerce, their crews, passengers and cargoes; and they shall not, merely by reason of the nationality of the aircraft, be subjected to duties or charges other or higher than those which are or may be imposed on aircraft of the territory referred to or on aircraft of another foreign country engaged in international commerce, or on their crews, passengers or cargoes, it being understood that in this respect the claimant has the choice of national or most-favored nation treatment. Fuel and lubricants. Upon arrival in the territory of either of the contracting Parties, the fuel and lubricants contained in the tanks of the aircraft shall be admitted free of customs and other duties. However, no quantity can be unloaded free of duty except temporarily and under customs control. Upon departure of aircraft of either contracting Party from territory of the other contracting Party for a point outside of such territory, fuel and lubricants intended for the refueling and lubrication of such aircraft will, on a basis of reciprocity and to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of the contracting Party in force in the territory of departure, be furnished either free of customs and other duties or, alternatively, the duties levied on such fuel and lubricants will be refunded. “Customs and other duties” defined. The expression “customs and other duties” includes import, export, excise, and internal duties and taxes of all lands levied upon the fuel and lubricants. Aircraft, etc., import duties. Aircraft of either Party, and also their equipment and spare parts on board, are in principle liable, on landing in a territory of the other party, to customs and other duties of all kinds normally chargeable on importation. Free entry if for re-exportation. If they are to be re-exported, they are entitled to temporary admission free of duty under the conditions contemplated by the Customs regulations of each of the contracting Parties, who will endeavor to reduce their formalities to the strict minimum, especially as regards aircraft belonging to regular lines. Similar treatment shall be accorded to spare parts and material imported separately for the repair of such aircraft; parts replaced must, if the Customs so require, be re-exported under Customs supervision. Article 6. Prohibited areas. Each one of the two contracting Parties shall have the right, for reasons of a military nature or in the interest of public safety, to prohibit flights over certain areas of its territory by all aircraft private or commercial of the other contracting Party, under the penalties provided by its legislation, it being understood that in any case at issue no distinction in this matter will be made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air navigation is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. 53 Stat. 2411 Each of the contracting Parties reserves to itself, in addition, the right, in time of peace, under exceptional circumstances, to limit or prohibit temporarily and with immediate effect, air navigation above its territory or any part thereof on condition that this restriction or prohibition shall be made applicable without any distinction of nationality between them, to the aircraft of the other Party and to the aircraft of any other foreign country. Article 7. Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soonAircraft over prohibited areas, duties. as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed by the air regulations in force in the country flown over; it shall furthermore land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in the territory of said country and as near as possible to such prohibited area. This same obligation applies to aircraft flying over a prohibited area and to which the special signal intended to draw their attention shall have been given. Article 8. All aircraft shall carry clearly visible distinctive marks by whichIdentification. their identity may be recognized during flight (nationality and registration marks). All aircraft must be provided with certificates of registration andCertificates of registration, etc. airworthiness and with all other documents prescribed for air navigation in the country in which they are registered. Article 9. All members of the crew who perform in an aircraft of either of thePassengers and crew, certificates, licenses and documents. contracting Parties, duties for which certificates or licenses are required in the country in which such aircraft is registered, must be provided with said certificates and licenses delivered by the authorities of such country. The other members of the crew must carry documents mentioning their duties on board, their profession, identity and nationality. The crew and passengers, unless otherwise specified, must carry the documents required by the regulations in force governing international traffic. Article 10. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency andCertificates of airworthiness, etc.; validity. licenses, issued or rendered valid by the country whose nationality is possessed by the aircraft, shall be considered by the other country as being in accordance with the regulations governing air traffic to the same extent as the corresponding documents delivered or rendered valid by the latter. However, each of the contracting Parties reserves the right to refuse to recognize, for the purpose of flight within the boundaries of and above its own territory, certificates of competency and licenses issued to its own nationals by the other contracting Party. 53 Stat. 2412 Article 11. Unauthorized carriage of arms, etc. Aircraft, their crews and passengers, may not carry arms, ammunition, noxious gases, explosives, carrier pigeons, or photographic apparatus, except by permission of the country within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Transportation of rockets, etc. However, the transportation of accessories necessary to the operation and navigation of the aircraft (rockets, flares, etc.) is not prohibited. Photographic apparatus. If the carriage of photographic apparatus is permitted it must, unless otherwise especially authorized, be so placed that utilization thereof during flight will be impossible. Restrictions for reasons of public order. Each of the contracting Parties has the right, for reasons of public order and safety, to limit or prohibit on its territory the transportation of articles other than those enumerated in the first paragraph of the present article, provided that no difference is made in that respect between its national aircraft employed in international traffic and the aircraft of the other contracting Party so employed. Article 12. Search and Inspection. Upon the departure or landing of aircraft, each contracting Party may, within its own territory, and through its competent authorities, search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 13. Availability of aerodromes, services, etc. Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Parties to this arrangement shall, in so far as they are under its control, be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which may equally utilize the meteorological information services, the wireless services, the lighting services and day and night signalling services, in so far as those several classes of services are under the control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are situated. Any charges, landing, accomodation charges, et cetera, in so far as such charges are under the control of the pertinent contracting Party, shall be the same for the aircraft of each of the two contracting Parties. Article 14. Entry or departure from proscribed aerodromes. Upon entry or departure, aircraft going to or proceeding from the territory of either of the contracting Parties shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome (with passport control service), at which facilities exist for clearance of aircraft and enforcement of immigration regulations. No intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and Special cases.that aerodrome. In special cases, the competent authorities may allow aircraft to depart from or land at other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration, clearance and passport control formalities shall be accomplished. The cost entailed by this special service shall, to such extent as may be required under the local regulations, then be 53 Stat. 2413 paid by the owner or person in charge of the aircraft. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in these special cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodrome referred toForced landing. in the first paragraph of this article, the captain of the aircraft, the crew and passengers, must conform with the national regulations applying to such cases. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromesExchange of lists of aerodromes. in their territories from time to time designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 15. Each of the contracting Parties reserves the right to determine thatCrossing of frontiers. the frontiers may be crossed only between certain points. In such case notification of the decision will be given to the other Party. Article 16. It is forbidden to drop, from aircraft in flight, any ballast otherAircraft in flight, dropping of ballast. than fine sand or water. Article 17. In the course of flight, only those articles or substances, other thanArticles or substances permitted. ballast, may be dropped or otherwise discharged, for which a special authorization shall have been given by the authorities of the country flown over. Article 18. Aircraft of either of the Parties operating in the territory of theWireless apparatus; license, regulations. other Party may be equipped with wireless apparatus only if the necessary license to install and work such apparatus, issued by the competent authorities of the contracting Party in which the aircraft is registered, shall have been obtained. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the contracting Party flown over. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew asUse restricted. are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the competent authorities of the contracting Party in which the aircraft is registered. Article 19. In all questions of nationality that may arise in carrying out theQuestions of nationality. present arrangement, it is agreed that aircraft possess the nationality of the country in whose territory they are duly registered. The registration of aircraft referred to in the preceding paragraphRegulation of aircraft registration. shall be performed in compliance with the laws and special provisions of each contracting Party. Article 20. The contracting Parties shall communicate to each other from timeExchange of regulations. to time the regulations relative to air navigation in force in their respective territories. 53 Stat. 2414 Article 21. Application of provisions. Either Party may, at any time after the present arrangement comes into force, apply the provisions of the arrangement to any of the territories under its jurisdiction, including territorial waters, that are not mentioned in Article 2. Such application shall be by notification in writing, given to the other Party, and shall become effective sixty days from the day when the notification shall have been given. The Party extending this arrangement to the additional territory under its jurisdiction cited in the preceding paragraph, may subsequently terminate such application, the decision coming into effect only upon sixty days’ notice. Article 22. Termination of arrangement. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party. Acceptance to constitute arrangement. If the Government of France agrees to the foregoing provisions, I have the honor to suggest that the present note and Your Excellency’s reply in similar terms, be regarded as constituting an arrangement Entry into force.between the two Governments which shall come into force on August 15, 1939. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. William C. Bullitt His Excellency Monsieur Georges Bonnet, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Paris*. *The French Minister of Foreign Affairs (Bonnet) to the American Ambassador (Bullitt)* ministèredesaffaires étrangèresa/r *Sous-Directiondes Affaires Administratives& des Unions Internationales* République Française *Paris, le 15 juillet 1939* Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa note, en date de ce jour et de Lui faire savoir que le Gouvernement de la République Française accepte que les dispositions suivantes, constituent un arrangement sur la base de la réciprocité avec le Gouvernement de la République des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. –Article 1er– En attendant la conclusion d’une convention de navigation aérienne entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la France, la circulation des 53 Stat. 2415aéronefs d’une des Parties Contractantes au-dessus du territoire de l’autre Partie Contractante sera régie par les dispositions suivantes: –Article 2– Le présent arrangement s’appliquera au territoire métropolitain des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et de la France ainsi qu’aux territoires, possessions ou colonies ci-après, y compris les eaux territoriales sur lesquelles les deux pays exerçent respectivement leur souveraineté: *a*) Porto-Rico; Les Iles Vierges des Etats-Unis; et Les Des Samoa américaines. *b*) Saint-Pierre et Miquelon; La Martinique; La Guadeloupe et ses dépendances; et La Guyane française. –Article 3– Le terme “aéronefs” employé dans le présent arrangement sera considéré comme désignant les aéronefs privés et aussi les aéronefs d’Etat, autres que les aéronefs militaires ou ceux des services des douanes ou de la police, régulièrement immatriculés dans le territoire de l’une ou l’autre des Parties Contractantes. Le présent arrangement ne s’applique ni aux aéronefs militaires, ni à ceux des services de la douane ou de la police de chacune des deux Parties Contractantes, qui ne pourront pas, sans autorisation spéciale, survoler le territoire de l’autre Partie Contractante ou y atterrir. –Article 4– Chacune des Parties Contractantes accordera, en temps de paix, aux aéronefs de l’autre Partie Contractante régulièrement immatriculés dans le territoire de cette Partie, la liberté de survoler son territoire sous réserve de l’observation des dispositions du présent arrangement. Toutefois, il est entendu que l’établissement et l’exploitation, par une entreprise de l’une des Parties Contractantes, d’une ligne aérienne ou d’un service de transport aérien régulier à destination, audessus ou en provenance du territoire de l’autre Partie Contractante, avec ou sans escale, sera soumis à l’agrément de cette autre Partie. Toute entreprise de transport aérien d’une des deux Parties désirant obtenir l’autorisation d’exploiter une ligne aérienne ou un service de transport aérien régulier de pareille nature, devra présenter sa demande par la voie diplomatique. Sous réserve des dispositions du paragraphe 2 cidessus concernant les lignes aériennes ou les services de transport aérien réguliers, pour lesquels une autorisation spéciale est nécessaire, les aéronefs de l’une ou l’autre Partie Contractante pourront se rendre dans un ou plusieurs points du territoire de l’autre Partie, soit pour y mettre à terre une partie ou la totalité de leurs passagers ou de leur chargement en provenance de l’étranger, soit pour prendre une partie ou la totalité de leurs passagers ou de leur chargement pour une destination étrangère. Chacune des Parties au présent arrangement 53 Stat. 2416aura la faculté de réserver à ses propres aéronefs la totalité du trafic aérien à l’intérieur de son propre territoire. L’expression “trafic aérien” employée au paragraphe précédent sera considérée, en ce qui concerne les Parties au présent arrangement, comme s’appliquant: *a*) à la circulation des aéronefs dans le territoire de l’une ou l’autre Partie, pour assurer ou faciliter le fonctionnement d’une entreprise commerciale; *b*) au transport commercial de voyageurs ou de marchandises entre deux points quelconques du territoire de l’autre Partie. – Article 5 – Les aéronefs de chacune des Parties Contractantes leurs équipages et leurs passagers, ainsi que les marchandises transportées à leur bord, seront, pendant qu’ils se trouveront dans le territoire de l’autre Partie, soumis aux lois en vigueur dans ce territoire, y compris à tous règlements relatifs à la navigation aérienne applicables aux aéronefs étrangers, au transport des passagers et des marchandises et à la sécurité et à l’ordre public, ainsi que tous règlements concernant l’immigration, la quarantaine, les douanes et le congé. Les Parties Contractantes conviennent d’adopter par règlements spéciaux ou de toute autre manière, toutes mesures destinées à faciliter et à activer les communications aériennes entre leurs territoires respectifs et à éviter des retards inutiles aux aéronefs, à leurs équipages, à leurs passagers, à leur chargement et au personnel des compagnies en voyage de service, spécialement en ce qui concerne l’application des lois relatives à l’immigration, aux douanes et au congé. Sous réserve de l’observation des dispositions du 1er paragraphe du présent article et des lois et règlements qui y sont visés, le transport des passagers et l’importation ou l’exportation de toute marchandise dont l’importation ou l’exportation sont licites, seront permis aux aéronefs d’une des Parties à destination ou en provenance du territoire de l’autre Partie; et sous réserve de l’observation des dispositions du premier paragraphe du présent article et des lois et règlements qui y sont visés, lesdits aéronefs, leurs équipages, leurs passagers et chargements bénéficieront dans le territoire de l’autre Partie, des mêmes avantages que les aéronefs de ce territoire, leurs équipages, passagers et chargements ou que les aéronefs étrangers employés au commerce international, leurs équipages, passagers et chargements; et ils ne seront pas, du simple fait de la nationalité des appareils soumis à des droits, taxes ou charges autres ou plus élevés que ceux qui sont ou pourront être appliqués aux aéronefs du territoire en question ou aux aéronefs de tout autre pays étranger employés au commerce international, ou à leurs équipages, passagers ou chargements, étant entendu qu’à cet égard les intéressés auront le choix entre le traitement national et celui de la nation la plus favorisée. A l’arrivée dans le territoire de chacune des Parties Contractantes, les carburants et les lubrifiants contenus dans les réservoirs des aéronefs seront admis en franchise de droits de douane et d’autres 53 Stat. 2417droits. Toutefois, aucune quantité ne pourra être débarquée en franchise sauf à titre temporaire et sous le contrôle de la douane. Au départ des aéronefs de l’une ou de l’autre des Parties Contractantes du territoire de l’autre Partie Contractante à destination d’un point situé hors dudit territoire, ou bien les carburants et les lubrifiants destinés au ravitaillement de ces aéronefs seront, sur la base de la réciprocité et dans la mesure autorisée par les lois et les règlements de la Partie Contractante en vigueur dans le territoire du départ, fournis en franchise de droits de douane et d’autres droits, ou bien les droits qui auraient été perçus sur ces carburants et lubrifiants seront remboursés. L’expression “droits de douane et autres droits” comprend les droits d’importation et d’exportation, les taxes indirectes et les droits et taxes intérieurs de toute nature perçus sur les carburants et lubrifiants. Les aéronefs de chacune des deux Parties, avec leur équipement et leurs pièces de rechange se trouvant à bord, acquittent, en principe, à leur atterrissage dans le territoire de l’autre Partie, les droits de douane et autres droits normalement exigibles à l’importation. S’ils doivent être réexportés, ils bénéficient de la franchise temporaire des droits et taxes dans les conditions prévues par les règlements de douane propres à chacune des Parties Contractantes, lesquelles s’efforceront de réduire les formalités au strict minimum, notamment en ce qui concerne les aéronefs des lignes régulières. Le même régime est applicable aux pièces et matériel de rechange importés séparément pour la réparation de ces aéronefs. Les pièces remplacées doivent, si la douane l’exige être réexportées sous son contrôle. – Article 6 – Chacune des deux Hautes Parties Contractantes aura le droit, pour des raisons d’ordre militaire ou dans l’intérêt de la sécurité publique, d’interdire à tous aéronefs privés ou commerçiaux de l’autre Partie Contractante de survoler certaines zones de son territoire, sous peine des sanctions édictées par sa législation, étant entendu que, dans aucun cas, il ne sera fait de discrimination entre ses propres aéronefs se livrant au commerce international et les aéronefs de l’autre Partie destinés aux mêmes fins. Les zones audessus desquelles la navigation aérienne sera interdite dans ces conditions, par l’une ou l’autre des Parties, devront faire l’objet d’une notification à l’autre Partie. Chacune des Parties Contractantes se réserve, en outre, le droit, en temps de paix, dans des circonstances exceptionnelles, de limiter ou d’interdire, à titre temporaire et avec effet immédiat, la navigation aérienne audessus de son territoire ou d’une partie quelconque de celuici, sous réserve que cette restriction ou cette interdiction soit applicable, sans aucune distinction de nationalité, aux aéronefs de l’autre Partie et aux aéronefs de tous autres pays étrangers. –Article 7– Tout aéronef se trouvant audessus d’une zone interdite fera, dès qu’il se sera rendu compte de sa situation le signal de détresse prescrit par les règlements aériens en vigueur dans le pays survolé; en outre, il 53 Stat. 2418atterrira le plus tôt possible sur un aérodrome situé dans le territoire de ce pays et le plus près possible de la zone interdite. La même obligation s’applique à l’aéronef survolant une zone interdite qui aura reçu le signal spécial destiné à attirer son attention. –Article 8– Tout aéronef portera des marques distinctives nettement visibles permettant de l’identifier en cours de vol (marques de nationalité et d’immatriculation). Tout aéronef devra être muni de certificats d’immatriculation et de navigation et de tous autres documents prescrits pour la navigation aérienne dans le pays dans lequel il est immatriculé. –Article 9– Tous les membres de l’équipage remplissant dans un aéronef de l’une ou l’autre des Parties Contractantes des fonctions pour lesquelles des certificats ou des permis sont requis dans le pays dans lequel l’aéronef en question est immatriculé devront être pourvus desdits certificats et permis délivrés par les autorités de ce pays. Les autres membres de l’équipage devront être porteurs de documents mentionnant leurs fonctions à bord, leur profession, leur identité et leur nationalité. S’il n'en est pas autrement décidé, l’équipage et les passagers devront être porteurs des documents requis par les règlements en vigueur régissant le trafic international. –Article 10– Les certificats de navigabilité, les certificats d’aptitude et les permis délivrés ou validés par le pays dont l’aéronef possède la nationalité seront considérés par l’autre pays comme étant conformes aux règlements régissant le trafic aérien dans la même mesure que les documents correspondants délivrés ou validés par cet autre pays. Toutefois, chacune des Parties Contractantes se réserve le droit de refuser de reconnaître, en vue de la navigation aérienne dans les limites et audessus de son propre territoire, les certificats d’aptitude et les permis délivrés à ses propres ressortissants par l’autre Partie Contractante. –Article 11– Les aéronefs, leurs équipages et leurs passagers ne pourront transporter ni armes, ni munitions, ni gaz nocifs, ni explosifs, ni pigeons-voyageurs, ni appareils photographiques, sauf autorisation du pays dans l’atmosphère duquel ils naviguent. Toutefois, le transport d’accessoires nécessaires au fonctionnement et à la navigation des aéronefs (fusées, torches de signalisation, etc. . .) n’est pas interdit. Au cas où le transport d’un appareil photographique serait autorisé, celuici devra, sauf autorisation contraire spéciale, être placé de manière qu’il soit impossible de l’utiliser en cours de vol. Chacune des Parties Contractantes a le droit, pour des raisons d’ordre et de sécurité publics, de limiter ou d'interdire sur son territoire le transport d’articles autres que ceux qui sont énumérés au 53 Stat. 2419premier paragraphe du présent article sous réserve qu’aucune distinction ne soit faite, à cet égard, entre ses propres aéronefs employés pour le trafic international et les aéronefs de l’autre Partie Contractante utilisés aux même fins. –Article 12– Au départ ou à l’atterrissage des aéronefs, chaque Partie Contractante pourra, sur son propre territoire et par l’intermédiaire de ses autorités compétentes, visiter les aéronefs de l’autre Partie et examiner les certificats et les autres documents prescrits. –Article 13– Les aérodromes ouverts au trafic public sur le territoire de l’une des Parties au présent arrangement seront, dans la mesure où ils sont soumis à son autorité, ouverts à tous aéronefs de l’autre Partie qui pourront également utiliser les services d’informations météorologiques, les services de T. S. F., les services d’éclairage et les services de signalisation de jour et de nuit, dans la mesure où ces différents services seront soumis à l’autorité de la Partie dans le territoire de laquelle ils seront respectivement situés. Toutes les taxes taxes d’atterrissage, taxes de garage, etc. . ., dans la mesure où ces taxes dépendront de l’autorité de la Partie Contractante intéressée, seront les mêmes pour les aéronefs des deux Parties Contractantes. –Article 14– A l’arrivée ou au départ, les aéronefs à destination ou en provenance du territoire de chacune des Parties Contractantes atterriront ou prendront leur vol sur un aérodrome ouvert au trafic public et classé comme “aérodrome douanier” (avec service de contrôle des passeports), dans lequel il existera des services pour le congé des aéronefs et l’application des règlements concernant l’immigration. Aucun atterrissage intermédiaire ne sera effectué entre la frontière et l’aérodrome en question. Dans des cas spéciaux, les autorités compétentes pourront autoriser les aéronefs à prendre leur départ ou à atterrir sur d’autres aérodromes sur lesquels les formalités de douane, d’immigration, de congé et de contrôle des passeports seront accomplies. Les frais entraînés par ce service spécial seront alors, dans la mesure requise en vertu des règlements locaux, mis à la charge du propriétaire ou de la personne responsable de l’aéronef. L’interdiction de tout atterrissage intermédiaire s’applique également à ces cas spéciaux. En cas d’atterrissage forcé en dehors des aérodromes mentionnés au premier paragraphe du présent article, le commandant des aéronefs, l’équipage et les passagers devront se conformer aux règlements nationaux applicables dans ces cas particuliers. Les Parties au présent arrangement se communiqueront périodiquement les listes des aérodromes de leurs territoires désignés comme ports d’arrivée et de départ. –Article 15– Chacune des Parties Contractantes se réserve le droit de décider que les frontières ne pourront être franchies qu’entre certains points. Dans ce cas, cette décision sera notifiée à l’autre Partie. 53 Stat. 2420 –Article 16– Il est interdit de jeter, d’un aéronef en cours de vol, du lest autre que du sable fin ou de l’eau. –Article 17– Seuls, pourront être jetés ou déchargés d’une autre manière, en cours de vol, les articles ou substances autres que le lest, pour lesquels une autorisation spéciale aura été donnée par les autorités du pays survolé. –Article 18– Les aéronefs de chacune des Parties en service dans le territoire de l’autre Partie ne pourront être équipés avec des appareils de T. S. F. que s’ils ont obtenu le permis nécessaire d’installer et d’utiliser ces appareils, permis délivré par les autorités compétentes de la Partie Contractante dans laquelle l’aéronef est immatriculé. L’emploi de ces appareils sera conforme aux règlements édictés en la matière par les autorités de la partie contractante survolée. Ces appareils ne seront utilisés que par les membres de l’équipage pourvus d’un permis spécial délivré par les autorités compétentes de la Partie Contractante dans le territoire de laquelle l'aéronef est immatriculé. –Article 19– Pour toutes les questions de nationalité qui pourraient surgir dans l’exécution du présent arrangement, il est entendu que les aéronefs possèdent la nationalité du pays dans le territoire duquel ils sont régulièrement immatriculés. L’immatriculation des aéronefs visée au paragraphe précédent sera effectuée conformément aux lois et aux dispositions spéciales de chacune des Parties Contractantes –Article 20– Les Parties Contractantes se communiqueront périodiquement les règlements relatifs à la navigation aérienne en vigueur dans leurs territoires respectifs. –Article 21– Chacune des Parties pourra, à tout moment après l’entrée en vigueur du présent arrangement, en appliquer les dispositions à l’un quelconque des territoires soumis à sa souveraineté, y compris les eaux territoriales qui ne sont pas mentionnées à l’Article 2. Cette application sera effectuée par notification écrite faite à l’autre Partie et deviendra effective soixante jours après la date à laquelle la notification aura été faite. La Partie étendant le présent arrangement aux autres territoires soumis à sa juridiction qui sont mentionnés au paragraphe précédent pourra, par la suite mettre un terme à son application, cette décision entrant en vigueur seulement soixante jours après que la notification en aura été faite. –Article 22– Le présent arrangement pourra être dénoncé par chacune des Parties avec préavis de soixante jours donné à l’autre Partie. 53 Stat. 2421 La présente note et la communication de Votre Excellence, en date de ce jour, rédigées en des termes analogues seront considérées comme consacrant entre les deux Gouvernements un arrangement réalisé en matière de navigation aérienne, qui entrera en vigueur le 15 août 1939./. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, les assurances de ma très haute considération. Pr le Ministre des Affaires Étrangères et par délégation *L’Ambassadeur de France Secrétaire Général* Alexis Léger11 On page 2 of the original French text there are two seals in the left margin, none at the end. Son Excellence Monsieur William C. Bullitt *Ambassadeur des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* *–Paris–* [Translation] ministry of foreign affairsa/r *Division of AdministrativeAffairs and International Unions* French Republic *Paris, July 15, 1989*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency’sAgreement by France. note dated today and to inform you that the Government of the French Republic agrees that the following provisions shall constitute a reciprocal arrangement with the Government of the Republic of the United States of America. [Here follows the French text of the arrangement. For English text, see pages 2408–2414.] The present note and Your Excellency’s communication of today’s date, drafted in similar terms, shall be considered as confirming between the two Governments an arrangement effected on the subject of air navigation, which shall enter into effect on August 15, 1939. Please accept, Mr. Ambassador, the assurances of my highest consideration. For the Minister of Foreign Affairs and by delegation *the Ambassador of France Secretary General* Alexis Léger His Excellency William C. Bullitt, *Ambassador of the United States of America*, *Paris*. 53 Stat. 2422 July 15, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2422 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FRANCE—AIR NAVIGATION—JULY 15, 1939 July 15, 1939[E. A. S. No. 153] Agreement between the United States of America and France governing air transport services. Effected by exchange of notes signed July 15, 1939; effective August 15, 1939. *The American Ambassador (Bullitt) to the French Minister of Foreign Affairs (Bonnet)* Embassy of the United States of America *Paris, July 15, 1939*. No. 1930 Excellency: Agreement with France for operation of air transport services. I have the honor to inform you that the Government of the United States of America desires to conclude with the Government of France a reciprocal arrangement in the following terms, governing the operation of air transport services of each country in territory of the other country. AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND FRANCE FOR THE OPERATION OF AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES. Article 1. Liberty of passage. The Government of the United States of America agrees that aircraft of French registration belonging to French air carrier enterprises, holding proper authorization from the French Government, shall be permitted to operate into United States territory in the conduct of transatlantic air transport services carrying passengers, goods and mail, subject to the conditions hereinafter specified. The Government of France agrees that aircraft of United States registration, belonging to United States air carrier enterprises, holding proper authorization from the Government of the United States, shall be permitted to operate into French territory in the conduct of transatlantic air transport services carrying passengers, goods and mail, subject to the conditions hereinafter specified. Frequencies accorded certain transatlantic air carrier enterprises. The Government of the United States will accord to French air carrier enterprises a number of frequencies equal to that requested of the Government of France by the Government of the United States and accorded by the Government of France to the Government of the United States for use by the latter’s air carrier enterprises engaged in transatlantic services with final points of destination in France; provided, that the number of such frequencies shall not be less than two round trips per week. The Government of France will also accord to the Government of the United States additional frequencies for use by its authorized air carrier enterprises engaged in transatlantic air services, with the right to fly into, through and away from France en 53 Stat. 2423route to and from a final point of destination in other countries, and on such, additional frequencies to embark and disembark passengers, goods and mail in France. The air carrier enterprises of each Party will be required to qualifyQualification provisions. before the competent aeronautical authorities of the other Party under its applicable laws before being permitted to engage in the operations contemplated in this agreement. The terms of the permits, the airports to be used for the respectivePermits, routes, etc. services, the routes or airways to be flown within the respective territories of the Parties between the designated airports, the frequency of schedules and other appropriate details of the conduct of the air transport services contemplated by this agreement shall be determined by the competent authorities of the Parties. Any permit issued by the competent aeronautical authorities for the air transport services contemplated hereunder shall be valid only so long as the holder thereof shall be authorized by its own government to engage in the service envisaged by such permit. The holding of such permit shall be subject to compliance by the holder with all applicable laws of the issuing government and with all valid rules, regulations and orders issued thereunder. Such permit may not be revoked for any other cause except on two years’ notice, given by the issuing government to the other government. Technical and commercial agreements may be entered into between the air transport enterprises authorized by the Governments of France and the United States to operate the services contemplated herein. Such agreements shall be subject to the approval of the competent authorities of the two Governments. Article 2. The parties hereto agree not to impose any restrictions or limitationsNo restrictions disadvantageous to other Party. as to airports, routes, or connections with other transportation services, and facilities in general to be utilized within their respective territories which might be competitively or otherwise disadvantageous to the air carrier enterprises of the other Party. Article 3. The aircraft operated by the United States air carrier enterprisesAirworthiness requirements. shall conform at all times with the airworthiness requirements prescribed by the competent aeronautical authorities of the United States for aircraft employed in air transportation of the character contemplated by this agreement. The aircraft operated by French air carrier enterprises shall conform at all times with the airworthiness requirements prescribed by the competent aeronautical authorities of France for aircraft employed in air transportation of the character contemplated by this agreement. The competent aeronautical authorities of the Parties hereto mayUniformity of safety standards. communicate with a view to bringing about uniformity of safety 53 Stat. 2424standards for the operations contemplated by this agreement and compliance therewith, and whenever the need therefor appears, the Parties may enter into an agreement prescribing such uniform safety standards. Article 4. Mail transportation. The matter of the transportation of mail shall be subject to agreement between the competent authorities of both Parties. Article 5. Authority for negotiation.*Ante*, p. 2409, The present agreement has been negotiated pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 of the air navigation arrangement between the United States and France, signed at Paris on July 15, 1939, and the operations contemplated hereunder shall be conducted subject to the applicable terms thereof. Article 6. Termination. This agreement shall be subject to termination on two years’ notice given by either Government to the other Government. If the Government of France agrees to the foregoing provisions, I have the honor to suggest that the present note and Your Excellency’s reply in similar terms, be regarded as constituting an arrangement Entry into force.between the two Governments which shall come into force on August 15, 1939. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. William C. Bullitt His Excellency Monsieur Georges Bonnet, *Minister of Foreign Affairs*, *Paris*. *The French Minister of Foreign Affairs (Bonnet) to the American Ambassador (Bullitt)* ministèredesaffaires étrangèresa/r *Sous-Directiondes Affaires Administratives& des Unions Internationales* République Française *Paris, le 15 juillet 1939* Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, J’ai l’honneur d’accuser réception à Votre Excellence de Sa note en date de ce jour et de Lui faire savoir que le Gouvernement de la République Française accepte que les dispositions suivantes con53 Stat. 2425stituent un arrangement sur la base de la réciprocité avec le Gouvernement de la République des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. –Article 1er– Le Gouvernement français accepte que les aéronefs immatriculés aux Etats-Unis appartenant à des entreprises américaines de transports aériens, bénéficiaires d’une licence régulière du Gouvernement américain soient autorisés à pénétrer en France, à l’occasion du fonctionnement de services de transports aériens transatlantiques comportant le transport de passagers, de marchandises et de courrier postal, aux conditions ci-après. Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique accepte que les aéronefs immatriculés en France et appartenant à des entreprises françaises de transports aériens agréées par le Gouvernement français soient autorisés à pénétrer aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à l’occasion du fonctionnement de services aériens transatlantiques comportant le transport de passagers, de marchandises et de courrier postal, aux conditions ci-après. Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique accordera aux entreprises françaises de transports aériens le même nombre de voyages que celui qui sera demandé par le Gouvernement fédéral au Gouvernement français et accordé par ce dernier à des compagnies de transports aériens des Etats-Unis effectuant des services aériens transatlantiques ayant leur terminus en France, étant entendu que le nombre de ces voyages ne sera pas inférieur à deux aller et retour par semaine. Le Gouvernement français accordera également au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique des voyages supplémentaires pour ses entreprises régulières de trafic aérien transatlantique, avec le droit de survoler la France à l’entrée, à la sortie ou en transit au cours de voyages à destination ou en provenance d’un point situé dans d’autres pays, et avec le droit, lors de ces voyages supplémentaires, d’embarquer et de débarquer en France des passagers, des marchandises et du courrier. Les entreprises de transports aériens de chacune des Parties devront être autorisées par les autorités compétentes de l’Aéronautique de l’autre pays en conformité des lois en vigueur dans ce pays avant de pouvoir entreprendre les opérations aériennes objet du présent accord. Les conditions des autorisations, les aérodromes qui devront être utilisés par les services respectifs, les routes ou itinéraires aériens qui devront être suivis dans les territoires des Parties Contractantes, entre les aérodromes stipulés, les horaires et autres détails de l’organisation des services de transports aériens visés par le présent accord, seront fixés par les autorités compétentes des deux Parties. Toute autorisation délivrée par les autorités aéronautiques compétentes pour les services de transports aériens dont il s’agit ne sera valable qu’aussi longtemps que son titulaire sera autorisé par son propre Gouvernement à effectuer le service visé par cette autorisation. Le bénéfice de cette autorisation comportera l’acquiescement du titulaire à toutes les lois en vigueur dans le pays qui a délivré l’auto53 Stat. 2426risation, ainsi qu’aux règlements administratifs et techniques. Sauf au cas d’inobservation de ces lois ou règlements l’autorisation ne pourra être annulée qu’après préavis de deux ans donné au Gouvernement co-contractant par le Gouvernement qui a délivré l’autorisation. Des accords commerçiaux ou techniques pourront être conclus entre les entreprises de transport aérien autorisées par les Gouvernements des Etats-Unis et de France à effectuer les services dont il s’agit. Ces accords seront soumis à l’approbation des autorités compétentes des deux Gouvernements –Article 2– Les Parties Contractantes acceptent de n’imposer aucune restriction ou limitation en ce qui concerne les aéroports, les itinéraires, les correspondances avec d’autres moyens de transports et, d’une manière générale aux dispositions prises dans leurs territoires respectifs en vue de faciliter le trafic aérien, lorsque ces restrictions ou limitations seraient susceptibles de favoriser la concurrence ou d’entraîner d’une autre manière des conséquences désavantageuses pour les entreprises aériennes de l’autre Partie. –Article 3– Les aéronefs utilisés par les entreprises de transports aériens des Etats-Unis devront être conformes à tout moment aux prescriptions de navigabilité aérienne fixées par les autorités aéronautiques compétentes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique pour les aéronefs utilisés dans les transports aériens de la catégorie visée par le présent accord. Les aéronefs utilisés par les entreprises de transports aériens françaises devront être conformes à tout moment aux prescriptions de navigabilité aérienne fixées par les autorités aéronautiques compétentes françaises pour les aéronefs utilisés dans les transports aériens de la catégorie visée par le présent accord. Les autorités aéronautiques compétentes des Parties Contractantes pourront entrer en rapports dans le but de définir et de mettre en application des “normes de sécurité” pour le genre de trafic envisagé par le présent accord et si le besoin s’en fait sentir par la suite, les Parties Contractantes pourront conclure un accord complémentaire fixant ces “normes de sécurité”. –Article 4– La question des transports postaux fera l’objet d’un accord spécial entre les autorités compétentes des deux pays. –Article 5– Le présent accord a été conclu en conformité des stipulations de l’Article 4 de l’Arrangement de navigation aérienne du 15 juillet 1939 et le trafic aérien envisagé ci-dessus devra être effectué suivant les termes de cet arrangement. –Article 6– Le présent arrangement pourra être dénoncé avec un préavis de deux ans donné par l’un des deux Gouvernements à l’autre Gouvernement. 53 Stat. 2427 La présente note et la communication de Votre Excellence, en date de ce jour, rédigées en des termes analogues, seront considérées comme consacrant entre les deux Gouvernements un arrangement réalisé pour le fonctionnement des services de transports aériens transatlantiques, qui entrera en vigueur le 15 août 1939 ./. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, les assurances de ma très haute considération. Pr le Ministre des Affaires Étrangères et par délégation *L’Ambassadeur de France Secrétaire Général* Alexis Léger 11 On page 2 of the original French text there are two seals in the left margin, none at the end. Son Excellence Monsieur William C. Bullitt *Ambassadeur des Etats-Unis d’Amérique* *–Paris–* [Translation] ministry of foreign affairsa/r *Division of AdministrativeAffairs and International Unions* French Republic *Paris, July 15, 1989*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency’s note dated today and to inform you that the Government of the French Republic agrees that the following provisions shall constitute a reciprocal arrangement with the Government of the Republic of the United States of America. [Here follows the French text of the agreement. For English text, see pages 2422–2424.] The present note and Your Excellency’s communication, of today’s date, drafted in similar terms, shall be considered as confirming between the two Governments an arrangement effected for the operation of trans-Atlantic air transportation services which shall enter into effect on August 15, 1939. Please accept, Mr. Ambassador, the assurances of my highest consideration. For the Minister of Foreign Affairs and by delegation *the Ambassador of France Secretary General* Alexis Léger His Excellency William C. Bullitt, *Ambassador of the United States of America*, *Paris*. 53 Stat. 2428 June 30, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2428 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES SWEDEN—COMPENSATION OF COMMISSIONERS—JUNE 30, 1939 June 30, 1939[E. A. S. No. 154] Agreement between the United States of America and Sweden concerning the compensation for Commissioners designated under the treaty for the advancement of peace of October 13, 1914. Effected by exchange of notes signed June 30, 1939. *The American Minister (Sterling) to the Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Sandler)* No. 49 Legation of the United States of America *Stockholm, June 30, 1939*. Excellency: Agreement with Sweden concerning compensation for certain Commissioners.[38 Stat. 1873](/us/stat/38/1873).I have the honor to refer to our recent conversations concerning the provisions of the last paragraph of Article 2 of the Treaty for the Advancement of Peace, between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Sweden, signed at Washington, October 13, 1914 and to inform Your Excellency that my understanding of the agreement reached on behalf of our respective Governments with reference to the compensation to be paid to the Commissioners holding office under the terms of that Treaty is as follows: " “A. The Commissioners shall be compensated only for the time spent in the performance of the duties with which they are charged as a body under the provisions of the Treaty, it being understood that compensation for each Commissioner shall be paid on and from the day on which he leaves his usual place of residence to assume his official duties. “B. Each Commissioner shall be paid:
(1)A salary at the rate of $10,000 per annum,
(2)Actual travel expenses necessary to fulfillment of the duties of the Commission, including travel to and from the place or places of meeting, and
(3)A per diem of not exceeding $10.00 in lieu of actual subsistence. “C. One half of the foregoing expenses shall be borne by the Government of the United States of America and one half by Sweden.”. " I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. F. A. Sterling His Excellency Rickard Sandler, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Stockholm*. 53 Stat. 2429 *The Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Sandler) to the American Minister (Sterling)* ministèredesaffaires étrangères. Stockholm, *le 30 juin 1939*. Monsieur le Ministre, Par lettre, en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu proposer, pour la rémunération des commissaires désignés en vertu des dispositions du Traité pour le Règlement des Litiges conclu à Washington le 13 octobre 1914, la réglementation suivante: A. Les commissaires ne seront rémunérés que pour le temps employé à l’exercice des fonctions incombant à la Commission aux termes des dispositions du Traité, étant entendu que chaque commissaire sera payé à partir du jour où il quitte son lieu de résidence ordinaire pour remplir ses fonctions officielles. B. A chaque commissaire il sera versé:
(1)un traitement fixé au taux de 10.000 dollars par an;
(2)les frais de déplacement réels, nécessités pour l’accomplissement de la mission de la Commission, y compris les frais de voyages d’aller et de retour au lieu ou aux lieux de réunion; et
(3)une indemnité journalière non supérieure à 10 dollars au lieu du payement des frais effectifs d’entretien. “C. Le Gouvernement suédois et le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis supporteront par moitié les frais susvisés. En réponse à cette note, j’ai l’honneur de vous faire connaître que le Gouvernment suédois accepte la réglementation proposée dans votre lettre susvisée. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, les assurances de ma haute considération. Pour le Ministre, le Directeur des Affaires Politiques: Staffan Söderblom Monsieur Frederick A. Sterling, *Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire* *des Etats-Unis d’Amérique*, *etc. etc. etc*. [Translation] ministryofforeign affairs Stockholm, *June 30, 1939*. Mr. Minister, By a letter under today’s date you have been good enough to propose with respect to the remuneration for the commissioners designated 53 Stat. 2430under the provisions of the Treaty for the Settlement of Disputes, concluded at Washington on October 13, 1914, the following arrangement: “A. The commissioners shall only be compensated for the time spent in the performance of the duties with which the Commission is charged under the terms of the provisions of the treaty, it being understood that each commissioner will be paid from the day on which he leaves his usual place of residence to assume his official duties. “B. Each commissioner shall be paid:
(1)A salary set at the rate of $10,000 a year;
(2)The actual expenses of travel necessitated by the fulfillment of the duties of the Commission, including the expenses of travel to and from the place or places of meeting; and
(3)A daily allowance not exceeding $10.00 in lieu of actual subsistence. “C. The Swedish Government and the Government of the United States shall each bear half of the expenses mentioned above. In reply to this note I have the honor to inform you that the Swedish Government accepts the arrangement proposed in your letter mentioned above. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurances of my high consideration. For the Minister, The Director of Political Affairs: Staffan Söderblom Mr. Frederick A. Sterling, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *etc. etc. etc*. 53 Stat. 2431 March 28, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2431 GUATEMALA—MILITARY MISSION—MAR. 28, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Guatemala, respecting March 28, 1939[E. A. S. No. 155]a military mission. Signed March 28, 1939; effective March 28, 1939. AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE REPUBLIC OF GUATEMALA In conformity with a request of the Government of the RepublicAgreement with Guatemala respecting a military mission. of Guatemala, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress, approved May[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U.S. C. § 540](/us/bill//s/540). 19, 1926, entitled “An Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin American Republics in military and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935,[49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). to include the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, has authorized the detail of an officer to the Republic of Guatemala upon the following agreed conditions: Title I *Purpose and Duration* Art. 1. The duties of the officer so detailed shall be to serve asPurpose and duration. Director of the Polytechnic School of the Republic of Guatemala. Art. 2. This agreement shall continue in force for two years from the date of the signature by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Guatemala. Art. 3. The agreement may be terminated if necessary in the interest of either Government upon notification duly delivered through diplomatic channels three months in advance. Art. 4. The Ministry of War of Guatemala will grant to the officer detailed under this contract the assimilated rank of General de Brigada for the duration of this contract. Art. 5. The officer detailed under this contract shall be solely responsible to the Minister of War. Art. 6. The officer detailed under this contract shall receive from the Guatemalan Government pay and allowances equal, net, to 50 percent of and additional to the pay and allowances which he receives from the Government of the United States, but such additional pay and allowances shall not exceed the sum of Three Hundred Dollars, current money of the United States of America, for any one month. The pay and allowances to be received from the Guatemalan Government shall be paid monthly in United States currency on the last day of each month in the full amount accrued to and including that day. Should the officer while so serving be promoted in the United States 53 Stat. 2432Army, he shall receive from the Government of the Republic of Guatemala proportionate pay and allowances for his new rank as established according to United States Army Regulations, payable as from the date of his promotion. The pay and allowances due the officer from the Guatemalan Government shall be computed from the day that he arrives at the capital of Guatemala and shall terminate on the day on which the contract is completed or is otherwise terminated as provided herein. Art. 7. It is further stipulated that the compensation received by the officer detailed under this contract shall not be subject to any Guatemalan tax now in force or which may hereafter be imposed, but should there, however, be at present or during the life of this agreement, any taxes which may affect the said compensation, such taxes shall be borne by the Guatemalan Ministry of War in order to comply with the provisions stipulated above that the pay and allowances agreed upon shall be net. Art. 8. The expenses of transportation by land and sea of the officer detailed under this contract, his family, household effects and baggage, including automobile, from his station in the United States of America to his place of duty in Guatemala, shall be paid in advance by the Guatemalan Government, these expenses to include the cost of packing and crating; and, except as provided in article 9 hereof, the Guatemalan Government shall also pay in advance the expense of transportation, as above defined, covering the return journey from the officer’s place of duty in Guatemala to his station in the United States of America. The officer and his family shall be furnished with first-class transportation accommodations, family being construed as wife and dependent children throughout the contract. It is understood, however, that the accommodations and allowances for travel and transportation of effects shall not exceed the allowances to which the officer detailed under this contract would be entitled, for himself and his family, by virtue of his rank in the Army of the United States of America. The household effects, baggage and automobile of this officer shall be exempt from customs duties and imposts of any kind in Guatemala. Art. 9. If cancellation of this contract be effected upon request of the United States of America for any reason other than war between Guatemala and a foreign government or civil war in Guatemala, all expenses of the return of the officer detailed under this contract, his family and all his effects, to his station in the United States shall be borne by the Government of the United States of America; should cancellation be effected on the initiative of the Guatemalan Government or as a result of war between Guatemala and a foreign government, or as the result of the outbreak of civil war in Guatemala, the Guatemalan Government shall bear these costs. Signatures. In witness whereof two copies are signed, in English and in Spanish, both originals, in the City of Washington, D. C., this twenty-eighth day of March 1939. [seal] Cordell Hull [seal] Adrian Recinos 53 Stat. 2433 ACUERDO ENTRE LOS GOBIERNOS DE LA REPUBLICA DE GUATEMALA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA De acuerdo con una solicitud del Gobierno de la República de Guatemala, el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, en virtud de la autorización que le confiere la Ley del Congreso, aprobada el 19 de mayo de 1926, titulada “Ley que autoriza al Presidente para designar oficiales y hombres de tropa del Ejército, de la Marina de Guerra y de la Infanteria de Marina para que asistan a los Gobiernos de las Repúblicas de la América latina en asuntos militares y navales”, como quedó enmendada por Ley del 14 de mayo de 1935, para incluir la Mancomunidad de las Islas Pilipinas, ha autorizado la designación de un oficial del Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América para que sirva a la República de Guatemala, de acuerdo con las siguientes condiciones: Titulo 1 *Propósito y Duración* Artículo 1.° Los deberes del oficial así designado serán servir como Director de la Escuela Politécnica de la República de Guatemala. Artículo 2.° Este convenio continuará en efecto por un periodo de dos años a partir de la fecha de su firma por los representantes acreditados de los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Guatemala. Artículo 3.° El convenio puede terminarse, si asi fuere necesario para los intereses de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, por medio de notificación debidamente presentada por vía diplomatica, con très meses de anticipación. Artículo 4.° El Ministerio de la Guerra de Guatemala le conferirá al oficial designado, durante el término de este contrato, el grado asimilado de General de Brigade. Artículo 5.° El oficial designado bajo este contrato quedará solamente subordinado al Ministro de la Guerra. Artículo 6.° El oficial designado bajo este contrato recibirá del Gobierno de Guatemala, en concepto de sueldo y gastos, una suma, nota, igual al 50% del sueldo y gastos que recibe del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América; pero dicho sueldo y gastos no excederán en ningún caso la suma de $300.00 al mes, moneda de los Estados Unidos de América. El sueldo y gastos que recibirá del Gobierno de Guatemala serán pagados en mensualidades, en moneda de los Estados Unidos de América, el Ultimo día de cada mes, inclusive cantidades devengadas dicho día. Si el oficial designado fuere ascendido en el Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América mientras esté al servicio de la República de Guatemala, dicha República pagará al oficial designado un sueldo y gastos en proporción con su nuevo grado como queda establecido por los reglamentos del Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América, desde la fecha de su promoción. El sueldo y gastos que pagará el Gobierno de Guatemala comenzarán a contarse 53 Stat. 2434desde el dia en que Ilegue el oficial a la capital de Guatemala y terminará el dia en que termine este contrato, o quedare tenninado de otra manera, como más adelante se especifica. Artículo 7.° Queda además estipulado que el sueldo que reciba el oficial designado por este contrato no quedará sujeto al pago de ningún impuesto ahora en efecto en Guatemala o que en lo sucesivo se establezca, pero si ahora hay impuestos que afecten el sueldo mencionado o si durante la vigencia de este contrato hubiere impuestos que afecten el sueldo mencionado o si durante la vigencia de este contrato hubiere impuestos que lo afectaren, dichos impuestos serán pagados por el Ministerio de la Guerra de Guatemala para cumplir con los requisites que quedan estipulados al efecto que el sueldo y gastos convenidos deberán ser netos. Artículo 8.° Los gastos de transporte por tierra y mar del oficial designado bajo este contrato, asi como los de su familia, y los de sus muebles y enseres domésticos y equipaje, inclusive su automóvil, desde el lugar de su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América hasta su puesto en Guatemala, serán pagados con anticipaci??ón por el Gobierno de Guatemala, incluyendo en dichos gastos el empaque y embalaje; y, excepta en los casos previstos en el Articulo 9.° del presente, el Gobierno de Guatemala pagará también con anticipación los gastos de transporte que se fijan con anterioridad, correspondientes al viaje de regreso del oficial de su puesto en Guatemala a su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América. El oficial y su familia deberán recibir pasajes de primera clase. Por familia se entiende en este contrato a la esposa e hijos menores de edad. Queda entendido, sin embargo, que los pasajes y gastos de viaje y transporte de efectos no excederán los gastos a que tiene derecho, según su grado en el Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América, el oficial que se désigna bajo los términos de este contrato. Los muebles y enseres domésticos, equipaje y automóvil de este oficial quedarán exentos de cualesquier derechos de aduana y cualesquier impuestos en Guatemala. Artículo 9.° Si este contrato fuere cancelado a solicitud del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América por cualquier razón que no fuera debida a guerra entre Guatemala y un pais extranjoro, o a guerra civil en Guatemala, todos los gastos relacionados con el regreso del oficial designado bajo este contrato y con el de su familia y de todos sus efectos hasta su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América serán por cuenta del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América; si el contrato fuere cancelado a solicitud del Gobierno de Guatemala, o como resultado de una guerra entre Guatemala y un país extranjero, o como resultado de guerra civil en Guatemala, el Gobierno de Guatemala sufragará dichos gastos. En fe de lo cual, se firman dos documentas, en inglés y en español, ambos originales, en la ciudad de Washington, D. C., el dia 28 del mes de marzo de 1939. [seal] Adrian Recinos [seal] Cordell Hull 53 Stat. 2435 May 22, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2435 NICARAGUA—MILITARY MISSION—MAY 22, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Nicaragua respecting May 22, 1939[E. A. S. No. 156]a military mission. Signed May 22, 1939; effective May 22, 1939. AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE REPUBLIC OF NICARAGUA In conformity with a request of the Government of the Republic ofAgreement with Nicaragua respecting a military mission. Nicaragua, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress, approved May 19,[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).[10 U. S. C. § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). 1926, entitled “An Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin American Republics in military and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935,[49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).[10 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 540](/us/usc/t10/s540). to include the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, has authorized the detail of an officer to the Republic of Nicaragua upon the following agreed conditions: Title I *Purpose and Duration* Art. 1. The duties of the officer so detailed shall be to serve as DirectorPurpose and duration. of the Military Academy of the National Guard of the Republic of Nicaragua. Art. 2. This agreement shall continue in force for two years from the date of the signature by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua. Art. 3. The agreement may be terminated if necessary in the interest of either Government upon notification duly delivered through diplomatic channels three months in advance. Art. 4. The Government of the Republic of Nicaragua will grant to the officer detailed under this contract the assimilated rank of Colonel for the duration of this contract. Art. 5. The officer detailed under this contract shall be solely responsible to the President and Commander-in-Chief of the Republic of Nicaragua. Art. 6. The officer detailed under this contract shall receive from the Government of Nicaragua pay and allowances equal, net, to 50 percent of and additional to the pay and allowances which he receives from the Government of the United States, but such additional pay and allowances shall not exceed the sum of Three Hundred Dollars, current money of the United States of America, for any one month. The pay and allowances to be received from the Government of Nicaragua shall be paid monthly in United States currency on the last day of each month in the full amount accrued to and including that day. Should the officer while so serving be promoted in the United 53 Stat. 2436States Army, he shall receive from the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua proportionate pay and allowances for his new rank as established according to United States Army Regulations, payable as from the date of his promotion. The pay and allowances due the officer from the Government of Nicaragua shall be computed from the day that he arrives at the capital of Nicaragua and shall terminate on the day on which the contract is completed or is otherwise terminated as provided herein. Art. 7. It is further stipulated that the compensation received by the officer detailed under this contract shall not be subject to any Nicaraguan tax now in force or which may hereafter be imposed, but should there, however, be at present or during the life of this agreement, any taxes which may affect the said compensation, such taxes shall be borne by the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua in order to comply with the provisions stipulated above that the pay and allowances agreed upon shall be net. Art. 8. The expenses of transportation by land and sea of the officer detailed under this contract, his family, household effects and baggage, including automobile, from his station in the United States of America to his place of duty in Nicaragua, shall be paid in advance by the Government of Nicaragua, these expenses to include the cost of packing and crating; and, except as provided in article 9 hereof, the Government of Nicaragua shall also pay in advance the expense of transportation, as above defined, covering the return journey from the officer’s place of duty in Nicaragua to his station in the United States of America. The officer and his family shall be furnished with first-class transportation accommodations, family being construed as wife and dependent children throughout the contract. It is understood, however, that the accommodations and allowances for travel and transportation of effects shall not exceed the allowances to which the officer detailed under this contract would be entitled, for himself and his family, by virtue of his rank in the Army of the United States of America. The household effects, baggage and automobile of this officer shall be exempt from customs duties and imposts of any kind in Nicaragua. Art. 9. If cancellation of this contract be effected upon request of the United States of America for any reason other than war between Nicaragua and a foreign government or civil war in Nicaragua, all expenses of the return of the officer detailed under this contract, his family and all his effects, to his station in the United States shall be borne by the Government of the United States of America; should cancellation be effected on the initiative of the Government of Nicaragua or as a result of war between Nicaragua and a foreign government, or as the result of the outbreak of civil war in Nicaragua, the Government of Nicaragua shall bear these costs. Signatures. In witness whereof two copies are signed, in English and in Spanish, both originals, in the City of Washington, D. C., this twenty-second day of May 1939. [seal] Cordell Hull [seal] León de Bayle 53 Stat. 2437 ACUERDO ENTRE LOS GOBIERNOS DE LA REPUBLICA DE NICARAGUA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA De acuerdo con una solicitud del Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua, el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, en virtud de la autorización que le confiere la Ley del Congreso, aprobada el 19 de mayo de 1926, titulada “Ley que autoriza al Presidente para designar oficiales y hombres de tropa del Ejército, de la Marina de Guerra y de la Infanteria de Marina para que asistan a los Gobiernos de las Repúblicas de la América latina en asuntos militares y navales”, como quedó enmendada por Ley del 14 de mayo de 1935, para incluir la Mancomunidad de las Islas Filipinas, ha autorizado la designación de un oficial del Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América para que sirva a la República de Nicaragua, de acuerdo con las siguientes condiciones: Titulo I *Propósito y Duración* Artículo 1.° Los deberes del oficial así designado serán servir como Director de la Academia Militar de la Guardia Nacional de la República de Nicaragua. Artículo 2.° Este convenio continuará en efecto por un período de dos anos a partir de la fecha de su firma por los representantes acreditados de los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Nicaragua. Artículo 3.° El convenio puede terminarse, si asi fuere necesario para los intereses de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, por medio de notificación debidamente presentada por vía diplomatica, con très meses de anticipación. Artículo 4.° El Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua le conferirá al oficial designado, durante el término de este contrato, el grado asimilado de Coronel. Artículo 5.° El oficial designado bajo este contrato quedará solamente subordinado al Presidente y Comandante General de la República de Nicaragua. Artículo 6.° El oficial designado bajo este contrato recibirá del Gobierno de Nicaragua, en concepto de sueldo y gastos, una suma, neta, igual al 50 o/o del sueldo y gastos que recibe del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América; pero dicho sueldo y gastos no excederán en ningún caso la suma de $300.00 al mes, moneda de los Estados Unidos de América. El sueldo y gastos que recibirá del Gobierno de Nicaragua serán pagados en mensualidades, en moneda de los Estados Unidos de América, el último día de cada mes, inclusive cantidadcs devengadas dicho día. Si el oficial designado fuere ascendido en el Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América mien iras esté al servicio de la República de Nicaragua, dicha República pagará al oficial designado un sueldo y gastos en proporción con su nuevo grado como queda establecido por los reglamentos del Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América, desde la fecha de su promoción. El sueldo y gastos que pagará el Gobierno de Nicaragua comenzarán a contarse 53 Stat. 2438desde el día en que llegue el oficial a la capital de Nicaragua y terminará el día en que termine este contrato, o quedare tenninado de otra manera, como más adelante se especifica. Artículo 7.° Queda además estipulado que el sueldo que reciba el oficial designado por este contrato no quedará sujeto al pago de ningún impuesto ahora en efecto en Nicaragua o que en lo sucesivo se establezca, pero si ahora hay impuestos que afecten el sueldo mencionado o si durante la vigencia de este contrato hubiere impuestos que afecten el sueldo mencionado o si durante la vigencia de este contrato hubiere impuestos que lo afectaren, dichos impuestos serán pagados por el Gobierno de la República de Nicaragua para cumplir con los requisites que quedan estipulados al efecto que el sueldo y gastos convenidos deberán ser netos. Artículo 8.° Los gastos de transporte por tierra y mar del oficial designado bajo este contrato, así como los de su familia, y los de sus muebles y enseres domésticos y equipaje, inclusive su automóvil, desde el lugar de su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América hasta su puesto en Nicaragua, serán pagados con anticipación por el Gobierno de Nicaragua, incluyendo en dichos gastos el empaque y embalaje; y, excepto en los casos previstos en el Artículo 9.° del presente, el Gobierno de Nicaragua pagará también con anticipación los gastos de transporte que se fijan con anterioridad, correspondientes al viaje de regreso del oficial de su puesto en Nicaragua a su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América. El oficial y su familia deberán recibir pasajes de primera clase. Por familia se entiende en este contrato a la esposa e hijos menores de edad. Queda entendido, sin embargo, que los pasajes y gastos de viaje y transporte de efectos no excederán los gastos a que tiene derecho, según su grado en el Ejército de los Estados Unidos de América, el oficial que se désigna bajo los términos de este contrato. Los muebles y enseres domésticos, equipaje y automóvil de este oficial quedarán exentos de cualesquier derechos de aduana y cualesquier impuestos en Nicaragua. Artículo 9.° Si este contrato fuere cancelado a solicitud del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América por cualquier razón que no fuera debida a guerra entre Nicaragua y un pais extranjero, o a guerra civil en Nicaragua, todos los gastos relacionados con el regreso del oficial designado bajo este contrato y con el de su familia y de todos sus efectos hasta su puesto en los Estados Unidos de América serán por cuenta del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América; si el contrato fuere cancelado a solicitud del Gobierno de Nicaragua, o como resultado de una guerra entre Nicaragua y un país extranjero, o como resultado de guerra civil en Nicaragua, el Gobierno de Nicaragua sufragará dichos gastos. En fe de lo cual, se firman dos documentes, en inglés y en español, ambos originales, en la ciudad de Washington, D. C., el día 22 del mes de mayo de 1939. [seal] León de Bayle [seal] Cordell Hull 53 Stat. 2439 March 7, 1939 April 5, 1939 June 22, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2439 CANADA—VISITS IN UNIFORM—Mar. 7, Apr. 5,⁄June 22, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Arrangement between the United States of America and Canada concerning March 7, April 5, and June 22, 1939[E. A. S. No. 157]visits in uniform by members of defense forces. Effected by exchange of notes dated March 7, April 5, and June 22, 1939; effective July 1, 1939. *The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State (Hull)* No. 58 His Majesty’s Minister for Canada presents his complimentsArrangement with Canada concerning visits in uniform by members of defense forces. to the Secretary of State and has the honour to refer to the question of securing permission for individual members of the Canadian Defence Forces to visit the United States in uniform. This question was raised in the final paragraph of a note from Secretary of State dated December 10th 1927. The matter of dispensing with the formality of making application through the diplomatic channel in such cases has received the attention of the interested Canadian authorities. In the view of the Department of National Defence it is not desirable to dispense with all formality in connection with visits of individual members of the defence forces in uniform from either country to the territory of the other; it is thought to be questionable whether it would be in the national interest to do so and breaches of etiquette or of the law by visitors in uniform are apt to assume a significant importance. However in referring to the intimation made by the United States authorities that it is unnecessary to make a specific request for permission for individual members of the defence forces in uniform to visit the United States the Department of National Defence is prepared to issue instructions that individuals of the Canadian Militia Service are not to proceed to the United States in uniform, or to wear uniform when in the United States without first obtaining permission from the District Officer Commanding by whom a pass will be given to the individual stating the occasion and the period for which the necessary authority has been granted. In the case of the personnel of the Royal Canadian Navy and the Royal Canadian Air Force the necessary authorization will be issued from National Defence headquarters. In outlining the proposed procedure which the Canadian authorities are willing to apply in the future it would be appreciated if the Legation might be informed whether a similar procedure would be acceptable to the competent authorities of the United States Government. The procedure would be that specific requests for permission for individual members of United States Defence Forces to visit Canada need not be made through the diplomatic channel and that individuals of the United States Defence Forces visiting Canada in uniform should obtain the permission of their Corps or 53 Stat. 2440other appropriate commander and be prepared to show such “pass” to the Canadian immigration inspector at the port of entry. It is stated that at the present time the Canadian Immigration authorities do not permit entry of uniformed members of the Forces of another country unless permission has been obtained therefor through the diplomatic channel. In the event however that the proposal outlined above is agreeable to the competent authorities of the United States Government consideration will be given by the Director of Immigration in Canada to the issuance of appropriate instructions to the immigration inspectors along the border. No change is contemplated at present in the procedure for the admission of organized parties of members of the Defence Forces in uniform from either country to the territory of the other. It is not desired that the new procedure should apply to visits by individual members of police forces in uniform. The Commissioner of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police to whom the question was referred in connection with visits to the United States of individual members of the force in uniform has stated that the Royal Canadian Mounted Police Rules and Regulations forbid a member of the force to enter the United States in uniform without permission apart from exceptional circumstances. In view of the delay which transmitting a request through the diplomatic channel or securing a pass would entail the Commissioner desires to rely upon the broad statement of the United States authorities referred to in the first paragraph of the present note that a request for permission is not necessary. It is understood however that the crossing of the boundary without specific authority will be reserved for exceptional circumstances and in accordance with the practice that has been followed heretofore in such matters. Sir Herbert Marler would be grateful to be informed whether the proposed procedure meets with the approval of the competent authorities of the United States Government and in the event that it does to be informed of a date upon which it would be convenient to have the said procedure put into effect. Canadian Legation *Washington, D. C*. *March 7, 1939* *The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Canadian Minister (Marler)* The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the Honorable the Minister of Canada and has the honor to acknowledge the receipt of his note no. 58, dated March 7, 1939, concerning the matter of dispensing with the formality of making application through diplomatic channels for permission for visits of individual members of the Defense Forces, in uniform, from Canada or the United States to the territory of the other. 53 Stat. 2441 The Secretary of State is now in receipt of communications from the interested Federal authorities which state that the procedure suggested by the Canadian Department of National Defence is agreeable to this Government and that individual members of the Defense Forces, in uniform, desiring to visit from Canada or the United States to the territory of the other will obtain special permission from the individual’s Commanding Officer for each specific visit, which permission will be evidenced by a written pass showing, in addition, the dates of commencement and termination of the visit, this pass to be shown to the border authorities for entrance into and exit from the territory of the other. The proposed procedure can be put into effect, July 1, 1939, if such action is agreeable to the Canadian authorities. Department of State, *Washington, April 5, 1939* *The Canadian Minister (Marler) to the Secretary of State (Hull)* No. 165 His Majesty’s Minister for Canada presents his compliments to the Secretary of State and has the honour to refer to the Department of State’s note of April 5, 1939, and previous correspondence concerning the matter of dispensing with the formality of making application through diplomatic channels for permission for visits of individual members of the Defence Forces in uniform from Canada or the United States to the territory of the other country. In the Department’s note under reference it was stated that the procedure suggested by the Canadian Department of National Defence was agreeable to the United States Government whereby individual members of the Defence Forces in uniform desiring to visit from Canada or the United States to the territory of the other country would obtain special permission from the individual’s Commanding Officer for each specific visit, this permission to be evidenced by a written pass showing in addition the dates of the commencement and termination of the visit. The pass would be shown to the authorities at the International Boundary. It was added that the proposed procedure could be put into effect on July 1, 1939, if such action were agreeable to the Canadian authorities. Sir Herbert Marler is instructed to state that it is agreeable to the Canadian Government that the proposed procedure be put into effect on July 1, 1939. Canadian Legation *Washington, D. C*. *June 22, 1939* 53 Stat. 2442 November 9, 1938 November 12, 1938 April 17, 1939 April 18, 1939 Agreement 53 Stat. 2442 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES MEXICO—EXPROPRIATED LANDS—Nov. 9, 12, 1938⁄Apr. 17, 18, 1939 November 9, 12, 1938, and April 17, 18, 1939[E. A. S. No. 158] Agreement between the United States of America and Mexico respecting compensation for expropriated lands. Effected by exchanges of notes signed November 9 and 12, 1938 and April 17 and, 18, 1939. *The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Mexican Ambassador (Castillo Nájera)* Department of State Washington *November 9, 1938*. Excellency: Agreement with Mexico respecting compensation for expropriated lands. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note addressed by your Government on September 1 to Ambassador Daniels.11 See *Compensation for American-Owned Lands Expropriated in Mexico*, Department of State publication 1288, Conference Series 16 (1939), p. 31. Careful examination of that note discloses no grounds that would justify this Government in modifying the position set forth at length in my notes to you dated July 21 and August 22, 1938.22 See *ibid*., pp. 1 and 15. My Government must insist that the recognized rules of law and equity require the prompt payment of just compensation for property that may be expropriated. Therefore, inasmuch as my Government remains convinced of the basic soundness of its position, buttressed as it is by law and justice, and in view of the scope and content of our recent conversations, in the course of which you informed me of the policy of your Government and of the desire of the Government of Mexico, which is similar to the desire of the Government of the United States, to settle all difficulties which may arise between the two Governments in a spirit of friendship and of equity, further discussion of the note under reference seems unnecessary. My Government has a particular desire to safeguard friendship with Mexico not only because Mexico is one of its nearest neighbors but on account of the many ways in which ever improving relations, in the fullest sense, between the two countries could be complementary and mutually beneficial. It has, therefore, spared no effort to arrive at prompt, friendly and satisfactory solutions of problems as they arose. It was in this spirit that last November my Government urged, in accordance with the principle of just compensation, the desirability of a comprehensive agreement providing for the compensation of the American citizens whose properties had been seized by the Mexican Government. It is in that same spirit that I have given every attention to the proposals of your Government which you recently communicated to me. Based upon them, my Government would be willing to agree to the plan proposed hereafter which, if acceptable to your Government, would resolve at once the present controversy, in so far as it relates to compensation for American-owned agrarian properties seized since August 30, 1927, that if continued must 53 Stat. 2443seriously impair the friendly relations between the two countries. It is also in this same spirit that I earnestly commend it to the favorable consideration of your Government. One: Both our Governments are in accord that the values of the American-owned agrarian properties expropriated since August 30, 1927, be determined by a Commission composed of one representative of each of our Governments, and in case of disagreement, by a third person selected by the Permanent Commission with seat at Washington, as established by the so-called Gondra Treaty. Two: Government proposes
(a)that the two commissioners be appointed by their respective Governments at once;
(b)that they hold their first meeting in the City of Mexico on the first day of December 1938;
(c)that each Government bear the entire expense of the salaries, maintenance, transportation, and incidentals of its commissioner and his staff and that any expense incurred jointly, as for instance in connection with airplane travel, be shared equally. Three: My Government believes it important, and understands that your Government is in accord in this regard, that a time limit be established for the completion of the work of the commissioners. It is therefore proposed that the commissioners be instructed that they must complete the determinations of value by not later than May 31, 1939. If during the course of the deliberations of the two commissioners they are unable to reach a common finding upon the matters submitted to them for their joint determination, my Government proposes that the Permanent Commission at Washington be requested to appoint immediately the third commissioner in order that he may resolve the matters upon which the two Governments’ commissioners are unable to agree. It is further proposed that in case of disagreement in any particular case, the representative appointed by the Permanent Commission be requested to render his award within not more than two months from the time the case is submitted to him. The salaries and expenses of the third commissioner will be defrayed in equal proportions by the two Governments. Four: The adequate and effective measure of compensation to be paid in each case shall be determined in the usual manner by taking into consideration, among other pertinent factors, the establishment of the nationality of the claimant, the legitimacy of his title, the just value of the property expropriated, the fair return from the property of which claimant has been deprived between the time of expropriation and the time of receiving compensation, as well as such other facts as in the opinion of the commissioners should be taken into account in reaching a determination as to compensation. Five: It is my understanding that the Mexican Government will pay the sum of $1,000,000 United States currency as first payment of the indemnities to be determined by the Commission to which this note refers, and that this payment will be made to the Government of the United States on or before May 31, 1939. It is my further understanding that immediately subsequent to the determination by the Commission of the final valuation, in accordance with the procedure indicated in numbered paragraph Four of this 53 Stat. 2444note, of American-owned agrarian properties as defined in numbered paragraph One, the two Governments will reach an agreement as to the amounts to be paid to the Government of the United States by the Government of Mexico annually for the account of such claims in the years subsequent to the year 1939. As the basis for such agreement there will be taken into consideration such statement of its ability to pay as may be demonstrated by the Government of Mexico. The Government of Mexico, I understand, agrees that the annual payments to be made by it to the Government of the United States subsequent to the year 1939 for the account of these claims will in no event be less than $1,000,000 United States currency, and that such payments will be made on June 30 of the corresponding year. In view of our recent conversations I have every confidence that the foregoing proposals will prove acceptable to Your Excellency’s Government. I shall await with interest Your Excellency’s response to the suggestions made. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull His Excellency Señor Dr. Don Francisco Castillo Nájera, *Ambassador of Mexico*. *The Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Hay)to the American Ambassador (Daniels)* secretaria de relaciones exteriores estados unidos mexicanos mexico 511284 México, *12 de noviembre de 1938*. Señor Embajador: Tengo el honor de acusar recibo de la nota que, con fecha 9 del presente mes, el Excelentísimo Sr. Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado de vuestro país, dirigió al Embajador de México en los Estados Unidos de Norte América, Dr. Francisco Castillo Nájera, por la que el Gobierno de Vuestra Excelencia, al insistir en su opinión de que los principios reconocidos de derecho y equidad exigen el pago inmediato de justa compensation por bienes que sean expropiados, manifiesta su disposition para convenir en un plan que, basándose en las proposiciones de mi Gobierno, se aplique a la consideración y pago de las afectaciones agrarias posteriores a 1927. El Gobierno de México, a su vez, al reafirmar su convicción de no haber procedido en contra de las normas y principios del Derecho International, de la justicia y la equidad, con la expedition y aplicación de su Legislación Agraria, está de acuerdo con el plan presentado y se complace en reconocer que los sentimientos de cordial amistad que ligan a nuestros dos países, hayan prevalecido a la postre sobre discrepancias de orden técnico y jurídico. 53 Stat. 2445 Como fué propuesto en mi nota a vuestro Gobierno, el 3 de agosto del año en curso, mi Gobierno conviene en que el valor de las tierras expropiadas sea establecido por una comisión integrada por un representante de cada Gobierno, así como que los casos de desacuerdo, entre estos representantes, sean decididos por una tercera persona, designada por la Comisión Permanente, establecida por el Pacto Gondra y que tiene su sede en Washington, a pesar de que no se trata, en el presente caso, de una comisión investigadora, función expresa señalada en dicho Pacto a la citada Comisión. Mi Gobierno está de acuerdo, también con su intención original, en el sentido de que los representantes de ambos países sean, desde luego, designados y que su primera reunión se efectúe en la ciudad de México el primero de diciembre del año actual. Las erogaciones por concepto de emolumentos, pasajes y otros gastos, tan to de los representantes como de las personas que los secunden en sus trabajos, serán sufragados por cuenta del Gobierno respective. Los dos Gobiernos cubrirán, por mitad, los gastos originados conjuntamente. Asimismo, los emolumentos que hayan de pagarse a la mencionada tercera persona se cubrirán, como lo propone vuestro Gobierno, por mitad, entre México y los Estados Unidos. Mi Gobierno expresamente manifiesta estar de acuerdo en que los representantes designados sean instruídos en el sentido de que sus trabajos de avalúo concluyan en mayo de 1939, y en que los casos de desacuerdo sean sometidos a la consideración del Tercero, quien deberá ser requerido, igualmente, para que rinda sus decisiones en un plazo no mayor de dos meses, a partir de la fecha en que haya sido solicitada su intervención. El Gobierno de México entiende que al actuar los comisionados, para hacer el avalúo respective, deberán tomar en cuenta, entre otros hechos pertinentes, el establecimiento de la nacionalidad del reclamante, la legalidad de su titulo para reclamar y el valor fiscal último, previo a la afectación. En cuanto a la forma de pago de las indemnizaciones correspondientes, mi Gobierno cubrirá en el mes de mayo del año de 1939, la suma de un millón de dólares. Mi Gobierno está de acuerdo en que una vez que los representantes fijen el monto de las indemnizaciones, los Gobiernos concierten la suma anual que el Gobierno de México debe pagar al de los Estados Unidos, en los años subsecuentes al de 1939, por concepto de las reclamaciones de que se trata. Para la fijación de dichos pagos anuales se tomarán en cuenta las posibilidades económicas de México. Mi Gobierno conviene, desde ahora, en que las sumas anuales, que deberán pagarse al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos, no serán inferiores a un millón de dólares moneda de los Estados Unidos y, por último, mi Gobierno está de acuerdo en que los pagos se cubran el día 30 de junio de cada año. El Gobierno de México estima necesario dejar establecido que las resoluciones a que lleguen los representantes designados, en ningún caso se extenderán más allá del avalúo de las tierras afectadas y de las 53 Stat. 2446modalidades de pago de la cantidad que se fije; que no constituirán precedente, en ningún caso ni por motivo alguno; tampoco decidirán sobre los principios jurídicos sostenidos por ambos Gobiernos y aplicables a la materia de que se trata. El Gobierno de México se complace en reconocer que, al formalizar este arreglo, ha podido, por una parte, demostrar, al igual que lo expresado por el de Vuestra Excelencia en la nota que contesto, el deseo especial de mantener a salvo su amistad con los Estados Unidos, por los mutuos beneficios que este sentimiento recíproco representa para los dos países y cumplir, por la otra, con los mandates de la Legislación Agraria, expresión de nuestra política tradicional que, al ser interpretada por el C. Presidente de la República, fué apoyada, en forma solemne, por la Representación Nacional, en la respuesta dada al mensaje del Poder Ejecutivo por el C. Presidente del Congreso de la Unión, en la inauguración del periodo de sesiones del primero de septiembre ültimo. Aprovecho esta oportunidad para renovar a Vuestra Excelencia las seguridades de mi más alta y distinguida consideración. Eduardo Hay Excelentísimo Señor Josephus Daniels, *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario* *de los Estados Unidos de Norte América*. *Presente*. [Translation] ministry for foreign affairs united mexican states mexico 511284 Mexico, *November 12, 1938*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of the note dated November 9, 1938, addressed by His Excellency Secretary of State Cordell Hull to the Ambassador of Mexico in the United States of America, Dr. Francisco Castillo Nájera, in which the Government of Your Excellency, while maintaining its opinion that the recognized principles of law and equity require the immediate payment of just compensation for expropriated properties, makes known its readiness to agree to a plan which, based on the proposals of my Government, may apply to the consideration and payment of agrarian expropriations (*afectaciones*) subsequent to 1927. The Government of Mexico, in its turn, while reaffirming its conviction that it has not acted contrary to the rules and principles of international law, of justice and equity, by the enactment and application of its agrarian legislation, is in agreement with the plan presented and takes pleasure in recognizing that the sentiments of cordial friendship which unite our two countries have in the end prevailed over differences of a technical and juridical order. As was proposed in my note to your Government on August 3 of the current year, my Government agrees that the value of the expropriated lands shall be established by a commission consisting of a 53 Stat. 2447representative of each Government, and that cases of disagreement between these representatives shall be decided by a third person designated by the Permanent Commission, established by the Gondra Pact, which has its seat in Washington, notwithstanding the fact that, in this instance, it is not a matter of an investigating commission, an express function assigned that commission in the said pact. My Government agrees, likewise, in conformity with its original intention, that the representatives of the two Governments shall be immediately designated and that their first meeting shall take place in the City of Mexico on the 1st day of December of the present year. Outlays for emoluments, travel, and other expenditures, both of the representatives and of the persons assisting them in their work, shall be defrayed by the respective Government. The two Governments shall each pay one-half of the expenses incurred jointly. Likewise, the emoluments which are to be paid to the third person referred to shall be shared equally, as proposed by your Government, by Mexico and the United States. My Government expressly declares that it agrees that the representatives designated be instructed to the effect that their work of evaluation be concluded in May 1939, and that the cases of disagreement be submitted to the consideration of the third person, who will likewise be requested to render his decision within a period of not more than 2 months, counting from the date on which his intervention has been requested. The Government of Mexico understands that the commissioners, in proceeding to make the respective evaluation, shall take into account, among other pertinent facts, the establishment of the nationality of the claimant, the legality of his title to enter a claim, and the last fiscal valuation prior to the expropriation. Respecting the manner of payment of the corresponding indemnifications, my Government will pay the amount of one million dollars in the month of May 1939. My Government is agreed that, once the representatives fix the amount of the indemnifications, the Governments shall agree upon the annual amount which the Government of Mexico shall pay to that of the United States, in the years subsequent to 1939, on the claims in question. In the determination of the said annual payments, the economic possibilities of Mexico shall be taken into account. My Government agrees, forthwith, that the annual amounts which must be paid to the United States Government shall not be less than one million dollars, United States currency, and, lastly, my Government agrees that the payments shall be made on the 30th day of June of each year. The Government of Mexico deems it necessary to have it understood that the decisions reached by the representatives designated shall in no case extend beyond evaluation of the lands expropriated and the modalities of payment of the amount determined; that they shall not constitute a precedent, in any case nor for any reason; neither shall they decide the juridical principles maintained by the two Governments and applicable to the matter in question. 53 Stat. 2448 The Government of Mexico is pleased to recognize that, in formalizing this arrangement, it has been able, on the one hand, to show, as was expressed in the note to which I reply, its especial desire to safeguard its friendship with the United States, because of the mutual benefits which this reciprocal sentiment represents for both countries, and to carry out, on the other hand, the mandates of the agrarian legislation, an expression of our traditional policy, which, on being interpreted by the President of the Republic, was supported, formally, by the National Legislative Body in the reply given to the message from the Executive by the President of the Congress of the Union at the opening of the period of sessions on September 1, last. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Eduardo Hay His Excellency Mr. Josephus Daniels, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *City*. *The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim
(Boal)to the Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs (Hay)* Embassy of the United States of America No. 3540 México, D, F., *April 17, 1939* Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the exchange of notes of November 9 and November 12, 1938 between Your Excellency’s Government and my Government on the subject of agrarian claims. In view of the very limited time now remaining within the period originally contemplated for the examination and evaluation of all the agrarian claims, it would seem that the period of time for the filing of claims might usefully be extended to July 31, 1939 and the period for the adjudication of claims might be extended to November 30, 1939. It would also seem that both periods might be further extended, if necessary, particularly since, under the provisions of the notes just mentioned, Mexico will obviously have a period of years in which to complete payments. It would be understood that the extension of time would be without prejudice to any other aspect of the agreement of November 9–November 12, 1938. Please accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Pierre de L. Boal *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* His Excellency Señor General Eduardo Hay, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Mexico, D. F*. 53 Stat. 2449 *The Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Hay)to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Boal)* secretaria de relaciones exteriores estados unidos mexicanos mexico 54133 México, *18 de abril de 1939*. Señor Encargado de Negocios: Doy respuesta a la atenta nota de usted, del 17 del actual, en la que manifiesta que—en vista de quedar un tiempo muy limitado para el examen y avalúo de las reclamaciones agrarias de ciudadanos norteamericanos, que deben hacer los Comisionados de México y de los Estados Unidos, en los términos del arreglo celebrado por medio de las notas cambiadas el 9 y 12 de noviembre de 1938—estima usted que tanto el plazo para presentar las reclamaciones como el que corresponderia para decidirlas, puede ampliarse convenientemente. Mi Gobierno expresa, una vez más, su conocido deseo de que estos asuntos sean definitivamente resueltos y, animado de tal propósito, accede, desde luego, a la solicitud que hace usted en la nota que conteste, y declara su conformidad en que el plazo para presentar reclamaciones ante los Comisionados de ambos países, se prorrogue hasta el 31 de julio del año en curso y, de esa fecha hasta el 30 de noviembre próximo, quede establecido un término para decidir sobre el monto de las reclamaciones presentadas. Aprovecho esta oportunidad para renovar a usted el testimonio de mi muy atenta y distinguida consideración. Eduardo Hay Sr. Pierre de L. Boal, *Encargado de Negocios de los* *Estados Unidos de Norte América*. *Presente*. [Translation] ministry for foreign affairs united mexican states mexico 54133 Mexico, *April 18, 1939*. Mr. Chargé d’Affaires: I am replying to your courteous note of the 17th instant, in which you state that—in view of the very limited time now remaining for the examination and evaluation of the agrarian claims of American citizens by the Commissioners of Mexico and the United States in the terms of the agreement concluded by means of the notes exchanged on November 9th and 12th 1938—you consider that both the period for the presentation of the claims and that for the deciding of them might usefully be extended. 53 Stat. 2450 My Government expresses, once more, its known desire that these matters be definitively settled and, animated by such purpose, it accedes, at once, to the request which you make in the note under acknowledgment, and agrees that the period for the filing of claims before the Commissioners of both countries shall be extended to July 31st of this year, and, from this latter date to November 30th next, there be established a period for the deciding of the amount to cover the claims presented. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you the assurances of my very courteous and distinguished consideration. Eduardo Hay Pierre de L. Boal, Esquire, *Chargé d’Affaires of the* *United States of America*, *City*. PROCLAMATIONS PROCLAMATIONS 2289 June 21, 1938 Apalachicola National Forest—Florida Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Apalachicola National Forest—FloridaJune 21, 1938[No. 2289] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands adjacent to the Apalachicola NationalApalachicola National Forest, Fla.Preamble. Forest, in the State of Florida, have been acquired, or are in process of acquisition, by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under authority of the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195),[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195); [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that the said lands are suitable for national forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as part of the said Apalachicola National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentLands reserved as addition to. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095,[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195); [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), the said National Industrial Recovery Act, and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as an addition to the Apalachicola National Forest all lands which have been acquired or which are in course of acquisition by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors within the area shown on the diagram attached and made a part hereof under authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 21″ day of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2453 2290 July 14, 1938 Enlarging the Dinosaur National Monument—Colorado and Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2454 Enlarging the Dinosaur National Monument—Colorado and Utah by the president of the united states of americaJuly 14, 1938[No. 2290] A PROCLAMATION Dinosaur National Monument, Colo. and Utah. Preamble. [39 Stat. 1752](/us/stat/39/1752). WHEREAS certain public lands contiguous to the Dinosaur National Monument, established by Proclamation of October 4, 1915, have situated thereon various objects of historic and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as an addition to the said Dinosaur National Monument: Lands reserved as addition to. NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the [34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225). [16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).authority vested in me by sec. 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Colorado and Utah are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and added to and made a part of the Dinosaur National Monument:Description. Colorado Sixth Principal Meridian T. 6 N., R. 99 W.½, sec. 5, secs. 6 and 7, sec. 8, W½ sec. 17, W½, secs. 18 and 19, sec. 20, W½ sec. 29, W½, secs. 30 and 31, sec. 32, W½; (partly unsurveyed) T. 6 N., R. 100 W., secs. 1 to 30 and 33 to 36, inclusive; T. 6 N., R. 101 W., secs. 1 to 30, inclusive; (partly unsurveyed) T. 7 N., R. 101 W., secs. 25 to 36, inclusive; “ “ T. 6 N., R. 102 W., secs. 1 to 30, inclusive; “ “ T. 7 N., R. 102 W., secs. 5 to 8, 17 to 20, and 25 to 36, inclusive; (partly unsurveyed) T. 8 N., R. 102 W., secs. 5 to 8, 17 to 20, and 27 to 34, inclusive; (partly unsurveyed) T. 9 N., R. 102 W., secs. 16 to 21, and 28 to 33, inclusive; (partly unsurveyed) T. 6 N., R. 103 W., secs. 1 to 14, inclusive; secs. 23 and 24; T. 7 N., R. 103 W., all; (partly unsurveyed) T. 8 N., R. 103 W., sec. 1, sec. 2, E½ sec. 11, E½ secs. 12 to 15, 22 to 28, and 32 to 36, inclusive; (partly unsurveyed) T. 9 N., R. 103 W., secs. 13, 24, 25 and 36; T. 6 N., R. 104 W., secs. 1, 2, 11 and 12; (partly unsurveyed) T. 7 N., R. 104 W., all; 53 Stat. 2455 Utah Salt Lake Meridian T. 4 S., R. 23 E., secs. 9 to 16 and 21 to 25, inclusive; sec. 26, N½, E½SE¼, SW¼SE¼ W½SW¼, SE¼SW¼ secs. 27, 28, and those parts of secs. 34 and 35 north of Green River; (partly unsurveyed) T. 3 S., R. 24 E., secs. 25, 26, 35 and 36; T. 4 S., R. 24 E., secs. 1 to 3, and 7 to 30; inclusive, (partly unsurveyed) T. 3 S., R. 25 E., sec. 11, E½, secs. 12 and 13, sec. 14, E½, secs. 20 to 36; inclusive, (partly unsurveyed) T. 4 S., R. 25 E., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive, (partly unsurveyed) aggregating 203,885 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to any unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The reservation made by this proclamation supersedes as to any ofFormer reservations superseded. the above-described lands affected thereby, the temporary withdrawal for classification and for other purposes made by Executive Order No. 5684 of August 12, 1931, and the Executive order of April 17, 1926, and the Executive order of September 8, 1933, creating Water Reserves No. 107 and No. 152. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). purposes,” approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2) and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof, except that this reservation shall not affect the operation of the FederalOperation or Federal Water Power Act not affected.[41 Stat. 1063](/us/stat/41/1063).[16 U. S. C. §§ 781–823; Supp. IV, ch. 12](/us/usc/t16/s781–823). Water Power Act of June 10, 1920 (41 Stat. 1063), as amended, and the administration of the monument shall be subject to the Reclamation Withdrawal of October 17, 1904, for the Brown’s Park Reservoir Site in connection with the Green River project. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2291 July 16, 1938 Amendment of Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2456 Amendment of Regulations Relating to Migratory BirdsJuly 16, 1938[No. 2291] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Amendatory regulations relating to migratory birds.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755);[49 Stat. 1555](/us/stat/49/1555).[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. IV, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704/704).[50 Stat. 1844](/us/stat/50/1844).WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture, pursuant to section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, approved July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the act of June 20, 1936, 49 Stat. 1555, has adopted and submitted to me regulations amending certain of the regulations approved by Proclamation No. 2245 of July 30, 1937, which he has determined to be suitable amendments of such regulations permitting and governing hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds concluded August 16, [39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).1916, and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals[50 Stat. 1311](/us/stat/50/1311). concluded February 7, 1936, which amendatory regulations are as follows: AMENDMENTS OF MIGRATORY BIRD TREATY ACT REGULATIONS ADOPTED BY THE SECRETARY OF AGRICULTURE Amendments adopted by Secretary of Agriculture.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755);[49 Stat. 1555](/us/stat/49/1555).[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. IV, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704/704).Pursuant to the authority and direction contained in section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the Act of June 20, 1936 (49 Stat. 1555), I, H. A. Wallace Secretary of Agriculture, having due regard to the zones of temperature and to the distribution, abundance, economic value, breeding habits and tunes and lines of migratory night of migratory birds included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, concluded August sixteenth, nineteen hundred and sixteen, and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals concluded February seventh, nineteen hundred and thirty-six, have determined when, to what extent, and by what means it is compatible with the terms of said Conventions and Act to allow hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of such birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and, in accordance with such determinations, do hereby adopt the following amendments of the Regulations relating to migratory birds and certain game mammals, approved and proclaimed July 30, [50 Stat. 1844](/us/stat/50/1844).1937 (50 Stat. 1844), as suitable amendments of said regulations, permitting and governing hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of said migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof: Means for taking waterfowl; coot added.The second paragraph of Regulation 3, “Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May be Taken”, is amended by striking out the period at the end thereof and adding the words “and coot.” [50 Stat. 1846](/us/stat/50/1846).Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 4.— Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Time prescribed.Waterfowl; exceptions.Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, and swans), and coot, may be taken each day from 7 a. m. to 4 p. m., and rails and gallinules (other than coot), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, woodcock, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and53 Stat. 2457band-tailed pigeons from 7 a. m. to sunset, each day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, and they may be taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 of these regulations, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted by regulation 5 any day in any State or Territory, or in the District of Columbia during the period constituting the open season where taken and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State or Territory, or in the District of Columbia at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the takingRestriction. of migratory birds on any reservation or sanctuary established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 (45[45 Stat. 1222](/us/stat/45/1222).[16 U. S. C. §§ 715–715r; Supp. IV, §§ 715d–1–715k–2](/us/usc/t16/s715–715r/715d–1–715k–2). Stat. 1222), nor on any area of the United States set aside under any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a bird, game, or other wildlife reservation, breeding grounds, or refuge except insofar as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Waterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.—The open seasonsWaterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot. for waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot, in the several States and Alaska, shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: In Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, North Dakota, South Dakota, Vermont, and Wisconsin, October 1 to November 14. In California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, including Long Island, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, and Wyoming, October 15 to November 28. In Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, New Mexico, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia, November 15 to December 29. In Alaska north of the summit of the Alaska Range and Kuskokwim-Bristol Bay Divide, September 1 to October 15; south of the Alaska Range and Kuskokwim-Bristol Bay Divide and east of the Naknek River and Lake and Katmai National Monument to the 141st Meridian, September 16 to October 30; southeastern Alaska from the 141st Meridian south to Dixon Entrance, October 1 to November 14; and south and west of Naknek River and Lake and Katmai National Monument to the tip of the Alaskan Peninsula, including all adjacent islands in the Public Domain and Kodiak Island, November 1 to December 15; *Provided, That* scoters, locally known as sea coots, may*Proviso*.Taking of scoters. be taken in open coastal waters only, beyond outer harbor lines, in Maine and New Hampshire from September 15 to September 30, and in Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island, from September 15 to October 14, and thereafter from land or water during the open seasons for other waterfowl in said States. Rails and gallinules (except coot).—The open season for rails andRails and gallinules (except coot). gallinules (except coot), shall be from September 1 to November 30, both dates inclusive, except as follows: Alabama, November 20 to January 31. Louisiana, November 1 to January 31. New York including Long Island, October 15 to November 28. Washington, and Massachusetts, October 1 to November 30. Wisconsin, October 1 to November 14. District of Columbia, no open season. 53 Stat. 2458 Woodcock.Woodcock.—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: That portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston and Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Pennsylvania, and Vermont, October 1 to October 31. That portion of New York lying south of the line above described and in Delaware, Indiana, Iowa, New Jersey, Ohio, and West Virginia, October 15 to November 14. That portion of New York known as Long Island, November 1 to November 30. Arkansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Oklahoma, and Virginia, November 15 to December 15. Connecticut, and Rhode Island, October 21 to November 20. Louisiana, January 1 to January 31. Maine, October 10 to November 9. Massachusetts, October 20 to November 19. Missouri, November 10 to December 10. Wisconsin, October 17 to October 31. Mourning doves.Mourning doves.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Alabama, in the counties of Pickens, Tuscaloosa, Jefferson, Shelby, Talladega, Clay, Randolph, and all counties north thereof; *Georgia*, in the counties of Troup, Merriwether, Pike, Lamar, Monroe, Jones, Baldwin, Washington, Jefferson, Burke, and all counties north thereof; *Mississippi*, north of U. S. Highway 80; and *South Carolina*, in the counties of Aiken, Edgefield, McCormick, Greenwood, Abbeville, Anderson, Oconee, Pickens, Greenville, Laurens, Spartanburg, Cherokee, Union, Fairfield, Chester, and York, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31. Alabama, Georgia, and South Carolina, in the counties other than those aforesaid, and Mississippi south of U. S. Highway 80, November 20 to January 31. Arizona, Arkansas, California, Idaho, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, and Virginia, September 1 to November 15. Delaware, and Maryland, September 1 to September 30 and November 15 to December 31. Florida (except in Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties), November 20 to January 31. That portion of Florida comprising Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties, October 1 to November 15. Illinois, September 1 to September 30. Kentucky, September 1 to October 31. Louisiana, October 15 to December 31. North Carolina, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31. Texas, in the counties of Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, Haskell, Throckmorton, Young, Jack, Wise, Denton, Collin, and Hunt, and all counties north thereof, and in the counties of Parker, Tarrant, Dallas, Rockwall, Kaufman, Johnson, Hopkins, Delta, and Franklin, September 1 to October 31; in the remainder of the State, September 15 to November 15. White-winged doves.White-winged doves.—The open season for white-winged doves shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, August 1 to September 15. 53 Stat. 2459 Texas, in the counties of Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, Haskell, Throckmorton, Young, Jack, Wise, Denton, Collin, and Hunt, and all counties north thereof, and in the counties of Parker, Tarrant, Dallas, Rockwall, Kaufman, Johnson, Hopkins, Delta, and Franklin, September 1 to October 31; in the remainder of the State, September 15 to November 15. Band-tailed pigeons—The open seasons for band-tailed pigeonsBand-tailed pigeons. shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, and Oregon, October 16 to October 30. California, December 1 to December 15. New Mexico, October 1 to October 15. Washington, September 16 to September 30. " Regulation 5, “Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory[50 Stat. 1849](/us/stat/50/1849). Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 5.— Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Birds A person may take in any one day during the open seasons prescribedDaily bag limits.[50 Stat. 1846](/us/stat/50/1846). therefor in regulation 4 of these regulations not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking such birds; and when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: Ducks (except wood duck).—Ten in the aggregate of all kinds, ofDucks (except wood duck). which not more than 3 of any one, or more than 3 in the aggregate, may be of the following species-canvasback, redhead, bufflehead, and ruddy; and any person at any one time may possess not more than 20 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds, of which not more than 6 of any one, or more than 6 in the aggregate, may be of the following species-canvasback, redhead, bufflehead, and ruddy. Geese and brant (except snow geese and brant in Florida and allGeese and brant; exceptions. States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, and Ross’s goose).—Five in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10 in the aggregate of all kinds. Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot).—Fifteen in the aggregateRails and gallinules (except sora and coot). of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of all kinds. Sora.—Fifteen, and any person at any one tune may possess notSora. more than 15. Coot.—Twenty-five, and any person at any one time may possessCoot. not more than 25. Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.—Fifteen, and any person at any oneWilson’s snipe or jacksnipe. time may possess not more than 15. Woodcock.—Four, and any person at any one time may possessWoodcock. not more than 4. Mourning doves and white-winged doves.—Fifteen in the aggregateMourning doves and white-winged doves. of both kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of both kinds. Band-tailed pigeons.—Ten, and any person at any one time mayBand-tailed pigeons. possess not more than 10. The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as wellApplication to fowls taken in Canada, Mexico, etc., and brought into U. S. to ducks, geese, brant, rails, including coot and gallinules, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, woodcock, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada, Mexico, or other foreign country, and brought into the United States, as to those taken in the United States. " 53 Stat. 2460 [50 Stat. 1849](/us/stat/50/1849).Regulation 6, “Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 6.— Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Shipment, transportation, and possession restrictions.*Ante*, p. 2456.Migratory game birds of a species for which open seasons are prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken, and parts thereof, may be transported in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State, and when legally taken in and exported from Canada or Mexico, and if from Mexico are accompanied by a Mexican export permit, may be transported into the United States during the open season in the Province, State, or District where killed, but not more than the number thereof permitted by regulation 5 of these regulations to be taken by one person in 1 day, or in 2 days in the case of ducks, geese, and brant, shall be transported by any one person in 1 calendar week out of the State where taken or from Canada or Mexico into the United States; any such birds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed 5 days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where taken, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, to or through another State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to or through Canada or Mexico contrary to the laws of the State or Territory, or the District of Columbia in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, from another State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, or from Canada or Mexico, or from any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia into any Province of the Dominion of Canada or into Mexico at a time when any such State, Territory, District, or Province, or Mexico, into which they are transported, prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. Importations other than from Canada and Mexico.Migratory game birds imported from countries other than Canada and Mexico.—Migratory game birds of a species for which open seasons are prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken in and exported from a foreign country (other than Canada and Mexico, for which provision is hereinbefore made) may be transported to any State or Territory during the open season prescribed by said regulation 4 for such State or Territory for that species, and to the District of Columbia during the open season so prescribed for Maryland, and may be possessed in such State, Territory, or District for an additional period of 10 days immediately succeeding such open season, in numbers by any one person in 1 calendar week not exceeding those permitted by regulation 5 of these regulations to be taken by one person in 1 day, or in 2 days in the case of ducks, geese, and brant, if transportation and possession of such birds is not prohibited by such State, Territory, or District and if transported in packages marked as hereinbefore provided in this regulation. " 53 Stat. 2461 Paragraph numbered 2 of Regulation 8, “Permits to PropagatePermits to propagate waterfowl.[50 Stat. 1851](/us/stat/50/1851). Waterfowl”, is amended by striking out the word “retail” before the words “dealer in meat or game.” IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States Department of Agriculture to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12th day of July, 1938 [seal] (Signed) H A WALLACE *Secretary of Agriculture* AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing amendatory regulations will effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentApproval and proclamation. of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16” day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eighty and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2292 July 16, 1938 Fort Laramie National Monument—Wyoming Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Fort Laramie National Monument—WyomingJuly 16, 1938[No. 2292] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS The Historical Landmark Commission of Wyoming hasFort Laramie National Monument, Wyo.Preamble. donated to the United States in trust certain lands with the structures thereon comprising the abandoned Fort Laramie, for the purpose of improving, preserving, and conducting such lands and structures as a public historical site; and WHEREAS the lands and structures are of great historic interest and constitute a historic landmark; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands and structures as a national monument, to be known as the Fort Laramie National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentEstablishment proclaimed.[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that the following described lands in Wyoming are hereby reserved and set apart as the Fort Laramie National Monument: Commencing at the corner common to Sections 20, 21, 28 and 29Description. in Township 26 North, Range 64 West of the Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, thence due West 1320 feet, the POINT OF BEGINNING; thence due North 1320 feet to a point; thence due East 1725 feet to a point; thence due South parallel to section 53 Stat. 2462lines between Sections 20 and 21 and Sections 29 and 28, 3960 feet to a point; thence due West 3045 feet to a point; thence due North 1320 feet to a point; thence due East 355 feet to a point on the easterly right-of-way line of the county road; thence North 26 degrees 39 minutes east 685.4 feet to a point on the said easterly right-of-way line of the county road; thence North 28 degrees 55′ East 808.1 feet to a point on the said easterly right-of-way line and on the section line common to Sections 20 and 29; thence due east 266.9 feet along said section line between sections 20 and 29 to the point of beginning excepting, however, the land occupied by the county road which traverses the northwest comer of the southwest quarter of the northeast quarter of said Section 29, containing in all 214.41 acres, more or less. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument, and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).purposes,” approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16, sees. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2293 July 16, 1938 Ocala National Forest—Florida Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ocala National Forest—FloridaJuly 16, 1938[No. 2293] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Ocala National Forest, Fla.Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to include within and reserve as part of the Ocala National Forest, in the State of Florida, certain forest lands which have been or may be acquired under the authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961);[43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. §§ 516, 515](/us/usc/t16/s516/515).Lands reserved as part of.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).1911, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), and certain intermingled public lands: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911, 36 Stat. 963 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby included in and reserved as part of the Ocala National Forest, in the State of Florida, all lands of the United States within the areas 53 Stat. 2463 shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, and that ail lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended by the said act of June 7, 1924, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as part of the said national forest. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all landsPrior rights not affected; condition. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 16″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2294 August 2, 1938 Chattahoochee National Forest—Georgia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Chattahoochee National Forest—GeorgiaAugust 2, 1938[No. 2294] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands adjacent to the Chattahoochee NationalChattahoochee National Forest, Ga.Preamble. Forest, in the State of Georgia, have been acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under authority of the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195), and the Emergency[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195);[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that said lands are primarily suitable for national forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve them as part of the said Chattahoochee National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentLands reserved as addition to. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195);[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), the said National Industrial Recovery Act, and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, do proclaim
(1)that all lands within the hereinafter described boundaries which have been acquired by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 are hereby added to and made a part of the said Chattahoochee National Forest, and
(2)that all lands within the said boundaries which are in process of acquisition by the United States through the Farm Security Administration under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery 53 Stat. 2464Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon the acquisition of title thereto be added to and made a part of said forest: Description.Beginning at the junction of Chattooga River and Tullulah River with Tugaloo River and identical with a point in the Chattahoochee National Forest boundary at Tugaloo Lake, thence down the west bank of Tugaloo River to the Southern R. R.; thence with said Southern R. R. southwesterly to the city limits of Toccoa, Georgia; thence northerly, westerly and southerly with said city limits to its intersection with U. S. Highway No. 53; thence southwesterly with said U. S. Highway No. 53 to Bovdville; thence southerly with the road past the old Mize Post Office site to the Stephens-Franklin County line near the Sunshine M. E. Church; thence westerly and southwesterly with said county line to its junction with Banks County (known as the Hickory Corner) at Tate Creek Church; thence with the Line Bridge Road to Andersons Store; thence westerly with a road to U. S. Highway No. 55 at Hollingsworth; thence northerly with said U. S. Highway No. 55 to the city limits of Baldwin; thence easterly and northerly with said city limits of Baldwin to U. S. Highway No. 53, thence northerly with said highway to the city limits of Cornelia; thence easterly and northerly with the city limits of Cornelia to U. S. Highway No. 53; thence northeasterly with said U. S. Highway No. 53, through the town of Mount Airy to the line between land Lots 11 and 14 in the 12th Land District; thence northwesterly with the west line of land Lots 14 and 15 to the northwest corner of land Lot 15; thence northeasterly with the north line of Lots 15, 34, 46, 65, 80 and 99 to State Highway No. 115; thence northwesterly with State Highway No. 115 to its intersection with the line between land Lots No. 49 and 50 in the 12th Land District; thence south-westerly with said line between Lots 49 and 50, 30 and 31 to the south corner of Lot 30; thence northwesterly with the line between Lots 19 and 30, 20 and 29, 21 and 28 to the intersection with the Tallulah Falls R. R.; thence northeasterly with said Tallulah Falls R. R. to the southwest line of Lot No. 176 in the 12th Land District; thence northwesterly with said southwest line of Lot No. 176 and continuing with the southwest line of Lots 120, 121, 122 and 123 in the 13th Land District to the boundary of the Chattahoochee National Forest; thence easterly with the Chattahoochee National Forest boundary as now located to the point of beginning. The boundaries of the Chattahoochee National Forest addition described herein are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2nd day of August, in the year of our Lord Nineteen hundred and thirty-eight and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2295 August 29, 1938 Modifying the White Sands National Monument New Mexico Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2465 Modifying the White Sands National Monument New MexicoAugust 29, 1938[No. 2295] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that certain sections of the right-of-way forWhite Sands National Monument, N. Mex.Preamble.[47 Stat. 2551](/us/stat/47/2551).[49 Stat. 3426](/us/stat/49/3426). United States Highway Route 70 are included within the White Sands National Monument in the State of New Mexico, established by Proclamation No. 2025 of January 18, 1933, and enlarged by Proclamation No. 2108 of November 28, 1934; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to exclude from the said monument such sections of the said right-of-way: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentModification. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that the[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). White Sands National Monument in the State of New Mexico is hereby modified by eliminating therefrom all sections now included therein of the right-of-way for United States Highway Route 70. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29 day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2296 August 30, 1938 Ouachita National Forest—Arkansas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ouachita National Forest—ArkansasAugust 30, 1938[No. 2296] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands in the State of Arkansas which have beenOuachita National Forest, Ark.Preamble. acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States through the Farm Security Administration under authority of the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195),[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195);[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115), together with certain adjoining public lands, are adjacent to the Ouachita National Forest; and WHEREAS it appears that such lands are suitable for national forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve and include them as part of the said Ouachita National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentLands reserved as part of. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471). Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), the said[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473). National Industrial Recovery Act, the said Emergency Relief Ap 53 Stat. 2466[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195);[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).[50 Stat. 526](/us/stat/50/526).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 1011 (a)](/us/usc/t7/s1011/a).propriation Act of 1935, and section 32
(c)of the act of July 22, 1937, 50 Stat. 526, do proclaim
(1)that all lands of the United States within the areas shown as additions on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Ouachita National Forest, anil
(2)that all lands within such areas which are in process of acquisition by the United States through the Farm Security Administration under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon the acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as part of the said Forest. Prior rights not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. Revocation of Executive Order No. 7662.Executive Order No. 7662 of July 17, 1937, withdrawing certain public lands in Arkansas for the use of the Department of Agriculture, is hereby revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 30″ day of August in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2297 August 31, 1938 General Pulaski Memorial Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation General Pulaski Memorial DayAugust 31, 1938[No. 2297] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION General Pulaski Memorial Day.Preamble.WHEREAS it is entirely fitting and proper that we should, from time to time, recall with gratitude the invaluable succor accorded this nation in its infancy by lovers of freedom who, though born beyond the seas, flocked to the standard of Washington and contributed substantially to the triumph of the American cause, each according to his abilities; and WHEREAS we are proud to number General Casimir Pulaski, a valiant son of Poland, in the ranks of those whose deeds are part of the imperishable record of American independence; and Statutory provision.[52 Stat. 610](/us/stat/52/610).WHEREAS the Seventy-fifth Congress, by Public Resolution 102, approved on June 1, 1938, provided:" “That the President of the United States is authorized to issue a proclamation calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all governmental buildings on October 11, 1938, and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies in commemoration of the death of General Casimir Pulaski.” " 53 Stat. 2467 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentObservance of anniversary of death invited. of the United States of America, do direct that the flag be displayed upon all Government buildings on October 11, 1938, as a mark of respect to the memory of General Casimir Pulaski, and do hereby invite the people of the United States to observe that day as General Pulaski Memorial Day and to participate with appropriate ceremonies in schools and churches or other suitable places in the solemn commemoration of General Pulaski’s death on October 11, one hundred and fifty-nine years ago. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31″ day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2298 September 10, 1938 Gold Star Mother’s Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Gold Star Mother’s DaySeptember 10, 1938[No. 2298] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Public Resolution 123, 74th Congress,Gold Star Mother’s Day.Preamble.[49 Stat. 1895](/us/stat/49/1895).[36 U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 147, 148](/us/usc/t36/s147/148). approved June 23, 1936, recites:" “Whereas the service rendered the United States by the American mother is the greatest source of the country’s strength and inspiration; and “Whereas we honor ourselves and the mothers of America when we revere and give emphasis to the home as the fountainhead of the state; and “Whereas the American mother is doing so much for the home and for the moral and spiritual uplift of the people of the United States and hence so much for good government and humanity; and “Whereas the American Gold Star Mothers suffered the supreme sacrifice of motherhood in the loss of their sons and daughters in the World War;” " AND WHEREAS the said Public Resolution 123 provides:" “That the President of the United States is hereby authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the Government officials to display the United States flag on all Government buildings, and the people of the United States to display the flag and to hold appropriate meetings at their homes, churches, or other suitable places, on the last Sunday in September, as a public expression of the love, sorrow, and reverence of the people of the United States for the American Gold Star Mothers. “Sec. 2. That the last Sunday in September shall hereafter be designated and known as ‘Gold Star Mother’s Day’, and it shall be the duty of the President to request its observance as provided for in this resolution.” " 53 Stat. 2468 Sunday, September 25, 1938, designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid public resolution, do by this proclamation designate Sunday, September 25, 1938, as Gold Star Mother’s Day and direct Government officials to display the United States flag on all Government buildings, and do call upon the people of the United States to display the flag and to hold appropriate meetings at their homes, churches, or other suitable places on that day as a public expression of the affection and reverence of the people of the United States for the American Gold Star Mothers. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this tenth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2299 September 19, 1938 Fire Prevention Week—1938 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Fire Prevention Week—1938September 19, 1938[No. 2299] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Fire Prevention Week, 1938.Preamble.WHEREAS the many preventable fires which occur each year in the United States cause loss of life or serious injury to thousands of persons; and WHEREAS hundreds of millions of dollars’ worth of property is destroyed annually by fires in this country; and WHEREAS the great number of fires occurring in homes in the United States emphasizes the urgent need for impressing upon every citizen the fullest realization of individual responsibility for bringing about the curtailment of losses of life and property resulting from fires; Week beginning October 9, 1938, designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim and designate the week beginning October 9, 1938, as Fire Prevention Week, and I urge upon all the people of the nation that they cooperate in the movement to emphasize the disastrous consequences of preventable fires to the end that more effective precautionary measures may be taken to eliminate fire hazards, and thus to safeguard human life and prevent the needless waste of property. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 19th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2300 September 24, 1938 Excluding Certain Lands From the Coconino National Forest and Adding Them to the Walnut Canyon National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2469 Excluding Certain Lands From the Coconino National Forest and Adding Them to the Walnut Canyon National Monument—ArizonaSeptember 24, 1938[No. 2299] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the hereinafter-described lands comprising a part ofCoconino National Forest, Ariz.Preamble.[39 Stat. 1761](/us/stat/39/1761). the Coconino National Forest, in the State of Arizona, are adjacent to the Walnut Canyon National Monument, established by proclamation dated November 30, 1915; and WHEREAS such lands have situated thereon various objects of historic and scientific interest, and are also required for the proper care and management of the objects of historic and scientific interest now being protected by the said monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentCertain lands excluded from, added to Walnut Canyon National Monument.[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 34, 36 (U. S. C, title 16, sec. 473), and section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U.S.C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in the State of Arizona are hereby excluded from the said Coconino National Forest and are hereby added to and made a part of the said Walnut Canyon National Monument: Gila and Salt River Meridian—Arizona T. 21 N., R. 8 E., sec. 26, SE¼NE¼, lot 3, S½NW¼Description.sec. 36, NE¼, N½S½ SE¼SE¼; T. 21 N., R. 9 E., sec. 31, W½NE¼, E½NW¼, NE¼SW¼ and lots 1 to 5, inclusive, containing 913.16 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16,[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 24″ day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2301 September 27, 1938 Emergency Board, Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway and Other Carriers—Employees Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2470 Emergency Board, Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway and Other Carriers—EmployeesSeptember 27, 1938[No. 2301] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes of designated carriers and certain of their employees. Preamble. WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the National Mediation Board that a dispute between the carriers listed in the attached exhibits and certain of their employees as they are represented by the following labor organizations, as specified in exhibits A, B, and C: Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen Order of Railway Conductors Switchmen’s Union of North America The Order of Railroad Telegraphers International Association of Machinists International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders and Helpers of America International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths, Drop Forgers and Helpers Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Brotherhood Railway Carmen of America International Brotherhood of Firemen and Oilers, Helpers, Roundhouse and Railway Shop Laborers Brotherhood of Railway and Steamship Clerks, Freight Handlers, Express and Station Employes Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes Brotherhood of Railroad Signalmen of America National Organization Masters, Mates and Pilots of America National Marine Engineers’ Beneficial Association International Longshoremen’s Association and certain other employees as they are represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, as specified in exhibits D, E, and F, which dispute has not heretofore been adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, as amended, now threatens substantially to interrupt interstate commerce to a degree such as to deprive the country of essential transportation service;Creation of emergency board to investigate and report thereon. [44 Stat. 586](/us/stat/44/586). [45 U. S. C. § 160](/us/usc/t45/s160). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, as amended, do hereby create a board to be composed of 3 persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate the aforementioned dispute and report its findings to me within 30 days from this date.Compensation. The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of seventy-five dollars ($75.00) for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident Expenditures.to such board. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with [47 Stat. 405](/us/stat/47/405).[5 U. S. C. § 823](/us/usc/t5/s823).Public, No. 212, 72d Congress, approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a. m., not to exceed five dollars ($5.00) per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. 53 Stat. 2471 All expenditures of the Board shall be allowed and paid for out of Fund available. [52 Stat. 422](/us/stat/52/422).the appropriation “Emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1939” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27th day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-[seal] eight, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull Secretary of State 53 Stat. 2472 Exhibit A For the Carriers: S. H. Schneider R. F. W. For the Organizations: H. J. Arries B. M. Jewell A. E. Lyon WESTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Eighteen Cooperating Organizations as Indicated by “X”. (Authority is co-extensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of Employees) Railroads, etc. Engineers (BofLE) Firemen (BofLE & E) Conductors (OofRC) Switchmen (SUofNA) Telegraphers (OofRT) RAILWAY EMPLOYES’ DEPARTMENT—AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR Firemen and Oilers (IBofE&O) Clerks (BofR&SSCEHE&SE) Maintenance of Way (BofMofWE) Signalmen (BofRSofA) Masters and Mates (NOMM&PofA) Marine Engineers (NMEBA) Longshoremen
(ILA)Machinists (lAofM) Boilermakers (IB of BISB & HofA) Blacksmiths (IBofBDE & H) Sheet Metal Workers (SMWIA) Electrical Workers (IBofEW) Carmen (BRCofA)
(19)Alameda Belt Line X X Alton & Southern RR X X X X X X X Alton RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Arkansas & Memphis Railway Bridge A Ter Co. X Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Ry X X X X X X X X Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Ry X X X X X X X X Panhandle & Santa Fe Ry X X X X X X X X Atchison, Union Railway & Depot Co . X Baltimore & Ohio Chicago Terminal RR. X X X X X X X X X X X X X Belt Ry Co of Chicago X X X X X X X X X X X Burlington-Rock Island RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X Butte, Anaconda & Pacific Ry X X X X X X X X X Camas Prairie RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Chicago & Eastern Illinois Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Chicago & North Western Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Chicago & Western Indiana RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X Chicago, Burlington & Quincy RR X X X X X X X X T Chicago Great Western RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 53 Stat. 2473 T Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Chicago, Rock Island & Gulf Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Peoria Terminal Co X X X X X X X Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis & Omaha Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X Colorado & Southern Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X Colorado & Wyoming Ry X Davenport, Rock Island & Northwestern Ry X X X X X X T Denver & Rio Grande Western RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Denver & Salt Lake Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X Denver Union Terminal Ry X X X X Des Moines Union Ry X X X X X X X X X X Iowa Transfer Ry X X Duluth, Missabe & Iron Range RR X X X X X X X X X X Duluth Union Depot & Transfer Co X Duluth, Winnipeg & Pacific Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X East Portland Freight Terminal X East St. Louis Junction RR X Elgrin, Joliet & Eastern Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X El Paso Union Passenger Depot Co X Fort Worth & Denver City Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Wichita Valley Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Fort Worth Belt Ry X X Galveston, Houston & Henderson RR X X X X X X X X X X X X Galveston Wharf Co X X Great Northern Ry X X 1-x X X X X Green Bay & Western RR X X X X X X X X X X X Kewaunee, Green Bay & Western RR X X X X X X X X X X X Ahnapee and Western Ry X X X X X X X X X X X Gulf Coast Lines T New Orleans, Texas & Mexico Ry X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Beaumont, Sour Lake & Western Ry X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Orange & Northwestern RR X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T St. Louis, Brownsville & Mexico Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T New Iberia & Northern RR X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Houston & Brazos Valley Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T San Antonio, Uvalde & Gulf RR X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Sugar Land Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Rio Grande City Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Asherton & Gulf Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T San Antonio Southern Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Iberia, St. Mary & Eastern RR X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T San Benito & Rio Grande Valley Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Asphalt Belt Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T Houston North Shore Ry X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X T International-Great Northern RR X X X X X X X X X X X X 2-X X Harbor Belt Line RR X X X X X X X X X Houston Belt & Terminal Ry X X X X X X Illinois Central RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Yazoo & Mississippi Valley RR (including A&V-VS&P) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Gulf and Ship Island RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X Chicago & Illinois Western RR X X X X X Kansas City Southern Ry X X X X X Arkansas Western Ry X X X Joplin Union Depot Co X Kansas City Terminal Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X Lake Superior Terminal & Transfer Co X X X X X X Litchfield & Madison Ry X X Los Angeles Junction Ry X Memphis Union Station Co X X X X X X Midland Valley RR X X X X X X X X X X X X Kansas, Oklahoma & Gulf Ry X X X X X X X Oklahoma City-Ada-Atoka Ry X X X X X X Minneapolis, Northfield and Southern Ry X X X X X X X X X 53 Stat. 2474 WESTERN TERRITORY—Continued List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Eighteen Cooperating Organizations as Indicated by “X”—Continued Railroads, etc. Engineers (BofLE) Firemen (BofLE & E) Conductors (OofRC) Switchmen (SUofNA) Telegraphers (OofRT) RAILWAY EMPLOYES’ DEPARTMENT—AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR Firemen and Oilers (IBofE&O) Clerk s (BofR&SSCEHE&SE) Maintenance of Way (BofMofWE) Signalmen (BofRSofA) Masters and Mates (NOMM&PofA) Marine Engineers (NMEBA) Longshoremen
(ILA)Machinists (lAofM) Boilermakers (IB of BISB & HofA) Blacksmiths (IBofBDE & H) Sheet Metal Workers (SMWIA) Electrical Workers (IBofEW) Carmen (BRCofA)
(19)T Minneapolis, St. Paul & Sault Ste. Marie Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Duluth, South Shore & Atlantic Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Mineral Range RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X Minnesota & International Ry X X X X X Big Fork & International Falls Ry X X X X X Minnesota Transfer Ry X X X X X X X X X X X Missouri-Kansas-Texas RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X Missouri-Kansas-Texas RR Co of Texas X X X X X X X X X X X X X Beaver, Meade & Englewood RR X T Missouri Pacific RR X X X X X X X X X X X X 3-X X T Missouri-Illinois RR X X X X X X X X X X X 4-X Northern Pacific Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Northern Pacific Terminal Co of Oregon X X X X X X X X X X X X Northwestern Pacific RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Ogden Union Ry & Depot Co X X X X X X Oregon, California & Eastern Ry X X X X Peoria & Pekin Union Ry X X X X X Port Terminal Railroad Association X X X X Pueblo Union Depot & Railroad Co X St. Joseph Terminal RR Co X X X X X T St. Louis-San Francisco Ry X X X X X X X St. Louis, San Francisco & Texas Ry X X X X X X X Birmingham Belt RR X X X X X X X T St. Louis Southwestern Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X T St. Louis Southwestern Ry Co of Texas X X X X X X X X X St. Paul Union Depot Co X X X X X Salt Lake City Union Depot & RR Co X San Diego & Arizona Eastern Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X Sioux City Terminal Ry X X X South Omaha Terminal Ry X X X Southern Pacific Co.—Pacific Lines 6-X 7-X 7-X X X X X X X X X X X X X Spokane, Coeur d’Alene & Palouse Ry X X X X Spokane, Portland & Seattle Ry X X X X X X X X X X X Oregon Trunk Ry X X X X X X X X X X X Oregon Electric Ry X X X X X X X X X X United Railways Co X X X X X X X X X X Spokane Union Station Co X Terminal Railroad Association of St. Louis X X X X X X X X X X X X Texarkana Union Station Trust X 53 Stat. 2475 Texas & New Orleans RR (Sou. Pac. Lines in Texas and Louisiana Galveston, Harrisburg & San Antonio Ry X X X Texas & New Orleans RR X X X X X X X Louisiana Western RR X X X Morgan’s Louisiana & Texas RR & SS Co X X X Iberia & Vermillion RR X X X Houston & Texas Central RR X X X Texas Midland RR X X X Galveston, Harrisburg & San Antonio Ry (Austin Div) X X X Houston East & West Texas Ry X X X Houston & Shreveport RR X X X Texas & Pacific Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X Texas-New Mexico Ry X X X Abilene & Southern Ry X X X Cisco & Northeastern Ry X X X Weatherford, Mineral Wells & Northwestern Ry X X X Texas Short Line Ry X Texas Pacific-Missouri Pacific Ter RR of New Orleans X X X X X X X X X X X X X Tidewater Southern Ry X X Tulsa Union Depot Co X Union Pacific RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Union Railway Company (Memphis) X X X X X X X X X 5-X Union Terminal Co (Dallas) X X X X X X X Union Terminal Ry Co (St. Joseph) X X X R Wabash Ry X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T Western Pacific RR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Dallas Car Interchange & Inspection Bureau X X X X X Pacific Car Demurrage Bureau X Pacific Fruit Express Company X X EXPLANATION OF NOTES NOTES: (1): Includes Yardmasters. (2): Authority from the following railroads: New Orleans, Texas & Mexico Ry. San Benito & Rio Grande Valley Ry. Asphalt Belt Ry. St. Louis, Brownville & Mexico Ry. Sugarland Ry. Iberia, St. May & Eastern R.R. Beaumont, Sour Lake & Western Ry. Asherton & Gulf Ry. International-Great Northern R.R. Orange & Northwestern R.R. San Antonio Southern Ry. San Antonio, Uvalde & Gulf R.R. New Iberia & Northern R.R. Rio Grande City Ry. Houston North Shore Ry. Houston & Brazos Valley Ry. is subject to exception that authorization shall not empower Carriers’ Joint Conference to act for, to negotiate, or in any manner disturb the following rule now a component part of the wage agreement between these railroads and employes thereon represented by the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes, effective March 1, 1928, reading: “Extra Gangs” “Rates of pay for extra gang laborers to be established by Management.” (3): Authority from the Missouri Pacific Railroad is subject to exception that authorization shall not empower Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee to act for, to negotiate, or in any manner distrub the following agreement between this railroad and employes thereon represented by the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes: “Rates of pay for extra gang laborers to be established by Management.” (4): Authority from the Missouri-Illinois Railroad is subject to exception that authorization shall not empower Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee to act for, to negotiate, or in any mannger disturb the following rule now a component part of the wage agreement between this railroad and Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes, effective May 1, 1935, reading: “Rule 29, * * * The rates of pay now in effect (except rates of pay for extra gang laborers, which shall be established by the Management) * * *.” (5): Authority from the Union Railway Company (Memphis) is subject to exception that authorization shall not empower Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee to act for, to negotiate, or in any manner disturb the following agreement between this railway and employes thereon represented by the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes: “Rates of pay for extra gang laborers to be established by Management.” (6): Includes former EP & SW System and former Ariz. & East. R.R. 7: Includes former EP & SW System. (R)—Receivership; (T)—Trusteeship;—Subject to approval of Court. September 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 2476 Exhibit B For the Carriers: E. J. McClees For the Organizations: H. J. Arries B. M. Jewell A. E. Lyon EASTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Eighteen Cooperating Organizations as Indicated by “X”. (Authority is co-extensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of Employees) ORGANIZATIONS 1—Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers 8—International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders and Helpers of America 13—International Brotherhood of Firemen, Oilers, Helpers, Roundhouse and Railway Shop Laborers 2—Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen & Enginemen 3—Order of Railway Conductors 9—International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths, Drop Forgers and Helpers 14—Brotherhood of Railroad Signalmen of America 4—Switchmen’s Union of North America 15—Order of Railroad Telegraphers 5—Brotherhood of Railway & Steamship Clerks, Freight Handlers, Express and Station Employees 10—Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association 16—National Organization Master, Mates & Pilots of America 11—International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers 6—Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees 12—Brotherhood Railway Carmen of America 17—National Marine Engineers’ Beneficial Association 7—International Association of Machinists 18—International Longshoremen’s Association Railroads, etc. Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen & Enginemen Order of Railway Conductors Switchmen’s Union of North America Clerical and Station Forces (BofRy&SSCFHE&SE) Maintenance of Way Employees(BofMofWE) RAILWAY EMPLOYES’ DEPARTMENT—AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR Signalmen (BofRSofAm.) Telegraphers (OofRT) MARINE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES Miscellaneous (IL Assn.) Machinists (lAofM) Boilermakers (IBofBISB&HofAm) Blacksmiths (IBofBDF&H) Sheet Metal Workers (SMWIAssn.) Electrical Workers (IBofEW) Carmen (BRCofAm.) Firemen & Oilers etc. (IBofFOHR&RSL) Lighter Captains (IL Assn.) Deck Room Personnel Engine Room Personnel (IL Assn.) (NOMM&PofAm) (IL Assn.) (NMEB Assn.)
(22)Akron & Barberton Belt Railroad Company, The
(L)X T Akron, Canton & Youngstown Railway Company, The X X X (j)X X X X X X X X X X 53 Stat. 2477 R Ann Arbor Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Company, The (g)X (g)X X (h)X X X X X X X X X X X X X Baltimore & Ohio (New York Terminals) X X X X Bessemer & Lake Erie Railroad Company X X X X X X X X Boston & Maine Railroad X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Boston Terminal Company, The X X X X Buffalo Creek Railroad X X X X Bush Terminal Company X Canadian National Railway Lines in New England X X X X X X X X X X X X Champlain & St. Lawrence Railroad Company X X X X X X X Canadian National Railway Lines in New York X St. Clair Tunnel Company X X X X United States & Canada Railroad Company X X X X X X Central Railroad Company of New Jersey, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X (c)X Central Vermont Railway, Inc X X X X X X X X X X X X X Central Vermont Terminal, Inc X T Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville Railway Company X X (j)X X X X X X X X X X X X Cincinnati Union Terminal Company X X X X X X X X X X X X X Chicago Union Station Company X X X Dayton Union Railway Company, The X X X X X Delaware, Lackawanna & Western Railroad Co., The X X X X (a)X X X X X X X X X X X X (b)X (d)X Detroit & Toledo Shore Line Railroad Company, The X X (j)X X X X X X Detroit, Toledo & Ironton Railroad Company X X X X X X X X X Detroit Terminal Railroad Company X X X Donora Southern Railroad Company X T Erie Railroad Company X X (j)X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Chicago and Erie Railroad Company X X (j)X X X X X X X X X X X X New Jersey and New York Railroad, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T New York, Susquehanna & Western Railroad Company X X (j)X X X X X X X X X X X X (c)X T Wilkes-Barre & Eastern Railroad Company X X X X X Grand Trunk Western Railroad Company X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Indianapolis Union Railway Company, The X X X X X X X X Lake Terminal Railroad Company, The X Lehigh Valley Railroad Company X X X X X X X X X X Lehigh & New England Railroad Company X Maine Central Railroad Company X X X X X X X X Portland Terminal Company X X X X X X X McKeesport Connecting Railroad Company X Monongahela Railway Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X 53 Stat. 2478 Railroads, etc. Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen & Enginemen Order of Railway Conductors Switchmen’s Union of North America Clerical and Station Forces (BofRy&SSCFHE&SE) Maintenance of Way Employees(BofMofWE) RAILWAY EMPLOYES’ DEPARTMENT—AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR Signalmen (BofRSofAm.) Telegraphers (OofRT) MARINE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES Miscellaneous (IL Assn.) Machinists (lAofM) Boilermakers (IBofBISB&HofAm) Blacksmiths (IBofBDF&H) Sheet Metal Workers (SMWIAssn.) Electrical Workers (IBofEW) Carmen (BRCofAm.) Firemen & Oilers etc. (IBofFOHR&RSL) Lighter Captains (IL Assn.) Deck Room Personnel Engine Room Personnel (IL Assn.) (NOMM&PofAm) (IL Assn.) (NMEB Assn.)
(22)New York Central Railroad Company, The, and All Leased Lines New York Central—Buffalo & East X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X New York Central—West of Buffalo (i)X (i)X X X X X X X X X X X X X X New York Central—Ohio Central Lines X X X X X X X X X X X X X X New York Central—Grand Central Terminal X X X X X X X X X X Boston & Albany Railroad X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis Railway Company X X X X X X X X X X X X X Louisville & Jeffersonville Bridge & Railroad X X Cleveland Union Terminals Company, The X X X X X X X X X X Chicago River & Indiana Railroad Company (Chgo. Jct. Ry. Co.) X X X X X X X X X X X Indiana Harbor Belt Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X Michigan Central Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X (p)X Pittsburgh & Lake Erie Railroad Company, The (Incl. L. E. & E.) X X X X X X X X X X X Troy Union Railroad Company X 53 Stat. 2479 Newburgh & South Shore Railway Company, The X New York Dock Railway X New York, Chicago & St. Louis Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X X T New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X New York Connecting Railroad Company, The X X X X T New York, Ontario & Western Railway Company X X X X X (a)X (a)X (a)X (a)X (a)X (a)X (a)X X (f)X Pennsylvania Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X Long Island Railroad Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X X X Baltimore & Eastern Railroad Company X X X X X X X Pennsylvania-Reading Seashore Lines X X X X X X Pere Marquette Railway Company X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Fort St. Union Depot Co., The X X X X X X X X X X X X X Pittsburg & Shawmut Railroad Co., The X X X X R Pittsburg, Shawmut & Northern Railroad Co., The X X X Pittsburgh & West Virginia Ry. Co., The X X X X X X X X X Pittsburgh, Chartiers & Youghiogheny Ry X Reading Company X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Philadelphia, Reading & Pottsville Telegraph Company X River Terminal Railway Company X X Staten Island Rapid Transit Railway Company, The X X X X X X X X X X X Union Belt of Detroit X X X X X X X X Union Freight Railroad (Boston) X Union Inland Freight Station (New York) X Union Depot Company (Columbus, Ohio) X Washington Terminal Company, The X X X X X Wallabout Union Freight Station (Brooklyn, N. Y.) X Wheeling & Lake Erie Railroad Company, The (Incl. L. & W. Va.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X Railway Express Agency, Inc X NOTES:
(a)Organization certified as representing, but agreement still under negotiation
(b)Includes Deck Personnel in Ferry Service, National Organization Masters, Mates & Pilots of America certified as representing but agreement still under negotiation.
(c)Miscellaneous employees at Pier 18 Coal Dumper, Jersey City, N. J.
(e)Coal Dumper employees.
(f)Coal Dumper employees at Weehawken, N. J., and Cornwall, New York.
(g)Includes separate agreements on what were formerly known as the Buffalo & Susquehanna, and Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburgh; also separate agreement for Engineers, Toledo Division.
(h)Includes employees on Baltimore & Ohio Elevators, and Baltimore & Ohio Warehouses, Camden Station, (Baltimore) and Cincinnati, Ohio.
(i)Includes employees of the Illinois Division covered by separate agreements.
(j)Includes Yardmasters.
(k)Includes Train Dispatchers.
(L)Taken care of by Note in Schedule of Regulations and Rates of Pay for the Government of Engineers, Firemen, Yardmen and Hostlers, effective November 1st, 1929, reading: “Engineers, Firemen, Yardmen and Hostlers shall be paid the same rates that prevail on other rail lines in the Akron and Barberton District.”
(R)In Receivership,
(T)In Trusteeship—Subject to approval of Court. September 1, 1938 53 Stat. 2480 Exhibit C SOUTHEASTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Eighteen Cooperating Organizations as Indicated by “X”. (Authority is co-extensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of Employees) Railroads, etc. Engineers (BofLE) Firemen (BofLF&E) Conductors (OofRC) Switchmen (SUofNA) Telegraphers (Oof RT) RAILWAY EMPLOYES’ DEPARTMENT—AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR Firemen and Oilers (IBofF&O) Clerk s (BofR&SSCFHE&SE) Maintenance of Way (BofMofWE) Signalmen (BofRS ofA) Masters, Matesand Pilots (NOMM & PofA) Marine Engineers (NMEBA) Longshoremen
(ILA)Machinists (lAofM) Boilermakers (IBofBISB&HofAm) Blacksmiths (IBofBDF&H) Sheet Metal Workers (SMWIAssn.) Electrical Workers (IBofEW) Carmen (BRCofAm.)
(19)Atlantic Coast Line X X X X X X X X X X(i) X(j) X Atlanta & West Point-Western Ry. of Alabama X X X X X X X X X Atlanta Joint Terminals X X X X X X X X X Birmingham Southern X X
(R)Central of Georgia X X X X X X X X X X X X Charleston & Western Carolina X X X X X X X X X X Chesapeake & Ohio X(a) X(a) X(a) X X X X X X X X X X X X(k) Clinchfield X X X X X X X X X X X X Columbus & Greenville X X X X X X X X X X X
(R)Florida East Coast X X X X X X X X X X X X Georgia X X X X X X X X Gulf Mobile & Northern X(b) X(b) X(b) X X X X X X X X X Jacksonville Terminal X X X X X X X X X X X X X Kentucky & Indiana Terminal X X X X Louisville & Nashville X X X X X X X Nashville Chattanooga & St Louis X X X X X X X X(g) X X X X X
(R)Norfolk & Southern X X X X X X X X X X(h) X X X X Norfolk & Portsmouth Belt X X Norfolk & Western X X X X(f) X X(g) X X X X X Richmond Fredericksburg & Potomac X X X X X X X X X Savannah Union Station X
(R)Seaboard Air Line X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Southern Railway X(c) X(c) X X X X X X X X X X X X X Alabama Great Southern X(d) X(d) X X X X X X X X X X X Belt Railway Company of Chattanooga X Cincinnati Burnside & Cumberland River X X X X X X Cincinnati New Orleans & Texas Pacific X X X X(c) X X X X X X X X X X 53 Stat. 2481 Georgia Southern & Florida X X X X X X X X X X X X X Harriman & Northeastern X X X X X X X X X X X X X New Orleans & Northeastern X X X X X X X X X X X X X New Orleans Terminal X X X X X X X X X X X X Northern Alabama X X X X X X X X X X X X X St Johns River Terminal X X X X X X X X X X X X Woodstock & Bloeton X X X X X Tennessee Central X X X X(f) X X X X X X X X Virginian X X X X X X X NOTES:
(a)Includes Hocking Division
(b)Includes N. O. G. N.
(c)Includes East St Louis Terminal
(d)Includes Belt Railway Company of Chattanooga
(e)Cincinnati—Ludlow Yards only
(f)Includes Dispatchers September 1, 1938
(h)Represented by Committee which represents shop group
(i)Foremen, mechanics, helpers, steam shovel engineers and cranemen, pile driver engineers, hoisting engineers, ditcher engineers and pump repairers.
(i)Foremen, mechanics, helpers, steam shovel engineers and cranemen, pile driver engineers, hoisting engineers, ditcher engineers and pump repairers.
(j)Includes unlicensed deck personnel
(k)For Newport News, Va. only
(R)Agreement subject to approval of courts with reference to roads in hands of receivers or trustees. For the Carriers: T. F. Purcell For the Organizations: H. J. Arries B. M. Jewell A. E. Lyon 53 Stat. 2482 Exhibit D WESTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. (Authority is coextensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of employees) Alameda Belt Line Alton & Southern RR Alton RR Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Ry Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Ry Panhandle & Santa Fe Ry Baltimore & Ohio Chicago Terminal RR Belt Ry Co of Chicago Burlington-Rock Island RR Butte, Anaconda & Pacific Ry Camas Prairie RR
(T)Chicago & Eastern Illinois Ry
(T)Chicago & North Western Ry Chicago & Western Indiana RR Chicago, Burlington & Quincy RR
(T)Chicago Great Western RR
(T)Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific RR
(T)Chicago, Terre Haute & Southeastern Ry
(T)Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Ry
(T)Chicago, Rock Island & Gulf Ry
(1)Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis & Omaha Ry
(11)Colorado & Southern Ry Colorado & Wyoming Ry
(T)Denver & Rio Grande Western RR
(3)Denver & Salt Lake Ry Des Moines Union Ry Duluth, Missabe & Iron Range RR Duluth, Winnipeg & Pacific Ry East St. Louis Junction RR Elgin, Joliet & Eastern Ry Fort Worth & Denver City Ry Wichita Valley Ry Galveston, Houston & Henderson RR Great Northern Ry
(1)Green Bay & Western RR Kewaunee, Green Bay & Western RR Ahnapee and Western Ry Gulf Coast Lines
(T)New Orleans, Texas & Mexico Ry
(T)Beaumont, Sour Lake & Western Ry
(T)Orange & Northwestern RR
(T)St. Louis, Brownsville & Mexico Ry
(T)Houston & Brazos Valley Ry
(T)San Antonio, Uvalde & Gulf RR
(T)Sugar Land Ry
(T)Asherton & Gulf Ry
(T)San Antonio Southern Ry
(T)Asphalt Belt Ry
(T)Houston North Shore Ry
(T)International-Great Northern RR
(3)53 Stat. 2483 WESTERN TERRITORY—Continued List of Railroads, Etc., As Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen—Continued Houston Belt & Terminal Ry Illinois Central RR
(1)Yazoo & Mississippi Valley RR (Including A&V-VS&P) Gulf and Ship Island RR Chicago & Illinois Western RR Kansas City Southern Ry Arkansas Western Ry Kansas City Terminal Ry Litchfield & Madison Ry Los Angeles Junction Ry Midland Valley RR Kansas, Oklahoma & Gulf Ry Minneapolis, Northfield and Southern Ry
(T)Minneapolis, St. Paul & Sault Ste. Marie Ry
(T)Duluth, South Shore & Atlantic Ry
(T)Mineral Range RR Minnesota & International Ry Big Fork & International Falls Ry Missouri-Kansas-Texas RR
(3)Missouri-Kansas-Texas RR Co of Texas
(T)Missouri Pacific RR
(T)Missouri-Illinois RR Northern Pacific Ry
(1)Northern Pacific Terminal Co of Oregon Northwestern Pacific RR Ogden Union Ry & Depot Co Peoria & Pekin Union Ry Port Terminal Railroad Association Pueblo Union Depot & Railroad Co St. Joseph Terminal RR Co
(T)St. Louis-San Francisco Ry
(3)St. Louis, San Francisco & Texas Ry
(3)Birmingham Belt RR
(T)St. Louis Southwestern Ry
(T)St. Louis Southwestern Ry Co of Texas San Diego & Arizona Eastern Ry
(7)South Omaha Terminal Ry Southern Pacific Co. — Pacific Lines
(9)Spokane, Coeur d’Alene & Palouse Ry Spokane, Portland & Seattle Ry Oregon Trunk Ry Oregon Electric Ry United Railways Co Spokane Union Station Co Terminal Railroad Association of St. Louis Texas & New Orleans RR (Sou. Pac. Lincs in Texas and Louisiana) Galveston, Harrisburg & San Antonio Ry Texas & New Orleans RR
(10)Louisiana Western RR Morgan’s Louisiana & Texas RR & SS Co Iberia & Vermillion RR Houston & Texas Central RR Texas Midland RR Galveston, Harrisburg & San Antonio Ry (Austin Division) Houston East & West Texas Ry
(7)Houston & Shreveport RR
(7)Texas & Pacific Ry
(1)Texas-New Mexico Ry Abilene & Southern Ry Cisco & Northeastern Ry Weatherford, Mineral Wells & Northwestern Ry Texas Short Line Ry 53 Stat. 2484 WESTERN TERRITORY—Continued List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen—Continued Texas Pacific-Missouri Pacific Terminal RR of New Orleans Union Pacific RR
(1)Union Railway Company (Memphis)
(3)Union Terminal Co (Dallas) Union Terminal Ry Co (St. Joseph)
(R)Wabash Ry
(T)Western Pacific RR
(1)NOTES: (1)—Includes Dining Car Stewards. (2)—Includes Yardmen, South St. Paul Terminal. (3)—Includes Yardmasters (Except General Yardmasters on D&RGW RR) (4)—White Trainmen and Yardmen only. (5)—Dining Car Stewards only. (6)— White Engine Foremen only. (7)—Yardmen only. (8)—Includes former EP&SW System. (9)—Includes Train Gatemen (Electric Lines). (10)—Includes Bus and Truck Drivers, New Orleans Terminal. (11)—Does not include Dining Car Stewards. (R)—In Receivership; (T)—fit Trusteeship;—Subject to Approval of Court. September 1, 1938. For the Carriers: S. H. Schneider R. F. W. For the Organizations: W. G. Cantley 53 Stat. 2485 Exhibit E EASTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. (Authority is co-extensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of employees) Akron & Barberton Belt Railroad Company, The
(T)Akron, Canton & Youngstown Railway Company, The
(R)Ann Arbor Railroad Company, The Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Company, The
(a)Bessemer & Lake Erie Railroad Company Boston & Maine Railroad
(b)Bush Terminal Company Canadian National Railway Lines in New England Champlain & St. Lawrence Railroad Company St. Clair Tunnel Company United States & Canada Railroad Company Central Railroad Company of New Jersey, The Central Vermont Railway, Inc.
(T)Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville Railway Company Cincinnati Union Terminal Company Chicago Union Station Company Delaware, Lackawanna & Western Railroad Co., The
(g)Detroit & Toledo Shore Line Railroad Company, The Detroit, Toledo & Ironton Railroad Company Donora Southern Railroad Company
(T)Erie Railroad Company Chicago and Erie Railroad Company New Jersey and New York Railroad, The
(T)New York, Susquehanna & Western Railroad Company
(T)Wilkes-Barre & Eastern Railroad Company Grand Trunk Western Railroad Company
(a)Indianapolis Union Railway Company, The Lake Terminal Railroad Company, The Lehigh Valley Railroad Company
(c)Lehigh & New England Railroad Company Maine Central Railroad Company
(b)Portland Terminal Company
(b)McKeesport Connecting Railroad Company Monongahela Railway Company, The New York Central Railroad Company, The, and All Leased Lines: New York Central—Buffalo & East
(g)New York Central—West of Buffalo
(g)New York Central—Ohio Central Lines
(g)Boston & Albany Railroad
(a)Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis Railway Company
(g)Louisville & Jeffersonville Bridge & Railroad Chicago River & Indiana Railroad Company (Chicago Junction Railway Co.) Indiana Harbor Belt Railroad Company, The
(d)Michigan Central Railroad Company, The
(g)Pittsburgh & Lake Erie Railroad Company, The (incl. L. E. & E.) Newburgh & South Shore Railway Company, The New York, Chicago & St. Louis Railroad Company, The
(T)New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad Company, The New York Connecting Railroad Company, The 53 Stat. 2486 EASTERN TERRITORY—Continued List of Railroads, Etc., As Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen—Continued
(T)New York, Ontario & Western Railway Company Pennsylvania Railroad Company, The
(a)Long Island Railroad Company, The
(e)Baltimore & Eastern Railroad Company Pennsylvania-Reading Seashore Lines Pere Marquette Railway Company Pittsburg & Shawmut Railroad Company, The
(R)Pittsburg, Shawmut & Northern Railroad Company, The Pittsburgh & West Virginia Railway Company, The Pittsburgh, Chartiers & Youghiogheny Railway Reading Company
(f)River Terminal Railway Company Staten Island Rapid Transit Railway Company, The Union Freight Railroad (Boston) Washington Terminal Company, The Wheeling & Lake Erie Railroad Company, The (incl. L. & W. Va.) NOTES: (a)—Includes Dining Car Stewards. (b)—Includes Yardmasters. (e)—Includes Car Riders Perth Amboy Coal Docks, and Dining Car Stewards. (d)—Includes Train Directors, Levermen, Towermen and related classes represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, for which no agreement has been negotiated as yet. (e)—Includes Guards. (f)—Includes Car Droppers Port Reading Terminal, N. J., and Yardmasters. (g)—Does not include Dining Car Stewards. (R)—In Receivership; (T)—In Trusteeship—Subject to Approval of Court. September 1, 1938. For the Carriers: E. J. McClees For the Organizations: W. G. Cantley 53 Stat. 2487 Exhibit F SOUTHEASTERN TERRITORY List of Railroads, Etc., as Represented by the Carriers’ Joint Conference Committee, and Their Employees Represented by the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. (Authority is co-extensive with the scope of Agreements as to classes of employees) Atlantic Coast Line
(a)Atlanta & West Point-Western Ry. of Alabama Atlanta Joint Terminals Birmingham Southern
(R)Central of Georgia Charleston & Western Carolina Chesapeake & Ohio
(b)Clinchfield Columbus & Greenville
(R)Florida East Coast Georgia Gulf Mobile & Northern
(c)Kentucky & Indiana Terminal Louisville & Nashville
(a)Nashville Chattanooga & St Louis
(R)Norfolk Southern Norfolk & Portsmouth Belt Norfolk & Western Richmond Fredericksburg & Potomac
(R)Seaboard Air Line
(f)Southern Railway
(a)Alabama Great Southern
(e)Cincinnati Burnside & Cumberland River Cincinnati New Orleans & Texas Pacific Georgia Southern & Florida Harriman & Northeastern New Orleans & Northeastern New Orleans Terminal Northern Alabama St Johns River Terminal Woodstock & Blocton Tennessee Central Virginian NOTES: (a)—Includes Dining Car Stewards. (b)—Includes Hocking Division. (c)—Includes N. O. & G. N. (d)—Includes East St. Louis Terminal (e)—Includes Belt Railway of Chattanooga.
(f)Does not include dining car stewards (R)—In Receivership;—Subject to Approval of Court. September 1, 1938. For the Carriers: T. F. Purcell For the Organizations: W. G. Cantley 2302 October 14, 1938 Nicolet National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2488 Nicolet National Forest—WisconsinOctober 14, 1938[No. 2302] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Nicolet National Forest, Wis.Preamble.[52 Stat. 1532](/us/stat/52/1532).WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 2269 of January 17, 1938, there were included in and reserved as part of the Nicolet National Forest, in the State of Wisconsin, certain lands which had been acquired by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under authority of the National industrial Recovery Act, [48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195); [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that within the exterior boundaries of the said Nicolet National Forest, there are situated certain other lands which have been acquired since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2269 of January 17, 1938, or are in process of acquisition, under authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935; and WHEREAS by Executive Order No. 7908 of June 9, 1938, all the right, title, and interest of the United States in such lands, acquired or in process of acquisition, were transferred to the Secretary of Agriculture for use, administration, and disposition in accordance with the [50 Stat. 525, 527](/us/stat/50/525/527).[ U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 1010–1013, 1014–1029](/us/usc/t7/7/1010–1013/1014–1029).provisions of Title III of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant. Act, approved July 27, 1937 (50 Stat. 522, 525), and the related provisions of Title IV thereof; and immediately upon acquisition of legal title to those lands now in process of acquisition, the said order, under the terms thereof, will become applicable to all the additional right, title, and interest thereby acquired by the United States; and WHEREAS it appears that all of such lands are suitable for national-forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as part of the said Nicolet National Forest: Lands reserved as addition to.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[50 Stat. 525](/us/stat/50/525).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 1010–1013](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013).vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and Title III of the said Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, do proclaim
(1)that all lands within the exterior boundaries of the said Nicolet National Forest which have been acquired by the United States since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2269 of January 17, 1938, under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, are hereby included in and reserved as part of the Nicolet National Forest, and
(2)that all lands within the said boundaries which are in process of acquisition by the United States under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon the acquisition of title thereto be added to and made a part of the said forest. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14” day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2303 October 14, 1938 Chequamegon National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2489 Nicolet National Forest—WisconsinOctober 14, 1938[No. 2303] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 2271 of January 17, 1938, thereChequamegon National Forest, Wis.Preamble.[52 Stat. 1533](/us/stat/52/1533). were included in and reserved as part of the Chequamegon National Forest, in the State of Wisconsin, certain lands which had been acquired by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under authority of the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195), and the Emergency[48 Stat. 195](/us/stat/48/195);[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115). Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that within the exterior boundaries of the said Chequamegon National Forest, there are situated certain other lands which have been acquired since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2271 of January 17, 1938, or are in process of acquisition, under authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935; and WHEREAS by Executive Order No. 7908 of June 9, 1938, all the right, title, and interest of the United States in such lands, acquired or in process of acquisition, were transferred to the Secretary of Agriculture for use, administration, and disposition in accordance with the provisions of Title III of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act,[50 Stat. 526, 527](/us/stat/50/526/527).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 1010–1013, 1014–1029](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013/1014–1029). approved July 27, 1937 (50 Stat. 522, 525), and the related provisions of Title IV thereof; and immediately upon acquisition of legal title to those lands now in process of acquisition, the said order, under the terms thereof, will become applicable to all the additional right, title, and interest thereby acquired by the United States; and WHEREAS it appears that all of such lands are suitable for national-forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as part of the said Chequamegon National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentLands reserved as addition to. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[50 Stat. 525](/us/stat/50/525).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, 1010–1013](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013). 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and Title III of the said Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, do proclaim
(1)that all lands within the exterior boundaries of the said Chequamegon National Forest which have been acquired by the United States since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2271 of January 17, 1938, under the authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, are hereby included in and reserved as part of the Chequamegon National Forest, and
(2)that all lands within the said boundaries which are in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of the said National Industrial Recovery Act and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon the acquisition of title thereto be added to and made a part of the said forest. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14” day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2304 October 14, 1938 Huron National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2490 Huron National Forest—MichiganOctober 14, 1938[No. 2304] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Huron National Forest, Mich.Preamble.[52 Stat. 1532](/us/stat/52/1532).WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 2270 of January 17, 1938, there were included in and reserved as part of the Huron National Forest, in the State of Michigan, certain lands which had been acquired by the United States through the Farm Security Administration or its predecessors under authority of the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that within the exterior boundaries of the said Huron National Forest, there are situated certain other lands which have been acquired since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2270 of January 17, 1938, or are in process of acquisition, under authority of the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935; and WHEREAS by Executive Order No. 7908 of June 9, 1938, all the right, title, and interest of the United States in such lands, acquired or in process of acquisition, were transferred to the Secretary of Agriculture for use, administration, and disposition in accordance with the [50 Stat. 525, 527](/us/stat/50/525).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 1010–1013, 1014–1029](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013/1014–1029).provisions of Title III of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, approved July 27, 1937 (50 Stat. 522, 525), and the related provisions of Title IV thereof; and immediately upon acquisition of legal title to those lands now in process of acquisition, the said order, under the terms thereof, will become applicable to all the additional right, title, and interest thereby acquired by the United States; and WHEREAS it appears that all of such lands are suitable for national-forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as part of the said Huron National Forest: Lands reserved as addition to.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[50 Stat. 525](/us/stat/50/525).[7 U. S. C., Supp. IV, §§ 1010–1013](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013).vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16. sec. 473), and Title III of the said Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, do proclaim
(1)that all lands within the exterior boundaries of the said Huron National Forest which have been acquired by the United States since the date of the said Proclamation No. 2270 of January 17, 1938, under the authority of the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, are hereby included in and reserved as part of the Huron National Forest, and
(2)that all lands within the said boundaries which are in process of acquisition by the United States under the authority of the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon the acquisition of title thereto be added to and made a part of the said forest. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 14” day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2305 October 25, 1938 Armistice Day—1938 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2491 Armistice Day—1938October 25, 1938[No. 2305] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Senate Concurrent Resolution 18, Sixty-ninth Congress (44 Stat. 1982), passed June 4, 1926, recites that November 11, 1918Armistice Day, 1938.Preamble.[44 Stat. 1982](/us/stat/44/1982). “marked the cessation of the most destructive, sanguinary, and far-reaching war in human annals and the resumption by the people of the United States of peaceful relations with other nations, which we hope may never again, be severed;” and WHEREAS the said concurrent resolution provides"“That the President of the United States is requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the officials to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on November 11 and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies expressive of our gratitude for peace and our desire for the continuance of friendly relations with all other peoples”;" and WHEREAS by an act approved May 13, 1938 (Public No. 510,[52 Stat. 351](/us/stat/52/351).[5 U. S. C., Supp. IV, § 87a](/us/usc/t5/s87a). 75th Congress) the 11th day of November in each year is made a legal public holiday to be dedicated to the cause of world peace and to be celebrated and known as Armistice Day; and WHEREAS it is especially fitting at this time of world unrest that November 11, 1938, the twentieth anniversary of the Armistice, should be observed with suitable ceremonies manifesting our belief that peace can be attained only by non-aggression, and can be made enduring only by respect for the rights of others and good will among the nations of the world. NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentDisplay of flag directed; observance invited. of the United States of America, do hereby direct that on Armistice Day, November 11, 1938, the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings, and I invite the observance of the day by the people of the United States with appropriate ceremonies in schools, churches, and other suitable places. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2306 October 25, 1938 Manistee National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2492 Manistee National Forest—Michigan October 25, 1938[No. 2306] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Manistee National Forest, Mich.Preamble.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. § 516](/us/usc/t16/s516).[43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. § 515](/us/usc/t16/s515).[48 Stat. 22](/us/stat/48/22).[16 U. S. C. § 585](/us/usc/t16/s585).WHEREAS certain lands within the State of Michigan have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of March 1, 1911, c. 186,36 Stat. 961,962 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, [48 Stat. 202](/us/stat/48/202).[40 U. S. C. § 403](/us/usc/t40/s403).approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195, 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to give such lands, together with certain intermingled public lands, a national-forest status: Establishment.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), by section 11 of the act of March 1, [36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).[48 Stat. 22](/us/stat/48/22).[16 U. S. C. § 585](/us/usc/t16/s585).[48 Stat. 202](/us/stat/48/202).[40 U. S. C. § 403](/us/usc/t40/s403).1911, 36 Stat. 963 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), the act of March 31, 1933, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195, 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and section 5 of the Emergency Relief [49 Stat. 118](/us/stat/49/118).Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115, 118), do proclaim
(1)that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Manistee National Forest all lands of the United States within the area described hereinafter and shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, and
(2)that all lands within such area which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, June 7, 1924, March 31, 1933, June 16, 1933, and April 8, 1935, shall upon acquisition of title thereto become, and be administered as, part of the said Manistee National Forest: Description.Michigan Principal Meridian T. 11 N., R. 15 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. T. 12 N., R. 10 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive, and secs. 15 to 22, inclusive. T. 12 N., R. 11 W., secs. 1 to 24, inclusive, and secs. 29 to 32, inclusive. T. 12 N., R. 12 W., all. T. 12 N., R. 15 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive, secs. 15 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. T. 12 N., R. 16 W., all. T. 12 N., R. 17 W., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive, and secs. 8 to 17, inclusive T. 13 N., R. 10 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. Tps. 13 N., Rs. 11 and 12 W., all. 13 N., R. 13 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive, secs. 10 to 15, inclusive, secs. 22 to 27, inclusive, and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 13 N., R. 15 W., secs. 2 to 11, inclusive, secs. 14 to 23, inclusive, and secs. 26 to 34, inclusive. T. 13 N., R. 16 W., all.53 Stat. 2493 T. 13 N., R. 17 W., secs. 24 to 29, inclusive, and secs. 32 to 36,inclusive. T. 14 N., R. 10 W., secs. 5 to 8, inclusive, secs. 16 to 21, inclusive, and secs. 28 to 34, inclusive. Tps. 14 N., Rs. 11, 12 and 13 W., all. T. 14 N., R. 14 W., secs. 1 to 7, inclusive, secs. 10 to 15, inclusive, and secs. 22 to 24, inclusive. T. 14 N., R. 15 W., secs. 1 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34,inclusive. T. 14 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 and 2, secs. 11 to 14, inclusive, secs.23 to 26, inclusive, and secs. 35 and 36. T. 15 N., R. 10 W., secs. 18 and 19; and secs. 29 to 32, inclusive. Tps. 15 N., Rs. 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 W., all. T. 15 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 and 2; secs. 11 to 14, inclusive; secs.23 to 26, inclusive, and secs. 35 and 36. T. 16 N., R. 11 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive, secs. 16 to 21, inclusive, and secs. 28 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 16 N., Rs. 12, 13, 14 and 15 W., all. T. 16 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive, secs. 9 to 14, inclusive,N½ sec. 15, N½ sec. 16, secs. 23 to 26, inclusive, and secs. 35 and 36. T. 17 N., R. 11 W., secs. 5 to 8, inclusive, secs. 16 to 21, inclusive,and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 17 N., Rs. 12, 13, 14 and 15 W., all. T. 17 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 and 2; 11 to 14, inclusive, 23 to 26,inclusive, and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 18 N., R. 11 W., secs. 31 and 32. T. 18 N., R. 12 W., secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 18 N., R. 13 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; W½ sec. 15; secs. 16to 21, inclusive; W½ sec. 22; W½ sec. 27; secs. 28 to 33, inclusive; and W½ sec. 34. T. 18 N., R. 14 W., all. T. 18 N., R. 15 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive, secs. 7 to 36, inclusive. T. 18 N., R. 16 W., sec. 36. T. 19 N., R. 13 W., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. T. 19 N., R. 14 W., all. T. 19 N., R. 15 W., secs. 1 to 16, inclusive, secs. 21 to 28, inclusive, and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 19 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 and 2. T. 20 N., R. 11 W., secs. 1 to 23, inclusive, and secs. 28 to 30,inclusive. T. 20 N., R. 12 W., secs. 1 to 6, inclusive. T. 20 N., R. 13 W., secs. 1 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15 to 22, inclusive, and secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. Tps. 20 N., Rs. 14 and 15 W., all. T. 20 N., R. 16 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive, secs. 23 to 26, inclusive, and secs. 35 and 36. T. 20 N., R. 17 W., secs. 1 to 23, inclusive, N½ sec. 26; secs. 27to 33, inclusive, and W½ sec. 34 T. 20 N., R. 18 W., all that part East of Lake Michigan. T. 21 N., R. 10 W., secs. 2 to 11, inclusive, secs. 14 to 23, inclusive, and secs. 26 to 35, inclusive. Tps. 21 N., Rs. 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 W., all. T. 21 N., R. 16 W., sec. 1; sec. 2 except lot 2; sec. 3 except lots1, 2 and 4; sec. 4 except lot 3; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive53 Stat. 2494 Tps. 22 N., Rs. 10, 11, 12 and 13 W., all. T. 22 N., R. 14 W., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive, secs. 8 to 17, inclusive,secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 22 N., R. 15 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 22 N., R. 16 W., lots 5, 6 and 7, and S½SE¼ sec. 25; lots 5and 6 sec. 33; lot 4 sec. 34; lot 6 sec. 35; lots 1, 3 and 5, E½SW¼ and E½ sec. 36. T. 23 N., R. 10 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 23 N., R. 11 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 23 N., R. 12 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 23 N., R. 13 W., secs. 13 and 14, secs. 23 to 26, inclusive, andsecs. 31 to 36, inclusive. Prior rights, etc., not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25th day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2307 October 25, 1938 Ackia Battleground National Monument—Mississippi Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ackia Battleground National Monument—MississippiOctober 25, 1938[No. 2307] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Ackia Battleground National Monument, Miss.Preamble.WHEREAS section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “An Act to provide for the commemoration of the two hundredth anniversary of the Battle of Ackia, Mississippi, and the establishment of the Ackia Battleground National Monument, and for other purposes”, approved [49 Stat. 807](/us/stat/49/807).[16 U. S. C., Supp, IV, §§ 450r](/us/usc/t16/s450).August 27, 1935 (49 Stat. 897), provides:"“That the Secretary of the Interior be, and he is hereby, authorized in his discretion to acquire, by purchase or by condemnation and/or accept by donation in behalf of the United States, such lands, easements, and buildings not to exceed fifty acres, and when title satisfactory to the Secretary of the Interior shall have been vested in the United States such area or areas shall be, upon proclamation of the President, established, dedicated, and set apart as a public monument for the benefit and enjoyment of the people and shall be known as the ‘Ackia Battleground National Monument:’ *Provided*, That such area shall include the site of the Battle of Ackia”"; AND WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior has caused title to certain lands in the State of Mississippi, aggregating 49.15 acres and including the site of the Battle of Ackia, to be vested in the United States of America: 53 Stat. 2495 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentEstablishment. of the United States of America, by virtue of and pursuant to the power in me vested by the said act of August 27, 1935, do proclaim that the following-described lands in Lee County, State of Mississippi, are hereby established, dedicated, and set apart, subject to an easementEasement of Tennessee Valley Authority. of the Tennessee Valley Authority in and to an established electric transmission line, as the Ackia Battleground National Monument: Beginning at a point which lies north 41 degrees 03 minutes eastDescription. 138.53 feet from the quarter section corner between sections 23 and 26, T. 9 S., R. 5 E., of the Chickasaw Meridian; thence north 80 degrees 03 minutes east 1166.0 feet to a point; thence south 55 degrees 10 minutes east 300.94 feet to a point; thence south 55 degrees 12 minutes east 479.8 feet to a point; thence south 29 degrees 45 minutes west 695.31 feet to a point; thence south 60 degrees 21 minutes west 933.6 feet to a point; thence north 64 degrees 26 minutes west 1236.0 feet to a point; thence north 31 degrees 49 minutes east 912.75 feet to the place of beginning, containing 49.15 acres of land and being parts of sections 23 and 26 T. 9 S., R. 5 E., of the Chickasaw Meridian, County of Lee, State of Mississippi. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided m the act of Congress entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16,[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25th day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2308 October 29, 1938 Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve—Arkansas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve—ArkansasOctober 29, 1938[No. 2308] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation of March 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 3439),Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve. Ark.Preamble.[49 Stat. 3439](/us/stat/49/3439). certain lands of the United States within the Ouachita National Forest, Arkansas, were designated as the “Muddy Creek Refuge”; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to enlarge the said refuge, and to change the name thereof to “Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve”: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentArea enlarged. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority53 Stat. 2496[49 Stat. 128](/us/stat/49/128).[16 U. S. C. § 693](/us/usc/t16/s693).vested in me by the act of June 13, 1933,48 Stat. 128 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 693), and upon recommendation of the Secretary of Agriculture, do proclaim that the said Muddy Creek Refuge is hereby enlarged so that it shall include and be composed of the area within the Designation.following-described boundaries, and that such refuge shall hereafter be known as the “Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve”: Description.Beginning at a point on the south line of Sec. 25, T. 2 N., R. 27 W., 5th P. M., where the east line of the right-of-way of Highway No. 28 intersects this section line approximately 30 chains west of the southeast corner of said section 25; thence in a northeasterly direction, following the east line of the right-of-way of Highway No. 28, approximately a third of a mile, to its intersection with Hurricane Ridge Road, which branches off to the east; thence in a northeasterly direction, following the south line of right-of-way of Hurricane Ridge Road, approximately five miles, to its intersection with the east line of SW¼SW¼ section 12, T. 2 N., R. 26 W; thence south to the south line of said section 12 and continuing south 5 chains into section 13, T. 2 N., R. 26 W.; thence east 20 chains; thence north 5 chains to the north line of said section 13; thence east along this section line 20 chains; thence north approximately 23 chains to the south line of the right-of-way of Little Texas Road; thence northeasterly, following the south fine of said right-of-way approximately five miles to its intersection with West Gafford Creek near the east line of section 2, T. 2 N., R. 25 W; thence following up west bank of West Gafford Creek in a southerly direction approximately 2 miles to a branch entering West Gafford Creek from the east in the NW¼NW¼, section 13, T. 2 N., R. 25 W.; thence in an easterly direction, following the south bank of said branch approximately 2½ miles to its source and continuing approximately ¼ mile to the hydrographic divide between West Gafford Creek and Gafford Creek in the SE¼ of section 8, T. 2 N., R. 24 W.; thence in a southwesterly direction approximately 4 miles along the top of said divide to the section line between sections 35 and 36, T. 2 N., R. 25 W.; thence south approximately ½ mile along said section line, to the southeast corner of section 35; thence continuing south on the section line between sections 1 and 2, T. 1 N., R. 25 W., to the SE corner of section 2; thence east approximately 2½ miles along section fines between sections 1 and 12, T. 1 N., R. 25 W., and sections 6 and 7 and 5 and 8, T. 1 N., R. 24 W., to the first hydrographic divide east of Ritter Creek; thence in a southeasterly direction, following said divide, approximately ½ mile to the summit of Muddy Creek Mountain; thence following the divide of Muddy Creek Mountain in a northeasterly direction, to its summit at Lone Pine Lookout Tower in NW¼, section 2, T. 1 N., R. 24 W.; thence, in a southeasterly direction, along the first hydrographic divide north of Muddy Creek leading from Muddy Creek Mountain approximately 1¼ miles to the section line between sections 11 and 12, T. 1 N., R. 24 W.; thence south along said section line and the section line between sections 13 and 14, said township approximately one mile, to the hydrographic divide to the south of Muddy Creek; thence in a southwesterly direction along said divide, approximately 5 miles to the approximate center of section 32, T. 1 N., R. 24 W., where this divide intersects a divide running northwest and dividing Muddy Creek at the north from Wheat Creek to the south; thence following this divide in a northwesterly direction approximately one mile to the north and south quarter-section line of section 31, near its north quarter-section corner; thence in a south53 Stat. 2497westerly direction, following a short ridge approximately ½ mile to the west line of section 31, T. 1 N., R. 24 W.; thence south, with the west line of section 31 to the SW corner of said section; thence west with the south lines of T. 1 N., R. 25 W., and T. 1 N., R. 26 W., to the SW corner of section 35, T, 1 N., R. 26 W.; thence north with the west line of section 35 to the hydrographic divide south of West Fiddler’s Creek; thence in a westerly direction following the hydrographic divide south of West Fiddler’s Creek, approximately 2½ miles to the junction of Forester Road and U. S. Highway No. 270 in the SW¼ section 4, T. 1 8., R. 26 W.; thence in a northerly direction, following the east line of the right-of-way of Forester Road approximately 7 miles to its junction with East Cedar Road in the NE¼, section 7, T. 1 N., R. 26 W.; thence in an easterly direction, following the south line of the right-of-way of East Cedar Road approximately ¼ mile to its intersection with the east section line of said section 7; thence north along this section line to the NE corner of section 6; thence east 2.89 chains to the SW corner of section 32, T. 2 N., R. 26 W.; thence north to the NW corner of said section 32; thence west along the south section line of section 30, T. 2 N., R. 26 W., and the south section line of section 25, T. 2 N., R. 27 W., to the place of beginning; containing 78,000 acres, more or less. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29th day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2309 October 31, 1938 Modification of Postage Rates Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Modification of Postage RatesOctober 31, 1938[No. 2309] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS I find after survey that the interests of the public, inPostage rates.Preamble. the promotion of the cultural growth, education, and development of the American people, require that the postage rates on books of the class hereinafter described be modified: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentRates on books of the class described modified for designated period.[48 Stat. 254, 760](/us/stat/48/254/760); [49 Stat. 431](/us/stat/49/431); [50 Stat. 358](/us/stat/50/358).[39 U. S. C. § 280 (note); Supp. IV, § 280 (note)](/us/usc/t39/s280). of the United States, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 16, 1933, 48 Stat. 254, as amended by section 515 of title III of the act of May 10, 1934, 48 Stat. 760, Public Resolution 36, approved June 28, 1935, 49 Stat. 431, and Public Resolution 48, approved June 29, 1937, 50 Stat. 358, do proclaim that the postage rate on books consisting wholly of reading matter and containing no advertising matter other than incidental announcements of books, when mailed under such regulations as the Postmaster General shall prescribe, shall be for the period commencing November 1, 1938, and ending June 30, 1939, one and one-half cents a pound or fraction thereof, irrespective of the zone of destination. 53 Stat. 2498 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31st day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one-hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2310 November 19, 1938 Thanksgiving Day—1938 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Thanksgiving Day—1938 by the president of the united states of americaNovember 19, 1938[No. 2310] A PROCLAMATION Thanksgiving Day,1938.Thursday, November 24, 1938, designated asI, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby designate Thursday, the twenty-fourth of November, 1938, as a day of general thanksgiving. Our Fathers set aside such a day as they hewed a nation from the primeval forest. The observance was consecrated when George Washington issued a Thanksgiving proclamation in the first year of his presidency. Abraham Lincoln set apart “a Day of Thanksgiving and Praise to our beneficent Father who dwelleth in the heavens” Thus from our earliest recorded history, Americans have thanked God for their blessings. In our deepest natures, in our very souls, we, like all mankind since the earliest origin of mankind, turn to God in time of trouble and in time of happiness. “In God We Trust” For the blessings which have been ours during the present year we have ample cause to be thankful. Our lands have yielded a goodly harvest, and the toiler in shop and mill receives a more just return for his labor. We have cherished and preserved our democracy. We have lived in peace and understanding with our neighbors and have seen the world escape the impending disaster of a general war. In the time of our fortune it is fitting that we offer prayers for unfortunate people in other lands who are in dire distress at this our Thanksgiving Season. Let us remember them in our families and our churches when, on the day appointed, we offer our thanks to Almighty God. May we by our way of living merit the continuance of His goodness. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this nineteenth day of November,in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2311 November 23, 1938 George Washington National Forest—Virginia and West Virginia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2499 George Washington National Forest—Virginia and West VirginiaNovember 23, 1938[No. 2311] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears to be in the public interest to redefine the George Washington National Forest, Va. and W. Va.Preamble.boundaries of the George Washington National Forest in the States of Virginia and West Virginia, as designated by Proclamation No. 2167 of April 28, 1936 (49 Stat. 3513, 1 F. R. 297):[49 Stat. 3513](/us/stat/49/3513). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Boundaries redefined.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 63](/us/stat/36/63).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911, 36 Stat. 963 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the George Washington National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries as shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof: *Shenandoah Unit* Beginning at the intersection of U. S. Highway 60 with the Virginia-West Shenandoah Unit.Virginia State line; thence with said State line in a northeasterly and southeasterly direction approximately 85 miles to the intersection of said State line with Straight Fork approximately ½ of a mile north of the Village of Hardscrable, Va.; thence southwesterly leaving the State line and up Straight Fork to its headwaters; thence southwesterly, crossing the divide between Straight Fork and Back Creek to the headwaters of Back Creek; thence southwesterly down Back Creek approximately 16 miles to the intersection of said creek with the Highland-Bath County line, Va.; thence with said County line in a southeasterly direction to Cowpasture River; thence northeasterly with west bank of Cowpasture River passing corner 4 of the Bess E. Byrd tract 219 to the mouth of Carroll Draft; thence up Carroll Draft to Route 614; thence northerly with said Route to its intersection with the South Fork South Branch Potomac River; thence northeasterly approximately 22 miles with the South Fork South Branch Potomac River crossing the Va.-W. Va. State line to the mouth of Stony Run, a point approximately 1½ miles south of Fort Seybert, W. Va.; thence northeasterly on a straight line to the intersection of Route 3 with Route 14; thence northeasterly with Route 3 to the Pendleton-Hardy County line; thence southeasterly with said County line to the Va.-W. Va. State line; thence northeasterly and southeasterly with said State line to its intersection with Route 58 Hardy County, W. Va., which is Route 259, Rockingham Co., Va.; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 37 of the Shenandoah Lumber and Iron Company tract le; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 34; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 8 of the Union Tanning Co. tract 51; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 4; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 5 of the Union Tanning Co. tract 53; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 45 which is corner 18 of the Isaac Bowman tract 127; thence with said tract to corner 19 which is corner 27 of the Union Tanning Co. tract 53; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 24 which is also corner 24 of the Miller Heirs tract 30; thence with said tract to corner 25 which is corner 4 of 53 Stat. 2500the Jas. L. Garrett tract 52; thence with boundary of said tract reversed to a point in line of corners 3–2, said point being corner 7 of the Charles A. Garrett tract 198; thence with a line of said tract reversed to corner 6; thence northeasterly on a straight line to the intersection of Route 58 and Schoolhouse Run; thence southeasterly on a straight line to corner 7 of the Orndorff and Miley tract 454; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 3 of the Catherine Yard tract 132; thence northeasterly with the boundary of said tract to corner 5; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 14 of said tract 132; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 17 of said tract 132; thence northeasterly on a straight line to U. S. G. S. triangulation Station, Hommon; thence northeasterly on a straight line to a point where Three Springs Run empties into Lost River; thence down Lost River to a point where it crosses the Barney and Landacre tract 3b between corners 7 and 8 at 1.47 chains southwest of corner 8; thence northeasterly and southeasterly with said tract to a point where Lost River again crosses said tract between corners 8 and 9; thence with Lost River to its intersection with the Barney and Landacre tract 3a between corners 6 and 7; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 5 which is corner 6 of the B. F. Tharp tract 250c a point on the southwest bank of Lost River; thence with tract 250c to corner 7; thence leaving said tract and with Lost River to its intersection with the boundary of the B. F. Tharp tract 250c between corners 8 and 1; thence with said tract boundary to a point where Lost River again crosses said tract line between cornel’s 8 and 1; thence northeasterly with Lost River to a point where it merges into the Cacapon River; thence with the west bank of Cacapon River to the corporate limits of Wardensville; thence with the west, south and east corporate limits of Wardensville to Route 23; thence with said Route in a northeasterly direction to its intersection with Route 5; thence with said Route in a northeasterly direction to its intersection with Slate Rock Run; thence northwesterly with said Run to Cacapon River; thence with west bank of Cacapon River to its intersection with Route 16; Hampshire County, W. Va.; thence southeasterly with Route 16 to its intersection with the Charles F. Nelson tract 81c a point between corners 5 and 6 of said tract; thence with the boundary of tract 81c reversed to a point in line between corners 3 and 2 where Route 16 crosses said line; thence southeasterly with Route 16 to the W. Va.-Va. State line; thence continuing on the same Route which becomes Route 609 on entering Frederick County, Va. to Route 55; thence southeasterly with Route 55 to its intersection with Route 604; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 1 of the Williamson and Moul tract 70; thence southeasterly with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 32; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 4 of the St. Luke Hospital tract 75b-2; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 2 of the St. Luke Hospital tract 75a; thence southeasterly on a straight line to corner 3 of the Paul J. Williams tract 361; thence southeasterly on a straight line to corner 10 of the St. Luke Hospital tract 75c; thence southeasterly with a line of said tract to corner 11; thence southeasterly on a straight line to the intersection of Route 646 with Route 623; thence southwesterly with Route 623 to the point of intersection with Toms Brook; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 102 of the Shenandoah Iron and Coal Co. tract 100a; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 154; thence to corner 155; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 160; thence northwesterly on a straight line to corner 172; thence following the south boundary of the Isaac Zane lap to corner 174 of the said tract 100a; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 23 of the Shenandoah Iron and Coal Co. tract 100b; thence 53 Stat. 2501southwesterly on a straight line to corner 29; thence southwesterly with the boundary of said tract 100b to corner 36 which is corner 4 of the Wetherholtz Heirs tract 148; thence southerly with the boundary of tract 148 reversed to corner 3; thence westerly on a straight line to corner 2 of the Shenandoah Iron and Coal Co. tract 100b; thence following the boundary of said tract to point in line between corners 7 and 8 where Stony Creek crosses said line; thence leaving the tract boundary and down Stony Creek to the mouth of Laurel Run; thence up Laurel Run to a point where Route 691 crosses it; thence northwesterly with Route 691 to its junction with Route 717; thence southwesterly with said Route to its intersection with Route 720; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 12 of the B. F. Anderson tract 113; thence with the boundary of said tract to a point in line between corners 14 and 15 where Route 717 crosses said line; thence southerly with said Route to its junction with Route 265; thence with Route 265 to its junction with Route 263; thence southwesterly with Route 263 to its junction with Route 610 at Orkney Springs, Va.; thence southwesterly with Route 610 to a point in line between corners 8 and 9 of the Nevin C. Funkhouser tract 163; thence with the boundary of tract 163 reversed to corner 8; thence southeasterly on a straight line, passing into Rockingham County, to corner 7 of the M. A. Williams tract 608: thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 5 of the Lennig Estate tract 30c-Vl; thence southwesterly with a line of said tract to corner 1; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 6 of the Lennig Estate tract 30c-V; thence southwesterly with said tract 23 chains to a point in line between corners 6 and 7 where Sours Run emerges from said tract; thence down Sours Run to its confluence with Runions Creek; thence down Runions Creek to its confluence with the North Fork Shenandoah River; thence down said river to the bridge where Route 613 crosses; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 1 of the Mary H. Murray tract 16; thence southwesterly on a straight line passing into Augusta County, Va., to corner 12 of the Samuel B. Loose tract 8; thence with a line of said tract to corner 13; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 7 of the Chesapeake Western Ry. tract 3; thence with a line of said tract to corner 8; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 3 of the Frank Chichester tract 47–1; thence southwesterly with boundary of said tract to corner 7; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 14 of the P. G. & R. H. Stratton tract 552; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 4 of said tract; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 7 of the Buffalo Gap Development Co. tract 492; thence southwesterly with boundary of said tract to corner 10; thence southwesterly on a straight line to a point on the Chesapeake and Ohio Ry. in Buffalo Gap; thence southwesterly with said railroad to corner 6 of the Peter McLaren Estate tract 518; thence leaving the railroad right of way southwesterly on a straight line to corner 6 of the V. P. Kunkle tract 519; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 16 of the H. B. Hutchison tract 488; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 14; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 9 of the said tract 488; thence southwesterly with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 8; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 4 of the C. G. Craig tract 516; thence southwesterly to corner 1 of the E. C. Chamberlain et al. tract 484; thence southwesterly on a straight line passing through corner 5 of the R. E. R. Nelson tract 489 to the Augusta-Rockbridge County line; thence southeasterly with said county line to its intersection with Route 602; thence southwesterly with Route 602 to its junction with Route 501; thence northwesterly with Route 501 to its junction with Route 623; thence southwesterly with said Route 623 53 Stat. 2502to its junction with Route 631; thence northwesterly with said Route 631 to its junction with U. S. Highway 60; thence westerly with said highway to the point of beginning. *Massanutten Unit* Massanutten Unit.Massanutten Unit.Beginning at a concrete tank on top of hill over the Massanutten Caverns, approximately 6 miles southeast of Harrisonburg, Virginia; thence northeasterly on a straight line to the intersection of Route 721 with Route 620; thence southeasterly and northeasterly with Route 620 to its intersection with U. S. Highway 211; thence with U. S. Highway 211 and Route 620 southeasterly to the point where Route 620 leaves U. S. Highway 211; thence northeasterly on a straight line to the intersection of Route 699 with a private road coming from the south at Walkers Chapel; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 10 of Wilkins and Bowman tract 600; thence with boundary of said tract northerly to corner 1; thence northeasterly on a straight line to a point on the North Fork of Shenandoah River at the mouth of a small drain directly south of a small Island where said river bends sharply northward; thence down the North Fork of Shenandoah River to corner 3 of the Town of Woodstock tract 410; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 9 of H. B. Chapman tract la-lb; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 3 which is corner 3 of the H. B. Chapman tract la-II; thence with tract la-II to corner 4; thence with the boundary of said tract to corner 1, a point in line between corners 1 and 2 of tract la-lb; thence northeasterly with said tract to corner 2 of tract la-I; thence with a line of said tract to corner 3; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 5 of the Mary E. Mclnturff tract 65; thence with a line of said tract to corner 4; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 6 of the Ricketts and Graham tract 68–1; thence with a line of said tract to corner 7; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 33 of the Ricketts and Graham tract 68; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 26 of said tract; thence northeasterly with 6 courses of said tract reversed to corner 20; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 2 of the Frank Tewalt tract 160; thence with meanders of said tract to corner 3; thence on a straight line northeasterly to corner 6 of said tract; thence on a straight line northeasterly to the junction of Route 636 with Route 55; thence easterly with said Route 55 (new location) to its intersection with Forest Highway 74; thence southwesterly with said highway to its junction with Route 613; thence southerly with Route 613 to its intersection with a small stream at forks of road; thence easterly with said stream to South Fork Shenandoah River; thence up said river, passing into Page County, to the first ford, a point about 1½ miles west of Compton; thence with a road westerly and southerly to its junction with Route 615; thence with Route 615 southwesterly to junction with U. S. Highway 211; thence westerly with said Highway and State Route 615 to a point where Route 615 leaves U. S. Highway 211; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 9 of the M. II. Jeffries et al tract 97; thence along the east boundary of said tract, the east boundaries of H. H. Rust tract 39 and the Allegheny Ore and Iron Co. tract 90 to corner 23 of said tract 90; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 19 of tract 90; thence southwesterly to corner 13; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 10; thence southwesterly to corner 9; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 5; thence with the boundary of said tract 90 reversed to corner 54; thence southerly on a straight line to a point on Batman Run where the Page-Rockingham County line intersects said Run; thence northwesterly with the Page-Rockingham 53 Stat. 2503County line to corner 51 of tract 90; thence with a line of said tract reversed to corner 50; thence southeasterly on a straight line to corner 5 of C. V. Harnsberger tract 828; thence southwesterly with a line of said tract to corner 6; thence southwesterly on a straight line to the intersection of Routes 646 and 647; thence with Route 647 to its intersection with Route 644; thence southwesterly on a straight line to the junction of Route 12 and U. S. Highway 33 at Montevideo; thence northwesterly on a straight line to the point of beginning. *Natural Bridge Unit* Beginning at the junction of North River with James River near Natural Bridge Unitthe town of Glasgow, Virginia; thence up North River to Lowry Run; thence up Lowry Run and its North Fork to a point in line between corners 7 and 8 of the J. H. Paxton Heirs tract 7; thence northeasterly with the boundary of said tract 7 reversed to corner 2 which is corner 7 of the T. T. & W. E. Dickinson tract 293a; thence northwesterly with said tract 293a to corner 1 which is corner 18 of the French and Post tract 3; thence with the boundary of said tract reversed to corner 16h; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 16a; thence with the boundary of said tract 3 reversed to corner 16; thence northeasterly on a straight line to corner 7 of the Buena Vista Iron Co. tract 13; thence with the boundary of said tract to a point in line between corners 12 and 13 where the South Fork of Chalk Mine Run crosses said, line; thence down South Fork of Chalk Mine Run and up Chalk Mine Run to where said Run crosses the French and Post tract 13, a point 0.41 chains southeast of corner 23; thence northeasterly with said tract 13 to corner 24; thence northerly on a straight line to the confluence of Stony Run with South River; thence northeasterly with South River to where Route 608 crosses a point between Mt. Joy Church and Pkin Station; thence with Route 608 to its junction with Route 610; thence with Route 610 to its junction with Route 633; thence northeasterly with Route 633 to its junction with Route 634; thence southeasterly with Route 634 to its junction with Route 610; thence with Route 610 to its intersection with Back Creek; thence down Back Creek to its intersection with the Norfolk and Western Railway; thence northeasterly with said railway to its intersection with U. S. Highway 250; thence southeasterly with U. S. Highway 250 to its junction with Route 609; thence with Route 609 to its intersection with Route 610; thence easterly on a straight line to a point where Route 610 joins Route 6; thence southerly with Route 6 to its junction with Route 151; thence southwesterly with Route 151 to its junction with Route 664; thence westerly with said Route to its junction with Route 680; thence southerly with Route 680 to its junction with Route,681; thence northerly and westerly with Route 681 to its junction with Route 655; thence southwesterly on a straight line to the junction of, Route 666 with Route 678; thence southwesterly with Route 666 to its j unction with Route 629 at Lowesville; thence northwesterly with Route 629 to its junction with Route 628; thence southwesterly on a straight line to the junction of Route 621 with Route 625; thence southerly with Route 625 to its intersection with Route 627; thence westerly with Route 627 to its junction with Route 617; thence southerly with Route 617 to its intersection with Route 631; thence southwesterly with Route 631 to its intersection with U. S., Highway 60; thence westerly with U. S. Highway 60 to its intersection with Route 635 at Dodds Ford; thence southwesterly on a straight line to corner 3 of the J. P. Phillips and A. D. Watts tract 19; thence with the boundary of said tract to corner 6, which is corner 2 of the C. M. Barnes tract 117; thence with the 53 Stat. 2504boundary of said tract 117 to corner 6; then southwesterly on a straight line to corner 2 of the C. H. Foster tract 16; thence southeasterly on a straight line to the junction of Route 647 with Route 649; thence southeasterly with Route 649 to its intersection with Pedlar River; thence southerly down Pedlar River to its confluence with James River; thence up James River to the place of beginning. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23rd day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2312 November 25, 1938 Enlarging the Arches National Monument—Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Arches National Monument—UtahNovember 25, 1938[No. 2312] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Arches National Monument, Utah.Preamble.[46 Stat. 2988](/us/stat/46/2988).WHEREAS certain public lands contiguous to the Arches National Monument, in Utah, established by proclamation of April 12, 1929 (46 Stat. 2988), have situated thereon geologic and prehistoric structures of historic and scientific interest; and WHEREAS there are other public lands contiguous to the said monument which are necessary for the proper care, management, and protection of the objects of scientific interest situated on the lands included in the monument and on the other lands referred to above; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as part of the said monument: Lands reserved as addition to.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, [34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Utah are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and added to and made a part of the said Arches National Monument: Description.*Salt Lake Meridian—Utah* T. 23 S., R. 20 E., sec. 12, S½, sec. 13, all, sec. 22, E½, sec. 23, all, sec. 24, N½, T. 23 S½ R. 21 E., sec. 7, S½ secs. 16 to 18, inclusive, sec. 19, N½, sec. 20, N½ and SE½, secs. 21 and 22, secs. 26 to 28, inclusive, secs. 34 and 35, 53 Stat. 2505 T. 24 S., R. 21 E., sec. 1, all, sec. 2, N½, sec. 3, N½, secs. 12 and 13, secs. 23 to 27 and 33 to 35, inclusive, sec. 36, (all unsurveyed), T. 25 S., R. 21 E., secs. 3 to 5 and 8 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15 to 17, inclusive, sec. 22, all and all those parts of secs. 20, 21, 27 and 28 north of State Highway No. 450, T. 24 S., R. 22 E., sec. 4, W½ secs. 5 to 8, inclusive, sec. 9, W½, secs. 17 to 20, inclusive, secs. 29 to 30, sec. 31, N½, sec. 32, N½ aggregating approximately 29,160 acres. Warning, is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not Warning against unauthorized acts.to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of Supervision.the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16, [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[18 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t18/s1/2).secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25' day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2313 November 25, 1938 Enlarging the Marquette National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Marquette National Forest—MichiganNovember 25, 1938[No. 2313] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands adjacent to the Marquette National Forest Marquette National Forest, Mich.Preamble.within the State of Michigan have been or hereafter may be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of March 1, 1911, c. 186, 36 Stat, 962 (U. S, C., title 166, sec. 516), as [36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. § 516](/us/usc/t16/s516).[43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. § 515](/us/usc/t16/s515).[48 Stat. 22](/us/stat/48/22).[16 U. S. C. § 585](/us/usc/t16/s585).[48 Stat. 202](/us/stat/48/202).[40 U. S. C. § 403](/us/usc/t40/s403).[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C,, title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195, 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and 53 Stat. 2506 WHEREAS it appears that the said lands and certain intermingled public lands are suitable for national-forest purposes, and that it would be in the public interest to give such lands a national-forest status: Lands reserved as addition to.NOW, THEREFORE, 1, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 321](/us/usc/t16/s321).[48 Stat. 22](/us/stat/48/22).[16 U. S. C. § 585](/us/usc/t16/s585).[48 Stat. 202](/us/stat/48/202).[40 U. S. C. § 403](/us/usc/t40/s403).vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), by section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911, 36 Stat. 963 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), the act of March 31, 1933, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and section 5 of the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of [49 Stat. 118](/us/stat/49/).1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115, 118), do proclaim
(1)that there are hereby reserved and set apart as an addition to the Marquette National Forest all lands of the United States within the area hereinafter described and shown on the diagram attached hereto and Administration of lands hereafter acquired.made a part hereof, and
(2)that all lands within such area which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, June 7, 1924, March 31, 1933, June 16, 1933, and April 8, 1935, shall upon acquisition of title thereto become, and be administered as, part of the said Marquette National Forest. *Michigan Principal Meridian* Description.That portion of the Round Island Lighthouse Reservation in the Straits of Mackinac, Michigan, lying eastward of the true north and south line passing through a point distant 1900 feet, 135 degrees true south 45 degrees east, from the center of the Round Island Lighthouse tower, which tower is located at latitude 45 degrees, 50 minutes, 15 seconds north, and longitude 84 degrees, 37 minutes west, described by metes and bounds as follows: Beginning at the point, defined above; thence due north 200 feet, more or less, to the shore line; thence following the shore line southeasterly and southerly to the extreme southeasterly point of the Island; thence northwesterly following the shore line to a point on the southwesterly shore line which is due south of the point of beginning; thence due north 530 feet, more or less, to the point of beginning. T. 40 N., R. 4 W., secs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, fractional secs. 10, 11 and 12, and W½ sec. 15. T. 41 N., R. 1 E., all of Government Island No. 6, subject, however, to the provisions of section 13 of the act of May 28, 1935, 49 Stat. 305, 307. T. 41 N., R. 2 W., secs. 2, 3, 10 and 11. T. 41 N., R. 3 W., all that part West of Lake Huron. T. 41 N., R. 4 W., all. T. 41 N., R. 5 W., all that part North and East of Lake Michigan. T. 42 N., R. 2 W., all that part lying North of St. Martin’s and Search Bays in Lake Huron. T. 42 N., R. 3 W., all that part lying West and North of St. Martin’s Bay in Lake Huron. Tps. 42 N., Rs. 4 and 5 W., all. Tps. 43 N., Rs. 2, 3, 4 and 5 W., all. T. 44 N., R. 3 W., secs. 6, 7, 18 and 19; S½ secs. 27 and 28; W½ NE½, W½, and SE½ of sec. 29; and secs. 30 to 34, inclusive. T. 44 N., R. 4 W., secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. T. 44 N., R. 5 W., secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. T. 45 N., R. 3 W., secs. 27 to 31, inclusive, and the N½ of sec. 32. 53 Stat. 2507 The Executive Orders of July 21, 1874, and October 20, 1874, with-drawing Revocation of designated Executive Orders.*Post*, pp. 2520, 2541.public lands for lighthouse purposes are hereby revoked, and Executive Order No. 4430 of April 23, 1926, withdrawing public lands for classification, is hereby revoked in so far as it affects any of the above-described lands. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25“ day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2314 November 26, 1938 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Texas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act TexasNovember 26, 1938[No. 2314] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him on October 26, Aransas Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. Tex.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. IV, §§ 703–705, 707, 708, 709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/s703–705/708/709a).1938, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating as Closed Area Certain Lands and Waters Within, Adjacent to, or in the Vicinity of the Aransas Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Texas By virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in me by Regulation designating certain lands and waters within, etc., as closed area.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. IV, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).*Ante*, p. 2456.section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, U. S. C., title 16, sec. 704), and in conformity with Regulation 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations, I, H. A. Wallace, Secretary of Agriculture, do hereby designate as closed area in or on which hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to hunt, take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is hereby prohibited, all areas of land and water in Aransas and Refugio Counties, Texas, not now owned or controlled by the United States within the following-described exterior boundary: Beginning at a point at the head of St. Charles Bay, on the Description.right or west bank and at the mouth of Twin (Willow) Creek, said point being marked with a U. S. Biological Survey standard concrete post; Thence from said initial point, upstream with the right or west bank meanders of Twin (Willow) Creek, N. 43°17' E., 1.83 chains; S. 74°32' E., 2.617 chains; N. 45°43' E., 1.912 chains; N. 16°19' E., 1.87 chains; N. 14°22' W., 1.862 chains; N. 58°08' W., 1.173 chains; N. 84°14' W., 2.575 chains; N. 44°57' W., 7.37 chains; 53 Stat. 2508 N. 70°27' W., 1.20 chains; S. 62°12' W., 2.677 chains; N. 33°51' W., 5.52 chains; N. 77°14' W., 1.836 chains; N. 39°29' W., 5.76 chains; N. 00°54' W., 3.53 chains; N. 87°02' E., 0.985 chain; S. 35°29' E., 2.00 chains; N. 00°38' E., 1.008 chains; N. 36°14' W., 3.06 chains; N. 24°36' E., 1.86 chains; N. 18°53' W., 0.936 chain; N. 35°41' W., 4.38 chains; N. 37°44' E., 1.11 chains; N. 2°38' W., 2.926 chains; N. 18°18' W., 8.00 chains; N. 41°06' W., 2.18 chains; N. 34°39' E., 1.826 chains; N. 50°50' W., 1.571 chains; N. 61°49' W., 2.27 chains; N. 75°49' W., 4.46 chains; N. 43°07' W., 2.29 chains; N, 8°38' E., 1.827 chains; N. 64°34' W., 1.06 chains; N. 22°12' E., 1.60 chains; N. 45°00' E., 1.909 chains; N. 13°38' W., 2.358 chains; N. 56°10' E., 1.68 chains; N. 1°51' W., 1.486 chains; N. 29°33' W., 4.48 chains; N. 3°22' W., 3.34 chains; S. 66°21' W., 4.16 chains; S. 82°56' W., 0.869 chain; N. 71°13' W., 1.38 chains; N. 36°25' W., 1.44 chains; N. 21°29' W.; 2.509 chains; N. 1°35' W., 3.30 chains; N. 33°19' W., 1.882 chains; N. 61°43' W., 4.43 chains; Thence crossing Twin (Willow) Creek and Blackjack Peninsula, N. 13°39' E., 48.90 chains; N. 18°06' E., 42.81 chains; N. 12°13' E., 2.271 chains; N. 00°49' E., 80.08 chains; N. 89°12' E., 94.53 chains; N. 00°43' W., 39.85 chains; N. 89°11' E., 119.08 chains; N. 00°51' W., 80.04 chains; N. 89°15' E., 120.03 chains; N. 00°44' W., 61.58 chains; N. 89°07' E., 76.70 chains; S. 1°30' E., 40.44 chains; S. 89°28' E., 40.27 chains; South, 0.352 chain; East, 0.188 chain; S. 00°28' E., 6.85 chains; N. 89°31' E., 163.06 chains to a point on Webb Point on the west shore of San Antonio Bay; 53 Stat. 2509 Thence along the west shore of San Antonio Bay with the meanders thereof, S. 38°51' W., 5.73 chains; S. 30°40' W., 5.67 chains; S. 5°42' W., 5.60 chains; S. 31°18' W., 5.95 chains; S. 39°07' W., 4.64 chains; S. 19°40' W., 5.74 chains; S. 42°44' W., 6.71 chains; S. 40°02' W., 9.52 chains; S. 14°01' W.,4.23 chains; S. 65°20' W-, 4.00 chains; S. 11°39' E., 4.59 chains; S. 76°20' W., 6.36 chains; S. 67°47' W., 7.83 chains; S. 43°51' W., 15.16 chains; S. 47°53' W., 13.18 chains; S. 47°30' W., 10.81 chains; S. 28°11' W., 5.55 chains; S. 37°42' W., 5.13 chains; S. 16°56' W., 12.63 chains; S. 2°47' W., 14.58 chains; S. 16°55' E., 14.76 chains; S. 28°24' E., 16.62 chains; S. 36° 14' E., 11.25 chains; S. 42°05' E., 6.92 chains; S. 52°45' E., 8.55 chains; S. 44°24' E., 9.89 chains; S. 66°50' E., 4.57 chains; S. 54°11' E., 6.60 chains; S. 45°29' E., 15.20 chains to a point on Dagger Point; S. 5°05' W., 6.39 chains; S. 5°34' E., 6.93 chains; S. 11°30' W., 8.95 chains; S. 15°32' E., 12.38 chains; S. 19°12' E., 25.44 chains; S. 37°09' E., 25.00 chains; S. 44°20' E., 14.97 chains; S. 27°44' E., 5.47 chains; S. 44°21' E., 11.71 chains; S. 20°07' E., 8.83 chains; S. 6°42' E., 16.41 chains; S. 13°46' E., 6.26 chains; S. 8°05' E., 9.05 chains to a point at the mouth of Mustang Lake; Thence crossing the inlet to Mustang Lake and continuing with the west shore meanders of San Antonio Bay, S. 15°08' E., 12.69 chains; S. 10°17' E., 9.81 chains; S. 8°28' W., 6.21 chains; S. 44°58' W., 4.50 chains; S. 12°50' E., 17.98 chains; S. 12°21' E., 7.29 chains; S. 37°15' E., 3.39 chains; S. 21°38' W., 8.43 chains; S. 6°04' E., 10.52 chains; S. 10°25' W., 5.72 chains; S. 8°50' E., 9.86 chains to a point on False Live Oak Point; 53 Stat. 2510 S. 11°59' W., 9.32 chains; S. 16°54' W,, 8.99 chains; S. 25°51' W., 10.10 chains; S. 38°22' W., 10.48 chains to a point; Thence in San Antonio Bay and Ayres Bay, S. 46° 16' W., 303.60 chains to a point on north shore ofAyres Bay; Thence along the north shore of Ayres Bay, S. 58°16' W., 7.77 chains to a point; Thence in Mullet Bay, S. 68° W., 60.00 chains (approximately); S. 46° W., 98.00 chains (approximately), to the southeasternmost point on Bludworth Island; Thence in Back Bay, S. 36° W., 165.00 chains (approximately), to a point on Cedar Point and the southerly right-of-way boundary of the Old Intracoastal Canal; Thence with the southerly right-of-way boundary of the Old Intracoastal Canal, Southwesterly to the angle point of said canal which is south of Dunham Island; Thence leaving said canal, in Aransas Bay, West, approximately 275.00 chains to a point due south of Blackjack Point; North, approximately 51.00 chains to a point on Blackjack Point; Thence crossing East Pocket, N. 10°09' E., 31.79 chains to a point on Bird Point; Thence in St. Charles Bay, N. 10° E., 205.00 chains (approximately), to a point opposite Egg Point; N. 30° E., 180.00 chains (approximately), to a point opposite Big Sharp Point; N. 25° W., 130.00 chains (approximately), to a point opposite Meile Dietrich Point; N. 30° E., 330.00 chains (approximately), to the place of beginning. The bearings in the above description are referred to the true meridian as determined by solar observations made insurveys by the Bureau of Biological Survey in 1937. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918; Regulation approved and proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Actof July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of Agriculture. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26" day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and tffirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2315 November 29, 1938 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2511 November 23, 1938[No. 2315] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS during the year 1939 there is to be held at New York World’s Fair at New York City and Golden Gate International Exposition at San Francisco, Calif., 1939.Preamble.City a world’s fair to celebrate the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the inauguration of the first President of the United States of America and of the establishment of the national government and there is to be held at San Francisco, California, an international exposition to celebrate the completion of the San Francisco-Oakland Bridge and the Golden Gate Bridge and to depict and exhibit the progress and accomplishments of the Pacific area of the United States in science, industry, and culture; and WHEREAS joint resolutions of Congress approved June 15, 1936 (49 Stat. 1516, 1518), authorized and requested the President by [49 Stat. 1516, 1518](/us/stat/49/1516).proclamation, or in such manner as he might deem proper, to invite foreign countries and nations to the exposition and the world’s fair with a request that they participate therein; and WHEREAS I have by proclamations of November 16, 1936 (Nos. 2209, 2210; 50 Stat. 1796, 1797), invited the participation of the [50 Stat. 1796, 1797](/us/stat/50/1796/1797).nations in these celebrations, and the responses to these invitations have been most gratifying; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President General Invitation to attend.of the United States of America, do invite the attention of our citizens and of friends beyond our borders to the World’s Fair at New York and the Golden Gate International Exposition at San Francisco and express the hope that the fair and the exposition will be attended by many from this country who will join with the Government in greeting with a warm welcome the many from abroad taking advantage of the occasion to visit our shores. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29' day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2316 December 5, 1938 Deschutes National Forest½x2014;Oregon Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Deschutes National Forest½x2014;OregonDecember 5, 1938[No. 2316] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the hereinafter-described lands in the State of Oregon Deschutes National Forest, Oreg.Preamble.have been found by the Secretaries of Agriculture and of the Interior to be chiefly valuable for national-forest purposes; and WHEREAS such lands are within the limitations contained in the act of February 2, 1922, entitled ½x201C;An act authorizing the adjustment of the boundaries of the Deschutes National Forest, in the State of Oregon, and for other purposes½x201D;, c. 46, 42 Stat. 362, as amended by [42 Stat. 302](/us/stat/42/302); [49 Stat. 288](/us/stat/49/288).the act of May 24, 1935, c. 140, 49 Stat. 288; and WHEREAS it appears that the addition of such lands to the Deschutes National Forest would be in the public interest:53 Stat. 2512 Lands reserved as addition to.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by the aforesaid act of February 2, 1922, as amended, do proclaim that the following-described lands in the State of Oregon are hereby added to, and reserved as a part of, the Deschutes National Forest: Description.*Willamette Meridian* T. 24 S., R. 7 E., sec. 11, E½; secs. 12 and 13; sec. 14, E½; T. 25 S., R. 7 E., secs. 1 and 2; sec. 12, N½, N½SW½, SE½SW½, SE½; sec. 13, NE½, NE½SW½, N½SE½, SE½SE½. T. 24 S., R. 8 E., sec. 1; sec. 2, E½; secs. 7 to 34, inclusive; sec. 35, NE½, E½NW½, NW½NW½, S½; sec. 36. T. 25 S., R. 8 E., secs. 1 to 7, inclusive; sec. 8, N½, N½SW½, SE½SW½, SE½; secs. 9 and 10; sec. 11, NW½, S½; secs. 12 to 16, inclusive; sec. 17, E½, E½W½; sec. 18, W½NE½, W½, NW½SE½. T. 10 S., R. 9 E., sec. 36, lot 2. T. 11 8., R. 9 E., sec. 1, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, S½NE½, SE½NW½, NE½SW½, SE½; sec. 12, NE½, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, E½SE½; sec. 13, lot 1, SE½SE½; sec. 24, NE½NE½, E½SE½; sec. 25, NE½NE½, S½NE½, N½SE½; sec. 36. T. 22 8., R. 9 E., sec. 13, S½; secs. 24 to 36, inclusive. T. 23 S., R. 9 E., secs. 3, 4, and 5, N½; sec. 13, SW½; sec. 14, SE½; sec. 19; sec. 23, E½; secs. 24 and 25; sec. 26, E½; sec. 28, W½; secs. 29, 30, and 31; sec. 34, SE½; secs. 35 and 36. T. 24 S., R. 9 E., sec. 1, NE½NE½, W½E½, W½; secs. 2 and 3; sec. 4, E½E½; sec. 5, W½; secs. 6 to 11, inclusive; sec. 12, NW½, W½SW½; sec. 13, W½NW½, NW½SW½; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; sec. 24, NW½, S½; secs. 25 to 29, inclusive; sec. 30, E½, NW½, N½SW½, SW½SW½; secs. 31 to 36, inclusive. 53 Stat. 2513 T. 25 S., R. 9 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; sec. 6, N½NE½, NW½, W½SW½, SE½W½, S½SE½, NE½SE½; secs. 7 to 18, inclusive; sec. 22, N½. T. 10 S., R. 10 E., sec. 27, lot 1; sec. 28, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, S½SW½, SW½SE½; sec. 29, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, S½SE½; sec. 31, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E½SW½, SE½; secs. 32 and 33; sec. 34, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, SW½NW½, SW½; sec. 35, lot 1. T. 11 S., R. 10 E., sec. 2, lots 1 and 2; sec. 3, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, SW½NE½, S½NW½, SW½, W½SE½, SE½SE½; sec. 10; sec. 11, lots 1, 2, 3, NWM, S½NW½, SW½, W½SE½, SE½SE½; sec. 12, lots 1 and 2, SW½SW½; sec. 13, lots 1 and 2, SW½NE½, W½, SE½; secs. 14 and 15, and 22 to 27, inclusive; sec. 33, S½; secs. 34, 35, 36. T. 12 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 4, and 7 to 36, inclusive. T. 13 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; sec. 6, N½; secs. 8 to 36, inclusive. T. 14 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 24, and 28 to 34, inclusive. T. 15 S., R. 10 E., secs. 3 to 10, 15 to 23, and 26 to 35, inclusive. T. 16 S., R. 10 E. T. 17 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 6, and 8 to 15, inclusive; sec. 16, E½; secs. 22 to 26, inclusive, and 35 and 36. T. 18 S., R. 10 E., sec. 1, N½, S½SW½, SE½; secs. 2 and 3; sec. 10, N½NE½, SW½NW½, W½SW½, SE½ SW½, S½SE½, NE½SE½; secs. 11 to 14, inclusive, and 24, 25, and 36. T. 19 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1, 2, 11, 12, 13, 14; sec. 25, N½SW½; sec. 26, SE½NW½; sec. 34, SW½NW½. T. 20 S., R. 10 E., sec. 1, SE½SW½, SE½; sec. 11, SW½NW½; sec. 12, E½, E½W½, SW½NW½, W½SW½; sec. 13, E½, NE½SW½, S½SW½; sec. 23, E½E½, SW½NW½, W½SW½, SE½ SW½, SW½SE½; secs. 24 and 25; secs. 31, 32, 33, and 34, S½; secs. 35 and 36. T. 22 S., R. 10 E., sec. 8, E½; sec. 17, W½; sec. 18, S½; sec. 19; sec. 24, E½E½; secs. 30 and 31, W½. 53 Stat. 2514 T. 23 S., R. 10 E., sec. 1; sec. 12, N½; sec. 19; sec. 20, W½; sec. 30, NW½NE½, W½; sec. 31, N½NW½, SW½NW½, NW½SW½; sec. 33, S½SW½; T. 24 S., R. 10 E., sec. 4, NW½; sec. 5, E½, E½SW½; sec. 7, NE½SE½; sec. 8, N½, N½S½; sec. 11, SE½; sec. 12, S½; secs. 13 and 14; sec. 15, NE½, S½; sec. 16, SE½; sec. 19, S½; secs. 20, and 22 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, NE½, S½; secs. 29 to 36, inclusive. T. 25 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive. T. 11 S., R. 11 E., sec. 18, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, SE½SW½; sec. 19. lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, W½NE½, E½W½, SE½; sec. 20, lots 1 and 2; sec. 28, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, S½NE½, SE½ NW½, E½SW½, SE½; sec. 29, lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, SW½NW½, SW½; secs. 30, 31, 32; sec. 33, N½, SW½, W½SE½. T. 12 S., R. 11 E., sec. 4, W½E½, W½; secs. 5, 6, 7, 8; sec. 9, NW½, N½SW½, SW½SW½; sec. 17, NE½, W½; sec. 18; sec. 31, W½, W½SE½. T. 13 S., R. 11 E., sec. 6, W½NE½, W½, SE½; sec. 7; sec. 18, W½E½, W½. T. 16 S., R. 11 E., secs. 30 and 31, W½. T. 17 S., R. 11 E., sec. 4, S½; sec. 5, NW½ S½; secs. 6 to 9, inclusive; sec. 15, W½, W½SE½; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; sec. 22, W½E½, W½; secs. 27 to 34, inclusive. T. 18 S., R. 11 E., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, W½E½, W½; secs. 14 to 23, and 26 to 35, inclusive. T. 19 S., R. 11 E., sec. 2, NE½NE½, W½NE½, W½; secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; sec. 13, W½SW½; sec. 14, NW½NW½, S½NW½, S½; secs. 15 to 18, and 20 to 22, inclusive; sec. 23, N½, N½S½, S½SW½, SW½SE½; 53 Stat. 2515 sec. 24, SW½NE½, NW½NW½, S½NW½; secs. 25 to 29, inclusive; sec. 30, SE½; sec. 31, N½ N½SW½, SE½SW½, SE½; secs. 32 to 36, inclusive. T. 20 S., R. 11 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; sec. 6, E½ EJ4NW½, SW½NW½, SW½; secs. 7 to 22, inclusive; sec. 25, SE½; secs. 27 to 34, inclusive, and sec. 36. T. 21 S., R. 11 E., secs. 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10; sec. 11, SE½; sec. 12, S½; secs. 13 to 17, inclusive; sec. 20, NE½, S½; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; sec. 29, N½; sec. 32, E½, E½W½; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 22 S., R. 11 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; sec. 7, E½; secs. 8 to 22, inclusive; sec. 24, NE½; secs. 27, 28, 29; sec. 30, SE½; secs. 31 to 34, inclusive. T. 23 S., R. 11 E., sec. 4, E½; secs. 5 to 8, and 16 to 19, inclusive; sec. 20, W½; sec. 26, NE½, S½; secs. 27 and 28, S½; secs. 29 to 36, inclusive. T. 24 S., R. 11 E., sec. 2, N½ SW½; secs. 3 to 11, inclusive, and sec. 16; sec. 17, N½; secs. 18 and 19. T. 19 S., R. 12 E., sec. 31; sec. 32, SW½; sec. 33, SW½SW½; sec. 35, SW½NE½. T. 20 S., R. 12 E., sec. 3, NE½SE½; sec. 7, SW½; sec. 14, SW½NW½; sec. 16; sec. 17, W½; secs. 18, 19, 20; sec. 21, W½; secs. 29 and 30; sec. 31, W½. T. 21 S., R. 12 E., sec. 4, W½; sec. 5, NE½, S½; sec. 6, SE½; sec. 7; sec. 8, N½, SW½; secs. 18, 19, 30, and 31. 53 Stat. 2516 T. 22 S., R. 12 E., sec. 5, W½; secs. 6 and 7; sec. 8, W½; sec. 16; sec. 17, W½; sec. 18; sec. 19, N½; sec. 20; sec. 21, NW½. T. 20 S., R. 13 E., sec. 6, W½SW½; sec. 8, NW½NW½ Aggregating 411,813.48 acres. Prior rights not affected; exception.The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to any land which is at this date embraced in any valid claim or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification or as a stock-driveway, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such claim, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such claim is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. Revocation of Executive Order No. 5082 as to certain lands.Executive Order No. 5082 of March 22, 1929, withdrawing the public lands ½9632;within certain areas in Oregon for classification, is hereby revoked as to the following-described lands, which have been classified as not of a national-forest character: *Willamette Meridian* T. 23 S., R. 9 E., sec. 4, SW½SW½; sec. 5, E½SW½, SE½; sec. 8; sec. 9, N½NW½, SW½NW½; sec. 15, E½SE½; sec. 16; sec. 17, N½, N½S½; sec. 20, N½SW½, SE½SW½, W½SE½; sec. 21, S½N½, N½SW½, SE½SW½, SE½; sec. 22, E½NE½, S½SW½; sec. 27, N½, SW½, N½SE½; sec. 28, E½; sec. 32, W½NE½, E½W½, SE½; sec. 33, N½NE½, SW½NE½, SE½NW½,N½SW½; sec. 34, N½NW½. T. 24 S., R. 9 E., sec. 5, N½NE½, SE½SE½; sec. 13, SE½NE½, SE½SW½, SE½; sec. 24, S½NE½. T. 21 8., R. 10 E., sec. 4, N½, SE½; sec. 5, NW½, S½; sec. 6, E½, lots 3, 4, 7, SE½SW½; sec. 7, N½NW½; sec. 8, NE½, E½NW½; sec. 9; sec. 21, NE½; sec. 33, W½SE½. T. 22 S., R. 10 E., sec. 5, N½SE½. T. 23 S., R. 10 E., sec. 29, N½NE½, NE½NW½; sec. 32, SMSW½. 53 Stat. 2517 T. 24 S., R. 10 E., sec. 7, S½SE½; sec. 8, S½S½; sec. 9, NE½ E½, S½: sec. 10, SE½NE½, S½; sec. 11, N½ SW½; sec. 12, N½; sec. 15, NW½; sec. 17.E½NE½, W½NW½, SW½ N½SE½; sec. 18; sec. 19, N½NE½, SW½NE½, S½NW½; sec. 21; sec. 28, NW½. T. 22 S., R. 11 E., sec. 6,E½NE½; sec. 30, N½NE½, SW½NE½, E½W½, lots 2 and 4. Aggregating 12,557.04 acres. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 5' day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2317 December 31, 1938 Relating to Newly-Mined Domestic Silver Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Relating to Newly-Mined Domestic SilverDecember 31, 1938[No. 2317] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, by Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, Coinage of silver.Preamble.[48 Stat. 1723](/us/stat/48/1723); [49 Stat. 3402, 3445](/us/stat/49/3402/3445); [52 Stat. 1530](/us/stat/52/1530).1933, as modified by Proclamations of the ninth day of August, 1934, the tenth and twenty-fourth days of April, 1935, and the thirtieth day of December, 1937, the United States coinage mints are directed to receive for coinage and addition to the monetary stocks of the United States silver mined subsequent to December 21, 1933, from natural deposits in the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof; and WHEREAS, such Proclamation as so modified provides in part that it " “shall remain in force and effect until the 31st day of December, 1938 unless repealed or further modified by Act of Congress or by subsequent Proclamation.” " AND WHEREAS, such Proclamation as so modified states in part that" “Notice is hereby given that I reserve the right by virtue of the authority vested in me to revoke or modify this Proclamation as the interests of the United States may seem to require.” " NOW, THEREFORE, finding that the interests of the United States require further modification of said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as so modified; by virtue of the power in me vested by the Act of Congress cited in said Proclamation, 53 Stat. 2518and other legislation designated for national recovery, and by virtue of all other authority in me vested; Time limit extended.I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America., do hereby further modify the said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, so that the same shall remain in force and effect until the 30th day of June, 1939; and I do proclaim and direct that, unless repealed or further modified by Act of Congress or by subsequent Proclamation, the said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as heretofore and hereby modified shall *Proviso*.Condition.remain in force and effect until the 30th day of June, 1939: *provided, however*, that silver to be eligible for receipt under the said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as heretofore and hereby modified must be delivered to a United States coinage mint not later than June 30, 1939. Right reserved.Notice is hereby given that I reserve the right by virtue of the authority vested in me to revoke or modify this Proclamation as the interests of the United States may seem to require. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31st day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-eight, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2318 January 3, 1939 Enlarging the Hiawatha National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Hiawatha National Forest—MichiganJanuary 3, 1939[No. 2318] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Hiawatha National Forest, Mich.Preamble.WHEREAS certain lands adjacent to the Hiawatha National Forest within the State of Michigan have been acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of the [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961).[16 U. S. C. § 516](/us/usc/t16/s516).[43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. § 515](/us/usc/t16/s515).[48 Stat. 22](/us/stat/48/22).[16 U. S. C. § 585](/us/usc/t16/s585).[43 Stat. 1133](/us/stat/43/1133).[16 U. S. C. § 555](/us/usc/t16/s555).[48 Stat. 202](/us/stat/48/202).[40 U. S. C. § 403](/us/usc/t40/s403).[49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).act of March 1, 1911, c. 186, 36 Stat. 962 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), section 5 of the act of March 3, 1925, 43 Stat. 1132, 1133 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 555), the National Industrial Recovery, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); and WHEREAS it appears that the said lands and certain intermingled public lands are suitable for national-forest purposes, and that it would be in the public interest to reserve them as part of the said Hiawatha National Forest: Lands reserved as addition to.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the acts above mentioned, do proclaim
(1)that all lands of the United States within the foliowing-described boundaries, as shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, are hereby included in and reserved as part of the Hiawatha National Forest in the State of Michigan; 53 Stat. 2519and
(2)that all lands within such boundaries which are now in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of any of the above-mentioned acts shall upon the acquisition of title thereto become and be administered as part of the said Forest: *Michigan Principal Meridian*Description. T. 38 N., R. 21 W., ail that part lying north and west of Big Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 38 N., R. 22 W., all that part lying east of Little Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 39 N., R. 20 W., all that part lying north and west of Big Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 39 N R. 21 W. all. T. 39 N., R. 22 W., all that part lying east of Little Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 40 N., R. 19 W., all that part lying north of Big Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 40 N., R. 20 W., all that part lying north and west of Big Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan. T. 40 N., R. 21 W., all. T. 40 N., R. 22 W., all that part lying east of Little Bay De Noc, Lake Michigan, and sec. 2; N½ and SW½ sec. 3; secs. 4, 5, 8; NK and SW½ sec. 9. Tps. 41 N Rs. 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 W., ah. T. 41 N., R. 22 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 42 N., Rs. 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 W., all. T. 42 N., R. 22 W., secs. 1 to3,inclusive;secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 43 N., Rs. 21 and 22 W., all. T. 44 N., R. 21 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 45 N., R. 17 W., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive. T. 45 N., R. 18 W., secs. 1, 2 11 and 12, T. 45 N., R. 21 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36,inclusive. T. 45 N., R. 23 W., N½ sec. 2. T. 46 N., R. 18 W., secs. 1 to 26, inclusive; secs. 35 and 36. T. 46 N., R. 19 W., secs. 1 to 24, inclusive. T. 46 N., R. 20 W., all. T. 46 N., R. 21 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive; EK sec. 20; secs. 21 to 25, inclusive; NKNK sec. 26; N^NK sec. 27; NKNEK sec. 28; sec. 36. T. 46 N., R. 23 W., secs. 11 to 15, inclusive; secs. 21 to 29, inclusive; secs. 33, 34, and 35. T. 47 N., R. 18 W., all that part lying south and east of Lake Superior. T. 47 N., R. 19 W., all that part lying south of Laite Superior. T. 47 N., R. 20 W., all that part lying south of Lake Superior. T. 47 N., R. 21 W., all that part lying south and west of Lake Superior. T, 48 N., R. 18 W., all that part lying south and east of Lake Superior. T. 48 N., R. 21 W., all that part lying south and west of Lake Superior. 53 Stat. 2520 Revocation of designated Executive Orders.The Executive Order of June 4, 1856, withdrawing public land for lighthouse purposes, is hereby revoked. Executive Order No. 4430 of April 23, 1926, and Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, withdrawing public lands for classification, are hereby revoked in so far as they affect any of the above-described lands. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this third day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2319 January 11, 1939 Correcting a Portion of Proclamation Enlarging the Marquette National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Correcting a Portion of Proclamation Enlarging the Marquette National Forest—MichiganJanuary 11, 1939[No. 2319] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Marquette National Forest, Mich.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 2507; *post*, p. 2541.WHEREAS errors have been discovered in the following paragraph contained in Proclamation No. 2313 of November 25, 1938, enlarging the Marquette National Forest in the State of Michigan:" “The Executive Orders of July 21, 1874, and October 20, 1874, withdrawing public lands for lighthouse purposes are hereby revoked, and Executive Order No. 4430 of April 23, 1926, withdrawing public lands for classification, is hereby revoked in so far as it affects any of the above-described lands.”: " Correction of paragraph of previous proclamation.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do proclaim that the aforesaid paragraph is hereby corrected to read as follows: " “The Executive Order of July 21, 1874, withdrawing public lands for lighthouse purposes, is hereby revoked. The Executive Order of October 20, 1874, withdrawing public lands for lighthouse purposes, and Executive Order No. 4430 of April 23, 1926, withdrawing public lands for classification, are hereby revoked in so far as they affect any of the above-described lands.” " Reestablishment of Executive Order of October 20, 1874, as modified.And I do further proclaim that the aforesaid Executive Order of October 20, 1874, is hereby reestablished, subject to the modification thereof made by this proclamation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11' day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2320 January 25, 1939 Badlands National Monument—South Dakota Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2521 Badlands National Monument—South DakotaJanuary 25, 1939[No. 2320] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the act of March 4, 1929, 45 Stat. 1553, provides for Badlands National Monument, S. Dak.Preamble.[45 Stat. 1553](/us/stat/45/1553).[16 U. S. C. § 441](/us/usc/t16/s441).the establishment of a national monument to be known as the Badlands National Monument upon certain lands in the State of South Dakota when a quantum of such lands satisfactory to the Secretary of the Interior shall have been acquired by and transferred to the United States for monument purposes, and when certain other conditions set forth in the said act shall have been complied with; and WHEREAS Title II of the act of June 26, 1936, 49 Stat. 1979, [49 Stat. 1979](/us/stat/49/1979).[16 U. S. C. Supp. IV, § 441a (note)](/us/usc/t16/s441a).authorizes the extension of the boundaries of the said monument to include certain adjacent or contiguous lands as may be determined by the President within five years from the approval of that act to be necessary for the proper rounding out of the boundaries of the said monument or the administration thereof, providing the entire area of said monument shall not exceed 250,000 acres; and WHEREAS all the conditions precedent of the above-mentioned acts have been complied with:NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Lands reserved as.of the United States of America, by virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 6 of the aforesaid act of March 4, 1929, and Title II of the aforesaid act of June 26, 1936, do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in South Dakota are hereby set aside, dedicated, and reserved as the Badlands National Monument: Black Hills MeridianDescription. South Dakota T. 3 S., R. 13 E., sec. 12, S½ sec. 13, all; sec. 23, S½; secs. 24 to 26, inclusive; secs. 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 4 S., R. 13 E., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; secs. 15 to 22, inclusive; T. 1 S., R. 14 E., sec. 34, S½ N½, S½; sec. 35, S½ N½ S½; sec. 36, S½ N½ S½; T. 2 S., R. 14 E., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; sec. 16, E½; sec. 21, E½; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, E½; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 14 E., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; sec. 7, S½; sec. 8, S½; secs. 9 to 19, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; sec. 35, all; sec. 36, all; 53 Stat. 2522 T. 1 S., R. 15 E., sec. 31, S½ N½, S½; sec. 32, all; sec. 33, S½; T. 2 S., R. 15 E., sec. 1, SW½;. secs. 2 to 36, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 15 E., secs. 1 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, W½, W½ E½; sec. 14, W½, W½ E½; secs. 15 to 21, inclusive; sec. 22, W½; sec. 27, W½; secs. 28 to 33, inclusive; sec. 34, W½; T. 2 S., R. 16 E., sec. 7, S½; sec. 8, S½; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive, 26 to 35, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 16 E., sec. 1, S½; sec. 2, all; sec. 3, NX, SE½; sec. 11, NX, SE½; sec. 12, all; sec. 13, all; sec. 24, all; T. 3 S., R. 17 E., sec. 6, W½SW½; secs. 7 to 29, inclusive; secs. 32 to 36, inclusive; T. 4 S., R. 17 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; secs. 8 to 17, inclusive; secs. 20 to 23, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 18 E., secs. 13 to 30, inclusive; sec. 32, N½; sec. 33, N½; sec. 34, N½; sec. 35, N½; sec. 36, N½; T. 3 S., R. 19 E., secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; secs. 28 to 30, inclusive; sec. 31, N½; sec. 32, N½; sec. 33, N½; Containing 150,103.41 acres. Revocation of Executive Order No. 6909.Executive Order No. 6909 of November 21, 1934, withdrawing certain lands in South Dakota for the use of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration, is hereby revoked in so far as it affects any of the above-described lands. Warning against unauthorised acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument, and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” [39 Stat. 635](/us/stat/39/635).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. 53 Stat. 2523 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25" day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2321 February 3, 1939 Enlarging Carlsbad Caverns National Park—New Mexico Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging Carlsbad Caverns National Park—New MexicoFebruary 3, 1939[No. 2321] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the act of May 14, 1930, c. 272, 46 Stat. 279, established Carlsbad Caverns National Park, N. Mex.Preamble.[48 Stat. 279](/us/stat/48/279).[16 U. S. C. §§ 407–407c](/us/usc/t16/s407–407c).the Carlsbad Caverns National Park, in the State of New Mexico, and authorizes the President upon the recommendation of the Secretary of the Interior to enlarge the said Park by including therein any or all of certain lands described in the said act; and WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior has recommended that certain of such lands be added to the said Park; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to include such lands within the said Park for the preservation of their natural state and outstanding scenic features:NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Lands added.of the United States America, under and by virtue of authority vested in me by section 4 of the aforesaid act of May 14, 1930, do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following described lands, in the State of New Mexico, are hereby added to and made a part of the Carlsbad Caverns National Park: New Mexico Principal MeridianDescription. T. 25 S., R. 22 E., secs. 24, 25, 35 and 36 (unsurveyed). T. 26 S., R. 22 E., sec. 1, N½, W½SW½; sec. 2, all; sec. 11, all; sec. 12, W½W½; sec. 13, W½W½; sec. 14, all. T. 25 S., R. 23 E., secs. 1 to 33, inclusive. T. 26 S., R. 23 E., sec. 6, lots 1 and 2, E½NW½. T. 24 S., R. 24 E., secs. 27 to 29 and 31 to 34, inclusive. T. 25 S., R. 24 E., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, W½; sec. 14, W½; sec. 15 to 18, inclusive. Containing 39,488.41 acres. The administration, protection, and development of the said Park Administration.shall be exercised under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior by the National Park Service, subject to the provisions of the act entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; U. S. C., title 16, [39 Stat. 333](/us/stat/39/333).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof, and to all other laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the said Park. Nothing herein contained shall affect any privately-owned lands Privately owned lands within area.within this area or any valid existing claim, location, or entry on said 53 Stat. 2524lands made under the land laws of the United States; but if any of the privately-owned lands are conveyed to the United States, or any existing claim, location, or entry is canceled, the lands so affected shall become a part of the said Park. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 3rd day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2322 February 7, 1939 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Louisiana Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act LouisianaFebruary 7, 1939[No. 2322] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Lacassine Bayou adjacent to Lacassine Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, La.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[15 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. IV, §§ 703–705, 707, 708, 709a](/us/usc/t15/s703–711).WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him on January 9, 1939, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating as Closed Area Part of Lacassine Bayou Adjacent to Lacassine Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Louisiana Regulation designating part of Lacassine Bayou as closed area.By virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, 16 U. S. C. 704), I, H. A. Wallace, Secretary of Agriculture, do hereby designate as a closed area in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill migratory birds is not permitted, all that part of Lacassine Bayou from its intersection with the north boundary of Sec. 15, T. 12 S., R. 5 W., Louisiana Meridian, to its mouth or point of confluence with Grand Lake, and lying adjacent to the areas in Cameron Parish, La., established as the Lacassine Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, by Executive Order No. 7780, dated December 30, 1937; AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: Regulation approved and proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of Agriculture. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this seventh day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2323 March 15, 1939 Army Day—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2525 Army Day—1939March 15, 1939[No. 2323] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS Senate Concurrent Resolution 5, 75th Congress, 1st Army Day.Preamble.[50 Stat. 1108](/us/stat/50/1108).session (50 Stat. 1108) provides:" “That April 6 of each year be recognized by the Senate and Annual recognition provided for.House of Representatives of the United States of America as Army Day, and that the President of the United States be requested, as Commander in Chief, to order military units throughout the United States to assist civic bodies in appropriate celebration to such extent as he may deem advisable; to issue a proclamation each year declaring April 6 as Army Day, and in such proclamations to invite the Governors of the various States to issue Army Day proclamations: *Provided*, That in the event April 6 falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as Army Day.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President April 6, 1939, designation as.of the United States of America, pursuant to the aforesaid concurrent resolution, do hereby declare April 6, 1939, as Army Day, and I hereby invite the Governors of the several States to issue Army Day proclamations; and, acting under the authority vested in me as Commander in Chief, I hereby order military units throughout the United States, its Territories and possessions, to assist civic bodies in the appropriate observance of that day. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 15' day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2324 January 25, 1939 Cancer Control Month—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cancer Control Month—1939March 17, 1939[No. 2324] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS Public Resolution No. 82, 75th Congress, approved Cancer Control Month, 1839.Preamble.[52 Stat. 148](/us/stat/52/150).[36 U. S. C., Supp, IV, § 150](/us/usc/t36/s150).March 28, 1938 (52 Stat. 148), authorizes and requests the President to issue annually a proclamation setting apart the month of April of each year as Cancer Control Month, and to invite similar action on the part of the Governors of the several States, Territories, and possessions of the United States; and WHEREAS such Public Resolution requests that such proclamations invite the medical profession, the press, and all agencies and individuals interested in a national program for the control of the disease of cancer, by education and other cooperative means, to unite during the month of April in a public dedication to such program and in a concerted effort to impress upon the people of the Nation the necessity for such a program; and 53 Stat. 2526 WHEREAS through the National Cancer Institute of the United States Public Health Service, the Federal government is leading the way in advancing research, in promoting effective treatment methods and in advocating the provision of adequate facilities for cancer patients, as are the several States which have adopted programs for the control of cancer, as well as voluntary groups led by the Women’s Field Army which are engaged in a nation-wide educational campaign; and WHEREAS medical authorities have assured the American people of the curability of many cases of cancer, a disease that now ranks second among the causes of death in the United States: Month of April 1939 set apart as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby set apart the month of April, 1939, as Cancer Control Month, and invite similar action on the part of the Governors of the several States, Territories, and possessions of the United States; and, in order that the American people may become better informed concerning the prevalence of cancer and the effective steps which can be taken to control it, I invite the medical profession, scientific groups all organs of opinion, including the press, radio, and the motion picture industry, and all agencies and individuals interested in a national program for the control of the disease of cancer, to unite during the month of April, 1939, in a concerted effort to impress upon the people of the Nation the necessity for this program and the importance of constant vigilance in this fight for humanity. DONE at the City of Washington this 17' day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2325 March 21, 1939 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Arkansas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act ArkansasMarch 21, 1939[No. 2325] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Big Lake Migratory Bird Refuge, Ark.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp, IV, §§ 703–705, 707, 708, 709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/s703–705/707/708/709a).WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him on December 22, 1938, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating as Closed Area Certain Lands and Waters Adjacent to the Big Lake Migratory Bird Refuge, Arkansas Regulation designating certain lands and waters adjacent to, as closed area.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp, IV, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).By virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, 16, U. S. C., 704), I, H. A. Wallace, Secretary of Agriculture, do hereby designate as closed area in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all areas of land and water adjacent to the Big 53 Stat. 2527Lake Migratory Bird Refuge, in Mississippi County, Arkansas, not now owned or controlled by the United States within the following-described exterior boundary: Beginning at the corner common to secs. 21 and 22, T. 16 N., R. 9 E., Fifth Principal Meridian, in the line common to the States of Arkansas and Missouri. Thence with the line common to the States of Arkansas and Missouri, Easterly to the northwest corner of lot 1, sec. 22, T. 16 N., R. 9 E.; Thence in sec. 22, Southerly to the one-quarter corner common to secs. 22 and 27; Thence between secs. 22 and 27, Easterly to the east right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28 of Drainage District No. 17; Thence with said east right-of-way boundary in sec. 27, Southwesterly to the line common to secs. 27 and 34; Thence between secs. 27 and 34, Westerly to the northwest corner of the NE^NWX of sec. 34; Thence in sec. 34, Southerly with the west one-sixteenth line to a point in the west right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Southwesterly with said west right-of-way boundary to a point in the line common to sec. 3, T. 15 N., R. 9 E., and sec. 34, T. 16 N., R. 9 E.; Thence with said west right-of-way boundary in T. 15 N., R. 9 E., Southerly through sec. 3; Southeasterly through sec. 10, to the line common to secs. 10 and 11; Thence between secs. 10 and 11, Southerly to the corner common to secs. 10, 11, 14, and 15; Thence between secs. 11 and 14, Easterly to the west right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with said west right-of-way boundary in sec. 14, Southeasterly to the north-south center line; Thence with the north-south center line, Northerly to the east right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with said east right-of-way boundary, Southeasterly and southerly to the east-west center line; Thence with said center line, Westerly to the west right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28;. Thence with said west right-of-way boundary, Southerly to the south one-sixteenth line; Thence with the south one-sixteenth line, Easterly to the east right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with said east right-of-way boundary, Southerly to the line common to secs. 14 and 23; Southerly in sec. 23 to the east-west center line; Thence with said center line, Westerly to the west right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; 53 Stat. 2528 Thence with said west right-of-way boundary, Southerly to the line common to secs. 23 and 26 ; Southeasterly through sec. 26 to the corner common to secs. 25, 26, 35, and 36; Southwesterly in sec. 35 to the east-west center line; Thence with said center line, Easterly to the east right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28;, Thence with said east right-of-way boundary, Southwesterly to the line common to sec. 2, T. 14 N., R. 9 E., and sec. 35, T. 15 N., R. 9 E.; Thence between sec. 2, T. 14 N., R. 9 E., and sec. 35, T. 15 N., R. 9 E., Westerly to the one-quarter corner common to said sections; Thence in sec. 2, T. 14 N., R. 9 E., Southerly to the center north one-sixteenth corner; Easterly with the north one-sixteenth line to the east right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with the said east right-of-way boundary, Southwesterly to the west one-sixteenth line; Thence with said one-sixteenth line, Northerly to the west right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with said west right-of-way boundary, Southwesterly to the line common to secs. 2 and 11 ; Southwesterly through sec, 11; Southwesterly in sec. 10 to the center west one-sixteenth corner; Thence with the west one-sixteenth line, Southerly to the southerly right-of-way boundary of improvement No. 28; Thence with said southerly right-of-way boundary, Southwesterly to the line common to secs. 9 and 10; Thence between secs. 9 and 10, Northerly to the theoretical one-quarter corner of said secs.; Thence in sec. 10, Easterly to the center west one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the west one-sixteenth corner of secs. 3 and 10; Thence between secs. 3 and 10, Westerly to the corner common to secs. 3, 4, 9 and 10; Thence between secs. 4 and 9, Westerly to the meander corner on the east shore of Little River; Thence in sec, 4, Northeasterly with the east shore meanders of Little River to the meander corner common to secs. 3 and 4; Thence crossing Little River, Northerly to the north shore meander corner common to secs. 3 and 4; Thence between secs. 3 and 4, Northerly to the line common to Tps. 14 and 15 N., R. 9 E.; Thence with said township line, Easterly to the corner common to secs. 33 and 34, T. 15 N., R. 9E.; Thence between secs. 33 and 34, T. 15 N., R. 9 E., Northerly to the southeast corner of lot 5, sec. 33; Thence in sec. 33, Westerly to the southwest corner of lot 5; Northerly to the northwest corner of lot 4; Westerly with the north one-sixteenth line to the re-established meander line of Big Lake; 53 Stat. 2529 Thence with the re-established meander line of Big Lake, Northerly to the line common to secs, 28 and 33; Northerly through secs. 28, 21, and 16 to the northerly right-of-way boundary of Drainage District No. 16; Thence with said northerly right-of-way boundary. Northwesterly in sec. 17 to the east-west center line; Thence with said center line, Easterly to the northeast corner of lot 3; Thence between secs. 16 and 17, Northerly to the corner common to secs. 8, 9, 16, and 17; Thence between secs. 8 and 9, Northerly to the northwest corner of sec. 9; Thence between secs. 5, and 9, Easterly to the southeast corner of sec. 5; Thence between secs. 4 and 9, Easterly to the southwest corner of lot 13, sec. 4; Thence in sec. 4, Northerly to the northwest corner of lot 2; Thence between sec. 4, T. 15 N., R. 9 E., and sec. 33, T. 16 N.,R. 9 E., Easterly to the meander corner on the west shore of Little River; Thence in sec. 33, T. 16 N., R. 9 E., Northerly with the west shore meander of Little River, to the east-west center line; Westerly to the center one-quarter corner; Northerly to the one-quarter corner common to secs. 28and 33; Thence in sec. 28, Northerly with the center line to the re-established meanderline of Big Lake; Northeasterly with said re-established meander line to theline common to secs. 21 and 28; Thence in sec. 21, Northerly with the re-established meander line of Big Lake to the north line of Lot 2; Easterly with said lot line to the south one-sixteenth corner of secs. 21 and 22; Thence between secs. 21 and 22, Northerly to the place of beginning; and WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Regulation approved and proclaimed.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of Agriculture. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington tins 21st day of March in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Inpendence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2326 March 23, 1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2530 March 23, 1939[No. 2326] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Trade agreement with Czechoslovakia.Preamble.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24).[19 U. S. C. § 1351; Supp. IV, §§ 1351, 1352 (c)](/us/usc/t19/s1351/1352/c).WHEREAS it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), which amending Act was extended by Joint Resolution of Congress, approved March 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 24), as follows:" “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " *Ante*, pp. 2393, 2337.WHEREAS, pursuant to the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on March 7, 1938, with the President of the Czechoslovak Republic, which Agreement was amended by a Protocol of Amendment signed on April 15, 1938; WHEREAS, by my Proclamations of March 15, 1938, and April 15, 1938, I did make public the said Trade Agreement, as amended 53 Stat. 2531by the said Protocol of Amendment, in order that the said Agreement as amended should be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after April 16, 1938; WHEREAS the occupation of the Czechoslovak Provinces of Bohemia, Moravia and Slovakia by armed forces of Germany, and of the Province of Ruthenia by armed forces of Hungary and the assumption of de facto administrative control over these Provinces by Germany and Hungary renders impossible the present fulfillment by the Czechoslovak Republic of its obligations under the said Agreement; WHEREAS this condition will obtain so long as such occupation and administration continue; NOW, THEREFORE, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Termination of proclamations of March 15 and April 15, 1938. President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, as extended by the said Joint Resolution of March 1, 1937, do hereby proclaim that my Proclamations of March 15, 1938, and April 15, 1938, shall be terminated in whole on the thirtieth day after the date of this my Proclamation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this twenty-third day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-nine and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State* 2327 April 1, 1939 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to Spain Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to SpainApril 1, 1939[No. 2327] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS Public Resolution No. 1, 75th Congress, approvedExport of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to Spain.Preamble.[50 Stat. 3](/us/stat/50/3). January 8, 1937, provides in part as follows:" “That during the existence of the state of civil strife now obtaining in Spain it shall, from and after the approval of this Resolution be unlawful to export arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States, or possessions of the United States, to Spain or to any other foreign country for trans-shipment to Spain or for use of either of the opposing forces in Spain. Arms, ammunition, or implements of war, the exportation of which is prohibited by this Resolution, are those enumerated in the President’s Proclamation No. 2163 of April 10, 1936.” " AND WHEREAS it is provided further by said joint resolution of January 8, 1937, that" “When in the judgment of the President the conditions described in this Resolution have ceased to exist, he shall proclaim such fact, and the provisions hereof shall thereupon cease to apply.” " 53 Stat. 2532 [50 Stat. 1831](/us/stat/50/1831).AND WHEREAS by my Proclamation No. 2236 of May 1, 1937, issued pursuant to the provisions of sections 1 and 11 of the joint [50 Stat. 121](/us/stat/50/121).[22 U. S. C., Supp., IV, §§ 245a–245i](/us/usc/t22/s245a–245i).resolution of Congress approved May 1, 1937, amending the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution providing for the prohibition of the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to belligerent countries; the prohibition of the transportation of arms, ammunition, and implements of war by vessels of the United States for the use of belligerent states; for the registration and licensing of persons engaged in the business of manufacturing, exporting, or importing arms, ammunition, or implements of war; and restricting travel by American [49 Stat. 1081, 1152](/us/stat/49/1081/1152)[22 U. S. C., Supp., IV, §§ 245a–245i](/us/usc/t22/s245a–245i).citizens on belligerent ships during war,” approved August 31, 1935, as amended February 29, 1936, it was declared that a state of civil strife unhappily existed in Spain and that such civil strife was of a magnitude and was being conducted under such conditions that the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war from the United States to Spain would threaten and endanger the peace of the United States: AND WHEREAS section 1
(g)of the said joint resolution of May 1, 1937, provides that" “Whenever, in the judgment of the President, the conditions which have caused him to issue any proclamation under the authority of this section have ceased to exist, he shall revoke the same, and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply with respect to the state or states named in such proclamation, except with respect to offenses committed, or forfeitures incurred, prior to such revocation.” " Revocation of proclamation of May 1, 1937.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by the aforesaid joint resolutions, do hereby proclaim that in my judgment the state of civil strife in Spain described in said joint resolution of January 8, 1937, and the conditions which caused me to issue the said proclamation of May 1, 1937, have ceased to exist, and I do hereby revoke said proclamation of May 1, 1937. Accordingly, the provisions of the said joint resolution of January 8, 1937, and of the said proclamation of May 1, 1937, no longer apply. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 1st day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2328 April 4, 1939 Child Health Day—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Child Health Day—1939April 4, 1939[No. 2328] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Child Health Day, 1939.Preamble.[45 Stat. 617](/us/stat/45/617).[36 U. S. C. § 143](/us/usc/t36/s143).WHEREAS the Congress by joint resolution of May 18, 1928 (45 Stat. 617), has authorized and requested the President of the United States to issue annually a proclamation setting apart May 1 as Child Health Day; and 53 Stat. 2533 WHEREAS the health of children is of great concern to all citizens: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President May 1, 1939, designated as.of the United States of America, do hereby designate May 1, 1939, as Child Health Day, and urge each community to consider how the knowledge of the best methods of promoting health may be spread among all those responsible for the care of children and how proper provision may be made to insure care for the health of all children. And I also call upon the children of each community to celebrate this year’s gains in health and growth, and to consider how they may do their part in promoting their own health and the health of the Nation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4th day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2329 April 10, 1939 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Georgia and South Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Georgia and South CarolinaApril 10, 1939[No. 2329] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me forSavannah River Wildlife Refuge, Ga. and S. C.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. IV, §§ 703–705, 707, 708, 709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/703–705/707/708/709a). approval the following regulation adopted by him on March 1, 1939, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating as Closed Area Certain Waters Adjacent to the Savannah River Wildlife Refuge, Georgia and South Carolina By virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in me byRegulation designating certain waters adjacent to, as closed area.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. IV, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704). section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 adjacent to, as closed Stat. 755, 16 U. S. C. 704), I, H. A. Wallace, Secretary of Agriculture, do hereby designate as closed area in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill migratory birds is not permitted, the channels of the Savannah River known as Steamboat River and Houstown Cut, between Front and Middle Rivers; Middle River from the head of Argyle Island to its confluence with Front River; and Back River from the mouth of Union Creek to the foot of Argyle Island, adjacent to the areas in Chatham County, Georgia, and Jasper County, South Carolina, established as the Savannah River Wildlife Refuge by Executive Order No. 5748, of November 12, 1931, and enlarged by Executive Order No. 7391, of June 17, 1936. WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation is in the public interest and will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: 53 Stat. 2534 Regulation approved and proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of Agriculture. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this tenth day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2330 April 18, 1939 Excluding Certain Lands From the Tongass National Forest and Adding Them and Other Lands to the Glacier Bay National Monument—Alaska Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Excluding Certain Lands From the Tongass National Forest and Adding Them and Other Lands to the Glacier Bay National Monument—AlaskaApril 18, 1939[No. 2330] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska.Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that certain public lands, part of which are within the Tongass National Forest, adjacent to the Glacier Bay National Monument, in Alaska, have situated thereon glaciers and geologic features of scientific interest; and WHEREAS a portion of the aforesaid public lands contiguous to the said monument are necessary for the proper care, management, and protection of the objects of scientific interest situated on the lands included within the said monument; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve all of the aforesaid public lands as a part of the said monument: Lands excluded from Tongass National Forest and other lands added to.[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that all of the following-described lands which lie within the Tongass National Forest, in Alaska, are excluded therefrom, and that, subject to valid existing rights, all the following-described lands in Alaska are hereby added to and made a part of the said Glacier Bay National Monument: Description.Beginning at the summit of Mount Fairweather, on the International Boundary line between Alaska and British Columbia; thence southeasterly along present southern boundary of Glacier Bay National Monument to the point of the divide between the waters of Glacier Bay and Lynn Canal where said divide is forked by the headwaters of Excursion Inlet; thence easterly and southeasterly along the divide between the waters of Excursion Inlet and Lynn Canal to a point in approximate latitude 58°27’ N., longitude 135°18’ W., where said divide meets a subsidiary divide between streams flowing into Excursion Inlet; thence westerly and northwesterly along said subsidiary divide to the east shore of Excursion Inlet; thence due west to the center of the principal channel of Excursion Inlet; thence southerly along the center of the principal channel of Excursion Inlet to its 53 Stat. 2535junction with the Icy Passage; thence westerly and southwesterly along the center of Icy Passage, North Passage, North Indian Pass, and Cross Sound to the Pacific Ocean; thence northwesterly following the general contour of the coast at a distance of 3 nautical miles therefrom to a point due west of the mouth of Seaotter Creek; thence due east to the north bank of Seaotter Creek and easterly along the north bank of Seaotter Creek to its headwaters; thence in a straight line to the summit of Mount Fairweather, the place of beginning. Containing approximately 904,960 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision, etc. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided m the act of Congress entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16,[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of tire United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 18” day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2331 April 26, 1939 Employment Week and Employment Sunday Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Employment Week and Employment SundayApril 26, 1939[No. 2331] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION As industry and business make substantial progress towards recoveryEmployment Week and Employment Sunday.Preamble. there are ever-increasing employment opportunities for all groups. It is important to our social equilibrium that these opportunities be equitably shared, and that no group in the population shall feel itself discriminated against in hiring policies. It is particularly important that those men and women who have reached the age where their family responsibilities are at a peak receive their fair share of the new jobs, and are at least allowed to compete for these openings on the basis of their actual qualifications, freed from the handicap of an unfounded prejudice against age alone. I am mindful of the fact that among those over forty years of age are a great body of our most experienced, able, and competent workers; that this group as a whole is not sharing as fully as other age groups in the employment revival; that many of those over forty nave lost their jobs through no personal failing but because of circumstances over which they, and their employers, had no direct control; that among those over forty and still actively in the labor market are practically the entire group of World War veterans (whose average age is 46), a group that is surely entitled to look to our society for security and economic independence. 53 Stat. 2536 A committee of distinguished representatives of industry, labor, and the public has recently issued its report to the Secretary of Labor in which it analyzes the factual basis for the alleged prejudice against hiring middle-aged workers and finds no good reasons that would support the continuance of this prejudice. In view of these considerations, I should like to ask employers throughout the country to give special consideration to this problem of the middle-aged worker, to review and re-examine their current policies in order to determine whether applicants who are over forty years of age are being given a fair opportunity to qualify for jobs, and to study their various departments and processes with a view to seeing where the qualifications and abilities of these older applicants could be utilized. I want to urge social agencies, labor organizations, and the general public to join in giving this problem their earnest consideration: Week beginning Apr. 30, 1939, declared as Employment Week.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby declare the week beginning April 30, 1939, as Employment Week, and do hereby Sunday, Apr. 30, 1939, declared as Employment Sunday.declare Sunday, April 30, 1939, as Employment Sunday, and urge all churches, civic organizations, Chambers of Commerce, veterans organizations, industry, labor, and the press, throughout the United States to observe that week and that Sunday as Employment Week and Employment Sunday to the end that interest in the welfare of the older workers may be stimulated and employment opportunity afforded them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26” day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2332 April 26, 1939 Enlarging the Whitman National Forest—Oregon Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Whitman National Forest—OregonApril 26, 1939[No. 2332] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whitman National Forest, Oreg.Preamble.WHEREAS the hereinafter-described public lands in the State of Oregon have been found to be chiefly valuable for national-forest purposes; and WHEREAS such lands are within the limitations contained in the act of March 4, 1925, entitled “An Act To authorize the addition [43 Stat. 1282](/us/stat/43/12822).of certain lands to the Whitman National Forest”, c. 541, 43 Stat. 1282; and WHEREAS it appears that the addition of such lands to the Whitman National Forest would be in the public interest: Lands added to and reserved as part of.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by the aforesaid act of March 4, 1925, do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing claims, the following-described public lands in the State of Oregon are hereby added to, and reserved as a part of, the Whitman National Forest: 53 Stat. 2537 Willamette MeridianDescription. T. 10 S., R. 38 E., sec. 3, lot 2; T. 11 S., R. 38 E., sec. 11, NE¼NE¼; sec. 17, NE¼NE¼, S½SE¼; sec. 30, S½NE¼, SE¼NW¼, E½SW¼, W½SE¼, SE¼SE¼; T. 11 S., R. 40 E., sec. 31, lots 3 and 4; aggregating 626.25 acres. Executive Orders No. 4220 of May 8, 1925, and No. 6910 of NovemberPartial revocation of designated Executive orders. 26, 1934, as amended, withdrawing public lands for classification, are hereby revoked so far as they affect any of the above-described lands. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 26” day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2333 April 28, 1939 Cache National Forest—Idaho and Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cache National Forest—Idaho and UtahApril 28, 1939[No. 2333] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that the public lands in the hereinafter-describedCache National Forest, Idaho and Utah. area in Utah within a grazing district established by the Secretary of the Interior April 8, 1935, under the provisions of the act of June 28, 1934, c. 865, 48 Stat. 1269, he within a watershed forming[48 Stat. 1269](/us/stat/48/1269).[43 U. S. C. ch. 8A; Supp. IV, ch. 8A](/us/usc/t43/s8A). a part of the Cache National Forest and can best be administered in connection with such national forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentLands transferred to. of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 13 of the aforesaid act of June 28, 1934, as amended[48 Stat. 1274](/us/stat/48/1274).[43 U. S. C. § 3151](/us/usc/t43/s3151).[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473). (U. S. C., title 43, sec. 315L), section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), do proclaim that the following-described lands are hereby transferred from the grazing district and included in and made a part of the Cache National Forest, and that such lands shall be subject to all the laws and regulations relating to national forests: Salt Lake MeridianDescription. T. 5 N., R. 1 E., sec. 1, all, secs. 9 to 24, inclusive, sec. 26, N½, sec. 27, N½, sec. 28, N½, sec. 29, N½, sec. 30, N½,53 Stat. 2538 T. 7 N., R. 1 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive, sec. 8, NE¼, secs. 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15, sec. 16, N½ and SE¼, sec. 22, N½, sec. 23, all, sec. 25, N½, sec. 26, N½; T. 8 N., R. 1 E., secs. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7, secs. 9 to 17, inclusive, sec. 19, all, secs. 21 to 36, inclusive; T. 9 N., R. 1 E., secs. 1, 12, 13 and 19, secs. 24 to 29 and 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 10 N., R. 1 E., secs. 13, 24, 25 and 36; T. 5 N., R. 2 E., secs. 1 to 29, inclusive, sec. 30, E½; T. 6 N., R. 2 E., secs. 1, 2, 3 and 4, sec. 5, E½, sec. 9, NE¼, sec. 10, N½, sec. 11, N½, secs. 13, 23, 24, 25 and 26, sec. 27, S½, sec. 28, S½, sec. 29, all, sec. 30, S½, secs. 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 7 N., R. 2 E., secs. 1 to 9, inclusive, secs. 11, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27 and 29, sec. 31, NE¼, sec. 32, N½, secs. 33, 35 and 36; Tps. 8 and 9 N., R. 2 E., all; T. 10 N., R. 2 E., sec. 2, all, sec. 7, S½, sec. 9, all, secs. 13 to 36, inclusive; T. 11 N., R. 2 E., sec. 32, all; T. 5 N., R. 3 E., secs. 2 to 11, 14 to 22 and 28 to 30, inclusive; T. 6 N., R. 3 E., secs. 1 to 5 and 7 to 25, inclusive, secs. 27, 29, 31, 32, 33, 35 and 36; T. 7 N., R. 3 E., secs. 2 to 9 and 11 to 21, inclusive, secs. 23 and 25, secs. 27 to 36, inclusive; T. 8 N., R. 3 E., all;53 Stat. 2539 T. 9 N., R. 3 E., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive, secs. 21, 22, 23, 25 and 26, secs. 28 to 36, inclusive; T. 10 N., R. 3 E., sec. 2, all, sec. 7, lots 2 to 16, inclusive, and SE¼, sec. 8, S½SW¼, secs. 12, 13, 16, 18, 19, 22, 24, 27 and 28, secs. 30 to 34, inclusive, sec. 36, all; T. 11 N., R. 3 E., sec. 25, S½, sec. 36, all; T. 6 N., R. 4 E., secs. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12 and 13, secs. 15 to 21, inclusive, secs. 23, 24, 25 and 27, secs. 29 to 33, inclusive, secs. 35 and 36; T. 7 N., R. 4 E, secs. 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 and 17, secs. 19 to 27, and 29 to 36, inclusive; T. 9 N., R. 4 E., sec. 2, all, sec. 19, S½, secs. 23, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35 and 36; T. 10 N., R. 4 E., secs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 11, 16, 18 and 36; T. 11 N., R. 4 E., secs. 2, 3, 10, 11, 14,15, 16, 22 and 23, secs. 26 to 32, inclusive; T. 12 N., R. 4 E., sec. 36, all; T. 6 N., R. 5 E., secs. 1, 2, 3 and 4, secs. 6 to 11, inclusive, secs. 13, 15, 16 and 17, secs. 19 to 23, inclusive, secs. 25, 27, 28 and 29, secs. 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 7 N., R. 5 E., secs. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 27 and 29, secs. 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 10 N., R. 5 E., secs. 16 and 32; T. 11 N., R. 5 E, sec. 16; T. 6 N., R. 6 E., secs. 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 15, 16, 17, 19, 21 and 22, secs. 25 to 36, inclusive; T. 7 N., R. 6 E., secs. 7, 17, 18, 19, 21, 27, 29, 31, 32, 33 and 34; T. 5 N., R. 1 W., secs. 13, 14 and 24, sec. 25, N½; aggregating 392,686 acres. 53 Stat. 2540 Prior rights not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands to which legal rights have been acquired under any of the public land laws or which are reserved for any public purpose, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat such legal rights or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such rights are legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 28” day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2334 May 4, 1939 National Maritime Day—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation National Maritime Day—1939May 4, 1939[No. 2334] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National Maritime Day, 1939.Preamble.WHEREAS on May 22, 1819, the steamship *The Savannah* sailed from Savannah, Georgia, on the first successful transoceanic voyage under steam propulsion, thus making a material contribution to the advancement of ocean transportation; and WHEREAS the Congress by joint resolution approved May 20, [48 Stat. 73](/us/stat/48/73).[36 U. S. C. § 145](/us/usc/t36/s145).1933 (48 Stat. 73), designated May 22 of each year as National Maritime Day and requested the President to issue annually a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such National Maritime Day; and WHEREAS it is fitting that the enterprise and achievements of the American merchant marine and the courage and patriotism of the officers and seamen of that merchant marine throughout our history be thus recognized; Inviting observance of May 22, 1939, as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby call upon the people of the United States to observe May 22, 1939, as National Maritime Day by displaying the flag at their homes or other suitable places and do direct Government officials to display the flag on all Government buildings on that day. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4” day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2335 May 4, 1939 National Flood Prevention Week Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2541 National Flood Prevention WeekMay 4, 1939[No. 2335] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS Public Resolution No. 129, 75th Congress, approvedNational Flood Prevention Week.Preamble.[52 Stat. 1248](/us/stat/52/1248). June 29, 1938 (52 Stat. 1248), provides:" “That the Honorable Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States, be, and he is hereby requested to proclaim the week of May 31, 1939, National Flood Prevention Week in the United States of America, and to ask the cooperation, interest, and aid of all the people in the work of flood prevention”; " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentWeek beginning May 31, 1939 proclaimed as. of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim the week beginning May 31, 1939, as National Flood Prevention Week, and do call upon the people of the United States to cooperate and aid in the work of flood prevention and to give serious consideration to such measures as may prevent disastrous floods and aid in the conservation of our national resources. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4” day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2336 May 11, 1939 Correcting the Proclamations of November 25, 1938, and January 11, 1939, Relating to the Marquette National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Correcting the Proclamations of November 25, 1938, and January 11, 1939, Relating to the Marquette National Forest—MichiganMay 11, 1939[No. 2336] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the date of the Executive order of October 26, 1874,Marquette National Forest, Mich.Preamble. withdrawing public lands in Michigan for lighthouse purposes, is incorrectly stated as October 20, 1874, in Proclamation No. 2313 of November 25, 1938, enlarging the Marquette National Forest, in the*Ante*, p. 2505. State of Michigan, and in Proclamation No. 2319 of January 11, 1939,*Ante*, p. 2520. correcting the aforesaid proclamation: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentCorrection of previous proclamations. of the United States of America, do proclaim that the aforesaid proclamations are hereby corrected by substituting the date “October 26, 1874,” for the date “October 20, 1874,” wherever the latter date may appear in such proclamations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11” day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the[seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2337 May 17, 1939 Santa Rosa Island National Monument—Florida Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2542 Santa Rosa Island National Monument—FloridaMay 17, 1939[No. 2337] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Santa Rosa Island National Monument, Fla.Preamble.WHEREAS certain Government-owned lands in the State of Florida have situated thereon various objects of geological and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument to be known as the Santa Rosa Island National Monument: Establishment.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., [34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).title 16, sec. 431 ), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Florida are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and set apart as the Santa Rosa Island National Monument: Tallahassee MeridianDescription. T. 2 S., R. 23 W., fractional secs. 19 to 29, inclusive; T. 2 S., R. 24 W., “ “ 19 to 24, inclusive; T. 2 S., R. 25 W., “ “ 19 to 24, and 26 to 30, inclusive; T. 2 S., R. 26 W., “ “ 25 to 33, inclusive; T. 2 S., R. 27 W., “ “ 33 to 36, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 27 W., “ “ 3 to 6, inclusive; T. 3 S., R. 28 W., “ “ 1 to 12, inclusive, and sec. 18; T. 3 S., R. 29 W., “ “ secs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 22, and those parts of secs. 16 and 21 east of east boundary of the Fort Pickens Military Reservation (longitude 87° 09’ 52”W.), excluding small island in sec. 16 occupied by Bureau of Fisheries, containing 9500 acres. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument, and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other [30 Stat. 535](/us/stat/30/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and act supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 17” day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2338 May 22, 1939 Australia—Suspension of Tonnage Duties Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2543 Australia—Suspension of Tonnage DutiesMay 22, 1939[No. 2338] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 4228 of the Revised Statutes of the UnitedAustralia, tonnage duties.Preamble.[R. S. § 4228](/us/rs/s4228).[30 Stat. 214](/us/stat/30/214).[46 U. S. C. § 141](/us/usc/t46/s141). States, as amended by the act of July 24, 1897, c. 13, 30 Stat. 214 (U. S. C., title 46, sec. 141), provides, in part, as follows:" “Upon satisfactory proof being given to the President, by the government of any foreign nation, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of such nation upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in the same from the United States or from any foreign country, the President may issue his proclamation, declaring that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and impost within the United States are suspended and discontinued, so far as respects the vessels of such foreign nation, and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported into the United States from such foreign nation, or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from the time of such notification being given to the President, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels, belonging to citizens of the United States, and their cargoes, shall be continued, and no longer.”; " AND WHEREAS satisfactory proof was received by me from the Government of Australia in a note from the Minister for External Affairs dated February 27, 1939, to the American Consul General at Sydney, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of Australia upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in such vessels, from the United States, or from any foreign country: NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of theDiscriminating duties discontinued. United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the above-quoted statutory provisions, do hereby declare and proclaim that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and imposts within the United States are suspended and discontinued so far as respects the vessels of Australia and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in such vessels into the United States from Australia or from any other foreign country; the suspension to takeEffective date; continuance in effect. effect from February 27, 1939, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels belonging to citizens of the United States and their cargoes shall be continued, and no longer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 22d day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2339 June 29, 1939 Excluding Certain Lands From the Beaverhead National Forest and Adding Them and Other Lands to the Big Hole Battlefield National Monument—Montana Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2544 Excluding Certain Lands From the Beaverhead National Forest and Adding Them and Other Lands to the Big Hole Battlefield National Monument—MontanaJune 29, 1939[No. 2339] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Big Hole Battlefield National Monument, Mont.Preamble.WHEREAS the unsurveyed E½NE¼SE¼NW¼ sec. 24, T. 2 S., R, 17 W., P. M., Montana, was reserved by Executive Order No. 1216 of June 23, 1910, as the Big Hole Battlefield Monument; WHEREAS upon survey it has been found that the area intended to be reserved by that Executive order is the five-acre tract designated as the “Big Hole Battlefield Monument” on General Land Office supplemental plat of the survey of sec. 24, approved July 19, 1917, and described by metes and bounds as follows: Beginning at a point S. 0°1’ W., 5.00 chs. and N. 89°42’ E., 3.00 chs. from the northwest sixteenth-section corner of Sec. 24, T. 2 S., R. 17 W., M. P. M.; thence S. 0°2’ W., 10.00 chs.; S. 89°42’ W., 5.00 chs.; N. 10 chs.; N. 89°42’ E., 5.00 chs.; to point of beginning; WHEREAS it appears that certain public lands within the Beaverhead National Forest, adjacent to the Big Hole Battlefield Monument, are historic landmarks, forming a part of the battle grounds where Chief Joseph and a band of Nez Perce Indians were defeated by a detachment of United States Soldiers; WHEREAS certain other public lands within the aforesaid national forest are contiguous to the said national monument and are necessary for the proper care, management, and protection of the historic land-marks included within the monument; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve all of the aforesaid public lands as a part of the said national monument: Lands excluded from Beaverhead National Forest and certain other lands added to.[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that the above-mentioned Executive Order of June 23, 1910, is hereby construed in conformity with the supplemental plat of survey approved July 19, 1917, to embrace the tract described above by metes and bounds, as well as the area erroneously reserved thereby; and that the hereinafter-described lands are hereby excluded from the Beaverhead National Forest and, subject to valid existing rights, added to and made a part of the said monument, which is hereby designated as the Big Hole Battlefield National Monument: Montana Principal MeridianDescription. T. 2 S., R. 17 W., sec. 24, lots 1 and 2, N½ NW¼; sec. 23, E½ NE¼ NE¼, E½ SE¼ NE¼; comprising 195 acres. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. 53 Stat. 2545 The Director of the National Park Service under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16,[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2/). secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29th day of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2340 June 30, 1939 Modification of Postage Rates Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Modification of Postage RatesJune 30, 1939[No. 2340] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the interests of the public and the promotion of thePostage rates.Preamble. cultural growth, education, and development of the American people require the continuation of the postage rates on books as prescribed by Proclamation No. 2309 of October 31, 1938:*Ante*, p. 2497. NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentRate on books of designated class continued in effect.[48 Stat. 254, 760](/us/stat/48/254/760); [49 Stat. 431](/us/stat/49/431); [50 Stat. 358](/us/stat/50/358); *ante*, p. 832.[39 U. S. C. § 280 (note); Supp. IV, § 280 (note](/us/usc/t39/s280)). of the United States, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 16, 1933, 48 Stat. 254, as amended by section 515 of title III of the act of May 10, 1934, 48 Stat. 760, Public Resolution 36, approved June 28, 1935, 49 Stat. 431, Public Resolution 48, approved June 29, 1937, 50 Stat. 358, and section 1 of title I of the Revenue Act of 1939, approved June 29, 1939, (Public No. 155, 76th Congress, 1st Session), do proclaim that the postage rate on Books consisting wholly of reading matter and containing no advertising matter other than incidental announcements of books, when mailed under such regulations as the Postmaster General shall prescribe, shall, for the period commencing July 1, 1939, and ending June 30, 1941, continue to be one and one- half cents a pound or fraction thereof, irrespective of the zone of destination. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 30” day of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-third. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2341 July 19, 1939 Lighthouse Week Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2546 Lighthouse WeekJuly 19, 1939[No. 2341] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Lighthouse Week.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 746.WHEREAS Public Resolution 16, 76th Congress (53 Stat. 746), approved May 15, 1939, provides in part:" Designation of.“That the week commencing August 7, 1939, is hereby designated as Lighthouse Week in commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the enactment by the first Congress of the United States of the ninth Act of said Congress, which was approved by President George Washington on August 7, 1789, and laid the foundation of the United States Lighthouse Service by providing that all expenses in the necessary support, maintenance, and repairs of all lighthouses, beacons, buoys, and public piers to render navigation safe and easy should be paid for by the Treasury of the United States. During said week all Government officials are hereby directed to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings, and are requested in appropriate manner to celebrate the enactment and approval of said Act. “Sec. 2. That the President of the United States is hereby requested, by appropriate proclamation, to call attention of all citizens of the United States to said event and to request the cooperation of all citizens, communities, civic organizations, States, municipalities, counties, public agencies, churches, and schools in an appropriate recognition of the devoted, efficient, faithful, and splendid work of the Lighthouse Service for one hundred and fifty years in the safeguarding of life and property upon the sea”; " Observance invited.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do call upon the officials of the Government to observe the provisions of the aforesaid public resolution, invite the attention of all citizens of the United States to the celebration of Lighthouse Week commencing August 7, 1939, and request the cooperation of communities, civic organizations, States, municipalities, counties, public agencies, churches, and schools to recognize in an appropriate manner the devoted, efficient, faithful, and splendid work of the Lighthouse Service for one hundred and fifty years in the safeguarding of life and property upon the sea. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 19” day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2342 July 25, 1939 Relating to Newly-Mined Domestic Silver Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2547 Relating to Newly-Mined Domestic SilverJuly 25, 1939[No. 2342] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, by Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December,Coinage of silver.Preamble.[48 Stat. 1723](/us/stat/48/1723); [49 Stat. 3402, 3445](/us/stat/49/3402/3445); [52 Stat. 1530](/us/stat/52/1530); *ante*, p. 2517. 1933, as modified by Proclamations of the ninth day of August, 1934, the tenth and twenty-fourth days of April, 1935, the thirtieth day of December, 1937, and the thirty-first day of December, 1938, the United States coinage mints are directed to receive for coinage and addition to the monetary stocks of the United States silver mined subsequently to December 21, 1933, from natural deposits in the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof; AND WHEREAS, such Proclamation as so modified is subject to revocation or further modification as the interests of the United States may seem to require. NOW, THEREFORE, finding that the interests of the United States require further modification of said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as so modified; by virtue of the power in me vested by the Act of Congress cited in said Proclamation, and other legislation designated for national recovery, and by virtue of all other authority in me vested; I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United StatesTime limit extended. of America, do hereby proclaim and direct that, unless repealed or further modified by Act of Congress or by subsequent Proclamation, the said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as heretofore and hereby modified, shall remain in force and effect until the thirty-first day of December, 1939, with respect to silver mined subsequently to December 21, 1933, and on or before July 1, 1939, from natural deposits in the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof; and I do further proclaim and direct that theProvision rescinded. proviso: " “that silver to be eligible for receipt under the said Proclamation of the twenty-first day of December, 1933, as heretofore and hereby modified must be delivered to a United States coinage mint not later than June 30, 1939. ”" stated in the said Proclamation of the thirty-first day of December, 1938, is hereby rescinded. Notice is hereby given that I reserve the right by virtue of theRight of revocation or modification. authority vested in me to revoke or modify this Proclamation as the interests of the United States may seem to require. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25th day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2343 July 25, 1939 National Aviation Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 53 Stat. 2548 National Aviation DayJuly 25, 1939[No. 2343] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National Aviation Day.Preamble.WHEREAS the development of aeronautics in recent years has been so rapid that aviation in its many phases has come to exert a profound influence on the course of events throughout the world; and WHEREAS American initiative and industry have contributed greatly to this development and should be encouraged to continue such contribution in order that the United States may retain its outstanding position in the field of aeronautic; and *Ante*, p. 739.WHEREAS Public Resolution No. 14, 76th Congress, approved May 11, 1939 (53 Stat. 739), provides:" Statutory authorization.“That the President of the United States is authorized to designate August 19 of each year as National Aviation Day, and to issue a proclamation calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on that day, and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate exercises to further and stimulate interest in aviation in the United States.”: " August 19, 1939, and August 19 of each succeeding year designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby designate August 19, 1939, and August 19 of each succeeding year as National Aviation Day, and call upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on that day, and invite the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate exercises to further and stimulate interest in aviation in this country. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25” day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2344 July 25, 1939 Tuzigoot National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Tuzigoot National Monument—ArizonaJuly 25, 1939[No. 2344] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tuzigoot National Monument, Ariz.Preamble.WHEREAS certain Government-owned lands in the State of Arizona have situated thereon historic and prehistoric structures and other objects of historic or scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument to be known as the Tuzigoot National Monument: Establishment.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, [34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in the State of53 Stat. 2549Arizona are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and set apart as the Tuzigoot National Monument: Gila-Salt River MeridianDescription. T. 16 N., R. 3 E., beginning at a point in section 21, N. 83 degrees 51 minutes, E. 5032.4 feet of the W ¼ corner said section 21; thence N. 26 degrees, 55 minutes, E. 1950.5 feet; thence S. 63 degrees, 05 minutes, E. 594.5 feet; thence S. 19 degrees, 56 minutes, W. 2977.7 feet; thence W. 70.0 feet; thence N. 13 degrees, 52 minutes, W. 1369.1 feet to the place of beginning containing approximately 42.665 acres. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (c. 408, 39 Stat. 535; U. S. C.,[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 25” day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2551 INDEX **A** Page **Aaron, Jake C.,** payment to 1486 **Abbey, Samuel E.,** military record corrected 1483 **Abshier, Allen L.,** payment to 1451 **Ackia Battleground National Monument, Miss.,** establishment 2494 **Adams, Verne G.,** payment to 1451 **Adamson, Charles Edwin,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Adolph, Clara,** payment to 1464 **Afonso, Albert Pina,** payment to guardian of 1475 **Agreements.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. **Air Navigation,** agreements with— Canada 1925 France 2408 **Air Transport Services,** agreement with France governing 2422 **Alaska,** agreement with Canada respecting radio communications between, and British Columbia 2092 **Alder, Joseph,** payment to 1514 **Alexander, Junius,** payment to 1454 **Allegheny Forging Company,** payment to 1489 **Allen, E. G.,** payment to 1514 **Allen, G. F.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454, 1515, 1530, 1537, 1539 **Almond, Edward M. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorised 1474 **Alvey, Melvin Gerard,** payment to 1459 **American Association of State Highway Officials,** appointment of committee to convey appreciation of Congress of accomplishments 1556 **Anderegg, George W.,** payment to 1466 **Anderegg, Russell,** payment to guardian of 1466 **Antiohos, Konstantinos Dionysiou,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1541 **Apalachicola National Forest, Fla.,** lands reserved as addition to 2453 **Aransas Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Tex.,** regulation designating certain lands and waters within, etc., as closed area 2507 **Arches National Monument, Utah,** lands reserved as addition to 2504 **Argentina,** parcel post agreement with 2223 **Arkansas State Penitentiary,** payment to 1529 **Armistice Day, 1938,** designation of 2491 **Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War,** export of, to Spain, revocation of proclamation of May 1, 1937 2531 **Army Day, 1939,** designation of 2525 **Army of the United States,** descriptive manuscript ordered printed 1554 **Arrangements.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. **Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway,** and other carriers—employees, emergency board, creation, etc 2470 **Atlas Powder Company,** adjustment of claim authorized 1458 **Ausherman, C. C.,** cancelation of postal charge 1531 **Austin, Martha,** issue of land patent to 1477 **Australia,** suspension of tonnage duties 2543 **Avery, John Rowland,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Aviation Day, National, 1939,** designation of 2548 **B** **Badlands National Monument, S. Dak.,** lands reserved as 2521 **Baker, Lester D. (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Balmer, J. E.,** credit in accounts 1517 **Banas, Fae,** payment to 1490 **Banffil, Charles Y. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Banks Business College,** suit in Court of Claims authorized 1515 **Barkman Lumber Company,** payment to 1481 **Barnard, A. R. (Mrs.),** payment to 1479 **Barnette, Ernest Bateman,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Barraclough, H. R.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Bastareche, Willis Emil,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Bates, Marsden V.,** credit allowed in accounts of 14532552 **Beacham, William Thomas,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Bearden, Annie,** payment to 1504 **Bearden, Ruth,** payment to 1504 **Beatty, John J.,** payment to 1518 **Beauregard, Fred H.,** payment to 1443 **Beaverhead National Forest, Mont.,** lands excluded from, added to Big Hole Battlefield National Monument 2544 **Beitz, W. Elisabeth,** payment to 1466 **Belding, Leland J.,** payment to 1498 **Belgium,** parcel post agreement with 2100 **Bell, L. M.,** payment to 1456 **Bell, M. M.,** payment to 1456 **Benjamin, Leonard Haven,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Bentley, William C., Jr. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Berka, Jerry George,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Bess, Herbert E. (Mrs.),** payment to 1496 **Beswick, Howard Arthur,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1472 **Bevan, Macey N.,** payment to 1451 **Bienvenu, Corinne W.,** military record corrected 1495 **Bienvenu, Mary Cohen,** readmission to citizenship 1533 **Big Hole Battlefield National Monument, Mont.,** lands excluded from Beaverhead National Forest added to 2544 **Big Lake Migratory Bird Refuge, Ark.,** regulation designating certain lands and waters adjacent to, as closed area 2526 **Birds.** *See* Migratory Birds. **Bjornson, Anselm A.,** payment to 1496 **Blair, Kyle,** payment to 1516 **Bland, James F.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Block Island Coast Guard Station, Block Island, R. L,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1478 **Boatner, Mark M., Jr. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Books,** modification of postage rates on certain 2497, 2545 **Borg-Warner Corporation,** jurisdiction conferred upon Court of Claims to hear, etc., suit of 1491 **Bostrom, A. E.,** payment to 1529 **Bouck, Matilda Larned,** payment to 1539 **Bozzani Motors, Ltd.,** payment to 1456 **Braintree, Mass.,** water department, payment to 1496 **Branson, Jesse Claud,** payment to 1492 **Brazil,** agreement with, respecting a military mission 2021 **Brenton Point Coast Guard Station, Newport, R. L,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1478 **British Columbia,** agreement with Canada respecting radio communications between, and Alaska 2092 **British Guiana,** parcel post agreement with 1989 **Browning, Leonard E. (Sgt. Maj.),** promotion on retirement 1494 **Brummal, Mary A.,** payment to 1486 **Bryan, Harry,** payment to 1534 **Burbank, Caryl,** payment to 1544 **Burke, Elizabeth E.,** payment to 1509 **Burnett, Charles (Brig Gen.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Burton, Essie,** payment to 1504 **C** **Cabral, Manuel,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Cache National Forest, Idaho and Utah,** lands transferred to 2537 **Campbell, Grace,** payment to 1505 **Canada,** agreements with, respecting— Air navigation 1925 Certificates of airworthiness for export, acceptance of 1941 Civil aeronautical services, use of radio for 2157 Civil aircraft, certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of 1937 Radio broadcasting 2042 Radio communications between Alaska and British Columbia 2092 Reciprocal trade 2348 Visits in uniform by members of defense forces 2439 **Cancer Control Month, 1939, **designation of 2525 **Canton and Enderbury Islands,** agreement with Great Britain concerning the joint administration of 2219 **Canvas Decoy Company,** payment to 1483 **Capitulations in Egypt,** multilateral convention regarding the abolition of 1645 **Carleton-Mace Engineering Corp.,** settlement of claim 1546 **Carlisle, Montie S.,** payment to 1509 **Carlsbad Caverns National Park, N. Mex.,** lands added 2523 **Carney, P. J.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454 **Carter, Beatrice,** payment to 1504 **Carter, Harry Tunnell,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Carter, Thomas W., Jr.,** payment to 1486 **Casper, Adam,** payment to 14652553 **Cattarins, Adolph (Tech. Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Certificates of Airworthiness for Export,** agreement with Canada for the acceptance of 1941 **Chapin, H. F.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Chapin, John H.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Chastain, John,** payment to 1471 **Chastain, Mollie,** payment to 1471 **Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga.,** lands reserved as part of 2463 **Chattin, Oliver D.,** payment to 1451 **Cheek, William P.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Chequamegon National Forest, Wis.,** lands reserved as addition to 2489 **Child Health Day, 1939,** designation of 2532 **Chile,** provisional commercial agreement with 2177 **Choquette, George Ammette,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Cibilic, Augustin,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1540 **Cibilic, Bozo,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1540 **Cibilic, Mato,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1540 **Cibilic, Miljenko,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1540 **Citron, Joannes Josephus,** admission for permanent residence 1509 **Civil Aeronautical Services,** agreement with Canada respecting the use of radio for 2157 **Civil Aircraft,** agreement with Canada relating to the issue of certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of 1937 **Clair, Dorothy,** credit in accounts 1530 **Clark, Hubert H.,** payment to 1447 **Clark, Kenneth B.,** payment to 1465 **Clarkson, John T.,** payment to 1461 **Clement, Charles G.,** military record corrected I486 **Cleveland, John A., Jr. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Clinton, Ernest,** payment to 1493 **Clinton, S. C.,** post office, credit allowed in accounts of former and present postmasters 1531 **Clower, N. F.,** reconveyance of real estate to, authorized 1542 **Clyde Equipment Co.,** payment to 1523 **Coast Guard:** Reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses— Block Island Station, Block Island, R. I 1478 Brenton Point Station, Newport, R. I 1478 Coast Guard Academy, New London, Conn 1478 Mecox Station, East Hampton, N. Y. 1479 Moriches Station, West Hampton, N. Y 1478 Shinnecock Station, Hampton Bays, N. Y 1479 **Coast Guard Academy, New London, Conn.,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1478 **Cobb, E.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Cobb, Mary,** payment to 1504 **Coconino National Forest, Ariz.,** certain lands excluded from, added to Walnut Canyon National Monument 2469 **Cohen, Michael M.,** payment to 1505 **Collins, Jack D.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1528 **Colombia,** agreements with, respecting— Military mission 2084 Naval mission 2074 Parcel post 2136 **Columbus Iron Works Co.,** payment to 1544 **Combs, Harvey T.,** payment to estate of 1512 **Commercial Agreements.** *See also* Reciprocal Trade Agreements. Chile 2177 Greece 2046 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 1947, 2404 Venezuela 2344 **Comptroller of the Currency,** adjustments in certain accounts in Office of, authorized 1540 **Concurrent Resolutions:** American Association of State Highway Officials, appointment of committee to convey appreciation of Congress of accomplishments 1556 Army of the United States, descriptive manuscript ordered printed 1554 Congress— Adjournment 1558 Signing of enrolled bills, etc., after 1558 Joint meeting of the two Houses 1549 Constitution, sesquicentennial of First Congress under— Joint session in commemoration of 1549 Hour of holding 1550 Proceedings ordered printed 1550 District of Columbia Revenue Act of 1939, corrections in enrollment 1556 Forestry, Joint Committee on— Continuance of, authorized 1550 Limit of expenditure by, increased 15532554 Great Britain, visit of King and Queen to Capitol— Ceremonies for welcoming ordered 1553 Expenses of committee on arrangements ordered paid 1553 “Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda,” additional copies of House Report entitled, ordered printed 1550,1552 Navy, auxiliary vessels for, return of bill for, requested; correction in rcenrolhnent 1551 Profit-sharing systems, additional copies of hearings relative to, ordered printed 1555 “Report of the Joint Committee of Congress Appointed to Investigate the Tennessee Valley Authority,” additional copies ordered printed 1552 Rogers. *See* Will Rogers, *this title*. Social Security Act Amendments of 1939, additional copies of hearings on bill ordered printed 1553 Supreme Court, appointment of joint committee to make plans for commemoration of sesquicentennial of first session 1558 “Survey of Experience in Profit Sharing and Possibilities of Incentive Taxation,” additional copies ordered printed 1555 Taxation of Governmental Securities and Salaries, Special Committee on, Senate, additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1552 Temporary National Economic Committee, additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1551 Tennessee Valley Authority, additional copies of hearings before special congressional investigating committee ordered printed 1552 Transcontinental toll roads, additional copies of report on, ordered printed 1554 “Transportation Act of 1939,” additional copies of hearings on bill entitled, ordered printed 1555 Virginia (Merrimac)-Monitor Commission, establishment; composition; duties 1557 Will Rogers, statue of— Acceptance and thanks of Congress to Oklahoma for 1554 Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed 1555 Temporary placement and ceremonies in Capitol rotunda authorized 1551 Works Progress Administration, additional copies of hearings before House investigating subcommittee ordered printed 1554 **Congress:** Adjournment 1558 Signing of enrolled bills, etc., after 1558 Joint meeting of two Houses to receive communications from President 1549 Sesquicentennial of First Congress under the Constitution, joint session in commemoration of 1549 Hour of holding 1550 Proceedings ordered printed 1550 **Coniglio, Anthony,** payment to 1473 **Conner, Frank B. (Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Constitution:** Joint session in commemoration of sesquicentennial of First Congress under 1549 Hour of meeting 1550 Proceedings ordered printed 1550 **Contopoulos, Nicholas,** deportation warrant canceled, etc 1502 **Conventions.** *See* Treaties. **Cooper, E. J.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Copeland, W. C. (Dr.),** payment to 1447 **Coppenrath, Frederick J.,** payment to 1518 **Corriveau, George M.,** license to practice chiropractic granted to 1498 **Corriveau, Laura T.,** license to practice chiropractic granted to 1498 **Coughlin, Robert E. (Capt.),** settlement of pay claim 1485 **Coulter, John B. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Courtney, Emmitt,** payment to guardian of 1535 **Covell, W. E. R.,** payment to 1488 **Cowen, William E.,** payment to 1541 **Coyle, Henry (Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1441 **Craig, Louis A. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Craig, Malin, Jr. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Creef, Russel Helbert,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Crockett, Andrew J.,** payment to 1469 **Crockett, Walter,** payment to 1469 **Croman, Frank M.,** payment, to 1484 **Culver, Otis M.,** military record corrected 1483 Cummings, Robert E. (Maj.), acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Curtner, Otho L.,** payment to 15162555 **Czechoslovakia,** agreement with, respecting reciprocal trade 2293 Termination of certain proclamations connected with 2530 **D** **Daniels, Joe,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Daniels, S. O.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Davidson, Howard C. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Davis, Clarendon,** payment to 1517 **Davis, Harvey Rodger,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Davis, John F. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Deaver, Ida A.,** payment to 1480 **De Coste, Albert J.,** payment to 1496 **de Ford, June,** payment to 1455 **de los Reyes, Agustin,** payment to 1477 **de los Reyes, Anselmo,** payment to 1477 **de los Reyes, Crisanta,** payment to 1477 **de los Reyes, Irineo,** payment to 1477 **de los Reyes, Maria Enriquez,** payment to 1477 **Deragisch, Frederick P.,** payment to 1493 **Deschutes National Forest, Oreg.,** Lands reserved as addition to 2511 **Dewey, Violet,** payment to 1513 **de Williamson, Dolores P.,** payment to 1448 **Dierks Lumber and Coal Co.,** payment to 1446 **Dillon, T. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Dinosaur National Monument, Colo, and Utah,** lands reserved as addition to 2454 **Dischleit, Emil Friedrich,** admission deemed lawful 1541 **District of Columbia Revenue Act of 1939,** corrections in enrollment 1556 **Dixon, H. A.,** payment to 1522 **Dornsife, Ruth,** payment to 1545 **Dorr, Alexander G. (Mr and Mrs.),** payment to 1536 **Double Nationality,** treaties defining liability for military service of persons, with— Lithuania 1569 Switzerland 1791 **Dougherty, Frank,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Dove, Laura J.,** payment to 1462 **Dove, R.,** payment to 1462 **Dow, John B.,** payment to 1449 **Driscoll, Joseph R.,** payment to 1518 **Dunscomb, Floyd M.,** payment to 1495 **Durst, Jessie M.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1492 **E** **East Braintree, Mass.,** Navy airplane crashes, payment of claims 1496 **Eckendorff, John (Mr and Mrs.),** payment to 1536 **Economic Committee, Temporary National,** additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1551 **Ecuador,** agreement with, respecting reciprocal trade 1951 **E. Devlin, Inc.,** adjustment of claim authorized 1471 **Edwards, John Lemar,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Edwards, Orin Edward,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Eggers, Elmer,** payment to 1522 **Egypt,** multilateral convention regarding abolition of the capitulations in 1645 **Elias, Nicolaos,** permission to remain in United States 1485 **Elliott, J. W.,** credit in accounts 1517 **Elton, Floyd,** payment to 1535 **Emergency Board,** Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway and other carriers—employees, creation, etc 2470 **Employment Week and Employment Sunday,** designation of 2535 **Enderbury and Canton Islands,** agreement with Great Britain concerning the joint administration of 2219 **England.** *See* Great Britain. **Enley, Imogene,** payment to 1499 **Enslow, Charles,** payment to 1501 **Estonia,** agreement with, for exchange of official publications 2059 **Evans, A. W.,** payment to 1467 **Executive Agreements.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. **Expropriated Lands,** agreement with Mexico respecting compensation for 2442 **Extradition,** supplementary treaty with Norway 1561 **F** **Fairbank, Leigh C. (Brig Gen.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Farrow, Linville Gates,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Fegley, Okie May,** payment to 1530 **Felarca, Simeon F.,** compensation allowed 1524 **Ferguson, A. G.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454 **Fiji,** parcel post agreement with 2031 **Financial Agreement, Haiti** 1923, 24022556 **Finland,** agreement with, for exchange of official publications 2071 **Fire Association of Philadelphia, Pa.,** payment to 1544 **Fire Prevention Week, 1938,** designation of 2468 **Fiske, Norman E. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Fitzgerald Leader, The,** payment to 1446 **Flinn, Norbert D.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Flood Prevention Week, National, 1939,** designation of 2541 **Flores, Joseph Anthony,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Forestry, Joint Committee on:** Continuance of, authorized 1550 Limit of expenditure by, increased 1553 **Foro, Sigvard C.,** payment to 1507 **Fort Laramie National Monument, Wyo.,** establishment 2461 **Fraizer, J. D.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **France,** agreements with, respecting— Air navigation 2408 Air transport services 2422 Reciprocal trade 2236 **Frane, Charles,** payment to 1494 **Frane, Leslie J.,** payment to 1494 **Frazier, Victoria B.,** payment to 1496 **Fred Harvey Transportation Department,** payment to 1447 **Freeman, Richard S. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation,** treaty with Siam 1731 **Friendship and Cooperation,** treaty with Panama 1807 **Fuchs, W. R.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1537 **Fulcher, Callie,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Fuller, Ada,** payment to 1497 **G** **Gadbois, George,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Gallagher, James J.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Garner, Guion James,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Garrett, John E.,** credit in accounts 1523 **Gasaway, N. D.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Gautreau, Joseph Alphonse,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **General Pulaski Memorial Day, 1938,** designation of 2466 **Gentry, Giles J.,** payment to 1503 **George, Harold L. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **George Washington National Forest, Va and W. Va.,** boundaries redefined 2499 **Germany,** parcel post agreement with 2183 **Gilbert, Charlotte J.,** payment to 1466 **Gilmor, Albert (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Gilson, James W.,** credit in accounts 1527 **Ginsberg, Hyman,** payment to 1441 **Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska,** certain lands excluded from Tongass National Forest added to 2534 **Glantzberg, Frederic E. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Gold Star Mother’s Day, 1938,** designation of 2467 **Golden Gate International Exposition,** general invitation to attend 2511 **Gomez, Emma,** payment to 1439 **Governmental Securities and Salaries, Special Committee on Taxation of Senate,** additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1552 **Grace, Ivan Charles,** payment to 1477 **Graham, Addie,** payment to 1504 **Graham, E. T. (Mrs.),** claim referred to district court 1543 **Grant, Annie,** payment to 1504 **Graves, Ernest (Col.),** pay on returning to retired status 1482 **Gray, John S. (Corp.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Gray, R. H.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1461 **Great Britain:** Agreement with, concerning the joint administration of Canton and Enderbury Islands 2219 Visit of King and Queen to the Capitol— Ceremonies for welcoming ordered 1553 Expenses of committee on arrangements ordered paid 1553 **Great Northern Majestic Building Corporation,** payment to receiver 1538 **Greece,** provisional commercial agreement with 2046 **Green, Edgar,** disability claim to be considered 1462 **Greenwell, Samuel A. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Grice, J. C.,** payment to 1507 **Griffiss, Townsend (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Guatemala,** agreement respecting a military mission 2431 **Gubrud, M. F.,** payment to 1519 **Guenther, Gustav B. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 14742557 **Guimont, Roy Alfred,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Guinn, Charles S. (Staff Sgt),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Gurley-Kane, Evelyn,** payment to 1468 **Guthrie, Virginia,** payment to 1486 **H** **Haas, Walter S.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Haiti,** supplemental financial agreement with 1923, 2402 **Hall, Emma J.,** payment to heirs of 1524 **Hamlin, H. W.,** payment to 1484 **Hanchett, By,** payment to 1514 **Haney, Floyd B. (Master Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Hargis, William Alfred,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Harris, Howard Dale,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Harris, Sallie,** payment to 1504 **Harvey, Alva L. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Harwood, James M.,** determination of disability claim of 1528 **Haynes, Caleb V. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Heath, William K.,** payment to 1451 **Henderson, C. R.,** payment to 1443 **Hendrickson, C. E.,** payment to 1506 **Hendrix, Russell B.,** payment to 1510 **Herren, C. L.,** credit in accounts 1510 **Hester, Dorothy Clair,** payment to father of 1490 **Hiawatha National Forest, Mich.,** lands reserved as addition to 2518 **Hibernia Bank and Trust Co., New Orleans, La.,** cancelation of judgment 1457 **Hicks, John L.,** payment to 1546 **Hoffman, Mamie,** payment to 1520 **Hohenthal, William D. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Holbrooks, Minerva,** payment to 1504 **Holland.** *See* Netherlands. **Holsomback, Alfie,** payment to 1503 **Holt, John R. (Maj.),** payment to 1444 **Honnen, George (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Hood, W. C.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Houston, George,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1467 **Hoven, Hannis,** payment to 1491 **Howell, Edwin Nevin (2d Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Hufty, Malcolm A. (Lt.),** adjustment of claim 1444 **Hughes, Howard,** presentation of medal Page to 1525 **Hull, John Oliver,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Huntley, William S.,** payment to 1487 **Hurley, Anna E.,** payment to 1506 **Huron National Forest, Mich.,** lands reserved as addition to 2490 **Huston, Roscoe B.,** credit in accounts 1524 **Huter, W. J.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Hutson, G. E.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **I** **Iannantuono, Joseph P.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Iceland,** parcel post agreement with 2006 **Iler, Don,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454 “Incentive Taxation, Survey of Experience in Profit Sharing and Possibilities of,” additional copies ordered printed 1555 **Industrial Property,** multilateral convention for the protection of 1748 **Inter-American Radio Communications Convention** 1576 **International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling,** amendment 1794 **International Agreements Other Than Treaties.** *See also* Treaties. Brazil, military mission 2021 Canada— Air navigation 1925 Certificates of airworthiness for export, acceptance of 1941 Civil aeronautical services, use of radio for 2157 Civil aircraft, certificates of competency or licenses for the piloting of 1937 Radio broadcasting 2042 Radio communications between Alaska and British Columbia 2092 Reciprocal trade 2348 Visits in uniform by members of defense forces 2439 Chile, provisional commercial agreement 2177 Colombia— Military mission 2084 Naval mission 2074 Czechoslovakia, reciprocal trade 2293 Ecuador, reciprocal trade 1951 Estonia, exchange of official publications 2059 Finland, exchange of official publications 20712558 France— Air navigation 2408 Air transport services 2422 Reciprocal trade 2236 Great Britain, joint administration of Canton and Enderbury Islands 2219 Greece, provisional commercial agreement 2046 Guatemala, military mission 2431 Haiti, financial agreement 1923, 2402 Mexico— Compensation for expropriated lands 2442 Official publications, exchange of 1977 Multilateral protocol, modification of treaty of Mar. 25, 1936, for limitation of naval armament 1921 Nicaragua, military mission 2435 Parcel post— Argentina 2223 Belgium 2100 British Guiana 1989 Colombia 2136 Fiji 2031 Germany 2183 Iceland 2006 Japan 1877 Yugoslavia 1893 Sweden, compensation of Commissioners designated under treaty for advancement of peace of Oct. 13, 1914 2428 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, commercial agreement 1947, 2404 Venezuela, provisional commercial agreement 2344 International Load Line Convention, modification of 1787 **J** **Jackson, W. Rufus,** credit in accounts 1531 **Japan,** parcel post agreement with 1877 **Jean, Roland Edward,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Jegglin, Lula A.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Jennett, Carl Ross,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Jennings, Harry B.,** payment to 1451 **Johnson, C. E. (Mrs.),** claim referred to district court 1543 **Johnson, Harry E.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Johnson, Paul,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Johnson, Willie,** payment to 1517 **Jones, Archie Worth,** reimbursement for Pago property loss 1479 **Jones, James H.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Jones, John B.,** benefits of World War Adjusted Compensation Act extended to 1492 **Joslyn, Howard,** payment to 1450 **Julian, W. A.,** credits in accounts 1540 **Junior, Russell E.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **K** **Kabel, B. F.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Kammeyer and Medack,** removal of charges against 1440 **Keaton, Mildred H.,** payment to 1455 **Keene, E. O.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Keese, Omie,** payment to 1504 **Keesey, William H.,** payment to 1499 **Keil, Mina,** payment to 1521 **Kelly, James D.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Kennedy, D. B.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454 **Ketcham, James Henry,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Kilarny, Thomas P.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Killian, Ernest Louis,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Knowles, William Henry,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Kostiuk, Anna,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1508 **Kostiuk, Johannes or John,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1508 **Kostiuk, Julia,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1508 **Kostiuk, Michael,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1508 **Kostiuk, William,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1508 **Krueger, August H.,** military record corrected 1483 **Kuehl, Virgil,** payment to guardian of 1526 **Kuenzi, Marguerite,** payment to 1485 **Kuhnert, J. P.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **L** **Labor Disputes.** *See* Emergency Board. **Lacassine Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, La.,** portion of Lacassine Bayou adjacent to, designated as closed area under Migratory Bird Treaty Act 25242559 **Lake, Clarence D. (Corp.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Lake, J. P. (Dr.),** payment to 1445 **Larry, James D. Sr.,** credit in accounts 1524 **Latane, James,** payment to 1517 **Latane, W. C.,** payment to 1517 **Laude, William Carl,** cancelation of deportation order 1481 **Lauer, Ford J. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Leete, Francis A.,** payment to 1527 **Leete, Sarah,** payment to 1527 **Lefevre, J. Aristide,** payment to 1501 **Leith, Fred G.,** promotion to Lt. (Jr. Gr.), retired list, Navy 1455 **LeMay, Curtis E. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Lennon, Ida May,** payment to 1476 **Lewis, George Philip,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Lewis, Henry B. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Lighthouse Week,** designation of 2546 **Lithuania,** treaty with, defining liability for military service of persons with double nationality, etc 1569 **Load Line Convention, International,** modification of 1787 **Locke, Evelyn Mary,** cancelation of deportation warrant, etc 1526 **Lofts and Son,** payment to 1458 **Lopez, Alice C.,** payment to estate of 1500 **Louisiana National Bank, Baton Rouge, La.,** refund of judgment 1457 **Loy, George John,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Lyle, Harry W.,** payment to 1520 **M** **Macedo, Manuel Soares,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **MacFaun, William,** payment to 1496 **Mack Copper Co.,** jurisdiction conferred upon Court of Claims to hear claim of 1452 **Madden, Henry J.,** payment to 1496 **Mades, Charles,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Mallen, Thomas,** payment to 1496 **Malles, Frank, Jr.,** payment to guardian of 1515 **Manistee National Forest, Mich.,** establishment 2492 **Marett, Sallie,** payment to 1504 **Marine Barracks, Quantico, Va.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses at 1463 **Marinis, John,** permission to remain in United States 1485 **Maritime Day, National, 1939,** designation of 2540 **Marquette National Forest, Mich.,** lands reserved as addition to 2505 Correction of paragraph of proclamation 2520, 2541 **Marshall, Mary,** payment to 1496 **Martin, Daniel J. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Massoo, Ella,** payment to 1455 **Matheny, William A. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Maurer, Raymond W. (Dr.),** payment to 1455 Mayfield, J. G., provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1449 **McCarthy, Leonard Anthony,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **McCloud, Frances Virginia,** payment to 1465 **McConnachie, James,** payment to 1512 **McCoy, Paul W.,** credit in accounts 1527 **McCrary, G. M.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **McDaniel, Carl B. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **McDonald, Josie,** payment to 1504 **McDuff, Ethel,** claim referred to district court 1543 **McGuire, Hugh,** payment to 1513 **McKeon, Francis H. A. (Capt.),** payment to 1440 **McMahon, John E. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Mecox Coast Guard Station, East Hampton, N. Y.,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1479 **Meffan, George A.,** payment to 1532 **Meloy, Vincent J. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Mercuri, Stanley,** payment to 1463 **Mexico,** agreements with, respecting— Expropriated lands, compensation for 2442 Official publications, exchange of 1977 **Midgette, Melvin Brown,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Migratory Bird Treaty Act:** Closed areas under— Arkansas 2526 Georgia 2533 Louisiana 2524 South Carolina 2533 Texas 2507 **Migratory Birds,** amendment of regulations relating to 2456 **Military Mission,** agreements respecting, with— Brazil 2021 Colombia 2084 Guatemala 2431 Nicaragua 24352560 **Military Service,** treaties defining liability of persons with double nationality for, with— Lithuania 1569 Switzerland 1791 **Military Supplies,** convention with the Netherlands providing for the arbitration of a difference relating to payment for certain 1564 **Miller, Olen,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Minnis, Warren A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Missions, Women’s Board of Domestic,** payment to 1511 **Mitchell, Lawrence C. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Morash, Edward A.,** payment to 1518 **Morgan, Stanley,** payment to 1455 **Moriches Coast Guard Station, West Hampton, N. Y.,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1478 **Morris, Burnis,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Morris, Jessie,** payment to 1504 **Morton, Thomas King,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Mullins, Alda Duffield,** payment to 1534 **Murphy, Clayton,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Mutual Federal Savings and Loan Association,** payment to 1496 **Myers, Charles C.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Myers, W. H.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **N** **Naghel, Charles E.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1440 **National Aviation Day, 1939,** designation of 2548 **National Economic Committee, Temporary,** additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1551 **National Flood Prevention Week, 1939,** designation of 2541 **National Maritime Day, 1939,** designation of 2540 **Naval Armament,** multilateral protocol for modification of treaty of Mar. 25, 1936, for limitation of 1921 **Naval Mission,** agreement respecting, with Colombia 2074 **Navy:** Auxiliary vessels for, return of bill for, requested; correction in reenrollment 1551 Reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at— Marine Barracks, Quantico, Va 1463 Submarine Base, New London, Conn 1468 **Needles, Vern A. (Mrs.),** payment to 1480 **Nelson, Jack,** payment to guardian of 1442 **Netherlands,** convention for arbitration of a difference relating to payment for certain military supplies 1564 **Netterville, G. W.,** payment to 1535 **New York World’s Fair,** general invitation to attend 2511 **Nicaragua,** agreements with, respecting— Adjustment of certain accounts and refund of income taxes 1573 Military mission 2435 **Nicolet National Forest, Wis,** lands reserved as addition to 2488 **Ninety Six Oil Mill, Ninety Six, S. C.,** payment to 1500 **Noland, Goldie (Mrs.),** claim referred to district court 1543 **Nonnenberg, Margaret B.,** payment to 1483 **Norway,** supplementary extradition treaty with 1561 **O** **Ocala National Forest, Fla.,** lands reserved as part of 2462 **Ocilla Star, The,** payment to 1446 **Official Publications,** agreements for exchange of, with— Estonia 2059 Finland 2071 Mexico 1977 **Olson, Joseph,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Osborne, Edward R. (Mrs.),** payment to 1496 **O’Shields, Martha,** payment to 1504 **Otero, Teresita S.,** payment to estate of 1439 **Ouachita National Forest, Ark.,** lands reserved as part of 2465 **Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve, Ark.,** area enlarged 2495 **Outley, Hansen,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **P** **Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Co.,** payment to 1448 **Palmer, Loyd J.,** claim for compensation allowed 1470 **Panama,** treaties with— Friendship and cooperation 1807 Trans-Isthmian Highway 1869 **Pappas, Gus,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 15412561 **Parcel Post Agreements:** Argentina 2223 Belgium 2100 British Guiana 1989 Colombia 2136 Fiji 2031 Germany 2183 Iceland 2006 Japan 1877 Yugoslavia 1893 **Parks, Floyd L. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Parr, Charles H.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1459 **Parse, Joseph W.,** allowance of claim 1513 **Parsons, Lee Edward,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Patents.** *See* Industrial Property. **Patterson, Joseph Hester (Ensign),** posthumous advancement in grade authorized 1485 **Patterson, Katherine,** payment to 1455 **Pearson, Virginia,** payment to 1494 **Perkins, Dica,** payment to 1472 **Perkins, F. E.,** credit to account of 1476 **Persons, Wilton B. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Philadelphia, Pa., Fire Association of,** payment to 1544 **Phillips, J. Vernon,** payment to 1476 **Phillips, Mae,** payment to 1504 **Pierce, Evelyn,** payment to 1448 **Pierce, George H.,** payment to 1448 **Pierson, C. W.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Pijuan, Pacios (Mrs.),** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1529 **Pilavakis, Calliope Minaca,** admission for permanent residence 1514 **Playa de Flor Land and Improvement Co.,** claim adjustment 1532 **Poos, L. K.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Postage Rates,** modification of, on certain books 2497, 2545 **Postal Agreements.** *See* Parcel Post Agreements. **Postal Telegraph-Cable Company,** payment to 1470 **Prairie, Donald W.,** payment to 1479 **Pratt, Buford Lee,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1525 **Prescott, Roscoe C.,** payment to 1450 **Press, Bernard,** payment to 1518 **Press, Celia,** payment to 1518 **Proclamations:** Ackia Battleground National Monument, Miss., establishment 2494 Apalachicola National Forest, Fla., lands reserved as addition to 2453 Aransas Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Tex., regulation designating certain lands and waters within, etc., as closed area 2507 Arches National Monument, Utah, lands reserved as addition to 2504 Armistice Day, 1938 2491 Army Day, 1939 2525 Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway and other carriers—employees, emergency board 2470 Australia, suspension of tonnage duties 2543 Aviation Day, National, 1939 2548 Badlands National Monument, S. Dak., lands reserved as 2521 Beaverhead National Forest, lands excluded from, added to Big Hole Battlefield National Monument, Mont 2544 Big Hole Battlefield National Monument, Mont., lands excluded from Beaverhead National Forest added to 2544 Big Lake Migratory Bird Refuge, Ark., regulation designating certain lands and waters adjacent to, as closed area 2526 Cache National Forest, Idaho and Utah, lands transferred to 2537 Cancer Control Month, 1939 2525 Carlsbad Caverns National Park, N. Mex., lands added 2523 Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga., lands reserved as addition to 2463 Chequamegon National Forest, Wis., lands reserved as addition to 2489 Child Health Day, 1939 2532 Coconino National Forest, Ariz., certain lands excluded from, added to Walnut Canyon National Monument 2469 Czechoslovakia, trade agreement with, termination of certain proclamations connected with 2530 Deschutes National Forest, Oreg., lands reserved as addition to 2511 Dinosaur National Monument, Colo, and Utah, lands reserved as addition to 2454 Employment Week and Employment Sunday, designation of 2535 Fire Prevention Week, 1938 2468 Flood Prevention Week, National, 1939 2541 Fort Laramie National Monument, Wyo., establishment 2461 General Pulaski Memorial Day, 1938 2466 George Washington National Forest, Va and W. Va., boundaries redefined 24992562 Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska, certain lands excluded from Tongass National Forest added to 2534 Gold Star Mother’s Day, 1938 2467 Golden Gate International Exposition at San Francisco, general invitation to attend 2511 Hiawatha National Forest, Mich., lands reserved as addition to 2518 Huron National Forest, Mich., lands reserved as addition to 2490 Lacassine Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, La., portion of Lacassine Bayou adjacent to, designated as closed area 2524 Lighthouse Week 2546 Manistee National Forest, Mich., establishment 2492 Maritime Day, National, 1939 2540 Marquette National Forest, Mich., lands reserved as addition to 2505 Correction of paragraph of proclamation 2520, 2541 Migratory birds, amendment of regulations relating to 2456 Nicolet National Forest, Wis., lands reserved as addition to 2488 Ocala National Forest, Fla., lands reserved as part of 2462 Ouachita National Forest, Ark., lands reserved as part of 2465 Ouachita National Wildlife Preserve, Ark., area enlarged 2495 Postage rates, modification of, on certain books 2497, 2545 Santa Rosa National Monument, Fla., establishment 2542 Savannah River Wildlife Refuge, Ga and S. C., regulation designating certain waters adjacent to, as closed area 2533 Silver, newly mined domestic 2517, 2547 Spain, export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to, revocation of proclamation of May 1, 1937 2531 Thanksgiving Day, 1938 2498 Tongass National Forest, certain lands excluded from, added to Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska 2534 Tuzigoot National Monument, Ariz., establishment 2548 Walnut Canyon National Monument, Ariz., certain lands excluded from Coconino National Forest added to 2469 White Sands National Monument, N. Mex., modification 2465 Whitman National Forest, Oreg., lands added 2536 World’s Fair at New York and Golden Gate International Exposition at San Francisco, general invitation to attend 2511 **Profit-Sharing Systems,** additional copies of hearings relative to, ordered printed 1555 **Protection of Industrial Property,** multilateral convention for 1748 **Protocols.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties; Treaties. **Public Debt,** appropriation for adjusting accounts relating to 1540 **Publications.** *See* Official Publications. **Pulaski Memorial Day, 1938,** designation of 2466 **Q** **Quinn, Francis X. (Rev.),** presentation of medal to 1533 **R** **Radcliffe, William H.,** payment to 1526 **Radio Broadcasting,** agreement with Canada respecting 2042 **Radio Communications,** agreement with Canada respecting, between Alaska and British Columbia 2092 **Radio Communications Convention, Inter-American** 1576 **Railroads.** *See* Emergency Board. **Rainbolt, Mary,** payment to 1501 **Ramos, Joseph Lopez,** payment to 1508 **Read, Burton Y. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Read, George W., Jr. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Reciprocal Trade Agreements.** *See also* Commercial Agreements. Canada 2348 Czechoslovakia 2293 Ecuador 1951 France 2236 **Reed, Earl J.,** payment to 1503 **Reed, Richard S. (Tech. Sgt.),** payment to 1445 **Reese, Argyle,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Reese, W. F.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Reger, Joseph,** military record corrected 1483 **Rent-A-Car Company,** payment to 1502 **Reynar, J. W.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Rhyne, H. H., Jr.,** payment to 1523 **Richardson, Franklin C.,** reenlistment in U. S. Army authorized 14952563 **Riley, Lowell M. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Rinke, Albert R.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1505 **Roach, Leila H.,** payment to 1504 **Robinette, Ernest O.,** payment to 1455 **Rodgers, Lewis Purnell,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Rogers, Will,** statue of, acceptance and thanks of Congress to Oklahoma for 1554 Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed 1555 Temporary placement and ceremonies in Capitol rotunda, authorized 1551 **Roper, Harry McK (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Rosa, Anna H.,** payment to 1508 **Ross, Thomas A.,** payment to 1491 **Rothrock, James H. (2d Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Rourke, S. A.,** payment to 1482 **Rouse, Grace,** payment to 1463 **Rowan, Andrew S. (Maj.),** retired, acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1475 **Ruggles, Allan Tracy,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Rull, William L.,** payment to 1520 **Russell, A. F.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Russia.** *See* Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. **S** **Saganey, Anton,** payment to 1518 **St. Louis, Alex,** payment to 1445 **Saleah, Daumit Tannaus,** cancelation of order of deportation, etc 1530 **Sands, James E. (Corp.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Santa Rosa National Monument, Fla.,** establishment 2542 **Saunders, Florence O.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Savannah River Wildlife Refuge, Ga and S. C.,** regulation designating certain waters adjacent to, as closed area 2533 **Scheuring, V. H.,** payment to 1522 **Schmidt, William R. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Schommer, J. B.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Scott, Charles Fearing,** reimbursement for property loss 1479 **Sewell, S. F. (Mrs.),** payment to 1532 **Shallenberger, Martin C. (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Shebestok, John (Mr and Mrs.),** payment to 1489 **Shinnecock Coast Guard Station, Hampton Bays, N. Y.,** reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses at 1479 **Shipowners and Merchants Towboat Co., Ltd.,** payment to 1451 **Shouse, Paul N.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Shreve, W. D.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Shults, Emma,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Siam,** treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation with 1731 **Siderowicz, Michael L.,** payment to 1518 **Silver,** proclamation relating to newly mined domestic 2517, 2547 **Sisson, Dorothy Elizabeth,** payment to guardian of 1525 **Slade, George,** payment to 1534 **Small, Ralph Edgar,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Smigell, Harry L.,** disability claim to be considered 1461 **Smith, Frank M.,** payment to estate of 1497 **Smith, Horace B. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Smith, Hugh A.,** payment to 1504 **Smith, Paul C.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Smith, Quitman (Mrs.),** payment to 1473 **Smith, Rodney H. (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Smith, Thomas J.,** release of certain expense charge 1543 **Snapp, Herbert M.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1475 **Snider, Cliff, Jr.,** payment to 1511 **Snider, Lucile,** payment to 1511 **Snyder, Harry K.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1514 **Social Security Act Amendments of 1939,** additional copies of hearings on bill ordered printed 1553 **Spain,** export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to, revocation of proclamation of May 1, 1937 2531 **Speanburg, Mary Ellen,** payment to 1455 **Spencer, Ralph W. (Staff Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Spilman, Lawrence A. (2d Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Stacher, S. F.,** credit in accounts 1517 **Stanford, Preston A.,** payment to 1544 **State Highway Officials, American Association of,** appointment of committee to convey appreciation of Congress of accomplishments 1556 **Steele, Clyde E. (Capt.),** payment to 14882564 **Stejneger, Leonhard,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1496 **Stephens, Charles A.,** payment to 1479 **Stephenville Hospital, Stephenville, Tex.,** payment to 1506 **Stockham, Fred W. (Sgt.),** consideration of recommendation for posthumous decoration 1480 **Straley, Bonnie,** payment to 1471 **Straley, Naomi,** payment to 1470 **Stroud, Homer C.,** payment to 1460 **Submarine Base, New London, Conn.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses at 1468 **Summers, J. L.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1537, 1539 **Supreme Court,** appointment of joint committee to make plans for commemoration of sesquicentennial of first session 1558 **Surrett, Belva,** payment to 1504 **“Survey of Experience in Profit Sharing and Possibilities of Incentive Taxation,”** additional copies ordered printed 1555 **Swearinger,** Oscar, claim referred to district court 1543 **Sweden,** agreement with, concerning compensation of Commissioners designated under the treaty for the advancement of peace of Oct. 13, 1914 2428 **Sweinhart, D. E.,** payment to estate of 1546 **Sweney, J. Milton,** payment to 1536 **Swift, Edwin O. (Sgt. Maj.),** Marine Corps, advancement on retired list 1479 **Switzerland,** treaty with, regulating military obligations of persons having dual nationality 1791 **T** **Tate, H. T.,** credits in accounts 1540 **Taxation of Governmental Securities and Salaries, Special Committee on, Senate,** additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1552 **Taylor, Grace S.,** payment to 1493 **Taylor, Layer (Mrs.),** payment to 1521 **Taylor, Lonnie,** payment to 1503 **Temporary National Economic Committee,** additional copies of hearings before, ordered printed 1551 **Tennessee Valley Authority,** additional copies of hearings before special congressional investigating committee ordered printed 1552 **“Tennessee Valley Authority, Report of the Joint Committee of Congress to Investigate the,”** additional copies ordered printed 1552 **Thanksgiving Day, 1938,** designation of 2498 **Thiele, Joseph N.,** credit in postal accounts 1468 **Thomas, Dave.** *See* Saleah, Daumit Tannaus. **Thompson, David R.,** reappointment to Metropolitan Police Department, D. C., authorized 1443 **Tillett, Coulter L.,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Toledo Terminal Railroad Co., Toledo, Ohio,** payment to 1519 **Toll Roads, Transcontinental,** additional copies of report on, ordered printed 1554 **Tongass National Forest, Alaska,** certain lands excluded from, added to Glacier Bay National Monument 2534 **Toulouse, Robert J.,** payment to 1450 **Towson, W. F.,** payment to 1457 **Trade Agreements.** *See* Reciprocal Trade Agreements. **Transcontinental Toll Roads,** additional copies of report on, ordered printed 1554 **Trans-Isthmian Highway,** treaty with Panama concerning 1869 **“Transportation Act of 1939,”** additional copies of hearings on bill entitled, ordered printed 1555 **Treasurer of the United States,** appropriation to cover certain losses in office of 1540 **Treasury Department, Chief Disbursing Officer,** credit allowed in account of 1453 **Treaties.** *See also* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. Inter-American Radio Communications Convention 1576 Lithuania, military service, persons with double nationality, etc 1569 Multilateral— Capitulations in Egypt, abolition of 1645 International Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling, amendment 1794 Load lines, modification 1787 Protection of industrial property 1748 Netherlands, payment for certain military supplies 1564 Nicaragua, adjustment of certain accounts and refund of income taxes 1573 Norway, supplementary extradition 1561 Panama— Friendship and cooperation 1807 Trans-Isthmian Highway 1869 Siam, friendship, commerce, and navigation 1731 Switzerland, military service, persons with double nationality 1791 **Trimble, John J.,** payment to 1458 **Tucker, Edwin L. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Turner, Shelley,** payment to 15042565 **Turpin, Harry,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Tuttle, Arthur E.,** payment to 1450 **Tuzigoot National Monument, Ariz.,** establishment of 2548 **U** **Ullmann, John, Jr.,** naturalization authorized 1510 **“Un-American Activities and Propaganda, Investigation of,”** additional copies of House Report entitled, ordered printed 1550, 1552 **Uncapher, Andrew G.,** payment to 1450 **Uncapher, Margaret Rose,** payment to 1450 **Uncapher, Milton E., Jr.,** payment to 1450 **Ungarook, Terza,** payment to 1455 **Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,** commercial agreements with 1947, 2404 **V** **Van Eimeren, A. C.,** payment to 1464 **Van Eimeren, Jessie Denning,** payment to 1464 **Venezuela,** provisional commercial agreement with 2344 **Veterans’ Administration,** credit allowed in accounts of former disbursing officers 1453 **Veterans’ Bureau.** *See* Veterans’ Administration. **Virginia (Merrimac)-Monitor Commission,** establishment; composition; duties 1557 **von Mayrhauser, Benno,** admission for permanent residence 1538 **von Mayrhauser, Oskar,** admission for permanent residence 1538 **Votsitsanos, Ihoanis or Jean Demetre,** permission to remain in United States 1485 **Votsitsanos, Michael,** permission to remain in United States 1485 **Vrountas, Harry,** payment to 1518 **Vrountas, Theodore,** payment to guardian of 1518 **W** **Wagner, Belle,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Walker, J. Harry,** payment to 1536 **Walnut Canyon National Monument, Ariz.,** certain lands excluded from Coconino National Forest added to 2469 **Walsh, Joseph H.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Warner, Ralph S.,** reappointment to Metropolitan Police Department, D. C., authorized 1443 **Warren, Fiske,** jurisdiction conferred on Court of Claims to hear suit of 1531 **Watrous, Anna Elizabeth,** payment to 1487 **Watson, Edwin M. (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Weaver, Virgie B. (Mrs.),** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1545 **Weeks, John Andrew (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Weeks, Lawrence B. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Weisenberg, Benjamin,** payment to 1441 **Weldin, Dora,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Wells, Corinne.** *See* Bienvenu, Corinne Weltner, Arthur, provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1500 **West, Henry L. (Staff Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **West Virginia Company,** payment to 1482 **Whaling, International Agreement for the Regulation of,** amendment 1794 **White, Frank,** credits in accounts 1539 **White, Thomas D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **White Sands National Monument, N. Mex.,** modification 2465 **Whitley, F. Langley (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Whitman National Forest, Oreg.,** lands added 2536 **Whitnah, H. A.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Whitnah, M. H.,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Wilber, A. H. (Mrs.),** claim referred to district court 1543 **Williams, Elijah,** reconveyance of real estate to 1542 **Williams, G. E.,** payment to 1497 **Williams, George Atwood,** reimbursement for property loss 1478 **Williams, Julia F.,** payment to estate of 1469 **Williams, Samuel E. (1st Lt.),** payment to 1511 **Willis, Elmer,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Willis, George,** claim referred to district court 1543 **Wimmer, Ray,** payment to 1474 **Winslow, John S. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Winstead Roland P.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1467 **Wisconsin Milling Company,** payment to 1464 **Wisconsin Telephone Company,** payment to 1464 **Wise, Charles T.,** suit against United States authorized 14422566 **Wohl, Louise,** cancelation of deportation order, etc 1537 **Wold, Torgils G. (1st Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1474 **Women’s Board of Domestic Missions,** payment to 1511 **Wood, C. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1453 **Woodruff, Bernard,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1460 **Woods, Hallie H.,** payment to 1450 **Woods, Sam E.,** payment to 1538 **Woods, W. O.,** credits in accounts 1540 **Wooldridge, Earl,** credit in accounts 1530 **Works Progress Administration,** additional copies of hearings before House investigating subcommittee ordered printed 1554 **World’s Fair, New York,** general invitation to attend 2511 **Wuensch, Corabell,** payment to 1501 **Wuensch, Jackie Lee,** payment to guardian of 1501 **Wynn, John G., Jr.,** payment to guardian of 1489 **Y** **Yarnell, Harry Ervin (Rear Admiral),** presentation of Distinguished Service Medal to, authorized 1487 **Yates, J. William, Jr.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1454 **Yugoslavia,** parcel post agreement with 1893 **Z** **Zibilich.** *See* Cibilic.
Connections8 cite this · traces to 63
Cited by 8 sections · top 6
statutes-at-large
Traces to 63 documents
statutes-at-large
U.S. Code
846 references not yet in our index
  • 53 Stat. 1546
  • 53 Stat. 1550
  • 52 Stat. 1452
  • 44 USC 154
  • 52 Stat. 705
  • 53 Stat. 1552
  • 53 Stat. 1553
  • 53 Stat. 1554
  • 53 Stat. 1555
  • 53 Stat. 1556
  • 53 Stat. 1557
  • 53 Stat. 1558
  • 53 Stat. 1561
  • 28 Stat. 1187
  • 28 Stat. 1188
  • 53 Stat. 1564
  • 53 Stat. 1565
  • 53 Stat. 1567
  • 53 Stat. 1569
  • 53 Stat. 1570
  • 53 Stat. 1572
  • 53 Stat. 1573
  • 53 Stat. 1575
  • 53 Stat. 1576
  • 53 Stat. 1577
  • 53 Stat. 1579
  • 53 Stat. 1580
  • 53 Stat. 1581
  • 53 Stat. 1582
  • 53 Stat. 1583
  • 53 Stat. 1586
  • 53 Stat. 1588
  • 53 Stat. 1589
  • 53 Stat. 1590
  • 53 Stat. 1591
  • 53 Stat. 1592
  • 53 Stat. 1593
  • 49 Stat. 2391
  • 53 Stat. 1594
  • 40 Stat. 2445
+ 806 more
Citation graph
cites case law
Private Law 264
for the relief of Carleton-Mace Engineering Corporation”, be, and the same is hereby, amended by inserting the word “primarily” after the word “occasioned” and before the word “by”; by repealing the word “the” appearing after the word “preventing” and before the word “completion” and inserting in li
Stat.×8
Stat.Private Law 264
Stat.Chapter 2284
Stat.Public Law 458
Stat.Chapter CLXXIX
Stat.Public Law 11
U.S.C.§ 1351
Stat.Chapter 335
Stat.Public Law 67
U.S.C.§ 1331
Stat.53 Stat. 1546
Stat.53 Stat. 1550
Stat.52 Stat. 1452
Cites 909 · showing 12Cited by 8 across 1 source
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.